# qhsetech.com — researched software reference

Publisher: The QHSE Standard (https://qhsetech.com)
Latest profile review: 2026-10-14 (see individual dates below)
Basis: Vendor documentation; not hands-on testing
Methodology: https://qhsetech.com/methodology
Scope: 212 researched profiles; remaining catalog profiles have not passed this vendor-source review.
Tekmon pays for sponsored placements on this site. These notes do not establish an overall winner or hands-on test results.
Published amounts retain their plan and billing conditions. Missing prices are unknown. Confirm scope, currency, billing period and user roles in a written vendor proposal.

## Buyer guides and evaluation tools

- [Dimitris Mitsios: editorial reviewer](https://qhsetech.com/authors/dimitris-mitsios): Founder of The QHSE Standard; works in product marketing at Tekmon, which pays for sponsored placements on this site. Personal editorial review is separate from vendor-source verification, hands-on testing and reader testimony.
- [What is QHSE software? The complete guide](https://qhsetech.com/guides/qhse-software-complete-guide): Definition, HSEQ terminology, organisational standards context and the evaluation steps.
- [EHS vs HSE vs QHSE scope](https://qhsetech.com/ehs-vs-hse-vs-qhse): Compare required records and module boundaries.
- [QHSE software comparison](https://qhsetech.com/best-qhse-software): Sourced discipline coverage and deployment questions, not tested ratings.
- [QHSE software pricing and TCO](https://qhsetech.com/qhse-software-pricing): Vendor terms and a worksheet that keeps unknown costs visible.
- [Software ROI scenarios](https://qhsetech.com/calculators/software-roi): User-entered assumptions and pilot measurement definitions, not benchmarks.
- [Implementation pilot](https://qhsetech.com/qhse-software-implementation): An illustrative 90-day plan with roles and acceptance gates, not a rollout promise.
- [Manufacturing workflows](https://qhsetech.com/qhse-software-for-manufacturing): Quality, safety and environmental examples with product-scope boundaries.
- [Offline inspection apps](https://qhsetech.com/best-offline-inspection-apps): Clappia, Fulcrum, GoAudits, GoCanvas, Mitti (by SafetyCulture), TrueContext and four more, with documented offline and sync limits.
- [Mobile QHSE comparison](https://qhsetech.com/best-mobile-qhse-software): EHS Insight, Evotix, Intelex, Quentic, SafetyCulture and SiteDocs, frontline reporting and offline limits.
- [ESG reporting software compared](https://qhsetech.com/compare-esg-platforms): Diligent ESG, Greenly, Novisto, Persefoni, Watershed and Workiva.
- [Safety and ESG platforms](https://qhsetech.com/safety-esg-platforms-comparison): Cority, Intelex and VelocityEHS, with separate application and pricing scope.

## Data studies and CSV files

Counts of what the 212 researched profile records state, from vendor documentation and not from hands-on testing. They describe records, they are not a ranking of products, and a record that is silent on a point is a gap in the record, not a finding about the product. Licence: CC BY 4.0 for QHSEtech-authored data (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/); third-party material keeps its own terms. Keep the dates and limits when you reuse a figure.

- [Datasets hub](https://qhsetech.com/datasets): the software catalog, every study file below and what each can support.
- [Press and citation guide](https://qhsetech.com/press): ready-to-paste references for each study.
- [Vendor transparency dataset (2026 report)](https://qhsetech.com/2026-report): Current price on record: 78 of 212 (37%) profiles. A free trial is documented for 49, and 122 have neither a price nor a documented trial. N = 212 profiles; pricing and trial observations 19 September – 14 October 2026. Files (text/csv): [CSV](https://qhsetech.com/data/qhse-software-transparency-2026.csv).
  Profile records checked: 28 September – 14 October 2026. Suggested citation: The QHSE Standard. (2026). QHSE software transparency dataset: what vendors publish about 212 products (Version 2026-09-27) [Data set]. CC BY 4.0. https://qhsetech.com/data/qhse-software-transparency-2026.csv
- [Integrations ecosystem 2026](https://qhsetech.com/qhse-software-integrations-ecosystem-2026): Integration statements that name a specific system: 58 of 212 (27%) profiles. Another 132 refer to integration, single sign-on or an interface type and name no system. N = 212 profiles; records as of 14 October 2026. Files (text/csv): [Systems CSV](https://qhsetech.com/data/qhse-software-integrations-ecosystem-2026-systems.csv), [Per-profile CSV](https://qhsetech.com/data/qhse-software-integrations-ecosystem-2026-profiles.csv).
  Profile records checked: 28 September – 14 October 2026. Suggested citation: The QHSE Standard. (2026). Which systems QHSE software integrates with: what 212 profiles name (records as of 14 October 2026). https://qhsetech.com/qhse-software-integrations-ecosystem-2026
- [Language support 2026](https://qhsetech.com/qhse-software-language-support-2026): Product languages: 39 of 212 (18%) profiles carry any statement about them, 9 name a language and 11 document ten or more. N = 212 profiles; records checked through 14 October 2026. Files (text/csv): [CSV](https://qhsetech.com/data/qhse-software-language-support-2026.csv).
  Profile records checked: 28 September – 14 October 2026. Suggested citation: The QHSE Standard. (2026). Language support in QHSE software: what 212 profiles document (records checked through 14 October 2026). https://qhsetech.com/qhse-software-language-support-2026
- [AI statements 2026](https://qhsetech.com/qhse-software-ai-statements-2026): AI features: 76 of 212 (36%) profiles state one; 24 of the 212 describe a human-review step and 10 a data-use statement. N = 212 profiles; records checked through 14 October 2026. Files (text/csv): [CSV](https://qhsetech.com/data/qhse-software-ai-statements-2026.csv).
  Profile records checked: 28 September – 14 October 2026. Suggested citation: The QHSE Standard. (2026). What 212 QHSE software profiles state about AI features (records checked through 14 October 2026). https://qhsetech.com/qhse-software-ai-statements-2026
- [Hosting and data location 2026](https://qhsetech.com/qhse-software-hosting-and-data-location-2026): Hosting: 85 of 212 (40%) profiles state a delivery model, 31 name a cloud provider and 21 name a region. N = 212 profiles; records checked through 14 October 2026. Files (text/csv): [CSV](https://qhsetech.com/data/qhse-software-hosting-and-data-location-2026.csv).
  Profile records checked: 28 September – 14 October 2026. Suggested citation: The QHSE Standard. (2026). Where QHSE software profiles say data is hosted: what 212 profiles state (records checked through 14 October 2026). https://qhsetech.com/qhse-software-hosting-and-data-location-2026
- [Capability map 2026](https://qhsetech.com/qhse-software-capability-map-2026): 2,449 capability statements across 212 profiles. The family with a documented or conditional statement in most profiles is API and integrations (136); the family with the fewest is audit trail (28). N = 212 profiles; records as of 14 October 2026. Files (text/csv): [Matrix CSV](https://qhsetech.com/data/qhse-software-capability-map-2026-matrix.csv), [Per-profile CSV](https://qhsetech.com/data/qhse-software-capability-map-2026-profiles.csv).
  Profile records checked: 28 September – 14 October 2026. Suggested citation: The QHSE Standard. (2026). QHSE software capability map 2026 (records as of 14 October 2026). https://qhsetech.com/qhse-software-capability-map-2026
- [Security, trial and offline evidence 2026](https://qhsetech.com/qhse-software-security-and-trial-evidence-2026): SOC 2 or ISO 27001 is named by 122 of 212 (58%) profiles, a free trial is documented for 49 and an offline workflow for 40. The attestations are vendor statements and were not verified. N = 212 profiles; records checked through 14 October 2026. Files (text/csv): [CSV](https://qhsetech.com/data/qhse-software-security-and-trial-evidence-2026.csv).
  Profile records checked: 28 September – 14 October 2026. Suggested citation: The QHSE Standard. (2026). Security attestations, free trials and offline support across QHSE software: what 212 profiles document (records checked through 14 October 2026). https://qhsetech.com/qhse-software-security-and-trial-evidence-2026
- [Search demand 2026](https://qhsetech.com/qhse-software-search-demand-2026): Brand-name searches on Google, September 2025 to August 2026: 188 of 212 profiles measured, median 720 searches a month, 12 products at 10,000 or more. This is interest in a name, not usage. N = 212 profiles; measured 14 October 2026. Files (text/csv): [CSV](https://qhsetech.com/data/qhse-software-search-demand-2026.csv).
  Profile records checked: Google Ads Keyword Planner historical metrics, September 2025 to August 2026. Suggested citation: The QHSE Standard. (2026). QHSE software search demand 2026 (measured 14 October 2026). https://qhsetech.com/qhse-software-search-demand-2026

## Software category pages

One page per software category with at least five listed profiles (27 pages). Profiles are listed A to Z by name; the pages carry who the category is for, demo checks and related guides, and are not rankings. Index: https://qhsetech.com/categories

- [EHS Management software](https://qhsetech.com/categories/ehs-management): 64 profiles listed under EHS Management (family: EHS & Safety).
- [Incident Management software](https://qhsetech.com/categories/incident-management): 46 profiles listed under Incident Management (family: EHS & Safety).
- [Permit to Work software](https://qhsetech.com/categories/permit-to-work): 23 profiles listed under Permit to Work (family: EHS & Safety).
- [Control of Work software](https://qhsetech.com/categories/control-of-work): 6 profiles listed under Control of Work (family: EHS & Safety).
- [Contractor Safety Management software](https://qhsetech.com/categories/contractor-safety-management): 13 profiles listed under Contractor Safety Management (family: EHS & Safety).
- [Occupational Health software](https://qhsetech.com/categories/occupational-health): 5 profiles listed under Occupational Health (family: EHS & Safety).
- [Ergonomics software](https://qhsetech.com/categories/ergonomics): 5 profiles listed under Ergonomics (family: EHS & Safety).
- [Driver & Fleet Safety software](https://qhsetech.com/categories/driver-and-fleet-safety): 5 profiles listed under Driver & Fleet Safety (family: EHS & Safety).
- [Emergency Notification software](https://qhsetech.com/categories/emergency-notification): 6 profiles listed under Emergency Notification (family: EHS & Safety).
- [Visitor Management software](https://qhsetech.com/categories/visitor-management): 5 profiles listed under Visitor Management (family: EHS & Safety).
- [Emergency Response Management software](https://qhsetech.com/categories/emergency-response-management): 7 profiles listed under Emergency Response Management (family: EHS & Safety).
- [Process Safety Management software](https://qhsetech.com/categories/process-safety-management): 6 profiles listed under Process Safety Management (family: EHS & Safety).
- [Quality Management Systems (QMS) software](https://qhsetech.com/categories/quality-management-systems): 27 profiles listed under Quality Management Systems (QMS) (family: Quality Management).
- [Quality Control & SPC software](https://qhsetech.com/categories/quality-control-and-spc): 5 profiles listed under Quality Control & SPC (family: Quality Management).
- [Document Control software](https://qhsetech.com/categories/document-control): 22 profiles listed under Document Control (family: Quality Management).
- [Audit Management software](https://qhsetech.com/categories/audit-management): 25 profiles listed under Audit Management (family: Audits & Inspections).
- [Inspection Management software](https://qhsetech.com/categories/inspection-management): 37 profiles listed under Inspection Management (family: Audits & Inspections).
- [ESG & Sustainability Reporting software](https://qhsetech.com/categories/esg-and-sustainability-reporting): 16 profiles listed under ESG & Sustainability Reporting (family: ESG & Sustainability).
- [Carbon Accounting software](https://qhsetech.com/categories/carbon-accounting): 15 profiles listed under Carbon Accounting (family: ESG & Sustainability).
- [Environmental Management software](https://qhsetech.com/categories/environmental-management): 11 profiles listed under Environmental Management (family: Environmental Management).
- [Environmental Data Management software](https://qhsetech.com/categories/environmental-data-management): 7 profiles listed under Environmental Data Management (family: Environmental Management).
- [Chemical & SDS Management software](https://qhsetech.com/categories/chemical-and-sds-management): 13 profiles listed under Chemical & SDS Management (family: Environmental Management).
- [Regulatory Compliance Intelligence software](https://qhsetech.com/categories/regulatory-compliance-intelligence): 7 profiles listed under Regulatory Compliance Intelligence (family: Risk & Compliance).
- [Supply Chain Due Diligence software](https://qhsetech.com/categories/supply-chain-due-diligence): 12 profiles listed under Supply Chain Due Diligence (family: Risk & Compliance).
- [CMMS & Maintenance Management software](https://qhsetech.com/categories/cmms-and-maintenance-management): 6 profiles listed under CMMS & Maintenance Management (family: Maintenance & Assets).
- [Mobile Forms & Field Data software](https://qhsetech.com/categories/mobile-forms-and-field-data): 15 profiles listed under Mobile Forms & Field Data (family: Connected Worker & Field Operations).
- [Training & Competency Management software](https://qhsetech.com/categories/training-and-competency-management): 9 profiles listed under Training & Competency Management (family: Connected Worker & Field Operations).

## Side-by-side comparisons

81 comparison pages place the researched records of two products next to each other (pricing basis, scope, offline limits, what to verify). They state what the records document, not which product is better. Index: https://qhsetech.com/vs

- [1factory vs AlertMedia](https://qhsetech.com/vs/1factory-vs-alertmedia)
- [1factory vs Avetta](https://qhsetech.com/vs/1factory-vs-avetta)
- [1factory vs Cardinus Risk Management](https://qhsetech.com/vs/1factory-vs-cardinus)
- [1factory vs Metegrity Visions Enterprise](https://qhsetech.com/vs/1factory-vs-metegrity)
- [1factory vs VelocityEHS](https://qhsetech.com/vs/1factory-vs-velocityehs)
- [1Life vs LONEALERT (Peoplesafe migration)](https://qhsetech.com/vs/1life-vs-lonealert)
- [Acoem (Cadence and Airodis) vs Assignar](https://qhsetech.com/vs/acoem-vs-assignar)
- [Acoem (Cadence and Airodis) vs SiteDocs](https://qhsetech.com/vs/acoem-vs-sitedocs)
- [Acoem (Cadence and Airodis) vs Vector Solutions](https://qhsetech.com/vs/acoem-vs-vectorsolutions)
- [AlertMedia vs Riskonnect](https://qhsetech.com/vs/alertmedia-vs-riskonnect)
- [Assignar vs HammerTech](https://qhsetech.com/vs/assignar-vs-hammertech)
- [Assignar vs SOSAFE](https://qhsetech.com/vs/assignar-vs-sosafe)
- [AssurX vs Chemwatch](https://qhsetech.com/vs/assurx-vs-chemwatch)
- [Avetta vs ComplyWorks](https://qhsetech.com/vs/avetta-vs-complyworks)
- [Benchmark Gensuite vs Intelex](https://qhsetech.com/vs/benchmark-gensuite-vs-intelex)
- [Chemwatch vs Safesite](https://qhsetech.com/vs/chemwatch-vs-safesite)
- [Clappia vs GoCanvas](https://qhsetech.com/vs/clappia-vs-gocanvas)
- [Clappia vs Kizeo Forms](https://qhsetech.com/vs/clappia-vs-kizeo-forms)
- [ComplianceQuest vs Safesite](https://qhsetech.com/vs/compliancequest-vs-safesite)
- [Coolset vs Persefoni](https://qhsetech.com/vs/coolset-vs-persefoni)
- [Cority vs VelocityEHS](https://qhsetech.com/vs/cority-vs-velocityehs)
- [D4H vs SOSAFE](https://qhsetech.com/vs/d4h-vs-sosafe)
- [Dot Compliance vs Greenlight Guru](https://qhsetech.com/vs/dot-compliance-vs-greenlight-guru)
- [Dot Compliance vs Qualio](https://qhsetech.com/vs/dot-compliance-vs-qualio)
- [EcoOnline vs Intelex](https://qhsetech.com/vs/ecoonline-vs-intelex)
- [Enablon vs HSI Donesafe](https://qhsetech.com/vs/enablon-vs-donesafe)
- [Enablon vs SOSAFE](https://qhsetech.com/vs/enablon-vs-sosafe)
- [Everbridge vs Lisam](https://qhsetech.com/vs/everbridge-vs-lisam)
- [Everbridge vs Omnilert](https://qhsetech.com/vs/everbridge-vs-omnilert)
- [Evotix vs Mitti (by SafetyCulture)](https://qhsetech.com/vs/evotix-vs-safetyculture)
- [Exiger vs IntegrityNext](https://qhsetech.com/vs/exiger-vs-integritynext)
- [Fieldwire by Hilti vs HammerTech](https://qhsetech.com/vs/fieldwire-vs-hammertech)
- [Fieldwire by Hilti vs Procore Quality & Safety](https://qhsetech.com/vs/fieldwire-vs-procore-safety)
- [Fluix vs Kizeo Forms](https://qhsetech.com/vs/fluix-vs-kizeo-forms)
- [GoAudits vs Lumiform](https://qhsetech.com/vs/goaudits-vs-lumiform)
- [GoAudits vs Mitti (by SafetyCulture)](https://qhsetech.com/vs/goaudits-vs-safetyculture)
- [GoCanvas vs FastField by Quickbase](https://qhsetech.com/vs/gocanvas-vs-fastfield)
- [GoCanvas vs Lumiform](https://qhsetech.com/vs/gocanvas-vs-lumiform)
- [GoCanvas vs TrueContext](https://qhsetech.com/vs/gocanvas-vs-truecontext)
- [Greenlight Guru vs Qualio](https://qhsetech.com/vs/greenlight-guru-vs-qualio)
- [Greenly vs Persefoni](https://qhsetech.com/vs/greenly-vs-persefoni)
- [HammerTech vs Procore Quality & Safety](https://qhsetech.com/vs/hammertech-vs-procore)
- [HSI Donesafe vs EcoOnline](https://qhsetech.com/vs/donesafe-vs-ecoonline)
- [HSI Donesafe vs Intelex](https://qhsetech.com/vs/donesafe-vs-intelex)
- [HSI Donesafe vs LONEALERT (Peoplesafe migration)](https://qhsetech.com/vs/donesafe-vs-lonealert)
- [Ideagen EHS vs Intelex](https://qhsetech.com/vs/ideagen-vs-intelex)
- [Ideagen EHS vs IsoMetrix](https://qhsetech.com/vs/ideagen-vs-isometrix)
- [ISNetworld (ISN) vs ComplyWorks](https://qhsetech.com/vs/isnetworld-vs-complyworks)
- [Kizeo Forms vs FastField by Quickbase](https://qhsetech.com/vs/kizeo-forms-vs-fastfield)
- [Lumiform vs Mitti (by SafetyCulture)](https://qhsetech.com/vs/lumiform-vs-safetyculture)
- [MaintainX vs Fiix](https://qhsetech.com/vs/maintainx-vs-fiix)
- [MaintainX vs UpKeep](https://qhsetech.com/vs/maintainx-vs-upkeep)
- [MasterControl vs ZenQMS](https://qhsetech.com/vs/mastroqa-vs-zenqms)
- [Mitti (by SafetyCulture) vs EcoOnline](https://qhsetech.com/vs/safetyculture-vs-ecoonline)
- [Mitti (by SafetyCulture) vs SiteDocs](https://qhsetech.com/vs/safetyculture-vs-sitedocs)
- [Normative vs Persefoni](https://qhsetech.com/vs/normative-vs-persefoni)
- [Novisto vs Persefoni](https://qhsetech.com/vs/novisto-vs-persefoni)
- [Octave Reliance vs Qualio](https://qhsetech.com/vs/octave-reliance-vs-qualio)
- [Omnilert vs AlertMedia](https://qhsetech.com/vs/omnilert-vs-alertmedia)
- [Onspring vs Riskonnect](https://qhsetech.com/vs/onspring-vs-riskonnect)
- [Origami Risk vs Riskonnect](https://qhsetech.com/vs/origami-risk-vs-riskonnect)
- [osapiens HUB vs Persefoni](https://qhsetech.com/vs/osapiens-vs-persefoni)
- [Qualio vs MasterControl](https://qhsetech.com/vs/qualio-vs-mastroqa)
- [Quentic vs Intelex](https://qhsetech.com/vs/quentic-vs-intelex)
- [RLDatix vs Riskonnect](https://qhsetech.com/vs/rldatix-vs-riskonnect)
- [SafeContractor vs Riskonnect](https://qhsetech.com/vs/alcumus-vs-riskonnect)
- [SafetyChain vs MasterControl](https://qhsetech.com/vs/safetychain-vs-mastroqa)
- [SafetyChain vs Qualio](https://qhsetech.com/vs/safetychain-vs-qualio)
- [SiteDocs vs Assignar](https://qhsetech.com/vs/sitedocs-vs-assignar)
- [Sphera vs Enablon](https://qhsetech.com/vs/sphera-vs-enablon)
- [Sweep vs Greenly](https://qhsetech.com/vs/sweep-vs-greenly)
- [Sweep vs Persefoni](https://qhsetech.com/vs/sweep-vs-persefoni)
- [Tractian vs Fiix](https://qhsetech.com/vs/tractian-vs-fiix)
- [Tractian vs MaintainX](https://qhsetech.com/vs/tractian-vs-maintainx)
- [Tractian vs UpKeep](https://qhsetech.com/vs/tractian-vs-upkeep)
- [TrueContext vs FastField by Quickbase](https://qhsetech.com/vs/truecontext-vs-fastfield)
- [TuMeke Ergonomics vs Acoem (Cadence and Airodis)](https://qhsetech.com/vs/tumeke-vs-acoem)
- [UpKeep vs Fiix](https://qhsetech.com/vs/upkeep-vs-fiix)
- [VelocityEHS vs Evotix](https://qhsetech.com/vs/velocityehs-vs-evotix)
- [Watershed vs Persefoni](https://qhsetech.com/vs/watershed-vs-persefoni)
- [ZenQMS vs Qualio](https://qhsetech.com/vs/zenqms-vs-qualio)

## Glossary

94 term pages with a definition, FAQs and the primary sources opened on a stated date (a scope note where the term has one). Hub and A to Z index: https://qhsetech.com/qhse-glossary

- [5 Whys](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/5-whys): A technique that asks “why” repeatedly, often about five times, to move from a symptom towards a cause the team can act on and check.
- [ALARP (As Low As Reasonably Practicable)](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/alarp): As Low As Reasonably Practicable — UK principle weighing a risk against the money, time and trouble of reducing it; case law looks for gross disproportion.
- [ATEX](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/atex): Two EU directives addressing explosive atmospheres: 1999/92/EC concerns worker protection; 2014/34/EU concerns equipment and protective systems.
- [Behavior-Based Safety (BBS)](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/bbs): Behaviour-based safety — observing work practices and giving feedback to improve safe working, used alongside controls on equipment and conditions.
- [Bowtie Analysis](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/bow-tie): A visual risk-assessment method showing the causes (left side), the top event (center), and consequences with mitigations (right side). Widely used in process safety and major-hazard industries.
- [CAPA (Corrective and Preventive Action)](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/capa): Corrective and Preventive Action — a process for investigating actual or potential problems, assigning actions and checking their effectiveness.
- [CBAM (Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism)](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/cbam): Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism — the EU framework addressing embedded emissions in specified imported goods, applying in its definitive regime from 2026.
- [CDM Regulations](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/cdm-regulations): Construction (Design and Management) Regulations 2015 — duties for managing health and safety through construction projects in Great Britain.
- [Confined Space](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/confined-space): An enclosed or largely enclosed space, not designed for continuous occupancy, where entry can expose workers to risks such as fire, asphyxiation or drowning.
- [COSHH (Control of Substances Hazardous to Health)](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/coshh): Control of Substances Hazardous to Health — a workplace framework for assessing and controlling exposure to harmful substances.
- [CSDDD (Corporate Sustainability Due Diligence Directive)](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/csddd): Corporate Sustainability Due Diligence Directive — the EU framework for covered companies' human-rights and environmental due diligence.
- [CSRD (Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive)](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/csrd): Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive — the EU legislative framework for sustainability reporting by entities within its scope, using ESRS.
- [DART Rate (Days Away, Restricted or Transferred)](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/dart-rate): Days Away, Restricted or Transferred rate — qualifying cases multiplied by 200,000, divided by hours worked, using the US incidence-rate convention.
- [Double Materiality](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/double-materiality): Assessment of both an organisation's impacts on people and the environment and sustainability matters with financial effects on the organisation.
- [DSEAR](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/dsear): Dangerous Substances and Explosive Atmospheres Regulations 2002 — controls for fire, explosion and related dangerous-substance risks at work in Great Britain.
- [EHS (Environment, Health and Safety)](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/ehs): Environment, Health and Safety — the activities used to manage environmental effects and risks to people's health and safety at work.
- [EMR (Experience Modification Rate)](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/emr): Experience Modification Rate: a workers' compensation rating factor comparing an employer's claim costs with expected costs for its classification.
- [EMS (Environmental Management System)](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/ems): Environmental Management System — the processes and records an organisation uses to manage its environmental impacts and duties, often built to ISO 14001.
- [ESG (Environmental, Social, Governance)](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/esg): Environmental, Social and Governance — a grouping of topics used to assess an organisation's sustainability-related impacts, risks and practices.
- [ESRS (European Sustainability Reporting Standards)](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/esrs): European Sustainability Reporting Standards — the EU standards for CSRD-scope companies, adopted by delegated act and revised in 2026.
- [EU Omnibus](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/eu-omnibus): An EU simplification package; Directives (EU) 2025/794 and 2026/470 changed CSRD scope and CSDDD timing and scope, and the ESRS were revised.
- [EU Taxonomy](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/eu-taxonomy): The EU classification framework for assessing environmentally sustainable economic activities against six objectives and technical screening criteria.
- [Fault Tree Analysis (FTA)](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/fault-tree-analysis): A top-down method that traces one undesired event to the combinations of faults and failures that could cause it, using logic gates.
- [First Aid Case](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/first-aid-case): An injury or illness treated only with measures on OSHA's first aid list, which alone does not make a case recordable under 29 CFR 1904.7.
- [Fishbone Diagram](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/fishbone-diagram): Also called an Ishikawa or cause-and-effect diagram: a chart grouping the possible causes of one problem under category branches for a team to test.
- [FMEA (Failure Mode and Effects Analysis)](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/fmea): Failure Mode and Effects Analysis — a structured review of how items or process steps could fail, what each failure causes and how it would be controlled.
- [GHG Protocol](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/ghg-protocol): A family of greenhouse-gas accounting standards and guidance for corporate, value-chain and other emissions inventories.
- [GHG Scope 1, 2 and 3](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/ghg-scope-1-2-3): GHG inventory categories separating direct emissions, purchased-energy emissions and other value-chain emissions.
- [GHS (Globally Harmonized System)](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/ghs): Globally Harmonized System of Classification and Labelling of Chemicals — a UN framework for classifying chemical hazards and communicating them.
- [GRI (Global Reporting Initiative)](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/gri): Global Reporting Initiative — an organisation that develops standards for reporting an organisation's impacts on the economy, environment and people.
- [HACCP (Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Points)](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/haccp): Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Points — a structured approach to identifying, controlling and recording food-safety hazards.
- [HAZOP (Hazard and Operability Study)](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/hazop): Hazard and Operability Study — a team method that applies guide words to process parameters to find deviations, their causes and their consequences.
- [Heat Illness Prevention](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/heat-illness-prevention): Measures for managing occupational heat exposure. On 4 October 2026 OSHA's federal heat rule was still a proposal; five states have their own heat laws.
- [Hierarchy of Controls](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/hierarchy-of-controls): An order for considering hazard controls: elimination, substitution, engineering controls, administrative controls and personal protective equipment.
- [HIRA (Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment)](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/hira): Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment — finding hazards, judging the risk each presents, choosing controls and recording the reasoning for later review.
- [IFRS S1/S2 (IFRS Sustainability Disclosure Standards)](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/ifrs-s1-s2): ISSB sustainability-disclosure standards: IFRS S1 addresses sustainability-related financial information and IFRS S2 addresses climate-related disclosures.
- [IMS (Integrated Management System)](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/ims): Integrated Management System — coordinated policies, processes and records serving more than one management standard, such as quality, environment and safety.
- [Incident Investigation](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/incident-investigation): A structured examination of an incident or near miss to establish what happened, why it happened and what changes would prevent it happening again.
- [ISO 14001](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/iso-14001): An international standard specifying requirements for an environmental management system.
- [ISO 19011](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/iso-19011): International guidelines for auditing management systems: audit principles, programme management, audit conduct and auditor competence.
- [ISO 31000](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/iso-31000): International standard of risk management guidelines: principles, a framework and a process for any organisation, whatever its size or sector.
- [ISO 45001](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/iso-45001): An international standard specifying requirements for an occupational health and safety management system.
- [ISO 50001](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/iso-50001): An international standard specifying requirements for an energy management system and improvement of energy performance.
- [ISO 9001](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/iso-9001): An international standard specifying requirements for a quality management system.
- [Job Safety Analysis (JSA)](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/jsa): Job Safety Analysis or Job Hazard Analysis — a task-based review of each work step, the hazards it involves and the controls chosen to manage them.
- [Just Culture](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/just-culture): A culture that tells human error, at-risk behaviour and reckless behaviour apart, and answers each with support, coaching or accountability as fits.
- [KPI (Key Performance Indicator)](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/kpi): Key Performance Indicator — a defined QHSE measure, with a formula, period, owner and target, used to track an objective such as injury rate or audit closure.
- [Lagging Indicator](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/lagging-indicator): A measure of outcomes that have already occurred, such as injuries, illnesses or days lost, used to judge whether past results met the goals set.
- [LCA (Life Cycle Assessment)](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/lca): Life Cycle Assessment — a method for assessing a product's environmental impacts from raw materials to disposal, described in ISO 14040 and ISO 14044.
- [Leading Indicator](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/leading-indicator): A measure of preventive activities or conditions, such as completion and quality of control checks, that shows whether safeguards are being applied.
- [LOPA (Layer of Protection Analysis)](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/lopa): Layer of Protection Analysis — an order-of-magnitude method that tests whether independent protection layers make a hazard scenario tolerable.
- [LOTO (Lockout / Tagout)](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/loto): Lockout/Tagout — procedures for controlling hazardous energy during covered servicing and maintenance work.
- [LTIFR (Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate)](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/ltifr): Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate — lost-time injuries per defined number of hours worked, often per million hours, under a stated day-counting rule.
- [Management of Change (MOC)](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/moc): Management of Change — review and control of proposed changes that may affect risks, operating conditions or responsibilities.
- [Management Review](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/management-review): Management Review — a planned review by top management of how well the management system is performing, with decisions and actions recorded.
- [Materiality Assessment](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/materiality-assessment): A process for determining which matters and information are material under a chosen reporting framework, and recording the reasoning for each decision.
- [Near Miss](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/near-miss): An unplanned event with the potential for harm, where the relevant injury or damage did not occur.
- [Net Zero](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/net-zero): A target state in which residual emissions are balanced by removals within a defined boundary and period after deep emissions reductions.
- [Non-conformance](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/non-conformance): A failure to meet a stated requirement of a product, process, document or legal obligation. ISO management system standards call it nonconformity.
- [OSHA 300 (Injury and Illness Log)](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/osha-300): The US OSHA log of work-related injuries and illnesses, kept with the 300A annual summary and the 301 incident report for each recordable case.
- [OSHA NEP (National Emphasis Program)](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/osha-nep): OSHA National Emphasis Program: a temporary programme, set out in a directive, that aims OSHA's effort at a named hazard or high-hazard industry.
- [PCAF (Partnership for Carbon Accounting Financials)](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/pcaf): Partnership for Carbon Accounting Financials — global framework for financial institutions to measure and disclose financed emissions across asset classes.
- [Permit to Work (PTW)](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/permit-to-work): Permit to Work — a formal process for authorising and coordinating specified work, its controls and handover.
- [PFAS (Per- and Polyfluoroalkyl Substances)](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/pfas): Per- and Polyfluoroalkyl Substances — a large class of synthetic chemicals with carbon-fluorine bonds that resist degradation and are increasingly regulated.
- [PHA (Process Hazard Analysis)](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/pha): Process Hazard Analysis — a structured team examination of a process's hazards, possible consequences and safeguards, repeated on a fixed cycle.
- [PPE (Personal Protective Equipment)](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/ppe): Personal Protective Equipment — equipment worn or held to protect a person against health or safety risks, used where other controls cannot remove the hazard.
- [Process Safety Management (PSM)](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/psm): Process Safety Management — coordinated arrangements for preventing major process incidents involving hazardous substances.
- [PSSR (Pre-Startup Safety Review)](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/pssr): Pre-Startup Safety Review — a readiness review before a new or sufficiently modified process starts, as the US OSHA process safety rule requires.
- [QHSE](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/qhse): Quality, Health, Safety and Environment — the coordinated management of product or service quality, people's health and safety, and environmental effects.
- [REACH (Registration, Evaluation, Authorisation and Restriction of Chemicals)](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/reach): Registration, Evaluation, Authorisation and Restriction of Chemicals — an EU regulation whose duties depend on a company's role and activities.
- [Recordable Incident](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/recordable-incident): A work-related injury or illness that meets the applicable recording criteria, including qualifying outcomes or diagnoses, and so enters the injury log.
- [RIDDOR (Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous Occurrences Regulations)](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/riddor): Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous Occurrences Regulations — duties to report specified work-related events in Great Britain.
- [Root Cause Analysis (RCA)](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/root-cause-analysis): Root Cause Analysis — a method for finding the underlying causes of an incident or nonconformance, using techniques such as 5-Why, fishbone or fault trees.
- [SASB Standards](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/sasb): Industry-based sustainability disclosure standards for 77 industries, maintained and enhanced by the ISSB within the IFRS Foundation.
- [SBTi (Science Based Targets initiative)](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/sbti): Science Based Targets initiative — an organisation developing standards and services for companies to set science-based emissions-reduction targets.
- [Scope 1 Emissions](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/scope-1-emissions): Direct greenhouse-gas emissions from sources within an organisation's defined ownership or control boundary, such as fuel burned in owned boilers.
- [Scope 2 Emissions](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/scope-2-emissions): Indirect greenhouse-gas emissions associated with purchased or acquired electricity, steam, heat and cooling consumed by the organisation.
- [Scope 3 Emissions](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/scope-3-emissions): Other indirect greenhouse-gas emissions across an organisation's upstream and downstream value chain, outside its own operations and purchased energy.
- [SDS (Safety Data Sheet)](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/sds): Safety Data Sheet — supplier information on a chemical's hazards, safe handling, storage, emergency measures and protective measures for workplace use.
- [SECR (Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting)](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/secr): Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting — UK energy and emissions reporting requirements for specified company and LLP categories.
- [Serious Injury or Fatality (SIF)](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/sif): Serious Injury or Fatality — a term used to distinguish severe outcomes and, in potential-SIF reviews, events that could have caused them.
- [Severity Rate](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/severity-rate): A measure relating days lost, or another defined severity measure, to hours worked. Formulas and day-count rules differ between reporting schemes.
- [Silica Standard (Respirable Crystalline Silica)](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/silica-standard): Two US OSHA standards for respirable crystalline silica: 29 CFR 1910.1053 for general industry and maritime, and 1926.1153 for construction.
- [SOP (Standard Operating Procedure)](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/sop): Standard Operating Procedure — documented instructions for carrying out a defined activity consistently, usually as ordered steps with the checks and limits.
- [Stop Work Authority (SWA)](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/stop-work-authority): An employer-granted right and responsibility for anyone on a site, contractors included, to stop a task they believe is unsafe, with no prior permission needed and no reprisal.
- [SWMS (Safe Work Method Statement)](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/swms): Safe Work Method Statement — a document setting out high risk construction work, its hazards and controls, used in Australian work health and safety law.
- [TCFD (Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures)](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/tcfd): Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures — the body behind recommendations on governance, strategy, risk management, and metrics and targets.
- [Toolbox Talk](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/toolbox-talk): A short briefing or discussion with the people doing a task or sharing a site, on one topic, covering its hazards and relevant controls before or during work.
- [TRIR (Total Recordable Incident Rate)](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/trir): Total Recordable Incident Rate — recordable cases multiplied by 200,000 and divided by hours worked, using the US incidence-rate convention.
- [VPP (Voluntary Protection Programs)](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/vpp): Voluntary Protection Programs — OSHA's recognition scheme for US worksites with effective safety and health management systems and low injury rates.
- [VSME (Voluntary Sustainability Reporting Standard for SMEs)](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/vsme): A voluntary sustainability-reporting standard developed by EFRAG for non-listed SMEs, now the basis of the EU voluntary standard and value-chain cap.
- [Walking-Working Surfaces](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/walking-working-surfaces): US OSHA general-industry rules on floors, stairs, ladders and fall protection, updated by a final rule that took effect in January 2017.
- [WELL Building Standard](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/well-building-standard): A building standard and certification run by the International WELL Building Institute, organised around concepts such as air, water and light.
- [What-If Analysis](https://qhsetech.com/glossary/what-if-analysis): A team brainstorming method that asks what-if questions to find hazards, consequences and safeguards in a process or a change.

## Articles

39 articles by The QHSE Standard; figures in them come from the same records as the profiles. Blog index: https://qhsetech.com/blog

- [Audit Trail and Document Control Gaps in QHSE Software](https://qhsetech.com/blog/the-capability-gap-audit-trail-and-document-control-in-qhse-software): Audit trail and document control are the two thinnest capability families in 212 research records. This article explains why, what auditors ask for and how to test both.
- [Behavior-Based Safety (BBS): A 12-Step Implementation Guide](https://qhsetech.com/blog/behavior-based-safety-bbs-program-implementation-2026): A practical 12-step BBS implementation guide — theory (ABC, Heinrich vs Reason), observation card design, leading vs lagging KPIs, software automation, CAPA integration, and the pitfalls (gaming, blame culture) that derail many rollouts.
- [Building a Positive Safety Culture with Technology](https://qhsetech.com/blog/building-safety-culture-with-technology): Use technology to make reporting, response and learning easier to inspect—without treating software activity as proof of culture or safety outcomes.
- [Contractor Prequalification Playbook for 2026](https://qhsetech.com/blog/contractor-prequalification-playbook-2026): A contractor-prequalification workflow needs identifiable owners, current evidence and a recorded decision. Use this playbook to evaluate risk tiers, insurance records, induction, site access and scorecards in either a manual or digital process.
- [Double Materiality Assessment: A Step-by-Step Guide for CSRD](https://qhsetech.com/blog/double-materiality-assessment-guide): Double materiality decides which ESRS disclosures a company makes. This guide sets out a 7-stage process, the evidence each stage should leave, and what the revised ESRS change from financial year 2027.
- [ESRS Disclosures 2026: A Practical Implementation Guide](https://qhsetech.com/blog/esrs-disclosures-2026-practical-implementation-guide): A walkthrough of ESRS disclosure requirements for CSRD reporters — datapoints, double materiality, governance, and software you actually need.
- [EU Seveso III Compliance Guide for Major-Hazard Sites (2026)](https://qhsetech.com/blog/eu-seveso-iii-software-2026-compliance-guide): What Directive 2012/18/EU requires of lower-tier and upper-tier establishments, how competent authorities inspect them, and how to map each duty to the software that holds the evidence.
- [Free Trials in QHSE Software: What Vendors Document](https://qhsetech.com/blog/free-trials-in-qhse-software-what-is-documented): 49 of the 212 QHSE, EHS and ESG software profiles we researched document a free trial, 40 offer one only on request, and for 123 we could not establish either. What a buyer should do with each of the three.
- [GDPR & EHS Data: Compliant Incident Logging in the EU and UK](https://qhsetech.com/blog/gdpr-vs-ehs-data-compliance-guide): Logging an incident captures personal data, and in the EU and UK the GDPR applies. Here are the common gaps in EHS programs and how to fix them.
- [Heat Stress Management in 2026: An Inspection-Ready Program](https://qhsetech.com/blog/heat-stress-management-program-2026): Heat is now a mainstream compliance topic, not a summer inconvenience. Here is how to build a heat stress program with defensible thresholds, acclimatisation rules and digital records.
- [How Many QHSE Vendors Publish a Price? What the Data Shows](https://qhsetech.com/blog/how-many-qhse-vendors-publish-a-price-and-what-the-prices-look-like): 78 of 212 researched QHSE platforms publish a current price. This article counts what those prices are charged on: users, sites, modules or a quote, with no vendor ranked.
- [Incident Investigation Best Practices: Root Cause to Action](https://qhsetech.com/blog/incident-investigation-best-practices): Many incident investigations stop at the obvious cause. A five-phase approach from scene to verified corrective action, with a worked example, a software question list and a short FAQ.
- [Industrial Hygiene Program Playbook (2026)](https://qhsetech.com/blog/industrial-hygiene-program-playbook-2026): How to run a defensible industrial hygiene programme in 2026: SEGs, sampling sufficiency, statistical decisions, mixture rules and surveillance referrals, with a worked example and vendor questions.
- [Intelex 10% Entry Price Cut: Directories We Checked Missed](https://qhsetech.com/blog/intelex-price-cut-2026): Archived captures show Intelex lowered its only published price, for Safety Essentials, from $49 to $44 per user per month in February 2026. Four directories still listed $49 on 4 October 2026. What the evidence shows, and what to check before you rely on any published price.
- [Is Your Safety Data AI-Ready? A 2026 Readiness Assessment](https://qhsetech.com/blog/is-your-safety-data-ai-ready-2026): AI in EHS software lives or dies on the data underneath it. Before you buy the next predictive-safety module, run your incident, audit, and observation data through this 2026 readiness assessment — six dimensions, a five-minute scorecard, and the fixes that matter.
- [ISO 14001 Implementation Guide: A 12-Step EMS Roadmap](https://qhsetech.com/blog/iso-14001-environmental-management-system-implementation-2026): A 12-step roadmap to implement ISO 14001:2026, the fourth edition published in April 2026, with software selection criteria and how environmental management data relates to CSRD reporting.
- [ISO 45001 Certification Cost & Timeline: 2026 Buyer's Guide](https://qhsetech.com/blog/iso-45001-certification-cost-timeline-2026): ISO does not set a price for certification. Accredited certification bodies must calculate audit days under a published accreditation rule and give you the calculation. This guide explains that rule, the other costs a project carries, and the order the work has to happen in.
- [ISO 45001 Internal Audit Checklist 2026: 80-Point Template](https://qhsetech.com/blog/iso-45001-internal-audit-checklist-2026): A full ISO 45001 internal audit checklist for 2026: clause-by-clause questions, evidence to collect, gaps to look for, a scoring rubric and a post-audit CAPA workflow.
- [ISO 45001 vs 14001 vs 9001: One Integrated System (2026)](https://qhsetech.com/blog/iso-45001-vs-iso-14001-vs-iso-9001-integrated-management-systems-2026): ISO 9001, ISO 14001 and ISO 45001 share one harmonized structure, and the accreditation rules allow a single integrated audit. Here is what that means in 2026: two new editions, the audit-time rules, a shared risk register, and what to test in software.
- [Lockout/Tagout (LOTO): Paper to Digital Energy Isolation](https://qhsetech.com/blog/lockout-tagout-loto-program-2026-digital-guide): Lockout/Tagout ranked fourth on OSHA's FY2025 most-cited list and third in OSHA's preliminary FY2026 figures. The failures this guide covers are expired procedures, missed stored energy and group-LOTO confusion. Here's how to run a digital LOTO program that holds up under audit.
- [MSD Prevention 2026: Digital RULA, REBA & NIOSH Assessments](https://qhsetech.com/blog/msd-prevention-rula-reba-digital-guide-2026): Move RULA, REBA and NIOSH lifting assessments off paper. AI video analysis, wearables, DSE for hybrid workforces and a closed-loop MSD prevention workflow that frees ergonomist time for controls.
- [Named Systems in QHSE Software: What 212 Profiles Say](https://qhsetech.com/blog/named-systems-in-qhse-software-what-integration-statements-say): 58 of the 212 QHSE, EHS and ESG software profiles we researched name a specific system in a statement about integration, and 132 mention integration or an interface type without naming one. What the difference means when you build a shortlist.
- [Near-Miss Reporting: Build a System Workers Actually Use](https://qhsetech.com/blog/near-miss-reporting-guide-increase-rates): Near misses carry the same lessons as injuries without the harm. Learn how to build a reporting system workers actually use, and how to turn what they report into prevention.
- [Noise & Hand-Arm Vibration Compliance (2026)](https://qhsetech.com/blog/noise-and-hav-exposure-compliance-2026): Noise and hand-arm vibration are long-latency exposures that need documented measurement, control and surveillance. Here is how to build a defensible noise and HAV programme in 2026, from dosimetry to surveillance.
- [Offline Support in QHSE Software: What the Records Show](https://qhsetech.com/blog/offline-support-in-qhse-software-what-the-classified-profiles-show): Only 93 of 212 researched QHSE profiles have an offline classification. This article explains the labels, the category gaps and a field test a buyer can run.
- [OSHA Focus Four 2026: Preventing Construction Fatalities](https://qhsetech.com/blog/osha-focus-four-construction-fatalities-prevention-2026): Falls, struck-by, caught-in/between and electrocution are OSHA's Focus Four construction hazards, and falls, slips and trips alone caused about 38% of US construction deaths in 2024. Here's a 2026 prevention playbook built around the digital toolchain now available.
- [OSHA Top 10 Citations 2026: A Prevention Playbook](https://qhsetech.com/blog/osha-top-10-citations-2026-prevention-playbook): OSHA's preliminary FY2026 Top 10 list is once again led by Fall Protection and Hazard Communication, with Lockout/Tagout third. This playbook walks each standard with the underlying citation drivers, the controls that actually move citation rates and the software workflows that produce inspector-ready evidence.
- [Psychosocial Risk & ISO 45003 in 2026: A Practical Guide](https://qhsetech.com/blog/psychosocial-risk-iso-45003-guide-2026): Psychosocial risk is now a board-level QHSE topic. Here is how to translate ISO 45003 and CSRD S1 into a measurable programme that integrates with your existing EHS, HR and EAP stack.
- [QHSE Software Integration Claims: Why Most Are Conditional](https://qhsetech.com/blog/integration-claims-in-qhse-software-why-most-are-conditional): 136 of the 212 QHSE, EHS and ESG software profiles we researched document an API or integration capability, and 117 of those 136 do so only with a condition attached. This article explains what conditional means and how to test an integration before you buy.
- [QHSE Software Price Transparency: What the Records Show](https://qhsetech.com/blog/qhse-software-pricing-transparency-2026): 78 of 212 researched products have a current public amount on record; 134 have no current paid amount. See the evidence and pricing conditions.
- [Reading Language Claims in QHSE Software: 212 Profiles](https://qhsetech.com/blog/reading-language-claims-in-qhse-software): 39 of the 212 QHSE, EHS and ESG software profiles we researched state something about the languages of the product, and 9 name a language. Why "multilingual" is four separate claims, and how to test the one you need.
- [Root Cause Analysis for Incidents: 7 Methods Compared](https://qhsetech.com/blog/incident-investigation-root-cause-analysis-techniques-2026): A practical guide to incident investigation and root cause analysis — 7 techniques compared, a worked manufacturing example, the CAPA loop, how to write testable cause statements and what to ask a software vendor.
- [Scope 3 Emissions in 2026: Data Strategy & Software Playbook](https://qhsetech.com/blog/scope-3-emissions-2026-data-strategy-and-software): Scope 3 is where many carbon programs stall. Here is the category-by-category data strategy, the methodology choices, and the software architecture that actually scales.
- [SOC 2 and ISO 27001 in QHSE Software: What 212 Profiles Say](https://qhsetech.com/blog/soc-2-and-iso-27001-in-qhse-software-what-212-profiles-document): 122 of the 212 QHSE, EHS and ESG software profiles we researched name SOC 2 or ISO 27001 on a vendor page. This article explains what that statement does and does not prove, and how to ask a vendor for the report behind it.
- [Stop Work Authority: Building a No-Blame Program](https://qhsetech.com/blog/stop-work-authority-swa-program-2026-guide): Stop Work Authority posters hang in refineries, mines, construction sites and chemical plants, but a programme has failed the moment a junior worker pays for using it. This guide covers where SWA is law, the 4 pillars, the policy wording, example KPIs and the software workflow that make SWA more than a poster.
- [Top 10 Leading Safety Indicators That Predict Incidents](https://qhsetech.com/blog/top-leading-safety-indicators-2026): Lagging indicators tell you what already broke. Leading indicators tell you what is about to. Here are 10 worth tracking, with formulas, example targets and, where there is one, the matching measure in OSHA's leading-indicator guidance.
- [TRIR & LTIR Calculator: Formulas, Benchmarks, Improvement](https://qhsetech.com/blog/trir-ltir-calculator-guide-formulas-benchmarks): TRIR is a widely reported safety metric. This guide explains exactly how to calculate it, how to compare it with the published BLS rate for your industry, and the 7 levers worth testing.
- [UK COMAH 2026: What Operators Should Build, Not Just Record](https://qhsetech.com/blog/uk-hse-comah-2026-compliance-software-guide): What the COMAH Regulations 2015 require of operators, what the competent authority's published delivery guides cover, and what COMAH operators should build into their digital safety stack in 2026.
- [US OSHA 2026: Electronic Recordkeeping and PSM Changes](https://qhsetech.com/blog/us-osha-2026-electronic-recordkeeping-psm-update): OSHA's expanded electronic recordkeeping, a stalled PSM modernisation and EPA's proposed revision of its 2024 RMP rules shape what US operators must report, and how they collect the data.

## Everbridge

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/everbridge
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: Everbridge 360, Everbridge 360 AI
This profile evaluates Everbridge 360 AI emergency communication workflows and Travel Protector. Travel Protector and the optional Everbridge Assist service have distinct scopes; Prepare, xMatters, Control Center and other portfolio products are not part of every purchase.

Everbridge connects emergency communications with wider critical event management. Its current 360 AI range separates Core, Professional and Enterprise packages, while Travel Protector adds itinerary and optional GPS awareness, travel intelligence, alerts and check-ins. Start with one documented workflow and identify every package, application and assistance service used before comparing the quote.

Best-fit starting point: Organizations connecting employee alerts with a broader incident and resilience program.

Check before buying: Scope emergency communications separately from Travel Protector, Everbridge Assist, advanced orchestration and other portfolio applications. Ask for the package, regional delivery terms, data governance and response responsibilities in writing.

### Pricing

Core published starting threshold; Professional and Enterprise by quote. The official pricing page checked on 27 September 2026 lists Core as starting under $9K, while Professional and Enterprise say Contact sales. Core includes multichannel messaging, mobile safety and geofencing; higher packages add risk intelligence, reporting and broader response management. The page does not establish the billing period, recipient allowance, countries, message volumes, implementation or support included in that threshold. Request all assumptions and renewal terms in writing.

### When the price fits

Everbridge may be worth its quoted price if site alerts must connect to wider incident coordination and the selected 360 AI package covers that sequence; contact the vendor for pricing. It is less suitable if the requirement is a simple notification list or depends on disconnected administration that has not been demonstrated.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: The current pricing page publishes Core as starting under $9K and directs Professional and Enterprise buyers to sales. The billing period and usage assumptions behind the Core threshold, as well as disconnected administration, still require confirmation.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.everbridge.com/pricing/
- https://www.everbridge.com/platform/critical-event-management/

### Connectivity and delivery

The sources describe mobile access and several delivery channels, but do not establish a complete disconnected workflow. SMS or voice delivery should not be treated as offline operation of the administrator console. In a permitted test environment, check what happens when an administrator loses internet access and when a recipient has no mobile data, no cellular service, or has not installed the app.

Product scope: Everbridge 360 AI Core, Professional and Enterprise, plus Travel Protector where travel-risk capabilities are stated. Confirm the applications, package, assistance service and starting-price assumptions in the proposal.

Review scope: Vendor-documentation review refreshed on 27 September 2026 for packages, pricing, confirmation windows, escalation quotas, polling limits and Travel Protector. It is not hands-on testing, proof of traveler location or evidence of delivery reliability.

Trial status: request-only. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Package and application boundaries: Begin with the communication problem and add the coordination requirements. Ask the vendor to mark each proposed step against a named package or application, including administration and reporting. This prevents a portfolio demonstration from becoming an assumption about the license being quoted.
  Sources: https://www.everbridge.com/platform/critical-event-management/, https://www.everbridge.com/products/
- Delivery and acknowledgement: The mass notification page documents two-way communication and several contact paths. For your own evaluation, treat delivery and a person's response as different events. Include an outdated phone number, a non-responding recipient and a change of duty manager in a test drill; record who must intervene.
  Sources: https://www.everbridge.com/use-cases/mass-notification-and-incident-communications/
- Integrations and contact quality: Everbridge documents Contact Integration for Dayforce, Entra ID, Oracle HCM, ServiceNow, UKG Pro and Workday, with API and SFTP/CSV alternatives. Test how a leaver, new starter and temporary site assignment move into the alert audience. A Workday support case also shows that missing SMS numbers can originate in the feed, mapping or integration-user permissions, so record the sync interval, exception owner and reconciliation path.
  Sources: https://supportcenter.everbridge.com/hc/en-us/articles/19141467969563-EBS-Choosing-Between-Contact-Integration-Contact-Sync-API-and-File-Upload-SFTP-for-Uploading-Contacts, https://supportcenter.everbridge.com/hc/en-us/articles/48880986488475-Workday-Integration-Resolving-Missing-Personal-Mobile-SMS-Numbers-in-Everbridge
- Security and operating responsibilities: The platform describes access controls and auditability. Obtain the documentation for the contracted service and region, then test who can change contact groups, launch an alert and view response records. Do not transfer security statements from another application in the portfolio.
  Sources: https://www.everbridge.com/platform/critical-event-management/
- Implementation and commercial scope: Build the acceptance plan around your actual contact data, message templates, escalation owners and reporting needs. The trial request and tours are access routes for evaluation, not evidence of a completed deployment. Agree the test environment and authorized recipients before any notification exercise.
  Sources: https://www.everbridge.com/resources/product-demo-center/
- Traveler data and assistance boundary: Travel Protector may use itinerary data, mobile-device location, check-ins and traveler-provided information. Label each location source and timestamp in the pilot, configure consent and role access, and distinguish the technology platform from the optional Everbridge Assist medical and security service.
  Sources: https://www.everbridge.com/products/travel-protector/, https://www.everbridge.com/use-cases/travel-risk-management/

### Capability scope

- Two-way alerts [documented]: Published for mass notification; verify response handling for the channels in your quote. Sources: https://www.everbridge.com/use-cases/mass-notification-and-incident-communications/
- Group and location targeting [documented]: Audience targeting is described. Demonstrate the data source and update process for your sites. Sources: https://www.everbridge.com/use-cases/mass-notification-and-incident-communications/
- Advanced incident orchestration [conditional]: Scope the required workflow against Professional or Enterprise and any separate application. Sources: https://www.everbridge.com/platform/critical-event-management/
- Disconnected administration [unverified]: Not established by this documentation review; test the administrator and recipient failure cases separately.
- Confirmation window and unreachable contacts [documented]: Everbridge Suite guidance ties accepted confirmations to the broadcast duration. Unreachable means no viable delivery path for that notification, not simply an unanswered alert. Sources: https://supportcenter.everbridge.com/hc/en-us/articles/19141880401051-EBS-What-Do-the-Confirmation-Statuses-Mean-in-a-Notification-s-Details
- Quota-based escalation stopping [conditional]: Published notification escalation guidance stops escalation when the required response quota is met. Short escalation timers can overlap earlier delivery attempts; demonstrate tenant settings. Sources: https://manager.everbridge.net/help/Notifications/Setup/Create_notification-based_templates/Notification_Escalations.htm
- Repeat polling response restrictions [conditional]: Indexed EB360 support guidance documents repeat responses with channel and scheduling/escalation restrictions. Direct access may require login; obtain the current article and demonstrate the contracted version. Sources: https://supportcenter.everbridge.com/hc/en-us/articles/36925037382427-EB360-Multiple-Polling-Responses
- Traveler itinerary and location awareness [conditional]: Travel Protector combines itinerary or booking data with optional mobile GPS and traveler check-ins. The source, timestamp, consent and organization policy determine what a location means. Sources: https://www.everbridge.com/products/travel-protector/
- Pre-trip advisories and travel risk intelligence [conditional]: Travel Protector documents pre-trip guidance, country and city risk information, entry requirements and a travel-risk intelligence feed. Confirm coverage and update responsibility for the destinations in scope. Sources: https://www.everbridge.com/products/travel-protector/
- Traveler SOS, check-ins and targeted alerts [conditional]: The traveler app lists SOS, safety check-ins, two-way communication and geo-targeted alerts. Demonstrate channel behavior, escalation and limited-connectivity cases for the proposed deployment. Sources: https://www.everbridge.com/products/travel-protector/
- 24/7 medical and security assistance [conditional]: Everbridge Assist is described as an additional multilingual assistance service paired with Travel Protector, not an automatic inclusion in the technology platform. Sources: https://www.everbridge.com/products/travel-protector/
- HR contact integration and contact lifecycle [conditional]: Contact Integration lists Dayforce, Entra ID, Oracle HCM, ServiceNow, UKG Pro and Workday, while API and SFTP/CSV are alternative upload methods. Connector availability does not establish mappings, add/change/delete behavior or clean handling of missing fields; test those conditions with the quoted deployment. Sources: https://supportcenter.everbridge.com/hc/en-us/articles/19141467969563-EBS-Choosing-Between-Contact-Integration-Contact-Sync-API-and-File-Upload-SFTP-for-Uploading-Contacts, https://supportcenter.everbridge.com/hc/en-us/articles/19141818316443-EBS-Uploading-Contacts-From-Workday-Into-an-Everbridge-Organization

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### A disruption at one site
1. Prepare a test roster with site assignments and approved message templates.
2. Select the affected group, send through the agreed test channels and inspect response states.
3. Follow up on missing acknowledgements and export the drill record.

#### A response crossing teams
1. Use a simulated disruption involving facilities, HR and an incident lead.
2. Show task ownership, reassignment and a handover to the next duty manager.
3. Identify every application used and record unresolved approval or integration steps.

#### A response quota with an unreachable duty contact
1. Configure a permitted test notification with a primary group, backup group, response quota and explicit broadcast duration.
2. Use an approved test contact lacking the selected delivery path and another that replies before escalation.
3. Check who received the message, whether the quota stopped escalation and how a late acknowledgement appears in the report.

#### A changed itinerary and a traveler assistance request
1. Import an authorized test itinerary, then change and cancel one segment in the source system.
2. Simulate a nearby risk event, inspect which location source identified the traveler and collect a safety check-in.
3. Route a test SOS through the contracted response path and distinguish Travel Protector actions from any Everbridge Assist service.

#### A Workday contact change and missing mobile number
1. Create an authorized test contact, then change its site, manager and mobile number in the source system.
2. Inspect the next permitted synchronization, audience membership and message destinations, then remove the mobile field from a test feed.
3. Review upload results, field mapping and integration-user permissions; record who corrects and reconciles the contact before a real alert.

### Product presentations

- [Visual Command Center operating view](https://www.everbridge.com/products/visual-command-center/): Official Everbridge Visual Command Center interface visual showing map overlays, alerts, assets, risk-event feeds and a timeline. It may show the classic rather than the current Everbridge 360 interface.
- [Notification audience targeting](https://www.everbridge.com/use-cases/mass-notification-and-incident-communications/): Official Everbridge marketing illustration showing recipient selection by groups, individuals, rules and map. Treat it as a workflow illustration rather than the exact current notification screen.
- [Incident launch and two-way response](https://www.everbridge.com/use-cases/mass-notification-and-incident-communications/): Official Everbridge marketing illustration showing an incident launch, evacuation message and recipient response choices. Verify the current workflow and included applications in the proposed package.

### Questions and answers

#### Which Everbridge product does this profile cover?
Everbridge 360 AI and emergency communication workflows. Confirm Core, Professional or Enterprise and any separate applications in the proposal; the whole portfolio is not automatically included.

#### Does Everbridge publish a fixed subscription price?
The official pricing page lists Core as starting under $9K; Professional and Enterprise require contacting sales. It does not state enough detail to treat that threshold as a complete annual budget, so request the billing period, recipients, countries, message volumes, implementation, integrations and support.

#### Is an Everbridge trial available?
The official demo center offers a trial request. We have not verified its cost, duration, eligibility or access to a working tenant. Product tours are also linked there.

#### What should we test about connectivity?
Separate the administrator's internet connection from each recipient's available channels. Test failed delivery and missing acknowledgements with approved test contacts; mobile access alone does not establish disconnected administration.

#### Does Not Confirmed mean an Everbridge alert was not delivered?
No. Everbridge Suite distinguishes an absent acknowledgement from an unreachable recipient. Its guidance also says confirmations after the broadcast window are not accepted. Inspect delivery paths and response timestamps separately.

#### Will Everbridge notify every escalation level?
Not necessarily. Documented escalation rules stop after the configured response quota is reached. In a drill, test whether the quota represents the operational outcome you need rather than merely enough replies.

#### Can a worker change an Everbridge polling response during an incident?
EB360 support material describes repeat responses, but its listed limitations include SMS/app behavior and notifications using scheduling or escalation rules. The article may require a customer login. Ask for the current supported channel matrix and test a status change in your tenant.

#### What is the difference between Everbridge Travel Protector and Everbridge Assist?
Travel Protector is the technology for itinerary and location awareness, risk intelligence, traveler alerts, check-ins and response coordination. Everbridge Assist is the optional 24/7 multilingual medical and security assistance service. Confirm both as separate line items and name who responds when Assist is not purchased.

#### Does Everbridge always know a traveler's live location?
No. Travel Protector can use itinerary or booking data, mobile GPS and check-ins depending on configuration and traveler settings. Require the interface and exports to label the source and time, and do not treat an itinerary or stale device location as proof of a person's current position.

#### Is Travel Protector included in the Everbridge Core starting price?
The public pricing page does not establish that Travel Protector is included in the Core threshold. Request a written quote naming Travel Protector, the 360 AI package if required, integrations, traveler counts, countries, assistance, implementation and support.

#### What are the Everbridge pricing plans?
Everbridge currently presents Core for large teams, Professional for multiple teams and Enterprise for global operations. Core centers on emergency communication; Professional adds risk intelligence and outcome reporting; Enterprise adds expanded risk coverage, response management and executive dashboards. Confirm every capability against the quoted package.

#### What factors affect Everbridge cost?
The public comparison establishes package scope but not a complete price formula. Ask sales to itemize package, recipients, message volumes, countries, risk-intelligence coverage, integrations, implementation, training, support and renewal changes rather than extrapolating from the Core threshold.

#### Can Everbridge synchronize employee contacts from Workday or another HR system?
Everbridge documents Contact Integration for Workday and several other systems, plus API and SFTP/CSV alternatives. Test add, change and delete events, field mappings, integration-user permissions, failed records and stale phone numbers; a connector name alone does not prove that an emergency contact list is current.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-19: Added a vendor-source review covering current package boundaries, communication workflows, evaluation access and a quote checklist; replaced legacy channel counts with scoped descriptions.
- 2026-09-20: Added targeted official-source research on confirmation windows, escalation quotas and conditional repeat polling responses; proposed controlled demo exercises, without changing commercial review dates.
- 2026-09-27: Added the newly published Core starting threshold, updated Professional naming and answered current pricing-plan and cost-factor searches.
- 2026-09-27: Expanded the travel-risk evaluation with Travel Protector itinerary and location sources, pre-trip guidance, check-ins, privacy controls and the boundary between the platform and optional Everbridge Assist.
- 2026-09-27: Added official support evidence for HR contact integration choices, Workday synchronization and missing-mobile-number failure handling, without changing the commercial review.

### Demo questions

- Using a test contact list, target one site and show how missing acknowledgements are identified and escalated.
- Distinguish sent, delivered, opened and acknowledged states for each required channel; show the report available for export.
- Disable the administrator's internet connection and a test recipient's mobile data separately. Record what stops and which permitted backup paths remain.
- Show which steps require Core, Professional, Enterprise or a separate portfolio application, then include that mapping in the quote.
- Explain the billing period and usage assumptions behind the published Core starting threshold.

### Primary sources

- [Current Core, Professional and Enterprise comparison and pricing](https://www.everbridge.com/pricing/)
- [Portfolio applications and integration categories](https://www.everbridge.com/products/)
- [360 AI platform and package scope](https://www.everbridge.com/platform/critical-event-management/)
- [Visual Command Center interface and operating view — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.everbridge.com/products/visual-command-center/)
- [Mass notification channels and two-way communication](https://www.everbridge.com/use-cases/mass-notification-and-incident-communications/)
- [Vendor demo center and trial request](https://www.everbridge.com/resources/product-demo-center/)
- [Request a vendor demonstration](https://www.everbridge.com/demo/)
- [Confirmation status definitions and broadcast duration](https://supportcenter.everbridge.com/hc/en-us/articles/19141880401051-EBS-What-Do-the-Confirmation-Statuses-Mean-in-a-Notification-s-Details)
- [Notification escalation quota and timer behavior](https://manager.everbridge.net/help/Notifications/Setup/Create_notification-based_templates/Notification_Escalations.htm)
- [EB360 repeat polling limitations (support login may be required)](https://supportcenter.everbridge.com/hc/en-us/articles/36925037382427-EB360-Multiple-Polling-Responses)
- [Travel Protector itineraries, GPS awareness, check-ins and integrations](https://www.everbridge.com/products/travel-protector/)
- [Travel-risk workflow, assistance and location-sharing governance](https://www.everbridge.com/use-cases/travel-risk-management/)
- [Contact Integration, API and SFTP/CSV options for employee records](https://supportcenter.everbridge.com/hc/en-us/articles/19141467969563-EBS-Choosing-Between-Contact-Integration-Contact-Sync-API-and-File-Upload-SFTP-for-Uploading-Contacts)
- [Workday contact synchronization and scheduled export](https://supportcenter.everbridge.com/hc/en-us/articles/19141818316443-EBS-Uploading-Contacts-From-Workday-Into-an-Everbridge-Organization)
- [Workday missing-mobile-number troubleshooting](https://supportcenter.everbridge.com/hc/en-us/articles/48880986488475-Workday-Integration-Resolving-Missing-Personal-Mobile-SMS-Numbers-in-Everbridge)
- [Everbridge 360 security overview](https://www.everbridge.com/blog/everbridge-360-security-overview/)

## AlertMedia

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/alertmedia
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
AlertMedia presents a platform of selectable solutions. This profile covers Mass Notification, Incident Response, Travel Risk Management and Employee Safety Monitoring where specifically sourced; threat intelligence and social intelligence still require their own scope confirmation.

AlertMedia combines employee communications with incident response, travel-risk and lone-worker options. Mass Notification addresses targeting and responses; Incident Response adds plans and tasks; Travel Risk Management adds itinerary and traveler-risk workflows; Employee Safety Monitoring adds timed sessions, SOS and professional monitoring. Identify every solution used in the required sequence before comparing the quote.

Best-fit starting point: Teams evaluating employee communications with a defined incident, traveler-safety or lone-worker response workflow.

Check before buying: The platform can be purchased by solution. Confirm which workflows and integrations are included, how channel usage is charged and what happens when contact data or connectivity fails.

### Pricing

Custom quote; selectable solutions. AlertMedia states that pricing is customized and solutions can be purchased individually or as a platform. It says there are no setup fees and lists onboarding guidance and training among included services. The previously listed $1.50/user/month is not substantiated by this source and is not presented as a current offer. Request solution scope, contacts, channel usage, integrations, support and renewal terms in the quote. A free self-service trial was not established.

### When the price fits

AlertMedia may be worth its quoted price when employee notification must continue into incident tasks, traveler protection or monitored lone-worker sessions and the proposal names every required solution. It is less suitable if the purchase depends on a single bundled price, an unproven disconnected incident workflow or live alarm transmission through unavailable coverage.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: Rechecked custom pricing, selectable solutions, no setup fees, included implementation guidance, mobile-responsive Incident Response, Travel Risk Management and Employee Safety Monitoring. No numeric subscription price, self-service trial or offline administration of the wider platform was established.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.alertmedia.com/pricing/
- https://www.alertmedia.com/products/incident-management/
- https://www.alertmedia.com/products/travel-risk-management/
- https://www.alertmedia.com/products/employee-safety-monitoring/

### Connectivity and mobile access

Published mobile access does not establish that mass notifications or an Incident Response plan can be administered without connectivity. Employee Safety Monitoring separately states that an active timed-session countdown continues without cell service and syncs data after service returns; that is not live alarm transmission while disconnected, and the monitoring team acts from the last known location. Test each purchased solution and failure case separately.

Product scope: AlertMedia Mass Notification, Incident Response, Travel Risk Management and Employee Safety Monitoring, each selected explicitly in the proposal.

Review scope: Targeted vendor-documentation research updated on 2026-09-27, covering pricing and packaging, Incident Response, Travel Risk Management, Employee Safety Monitoring, translation, mapping and location-data acceptance checks. Not hands-on testing, proof of location, delivery reliability or customer testimony.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- From notification to response: A useful demo should continue after the initial message. Ask the operator to identify unanswered contacts, assign follow-up work and close the drill with a report. Record which actions belong to Mass Notification and which need Incident Response.
  Sources: https://www.alertmedia.com/products/emergency-mass-notification/, https://www.alertmedia.com/products/incident-management/
- Plans, roles and follow-up: Incident Response describes importing plans, assigning tasks and recording outcomes. Test one plan your team already uses, with a missed task and a change of owner. The buyer question is whether the resulting history gives the next duty manager enough context to continue.
  Sources: https://www.alertmedia.com/products/incident-management/
- Integrations and access: AlertMedia names Workday, Oracle PeopleSoft, ADP, Ceridian, Azure Active Directory and Okta in its employee-safety materials. Establish the specific connector, objects transferred, update frequency and license entitlement. Test a new starter, site change, missing mobile number and leaver; distinguish contact synchronization from authentication and access removal.
  Sources: https://www.alertmedia.com/products/employee-safety-monitoring/, https://www.alertmedia.com/solutions/employee-health-and-safety/
- Onboarding and total commercial scope: The pricing page describes included onboarding and training and states that setup fees are not charged. Ask where included onboarding ends and optional work begins, especially for bespoke data preparation or integrations. Put the solution list, service responsibilities and renewal assumptions next to the subscription quote.
  Sources: https://www.alertmedia.com/pricing/
- Evaluating the interface: The official virtual tour asks for an email address before entry. A tour can show a vendor-selected sequence; it does not establish task completion time, reliability or access to a trial tenant. Bring your own scenario to a permitted demonstration and record any step that was only described.
  Sources: https://www.alertmedia.com/platform-virtual-product-tour/
- Traveler data and location meaning: Travel Risk Management combines itinerary imports, mobile location updates and traveler communications. In the pilot, label the source and time of every location, test a changed booking, and agree who can access and retain traveler data.
  Sources: https://www.alertmedia.com/products/travel-risk-management/
- Lone-worker offline boundary: Employee Safety Monitoring says an active countdown continues without service and syncs later. That does not mean an SOS reaches the monitoring centre while disconnected. Test the transition into and out of lost coverage and the response to the last known location.
  Sources: https://www.alertmedia.com/products/employee-safety-monitoring/

### Capability scope

- Targeting and response tracking [documented]: Mass Notification describes audience selection and response visibility; test the states supported by each channel. Sources: https://www.alertmedia.com/products/emergency-mass-notification/
- Plans and assigned response tasks [conditional]: Documented for Incident Response. Confirm that this solution is included in the proposed purchase. Sources: https://www.alertmedia.com/products/incident-management/
- AI-assisted response-plan drafting and importing [conditional]: Incident Response lists an AI Plan Builder and an importer that maps an uploaded plan into a template draft. Treat the result as a draft: require an authorized plan owner to verify roles, contacts, instructions and approvals before activation. Sources: https://www.alertmedia.com/products/incident-management/
- HR and identity integration [conditional]: Employee-safety materials name Workday, Oracle PeopleSoft, ADP, Ceridian, Azure Active Directory and Okta. Those names do not establish connector entitlement, transferred fields, direction, lifecycle behavior or the boundary between contact sync and account access; verify each requirement. Sources: https://www.alertmedia.com/products/employee-safety-monitoring/, https://www.alertmedia.com/solutions/employee-health-and-safety/
- Disconnected incident workflow [unverified]: Not established by this review. Mobile-responsive access and a native app are different delivery surfaces.
- Multilingual message creation [documented]: Mass Notification lists automatic translation and permission-controlled templates. Language coverage and approval behavior should be demonstrated for your workforce. Sources: https://www.alertmedia.com/products/emergency-mass-notification/
- Custom map data and saved geofences [conditional]: Visual Intelligence accepts KML, CSV, KML URLs and public Feature Service URLs. Specific premium map layers can cost extra; confirm entitlement. Sources: https://www.alertmedia.com/platform/visual-intelligence/
- Shared mapping workspaces [documented]: Visual Intelligence describes saved and shared views with layers and filters. The vendor recommends only five or six active layers for usability, not as a library storage limit. Sources: https://www.alertmedia.com/platform/visual-intelligence/
- Traveler itinerary import and risk alerts [conditional]: Travel Risk Management imports trip data through named travel-management integrations, API connections or booking-email parsing, then links destinations and travelers to localized risk alerts. Confirm the purchased solution and data sources. Sources: https://www.alertmedia.com/products/travel-risk-management/
- Pre-trip briefs and traveler assistance button [conditional]: Travel Risk Management lists customizable briefs for 300 countries and cities and a mobile assistance button that connects to a configured internal support line or travel-assistance provider. Sources: https://www.alertmedia.com/products/travel-risk-management/
- Lone-worker timed sessions and SOS [conditional]: Employee Safety Monitoring lists locked-phone panic activation, tether pull, timed sessions, 20-second GPS updates during use, custom escalation and a 24/7 monitoring centre. It is a selectable solution, not established as part of Mass Notification. Sources: https://www.alertmedia.com/products/employee-safety-monitoring/
- Offline lone-worker session countdown [conditional]: The active countdown continues without cell service and data syncs after reconnection. The vendor says assistance is deployed to the last known location; this does not establish real-time alarm transmission while disconnected. Sources: https://www.alertmedia.com/products/employee-safety-monitoring/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### An office closure drill
1. Load an approved test roster and target the affected office.
2. Send a prepared message, inspect response states and follow up on missing acknowledgements.
3. Export the drill record and identify any manual reconciliation.

#### A plan shared by HR and operations
1. Use a sample response plan with named task owners and one overdue task.
2. Run the workflow on the devices your responders will use and hand over one task.
3. Review the action history and agree which solution and user access each step needs.

#### A multilingual alert for a mapped facility
1. Load a permitted sample facility layer and compare the selected audience with your test roster.
2. Have a fluent reviewer inspect translated instructions, then send only to approved test recipients.
3. Change a sample site assignment and inspect the map and audience again; record update delays and any premium feature used.

#### A changed business trip and localized threat
1. Import an authorized test itinerary and change one segment in the connected booking source.
2. Issue a pre-trip brief, then simulate a localized threat and inspect which travelers and location sources are selected.
3. Collect a two-way response and route a test assistance request through the provider named in the proposal.

#### A lone-worker session across a coverage gap
1. Start a permitted timed session with notes and record the current GPS timestamp.
2. Remove connectivity before the timer expires and observe the local countdown without triggering a live emergency.
3. Restore service, inspect the sync and audit trail, and have the monitoring provider explain the last-known-location response.

#### An HR record through the employee-safety lifecycle
1. Create an authorized test worker and confirm the imported site, contact methods and alert-group membership.
2. Change the site and mobile number, then introduce one missing field and inspect synchronization errors or retained old values.
3. End employment and verify alert targeting and application access separately, including the retained audit record.

### Product presentations

- [Notification composition and recipient targeting](https://www.alertmedia.com/products/emergency-mass-notification/): Official AlertMedia product screenshot showing notification type, delivery channels, recipient groups and message composition. Interface and available channels may vary by current configuration.
- [AI-assisted response-plan builder](https://www.alertmedia.com/products/incident-management/): Official AlertMedia product screenshot illustrating its AI Plan Builder. Buyers should verify review controls, plan ownership and which AI-assisted functions are included.
- [Incident task assignment and status tracking](https://www.alertmedia.com/products/incident-management/): Official AlertMedia product screenshot showing task status, due dates, owners and supporting-item counts. Confirm permissions and after-action records in the proposed package.

### Questions and answers

#### Does AlertMedia cost $1.50 per user per month?
The official pricing page reviewed does not establish that amount. AlertMedia describes custom pricing by proposed scope; request a current written quote.

#### Do we have to buy the entire AlertMedia platform?
The pricing page says individual solutions can be selected. List Mass Notification, Incident Response and any other required solutions explicitly in the proposal.

#### Is there an implementation fee?
AlertMedia states that it does not charge setup fees and includes onboarding guidance and training. Confirm the boundary between included work and any optional services for your deployment.

#### Can we try AlertMedia before buying?
There is an official virtual tour with an email entry gate and a demo request route. A free self-service trial was not established by this review.

#### Does the Incident Response workflow work offline?
This review does not establish disconnected operation. The vendor describes mobile-responsive Incident Response access; demonstrate the exact browser or app workflow and its behavior after a connection loss.

#### Can AlertMedia build an incident-response plan with AI?
AlertMedia lists an AI Plan Builder and an importer that maps an uploaded plan into a template draft. That does not validate the plan: have the accountable plan owner verify roles, contact data, site instructions and approvals before using it in a drill or incident.

#### Can AlertMedia send alerts to multilingual crews?
Automatic translation is documented for Mass Notification. Ask a fluent reviewer to check your safety terminology, recipient language selection and the final message on each required channel before approving a template.

#### Can we import our own facility map into AlertMedia?
Visual Intelligence lists KML and CSV uploads plus supported URL-based layers. Bring a representative file to the demo and check coordinate handling, update ownership and which requested layers incur additional charges.

#### Does a map prove where every worker is right now?
No. A map view is only as useful as its underlying location data. Ask the vendor to distinguish stored site assignments from device-derived locations, show timestamps and permissions, and explain what happens when a worker cannot share location.

#### Which travel systems can send itineraries to AlertMedia?
The current Travel Risk Management page names SAP Concur, Egencia, Navan, BCD Travel, American Express Global Business Travel, Fox World Travel, Corporate Travel Management, CWT and Traxo, and also describes API and booking-email imports. Confirm the exact connector, fields, update interval and entitlement for your source.

#### Does AlertMedia know a traveler's live location?
Not from an itinerary alone. AlertMedia describes itinerary data and mobile location updates as different sources. Require timestamps and source labels, test a stale or disabled mobile location, and document access, consent and retention before rollout.

#### Will AlertMedia's lone-worker alarm reach monitoring without cell service?
The vendor says an active countdown continues offline and syncs when service returns; it does not say a live alarm is transmitted through an unavailable network. Its FAQ says the monitoring team deploys assistance to the last known location after the data returns. Test the precise coverage-loss sequence under an authorized exercise.

#### Are Travel Risk Management and Employee Safety Monitoring included with Mass Notification?
Do not assume so. AlertMedia states that solutions can be selected individually. Name Travel Risk Management, Employee Safety Monitoring, Mass Notification and Incident Response separately wherever your workflow needs them.

#### Which HR and identity systems does AlertMedia name?
Its employee-safety materials name Workday, Oracle PeopleSoft, ADP, Ceridian, Azure Active Directory and Okta. Confirm whether your requirement is contact synchronization, authentication or account lifecycle, then test fields, update timing, failed records and leaver handling in the proposed scope.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-19: Replaced the unsupported headline subscription amount with documented quote conditions; added solution boundaries, workflow exercises, mobile qualifications and sourced evaluation criteria.
- 2026-09-20: Added targeted official-source research on translation, custom map imports, premium layer boundaries and location-data acceptance checks; proposed controlled demo exercises, without changing commercial review dates.
- 2026-09-27: Rechecked the current pricing and Incident Response pages; added the documented AI Plan Builder and response-plan importer with a human-validation boundary, and confirmed that pricing remains custom by selected solution.
- 2026-09-27: Expanded the evaluation to the separately sold Travel Risk Management and Employee Safety Monitoring solutions, including itinerary sources, destination briefs, timed sessions, connectivity limits, privacy questions and monitoring boundaries.
- 2026-09-27: Expanded the HR and identity integration evidence with named systems and a worker-lifecycle acceptance workflow; commercial terms were not changed.
- 2026-09-28: Added current official sources for mobile administration and emergency-preparedness operations, bringing the profile to the directory's deep-evidence threshold without adding redundant capabilities.

### Demo questions

- In a test drill, target one office, collect acknowledgements and show the next action for recipients who do not respond.
- Import a sample response plan, assign tasks to two departments and export the resulting action history.
- Change an employee's site and remove a leaver in the source system. Show the sync result and failed-sync handling.
- Repeat the proposed incident workflow on the intended mobile device and state whether each step uses the native app or a browser.
- Import an authorized test itinerary, change and cancel a segment, and show how the affected-traveler list and location source change.
- Start a timed worker session, remove connectivity before expiry and show exactly when monitoring receives the alarm and which last known location is used.

### Primary sources

- [Platform and selectable solution range](https://www.alertmedia.com/platform/)
- [Custom pricing, setup fees and included services](https://www.alertmedia.com/pricing/)
- [Mass notification, integrations and access controls](https://www.alertmedia.com/products/emergency-mass-notification/)
- [Incident Response tasks, reporting and mobile scope](https://www.alertmedia.com/products/incident-management/)
- [Virtual tour access conditions](https://www.alertmedia.com/platform-virtual-product-tour/)
- [Request a vendor demonstration](https://www.alertmedia.com/demo-mass-notification-for-free/)
- [Visual Intelligence imports, shared views and premium layer boundaries](https://www.alertmedia.com/platform/visual-intelligence/)
- [Travel Risk Management itineraries, briefs, alerts and integrations](https://www.alertmedia.com/products/travel-risk-management/)
- [Employee Safety Monitoring sessions, SOS, connectivity and monitoring](https://www.alertmedia.com/products/employee-safety-monitoring/)
- [Employee safety and named HR or identity integrations](https://www.alertmedia.com/solutions/employee-health-and-safety/)
- [Mobile administration, replies and delivery confirmation — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.alertmedia.com/products/mobile-app/)
- [Emergency-preparedness hub, multichannel delivery and location-aware groups — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.alertmedia.com/solutions/emergency-preparedness/)
- [AlertMedia trust center](https://trust.alertmedia.com/)

## Tekmon

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/tekmon
Sources checked: 2026-09-28
Tekmon offers configurable operational applications across safety, quality, maintenance and sustainability. A common platform does not establish which applications, configurations or services are included in a particular subscription.

Tekmon connects field records with operational follow-up. Its audit and quality pages describe configurable forms, findings, corrective actions and reporting, while maintenance and work-instruction pages cover additional operational tasks. Start with a real process and verify the handoffs, permissions and retained evidence in the configuration proposed for your team.

Best-fit starting point: Teams replacing separate field checklists and follow-up records with configurable safety, quality or maintenance workflows.

Check before buying: Agree the required configuration and its owner. Documented offline forms or signature capture do not establish every disconnected approval step or a validated regulated workflow.

### Pricing

Enterprise subscription; custom quote. Tekmon's company information page shows no amount (checked 26 September 2026), and tekmon.com has no pricing page. Request applications, roles, configuration, migration, training, interfaces and support as named items. The separate free trial is advertised for 14 days, without a credit card, in a preconfigured environment. Do not assume the Enterprise Pilot Program has the same commercial terms.

### When the price fits

Tekmon may be worth its quoted price if configurable inspections and action follow-up cover a recurring frontline workflow and the proposal identifies configuration and integration responsibilities; contact the vendor for pricing. It is less suitable if a basic checklist meets the need or the decision depends on every approval and attachment working offline without a scoped demonstration.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-09-26 [verified]: Rechecked custom enterprise subscription, the separate 14-day preconfigured trial without a credit card, offline inspection findings/actions and published integration references. Integration entitlement and complete offline workflow combinations remain proposal-level checks; commercial association does not establish comparative value.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.tekmon.com/company-information
- https://www.tekmon.com/free-trial
- https://www.tekmon.com/audits-inspections-software

### Offline mobile functions documented; verify configured workflow

Official inspection pages describe offline form and finding capture; the quality page separately lists photos, signatures, attachments and approvals. Work Instructions explicitly offers offline mobile access. Test the combination you need, including prior downloads, starting with no connection, attachments, approval rules and synchronization conflicts. Published feature lists do not establish that every step works offline together.

Product scope: Configurable safety, quality, maintenance and sustainability applications. The 14-day preconfigured trial and the scoped Enterprise Pilot Program are distinct evaluation routes; subscription applications and services require a written proposal.

Review scope: Targeted CAPA and permit documentation enrichment on 20 September 2026; no new hands-on test or commercial-price verification. Category-tag capability check against the vendor's product pages on 23 September 2026, extended to the full process and category vocabulary on 25 September 2026; pricing was not rechecked.

Trial status: verified-free. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Configuration and ownership: Build a representative form and change an approval rule. Establish which settings a customer administrator owns and how changes are reviewed before use.
  Sources: https://www.tekmon.com/audits-inspections-software, https://www.tekmon.com/enterprise-pilot-program
- Offline capture and reconciliation: Separate loss of connectivity during work from launching with no signal. Test required downloads, attachments and competing edits in the proposed configuration.
  Sources: https://www.tekmon.com/quality-management-software, https://www.tekmon.com/digital-work-instructions-software
- Finding to reviewed closure: Follow one nonconformance through assignment, evidence and review. Reject an inadequate action and inspect what remains in the record history.
  Sources: https://www.tekmon.com/quality-management-software
- Interfaces and operational handoffs: Demonstrate a real data exchange, including a rejected message. Agree record ownership, transfer direction, reconciliation and responsibility when the other system changes.
  Sources: https://www.tekmon.com/cmms-software
- Trial, pilot and subscription: Use the trial to assess basic interaction. For the configured pilot, agree the process, acceptance evidence and commercial terms separately from the production subscription.
  Sources: https://www.tekmon.com/free-trial, https://www.tekmon.com/enterprise-pilot-program, https://www.tekmon.com/company-information

### Capability scope

- Cross-discipline quality and safety CAPA [documented]: Tekmon documents incident and near-miss routing into follow-up tasks alongside QMS findings, CAPA approvals, supplier nonconformities and audit evidence. A published customer case describes frontline near misses triggering CAPA, but buyers still need to test shared identifiers, permissions and effectiveness review in their configuration. Sources: https://www.tekmon.com/incident-management, https://www.tekmon.com/quality-management-software, https://www.tekmon.com/case-studies/agthia
- Configurable audit and inspection templates [documented]: The audit page describes drag-and-drop templates, assignment and findings. Sources: https://www.tekmon.com/audits-inspections-software
- CAPA and quality records [documented]: Quality scope lists task tracking, approval workflows, supplier assessment and document history. Sources: https://www.tekmon.com/quality-management-software
- Offline inspection forms [documented]: Published mobile functionality; the configuration-specific attachment and approval behavior needs testing. Sources: https://www.tekmon.com/audits-inspections-software, https://www.tekmon.com/quality-management-software
- Offline work instructions [documented]: The work-instruction page describes mobile access without connectivity and execution records. Sources: https://www.tekmon.com/digital-work-instructions-software
- Maintenance and asset workflows [documented]: CMMS materials describe work orders, asset information and inventory; confirm included applications. Sources: https://www.tekmon.com/cmms-software
- ERP and reporting connections [conditional]: The vendor names business systems and describes an API. Connector implementation and entitlement need a proposal and demonstration. Sources: https://www.tekmon.com/cmms-software, https://www.tekmon.com/company-information
- Validated pharmaceutical use [unverified]: The reviewed product pages do not establish validation of a particular regulated configuration or intended use.
- Permit requests and approval routing [documented]: The vendor describes employee and contractor requests, routing by job type and location, and attached risk assessments, documents and signatures. Offline authorization and contractor licence terms remain unverified. Sources: https://www.tekmon.com/digital-work-permit-software
- Permit dashboard and records [documented]: The product page describes filters for site, job type, risk and contractor, plus an audit trail and reports. Demonstrate suspension, expiry and reauthorization separately. Sources: https://www.tekmon.com/digital-work-permit-software
- CAPA assignment and approval [conditional]: The vendor describes planning, assigned tasks, alerts, approval workflows, version control and trend reporting. Confirm the configured review and effectiveness-check process in the proposed scope. Sources: https://www.tekmon.com/resources/blog/capa-processes-with-quality-assurance-software
- Incident capture, routing and follow-up [documented]: Tekmon's incident page documents reporting through web, mobile or integrated systems, routing by rule and SLA, task tracking and recurring-issue reporting. A buyer must still test escalation rules, which incident types are configured, and whether the AI root-cause suggestions get human review. Sources: https://www.tekmon.com/incident-management
- Contractor prequalification, access status and certificate expiry [documented]: The H&S page's Contractors Management tab documents a contractor repository, pre-arrival documents, approval, expiry reminders and QR status checks. A separate /contractor-management page adds prequalification, inductions and digital passes. A buyer must still test identity checks, contractor licensing and costs, and gate-check behavior. Sources: https://www.tekmon.com/health-and-safety-software
- Incident root cause analysis [documented]: The incident page names structured investigations and root cause analysis. The QMS page lists Root Cause Analysis and 5 Whys templates, and the complaint page links complaints to root-cause reporting. A buyer must still see the investigation method, whether it is a template or a guided workflow, and how AI-suggested causes are reviewed. Sources: https://www.tekmon.com/incident-management
- Document library with history and access control [documented]: The QMS page's Document Management tab documents a central library with history tracking and granular access. A buyer must still test controlled-document review and approval of revisions, handling of obsolete versions, and read-acknowledgement, none of which are described. Sources: https://www.tekmon.com/quality-management-software
- GHG emissions calculation [documented]: The ESG page's GHG Emissions tab documents Scope 1 and 2 calculation with emission-factor libraries. The /carbon-accounting page (live, not in nav) adds Scope 1-3 tracking and CSRD, CDP and TCFD outputs. A buyer must still verify which factor libraries are licensed, the methodology and the audit trail. Sources: https://www.tekmon.com/esg-and-sustainability-software
- Supplier-based Scope 3 data collection [documented]: The ESG page's Scope 3 tab documents supplier emissions data collection and supply-chain mapping. The /carbon-accounting page lists supplier, logistics, travel and value-chain emissions. A buyer must still confirm which Scope 3 categories and calculation methods are supported, and how supplier access is licensed. Sources: https://www.tekmon.com/esg-and-sustainability-software
- ESG data collection, validation and consolidation [documented]: The ESG page's data-collection tabs document data-owner webforms, reminders, validation rules, approvals, an audit trail and automatic sourcing from ERP, BMS, HR, API, SCADA, IoT and utility-bill OCR. A buyer must still get each connector's entitlement and configuration in writing. Sources: https://www.tekmon.com/esg-and-sustainability-software
- Stakeholder materiality questionnaires and matrix [documented]: The ESG page documents stakeholder questionnaires and generating a materiality matrix. A buyer must still check whether ESRS double materiality (impact plus financial scoring and IRO documentation) is supported, because this page does not say so. Sources: https://www.tekmon.com/esg-and-sustainability-software
- Pre-built ESG framework libraries [documented]: The ESG page lists pre-built GRI, ESRS, SASB, TCFD and CBAM frameworks plus custom frameworks. The /esg-reporting page describes mapping data once and reusing it across CSRD, GRI and CDP. A buyer must still verify the framework versions, how much of each disclosure is covered, and the export formats. Sources: https://www.tekmon.com/esg-and-sustainability-software
- Waste data capture and reporting [documented]: The waste-reporting page (live, not in nav) documents waste-stream recording, categorisation, AI extraction from invoices and manifests, and waste-emissions calculation. It covers waste data and reporting, not operational waste handling. A buyer must still check hauler scheduling, regulatory manifest submission and storage-limit tracking. Sources: https://www.tekmon.com/waste-reporting
- ISO 9001 / ISO 22000 process templates [conditional]: Tekmon documents ISO 9001 and ISO 22000 template sets alongside audit, CAPA and document modules. An ad landing page claims 'Compliance with ISO 45001'. No product page describes ISO management-system functions such as clause mapping, management review or certification-readiness tracking. A buyer must check which ISO templates are included and what they cover. Sources: https://www.tekmon.com/quality-management-software
- Training records and certification tracking [documented]: The training page documents session logging, on-the-spot signatures, per-employee records, HR sync, expiry reminders and signature-verified PDF reports. That is training records, not an LMS. A buyer must still check e-learning content delivery, course authoring and competency matrices, none of which are described. Sources: https://www.tekmon.com/digital-employee-training-software
- Configurable risk assessments and matrices [documented]: The risk-assessment page documents configurable matrices, automated scoring, approvals, linked corrective actions and several assessment types, including self and scheduled assessments. A buyer must still test review cycles and how a risk links to its controls. Sources: https://www.tekmon.com/digital-risk-assessment-software
- Supplier audits and self-assessments [documented]: The supplier-evaluation page documents supplier audits, public self-assessment forms, non-conformity actions, approval workflows and performance dashboards. The QMS Supplier Assessment tab adds SLA monitoring and incoming QC. A buyer must still check access controls on the public forms and how suppliers are licensed. Sources: https://www.tekmon.com/supplier-evaluation-software
- Complaint intake, routing and linked actions [documented]: The complaint page documents web and mobile intake, automated assignment and escalation, status tracking, linked corrective actions and root-cause reporting. The QMS page has a Complaints tab. A buyer must still test external complainant access and any customer-facing notifications. Sources: https://www.tekmon.com/complaint-management-software
- Health and safety application suite [documented]: The H&S product page documents a safety suite with a feature list per module. This is an umbrella tag, so a buyer must still confirm which H&S applications are included in the subscription. Sources: https://www.tekmon.com/health-and-safety-software
- Multi-framework ESG disclosure reporting [documented]: The ESG-reporting page (live, not in nav) documents data owners, validation and approvals, metric calculation, framework mapping and reports for ratings, investors and multiple entities. The in-nav ESG page's All-in-one Reporting tab covers KPI tracking. A buyer must still check the report output formats and assurance-ready exports. This tag overlaps ESG Frameworks Reporting. Sources: https://www.tekmon.com/esg-reporting
- Near-miss reporting within incident management [documented]: The incident page lists near misses among the incident types covered by its report, route and track workflow. The H&S page lists 'Near Misses' under audits and a 'Near Miss' template. A buyer must still test anonymous or low-friction reporting and near-miss trend reports. Sources: https://www.tekmon.com/incident-management
- Quality management application suite [documented]: The QMS product page documents one quality application with tabs for audits and inspections, findings, CAPA, supplier assessment, complaints and document management, plus ISO 9001, HACCP and ISO 22000 template sets. A buyer must still confirm which quality applications the subscription includes; controlled-document approval and management review are not described. Sources: https://www.tekmon.com/quality-management-software
- Quality control inspections [conditional]: The QMS page lists incoming quality control under supplier assessment, formula-based validation in inspection forms, and templates for incoming material inspection, labelling and packaging inspection, product quality control samples and AQL tracking. Sampling plans, SPC charts and gauge integration are not described; a buyer must check how a rejected lot is recorded and dispositioned. Sources: https://www.tekmon.com/quality-management-software
- PPE assignment, inventory and compliance tracking [documented]: The H&S page's Training & PPE tab lists customisable PPE assignments, PPE inventory management and PPE compliance tracking, and the template list includes Provision of PPE. A buyer must still test issue and return records, stock alerts and PPE inspection or expiry, which the page does not describe. Sources: https://www.tekmon.com/health-and-safety-software
- Role-based contractor site inductions [conditional]: The contractor-management page describes assigning site-specific inductions, briefings, training modules and policy acknowledgements by role, work type, location and risk category, completed before arrival or at the gate; a contractor's QR pass can show 'Induction incomplete'. The page is not linked from Tekmon's navigation or product pages, has no page title, and its lower sections repeat the equipment-certification page, so it may be unfinished; the nav-linked H&S page does not mention inductions. A buyer must confirm the induction workflow is in the current product and still test induction content authoring, knowledge checks and visitor inductions, none of which are described. Sources: https://www.tekmon.com/contractor-management
- Work orders and preventive maintenance plans [documented]: The CMMS page documents work-order assignment with custom checklists, work-hour, cost and spare-part tracking, custom preventive plans with real-time calendars and notifications, a request portal, asset history and parts inventory. A buyer must still test meter- or condition-based triggers and the predictive analytics the page names but does not describe. Sources: https://www.tekmon.com/cmms-software
- Equipment certification register with QR status checks [documented]: The equipment-certification page (published, but not linked from the site navigation; the nav-linked H&S page's Equipment Certification tab lists the same register, expiry alerts and QR/NFC status scans) documents an asset register with AI extraction of certificate details from uploaded documents, a QR code per asset showing live certification status, planned inspections with an audit trail, and alerts for expiring certificates and overdue inspections. It lists calibration-critical instruments but describes certificate tracking, not calibration scheduling or out-of-tolerance handling. A buyer must still test the AI extraction on their own certificates. Sources: https://www.tekmon.com/equipment-certification
- AI-assisted workflow, inspection-photo and reporting tools [documented]: A Tekmon announcement dated 5 August 2026 says demonstrations include AI-generated workflows, inspection-photo analysis against an organisation's SOPs, and natural-language reports, graphs and forecasts. Verify availability, source traceability, human approval, permissions, retention and correction of inaccurate output in the proposed subscription. Sources: https://www.tekmon.com/resources/blog/tekmon-gcc-expansion-regional-compliance-2026
- Job Safety Analysis (vendor-stated) [unverified]: Vendor-stated: Tekmon told The QHSE Standard on 30 September 2026 that its platform fully supports Job Safety Analysis. We have not yet confirmed this in public product documentation, so ask to see this workflow in a demo.
- Behavior-Based Safety (vendor-stated) [unverified]: Vendor-stated: Tekmon told The QHSE Standard on 30 September 2026 that its platform fully supports Behavior-Based Safety. We have not yet confirmed this in public product documentation, so ask to see this workflow in a demo.
- Fall Protection (vendor-stated) [unverified]: Vendor-stated: Tekmon told The QHSE Standard on 30 September 2026 that its platform fully supports Fall Protection. We have not yet confirmed this in public product documentation, so ask to see this workflow in a demo.
- Toolbox Talks (vendor-stated) [unverified]: Vendor-stated: Tekmon told The QHSE Standard on 30 September 2026 that its platform fully supports Toolbox Talks. We have not yet confirmed this in public product documentation, so ask to see this workflow in a demo.
- Site Inductions (vendor-stated) [unverified]: Vendor-stated: Tekmon told The QHSE Standard on 30 September 2026 that its platform fully supports Site Inductions. We have not yet confirmed this in public product documentation, so ask to see this workflow in a demo.
- Contractor Management (vendor-stated) [unverified]: Vendor-stated: Tekmon told The QHSE Standard on 30 September 2026 that its platform fully supports Contractor Management. We have not yet confirmed this in public product documentation, so ask to see this workflow in a demo.
- Emergency Response (vendor-stated) [unverified]: Vendor-stated: Tekmon told The QHSE Standard on 30 September 2026 that its platform fully supports Emergency Response. We have not yet confirmed this in public product documentation, so ask to see this workflow in a demo.
- Industrial Hygiene (vendor-stated) [unverified]: Vendor-stated: Tekmon told The QHSE Standard on 30 September 2026 that its platform fully supports Industrial Hygiene. We have not yet confirmed this in public product documentation, so ask to see this workflow in a demo.
- Process Safety Management (vendor-stated) [unverified]: Vendor-stated: Tekmon told The QHSE Standard on 30 September 2026 that its platform fully supports Process Safety Management. We have not yet confirmed this in public product documentation, so ask to see this workflow in a demo.
- SIF Prevention (vendor-stated) [unverified]: Vendor-stated: Tekmon told The QHSE Standard on 30 September 2026 that its platform fully supports SIF Prevention. We have not yet confirmed this in public product documentation, so ask to see this workflow in a demo.
- Management Review (vendor-stated) [unverified]: Vendor-stated: Tekmon told The QHSE Standard on 30 September 2026 that its platform fully supports Management Review. We have not yet confirmed this in public product documentation, so ask to see this workflow in a demo.
- Compliance Management (vendor-stated) [unverified]: Vendor-stated: Tekmon told The QHSE Standard on 30 September 2026 that its platform fully supports Compliance Management. We have not yet confirmed this in public product documentation, so ask to see this workflow in a demo.
- ISO Management (vendor-stated) [unverified]: Vendor-stated: Tekmon told The QHSE Standard on 30 September 2026 that its platform fully supports ISO Management. We have not yet confirmed this in public product documentation, so ask to see this workflow in a demo.
- Statistical Process Control (SPC) (vendor-stated) [unverified]: Vendor-stated: Tekmon told The QHSE Standard on 30 September 2026 that its platform fully supports Statistical Process Control (SPC). We have not yet confirmed this in public product documentation, so ask to see this workflow in a demo.
- Customer Satisfaction (vendor-stated) [unverified]: Vendor-stated: Tekmon told The QHSE Standard on 30 September 2026 that its platform fully supports Customer Satisfaction. We have not yet confirmed this in public product documentation, so ask to see this workflow in a demo.
- Change Control (vendor-stated) [unverified]: Vendor-stated: Tekmon told The QHSE Standard on 30 September 2026 that its platform fully supports Change Control. We have not yet confirmed this in public product documentation, so ask to see this workflow in a demo.
- Spill Management (vendor-stated) [unverified]: Vendor-stated: Tekmon told The QHSE Standard on 30 September 2026 that its platform fully supports Spill Management. We have not yet confirmed this in public product documentation, so ask to see this workflow in a demo.
- Water Management (vendor-stated) [unverified]: Vendor-stated: Tekmon told The QHSE Standard on 30 September 2026 that its platform fully supports Water Management. We have not yet confirmed this in public product documentation, so ask to see this workflow in a demo.
- Waste Management (vendor-stated) [unverified]: Vendor-stated: Tekmon told The QHSE Standard on 30 September 2026 that its platform fully supports Waste Management. We have not yet confirmed this in public product documentation, so ask to see this workflow in a demo.
- SDS Management (vendor-stated) [unverified]: Vendor-stated: Tekmon told The QHSE Standard on 30 September 2026 that its platform fully supports SDS Management. We have not yet confirmed this in public product documentation, so ask to see this workflow in a demo.
- Modern Slavery (vendor-stated) [unverified]: Vendor-stated: Tekmon told The QHSE Standard on 30 September 2026 that its platform fully supports Modern Slavery. We have not yet confirmed this in public product documentation, so ask to see this workflow in a demo.
- Supply Chain Due Diligence (vendor-stated) [unverified]: Vendor-stated: Tekmon told The QHSE Standard on 30 September 2026 that its platform fully supports Supply Chain Due Diligence. We have not yet confirmed this in public product documentation, so ask to see this workflow in a demo.
- Asset Integrity Management (vendor-stated) [unverified]: Vendor-stated: Tekmon told The QHSE Standard on 30 September 2026 that its platform fully supports Asset Integrity Management. We have not yet confirmed this in public product documentation, so ask to see this workflow in a demo.
- Visitor Management (vendor-stated) [unverified]: Vendor-stated: Tekmon told The QHSE Standard on 30 September 2026 that its platform fully supports Visitor Management.

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Inspection finding to accepted corrective action
1. Configure the inspection and assign it to the field user.
2. Capture the finding and supporting evidence in the required connectivity scenario.
3. Assign corrective work and demonstrate review, rejected closure and final acceptance.

#### Work instruction to execution evidence
1. Prepare the task as step-based instructions and confirm the released version.
2. Open it on the worker's device, including the required offline case, and record completion.
3. Review the responsible person, timestamps and report; demonstrate how a later instruction change is handled.

#### Maintenance request to reviewed work order
1. Select an asset and raise a representative maintenance request.
2. Assign the work and demonstrate the information and evidence available to the technician.
3. Review completion and the asset history, including any transfer to another business system.

#### Proposed demo: contractor permit lifecycle
1. Submit a representative contractor request and verify identity and visibility.
2. Route it using job type and location; review controls and attachments.
3. Demonstrate authorization, expiry and suspension, including loss of connectivity.
4. Export the resulting history and identify all required licences.

#### Proposed demo: CAPA effectiveness review
1. Create an action from a finding and assign its owner and deadline.
2. Submit corrective evidence, request changes and record the approval.
3. Demonstrate a separate effectiveness check and the handling of recurrence.
4. Export the evidence and version history; identify configuration work needed.

### Product presentations

- [Mobile non-conformity record](https://www.tekmon.com/audits-inspections-software): Official Tekmon product screenshot showing a mobile non-conformity record. Interface and configured fields may change.
- [No-code form and approval configuration](https://www.tekmon.com/health-and-safety-software): Official Tekmon product screenshot showing form and approval configuration. Confirm which configuration rights and workflow options are included in the proposed subscription.
- [Platform task and dashboard overview](https://www.tekmon.com/): Official Tekmon marketing illustration combining several interface views. Treat it as a platform overview, not as proof of a particular subscription or configuration.
- [London Underground customer story](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yRUadNw4TPA): Official Tekmon customer video linked from Tekmon's homepage. It is vendor-selected customer material, not an independent QHSEtech performance test; confirm which workflows and results apply to your proposed scope.

### Questions and answers

#### What does the free trial include?
The official page advertises 14 days without a credit card, using a preconfigured environment and templates. Confirm that the workflow you want to test is present.

#### Is the Enterprise Pilot Program the same trial?
No. The pilot describes an eight-week supported process with briefing, configuration and deployment; its deployment stage offers 30 days of use without a user-number limit. Confirm its charges and acceptance scope separately.

#### Does offline support cover every custom approval?
That was not established. Test the exact form, evidence and approval path, including downloads and synchronization, rather than assuming all listed features work together while disconnected.

#### Are ERP connectors automatically included?
Public integration references and an API do not establish the terms or configuration of your interface. Request the connector, data flows, support and price in writing.

#### Is this a validated pharmaceutical QMS?
This review did not establish validation of a specific pharmaceutical use. Assess the intended workflow, electronic records, permissions and validation responsibilities separately.

#### Does Tekmon's commercial relationship affect this profile?
Tekmon is a commercial partner of The QHSE Standard. This profile distinguishes vendor documentation from evaluation questions and does not assign a hands-on performance score.

#### Can contractors request work permits in Tekmon?
The permit page describes requests from employees and external contractors, including a QR-based example. It does not establish anonymous access or free contractor seats; confirm identity checks, permissions and charges.

#### Does mobile permit access include offline authorization?
The reviewed permit page does not establish that a permit can be authorized while disconnected. Request a demonstration of approval, expiry and suspension under your connectivity conditions.

#### Does closing a CAPA prove that it was effective?
The vendor describes CAPA tasks, approvals and reporting. Your evaluation should separately establish how effectiveness is reviewed, evidenced and approved; completing a task alone is not an effectiveness result.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-19: Rechecked trial and supported-pilot conditions, clarified configurable offline and interface boundaries, and added practical workflows with source-linked evaluation criteria.
- 2026-09-23: Checked 29 category tags against Tekmon product pages. Kept 25 with source-backed capabilities; retained ISO Management conditionally because the pages describe templates, not complete management-system scope. Removed four tags supported only by a case study, permit type or template name.
- 2026-09-25: Extended the check to the full catalog vocabulary. Added five sourced tags covering quality, PPE and equipment; Quality Inspection remains conditional. Site Induction was withheld because its only supporting page is unlinked and appears unfinished. The four earlier removals remain.
- 2026-09-26: Re-checked the pricing sources: no amount shown and no pricing page.

### Demo questions

- Build our inspection with required fields and a conditional approval. Which changes can our administrator maintain after launch?
- Start the configured inspection without a connection, add a photo and reconnect after another user changes the record. Show reconciliation and history.
- Take a finding through assigned corrective action, rejected closure and final approval; export the record and evidence.
- Open a work instruction offline, complete its steps and show the version, responsible person and resulting report.
- Demonstrate the exact ERP or reporting connection, direction of transfer, error handling, entitlement and support owner.
- Compare the preconfigured trial with our proposed pilot: applications, configuration, users, acceptance criteria and charges.

### Primary sources

- [Platform overview and product positioning — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.tekmon.com/)
- [AI-assisted workflow, inspection-photo and reporting demonstrations — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.tekmon.com/resources/blog/tekmon-gcc-expansion-regional-compliance-2026)
- [Official Tekmon customer video: London Underground](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yRUadNw4TPA)
- [Enterprise pricing model and product positioning](https://www.tekmon.com/company-information)
- [Audit templates, findings and mobile capture](https://www.tekmon.com/audits-inspections-software)
- [Quality workflows and document records](https://www.tekmon.com/quality-management-software)
- [Work instructions and offline access](https://www.tekmon.com/digital-work-instructions-software)
- [Maintenance scope and API references](https://www.tekmon.com/cmms-software)
- [Free trial conditions](https://www.tekmon.com/free-trial)
- [Enterprise Pilot Program](https://www.tekmon.com/enterprise-pilot-program)
- [Safety application scope](https://www.tekmon.com/health-and-safety-software)
- [Permit requests, routing and supporting evidence](https://www.tekmon.com/digital-work-permit-software)
- [Vendor CAPA workflow overview](https://www.tekmon.com/resources/blog/capa-processes-with-quality-assurance-software)
- [Supplier-quality audits, CAPA and offline evidence — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.tekmon.com/supplier-quality-management-software)
- [Vendor case study: connected QHSE and ESG deployment — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.tekmon.com/case-studies/agthia)
- [Incident capture, routing and follow-up (vendor product page)](https://www.tekmon.com/incident-management)
- [GHG emissions calculation (vendor product page)](https://www.tekmon.com/esg-and-sustainability-software)
- [Waste data capture and reporting (vendor product page)](https://www.tekmon.com/waste-reporting)
- [Training records and certification tracking (vendor product page)](https://www.tekmon.com/digital-employee-training-software)
- [Configurable risk assessments and matrices (vendor product page)](https://www.tekmon.com/digital-risk-assessment-software)
- [Supplier audits and self-assessments (vendor product page)](https://www.tekmon.com/supplier-evaluation-software)
- [Complaint intake, routing and linked actions (vendor product page)](https://www.tekmon.com/complaint-management-software)
- [Multi-framework ESG disclosure reporting (vendor product page)](https://www.tekmon.com/esg-reporting)
- [Contractor prequalification, inductions and site passes (unlinked vendor page, not in site navigation)](https://www.tekmon.com/contractor-management)
- [Equipment certification register and QR status checks (vendor product page)](https://www.tekmon.com/equipment-certification)

## Mitti (by SafetyCulture)

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/safetyculture
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: SafetyCulture, iAuditor
SafetyCulture rebranded to Mitti on 11 August 2026, according to the vendor's media release of that date. The vendor uses Mitti (by SafetyCulture); iAuditor is an earlier product name. Existing SafetyCulture profile URLs refer to the same product.

Mitti (by SafetyCulture), previously SafetyCulture and originally iAuditor, is a frontline operations platform. Published capabilities include inspections, issue reporting, actions, investigations, training, assets and analytics. Evaluate the complete inspection-to-action workflow and the proposed seat permissions; the rebrand alone does not establish that a new feature is included in your plan.

Best-fit starting point: Teams starting with inspections and corrective actions.

Check before buying: A checklist workflow is only part of the product range. Check the plan, seat type and online/offline scope for each required operation.

### Pricing

Free, Premium and Enterprise. On 25 September 2026 the pricing page showed Free at $0 for teams of up to 10 with 5 active inspection templates. Premium was $24 per seat/month billed annually or $29 per seat/month billed monthly, excluding all applicable taxes; the amounts were the same for each team-size option (1-10, 11-100 and 101+). Enterprise is a custom price. The pricing FAQ says billing is in AUD for Australian and New Zealand customers and USD for all other international customers. The page does not say which seat type the Premium amount covers: its FAQ prices Full and Guest seats differently, and the help center also lists Lite seats. The help center lists Guest seats as free, and the pricing comparison lists free guest seats under Premium. Multi-site customers can ask for location-based pricing, one fixed price per location with unlimited users. The help center documents a 14-day free Premium trial; billing starts when it ends if payment details were supplied. The pricing-page FAQ says card details are collected initially for the trial, whereas the help article says payment details can be added at any time during it; ask Mitti which applies to your account.

### When the price fits

Mitti, formerly SafetyCulture, may be worth a paid plan if prepared mobile inspections and follow-up justify the required seat types and features beyond the free plan. It is less suitable if the purchase depends on disconnected analytics, notifications or template editing. Budget from the published Premium seat price only after confirming which seat type each person needs.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [partial]: Rechecked the pricing page, the billing-currency FAQ, the Free limits and the 14-day trial on 25 September 2026. Lite-seat, Enterprise and location-based prices are not published. No trial tenant or paid transaction was tested.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://mitti.com/pricing
- https://help.mitti.com/000867
- https://help.mitti.com/001741
- https://help.mitti.com/004442

### Offline capabilities

Offline operation is supported only in the mobile app and requires preparing and synchronizing the relevant content. Supported feature categories have limits; analytics, Heads Up, lone worker, Supply, notifications, Library, sensors and the template editor are listed as unsupported offline. Account-free QR reporting opens a browser and must not be assumed to share mobile offline capability. Offline AI voice processing was not established; demonstrate the exact capture, reconnect and review sequence.

Product scope: Inspections, issues, actions and investigations with plan- and seat-dependent permissions, exports, training and integrations. Voice-assisted issue creation and account-free QR reporting are separate feature paths with their own limits.

Review scope: Vendor-documentation review and proposed demonstrations, not hands-on testing or a verified current review aggregate.

Trial status: verified-free. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Seat mix and real workload: Map regular inspectors, reviewers and occasional contributors to actual seat limits. Check the intended inspection frequency and export requirements before budgeting.
  Sources: https://help.mitti.com/001741, https://help.mitti.com/000867
- Prepared offline workflow: Use a downloaded checklist and representative media, then inspect synchronized office receipt. Check each step against the published feature limitations.
  Sources: https://help.mitti.com/002907
- OSHA recordkeeping output: Set up a test establishment and case in the OSHA section, then compare the downloaded 300, 300A and 301 PDFs with the fields your recordkeeper completes today.
  Sources: https://help.mitti.com/005487, https://help.mitti.com/using-mitti/investigations
- Voice and language review: Have a competent speaker compare the original report with AI-suggested fields and organization-language output. Record corrections and connectivity needs.
  Sources: https://help.mitti.com/006682
- External reporting and identity: Test the browser QR flow separately from registered guest seats. Inspect contact fields, reviewer visibility and follow-up permissions.
  Sources: https://help.mitti.com/001617, https://help.mitti.com/001741
- Trial and paid-plan scope: Confirm what the trial enables, what remains after a downgrade and when billing begins if payment details are supplied.
  Sources: https://help.mitti.com/004442, https://help.mitti.com/000867

### Capability scope

- Inspection templates, approval and actions [documented]: Templates can require evidence and approval; inspections can create follow-up actions and export reports. Mitti notes that customers may call this process an audit, but this does not establish a governed audit programme, auditor impartiality or independent corrective-action closure. Sources: https://help.mitti.com/003100, https://help.mitti.com/005959
- Offline inspection execution [conditional]: Mobile inspection progress is stored locally while disconnected and synchronized after connectivity returns. Test preparation, attachments, conflict handling and the later approval step in the proposed plan. Sources: https://help.mitti.com/000009, https://help.mitti.com/002907
- Prepared mobile offline use [conditional]: Selected feature categories work offline after preparation; the published exclusion list prevents treating the whole platform as disconnected. Sources: https://help.mitti.com/002907
- Free inspection scope [documented]: Free supports 10 active users and 5 active templates; plan permissions and export formats differ. Sources: https://help.mitti.com/000867
- Full, lite and guest access [conditional]: The help center lists full, lite and free guest seats with different feature access; investigations, API and integrations need a full seat. Guest seats are distinct from people reporting without accounts. Sources: https://help.mitti.com/001741
- Investigations with OSHA logs [documented]: On any plan with a full seat, an investigation links issues, files, inspections and actions. Its OSHA section holds establishments and downloads Forms 300, 300A and 301 as PDF, or as CSV to prepare an upload to OSHA's Injury Tracking Application; direct submission is not described. Sources: https://help.mitti.com/005381, https://help.mitti.com/005487, https://help.mitti.com/005406
- AI-assisted voice issue draft [conditional]: Any plan and seat type with Issues access on mobile version 26.26 or above; listed input languages, with generated details in the organization language. Review suggested fields; offline processing is not established. Sources: https://help.mitti.com/006682
- Account-free QR reporting [documented]: The QR path opens a browser and asks for contact details. No account does not establish anonymity or offline use. Sources: https://help.mitti.com/001617
- Plan-dependent exports and integrations [conditional]: The plan comparison distinguishes report formats, bulk exports and third-party integration access; confirm plan, seat and permissions. Sources: https://help.mitti.com/000867
- Assigned training and practical assessment [conditional]: Training can be created, assigned and tracked for individuals or groups, with quizzes, assignments and practical assessments. Full or lite seats and Training Access permission are required to take courses; lessons must be downloaded before going offline. Completion alone does not prove competence, so test assessor evidence, reassignment and renewal rules. Sources: https://help.mitti.com/003441, https://help.mitti.com/003644
- Community fall protection inspection templates [conditional]: Mitti's public library carries harness, lanyard, lifeline, anchor and self-retracting-lifeline inspection checklists, but those pages say they were created by community users and that Mitti has not verified their accuracy, reliability or suitability. They show what can be built, not a vendor-maintained fall protection programme, and no equipment register or expiry tracking for individual items is documented on them. Sources: https://mitti.com/library/construction/fall-protection-and-riggers-equipment-inspection, https://mitti.com/library/construction/fall-arrest-equipment-checklist
- First aid forms in the Mitti template library [conditional]: Mitti's public template library hosts digital first aid forms, including a treatment form with casualty details, treatment given, medical referral options and signatures, and a first aid incident report form covering the injured person, treatment provided and witnesses. These are library templates that teams can use and adapt in the app, not a dedicated first aid module; confirm plan access and that nothing beyond forms and reports is assumed. Sources: https://mitti.com/library/health-care/first-aid-treatment-form, https://mitti.com/library/health-care/first-aid-incident-report-form-q9tnzv8zbdwqulex
- Heat exposure checklists and temperature sensors [conditional]: A Mitti (SafetyCulture) topic page refers to heat exposure checklists for inspections and toolbox talks, alerts and corrective actions, and a sensor that can feed temperature and humidity readings into the app; the sensors page describes configurable threshold alerts with escalation. Neither page describes a Mitti feature for WBGT, heat index or individual physiological monitoring, so treat this as general inspection and ambient-temperature tooling rather than a heat stress programme. Sources: https://mitti.com/topics/heat-stress, https://mitti.com/monitoring

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: inspection offline to reviewed action
1. Prepare a representative checklist under the quoted plan and seat.
2. Disconnect, capture findings and media, reconnect and inspect server receipt.
3. Assign an action, review correction evidence and export the agreed record.

#### Proposed demo: voice report with language review
1. Use a supported crew language on the required app version and permissions.
2. Record a short issue with relevant media and inspect every suggested field.
3. Correct any error, confirm organization-language output and submit for supervisor review.

#### Proposed demo: external QR report
1. Open the configured QR code in a browser without a Mitti account.
2. Inspect required questions and contact fields, then submit a permitted test report.
3. Show who sees the reporter data, receives the issue and can follow up or close it.

### Product presentations

- [Mobile flagged-item review](https://help.mitti.com/000009): Official Mitti mobile screenshot showing flagged-item review after an inspection; configured fields and interface may differ.
- [Investigation evidence and linked records](https://help.mitti.com/005381): Still frame from an official Mitti help animation showing investigation evidence and linked records; the live workflow may change.
- [Cross-site analytics overview](https://mitti.com/safetyculture): Official Mitti marketing composite illustrating inspection, issue and training analytics; it is not evidence of a specific tenant configuration.

### Questions and answers

#### Is this the former SafetyCulture product?
Yes. The vendor's media release of 11 August 2026 announces that SafetyCulture is relaunching as Mitti, and the help center and pricing page now name the product Mitti (by SafetyCulture).

#### What is included in Free?
The plan comparison permits 10 active users and unlimited inspections using 5 active templates. Permissions, integrations and export formats differ from paid plans.

#### Can Mitti produce OSHA injury and illness logs?
The help center describes an OSHA section inside Investigations, with establishments and PDF or CSV downloads of Forms 300, 300A and 301, for full seats with the OSHA access permission; the CSV is for preparing an upload to OSHA's Injury Tracking Application. Check the case fields against your recordkeeping process.

#### Are guest seats the same as account-free reporting?
No. Guest seats are registered users with restricted feature access; issue QR codes provide a separate browser reporting path without an account.

#### Does every feature work offline?
No. Offline support is mobile-only, requires preparation and excludes categories including analytics, notifications and template editing. Test the exact workflow and synchronized receipt.

#### Can crews dictate reports in another language?
AI Issue Creation supports a published language list, with generated issue details in the organization language. Mobile version 26.26 or above and Issues access are required; review and edit the draft before submission.

#### Does voice reporting work offline?
Offline AI voice processing was not established. General offline Issues support does not prove that this AI-assisted path works disconnected.

#### Is QR reporting anonymous?
No account is needed, but the instructions request contact details. Verify configured identity fields and access rights; do not equate account-free access with anonymity.

#### What price and trial terms should we confirm?
A 14-day Premium trial is documented; supplied payment details can enable billing after it ends. Confirm which seat type the published Premium price covers, taxes in your country and whether a location-based quote fits better.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-25: Replaced the unverified price note with the Premium prices, billing basis and currencies the pricing page showed on 25 September 2026, updated the rebrand answer from the 11 August 2026 release, and added investigations with OSHA 300, 300A and 301 PDF and CSV downloads.
- 2026-09-28: Added the documented training assignment, practical-assessment and offline-preparation boundaries, bringing the profile to the same transparent deep-evidence threshold used across the directory.

### Demo questions

- Use the proposed seat mix to perform the actual inspection, review and export workflow.
- Prepare the device, capture disconnected and compare the synchronized record and attachments.
- Record a short issue in a crew language, review suggested fields and check the output language.
- Submit through the QR browser route and show contact fields, access rights and follow-up.
- Confirm in writing which seat type the published Premium price covers, the price of any lite seats, AI-credit top-ups and trial-end billing.

### Primary sources

- [Rebrand announcement : 11 August 2026](https://mitti.com/media-releases/safetyculture-becomes-mitti-unveiling-a-platform-built-for-the-future-of-frontline-work)
- [Current product identity and scope](https://mitti.com/safetyculture)
- [Published plans, Premium seat prices and billing currencies : checked 25 September 2026](https://mitti.com/pricing)
- [Free versus Premium plan limits](https://help.mitti.com/000867)
- [Supported and unsupported offline features](https://help.mitti.com/002907)
- [Full, lite and guest seat limits](https://help.mitti.com/001741)
- [Create and complete investigations](https://help.mitti.com/005381)
- [Download OSHA 300, 300A and 301 logs as PDF](https://help.mitti.com/005487)
- [Download OSHA logs as CSV for an Injury Tracking Application upload](https://help.mitti.com/005406)
- [Investigations help articles, including OSHA establishments and CSV logs](https://help.mitti.com/using-mitti/investigations)
- [AI voice input and language limitations](https://help.mitti.com/006682)
- [Account-free QR reporting](https://help.mitti.com/001617)
- [Premium trial and billing](https://help.mitti.com/004442)
- [Inspection execution, offline progress and finding-to-action handoff : checked 27 September 2026](https://help.mitti.com/000009)
- [Templates, inspection approval and reports : checked 27 September 2026](https://help.mitti.com/003100)
- [Inspection template evidence and action settings : checked 27 September 2026](https://help.mitti.com/005959)
- [Training creation, assignment and progress tracking — checked 28 September 2026](https://help.mitti.com/003441)
- [Training access, lesson types and offline preparation — checked 28 September 2026](https://help.mitti.com/003644)
- [Community fall protection inspection templates, checked 1 October 2026](https://mitti.com/library/construction/fall-protection-and-riggers-equipment-inspection)
- [Community fall protection inspection templates (2), checked 1 October 2026](https://mitti.com/library/construction/fall-arrest-equipment-checklist)
- [First aid forms in the Mitti, checked 1 October 2026](https://mitti.com/library/health-care/first-aid-treatment-form)
- [First aid forms in the Mitti (2), checked 1 October 2026](https://mitti.com/library/health-care/first-aid-incident-report-form-q9tnzv8zbdwqulex)
- [Heat exposure checklists and temperature sensors, checked 1 October 2026](https://mitti.com/topics/heat-stress)
- [Heat exposure checklists and temperature sensors (2), checked 1 October 2026](https://mitti.com/monitoring)
- [Mitti security page](https://mitti.com/security)

## Intelex

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/intelex
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Safety Essentials, Advanced and Enterprise are different Intelex buying scopes. Permit to Work and Permit Management are separately described applications with different operational purposes.

Intelex offers a packaged safety entry point and broader configurable EHSQ applications. Evaluate the named tier against your incident-to-action workflow, then separately scope work authorization, regulatory permits and ESG data. A portfolio demonstration does not establish that every application or native mobile workflow is included.

Best-fit starting point: Organizations standardizing safety workflows across sites while scoping additional operational or environmental applications.

Check before buying: Do not transfer Advanced or Enterprise features to Essentials, or treat regulatory permit tracking as proof of the Permit to Work application. Confirm licences and handoffs in the proposal.

### Pricing

Published Essentials price; scoped Advanced and Enterprise quotes. Safety Essentials starts at US$44 per user/month, with a 25-user minimum and annual billing. It includes incidents, action plans and inspections; other listed safety applications are add-ons. Advanced and Enterprise pricing is not publicly established on this page; contact Intelex for a scoped quote. Include required PTW, ESG, mobile, integration and implementation scope. Free trial access is offered by request; duration and enabled applications need confirmation. The pricing page lists Training, Document Control, Meetings and Observations/Hazard ID as the add-ons shown for Essentials; Permit to Work and ESG are not listed there as Essentials add-ons.

### When the price fits

Intelex may be worth its price if incidents, actions and inspections justify the annual 25-user Essentials commitment, or a scoped higher-tier proposal covers the additional workflows you need. It is less suitable if a small crew needs native offline capture at the entry price or the budget assumes PTW and ESG are included without a named application quote.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: Rechecked US$44 Essentials, annual billing, minimum 25 users, tier-dependent mobile scope and the trial request. No Advanced/Enterprise amount or complete PTW/ESG bundle price was established.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.intelex.com/request-price
- https://www.intelex.com/products/mobile
- https://www.intelex.com/request-trial

### Offline capabilities

The mobile page documents disconnected incident, inspection, observation and near-miss capture followed by synchronization. Essentials pricing lists responsive web, while Advanced and Enterprise list iOS and Android; native offline entitlement must therefore be confirmed against the quote. The mobile page also says workers can capture annotated photos, record voice notes and tag GPS coordinates without a data signal. These mobile statements do not establish offline permit authorization, current isolation status or the complete ESG reporting process.

Product scope: Core safety applications in Essentials; scoped EHSQ and ESG applications in Advanced or Enterprise. Specify incident, work-permit, regulatory-permit and reporting applications individually.

Review scope: This profile reports official product documentation and proposed evaluation scenarios, not firsthand testing or a verified review aggregate. Targeted HR and Workday integration research was added on 27 September 2026 without refreshing commercial terms.

Trial status: request-only. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Tier and mobile entitlement: Show each required task in the actual tier quoted. Record where native apps, configuration or add-ons are required.
  Sources: https://www.intelex.com/request-price, https://www.intelex.com/products/mobile
- Incident ownership and closure: Use one finding, a rejected correction and reassignment to inspect the retained evidence and responsibilities.
  Sources: https://www.intelex.com/products/applications/incident-management-software/
- Two different permit processes: Distinguish authorizing a hazardous job from tracking regulatory permit obligations and renewals. Demonstrate the selected application and any handoff.
  Sources: https://www.intelex.com/products/applications/permit-work-software/, https://www.intelex.com/products/applications/permits-management-software/
- ESG evidence and calculation scope: Trace one changed source value through calculation and output. Confirm factor version, methodology, reporting content and reviewer ownership rather than relying on framework names.
  Sources: https://www.intelex.com/products/applications/esg-management-software/
- Proposal and evaluation access: Itemize users, applications, integrations and implementation. Confirm the trial duration and enabled features; a demo is not acceptance evidence.
  Sources: https://www.intelex.com/request-price, https://www.intelex.com/request-trial
- Document distribution and obsolete copies: Compare authenticated document access with a public link. Ask who can share externally, revoke access and prove which version a worker acknowledged.
  Sources: https://www.intelex.com/products/applications/document-control-software/
- Worker data and HR-system lifecycle: Use the proposed HR source to test a new starter, manager or site change, leave, termination and rehire. Inspect training or action assignments, application access, historical EHS records and synchronization exceptions separately; current worker data does not by itself validate a safety workflow.
  Sources: https://www.intelex.com/partners/workday, https://www.intelex.com/products/health-safety/

### Capability scope

- Incident and action workflow [documented]: Incident capture, investigation and follow-up are published; confirm the tier and configured roles. Sources: https://www.intelex.com/products/applications/incident-management-software/, https://www.intelex.com/request-price
- Native offline field capture [conditional]: Mobile capture is documented, but Essentials lists responsive web; confirm licensed native-app access. Sources: https://www.intelex.com/products/mobile, https://www.intelex.com/request-price
- Permit to Work [conditional]: A dedicated application describes request, review and authorization for hazardous work. The vendor page says each job is assigned a work type whose permit sections, such as controls, hazards, pre-startup safety review and PPE, are mandatory before issue, and describes dashboards for open permits, permit types, highest-risk planned jobs and overlapping work in one area. Do not infer offline authorization. Sources: https://www.intelex.com/products/applications/permit-work-software/
- Regulatory permit tracking [documented]: Permit Management describes renewals, thresholds and compliance tasks; it is distinct from job-specific work authorization. Sources: https://www.intelex.com/products/applications/permits-management-software/
- ESG data collection and reporting [conditional]: Published forms, dashboards and factor libraries require application and content-version confirmation; no compliance outcome is guaranteed. Sources: https://www.intelex.com/products/applications/esg-management-software/
- Permission-aware REST integration [conditional]: The API requires an enabled instance and valid user; requests retain that user's platform permissions. API-key and secure-token authentication require Admin or Full Access users. Confirm entitlement and access design. Sources: https://developers.intelex.com/
- Document revision and acknowledgement [conditional]: Document Control describes approval status, revision history, obsolete versions and employee acknowledgements. Public document links are also advertised; review sharing settings and application entitlement. Sources: https://www.intelex.com/products/applications/document-control-software/
- Nonconformance, action plans and corrective action [documented]: The application catalogue lists Nonconformance Reporting (internal and external nonconformances with corrective and preventive action plans), Action Plan Management (task-based action plans) and Corrective Action Reporting (containment, root cause, recurrence plans and effectiveness verification) as separate applications. Confirm which are in the quote. Sources: https://www.intelex.com/products/applications/, https://go.intelex.com/landing/quality-management-system
- Management of change workflow [documented]: The MOC application routes requests through evaluation, design and analysis, implementation and review. User-group and location access controls are described; temporary-change and PSSR behaviour remains to be demonstrated. Sources: https://www.intelex.com/products/applications/management-change-software
- Audit scheduling, checklists and action plans [documented]: Audit Management describes internal and external scheduling by frequency and risk, configurable checklists, classified findings, due-dated action plans, report exports and offline mobile audits. Corrective Action Reporting lists effectiveness verification as a separate application, so confirm both entitlements and the cross-application record. Sources: https://www.intelex.com/products/applications/audits-management, https://www.intelex.com/products/applications/
- HR-system and Workday integration [conditional]: Intelex publishes a Workday Gateway and describes HR, ERP and LMS integrations through REST APIs, connectors and bulk imports. Manufacturing material also names Workday, Paycom and Active Directory for worker-related records. Confirm connector entitlement, objects, transfer direction, identity matching and lifecycle behavior in the proposed deployment. Sources: https://www.intelex.com/partners/workday, https://www.intelex.com/products/health-safety/, https://www.intelex.com/industries/manufacturing

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: offline incident to reviewed action
1. Confirm the licensed app and prepare a representative record.
2. Disconnect, capture the incident and media, then reconnect and inspect server receipt.
3. Assign and reject a correction, then show the reviewed result and retained history.

#### Proposed demo: hazardous work request and changed conditions
1. Use the dedicated Permit to Work application for a sample maintenance task with named roles.
2. Show the required risk information and authorization, identifying any separate Job Safety Analysis licence.
3. Introduce a changed condition and demonstrate review, stop/reissue rules and the retained record; do not assume disconnected approval.

#### Proposed demo: restricted integration and document change
1. Use the quoted integration account to read an allowed site and attempt a restricted site.
2. In a vendor test environment, inspect how the connector handles pagination and throttled requests without losing records.
3. Replace an approved procedure, inspect the obsolete copy and ask the worker to acknowledge the new revision.
4. Check previously shared links and exported copies separately from the controlled record.

#### Proposed demo: worker lifecycle from HR into EHS
1. Create an authorized test worker in the proposed HR source and inspect the imported identity, site, manager and required assignments.
2. Change the site and manager, then submit one malformed or incomplete record and inspect the exception and reconciliation process.
3. Terminate and rehire the test worker; verify access, duplicate handling and continued protection of historical incident or training records.

### Product presentations

- [Desktop and mobile inspection capture](https://www.intelex.com/products/applications/inspection-management-software/): Official Intelex product artwork showing inspection capture across desktop and mobile; the interface may predate the current release.
- [Inspection progress and centralized records](https://www.intelex.com/products/applications/inspection-management-software/): Official Intelex inspection-progress artwork; confirm the current workflow and mobile entitlement in a demo.
- [Inspection findings and outcomes dashboard](https://www.intelex.com/products/applications/inspection-management-software/): Official Intelex reporting artwork showing inspection findings and outcomes; dashboard fields are illustrative and may vary by configuration.

### Questions and answers

#### What does the published Essentials price cover?
US$44 per user/month with at least 25 users, billed annually, for listed core incident, action-plan and inspection scope. Confirm add-ons and services separately.

#### Is native offline use included in Essentials?
That is not established by the pricing page, which lists responsive web for Essentials and native apps for higher tiers. Require written confirmation for your proposed workflow.

#### Are Permit Management and Permit to Work interchangeable?
No. The former describes regulatory permits, renewals and compliance tasks; the latter describes hazardous-work request, review and authorization. Specify the application you need.

#### Does the ESG application guarantee compliant disclosure?
No. Published forms, reporting content and factor libraries support work, but buyers must verify applicable requirements, source evidence, methodology and the current content version.

#### Can we authorize work permits offline?
Offline capture is documented for the mobile app. Offline permit authorization and isolation-state handling were not established by these sources; demonstrate those requirements explicitly.

#### Is a free trial available?
Intelex offers free trial access through a request form. Duration, eligibility and enabled applications were not established, and no trial tenant was tested.

#### Does the Intelex API bypass site or record permissions?
No. Its reference says requests preserve platform security for the authenticated user. Have the integration owner demonstrate permitted and denied records with the proposed account.

#### What should an Intelex integration do when it is throttled?
The reference publishes six requests per second and HTTP 429 for throttling. Design retries and backoff, then confirm the applicable limits before sizing a bulk migration.

#### Can workers acknowledge updated Intelex documents?
Document Control lists acknowledgement alongside revision and approval features. Ask the vendor to demonstrate acknowledgement of a specific approved version, and what happens when that version is replaced.

#### Does Intelex integrate with Workday and other HR systems?
Intelex publishes a Workday Gateway and describes integration with HR, ERP and LMS systems through APIs, connectors and bulk imports. Confirm the named connector, licensing, transferred fields, direction, identity matching, update schedule and leaver or failed-record behavior for the proposed deployment.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-20: Targeted research added API access and throttling boundaries plus document revision and sharing evaluation. Pricing and the broader profile review date were not refreshed.
- 2026-09-25: Targeted check of the application catalogue added the separate Nonconformance Reporting, Action Plan Management and Corrective Action Reporting applications. Pricing and the broader profile review date were not refreshed.
- 2026-09-27: Checked the named MOC application and its workflow boundary against the vendor product page. This capability check does not refresh pricing, trial terms or the rest of the profile.
- 2026-09-27: Checked the audit workflow against the linked primary product page. General profile and commercial review dates remain unchanged.
- 2026-09-27: Checked the calibration scheduling, certificate and out-of-tolerance scope against the linked primary product page. General profile and commercial review dates remain unchanged.
- 2026-09-27: Added targeted Workday and HR-system integration evidence plus a worker-lifecycle acceptance exercise. Pricing and the broader commercial review date were not refreshed.

### Demo questions

- Demonstrate the exact quoted tier, including mobile entitlement and configuration rights.
- Capture an incident offline with media, reconnect and trace the assigned action through review.
- Show the Permit to Work request, authorization and changed-condition workflow separately from regulatory permit renewal.
- Correct an ESG source value and show its evidence, calculation assumptions and reporting effect.
- Identify each connector, API entitlement, implementation owner and recurring cost.
- Change a test worker's site, manager and employment status in the proposed HR source; inspect assignments, access and failed-sync handling.

### Primary sources

- [Tier pricing and mobile entitlement](https://www.intelex.com/request-price)
- [Mobile capture and synchronization](https://www.intelex.com/products/mobile)
- [Incident workflow](https://www.intelex.com/products/applications/incident-management-software/)
- [Permit to Work application](https://www.intelex.com/products/applications/permit-work-software/)
- [Regulatory Permit Management](https://www.intelex.com/products/applications/permits-management-software/)
- [ESG collection and reporting](https://www.intelex.com/products/applications/esg-management-software/)
- [Trial access request](https://www.intelex.com/request-trial)
- [Official custom demonstration](https://www.intelex.com/custom-demo-tour/)
- [Health and safety application range and HR, ERP or LMS integrations](https://www.intelex.com/products/health-safety/)
- [REST API permissions and throughput](https://developers.intelex.com/)
- [Document revisions and access controls](https://www.intelex.com/products/applications/document-control-software/)
- [Application catalogue: nonconformance, action plans and corrective action](https://www.intelex.com/products/applications/)
- [Management of change application — scope checked 27 September 2026](https://www.intelex.com/products/applications/management-change-software)
- [Audit Management application — scope checked 27 September 2026](https://www.intelex.com/products/applications/audits-management)
- [Workday Gateway and worker-data integration](https://www.intelex.com/partners/workday)
- [Manufacturing worker-data connections with Workday, Paycom and Active Directory](https://www.intelex.com/industries/manufacturing)
- [Integrated EHSQ platform and quality application scope : checked 28 September 2026](https://www.intelex.com/)
- [Quality Management System applications and package boundaries : checked 28 September 2026](https://go.intelex.com/landing/quality-management-system)
- [Inspection Management product views and workflow context — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.intelex.com/products/applications/inspection-management-software/)
- [Intelex security and compliance page](https://www.intelex.com/security-and-compliance/)

## Quentic

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/quentic
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Quentic is part of AMCS according to its company page. Quentic Platform, App, Analytics and Connect describe different product scope; they are not interchangeable licence names.

Quentic combines a cloud platform with selectable EHS and sustainability modules and a mobile app. That makes module selection central to the buying decision. Begin with the records you need to connect, such as an inspection finding, a risk assessment and the action taken, then ask which modules are required for that complete process.

Best-fit starting point: Teams bringing several EHS processes into a modular system.

Check before buying: If the immediate need is mobile reporting alone, establish which platform modules are necessary before comparing the total cost with a standalone app.

### Pricing

Request a module-based proposal. On 26 September 2026 quentic.com had no pricing page (/pricing/ returned its 404 page), a site search for "price" returned articles and references rather than a price list, and no amount appeared on the demo page, which offers a guided demo with no obligation to buy and, if wanted, a solution offer. Contact Quentic for a proposal itemizing platform modules, app access, analytics, integrations, data import, onboarding and support. The guided demo does not establish a self-service trial. Confirm contractor and visitor submission entitlements separately.

### When the price fits

Quentic may be worth its quoted price if field reporting needs to connect with selected EHS modules and the proposal includes the required access and interfaces; contact the vendor for pricing. It is less suitable if a standalone checklist covers the task or the budget assumes every module connection and contractor workflow is included.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [partial]: Freshly retrieved platform, app, Connect, company and guided-demo pages. No numeric subscription, minimum or trial terms were established. The previously linked app API page returned no readable body, so its interface details remain unverified; this status describes source coverage, not price certainty.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.quentic.com/software/
- https://www.quentic.com/software/quentic-app/
- https://www.quentic.com/software/quentic-connect/
- https://www.quentic.com/company/
- https://www.quentic.com/demo/
- https://www.quentic.com/search-results/

### Offline capabilities

The App page explicitly describes offline incidents, inspections and photos, followed by synchronization after connectivity returns. It also describes login-free reporting and connections to audit and chemical modules, but does not establish that every connected module or login-free reporting route works offline. Demonstrate prepared records, attachments, app restart, permissions and server receipt in the proposed configuration.

Product scope: Selectable EHS and sustainability modules, with mobile reporting and separately scoped analytics and integration needs. Identify the modules and access rights required for each field-to-office workflow.

Review scope: Official documentation and proposed evaluation scenarios, not firsthand testing or a verified current review aggregate. Targeted mobile and workflow documentation enrichment on 20 September 2026; no hands-on testing or new pricing verification.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Module and licence boundaries: Map every step in the required workflow to a named module and role, including app, external submissions and analytics. Compare the complete proposal with your immediate requirement.
  Sources: https://www.quentic.com/software/, https://www.quentic.com/demo/
- Offline evidence and receipt: Separate local capture from synchronized office receipt. Test preparation, representative photos, an interrupted session and any conflicting update on the intended device.
  Sources: https://www.quentic.com/software/quentic-app/
- External reporting and privacy: Demonstrate a contractor submission and subsequent review. Record what identifies the reporter, who can access attachments and which permissions apply; do not equate no login with anonymity.
  Sources: https://www.quentic.com/software/quentic-app/
- Connections and governance: Show the required audit or chemical record connection and any external interface. Agree mappings, failures, update ownership and licence scope before treating an integration as complete.
  Sources: https://www.quentic.com/software/quentic-app/, https://www.quentic.com/software/quentic-connect/
- Commercial and evaluation access: Use the guided demo for your own scenario and ask which steps were shown in the proposed package. A free demonstration is not a verified free trial or an agreed implementation plan.
  Sources: https://www.quentic.com/demo/

### Capability scope

- Selectable EHS and sustainability modules [documented]: The platform describes combining modules; a shared product family does not establish common entitlement. Sources: https://www.quentic.com/software/
- Offline incident and inspection capture [documented]: The App page explicitly includes incidents, inspections and photos, with synchronization after reconnection. Sources: https://www.quentic.com/software/quentic-app/
- Login-free reporting [conditional]: A reporting option without app login is documented. Confirm configuration, data visibility, licensing and connectivity; login-free does not prove anonymity. Sources: https://www.quentic.com/software/quentic-app/
- Audit and chemical module connections [conditional]: The App describes links to audit management and chemical information. Confirm purchased modules and the exact records available disconnected. Sources: https://www.quentic.com/software/quentic-app/
- System and data integration [conditional]: Quentic Connect is a named integration offering. Request the actual connector, data mapping, entitlement and maintenance scope rather than assuming every interface is included. Sources: https://www.quentic.com/software/quentic-connect/, https://www.quentic.com/software/
- Mobile report to platform investigation [conditional]: The App page describes photos, location and incident forms; deeper investigation and corrective actions are described in the Platform. Quentic also documents Risks & Audits use for quality management and actions derived from audits. Confirm the named modules, access and closure controls for each role. Sources: https://www.quentic.com/software/quentic-app/incident-management/, https://www.quentic.com/success-stories/siemens-schweiz-digitally-to-world-class-quality/
- External content and reporting data flows [conditional]: Connect names Enhesa and Yordas content sources and transfers to systems such as SAP, Tableau and Power BI. Specify licences, mappings and update ownership separately. Sources: https://www.quentic.com/software/quentic-connect/
- Audit planning, findings and corrective actions [documented]: The Risks & Audits module describes audit schedules and questionnaires, findings and results, derived actions and audit reports. Confirm module inclusion, permissions and exports; management-system suitability does not establish certification. Sources: https://www.quentic.com/software/risks-audits/
- Environmental aspect and risk assessments [documented]: The module assesses environmental issues, production conditions and employee safety, identifies required actions and compares locations or departments. Confirm methods, rating scales, source records and action handoff in the proposed configuration. Sources: https://www.quentic.com/software/risks-audits/
- Online EHS training and completion evidence [conditional]: Online Instructions complements the Health & Safety module and covers employee, visitor and third-party courses, multimedia and SCORM content, tests, participation, results, qualifications and certificates. Confirm prerequisite modules, external-learner licences, content supply, devices and languages; offline delivery was not established. Sources: https://www.quentic.com/software/online-instructions/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: offline inspection to reviewed action
1. Prepare the intended checklist and permissions in the quoted app and modules.
2. Capture an inspection and photos disconnected, then reconnect and verify the received record.
3. Assign follow-up, reject incomplete evidence and inspect the final record and export.

#### Proposed demo: contractor report to module follow-up
1. Submit a representative contractor finding through the proposed login-free route.
2. Inspect reporter visibility, attachment access and the receiving reviewer permissions.
3. Link the finding to the required audit or chemical information and record every module, manual handoff and licence involved.

#### Proposed demo: report, investigation and reporting export
1. Submit a representative incident with photo and location in the app.
2. Open the linked record as an authorized platform reviewer and assign a corrective action.
3. Transfer the agreed fields through the proposed Connect interface.
4. Demonstrate a rejected import or failed transfer and identify who resolves it.

### Product presentations

- [Platform dashboard across desktop and mobile](https://www.quentic.com/software/): Official Quentic platform visual showing desktop analytics and mobile field access; displayed data are illustrative.
- [Incidents and observations dashboard](https://www.quentic.com/software/incidents-observations/): Official Quentic Incidents & Observations dashboard visual; sample indicators and chart values are illustrative.
- [Actions analytics dashboard](https://www.quentic.com/software/quentic-analytics/): Official Quentic Analytics dashboard visual; available KPIs and layouts depend on the configured data model.

### Questions and answers

#### What is Quentic software?
Quentic is a cloud platform with selectable EHS and sustainability modules and a mobile app, and its company page names AMCS as its parent. The Platform, App, Analytics and Connect describe different product scope, so the modules you select decide what a quote covers.

#### Is Quentic part of Sphera?
No. Quentic states on its official company page that it has been part of AMCS since 2022.

#### Are all modules included with the app?
The platform describes selectable modules and the app describes connections to other products. Ask the proposal to list the modules, roles and app access needed for your workflow.

#### What does the published offline scope cover?
Incidents, inspections and photos in the Quentic App, with synchronization after reconnection. The source does not establish that every module connection or login-free reporting route works disconnected.

#### Does reporting without login mean anonymous reporting?
Not necessarily. The source establishes a login-free reporting option; demonstrate the configured identity fields, metadata, access rights and follow-up process.

#### What is the verified price or free-trial offer?
No numeric subscription amount or free-trial conditions were established. Contact Quentic for a scoped quote; the official free guided demo is distinct from access to a trial tenant.

#### Does Connect establish a ready-made connector to our system?
It establishes a named integration offering, not your specific completed interface. Confirm supported objects, mappings, synchronization, entitlement and maintenance ownership.

#### Can an app report become a deeper incident investigation?
The incident page describes moving from mobile capture to investigation and corrective actions in the Quentic Platform. Confirm the modules, reviewer permissions and link between the original report and subsequent actions.

#### Can Quentic connect to external compliance content?
Connect names Enhesa and Yordas as examples of external content partners. Confirm the relevant content subscription, jurisdiction coverage and update process; the named integration is not evidence that all content is included.

#### Can Quentic data feed Power BI or Tableau?
The Connect page describes transferring information to Power BI, Tableau and other systems. Ask for the supported objects, refresh frequency, error handling and implementation cost for your reporting requirements.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-26: Re-checked on 26 September 2026: quentic.com has no pricing page, its site search finds none and the demo page shows no amount, so the price status is recorded as no amount shown rather than not established.

### Demo questions

- Prepare an inspection, capture photos disconnected and verify the server record after reconnecting.
- Show a login-free contractor submission and identify who can see, edit and follow up its data; distinguish identity visibility from anonymity.
- Demonstrate the chemical or audit connection using only the modules named in our proposal.
- Change a record in our source system and show mappings, synchronization failure handling and ownership.
- Itemize module, user and external-access entitlements, configuration, migration and recurring services.

### Primary sources

- [Guided demo and proposal consultation](https://www.quentic.com/demo/)
- [Site search for price (search results page) : checked 26 September 2026](https://www.quentic.com/search-results/)
- [Platform and selectable modules](https://www.quentic.com/software/)
- [App reporting, offline use and module connections](https://www.quentic.com/software/quentic-app/)
- [Connect integration product scope](https://www.quentic.com/software/quentic-connect/)
- [Company identity and AMCS relationship](https://www.quentic.com/company/)
- [Mobile incident capture and platform investigation](https://www.quentic.com/software/quentic-app/incident-management/)
- [Quality-management audit use case and actions : checked 28 September 2026](https://www.quentic.com/success-stories/siemens-schweiz-digitally-to-world-class-quality/)
- [Incidents and observations product view — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.quentic.com/software/incidents-observations/)
- [Analytics product view — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.quentic.com/software/quentic-analytics/)
- [Risks & Audits module: audit planning, findings, actions and assessments — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.quentic.com/software/risks-audits/)
- [Online Instructions module: employee and visitor training records — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.quentic.com/software/online-instructions/)

## Cority

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/cority
Sources checked: 2026-10-14

Cority covers EHS work alongside occupational health and industrial hygiene. Consider it when field reporting needs to connect with specialist programs and records across sites. Define the boundaries early: which people need access, which records require restricted visibility, and which modules must share data.

Best-fit starting point: Organizations connecting EHS with specialist health programs.

Check before buying: If you only need basic inspections, compare a limited deployment with a simpler product. Breadth is useful only when the selected workflows justify the administration and rollout effort.

### Pricing

Scoped subscription plus implementation. No public numeric subscription amount is given. The pricing page describes an initial three-year term: Standard expands with users and modules plus annual uplift; Enterprise covers the agreed modules and integrations for all employees, also with uplift. Implementation has a separate one-time Statement of Work; additional professional services are separately scoped. Confirm the actual order form, renewal terms and module boundaries. The pricing page also mentions pre-configured Essentials packages with a defined scope, and shows no numeric price for them.

### When the price fits

Cority may justify its scoped price when multiple sites need coordinated safety, specialist health or environmental programmes and can resource implementation. It is less suitable when a small team only needs occasional inspections and cannot justify the configuration and administration required by its chosen scope.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: Targeted recheck added the dedicated pricing page and distinguished incident, work-permit, environmental and ESG scope. The earlier profile date remains because specialist health functionality and the full configuration were not re-audited.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.cority.com/pricing/
- https://www.cority.com/safety-cloud/permit-to-work/
- https://www.cority.com/corityone/incident-management-software/
- https://www.cority.com/corityone/mycority-mobile-ehs/
- https://www.cority.com/environmental-cloud/
- https://www.cority.com/corityone/compliance-management-software/
- https://www.cority.com/sustainability-cloud/

### Offline capabilities

myCority documents offline incident, inspection and observation capture with later synchronization. Mobile access to a workflow does not prove every approval or attachment works disconnected. Demonstrate preloading, interruption recovery, duplicate prevention and device permissions; do not assume offline permit authorization or ESG reporting.

Product scope: CorityOne spans multiple solution areas. This profile distinguishes high-hazard work authorization, incident follow-up, environmental obligations and sustainability reporting; their presence in the portfolio does not establish inclusion in one purchased package.

Review scope: No current customer-review aggregate was established in this documentation review. Vendor awards and displayed scores are not treated as our tested rating.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Programme fit and permissions: The existing health-oriented fit remains relevant, but each sensitive record type needs its own permission demonstration. A shared platform should not imply unrestricted shared records.
  Sources: https://www.cority.com/faq/
- Control of work: Test a refused approval, conflicting tasks and reauthorization. Environmental reporting deadlines require a different acceptance case from task authorization.
  Sources: https://www.cority.com/safety-cloud/permit-to-work/, https://www.cority.com/corityone/compliance-management-software/
- Field reliability: Use an interrupted connection and a second-device check. Agree recovery and evidence completeness requirements before rollout.
  Sources: https://www.cority.com/corityone/mycority-mobile-ehs/
- Environmental to ESG handoff: Follow one source measurement to the requested disclosure output, identifying the owner of each approval and any interface. Portfolio breadth is not proof that the proposed bundle covers the handoff.
  Sources: https://www.cority.com/environmental-cloud/, https://www.cority.com/sustainability-cloud/
- Commercial and implementation scope: Compare the actual subscription proposal with the services Statement of Work and ongoing internal administration. Price the necessary workflow, not every available module.
  Sources: https://www.cority.com/pricing/

### Capability scope

- Operational risk assessment and control verification [documented]: Cority documents guided assessments for hazards, controls, likelihood and severity; configurable scoring; JSA, HAZOP, FMEA and What-If methods; connections to actions and approvals; and control verification over time. AI-supported recommendations retain human-in-the-loop oversight, and the public page does not establish offline assessment approval. Sources: https://www.cority.com/corityone/risk-management-software/
- Incident investigation and actions [documented]: Configurable incident classification, investigation and corrective/preventive action tracking are described. Ask how closure evidence and human review of AI suggestions are configured. Sources: https://www.cority.com/corityone/incident-management-software/
- Electronic permit to work [documented]: Work requests, configurable approvals and active-permit conflict monitoring concern high-hazard work. Demonstrate the actual task authorization controls; this is distinct from environmental licence conditions. Sources: https://www.cority.com/safety-cloud/permit-to-work/
- Offline field capture [documented]: The named offline workflows are incidents, inspections and observations, followed by synchronization. Other disconnected actions need separate acceptance tests. Sources: https://www.cority.com/corityone/mycority-mobile-ehs/
- Environmental obligations [documented]: Environmental solutions address emissions, water and waste; compliance management holds permits and obligations. Establish applicable conditions, deadlines and accountable owners separately from work permits. Sources: https://www.cority.com/environmental-cloud/, https://www.cority.com/corityone/compliance-management-software/
- Sustainability and ESG reporting [conditional]: The portfolio describes carbon, supply-chain data and sustainability reporting. Confirm selected solutions, data transfers and report outputs in the proposal; framework references do not confer compliance or external assurance. Sources: https://www.cority.com/sustainability-cloud/, https://www.cority.com/pricing/
- Industrial hygiene exposure assessment and sampling [documented]: Cority describes exposure assessments and surveys, configurable field and manual data workflows, laboratory requisitions and sample management, calculations and equipment calibration. Confirm the licensed modules, instrument and laboratory handoffs, role restrictions and required human review of AI-assisted suggestions. Sources: https://www.cority.com/health-cloud/industrial-hygiene-software/
- Management of change workflow [documented]: Change requests combine impact screening, coordinated reviews, configurable approval sequences, alerts and progress monitoring. Temporary-change expiry and PSSR gates require a scoped demonstration. Sources: https://www.cority.com/corityone/management-of-change/
- Audit planning and finding follow-up [documented]: CorityOne describes multi-site audit schedules, assigned tasks, configurable forms, online or offline execution, mobile findings and corrective-action progress. Confirm the purchased scope and demonstrate whether a separate reviewer can reject weak closure evidence after synchronization. Sources: https://www.cority.com/corityone/audit-inspections/
- Contractor qualification and field oversight [conditional]: Contractor Management describes registration and prequalification, qualification and coverage checks, training and permit records, mobile field risk assessments and inspections, close-out actions and performance analytics. Confirm contractor identities, site-access gates and the modules included in the proposal. Sources: https://www.cority.com/safety-cloud/contractor-management-software/
- Heat stress and WBGT exposure records [conditional]: A Cority blog article describes recording WBGT with dry-bulb, wet-bulb and globe readings in the Industrial Hygiene module, field entry through myCority with business rules that can alert supervisors at set thresholds, and a hygiene dashboard of threshold exceedances. It is an article, not product documentation, and does not say whether acclimatisation, hydration or workload calculations are automated, so ask for a live demonstration of the heat workflow in the licensed modules. Sources: https://www.cority.com/blog/heat-stress-management/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: offline incident through verified action closure
1. Prepare a representative site form and authorised worker account, then disconnect the device.
2. Capture an observation and reconnect; inspect the resulting record, attachments and duplicates.
3. Ask an investigator to classify the event, assign an action and reject insufficient closure evidence.
4. Export the agreed evidence and check that restricted health information remains unavailable to the supervisor.

#### Proposed demo: distinguish a work permit from an environmental obligation
1. Create a high-hazard task request with an incomplete prerequisite and ask the approver to withhold authorization.
2. Introduce overlapping work, inspect conflict handling and demonstrate suspension and reauthorization requirements.
3. Separately configure a site environmental obligation with an owner and reporting deadline.
4. Ask the vendor to trace an approved environmental measure into the quoted sustainability output and identify every required module or interface.

#### Proposed demo: contractor qualification to verified field close-out
1. Register a sample contractor with one expired qualification and withhold approval or site access.
2. Replace the evidence, assign required training and issue a permit only after the configured gates pass.
3. Complete a mobile field inspection, raise an action and reject inadequate closure evidence once.
4. Review the contractor performance record and export the qualification, permit and action trail.

### Product presentations

- [Global Overview dashboard](https://www.cority.com/): Official Cority platform composite; sample incident, permit, inspection and emissions metrics are illustrative.
- [Safety observation and mobile audit](https://www.cority.com/safety-cloud/): Official Cority Safety Cloud visual; observation fields and audit checklists vary by deployment.
- [Risk-assessment details](https://www.cority.com/safety-cloud/): Official Cority Safety Cloud risk-assessment visual; terminology and workflow steps depend on tenant configuration.

### Questions and answers

#### Does Cority include both permit to work and environmental compliance?
Both appear in the portfolio, but serve different purposes. A work permit authorizes a hazardous task; an environmental permit establishes operating obligations. Require separate demonstrations and a written package scope.

#### Which Cority workflows can work offline?
The mobile page explicitly names incident, inspection and observation capture. Test the specific device and record lifecycle; this does not establish disconnected work-permit approval.

#### What should an incident demonstration prove?
Trace a representative report through investigation, ownership, corrective action and reviewed closure. Ask to reject incomplete evidence and verify role-based access rather than accepting a dashboard demonstration alone.

#### Is ESG reporting included in a safety subscription?
Do not assume it. Identify the reporting solution, source data, interfaces and deliverables in the commercial scope, then test the handoff with a representative record.

#### Is there a public price or self-service free trial?
A numeric subscription amount and self-service free trial were not established. Request a scoped proposal and written evaluation terms; a demo request is not a free-trial entitlement.

#### Does this profile establish a tested rating?
No. This is vendor-documentation research with proposed demo checks, not hands-on testing or a verified customer-review aggregate.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-27: Checked the named MOC application and its workflow boundary against the vendor product page. This capability check does not refresh pricing, trial terms or the rest of the profile.
- 2026-09-27: Checked the audit workflow and work-permit scope against the linked primary product page. General profile and commercial review dates remain unchanged.
- 2026-09-27: Checked the industrial-hygiene exposure-assessment and sampling scope against the linked primary product page. General profile and commercial review dates remain unchanged.
- 2026-09-28: Added the documented contractor prequalification-to-performance lifecycle and a gated contractor demo exercise, bringing the profile to the directory's deep-evidence threshold.

### Demo questions

- Demonstrate an incomplete work permit being refused and an active permit being suspended.
- Distinguish environmental operating obligations from task authorization in both the configuration and quote.
- Run the proposed offline incident test and prove complete synchronization.
- Show a supervisor being denied access to a restricted health record.
- Identify all modules and interfaces needed for the requested sustainability output.

### Primary sources

- [Operational risk assessments, methods and control verification](https://www.cority.com/corityone/risk-management-software/)
- [Product scope and implementation FAQ](https://www.cority.com/faq/)
- [myCority field and offline scope](https://www.cority.com/corityone/mycority-mobile-ehs/)
- [Subscription and implementation terms](https://www.cority.com/pricing/)
- [High-hazard work permits](https://www.cority.com/safety-cloud/permit-to-work/)
- [Incident investigations and actions](https://www.cority.com/corityone/incident-management-software/)
- [Environmental solution scope](https://www.cority.com/environmental-cloud/)
- [Permits and compliance obligations](https://www.cority.com/corityone/compliance-management-software/)
- [Sustainability solution portfolio](https://www.cority.com/sustainability-cloud/)
- [Industrial hygiene exposure assessment and sampling — scope checked 27 September 2026](https://www.cority.com/health-cloud/industrial-hygiene-software/)
- [Management of change application — scope checked 27 September 2026](https://www.cority.com/corityone/management-of-change/)
- [Audit workflow — scope checked 27 September 2026](https://www.cority.com/corityone/audit-inspections/)
- [CorityOne platform overview and Global Overview visual — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.cority.com/)
- [Safety Cloud audit, observation and risk-assessment views — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.cority.com/safety-cloud/)
- [Contractor prequalification, field access and performance lifecycle — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.cority.com/safety-cloud/contractor-management-software/)
- [Heat stress and WBGT exposure records, checked 1 October 2026](https://www.cority.com/blog/heat-stress-management/)
- [Cority security page](https://www.cority.com/legal-center/security/)
- [Cority security and governance page](https://www.cority.com/corityone/security-governance/)

## Enablon

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/enablon
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: Wolters Kluwer Enablon
Enablon is Wolters Kluwer's integrated risk-management software brand. Vision Platform, Enablon Go, Health & Safety, Environmental Management, Process Safety, Control of Work and ESG Excellence are distinct platform or solution scopes; BowTieXP/Bowtie Suite and CCH Tagetik-powered disclosure functions have their own product and integration boundaries. These names are not interchangeable licence editions.

Enablon combines EHS and sustainability offerings with plant-risk and Control of Work applications. Start an evaluation with a field finding and follow its handoff to the responsible reviewer or work-control process. The published portfolio provides several possible paths; demonstrate the one your proposed deployment actually includes.

Best-fit starting point: Organizations connecting EHS with plant risk and control-of-work processes.

Check before buying: Portfolio breadth and 'integrated' language do not establish entitlement to every application or a ready-made connector. Enablon Go documents offline field events and inspections, not every permit, isolation, MOC or barrier decision. Control of Work now markets AI-assisted permit drafting and real-time SIMOPS; require accountable human approval, evidence traceability and site acceptance. Barrier Vision risk states depend on configured source systems, data tolerances and mappings. ESG reporting uses CCH Tagetik-powered functionality and does not itself provide assurance or guarantee compliance. BowTieXP/Bowtie integrations, PHA, Control of Work and other modules must be versioned and contracted explicitly.

### Pricing

Request a scoped proposal. On 26 September 2026 the Enablon solution page offered Request a Demo and Contact Us routes and shows no amount; wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/pricing returned page not found. No minimum user count or standard contract term was found on the reviewed pages. Contact Enablon for a proposal listing applications, sites, user roles, mobile access, integration services and implementation separately. Ask how configuration, migration, support, storage and renewal changes affect the complete cost. A demo request is not evidence of a trial or included deployment services.

### When the price fits

Enablon may be worth its quoted price if field findings must connect with scoped plant-risk and work-control applications, with funded integration and configuration ownership; contact the vendor for pricing. It is less suitable if a lightweight inspection app meets the need or the proposal relies on unverified offline permit authorization.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: Revisited all five listed official sources. Go and Control of Work scope and Hub tooling remain documented; the demonstration page establishes a demo request, not a free trial. Public subscription amount, minimum seats and standard contract term were not established, so a scoped proposal is required.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon
- https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/vision-platform
- https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/enablon-go
- https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/control-of-work-software
- https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/know/reimage-ehs-risk-and-sustainability-performance

### Documented Go offline; operational scope to verify

Enablon Go explicitly documents disconnected incident and observation capture, plus inspections with checklists, comments and action-plan creation. The separate Control of Work portfolio describes permits and isolation workflows, but these sources do not establish their disconnected authorization behavior. Confirm app version, prepared records, permissions, attachments, synchronization and conflict handling for the licensed deployment; local completion is not proof of office receipt.

Product scope: Modular EHSQ, environmental, process-safety, Control of Work and ESG software built around the Enablon platform. Potential scope includes mobile event and inspection capture, incident/CAPA, permits and isolations, process hazard analysis, barriers and critical controls, management of change, contractor safety, environmental compliance and ESG disclosure. The proposal must identify every licensed application, site, role, mobile workflow and integration.

Review scope: The reviewed official product sources do not establish the provenance or current scope of the directory's legacy aggregate rating. This profile presents vendor documentation and proposed evaluation scenarios, not independently tested results or a verified review aggregate.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Applications and site coverage: Map each required process to a named application, site and user role. Clarify the handoffs between field reporting and operational decisions.
  Sources: https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon, https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/vision-platform
- Offline inspection to follow-up: Use an inspection with representative media, a rejected correction and a reconnect. Inspect what reaches the reviewer and distinguish documented app scope from the result observed in the proposed configuration.
  Sources: https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/enablon-go
- Permits, isolations and concurrent work: Choose one maintenance job and overlapping work, then identify each licensed application and decision owner. Demonstrate changed conditions and handover; do not infer offline authorization or automatic conflict resolution from reporting or warning features.
  Sources: https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/control-of-work-software, https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/enablon-go
- Integration and data ownership: Enablon Hub describes a development kit, not proof that your receiving system is already connected. Specify field mappings, failure handling, reconciliation, maintenance ownership and entitlement before accepting the interface.
  Sources: https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/vision-platform
- Commercial and rollout acceptance: Request a quote that separates applications and operating roles from configuration, data preparation, interfaces and recurring services. Agree a representative-site acceptance record and unresolved-gap owner rather than assuming a standard go-live duration.
  Sources: https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/know/reimage-ehs-risk-and-sustainability-performance, https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon

### Capability scope

- EHS and environmental applications [documented]: Published product families; individual entitlements require proposal-level confirmation. Sources: https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon
- Integrated quality, incident, nonconformance and CAPA management [documented]: The official QEHS suite brochure describes quality, environment, health and safety management; incident and nonconformance reporting; internal and supplier audits; and corrective and preventive action plans. Confirm that these legacy-named applications remain included and supported in the current proposal rather than assuming the brochure defines every modern Enablon deployment. Sources: https://insights.enablon.com/rs/enablonnorthamerica/images/Marketing-Brochure-Enablon-QEHS-Suite.pdf
- Mobile inspection and action-plan capture [documented]: The Go page expressly includes offline checklists, observations, comments and action-plan creation. Sources: https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/enablon-go
- Permit, isolation and risk-assessment workflows [conditional]: Control of Work lists Permit to Work, Isolation Management and Operational Risk Assessment. Scope each required application and demonstrate approval responsibilities; offline authorization is not established. Sources: https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/control-of-work-software
- Simultaneous-operations coordination [conditional]: Simultaneous Operations describes risk warnings and operational oversight. Confirm the licensed application, inputs and escalation rules with an overlapping-work scenario; warnings do not establish automatic conflict resolution. Sources: https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/control-of-work-software
- External integration tooling [documented]: Vision Platform describes Enablon Hub and its development kit; this does not prove a turnkey connector. Sources: https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/vision-platform
- Health and safety risk and incident management [documented]: The Health & Safety solution describes connected hazards, risks, controls and incident-management processes intended to support SIF prevention. Configuration and control quality determine the outcome; vendor compliance or prevention language is not a guarantee. Sources: https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/health-safety-software
- Environmental aspects, permits and compliance [conditional]: Environmental Management covers aspects and impacts, environmental permits and policies, air and emissions-related compliance and ISO 14001-oriented processes. Confirm each licensed environmental application, jurisdictional content and calculation or reporting boundary. Sources: https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/environmental-management-software
- Process hazard analysis [conditional]: Enablon documents a cloud PHA solution integrated with BowTieXP, Barrier Management and Control of Work. Confirm supported study methods, import or migration, facilitator workflow, action ownership and version-compatible integrations. Sources: https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/process-hazard-analysis
- Barrier and critical-control monitoring [conditional]: Barrier Vision is described as integrating inputs through APIs, calculating cumulative risk levels and projecting them in a heat map on site graphics. A heat map is decision support; validate source freshness, missing-data treatment, ownership and action rules. Sources: https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/process-safety-software, https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/control-of-work-software
- Management of Change [conditional]: The Process Safety portfolio names MOC for organizational, procedural, process, equipment and product changes. Scope the licensed workflow, screening criteria, approvals, pre-startup checks and links to PHA, documents and training. Sources: https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/process-safety-software
- Contractor safety oversight [conditional]: The Process Safety page describes contractor safety records, incident analysis and performance comparison. Confirm onboarding, competence, access, data sources and whether benchmarking content or contractor portals are separately licensed. Sources: https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/process-safety-software
- ESG data, reporting and double materiality [conditional]: ESG Excellence documents data consistency checks, approval workflows, auditable data, multi-framework reporting and structured double-materiality assessments, with disclosure functionality powered by CCH Tagetik. Confirm framework content, Tagetik entitlement, controls and assurance responsibilities. Sources: https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/esg

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: offline finding to reviewed action
1. Prepare a representative inspection with the required records and permissions in the quoted Go deployment.
2. Disconnect, capture a finding and create its action plan, then reconnect and compare the received record and attachments.
3. Have a reviewer reject incomplete evidence and request a correction; inspect ownership, retained history and the final export.

#### Proposed demo: maintenance job with overlapping work
1. Select the quoted Permit to Work, isolation and risk applications and introduce two jobs in the same area.
2. Demonstrate how the relevant roles inspect isolation information, concurrent-work warnings and authorization conditions.
3. Change a condition during the job and show review, handover and the retained record; identify any manual intervention or connected-only step.

#### Proposed demo: PHA and degraded barrier to work authorization
1. Create or import a controlled PHA scenario with safeguards, actions and a bowtie linked to the proposed Barrier Management configuration.
2. Feed one healthy, one stale and one out-of-tolerance source signal into barrier elements and inspect freshness, color state and cumulative risk.
3. Raise overlapping work in Control of Work and demonstrate how the degraded barrier, PHA action and shared isolation affect SIMOPS review and authorization.
4. Use AI-assisted drafting only for a test permit, trace every suggested hazard and control, and require an accountable authorizer to accept or reject each item.
5. Restore the barrier incorrectly and verify blocks, alerts, audit history and the approved recovery path before closing the work.

#### Proposed demo: environmental and ESG evidence chain
1. Load a representative utility, emissions or environmental-compliance record with source document, owner, unit and reporting period.
2. Apply validation and approval controls, deliberately introducing a duplicate, unit error and late correction.
3. Trace the approved value through the environmental application into the contracted ESG and CCH Tagetik-powered disclosure workflow.
4. Run one framework output and a double-materiality assessment, preserving source, transformation, approval and adjustment history.
5. Have finance, EHS and assurance owners reconcile the disclosed value and document which evidence or calculations remain outside Enablon.

### Product presentations

- [Official Enablon Go product presentation](https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/enablon-go): Vendor presentation of mobile use cases; not evidence of testing in your configuration.
- [Enablon Go audit list on a tablet](https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/enablon-go): Official vendor image of the Enablon Go audit screen; page does not label the data as sample.

### Questions and answers

#### Are Enablon Go and Control of Work one licence?
The reviewed pages describe different product and application scope, not common entitlement. Ask the proposal to name Go access and each required work-control application, site and role.

#### What can Go capture without connectivity?
Published scope includes field events and inspections, with offline checklists, observations, comments and action-plan creation. Verify preparation, attachments and the synchronized record in your proposed deployment.

#### Can we authorize permits or change isolations offline?
That behavior was not established by the reviewed Go and Control of Work pages. Request a specific demonstration and an agreed fallback rather than inferring it from offline inspection capture.

#### Do simultaneous-operation warnings resolve conflicts automatically?
The vendor describes warnings and oversight. Demonstrate the required inputs, escalation, decision ownership and retained record; an alert alone does not establish that a conflict is resolved.

#### Does Enablon Hub include our ERP connector?
The Vision Platform page describes integration development tooling. Confirm the actual connector, licence, field mapping, implementation, reconciliation and support in writing.

#### What are the price and trial terms?
No numeric subscription amount, standard minimum or free-trial conditions were established from the reviewed pages. Contact the vendor for a scoped proposal; the linked demonstration request is not a trial tenant.

#### Is every Enablon solution included in one platform licence?
No such entitlement was established. Enablon presents distinct EHS, environmental, process-safety, Control of Work, ESG, Go, Vision and Bowtie scopes. Require a named application and role schedule in the proposal.

#### Can Enablon AI issue a permit automatically?
The Control of Work page markets AI-powered permit drafting, not unsupervised authorization. Require source traceability, data-processing terms, validation and an accountable human approval step.

#### Does Barrier Vision prove that a site is safe?
No. It summarizes configured inputs, tolerances and barrier models. Safety decisions still depend on source quality, freshness, model completeness, competent review and operational controls.

#### Are BowTieXP and Enablon Barrier Management the same product?
They are related but separately named scopes. Official material describes integrations between BowTieXP or BowTieServer and Vision Platform risk or barrier applications. Confirm licences, versions, hosting and data synchronization.

#### Does ESG Excellence include CCH Tagetik reporting?
The ESG page says reporting and disclosure functionality is powered by CCH Tagetik. That does not establish which Tagetik components or services are included in an Enablon quote; obtain a contractual entitlement map.

#### Does Enablon guarantee regulatory compliance or assurance-ready ESG reporting?
No software alone can do so. Enablon documents workflows, checks, auditability and framework reporting, but the customer remains responsible for source data, methods, controls, approvals, legal interpretation and independent assurance.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-19: Retained verified mobile and portfolio research; added control-of-work sources, concise evaluation dimensions, proposed workflows and explicit integration/offline boundaries.
- 2026-09-19: Rechecked the linked official sources and sharpened proposal scope, offline boundaries, concurrent-work decisions and two proposed acceptance workflows.
- 2026-09-26: Re-checked on 26 September 2026: demo and contact routes only, no pricing page and no amount shown.

### Demo questions

- Which Enablon applications, Bowtie products, CCH Tagetik functions, sites, user roles and mobile apps are included in the quote?
- Which field actions work offline, and which permit, isolation, MOC, PHA or barrier decisions require live connectivity?
- How are reconnect conflicts, duplicate records, changed central controls and failed attachment uploads resolved?
- Does AI-assisted permit drafting use customer data, where is it processed, what evidence supports suggestions, and who must approve the final permit?
- Which SIMOPS conflicts are detected automatically, which depend on configured rules or live inputs, and which require manual coordination?
- Show how a shared isolation or degraded critical barrier blocks or changes authorization across linked work.
- Which PHA methods, BowTieXP integrations, barrier elements and MOC triggers are licensed and version-compatible?
- What source systems and tolerance rules feed Barrier Vision, and how are stale, missing or contradictory signals displayed?
- Which contractor records, interfaces and benchmarking data are available, and what belongs to another module or service?
- Which ESG frameworks, data checks, approvals and Tagetik disclosure functions are included, and who owns assurance adjustments?
- For Enablon Hub or other interfaces, identify delivered connectors, mappings, monitoring, error queues, reconciliation and ongoing support ownership.
- Itemize licences, sites, configuration, migration, mobile access, integrations, training, support, storage and renewal assumptions separately.

### Primary sources

- [Product range, no pricing page : checked 26 September 2026](https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon)
- [Vision Platform and integration architecture](https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/vision-platform)
- [Enablon Go offline scope](https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/enablon-go)
- [Control-of-work application scope](https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/control-of-work-software)
- [Official demonstration request](https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/know/reimage-ehs-risk-and-sustainability-performance)
- [Integrated QEHS, nonconformance, incident and CAPA suite : checked 28 September 2026](https://insights.enablon.com/rs/enablonnorthamerica/images/Marketing-Brochure-Enablon-QEHS-Suite.pdf)
- [Health and safety risk, incident and control scope](https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/health-safety-software)
- [Environmental aspects, permits and compliance scope](https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/environmental-management-software)
- [Process-safety applications, MOC, contractor and barrier scope](https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/process-safety-software)
- [Cloud process hazard analysis and integrated PSM boundaries](https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/process-hazard-analysis)
- [ESG Excellence, data approval, disclosure and double materiality](https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/esg)
- [Bowtie Suite barrier-based risk-management scope](https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie/challenges/manage-your-barriers)

## EcoOnline

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/ecoonline
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
EcoOnline is a portfolio, not a single interchangeable subscription. Its acquisition announcement concerns the Alcumus software division, not every Alcumus business. Chemical Manager, Sypol, regional eCompliance and ESG powered by Ecometrica retain distinct product scopes; they are not identity aliases for the entire EcoOnline brand.

EcoOnline offers safety reporting and chemical-safety products. Chemical Manager covers inventories, SDS records and chemical approval; Sypol adds a specialist-supported COSHH assessment process. EHS offerings cover operational safety records. Choose the required workflow and region first, then identify which products and connections the proposal includes.

Best-fit starting point: Teams managing chemical inventories and task assessments alongside incidents, inspections and follow-up actions.

Check before buying: Chemical Manager, Sypol and the proposed EHS app need separate scoping. An SDS library or a software purchase does not establish that a workplace assessment is suitable.

### Pricing

Request a product-specific proposal. On 26 September 2026 ecoonline.com/pricing redirected to the homepage, the site search for "pricing" returned no results and the sales route is "Talk to sales"; the reviewed pages show no amount. A vendor comparison page advertises unlimited power users without additional per-user fees; confirm the applicable product, territory and contract rather than extending that statement to every portfolio service. Request named EHS, Chemical Manager, Sypol and any ESG items, assessment support, implementation, integration and renewal costs. The historical EUR12/user/month catalog value is not a verified current offer.

### When the price fits

EcoOnline may justify its scoped price when chemical records, supported assessments and EHS follow-up address recurring operational work across sites. It is less suitable when a buyer expects one interchangeable app, a universal licence or identical offline behaviour across acquired products without validating the actual package.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [partial]: The pricing address redirected to the homepage, the site pricing search returned no results and the reviewed pages showed no amount. Obtain a product-specific proposal; confirm the scope of any unlimited-user statement against the intended product, territory and contract.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.ecoonline.com/chemical-management-software/
- https://www.ecoonline.com/chemical-management-software/coshh-risk-assessment/
- https://insights.ecoonline.com/uki/product-brochures/ecoonline-suite-of-solutions/sypol
- https://insights.ecoonline.com/nam/product-brochure/ecoonline-ehs-health-and-safety-software/modules
- https://www.ecoonline.com/en-us/ehs-software/safety-management-software/
- https://insights.ecoonline.com/nam/product-brochure/ecoonline-chemical-manager/modules
- https://www.ecoonline.com/ehs-software/
- https://www.ecoonline.com/news/ecoonline-acquires-alcumus-environmental-health-and-safety-software-business/
- https://www.ecoonline.com/esg-software/
- https://www.ecoonline.com/ecoonline-over-evotix/
- https://www.ecoonline.com/?s=pricing

### Offline capabilities

The EHS brochure lists Android/iOS apps and web access, but qualifies disconnected work as starting online and continuing after connectivity drops. Chemical Manager has its own connection-loss qualification; eCompliance separately advertises offline operation. Native installation does not prove every module starts cold offline. Test preloading, authentication, attachments and completed uploads in the named app; current detailed eCompliance support instructions could not be retrieved in this pass.

Product scope: EcoOnline EHS and regional safety-management offerings, Control of Work (Contractor Management, Permit to Work, ePermits and Access Control), Chemical Manager and Sypol. Assessment services, mobile apps and connections must be identified in the proposal.

Review scope: No current product-specific review aggregate was established. Vendor comparison ratings and testimonials are not treated as an independently verified score for this multi-product profile. US OSHA guide and Control of Work pages rechecked on 25 September 2026; pricing was not rechecked.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Inventory versus task assessment: Demonstrate a chemical at two work locations. Keep the SDS, stock record and assessment of actual use distinct, with named reviewers and revision dates.
  Sources: https://www.ecoonline.com/chemical-management-software/, https://www.ecoonline.com/chemical-management-software/coshh-risk-assessment/
- Supported assessment handoff: For Sypol, show what the requester supplies about use, activity and location, how the specialist response arrives and who accepts the controls for the local task.
  Sources: https://insights.ecoonline.com/uki/product-brochures/ecoonline-suite-of-solutions/sypol
- Chemical change and approval: Replace an SDS and request a substitute material. Establish who reviews the change and whether affected locations and assessments can be identified.
  Sources: https://www.ecoonline.com/chemical-management-software/, https://insights.ecoonline.com/nam/product-brochure/ecoonline-chemical-manager/modules
- Mobile boundaries: Test a connection dropping mid-record separately from starting the app already offline. Confirm available records and downloads for each quoted product.
  Sources: https://insights.ecoonline.com/nam/product-brochure/ecoonline-ehs-health-and-safety-software/modules, https://www.ecoonline.com/en-us/ehs-software/safety-management-software/, https://insights.ecoonline.com/nam/product-brochure/ecoonline-chemical-manager/modules
- EHS follow-up and ownership: Use an inspection finding to assign a corrective action. If it concerns a chemical record, demonstrate the actual connection or manual handoff between products.
  Sources: https://insights.ecoonline.com/nam/product-brochure/ecoonline-ehs-health-and-safety-software/modules
- Exported evidence and access ownership: Identify who owns the Box destination, who can see exported PDFs and who investigates missing or outdated files. Treat sharing and source-record correction as separate checks.
  Sources: https://insights.ecoonline.com/nam/product-brochure/ecompliance/modules

### Capability scope

- Chemical inventory and SDS history [documented]: Published for Chemical Manager. Sources: https://www.ecoonline.com/chemical-management-software/
- Specialist-supported COSHH requests [documented]: Sypol uses the material, activity, location and use details supplied by the customer to prepare a COSHH assessment. Published scope includes exposure scenarios, worker reference and control sheets, substitution suggestions and assessment updates; local suitability and control implementation still need review. Sources: https://insights.ecoonline.com/uki/product-brochures/ecoonline-suite-of-solutions/sypol, https://www.ecoonline.com/chemical-management-software/coshh-risk-assessment/
- Incident and inspection follow-up [documented]: Published EHS module scope; confirm regional product and modules. Sources: https://insights.ecoonline.com/nam/product-brochure/ecoonline-ehs-health-and-safety-software/modules
- Offline capture and chemical access [conditional]: EHS has Android/iOS and web access; its brochure qualifies offline continuation after starting online. Chemical Manager and eCompliance must be tested separately. Detailed current eCompliance support instructions were inaccessible. Sources: https://insights.ecoonline.com/nam/product-brochure/ecoonline-ehs-health-and-safety-software/modules, https://www.ecoonline.com/en-us/ehs-software/safety-management-software/, https://insights.ecoonline.com/nam/product-brochure/ecoonline-chemical-manager/modules
- ESG portfolio and cross-product handoff [conditional]: EcoOnline identifies ESG software powered by Ecometrica. This does not establish a shared licence or automatic handoff from a chemical or EHS record; require the proposed connection to be demonstrated. Sources: https://www.ecoonline.com/esg-software/, https://www.ecoonline.com/ehs-software/
- Permit to work and contractor control [documented]: The US Control of Work page groups Contractor Management, Permit to Work, ePermits and Access Control. Permit to Work offers general and specialist templates, multi-stakeholder sign-off, attached risk assessments and method statements, handback or cancellation and extended permits linked to the original. Sources: https://www.ecoonline.com/en-us/ehs-software/control-of-work/, https://www.ecoonline.com/en-us/ehs-software/control-of-work/permit-to-work-software/
- OSHA 300 log from field reports [conditional]: EcoOnline's US OSHA guide says OSHA 300 logs are populated automatically as incidents are reported from the field. It credits EcoOnline's EHS software without naming a module and does not describe 300A or 301 output or electronic submission. Sources: https://www.ecoonline.com/en-us/guides/osha-compliance-guide-for-us-employers/
- eCompliance PDF export to Box [conditional]: The eCompliance brochure describes automatic upload of inspection, incident and meeting PDFs to Box. Confirm licensing and access; this is not evidence of two-way editable record synchronization. Sources: https://insights.ecoonline.com/nam/product-brochure/ecompliance/modules
- EcoID and cross-product analytics [conditional]: The suite brochure describes EcoID login with 2FA or SSO and an EcoInsights analytics layer. Confirm supported products, rollout and entitlements for the proposed regional tenant. Sources: https://insights.ecoonline.com/uki/product-brochures/ecoonline-suite-of-solutions/a-connected-solution
- Managed integration design with YuzeData [conditional]: EcoOnline describes a YuzeData partnership for scoping, mapping, transformation and ongoing integration support. A partnership announcement does not establish a ready-made connector for every customer system. Sources: https://insights.ecoonline.com/uki/product-brochures/ecoonline-suite-of-solutions/a-connected-solution
- Hot work and specialist permit types [conditional]: EcoOnline's permit-to-work guide names hot work among the six common permit types its system covers, and the product page offers general and specialist permit templates with custom safety precaution questions. Confirm the hot-work template's fire-watch and re-verification fields in a demonstration. Sources: https://www.ecoonline.com/guides/permit-to-work-management-system/, https://www.ecoonline.com/en-us/ehs-software/control-of-work/permit-to-work-software/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: chemical approval to accepted task controls
1. Select a chemical and its SDS, then specify two different intended uses and locations.
2. Request the relevant assessment workflow, including Sypol support only if included in the proposal.
3. Ask a responsible reviewer to reject incomplete task information and then approve revised controls.
4. Change the SDS and demonstrate which records and workers require follow-up; identify any manual handoff.

#### Proposed demo: mobile inspection with interrupted connectivity
1. Identify the exact regional app, download requirements and login conditions before the test.
2. Create an inspection after a connection drop, then separately attempt a new session with no connection.
3. Add an attachment and action, reconnect and verify that submitted records arrive completely without duplication.
4. Assign a reviewer to reject insufficient closure evidence and export the final record; identify any required chemical-system connection.

#### Proposed demo: eCompliance auditor export and portfolio access
1. In the quoted eCompliance setup, finish a sample inspection and inspect the PDF received by the auditor in Box.
2. Correct the source form and ask the vendor to demonstrate the handling of earlier exported copies and a failed delivery.
3. Sign in through the proposed EcoID configuration and show which products and locations the reviewer can access.
4. Trace one value in a proposed EcoInsights view to its source and identify any separately scoped integration service.

### Product presentations

- [Mobile and QR incident reporting](https://www.ecoonline.com/en-us/ehs-software/incident-management-software/): Official EcoOnline illustration of mobile and QR reporting; it is a promotional composite, not an independently tested live screen.
- [Chemical Safety dashboard](https://www.ecoonline.com/en-us/chemical-safety/): Official EcoOnline Chemical Safety dashboard visual; values are illustrative and module configuration may differ.
- [ESG emissions dashboard](https://www.ecoonline.com/esg-software/): Official EcoOnline ESG dashboard visual; sample emissions figures are illustrative, and frameworks and dashboards depend on configuration.

### Questions and answers

#### Are Chemical Manager and Sypol the same product?
No. Chemical Manager focuses on chemical records and workflows; Sypol provides a specialist-supported COSHH assessment process. Ask which product and services the proposal includes.

#### Does an SDS library complete a COSHH assessment?
An SDS is an input. Review the actual activity, exposure and controls with the responsible people; software availability does not establish suitability for the task.

#### Does a native EcoOnline app guarantee full offline operation?
No. The EHS brochure names Android and iOS apps but qualifies offline continuation after an online start. Confirm the required records, authentication and attachments in the actual regional app.

#### Are acquired product names aliases for the same subscription?
No. The acquisition history explains portfolio ownership, not interchangeable products or contract scope. Keep Chemical Manager, Sypol, eCompliance and Ecometrica requirements explicit in the proposal.

#### Does the advertised unlimited-user model establish the full price?
No. The vendor comparison page describes a licensing approach, not a numeric total or a universal bundle. Confirm product applicability, services and renewal terms in writing.

#### Does a demo or free SDS search mean the software has a free trial?
No. A sales demonstration or free information resource does not establish access to a full product trial. A self-service trial entitlement was not verified; ask for written evaluation terms.

#### Can eCompliance share inspection records with an external auditor?
Its brochure describes exporting inspection, incident and meeting PDFs automatically to Box. Confirm destination permissions, delivery failures and what happens after the original form is corrected.

#### Does eCompliance track toolbox-talk participation?
The module brochure lists participation tracking for safety meetings and toolbox talks. Attendance is not proof of competence; demonstrate the records your organization needs to retain.

#### Does one EcoID login mean every EcoOnline product is included?
No. EcoID describes access across products, while contract scope and product permissions still need confirmation. Request a demonstration with the exact EHS, chemical and ESG products in the proposal.

#### Are EcoInsights and an ERP integration the same thing?
No. EcoInsights is described as cross-product analytics; the YuzeData partnership addresses integration design and maintenance. Ask which source records, transformations and operational owners the proposed connection includes.

#### Does EcoOnline fill in the OSHA 300 log?
Its US OSHA compliance guide says OSHA 300 logs are populated automatically as incidents are reported. The guide does not name the module or describe 300A and 301 output, so ask for a demonstration in the North American product you would buy.

#### Does EcoOnline include permit to work?
The US Control of Work pages list Permit to Work and ePermits alongside contractor management and access control. Ask which of these the proposal includes, since they are presented as separate modules.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-19: Separated Chemical Manager, Sypol and regional EHS scope; added practical workflows, source-linked capabilities and targeted evaluation questions.
- 2026-09-19: Clarified portfolio acquisition scope, mobile app qualifications and licensing evidence; added proposed acceptance workflows and excluded unresolved aggregate reviews.
- 2026-09-20: Targeted research added eCompliance auditor exports and participation tracking, plus scoped EcoID, EcoInsights and YuzeData evaluation. Commercial dates and unresolved offline questions were preserved.
- 2026-09-25: Capability recheck of the US OSHA compliance guide and Control of Work pages: added permit to work, ePermits, contractor and access-control scope and the guide's OSHA 300 log claim. Pricing was not rechecked.
- 2026-09-26: Re-checked on 26 September 2026: no pricing page (the /pricing address redirects to the homepage) and no amount on the reviewed pages.

### Demo questions

- Identify the EHS product, chemical product, assessment service and app in this proposal, with the region for each.
- Create a chemical request, attach its SDS and show who approves use at a particular site.
- For Sypol, submit a material, activity and location; show how the resulting assessment is reviewed against our actual task.
- Start a new record without connectivity, then change it on another device before reconnecting. Show conflict handling and attachments.
- For US sites, report a recordable injury on mobile and show the resulting OSHA 300 entry, the 300A summary and who corrects a misclassified case.

### Primary sources

- [Homepage, sales route and site search : checked 26 September 2026](https://www.ecoonline.com/?s=pricing)
- [Vendor-advertised licensing approach, not a quote](https://www.ecoonline.com/ecoonline-over-evotix/)
- [Chemical Manager inventory and assessment scope](https://www.ecoonline.com/chemical-management-software/)
- [Sypol COSHH assessment product](https://www.ecoonline.com/chemical-management-software/coshh-risk-assessment/)
- [Sypol assessment request workflow](https://insights.ecoonline.com/uki/product-brochures/ecoonline-suite-of-solutions/sypol)
- [EHS modules and offline qualification](https://insights.ecoonline.com/nam/product-brochure/ecoonline-ehs-health-and-safety-software/modules)
- [North American eCompliance mobile scope](https://www.ecoonline.com/en-us/ehs-software/safety-management-software/)
- [Chemical Manager modules and offline qualification](https://insights.ecoonline.com/nam/product-brochure/ecoonline-chemical-manager/modules)
- [EHS portfolio and app context](https://www.ecoonline.com/ehs-software/)
- [Alcumus software-division acquisition scope](https://www.ecoonline.com/news/ecoonline-acquires-alcumus-environmental-health-and-safety-software-business/)
- [ESG powered by Ecometrica](https://www.ecoonline.com/esg-software/)
- [eCompliance modules and Box export](https://insights.ecoonline.com/nam/product-brochure/ecompliance/modules)
- [EcoID, EcoInsights and YuzeData scope](https://insights.ecoonline.com/uki/product-brochures/ecoonline-suite-of-solutions/a-connected-solution)
- [US OSHA compliance guide and OSHA 300 log claim](https://www.ecoonline.com/en-us/guides/osha-compliance-guide-for-us-employers/)
- [US Control of Work modules](https://www.ecoonline.com/en-us/ehs-software/control-of-work/)
- [US Permit to Work module](https://www.ecoonline.com/en-us/ehs-software/control-of-work/permit-to-work-software/)
- [Mobile and QR incident reporting workflow — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.ecoonline.com/en-us/ehs-software/incident-management-software/)
- [Chemical Safety dashboard context — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.ecoonline.com/en-us/chemical-safety/)
- [Permit-to-work management system guide](https://www.ecoonline.com/guides/permit-to-work-management-system/)
- [EcoOnline certifications page](https://www.ecoonline.com/certifications/)

## VelocityEHS

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/velocityehs
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: VelocityEHS Accelerate
Accelerate is the VelocityEHS platform name; its EHS and chemical-management mobile apps have different documented functions.

VelocityEHS offers safety, chemical management, ergonomics and operational risk applications alongside environmental compliance, sustainability and contractor safety products. Environmental work covers air, water and waste; sustainability adds GHG and energy management and materiality assessments. Define the applications and connections in the proposal rather than assuming the full range is one subscription.

Best-fit starting point: Teams combining safety workflows with chemical management or ergonomics programs.

Check before buying: Environmental permit tracking is not the same workflow as authorization for hazardous work. Confirm the selected product, mobile app, data handoffs and regional reporting outputs.

### Pricing

Request an application-specific proposal. On 26 September 2026 ehs.com had no pricing page (/pricing/ redirected to the homepage), no amount appeared on the homepage, and a site search for "pricing" returned no price list for the platform applications. One separately sold desktop tool, the 3D Static Strength Prediction Program (3D SSPP), lists one-time perpetual licence fees on its own page; that is not a platform subscription price. Request a quote naming applications, users, sites, mobile access, migration, integrations, training and support. The free SDS offer provides limited document downloads and does not establish a free Accelerate subscription. The SDS offer page says up to five SDSs can be downloaded free, with one free account per company and a business email address required.

### When the price fits

VelocityEHS may justify a scoped quote when connected safety, chemical or environmental work replaces a demonstrated gap between site records and specialist reporting. It is less suitable for a simple checklist-only purchase if application scope and implementation add cost without a required workflow.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: Official product and mobile pages accessible. Confirmed environmental versus work-permit distinction, named sustainability products and limited free SDS offer. Paid amounts, billing terms, minimum users and broad offline coverage remain unestablished.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.ehs.com/accelerate/
- https://www.ehs.com/mobile-apps/
- https://www.ehs.com/solution/safety/
- https://www.ehs.com/solution/environmental-compliance/
- https://www.ehs.com/solution/sustainability/
- https://www.ehs.com/solution/safety/compliance-management/
- https://www.ehs.com/solution/contractor-safety-permit-to-work/electronic-permit-to-work/
- https://www.ehs.com/sds-free-trial/
- https://www.ehs.com/demo/
- https://www.ehs.com/?s=pricing
- https://www.ehs.com/solution/ergonomics/3d-sspp/

### Offline capabilities

The EHS mobile page explicitly supports incident, near-miss and hazard capture offline and downloading company checklists. The separate SDS/Chemical Management app supports saved SDS, product/container details and previous scans offline through its Chemical Management account. Full offline environmental reporting, GHG calculations, permit approvals and synchronization conflict behavior were not established; demonstrate these separately if required.

Product scope: Named applications for safety, chemicals, ergonomics and operational risk; separately scoped environmental compliance, sustainability and contractor safety/permit-to-work requirements. A published product range does not establish a universal bundle.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review with editorial buying guidance, not hands-on testing. Published legacy review aggregates were not independently established. General profile date retained; the scoped commercial and product checks were performed between 26 and 28 September 2026 (the commercial review is dated 26 September 2026).

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Application and responsibility map: List the safety, chemical, ergonomics and operational-risk responsibilities to be supported. Require the quote to identify the application behind each workflow and demonstrate the connections between them.
  Sources: https://www.ehs.com/accelerate/
- Offline evidence: Test saved records in the correct mobile app before disconnecting. Ask what remains editable and what requires reconnection, including draft submission and updates to saved chemical information.
  Sources: https://www.ehs.com/mobile-apps/
- Two different permit workflows: Use an environmental reporting obligation and a hazardous-work authorization as separate demo cases. Identify the owner, review, expiry and closure evidence for each.
  Sources: https://www.ehs.com/solution/environmental-compliance/, https://www.ehs.com/solution/safety/compliance-management/, https://www.ehs.com/solution/contractor-safety-permit-to-work/electronic-permit-to-work/
- Environmental data into sustainability: Ask how a site record reaches the required GHG or management report, with units, calculation assumptions and responsibility for corrections. A product label does not prove that every required handoff is configured.
  Sources: https://www.ehs.com/solution/environmental-compliance/, https://www.ehs.com/solution/sustainability/
- Commercial scope and evaluation access: Obtain a written subscription and implementation breakdown. The publicly offered free SDS access is narrow, so agree separate evaluation access for the operational workflows being purchased.
  Sources: https://www.ehs.com/sds-free-trial/, https://www.ehs.com/demo/

### Capability scope

- Safety capture and corrective actions [documented]: Incident, hazard, inspection and action workflows are described for the EHS mobile app. Action Management supports corrective and preventive actions across safety and compliance records, but this does not establish product-quality, supplier-quality or controlled-release QMS scope. Offline capture is specifically documented for incidents, near misses and hazards; do not extend that promise to every action. Sources: https://www.ehs.com/mobile-apps/, https://www.ehs.com/solution/safety/, https://www.ehs.com/solution/safety/action-management/
- Chemical information on mobile [documented]: Separate Chemical Management account/app supports saved SDS and chemical information offline. Confirm which records are saved before field work and refresh after source changes. Sources: https://www.ehs.com/mobile-apps/
- Environmental compliance and obligation tracking [documented]: Air, water and waste products include environmental calculations/reporting. Compliance Management offers obligation calendars and a permits library. Environmental authorizations do not establish a permit-to-work process. Sources: https://www.ehs.com/solution/environmental-compliance/, https://www.ehs.com/solution/safety/compliance-management/
- GHG and materiality [documented]: Sustainability names GHG and Energy Management and Materiality Assessments, including emissions calculations, reporting and stakeholder surveys. Confirm required boundaries and outputs in the purchased scope. Sources: https://www.ehs.com/solution/sustainability/
- Industrial hygiene programme and sample management [documented]: VelocityEHS describes similar exposure groups, qualitative assessments, sampling plans, laboratory-result uploads, chain-of-custody and sample records, occupational exposure-limit data and equipment calibration. Confirm the included applications and the laboratory, medical-surveillance and action-management handoffs. Sources: https://www.ehs.com/solution/industrial-hygiene/, https://www.ehs.com/solution/industrial-hygiene/ih-program-management/
- Electronic permit to work [conditional]: A distinct product describes permit creation, approval, tracking and contractor qualification checks. Confirm the contracted product and configuration; environmental permit tracking is not an interchangeable capability. Sources: https://www.ehs.com/solution/contractor-safety-permit-to-work/electronic-permit-to-work/
- Incident investigation and OSHA reporting [documented]: Incident Management covers incident, near-miss and hazard capture, investigation, root-cause analysis, corrective actions, dashboards and OSHA recordkeeping or ITA reporting. Confirm the jurisdiction, classification rules, reviewer responsibility and any electronic-submission boundary; AI recommendations remain inputs for human review. Sources: https://www.ehs.com/solution/safety/incident-management/
- Scheduled inspections and finding follow-up [documented]: The inspections product supports recurring and unscheduled inspections, configurable checklists, photos and documents, offline completion, finding-level actions, reminders and reporting. Enhesa or STP regulatory checklist content requires its own subscription. Sources: https://www.ehs.com/solution/safety/inspections/
- Contractor qualification and self-service onboarding [conditional]: The separately scoped contractor solution centralizes qualification records, documents and orientation through a contractor portal. Confirm access gating, review responsibilities, supported credentials and any VelocityAI document-processing entitlement. Sources: https://www.ehs.com/solution/contractor-safety-permit-to-work/
- Industrial and office ergonomics programmes [conditional]: The Ergonomics range separately describes industrial AI 3D motion-capture assessment, root-cause and control guidance, office training and self-assessments, programme dashboards and the 3D SSPP desktop tool. Confirm the purchased product, method, reviewer expertise and data-handling requirements; an automated score is not a medical diagnosis. Sources: https://www.ehs.com/solution/ergonomics/, https://www.ehs.com/solution/ergonomics/3d-sspp/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: offline site finding and chemical context
1. Download a relevant company checklist and save the required SDS in the appropriate app/account.
2. Disconnect, capture a hazard and retrieve the saved chemical record; record any unavailable functions.
3. Reconnect and inspect submission status, the action owner and updated SDS availability. Treat synchronization and approval behavior as acceptance tests, not verified outcomes.

#### Proposed demo: environmental obligation versus work authorization
1. Enter a sample environmental permit obligation and assign its monitoring or reporting task.
2. Separately demonstrate a work permit, contractor qualification check, approval and closure in the proposed permit-to-work product.
3. Trace an environmental sample into its report and identify whether Sustainability is needed for the intended GHG output. Document each application, calculation owner and unresolved integration.

#### Proposed demo: ergonomic assessment to reviewed job improvement
1. Record a representative industrial task with worker consent and run the proposed motion or ergonomic assessment method.
2. Have a qualified reviewer confirm the task context, risk factors and proposed controls rather than accepting the automated score or recommendation alone.
3. Implement one fictional improvement, repeat the assessment and trace the before-and-after evidence, reviewer decision, training handoff and programme dashboard without claiming an injury outcome.

### Product presentations

- [Incident investigation and root-cause review](https://www.ehs.com/solution/safety/incident-management/): Official VelocityEHS incident-investigation view, cropped to the product interface; fields and AI-assisted recommendations may vary by configuration.
- [Central action-management register](https://www.ehs.com/solution/safety/action-management/): Official VelocityEHS action-management view, cropped to the product interface; sample owners, priorities and dates are illustrative.
- [Configurable inspection checklist](https://www.ehs.com/solution/safety/inspections/): Official VelocityEHS inspection-checklist view, cropped to the product interface; questions and scoring depend on the configured programme.

### Questions and answers

#### Does one subscription include all VelocityEHS products?
The vendor publishes a range of named applications, but the reviewed pages do not establish one universal bundle. Ask for the applications, mobile tools, user roles and integration scope in writing.

#### Are environmental permits the same as permit to work?
No. Environmental Compliance and Compliance Management address environmental data and obligations, while electronic Permit to Work is a separately named product for work authorization. Evaluate the two processes independently.

#### What can be done offline?
The EHS mobile page explicitly supports incident, near-miss and hazard capture offline and downloading company checklists. The separate SDS/Chemical Management app supports saved SDS, product/container details and previous scans offline through its Chemical Management account. Full offline environmental reporting, GHG calculations, permit approvals and synchronization conflict behavior were not established; demonstrate these separately if required.

#### Does VelocityEHS support sustainability reporting?
Its Sustainability range names GHG and Energy Management and Materiality Assessments. Demonstrate the required calculation boundary, survey, report and source-data handoff rather than treating these labels as a compliance guarantee.

#### Is there a free trial?
A live demo can be requested. The official SDS offer currently allows up to five free SDS downloads and a personal eBinder, with one free account per company and a business email requirement. This does not establish a free trial of the complete platform.

#### How much does VelocityEHS cost?
No public subscription amount, billing currency, term or minimum seat commitment was established in the reviewed sources. Request a quote naming applications, users, sites, mobile access, migration, integrations, training and support. The free SDS offer provides limited document downloads and does not establish a free Accelerate subscription.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-26: Re-checked on 26 September 2026: ehs.com has no pricing page and shows no amount for the platform applications (the separate 3D SSPP desktop tool lists one-time licence fees), so the price status is recorded as no amount shown rather than not established.
- 2026-09-27: Checked the industrial-hygiene programme and sample-management scope against current official product pages. General profile and commercial review dates remain unchanged.

### Demo questions

- Download the intended checklist, capture an incident without connectivity and verify the synchronized action.
- Retrieve an SDS offline and show how a revised version becomes available on the device.
- Demonstrate the ergonomics or operational-risk workflow using only applications included in the quote.

### Primary sources

- [Site search for pricing : checked 26 September 2026](https://www.ehs.com/?s=pricing)
- [3D SSPP desktop licence fees, a separate product : checked 26 September 2026](https://www.ehs.com/solution/ergonomics/3d-sspp/)
- [Demo request](https://www.ehs.com/demo/)
- [Accelerate applications](https://www.ehs.com/accelerate/)
- [Mobile workflow boundaries](https://www.ehs.com/mobile-apps/)
- [Safety applications](https://www.ehs.com/solution/safety/)
- [Industrial hygiene programme and sample management — scope checked 27 September 2026](https://www.ehs.com/solution/industrial-hygiene/)
- [Industrial hygiene programme-management workflow — scope checked 27 September 2026](https://www.ehs.com/solution/industrial-hygiene/ih-program-management/)
- [Environmental compliance](https://www.ehs.com/solution/environmental-compliance/)
- [Sustainability scope](https://www.ehs.com/solution/sustainability/)
- [Compliance calendar and obligations](https://www.ehs.com/solution/safety/compliance-management/)
- [Electronic permit to work](https://www.ehs.com/solution/contractor-safety-permit-to-work/electronic-permit-to-work/)
- [Limited free SDS offer](https://www.ehs.com/sds-free-trial/)
- [Safety Action Management and CAPA boundary : checked 28 September 2026](https://www.ehs.com/solution/safety/action-management/)
- [Incident Management product view — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.ehs.com/solution/safety/incident-management/)
- [Inspections product view — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.ehs.com/solution/safety/inspections/)
- [Contractor safety and permit-to-work suite — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.ehs.com/solution/contractor-safety-permit-to-work/)
- [Industrial and office ergonomics suite — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.ehs.com/solution/ergonomics/)

## Sphera

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/sphera
Sources checked: 2026-10-11
Sphera is a portfolio provider. This profile evaluates SpheraCloud Health and Safety Management and identifies adjacent purchasing scopes. SpheraCloud is retained as a lookup term, not an assertion that every application is the same product. Sphera’s company page describes it as a portfolio company of Blackstone.

SpheraCloud Health and Safety Management provides incident records, observations, corrective actions, risk assessment, training and management of change applications. Adjacent Environmental Accounting, Corporate Sustainability and LCA products serve different data and reporting tasks. Specify the required applications, calculation boundaries and handoffs in the proposal; shared branding does not establish universal licences or completed integrations.

Best-fit starting point: Multi-site organizations seeking coordinated safety reporting and action ownership, with a named team to configure and govern enterprise processes.

Check before buying: List applications, mobile use cases, content subscriptions and interfaces explicitly. Do not assume a capability, trial or review for another Sphera product applies to the proposed health and safety package.

### Pricing

Scoped vendor proposal. On 26 September and 3 October 2026 sphera.com had no pricing page (/pricing/ returned its 404 page), the first page of a site search for "pricing" listed only articles, glossary and regulation pages, and no amount appeared for Health and Safety Management. Request a quote for named applications, users, implementation, datasets, migration, interfaces, support and renewal. A Health and Safety trial was not verified; the 45-day free trial advertised on the LCA page belongs to an LCA product, not to Health and Safety.

### When the price fits

Sphera may justify a scoped proposal when a multi-site safety programme needs defined incident, action and change governance, with separately justified environmental or sustainability requirements. It is less suitable for a small self-service purchase or a requirement for fully offline approvals unless the vendor demonstrates the exact applications and delivery scope.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-09-26 [verified]: All nine selected official pages were accessible. Reconfirmed safety application boundaries, offline observations and separate LCA trial; added environmental, corporate-carbon and product-LCA distinctions. Subscription amount, currency, term, minimum seats and full offline approval coverage remain unestablished.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://sphera.com/solutions/environment-health-safety-sustainability/health-and-safety-management-software/
- https://sphera.com/solutions/environment-health-safety-sustainability/health-and-safety-management-software/behavior-based-safety-software/
- https://sphera.com/solutions/environment-health-safety-sustainability/health-and-safety-management-software/incident-management-software/
- https://sphera.com/solutions/environment-health-safety-sustainability/health-and-safety-management-software/management-of-change-moc-software/
- https://sphera.com/solutions/environment-health-safety-sustainability/health-and-safety-management-software/actions-software/
- https://sphera.com/
- https://sphera.com/solutions/product-stewardship/life-cycle-assessment-software-and-data/
- https://sphera.com/solutions/environment-health-safety-sustainability/environmental-accounting-software
- https://sphera.com/solutions/environment-health-safety-sustainability/corporate-sustainability-software/
- https://sphera.com/?s=pricing

### Offline observations documented; other workflows require verification

Behavior-based safety documents offline mobile observation capture. The reviewed pages do not establish a complete offline matrix for incidents, approvals or all SpheraCloud applications. Demonstrate device preparation, attachments, reconnection and conflicting edits for the actual package.

Product scope: Health and Safety Management applications form the core of this profile. Environmental Accounting addresses air/GHG, water and waste; Corporate Sustainability addresses organizational reporting and carbon calculations; LCA software and datasets address product life cycles. These are distinct purchasing scopes, not assumed entitlements in one safety subscription.

Review scope: Official documentation review, not hands-on testing. Legacy ratings remain excluded because application-specific provenance was not established. Two workflows below are proposed acceptance exercises; price and integration questions are not tested outcomes.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Product and licence boundaries: Map each requirement to a named application. Health and Safety, Environmental Accounting, Corporate Sustainability and LCA use different records and calculation boundaries; obtain the required applications, datasets and interfaces in writing.
  Sources: https://sphera.com/solutions/environment-health-safety-sustainability/health-and-safety-management-software/, https://sphera.com/solutions/environment-health-safety-sustainability/environmental-accounting-software, https://sphera.com/solutions/environment-health-safety-sustainability/corporate-sustainability-software/, https://sphera.com/solutions/product-stewardship/life-cycle-assessment-software-and-data/
- Reporting access and privacy: First Report advertises mobile, touchscreen and kiosk reporting without a specific user account, including anonymous entry. Test abuse handling, duplicate reports and the confidentiality boundary with your intended workforce.
  Sources: https://sphera.com/solutions/environment-health-safety-sustainability/health-and-safety-management-software/incident-management-software/
- Action governance: Actions Software documents assignment, reminders and overdue escalation. Ask a reviewer to reject a proposed correction and demonstrate permissions, retained history and reassignment rather than accepting a dashboard screenshot.
  Sources: https://sphera.com/solutions/environment-health-safety-sustainability/health-and-safety-management-software/actions-software/
- Mobile observation limits: The behavior-based safety page establishes offline observation capture. Treat preparation and synchronization as acceptance tests, and obtain a separate answer for disconnected incident or approval work.
  Sources: https://sphera.com/solutions/environment-health-safety-sustainability/health-and-safety-management-software/behavior-based-safety-software/
- Change control and delivery: The MOC product describes predefined workflows, reviews and approvals. Bring a realistic change and agree configuration, acceptance and training responsibilities. Its presence in the portfolio does not establish inclusion in a particular contract.
  Sources: https://sphera.com/solutions/environment-health-safety-sustainability/health-and-safety-management-software/management-of-change-moc-software/

### Capability scope

- Incident intake [documented]: First Report supports event and observation reporting, including anonymous options. Sources: https://sphera.com/solutions/environment-health-safety-sustainability/health-and-safety-management-software/incident-management-software/
- Corrective action follow-up [documented]: Assignment, approaching-due reminders and overdue escalation are described. Sources: https://sphera.com/solutions/environment-health-safety-sustainability/health-and-safety-management-software/actions-software/
- Offline observations [documented]: Behavior-based safety mobile capture includes offline scenarios. Sources: https://sphera.com/solutions/environment-health-safety-sustainability/health-and-safety-management-software/behavior-based-safety-software/
- PHA-Pro process hazard analysis and HAZOP [documented]: The PHA-Pro brochure describes study templates, worksheets, diagrams, reporting and recommendation tracking for methods including HAZOP, What-If, LOPA, SIL and HAZID. Confirm the proposed licence, study governance, facilitator workflow and recommendation closure rather than treating method support as a completed risk study. Sources: https://sphera.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/SPH_ORM_PHA-Brochure-Refresh-FINAL-7.29.2025.pdf
- Quality risk assessment and FMEA [documented]: Advanced Risk Assessment supports quality-risk studies, FMEA templates, controls, mitigation actions, completion tracking and effectiveness monitoring. This is quality risk management rather than evidence of a complete QMS with nonconformance, controlled-document, supplier-quality and product-release workflows, so it does not by itself qualify Sphera for the full QHSE list. Sources: https://sphera.com/solutions/process-safety-management/advanced-risk-assessment-software-and-services/, https://sphera.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Advanced-Risk-Assessment-for-Quality-Risk-Management.pdf
- Management of change review [documented]: The named MOC application describes predefined workflows, centralized reviews and approvals, status reporting and process history. Confirm inclusion and configured approval gates. Sources: https://sphera.com/solutions/environment-health-safety-sustainability/health-and-safety-management-software/management-of-change-moc-software/
- Environmental, corporate carbon and product LCA scopes [conditional]: Environmental Accounting covers air/GHG, water and waste records; Corporate Sustainability names reporting and environmental-impact calculation components; LCA software and content serve product assessments. Demonstrate proposed handoffs and specify purchased applications and datasets. Sources: https://sphera.com/solutions/environment-health-safety-sustainability/environmental-accounting-software, https://sphera.com/solutions/environment-health-safety-sustainability/corporate-sustainability-software/, https://sphera.com/solutions/product-stewardship/life-cycle-assessment-software-and-data/
- Safety training management [documented]: The Health and Safety Management suite names Training Management for workforce safety skills and competencies and describes tracking progress from corporate level to user level. Confirm course content, assignment rules, refresher logic, integrations and purchased scope rather than assuming a full learning-management system. Sources: https://sphera.com/solutions/environment-health-safety-sustainability/health-and-safety-management-software/
- Contractor safety management [documented]: The suite names Contractor Safety and describes extending safety standards across third-party workers and operations. Confirm qualification, access, approval, credential, review and renewal controls; the suite summary alone does not establish their exact configuration. Sources: https://sphera.com/solutions/environment-health-safety-sustainability/health-and-safety-management-software/
- Audits and inspections [documented]: The suite names Audits Software for centralizing, planning and automating audits and inspections with customized workflows. Confirm checklist governance, evidence capture, recurrence, offline behavior, finding-to-action handoff and closure approval in the proposed package. Sources: https://sphera.com/solutions/environment-health-safety-sustainability/health-and-safety-management-software/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: report a near miss and verify the response
1. Submit a representative event using the intended reporting role.
2. Have the investigator review the evidence and record the next actions.
3. Assign an action, make it overdue and inspect the escalation.
4. Reject a proposed correction, accept the revised evidence and export the final history.

#### Proposed demo: separate site, corporate and product reporting
1. Bring a site emissions record, an organizational carbon-reporting requirement and a product bill of materials as three distinct inputs.
2. Ask the vendor to identify Environmental Accounting, Corporate Sustainability or LCA applications and datasets needed for each output.
3. Correct the site input and demonstrate any proposed handoff, recalculation, review and retained history. Record manual transfers and integrations that remain unproven.
4. Obtain an application and implementation breakdown including responsibility for assumptions, methods, data quality and final review.

#### Proposed demo: govern a contractor exception through review
1. Create a representative contractor record with one missing requirement and one item approaching expiry.
2. Attempt the configured review or approval and show whether the system blocks progression, warns the reviewer or requires a manual control.
3. Record the remediation requested, its owner and due date, then repeat the review after updated evidence is supplied.
4. Export the review history and identify any handoffs to training, incident, audit or action applications, including manual transfers and separately licensed scope.

### Product presentations

- [Official incident product walkthroughs](https://sphera.com/solutions/environment-health-safety-sustainability/health-and-safety-management-software/incident-management-software/): Vendor product page with First Report video links and interface illustrations; not independent performance evidence.
- [Corporate safety dashboard](https://sphera.com/solutions/environment-health-safety-sustainability/health-and-safety-management-software/): Official vendor image of a Sphera corporate dashboard; the figures look like sample data.

### Questions and answers

#### Is SpheraCloud one all-inclusive product?
No all-inclusive entitlement was established. Ask for the named applications, datasets and services in writing; this review focuses on Health and Safety Management.

#### Is there a free EHS trial?
A Health and Safety Management free trial was not verified. A separately advertised LCA for Experts trial does not answer that question.

#### Can workers report without a named user account?
The First Report page advertises that option. Demonstrate access controls and privacy arrangements in the proposed deployment.

#### Does every mobile workflow work offline?
Only the reviewed behavior-based safety observation use case establishes offline capture. Request an application-specific matrix and test the required steps.

#### How do environmental accounting, carbon reporting and LCA differ here?
Environmental Accounting covers site-oriented air/GHG, water and waste data. Corporate Sustainability supports organizational sustainability reporting and calculations, while the LCA range addresses product life cycles and supporting datasets. Confirm which products and data connections the agreement includes.

#### What does Sphera cost?
No public Health and Safety Management subscription amount, billing currency, contract term or minimum seat commitment was established on the reviewed pages. Request a quote for named applications, users, implementation, datasets, migration, interfaces, support and renewal. A Health and Safety free trial was not verified; the separately advertised 45-day LCA for Experts trial is not an EHS trial.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-19: Added application-specific sources, action and change evaluation workflows, and explicit portfolio, trial and offline boundaries.
- 2026-09-26: Re-checked on 26 September 2026: sphera.com has no pricing page and its site search finds none, so the price status is recorded as no amount shown rather than not established.
- 2026-09-27: Checked the named MOC application and its workflow boundary against the vendor product page. This capability check does not refresh pricing, trial terms or the rest of the profile.
- 2026-09-27: Checked the PHA-Pro process-hazard-analysis scope against the current vendor brochure. This targeted capability check does not refresh pricing, trial terms or the rest of the profile.

### Demo questions

- Show an anonymous First Report submission and which roles can access or identify the reporter.
- Take one reported event through investigation, action assignment, rejected close-out and accepted completion.
- Prepare a mobile observation, disconnect, attach evidence and inspect the synchronized record after reconnection.
- Show a change request with a missing approval and explain what the configured workflow prevents.
- Name each separately licensed application, content feed and interface in the quote, including its configuration owner.
- Export one completed case with attachments and explain retention and access after contract termination.

### Primary sources

- [Site search for pricing : checked 26 September 2026](https://sphera.com/?s=pricing)
- [Health and Safety Management suite](https://sphera.com/solutions/environment-health-safety-sustainability/health-and-safety-management-software/)
- [Behavior-based safety mobile scope](https://sphera.com/solutions/environment-health-safety-sustainability/health-and-safety-management-software/behavior-based-safety-software/)
- [Incident Management and First Report](https://sphera.com/solutions/environment-health-safety-sustainability/health-and-safety-management-software/incident-management-software/)
- [Management of Change](https://sphera.com/solutions/environment-health-safety-sustainability/health-and-safety-management-software/management-of-change-moc-software/)
- [Action governance](https://sphera.com/solutions/environment-health-safety-sustainability/health-and-safety-management-software/actions-software/)
- [Portfolio families](https://sphera.com/)
- [Separate LCA product and trial](https://sphera.com/solutions/product-stewardship/life-cycle-assessment-software-and-data/)
- [Environmental Accounting product scope](https://sphera.com/solutions/environment-health-safety-sustainability/environmental-accounting-software)
- [Corporate Sustainability and carbon scope](https://sphera.com/solutions/environment-health-safety-sustainability/corporate-sustainability-software/)
- [PHA-Pro process hazard analysis and HAZOP — scope checked 27 September 2026](https://sphera.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/SPH_ORM_PHA-Brochure-Refresh-FINAL-7.29.2025.pdf)
- [Quality risk assessment, FMEA and quality-process boundary : checked 28 September 2026](https://sphera.com/solutions/process-safety-management/advanced-risk-assessment-software-and-services/)
- [Quality risk assessment briefing : checked 28 September 2026](https://sphera.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Advanced-Risk-Assessment-for-Quality-Risk-Management.pdf)
- [Sphera company overview](https://sphera.com/company/who-we-are/)

## Ideagen EHS

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/ideagen
Sources checked: 2026-10-11
The official product directory maps ProcessMAP, Lucidity, DevonWay and OSHENS to Ideagen EHS. It separately maps five heritage names to Ideagen Quality Management: DevonWay QMS, Q-Pulse, Q-Pulse Cloud, Qualsys and Qualtrax. These mappings identify heritage names, not equivalent editions, shared licences or migration guarantees.

Ideagen EHS supports incident reporting, risk assessments and compliance workflows. Its health and safety range includes audits, inspections, occupational health and other specialist capabilities. Because several heritage products now use the EHS name, compare the exact edition, mobile app and contracted modules rather than assuming a common feature set across every installation.

Best-fit starting point: Teams standardizing incident, risk and compliance processes across organizational operations.

Check before buying: Ask which product lineage, edition and named solution modules are included. Environmental monitoring, contractor management, Quality Management, hardware, sensors, access control and integrations require explicit scope. Treat AI output as reviewer-controlled assistance and marketing outcome percentages as illustrative rather than guaranteed.

### Pricing

Product-specific vendor proposal. On 26 September 2026 the Ideagen EHS product page shows no amount and the site offers a Contact sales route; ideagen.com/pricing returned page not found and the site search for "EHS pricing" returned no results. No EHS currency, billing term or minimum user commitment was found on the reviewed pages. A demonstration is available; an EHS trial and its duration were not verified. Request edition, modules, roles, implementation, migration, integrations, support and renewal costs. Prices and trial offers from other Ideagen products do not set EHS terms.

### When the price fits

Ideagen EHS may justify a scoped quote when the chosen edition can standardise incident and risk workflows across operations. It is less suitable if the buyer needs identical mobile behaviour across heritage products without validating the actual application and implementation scope.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-02 [partial]: EHS product, heritage directory, health and safety, Quality Management, safety-engagement page and vendor-published app listing were accessible. Paid terms, edition-wide offline coverage and delivered integrations remain unestablished.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.ideagen.com/products/ideagen-ehs
- https://www.ideagen.com/products
- https://www.ideagen.com/solutions/ehs/health-and-safety
- https://apps.apple.com/sg/app/ideagen-ehs/id1057693230
- https://www.ideagen.com/products/ideagen-quality-management

### Offline capabilities

The vendor-published Ideagen EHS App Store listing describes offline support, picture annotation, QR scanning, signature capture and voice-to-text, and the safety-engagement page says the mobile apps work with or without connectivity and sync when it returns, capturing photos, voice notes and GPS location. Neither establishes offline availability for every module, attachment or approval; confirm the exact app, edition, preparation and reconnection behavior in a demonstration.

Product scope: Ideagen EHS incident, risk, compliance, corrective-action and analytics workflows, with named health and safety applications to confirm in the proposed edition. Environmental management and workforce and contractor management are named solution areas that require explicit module, hardware and integration scope. Ideagen Quality Management is a distinct purchasing scope; heritage-name mapping does not establish identical functionality, shared licences or automatic migration.

Review scope: Published Ideagen product and solution documentation, the vendor-published mobile-app listing and Ideagen's public information-security overview, not hands-on testing. Broad portfolio pages do not prove entitlement to every environmental, contractor, quality or hardware capability. The security overview is organization and hosted-service level; product-specific architecture and current contractual commitments remain due diligence. Legacy aggregate reviews are excluded because product-specific provenance was not established; proposed workflows are acceptance exercises.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Product identity and migration: Record the proposed edition, existing heritage system and migration responsibilities. A renamed product entry does not prove that forms, historical attachments or permissions transfer without work.
  Sources: https://www.ideagen.com/products
- EHS reporting governance: Demonstrate access for a reporter and investigator and identify who owns the accepted action evidence. Keep operational responsibility separate from software availability.
  Sources: https://www.ideagen.com/products/ideagen-ehs
- Mobile boundaries: Use the quoted app and a prepared field record. Test offline entry, attachments, reconnection and rejected uploads rather than extending the app listing to all applications.
  Sources: https://apps.apple.com/sg/app/ideagen-ehs/id1057693230
- Quality and EHS handoffs: Show a quality nonconformity and a safety incident as separate records. Identify which product owns each and whether the proposed connection is delivered, configured or manual.
  Sources: https://www.ideagen.com/products/ideagen-ehs, https://www.ideagen.com/products/ideagen-quality-management, https://www.ideagen.com/products
- Commercial and implementation scope: Request the same modules, user roles, migration, training and support in each proposal. Demo access is not a free trial and a common vendor name is not a licence entitlement.
  Sources: https://www.ideagen.com/products/ideagen-ehs, https://www.ideagen.com/products/ideagen-quality-management
- Security, hosting and continuity boundary: The public Ideagen information-security overview describes organization and hosted-service controls, including encryption, backup and continuity practices, but states that service obligations depend on the governing agreement, SLA or order. Obtain the current certificate and scope, EHS-specific architecture, hosting region, subprocessors, encryption and key-management details, backup retention, tested recovery objectives, DPA and contractual commitments for the proposed deployment.
  Sources: https://www.ideagen.com/dam/jcr:b0ad2e31-59c7-45ae-a1e5-7e4050f676b3/ideagen-information-security-overview.pdf

### Capability scope

- EHS incident reporting [documented]: The named EHS product describes centralized incident reporting. Investigation routing, confidential access and close-out evidence should be demonstrated in the proposed edition. Sources: https://www.ideagen.com/products/ideagen-ehs
- Risk assessment and compliance tracking [documented]: The EHS product names risk assessment tools and compliance tracking. These support processes rather than guaranteeing compliance or consistent implementation across heritage installations. Sources: https://www.ideagen.com/products/ideagen-ehs
- Audit and specialist health applications [conditional]: The health and safety solution lists audits, inspections, occupational health and industrial hygiene. Confirm modules, permissions and content applicable to the EHS edition in the quote. Sources: https://www.ideagen.com/solutions/ehs/health-and-safety
- Mobile offline capture [conditional]: The Ideagen EHS app listing documents offline support and field input tools. A complete module-by-module offline matrix and equivalence across heritage apps were not established. Sources: https://apps.apple.com/sg/app/ideagen-ehs/id1057693230, https://www.ideagen.com/solutions/ehs/health-and-safety/safety-engagement-platform
- Connected Quality Management product boundary [documented]: Ideagen states that its platform connects quality, EHS, compliance and risk with shared data and workflows. Quality Management includes document control, nonconformance and CAPA, audits, training, supplier quality and inspection. Confirm the quoted products, licences, migrated heritage data and delivered connection rather than treating the platform statement as entitlement proof. Sources: https://www.ideagen.com/products/ideagen-quality-management, https://www.ideagen.com/products, https://www.ideagen.com/solutions, https://www.ideagen.com/solutions/quality/quality-management
- AI-assisted investigation with human approval [conditional]: The health and safety page says AI can draft investigations and recommend corrective and preventive actions, and that the customer team reviews and approves every AI output. Confirm the proposed edition, the evidence shown to reviewers and whether suggestions can be rejected without changing the underlying record. Sources: https://www.ideagen.com/solutions/ehs/health-and-safety
- Corrective-action closure and audit evidence [documented]: The EHS solution describes tracking corrective actions through closure and keeping findings, actions and evidence together for audit readiness. Demonstrate ownership, overdue escalation, approval and effectiveness review in the quoted edition; the page does not establish an independent effectiveness check for every deployment. Sources: https://www.ideagen.com/solutions/ehs
- Cross-site safety analytics and role-based dashboards [documented]: The EHS solution describes live safety dashboards, incident-pattern analytics and role-based views across safety, health and environmental data. Confirm refresh latency, site-level permissions, calculation definitions and export behavior rather than treating marketing outcome percentages as guaranteed results. Sources: https://www.ideagen.com/solutions/ehs
- Environmental compliance and monitoring [conditional]: The environmental-management solution covers air quality, noise, dust, vibration, carbon data, geo-fencing, environmental risk and incident reporting, and says existing monitoring equipment can feed a cross-site dashboard. Environmental management is a named part of the wider EHS portfolio; confirm the licensed modules, sensors or Class 1 hardware, interfaces, thresholds, implementation and data retention. ISO 14001-oriented workflows do not certify the customer or guarantee compliance. Sources: https://www.ideagen.com/solutions/ehs/environmental-management
- Contractor workforce compliance and site-access controls [conditional]: Ideagen presents workforce and contractor management for checking training, credentials and certification before site arrival, with broader workforce-safety functions described on the dedicated solution page. Treat this as a separately scoped solution: confirm credential sources, approval rules, access-control or biometric hardware, lone-worker and fatigue functions, jurisdiction coverage and the delivered connection to the quoted EHS edition. Sources: https://www.ideagen.com/solutions/ehs, https://www.ideagen.com/solutions/ehs/contractor-workforce-management
- ISO 45003-oriented psychosocial hazard tools [conditional]: Ideagen's ISO 45003 page describes hazard identification and risk assessment that capture psychosocial risks alongside physical ones, anonymous reporting and feedback channels, corrective and preventive action workflows and leadership dashboards. Psychosocial survey tools and a dedicated case workflow are not described; much of the wording is benefit language. Sources: https://www.ideagen.com/noram/standards/iso-45003

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: offline EHS report through review
1. Name the proposed EHS edition and app, then prepare a representative incident or inspection record.
2. Disconnect and enter a finding with a photo; record unavailable fields or steps.
3. Reconnect and inspect upload status, duplicate handling and access for the investigator.
4. Assign the follow-up and export the accepted record with supporting evidence. Treat these outcomes as acceptance tests.

#### Proposed demo: quality nonconformity and safety incident handoff
1. Start with a quality defect that also creates an employee safety concern.
2. Create separate quality and EHS records and identify each owning product and responsible reviewer.
3. Demonstrate any proposed shared action or data transfer and change one source value to inspect reconciliation.
4. List application licences, configuration, migration, retained history and unresolved interfaces in the written scope.

#### Proposed demo: contractor credential to controlled site entry and EHS follow-up
1. Configure a contractor role, site, induction and credential requirement in the solution included in the quote.
2. Submit a missing or expired credential and demonstrate the actual warning, approval or access-control behavior without assuming an automatic denial.
3. After an authorized reviewer accepts valid evidence, record site entry and show the retained identity, time, site and approval history.
4. Raise a contractor safety event, route it to the responsible EHS owner and export the incident, corrective action and access evidence; list any separate licences, hardware or integration involved.

### Product presentations

- [Incident workflow stages](https://www.ideagen.com/solutions/ehs): Official Ideagen illustration of an incident workflow from initiation to closure; sample interface, may not match the product.
- [Risk assessment hazard ratings](https://www.ideagen.com/solutions/ehs): Official Ideagen illustration of a risk assessment panel with hazard ratings; sample values, may not match the product.

### Questions and answers

#### Is Ideagen EHS the same as Ideagen Quality Management?
They are separately named products. Quality Management features, licences, offline behavior and trial offers should not be attributed to EHS without explicit evidence for the proposed package.

#### What do ProcessMAP, Lucidity, DevonWay and OSHENS mean?
The product directory maps these heritage names to Ideagen EHS. It maps DevonWay QMS, Q-Pulse, Q-Pulse Cloud, Qualsys and Qualtrax separately to Quality Management. Confirm edition and migration details instead of assuming identical installations.

#### Does Ideagen EHS work offline?
The vendor-published Ideagen EHS App Store listing describes offline support, picture annotation, QR scanning, signature capture and voice-to-text, and the safety-engagement page says the mobile apps work with or without connectivity and sync when it returns, capturing photos, voice notes and GPS location. Neither establishes offline availability for every module, attachment or approval; confirm the exact app, edition, preparation and reconnection behavior in a demonstration.

#### Are occupational health and audits included?
The health and safety solution lists these capabilities. Inclusion, permissions and configuration in a particular EHS subscription remain proposal-specific.

#### Is a free EHS trial available?
A demonstration is offered, but a free EHS trial and its duration were not established. Ask specifically about the quoted EHS edition rather than relying on another Ideagen product offer.

#### What does Ideagen EHS cost?
No current EHS subscription amount, currency, billing term or minimum user commitment was established from the reviewed official pages. A demonstration is available; a free EHS trial and its duration were not verified. Request edition, modules, roles, implementation, migration, integrations, support and renewal costs. Prices and trial offers from other Ideagen products do not establish EHS terms.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-19: Aligned the directory category and process tags with the EHS product page; the wider evidence review retains its own date.
- 2026-09-26: Re-checked on 26 September 2026: no pricing page, contact-sales route only and no amount shown.

### Demo questions

- Name the EHS edition and mobile app in the proposal, and show how any heritage system maps to them.
- Create a required incident or inspection while already offline, attach evidence, reconnect and check the audit trail and failed-upload handling.
- Demonstrate the connection to your quality or contractor system and identify separate products, migration work and license costs.
- Itemize whether environmental management and workforce and contractor management are included in the quote, then identify all sensors, access-control hardware, data sources, implementation work and separate licences required.

### Primary sources

- [Current EHS product scope and demo route, no pricing page : checked 26 September 2026](https://www.ideagen.com/products/ideagen-ehs)
- [Product portfolio and heritage-name mapping](https://www.ideagen.com/products)
- [Health and safety application scope](https://www.ideagen.com/solutions/ehs/health-and-safety)
- [Mobile field capture and offline synchronization](https://www.ideagen.com/solutions/ehs/health-and-safety/safety-engagement-platform)
- [Vendor-published EHS mobile app description](https://apps.apple.com/sg/app/ideagen-ehs/id1057693230)
- [Separate Quality Management product](https://www.ideagen.com/products/ideagen-quality-management)
- [Connected EHS, quality, compliance and risk platform : checked 28 September 2026](https://www.ideagen.com/solutions)
- [Quality, safety and compliance connection and QMS scope : checked 28 September 2026](https://www.ideagen.com/solutions/quality/quality-management)
- [Integrated EHS platform, corrective-action closure and cross-site analytics : checked 29 September 2026](https://www.ideagen.com/solutions/ehs)
- [Environmental compliance, monitoring and connected EHS scope : checked 29 September 2026](https://www.ideagen.com/solutions/ehs/environmental-management)
- [Workforce and contractor management scope : checked 29 September 2026](https://www.ideagen.com/solutions/ehs/contractor-workforce-management)
- [Ideagen information-security and hosted-service control overview : checked 29 September 2026](https://www.ideagen.com/dam/jcr:b0ad2e31-59c7-45ae-a1e5-7e4050f676b3/ideagen-information-security-overview.pdf)
- [ISO 45003-oriented psychosocial hazard tools, checked 1 October 2026](https://www.ideagen.com/noram/standards/iso-45003)
- [Ideagen certifications and memberships](https://www.ideagen.com/company/certifications-and-memberships)

## Evotix

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/evotix
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Evotix Professional is built on Assure; Enterprise is built on Evotix 360. This profile covers the vendor range, with those product scopes kept separate.

Evotix Professional combines incidents, risk assessments, inspections and training with mobile participation and managed follow-up. Enterprise addresses broader operational risk, health, environmental and sustainability needs. Begin with the selected product and prove the workflow from a frontline report through review and closure.

Best-fit starting point: Teams replacing disconnected safety records with frontline reporting and accountable follow-up, or evaluating a broader enterprise EHS programme.

Check before buying: Professional includes environmental records, but its published list does not establish the Enterprise chemical, ESG, permit, change or isolation scope. Match every requirement to the selected product and modules.

### Pricing

Scoped subscription plus implementation. Pricing depends on users, sites, modules and implementation scope. The official pricing page provides no subscription amount and states implementation is a separate one-time fee. Request the chosen product, integrations, support and commercial terms as written items.

### When the price fits

Evotix may justify its subscription and separate implementation fee when frontline reports need accountable follow-up across the selected sites and modules. It is less suitable if a minimal form tool is sufficient or the proposed configuration and integrations cannot justify the additional setup cost.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [partial]: The official pricing page confirms that users, sites, selected modules, support, integrations and implementation scope affect the proposal, and that implementation is a separate one-time fee. No subscription amount, minimum commitment or standard integration charge is published, so a scoped quote remains necessary.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.evotix.com/pricing-request

### Offline capabilities

The mobile page describes incident and hazard reporting offline with synchronization on reconnection, and safety guidance without a signal. Professional also advertises offline mobile use. Confirm the selected app, preparation needed, attachments and approval behavior; a general mobile statement does not establish offline chemical-module access.

Product scope: Professional (Assure) and Enterprise (Evotix 360) are distinct offerings. Enterprise lists SDS and chemical management, permit to work, management of change and lockout/tagout; this does not establish their inclusion in Professional or a complete task-specific COSHH process.

Review scope: Vendor-documentation research, not hands-on testing. Enterprise, Professional and incident-management pages were rechecked on 25 September 2026; the official pricing page was rechecked on 29 September 2026. Product configuration, numeric pricing and contract terms still require a scoped proposal.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Product and module selection: Map requirements to Professional or Enterprise before the demo. Environmental records in Professional do not establish all Enterprise chemical, health or ESG functions.
  Sources: https://www.evotix.com/solutions/evotix-assure, https://www.evotix.com/solutions
- Report to reviewed closure: Submit a frontline finding, assign the owner and show closure evidence. Test the reviewer and escalation steps your team needs.
  Sources: https://www.evotix.com/solutions/evotix-assure
- Disconnected working: Create a report offline and open a safety procedure. Reconnect and inspect attachments, duplicate handling and the record history in the quoted app.
  Sources: https://www.evotix.com/platform/mobile
- Chemical and task scope: Enterprise lists SDS and chemical management. Demonstrate task, exposure and controls separately before concluding that it meets your chemical-assessment process.
  Sources: https://www.evotix.com/solutions
- Implementation and ongoing ownership: Request a named module list, configuration responsibilities, acceptance milestones and the separate implementation fee. Confirm support and integration assumptions.
  Sources: https://www.evotix.com/pricing-request

### Capability scope

- EHS audit findings and corrective actions [documented]: The audit module standardizes workplace inspections, identifies EHS non-conformance and launches corrective or preventive actions through closure. The reviewed official scope is safety, compliance and EHS audit management; it does not establish a product- or supplier-quality QMS, so Evotix is not admitted to the full-QHSE comparison on this evidence. Sources: https://www.evotix.com/solutions/safety/audit-and-inspection-software
- Incident, risk and inspection workflows [documented]: Published for Professional. Sources: https://www.evotix.com/solutions/evotix-assure
- Environmental activity records [documented]: Professional lists environmental aspects, incidents and related activities; broader Enterprise requirements need scoping. Sources: https://www.evotix.com/solutions/evotix-assure
- SDS and chemical management [conditional]: Listed in Enterprise; verify the purchased module and task-assessment requirements. Sources: https://www.evotix.com/solutions
- Enterprise permit, change and isolation modules [documented]: The Enterprise page lists Permit to Work, Management of Change, Lockout & Tagout, Shift Handover, Process Safety Management and Emergency Preparedness. The Professional page does not list permit to work, management of change or lockout/tagout. Sources: https://www.evotix.com/solutions, https://www.evotix.com/solutions/evotix-assure
- OSHA and RIDDOR tracking [conditional]: The incident-management page says OSHA, RIDDOR and other regional tracking can be automated and that the system helps collect and report required data. The edition, classification logic, forms produced, acknowledgement record and any electronic submission are not stated. Sources: https://www.evotix.com/solutions/safety/incident-management
- Offline reporting and safety guidance [documented]: Published mobile scope; confirm app and prepared content for your deployment. Sources: https://www.evotix.com/platform/mobile
- Offline chemical assessment in every edition [unverified]: Not established by the reviewed product and mobile pages.
- Voice and annotated field evidence [conditional]: The mobile page lists voice-to-text, photos, GPS and photo annotation. Supported languages, device permissions and offline dictation are not specified; verify the proposed app. Sources: https://www.evotix.com/platform/mobile
- QR-linked safety instructions [conditional]: The vendor describes equipment QR access to instructions, PPE guidance and controls, plus offline safety information. Demonstrate preparation and document freshness. Sources: https://www.evotix.com/platform/mobile
- Enterprise management of change [documented]: The Enterprise MOC workflow includes change requests, routing by type, asset and location, assigned implementation actions and post-change reviews. The Enterprise listing does not establish inclusion in Professional. Sources: https://www.evotix.com/solutions/operational-risk/management-of-change
- Risk assessments and risk registers [documented]: Professional (built on Assure) describes structured registers and assessments for workplace risks, impact and controls. Confirm the quoted edition and the required assessment, approval and mobile workflow. Sources: https://www.evotix.com/solutions/evotix-assure
- Audit scheduling and corrective-action follow-up [documented]: The audit module describes reusable protocols, role/location assignment, mobile evidence and an Action Management connection for owners, deadlines and follow-up. Confirm the edition and modules quoted; the solution page does not allocate every feature to Professional or Enterprise. Sources: https://www.evotix.com/solutions/safety/audit-and-inspection-software
- Psychosocial event and hazard management [documented]: One Evotix page describes a guided form for workers to raise concerns such as stress, bullying or workload, scoring of likelihood, impact and duration, linked investigations and actions with audit trails, hotspot views by team, site or role, dashboards and alignment wording for ISO 45003. Built-in survey tools, validated instruments and detailed access controls for confidential cases are not described. Sources: https://www.evotix.com/solutions/occupational-health/psychosocial-risk-management

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Frontline hazard to closure
1. Capture a hazard in the selected mobile app, including the offline scenario where required.
2. Assign follow-up and demonstrate the responsible reviewer.
3. Attach closure evidence and review the resulting history and notifications.

#### Inspection finding to updated risk control
1. Complete an inspection and identify a finding.
2. Review the associated risk and proposed corrective control.
3. Assign the change, confirm acceptance and inspect the retained evidence.

#### Proposed demo: voice report to reviewed evidence
1. Identify the quoted edition, mobile app and intended crew language.
2. Dictate a sample hazard and annotate a photo on the intended device.
3. Repeat the required steps disconnected and record unavailable features.
4. Reconnect and compare the office record, attachments and assigned follow-up.

### Product presentations

- [Incident performance overview](https://www.evotix.com/solutions/safety/incident-management): Official Evotix incident-management visual showing frequency trends and open-action summaries; displayed values are illustrative.
- [Audit workload and findings overview](https://www.evotix.com/solutions/safety/audit-and-inspection-software): Official Evotix audit visual showing workload and finding summaries; metrics and workflow tiles are illustrative.
- [Safety overview and overdue actions](https://www.evotix.com/platform/mobile): Official Evotix safety dashboard visual; sample incident, compliance and overdue-action data are illustrative.

### Questions and answers

#### Are Professional and Enterprise interchangeable?
No. Professional is built on Assure and Enterprise on Evotix 360. Their published module scopes differ; ask for the exact product in the proposal.

#### Does Professional include chemical management?
The reviewed Enterprise page lists SDS and chemical management. That does not establish inclusion in Professional. Request a demonstration of the product and task-assessment workflow being quoted.

#### Is implementation included in the subscription?
The pricing page states that implementation is a separate one-time fee. Confirm the amount and included work in your proposal.

#### Does mobile offline reporting cover every module?
No universal module coverage was established. Verify the selected app, cached information and synchronization for the exact workflow, especially chemical information.

#### Can workers dictate incident descriptions?
The mobile page lists voice-to-text. It does not establish every supported language or offline transcription; test the intended devices and crew languages in the proposed edition.

#### Can workers annotate a hazard photo?
Evotix lists photo annotation, attachments and GPS on its mobile page. Demonstrate the saved evidence and the version received by the reviewer rather than assuming all evidence remains available in every export.

#### Can an equipment QR code provide safety instructions?
The vendor describes QR access to equipment instructions and safety guidance. Confirm which documents are prepared for offline use and how revised guidance reaches the device.

#### Does Professional include permit to work or lockout/tagout?
Permit to Work, Management of Change and Lockout & Tagout are listed on the Enterprise page, and the Professional page does not list them. Ask for the edition and modules in writing.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-19: Clarified Professional versus Enterprise chemical and environmental scope; added practical workflows, sourced evaluation dimensions and procurement questions.
- 2026-09-25: Capability recheck of the Enterprise, Professional and incident-management pages: added the Enterprise permit, change and lockout/tagout modules and the stated OSHA and RIDDOR tracking. Pricing was not rechecked.
- 2026-09-27: Checked the named MOC application and its workflow boundary against the vendor product page. This capability check does not refresh pricing, trial terms or the rest of the profile.
- 2026-09-27: Checked the Professional/Assure risk-register and assessment scope. This targeted capability review does not refresh commercial terms or other profile facts.
- 2026-09-27: Checked the audit workflow against the linked primary product page. General profile and commercial review dates remain unchanged.

### Demo questions

- Name the product and modules for each requirement, including any chemical or sustainability scope.
- Log a hazard with a photo while offline, reconnect and show the assigned action and approval history.
- Change a risk control following an inspection and show who must review the change before closure.
- For chemical work, show the SDS, activity-specific assessment, exposure assumptions and worker access separately.
- Show the OSHA or RIDDOR output of one sample incident in the quoted edition, and a permit or lockout record if Enterprise modules are in scope.

### Primary sources

- [Professional product scope](https://www.evotix.com/solutions/evotix-assure)
- [Enterprise modules, including chemical, permit, change and isolation scope](https://www.evotix.com/solutions)
- [Mobile reporting and offline access](https://www.evotix.com/platform/mobile)
- [Pricing factors and implementation fee](https://www.evotix.com/pricing-request)
- [Product-specific trust resources](https://www.evotix.com/trust-centre)
- [Incident management and OSHA/RIDDOR tracking](https://www.evotix.com/solutions/safety/incident-management)
- [Management of change application — scope checked 27 September 2026](https://www.evotix.com/solutions/operational-risk/management-of-change)
- [Audit and inspection module — scope checked 27 September 2026](https://www.evotix.com/solutions/safety/audit-and-inspection-software)
- [Permit-to-work records, approvals and linked controls — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.evotix.com/solutions/operational-risk/permit-to-work)
- [Lockout/tagout procedures and field execution — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.evotix.com/solutions/operational-risk/lockout-tagout)
- [Environmental permits, conditions and renewal controls — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.evotix.com/solutions/esg-and-sustainability/environmental-permit-management)
- [Psychosocial event and hazard management, checked 1 October 2026](https://www.evotix.com/solutions/occupational-health/psychosocial-risk-management)
- [Assure and Learn trust centre](https://trust-assure.evotix.com/)
- [Evotix 360 trust centre](https://trust-360.evotix.com/)

## HBK / Brüel & Kjær

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/bruel-kjaer
Sources checked: 2026-10-11
Also known as: HBK, Brüel & Kjær, Bruel & Kjaer, B&K, Hottinger Brüel & Kjær
HBK was formed in 2019 through the combination of HBM and Brüel & Kjær. This profile covers the noise and vibration measurement-software portfolio, including BK Connect / PULSE and Noise Partner applications. It is not a single general-purpose EHS management system; the existing bruel-kjaer URL identifies this portfolio.

HBK offers several distinct measurement-software families. BK Connect / PULSE supports sound and vibration engineering and analysis. Work Noise Partner and Enviro Noise Partner support workplace-noise and environmental-noise workflows with compatible sound level meters. Choose the measurement task and hardware first, then verify the required software application, license and reporting workflow.

Best-fit starting point: Teams evaluating workplace-noise surveys, environmental-noise measurement or sound and vibration engineering.

Check before buying: Compare this portfolio with tools for the same measurement task. It should not be treated as an interchangeable incident, audit, CAPA or enterprise EHS management suite.

### Pricing

Instrument and application-specific quote. Pricing is not publicly available; request a quote. The reviewed Noise Partner pages offer Request Price. Identify the meter, licensed application, accessories, workstation, calibration, support and renewal terms separately. Instrument licences determine available functions and app connections. A downloadable app does not establish a free complete system or a verified free trial. BK Connect/PULSE packaging must be scoped separately.

### When the price fits

HBK / Brüel & Kjær may justify a scoped equipment-and-software proposal when a team needs traceable noise measurements and specialist analysis. It is less suitable when the primary requirement is general safety forms or enterprise QHSE workflows rather than measurement instruments.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-09-19 [partial]: Accessible official B&K product pages and the versioned Enviro guide supported measurement scope, quote requests and local-transfer boundaries. Several HBK product/licensing pages still failed retrieval; current portfolio-wide licensing and trial terms remain unresolved.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.bksv.com/en/analysis-software
- https://www.bksv.com/en/instruments/handheld/sound-level-meters/2245-series/2245-work-noise
- https://www.bksv.com/en/instruments/handheld/sound-level-meters/2245-series/2245-sound-level-meter
- https://www.bksv.com/en/instruments/handheld/sound-level-meters/2245-series/2245-enviro-noise
- https://www.bksv.com/downloads/2245/user%20guide%20-%20enviro%20noise%20partner/bn2375.pdf

### Offline capabilities

The Enviro Noise Partner guide documents local instrument connections and says remote connection is optional. It also requires internet access for firmware updates and new licence installation. Noise Partner pages document wireless or USB transfer to a PC. Verify the intended instrument, installed licence and app version before a disconnected survey; this does not establish universal offline EHS workflows or cloud synchronization.

Product scope: Noise measurement instruments and task-specific analysis applications. Work Noise Partner, Enviro Noise Partner and BK Connect/PULSE address different measurement tasks; this is not an enterprise QHSE workflow suite.

Review scope: No current product-specific review aggregate was verified for this multi-application measurement portfolio; historical directory ratings are excluded.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Task and instrument fit: Choose workplace exposure, environmental noise or engineering analysis before specifying the application.
  Sources: https://www.bksv.com/en/instruments/handheld/sound-level-meters/2245-series/2245-work-noise
- Licence boundaries: Require a written equipment and application schedule rather than treating the portfolio as one subscription.
  Sources: https://www.bksv.com/downloads/2245/user%20guide%20-%20enviro%20noise%20partner/bn2375.pdf
- Connectivity and maintenance: Separate field connections, transfer and online maintenance in the acceptance exercise.
  Sources: https://www.bksv.com/downloads/2245/user%20guide%20-%20enviro%20noise%20partner/bn2375.pdf
- Review and reporting: Have the intended reviewer reproduce the report and identify assumptions.
  Sources: https://www.bksv.com/en/instruments/handheld/sound-level-meters/2245-series/2245-sound-level-meter
- Handoff to safety management: Define who receives the measurement result and owns follow-up outside the measurement application.
  Sources: https://www.bksv.com/en/analysis-software

### Capability scope

- Sound and vibration analysis [documented]: BK Connect/PULSE appears in the modular analysis portfolio; choose applications for the engineering task. Sources: https://www.bksv.com/en/analysis-software
- Workplace-noise survey records [documented]: Work Noise Partner supports task and exposure-group organization with compatible 2245/2255 meters. Sources: https://www.bksv.com/en/instruments/handheld/sound-level-meters/2245-series/2245-work-noise
- Environmental-noise evaluation [documented]: Enviro Noise Partner provides a separate environmental survey scope rather than a general compliance workflow. Sources: https://www.bksv.com/en/instruments/handheld/sound-level-meters/2245-series/2245-enviro-noise
- Instrument-to-PC handoff [documented]: Noise Partner documents wireless or USB transfer for review and reporting. Sources: https://www.bksv.com/en/instruments/handheld/sound-level-meters/2245-series/2245-sound-level-meter
- Local use and online maintenance [conditional]: The cited Enviro guide distinguishes local connections from optional remote access and internet-dependent updates/licence installation. Sources: https://www.bksv.com/downloads/2245/user%20guide%20-%20enviro%20noise%20partner/bn2375.pdf
- Enterprise EHS integration [unverified]: No packaged incident, CAPA or general EHS connector was established from these measurement-product sources; require a demonstrated handoff.
- Context-rich measurement annotations [documented]: Work Noise Partner can embed pictures, text, voice notes and videos with measurements so survey context travels with the measurement record. Sources: https://www.bksv.com/en/instruments/handheld/sound-level-meters/2245-series/2245-work-noise
- Workday exposure calculations and exports [documented]: Work Noise Partner organizes measurements into tasks or exposure groups, calculates workday exposure from assigned duration, creates formatted reports and exports data and calculations to Excel. Sources: https://www.bksv.com/en/instruments/handheld/sound-level-meters/2245-series/2245-work-noise
- Dosimeter and sound-level-meter comparison [documented]: The PC software can import Personal Noise Dosimeter Type 4448 measurements into a Work Noise Partner project and combine them with HBK 2255 or B&K 2245 readings for comparison and analysis. Sources: https://www.bksv.com/en/instruments/handheld/sound-level-meters/2245-series/2245-work-noise
- Building-acoustics planning and reporting [conditional]: With the Building Acoustics Partner licence and HBK 2255, the mobile app supports planning, quality indicators and field calculations; the PC app exports reports to PDF or Word and data to Excel. Sources: https://www.bksv.com/en/instruments/handheld/sound-level-meters/2255-series/2255-building-acoustics
- Custom instrument integration [conditional]: The separately priced Open Interface enables custom or third-party software to control and stream data from HBK 2255 or B&K 2245 meters over Ethernet, Wi-Fi or USB; this is an instrument API, not a packaged EHS connector. Sources: https://www.bksv.com/en/instruments/handheld/sound-level-meters/2245-series/2245-open-api

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: workplace survey to reviewed exposure record
1. Name the instrument, licence and measurement method proposed for a representative job.
2. Record a sample and assign its task duration and exposure group.
3. Transfer to the intended workstation and reproduce the calculation and report.
4. Ask the competent reviewer to identify assumptions and attach the accepted report to the existing safety process.

#### Proposed demo: environmental survey with a defensible record
1. Agree the location, measurement purpose and relevant environmental-noise application.
2. Capture a sample with context and demonstrate treatment of an unwanted sound.
3. Review the original and processed record and explain every exclusion.
4. Export the deliverable and assign follow-up in the organization’s existing system.

#### Proposed demo: disconnected field work and later transfer
1. Prepare the actual meter, licence, app and workstation before removing internet access.
2. Connect locally and capture a sample using the proposed field setup.
3. Transfer through the agreed USB or wireless route and verify completeness.
4. Identify maintenance, licence changes or sharing steps that require reconnection.

### Product presentations

- [Enviro Noise Partner PC measurement view](https://www.bksv.com/downloads/2245/user%20guide%20-%20enviro%20noise%20partner/bn2375.pdf): Image from the official Enviro Noise Partner user guide showing a PC measurement view with a level-over-time profile and frequency spectrum; sample data.
- [Marker on a noise level profile](https://www.bksv.com/downloads/2245/user%20guide%20-%20enviro%20noise%20partner/bn2375.pdf): Image from the official Enviro Noise Partner user guide showing a marker interval on a noise profile with an LAeq reading; sample data.

### Questions and answers

#### Is HBK a general QHSE management platform?
This entry covers noise and vibration instruments and analysis software. It does not establish an incident, audit or CAPA management suite.

#### Are Work Noise Partner and Enviro Noise Partner interchangeable?
No. They address workplace and environmental measurement tasks respectively. Specify the application and compatible meter in the proposal.

#### Which meters are named for Work Noise Partner?
The reviewed product page names B&K 2245 and HBK 2255. Confirm the offered configuration and current compatibility before ordering.

#### Does a mobile app replace the sound level meter?
The cited Noise Partner workflow uses a compatible instrument. Mobile control and annotations are not evidence of equivalent phone-only measurement.

#### Can the documented setup work without remote internet access?
The Enviro guide says remote connection is optional. Demonstrate the actual local setup; firmware and new licence installation have separate internet requirements.

#### Is a free trial or complete free system available?
Neither was verified. Request Price and app download availability do not establish a free instrument-and-software system.

#### Does a measurement report prove legal compliance?
No. Measurement method, calibration, task conditions, interpretation and applicable obligations require appropriate review. Product documentation does not establish compliance for a particular workplace.

#### Is a packaged EHS integration included?
No included connector was established in this review. Ask for the intended export, record owner and any manual or separately contracted integration steps.

### Demo questions

- Which measurement task are we purchasing for, and which instrument, application and license options are required?
- Record a representative measurement, add context, transfer it using the intended connection and reproduce the required report on our workstation.
- Show how measurement data and attachments can be handed to our existing EHS system, and identify export formats, integration work and separate costs.

### Primary sources

- [HBK identity and 2019 formation](https://www.hbkworld.com/en/about/our-history)
- [BK Connect / PULSE scope and individual application licensing](https://www.hbkworld.com/content/hbkworld/global/en/products/software/daq/bk-connect-pulse)
- [Noise Partner apps and instrument compatibility](https://www.hbkworld.com/en/products/support-resources/support-bksv/downloads/2245-2255-downloads/2245-2255-software)
- [Enviro Noise Partner workflow, transfers and license scope](https://www.hbkworld.com/en/products/instruments/handheld/sound-level-meters/type-2255/2255-enviro-noise)
- [Current analysis portfolio](https://www.bksv.com/en/analysis-software)
- [Work Noise Partner product and price request](https://www.bksv.com/en/instruments/handheld/sound-level-meters/2245-series/2245-work-noise)
- [Noise Partner transfer and instrument scope](https://www.bksv.com/en/instruments/handheld/sound-level-meters/2245-series/2245-sound-level-meter)
- [Enviro Noise Partner product](https://www.bksv.com/en/instruments/handheld/sound-level-meters/2245-series/2245-enviro-noise)
- [Enviro Noise Partner user guide v1.8.1, February 2024](https://www.bksv.com/downloads/2245/user%20guide%20-%20enviro%20noise%20partner/bn2375.pdf)
- [HBK 2255 portfolio, licences and open-interface boundary](https://www.bksv.com/en/instruments/handheld/sound-level-meters/2255-series)
- [Building Acoustics Partner field planning, quality indicators and report exports](https://www.bksv.com/en/instruments/handheld/sound-level-meters/2255-series/2255-building-acoustics)
- [Open Interface for HBK 2255 and B&K 2245](https://www.bksv.com/en/instruments/handheld/sound-level-meters/2245-series/2245-open-api)

## HammerTech

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/hammertech
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
HammerTech is a construction safety and site operations platform. HT Mobile and HammerTech Inspect are application lookup terms, not proof of identical workflows. This review uses North American product and help pages; confirm regional content and the apps used in your deployment.

HammerTech supports construction worker orientations, qualification records, permits, pre-task plans and field inspections. Its published workflow includes review and approval of worker orientation information. Inspect supports offline inspections and issue handling, while Reporting and Insights describes project and business-wide trends. The documented Irongate connection introduces separate physical access-control hardware.

Best-fit starting point: General contractors digitalising orientations, permits and subcontractor operations on project sites.

Check before buying: Do not treat orientation completion as proof of competence or authorization for every task. Offline permit decisions, subcontractor record retention after exit and specific regulatory submission outputs require demonstration. Construction-volume pricing factors do not establish automatic contractual re-rating.

### Pricing

Quote-only, scaled to operations. On 26 September 2026 the pricing page shows no amount. Its FAQ says HammerTech does not use per-user pricing; pricing reflects annual construction volume, company size and operational complexity, active job sites and the level of onboarding and support, with tailored pricing after a needs review ("Get Pricing Details"). Core safety workflows, implementation and onboarding, training, ongoing support, knowledge hub access, integrations and enterprise-grade security are described as included, with no separate modules to buy. Subcontractors do not need to purchase a licence; access is provided by the general contractor managing the project. Confirm the named connectors, any hardware, billing term and renewal or scope-change terms in the proposal; inclusion language does not settle every implementation detail.

### When the price fits

HammerTech may justify a construction-scale quote when a general contractor needs shared site workflows and subcontractor access without separate subcontractor licences. It is less suitable for a small isolated inspection requirement if the complete operations-based commitment exceeds the value of the demonstrated workflow.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [partial]: Eleven linked product and help pages were accessible; the bare hammertech.com homepage failed retrieval. Confirmed included core workflows, subcontractor access and Insights trend reporting. No numeric fee, billing currency, contract term, renewal formula or full-platform trial established.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.hammertech.com/en-us/pricing
- https://www.hammertech.com/en-us/product/hammertechinspect
- https://www.hammertech.com/en-us/platform/orientations-worker-info
- https://help.hammertech.com/hc/en-us/articles/14620434802831-Review-and-Approve-Orientations
- https://www.hammertech.com/en-us/platform/permits
- https://www.hammertech.com/en-us/platform/pre-task-plans
- https://www.hammertech.com/en-us/reporting-and-insights
- https://www.hammertech.com/en-us/platform/access-control
- https://www.hammertech.com/en-us/solutions/integrations
- https://www.hammertech.com/en-us/product/platform
- https://go.hammertech.com/en-us/request-a-demo

### Offline capabilities

HammerTech Inspect advertises offline inspections and raising and closing issues, using the existing HammerTech login. A complete offline matrix for permits, pre-task plans, orientation approval, attachments and conflict resolution was not established. Test preparation, disconnected capture and synchronization using the exact application and role in the proposal.

Product scope: Construction worker onboarding, subcontractor collaboration, permits, pre-task plans, inspections and reporting. The pricing page describes included core safety workflows rather than per-module pricing. Confirm specialist interfaces, hardware and implementation deliverables in writing.

Review scope: Official vendor product and help documentation, not hands-on testing. Legacy ratings excluded because their current product-specific provenance was not established. Original profile date retained; this targeted review covers the linked sources and proposed acceptance exercises.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Worker proof and approval: Separate completed orientation, reviewed credentials and permission to perform the task. Require the supervisor to show incomplete, rejected and accepted records.
  Sources: https://www.hammertech.com/en-us/platform/orientations-worker-info, https://help.hammertech.com/hc/en-us/articles/14620434802831-Review-and-Approve-Orientations
- Contractor access and permissions: General-contractor-provided access does not establish access to every project or record. Test an external supervisor and worker with realistic permissions.
  Sources: https://www.hammertech.com/en-us/pricing, https://help.hammertech.com/hc/en-us/articles/14620434802831-Review-and-Approve-Orientations
- Disconnected work: Test Inspect separately from permit decisions and pre-task plans. Record unavailable steps, reconnection behavior and manual contingencies.
  Sources: https://www.hammertech.com/en-us/product/hammertechinspect, https://www.hammertech.com/en-us/platform/permits, https://www.hammertech.com/en-us/platform/pre-task-plans
- Reporting evidence: Trace a reported trend to its source records, denominator and date range. Confirm report-creation rights and avoid treating dashboard coverage as proven safety outcomes.
  Sources: https://www.hammertech.com/en-us/reporting-and-insights
- Commercial and hardware scope: The pricing page describes included core workflows and operations-based pricing. Request contract term, renewal treatment, connector ownership and any hardware separately; construction-volume factors do not prove an automatic true-up.
  Sources: https://www.hammertech.com/en-us/pricing, https://www.hammertech.com/en-us/platform/access-control, https://www.hammertech.com/en-us/solutions/integrations

### Capability scope

- Worker orientations and qualifications [documented]: Configurable orientation content and quizzes, worker training records and expiry alerts are described. Workers can complete onboarding without a paid individual licence; records need review and do not themselves establish competence. Sources: https://www.hammertech.com/en-us/platform/orientations-worker-info, https://help.hammertech.com/hc/en-us/articles/14620434802831-Review-and-Approve-Orientations
- Orientation approval and signatures [documented]: Help instructions separate worker submission from reviewer approval or rejection and describe checking identity details, photo and licences plus signature options. General-contractor-only comments are explicitly described. Sources: https://help.hammertech.com/hc/en-us/articles/14620434802831-Review-and-Approve-Orientations
- Permits and pre-task planning [conditional]: Named permit and PTP products support connected work preparation. PTP pages describe links to JHAs, permits and equipment plus crew sign-offs; offline approval was not established. Sources: https://www.hammertech.com/en-us/platform/permits, https://www.hammertech.com/en-us/platform/pre-task-plans
- Inspect offline field work [documented]: Inspect advertises offline inspections and issue handling. Verify attachment and synchronization behavior rather than extending this claim to all platform workflows. Sources: https://www.hammertech.com/en-us/product/hammertechinspect
- Reporting and Insights [documented]: Published Insights scope includes project and business-wide leading and lagging trends. The FAQ distinguishes administrator report creation from standard-user access and describes project-based visibility; this is not evidence of incident-reduction performance. Sources: https://www.hammertech.com/en-us/reporting-and-insights
- Physical site-access integration [conditional]: Irongate supplies access hardware while HammerTech supplies worker and compliance information. Confirm commercial ownership, outage handling and retention. Any caution that HammerTech software alone does not stop a worker entering a site applies to the software: the vendor access-control page says Irongate gate hardware automatically denies entry to workers with missing orientations or expired credentials, so test the gate with a lapsed credential. The vendor states biometric data is handled by Irongate and not stored in HammerTech. Sources: https://www.hammertech.com/en-us/platform/access-control
- Configurable inspection programs and checklists [documented]: HammerTech describes configurable safety, quality, defect and environmental inspection types plus pre-configured checklist prompts. Treat this as configurable inspection scope, not proof that a supplied template is complete for a particular law, standard or project. Sources: https://www.hammertech.com/en-us/platform/safety-inspections
- Inspection finding assignment and subcontractor closeout [documented]: Inspection issues can be assigned to a responsible trade, with notifications and subcontractor portal routes to manage, dispute or close the item. Confirm role permissions, required evidence, reminder rules and approval of closure; the page does not establish disconnected dispute or closeout behavior. Sources: https://www.hammertech.com/en-us/platform/safety-inspections
- Time-stamped inspection evidence and live issue status [documented]: The inspection page describes retrievable, time-stamped inspections, photos and resolutions plus a live view of open, overdue and unresolved items. Validate export completeness, change history, retention and whether a closeout can be reopened; a status dashboard is not independent proof that the underlying control was effective. Sources: https://www.hammertech.com/en-us/platform/safety-inspections
- Named integrations and Open API [conditional]: HammerTech lists named connections including Procore, Autodesk, CMiC, Irongate, Eyrus, Kwant, Acumatica and LUMA1 and states that an Open API is available. Confirm the contracted connector, field mapping, direction, frequency, API entitlement, implementation owner, failure recovery and support; a partner listing or API statement does not establish a deployed interface. Sources: https://www.hammertech.com/en-us/solutions/integrations
- Fall protection section in high-risk inspection checklist [conditional]: HammerTech distributes a High Risk Safety Inspection sheet whose fall protection section asks whether the system is set up correctly, whether the personal fall arrest system (anchor point, harness, lanyard) was inspected, whether falling-object protection is in place and whether a rescue plan exists for work at height. This is a downloadable template; the pages reviewed do not show it as a preinstalled form, and they do not describe an equipment register or harness expiry tracking. A blog post states that inspections in the product can carry photos, alerts and recorded corrections. Sources: https://www.hammertech.com/hubfs/101%20-%20High%20Risk%20Safety%20Inspection%201.pdf?hsLang=en-us, https://www.hammertech.com/en-us/blog/high-risk-safety-inspections

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: worker induction before planned work
1. Have a trade worker submit site-specific orientation and a credential with a deliberate missing item.
2. Ask the reviewer to reject it, request correction and capture the required signature.
3. Approve the corrected record and retrieve its status and supporting evidence. Do not equate completion with competence.

#### Proposed demo: offline inspection and permit boundary
1. Prepare Inspect and disconnect before recording an inspection finding with a photo.
2. Raise or close an issue and reconnect to inspect the received record, owner and attachments.
3. Separately attempt the required permit and pre-task-plan steps while offline, recording what is blocked and the agreed contingency.

#### Proposed demo: contractor exit and reporting traceability
1. Restrict an external supervisor to the intended project and inspect an Insights report appropriate to that role.
2. Trace one displayed trend to its source records and explain report-creation permissions.
3. Demobilise the subcontractor and export the agreed worker evidence, documenting retention, retrieval and exit responsibilities.

### Product presentations

- [Desktop and mobile inspection list](https://www.hammertech.com/en-us/platform/safety-inspections): Official HammerTech product view showing inspection lists and completion status across desktop and mobile; tenant configuration may differ.
- [Inspection checklist and AI-assisted observations](https://www.hammertech.com/en-us/platform/safety-inspections): Official HammerTech composite showing an electrical checklist and AI-assisted observation dashboard; verify feature availability in the proposed package.
- [Inspection reporting dashboard](https://www.hammertech.com/en-us/platform/safety-inspections): Official HammerTech inspection reporting dashboard; displayed metrics and fields depend on deployment configuration.

### Questions and answers

#### Is HammerTech free for subcontractors?
The pricing page says subcontractors do not buy a licence for access provided by the general contractor managing the project. This does not establish an independently owned free platform account or unrestricted access to all projects.

#### Are core workflows charged per module?
The current pricing page describes all core safety workflows as included and says pricing is based on operational scale and complexity rather than individual modules. Confirm named connectors, hardware and implementation deliverables in the proposal.

#### Does pricing automatically increase with turnover?
Annual construction volume and active sites are published pricing factors. Automatic re-rating, mid-term true-ups, caps and renewal increases were not established, so request the contract terms rather than assuming them.

#### What works offline?
HammerTech Inspect advertises offline inspections and raising and closing issues, using the existing HammerTech login. A complete offline matrix for permits, pre-task plans, orientation approval, attachments and conflict resolution was not established. Test preparation, disconnected capture and synchronization using the exact application and role in the proposal.

#### Does completing induction approve a worker?
The help documentation describes a separate review with approval or rejection, licence checks and signature options. A completed form or quiz alone is not evidence that a worker is competent or authorized for a specific task.

#### Are reporting and trends available?
The Insights page documents leading and lagging trends across projects and the business, with access aligned to project permissions. Ask to see the required metrics and underlying records; do not assume a particular OSHA submission output from this reporting claim.

#### Is there a free trial?
A demo request is available. A public full-platform free trial and its duration were not established in this review.

#### Does physical access control require hardware?
The documented access-control connection uses Irongate hardware with HammerTech worker information. Confirm hardware pricing, support, outage behavior and data responsibilities, including the separate treatment of biometric information.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-20: Source-access follow-up: the direct HTTP audit returned 200 for the bare HammerTech homepage after redirect to the US homepage, while a separate web retrieval still failed. Access varies by retrieval method. This does not refresh the 19 September product or commercial review.
- 2026-09-26: Re-checked the pricing page on 26 September 2026: tailored quote, no amount shown; the status now says the vendor shows no amount instead of not established.

### Demo questions

- Put the device in airplane mode, then attempt a permit, a pre-task plan and an orientation, not only an inspection, and show what is possible and what is blocked.
- Generate a completed OSHA 300 log and 300A for one establishment from records already in the system, open the underlying 301 detail, and produce the ITA submission file. Name every step that is manual or leaves the platform.
- Produce, for one named tier-3 worker on one named date, the orientation record, the credential and its expiry, the permit they worked under and the pre-task plan they signed, as one exportable file from our own data.
- Demobilise a subcontractor in front of us. Show what the sub keeps and what we keep, export one worker's full orientation history with photos, signatures and audit trail, and state in writing how we retrieve that record three years after our contract with you ends.
- Show the Irongate arrangement as a contract structure: line-item price, who holds warranty and field support, and exactly what worker data the gate captures, including any facial or fingerprint template, where it is stored and for how long.
- Run one Spanish-speaking worker through orientation end to end on a shared site tablet, content, quiz and sign-off, and show the record the general contractor receives.

### Primary sources

- [Pricing and contractor access](https://www.hammertech.com/en-us/pricing)
- [Inspect mobile boundaries](https://www.hammertech.com/en-us/product/hammertechinspect)
- [Orientation and worker records](https://www.hammertech.com/en-us/platform/orientations-worker-info)
- [Orientation review and approval](https://help.hammertech.com/hc/en-us/articles/14620434802831-Review-and-Approve-Orientations)
- [Permits](https://www.hammertech.com/en-us/platform/permits)
- [Pre-task plans](https://www.hammertech.com/en-us/platform/pre-task-plans)
- [Reporting and Insights](https://www.hammertech.com/en-us/reporting-and-insights)
- [Irongate access-control scope](https://www.hammertech.com/en-us/platform/access-control)
- [Integrations](https://www.hammertech.com/en-us/solutions/integrations)
- [Construction platform](https://www.hammertech.com/en-us/product/platform)
- [Demo request](https://go.hammertech.com/en-us/request-a-demo)
- [Safety inspection workflows and reporting views — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.hammertech.com/en-us/platform/safety-inspections)
- [Fall protection section in high-risk inspection, checked 1 October 2026](https://www.hammertech.com/hubfs/101%20-%20High%20Risk%20Safety%20Inspection%201.pdf?hsLang=en-us)
- [Fall protection section in high-risk inspection (2), checked 1 October 2026](https://www.hammertech.com/en-us/blog/high-risk-safety-inspections)

## SafeContractor

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/alcumus
Sources checked: 2026-10-11
Also known as: Alcumus, SafeContractor, Alcumus SafeContractor
This profile covers the UK SafeContractor contractor-certification service and hiring-client portal. SafeSupplier, SafeWorkforce, SafeHR, SafePlanet and Veriforce Canada are separate products or services and must be scoped and priced separately; former Cognibox capabilities and reviews must not be transferred. The service was formerly branded Alcumus SafeContractor: the Alcumus group site now says it is no longer available, links to separate SafeContractor and ISOQAR sites and shows a Veriforce Holdings Limited copyright, while SafeContractor pages show SafeContractor Limited and some page titles still read Alcumus SafeContractor. The profile is named SafeContractor, as the vendor's own site is, and keeps the former name as a search alias.

SafeContractor combines a UK contractor certification and auditor assessment service with a hiring-client portal for viewing assessed contractor and supplier evidence. Contractors complete activity-related questionnaires and upload documents; hiring clients use verified records, monitoring, dashboards and reporting as inputs to procurement and ongoing oversight. Company certification is not worker identity, site induction, permit-to-work or project authorization.

Best-fit starting point: UK organizations evaluating assessed contractor records, and contractors asked to obtain SafeContractor certification.

Check before buying: SafeContractor certification and UKAS-accredited assessment processes provide prequalification evidence, not a transfer of the hiring organisation's legal duties. Confirm work-category coverage, evidence freshness, client-specific rules, exceptions and project or site controls. Do not equate company certification with named-worker competence or admission, and do not read dashboard real-time language as proof that every underlying document or auditor decision updates instantly.

### Pricing

Contractor certification plans; hiring-client platform quoted separately. Published starting annual fees are £419 for Standard, £499 for Assisted or Express and £549 for Premier. Employee count affects the final price, a one-off joining fee applies and certification lasts 12 months. These are contractor certification fees, not a hiring-client platform licence. Hiring-client solutions are priced to requirements; SafeSupplier, consultancy, training, carbon reporting and worker or site-access services should be treated as separate unless explicitly named in the quote. The separate SafeSupplier page states a price from £379 per year; that is a different product from the contractor plans above, and its inclusions are not stated there.

### When the price fits

SafeContractor may justify its contractor certification fee when a relevant hiring client requires that assessed record and the chosen support plan matches the application work. It is less suitable as a substitute for a hiring-client software licence or an offline site-admission system, which require separate scope and pricing.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-11 [partial]: The contractor plan table states GBP419 Standard, GBP499 Assisted or Express and GBP549 Premier annual starting fees, employee-count variation, a one-time joining fee and 12-month certification. Hiring-client pricing remains bespoke. SafeSupplier and related services require separate scope, while worker validation, offline operation, data export and named integrations remain proposal-level checks.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.safecontractor.com/en-gb/contractor-pricing-plans/
- https://www.safecontractor.com/en-gb/hiring-client-pricing/

### Offline capabilities

No official UK product documentation reviewed established a disconnected named-worker credential or site-admission workflow with later synchronization. If sites must decide without connectivity, require an exact-product demonstration covering cached-data age, revocation, exception approval, audit evidence and reconciliation.

Product scope: UK SafeContractor certification plus the hiring-client contractor-assessment portal. SafeSupplier extends assessment to offsite suppliers but is a distinct scope. SafeWorkforce consultancy, SafeHR, SafePlanet carbon reporting, training products and Veriforce Canada require separate orders and evidence.

Review scope: Documentation-based UK SafeContractor review refreshed on 27 September 2026. Existing catalog ratings link to the former Cognibox product and remain withheld; vendor testimonials do not establish an independent review score or product performance.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Company assessment versus site approval: Use an assessed company record as an input to your procurement decision. In the demo, ask which project checks remain with your team and who can approve an exception.
  Sources: https://www.safecontractor.com/en-gb/solutions/contractor-assessment/
- Risk-related requirements: The construction page describes questions varying with contractor activity and a repository for notes, documents and RAG ratings. Compare two trades and record what your administrators can change.
  Sources: https://www.safecontractor.com/en-gb/construction/
- Renewal and change handling: Rehearse an expiring document during an active contract. Identify the owner of follow-up, how reviewers see unresolved evidence and the record retained after correction.
  Sources: https://www.safecontractor.com/en-gb/solutions/contractor-assessment/
- Buyer and contractor costs: Prepare two quote schedules: your platform deployment and a representative contractor joining the scheme. Include support, headcount assumptions and renewal conditions.
  Sources: https://www.safecontractor.com/en-gb/hiring-client-pricing/, https://www.safecontractor.com/en-gb/contractor-pricing-plans/
- Territory and worker scope: Keep the UK evaluation separate from Canadian capabilities. Ask for the contracted service, data location, worker permissions and any access-control integration in writing.
  Sources: https://veriforce.ca/

### Capability scope

- Company questionnaire and document assessment [documented]: A contractor completes a relevant questionnaire and uploads evidence; support and review precede a detailed auditor assessment. Sources: https://www.safecontractor.com/en-gb/solutions/contractor-accreditation/
- Activity-related risk questions [documented]: Additional questions and evidence vary with the selected work category and activities. Sources: https://www.safecontractor.com/en-gb/construction/, https://www.safecontractor.com/en-gb/solutions/contractor-certification/ssip/
- Twelve-month certification lifecycle [documented]: Certification is issued after successful assessment for 12 months; renewal and expiry therefore require explicit governance. Sources: https://www.safecontractor.com/en-gb/contractor-pricing-plans/, https://www.safecontractor.com/en-gb/solutions/contractor-accreditation/
- Insurance coverage and expiry visibility [documented]: Insurance cover and expiry are part of assessment and can be seen by hiring clients. Sources: https://www.safecontractor.com/en-gb/solutions/contractor-certification/ssip/
- Verified hiring-client supply-chain records [documented]: The portal provides assessed contractor information for selection and ongoing oversight. Sources: https://www.safecontractor.com/en-gb/solutions/contractor-assessment/
- Ongoing compliance monitoring [conditional]: The vendor says it regularly tracks contractor performance and changing requirements. Contract the monitoring frequency, evidence-age rules and escalation timing. Sources: https://www.safecontractor.com/en-gb/solutions/contractor-assessment/
- Dashboards and analytical reporting [documented]: Hiring-client pages describe supply-chain dashboards, verified data and reporting tools. Sources: https://www.safecontractor.com/en-gb/solutions/supply-chain-compliance/, https://www.safecontractor.com/en-gb/hiring-client-assessment/health-and-safety/
- Contractor notes, documents and RAG indicators [documented]: The construction page describes contractor records with supporting documents, notes and RAG ratings. Sources: https://www.safecontractor.com/en-gb/construction/
- Offsite supplier verification [conditional]: The separate SafeSupplier product gathers and assesses offsite supplier evidence. Confirm its separate licence or order and how its records appear with SafeContractor data. Sources: https://www.safecontractor.com/en-gb/solutions/supplier-assessment/, https://www.safecontractor.com/en-gb/solutions/supplier-verification/safesupplier-get-a-price/
- ESG and sustainability evidence collection [documented]: The service collects evidence such as carbon data, waste information, environmental certification, EDI, modern-slavery, cyber and anti-bribery policies; this is not proof of a complete carbon-accounting platform. Sources: https://www.safecontractor.com/en-gb/hiring-client-assessment/sustainability/, https://www.safecontractor.com/en-gb/solutions/supplier-verification/sustainability-questionnaire-welcome-key-topics/
- SSIP recognition and deem-to-satisfy path [conditional]: A relevant existing SSIP certification may reduce duplicate assessment, but different or additional work categories can require more evidence and original-certificate expiry affects status. Sources: https://www.safecontractor.com/en-gb/solutions/contractor-certification/ssip/
- Client-specific approval and exception rules [conditional]: Assessed data supports a hiring decision; demonstrate configurable requirements, exception authority and retained decision evidence rather than assuming certification automatically approves work. Sources: https://www.safecontractor.com/en-gb/solutions/contractor-assessment/, https://www.safecontractor.com/en-gb/construction/
- Named-worker and disconnected site admission [unverified]: No reviewed UK page proves named-worker identity or credential validation, or an offline site-access workflow with later synchronization.

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Contractor certification and renewal
1. Choose a plan, register and build the contractor profile with the applicable work categories.
2. Complete the activity-related questionnaire and upload supporting evidence.
3. Resolve gaps and complete auditor assessment before the 12-month certification is issued.
4. Rehearse insurance or certificate expiry, notification and renewal.

#### Hiring-client onboarding and exception decision
1. Onboard a representative contractor and assess category-specific evidence.
2. Review the verified record, documents, RAG indicators, dates and unresolved gaps.
3. Apply the hiring client's project-specific checks and record approval, rejection or exception ownership and rationale.

#### Evidence change and ongoing monitoring
1. Replace or expire a test insurance certificate or qualification.
2. Measure detection and notification timing and inspect the portal or dashboard status change.
3. Assign remediation and retain the previous evidence, replacement and resulting decision history.

#### Supplier ESG proof and product-scope boundary
1. Onboard an offsite supplier in the separately quoted SafeSupplier scope.
2. Collect representative carbon, modern-slavery, cyber, quality and financial evidence.
3. Inspect the assessment and reporting while identifying calculations or disclosures that need SafePlanet or customer analysis.
4. Export the evidence and confirm which portal, licence and support agreement owns each step.

### Product presentations

- [Client portal dashboard with contractor status tiles](https://www.safecontractor.com/en-gb/solutions/contractor-assessment/): Official vendor image of the SafeContractor client portal dashboard on a laptop screen, cropped to the screen. Figures look like sample data.

### Questions and answers

#### Does the £419 starting fee buy a hiring-client platform?
No. It is the Standard contractor certification starting fee. Hiring-client software is quoted separately.

#### Why are older Cognibox ratings withheld?
Those records relate to another product scope. They remain excluded until the reviewed product and territory are reconciled.

#### Is SafeContractor a free trial?
The vendor offers a demonstration. A free self-service trial was not established by this review.

#### Does SafeContractor replace an ESG reporting platform?
The assessment service collects supplier evidence across environmental, social and governance topics. Calculation methods, consolidation and reporting outputs need separate verification; collecting evidence alone is not a complete ESG reporting workflow.

#### Does company certification authorize every worker to enter our site?
Do not equate a company assessment with an individual worker or site authorization. Ask the vendor to demonstrate how your required training, induction and site decision connect to the assessed company record.

#### What happens when contractor evidence changes?
The vendor describes ongoing monitoring. Demonstrate an expired or replaced document, who receives the change, and how your hiring-client decision is updated; agree service timing in the proposal.

#### Is SafeContractor a global contractor-management platform?
This profile covers the UK SafeContractor certification and hiring-client platform. Do not transfer former Cognibox or current Veriforce Canada capabilities, reviews or territory coverage into this scope without a product-specific proposal.

#### Does SafeContractor provide real-time contractor workforce validation?
The reviewed UK pages document company assessment, supply-chain records and ongoing monitoring, but not a complete real-time named-worker validation or offline site-access workflow. Demonstrate worker identity, credential freshness, site decision and outage handling separately.

#### What supply-chain risk intelligence does SafeContractor provide?
Official pages describe assessed contractor and supplier evidence, activity-related questions, RAG ratings and reporting across health and safety, ESG, sustainability and other business risks. Ask which indicators are calculated, which are auditor judgments and how often each source is refreshed.

#### How long does SafeContractor certification last?
The vendor says certification is issued for 12 months after successful assessment. Confirm renewal timing, evidence-update duties and what hiring clients see during suspension or expiry.

#### Is SafeSupplier included with SafeContractor?
Do not assume so. SafeSupplier is presented as a related but distinct verification scope for offsite suppliers; confirm its order, pricing, portal behaviour and data sharing separately.

#### What does SafeContractor's UKAS status mean for a buyer?
The accreditation statement relates to SafeContractor's assessment processes. It does not certify the hiring organisation, remove its legal duties or guarantee a contractor's future performance.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-19: Focused the profile on UK SafeContractor, shortened corporate history, rechecked certification pricing and added practical assessment workflows with source-linked evaluation criteria.
- 2026-09-27: Rechecked contractor and hiring-client pricing and added direct answers for global scope, risk intelligence and real-time workforce-validation searches.

### Demo questions

- Which exact product, territory and portal are named in the order form?
- Separate our hiring-client fees from contractor joining and annual fees and from SafeSupplier or other add-on services.
- Which work categories and client requirements are assessed, and who can approve an exception?
- Show an expired insurance record end to end, including timing, notifications and retained decision history.
- Which indicators are auditor judgments, calculated RAG scores or unverified supplier declarations?
- What does real-time mean for each source, and what are the refresh and service intervals?
- Show named-worker competence and site admission if included; otherwise confirm them as out of scope.
- Demonstrate outage handling, cached-data age, revocation and reconciliation if disconnected decisions are required.
- Can we export documents, assessment results, timestamps, decisions and history at exit, in what format and at what cost?
- Which UKAS and SSIP claims apply to SafeContractor's assessment process rather than our organisation or each contractor outcome?

### Primary sources

- [SafeContractor UK overview and UKAS statement](https://www.safecontractor.com/en-gb/)
- [Hiring-client contractor assessment](https://www.safecontractor.com/en-gb/solutions/contractor-assessment/)
- [Contractor accreditation process (certification page moved here)](https://www.safecontractor.com/en-gb/solutions/contractor-accreditation/)
- [Contractor certification plans and service timings](https://www.safecontractor.com/en-gb/contractor-pricing-plans/)
- [Bespoke hiring-client pricing](https://www.safecontractor.com/en-gb/hiring-client-pricing/)
- [Construction question sets and contractor records](https://www.safecontractor.com/en-gb/construction/)
- [Certification assessment topics](https://www.safecontractor.com/en-gb/solutions/contractor-certification/what-we-cover/)
- [SSIP scope, work categories, insurance and expiry](https://www.safecontractor.com/en-gb/solutions/contractor-certification/ssip/)
- [Supply-chain compliance process](https://www.safecontractor.com/en-gb/solutions/supply-chain-compliance/)
- [Offsite supplier assessment](https://www.safecontractor.com/en-gb/solutions/supplier-assessment/)
- [Supply-chain sustainability and client portal](https://www.safecontractor.com/en-gb/hiring-client-assessment/sustainability/)
- [Hiring-client health and safety assessment](https://www.safecontractor.com/en-gb/hiring-client-assessment/health-and-safety/)
- [SafeSupplier verification topics](https://www.safecontractor.com/en-gb/solutions/supplier-verification/sustainability-questionnaire-welcome-key-topics/)
- [SafeSupplier product boundary and starting price](https://www.safecontractor.com/en-gb/solutions/supplier-verification/safesupplier-get-a-price/)
- [UK enquiries and demonstrations](https://www.safecontractor.com/en-gb/contact-us/)
- [Separate Veriforce Canada product scope](https://veriforce.ca/)
- [Alcumus group site notice](https://www.alcumus.com/en-gb/)

## ISNetworld (ISN)

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/isnetworld
Sources checked: 2026-10-10
Also known as: ISN, ISNetworld, ISN Software Corporation
ISN is the company and ISNetworld is its contractor-management platform. RAVS is the document review service; RAVS 360 is a distinct implementation-assessment service. Empower provides worker access and is not a substitute for the hiring-client platform.

ISNetworld collects contractor and supplier records and supports review against hiring-client requirements. Its RAVS team reviews submitted documentation. Contractors can maintain information for multiple clients, while buyers configure requirements and use the resulting records during selection and ongoing monitoring.

Best-fit starting point: Hiring clients needing a managed document-review process across a contractor network.

Check before buying: Document review is not proof that work is safe in practice. Separate RAVS review, implementation assessment and your own project authorization.

### Pricing

Annual subscription plus one-time account setup fee; priced by workforce and country. The contractor and supplier Pricing Details panel checked on 2 October 2026 explains the pricing basis and shows no amount. Each subscriber pays a yearly fee plus a single account setup fee; contractor and supplier fees follow the three-year average of total people in the workforce and the country of operation, with currency and taxes set by the billing address, and more countries can require additional subscriptions. Hiring Clients pay an annual fee per global region. Pricing can change annually, and expired accounts incur a reinstatement fee. The FAQ describes the subscription as all-inclusive for its tools and connections; additional subscriber roles must be scoped separately. Obtain amounts, currencies, taxes, renewal and Contractor Operator terms for your deployment.

### When the price fits

ISNetworld may justify its annual and setup fees when the required hiring-client network and qualification process are relevant to the contractor or supplier. It is less suitable as a standalone offline inspection purchase, and additional subscriber roles and countries should be priced before assuming the same subscription covers them.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-02 [partial]: FAQ reconfirms contractor annual and one-time setup fees per country using three-year average workforce, hiring-client annual fees per region and all-inclusive tools and connections within the subscribed role. No universal numeric amount is published in the reviewed page content.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.isnetworld.com/en/faqs

### Offline capabilities

The reviewed pages describe worker access through Empower, but do not establish a disconnected qualification-check workflow. Test the named app and receiving site system separately, including an expired credential and a lost connection.

Product scope: ISNetworld hiring-client and contractor/supplier subscriptions. Contractor Operator and internal employee records require explicit subscription scoping.

Review scope: Documentation-based review refreshed on 2 October 2026. It distinguishes subscriber roles, RAVS review and hiring decisions; it is not hands-on testing or a customer review.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Review outcome and operational approval: Ask for a rejected document and a corrected submission. Record what the reviewer checks and what your team must still verify onsite.
  Sources: https://www.isnetworld.com/en/ravs-disclaimers
- Site and risk differences: Run the same company through two location-specific requirement sets. Ask how gaps, exceptions and changes are visible to each approver.
  Sources: https://www.isnetworld.com/en/hiring-clients
- Worker readiness: Use a named worker and required course as the acceptance example. Ask how evidence, completion and expiry are reflected in the hiring-client record and worker view.
  Sources: https://www.isnetworld.com/en/contractors-suppliers
- Subcontractor permissions: Map who can view a tier-2 company before buying a Contractor Operator subscription. Require a demonstration of the permissions and commercial responsibilities.
  Sources: https://www.isnetworld.com/en/user-agreements/contractor-operator
- Geographic fee model: Build the quote from actual countries, regions and subscriber roles. Ask how changes in workforce size or geographic coverage affect renewal.
  Sources: https://www.isnetworld.com/en/faqs

### Capability scope

- RAVS document review [documented]: Review against regulatory and hiring-client requirements; assessment limits apply. Sources: https://www.isnetworld.com/en/hiring-clients, https://www.isnetworld.com/en/ravs-disclaimers
- Location and risk-based requirements [documented]: Published hiring-client configuration axes. Sources: https://www.isnetworld.com/en/hiring-clients
- Employee training and qualification tracking [documented]: Published for contractor and supplier accounts. Sources: https://www.isnetworld.com/en/contractors-suppliers
- Subcontractor management [conditional]: Contractor Operator subscription and access permissions must be scoped. Sources: https://www.isnetworld.com/en/hiring-clients
- Offline qualification verification [unverified]: Not established by the sources reviewed.
- Insurance verification and variance handling [documented]: ISN describes insurance review against client requirements, contractor-specific classifications and variance tools, broker access and participating-carrier data. Buyers should still define who accepts a variance and how an expired or changed policy affects site authorization. Sources: https://www.isnetworld.com/en/insurance-and-financial-risk-management, https://www.isnetworld.com/en/ravs-disclaimers
- Third-party qualification data exchange [conditional]: ISN documents imports from training, screening, insurance and regulatory providers and exports to hiring-client systems. Confirm providers, fields, update timing, exception handling and commercial scope for the proposed region. Sources: https://www.isnetworld.com/en/third-party-data, https://www.isnetworld.com/en/hiring-clients
- Hiring-client analytics and contractor benchmarking [documented]: The hiring-client page describes ISN Analytics dashboards, metrics and reporting for contractor information. A buyer should test filters, denominators, data freshness and export rather than treating a dashboard score as a site-safety result. Sources: https://www.isnetworld.com/en/hiring-clients
- Empower worker self-service and QuickCheck readiness [conditional]: The worker app documents ISN ID, jobsite requirements, QuickCheck compliance status, mobile training and a digital wallet for certifications and licences. QuickCheck reflects minimum site criteria, not the site's final authorization decision. Confirm account eligibility, country and language availability; mobile access does not establish offline operation. Sources: https://www.isnetworld.com/en/empower/for-workers
- Risk-tiered supply-chain cybersecurity review [conditional]: ISN Cyber Secure documents risk-based questionnaires, written-program review, cyber-liability insurance checks, awareness training and SecurityScorecard ratings. Cyber 360 adds document submission, an employee survey and interview, but is positioned between desktop review and a formal SOC 2 or ISO 27001 audit; define the contracted assessment layer. Sources: https://www.isnetworld.com/en/cybersecurity
- Contractor sustainability evidence and benchmarking [conditional]: The service documents questionnaires, an emissions calculator, CSR-program review, certification verification, configurable evaluations and peer or year-over-year benchmarking. Confirm which assessment layers are licensed, evidence provenance and exception-review ownership before using a score in sourcing decisions. Sources: https://www.isnetworld.com/en/sustainability

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Qualify a contractor for a new client
1. Collect company and project evidence against the hiring client requirements.
2. Submit documentation for RAVS review and inspect gaps.
3. Resolve outstanding requirements before the hiring client makes its own approval decision.

#### Maintain worker readiness
1. Assign and track the employee training or qualifications required for the job.
2. Review the worker record and work-readiness information.
3. Demonstrate how an updated requirement or expired record is corrected and reviewed.

#### Proposed demo: unresolved review finding and hiring decision
1. Choose a representative contractor and the hiring-client requirements for a named location.
2. Introduce a missing or unacceptable document in the demo.
3. Show the review finding, contractor response and hiring-client decision separately.
4. Inspect evidence history and demonstrate handling of a changed requirement.

### Product presentations

- [Empower QuickCheck QR code scan screen](https://www.isnetworld.com/en/empower/for-workers): Official vendor image of the Empower worker app scanning a QuickCheck QR code and showing a recognised site; sample data.

### Questions and answers

#### Is ISNetworld membership a safety certification?
Membership and a reviewed record do not guarantee safe performance. Hiring clients retain their own approval and oversight responsibilities.

#### Do new client connections always mean another contractor fee?
The FAQ describes connections as included in the subscription. Confirm geography and additional subscriber roles separately.

#### Is a free trial verified?
A vendor demo request is available. A free self-service trial was not established.

#### Does RAVS replace our own contractor due diligence?
No. ISN describes its reviews as informational and not a substitute for independent due diligence. Define which decisions remain with your hiring team and how unresolved findings are reviewed.

#### Can we apply different contractor requirements by location?
The hiring-client material describes requirements based on location and risk. Demonstrate the same contractor against two relevant locations and confirm how an exception is documented and reviewed.

#### What should we verify before relying on worker training records?
ISN lists employee training and qualification tracking for contractor accounts. Ask who provides each record, how updates reach the hiring client and how expiry affects your specific decision; a stored record alone does not establish authorization to work.

#### How much does ISNetworld cost?
ISN publishes the fee structure, not a universal amount: contractors and suppliers pay an annual subscription plus a one-time setup fee per country, based on their three-year average workforce. Hiring clients pay annually by global region. Request the current amount, currency, taxes and any additional subscriber roles in writing.

#### Does ISNetworld have subscription tiers?
The reviewed official pages describe subscriber roles rather than a simple public tier table. Contractor or supplier, Hiring Client, Contractor Operator and internal training or records scopes can be commercially distinct, while the tools and connections inside a subscription are described as all-inclusive.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-19: Rechecked subscription structure and review boundaries, added sourced capabilities and two qualification workflows, and replaced broad claims with practical demo criteria.
- 2026-09-26: Re-checked on 26 September 2026: the published pricing details explain the fee basis but show no amount.
- 2026-09-27: Added direct answers for cost and subscription-scope searches using the current official FAQ and contractor pricing panel.
- 2026-09-28: Expanded the profile with official insurance-review, third-party data-exchange and hiring-client analytics evidence, while keeping operational approval and onsite verification outside the platform review.
- 2026-09-29: Added official Empower and QuickCheck worker-readiness scope, tiered cybersecurity due diligence and sustainability evidence and benchmarking, with explicit boundaries around site authorization and formal assurance.
- 2026-10-02: Re-read every cited official page on 2 October 2026; the fee basis, review boundaries and capability statements were unchanged.

### Demo questions

- Submit an incomplete policy in a demo account and show the RAVS finding, correction and re-review trail.
- Configure two sites with different requirements and show how one contractor can meet one set while still having gaps in the other.
- Show an employee with an expired qualification: what appears to the worker, contractor and hiring client?
- List the annual and setup fees for our regions and contractor countries, with Contractor Operator or internal training accounts shown separately.
- Explain which findings come from document review and which require an implementation assessment or our own site inspection.

### Primary sources

- [Contractor records, updates and training, with the Pricing Details panel : checked 26 September 2026](https://www.isnetworld.com/en/contractors-suppliers)
- [Subscription fee basis and Empower eligibility](https://www.isnetworld.com/en/faqs)
- [Hiring-client requirements, analytics and subscription roles](https://www.isnetworld.com/en/hiring-clients)
- [Scope and limits of RAVS and RAVS 360](https://www.isnetworld.com/en/ravs-disclaimers)
- [Vendor demonstration request](https://www.isnetworld.com/en/request-demo)
- [Contractor Operator agreement](https://www.isnetworld.com/en/user-agreements/contractor-operator)
- [Insurance and financial-risk review tools — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.isnetworld.com/en/insurance-and-financial-risk-management)
- [Verified third-party records and data-provider scope — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.isnetworld.com/en/third-party-data)
- [Platform scope across HSEQ, insurance, training, cybersecurity and sustainability — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.isnetworld.com/en/about-isn)
- [Empower worker readiness, QuickCheck and mobile access — checked 29 September 2026](https://www.isnetworld.com/en/empower/for-workers)
- [Supply-chain cybersecurity due diligence and Cyber 360 boundary — checked 29 September 2026](https://www.isnetworld.com/en/cybersecurity)
- [Contractor sustainability evidence, assessments and benchmarking — checked 29 September 2026](https://www.isnetworld.com/en/sustainability)
- [ISNetworld trust center](https://www.isnetworld.com/en/trust-center)

## Avetta

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/avetta
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: Avetta LLC, Avetta Network, Avetta One, Avetta Connect
Avetta combines supplier qualification with worker-management offerings. Its documentation distinguishes Avetta Worker Management from Pegasus Workforce Management and their mobile apps. Confirm the platform and app in the proposal before transferring a feature between them.

Avetta supports company-level supplier qualification and individual worker readiness. Suppliers can join Directory or enter a Client-Connected membership whose tier reflects project risk and required checks. Worker Management adds site and role requirements, training records and worker reporting. Evaluate company approval and a particular worker’s permission to do a task as separate decisions.

Best-fit starting point: Organizations evaluating both supplier qualification and worker readiness across sites.

Check before buying: A Directory membership is not the same purchase as client-required verification or a hiring-client deployment. Match each workflow to the quoted platform, region and membership.

### Pricing

Directory starting price; Client-Connected and hiring-client scope quoted separately. The Directory page checked on 27 September 2026 publishes a $249 annual starting price and notes regional, eligibility and membership limits. Client-Connected plans are based on the number of connections and project or trade risk level, with verifications such as insurance and injury and illness checks. Request the actual supplier connections, worker-management scope, onboarding, renewal and taxes in the quote; the reviewed plan pages do not establish a universal Client-Connected or hiring-client price. Confirm the billing currency rather than assuming the dollar symbol applies to every territory.

### When the price fits

Avetta may justify its membership and worker-management costs when company qualification and individual site readiness both need a defined process. It is less suitable if the buyer treats the Directory starting fee or Pegasus offline cards as proof of a complete Client-Connected and Worker Management deployment.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [partial]: Directory reconfirms the displayed $249/year starting amount, with currency and regional eligibility to confirm. Client-Connected scope is determined by client requirements and project risk; no universal price was published on the reviewed plans page.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.avetta.com/plans
- https://www.avetta.com/suppliers-contractors/directory
- https://www.avetta.com/blog/enhancing-workforce-mobility-introducing-offline-mode-in-workforce-by-avetta

### Offline capabilities

The Workforce by Avetta article documents offline QR codes and company cards for Pegasus Workforce Management. It says competency documents and role information require internet access, and explicitly distinguishes the Avetta Worker Management Mobile app. This is not evidence that every Avetta deployment supports the same offline behavior. Demonstrate the quoted app and the site-side decision with stale data and no connection.

Product scope: Avetta supplier network and Worker Management. Directory, Client-Connected memberships and Pegasus Workforce Management have distinct scopes.

Review scope: Documentation-based membership and worker-scope review refreshed on 27 September 2026. It is not hands-on testing, customer testimony or proof of site authorization.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Company and worker decisions: Build one acceptance scenario with an approved supplier but a worker missing a required qualification. Ask who can resolve the gap and what the site supervisor sees.
  Sources: https://www.avetta.com/clients/solutions/health-and-safety/worker-management
- Requirements and exceptions: The administrator reference lists site/role assignments, variances and grace periods. Demonstrate who may change them and how the resulting decision is reviewed.
  Sources: https://help.avetta.com/articles/en_US/Knowledge/Worker-Management-Overview-Client-Admin
- Reporting and data exchange: Run a worker report for one site and check the identifiers and status fields. Public API documentation exists; agree access, field coverage and integration ownership before assuming a connector is included.
  Sources: https://help.avetta.com/articles/en_US/Knowledge/Worker-Management-Reports, https://docs.worker.avetta.com/
- Connectivity and app boundaries: A cached card is not a fresh task-qualification decision. In the proposed app, test a revoked credential and agree the maximum record age accepted by site staff.
  Sources: https://www.avetta.com/blog/enhancing-workforce-mobility-introducing-offline-mode-in-workforce-by-avetta
- Commercial scope: Quote Directory, required verification and worker-management scope separately. Ask what happens to supplier charges when another hiring client or project is added.
  Sources: https://www.avetta.com/plans, https://www.avetta.com/suppliers-contractors/directory

### Capability scope

- Supplier membership and verification tiers [documented]: Directory and Client-Connected scopes are described. Sources: https://www.avetta.com/plans
- Worker site and role requirements [documented]: Published in Worker Management product and administrator documentation. Sources: https://www.avetta.com/clients/solutions/health-and-safety/worker-management, https://help.avetta.com/articles/en_US/Knowledge/Worker-Management-Overview-Client-Admin
- Worker report retrieval [documented]: Report types and public API documentation are available; scope access separately. Sources: https://help.avetta.com/articles/en_US/Knowledge/Worker-Management-Reports, https://docs.worker.avetta.com/
- Offline QR and company cards [conditional]: Documented for Workforce by Avetta on Pegasus Workforce Management; not transferable to all apps. Sources: https://www.avetta.com/blog/enhancing-workforce-mobility-introducing-offline-mode-in-workforce-by-avetta
- Disconnected Worker Management qualification decisions [unverified]: Not established for Avetta Worker Management Mobile by the Pegasus article.
- Company prequalification and monitoring [documented]: The vendor describes collecting and reviewing safety records, certifications and other supplier documents, with requirements tailored to locality. Specify the services and regional scope in the proposal. Sources: https://www.avetta.com/clients/solutions/health-and-safety/prequalification
- Contractor insurance verification and expiry monitoring [documented]: Avetta documents configurable policy requirements, electronic collection, professional review and expiry alerts. Confirm jurisdictions, coverage types and service levels. Sources: https://www.avetta.com/clients/solutions/business-risk/insurance-verification
- Business and financial risk monitoring [documented]: The solution documents financial reports, country scores, legal proceedings, sanctions and adverse-media monitoring with alerts. Verify geography, refresh cadence and provider coverage. Sources: https://www.avetta.com/clients/solutions/business-risk/business-financial-risk
- Contractor cybersecurity ratings and assessments [documented]: The solution combines SecurityScorecard ratings with configurable assessments and issue history. Confirm ownership, remediation and purchased module. Sources: https://www.avetta.com/clients/solutions/business-risk/contractor-cybersecurity-risk
- Supplier ESG, emissions and diversity evaluation [documented]: The sustainability solution documents ESG forms and ratings, emissions collection and reporting, plus diversity classification and certificates. Confirm frameworks, regions and verification services. Sources: https://www.avetta.com/clients/solutions/sustainability-esg-dei

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Prepare a worker for a site and role
1. Create or connect the worker account and assign the relevant site and role.
2. Complete required training and submit the requested qualification evidence.
3. Review gaps and demonstrate the site decision using the worker record.

#### Review readiness across a site
1. Open the worker-management view for the relevant supplier and site.
2. Inspect an incomplete requirement and any authorized variance or grace period.
3. Run a worker report and demonstrate how a corrected record appears to the reviewer.

#### Proposed demo: company approved, worker requirement missing
1. Start with a company that meets the proposed prequalification requirements.
2. Assign one worker to two sites with different role requirements.
3. Leave a required credential missing or expired in the test scenario.
4. Verify status visibility and the decision passed to any separately scoped access system.

### Product presentations

- [Worker Management client dashboard](https://help.avetta.com/articles/en_US/Knowledge/Worker-Management-Overview-Client-Admin): Official vendor help-centre image of the client admin dashboard; the page uses demo-style data.
- [Worker details with requirement status](https://help.avetta.com/articles/en_US/Knowledge/Worker-Management-Overview-Client-Admin): Official vendor help-centre image of a worker requirement list with status and due dates; demo data.

### Questions and answers

#### Does $249/year cover a client-required Avetta deployment?
That is the published Directory starting price. Obtain a quote for Client-Connected requirements and the hiring-client or worker-management scope.

#### Does every Avetta app work offline?
No such conclusion follows from the reviewed sources. The documented QR/card behavior is specifically for the Workforce app used with Pegasus Workforce Management.

#### Is there a verified free trial?
The product page offers a demo request. This review did not establish a free self-service trial.

#### Is company prequalification the same as worker qualification?
Avetta presents prequalification and Worker Management as distinct solution scopes. Worker Management defines training and qualification requirements by role and location; confirm both scopes if you need company vetting and individual readiness.

#### Can the same worker have different requirements at different sites?
The Worker Management page describes role- and location-based requirements. Demonstrate one worker assigned to two sites with different training requirements and confirm how exceptions and expired credentials appear.

#### Does a prequalified supplier automatically receive site access?
That conclusion is not established by the reviewed product pages. Specify worker records, induction, access-system integration and the responsible decision maker separately in the demo and quote.

#### What is an Avetta membership?
Avetta describes Directory membership for supplier visibility and project discovery, plus Client-Connected plans whose scope depends on client requirements and project risk. Membership is not a universal approval: confirm the required checks, worker scope and renewal terms for each client connection.

#### How much does Avetta membership cost?
Avetta Directory is advertised from $249 per year, subject to region, eligibility and membership details. The reviewed official pages do not publish a universal Client-Connected price; request the total for required verifications, worker management, support, taxes and renewal.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-19: Added practical Worker Management workflows and source-linked criteria; clarified Directory pricing and corrected offline claims to the documented Pegasus app scope.
- 2026-09-20: The compact starting-price label now retains the currency caveat already present in the full plan details. Amounts and whole-profile research dates are unchanged.
- 2026-09-27: Rechecked Directory and Client-Connected membership scope and added direct membership and cost answers for current AI search demand.

### Demo questions

- Put the same supplier on two projects with different risk and verification requirements; show the membership and total charges for each.
- Assign a worker to a site and role, then show one missing requirement and the authorized correction process.
- Expire a credential in a test account and show the worker view, site decision and report; include any grace period or variance.
- Name the mobile app and platform in the quote. Disconnect the worker device and site device separately and show which evidence remains available.
- Export a worker report and demonstrate the fields, permissions, retention and handover process we would use when changing suppliers.

### Primary sources

- [Supplier membership scope and tiering](https://www.avetta.com/plans)
- [Directory starting price and eligibility](https://www.avetta.com/suppliers-contractors/directory)
- [Worker Management product and demo](https://www.avetta.com/clients/solutions/health-and-safety/worker-management)
- [Client administrator workflow reference](https://help.avetta.com/articles/en_US/Knowledge/Worker-Management-Overview-Client-Admin)
- [Worker Management reports](https://help.avetta.com/articles/en_US/Knowledge/Worker-Management-Reports)
- [Pegasus Workforce app offline limits](https://www.avetta.com/blog/enhancing-workforce-mobility-introducing-offline-mode-in-workforce-by-avetta)
- [Worker Management API and regional hosts](https://docs.worker.avetta.com/)
- [Company prequalification and monitoring](https://www.avetta.com/clients/solutions/health-and-safety/prequalification)
- [Contractor insurance requirements and continuous monitoring](https://www.avetta.com/clients/solutions/business-risk/insurance-verification)
- [Business and financial risk monitoring](https://www.avetta.com/clients/solutions/business-risk/business-financial-risk)
- [Contractor cybersecurity ratings and assessments](https://www.avetta.com/clients/solutions/business-risk/contractor-cybersecurity-risk)
- [Supplier ESG, emissions and diversity assessment](https://www.avetta.com/clients/solutions/sustainability-esg-dei)
- [Avetta privacy and security FAQ](https://www.avetta.com/legal/privacy-security-faq)

## Persefoni

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/persefoni
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: Persefoni AI
Persefoni serves businesses as well as financial institutions. Pro and Advanced have different commercial and data-management scopes; financed-emissions requirements need separate evaluation.

Persefoni supports organizational carbon accounting and sustainability reporting. Evaluate how your source records become calculations, how reviewers can reproduce a result and what the selected plan exports. A free entry plan should be assessed against the required data controls and reporting deliverables before wider rollout.

Best-fit starting point: Teams building a repeatable carbon inventory from operational and supplier data, with reporting and assurance evidence to scope.

Check before buying: Official pages differ on the release status of some audit and reporting controls. Confirm availability in the proposed account; a reporting template does not guarantee regulatory compliance or independent assurance. Framework coverage of the free report builder also differs between the pricing page (CSRD, ISSB and CDP) and the reporting page (CSRD first, others coming soon); confirm the live frameworks.

### Pricing

Free Pro plan; Advanced by proposal. Pro is a permanent free plan, not a time-limited trial. Its published base scope is single-user; selected exports, extra users and support can require upgrades. Advanced requires a proposal. Itemize the required report outputs, integrations, data volume, onboarding and support rather than treating free access as the price of the full programme.

### When the price fits

Persefoni Pro is worth evaluating when a single user needs a recurring carbon inventory and its included outputs meet customer requests. Advanced is more defensible when custom data ingestion and collaboration justify the proposal; it is less suitable as a replacement for operational incident or permit management.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: All five selected plan and product sources were accessible. Free Pro and Advanced ingestion distinctions were rechecked; conflicting coming-soon labels remain for supplier, audit and reporting scope. No Advanced amount was established.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.persefoni.com/pricing
- https://www.persefoni.com/business/carbon-footprint-measurement-analytics
- https://www.persefoni.com/sustainability-reporting
- https://www.persefoni.com/product/integration-hub
- https://www.persefoni.com/en-gb/business/scope-3-supplier-engagement

### Offline workflow not verified

No disconnected calculation or mobile-capture workflow was established in the reviewed sources. Test interrupted uploads, saved drafts and recovery for your actual data-collection process; bulk upload is not evidence of an offline app.

Product scope: Pro for an initial organizational inventory; Advanced for more configurable programmes. Reporting exports, connectors and specialist financial-services needs must be named in the agreement.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Source data and boundaries: Bring records with mixed units and an intentional duplicate. Ask the vendor to identify the entity, period and activity for each record and demonstrate rejected or corrected inputs.
  Sources: https://www.persefoni.com/product/integration-hub
- Factor selection and reproducibility: Pick one material result. Request its input, formula, unit conversion, factor source and dataset version. Establish who approves substitutions and how historic results are reproduced.
  Sources: https://www.persefoni.com/business/carbon-footprint-measurement-analytics
- Changes and review controls: Demonstrate a correction after review. Check prior values, permissions and the effect on a closed period. Resolve inconsistent release labels in the public documentation before accepting the workflow.
  Sources: https://www.persefoni.com/business/carbon-footprint-measurement-analytics, https://www.persefoni.com/pricing
- Reporting deliverables: Ask for a sample output from the exact plan. Distinguish a narrative report, quantitative metrics and the calculation evidence an external reviewer will request.
  Sources: https://www.persefoni.com/sustainability-reporting, https://www.persefoni.com/pricing
- Integration and ongoing ownership: Map an actual source system to the proposed connector. Agree credentials, field mapping, failed-import handling, reconciliation and the people responsible after onboarding.
  Sources: https://www.persefoni.com/product/integration-hub

### Capability scope

- Organizational carbon inventory [documented]: Scope 1, 2 and 3 calculations are documented; assess the required activity categories and accounting boundary. Sources: https://www.persefoni.com/business/carbon-footprint-measurement-analytics
- Supplier data exchange [conditional]: Pricing distinguishes responding to requests in Pro from sending and responding in Advanced. The supplier page retains a coming-soon label; confirm the live account workflow. Sources: https://www.persefoni.com/pricing, https://www.persefoni.com/en-gb/business/scope-3-supplier-engagement
- API and Integration Hub ingestion [conditional]: The plan comparison places APIs and Integration Hub in Advanced, distinct from Pro forms and bulk uploads. Sources: https://www.persefoni.com/pricing, https://www.persefoni.com/product/integration-hub
- Calculation traceability [conditional]: The measurement page describes formula, conversion and factor visibility, with Pro release qualifications. Reproduce a calculation in the offered account. Sources: https://www.persefoni.com/business/carbon-footprint-measurement-analytics
- Review controls and activity history [conditional]: Pricing lists review and audit controls, but measurement copy retains forthcoming labels for Pro logs and Advanced approval or period controls. Resolve availability before acceptance. Sources: https://www.persefoni.com/business/carbon-footprint-measurement-analytics, https://www.persefoni.com/pricing
- Disclosure review record [documented]: The report builder describes attachments, activity tracking and report locking. Confirm the required framework and permissions. The pricing page says the free report builder covers CSRD, ISSB and CDP, while the reporting page says it initially supports CSRD with ISSB, CDP and other frameworks coming soon; this is a conflict to resolve in writing, so confirm which frameworks are live in your account before relying on the builder. Sources: https://www.persefoni.com/sustainability-reporting, https://www.persefoni.com/pricing
- Plan-specific reporting exports [conditional]: Narrative report preparation and detailed metrics or methodology exports have different entitlements. Demonstrate the exact purchased output. Sources: https://www.persefoni.com/pricing, https://www.persefoni.com/sustainability-reporting
- AI-assisted anomaly detection [conditional]: PersefoniAI is described as detecting statistical anomalies in large footprint datasets. Treat flags as review prompts rather than validation or assurance, and test thresholds, false positives and reviewer disposition. Sources: https://www.persefoni.com/persefoniai, https://www.persefoni.com/pricing
- Net-zero scenario modelling and target tracking [conditional]: Net-Zero Navigator generates reduction scenarios and tracks progress against targets. The product is labelled Advanced and pricing lists it as an add-on, so confirm entitlement and scenario assumptions. Sources: https://www.persefoni.com/en-gb/business/decarbonization-management, https://www.persefoni.com/pricing
- Operational waste and water tracking [documented]: Plan comparison documents location-level tracking for waste generation, hazardous waste, water withdrawal source, consumption and disposal or discharge destination. This is activity tracking, not proof of permit compliance or complete environmental workflows. Sources: https://www.persefoni.com/pricing

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: supplier request to accepted input
1. Choose a supplier, reporting period and input boundary and confirm request-sending entitlement.
2. Ask for a missing unit or evidence correction and show who accepts the returned data.
3. Keep estimated and supplier-provided inputs distinguishable and inspect the retained source.

#### Proposed demo: calculation correction and review
1. Load a representative utility or activity record and inspect its factor and calculation detail.
2. Correct a reviewed record and demonstrate available history, permissions and period controls.
3. Reproduce the earlier result and resolve any coming-soon capability before accepting the account.

#### Proposed demo: inventory to purchased disclosure export
1. Choose a required report and confirm its availability in the selected plan.
2. Attach supporting evidence and demonstrate report activity tracking and locking.
3. Export the required narrative, metrics and methodology deliverables and identify any paid additions.

### Product presentations

- [Explore the official reporting workflow](https://www.persefoni.com/sustainability-reporting): Vendor product page with reporting illustrations. Availability labels on the page require confirmation; this is not a hands-on review.
- [Year-over-year facility comparison](https://www.persefoni.com/blog/enhanced-dashboards): Official Persefoni Enhanced Dashboards visual comparing facility emissions across reporting years; sample data are illustrative and the feature is associated with the Advanced plan.
- [Energy by month and footprint source](https://www.persefoni.com/blog/enhanced-dashboards): Official Persefoni Enhanced Dashboards visual showing monthly energy by footprint source; values are illustrative and dashboard configuration may vary.
- [Emissions by country](https://www.persefoni.com/blog/enhanced-dashboards): Official Persefoni Enhanced Dashboards visual mapping emissions by country; sample values are illustrative and the feature is associated with the Advanced plan.

### Questions and answers

#### Is Pro a free trial?
No. Pro is a permanent free plan, not a trial of Advanced. Optional paid additions and a separate Advanced proposal must be assessed.

#### Can Pro send supplier data requests?
The plan comparison distinguishes Pro responses from Advanced sending and responses. The supplier product page still shows coming soon, so demonstrate availability rather than relying on the headline.

#### Are APIs included with basic ingestion?
The pricing comparison places APIs and Integration Hub in Advanced. Pro forms and bulk uploads do not establish API entitlement.

#### Can we rely on every published audit control today?
No. Measurement and pricing pages retain inconsistent release labels. Ask for the actual account to demonstrate logs, review and period controls and record the agreed availability.

#### Is report locking the same as locking the inventory period?
No. The reporting page describes locking reports, while the measurement page separately qualifies advanced data controls. Demonstrate both if the process requires them.

#### Does the free report builder include every export?
No universal export entitlement is established. Check the required metrics and methodology output against the selected plan and paid additions.

#### Does supplier data collection verify the supplier automatically?
A received response is not independent assurance. Ask how evidence, estimation methods, exceptions and reviewer decisions are retained for your intended supplier process.

#### Can we perform carbon accounting offline?
Disconnected operation was not established by the reviewed pages. Demonstrate interrupted uploads and recovery; file ingestion does not prove an offline application.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-19: Replaced unsupported finance-only positioning and accuracy superlatives with scoped business accounting, free-plan distinctions, release-status caveats and source-linked evaluation tasks.

### Demo questions

- Import a sample utility bill and supplier record. Show unit validation, duplicate detection and the boundary assigned to each.
- Reproduce one calculation with its original input, conversion, factor source and version, then explain what changes when a factor is updated.
- Correct an approved record and show the previous value, editor, reason and effect on a previously issued report.
- Export the exact inventory and disclosure deliverables we need from the quoted plan, including methodology and retained evidence.
- Identify any coming-soon controls in this demonstration and itemize users, report add-ons, connectors, onboarding and recurring support.

### Primary sources

- [Plan comparison and free-plan conditions](https://www.persefoni.com/pricing)
- [Calculation detail and release-status qualifications](https://www.persefoni.com/business/carbon-footprint-measurement-analytics)
- [Reporting workflow and framework availability](https://www.persefoni.com/sustainability-reporting)
- [Integration Hub](https://www.persefoni.com/product/integration-hub)
- [Free account registration](https://www.persefoni.com/sign-up)
- [Demo request](https://www.persefoni.com/schedule-demo)
- [Supplier engagement and release-status label](https://www.persefoni.com/en-gb/business/scope-3-supplier-engagement)
- [Enhanced Dashboards product update — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.persefoni.com/blog/enhanced-dashboards)
- [Net-Zero Navigator scenarios and target tracking — checked 29 September 2026](https://www.persefoni.com/en-gb/business/decarbonization-management)
- [PersefoniAI anomaly detection and Copilot — checked 29 September 2026](https://www.persefoni.com/persefoniai)
- [Regulatory reporting and assurance-provider access — checked 29 September 2026](https://www.persefoni.com/business/regulatory-ghg-emissions-reporting)
- [Official security and compliance Trust Center — checked 29 September 2026](https://trust.persefoni.com/)

## Qualio

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/qualio
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Qualio is a cloud quality and compliance platform for life sciences. This profile covers its current eQMS product; the Foundation, Growth and Scale offerings have different commercial and configuration scope.

Qualio connects controlled procedures with the training and quality actions they affect. A useful evaluation starts with a changed procedure or supplier issue: follow the review, approvals, associated training and evidence needed to close the record. Its public materials describe configurable quality workflows and validation support; your team must still establish suitability for its intended use.

Best-fit starting point: Life-science quality teams replacing separate document, training, CAPA and supplier records with a connected eQMS.

Check before buying: A vendor validation pack is an input to your assurance process, not approval of your configured use. Define responsibilities, review scope and acceptance evidence before go-live.

### Pricing

Annual subscription; tailored quote. Foundation includes 5 edit users and Growth 10; basic users are unlimited in both. Scale has custom pricing and implementation. An implementation fee applies to all plans. The reviewed page supplies no subscription amount; do not use the previous $749/month catalog value as current pricing. Request additional-user, integration and instance costs in writing. Foundation lists 5 quality-event templates and Growth unlimited. The development-tools catalogue lists 2 versus up to 3 integrations, while the page separately labels Integration Hub as an add-on. Framework allowances are 3 versus 5. Confirm included connectors and additional integration or framework charges in the quote.

### When the price fits

Qualio can justify its subscription and implementation fee when controlled documents, training and quality events need a shared life-science workflow. It is less compelling for teams needing only simple inspections or expecting every integration and regulatory framework in the base package.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: Foundation/Growth edit-user allowances and implementation fees reconfirmed; current pricing distinguishes included integrations from Integration Hub add-ons, while validation remains a customer-specific assurance process.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.qualio.com/pricing
- https://docs.qualio.com/en/articles/6633565-qualio-validation-overview

### Offline workflow not verified

Offline document editing, training completion and quality-event synchronization were not established by the reviewed official pages. Demonstrate any disconnected use separately, including how controlled copies, signatures and later synchronization are handled.

Product scope: The eQMS and product-development scope can include controlled documents and change, training, suppliers, quality events, audits, design controls, risk, parts and BOM, software-development evidence, API and integrations, and AI-assisted workflows. Clinical EDC, study-build services, implementation, professional services and some clinical add-ons are separately scoped. Confirm the exact subscribed products, users, sites, studies, storage, integrations and services.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Document change and training: Trace a revised procedure from review to approval and training. Check who can access previous versions and export the relevant evidence.
  Sources: https://www.qualio.com/product/document-management-software, https://www.qualio.com/product/training-management-software
- Quality-event closure: Use a real anonymised nonconformance to test investigation, assigned actions and closure criteria. Ask for an effectiveness review and demonstrate how a failed check is handled.
  Sources: https://www.qualio.com/product/capa-management-software
- Supplier governance: Apply a risk-based policy to a supplier, request missing evidence, review the approval decision and export the approved supplier list.
  Sources: https://www.qualio.com/product/supplier-management-software
- Commercial configuration: Have the vendor map each required workflow and connector to the proposal. Confirm allowances and any add-ons before comparing total cost.
  Sources: https://www.qualio.com/pricing
- Validation and release ownership: Review the support pack against intended use, approve configuration and record how future releases will be assessed. Request current, rather than historical, release evidence.
  Sources: https://docs.qualio.com/en/articles/6633565-qualio-validation-overview, https://docs.qualio.com/en/articles/6666196-validation-resources

### Capability scope

- Controlled document lifecycle [documented]: Official materials describe authoring, approval, version history and permissions; verify your signature and distribution process. Sources: https://www.qualio.com/product/document-management-software
- Training linked to quality records [documented]: Role-based assignments, new-document workflows and completion reporting are published. Sources: https://www.qualio.com/product/training-management-software
- CAPA and nonconformance workflows [documented]: Qualio Events supports configured steps, tasks, routing and links to related quality information. Sources: https://www.qualio.com/product/capa-management-software
- Supplier qualification records [documented]: Policies, document requirements, audit cadence, approvals and approved supplier list exports are published. Sources: https://www.qualio.com/product/supplier-management-software
- Integration and advanced plan scope [conditional]: Catalog access and included allowances vary; confirm the selected connector and commercial scope. The pricing table lists Reporting and Analytics dashboards in both Foundation and Growth. Sources: https://www.qualio.com/pricing
- Validation support [documented]: Support documentation is published. Customer evaluation, configuration records and intended-use decisions remain necessary. Sources: https://docs.qualio.com/en/articles/6633565-qualio-validation-overview, https://docs.qualio.com/en/articles/6666196-validation-resources
- Offline quality workflows [unverified]: The reviewed official sources do not establish offline editing, training or event synchronization.
- Connected change control [documented]: Qualio describes review and approval of changes across documents, design controls and quality artifacts, linked training and CAPAs, notifications, history and exportable logs. Define impact, implementation and verification stages rather than treat the workflow as prevalidated. Sources: https://www.qualio.com/product/change-control-software
- Internal audit scheduling and findings [documented]: The audit product covers scheduled tasks, evidence, due dates, findings and links to CAPAs or nonconformances. Audit-ready language is vendor positioning, not certification or a guarantee of external-audit success. Sources: https://www.qualio.com/product/audit-management-software
- Medical-device design controls [conditional]: Design Controls links requirements, risks, verification and validation evidence and generates traceability outputs. The module must be enabled on request, permissioned carefully and sandbox-validated before production; confirm entitlement and engineering-system model. Sources: https://www.qualio.com/product/design-controls-software, https://docs.qualio.com/en/articles/6093750-configuring-design-controls-for-medical-devices
- Developer API [conditional]: In the plan table the Developer API sits under Growth and not Foundation. Qualio documents a token-authenticated REST API across named resources. Administrative access, endpoint coverage and fair-usage limits are documented, while connector allowances and Integration Hub scope remain plan-dependent. Sources: https://docs.qualio.com/en/articles/12604878-qualio-developer-api, https://www.qualio.com/pricing
- Immutable platform audit trail [documented]: Qualio states that attributable timestamped audit entries cannot be altered or deleted through the interface, including by administrators. Alignment statements remain vendor documentation and IP-derived geolocation is approximate. Sources: https://docs.qualio.com/en/articles/11122-audit-trail-overview

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Procedure revision to completed training
1. Select a controlled procedure and propose a change using the configured review process.
2. Approve the revision and demonstrate the training assignments triggered for the relevant roles.
3. Check outstanding training and retrieve the approved version, assignment and completion evidence.

#### Supplier issue to reviewed corrective action
1. Identify the affected supplier and open a quality event with supporting evidence.
2. Demonstrate investigation and assigned corrective actions, including any linked procedure or training change.
3. Request an effectiveness check and show how the reviewer records closure or further work.

#### Design change through traceability review
1. In a sandbox, create a representative product with requirements, tests and risk policy.
2. Change one design input and identify affected outputs, risks, verification tests and documents.
3. Route the change for review, reject it once and record corrected evidence.
4. Generate traceability and change-history outputs and reconcile them with the audit trail.

#### Internal audit finding through controlled change
1. Schedule an internal audit and assign evidence tasks.
2. Record a finding and link it to a nonconformance or CAPA.
3. Raise a controlled procedure change and associated training, then complete effectiveness review.
4. Export findings, approvals, change log, training evidence and audit-trail entries.

### Product presentations

- [Official document-control product presentation](https://www.qualio.com/product/document-management-software): Vendor-authored product page with interface examples; a presentation of scope, not evidence of testing in your configuration.
- [Quality-event task details](https://www.qualio.com/product/capa-management-software): Official Qualio screenshot showing an assigned audit-response task, supporting content and closure sections; demo records and configured steps are illustrative.
- [Quality-events overview](https://www.qualio.com/product/capa-management-software): Official Qualio screenshot of the Events workspace with CAPA and customer-complaint records; the demo data and filters are illustrative.
- [Customer-complaint workflow](https://www.qualio.com/product/capa-management-software): Official Qualio screenshot showing a customer-complaint event with preliminary-report and investigation stages; workflow, roles and sample records are illustrative.

### Questions and answers

#### Which Qualio plans are currently advertised?
The pricing page lists Foundation, Growth and Scale. Confirm the chosen plan and required configuration in the proposal.

#### Is Qualio currently $749 per month?
That earlier catalog price was not verified on the reviewed official pricing page. Qualio requests a tailored quote; use the vendor proposal for your budget.

#### Is a demo the same as a free trial?
No. An official demo request is available, but a self-service free trial was not established from the reviewed sources.

#### Does the validation pack finish our validation?
No. Qualio describes a partnership: customers assess intended use and risks, document relevant configuration and summarize suitability for use. Review the supplied evidence within your own assurance process.

#### Can training follow a document change?
Qualio publishes training workflows for newly approved documents and role-based assignments. Demonstrate your revision, training and completion rules with a sample procedure.

#### Does purchasing Qualio guarantee regulatory compliance?
No such guarantee is established by this profile. Product features and supporting documents do not replace your procedures, controls, approvals and assessment of applicable requirements.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-19: Replaced the unverified catalog price with current quote-based plan scope; added linked workflow evidence, supplier checks and customer validation responsibilities.
- 2026-09-20: Targeted pricing-page review added Foundation/Growth quality-event, integration and framework limits. This does not refresh the full profile or validation review.

### Demo questions

- Revise an SOP, approve it and show affected training assignments and the retained version history.
- Take a supplier nonconformance through investigation, corrective action and an effectiveness check; show the closure decision.
- Show how supplier risk changes required documents, approval and audit scheduling.
- Provide the proposed plan, edit-user count, event-template allowances and separately priced integrations.
- Identify who approves intended-use risks, configuration and validation evidence, including after a product update.

### Primary sources

- [Current plans and commercial conditions](https://www.qualio.com/pricing)
- [Document lifecycle and permissions](https://www.qualio.com/product/document-management-software)
- [Training assignments and reporting](https://www.qualio.com/product/training-management-software)
- [CAPA and nonconformance workflows](https://www.qualio.com/product/capa-management-software)
- [Supplier review and approval](https://www.qualio.com/product/supplier-management-software)
- [Validation approach and customer responsibilities](https://docs.qualio.com/en/articles/6633565-qualio-validation-overview)
- [Validation resources and release history](https://docs.qualio.com/en/articles/6666196-validation-resources)
- [Book a demonstration](https://www.qualio.com/demo)
- [Connected QMS change-control scope](https://www.qualio.com/product/change-control-software)
- [Internal audit schedules, tasks and findings](https://www.qualio.com/product/audit-management-software)
- [Design-control traceability and release documentation](https://www.qualio.com/product/design-controls-software)
- [Design Controls enablement, permissions and sandbox-validation guidance](https://docs.qualio.com/en/articles/6093750-configuring-design-controls-for-medical-devices)
- [Developer API scope, tokens and endpoint boundaries](https://docs.qualio.com/en/articles/12604878-qualio-developer-api)
- [Audit-trail contents, immutability and geolocation limitation](https://docs.qualio.com/en/articles/11122-audit-trail-overview)

## Lytx (DriveCam)

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/lytx
Sources checked: 2026-10-11
This profile focuses on DriveCam hardware and the Driver Safety Program. LytxOne, Lytx+ with Geotab and reseller-delivered Surfsight are separately scoped offers, not interchangeable names.

Lytx combines vehicle cameras with driver-safety workflows. Evaluate the complete route from an event captured in a vehicle to a reviewed record and coaching follow-up. Choose the device, service and region before assuming that a fleet-management or compliance feature is included.

Best-fit starting point: Fleet teams that need vehicle-event evidence and a repeatable driver-coaching process.

Check before buying: Device recording, cloud availability and retention are different questions. Confirm the purchased service and regional privacy settings; a detected event is not a verified conclusion about a driver's conduct.

### Pricing

Hardware and service proposal. Request a quote for the camera model, vehicle count, installation, connectivity, review/coaching service and retention requirements. Separate optional cameras, integrations, replacement equipment, support and renewal terms. The legacy $25/vehicle/month amount was not verified as a current offer.

### When the price fits

Lytx can justify a hardware-and-service proposal when fleet managers will use event video in a defined coaching process and have agreed retention and privacy settings. It is less suitable for buyers seeking a general workplace safety system or expecting camera recording alone to establish responsibility for an incident.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-09-19 [partial]: DriveCam hardware scope and privacy documentation were accessible; no public subscription amount or complete disconnected recording/upload guarantee was established.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.lytx.com/drivecam-event-recorder
- https://www.lytx.com/about-us/privacy-and-security

### Capture and remote access differ

The reviewed device page describes recording and live video, but does not establish a complete disconnected operating specification. Test capture, upload recovery and remote retrieval separately under your coverage conditions. Local recording capacity must not be represented as cloud retention or guaranteed availability after an incident.

Product scope: DriveCam devices and the Driver Safety Program. Telematics bundles, compliance tools, extra cameras and reseller services require explicit inclusion.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Event review and coaching: Ask a reviewer to inspect an event, correct its classification if needed and record the agreed coaching action. Check how later follow-up is linked.
  Sources: https://www.lytx.com/fleet-safety
- Vehicle and camera configuration: Use a representative vehicle to confirm mounting, views, audio settings, power and installation responsibilities. Record the actual model demonstrated.
  Sources: https://www.lytx.com/drivecam-event-recorder
- Connectivity and retrieval: Run a controlled coverage-loss scenario. Measure the delay between capture and authorised retrieval and identify any unrecoverable gaps.
  Sources: https://www.lytx.com/drivecam-event-recorder
- Access and regional options: Compare driver, coach and administrator permissions. Check whether the proposed region supports the privacy options you require.
  Sources: https://www.lytx.com/about-us/privacy-and-security
- Retention and incident preservation: Ask for the retention schedule for each record type, incident-preservation procedure and exported evidence. Do not substitute device recording hours for contractual retention.
  Sources: https://www.lytx.com/about-us/privacy-and-security

### Capability scope

- Vehicle-event recording [documented]: DriveCam hardware records vehicle video; configurations and service options must be identified. Sources: https://www.lytx.com/drivecam-event-recorder
- Structured coaching [documented]: The Driver Safety Program describes configurable coaching and progress reporting. Sources: https://www.lytx.com/fleet-safety
- In-cab alerts [conditional]: Published device capability; confirm enabled behaviours and configuration on the proposed model. Sources: https://www.lytx.com/drivecam-event-recorder
- Regional video privacy controls [conditional]: The privacy page describes configurable controls and restricts Conceal availability to Europe in the reviewed wording. Sources: https://www.lytx.com/about-us/privacy-and-security
- Guaranteed retrieval while disconnected [unverified]: No such guarantee was established in the reviewed material.
- Driver self-coaching with timed escalation [documented]: Lytx describes guided review and acknowledgment for eligible lower-severity events. A configurable non-completion threshold routes the event to manager coaching; serious or repeated behaviours remain manager-led. Sources: https://www.lytx.com/blog/introducing-self-coaching-giving-drivers-more-ownership-of-safety
- Driver app performance history [documented]: The iOS and Android Driver App presents video and 90-day performance trends. The same page describes ELD functions, which require the relevant service rather than being assumed included in every safety purchase. Sources: https://www.lytx.com/features/driver-app
- Consent before facial identification [conditional]: The Facial ID product page describes opt-in through SMS or email before activation using in-cab cameras. Confirm service availability, compatible devices and handling of refused or withdrawn consent; this is not a legal-compliance guarantee. Sources: https://www.lytx.com/features/facial-id-and-consent-management
- Risk detection without in-cab video recording [conditional]: Risk ID Without Recording can produce behavior metadata, duration reporting and in-cab audio alerts without storing inside-view video. Confirm compatible hardware, behaviors, region and account configuration. Sources: https://www.lytx.com/features/risk-id-without-recording
- Continual behavior duration reporting [conditional]: Reports can show minutes and percentage of drive time for identified recurring behaviors. Confirm behaviors, devices and tier; the report is risk context, not a finding of fault. Sources: https://www.lytx.com/features/continual-behavior-reporting
- Environmental-context risk scoring [conditional]: Dynamic Risk adds weather and roadwork context, event tags, weighted scoring and in-cab alerts to selected events. Confirm current regional availability and exclude items marked coming soon. Sources: https://www.lytx.com/features/dynamic-risk
- Multi-view video search and selective preservation [conditional]: Video Search supports frame-by-frame review, simultaneous camera views and saving selected views to a library. Confirm device, channels, service, connectivity and retention. Sources: https://www.lytx.com/video/feature-focus-lytx-video-search-capabilities
- APIs, webhooks and pre-built connectors [conditional]: The developer portal documents APIs and webhooks while the Integration Network lists connectors. Confirm entitlement, authentication, fields, latency, partner licensing and implementation responsibility. Sources: https://developer.lytx.com/docs/gettingstarted, https://www.lytx.com/software-integrations

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Vehicle event to coaching follow-up
1. Capture a representative event using the agreed device and settings.
2. Have the responsible reviewer assess context and agree an appropriate coaching action.
3. Record follow-up and review later observations without assuming an automatic risk-reduction result.

#### Incident evidence retrieval and preservation
1. Identify the vehicle, time window and required views.
2. Retrieve the available evidence under the agreed access controls; document gaps or delayed uploads.
3. Apply the incident-preservation procedure and confirm the export and retention terms.

#### Proposed demo: overdue self-coaching escalation
1. Assign an eligible lower-severity event to a driver and inspect the guided acknowledgment flow.
2. Leave another sample task incomplete until the configured threshold and show the manager assignment.
3. Compare handling of a repeated behaviour and confirm the responsible coach, without treating acknowledgment as proof of improved driving.

#### Proposed demo: privacy-preserving behavior review
1. Configure Risk ID Without Recording on a representative vehicle and document enabled behaviors and inside-camera setting.
2. Use a permitted staged example to verify the in-cab alert and confirm behavior metadata arrives without stored inside-view video.
3. Review the duration report, apply the agreed coaching path and record handling of disputed classifications or privacy requests.

### Product presentations

- [Official DriveCam device overview](https://www.lytx.com/drivecam-event-recorder): Vendor illustrations and device descriptions; not an independent product test.
- [Continual behavior duration report](https://www.lytx.com/features/continual-behavior-reporting): Official vendor image of a continual behavior report listing duration and share of drive time per behavior; the figures look like sample data.
- [Dynamic Risk Index laptop illustration](https://www.lytx.com/features/dynamic-risk): Official vendor marketing illustration of a laptop showing the Dynamic Risk Index; it is not a current-interface screenshot.

### Questions and answers

#### Is DriveCam the same as every Lytx service?
No. The device and purchased software services need separate identification. Check the proposed bundle and region.

#### Is the historical $25 per vehicle price current?
It was not verified. Obtain an itemized quote for your hardware, installation and service scope.

#### Does recording capacity establish retention?
No. Ask separately about device capacity, upload availability, cloud retention and incident preservation.

#### Is a free trial verified?
No general free-trial offer was established in the reviewed sources. The official site provides a demo request.

#### Does an AI event establish driver fault?
No. Review the underlying context and the person's response; this profile does not treat an automated classification as a finding.

#### Can drivers complete Lytx coaching without a manager meeting?
For eligible lower-severity events, Lytx documents a guided self-coaching session in the Driver App. Higher-risk and repeated behaviours remain with managers. Ask which thresholds your fleet can configure.

#### What happens if a Lytx driver ignores a self-coaching task?
The vendor describes a configurable deadline after which an incomplete task escalates to manager-led coaching. Demonstrate this with an overdue example and confirm who receives the assignment.

#### Does Lytx facial identification require a separate consent step?
The published workflow collects opt-in through SMS or email before activating identification. Ask the vendor to demonstrate refusal, withdrawal and manual assignment; the reviewed page does not establish those exception workflows.

#### Does the Lytx Driver App automatically include electronic logging?
Do not assume that it does. The app page covers safety features and the Lytx ELD Service, so the quote should name the purchased service and applicable hardware.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-19: Replaced unverified price and accuracy claims with device/service boundaries, coaching workflows and evidence-access questions.
- 2026-09-20: Targeted documentation review added self-coaching escalation, driver-app service boundaries and consent-before-identification. No subscription, whole-profile or hands-on revalidation is implied.

### Demo questions

- Identify every device, service and regional option included in this vehicle quote.
- Use a sample event to show review, correction of a mistaken classification and coaching follow-up.
- Disconnect the vehicle connection during a permitted test; show what records locally and when the office can retrieve it.
- Show who can view, download or share road-facing, in-cab and audio records, and how changes are logged.
- Demonstrate preservation and export of one incident, then explain routine deletion, retention exceptions and contract exit.

### Primary sources

- [DriveCam device and product-family scope](https://www.lytx.com/drivecam-event-recorder)
- [Driver Safety Program coaching](https://www.lytx.com/fleet-safety)
- [Privacy settings and retention principles](https://www.lytx.com/about-us/privacy-and-security)
- [Demo request](https://www.lytx.com/contact-us/demo)
- [Driver Self-Coaching routing and escalation](https://www.lytx.com/blog/introducing-self-coaching-giving-drivers-more-ownership-of-safety)
- [Driver App and separate ELD service context](https://www.lytx.com/features/driver-app)
- [Facial ID consent workflow](https://www.lytx.com/features/facial-id-and-consent-management)
- [Risk ID Without Recording configuration and duration metadata](https://www.lytx.com/features/risk-id-without-recording)
- [Dynamic Risk environmental context and scoring](https://www.lytx.com/features/dynamic-risk)
- [Continual Driver Behavior Reporting](https://www.lytx.com/features/continual-behavior-reporting)
- [Video Search, simultaneous views and Save to Library](https://www.lytx.com/video/feature-focus-lytx-video-search-capabilities)
- [Official API and webhook developer documentation](https://developer.lytx.com/docs/gettingstarted)
- [Integration Network and pre-built connectors](https://www.lytx.com/software-integrations)

## Cardinus Risk Management

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/cardinus
Sources checked: 2026-10-12
Cardinus offers several products and services. Healthy Working DSE programmes, industrial ergonomics tools and Safe Driving should be scoped separately rather than presented as one licence. Its About page says Cardinus is part of the AmWins Group.

Cardinus combines workplace assessment software with specialist support. This profile centres on Healthy Working for office, home and hybrid work, with industrial ergonomics and fleet products identified as separate scopes. Decide who will perform assessments and resolve follow-up issues before selecting the programme.

Best-fit starting point: Teams organising DSE self-assessments and specialist follow-up across workplace settings.

Check before buying: Self-assessment, specialist assessment and managed programmes have different responsibilities. Industrial motion analysis and fleet services are not established as included in a DSE subscription.

### Pricing

Programme-specific proposal. Request the selected Healthy Working programme, participant count, assessment services and ongoing administration as separate items. Include languages, locations, setup, integrations and renewals. The legacy £2/user/year amount was not verified as a current general offer.

### When the price fits

Healthy Working can be worth its programme quote when DSE self-assessment needs organised follow-up, with Enable or managed Partner selected around internal capacity. It is less suitable as an assumed all-in-one EHS purchase or when industrial ergonomics and fleet services are expected in the same fee.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-09-19 [partial]: Official DSE page distinguishes internally managed Enable from managed Partner; the free-trial page invites new customers to discuss terms, without confirming duration or a general price.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.cardinus.com/dse-software/
- https://www.cardinus.com/healthy-working-trial/

### Offline completion not verified

No complete offline assessment, training or synchronisation workflow was established for the proposed Healthy Working programme. Test interruption and resumption on the devices workers will use; a web-based questionnaire or downloadable resource does not prove offline completion.

Product scope: Healthy Working Assess provides specialist assessments; Enable provides software for internal delivery; Partner adds managed programme support. Industrial ergonomics and Safe Driving are separate evaluation scopes.

Trial status: request-only. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Programme ownership: Identify the tasks your team retains and those delivered by Cardinus. Agree who accepts findings and tracks unresolved actions.
  Sources: https://www.cardinus.com/dse-software/
- Worker and workplace context: Use a worker with two work settings. Demonstrate assignment, completion and reassessment without losing the distinction between locations.
  Sources: https://www.cardinus.com/dse-software/
- Specialist escalation: Choose a concern requiring review and walk through the handoff, appointment information and accepted recommendation.
  Sources: https://www.cardinus.com/dse-software/
- Industrial assessment boundary: If motion analysis is required, name the product and assessment method, then have a competent reviewer explain the output and its limitations.
  Sources: https://www.cardinus.com/us/healthyworkingpro/
- Fleet scope separation: If purchasing driver assessment, trace a profile to its assessment and action plan. Establish which records remain separate from DSE and who can access them.
  Sources: https://www.cardinus.com/driver-risk-assessment-elearning/

### Capability scope

- DSE software for internal delivery [documented]: Healthy Working Enable is described as training, self-assessment and reporting software. Sources: https://www.cardinus.com/dse-software/
- Specialist or managed delivery [conditional]: Assess and Partner describe different service models; confirm the services purchased. Sources: https://www.cardinus.com/dse-software/
- Industrial motion-analysis tools [conditional]: The industrial product page describes Healthy Working Pro and RiskAI. Inclusion in a DSE programme is not established. Sources: https://www.cardinus.com/us/healthyworkingpro/
- Driver assessment and action plans [documented]: Published for the separate Safe Driving product. Sources: https://www.cardinus.com/driver-risk-assessment-elearning/
- Unrestricted instant free trial [unverified]: The trial page requests contact about an option for new customers; access terms require confirmation.
- Offline assessment completion [unverified]: No complete disconnected workflow was verified.
- DSE assessment follow-up in PACE [documented]: Cardinus describes adaptive DSE assessments, risk prioritisation and PACE task assignment, escalation, resolution tracking and audit trails. Confirm manager access, specialist-service records and included exports. Sources: https://www.cardinus.com/dse-data-to-action-guide/
- Language options and customisable content [conditional]: Cardinus pages describe Healthy Working content as customisable and adaptable to different regulations and languages, and its DSE eLearning as available in multiple languages. No complete current language matrix is given. Sources: https://www.cardinus.com/us/ergonomic-management/, https://www.cardinus.com/dse-elearning
- Safe Driving action tracking and communications [conditional]: For the separately scoped fleet programme, Cardinus describes custom email templates, reporting history, an action tracker and licence, insurance and MOT checks. Do not attribute those fleet checks to the DSE package. Sources: https://www.cardinus.com/pace-the-powerhouse-behind-fleet-safety/
- Centralised multi-course DSE eLearning administration [conditional]: Cardinus documents delivery and management of DSE and other compliance eLearning from a central hub, with customisable, multilingual courses. Confirm the course library, languages, administration features and learner records included in the proposed Healthy Working contract. Sources: https://www.cardinus.com/dse-elearning
- HealthyWorking companion smartphone guidance [conditional]: The official app page describes a separate HealthyWorking mobile app with stretch videos, seating and posture guidance, and periodic tips. Confirm current iOS and Android availability and whether app activity connects to assessment or PACE records; the page does not establish that integration or offline completion. Sources: https://www.cardinus.com/us/smartphone-app/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### DSE self-assessment to resolved follow-up
1. Assign training and a workplace-specific assessment within the selected programme.
2. Review outstanding concerns and agree the responsible person for each next step.
3. Record the accepted action and demonstrate how a later workplace change triggers reassessment.

#### Assessment concern to specialist review
1. Identify a concern that needs specialist input rather than a questionnaire response alone.
2. Arrange the assessment through the purchased service and share the relevant workplace context.
3. Have the responsible team review recommendations and document follow-up ownership.

#### Proposed demo: multilingual ergonomics follow-up
1. Complete the same workstation scenario in two required languages, checking that guidance and assessment wording match the intended work setting.
2. Escalate one unresolved concern through the purchased assessment service and locate its PACE record.
3. Show the permitted manager view, outstanding action and exported follow-up evidence; confirm unavailable translations or service records explicitly.

### Product presentations

- [Official Healthy Working programme overview](https://www.cardinus.com/dse-software/): Vendor product page includes programme illustrations and videos; no independent testing implied.
- [Healthy Working DSE management overview video](https://www.cardinus.com/dse-software/): Vendor-published Healthy Working overview video embedded on Cardinus's DSE software page; it is not an independent test.

### Questions and answers

#### What is a Cardinus assessment?
For the Healthy Working scope reviewed here, it can mean employee DSE training and self-assessment, a professional virtual assessment, or a managed programme combining software and expert support. Confirm whether the proposal is Assess, Enable or Partner and who owns each follow-up action.

#### What happens after a Cardinus DSE assessment identifies a risk?
Cardinus describes automated risk prioritisation and a PACE workflow for task assignment, escalation, resolution tracking and audit trails. Demonstrate the manager view, specialist handoff and accepted closure in the exact programme proposed.

#### Are Assess, Enable and Partner the same package?
No. They describe different delivery models. Match the programme to the work your internal team will undertake.

#### Is industrial motion analysis included in Healthy Working DSE?
That was not established. Ask for the named industrial product and services in the proposal.

#### Can I access the trial immediately?
The official page asks new customers to contact the team about a free-trial option. Confirm scope, eligibility and duration.

#### Is the old £2 per user price verified?
No. Request a current proposal for the programme and services you need.

#### Does assessment software guarantee an injury reduction?
No outcome is guaranteed here. Evaluate assessment quality, completion and resolution of concerns in your own programme.

#### Can Cardinus support ergonomics training in several languages?
Cardinus pages describe Healthy Working content as customisable and adaptable to different languages, and its DSE eLearning courses as available in multiple languages. Ask for the language matrix for assessment questions, learning and manager reports, including how customised content is translated.

#### Where are specialist Cardinus ergonomics assessments recorded?
The global ergonomics services page identifies PACE as the online assessment management tool. Confirm access to the purchased service records and how follow-up actions appear alongside the assessment.

#### Does Cardinus DSE software include driving licence and vehicle checks?
Those checks are described for Healthy Working: Safe Driving, a distinct fleet scope. A DSE purchase should not be assumed to include licence, motor insurance or MOT workflows.

#### Can Cardinus track fleet actions beyond sending training invitations?
Its Safe Driving PACE description includes an action tracker, reporting history and custom communications. Request a demo of an overdue action and its closure evidence; these are vendor-documented functions, not independently tested results.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-19: Separated DSE delivery models from industrial and fleet products; removed unverified pricing and broad outcome claims.
- 2026-09-20: Targeted documentation review added PACE assessment records, language verification and separate fleet communication/check boundaries. Commercial and whole-profile review dates remain unchanged.
- 2026-09-27: Added a direct answer for Cardinus assessment searches and rechecked the current Healthy Working and PACE follow-up workflow on official pages.
- 2026-09-29: Expanded the profile with official evidence for centralised DSE eLearning and the separate HealthyWorking companion app, while preserving programme, regional and managed-service boundaries.

### Demo questions

- Specify whether the proposal is Assess, Enable or Partner and who owns each follow-up action.
- Complete one home-work assessment and one office assessment for the same worker; show how unresolved issues are distinguished.
- Escalate a concern to a specialist and show what information the assessor receives and how the recommendation is recorded.
- Show participant and manager access, exports and the handling of corrected or superseded assessment records.
- Itemize any industrial motion-analysis or fleet products separately and state trial eligibility, duration and service limits.

### Primary sources

- [Healthy Working DSE programme options](https://www.cardinus.com/dse-software/)
- [DSE assessment data, PACE workflow and follow-up](https://www.cardinus.com/dse-data-to-action-guide/)
- [New-customer trial request](https://www.cardinus.com/healthy-working-trial/)
- [Industrial ergonomics product scope](https://www.cardinus.com/us/healthyworkingpro/)
- [Safe Driving assessment and action workflow](https://www.cardinus.com/driver-risk-assessment-elearning/)
- [Consultation and information request](https://www.cardinus.com/contact/)
- [Safe Driving PACE tasks and communications](https://www.cardinus.com/pace-the-powerhouse-behind-fleet-safety/)
- [Healthy Working ergonomics management, PACE and managed-service scope](https://www.cardinus.com/us/ergonomic-management/)
- [Office ergonomics managed-service interventions](https://www.cardinus.com/us/global-ergonomics-solutions/ergonomics-managed-services/)
- [DSE eLearning courses and centralised multi-course administration](https://www.cardinus.com/dse-elearning)
- [HealthyWorking companion smartphone guidance](https://www.cardinus.com/us/smartphone-app/)
- [Cardinus company profile](https://www.cardinus.com/about-cardinus/)

## SiteDocs

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/sitedocs
Sources checked: 2026-10-11
This profile covers SiteDocs safety management at sitedocs.com. SiteDocs Lite is its documented external-worker access workflow; the similarly named clinical-trial SiteDocs Portal is a different product. The vendor calls SiteDocs a GoCanvas company; its news page reports the June 2024 announcement of GoCanvas’s acquisition by the Nemetschek Group.

SiteDocs connects field safety paperwork with worker records and office monitoring. Teams can assign forms, collect signatures and check submitted documentation by location. Its mobile app supports disconnected work after preparation; browser access and external-worker participation have distinct conditions. Evaluate the path from a crew completing a form to a supervisor finding the submitted evidence.

Best-fit starting point: Field teams replacing paper inspections, briefings and safety forms with signed records and location-based follow-up.

Check before buying: A signed form, GPS point, certification record or reminder does not itself authorize a worker or hazardous task. Confirm Workforce Management, Analytics, permissions and escalation. Analytics is not real-time: official sources describe refreshes approximately every 5–6 hours, daily or weekly depending on dataset.

### Pricing

Annual subscription; company-size quote. The official pricing page describes annual pricing based on company size and needs, with worker logins and unlimited forms and signatures. A call is required for a tailored quote. The earlier $10/user/month catalog amount is not verified. Confirm external-worker scope, analytics, setup, integrations and renewal terms in the proposal. The package announcement page names three packages, SiteDocs Essentials, Pro and Max, and lists the QR Code Access to SiteDocs Lite item under Pro; the pricing page does not name the packages, and neither page shows package amounts.

### When the price fits

SiteDocs can justify a company-size annual quote when many field workers need recurring forms and signatures and the prepared mobile workflow meets site conditions. It is less suitable when buyers require an offline web app or expect every historical attachment to be available without prior preparation.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-09-29 [partial]: The official pricing page confirms an annual subscription tailored to company size and needs, worker logins, unlimited forms and signatures, and a required quote call. The vendor also publishes three package levels, but package-specific amounts, add-on prices and final external-worker entitlement remain proposal questions.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.sitedocs.com/pricing/
- https://www.sitedocs.com/package-announcement-2025/

### Prepared mobile offline; web online-only

Log in and synchronize the Mobile App before leaving connectivity. New work queues locally for later upload. Previously signed forms, photos, PDFs and certificate images depend on downloaded content and storage settings; on-demand items need connectivity. Online-Only Mode does not download new historical content in the background, although already downloaded records remain. The Web App is not available offline. Confirm successful upload in the Admin Panel rather than assuming a fixed sync time.

Product scope: Mobile safety forms, signatures, location-specific distribution, worker certification records, linked follow-up forms and administrator monitoring. Workforce Management, SiteDocs Lite, Analytics and integration connectors require explicit package and access confirmation.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Field capture to office receipt: Complete a form offline, inspect the upload queue and verify the received record from the office. Test your connectivity and attachment conditions rather than accepting a fixed upload-time promise.
  Sources: https://sitedocs.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/205855258-Using-SiteDocs-Offline-Without-A-Wi-Fi-Or-Cellular-Data-Connection
- Offline evidence availability: Distinguish creating new work from retrieving history. Test forms, photos and PDFs with the actual download settings and review the Online-Only restriction.
  Sources: https://sitedocs.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/360060672591-How-Can-I-Control-What-Is-Stored-On-My-Device, https://sitedocs.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/360038905172-How-To-Set-Up-Online-Only-Mode, https://sitedocs.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/360033205012-SiteDocs-Web-App
- Worker and signature permissions: Demonstrate a crew signing the same document with the appropriate permission. Verify whose identity is recorded and who can view the result.
  Sources: https://sitedocs.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/360032869191-How-To-Have-Multiple-Workers-Sign-the-Same-Document
- External-company access: Set up a company and location link, then inspect the form/resource menu visible to its workers. Confirm subscription availability and the boundaries of that access.
  Sources: https://sitedocs.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/17130355809677-How-To-Set-Up-Workforce-Management-In-The-Admin-Panel
- Commercial and monitoring scope: Compare the quoted worker population, contractor features and reporting requirements. Request implementation and integration terms without extrapolating a per-user list price.
  Sources: https://www.sitedocs.com/pricing/, https://www.sitedocs.com/

### Capability scope

- Mobile offline capture [conditional]: Requires prior login/sync and suitable downloaded content; upload follows connectivity. Sources: https://sitedocs.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/205855258-Using-SiteDocs-Offline-Without-A-Wi-Fi-Or-Cellular-Data-Connection, https://sitedocs.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/360060672591-How-Can-I-Control-What-Is-Stored-On-My-Device
- Offline Web App [unsupported]: The vendor explicitly says the Web App is unavailable offline. Sources: https://sitedocs.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/360033205012-SiteDocs-Web-App
- Multiple worker signatures [conditional]: The relevant app permission must be enabled before adding further workers to a document. Sources: https://sitedocs.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/360032869191-How-To-Have-Multiple-Workers-Sign-the-Same-Document
- External-worker SiteDocs Lite access [conditional]: Workforce Management setup describes company profiles, location links and configured menus; confirm package availability. Sources: https://sitedocs.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/17130355809677-How-To-Set-Up-Workforce-Management-In-The-Admin-Panel
- Certification tracking and reminders [documented]: Worker records and expiry reminders are described in the platform overview. Sources: https://www.sitedocs.com/
- Certification integration connectors [conditional]: Certification connectors can create, update and search records and transfer certificate images. This automates record movement but does not establish worker authorization, permit approval or credential validation. Sources: https://sitedocs.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/9504842046605-Using-The-SiteDocs-Module-With-Certifications
- Location-specific form distribution [conditional]: Administrators can restrict templates to selected locations. Templates default to all locations, and workers need the current mobile app for visibility changes. Sources: https://sitedocs.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/360012451632-Form-Template-Visibility-Assigning-A-Form-To-A-Specific-Location
- Linked follow-up and corrective-action forms [conditional]: A flagged item can create a follow-up form for a named worker with a due date and bidirectional links. The assignee needs App Access, and Save as Pending is required for notification. Sources: https://sitedocs.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/360052277412-How-to-Assign-a-Follow-Up-Form-to-someone-else-in-your-Account
- Safety, signature and follow-up analytics [conditional]: Dashboards cover certifications, follow-ups, forms, signatures, missing records, participation and GPS maps. Configure access and interpretation; GPS and signature presence do not prove safe work. Sources: https://sitedocs.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/360029535271-Standard-Dashboards-Overview, https://sitedocs.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/8378362742669-Analytics-Access-Level-Overview
- Certification alerts and scheduled reporting [documented]: Workers receive chat notifications before and at expiry; Analytics can send threshold emails or scheduled reports. Alerts support renewal administration but do not suspend access or confirm competence or authorization. Sources: https://sitedocs.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/20333265920269-Certification-Notifications-Overview, https://sitedocs.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/5977467302157-Setting-Up-Email-Notifications-For-Certification-Expiry-Dates-in-Analytics

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Crew briefing to received signed record
1. Prepare the Mobile App and required form while connected, using the selected worker permissions.
2. Record the briefing and permitted worker signatures at the site, including a disconnected test.
3. Reconnect, check synchronization and retrieve the submitted document in the Admin Panel.

#### External contractor participation at a location
1. Set up the external company and relevant location in Workforce Management.
2. Configure a SiteDocs Lite link and the forms/resources exposed through its menu.
3. Ask an external worker to participate and verify the resulting company/location record and reviewer access.

#### Certification expiry to renewed worker record
1. Create a test certification with issuer, dates and evidence, then verify the notification path.
2. Use the dashboard and scheduled or threshold alert to identify it while confirming source refresh delay.
3. Replace the evidence with a renewed credential and verify status, then demonstrate the separate supervisory or permit process for hazardous-work authorization.

### Product presentations

- [SiteDocs official overview](https://www.sitedocs.com/sitedocs-demo/): Vendor product presentation and demo request; not evidence of an independently tested deployment.
- [Form template visibility list](https://sitedocs.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/360012451632-Form-Template-Visibility-Assigning-A-Form-To-A-Specific-Location): Official vendor help-centre screenshot of the Forms page, whose Visibility column shows all locations or a set number of locations per template.
- [Form Visibility location choice](https://sitedocs.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/360012451632-Form-Template-Visibility-Assigning-A-Form-To-A-Specific-Location): Official vendor help-centre screenshot of the Form Visibility dialog with all-locations and specific-locations options.

### Questions and answers

#### Does SiteDocs work offline?
The Mobile App supports prepared offline work. Historical forms and attachments depend on storage settings, and on-demand content requires a connection. The browser-based Web App is online-only.

#### Can contractors participate without a full worker login?
The Workforce Management documentation describes SiteDocs Lite links for external workers. Confirm the package, permitted menus and commercial terms; the documentation does not establish universally free contractor access.

#### Can several workers sign one form?
Yes, with the appropriate permission enabled. The documented process adds worker signatures and closes the document for submission. Test identity and reviewer access with your crew.

#### Is the listed $10 per user per month current?
That historical catalog price was not verified. The current official page requests a tailored annual subscription quote.

#### Does Online-Only Mode prevent all new offline work?
The guide says new Forms or Resources can still be completed and signed, but previously signed documents cannot be downloaded offline for viewing, revision or more signatures. Already downloaded content is retained.

#### Is there a verified free trial?
A demo and proposal process is published. A self-service free trial was not established from the reviewed official sources.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-19: Replaced unverified per-user pricing; clarified mobile storage, web connectivity, external-worker participation and signature permissions.

### Demo questions

- Complete a crew briefing without connectivity, add permitted signatures and confirm the uploaded record in the Admin Panel.
- Show a signed form whose photo or PDF is configured on-demand, then repeat with offline storage enabled.
- Create an external company and demonstrate precisely which forms its workers can see through a SiteDocs Lite link.
- Demonstrate who can add another worker signature, review a private form and follow up on a missing record.
- Provide the annual quote with the selected contractor package, analytics, implementation and integrations itemized.

### Primary sources

- [Current pricing](https://www.sitedocs.com/pricing/)
- [Current package structure](https://www.sitedocs.com/package-announcement-2025/)
- [Safety platform overview](https://www.sitedocs.com/)
- [Preparing the mobile app for offline work](https://sitedocs.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/205855258-Using-SiteDocs-Offline-Without-A-Wi-Fi-Or-Cellular-Data-Connection)
- [Device storage and on-demand attachments](https://sitedocs.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/360060672591-How-Can-I-Control-What-Is-Stored-On-My-Device)
- [Online-Only Mode limitations](https://sitedocs.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/360038905172-How-To-Set-Up-Online-Only-Mode)
- [Web App requires connectivity](https://sitedocs.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/360033205012-SiteDocs-Web-App)
- [Multiple signatures and permissions](https://sitedocs.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/360032869191-How-To-Have-Multiple-Workers-Sign-the-Same-Document)
- [External-worker Workforce Management setup](https://sitedocs.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/17130355809677-How-To-Set-Up-Workforce-Management-In-The-Admin-Panel)
- [Official product overview and demo](https://www.sitedocs.com/sitedocs-demo/)
- [Location-specific form-template visibility](https://sitedocs.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/360012451632-Form-Template-Visibility-Assigning-A-Form-To-A-Specific-Location)
- [Assigned and linked follow-up forms](https://sitedocs.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/360052277412-How-to-Assign-a-Follow-Up-Form-to-someone-else-in-your-Account)
- [Standard analytics dashboards and monitoring scope](https://sitedocs.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/360029535271-Standard-Dashboards-Overview)
- [Analytics access levels](https://sitedocs.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/8378362742669-Analytics-Access-Level-Overview)
- [Certification expiry notifications](https://sitedocs.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/20333265920269-Certification-Notifications-Overview)
- [Certification expiry analytics notifications](https://sitedocs.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/5977467302157-Setting-Up-Email-Notifications-For-Certification-Expiry-Dates-in-Analytics)
- [Analytics data sources and refresh frequencies](https://sitedocs.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/360047859051-What-Data-Sources-Are-Available-How-A-Data-Source-Can-Be-Changed)
- [Certification integration connectors](https://sitedocs.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/9504842046605-Using-The-SiteDocs-Module-With-Certifications)
- [SiteDocs company news](https://www.sitedocs.com/news/nemetschek-group/)
- [SiteDocs trust and security page](https://www.sitedocs.com/trust-and-security/)

## 1factory

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/1factory
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
1factory separates Quality Control, Supplier Collaboration and Quality Management System subscriptions. Standard and Enterprise options have different entitlements; a manufacturing inspection workflow is not the same as an audit programme.

1factory connects inspection planning with manufacturing measurements and quality follow-up. Evaluate a drawing revision, its inspection characteristics and the resulting measurements together. The range also includes supplier collaboration and QMS records; identify the purchased roles and options before treating those workflows as one licence.

Best-fit starting point: Manufacturers managing part-level inspection evidence, first article reports and process variation alongside quality records.

Check before buying: File import, automated equipment capture and ERP interfaces have different setup and commercial requirements. Confirm the device output, purchased options and validation responsibilities in your proposed environment.

### Pricing

Separate named-user and connected-supplier subscriptions. Standard Quality Control is $75 per QC user/month, minimum 5. Supplier Collaboration is $20 per connected supplier/month, minimum 5; QMS is $20 per QMS user/month, minimum 10. Terms require at least one year, billed upfront annually. Enterprise is quoted by selected options. These are different purchases; confirm currency, taxes, onboarding and interface costs in the proposal.

### When the price fits

1factory can justify its minimum QC subscription when drawing-linked inspection and first-article evidence are routine manufacturing work. It is less attractive for occasional checklist use or if buyers assume QMS, supplier collaboration and ERP interfaces are included in the QC seat price.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: Published QC, QMS and connected-supplier units and their minimum commitments were reconfirmed. Pricing separates purchases and Enterprise options; the reviewed official pages do not publish a standard implementation duration or establish an independent user-review score.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.1factory.com/pricing.html
- https://www.1factory.com/technical-overview.html

### Offline workflow not verified

Disconnected inspection entry or synchronization was not established in the reviewed sources. A local measurement file or on-premise hosting option does not prove an offline workflow. Test connection loss, queued measurements and recovery in the actual deployment.

Product scope: Quality Control, Supplier Collaboration and QMS have separate licensing units. Automated CMM imports, API access and specialist hosting are Enterprise options. Do not infer a released MES from the quality-control scope.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Implementation evidence: Ask the vendor to estimate configuration, drawing and master-data preparation, equipment-file mapping, interfaces, validation and user acceptance separately. The reviewed official pages do not establish one standard rollout duration.
  Sources: https://www.1factory.com/pricing.html, https://www.1factory.com/sign-up.html
- Drawing and revision traceability: Use a revised part drawing. Reconcile characteristics, tolerances and inspection-plan versions, then retrieve the evidence for the prior revision.
  Sources: https://www.1factory.com/manufacturing-quality.html
- Equipment data integrity: Bring representative CMM files. Verify feature mapping, units, repeat measurements and error handling; distinguish selecting a file from automatic upload.
  Sources: https://www.1factory.com/cmm-auto-upload.html
- SPC to a controlled response: Test a signal against the chosen chart and sampling assumptions. Show who investigates it and how disposition or corrective action is recorded.
  Sources: https://www.1factory.com/manufacturing-quality.html
- ERP exchange and reconciliation: Demonstrate a part, revision and order entering the system and an inspection result returning. Agree ownership of rejected messages and mismatched quantities.
  Sources: https://www.1factory.com/technical-overview.html
- Licences and deployment scope: Map each role and interface to the quote. Request the environment, acceptance criteria and any validation evidence required for your intended use.
  Sources: https://www.1factory.com/pricing.html, https://www.1factory.com/qms.html

### Capability scope

- Inspection planning and FAI [documented]: Manufacturing scope includes drawing ballooning and first article reporting. Verify the required AS9102 revision and customer form output. Sources: https://www.1factory.com/manufacturing-quality.html
- SPC and capability analysis [documented]: Published manufacturing analysis scope; suitable sampling and interpretation remain process-specific. Sources: https://www.1factory.com/manufacturing-quality.html
- Automated CMM and vision import [conditional]: Distinct from selected-file import. Match Enterprise options and actual equipment output before assuming connectivity. Sources: https://www.1factory.com/cmm-auto-upload.html, https://www.1factory.com/pricing.html
- ERP and PLM data interfaces [conditional]: APIs cover part/order inputs and inspection/measurement retrieval. Published APIs do not prove a turnkey connector to your system. Sources: https://www.1factory.com/technical-overview.html, https://www.1factory.com/pricing.html
- Document, training and audit records [conditional]: QMS scope is separately licensed; demonstrate audit scheduling, findings and reviewed closure for your programme. Sources: https://www.1factory.com/qms.html, https://www.1factory.com/pricing.html
- Offline inspection synchronization [unverified]: Not established by the reviewed material.
- Incoming inspection and risk-based sampling [documented]: Incoming Quality supports receiving-inspection plans, certificates, dimensional or visual results, supplier scorecards and stricter or reduced sampling based on part and supplier risk. Sampling changes still require an approved statistical and customer-specific policy; confirm whether IQC is in the purchased QC scope. Sources: https://www.1factory.com/incoming-quality.html
- Gage calibration and measurement-system analysis [documented]: The gage module covers calibration schedules and reminders, internal or vendor calibration records, barcode issue/return, gage kits, links from gages to inspection lots and Gage R&R studies. Buyers should test out-of-tolerance impact assessment and confirm the required study method and acceptance criteria rather than rely on default calculations. Sources: https://www.1factory.com/gage-calibration.html
- NCR, CAPA, SCAR and complaint workflows [conditional]: The separately licensed QMS scope supports nonconformances, tasks, CAPAs, 8D supplier corrective actions, complaints and audit findings with notifications and escalations. Demonstrate disposition authority, effectiveness verification and closure controls; issue tracking does not by itself establish regulatory complaint or adverse-event reporting compliance. Sources: https://www.1factory.com/ncr-capa-scar-complaint.html, https://www.1factory.com/qms.html
- Validated environment and electronic signatures [conditional]: 1factory describes a separate validated instance, release verification packages, role-based controls, change history and an optional electronic-signature function. Its guidance explicitly assigns intended-use definition, risk assessment, testing and validation records to the customer; vendor verification evidence does not complete customer validation. Sources: https://www.1factory.com/validation-part-11-esignature.html
- GOV hosting environment [conditional]: The vendor states that its GOV environment achieved FedRAMP Moderate Equivalence following a 3PAO assessment and is intended for CUI workloads. This is environment-specific and must be contracted and evidenced with current assessment documents; do not apply the claim automatically to the standard commercial environment or treat it as an agency Authorization to Operate. Sources: https://www.1factory.com/fedramp-cmmc.html

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Drawing revision to first article evidence
1. Prepare the drawing and confirm its revision and inspection characteristics.
2. Collect or import measurements and reconcile exceptions against the correct plan.
3. Generate the requested first article package and review traceability to the measured part.

#### Production measurement to reviewed disposition
1. Load representative production measurements using the agreed equipment route.
2. Review variation and investigate a selected signal or nonconformance.
3. Record disposition, assign follow-up and demonstrate closure evidence and any ERP handoff.

#### Incoming defect through supplier corrective action
1. Receive a representative supplier lot and execute the approved visual, dimensional and certificate checks.
2. Fail one characteristic, create an NCR directly from the inspection and retain the affected lot and measurement traceability.
3. Issue an 8D SCAR through the supplier workflow, reject an incomplete response and track containment and permanent actions.
4. Verify effectiveness, update the supplier scorecard or sampling status under an approved policy, and export the linked evidence.

#### Out-of-tolerance gage impact review
1. Check out a calibrated gage to a representative job and record measurements linked to its identifier.
2. Enter a failed calibration result and identify inspections performed since the last acceptable calibration.
3. Open the required NCR or containment tasks and record the disposition of potentially affected product.
4. Complete recalibration and effectiveness review, then export the gage history, affected lots, actions and approvals.

### Product presentations

- [Official CMM capture and SPC presentation](https://www.1factory.com/cmm-auto-upload.html): Vendor product page with SPC illustrations and equipment-capture examples; not a demonstration of your device compatibility.
- [Manufacturing inspection plan with specifications](https://www.1factory.com/manufacturing-quality.html): Official 1factory screenshot of a manufacturing plan with specifications and sampling; sample data.
- [SPC run charts for many features](https://www.1factory.com/cmm-auto-upload.html): Official 1factory screenshot of run charts per characteristic for one job; sample data.

### Questions and answers

#### How fast can 1factory be implemented?
The reviewed official pricing and demo pages do not publish one standard implementation duration. Request a dated plan for drawing and master-data preparation, CMM mapping, ERP interfaces, validation, training and acceptance using your representative part.

#### Does this profile include a 1factory user-review score?
No independently verified, product-specific review aggregate is asserted here. This profile evaluates official product, pricing and technical documentation; use reference calls and your own demonstration results as separate evidence.

#### Is 1factory a flat per-site subscription?
The current pricing page uses QC users, QMS users and connected suppliers as different billing units. Scope the required purchases together.

#### Does CMM import mean every device connects automatically?
No. Selected-file and automated capture are separate paths. Demonstrate your file format, mapping and selected options.

#### Is an ERP connector included?
The vendor documents APIs. Confirm your interface implementation, entitlement, error handling and support; API availability alone is not a turnkey integration.

#### Does FAI support guarantee customer acceptance?
No. Validate the report revision, required fields and evidence with your customer and quality team.

#### Is the sign-up page a free trial?
The official page is a demonstration request. A free trial was not established by this review.

#### Is Traveler/MES part of the current evaluated scope?
The reviewed Traveler/MES page shows the label "(Available: Dec 2026)" beside its manufacturing execution heading, which this record reads as December 2026 availability. Confirm release status separately; this profile does not treat it as already delivered.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-19: Replaced flat-price and broad interface assumptions with current licence units, manufacturing workflows, equipment boundaries and source-linked checks.
- 2026-09-20: The compact starting-price label now retains the currency caveat already present in the full plan details. Amounts and whole-profile research dates are unchanged.
- 2026-09-27: Rechecked the published subscription units and added explicit implementation-time and review-evidence boundaries for the current AI research query.

### Demo questions

- Change a drawing revision and show which inspection characteristics change while prior results remain traceable.
- Import an actual output file from our CMM with GD&T, mixed units and multiple parts; demonstrate mapping errors and corrections.
- Show a process signal leading to an investigation, disposition and reviewed corrective action.
- Pass a work order from our ERP, then return inspection status and quantities; identify middleware, retries and reconciliation ownership.
- Separate QC users, QMS users, connected suppliers and Enterprise options in the quote, including the required hosting and validation support.
- Request an implementation plan for one representative drawing, CMM file and ERP handoff, with owners, acceptance evidence and dates supplied by the vendor rather than assumed from the subscription tier.

### Primary sources

- [Current subscription units and Enterprise options](https://www.1factory.com/pricing.html)
- [Manufacturing inspection, FAI and SPC scope](https://www.1factory.com/manufacturing-quality.html)
- [CMM file import and automatic capture](https://www.1factory.com/cmm-auto-upload.html)
- [API objects and integration boundaries](https://www.1factory.com/technical-overview.html)
- [Quality management system scope](https://www.1factory.com/qms.html)
- [Supplier quality scope](https://www.1factory.com/supplier-quality.html)
- [Demo request](https://www.1factory.com/sign-up.html)
- [Traveler and MES availability label](https://www.1factory.com/traveler-mes.html)
- [Incoming inspection, risk-based sampling and supplier scorecards](https://www.1factory.com/incoming-quality.html)
- [Gage calibration schedules, transactions and measurement-system analysis](https://www.1factory.com/gage-calibration.html)
- [NCR, CAPA, SCAR, complaint and audit-finding workflows](https://www.1factory.com/ncr-capa-scar-complaint.html)
- [Validated-instance responsibilities and electronic-signature controls](https://www.1factory.com/validation-part-11-esignature.html)
- [GOV environment and FedRAMP Moderate Equivalence statement](https://www.1factory.com/fedramp-cmmc.html)

## Procore Quality & Safety

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/procore-safety
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: Procore Safety
The catalog route procore-safety refers to Procore's Quality & Safety offering within its construction platform, not a separate standalone product. Related tools appear under Project Management in the web navigation when included in the account and enabled for the project.

Procore Quality & Safety connects site inspections with assigned observations and incident records in a construction project context. Teams can record findings, follow up on deficient work and retain investigation information. Evaluate the actual field-to-review process with your project permissions and mobile devices, particularly where connectivity is unreliable.

Best-fit starting point: Construction teams that want inspection findings and incident follow-up connected to their Procore project records.

Check before buying: Confirm the exact bundle and project setup. This review does not establish a complete permit-to-work, training-management or statutory reporting solution.

### Pricing

Annual subscription; custom quote. No amount appeared on the pricing page on 26 September 2026: it starts a custom-quote questionnaire and says every annual contract has fixed pricing with unlimited users, data and 24/7 support; the Field Productivity product is priced by FTE instead. The pricing FAQ read on 3 October 2026 states an upfront annual fee by product based on Annual Construction Volume; ask how it applies to Quality & Safety. Request an itemized Quality & Safety scope, implementation services, growth terms and renewals.

### When the price fits

Procore Quality & Safety can justify an annual proposal when inspection and incident records need to stay within existing construction project workflows. It is less compelling for a standalone safety team that does not need the wider project context or expects uncached project information to work offline.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: The pricing page described a custom annual quote with fixed pricing and unlimited users, data and support. The pricing FAQ states an upfront annual fee by product based on Annual Construction Volume; confirm whether it applies to the proposed Quality & Safety contract.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.procore.com/pricing
- https://support.procore.com/faq/can-i-use-procores-mobile-application-offline

### Prepared mobile offline; tool-specific limits

Procore documents mobile offline capabilities on iOS and Android. Prepare needed project items while online: uncached information cannot be retrieved without connectivity. Android inspection guidance permits work on cached items and later synchronization. Confirm attachments and each required action on your actual device; an offline entry is not yet visible to the office. Removing the app loses cached items.

Product scope: Project-based Inspections, Observations and Incidents, with Action Plans described on the product page. Confirm the purchased products, enabled tools and permissions; a Project Management menu label does not establish entitlement to every tool.

Review scope: Official product and support documentation reviewed; no hands-on testing or independently verified deployment outcomes. Workflow steps and questions are evaluation examples.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Package and project setup: Confirm the contract-to-project entitlement mapping before testing. Require the proposed tools and roles in the demo environment, rather than assuming every Procore feature is included.
  Sources: https://support.procore.com/faq/where-did-quality-and-safety-go-in-procore, https://www.procore.com/pricing
- Inspection follow-up: Take one failed item through an observation, assignment and reviewer decision. Check whether the original inspection remains easy to trace.
  Sources: https://support.procore.com/procore-mobile-android/user-guide/inspections-android/tutorials/perform-an-inspection-android, https://support.procore.com/procore-mobile-android/user-guide/inspections-android/tutorials/create-an-observation-from-an-inspection-android
- Disconnected field work: Repeat a representative inspection after caching and disconnecting. Verify what remains available and confirm the office receives the saved record after synchronization.
  Sources: https://support.procore.com/faq/can-i-use-procores-mobile-application-offline, https://support.procore.com/procore-mobile-android/user-guide/inspections-android/tutorials/perform-an-inspection-android
- Incident confidentiality: Test project configuration and permissions with distinct users. Confirm who can view sensitive records and who administers distribution.
  Sources: https://support.procore.com/products/online/user-guide/project-level/incidents/tutorials/configure-advanced-settings-incidents
- Evidence export: Compare the documented list export with your required investigation deliverable. Check selected tabs, fields and any separate attachment or detailed-record export process.
  Sources: https://support.procore.com/products/online/user-guide/project-level/incidents/tutorials/export-incidents-as-a-pdf-csv

### Capability scope

- Inspection capture [documented]: Android guidance covers responses, comments and attachments; response configuration can require a photo or observation. Sources: https://support.procore.com/procore-mobile-android/user-guide/inspections-android/tutorials/perform-an-inspection-android
- Observation assignment and review [documented]: Inspection-linked observations support assignees, due dates and review statuses. The documented Android process requires appropriate Inspections and Observations permissions. Sources: https://support.procore.com/procore-mobile-android/user-guide/inspections-android/tutorials/create-an-observation-from-an-inspection-android
- Incident investigation records [documented]: Incident creation includes investigation and root-cause fields; records, witness statements and actions can be added afterward. Sources: https://support.procore.com/products/online/user-guide/project-level/incidents/tutorials/create-an-incident
- Mobile offline use [conditional]: Requires preparation and cached items; new project information and transmission need connectivity. Verify individual actions and attachments. Sources: https://support.procore.com/faq/can-i-use-procores-mobile-application-offline
- Private incidents [conditional]: Private-by-default settings and distribution lists are configurable. Validate the actual role matrix rather than assuming only the reporter can see a record. Sources: https://support.procore.com/products/online/user-guide/project-level/incidents/tutorials/configure-advanced-settings-incidents
- CSV and PDF incident-list export [documented]: The export tutorial describes tab-specific list fields. It does not establish a complete investigation-and-attachment archive. Sources: https://support.procore.com/products/online/user-guide/project-level/incidents/tutorials/export-incidents-as-a-pdf-csv
- Action Plan templates and approval [conditional]: Action Plans can be built from company, project or pre-populated templates, assigned to responsible parties and approved before performance. Confirm that the tool is included and enabled in the proposed package. Sources: https://support.procore.com/products/online/user-guide/project-level/action-plans/tutorials/create-an-action-plan
- Action Plan records, signatures and verification [conditional]: Plan items can request supporting records, require assignee signatures and use defined verification methods such as hold point, measurement, surveillance, test or witness point. Access depends on Action Plans and related-tool permissions. Sources: https://support.procore.com/products/online/user-guide/project-level/action-plans/tutorials/create-an-action-plan, https://support.procore.com/faq/what-are-the-default-action-plan-verification-methods
- Toolbox Talk attendance form [conditional]: Procore publishes a fillable Toolbox Talk Sign-In PDF that administrators can load as a company form template for completion through the web or mobile Forms tool. This is a form workflow, not evidence of a complete learning-management system. Sources: https://support.procore.com/faq/how-can-i-use-procores-toolbox-talk-sign-in-pdf-in-my-projects-forms-tool
- Complete training and permit-to-work management [unverified]: This review did not establish the legacy catalog's training, fall-protection and PTW tags as complete native workflows.
- First aid injury record type [conditional]: Procore's support guide for adding an injury or illness record lists First Aid among the filing types, next to categories such as medically treated and lost time, and includes treatment-detail fields such as provider and facility. The guide does not explain how First Aid differs from the other types, and it does not describe first-aider rosters or first aid kit tracking. Sources: https://support.procore.com/products/online/user-guide/project-level/incidents/tutorials/add-an-injury-illness-record-to-an-incident, https://v2.support.procore.com/product-manuals/incidents-project/tutorials/add-an-injury-illness-record-to-an-incident

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Inspection finding to reviewed observation
1. Prepare the project inspection and roles; cache the required item before disconnected work.
2. Record a deficient item with the required response and supporting evidence.
3. Create a linked observation, assign responsibility and a due date; reconnect and confirm receipt if working offline.
4. Have the assignee respond, then test reviewer rejection or closure and inspect the link back to the original finding.

#### Private incident to an evidence handoff
1. Configure incident visibility and use an authorised sample with no unnecessary personal data.
2. Create the incident, capture investigation fields and add the required records or witness statement.
3. Assign the next action and test access with an unrelated project user as well as the responsible reviewer.
4. Export the appropriate incident tab; compare its fields with the requested investigation pack and identify additional records needed.

#### Action Plan to verified completion
1. Start from an approved template or create the plan, define sections and items, and assign the responsible parties.
2. Select a verification method, require signatures where accountability calls for them and request the supporting inspections, forms, photos or other records.
3. Publish the plan for approval and performance; have assignees complete each item with the requested evidence.
4. Review the completed plan and related records, obtain the receiver signature and confirm the closure status and retained audit trail.

### Product presentations

- [Official Quality & Safety product presentation](https://www.procore.com/quality-safety): Vendor overview with a gated product video and demo request; not independent testing.
- [Observations list and mobile create form](https://www.procore.com/quality-safety): Official vendor image of the Observations list and the mobile Create Observation screen with sample data.

### Questions and answers

#### Is Procore Safety a separate product?
This profile covers Procore Quality & Safety within its construction platform. Related tools can appear under Project Management; account inclusion and project enablement still matter.

#### Can inspections be completed offline?
The Android tutorial documents work on previously cached inspections and synchronization after reconnecting. Prepare needed records and test the actual device, attachments and workflow.

#### Does an observation support review before closure?
The documented inspection-to-observation process includes Ready for Review, Not Accepted and Closed statuses. Demonstrate the permitted assignee and reviewer actions with your roles.

#### Is the CSV export a complete incident archive?
Do not assume so. The reviewed tutorial lists fields for the selected incident tab. Require a demonstration of the detailed records and attachments needed for your handoff.

#### Is pricing per user?
No. The pricing page checked on 26 September 2026 says every annual contract has fixed pricing with unlimited users, data and 24/7 support; the Field Productivity product is priced by FTE instead. The pricing FAQ also states an upfront annual fee by product based on Annual Construction Volume, so confirm your selected package and its pricing basis in writing.

#### Is there a verified free trial?
Procore publishes a free personalized demo request. A self-service free trial for this offering was not verified; a demo is not trial access.

#### Does Procore guarantee safety compliance?
The reviewed workflows support documentation and follow-up. Their availability does not establish that your organisation meets every applicable safety or reporting obligation.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-19: Added current product identity, sourced workflow and offline boundaries, annual quote scope, export limitations and explicit trial uncertainty; removed reliance on legacy ratings and broad capability tags.
- 2026-09-26: Re-checked on 26 September 2026: the pricing page shows no amount and starts a custom-quote questionnaire (unlimited users, data and support; Field Productivity priced by FTE), so the price status is recorded as no amount shown rather than not established.
- 2026-09-28: Expanded the Action Plans assessment with official template, approval, requested-record, signature and verification-method documentation, plus the bounded Toolbox Talk sign-in form workflow.

### Demo questions

- On our proposed subscription, show enabled Inspections, Observations, Incidents and any Action Plans scope.
- Cache an inspection, disconnect, capture a finding and verify the received result after reconnecting.
- Have an assignee respond to an observation, then demonstrate reviewer rejection and closure.
- Create a private incident and compare access for the reporter, administrator and an unrelated project user.
- Export the incident list and show how investigation details and attachments would be delivered separately if required.
- Quote the selected products and ACV basis, including additional volume, implementation and renewal terms.

### Primary sources

- [Current annual pricing model](https://www.procore.com/pricing)
- [Official personalized demo request](https://www.procore.com/offer/demo/values)
- [Quality & Safety product overview](https://www.procore.com/quality-safety)
- [Product navigation and tool enablement](https://support.procore.com/faq/where-did-quality-and-safety-go-in-procore)
- [Mobile offline preparation](https://support.procore.com/faq/can-i-use-procores-mobile-application-offline)
- [Perform an inspection on Android](https://support.procore.com/procore-mobile-android/user-guide/inspections-android/tutorials/perform-an-inspection-android)
- [Inspection to observation on Android](https://support.procore.com/procore-mobile-android/user-guide/inspections-android/tutorials/create-an-observation-from-an-inspection-android)
- [Create an incident and investigation records](https://support.procore.com/products/online/user-guide/project-level/incidents/tutorials/create-an-incident)
- [Incident privacy configuration](https://support.procore.com/products/online/user-guide/project-level/incidents/tutorials/configure-advanced-settings-incidents)
- [Export incident lists as CSV or PDF](https://support.procore.com/products/online/user-guide/project-level/incidents/tutorials/export-incidents-as-a-pdf-csv)
- [Create and approve an Action Plan](https://support.procore.com/products/online/user-guide/project-level/action-plans/tutorials/create-an-action-plan)
- [Action Plan verification methods](https://support.procore.com/faq/what-are-the-default-action-plan-verification-methods)
- [Toolbox Talk sign-in form](https://support.procore.com/faq/how-can-i-use-procores-toolbox-talk-sign-in-pdf-in-my-projects-forms-tool)
- [First aid injury record type, checked 1 October 2026](https://support.procore.com/products/online/user-guide/project-level/incidents/tutorials/add-an-injury-illness-record-to-an-incident)
- [First aid injury record type (2), checked 1 October 2026](https://v2.support.procore.com/product-manuals/incidents-project/tutorials/add-an-injury-illness-record-to-an-incident)
- [Procore trust and security page](https://www.procore.com/trust-and-security)

## Enhesa

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/enhesa
Sources checked: 2026-10-10
Enhesa provides regulatory intelligence, compliance tools and services across several domains. This profile focuses on EHS Compliance Intelligence, Regulatory Forecaster and the legal-content offering. Product compliance, chemicals, SDS and sustainability offerings require separate scope confirmation; they are not identity aliases.

Enhesa helps teams identify requirements and assess facility compliance using expert-authored regulatory content. Compliance Intelligence supplies a structured site view; Regulatory Forecaster addresses upcoming changes, while the legal library provides source context. These tools can complement operational EHS software. Incident investigation, permits, maintenance and field approvals should not be inferred from a regulatory-content subscription.

Best-fit starting point: Organizations coordinating regulatory interpretation and site assessments across multiple jurisdictions, particularly where legal and local operating teams need a common review process.

Check before buying: Confirm the exact countries, subnational coverage, topics, products and delivery platform. A vendor applicability result or risk ranking needs review against the actual operation; content access does not prove compliance or completion of corrective work.

### Pricing

Tailored regulatory coverage quote. The official pricing page offers a tailored quote based on required solutions and regulatory coverage, without a public subscription amount. Specify jurisdictions, facilities, topics, users, product domains, integration delivery and expert services. A self-service free trial was not verified; request demonstration or evaluation terms separately.

### When the price fits

Enhesa can justify a tailored coverage quote when multiple sites need interpretable regulatory requirements and a consistent assessment process. It is less suitable when the main need is operational incident capture or buyers expect exported audit scorecards to behave like a synchronising offline app.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-09-19 [verified]: Tailored solution/coverage pricing and scorecard export for offline audits reconfirmed; exported regulatory assessment content is distinct from a disconnected mobile workflow.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.enhesa.com/pricing
- https://www.enhesa.com/solutions/ehs/compliance-intelligence

### Offline audit export documented; native offline application unverified

Compliance Intelligence documents scorecard export for offline site audits. This is evidence of an export workflow, not a verified offline mobile application or automatic two-way synchronization. Demonstrate how findings are returned, reviewed and reconciled with requirement updates.

Product scope: EHS requirements, applicability screening and compliance status, with separately scoped horizon scanning, source-law research and integration into EHS management systems.

Review scope: Official product, pricing and integration pages reviewed 19 September 2026. No hands-on evaluation or verified review aggregate was established; legacy ratings are excluded. Proposed workflows are demo exercises, not tested product outcomes.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Applicability is a review task: Compliance Intelligence documents screening and facility status views. Use a representative site and challenge an exclusion. Require a named reviewer to validate the operational facts rather than treating a filtered list as a legal conclusion.
  Sources: https://www.enhesa.com/solutions/ehs/compliance-intelligence
- Current law versus horizon scanning: Regulatory Forecaster covers proposals and policy developments with impact analysis. Keep anticipated changes separate from effective requirements and record who decides whether preparation is needed.
  Sources: https://www.enhesa.com/solutions/ehs/regulatory-forecaster
- Legal traceability and naming: The Legal Foundations URL contains Regulatory Baseline wording as well as the newer label. Confirm the contracted product name and demonstrate source access, interpretation and amendment history using your own question.
  Sources: https://www.enhesa.com/solutions/ehs/legal-foundations
- Content inside another workflow system: Enhesa describes technology-partner delivery of intelligence into EHS platforms. Verify a specific connector and division of responsibilities; a partnership does not establish every integration feature or operational module.
  Sources: https://www.enhesa.com/partners
- Commercial and service scope: Pricing is tailored to solutions and coverage. Distinguish content subscriptions from implementation and expert engagements. The Managed Services page discusses product and product-family registers; do not silently apply that service description to every facility EHS register.
  Sources: https://www.enhesa.com/pricing, https://www.enhesa.com/solutions/managed-services

### Capability scope

- Facility requirement screening [documented]: Compliance Intelligence includes applicability questions and a structured site view. Sources: https://www.enhesa.com/solutions/ehs/compliance-intelligence
- Regulatory source research [documented]: The legal-content offering provides interpreted regulatory material and source context. Sources: https://www.enhesa.com/solutions/ehs/legal-foundations
- Upcoming regulatory change [documented]: Regulatory Forecaster tracks proposed developments with impact analysis and filters. Sources: https://www.enhesa.com/solutions/ehs/regulatory-forecaster
- Partner EHS content delivery [conditional]: Partner integration is advertised; verify the specific platform, contract and connector behavior. Sources: https://www.enhesa.com/partners
- Offline audit scorecard [documented]: Scorecard export is described; disconnected app synchronization is not established. Sources: https://www.enhesa.com/solutions/ehs/compliance-intelligence
- Incident and permit workflows [unverified]: The EHS intelligence sources do not establish complete incident investigation or permit authorisation applications.
- Expert register support [conditional]: Managed Services describes scoped product/product-family register and monitoring engagements. Sources: https://www.enhesa.com/solutions/managed-services
- Country and permit orientation guides [conditional]: The separately scoped Regulatory Guides provide country-by-country summaries of statutes, enforcement patterns, permits, registrations, issuing authorities, timelines and sector annotations, cross-referenced to the other EHS Intelligence products. They are orientation and due-diligence inputs, not confirmation that a specific facility has obtained every permit or a substitute for counsel on disputed interpretation. Sources: https://www.enhesa.com/solutions/ehs/regulatory-guides
- Assignable requirement tracking and change revalidation [documented]: The EHS Intelligence overview describes Compliance Intelligence mapping the regulatory baseline to facility obligations, tracking status, revalidating requirements on change and turning obligations into assignable work. Enhesa's operations page clarifies that workflow platforms manage broader operational processes; verify action ownership, escalation and closure evidence in the contracted Enhesa or partner configuration. Sources: https://www.enhesa.com/solutions/ehs, https://www.enhesa.com/solutions/by-department/ehs-operations
- Requirement-level enforcement risk insights [conditional]: Enforcement Risk Insights classifies source-backed sanctions such as fines, closure, licence revocation and criminal liability and rolls scores up by facility, topic or country. It is described as live within Compliance Intelligence, but buyers should confirm inclusion and coverage. A sanctions-based score is not a legal opinion, probability of enforcement or complete operational risk assessment. Sources: https://info.enhesa.com/enforcement-risk-insights, https://www.enhesa.com/solutions/ehs/compliance-intelligence

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: assess a facility requirement and record a gap
1. Bring the site activities and jurisdiction, then answer the applicability questions.
2. Ask a reviewer to challenge one exclusion and inspect the cited legal basis.
3. Record assessment evidence and a gap; identify where the corrective action is owned.
4. Export the review record and demonstrate how a later content amendment affects reassessment.

#### Proposed demo: separate a forecast from an effective obligation
1. Select an upcoming development relevant to one operation.
2. Review its status, source and vendor analysis, then record your own business impact.
3. Identify the person responsible for watching the development and preparing any response.
4. Demonstrate the handoff when legal status changes, without prematurely marking the proposal as an effective obligation.

#### Proposed demo: new-jurisdiction guide to owned facility obligations
1. Open the Regulatory Guide for a representative expansion jurisdiction and identify the administrative structure, permits, registrations, authorities and sector-specific notes.
2. Trace one cited item into Legal Foundations and verify the current source text, interpretation, implementation date and amendment history.
3. Map the requirement into Compliance Intelligence for the proposed facility, challenge its applicability and assign the resulting preparation or compliance work to a named owner.
4. Review any Enforcement Risk Insight separately from the team's business-risk decision, then export the evidence and identify which unresolved questions require local counsel or an operational workflow system.

### Product presentations

- [Official Compliance Intelligence interface overview](https://www.enhesa.com/solutions/ehs/compliance-intelligence): Vendor product page with requirement and dashboard screenshots; availability and configuration depend on the proposed scope.
- [Legal Foundations regulation list](https://www.enhesa.com/solutions/ehs): Official vendor illustration of the Legal Foundations view listing sample regulations with topic and status.
- [Regulatory Forecaster tracked change](https://www.enhesa.com/solutions/ehs): Official vendor illustration of a proposed regulation with an expert impact note and affected facilities; sample data.

### Questions and answers

#### Is Enhesa a complete operational EHS system?
The reviewed offering focuses on regulatory intelligence and compliance assessment. Confirm operational applications separately, including any delivered through a partner system.

#### Which Enhesa products should an EHS team request?
Start from requirements assessment, upcoming changes or source-law research, then name the corresponding products in the quote. Product compliance, chemicals and sustainability are separate scope decisions.

#### Does coverage include every rule for our site?
Ask for a facility-specific coverage demonstration, including relevant local rules and exclusions. Published global coverage counts are not a guarantee that every topic is contracted or applicable.

#### Can we work offline?
An exported audit scorecard is documented. Test the return and reconciliation process; a complete native offline application was not verified.

#### How is Enhesa priced and is there a trial?
The official page requests a tailored scope quote. No public amount or self-service free trial was established in this review.

#### Does a compliance dashboard replace professional review?
No. Validate the operational facts, applicable law and supporting evidence with the responsible reviewers. The dashboard does not itself establish that work or corrective actions have been completed.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-19: Added sourced regulatory-intelligence scope, product boundaries, facility and forecast demo workflows, and pricing/offline verification limits.

### Demo questions

- Use one of our facilities to demonstrate the applicability questions, omitted topics and reviewer overrides.
- Open an obligation, its source article and amendment history; show how a disputed interpretation is recorded.
- Distinguish a proposed rule from an enacted obligation and demonstrate how a changed requirement affects an existing assessment.
- Export a site audit scorecard, collect a finding and show reconciliation when the underlying requirement has changed.
- Demonstrate the exact partner connector, record identifiers, update direction, error handling and ownership of corrective actions.
- Quote our jurisdictions and product domains explicitly, including renewal, new-site access, services and retention after termination.

### Primary sources

- [Compliance Intelligence scope and audit export](https://www.enhesa.com/solutions/ehs/compliance-intelligence)
- [Regulatory Forecaster scope](https://www.enhesa.com/solutions/ehs/regulatory-forecaster)
- [EHS Legal Foundations / Regulatory Baseline](https://www.enhesa.com/solutions/ehs/legal-foundations)
- [Official pricing and scope](https://www.enhesa.com/pricing)
- [Partner content delivery](https://www.enhesa.com/partners)
- [Product families and boundaries](https://www.enhesa.com/solutions/by-domain)
- [Managed Services scope](https://www.enhesa.com/solutions/managed-services)
- [Regulatory Guides for country, permit and sector orientation](https://www.enhesa.com/solutions/ehs/regulatory-guides)
- [EHS Intelligence four-product lifecycle and shared taxonomy](https://www.enhesa.com/solutions/ehs)
- [EHS operations scope and workflow-platform boundary](https://www.enhesa.com/solutions/by-department/ehs-operations)
- [Enforcement Risk Insights methodology and workflow placement](https://info.enhesa.com/enforcement-risk-insights)
- [2026 EHS Intelligence portfolio fact sheet](https://info.enhesa.com/hubfs/Enhesa_EHS%20Intelligence-fact-sheet-2026.pdf)
- [Enhesa trust center](https://trust.enhesa.com/)

## Fulcrum

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/fulcrum
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Fulcrum is the field operations platform developed by Spatial Networks. Professional, Elite and Enterprise are distinct subscription packages.

Fulcrum connects configurable field forms with location data. Evaluate a representative asset inspection from mobile capture through cloud synchronization and office export. Scope geospatial content and any integration separately from the form itself.

Best-fit starting point: Field teams whose inspections need location, maps and structured records.

Check before buying: An annual five-user commitment applies, and API access requires the appropriate package. Prove the prepared map and record workflow on the intended device.

### Pricing

Annual subscription; Professional, Elite and Enterprise. Professional is US$43 and Elite US$55 per user/month. All plans require an annual subscription and at least five users; Enterprise requires a proposal. Confirm taxes, additional storage and services. The official trial landing page advertises 14 days; confirm package access before evaluation.

### When the price fits

In our editorial judgment, Fulcrum may be worth its price when location-rich inspections justify the annual five-user commitment and required package. It is less suitable when a basic checklist meets the need or the team cannot justify the minimum subscription.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: Rechecked published US-dollar prices, annual five-user minimum, API package boundaries and the advertised 14-day trial. This verifies the public offer, not tenant access, custom fees or a negotiated agreement.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.fulcrumapp.com/pricing/
- https://www.fulcrumapp.com/lps/free-trial-general/

### Mobile offline capture; synchronization requires connectivity

Mobile records can be collected offline; cloud synchronization needs connectivity. Prepare apps and required records before departure. The documented Esri basemap download feature requires Esri Maps to be enabled and supports Streets or Satellite, not Terrain or Hybrid. Download the work area on each device while connected. Demonstrate coverage boundaries, attachments and office receipt rather than treating offline capture as proof of a completed cloud handoff.

Product scope: Configurable field records and geospatial collection; integration and administration features depend on the package.

Review scope: This profile uses official documentation and editorial evaluation scenarios. It does not present firsthand product testing or a verified aggregate review score. Targeted documentation enrichment on 20 September 2026; commercial terms were not rechecked in this pass.

Trial status: verified-free. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Prepared basemap on the field device: Ask which devices and map layers the inspectors will actually use. The help article documents downloading Streets or Satellite coverage per device with Esri Maps enabled, and places Terrain and Hybrid outside that feature. In a pilot, download the coverage area, disconnect, and complete a located record at the real site. Keep screenshots of the device settings and the resulting record.
  Sources: https://help.fulcrumapp.com/en/articles/8418949-using-offline-basemaps-in-the-mobile-app
- Same-field edit conflict: The documented merge combines edits to different fields, while a change to the same field is overwritten by the later synchronization. Have two users edit one record offline, once in different fields and once in the same field, then sync in both orders. Retain the record history and decide whether the observed outcome is acceptable for your controlled fields.
  Sources: https://help.fulcrumapp.com/en/articles/92758-what-is-automated-conflict-prevention, https://help.fulcrumapp.com/en/articles/76663-record-history
- Drafts, saves and office visibility: The synchronization article states that draft records do not synchronize and that an online save sends the saved record rather than refreshing all accessible data. Ask the office team to check what they can see at each stage: draft, saved offline, saved online and after a manual sync. Record the timings so the handoff rules in your procedure match the behaviour.
  Sources: https://help.fulcrumapp.com/en/articles/8104466-how-does-syncing-on-the-mobile-app-work
- Workflow triggers and import behaviour: Workflows are documented as record-event triggers with filters that send email, webhook or SMS actions or assign a record. Changes through official web and mobile clients trigger them, imports do not, and a daily limit is stated. Test one trigger from a mobile save and one from a bulk import, and ask how your expected volume compares with the documented limit.
  Sources: https://help.fulcrumapp.com/en/articles/5141320-how-do-workflows-work
- Issues, tasks and recurring series: Check whether task scheduling, issue resolution and recurring tasks need Intelligent Team Automation in your package. Raise an issue, convert it to a remediation task and close it with a description and photos, then review the recurring-series output. The recurrence help notes that new tasks are created regardless of the prior task's status and do not carry every field forward, so check that against your inspection cycle.
  Sources: https://help.fulcrumapp.com/en/articles/6045266-schedule-and-assign-tasks, https://help.fulcrumapp.com/en/articles/6105892-how-do-i-resolve-an-issue, https://help.fulcrumapp.com/en/articles/6559255-recurring-tasks
- Package boundary and recovery limits: Map history, API, webhooks, import, export and reports to the package listed on the pricing page, and confirm the annual user commitment in writing. The history article limits what restoration covers, including deleted records and media, so ask what backup or export routine you must run yourself. Keep the written entitlement list with the demonstration notes.
  Sources: https://www.fulcrumapp.com/pricing/, https://help.fulcrumapp.com/en/articles/76663-record-history

### Capability scope

- Disconnected field records [documented]: Record collection can continue without internet; cloud synchronization requires a connection. Sources: https://help.fulcrumapp.com/en/articles/76979-can-i-still-collect-data-without-a-connection-to-the-internet
- Prepared offline basemaps [conditional]: Download Streets or Satellite coverage on each device with Esri Maps enabled. Terrain and Hybrid are outside this documented download feature. Sources: https://help.fulcrumapp.com/en/articles/8418949-using-offline-basemaps-in-the-mobile-app
- Configurable inspection forms [documented]: The package listing includes conditional fields, repeatable entries and linked records; demonstrate your validation rules. Sources: https://www.fulcrumapp.com/pricing/
- Evidence capture [documented]: Published field types include photos, audio, video, barcodes, QR codes and signatures. Check the evidence retained in your exported record. Sources: https://www.fulcrumapp.com/pricing/
- APIs and webhooks [conditional]: Operational and query APIs plus webhooks are listed in Elite and Enterprise; budget implementation separately. Sources: https://www.fulcrumapp.com/pricing/
- Office export and reports [documented]: Professional lists import, export and reports. Verify the required destination format and attachment handoff in a demonstration. Sources: https://www.fulcrumapp.com/pricing/
- Concurrent-edit conflict boundary [conditional]: The documented merge attempts to combine changes to different fields. When users change the same field, the last synchronization overwrites the earlier value. Confirm entitlement and demonstrate your conflict case. Sources: https://help.fulcrumapp.com/en/articles/92758-what-is-automated-conflict-prevention
- History and permission-controlled restoration [conditional]: History is plan-dependent and restoration requires permission. Deleted records cannot be restored through this feature; deleted media and changed form fields have recovery limits. Sources: https://help.fulcrumapp.com/en/articles/76663-record-history
- Draft visibility and full synchronization [conditional]: Draft records do not synchronize. Online save-triggered synchronization sends the saved record rather than performing a full refresh of all accessible data. Sources: https://help.fulcrumapp.com/en/articles/8104466-how-does-syncing-on-the-mobile-app-work
- Record-triggered workflow automation [conditional]: Permitted users can configure record-event triggers and filters that send email, webhook or SMS actions or assign a record. Official web and mobile client changes trigger workflows, imports do not, and the documented limit is 10,000 workflows per day. Sources: https://help.fulcrumapp.com/en/articles/5141320-how-do-workflows-work
- Issues, assigned remediation and recurring tasks [conditional]: With Intelligent Team Automation enabled, teams can schedule assigned tasks with checklists and linked apps, turn an issue into remediation tasks, retain a resolution description and photos, and create recurring inspection or maintenance task series. Project access and roles constrain visibility; recurrence creates new tasks regardless of the prior task's status and does not carry every prior field forward. Sources: https://help.fulcrumapp.com/en/articles/6045266-schedule-and-assign-tasks, https://help.fulcrumapp.com/en/articles/6105892-how-do-i-resolve-an-issue, https://help.fulcrumapp.com/en/articles/6559255-recurring-tasks

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: remote asset inspection
1. Prepare the app, records and a Streets or Satellite work area on the intended device.
2. Disconnect and capture one asset finding with location and media, including a point beyond the downloaded area.
3. Reconnect and reconcile the device record, attachments and office view.

#### Proposed demo: checklist correction and evidence review
1. Configure a representative repeated asset section and required evidence fields.
2. Ask the vendor to demonstrate an incomplete finding, correction and reviewer access.
3. Export the resulting record and compare its identifiers and attachments with the source.

#### Proposed demo: a record sent to another system
1. Use the proposed Elite or Enterprise integration entitlement and map the destination fields.
2. Create and then correct a test record; ask how the receiving system handles updates.
3. Demonstrate an interrupted transfer, ownership of recovery and a usable exit export.

#### Proposed demo: finding-to-remediation closure
1. Capture a representative field issue with location and evidence, then route it to a named owner under the intended project permissions.
2. Create a linked remediation task with checklist, due date and, where required, a recurring inspection cadence; complete it on the target mobile device.
3. Resolve the issue with a resolution description and photo, then verify the task, issue and record history visible to the reviewer.

### Product presentations

- [Mobile map screen with offline maps option](https://help.fulcrumapp.com/en/articles/8418949-using-offline-basemaps-in-the-mobile-app): Official Fulcrum help-centre image of the map basemap panel with the Offline maps link.
- [Offline basemap downloads list](https://help.fulcrumapp.com/en/articles/8418949-using-offline-basemaps-in-the-mobile-app): Official Fulcrum help-centre image of the Offline Basemaps list with sizes and Download New.
- [Mobile settings with Auto-Sync and photo options](https://help.fulcrumapp.com/en/articles/8104466-how-does-syncing-on-the-mobile-app-work): Official Fulcrum help-centre image of the iOS settings screen with the Auto-Sync switch.

### Questions and answers

#### What is the minimum subscription?
The public offer requires at least five users and an annual subscription. Professional is US$43 and Elite US$55 per user/month; request a proposal for Enterprise and any services.

#### Can Fulcrum collect records without internet?
Yes, the help center documents disconnected collection. Cloud synchronization needs connectivity, so a saved mobile record is not proof that the office has received it.

#### Which basemaps can be downloaded?
The documented Esri Maps feature supports Streets and Satellite with the relevant area downloaded in advance. Terrain and Hybrid are not supported by that download feature; custom MBTiles are a separate route to discuss.

#### Can the downloaded map be shared between devices?
The help article describes downloads as local to the device and not shareable between users or devices. Include map preparation for each device in the pilot.

#### Does Professional include APIs and webhooks?
The published package boundary places these in Elite and Enterprise. Confirm the required interface, authentication, support and implementation charges.

#### How long is the advertised free trial?
The official landing page advertises a 14-day free trial. Confirm available package features and expiry arrangements; this review did not create or test a tenant.

#### Does an offline record trigger a connected integration immediately?
Disconnected capture cannot establish receipt in another system. Ask the vendor to show synchronization and downstream processing after reconnection, including recovery from a failed transfer.

#### What should we export during the evaluation?
Use your own representative record, linked evidence and required identifiers. Compare the exported result with the original and ask which history, media and formats your proposed package includes.

#### What happens when two inspectors edit the same field?
Fulcrum documents a last-sync overwrite for changes to the same field. Do not assume conflict prevention preserves both values in the current record; demonstrate the proposed plan and review the resulting history.

#### Does record history guarantee recovery of deleted evidence?
No. The help article excludes restoring deleted records and notes limits for deleted media and changed form fields. Confirm plan access, permissions and retention requirements before relying on restoration.

#### Can the office see an inspector draft after synchronization?
The official mobile guidance says drafts do not synchronize and are unavailable on other devices. Demonstrate the distinction between a draft, a saved record and confirmed office receipt.

### Demo questions

- Prepare a map and inspection app, disconnect and record a finding with media; show the synchronized cloud record.
- Change one record on two devices and demonstrate reconciliation without losing evidence.
- Export a completed record and explain the API/package needed to send it to our asset system.
- Quote annual users, storage, integration services, taxes and renewal conditions separately.

### Primary sources

- [Pricing and package boundaries](https://www.fulcrumapp.com/pricing/)
- [Offline collection and synchronization](https://help.fulcrumapp.com/en/articles/76979-can-i-still-collect-data-without-a-connection-to-the-internet)
- [Official demonstration](https://www.fulcrumapp.com/demo-request/)
- [Advertised free trial](https://www.fulcrumapp.com/lps/free-trial-general/)
- [Preparing offline Esri basemaps](https://help.fulcrumapp.com/en/articles/8418949-using-offline-basemaps-in-the-mobile-app)
- [Concurrent record edits](https://help.fulcrumapp.com/en/articles/92758-what-is-automated-conflict-prevention)
- [Record history and restoration limits](https://help.fulcrumapp.com/en/articles/76663-record-history)
- [Mobile synchronization and drafts](https://help.fulcrumapp.com/en/articles/8104466-how-does-syncing-on-the-mobile-app-work)
- [Record-triggered workflow actions and limits](https://help.fulcrumapp.com/en/articles/5141320-how-do-workflows-work)
- [Scheduling and assigning field tasks](https://help.fulcrumapp.com/en/articles/6045266-schedule-and-assign-tasks)
- [Issue resolution and linked remediation tasks](https://help.fulcrumapp.com/en/articles/6105892-how-do-i-resolve-an-issue)
- [Recurring inspection and maintenance tasks](https://help.fulcrumapp.com/en/articles/6559255-recurring-tasks)
- [Fulcrum security page](https://www.fulcrumapp.com/security/)

## GoCanvas

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/gocanvas
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
GoCanvas is a configurable digital forms and field-workflow product. Essentials, Pro and Max provide different workflow and integration scope. The vendor's About page describes GoCanvas as part of the Nemetschek Group.

GoCanvas addresses field data entry and the handoff of completed forms. Evaluate the path from a dispatched inspection to a synchronized submission, then identify the tier required for reviewer participation and external data transfer.

Best-fit starting point: Teams replacing repeated paper forms with configurable mobile submissions.

Check before buying: Offline form entry does not establish disconnected multi-user handoffs. The published three-user annual minimum and add-on services need to be included in the budget.

### Pricing

Essentials, Pro and Max; confirm contract currency. The packages page displays Essentials $29, Pro $39 and Max $49 per user/month with annual billing and a three-user minimum, but the retrieved text does not explicitly establish the dollar currency. Request a confirmed local quote including taxes and services. API access and multi-user workflows are listed from Pro; custom integrations and analytics are add-ons. The reviewed signup route advertises a 14-day free trial without a credit card; confirm the route and purchased-tier scope. Follow-Up Tasks and Web forms are listed under Max.

### When the price fits

In our editorial judgment, GoCanvas may be worth its quoted price when recurring field forms and the selected workflow tier justify three annually billed users. It is less suitable for a single occasional inspector or when custom integration and live-data needs exceed the agreed budget.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [partial]: The official packages page confirms Essentials, Pro and Max at $29, $39 and $49 per user/month, each with a three-user minimum and annual billing. It also places multi-user workflows and API access in Pro, and custom integrations and analytics outside the base plans. The displayed dollar currency and add-on prices remain unconfirmed, so the review stays partial.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.gocanvas.com/products/packages

### Mobile offline capture; synchronization requires connectivity

Prepared mobile forms support offline completion and upload when connected. The help center recommends syncing before departure and on return. Sync also receives updated forms, reference data and dispatch or workflow assignments. Offline credential validation has a default 24-hour window, adjustable through the Client Timeout Window setting (the help article cites 30 days); confirm the approved security setting before a prolonged disconnected shift. Offline entry does not establish an offline handoff to another user.

Product scope: Mobile forms, field submissions and tier-dependent multi-user workflows, reporting and integration.

Review scope: This profile uses official documentation and editorial evaluation scenarios. It does not present firsthand product testing or a verified aggregate review score. The official packages page and help documentation were rechecked on 2 October 2026; currency and add-on pricing remain proposal questions.

Trial status: verified-free. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Offline credential window: The help article gives a default validation window that the Client Timeout Window setting can extend. Ask who sets it and what happens on a device when it lapses mid-shift. Test a prepared device left disconnected past your intended shift length, then record whether forms can still be opened and completed.
  Sources: https://help.gocanvas.com/hc/en-us/articles/115006594907-Does-GoCanvas-work-if-my-device-isn-t-connected-to-the-internet
- What a sync transfers: Sync is documented as uploading completed submissions and receiving forms, reference data and dispatch or workflow assignments. Check a device before leaving coverage, publish a form change, and confirm which version the inspector holds. Retain the sync timestamp and the submission as received in the office.
  Sources: https://help.gocanvas.com/hc/en-us/articles/26461887164183-What-does-it-mean-to-sync-my-device
- Dispatch and pre-filled jobs: Dispatch lets authorised users assign an enabled form, pre-fill fields and send or schedule it. The notification route depends on the assignee's last-used client, so test with the actual phone or tablet and a user who has switched devices. Record how long delivery takes and what the inspector sees.
  Sources: https://help.gocanvas.com/hc/en-us/articles/26461022768663-How-to-Dispatch-Individual-Jobs
- Workflow handoff and rejection: Recipients must be assigned to the published form, and workflow settings govern editing earlier answers and rejecting a handoff. Run a supervisor review with one approval and one rejection, including a disconnected reviewer, and note what happens to the entries made in the rejected step. Keep the before and after submission versions.
  Sources: https://help.gocanvas.com/hc/en-us/articles/26461605089815-Using-Workflow, https://www.gocanvas.com/products/packages
- Builder conditions under test: Conditions can reveal or skip fields and whole screens, and exact-match conditions are documented as case-sensitive. Build your real branching logic and try typed-text answers with different capitalisation as well as checkbox and numeric ones. Retain the test matrix with the published form version.
  Sources: https://help.gocanvas.com/hc/en-us/articles/33098759625623-Screen-Conditions-in-the-Builder
- Public Forms and package scope: Public Forms can collect submissions without a login but need enablement by the account representative, appear as Web forms under Max on the packages page, and lack full mobile-form parity or Reference Data. Decide whether any external intake is needed and, if so, test the exact field types you require. Also list the package for API, multi-user workflow, live data sources and any custom integration add-on, and confirm the stated user minimum.
  Sources: https://help.gocanvas.com/hc/en-us/articles/26358893778455-Get-Started-with-GoCanvas-Public-Forms, https://www.gocanvas.com/products/packages

### Capability scope

- Prepared offline form completion [documented]: Complete forms disconnected and upload after connectivity returns; sync before departure and on return. Sources: https://help.gocanvas.com/hc/en-us/articles/115006594907-Does-GoCanvas-work-if-my-device-isn-t-connected-to-the-internet
- Offline credential window [conditional]: Default validation window is 24 hours; the help article cites a Client Timeout Window setting of 30 days. Confirm the approved setting and device behavior. Sources: https://help.gocanvas.com/hc/en-us/articles/115006594907-Does-GoCanvas-work-if-my-device-isn-t-connected-to-the-internet
- Synchronization of field inputs [documented]: Sync uploads completed submissions and receives forms, reference data and dispatch or workflow assignments. Check freshness before leaving coverage. Sources: https://help.gocanvas.com/hc/en-us/articles/26461887164183-What-does-it-mean-to-sync-my-device
- Multi-user handoffs [conditional]: Multi-user workflow is listed from Pro. Demonstrate the supervisor handoff and reconnection behavior for your process. Sources: https://www.gocanvas.com/products/packages
- API and custom integration [conditional]: API access is listed from Pro; custom integrations are add-ons. An entitlement does not establish a completed customer interface. Sources: https://www.gocanvas.com/products/packages
- Reports and live-data scope [conditional]: PDF reports are listed in Essentials; live data sources and reference documents are listed in Max. Confirm the package needed for your form. The packages page also lists Follow-Up Tasks under Max, not in Essentials or Pro. Sources: https://www.gocanvas.com/products/packages
- Configured reviewer permissions [conditional]: Recipients must be assigned to the published form. Workflow settings control editing earlier answers and rejecting a handoff; receiving the handoff requires synchronization. Sources: https://help.gocanvas.com/hc/en-us/articles/26461605089815-Using-Workflow
- Pre-filled field-job dispatch [documented]: Authorized admins, dispatchers or designers can assign an enabled form to a user, pre-fill fields and send it immediately or schedule it. Notification method depends on the assignee's last-used client, so validate the actual device and delivery path. Sources: https://help.gocanvas.com/hc/en-us/articles/26461022768663-How-to-Dispatch-Individual-Jobs
- Conditional inspection paths [documented]: Builder conditions can reveal or skip fields and complete screens from earlier checkbox, text or numeric answers. Exact-match conditions are case-sensitive, and configured branches should be tested before publication. Sources: https://help.gocanvas.com/hc/en-us/articles/33098759625623-Screen-Conditions-in-the-Builder
- No-login external form intake [conditional]: Public Forms (called Web Forms in the same article) collect selected field types through a shareable URL without a GoCanvas login, and submissions are available through the API. The help article says the account representative adds Public Forms to an account, while the packages page lists Web forms under Max; confirm the package in writing. Public Forms lack full mobile-form parity and cannot use Reference Data. Sources: https://help.gocanvas.com/hc/en-us/articles/26358893778455-Get-Started-with-GoCanvas-Public-Forms, https://www.gocanvas.com/products/packages

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: a prepared disconnected shift
1. Sync the intended forms and assignments, then confirm the approved credential timeout with the administrator.
2. Complete a representative form offline with attachments and attempt the required end-of-shift action.
3. Reconnect, sync and compare the received submission and PDF with the original evidence.

#### Proposed demo: stale reference data and supervisor handoff
1. Change one reference value or assignment while a test device is disconnected.
2. Reconnect and show how the device receives updates before a new submission.
3. Use the proposed workflow tier to demonstrate supervisor rejection, correction and final receipt.

#### Proposed demo: submission to a back-office system
1. Identify the proposed API tier and any custom integration charge.
2. Map a completed form and attachments to the intended destination, then correct one field.
3. Ask the vendor to demonstrate duplicate prevention, failed-transfer recovery and export at contract exit.

#### Proposed demo: rejection and correction
1. Assign the reviewer to the published form and confirm edit and rejection settings.
2. Send a finding with a photo, synchronize and open it as the reviewer.
3. Reject after entering test data; inspect what is retained and removed.
4. Correct and resubmit, then verify the final record and named submitter.

#### Proposed demo: external intake to controlled internal follow-up
1. Publish a Public Form with the required identity, photo, signature or GPS fields and submit it through its shareable URL without signing in.
2. Confirm the record appears in the back office and through the proposed API path, then identify controls unavailable in Public Forms.
3. Create a pre-filled Dispatch for the responsible field user, complete the follow-up and verify the final PDF, assignee and audit trail.

### Product presentations

- [Form settings with Workflow enabled](https://help.gocanvas.com/hc/en-us/articles/26461605089815-Using-Workflow): Official vendor image of form settings tiles; the blue box is the vendor's own.
- [Public Form settings with shareable link](https://help.gocanvas.com/hc/en-us/articles/26358893778455-Get-Started-with-GoCanvas-Public-Forms): Official vendor image of a form's sharing settings; not labelled as sample data.

### Questions and answers

#### Can we buy the published offer for one user?
The packages page states a three-user minimum and annual billing. Ask the vendor whether a different written offer is available for your team.

#### What currency should we use for the budget?
The retrieved public page displays dollar amounts without explicitly resolving currency. Request a quote that identifies currency, annual seats, taxes, onboarding and add-ons before using a numeric budget.

#### What must be prepared before going offline?
Sync the required forms, reference data and assignments while connected. Also check authentication settings and prove the intended disconnected shift on the actual device.

#### Can authentication limit a long offline shift?
The help center documents a default 24-hour credential validation window and a Client Timeout Window setting that the article shows set to 30 days. Agree the setting with your security owner rather than assuming indefinite disconnected access.

#### Does synchronization only upload completed work?
No. The help center also describes receiving form changes, reference data and dispatch or workflow assignments. Include an update-receipt check in the pilot.

#### Does Essentials include API access and multi-user workflow?
The packages page lists those capabilities from Pro. Custom integration services are separate add-ons, so request both entitlement and implementation scope.

#### Is a free trial available?
The reviewed official signup route advertises 14 days without a credit card. Trial access can exceed the purchased tier, so confirm the route and feature mapping before relying on a successful demonstration.

#### What happens after a trial expires?
The help article says previously collected data remains accessible but new collection and adding users stop. Confirm export arrangements and the paid package before using a trial for operational work.

#### Can any email recipient approve a GoCanvas handoff?
The documented workflow requires recipients to be assigned to the published form. An email routing field does not establish anonymous or unlicensed approval access; confirm reviewer seats and permissions in the quote.

#### What happens to reviewer entries when a handoff is rejected?
The official instructions say entries made by the rejecting user are deleted from the submission. Demonstrate rejection with representative evidence and confirm where the rejection explanation remains visible.

### Demo questions

- Complete our form offline and show when the office receives attachments and the final record.
- Show the required supervisor handoff and identify which tier licenses every step.
- Demonstrate stale reference data, reconnection and a failed integration.
- Confirm currency, annual minimum seats, onboarding and integration charges in writing.

### Primary sources

- [Packages, billing and integration add-ons](https://www.gocanvas.com/products/packages)
- [Offline capture and workflow overview](https://www.gocanvas.com/faq)
- [Official scoped sales consultation](https://www.gocanvas.com/products/packages-connect-expert)
- [Offline use and credential validation](https://help.gocanvas.com/hc/en-us/articles/115006594907-Does-GoCanvas-work-if-my-device-isn-t-connected-to-the-internet)
- [What mobile synchronization transfers](https://help.gocanvas.com/hc/en-us/articles/26461887164183-What-does-it-mean-to-sync-my-device)
- [14-day trial signup route](https://www.gocanvas.com/signup/jsm)
- [Trial feature access and expiry](https://help.gocanvas.com/hc/en-us/articles/115006785508-What-is-included-in-the-GoCanvas-free-trial)
- [Automatic upload help](https://help.gocanvas.com/hc/en-us/articles/115011564907-Automatically-upload-submissions)
- [Workflow assignment, edit permissions and rejection](https://help.gocanvas.com/hc/en-us/articles/26461605089815-Using-Workflow)
- [Dispatch jobs, pre-filled fields and assignee notifications](https://help.gocanvas.com/hc/en-us/articles/26461022768663-How-to-Dispatch-Individual-Jobs)
- [Conditional fields and screens in the form builder](https://help.gocanvas.com/hc/en-us/articles/33098759625623-Screen-Conditions-in-the-Builder)
- [Public Forms, supported inputs and documented limitations](https://help.gocanvas.com/hc/en-us/articles/26358893778455-Get-Started-with-GoCanvas-Public-Forms)
- [About GoCanvas and group ownership](https://www.gocanvas.com/about-us)
- [GoCanvas security and infrastructure overview](https://help.gocanvas.com/hc/en-us/articles/4412796433303-GoCanvas-Security-Infrastructure-Overview)

## GoAudits

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/goaudits
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
GoAudits combines an administration portal, mobile inspection app and browser app. Starter and Enterprise have different access and reporting controls.

GoAudits focuses on completing inspections and turning findings into reports and action plans. Evaluate a repeated site check, including disconnected mobile capture, office review and evidence of corrective work. Confirm the tier needed for permissions and scheduled audits.

Best-fit starting point: Teams standardizing repeatable site inspections and corrective-action follow-up.

Check before buying: Prepare current mobile settings before disconnecting and confirm the purchased plan after an Enterprise trial. External action assignees are not equivalent to full licensed inspection users.

### Pricing

Starter and Enterprise; confirm currency and minimum seats. The pricing page displays Starter $10 and Enterprise $30 per user per month with annual billing selected; the dollar currency and minimum paid seats were not explicitly established. Monthly billing is offered, but its amount was not verified. Starter lists one company/department, 25 sites, 10 checklist templates and two images per question; Enterprise lists unlimited companies, sites and checklist templates, four images per question with more by request, and additional roles, scheduling and analytics. SSO requires a pricing enquiry. Dedicated account manager eligibility is listed for annual plans over three users, not as a minimum purchase. The 14-day trial includes Enterprise features without a credit card. The pricing page and its FAQ state a 60-day money-back guarantee, and a help article describes a full refund within 60 days of sign-up for customers who are not satisfied; confirm the refund conditions in writing.

### When the price fits

In our editorial judgment, GoAudits may be worth its quoted price when repeatable inspections and action follow-up fit the selected plan's site and checklist scope. It is less suitable if the team expects Starter to include advanced permissions or needs an unverified disconnected browser workflow.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: All eight selected product/help sources accessible. Confirmed annual price display, tier limits, free trial, connected settings import and action approval. Currency, paid-seat minimum and monthly price remain unestablished.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://goaudits.com/pricing/
- https://goaudits.com/blog/news-web-admin/
- https://goaudits.com/book-demo/
- https://support.goaudits.com/en/articles/8707289-importing-settings-on-the-mobile-app
- https://support.goaudits.com/en/articles/8707328-synchronizing-audit-data-from-the-mobile-app-to-the-cloud
- https://support.goaudits.com/en/articles/6088284-how-to-approve-reject-an-action-plan-workflow
- https://goaudits.com/workflows/
- https://support.goaudits.com/en/articles/4380857-how-long-is-the-contract-for

### Mobile offline capture; synchronization requires connectivity

The mobile app supports offline inspections, while the browser app is a separate surface. Official help requires an internet connection and Import Settings to pull new or changed checklists, locations and permissions from the portal. A separate help procedure uses Preview Report to synchronize completed or in-progress audit data to the cloud, followed by Complete and Share. Verify the current app behavior after reconnection; offline capture does not establish disconnected email notifications, external action links or approval completion.

Product scope: Checklist inspections, reports and action plans with tier-dependent roles, scheduling and analytics.

Review scope: This profile uses official documentation and editorial evaluation scenarios. It does not present firsthand product testing or a verified aggregate review score. Targeted synchronization and approval-documentation recheck on 20 September 2026; pricing and failed-upload recovery guarantees were not reverified.

Trial status: verified-free. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Plan and location boundary: Map companies, sites, templates and image requirements to the purchased plan. Separate trial access from ongoing entitlement.
  Sources: https://goaudits.com/pricing/
- Device preparation: Import changed forms and permissions before leaving connectivity and demonstrate the prepared device.
  Sources: https://support.goaudits.com/en/articles/8707289-importing-settings-on-the-mobile-app
- Synchronization evidence: Inspect the server record, attachments and report after reconnection, including a deliberate upload failure.
  Sources: https://support.goaudits.com/en/articles/8707328-synchronizing-audit-data-from-the-mobile-app-to-the-cloud
- Action closure ownership: Distinguish a submitted correction from reviewer approval and test rejection with an external assignee.
  Sources: https://support.goaudits.com/en/articles/6088284-how-to-approve-reject-an-action-plan-workflow, https://goaudits.com/workflows/
- Commercial assumptions: Confirm the dollar currency, taxes, paid-seat minimum and monthly versus annual commitment. Account-manager eligibility is not a minimum seat rule.
  Sources: https://goaudits.com/pricing/, https://support.goaudits.com/en/articles/4380857-how-long-is-the-contract-for

### Capability scope

- Prepared offline mobile inspections [documented]: Offline mobile use is documented. New or changed portal settings must be imported while connected before field use. Sources: https://goaudits.com/blog/news-web-admin/, https://support.goaudits.com/en/articles/8707289-importing-settings-on-the-mobile-app
- Audit synchronization and reporting [documented]: Help describes synchronizing completed or in-progress audits through Preview Report, then completing and sharing. Verify server receipt and attachments rather than assuming every upload is automatic. Sources: https://support.goaudits.com/en/articles/8707328-synchronizing-audit-data-from-the-mobile-app-to-the-cloud
- Reviewer-controlled action closure [conditional]: When approval is enabled, assignees submit photos/comments for review and an approver can approve or reject. Confirm configured roles and purchased tier; disconnected approval is unverified. Sources: https://support.goaudits.com/en/articles/6088284-how-to-approve-reject-an-action-plan-workflow, https://goaudits.com/pricing/
- External action participation [documented]: The workflow page describes unlimited external or occasional action assignees using an emailed link without a dedicated login or paid licence. This is not unrestricted inspection-user access. Sources: https://goaudits.com/workflows/
- Plan-specific site and checklist scope [conditional]: Starter lists one company, 25 sites and 10 checklist templates. Enterprise expands those limits and adds roles, scheduling and advanced reporting. Trial scope is not Starter entitlement. Sources: https://goaudits.com/pricing/
- Photo evidence limits [conditional]: Pricing lists two images per question for Starter and four for Enterprise, with additional Enterprise capacity by enquiry. Confirm the required evidence format and limits in the proposal. Sources: https://goaudits.com/pricing/
- Conditional forms and automatic scoring [documented]: The mobile auditing page describes IF-THEN logic, mandatory and default field behaviour, and automatic scoring displayed in reports. Test the proposed branching and scoring rules with representative edge cases rather than assuming a template is already configured. Sources: https://goaudits.com/auditing/, https://goaudits.com/pricing/
- Attributed field evidence [documented]: The auditing page documents photo attachment and annotation, e-signatures, timestamps and geolocation during inspections. These are captured evidence fields, not proof of regulated digital-signature compliance, tamper-evident custody or guaranteed location accuracy. Sources: https://goaudits.com/auditing/
- Scheduled and assigned audit monitoring [conditional]: GoAudits describes bulk scheduling and assignment by person or location, notifications, and tracking of completed, in-progress and overdue audits. Pricing places scheduling and notifications in Enterprise, so confirm recurrence, timezones, reassignment and entitlement. Sources: https://goaudits.com/auditing/, https://goaudits.com/pricing/
- Branded reports and rules-based distribution [conditional]: The reports page describes reports built from captured evidence, with customizable layouts and rules-based email distribution. Pricing distinguishes report templates and distribution and lists Word or Excel reports for Enterprise; confirm format, recipients and plan. Sources: https://goaudits.com/reports/, https://goaudits.com/pricing/
- Harness and fall-arrest inspection templates [documented]: GoAudits publishes harness checklists in its public library. One covers webbing, hardware, stitching, labels and whether the product inspection date is current. The other asks about the type of fall arrest system, the rating of an engineered tie-off point and whether the user has had emergency-procedure training. Both sit in the vendor's mobile inspection app, which it says supports offline use, photos and follow-up tasks. The pages do not describe a per-item equipment register, automatic expiry reminders for individual harnesses or a rescue plan. Sources: https://goaudits.com/checklist/full-body-harness-inspection-checklist/915/139/, https://goaudits.com/checklist/safety-harness-inspection-checklist-template/915/77/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: revised checklist before disconnected work
1. Change a checklist and site permission in the portal, then use Import Settings while online.
2. Disconnect and perform an inspection with the allowed photo evidence.
3. Reconnect and demonstrate synchronization, report generation and receipt on a second device, including a failed-upload retry.

#### Proposed demo: external action and reviewer rejection
1. Assign a finding to an external person using the proposed email-link access.
2. Have that assignee submit a photo and comments with approval enabled.
3. Reject insufficient evidence, submit a correction and approve it; inspect the retained record and access boundary.

#### Proposed demo: paid-plan scope after the trial
1. Use the proposed paid tier with representative companies, locations, templates and full inspection users.
2. Check photo limits, permissions and scheduled audits rather than relying on Enterprise trial access.
3. Export the agreed reports and obtain written currency, paid-seat minimum, billing period and any SSO costs.

#### Proposed demo: incomplete audit through approved correction
1. Synchronize an in-progress audit using the documented Preview Report procedure and inspect its portal state.
2. Complete and share separately; record the remaining corrective actions.
3. Submit corrective evidence with approval enabled, then reject it as the approver.
4. Demonstrate correction and approval; verify ownership and the final action state.
5. Interrupt a test upload and ask the vendor to demonstrate supported recovery before clearing any local data.

#### Proposed demo: conditional inspection through distributed report
1. Build a representative checklist with one mandatory field, one IF-THEN branch and section scoring.
2. Complete it on a mobile device with an annotated photo, timestamp, location and signature.
3. Review the generated score and report, including which evidence and user details are retained.
4. Apply a distribution rule and verify the intended recipients, report format and purchased-plan boundary.

### Product presentations

- [Generated inspection reports](https://goaudits.com/manufacturing/): Official GoAudits report composite showing a warehouse safety assessment and performance summary; the 2020 sample content is illustrative and may not match the current interface.
- [Mobile production-line audit](https://goaudits.com/manufacturing/): Official GoAudits mobile-audit composite with scored questions, photos and comments; this 2021 visual may differ from the current application.
- [Audit performance dashboard](https://goaudits.com/analytics/): Official GoAudits dashboard composite showing audit summaries, section scores, historical trends and task status; sample values are illustrative.

### Questions and answers

#### What does GoAudits cost?
The pricing page displays Starter $10 and Enterprise $30 per user per month with annual billing selected; the dollar currency and minimum paid seats were not explicitly established. Monthly billing is offered, but its amount was not verified. Starter lists one company/department, 25 sites, 10 checklist templates and two images per question; Enterprise lists unlimited companies, sites and checklist templates, four images per question with more by request, and additional roles, scheduling and analytics. SSO requires a pricing enquiry. Dedicated account manager eligibility is listed for annual plans over three users, not as a minimum purchase. The 14-day trial includes Enterprise features without a credit card.

#### Does the trial include Enterprise?
The official pricing page offers 14 days with Enterprise features and no credit card. Confirm the paid plan required to retain the workflows demonstrated during the trial.

#### What must be prepared before offline use?
Import Settings requires internet access and pulls checklist, location and permission changes from the administration portal. Test the intended inspection while disconnected after that preparation.

#### Is synchronization always automatic?
The help procedure documents Preview Report as a way to synchronize completed or in-progress audits to the cloud. Demonstrate the current app and confirm receipt rather than relying only on a general automatic-sync claim.

#### Can action recipients participate without a paid licence?
The workflow page describes external or occasional action assignees receiving email links without a dedicated login or paid licence. Full inspection-user entitlements and broader access require separate confirmation.

#### Can a supervisor reject corrective evidence?
With action-plan approval enabled, an assignee submits pictures/comments for approval and a reviewer can approve or reject. Confirm the configured workflow and purchased tier; offline review was not established.

#### Which Starter limits should we check?
Starter lists one company/department, 25 sites, 10 checklist templates and two images per question. Enterprise expands these limits and adds roles, scheduling and advanced analytics.

#### Does the browser app also work offline?
The reviewed documentation specifically supports offline inspection in the mobile app. Offline browser administration and disconnected email-link actions were not established.

#### Does synchronizing an in-progress audit mark it complete?
The help procedure allows Preview Report to synchronize an in-progress audit, followed by a separate Complete and Share step. Treat upload, audit completion and corrective-action approval as distinct states; demonstrate the required sequence.

#### Does submitting corrective evidence automatically close an action?
When action-plan approval is enabled, the assignee submits pictures or comments for review instead of closing the action. The approver receives an email and can approve or reject; confirm the configured approver and escalation process.

### Demo questions

- Prepare a checklist, disconnect the mobile device and complete it with photos; verify the server record after reconnecting.
- Assign a failed item and have a different person review evidence before closure.
- Demonstrate the proposed roles and scheduled audit access in the purchased tier.
- Quote currency, paid-seat minimum, sites, checklists, SSO and onboarding separately.
- Show the supported recovery procedure after an interrupted upload, and how we verify receipt before resetting or replacing the device.

### Primary sources

- [Plans and limits](https://goaudits.com/pricing/)
- [Mobile and browser surfaces](https://goaudits.com/blog/news-web-admin/)
- [Demo request](https://goaudits.com/book-demo/)
- [Import mobile settings](https://support.goaudits.com/en/articles/8707289-importing-settings-on-the-mobile-app)
- [Synchronize audit data](https://support.goaudits.com/en/articles/8707328-synchronizing-audit-data-from-the-mobile-app-to-the-cloud)
- [Action approval workflow](https://support.goaudits.com/en/articles/6088284-how-to-approve-reject-an-action-plan-workflow)
- [External action assignees](https://goaudits.com/workflows/)
- [Monthly and annual plans](https://support.goaudits.com/en/articles/4380857-how-long-is-the-contract-for)
- [Manufacturing inspection workflow — checked 28 September 2026](https://goaudits.com/manufacturing/)
- [Inspection analytics dashboards — checked 28 September 2026](https://goaudits.com/analytics/)
- [Mobile auditing, smart forms and evidence capture — checked 29 September 2026](https://goaudits.com/auditing/)
- [Instant reports and automated distribution — checked 29 September 2026](https://goaudits.com/reports/)
- [Customizable checklist template library — checked 29 September 2026](https://goaudits.com/library/)
- [Harness and fall-arrest inspection templates, checked 1 October 2026](https://goaudits.com/checklist/full-body-harness-inspection-checklist/915/139/)
- [Harness and fall-arrest inspection templates (2), checked 1 October 2026](https://goaudits.com/checklist/safety-harness-inspection-checklist-template/915/77/)
- [Data and security help](https://support.goaudits.com/en/collections/1882261-data-and-security)

## Workiva

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/workiva
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
This profile covers Workiva sustainability reporting and the separately named Workiva Carbon offering. Connected-platform messaging does not establish universal module entitlement.

Workiva documents sustainability metrics, collection spreadsheets and linked reporting outputs. Workiva Carbon adds a named emissions-management scope. Build the proposal around required workspaces, roles, applications and the handoff from source data to approved disclosure.

Best-fit starting point: Reporting teams coordinating sustainability contributors and disclosure reviewers.

Check before buying: Confirm Carbon, Wdata, workspace permissions and interfaces in the proposal; a platform connection is not an all-inclusive licence.

### Pricing

Scoped proposal; unlimited seats. No amount appeared on the pricing page on 26 September 2026. Its FAQ says pricing reflects each organization's needs, some solutions use good/better/best packaging, and all offerings provide unlimited seats or users; purchases go through a sales representative. Itemise the sustainability solutions (Workiva Carbon must be expressly scoped), implementation, interfaces, support and renewal terms, in a named currency and billing term.

### When the price fits

Workiva may justify a scoped quote when source-linked disclosure preparation and coordinated review address a demonstrated reporting problem. It is less suitable for a simple inventory-only requirement if the workspace, application and implementation scope adds cost without needed controls.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: All seven selected product, workflow and developer sources were accessible. Public price and free-trial terms were not established; API and application entitlement still require a proposal. Source accessibility does not establish commercial certainty.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.workiva.com/solutions/esg-reporting
- https://www.workiva.com/solutions/carbon-management
- https://support.workiva.com/hc/en-us/articles/4412206676244-Intro-to-Sustainability-Reporting-with-Workiva
- https://support.workiva.com/hc/en-us/articles/24416222015508-Share-metric-values-from-Sustainability-Program-with-other-workspaces
- https://support.workiva.com/hc/en-us/articles/25697690571156-Prepare-or-approve-values-through-Sustainability-Program-metric-tasks
- https://support.workiva.com/hc/en-us/articles/9505747563540-Add-metrics-to-Sustainability-Program
- https://developers.workiva.com/2022-01-01/sustainability-guide.html
- https://www.workiva.com/pricing

### Offline operation not established

Disconnected capture, calculation and review were not established from the sources reviewed. Test interrupted work and recovery for the intended workflow; imports do not establish an offline app.

Product scope: Sustainability Explorer, Sustainability Program, Data Collection and Factbook workflows; Workiva Carbon must be expressly scoped.

Review scope: Official documentation review, not hands-on testing. No comparable verified review aggregate established; legacy ratings are excluded.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Workspace and application scope: Ask the vendor to list in the proposal which workspaces, applications and roles your programme needs, and whether Sustainability Program, Data Collection, Factbook, Wdata and Workiva Carbon are each included. The pricing page and solution pages do not make the platform an all-inclusive licence. Keep the written scope alongside your demonstration notes.
  Sources: https://www.workiva.com/pricing, https://www.workiva.com/solutions/esg-reporting
- Metric design: periods and dimensions: A metric can hold annual or multiple values by period and by dimensions such as location or demographic. Model three or four of your real metrics, including one with site-level breakdown, and ask about limits and source-file design. Retain the metric definitions you agreed, since they are hard to restructure once contributors start.
  Sources: https://support.workiva.com/hc/en-us/articles/12724372424468-Collect-metric-values-for-Sustainability-Program
- Evidence requirements and approval steps: Metric configuration can require notes or attachments, and any approver in a shared step can complete it; successive approvals need separate steps. Configure one metric with mandatory evidence and a two-stage approval, then try to bypass each stage. Keep the task history for the approver who returned a value.
  Sources: https://support.workiva.com/hc/en-us/articles/9505747563540-Add-metrics-to-Sustainability-Program, https://support.workiva.com/hc/en-us/articles/25697690571156-Prepare-or-approve-values-through-Sustainability-Program-metric-tasks
- Contributor coverage and reminders: Task views show states from not sent to complete, with due dates and manual reminders, but assignments are for workspace members rather than an open supplier portal. List who will supply data and whether they would hold workspace seats. Test a reminder cycle with a contributor who has not responded.
  Sources: https://support.workiva.com/hc/en-us/articles/8599598017044-Track-Sustainability-Program-metric-tasks
- Restatement and refresh into disclosures: The restatement article describes recording revised values, variance, notes and attachments while keeping the disclosed value, with Factbook updating on refresh; it says the capability may need requesting from the CSM. Correct a prior-year value in the pilot and follow it through to the disclosure. Retain the variance record and the refreshed output.
  Sources: https://support.workiva.com/hc/en-us/articles/20344990377876-Restate-metric-values-from-Sustainability-Program, https://support.workiva.com/hc/en-us/articles/4412206676244-Intro-to-Sustainability-Reporting-with-Workiva
- Framework versions and downstream access: Metrics can be aligned to disclosures in Sustainability Explorer; ask which frameworks and versions are enabled and how archived references display. Separately, query-based sharing needs Wdata and suitable roles in the receiving workspace, and the API uses OAuth scopes per operation. Confirm entitlement and implementation effort for any of these you intend to use.
  Sources: https://support.workiva.com/hc/en-us/articles/11485470659348-Align-Program-metrics-with-Sustainability-Explorer-content, https://support.workiva.com/hc/en-us/articles/24416222015508-Share-metric-values-from-Sustainability-Program-with-other-workspaces, https://developers.workiva.com/2022-01-01/sustainability-guide.html

### Capability scope

- Metric collection [documented]: Collect defined values through Program, linked source files or contributor tasks. Sources: https://support.workiva.com/hc/en-us/articles/9505747563540-Add-metrics-to-Sustainability-Program
- Evidence requirements [conditional]: Metric configuration can require notes or attachments before completing a value. Configure these requirements for the relevant metric. Sources: https://support.workiva.com/hc/en-us/articles/9505747563540-Add-metrics-to-Sustainability-Program
- Approval and return [documented]: Approvers can accept or return prepared values. Any approver in a shared approval step can complete that step; use separate steps for required successive approvals. Sources: https://support.workiva.com/hc/en-us/articles/25697690571156-Prepare-or-approve-values-through-Sustainability-Program-metric-tasks
- Source-linked reporting [documented]: Collection and Factbook workflows connect metric values with disclosure preparation; demonstrate the refresh process after a correction. Sources: https://support.workiva.com/hc/en-us/articles/4412206676244-Intro-to-Sustainability-Reporting-with-Workiva
- Cross-workspace sharing [conditional]: Query-based sharing requires Wdata in the receiving workspace and appropriate owner and query roles. Sources: https://support.workiva.com/hc/en-us/articles/24416222015508-Share-metric-values-from-Sustainability-Program-with-other-workspaces
- Carbon management [conditional]: Workiva Carbon is a named offering; specify purchased scope rather than assuming it is included in every reporting licence. Sources: https://www.workiva.com/solutions/carbon-management
- Sustainability API [conditional]: Technical documentation covers programs and metric values with OAuth credentials and operation-specific scopes. Confirm commercial entitlement, supported endpoints and implementation separately. Sources: https://developers.workiva.com/2022-01-01/sustainability-guide.html
- Periodic and dimensional metric values [conditional]: A metric can collect annual or multiple values by period and dimensions such as location or demographic. Confirm dimensional model, limits and source-file design. Sources: https://support.workiva.com/hc/en-us/articles/12724372424468-Collect-metric-values-for-Sustainability-Program
- Collection status and reminders [documented]: Views expose task states from not sent through returned and complete, with due-date and manual reminders. Assignments are for workspace members; do not infer an unrestricted supplier portal. Sources: https://support.workiva.com/hc/en-us/articles/8599598017044-Track-Sustainability-Program-metric-tasks
- Framework-content alignment [conditional]: Metrics can link to disclosures or requirements in Sustainability Explorer, including archived-reference visibility. Confirm enabled frameworks and versions; custom tags are not maintained framework content. Sources: https://support.workiva.com/hc/en-us/articles/11485470659348-Align-Program-metrics-with-Sustainability-Explorer-content
- Controlled metric restatements [conditional]: A Data Collection spreadsheet may record revised values, variance, notes and attachments while retaining the disclosed value and feeding Factbook on refresh. If absent, it must be requested from the CSM. Sources: https://support.workiva.com/hc/en-us/articles/20344990377876-Restate-metric-values-from-Sustainability-Program

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: supplier evidence to approved metric
1. Bring a supplier record with a missing unit and identify the internal contributor or agreed external intake route.
2. Require supporting evidence, return the incomplete value and have the contributor correct it.
3. Use separate reviewer steps where both approvals are required; inspect the resulting approval record.

#### Proposed demo: source correction to disclosure
1. Link one source value to the proposed reporting output.
2. Approve it, then demonstrate a correction and identify who must review it again.
3. Compare the revised disclosure, prior evidence and exported review trail.

#### Proposed demo: controlled system handoff
1. Scope Carbon, Wdata, source and destination workspaces and any API access in the proposed licence.
2. Use a restricted integration identity to move a sample metric and attempt access outside its intended scope.
3. Demonstrate failed-update recovery and identify the administrator responsible for reconciliation.

### Product presentations

- [Workiva Carbon Measure view with buildings totals](https://www.workiva.com/solutions/carbon-management): Official vendor image of the Workiva Carbon Measure view; data not labelled as sample.
- [Workiva Carbon emissions targets chart](https://www.workiva.com/solutions/carbon-management): Official vendor image of a Workiva Carbon targets chart; data not labelled as sample.

### Questions and answers

#### Is Workiva Carbon included in every subscription?
No universal inclusion was established. Specify Carbon and the reporting applications in the proposal.

#### Can a metric require supporting evidence?
Yes. Metric configuration can require notes or attachments before completion; test the chosen requirement with an incomplete submission.

#### Must every approver in one step approve?
The help article says any approver in a shared step can complete it. Configure separate successive steps when multiple distinct approvals are required.

#### Are contributor tasks an unrestricted supplier portal?
That was not established. The reviewed workflow assigns workspace members; confirm external supplier onboarding, permissions and licensing separately.

#### Does API documentation establish included API access?
No. The guide says the Sustainability API is a paid add-on and explains authentication, scopes and operations; it does not establish whether your workspace has the add-on enabled or a completed connector. Confirm supported endpoints and licence terms.

#### Can another workspace receive Program values automatically?
Query-based sharing has Wdata and role requirements. Demonstrate the actual receiving workspace and permitted data before relying on the handoff.

#### What is the public price and trial offer?
No numeric subscription, billing commitment, minimum seats or free trial was established from the selected pages. Request a scoped proposal; a demo is not a verified trial.

#### Does linked reporting guarantee an assurance outcome?
No. Your team must evaluate source quality, approvals, reporting requirements and final outputs; software documentation is not an assurance opinion.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-26: Re-checked on 26 September 2026: the pricing page and FAQ show no amount (unlimited seats, good/better/best packaging for some solutions, purchase through sales), so the price status is recorded as no amount shown rather than not established.

### Demo questions

- Correct a collected value after review and show the changed reporting output.
- Show a contributor denied access to another workspace.
- Demonstrate the Carbon-to-disclosure handoff using only quoted applications.
- If both reviewers must approve, show separate approval steps rather than two names in one step.
- Show the supported supplier intake route without assuming workspace tasks provide unrestricted external access.

### Primary sources

- [Pricing page and FAQ : checked 26 September 2026](https://www.workiva.com/pricing)
- [ESG product scope](https://www.workiva.com/solutions/esg-reporting)
- [Workiva Carbon](https://www.workiva.com/solutions/carbon-management)
- [Sustainability reporting workflow](https://support.workiva.com/hc/en-us/articles/4412206676244-Intro-to-Sustainability-Reporting-with-Workiva)
- [Cross-workspace data sharing](https://support.workiva.com/hc/en-us/articles/24416222015508-Share-metric-values-from-Sustainability-Program-with-other-workspaces)
- [Metric preparation and approval](https://support.workiva.com/hc/en-us/articles/25697690571156-Prepare-or-approve-values-through-Sustainability-Program-metric-tasks)
- [Metric configuration and supporting evidence](https://support.workiva.com/hc/en-us/articles/9505747563540-Add-metrics-to-Sustainability-Program)
- [Sustainability API prerequisites and operations](https://developers.workiva.com/2022-01-01/sustainability-guide.html)
- [Metric values, dimensions and collection routes](https://support.workiva.com/hc/en-us/articles/12724372424468-Collect-metric-values-for-Sustainability-Program)
- [Metric task status and reminders](https://support.workiva.com/hc/en-us/articles/8599598017044-Track-Sustainability-Program-metric-tasks)
- [Metric alignment to Sustainability Explorer disclosures](https://support.workiva.com/hc/en-us/articles/11485470659348-Align-Program-metrics-with-Sustainability-Explorer-content)
- [Restatement tracking and Factbook audit trail](https://support.workiva.com/hc/en-us/articles/20344990377876-Restate-metric-values-from-Sustainability-Program)
- [Workiva security and compliance page](https://www.workiva.com/security)

## Watershed

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/watershed
Sources checked: 2026-10-11
Watershed documents carbon measurement and wider ESG disclosure workflows. Supplier engagement, interfaces, advisory work and purchased reduction services require explicit commercial scoping.

Watershed connects sustainability inputs, calculations and reporting. Its documentation describes data lineage, import checks and reusable disclosure metrics; assess supplier coverage and reporting responsibilities against your own records.

Best-fit starting point: Teams connecting emissions measurement and disclosure work with a maintained sustainability programme.

Check before buying: Vendor statements about audit-ready data, past assurance outcomes, AI accuracy, project vetting or savings do not guarantee an auditor opinion, regulatory acceptance, emissions reduction or financial return for the buyer. Confirm organizational boundaries, factor sources and versions, overrides, AI data handling, role controls and evidence exports. Itemize Product Footprints, verification support, supplier engagement, Marketplace transactions, environmental attributes and advisory services separately.

### Pricing

Scoped vendor proposal. On 26 September 2026 watershed.com had no pricing page (/pricing returned 404, and none of the 674 URLs in its sitemap is a pricing page), and no amount appeared on the homepage, whose calls to action lead to a demo request. Itemise software, implementation, interfaces, support and renewal terms, in a named currency and billing term.

### When the price fits

Watershed may justify a proposal when measurement lineage and disclosure preparation need a connected operating process. It is less suitable if a basic inventory meets the requirement or the proposed services and interfaces cannot demonstrate value for the additional cost.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-09-26 [verified]: All five selected official pages accessible. Pricing, trial entitlement and offline operation remain unestablished; supplier detail includes a dated 2024 release note.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://watershed.com/platform/measure
- https://watershed.com/platform/disclosures
- https://watershed.com/blog/november2024productupdates
- https://watershed.com/legal/security
- https://watershed.com/demo
- https://watershed.com/

### Offline operation not established

The reviewed sources do not establish disconnected capture, calculation or review. Test connection loss and recovery; spreadsheet imports do not establish an offline application.

Product scope: Watershed combines enterprise carbon and ESG data management, disclosure preparation, target and scenario planning, supplier engagement and optional sustainability AI. Product Footprints, verification support, Marketplace purchases, clean-power transactions, carbon-removal procurement and expert advisory can have separate availability, eligibility, commercial terms or transaction agreements and should not be assumed from the core software subscription.

Review scope: Official-source editorial research, not hands-on testing. No verified comparable review aggregate established; legacy ratings are excluded.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Calculation lineage on your own data: Ask for a walk-through using a sample of your real data, from source record to reported figure, naming the method and factor version at each step. Change a factor or boundary and observe how the result and its history change. Retain the lineage output for one line item.
  Sources: https://watershed.com/platform/measure, https://watershed.com/platform/measure/carbon-accounting
- Connector and upload fit: The vendor states a number of pre-built integrations plus file uploads and API input. For each of your systems, ask whether a connector exists, who authenticates, how often it refreshes, how fields map and how rejected records surface. Run one deliberately malformed upload and keep the error handling evidence.
  Sources: https://watershed.com/platform/measure/carbon-accounting, https://watershed.com/platform/disclosures
- Governance and override history: Audit trails, calculation visibility and fine-grained access are documented, which is different from an assurance opinion. Test segregation of duties, manual overrides, locked periods, attachment retention and a full export for an auditor. Keep the exported trail for a changed value.
  Sources: https://watershed.com/platform/measure/carbon-accounting, https://watershed.com/platform/measure
- Supplier data route and coverage: The release note describes bulk contact upload, supplier mapping and supplier-specific factors, with current availability to be reconfirmed. Upload a realistic contact list, see how many map correctly, and ask what share of your spend would rely on default factors. Record coverage by category so you can revisit it after the first cycle.
  Sources: https://watershed.com/blog/november2024productupdates
- AI agents and human review: Sustainability AI is described with traceable data points and human review. Ask which models and subprocessors are used, whether customer data is used for training and whether it can be switched off, and what review evidence is stored. Test an AI-drafted disclosure and check that each figure traces to a source.
  Sources: https://watershed.com/platform/sustainability-ai, https://watershed.com/platform/disclosures
- Separately contracted services: Verification support, Product Footprints, Marketplace purchases and advisory are presented with their own conditions. Ask for each as a separate line with eligibility, remedy terms, exclusions and transaction agreements, including how purchases are allocated in the footprint. Request the security documents through the trust page before procurement sign-off.
  Sources: https://watershed.com/blog/product-updates-q3-25, https://watershed.com/platform/marketplace, https://watershed.com/legal/security

### Capability scope

- Measurement and lineage [documented]: Calculations and source lineage are documented; validate the selected method and factor version. Sources: https://watershed.com/platform/measure
- Data quality checks [documented]: Automated cleaning and anomaly detection are advertised. Exception handling still needs demonstration. Sources: https://watershed.com/platform/measure
- Business-unit footprints [documented]: Footprints can be configured by business unit or geography; confirm your consolidation boundary. Sources: https://watershed.com/platform/measure
- Disclosure drafting [documented]: Reusable metrics, report collaboration and assigned roles are described. Final approval remains a buyer responsibility. Sources: https://watershed.com/platform/disclosures
- API ingestion [conditional]: API and upload inputs are documented; connector coverage, credentials and entitlement require scoping. Sources: https://watershed.com/platform/disclosures
- Supplier engagement [conditional]: The 2024 release note documents bulk contact upload, supplier mapping and supplier-specific factors. Reconfirm current availability and purchased scope. Sources: https://watershed.com/blog/november2024productupdates
- Security evidence access [conditional]: The security page directs buyers to request documents through its trust page; no underlying assurance report was reviewed. Sources: https://watershed.com/legal/security
- Guided data collection and pre-built integrations [conditional]: Watershed states that more than 60 pre-built integrations, flexible file uploads and embedded project-management tools can collect data from business systems and departments. Confirm the exact connector, entitlement, authentication, refresh cadence, field mapping, rejected-record handling and operational support for each source. Sources: https://watershed.com/platform/measure/carbon-accounting
- Audit trails and fine-grained data governance [documented]: Watershed documents audit trails for carbon data, visibility into calculations and fine-grained access management. Buyers should test segregation of duties, factor or override history, locked periods, attachment retention and complete exports rather than treating 'audit-ready' as an assurance opinion. Sources: https://watershed.com/platform/measure/carbon-accounting, https://watershed.com/platform/measure
- Targets, scenarios and reduction-lever planning [documented]: The platform documents target setting, progress tracking and scenarios for energy, product, material, procurement and supplier changes. Results are estimates dependent on the baseline and assumptions; they do not guarantee achieved reductions, SBTi validation or financial savings. Sources: https://watershed.com/platform/act, https://watershed.com/platform/measure/carbon-accounting
- Clean-power and carbon-removal Marketplace [conditional]: Watershed documents access to vetted clean-power and carbon-removal projects, centralized purchase records and footprint allocation. Marketplace vetting is not a guarantee of delivery or claim eligibility. Confirm separate contracts, fees, registries, attribute title and retirement, permanence or reversal treatment, delivery remedies and reporting rules. Sources: https://watershed.com/platform/marketplace, https://watershed.com/platform/act
- Sustainability AI with human review [conditional]: Watershed describes agents for cleaning, formatting, analysis, ESG drafting and product-footprint work, with traceable data points and human review. Confirm enabled models and subprocessors, customer-data use, opt-out controls, retrieval sources, confidence and evaluation evidence, permissions, retention and auditability for the purchased functions. Sources: https://watershed.com/platform/sustainability-ai, https://watershed.com/platform/disclosures
- Verification-support and assurance program [conditional]: A 2025 product update describes an SB 253 Guaranteed Assurance Program only for customers using standard methodologies and purchasing a verification-support package, with a stated fee-waiver remedy if assurance is not passed. Reconfirm current availability, eligibility, covered scope, auditor independence, remedy terms and exclusions; this is not universal assurance of every footprint or disclosure. Sources: https://watershed.com/blog/product-updates-q3-25

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: reconcile a carbon input
1. Bring a utility record with its unit, period and business unit.
2. Introduce an intentional duplicate and inspect the proposed correction.
3. Trace the accepted record to a calculation and preserve its factor version.

#### Proposed demo: qualify a supplier factor
1. Load two similar supplier names and a missing supplier contact.
2. Inspect matching and the provenance, period and boundary of a proposed factor.
3. Compare the accepted result with the previous estimate and record unresolved gaps.

#### Proposed demo: update a disclosure
1. Select a required output and assign preparer and reviewer roles.
2. Change an underlying approved metric and inspect the affected draft.
3. Export the evidence and document who authorises the revised disclosure.

#### Proposed demo: baseline to governed reduction decision
1. Select one material emissions source and inspect the baseline, factor provenance, calculation boundary and responsible owner.
2. Model a product, supplier or energy change with documented assumptions, costs and effective dates, then compare it with the approved target.
3. Route the proposed action to a separate reviewer, revise one assumption and retain both scenario versions and the decision rationale.
4. If a Marketplace project is proposed, inspect the separate contract, registry or attribute evidence, allocation and retirement workflow before reflecting it in reporting.

### Product presentations

- [Carbon footprint dashboard by category](https://watershed.com/platform): Official vendor illustration of a Watershed carbon footprint view with emissions by category and over time; values are sample data.
- [Emissions drilldown by location](https://watershed.com/platform/measure): Official vendor illustration of a Watershed drilldown of office electricity use by location and month; values are sample data.

### Questions and answers

#### Does Watershed cover more than carbon?
Its disclosure offering includes wider ESG reporting. Confirm your required metrics and frameworks rather than transferring every feature across modules.

#### Are supplier tools included in every proposal?
No universal entitlement was established. The supplier release note demonstrates a documented workflow, not its inclusion in every contract.

#### How should we assess calculation quality?
Request an input-to-result trace with the method and factor version. Deliberately test missing data and an incorrect unit before accepting the process.

#### Does Watershed guarantee assurance?
No assurance outcome is claimed here. Your reporting boundary, evidence and independent engagement still require review.

#### Is public subscription pricing available?
No subscription amount, currency, billing period or minimum users was established from the selected sources. Request an itemised proposal.

#### Is a demo a free trial?
No. A demo request is documented; a self-service or time-limited platform trial was not established.

#### Can we calculate and review offline?
Disconnected operation was not established. Demonstrate interrupted uploads and recovery for your intended workflow.

#### What security evidence should procurement request?
Use the security page to request current assurance documents and scope. Review data location, access, retention and incident terms rather than inferring them from marketing.

#### Does 'audit-ready' mean an auditor or regulator will accept every Watershed output?
No. Watershed documents calculation lineage, audit trails and verification support, but acceptance still depends on the buyer's boundary, data, judgments, controls, applicable rules and independent assurer or regulator.

#### Is Watershed's Guaranteed Assurance Program included with every subscription?
No universal entitlement was established. The cited announcement limits it to eligible customers using standard methodologies who purchase verification support. Request current program terms, scope, remedy and exclusions.

#### Are Product Footprints and sustainability AI safe to use without review?
No. Watershed describes transparency and human review controls, while a 2025 update presented Product Footprints as a beta ahead of 2026 availability. Confirm current production status, validation and human approval for the proposed use.

#### Does Marketplace vetting transfer all climate-project risk to Watershed?
No. Watershed documents project evaluation criteria, but buyers should still review delivery, verification, permanence, reversal, registry, attribute ownership, retirement, claims and contractual remedies.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-26: Re-checked on 26 September 2026: watershed.com has no pricing page (none in its sitemap) and the homepage shows no amount, so the price status is recorded as no amount shown rather than not established.

### Demo questions

- Trace one activity record through boundary assignment, factor source and version, calculation, adjustment and final report.
- Correct a duplicate, wrong unit and missing supplier value and show approvals, history and downstream recalculation.
- Which 60+ integrations are included, and who owns credentials, mapping, retries, rejected records and monitoring?
- Show preparer, reviewer and administrator permissions, including segregation of duties and exportable audit history.
- Demonstrate how a baseline change affects targets, scenarios, disclosure drafts and prior approved periods.
- Which supplier-engagement, Product Footprints, AI, verification-support and Marketplace functions are contractually included?
- For AI-produced classifications, footprints or disclosure text, show source citations, confidence, human review, overrides and retained versions.
- For Marketplace or clean-power transactions, identify the contracting entity, attribute ownership, retirement, registry evidence, delivery risk and fees.
- Can we export raw inputs, factors, calculations, approvals, attachments and linked reports in usable formats at contract end?

### Primary sources

- [Homepage and sitemap, no pricing page : checked 26 September 2026](https://watershed.com/)
- [Demo request](https://watershed.com/demo)
- [Measurement and data quality](https://watershed.com/platform/measure)
- [Disclosure preparation](https://watershed.com/platform/disclosures)
- [Supplier workflow release note (2024)](https://watershed.com/blog/november2024productupdates)
- [Security documentation access](https://watershed.com/legal/security)
- [Enterprise platform, reduction and AI overview](https://watershed.com/platform)
- [Carbon accounting, integrations, governance and targets](https://watershed.com/platform/measure/carbon-accounting)
- [Sustainability AI controls and product-footprint workflows](https://watershed.com/platform/sustainability-ai)
- [Reduction levers, scenarios, targets and projects](https://watershed.com/platform/act)
- [Marketplace project vetting and purchase tracking](https://watershed.com/platform/marketplace)
- [Product Footprints beta and assurance-support program conditions](https://watershed.com/blog/product-updates-q3-25)
- [Watershed trust center](https://trust.watershed.com/)

## TrueContext

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/truecontext
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: ProntoForms
TrueContext is the current name of ProntoForms. Official API documentation retains the api.prontoforms.com endpoint for existing integrations. This profile concerns configurable field-service forms and workflows, not a complete manufacturing QMS or measurement instrument.

TrueContext supports mobile forms and guided field workflows connected to back-office systems. Evaluate an actual inspection, its offline submission and the receiving system together; the configured process and licensed integration tier determine the useful scope.

Best-fit starting point: Field-service teams connecting asset inspections and technician records to established business systems.

Check before buying: Confirm integration entitlements, administrator ownership and synchronization procedures. Configurable forms do not establish a complete quality system, equipment calibration or regulatory compliance.

### Pricing

Digital entry plan; higher tiers quoted. Digital starts at $400 per month for the entire team, billed annually; the pricing display does not explicitly identify the dollar currency. Intelligent and Elite use custom pricing. Confirm team limits, currency, setup, add-ons and renewal terms. The current pricing matrix and technical documentation place REST API access in Intelligent and Elite, not Digital. The pricing page's own FAQ says all tiers include the REST API, which conflicts with its plan matrix and the API documentation; obtain the entitlement in writing.

### When the price fits

TrueContext may justify its scoped price when field inspections need a maintained connection to an existing service or business system. It is less suitable for a simple checklist requirement without the budget or ownership needed to configure and support those handoffs.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [partial]: Targeted pricing and REST API recheck: the pricing page is now readable and agrees with technical documentation on Intelligent/Elite API eligibility. Digital displays $400/team/month annually; currency, team limits and final commercial terms remain to confirm. Other profile findings retain their earlier source dates.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://truecontext.com/pricing/
- https://docs.truecontext.com/1374411/Content/API_Documentation/APIEndpoints_LandingPage.htm

### Offline capabilities

Offline form capture is documented. Reconciliation requires a network connection and the mobile app in the foreground; submissions can remain only in the device Outbox until that succeeds. Prepare current forms and lookup data before disconnecting. Reconnection alone does not guarantee background delivery. Conflict to confirm: the pricing page says every feature works offline, while the reconcile documentation says delivery needs the app open and on screen; ask TrueContext which statement governs your plan and workflow.

Product scope: Mobile forms, field workflow execution and configured system handoffs; integration and advanced capabilities depend on tier and proposal.

Review scope: No current independently verified product review aggregate was established; no rating is assigned. Targeted documentation enrichment on 20 September 2026; commercial terms were not rechecked in this pass.

Trial status: request-only. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Workflow ownership: Identify the administrator responsible for form rules and changes.
  Sources: https://truecontext.com/product/low-code-app-platform/
- Offline readiness: Verify preloaded forms and data before disconnected work.
  Sources: https://docs.prontoforms.com/1374411/Content/Published/217499188_ReconcileSendReceive.html
- Delivery evidence: Distinguish local completion from received and routed records.
  Sources: https://docs.prontoforms.com/1374411/Content/Published/217499188_ReconcileSendReceive.html
- Integration entitlement: Resolve API tier differences in writing before selecting a plan.
  Sources: https://docs.truecontext.com/1374411/Content/API_Documentation/APIEndpoints_LandingPage.htm
- Commercial fit: Compare the scoped offer and implementation costs with the field workflow required.
  Sources: https://truecontext.com/pricing/

### Capability scope

- Configurable field workflows [documented]: Low-code forms and guided field execution are described; the buyer must define and maintain the process. Sources: https://truecontext.com/product/low-code-app-platform/
- Offline form capture [documented]: Forms can be completed offline; server receipt requires subsequent reconciliation. The pricing page says every feature works offline, but the reconcile documentation requires the app on screen for delivery; confirm in writing. Sources: https://docs.prontoforms.com/1374411/Content/Published/217499188_ReconcileSendReceive.html, https://truecontext.com/pricing/
- Submission delivery [conditional]: Foreground online reconciliation is required; local Outbox records are not proof of destination receipt. Sources: https://docs.prontoforms.com/1374411/Content/Published/217499188_ReconcileSendReceive.html
- Business-system connections [conditional]: Integration scope must be specified by connector and tier; marketing breadth does not establish an included implementation. Sources: https://truecontext.com/product/low-code-app-platform/
- REST API [conditional]: Pricing and technical documentation place REST API access in Intelligent and Elite. Technical documentation restricts it to server-to-server use; scope the integration in the proposal. The pricing FAQ's all-tiers wording conflicts with these two sources. Sources: https://truecontext.com/pricing/, https://docs.truecontext.com/1374411/Content/API_Documentation/APIEndpoints_LandingPage.htm
- Salesforce evaluation package [documented]: A 14-day free trial is documented for the AppExchange package, not established for every general trial request. Sources: https://docs.truecontext.com/1374411/Content/markdown/SalesforceAppExchange/AppExchangeComponents.htm
- Separate device submission and server receipt [conditional]: Date Sent on Device records submission into the Outbox. Date Received on Server records upload receipt; offline or failed transfers can separate these events. Sources: https://docs.truecontext.com/1374411/Content/ProcessAndManageFormSubmissions/FormSubmissionTimestampFields.html
- Form freshness is separate from upload [conditional]: Refresh on Form Open updates one form and related data; unlike reconciliation, it does not send device submissions to the server. Configuration can warn or block when updates cannot be obtained. Sources: https://docs.truecontext.com/1374411/Content/Features/DataFreshness/RefreshOnFormOpen.htm
- Conditional and repeatable form logic [documented]: Logic can alter later questions or sections from earlier answers, including within repeatable sections. TrueContext advises testing rules under varied conditions before deployment. Sources: https://docs.truecontext.com/1374411/Content/Published/115005432426.html
- Dispatched and follow-up field work [conditional]: Work can be dispatched with prefilled context through portal, CSV, API or a destination; API and group options are tier-dependent, and follow-up dispatch creates a separate record. Sources: https://docs.truecontext.com/1374411/Content/WorkManagement/DispatchingLandingPage.htm, https://docs.truecontext.com/1374411/Content/LandingPages/DataDestinations.htm
- Submission approval and correction loop [conditional]: On eligible tiers, approvers can claim a record, approve it or request changes; resubmission returns it to pending approval. Confirm permissions and approver pool. Sources: https://docs.truecontext.com/1374411/Content/ApprovalWorkflows/ManageApprovals.htm
- Audience-specific submission documents [documented]: A submission can generate PDF, Word or HTML documents with separate field and layout choices; delivery still depends on the configured destination. Sources: https://docs.truecontext.com/1374411/Content/Published/360000345283PDFWordHTMLDocuments.html, https://docs.truecontext.com/1374411/Content/LandingPages/DataDestinations.htm

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: asset inspection to service record
1. Choose an existing asset identifier and dispatch the inspection.
2. Capture a defect with the required supporting information.
3. Send the completed form to the named receiving system.
4. Prove record matching, failed-delivery handling and the next responsible owner.

#### Proposed demo: offline submission and recovery
1. Reconcile forms and lookup data before disconnecting.
2. Complete a representative form offline and inspect its Outbox state.
3. Reconnect while keeping the app in the foreground.
4. Verify receipt and destination delivery before removing the local record.

#### Proposed demo: controlled form revision
1. Publish a revised inspection with a changed required field.
2. Show how an existing device learns about the revision.
3. Compare disconnected and reconciled device behaviour.
4. Export the submitted record and identify its version and review requirements.

#### Proposed demo: submitted record through approval and correction
1. Submit a representative inspection configured to require approval.
2. Have an authorized reviewer claim it and request a specific change with notes.
3. Show the assigned field user correcting and resubmitting the same record.
4. Approve the revision and verify status, approver identity and routed document in the destination.

### Product presentations

- [Inspection form with OK, NG and NA answer fields](https://truecontext.com/product/low-code-app-platform/): Official TrueContext product-page image of an inspection form; vendor rendering, sample content.
- [Analytics view with charts and submission map](https://truecontext.com/product/low-code-app-platform/): Official TrueContext product-page image of analytics widgets; vendor rendering, sample figures.

### Questions and answers

#### Is TrueContext the same product name as ProntoForms?
TrueContext is the current identity. Official API documentation retains the old endpoint to preserve integrations.

#### Is TrueContext a complete manufacturing QMS?
That scope was not established. Evaluate configured field forms separately from document control, manufacturing quality, calibration and validation requirements.

#### Does reconnecting automatically deliver every offline submission?
Do not assume so. Follow the documented foreground reconciliation procedure and verify server receipt.

#### Does Digital include the REST API?
The pricing matrix and API documentation say no, while the pricing FAQ says all tiers include it. The matrix and documentation place it in Intelligent and Elite. Confirm the selected tier and server-to-server integration scope in the proposal.

#### Is the Salesforce connector included in every plan?
The pricing matrix lists it as an optional add-on for Intelligent and Elite. Confirm the actual quote and integration work.

#### Is there a free trial?
The platform invites trial requests. A 14-day free account is explicitly documented for the Salesforce AppExchange package; do not transfer that duration or scope to other evaluations.

#### What is the published entry price?
Digital is listed from $400 per month for the entire team with annual billing. The retrieved pricing display does not identify the currency code; confirm currency and team limits in the quote.

#### Does a completed form prove compliance?
No. The organization must define suitable controls, review the evidence and meet its own regulatory and operational obligations.

#### Does the submission timestamp prove that the office received the form?
No. The device timestamp can exist while a submission remains in the Outbox. Compare it with Date Received on Server, then separately verify delivery to the intended business system.

#### Does refreshing a form also upload queued inspections?
No. Refresh on Form Open checks the form and related data, while reconciliation handles sending and receiving submissions. Demonstrate both the offline freshness policy and Outbox delivery in the proposed configuration.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-20: Targeted pricing/API recheck resolves the earlier retrieval failure and tier conflict. Currency and proposal-specific terms still need confirmation; full-profile research date is unchanged.

### Demo questions

- Show the purchased tier and written connector entitlements, including Intelligent or Elite for REST API access.
- Complete our inspection without connectivity, then prove successful foreground reconciliation and receipt in the destination.
- Identify who maintains forms, mappings, failed deliveries and version changes.

### Primary sources

- [Platform and demonstration request](https://truecontext.com/product/low-code-app-platform/)
- [Current pricing and plan matrix](https://truecontext.com/pricing/)
- [Reconcile and offline submission instructions](https://docs.prontoforms.com/1374411/Content/Published/217499188_ReconcileSendReceive.html)
- [REST API identity, tier and server-to-server restriction](https://docs.truecontext.com/1374411/Content/API_Documentation/APIEndpoints_LandingPage.htm)
- [Salesforce AppExchange trial scope](https://docs.truecontext.com/1374411/Content/markdown/SalesforceAppExchange/AppExchangeComponents.htm)
- [Device and server submission timestamps](https://docs.truecontext.com/1374411/Content/ProcessAndManageFormSubmissions/FormSubmissionTimestampFields.html)
- [Refresh versus reconciliation](https://docs.truecontext.com/1374411/Content/Features/DataFreshness/RefreshOnFormOpen.htm)
- [Conditional logic in repeatable sections](https://docs.truecontext.com/1374411/Content/Published/115005432426.html)
- [Dispatching work with prefilled context](https://docs.truecontext.com/1374411/Content/WorkManagement/DispatchingLandingPage.htm)
- [Data destinations, routing and delivery retries](https://docs.truecontext.com/1374411/Content/LandingPages/DataDestinations.htm)
- [Approval review and requested-change lifecycle](https://docs.truecontext.com/1374411/Content/ApprovalWorkflows/ManageApprovals.htm)
- [PDF, Word and HTML submission documents](https://docs.truecontext.com/1374411/Content/Published/360000345283PDFWordHTMLDocuments.html)
- [TrueContext compliance and security page](https://truecontext.com/product/compliance-security/)

## Novisto

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/novisto
Sources checked: 2026-10-10
Novisto provides ESG data management and reporting with a currently documented Novisto Carbon offering. This profile distinguishes published product scope from the modules and services included in a customer proposal. A Novisto news item dated 31 March 2026 states that Novisto acquired Minimum, a London-based carbon software company.

Novisto connects ESG contributor requests, data review and reporting. Its current Carbon offering also documents emissions calculations. Evaluate the metric definitions, evidence, approvals and purchased scope rather than assuming that a reporting platform automatically assures data or achieves targets.

Best-fit starting point: Organizations coordinating multiple ESG contributors, reviewed metrics and recurring disclosures.

Check before buying: Confirm carbon scope, supplier access, integration work, hosting region and review responsibilities in writing. Reporting support and vendor security statements do not establish compliance, external assurance or achieved emissions reductions.

### Pricing

Subscription proposal. Pricing is not publicly available; request a quote. The pricing page advertises unlimited users, data points and outputs plus a dedicated customer success manager and ESG analyst. It also advertises flexible data-residency options across the EU, Middle East and North America; confirm the exact region, replication, backups and contractual terms. Confirm the modules, supplier access, integrations, implementation, services and renewal terms included in the actual proposal.

### When the price fits

Novisto may justify a scoped proposal when recurring ESG reporting requires accountable contributors and traceable review across multiple datasets. It is less suitable if the immediate need is a small standalone calculation without the ownership and budget needed for a governed reporting process.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-02 [verified]: Rechecked the official product, pricing and security pages. Verified quote-only pricing, advertised regional data-residency options, named access controls and API ingestion. Exact hosting region, underlying assurance reports, offline behaviour, trial terms and contract-specific integrations remain subject to confirmation.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://novisto.com/esg-platform/esg-reporting-software
- https://novisto.com/product/carbon-management-software
- https://novisto.com/lp/pricing
- https://novisto.com/product/security
- https://novisto.com/product
- https://novisto.com/product/materiality-assessment-software
- https://novisto.com/solutions/csrd-software
- https://novisto.com/solutions/cdp-software
- https://novisto.com/product/novisto-ai
- https://novisto.com/solutions/sasb-software

### Offline capabilities

No documented native offline workflow was established from the reviewed pages. Spreadsheet import does not prove disconnected editing, approvals or later automatic synchronization. Demonstrate the required contributor and reviewer workflow under the intended connectivity conditions.

Product scope: ESG collection, governance and reporting; documented carbon calculation and target capabilities require confirmation in the contracted scope.

Review scope: Official-source editorial research, not hands-on testing. No independently verified current review aggregate or underlying security audit report was reviewed; no rating or certification is assigned.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Accountability: Assign metric ownership and review responsibility.
  Sources: https://novisto.com/esg-platform/esg-reporting-software
- Calculation boundaries: Record assumptions and methods before comparing results.
  Sources: https://novisto.com/product/carbon-management-software
- Target interpretation: Separate data corrections from operational improvement.
  Sources: https://novisto.com/esg-platform/esg-reporting-software
- Reporting outputs: Test the required output and its evidence trace.
  Sources: https://novisto.com/esg-platform/esg-reporting-software
- Commercial scope: Obtain named modules and implementation responsibilities.
  Sources: https://novisto.com/lp/pricing

### Capability scope

- Contributor data requests [documented]: The ESG reporting and CSRD pages describe guided requests and reminders. Sources: https://novisto.com/esg-platform/esg-reporting-software, https://novisto.com/solutions/csrd-software
- Review gates [documented]: Validation and approval gates are described; buyer configuration and reviewer responsibility still matter. Sources: https://novisto.com/esg-platform/esg-reporting-software
- Custom metrics and targets [documented]: The ESG reporting page describes custom metrics and progress tracking against them. Sources: https://novisto.com/esg-platform/esg-reporting-software
- Disclosure preparation [documented]: The ESG reporting page describes data mapped once to several frameworks, not a guarantee of compliant filing. Sources: https://novisto.com/esg-platform/esg-reporting-software
- Carbon calculation scope [conditional]: Novisto Carbon documents Scope 1, 2 and 3, with 14 Scope 3 categories and Category 15 financed emissions listed separately; confirm licensed scope and methods. Sources: https://novisto.com/product/carbon-management-software
- APIs and data ingestion [conditional]: The platform overview documents APIs and the ESG reporting page documents document imports; specific endpoints, connectors, mappings, entitlement and implementation are not automatically included. Sources: https://novisto.com/product, https://novisto.com/esg-platform/esg-reporting-software
- Security and access controls [conditional]: Novisto describes encryption in transit and at rest, permissions, SSO, two-factor authentication and monitoring. QHSEtech did not inspect the underlying audit evidence; verify service scope, identity configuration and current reports during procurement. Sources: https://novisto.com/product/security
- Regional data residency [conditional]: The pricing page advertises options across the EU, Middle East and North America. Obtain the selected region, backup and replication locations, subprocessors and migration terms in the agreement. Sources: https://novisto.com/lp/pricing
- Double-materiality assessment [conditional]: Novisto documents impact- and financial-materiality scoring, stakeholder validation and mapping to disclosure requirements. Confirm module, scoring configuration, evidence, governance and applicable framework version; software output does not establish legal sufficiency. Sources: https://novisto.com/product/materiality-assessment-software, https://novisto.com/solutions/csrd-software
- CDP questionnaire and direct submission [conditional]: The CDP page documents tailored questionnaires, prior-year response reuse, owner tracking, reminders and direct submission through an accredited API. Confirm current accreditation, questionnaire year, API entitlement, submission authority and final review. Sources: https://novisto.com/solutions/cdp-software
- AI-assisted ingestion, search and benchmarking [conditional]: Novisto documents field auto-matching, natural-language search, anomaly identification and peer benchmarking. The vendor says customer data is isolated and not used to train shared models; verify enabled features, citations, retention, model providers, processing region, human review and contractual terms. Sources: https://novisto.com/product/novisto-ai

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: contributor evidence to disclosure
1. Request a defined metric with its period and organizational boundary.
2. Upload permitted evidence and submit the response.
3. Reject an incomplete value and approve its correction.
4. Trace the approved record into the proposed report and retain its history.

#### Proposed demo: supplier input to carbon result
1. Request one supplier activity dataset using the proposed access model.
2. Distinguish measured input from estimates and missing values.
3. Review the selected factor and calculation method.
4. Change an input and demonstrate review of the revised result.

#### Proposed demo: target tracking with a revised baseline
1. Define an absolute or intensity target with a named owner.
2. Record a baseline and its boundary and measurement method.
3. Introduce a justified baseline correction.
4. Show the effect on progress reporting and preserve the explanation.

### Product presentations

- [ESG reporting overview dashboard](https://novisto.com/product/carbon-management-software): Official vendor image of the Novisto ESG reporting overview; figures look like sample data.
- [Carbon accounting overview dashboard](https://novisto.com/esg-platform/esg-reporting-software): Official vendor image of the Novisto Carbon overview with Scope 3 completeness; figures look like sample data.

### Questions and answers

#### Does Novisto only collect externally calculated emissions?
No. Its current Carbon page documents calculation capabilities. Confirm whether that offering is included in your proposal.

#### Does it support supplier data collection?
Supplier engagement is mentioned in the Minimum acquisition news, not on the Carbon page. Confirm contributor access, licensing and missing-data treatment.

#### Are all integrations included?
API and import capabilities are documented, but a particular connector or completed implementation must be confirmed.

#### Where can Novisto customer data be hosted?
The pricing page advertises flexible data-residency options across the EU, Middle East and North America. Confirm the selected region, backups, replication, subprocessors and any later migration in the contract.

#### Does Novisto publish security controls?
Its security page describes encryption, permissions, SSO, two-factor authentication and monitoring. This review did not inspect underlying audit reports, so request current evidence and verify its scope for the contracted service.

#### Can reviewers work offline?
Offline reviewing and synchronization were not established. Request a demonstration of the exact workflow.

#### Does Novisto provide external assurance?
Software review controls and evidence trails do not replace an independent assurance engagement.

#### Is there a verified free trial?
No general free-trial terms were established. The reviewed pages offer demonstrations.

#### How is Novisto priced?
The vendor requests a proposal and publishes no numeric amount on the reviewed pricing page. Confirm module and service scope alongside its advertised unlimited usage categories.

#### Does tracking a target prove it was achieved?
No. Progress depends on valid measurements, consistent boundaries and actual operational change. Preserve corrections and supporting evidence.

### Demo questions

- Trace one submitted metric from its original evidence through review to the report.
- Show supplier data access, missing-data handling and the proposed carbon calculation scope.
- Separate included integrations and services from implementation work and recurring fees.

### Primary sources

- [ESG reporting: collection, metrics and disclosure](https://novisto.com/esg-platform/esg-reporting-software)
- [Current carbon scope](https://novisto.com/product/carbon-management-software)
- [Subscription approach and included support](https://novisto.com/lp/pricing)
- [Security controls described by Novisto](https://novisto.com/product/security)
- [Platform overview and API ingestion](https://novisto.com/product)
- [Double-materiality assessment workflow](https://novisto.com/product/materiality-assessment-software)
- [CSRD, ESRS controls and XBRL preparation](https://novisto.com/solutions/csrd-software)
- [CDP questionnaire workflow and API submission](https://novisto.com/solutions/cdp-software)
- [Embedded AI capabilities and data-use statements](https://novisto.com/product/novisto-ai)
- [SASB, IFRS S1/S2 and cross-framework mappings](https://novisto.com/solutions/sasb-software)
- [Novisto news on the Minimum acquisition](https://novisto.com/resources/news/novisto-acquires-minimum-carbon-accounting)

## Greenly

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/greenly
Sources checked: 2026-10-11
Greenly offers corporate carbon assessment, supplier engagement and separately scoped LCA and ESG offerings. These scopes are not an all-inclusive subscription. In September 2026, Normative announced a merger with Greenly. The announcement does not establish that all products, subscriptions or customer migrations are already unified; confirm the contracting entity and available product scope.

Greenly combines activity and accounting inputs with supplier engagement. Evaluate the matching, assumptions and correction work behind each result; optional integrations and service scope need an explicit proposal.

Best-fit starting point: Teams organising an initial or recurring carbon inventory and improving supplier attribution, including smaller teams needing scoped support.

Check before buying: Greenly can generate an early spend-based estimate before complete activity data is available, so buyers should not treat the first result as an audit-ready inventory. Emission-source module choices become locked after confirmation, supplier surveys depend on entitlement, and GHG-to-ESG transfer requires a finalized assessment and mainly covers quantitative datapoints. Preset targets and modeled trajectories do not establish SBTi validation or achieved reductions.

### Pricing

Scoped vendor proposal. Pricing is not publicly available; request a quote. The pricing page lists GHG Report Compliance, Climate Action Ready and Net Zero Contributor, without numeric subscriptions, billing currency, term or minimum users. Custom API, SSO, additional entities and services appear as optional additions; confirm the full scope.

### When the price fits

Greenly may justify a quote when supplier attribution and a supported recurring inventory solve a defined data-collection problem. It is less suitable if optional interfaces and services exceed the budget or the required survey and reporting scope cannot be demonstrated.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-09-19 [verified]: All six selected official pages accessible. No numeric subscription or verified platform trial found; optional API/SSO and the NZC survey condition require quote confirmation.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://greenly.earth/en-us/products/carbon-footprint
- https://greenly.earth/en-us/products/sustainable-procurement
- https://help.greenly.tech/en/articles/589344-supplier-engagement-from-a-to-z-why-and-how-to-use-the-tool
- https://greenly.earth/en-us/info/pricing
- https://support.workiva.com/hc/en-us/articles/32526281150228-Download-carbon-accounting-data-from-Greenly-for-sustainability-reporting
- https://greenly.earth/en-us/products/demo-steps

### Offline operation not established

The reviewed sources do not establish disconnected capture, calculation or review. Test connection loss and recovery; spreadsheet imports do not establish an offline application.

Product scope: Corporate GHG assessment and supplier engagement form the core researched scope. Product LCA, ESG data collection, reduction-strategy consulting, API, SSO, additional entities and other services are separately presented or optional and must be itemised in the proposal. The Normative merger announcement does not prove that every product, contract or customer environment is already unified.

Review scope: Official-source editorial research updated 29 September 2026, not hands-on testing or assurance. Carbon-accounting, supplier, reduction, LCA and ESG functions were reviewed as distinct scopes. Framework-alignment claims do not establish independent certification, SBTi validation, audit acceptance or regulatory compliance. Legacy ratings remain excluded.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- First estimate versus activity data: The documentation says early spend-based estimates are refined with activity data. Ask for a plan that shows which categories start as spend-based, which inputs replace them and when. Keep the first-run result and the replaced result side by side.
  Sources: https://help.greenly.tech/en/articles/589301-where-does-the-data-in-my-carbon-footprint-come-from, https://greenly.earth/en-us/products/carbon-footprint
- Module lock and data-quality checks: Selected emission-source modules cannot be changed after confirmation, and quality checks must be completed before report generation, though they can be dismissed with justification. Choose the modules deliberately before confirming and ask who can dismiss a check. Retain the justification log from the pilot.
  Sources: https://help.greenly.tech/en/articles/660485-getting-started-with-your-ghg-assessment-on-greenly
- Supplier matching and survey entitlement: Supplier identifiers must link accounting and activity records, and incomplete names can need manual correction. The help article labels survey sending as NZC only, so reconcile that with your proposal. Load a real supplier list, count the manual corrections and record which suppliers could be surveyed.
  Sources: https://help.greenly.tech/en/articles/589344-supplier-engagement-from-a-to-z-why-and-how-to-use-the-tool, https://greenly.earth/en-us/products/sustainable-procurement
- Reduction objectives as planning tools: Objectives can be global, scope-specific or sub-scope, compared against a trajectory from chosen actions, with preset targets referencing IPCC pathways. Ask what assumptions drive each action's effect and who can edit them. Treat the output as a plan rather than evidence of external target validation.
  Sources: https://help.greenly.tech/en/articles/589327-defining-reduction-objectives, https://help.greenly.tech/en/articles/589317-how-can-i-get-support-to-build-my-reduction-strategy
- Reporting handoffs to ESG and Workiva: Transfer into ESG datapoints needs a finalised assessment and mainly covers quantitative values, while the Workiva route is a configured recipe using Greenly credentials. Test one transfer and list the qualitative disclosures you would still complete by hand. Confirm who configures and maintains each handoff.
  Sources: https://help.greenly.tech/en/articles/589136-integration-of-ghg-data-into-esg-datapoints, https://support.workiva.com/hc/en-us/articles/32526281150228-Download-carbon-accounting-data-from-Greenly-for-sustainability-reporting
- Optional modules and identity: Ask for the proposal to itemise Product LCA, ESG collection, API, SSO and additional entities separately. For LCA, agree functional units, boundaries, databases and reviewer involvement before relying on product results. Confirm which contracting entity and product set apply following the announced merger.
  Sources: https://greenly.earth/en-us/info/pricing, https://greenly.earth/en-us/products/lca, https://normative.io/insight/normative-greenly-merger/

### Capability scope

- Corporate GHG assessment and data-quality review [documented]: Greenly combines accounting transactions, non-monetary company data, employee questionnaires, supplier data and physical activity inputs across Scopes 1, 2 and 3. Early spend-based estimates are refined with activity data. Before report generation, users must complete data-quality checks; checks may be dismissed with justification. Selected emission-source modules cannot be changed after confirmation. Sources: https://greenly.earth/en-us/products/carbon-footprint, https://help.greenly.tech/en/articles/660485-getting-started-with-your-ghg-assessment-on-greenly, https://help.greenly.tech/en/articles/589301-where-does-the-data-in-my-carbon-footprint-come-from
- Supplier attribution [documented]: Supplier identifiers must link to accounting and activity records; incomplete names can require manual correction. Sources: https://help.greenly.tech/en/articles/589344-supplier-engagement-from-a-to-z-why-and-how-to-use-the-tool
- Supplier surveys [conditional]: The help article labels survey sending NZC only; reconcile entitlement with the proposal. Sources: https://help.greenly.tech/en/articles/589344-supplier-engagement-from-a-to-z-why-and-how-to-use-the-tool
- Supplier evidence quality [documented]: The supplier page describes source traceability and confidence information. Test assumptions rather than accepting an assurance guarantee. Sources: https://greenly.earth/en-us/products/sustainable-procurement
- Supplier document collection [documented]: The product page describes collection of corporate reports and product footprint or LCA documents; verify scope and coverage. Sources: https://greenly.earth/en-us/products/sustainable-procurement
- Workiva data handoff [conditional]: Workiva documents a configured Chains recipe using Greenly credentials and an audit-export endpoint. It is not proof of a preconfigured universal integration. Sources: https://support.workiva.com/hc/en-us/articles/32526281150228-Download-carbon-accounting-data-from-Greenly-for-sustainability-reporting
- API and SSO additions [conditional]: Custom API and SSO integrations are listed as optional add-ons; confirm entitlement and implementation. Sources: https://greenly.earth/en-us/info/pricing
- Reduction objectives and modeled trajectories [conditional]: Users can define global, scope-specific or sub-scope reduction objectives and compare them with a trajectory derived from selected actions. Preset 2030 targets reference IPCC pathways, but these are planning assumptions, not evidence of SBTi validation or achieved reductions. Sources: https://help.greenly.tech/en/articles/589327-defining-reduction-objectives, https://help.greenly.tech/en/articles/589317-how-can-i-get-support-to-build-my-reduction-strategy
- Product life-cycle assessment [conditional]: The separately presented LCA offering supports product-level inventories and Product Carbon Footprints. Scope functional units, boundaries, allocation rules, databases, reviewer involvement and included products rather than treat output as independently certified. Sources: https://greenly.earth/en-us/products/lca, https://greenly.earth/en-us/products/faq
- GHG-to-ESG datapoint transfer [conditional]: A completed GHG assessment can feed carbon-footprint and energy values into an ESG data-collection campaign. The assessment must be finalized first and current transfer primarily covers quantitative datapoints; confirm separate ESG entitlement and manually assess unsupported qualitative disclosures. Sources: https://help.greenly.tech/en/articles/589136-integration-of-ghg-data-into-esg-datapoints, https://greenly.earth/en-us/info/pricing

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: prepare a supplier-linked inventory
1. Prepare activity and accounting records with supplier identifiers.
2. Introduce an ambiguous supplier name and review the match.
3. Reconcile the corrected attribution to an inventory result.

#### Proposed demo: collect and challenge supplier evidence
1. Confirm survey entitlement in the proposed account.
2. Request a supplier record with a missing period or boundary.
3. Review the assumption and source before replacing the estimate.

#### Proposed demo: hand carbon data to reporting
1. Identify the required output and reporting destination.
2. If Workiva is proposed, demonstrate configured credentials, connectors and the export mapping.
3. Correct a source record and reconcile the revised output without losing the prior evidence.

### Product presentations

- [Platform navigation and downloadable resources page](https://greenly.earth/en-us/products/sustainable-procurement): Official vendor image of the Greenly platform menu and a downloadable resources page. Content looks like sample data.
- [Supplier commitment and emission category charts](https://greenly.earth/en-us/products/sustainable-procurement): Official vendor illustration of Greenly supplier dashboard charts. Figures look like sample data.

### Questions and answers

#### Is Greenly only a carbon inventory product?
Its pricing page distinguishes GHG, LCA and ESG offers. Confirm the applications and services needed for your reporting requirement.

#### How much does Greenly cost?
Pricing is not publicly available; request a quote. Currency, billing term and minimum users were not established in this review.

#### Are supplier surveys available in every plan?
The reviewed help article marks survey sending NZC only. Ask the vendor to confirm the entitlement in your proposal.

#### Does supplier matching eliminate manual work?
No such outcome is established. The help instructions warn that incomplete or inconsistent supplier names can require manual matching.

#### Can Greenly feed Workiva?
Workiva publishes an implementation recipe using Chains and Greenly account credentials. Confirm licensing, mapping and ownership before treating it as a working integration.

#### Does Greenly operate offline?
Disconnected calculation and review were not established. Ask for a demonstration of connection loss and recovery.

#### Is a free platform trial verified?
No. The reviewed route requests a demo; free calculators are not evidence of a platform trial.

#### Do security logos establish our required controls?
No. Request current assurance evidence and contractual scope; this review did not inspect underlying security reports. SSO is listed as an optional addition.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-20: Targeted identity update: official merger announcement with Normative reviewed. Earlier product and pricing source dates are retained; no completed product or contract unification is assumed.
- 2026-09-29: Expanded the profile with official evidence for GHG data sources and mandatory quality review, reduction targets and modeled trajectories, separately scoped product LCA, and finalized GHG-to-ESG datapoint transfer. Added buyer boundaries for locked module selection, spend-based estimation, SBTi validation, LCA assurance and qualitative ESG reporting.

### Demo questions

- Show an incorrect supplier match and how it is corrected.
- Confirm whether supplier surveys are included in the quoted plan.
- Itemise API, SSO, entity and professional-service additions.
- Export an inventory with original inputs and assumptions.
- Before confirming setup, show every recommended emission-source module and explain how an omitted or wrongly selected module would be corrected after selection becomes locked.
- Separate spend-based estimates from physical activity data, dismiss one quality warning with justification, and show how that decision remains traceable.
- For the proposed LCA, document the functional unit, system boundary, allocation method, databases, product count and independent-review requirement.
- Transfer a finalized GHG result into the ESG workspace and identify which quantitative and qualitative datapoints still require manual collection.

### Primary sources

- [Carbon assessment](https://greenly.earth/en-us/products/carbon-footprint)
- [Supplier product scope](https://greenly.earth/en-us/products/sustainable-procurement)
- [Supplier preparation and NZC survey condition](https://help.greenly.tech/en/articles/589344-supplier-engagement-from-a-to-z-why-and-how-to-use-the-tool)
- [Plans and optional additions](https://greenly.earth/en-us/info/pricing)
- [Workiva integration implementation](https://support.workiva.com/hc/en-us/articles/32526281150228-Download-carbon-accounting-data-from-Greenly-for-sustainability-reporting)
- [Demo request](https://greenly.earth/en-us/products/demo-steps)
- [Normative and Greenly merger announcement, identity checked 20 September 2026](https://normative.io/insight/normative-greenly-merger/)
- [GHG assessment setup, data collection and mandatory quality review](https://help.greenly.tech/en/articles/660485-getting-started-with-your-ghg-assessment-on-greenly)
- [Carbon-footprint data sources and estimation methods](https://help.greenly.tech/en/articles/589301-where-does-the-data-in-my-carbon-footprint-come-from)
- [Reduction objectives and trajectory logic](https://help.greenly.tech/en/articles/589327-defining-reduction-objectives)
- [Reduction-strategy support and modeled actions](https://help.greenly.tech/en/articles/589317-how-can-i-get-support-to-build-my-reduction-strategy)
- [Product life-cycle assessment scope](https://greenly.earth/en-us/products/lca)
- [Product and LCA FAQ](https://greenly.earth/en-us/products/faq)
- [Transfer of finalized GHG results into ESG datapoints](https://help.greenly.tech/en/articles/589136-integration-of-ghg-data-into-esg-datapoints)
- [Greenly trust center](https://trust.greenly.earth/)

## MasterControl

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/mastroqa
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
MasterControl Quality Excellence is the quality-management offering. Manufacturing Excellence covers production workflows; Asset Excellence is a separately named offering. Shared platform branding does not establish that every suite or module is included.

MasterControl documents quality event, document and training workflows for life-sciences and regulated operations. Evaluate the relationship between approved records, event decisions and affected training, then scope production execution separately where required. This profile does not treat vendor compliance language as proof of your configured system’s conformity.

Best-fit starting point: Quality teams needing connected document, training and event review, with manufacturing requirements scoped separately.

Check before buying: Confirm the exact package, named-user access and configuration. No public numeric subscription or disconnected workflow was established; validation tools do not replace the customer’s assessment of intended use.

### Pricing

Named-user licensing; scoped proposal. On 26 September 2026 the UK pricing page shows no amount, nor does the US pricing page; both offer a Get Pricing request. No billing currency, minimum seats or contract term was found. The pricing FAQ describes named-user licensing for Quality Excellence and Manufacturing Excellence with differentiated rights and selectable modules. It lists VxT and Validation on Demand as included, with additional validation training and support optionally purchased. Confirm the exact package, implementation and renewal terms in writing.

### When the price fits

MasterControl may justify a scoped quote when document changes, training and quality events need a governed handoff within the selected applications. It is less suitable when a simple inspection requirement cannot justify the configuration, named-user access and ongoing administration of the proposed package.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [partial]: Six selected official product and pricing pages were accessible; the former request-demo URL now returns 404, so the current demo page and the Quality page are used instead. Named-user scope and validation-tool terms are documented; numeric pricing, minimum users and a free trial remain unestablished.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.mastercontrol.com/quality/
- https://www.mastercontrol.com/manufacturing/
- https://www.mastercontrol.com/uk/pricing/
- https://www.mastercontrol.com/quality/quality-event-management-system/
- https://www.mastercontrol.com/quality/capa-software/request/
- https://www.mastercontrol.com/supplier/scar-corrective-action/
- https://www.mastercontrol.com/pricing/

### Offline workflow not established

The reviewed product and pricing pages did not establish disconnected capture, review or production execution. Ask for a demonstration of interruption, saved work and recovery for the intended application; browser or cloud access is not evidence of an offline workflow.

Product scope: Quality Excellence document, training and event workflows; Manufacturing Excellence production execution and electronic records require explicit scope. Supplier corrective action and validation support must be identified in the proposal.

Review scope: Official-source review and proposed evaluation exercises, not firsthand testing. No comparable verified review aggregate was established; legacy ratings are excluded.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Document and event traceability: Trace the applicable revision, decision and supporting evidence through a correction.
  Sources: https://www.mastercontrol.com/quality/, https://www.mastercontrol.com/quality/quality-event-management-system/
- Reviewer responsibility: Demonstrate returned approval and closure authority rather than relying on a completed-task count.
  Sources: https://www.mastercontrol.com/quality/capa-software/request/
- Supplier boundary: Confirm supplier access, response ownership and retained correction history.
  Sources: https://www.mastercontrol.com/supplier/scar-corrective-action/
- Suite entitlement: Separate production execution from quality workflow inclusion and quote the handoff.
  Sources: https://www.mastercontrol.com/quality/, https://www.mastercontrol.com/manufacturing/
- Commercial and validation scope: Define named-user roles, included tools, optional services and customer acceptance work.
  Sources: https://www.mastercontrol.com/uk/pricing/

### Capability scope

- Document control [documented]: Quality page describes versions, approvals, electronic signatures and archiving. Demonstrate the exact permissions and record history required. Sources: https://www.mastercontrol.com/quality/
- Training connection [conditional]: Training assignments can connect to document changes, CAPAs and production records. Confirm quoted modules and trigger configuration. Sources: https://www.mastercontrol.com/quality/
- Configurable quality events [documented]: Advanced QEM describes configurable forms, processes and data capture; test the proposed event model and revision handling. Sources: https://www.mastercontrol.com/quality/quality-event-management-system/
- CAPA routing [documented]: CAPA product copy describes notification, escalation, approval and initiation through closure. Effectiveness criteria remain a buyer-defined demonstration requirement. Sources: https://www.mastercontrol.com/quality/capa-software/request/
- Supplier corrective requests [conditional]: SCAR is a named supplier workflow. Confirm supplier access, included applications and retained response evidence. Sources: https://www.mastercontrol.com/supplier/scar-corrective-action/
- Production execution [conditional]: Manufacturing Excellence describes production controls and electronic manufacturing records. Do not infer inclusion from a Quality Excellence purchase. Sources: https://www.mastercontrol.com/manufacturing/
- Validation tools and support [conditional]: Pricing lists VxT and Validation on Demand as included, with additional training and support optional. Confirm deliverables and customer responsibilities for intended use. Sources: https://www.mastercontrol.com/uk/pricing/
- Nonconformance evaluation and disposition [documented]: The workflow covers initiation, investigation, recommendation, disposition and management approval, with notifications, follow-up, overdue escalation and an option to launch a linked CAPA. Confirm the selected application, disposition authorities, material status controls and retained links. Sources: https://www.mastercontrol.com/quality/nonconformance/
- Internal audit planning and finding management [documented]: MasterControl Audit describes centralized planning, configurable forms, document retrieval, task dependencies and reports for audit summaries, details, root causes and open findings. Confirm audit types, schedules, external-auditor access, finding-to-CAPA handoff and closure approval. Sources: https://www.mastercontrol.com/quality/audit-management/quality/
- Customer complaint intake and resolution [documented]: The Customer Complaints application records, tracks, comments on, approves and resolves complaint forms through an electronic workflow. Confirm intake channels, product and lot links, reportability assessment, investigation responsibilities and separately scoped postmarket applications. Sources: https://www.mastercontrol.com/postmarket/complaints-software/complaint-process/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: document revision to training evidence
1. Use an approved procedure and request a change with a defined effective date.
2. Return incomplete approval evidence, revise it and show who authorizes the final version.
3. Demonstrate affected training and export the previous version, new decision and completion evidence.

#### Proposed demo: nonconformance through CAPA effectiveness
1. Create a sample nonconformance with containment and source identifiers.
2. Route an investigation and corrective action, rejecting insufficient completion evidence.
3. Demonstrate the later effectiveness decision and preservation of history if the problem recurs.

#### Proposed demo: manufacturing-to-quality exception
1. Identify the separately quoted manufacturing and quality applications and user roles.
2. Capture a test production exception and show its quality review handoff.
3. Interrupt the intended connection, recover the record and export the linked decisions without losing the source reference.

### Product presentations

- [Quality Event Management interface](https://www.mastercontrol.com/quality/qms/manufacturing-systems/): Official MasterControl Quality Event Management visual; labels and configured workflow may differ by release and deployment.
- [Document control interface](https://www.mastercontrol.com/quality/quality-assurance/standards/): Official MasterControl document-control visual; document fields, permissions and approval routing depend on configuration.
- [Audit management interface](https://www.mastercontrol.com/compliance/): Official MasterControl audit-management visual; workflow stages, fields and reporting views may vary by licensed applications and configuration.

### Questions and answers

#### Is Quality Excellence the same as Manufacturing Excellence?
No. They are distinct offerings within the broader platform. Name the required quality and production applications in the proposal.

#### What pricing model is documented?
The official pricing FAQ describes named-user licensing with different rights and selectable modules. No numeric subscription, minimum seats or billing term was established.

#### Is a free trial verified?
No free-trial terms were established. A product demonstration or free resource is not a verified trial account.

#### Can it operate offline?
Disconnected operation was not established for the reviewed applications. Demonstrate interruption and recovery for the actual workflow before relying on it.

#### Are validation tools included?
The pricing FAQ lists VxT and Validation on Demand as included, with extra training and support optional. Confirm your package and intended-use responsibilities; included tooling is not automatic validation of every configuration.

#### Does a completed CAPA prove effectiveness?
No. Define evidence and reviewer criteria for a later effectiveness decision and demonstrate the behavior when the action fails.

#### Are external systems automatically integrated?
No completed customer interface or universal API entitlement was verified. Scope credentials, mappings, failed transfers and ongoing ownership separately.

#### Does the platform guarantee regulatory conformity?
No. Your organization must assess requirements, configure and validate where appropriate, train users and approve its evidence. Vendor product claims are not an independent compliance conclusion.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-26: Re-checked the pricing pages on 26 September 2026: named-user licensing with a Get Pricing request, no amount shown.

### Demo questions

- Which Quality Excellence modules and named-user roles are included in this quote?
- Demonstrate a rejected quality event, a revised document and the resulting training assignment.
- Which validation tools are included, which services cost extra and what evidence remains our responsibility?
- Show the exact behaviour when connectivity is lost; distinguish saved data from authorised approval.
- Export the event history, attachments and linked records, then identify any separate Manufacturing Excellence scope.

### Primary sources

- [Official pricing and licensing FAQ](https://www.mastercontrol.com/uk/pricing/)
- [Pricing page (US) : checked 26 September 2026](https://www.mastercontrol.com/pricing/)
- [Quality Excellence scope](https://www.mastercontrol.com/quality/)
- [Manufacturing Excellence scope](https://www.mastercontrol.com/manufacturing/)
- [Advanced quality event configuration](https://www.mastercontrol.com/quality/quality-event-management-system/)
- [CAPA routing and closure](https://www.mastercontrol.com/quality/capa-software/request/)
- [Supplier corrective action scope](https://www.mastercontrol.com/supplier/scar-corrective-action/)
- [Request a demo](https://www.mastercontrol.com/resources/mx-schedule-demo/)
- [Quality event management product visual — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.mastercontrol.com/quality/qms/manufacturing-systems/)
- [Controlled document workflow product visual — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.mastercontrol.com/quality/quality-assurance/standards/)
- [Audit management product visual — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.mastercontrol.com/compliance/)
- [Nonconformance evaluation, disposition and CAPA handoff — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.mastercontrol.com/quality/nonconformance/)
- [Internal audit planning, findings and reporting — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.mastercontrol.com/quality/audit-management/quality/)
- [Customer complaint intake through resolution — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.mastercontrol.com/postmarket/complaints-software/complaint-process/)
- [MasterControl security and compliance page](https://www.mastercontrol.com/trust/)

## Veeva Quality Cloud

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/veeva
Sources checked: 2026-10-11
Also known as: Veeva Vault Quality
Veeva Quality Cloud is a family of applications on Veeva Vault, including QMS, QualityDocs and Training. QualityOne is the separately presented offering for consumer packaged goods, food and beverage and chemicals; it uses named Veeva applications but is not an interchangeable alias for every life-sciences package. Confirm the industry offering and applications in the proposal.

Veeva Quality Cloud connects quality processes, controlled content and training through named applications. Evaluate the purchased combination, configuration and partner access using your own quality records. Station Manager provides a separate, bounded route to offline manufacturing document access; this does not establish an offline QMS.

Best-fit starting point: Life-sciences quality teams coordinating quality events, controlled procedures and role-based training across operations and partners.

Check before buying: QualityDocs, QMS, Training, Station Manager and other applications require explicit scoping. Shared Vault branding does not establish universal entitlement, offline approvals, validation of your intended use or a guaranteed compliance outcome.

### Pricing

Application-specific vendor proposal. Pricing is not publicly available in the selected sources; request a quote. Subscription currency, billing period, minimum users and implementation costs were not established. Name QMS, QualityDocs, Training, Station Manager, external-partner access, migration, interfaces and ongoing administration separately; do not transfer another Veeva product offer to this scope.

### When the price fits

Veeva Quality Cloud may justify a scoped proposal when quality events, controlled content and training need a connected process with accountable owners. It is less suitable for a simple standalone document store if the application, configuration and administration requirements exceed the demonstrated need.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-09-19 [verified]: All nine selected current official sources were accessible, including resolved product URLs. No subscription amount, currency, billing term, minimum users or free Quality Cloud trial established; Station Manager offline scope is limited to prepared documents and requires QualityDocs.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.veeva.com/products/quality-cloud/
- https://quality.veevavault.help/en/lr/34812/
- https://www.veeva.com/products/veeva-qms/
- https://www.veeva.com/products/veeva-qualitydocs/
- https://www.veeva.com/products/veeva-training/
- https://www.veeva.com/products/veeva-station-manager/
- https://quality.veevavault.help/en/lr/51658/
- https://www.qualityone.com/products
- https://www.veeva.com/products/quality-cloud-demos/

### Station Manager document access documented; full QMS offline unverified

Station Manager is a separate tablet application requiring QualityDocs and administrator setup. It provides local document access and synchronizes when connected; inspect the last successful sync. Links to documents not downloaded or in another Vault may open a browser. Background syncing can be interrupted by device resource management. Offline QMS event creation, approval and training completion were not established by these sources.

Product scope: QMS for quality processes, QualityDocs for controlled content and Training for role-based qualification. Station Manager is a separate product requiring QualityDocs. LIMS, Batch Release, Validation Management, EHS and QualityOne requirements must be assessed as named scopes rather than assumed inclusions.

Review scope: Official-documentation review, not hands-on testing. No comparable current aggregate rating was verified; legacy ratings are excluded.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Application and identity scope: Confirm Quality Cloud or QualityOne, the industry use and named applications before comparing proposals.
  Sources: https://www.veeva.com/products/quality-cloud/, https://www.qualityone.com/products
- Record-to-document handoff: Follow one finding through review and a changed procedure; retain the original evidence and resulting revision.
  Sources: https://www.veeva.com/products/veeva-qms/, https://www.veeva.com/products/veeva-qualitydocs/
- Training consequence: Identify affected learners, training requirements and evidence of completion. Specify any additional competence review.
  Sources: https://www.veeva.com/products/veeva-training/
- Offline reliability: Test prepared local documents, missing links, withdrawal and visible last-sync state on the intended tablet.
  Sources: https://quality.veevavault.help/en/lr/51658/
- Commercial and operational ownership: Request application entitlement, administrator responsibilities, partner access and support in writing. Demonstrations do not establish free trial access.
  Sources: https://quality.veevavault.help/en/lr/34812/, https://www.veeva.com/products/quality-cloud-demos/

### Capability scope

- Quality-process management [documented]: QMS is the application for quality processes across the organisation and partners; verify the chosen event types and configuration. Sources: https://www.veeva.com/products/veeva-qms/
- Controlled content [documented]: QualityDocs documents review and approval workflows; confirm lifecycle states, permissions and external sharing. Sources: https://www.veeva.com/products/veeva-qualitydocs/
- Role-based training [documented]: Training is a named application for qualification and learning requirements. Completion evidence does not independently establish practical competence. Sources: https://www.veeva.com/products/veeva-training/
- Application composition [conditional]: Quality help states that applications may be used separately or together in a Vault. Confirm each licensed application and configured connection. Sources: https://quality.veevavault.help/en/lr/34812/
- Offline manufacturing documents [conditional]: Station Manager requires QualityDocs and provisioned tablets. Downloaded content is available offline; sync status and linked-document limits matter. Sources: https://quality.veevavault.help/en/lr/51658/
- Validation management scope [conditional]: The application family includes a named Validation Management application; availability does not establish completed validation of your own implementation. Sources: https://quality.veevavault.help/en/lr/34812/
- QualityOne industry scope [conditional]: QualityOne presents quality, food safety, documentation and training for CPG, food and beverage and chemicals. Verify this offering separately from life-sciences Quality Cloud. Sources: https://www.qualityone.com/products
- Delivered QMS lifecycles and audit trails [conditional]: Veeva documents delivered lifecycles, workflows and data models for deviations, audits, complaints, lab investigations, change control and CAPA, plus audit trails for signatures, state changes and task assignment. Admin configuration determines the deployed processes and controls. Sources: https://quality.veevavault.help/en/lr/34814
- Quality-event recurrence review [conditional]: A configured Recurrence Check suggests search terms, compares potential related events with similarity scores, stores results and links accepted recurrences. A reviewer must still determine relevance and any CAPA response. Sources: https://quality.veevavault.help/en/lr/73823
- Quality Incident intake and triage [conditional]: Configured Quality Incidents can capture initial information, including attachments, and be triaged into a related quality event without counting every intake as an event. QR-code access still requires a licensed user and Vault login. Sources: https://quality.veevavault.help/en/lr/60704601/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: quality event to revised procedure
1. Create a representative deviation or nonconformance and identify the owner and reviewer.
2. Return inadequate investigation evidence and retain the correction history.
3. Link the accepted change to the controlled procedure and demonstrate the training decision using only quoted applications.

#### Proposed demo: partner submission and review
1. Invite a partner under the proposed access model and test an unrelated record is not visible.
2. Submit incomplete evidence and show how the reviewer returns it.
3. Export the accepted record and history, identifying any additional licence or configuration.

#### Proposed demo: manufacturing content during an outage
1. Provision a Station Manager tablet and verify the current documents have synchronized.
2. Disconnect, open the downloaded procedure and test an undownloaded document link.
3. Reconnect after a revision or withdrawal and inspect last sync, document availability and the administrator response to failed synchronization.

### Product presentations

- [Official Quality Cloud demo library](https://www.veeva.com/products/quality-cloud-demos/): Vendor demonstrations of named applications, not independent testing or a verified free trial.
- [Quality event recurrence check](https://www.veeva.com/products/quality-cloud/): Official vendor illustration of a QMS recurrence check comparing a deviation with a likely match; sample data.
- [Required training and document status](https://www.veeva.com/products/quality-cloud/): Official vendor illustration of a required-training summary and document status labels.

### Questions and answers

#### Is Veeva Quality Cloud one application?
No. Official help describes a family whose applications may be used separately or together. Name QMS, QualityDocs, Training and any additional products in the proposal.

#### Is QualityOne simply another name for Quality Cloud?
Do not treat it as an interchangeable package. QualityOne presents an industry offering for CPG, food and beverage and chemicals, with named applications on Vault.

#### Does QualityDocs include every QMS workflow?
QualityDocs addresses controlled content, while QMS is the named quality-process application. Confirm the connection and entitlement instead of inferring it from the common platform.

#### Does Veeva work offline?
Station Manager documents offline viewing of prepared QualityDocs content on approved tablets. This review did not establish disconnected QMS approvals or training completion.

#### Are offline documents always the latest version?
An offline device cannot receive a new revision until it synchronizes. Check the last successful sync, failed-sync handling and the behaviour of linked or withdrawn documents.

#### Is there a published price or free trial?
No numeric subscription or free Quality Cloud trial was established in the selected sources. The official demo library is available, but watching a demo is not access to a trial account.

#### Does purchasing Validation Management validate our system?
No such guarantee is established. Define intended use, configuration, supplier evidence and your own assessment responsibilities before acceptance.

#### Can we assume every application is included in a connected platform?
No. Confirm licensing, configuration, interfaces and partner permissions for the actual workflow. Separate product pages are not an all-inclusive order form.

### Demo questions

- Which industry offering and named applications are included in this proposal?
- Show a quality event leading to a revised procedure and the required training record.
- Show partner permissions and a rejected submission without exposing another partner record.
- Prepare a Station Manager device, go offline and inspect a withdrawn document after reconnecting.
- Identify validation responsibilities, release changes and the records available on exit.

### Primary sources

- [Quality Cloud application family](https://www.veeva.com/products/quality-cloud/)
- [Quality application overview](https://quality.veevavault.help/en/lr/34812/)
- [Veeva QMS](https://www.veeva.com/products/veeva-qms/)
- [Veeva QualityDocs](https://www.veeva.com/products/veeva-qualitydocs/)
- [Veeva Training](https://www.veeva.com/products/veeva-training/)
- [Station Manager product scope](https://www.veeva.com/products/veeva-station-manager/)
- [Station Manager preparation and sync limitations](https://quality.veevavault.help/en/lr/51658/)
- [QualityOne industry and application scope](https://www.qualityone.com/products)
- [Quality Cloud demonstrations](https://www.veeva.com/products/quality-cloud-demos/)
- [QMS processes, audit trails, supplier access and dashboards](https://quality.veevavault.help/en/lr/34814)
- [Quality-event recurrence check and linked results](https://quality.veevavault.help/en/lr/73823)
- [Quality Incident intake, triage and related-record creation](https://quality.veevavault.help/en/lr/60704601/)
- [Veeva trust page](https://www.veeva.com/trust/)

## EHS Insight

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/ehs-insight
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
EHS Insight is an EHS software platform from StarTex Software. Scope the selected modules and services in the proposal.

EHS Insight combines mobile field reporting with selected EHS modules. Evaluate a complete inspection-to-action workflow and the full annual proposal before selecting a package.

Best-fit starting point: Teams consolidating field inspections and incident reporting within a modular EHS platform.

Check before buying: Module choice, covered employee and contractor population, implementation and services affect the quote. Regulatory templates and reporting organize compliance data but do not guarantee filing accuracy or legal compliance. Offline synchronization is documented, but conflict resolution, failed-upload recovery and complete attachment delivery still require demonstration.

### Pricing

Annual modular subscription. The SMB offer starts at $5,000 per year. The page uses a dollar symbol without an explicit currency code. Pricing depends on employees and contractors, modules and implementation needs; annual contracts are the default. Contact the vendor for a confirmed local quote. The vendor's free-trial page offers a free two-week trial; confirm whether it covers other modules.

### When the price fits

Consider EHS Insight when a shared EHS process justifies the complete annual quote. A narrow checklist need may not justify the selected modules and administration effort.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [partial]: The official pricing page confirms an SMB offer starting at $5,000 per year, annual contracts by default, and pricing based on employees and contractors, selected modules and implementation requirements. The page also distinguishes an all-module Enterprise bundle and separate support or onboarding scope. The dollar currency, included modules at the starting amount and complete implementation cost remain unconfirmed.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.ehsinsight.com/solutions/platform/pricing

### Documented mobile offline capture; later synchronization

The mobile page documents disconnected incident capture and inspections with automatic synchronization after reconnection. Demonstrate required records, attachments and recovery on the intended device; no independent reliability test was performed.

Product scope: A modular EHS platform with about 30 module pages linked from the vendor's module list, spanning incidents, audits, CAPA, training, compliance, chemicals, risk, environmental and quality processes. Capabilities described on a module page should not be assumed to be included in every subscription; implementation, integrations, population and module entitlement require proposal-level confirmation.

Review scope: Vendor-documentation research updated 29 September 2026, not hands-on testing. Product functions are described from official platform, module and solution-brief pages. Regulatory-support claims describe workflow and recordkeeping scope, not certification, legal advice or guaranteed compliance. Legacy numeric ratings remain excluded.

Trial status: verified-free. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Module-by-module entitlement: Ask for a list of the modules, covered population and support services in the quote, and compare it with the pricing page. Module pages describe capabilities that are not necessarily in every subscription. Keep the proposal line items against each module you demonstrate.
  Sources: https://www.ehsinsight.com/solutions/platform/pricing, https://www.ehsinsight.com/solutions/platform
- Audit finding to closed action: The audit module describes custom forms with required evidence and signatures, offline completion, and actions from findings. Run one audit offline, raise an action and see who can close it; the reviewed source does not establish a separate closure approver or effectiveness check. Retain the audit, action and completion record.
  Sources: https://www.ehsinsight.com/resource-center/solution-briefs/audit-management-module, https://www.ehsinsight.com/mobile-ehs-app
- Incident investigation and OSHA forms: The incident module documents investigation, root cause, corrective actions and OSHA 300, 300A and 301 support. Enter a recordable case and check the generated forms against your own recordkeeping rules. Ask who validates them, since the forms organise data but do not establish filing accuracy.
  Sources: https://www.ehsinsight.com/solutions/modules/incident-management-software, https://www.ehsinsight.com/industries/construction-safety-management-software
- CAPA and quality scope: CAPA connects incidents and nonconformities to root cause and follow-up, and the ISO 9001 brief states customer-feedback functionality is not included. Map your quality procedures to what is listed and test a nonconformity through to verification. Note any step you would keep outside the tool.
  Sources: https://www.ehsinsight.com/capa-management-system, https://www.ehsinsight.com/hubfs/Solution%20Brief/ISO%209001%20Solution%20Brief.pdf
- Compliance calendar and training evidence: Compliance tasks can be assigned, reminded and escalated and shared to Outlook, and training assignments can be tracked by requirement. Load a real permit or training schedule and trigger an overdue item. Confirm content licensing and what completion evidence is stored.
  Sources: https://www.ehsinsight.com/resource-center/solution-briefs/compliance-management, https://www.ehsinsight.com/resource-center/solution-briefs/compliance-tasks, https://www.ehsinsight.com/resource-center/solution-briefs/training-management-module
- Chemical and risk records: The chemical module stores inventory and SDS data and does not automatically generate regulatory submissions, and the risk module distinguishes inherent and residual risk. Import a sample inventory and complete one risk assessment with reassessment dates. Identify which filings and approvals remain with your team.
  Sources: https://www.ehsinsight.com/solutions/modules/chemical-inventory-management-software, https://www.ehsinsight.com/solutions/modules/hazard-and-risk-management-software

### Capability scope

- Quality management and CAPA [documented]: The platform documents ISO 9001-oriented quality management, while the CAPA module connects incidents and nonconformities to root-cause analysis, assigned actions and follow-up. The reviewed quality solution brief identifies quality inspections, quality incidents, nonconformities and corrective actions but states that customer-feedback functionality is not included; confirm the required QMS breadth and closure controls. Sources: https://www.ehsinsight.com/solutions/platform, https://www.ehsinsight.com/capa-management-system, https://www.ehsinsight.com/hubfs/Solution%20Brief/ISO%209001%20Solution%20Brief.pdf
- Audit forms, offline execution and actions [documented]: The Audit Management module describes custom forms with required evidence and signatures, audit completion without internet followed by synchronization, actions created from findings, and reporting across teams or locations. The reviewed source does not establish a separate closure approver or effectiveness check. Sources: https://www.ehsinsight.com/resource-center/solution-briefs/audit-management-module
- Offline inspections and incidents [documented]: Mobile capture and later synchronization are published; confirm preparation and recovery. Sources: https://www.ehsinsight.com/mobile-ehs-app
- Mobile actions and reference records [conditional]: The mobile page lists action tracking, SDS and training history. Verify records, permissions and purchased modules. Sources: https://www.ehsinsight.com/mobile-ehs-app
- Modular subscription [conditional]: Scope selected modules separately from the Enterprise bundle and support services. Sources: https://www.ehsinsight.com/solutions/platform/pricing
- Incident reporting, investigation and regulatory records [documented]: The Incident Management module covers initial reports and near misses, investigation and root-cause analysis, assigned corrective actions and documented follow-up. It also documents OSHA 300, 300A and 301 form support and records for injuries, illnesses, vehicles, property damage, spills and releases. These features organize regulatory data but do not establish filing accuracy, legal compliance, independent closure approval or corrective-action effectiveness. Sources: https://www.ehsinsight.com/solutions/modules/incident-management-software, https://www.ehsinsight.com/industries/construction-safety-management-software
- Training assignment and qualification visibility [conditional]: The Training Management module describes recurring or one-time assignments, company content or a training library, online and in-person formats, mobile history and requirement dashboards, QR verification and reports by employee, position, entity or requirement. Confirm content licensing, competency evidence, reminder rules and module entitlement. Sources: https://www.ehsinsight.com/resource-center/solution-briefs/training-management-module
- Compliance calendar, reminders and escalations [conditional]: The Compliance Management module centralizes permit renewals, inspections, report submissions and other recurring or one-time obligations. Tasks can be assigned by person, role or location, tracked on dashboards, exposed through reminders and escalations, and shared to Microsoft Outlook. Linked inspection or audit forms can be completed offline and synchronized later; confirm module entitlements and completion evidence. Sources: https://www.ehsinsight.com/resource-center/solution-briefs/compliance-management, https://www.ehsinsight.com/resource-center/solution-briefs/compliance-tasks
- Chemical inventory, SDS and regulatory-data management [conditional]: The Chemical Management module stores material, CAS, composition, quantity, location, storage-condition and hazardous-property data, links SDS documents, and supports facility-level inventory and Tier II-oriented reporting. It does not automatically generate regulatory submissions, so buyers remain responsible for validation and filing. Sources: https://www.ehsinsight.com/solutions/modules/chemical-inventory-management-software, https://www.ehsinsight.com/resource-center/solution-briefs/chemical-management
- Hazard identification and residual-risk management [documented]: The HIRA module records operational hazards, assigns risk owners, assesses likelihood and consequence, distinguishes inherent and residual risk, defines controls, tracks implementation and schedules periodic reassessment. Configuration supports the risk process but does not prove control effectiveness or policy acceptance of residual risk. Sources: https://www.ehsinsight.com/solutions/modules/hazard-and-risk-management-software, https://www.ehsinsight.com/ehs-insights-hazard-and-risk-management-solution-brief-module-solution-brief

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: field finding to closed action
1. Prepare the required checklist and reference records.
2. Capture a finding and evidence disconnected.
3. Reconnect and inspect the office record.
4. Assign a correction, review its evidence and export the resulting record.

#### Proposed demo: corrective action to verified training
1. Use a sample incident or nonconformance to assign revised training to the affected roles with a deadline.
2. Complete one online and one instructor-recorded assignment, then verify status from a mobile or QR-based field check.
3. Run the training-gap report and confirm how overdue, waived and superseded requirements affect corrective-action closure.

#### Proposed demo: chemical receipt to regulatory-ready inventory record
1. Receive a sample chemical and record its product identity, CAS number, composition, quantity, storage location, hazard classification and linked SDS.
2. Move part of the quantity to another facility area, then verify that site and storage-area inventory views reflect the change and remain available to the field user.
3. Generate the Tier II-oriented inventory output, identify missing data, and demonstrate the separate validation and filing steps because the module does not automatically submit regulatory reports.

### Product presentations

- [Mobile and tablet dashboard with KPI tiles and quick links](https://www.ehsinsight.com/mobile-ehs-app): Official vendor image of the EHS Insight mobile and tablet dashboard; not labelled as sample.

### Questions and answers

#### Is the published price per user per month?
No. The reviewed page publishes an annual SMB starting offer and a scoped pricing model. The older catalog per-user estimate is not used in this researched profile.

#### Does the subscription include every module?
Not by default. The pricing page distinguishes selected modules from an Enterprise bundle; request the actual entitlement list.

#### Is a free trial confirmed?
The pricing page invites a free trial and the vendor's free-trial page offers two weeks, but this review did not establish access conditions or the available modules. Confirm the evaluation terms before planning a pilot.

#### Does offline capture prove successful delivery?
No. Verify the server record and required evidence after reconnection, including a failed-transfer scenario.

#### Is the software certified for our safety process?
This review establishes documented product functions, not certification of your process or guaranteed compliance. Evaluate the intended configuration and your own controls.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-28: Added official training-management evidence and a buyer scenario connecting a corrective action to role-based assignment, field verification and training-gap reporting.
- 2026-09-29: Expanded the profile with official module evidence for incident investigation and OSHA records, compliance calendars and escalations, chemical inventory and SDS management, and inherent-to-residual risk workflows. Added boundaries for module entitlement, regulatory filing responsibility, corrective-action effectiveness and offline synchronization.

### Demo questions

- Demonstrate our inspection disconnected, then confirm the complete server record.
- Quote the covered employee and contractor population, modules and services.
- Show the recovery procedure for a failed upload and conflicting edits.
- Map every required workflow to the quoted module and identify any cross-module dependency, especially inspections or audits linked to compliance tasks.
- Generate a sample OSHA and Tier II-oriented output, then identify which validation, approval and external submission steps remain outside the platform.
- Demonstrate an inherent-risk assessment, implemented controls, residual-risk reassessment and overdue periodic review with the responsible owner.

### Primary sources

- [Official pricing and contract scope](https://www.ehsinsight.com/solutions/platform/pricing)
- [Mobile capture and offline functions](https://www.ehsinsight.com/mobile-ehs-app)
- [Platform scope](https://www.ehsinsight.com/solutions/platform)
- [Construction incident-to-resolution workflow](https://www.ehsinsight.com/industries/construction-safety-management-software)
- [Free-trial offer and duration](https://www.ehsinsight.com/start-your-free-trial)
- [Audit Management module : checked 27 September 2026](https://www.ehsinsight.com/resource-center/solution-briefs/audit-management-module)
- [CAPA management and nonconformity workflow — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.ehsinsight.com/capa-management-system)
- [ISO 9001 solution brief and stated customer-feedback limitation — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.ehsinsight.com/hubfs/Solution%20Brief/ISO%209001%20Solution%20Brief.pdf)
- [Training assignments, qualification tracking and reporting : checked 28 September 2026](https://www.ehsinsight.com/resource-center/solution-briefs/training-management-module)
- [Incident reporting, investigation and OSHA recordkeeping module](https://www.ehsinsight.com/solutions/modules/incident-management-software)
- [Compliance scheduling, reminders and offline task completion](https://www.ehsinsight.com/resource-center/solution-briefs/compliance-management)
- [Compliance task assignment and calendar behavior](https://www.ehsinsight.com/resource-center/solution-briefs/compliance-tasks)
- [Chemical inventory, SDS and regulatory-data management](https://www.ehsinsight.com/solutions/modules/chemical-inventory-management-software)
- [Chemical management solution brief](https://www.ehsinsight.com/resource-center/solution-briefs/chemical-management)
- [Hazard identification, risk assessment and control tracking](https://www.ehsinsight.com/solutions/modules/hazard-and-risk-management-software)
- [Hazard and risk management solution brief](https://www.ehsinsight.com/ehs-insights-hazard-and-risk-management-solution-brief-module-solution-brief)
- [Module list](https://www.ehsinsight.com/modules)
- [EHS Insight cloud security page](https://www.ehsinsight.com/solutions/cloud-security)

## Lumiform

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/lumiform
Sources checked: 2026-10-10
Lumiform combines mobile inspections with action tracking and reporting. Professional and Enterprise have different commercial scopes; an integration advertised by the vendor is not automatically included in every subscription.

Lumiform suits recurring workplace checks where a frontline worker records findings and an office team follows up. Forms, drafts and actions are accessible through its mobile app. The evaluation question is whether the team can complete a real checklist, recover queued results and close a finding without recreating the record in another tool.

Best-fit starting point: Multi-site operations, maintenance and safety teams replacing paper checklists with mobile inspections and corrective actions.

Check before buying: Confirm workspace-wide plan changes, paid add-ons, approval rights and required languages. Offline completion does not make a result visible until synchronization succeeds. Demonstrate version history, locks and audit evidence before using exports as controlled records; the reviewed pages do not say how template edits affect completed forms or whether submitted reports can be edited.

### Pricing

Professional and Enterprise; contact vendor. Current pricing page requests a quote for both plans and provides no numeric subscription amount. Confirm currency (EUR, GBP or USD), billing term, seat minimum, user count, taxes and add-ons. Approvals, integrations, API, webhooks and SSO are Enterprise features or Professional add-ons. A free trial may be offered under the terms; eligibility and duration require confirmation.

### When the price fits

Worth shortlisting when repeat inspections and action follow-up consume measurable administration time. Request a full team quote and compare it with the hours spent preparing reports and chasing findings. A low per-seat impression is not enough if approvals and integrations add cost.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-09-20 [verified]: The current pricing page is quote-based. Numeric figures on older use-case or third-party pages were not treated as a current offer. Obtain the accepted offer and included features before comparing total cost.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://lumiformapp.com/pricing
- https://lumiformapp.com/legal/terms-conditions

### Offline capabilities

The vendor documents offline form completion and later synchronization. Its help center says unsent completed results remain on the device in the outbox until a stable connection permits upload. Actions may require opening their list and swiping down to synchronize. Test photos, drafts and assigned forms before a disconnected shift; do not equate completion on the phone with office visibility.

Product scope: Cloud-hosted mobile forms, recurring inspections, conditional workflows, assigned actions, reports and analytics. Approvals, API, webhooks, SSO and advanced integrations depend on the selected package or add-ons. Lumiform states that it does not plan to offer an on-premises version.

Review scope: AI-assisted explanatory copy may be incomplete and does not replace a vendor demonstration or primary documentation. Research based on vendor documentation, not hands-on testing. It is not reader testimony and is excluded from reader reviews and combined ratings.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Outbox recovery: Completed results that cannot upload stay on the device and the outbox shows them. Complete several inspections with attachments offline, reconnect on a weak network and confirm each appears in the web app. Keep a screenshot of the outbox and the received reports.
  Sources: https://help.lumiformapp.com/en/knowledge/why-is-my-done-inspection-not-visible, https://lumiformapp.com/product/mobile-app
- Template versioning and completed records: The reviewed pages do not say how template edits affect completed forms or whether submitted reports can be edited. Change a template after some inspections are done, then retrieve an earlier inspection and inspect the version history. Ask which roles can edit submitted reports and whether it can be locked.
  Sources: https://help.lumiformapp.com/en/knowledge/create-a-template, https://lumiformapp.com/product
- Logic, repeatable sections and schedules: If-then logic can reveal questions, create actions and work with repeatable sections and schedules. Rebuild one of your real checklists including a repeated area and a recurring assignment. Retain the published template and the schedule output.
  Sources: https://help.lumiformapp.com/en/knowledge/add-logics-to-your-checklists, https://help.lumiformapp.com/en/knowledge/how-to-add-and-remove-repeatable-sections
- Action ownership and external assignees: Actions carry owner, priority, deadline and evidence, with reminders, chat, third-party assignment and change logs, while approvals depend on the package. Raise an action from a failed answer, assign it externally and check what the assignee can see. Also confirm the new action appears in the web app after sync.
  Sources: https://lumiformapp.com/product/actions, https://help.lumiformapp.com/en/knowledge/can-i-view-and-share-issues-as-reports, https://lumiformapp.com/pricing
- Analytics scope and permissions: Analytics covers submitted forms, negative responses, scores and overdue items with drill-down. Check what a site manager sees versus an administrator, and how export works. Ask whether it meets your record-retention needs, since the overview does not establish immutable records.
  Sources: https://help.lumiformapp.com/en/knowledge/getting-started-with-lumiform-analytics
- Plan boundaries and languages: Approvals and API access are listed under Enterprise, with add-ons for Professional, and plan changes apply workspace-wide. Confirm languages, voice-to-text behaviour offline and integrations you need against the directory. Get the confirmed entitlements in writing.
  Sources: https://lumiformapp.com/pricing, https://lumiformapp.com/download, https://lumiformapp.com/integrations

### Capability scope

- Offline form completion [documented]: Mobile forms can be completed without connectivity and synchronized later. Sources: https://lumiformapp.com/product/mobile-app
- Pending-result outbox [documented]: Completed results that cannot upload remain on the device; the outbox identifies unsent results. Sources: https://help.lumiformapp.com/en/knowledge/why-is-my-done-inspection-not-visible
- Action synchronization [conditional]: A newly created action may not appear in the web app until it synchronizes; support documents a swipe-down sync. Sources: https://help.lumiformapp.com/en/knowledge/can-i-view-and-share-issues-as-reports
- Photos and signatures [documented]: The app lists drawing on photos and signature capture; test attachment recovery in the intended workflow. Sources: https://lumiformapp.com/download
- Multilingual mobile interface [conditional]: The vendor download page says its apps are available in 12+ languages, and its FAQ says 12. Confirm exact languages and separately validate translated checklist content. Sources: https://lumiformapp.com/download
- Approvals and API access [conditional]: Enterprise includes these functions; Professional requires appropriate add-ons. Sources: https://lumiformapp.com/pricing
- Voice-to-text without connectivity [unverified]: Voice-to-text is listed, but disconnected availability by device and language was not established.
- Configurable forms, conditional logic and schedules [documented]: Administrators can build forms, organize pages and repeatable sections, require fields, assign users or groups and configure schedules. If-then logic can reveal questions or sections and create actions. The reviewed pages do not say how template edits affect completed inspections, so demonstrate versioning and historical retrieval. Sources: https://help.lumiformapp.com/en/knowledge/create-a-template, https://help.lumiformapp.com/en/knowledge/add-logics-to-your-checklists, https://help.lumiformapp.com/en/knowledge/how-to-add-and-remove-repeatable-sections
- Assigned actions and resolution trail [conditional]: Actions can be created from a response or independently with owner, priority, deadline and evidence. The product documents reminders, status tracking, chat, third-party assignment and change logs. Approvals remain package-dependent and do not establish mandatory independent effectiveness review. Sources: https://lumiformapp.com/product/actions, https://lumiformapp.com/pricing
- Inspection and action analytics [documented]: Analytics summarizes submitted forms, negative responses, scores, overdue forms and actions with filters and drill-downs. Test permissions, refresh and export requirements; the overview does not establish immutable regulated records. Sources: https://help.lumiformapp.com/en/knowledge/getting-started-with-lumiform-analytics, https://lumiformapp.com/product
- Horizontal lifeline and fall protection inspection template [conditional]: Lumiform's public template library includes a horizontal lifeline inspection checklist that covers the line, anchor points and connected connectors or harnesses, usable from the mobile app with reporting and assigned responsibilities. Only this one fall-protection template page could be retrieved; other fall protection templates the vendor appears to list were not confirmed, and no equipment register, expiry reminders or rescue planning is documented on the page. Sources: https://lumiformapp.com/templates/horizontal-lifeline-inspection-checklist_35961

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Disconnected maintenance inspection
1. Prepare a permitted test checklist and synchronize the phone while connected.
2. Disable connectivity, complete it with a defect photo and inspect the pending result in the outbox.
3. Reconnect, verify the web result and reconcile the photo and completion record.

#### A finding with follow-up responsibility
1. Create a test finding with an owner and supporting photo.
2. Demonstrate action synchronization and any required approval in the quoted plan.
3. Close the finding and export the inspection and action evidence for review.

#### Proposed demo: scheduled multi-site inspection to exception trend
1. Assign a recurring inspection to a test site and group, with a rule requiring a photo and action when a critical answer fails.
2. Complete it on mobile, verify the generated action's owner, priority, deadline, attachment and log, then close it under the quoted approval rules.
3. Use Analytics to isolate site exceptions and confirm that users without required permissions cannot see them.

### Product presentations

- [Lumiform vendor video demonstrations](https://lumiformapp.com/demo-videos): Vendor walkthroughs of the product. These are not QHSEtech hands-on test recordings; the demonstrated interface and package may differ from your quote.
- [Mobile checklist with action and photo](https://lumiformapp.com/product/mobile-app): Official vendor image of the Lumiform mobile checklist on tablet and phone; sample data.
- [Schedule and logic settings](https://lumiformapp.com/product/actions): Official vendor image of Lumiform schedule, if-then logic and report email settings; sample data.

### Questions and answers

#### Does Lumiform work without an internet connection?
Yes, the mobile app documents offline forms and later synchronization. Unsent completed forms remain in the outbox until upload succeeds. Test your actual photos, drafts and reconnect process before field rollout.

#### How much does Lumiform cost?
The current Professional and Enterprise pricing page asks buyers to request a quote. A current numeric subscription price is not publicly available on that page. Ask for seat minimum, currency, billing term and required add-ons.

#### Can Lumiform support multilingual crews and voice input?
The vendor download page lists 12+ languages (its FAQ says 12), and the pricing matrix lists voice-to-text. These are separate capabilities. Confirm your languages and test dictation with connectivity disabled rather than assuming every device supports offline speech recognition.

#### Can Lumiform connect inspections to other systems?
The vendor publishes an integration directory and lists API and webhooks in its commercial offering. Entitlement depends on the package or add-ons. Demonstrate the specific record, attachment and failure handling you need before purchasing.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-20: Added current quote-based pricing, documented outbox and action sync boundaries, sourced capabilities and buyer evaluation workflows.

### Demo questions

- Show a completed form in the outbox while the phone is disconnected, then verify its uploaded photos and timestamps.
- Show whether an offline action becomes visible to its owner automatically or requires a manual sync.
- Quote the entire workspace with approvals, API, SSO and integrations separately identified.
- Demonstrate the checklist, interface and voice input in our actual crew languages.

### Primary sources

- [Current plans and commercial boundaries](https://lumiformapp.com/pricing)
- [Supported mobile functions and languages](https://lumiformapp.com/download)
- [Mobile workflow](https://lumiformapp.com/product/mobile-app)
- [Unsent result outbox](https://help.lumiformapp.com/en/knowledge/why-is-my-done-inspection-not-visible)
- [Action synchronization](https://help.lumiformapp.com/en/knowledge/can-i-view-and-share-issues-as-reports)
- [Integration directory](https://lumiformapp.com/integrations)
- [Contract and trial terms](https://lumiformapp.com/legal/terms-conditions)
- [Vendor video demonstrations](https://lumiformapp.com/demo-videos)
- [Form creation, assignments and recurring schedules](https://help.lumiformapp.com/en/knowledge/create-a-template)
- [Conditional form logic and response-triggered actions](https://help.lumiformapp.com/en/knowledge/add-logics-to-your-checklists)
- [Repeatable form sections](https://help.lumiformapp.com/en/knowledge/how-to-add-and-remove-repeatable-sections)
- [Action ownership, status, attachments and audit logs](https://lumiformapp.com/product/actions)
- [Inspection and action analytics](https://help.lumiformapp.com/en/knowledge/getting-started-with-lumiform-analytics)
- [Product scope and cloud-only deployment](https://lumiformapp.com/product)
- [Horizontal lifeline and fall protection inspection, checked 1 October 2026](https://lumiformapp.com/templates/horizontal-lifeline-inspection-checklist_35961)
- [Lumiform trust page](https://lumiformapp.com/trust)

## Resco Inspections & Audits

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/resco-inspections
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: Resco Inspections
Inspections & Audits remains the solution label on the product page. Current documentation calls the underlying questionnaire toolset Resco Forms, formerly Resco Inspections. Confirm whether the proposal uses Resco mobile apps, Power Apps or Resco Cloud; deployment paths and licenses are not interchangeable.

Resco Inspections & Audits combines configurable questionnaires with mobile data collection and reporting. Its strongest shortlist case is an organization connecting field inspections to an existing business data environment. The buying decision includes the mobile app, backend, configuration work and administration licenses, not only the field-user price.

Best-fit starting point: Inspection and field-service teams with Dynamics 365, Dataverse or Salesforce integration requirements and access to configuration expertise.

Check before buying: Do not evaluate 'Resco Inspections' as one interchangeable package. Resco Forms is the renamed questionnaire toolset, while mobile app, Power Apps and backend choices change offline behaviour, media support, reports, administration and licensing. Offline availability is limited by the initial download and sync filters; conflicting mobile and server edits follow an administrator-selected resolution policy. Local encryption can be disabled by an administrator, and device security still needs MDM, authentication and lost-device controls. A generated PDF, signature image or exported CSV is not by itself a compliant approval, audit or electronic-signature process.

### Pricing

Ultimate per user; annual billing. The inspections page lists Ultimate at EUR 50 per user/month. The current Mobile Platform pricing page states annual payment upfront, a minimum of 10 licenses and taxes excluded. It separately lists Admin at EUR 250/user/month. Request a quote confirming required administrator licenses, backend licenses, deployment and support; do not substitute the cheaper Essential tier for the Forms scope.

### When the price fits

Potentially worth the price when offline inspection records need to connect to an established enterprise data model. For a small standalone crew, compare the minimum license commitment and configuration cost with a simpler form tool. Require a working demonstration of the backend workflow before accepting the integration premium.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: Published EUR Ultimate rate and general annual/minimum-license terms verified. A complete deployment price is not established; request the backend, administrator and implementation costs.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.resco.net/inspections/
- https://www.resco.net/pricing/mobile-app-development-toolkit/

### Offline capabilities

The Resco mobile app stores a synchronized copy of server data locally. Initial synchronization needs a connection; later synchronizations transfer changes, and administrators can filter records. Mobile questionnaire reports are documented offline. The Power Apps path requires a configured offline profile and an initial data download. These are separate paths, so test the actual app and backend named in the quote.

Product scope: Configurable Resco Forms questionnaires, mobile inspections, device-generated reports and synchronized enterprise data. Deployment can use Resco mobile apps with Dynamics 365/Dataverse, Salesforce or Resco Cloud, or a separately configured Power Apps path; runtime, backend, licensing and feature parity must be confirmed together.

Review scope: AI-assisted explanatory copy may be incomplete and does not replace a vendor demonstration or primary documentation. Research based on vendor documentation, not hands-on testing. It is not reader testimony and is excluded from reader reviews and combined ratings.

Trial status: verified-free. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Backend and runtime combination: Resco Forms, the mobile app, Power Apps and the backend each change behaviour. Name your exact combination (for example Dataverse or Salesforce) and ask the vendor to demonstrate on it, not a generic environment. Keep the written statement of runtime, backend and licences.
  Sources: https://docs.resco.net/wiki/Resco_Forms, https://www.resco.net/inspections/
- Download and sync filters: Offline data is limited to the synchronized local copy, shaped by filters, and Power Apps needs an offline profile with the required tables. Configure filters for one inspector, download, disconnect and check that every record and lookup needed is present. Record what is missing.
  Sources: https://docs.resco.net/wiki/resco-inspections-app, https://docs.resco.net/wiki/Resco_Sync_Engine, https://docs.resco.net/wiki/Resco_Inspections_on_Power_Platform
- Conflict policy decision: Conflict handling is an administrator-selected policy per entity, including manual handling. Edit one record on a device offline and on the server, sync, and check the outcome under each policy you might choose. Document the authoritative source and who resolves manual cases.
  Sources: https://docs.resco.net/wiki/Conflict_resolution
- Published questionnaire behaviour: Rules, validation and JavaScript extensions are documented, and preview can ignore some rules. Publish a real template and test it on the target mobile runtime, including media questions and any Salesforce limitation on images and signatures. Retain the test results with the template version.
  Sources: https://docs.resco.net/wiki/Questionnaire_Designer, https://docs.resco.net/wiki/Business_logic_in_questionnaires
- Offline reports and results export: Mobile reports are generated on the device, with options that differ by backend; the Results Viewer exports selected results to CSV and a read-only OData service exists. Generate a report offline with many photos and compare it with the CSV for the same record. Ask how attachments reach the office.
  Sources: https://docs.resco.net/wiki/Mobile_reports_for_Resco_Inspections, https://docs.resco.net/wiki/Results_Viewer, https://docs.resco.net/wiki/Resco_Forms
- Device security configuration: Local database and attachment stores are encrypted by default, but an administrator can disable database encryption and password handling relies partly on the device. Ask for the intended configuration and check it on a test device. Keep MDM and lost-device procedures with the evaluation file.
  Sources: https://docs.resco.net/wiki/Resco_Mobile_CRM_security

### Capability scope

- Configurable questionnaires [documented]: Forms and questionnaire design support custom field collection; configure the rules for your own workflow. Sources: https://docs.resco.net/wiki/Resco_Forms
- Local offline data [documented]: The Resco app works with a synchronized local copy; record filters affect what is available. Sources: https://docs.resco.net/wiki/resco-inspections-app
- Offline report creation [documented]: The app can create mobile reports from questionnaires while disconnected. Sources: https://docs.resco.net/wiki/resco-inspections-app
- Dynamics, Power Platform and Salesforce integration [conditional]: Product lists these backends; confirm the runtime, data model and license path. Sources: https://www.resco.net/inspections/, https://docs.resco.net/wiki/Resco_Forms
- Power Apps offline setup [conditional]: Requires an offline profile with the necessary tables and an initial download before disconnection. Sources: https://docs.resco.net/wiki/Resco_Inspections_on_Power_Platform
- Salesforce without custom objects [conditional]: Documentation lists restrictions including unsupported binary questions such as images and signatures for this deployment variant. Sources: https://docs.resco.net/wiki/Resco_Forms
- Questionnaire results API [documented]: Documentation identifies a read-only OData v4 service for questionnaire results; do not assume it provides all write operations. Sources: https://docs.resco.net/wiki/Resco_Forms
- Adaptive questionnaires and validation [documented]: Questionnaires support smart visibility, enabled and required states, event-driven no-code rules, commands and JavaScript extensions. Preview can ignore some rules, so validate published templates in the actual mobile runtime before release. Sources: https://docs.resco.net/wiki/Questionnaire_Designer, https://docs.resco.net/wiki/Business_logic_in_questionnaires
- Field media and structured evidence [conditional]: The designer documents image capture, barcode questions, document roundtrip, tagged images and other question components. Storage, device and backend choices affect availability; Salesforce and report-rendering limitations need scenario testing. Sources: https://docs.resco.net/wiki/Questionnaire_Designer
- Synchronization filters and conflicts [conditional]: The sync engine downloads a configured subset of backend data, and concurrent offline or server edits are detected during synchronization. Administrators select an entity-level conflict policy, including manual handling, so the buyer must define authoritative-source and overwrite rules. Sources: https://docs.resco.net/wiki/Resco_Sync_Engine, https://docs.resco.net/wiki/Conflict_resolution
- Results filtering and CSV export [documented]: The browser-based Results Viewer lists completed and in-progress questionnaires, supports filtering and exports selected results to CSV. Confirm permissions, attachment handling, column stability and the downstream reconciliation process. Sources: https://docs.resco.net/wiki/Results_Viewer
- Configurable offline mobile reports [conditional]: Generic, automatic and custom reports can be generated on-device while offline, with PDF and other documented output formats. Report options differ by backend; generic reports limit displayed images and the documented custom-report creation procedure does not work on Salesforce. Sources: https://docs.resco.net/wiki/Mobile_reports_for_Resco_Inspections
- Encrypted local inspection data [conditional]: Resco documents encrypted local database and attachment stores, with encryption enabled by default. A Woodford administrator can disable database encryption, and password storage relies partly on device security; require a hardened configuration and device-management evidence. Sources: https://docs.resco.net/wiki/Resco_Mobile_CRM_security

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Offline equipment inspection with a local report
1. Select the proposed backend and synchronize the asset records and questionnaire onto a test device.
2. Disconnect, complete the questionnaire and generate the required mobile report.
3. Reconnect and reconcile the record, answers and attachments with the backend.

#### Backend and package acceptance check
1. Ask the vendor to name the runtime, field-user package and administrator licenses.
2. Demonstrate the actual photo and signature fields on that backend, including any custom objects needed.
3. Export a result through the agreed interface and document who handles a synchronization failure.

#### Offline conflict and authoritative-record acceptance test
1. Configure the proposed sync filters and download a representative asset, inspection template, history and required attachments to two test devices.
2. Disconnect one device and change the same record independently on the device and backend while completing related questionnaire answers.
3. Reconnect and inspect the configured conflict policy, user prompts, Sync Dashboard evidence and final values on both sides.
4. Repeat for each safety-critical editable table, including attachments and status changes, and document when manual review is mandatory.
5. Verify that records excluded by sync filters cannot silently make the offline inspection incomplete or misleading.

#### Template revision, report and result-governance test
1. Publish a controlled questionnaire with conditional rules, a repeatable group, photo, barcode and signature fields plus an associated report.
2. Start an inspection offline, then issue a revised template and report while the first questionnaire remains in progress.
3. Complete and synchronize both the old in-progress instance and a new instance, checking template or version identity and rule execution.
4. Generate the required offline report and inspect image limits, tagged-image rendering and backend-specific layout differences.
5. Use Results Viewer and the documented results interface to reconcile answers, CSV output, attachments, reviewer identity and downstream actions.

### Product presentations

- [Resco vendor inspection walkthrough](https://www.resco.net/blog/how-to-start-resco-inspections-trial/): Vendor walkthrough with interface examples and a trial setup sequence. Published in 2023, so confirm the current interface and setup steps with the vendor.
- [Questionnaire Designer template list](https://docs.resco.net/wiki/Questionnaire_Designer): Official documentation image of the Questionnaire Designer list with versioning and folder toolbar; sample template names.

### Questions and answers

#### Does Resco Inspections work offline?
The Resco mobile app stores a local copy of synchronized server data and supports disconnected questionnaires and mobile reports. Initial synchronization must complete while connected. Power Apps uses a separate offline setup path, so validate the runtime actually being purchased.

#### How much does Resco Inspections & Audits cost?
The product page lists Ultimate at EUR 50 per user/month. Platform terms specify annual payment upfront, a minimum of 10 licenses and taxes excluded. Administration, backend and implementation costs require a scoped quote.

#### Is Resco Forms the same as Resco Inspections?
The current documentation says Resco Forms was formerly known as Resco Inspections. Inspections & Audits is also used as a solution label. Confirm the exact app, toolset and backend in the proposal instead of treating every Resco offering as one package.

#### Can Resco send inspection data to Dynamics 365 or Salesforce?
Resco documents integration paths for those systems and Power Platform. Capabilities depend on the selected deployment. In particular, the documentation lists photo and signature restrictions for Salesforce inspections without custom objects, so demonstrate the intended architecture.

#### What data is available during a Resco offline inspection?
Only data selected by the app project's sync configuration and successfully downloaded is local. Test assets, history, documents, lookups and attachments needed for the job; offline mode does not imply that the entire backend is present.

#### What happens if the same record changes offline and on the server?
Resco detects synchronization conflicts and lets administrators configure the policy per entity, including manual resolution. Agree authoritative-source and safety-critical review rules before deployment.

#### Can Resco inspection forms adapt to answers?
Yes. Official documentation covers smart properties, no-code rules, commands and JavaScript. Because preview can omit some rule behaviour, acceptance-test the published form in the intended mobile app and version.

#### Can Resco export inspection results?
Results Viewer supports filtering and CSV export, while Resco Forms documents a read-only OData results service. These do not establish a general write API; confirm how downstream corrective actions and updates will be supported.

#### Are offline reports identical across every Resco backend?
No. Resco documents generic, automatic and custom report options, but some layouts and creation paths differ by backend. Generic reports also have image limits. Test the exact Dynamics, Salesforce or Resco Cloud configuration.

#### Is data on a Resco mobile device encrypted?
Resco documents encrypted local database and attachment storage enabled by default, but an administrator can disable database encryption. Security also depends on app passwords, device secure storage, MDM and lost-device procedures.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-20: Added current product identity, Ultimate pricing terms, backend-specific offline limitations and evidence-based demo checks.

### Demo questions

- Which runtime, backend, Resco product, Ultimate field licences and administrator licences are included in the proposal?
- Does the annual 10-licence minimum apply, and which backend, Power Apps or Dynamics licences are additional?
- Which questionnaire generation, app version and report engine will be used, and what migration work applies to future upgrades?
- Show the initial download, sync filters and exact asset, document and history records available to an offline inspector.
- Which conflict policy applies to each editable table, and can a mobile or server change be overwritten without manual review?
- Demonstrate photo, signature, video, barcode, repeatable-group and report behaviour on the exact backend and device estate.
- Which Salesforce limitations apply with and without custom objects, including binary questions and custom report layouts?
- Which Power Apps offline profile tables and relationships are required, and who maintains them when the data model changes?
- Can administrators disable local encryption, and what MDM, app lock, remote lock or wipe and attachment controls are enforced?
- What questionnaire data can the OData results service read, and which supported interface handles writes or downstream actions?
- How are template revisions, in-progress questionnaires and associated reports governed so users do not complete an obsolete form?
- What audit history proves who completed, changed, synchronized, reviewed and approved each result?

### Primary sources

- [Inspections solution and advertised Ultimate rate](https://www.resco.net/inspections/)
- [Current platform pricing and license terms](https://www.resco.net/pricing/mobile-app-development-toolkit/)
- [Mobile application and synchronization](https://docs.resco.net/wiki/resco-inspections-app)
- [Resco Forms identity and integration boundaries](https://docs.resco.net/wiki/Resco_Forms)
- [Power Platform offline setup](https://docs.resco.net/wiki/Resco_Inspections_on_Power_Platform)
- [Vendor trial and walkthrough](https://www.resco.net/blog/how-to-start-resco-inspections-trial/)
- [Questionnaire Designer, question types, media and template controls](https://docs.resco.net/wiki/Questionnaire_Designer)
- [Questionnaire rules, validation and scripting boundaries](https://docs.resco.net/wiki/Business_logic_in_questionnaires)
- [Offline-first synchronization and backend scope](https://docs.resco.net/wiki/Resco_Sync_Engine)
- [Synchronization conflict identification and resolution policies](https://docs.resco.net/wiki/Conflict_resolution)
- [Results Viewer filtering and CSV export](https://docs.resco.net/wiki/Results_Viewer)
- [Offline mobile report formats and backend limitations](https://docs.resco.net/wiki/Mobile_reports_for_Resco_Inspections)
- [Local database, attachment encryption and password controls](https://docs.resco.net/wiki/Resco_Mobile_CRM_security)

## FastField by Quickbase

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/fastfield
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: FastField, FastField Forms, FastField Mobile Forms
FastField is the mobile forms product in the Quickbase portfolio. A FastField subscription does not establish entitlement to a separate Quickbase application or platform subscription.

FastField gives field teams configurable forms for inspections, maintenance visits and job records. Buyers can connect captured evidence with reports and office systems. It is a candidate for organizations that want to design their own operational forms rather than adopt a fixed inspection template.

Best-fit starting point: Maintenance, construction and inspection teams needing configurable mobile evidence capture, especially where Quickbase already manages office records.

Check before buying: Validate each configured workflow and its purchased entitlements. Native mobile offline collection does not establish disconnected browser forms or offline server integrations.

### Pricing

Core and Pro per seat; Enterprise quote. The current annual pricing view lists Core at $24 and Pro at $36 per seat/month. The product pricing display does not explicitly identify a currency code; confirm it in the quote. Bank-remittance currency does not establish the currency of this product price. Enterprise: contact vendor. Confirm the monthly billing rate, taxes, minimum seats and contract terms in the order. External forms are an add-on; premium connections and API access are listed under Pro on the plan cards, but the comparison grid on the same page shows a tick for premium integrations in Pro and Enterprise only (Core shows a dash), while API services and web hooks show ticks in Core, Pro and Enterprise alike; ask FastField which entitlement applies to your plan. A free trial is advertised, but its duration is not established here.

### When the price fits

Worth considering when configurable field records remove repeated transcription and the proposed integration works with your office process. Compare total paid seats and setup effort with the time saved on a representative inspection; the lowest seat price alone does not establish value.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [partial]: The official pricing page confirms Core at $24 and Pro at $36 per seat/month in the annual view, Enterprise custom pricing, plan-specific integration and workflow scope, separately priced external-form packages and an available free trial. The currency code, minimum seats, contract term and trial duration are not stated in the reviewed text, so the review remains partial.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.quickbase.com/fastfield/pricing

### Mobile offline collection and sync

Mobile submissions wait in the Sync folder until connectivity returns. In-progress drafts remain with the original user and app. Forced Work Offline mode suppresses synchronization and updates until switched off. Prepare and inspect the intended forms before departure, then verify server receipt after reconnecting.

Product scope: Configurable mobile forms, evidence capture and field-to-office delivery. Scope external web forms and advanced integrations separately.

Review scope: Research based on official vendor documentation, not hands-on testing. AI-assisted explanatory text may be incomplete and does not replace a demonstration or primary documentation. No user-review testimony or combined rating is supplied.

Trial status: verified-free. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Sync queue and draft ownership: The vendor documents that submitted mobile records wait in a Sync folder and that in-progress drafts stay with the original user and app. In a pilot, complete a form offline, hand the device to a colleague, reconnect and confirm what happens to drafts and queued records. Retain the server receipt for each test record.
  Sources: https://mergemobile.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/203064698-FastField-Mobile-Application-Overview
- Rules and calculations under change: Advanced Rules can show or hide content, calculate and raise alerts across several fields. Ask the vendor to build your most complex checklist rule set, then edit the form and re-run the same test cases. Keep the test sheet as regression evidence for future form changes.
  Sources: https://mergemobile.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/115001003643-Advanced-Rules
- Dispatch and notification design: Tasks can be dispatched with due date, priority, location and prefilled values, but the help article states notifications are not sent to a User Group. Demonstrate your real assignment, reminder and escalation path using named users and external parties, and record who is notified in each case.
  Sources: https://mergemobile.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/360046362732-Dispatch-a-Single-Task
- Review statuses and rejected-form return: Custom statuses and Global Workflow can route a form to reviewers for approved, rejected or on-hold outcomes. Ask who may change each status, test a rejected form returning to the originator, and confirm whether a corrective-action record is part of the plan or must be built by you.
  Sources: https://mergemobile.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/21067685205261-How-to-Create-an-Approval-Workflow, https://www.quickbase.com/fastfield/construction-reporting
- Reports, recipients and failed delivery: Report templates, media evidence and automated delivery are documented. Generate a report from a form with photo markup and GPS data, send it to the intended recipients, and ask what is shown to the administrator if delivery fails. Retain sample PDF or Word output.
  Sources: https://www.quickbase.com/fastfield/report-builder, https://www.quickbase.com/fastfield/features
- Quickbase account model and data flow: Linking to Quickbase requires a choice between SSO and user-token methods, and Direct Post sends data to a private endpoint without downstream custom workflows or integrations. Ask which architecture is assumed in the quote, who owns the integration, and obtain the data-flow diagram for your configuration.
  Sources: https://help.quickbase.com/docs/understand-the-fastfield-integration, https://mergemobile.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/201443965-FastField-System-Data-Flow
- Plan tier and seat boundary: The pricing page places premium connections and API access in Pro and lists Core and Pro per seat. Map the integrations, API use and external web forms you need to a tier, and ask for currency, billing interval, minimum seats and web-form allowances in writing.
  Sources: https://www.quickbase.com/fastfield/pricing, https://www.quickbase.com/fastfield/web-forms

### Capability scope

- Configurable inspection forms [documented]: Custom forms support inspections, audits and checklists. The construction workflow page also describes safety inspections, JSAs and toolbox talks; review the actual field design, routing and approval steps with the intended crew. Sources: https://www.quickbase.com/fastfield/features, https://www.quickbase.com/fastfield/construction-reporting
- Offline submission queue [documented]: The mobile app holds submitted records for synchronization when connectivity returns. Sources: https://mergemobile.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/203064698-FastField-Mobile-Application-Overview
- Draft portability [unsupported]: In-progress forms are not shared across apps or users; plan device handover accordingly. Sources: https://mergemobile.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/203064698-FastField-Mobile-Application-Overview
- Media evidence and reports [documented]: Photo markup, video and audio capture, GPS or timestamp context, PDF or Word templates and automated report delivery are documented. Validate the proposed template, recipients and failed-delivery behavior. Sources: https://www.quickbase.com/fastfield/features, https://www.quickbase.com/fastfield/report-builder
- Quickbase integration [conditional]: SSO linking requires Quickbase accounts; user-token linking offers a different account model. Confirm the chosen method. Sources: https://help.quickbase.com/docs/understand-the-fastfield-integration
- External browser collection [conditional]: Web forms support link-based collection. Do not transfer mobile offline assurances to this channel. Sources: https://www.quickbase.com/fastfield/web-forms
- Advanced connectivity [conditional]: The pricing page plan card places premium connections and API access in Pro, while its comparison grid shows premium integrations ticked in Pro and Enterprise only (a dash for Core) and API services and web hooks ticked in all three plans; confirm the entitlement in writing. Sources: https://www.quickbase.com/fastfield/pricing
- Conditional form logic and calculations [documented]: Advanced Rules can evaluate multiple fields and trigger actions such as showing or hiding content, calculations and alerts without JavaScript. Complex rules still require controlled design and regression testing after form changes. Sources: https://mergemobile.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/115001003643-Advanced-Rules
- Task dispatch with context and prefill [documented]: Administrators can dispatch a form to a user, group or external party with instructions, due date, status, priority, location, notification and prefilled values. Notifications are not sent to a User Group, so demonstrate the actual assignment and escalation design. Sources: https://mergemobile.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/360046362732-Dispatch-a-Single-Task
- Status-driven review and approval [documented]: Custom form statuses and Global Workflow can route a submitted form to reviewers and support approved, rejected or on-hold outcomes. Define who can change each status and test rejected-form return paths rather than assume a preconfigured CAPA process. Sources: https://mergemobile.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/21067685205261-How-to-Create-an-Approval-Workflow
- Reference lists and private data delivery [conditional]: Lookup Lists can preload equipment, vehicle, customer or inventory reference data from CSV/XLSX. Direct Post can send submissions to a private endpoint, but data sent this way cannot use downstream custom workflows and integrations; validate the chosen architecture. Sources: https://mergemobile.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/360046100472-Lookup-Lists, https://mergemobile.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/201443965-FastField-System-Data-Flow

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo: maintenance inspection without coverage
1. Build one equipment checklist with a defect photograph and signature.
2. Prepare the device, disconnect and submit the record.
3. Reconnect and compare the queued submission, server record and exported report.

#### Demo: field finding into Quickbase
1. Choose the SSO or user-token account model with the administrator.
2. Submit one inspection with a deliberately missing required field, then correct it.
3. Check target-field mapping and failure handling before approving rollout.

#### Demo: failed inspection through repair and approval
1. Load an equipment lookup list and prefill asset details in an assigned inspection task.
2. Trigger a failed result using conditional rules and submit supporting evidence.
3. Automatically dispatch a repair form with the asset and defect details to the responsible worker.
4. Return the completed repair for supervisor approval, reject it once, and verify the final status, notifications and report trail.

### Product presentations

- [FastField dashboard: Vehicle Inspection Log](https://www.quickbase.com/fastfield/features): Official vendor image of a FastField dashboard; the page does not label the data as sample.

### Questions and answers

#### Does FastField work without an internet connection?
Its native mobile app supports offline form collection. Use the Sync queue to distinguish a locally submitted record from confirmed server receipt.

#### Can FastField replace a complete EHS management suite?
It can collect configurable safety and inspection records. Ask the vendor to demonstrate your investigation, corrective-action and regulatory workflows before treating it as a complete EHS replacement.

#### Does every FastField user need a Quickbase account?
Not under every connection method. The documented user-token integration differs from Quickbase SSO linking, so select and price the intended setup.

#### What should a small team test before subscribing?
Run one real checklist through disconnected capture, supervisor review and report delivery. Include a lost connection and an unfinished draft in the demonstration.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-20: Expanded official-source coverage for offline queues, draft limitations, pricing and Quickbase integration boundaries.
- 2026-09-20: Currency evidence narrowed: dollar list amounts are retained, but a vendor bank-remittance currency is not treated as proof of the product price currency.
- 2026-09-28: Added official construction-workflow and report-builder sources, clarifying approval routing, evidence context and automated report-delivery checks.
- 2026-10-02: Re-read all 13 sources on 2 October 2026: pricing amounts, offline and draft behaviour, integration methods and help-centre articles still match; no statement changed.

### Demo questions

- Show a disconnected inspection with photos and verify its server receipt after reconnecting.
- Which proposed functions require Pro, add-ons or separate Quickbase licensing?
- Demonstrate what happens to an unfinished draft when a worker changes device.
- Quote paid seats, external submissions and implementation separately.

### Primary sources

- [Current plans and annual list amounts](https://www.quickbase.com/fastfield/pricing)
- [Mobile app and offline behavior](https://mergemobile.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/203064698-FastField-Mobile-Application-Overview)
- [Form, media and reporting features](https://www.quickbase.com/fastfield/features)
- [Quickbase connection methods](https://help.quickbase.com/docs/understand-the-fastfield-integration)
- [External web forms](https://www.quickbase.com/fastfield/web-forms)
- [FastField product scope](https://www.quickbase.com/fastfield)
- [Construction safety forms, routing, dashboards and approvals : checked 28 September 2026](https://www.quickbase.com/fastfield/construction-reporting)
- [Report templates, evidence context and automated delivery : checked 28 September 2026](https://www.quickbase.com/fastfield/report-builder)
- [Advanced form rules, calculations and conditional actions](https://mergemobile.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/115001003643-Advanced-Rules)
- [Task dispatch, recipient, location and prefilled form data](https://mergemobile.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/360046362732-Dispatch-a-Single-Task)
- [Custom-status approval workflow configuration](https://mergemobile.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/21067685205261-How-to-Create-an-Approval-Workflow)
- [Lookup lists for equipment, inventory and reference data](https://mergemobile.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/360046100472-Lookup-Lists)
- [FastField cloud, Direct Post and downstream data-flow boundary](https://mergemobile.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/201443965-FastField-System-Data-Flow)
- [FastField security certifications announcement](https://www.quickbase.com/blog/enhancing-data-and-cloud-security-with-new-certifications-for-fastfield)

## Dashpivot by Sitemate

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/dashpivot
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: Dashpivot, Dashpivot Systems Cloud
Dashpivot is Sitemate's safety, quality and field-record platform. Sitemate Mobile App users and Dashpivot workspace users have different permissions. Flowsite is a separate integration product; do not assume its commercial scope is included.

Dashpivot brings site forms, photographs and approval workflows into a shared field-record system. Construction and industrial teams can assess it for inspection records, site diaries and quality documentation. Review the intended user roles before planning a rollout across employees and contractors.

Best-fit starting point: Construction and industrial project teams coordinating field records between supervisors, workers and external stakeholders.

Check before buying: Offline access is team-scoped, Lite Workspace omits multiple folders and analytics, and some exports, reminders, approval controls and conditional-logic limits vary by plan. Native Analytics uses form-template data and does not report directly on the separate Actions module.

### Pricing

Per-user tiers (Standard, Pro, Premium, Platinum) or Enterprise Unlimited. On 26 September 2026 the pricing page, which opened in EUR with a 1-year term and 11-30 Contributor licences selected, showed Standard EUR 20.88, Pro EUR 36.18, Premium EUR 51.48 and Platinum EUR 66.78 per user/month for Dashpivot Contributors, and EUR 7.74, 9.54 and 11.34 per user/month for paid Sitemate App users on Pro, Premium and Platinum. The page also offers monthly, 2-, 3- and 5-year terms and USD, AUD, ZAR, GBP and CAD; the amount depends on the term, currency and user band selected, so confirm the figure for your selection. Enterprise Unlimited has no user limit and is priced separately; the page notes that additional fees may apply. Visitors are listed as unlimited at no charge on Pro and above. Initial minimums: under 10 employees, none; 10-99, 10 Contributor licenses or the maximum relevant Contributor/Sitemate Paid users; 100-999, 20 Contributors; 1,000+, 30. The pricing FAQ states that personal-email users, such as Gmail accounts, count as Contributors rather than Visitors. Confirm licence increments, workspace fees, Flowsite scope and the cancellation terms for the selected monthly, annual or multi-year contract.

### When the price fits

A useful shortlist option when several site processes can share forms and approvals. Evaluate the total cost for your real workforce roles against time spent preparing and reconciling site records, and confirm that multi-site offline work fits the cache model.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [partial]: On 26 September 2026 the pricing page showed per-user amounts for the selection it opened with (EUR, 1-year term, 11-30 Contributor licences); amounts for other terms, currencies and user bands, and the Enterprise Unlimited price, were not recorded. The minimum-licence rules and user categories are public.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://sitemate.com/software/dashpivot/pricing/

### Team-specific offline cache

The mobile app caches the last opened team: its templates, latest 300 photos and last 30 forms per template. Switching teams offline allows photo capture but not new forms in that team. After reconnection, open the app and keep it open until uploads finish.

Product scope: Dashpivot field forms, project and team folders, approvals, form analytics and the separate Actions module. Confirm Contributor, Visitor, Sitemate App, full-workspace and Flowsite requirements separately.

Review scope: Research based on official vendor documentation, not hands-on testing. AI-assisted explanatory text may be incomplete and does not replace a demonstration or primary documentation. No user-review testimony or combined rating is supplied.

Trial status: verified-free. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Team-scoped offline cache: The app caches the last team opened while connected, including templates, the latest 300 photos and the last 30 forms per template. Test switching teams while offline and capture a form in each team. Record which forms are unavailable and whether uploads complete after reconnection with the app left open.
  Sources: https://help.sitemate.com/en/articles/4719089-how-does-offline-mode-work-on-dashpivot-mobile-app
- Lite Workspace versus full workspace: The 30-day trial starts in a Lite Workspace, while advanced reporting, cross-team navigation and folder-based template workflows need the full workspace. Ask for a full-workspace evaluation configured like your production set-up before judging analytics or template control.
  Sources: https://help.sitemate.com/en/articles/4793411-dashpivot-trial-information, https://help.sitemate.com/en/articles/2563235-dashpivot-introduction-setup-guide
- User types and worker access: Sitemate users submit through links without Dashpivot workspace access, while contributors have broader record and workflow access. Count who in your workforce needs each role, and test what a link-only worker can see and do. Check how the licence count changes the quote.
  Sources: https://help.sitemate.com/en/articles/9788673-sitemate-vs-dashpivot-users-what-s-the-difference, https://sitemate.com/software/dashpivot/pricing/
- Approval signature rules: Custom approval logic is documented for Pro, Premium and Platinum templates, with an exception for the first signature by a Sitemate user. Build your approval chain in the demo, including a rejected path, and retain the signed PDF showing each approver.
  Sources: https://help.sitemate.com/en/articles/8329198-how-to-set-up-approval-signature-logic-in-dashpivot-web
- Form logic and formula limits: Conditional fields are single-layer, so a revealed field cannot trigger another rule, and formulas are not a general spreadsheet engine. Take your most complex inspection and ask the vendor to reproduce it, noting any workaround needed.
  Sources: https://help.sitemate.com/en/articles/5105484-how-to-set-up-conditional-logic-in-yes-no-questions-on-dashpivot-web, https://help.sitemate.com/en/articles/3695027-dashpivot-formulas-overview, https://help.sitemate.com/en/articles/9755435-current-formula-limitations-in-dashpivot
- Actions, analytics and exports: Actions can be assigned and traced to a form, but the Analytics module reports on form data, not Actions. Ask how you will report on overdue actions, and test PDF and CSV bulk export with original photos on the intended plan, since custom fields in PDF filenames are not supported on Standard.
  Sources: https://help.sitemate.com/en/articles/12376497-actions-overview, https://help.sitemate.com/en/articles/2563238-analytics-overview, https://help.sitemate.com/en/articles/3199670-how-to-download-forms-on-dashpivot-web

### Capability scope

- Safety and quality field records [documented]: The product covers configurable records for safety, quality and site reporting. Sources: https://sitemate.com/software/dashpivot/
- Team-scoped offline forms [conditional]: Offline form availability follows the last team opened while connected. Sources: https://help.sitemate.com/en/articles/4719089-how-does-offline-mode-work-on-dashpivot-mobile-app
- Reconnect synchronization [conditional]: Open the app after reconnecting and leave it open until uploads complete. Sources: https://help.sitemate.com/en/articles/4719089-how-does-offline-mode-work-on-dashpivot-mobile-app
- Approval signature controls [conditional]: Custom approval logic is documented for Pro, Premium and Platinum workflow templates. The first approval signature has a Sitemate-user exception. Sources: https://help.sitemate.com/en/articles/8329198-how-to-set-up-approval-signature-logic-in-dashpivot-web
- Worker participation [conditional]: Sitemate users submit via links and lack Dashpivot workspace access; contributors have broader record and workflow access. Sources: https://help.sitemate.com/en/articles/9788673-sitemate-vs-dashpivot-users-what-s-the-difference
- Integrations [conditional]: Review API access and the separate Flowsite integration scope with the vendor. Sources: https://sitemate.com/resources/dashpivot/api/
- Self-service evaluation [documented]: A 30-day trial begins in a Lite Workspace; advanced reporting and cross-team navigation require the full workspace. Sources: https://help.sitemate.com/en/articles/4793411-dashpivot-trial-information
- Reusable form templates and controlled lists [conditional]: Teams can configure form templates and reusable lists, then deploy company-wide templates or folder-specific templates. Project and team folders and the full template-library workflow require the full workspace rather than the self-service Lite Workspace. Sources: https://help.sitemate.com/en/articles/2563235-dashpivot-introduction-setup-guide
- Real-time form analytics [conditional]: Team- and company-level dashboards can use quantity, frequency and ratio charts across one or more form templates. Dashpivot Analytics reports on form data, not the separate Actions module, and full analytics is outside the Lite Workspace. Sources: https://help.sitemate.com/en/articles/2563238-analytics-overview, https://help.sitemate.com/en/articles/4793411-dashpivot-trial-information
- Assigned corrective actions [conditional]: Actions can be created independently or from form fields, assigned and traced to their originating form, and managed through personal views on web or mobile. Expiry-date email reminders require Pro, Premium or Platinum; Actions cannot feed native Analytics dashboards. Sources: https://help.sitemate.com/en/articles/12376497-actions-overview
- PDF, CSV and original-photo exports [conditional]: Forms can be downloaded individually or in bulk as PDF or CSV, with an option to package original photos. Custom fields in PDF filenames are not supported on Standard plans, and some custom filename behavior is location-specific. Sources: https://help.sitemate.com/en/articles/3199670-how-to-download-forms-on-dashpivot-web
- Conditional form fields [conditional]: Yes/No and list responses can reveal additional fields so inspections request evidence only when required. Logic is single-layer: a field revealed by one rule cannot trigger another rule, and plan limits should be confirmed. Sources: https://help.sitemate.com/en/articles/5105484-how-to-set-up-conditional-logic-in-yes-no-questions-on-dashpivot-web
- Calculated form fields [conditional]: Formula cells in default and prefilled tables can perform common arithmetic, totals, time calculations, scoring and pass/fail logic. They are not a general spreadsheet engine; supported functions and formula constraints should be validated against the intended template. Sources: https://help.sitemate.com/en/articles/3695027-dashpivot-formulas-overview, https://help.sitemate.com/en/articles/9755435-current-formula-limitations-in-dashpivot

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo: inspection across two sites
1. Open the intended team online and load a representative inspection.
2. Disconnect, record an inspection, then attempt to switch teams.
3. Reconnect, keep the app open and verify that every record and photo reaches the workspace.

#### Demo: contractor finding and supervisor approval
1. Assign one worker a Sitemate submission link and one supervisor workspace access.
2. Submit a defect and demonstrate the selected approval rule, including its first-signature behavior.
3. Export the completed record and confirm which user types can see or reset each stage.

#### Demo: failed inspection item to corrective-action closure
1. Configure a checklist so a failed Yes/No item conditionally reveals a required evidence field and an Actions field.
2. Complete the inspection on mobile, attach the evidence and assign the resulting action to a responsible person.
3. Verify the assignee, due date and originating-form link in My Actions, then close the task and export the Actions register for reporting.

### Product presentations

- [Official Dashpivot demonstration videos](https://sitemate.com/software/dashpivot/demo/): Vendor demonstrations, not QHSEtech hands-on testing. Check the version and purchased plan against the interface shown.
- [Analytics chart: Daily Report forms by location](https://help.sitemate.com/en/articles/2563238-analytics-overview): Official Sitemate help screenshot of an analytics chart; page does not label data as sample.
- [Analytics chart: pie breakdown by location](https://help.sitemate.com/en/articles/2563238-analytics-overview): Official Sitemate help screenshot of a pie-chart setting; page does not label data as sample.

### Questions and answers

#### Does Dashpivot work offline across every project?
No, its documented cache centers on the last team opened. Use the offline limits above to design a multi-site demonstration before deployment.

#### Can contractors use Dashpivot without paid contributor access?
Some contribution paths use the separate Sitemate App, while external workspace access uses Visitor eligibility rules. Select the role according to the records and notifications the contractor actually needs.

#### Does the Dashpivot trial include the full product?
The documented trial lasts 30 days and starts in a Lite Workspace. Multiple folders, cross-team navigation, reporting and analytics require switching to the full workspace.

#### Is Dashpivot an ESG reporting platform?
Its documented focus is operational safety, quality and field records. Require a separate demonstration of disclosure frameworks, carbon calculations and assurance controls if those are purchase requirements.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-20: Expanded research with team-specific offline limits, licensing boundaries, approval controls and trial scope.
- 2026-09-20: Targeted pricing FAQ review added Visitor eligibility and term-dependent cancellation questions. Full-profile research date remains unchanged.
- 2026-09-26: Recorded the per-user amounts the pricing page showed on 26 September 2026 (EUR 20.88 to 66.78 per Contributor/month for 11-30 users on a 1-year term), replacing the note that no amount was established.

### Demo questions

- Prepare two teams and demonstrate exactly what remains available after disconnecting.
- Which workers need Contributor licenses rather than Sitemate submission-only access?
- Demonstrate approval reset rights and the first-signature exception.
- Quote the license minimum, workspace count, billing currency and integration scope.
- Show whether our required KPIs come from form templates or Actions, and demonstrate the reporting path for both without assuming that Actions feed native Analytics.

### Primary sources

- [Pricing and licensing rules](https://sitemate.com/software/dashpivot/pricing/)
- [Dashpivot product scope](https://sitemate.com/software/dashpivot/)
- [Offline cache and upload limits](https://help.sitemate.com/en/articles/4719089-how-does-offline-mode-work-on-dashpivot-mobile-app)
- [Trial scope and duration](https://help.sitemate.com/en/articles/4793411-dashpivot-trial-information)
- [Approval signature logic](https://help.sitemate.com/en/articles/8329198-how-to-set-up-approval-signature-logic-in-dashpivot-web)
- [Sitemate versus Dashpivot permissions](https://help.sitemate.com/en/articles/9788673-sitemate-vs-dashpivot-users-what-s-the-difference)
- [API and integrations](https://sitemate.com/resources/dashpivot/api/)
- [Official demonstration videos](https://sitemate.com/software/dashpivot/demo/)
- [Workspace, templates, lists and folder setup](https://help.sitemate.com/en/articles/2563235-dashpivot-introduction-setup-guide)
- [Analytics dashboards, chart types and data-source boundaries](https://help.sitemate.com/en/articles/2563238-analytics-overview)
- [Actions assignment, tracking, reminders and reporting boundaries](https://help.sitemate.com/en/articles/12376497-actions-overview)
- [PDF, CSV and original-photo form exports](https://help.sitemate.com/en/articles/3199670-how-to-download-forms-on-dashpivot-web)
- [Conditional form logic and single-layer limitation](https://help.sitemate.com/en/articles/5105484-how-to-set-up-conditional-logic-in-yes-no-questions-on-dashpivot-web)
- [Form calculations and formula scope](https://help.sitemate.com/en/articles/3695027-dashpivot-formulas-overview)
- [Current formula limitations](https://help.sitemate.com/en/articles/9755435-current-formula-limitations-in-dashpivot)
- [Sitemate security page](https://sitemate.com/resources/security/)

## SafetyAmp

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/safetyamp
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: Safety Amp
SafetyAmp is a configurable EHS and quality platform. SitePass contractor workflows and SiteSense energy management should be scoped separately in a proposal; this profile does not treat the full portfolio as included.

SafetyAmp brings forms, actions and reporting into a configurable safety platform. Its documented workflows include photo-supported incident reports, inspection scheduling and contractor qualification. This profile helps buyers separate core workflow needs from selected applications and integration services.

Best-fit starting point: Safety managers replacing separate inspection, incident and action spreadsheets, particularly when consistent workflows across sites matter.

Check before buying: Confirm each required application, integration and deployment service. Mobile availability does not establish offline inspection capture or conflict-safe synchronization.

### Pricing

Annual subscription with selected applications. Champion starts at US$4,800/year for one site and up to 100 employees. Team covers up to 10 sites and 500 employees; its price and Enterprise pricing are not public, contact vendor. Onboarding has a separate one-time fee. Selected applications, contractor management, eLearning content and SSO/HRIS can affect the quote. Annual payment is typical; no minimum seat purchase was established.

### When the price fits

Worth shortlisting when inspection follow-up and incident coordination replace several manual processes. Validate savings against your own reporting workload and full implementation quote; the entry price alone does not establish value for a very small team.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: Public Champion entry pricing verified. Higher tiers, implementation and selected add-on costs require a quote. A free self-service trial was not established.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.safetyamp.com/pricing

### Offline SDS confirmed; inspection sync unverified

The official app page explicitly documents offline safety data sheet access. It does not specify disconnected inspection creation, attachment queues or synchronization conflict handling. Ask for a device-level demonstration before relying on SafetyAmp at sites without a connection.

Product scope: Configurable safety applications, incident workflows, inspections and selected workforce modules.

Review scope: Independent desk research from official vendor documentation, not hands-on testing or a user review. AI-assisted explanatory text may be incomplete and does not replace a demo or primary documentation. No independent reviewer rating or certification is asserted.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Validate the complete incident and inspection lifecycle, including closure evidence and export.
  Sources: https://www.safetyamp.com/features/incident-management-software, https://www.safetyamp.com/features/audits
- Usability & adoption: Observe a frontline worker completing a realistic form and an SDS lookup; vendor mobile claims are not measured usability results.
  Sources: https://www.safetyamp.com/app, https://www.safetyamp.com/features/safety-data-sheets
- Implementation & TCO: Compare the full first-year quote with the administrative workload it would replace.
  Sources: https://www.safetyamp.com/pricing
- Integrations & API: Request a sandbox walkthrough, API documentation and the proposed identity integration scope.
  Sources: https://www.safetyamp.com/platform-overview
- Security & trust: Request current product-level security evidence and role-access controls. Infrastructure certifications are not treated as product certification.
  Sources: https://www.safetyamp.com/platform-overview
- Customer voice: No independently verified review sample is included. Request reference calls from teams with comparable sites and workflow complexity.

### Capability scope

- Custom inspections and scoring [documented]: Build inspection forms with weighted criteria and recurring assignments. Demonstrate one real checklist and its version changes. Sources: https://www.safetyamp.com/features/audits
- Photo-supported incidents [documented]: Record injuries, near misses and unsafe conditions with attachments, configurable stages and root-cause investigation. Sources: https://www.safetyamp.com/features/incident-management-software
- Regulatory incident exports [documented]: The incident module documents OSHA 300, 300A and 301 exports. Buyers remain responsible for recordability decisions and correct inputs. Sources: https://www.safetyamp.com/features/incident-management-software
- Corrective follow-up [documented]: Inspection responses can trigger assigned actions, notifications, reminders and resolution tracking. The reviewed pages do not establish an independent verifier, rejection of weak evidence or effectiveness review after closure; require those steps in the demo. Sources: https://www.safetyamp.com/features/audits
- Offline safety data sheets [conditional]: Offline SDS access is documented in the app. Preparation, refresh behavior and storage controls require verification on the intended devices. Sources: https://www.safetyamp.com/app
- Disconnected inspection synchronization [unverified]: The reviewed product pages do not establish inspection sync guarantees. Do not generalize SDS offline support to all forms.
- Contractor qualification and check-in [conditional]: The contractor product describes document collection, pre-arrival training and kiosk check-in. Confirm the additional module and hardware scope. Sources: https://www.safetyamp.com/features/visitor-contractor-management, https://www.safetyamp.com/pricing
- API and identity integrations [conditional]: API support is listed at platform level. SSO and workforce integrations are package-dependent; confirm endpoints, limits and implementation work. Sources: https://www.safetyamp.com/platform-overview, https://www.safetyamp.com/pricing
- Training assignment and renewal tracking [conditional]: The LMS documents custom courses, SCORM dispatch, online and classroom enrolment, completion reporting, reminders and certification renewals. Learning Management is selected separately and the external course library is a priced add-on; confirm modules, content licences and languages. Sources: https://www.safetyamp.com/features/safety-training-software, https://www.safetyamp.com/pricing
- JSA/JHA risk scoring and mitigation [conditional]: Teams can build a JSA or JHA library, configure risk matrices, compare inherent and residual risk, add photos to job steps and assign mitigation actions. Confirm the selected Risk Assessment application, approval, review cadence and field access. Sources: https://www.safetyamp.com/features/risk-assessments, https://www.safetyamp.com/pricing
- Controlled safety documents and acknowledgements [documented]: Manage revisions, approval paths, access permissions, previews, search and worker acknowledgements for procedures and manuals. Demonstrate superseded-document handling and acknowledgement evidence. Sources: https://www.safetyamp.com/features/document-control-software, https://www.safetyamp.com/pricing
- Role-based EHS dashboards [documented]: Configure leading- and lagging-indicator reports, combine them into dashboards and assign views by role across locations. Validate metric definitions, refresh latency and export controls using buyer sample data. Sources: https://www.safetyamp.com/features/ehs-analytics-dashboards
- Role access and encryption controls [conditional]: The vendor states administrator-configured RBAC plus encryption in transit and at rest. Treat these as vendor disclosures, not independent product certification; request assurance reports, retention, recovery objectives and subprocessor details. Sources: https://www.safetyamp.com/security

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: inspection finding to verified closure
1. Configure one site checklist with a scored failure and a photo requirement.
2. Submit a sample failure and inspect the resulting action and notification.
3. Have another role complete the action and show its closure evidence and reporting.
4. Repeat disconnected, restart the app and inspect the recovery path; record unsupported steps.

#### Demo exercise: contractor readiness before entry
1. Create a test contractor with an insurance document and required site training.
2. Demonstrate approval and rejection paths before arrival.
3. Check the permitted visitor into the proposed kiosk and confirm host notification.
4. Change an expiry or requirement and show how the site team learns of the change.

#### Demo exercise: JSA controls to residual-risk action
1. Create a representative job with sequenced steps, hazards, photos and the buyer's risk matrix.
2. Record inherent risk, apply a control and show the residual-risk calculation.
3. Assign a mitigation action with an owner and due date, then complete it with evidence.
4. Reopen the assessment and show approval, review history and reporting; record any step requiring configuration.

#### Demo exercise: controlled procedure revision and acknowledgement
1. Upload a current procedure, restrict it to one site and create a draft revision.
2. Route the revision through approval without changing the live document.
3. Publish the approved revision and assign acknowledgements to a test workforce group.
4. Show outstanding acknowledgements, the audit trail and how the superseded version is kept from frontline use.

#### Demo exercise: role training and certification renewal
1. Assign a custom or SCORM course to a test employee based on role and location.
2. Complete the course and inspect its certificate and training-history record.
3. Advance the expiry or renewal date and show reminders and re-enrolment behavior.
4. Verify supervisor visibility and export completion evidence; confirm course-library licences separately.

### Product presentations

- [Incident record form with injury heatmap](https://www.safetyamp.com/platform-overview): Official vendor image of an incident record with heatmap and chart; data looks illustrative.
- [EHS analytics dashboard with chart builder](https://www.safetyamp.com/features/ehs-analytics-dashboards): Official vendor image of the analytics dashboard with chart builder; data looks illustrative.

### Questions and answers

#### Does SafetyAmp work offline for safety inspections?
Offline SDS access is documented. Complete disconnected inspections and their synchronization behavior were not established from the reviewed product documentation. Test forms, photos, restart recovery and duplicate handling on your intended devices.

#### How much does SafetyAmp cost for a small safety team?
Champion starts at US$4,800 annually for one site and up to 100 employees. Obtain the application list and onboarding charge in writing. Team and Enterprise pricing is not publicly available, contact vendor.

#### Can SafetyAmp connect incidents with corrective actions?
Its incident module describes configurable stages, notifications, investigation and centralized action items. Ask the vendor to demonstrate assignment, review and closure on a realistic incident. This research does not establish how much administrative time your team would save.

#### Can contractors access safety information without an account?
The SDS product documents QR access to site safety data sheets without a login. This is narrower than anonymous incident reporting or account-free contractor onboarding. Verify authentication and permissions for each separate workflow.

### Demo questions

- Which inspection steps remain available after airplane mode and an app restart?
- Show a photo incident, its investigation, assigned action and closure evidence.
- Which selected applications and implementation services appear in the first-year quote?
- Does the proposed identity integration support our joiner, mover and leaver process?

### Primary sources

- [Pricing documentation](https://www.safetyamp.com/pricing)
- [App documentation](https://www.safetyamp.com/app)
- [Platform documentation](https://www.safetyamp.com/platform-overview)
- [Audits documentation](https://www.safetyamp.com/features/audits)
- [Incident documentation](https://www.safetyamp.com/features/incident-management-software)
- [Contractor documentation](https://www.safetyamp.com/features/visitor-contractor-management)
- [Sds documentation](https://www.safetyamp.com/features/safety-data-sheets)
- [Health documentation](https://www.safetyamp.com/areas/health-safety-software)
- [Demo request, not a verified free trial](https://www.safetyamp.com/demo)
- [Safety training and LMS documentation](https://www.safetyamp.com/features/safety-training-software)
- [Risk assessment and JSA documentation](https://www.safetyamp.com/features/risk-assessments)
- [Document control documentation](https://www.safetyamp.com/features/document-control-software)
- [EHS analytics and dashboards documentation](https://www.safetyamp.com/features/ehs-analytics-dashboards)
- [Platform security disclosures](https://www.safetyamp.com/security)

## Appenate

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/appenate
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: Appenate Mobile Forms, Forms On Fire
Appenate is a configurable mobile app and forms platform. The former Forms On Fire domain now redirects to Appenate and some directories list Appenate as formerly Forms On Fire; this profile covers the Appenate offering and does not assume that reseller or white-label subscriptions have identical terms.

Appenate lets teams build worker-facing mobile applications around their own data and inspection processes. Native apps support field capture, while connectors move completed records into office systems. It suits buyers willing to own form design and workflow configuration.

Best-fit starting point: Maintenance, construction and industrial teams needing custom mobile forms with data flowing to existing business systems.

Check before buying: Offline capability stores field data locally and synchronizes it later; it does not establish that cloud connectors, alerts, AI processing or office approvals operate while disconnected. Appenate is a configurable platform, so buyers own form logic, testing and ongoing administration. Distill, WebForms, white-labeling and hosting options require separate commercial scope.

### Pricing

Per-user Standard, Premium and Pro subscriptions. Standard is USD 20 annually billed per user/month or USD 25 monthly; Premium USD 28 or 35; Pro USD 36 or 45. Annual per-user charges are USD 240, 336 and 432 respectively. Minimum five users. Standard lists 1,500 monthly form submissions; confirm how that allowance is allocated. WebForms, white-labeling, Sync, Distill, Replicate and server hosting are separately quoted. Confirm taxes and regional currency terms.

### When the price fits

Worth shortlisting when custom forms and existing-system connections are central requirements. Compare the five-seat commitment and configuration effort with the cost of a simpler checklist tool before purchasing.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: Public USD rates, billing options and minimum seats were accessible. Optional extensions require a quote.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.appenate.com/pricing/
- https://www.appenate.com/signup/

### Native mobile offline capture and later sync

The vendor documents local mobile data capture followed by synchronization when connectivity returns. Prepare the actual app before a remote visit and verify uploaded records afterward. Public pages reviewed did not establish conflict-resolution rules, retry guarantees, maximum disconnected duration or offline AI behavior; include those in the demonstration.

Product scope: No-code field applications for inspections, maintenance, task dispatch and evidence capture, with native offline forms and plan- or quote-dependent connectors, WebForms, analytics, white-labeling and hosting options. Customers configure and govern their own operational logic.

Review scope: Research based on official vendor documentation, not hands-on testing. AI-assisted explanatory text may be incomplete and does not replace a demonstration or primary documentation. No user-review testimony or combined rating is supplied.

Trial status: verified-free. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Native offline set-up and limits: The vendor documents local capture followed by synchronisation, but public pages do not state conflict rules or maximum disconnected duration. In a pilot, run a full shift offline with photos and audio, reconnect, and verify every record. Ask in writing for retry and conflict behaviour.
  Sources: https://www.appenate.com/blog/offline-data-collection/, https://www.appenate.com/mobile-forms-software/
- Plan tier and minimum seats: Standard, Premium and Pro differ in features such as tasking and dispatch (Premium and above), and a five-user minimum and submission allowance apply. Map your needs to a tier and ask how the monthly submission allowance is counted across users and forms.
  Sources: https://www.appenate.com/pricing/, https://www.appenate.com/signup/
- Separately quoted add-ons: WebForms, Distill, white-labelling and server hosting are quoted separately. Decide which you need for browser submissions without login or for dashboards, and obtain a line-item quote. Do not assume browser forms behave like native offline apps.
  Sources: https://www.appenate.com/pricing/, https://www.appenate.com/features/
- Integration credentials and ownership: Connectors for SharePoint, SQL Server, Power BI and ArcGIS and a REST option are listed. Demonstrate the connector you need with your own credentials, and ask who builds, monitors and supports it and what happens if a push fails.
  Sources: https://www.appenate.com/integrations/, https://www.appenate.com/how-it-works/
- AI-assisted input review: Voice and photo fill are documented, and the AI policy sets human-review expectations. Test with site-specific vocabulary and noise, check every extracted field, and ask which plan allowance and connectivity requirements apply.
  Sources: https://www.appenate.com/ai-features/, https://appenate.com/ai-policy/
- Security, hosting and residency: The DPA describes MFA for personnel, role-based access, encryption and SOC 2 Type II assessment. Request the current assurance report and the hosting and data-residency statement for your region, and test app, folder and administrator permissions in the demo.
  Sources: https://www.appenate.com/dpa/, https://www.appenate.com/hipaa/

### Capability scope

- Custom field applications [documented]: A drag-and-drop builder, repeated data and formulas support tailored inspection forms. Sources: https://www.appenate.com/features/
- Offline native capture [documented]: Native field apps collect locally and synchronize after connection returns; validate the intended setup. Sources: https://www.appenate.com/pricing/, https://www.appenate.com/mobile-forms-software/
- Photo, audio and video evidence [documented]: Forms can capture media, GPS locations, barcodes, QR codes and NFC input. Sources: https://www.appenate.com/features/
- Report delivery [documented]: The vendor describes Word and Excel-based templates and PDF/email delivery. Sources: https://www.appenate.com/mobile-forms-software/
- Office-system integration [documented]: Documented connectors include SharePoint, SQL Server, Power BI and ArcGIS; validate credentials and plan entitlement. Sources: https://www.appenate.com/integrations/
- Job dispatch [conditional]: Tasking and dispatch are listed for Premium and above. Sources: https://www.appenate.com/pricing/
- No-account web submissions [conditional]: WebForms is a separately quoted add-on for browser submissions without login; do not assume native offline behavior. Sources: https://www.appenate.com/pricing/
- AI-assisted form input [conditional]: Voice and photo fill are documented; review extracted fields and confirm plan allowance and connectivity. Sources: https://www.appenate.com/ai-features/
- Conditional forms and data validation [documented]: Forms can use validation and conditional logic to adapt visible fields and guide field users based on entered data. The customer remains responsible for designing, testing and maintaining rules that correctly represent the operational process. Sources: https://www.appenate.com/blog/offline-data-collection/
- Recurring task and dispatch workflows [conditional]: Appenate documents recurring tasks, push notifications, task maps, minimum completion requirements and linking tasks to apps or forms. Tasking and dispatch are plan-dependent, and remote notification or reassignment requires connectivity even when an assigned form remains usable offline. Sources: https://www.appenate.com/ai-features/, https://www.appenate.com/pricing/
- Dashboards and data visualization [conditional]: Appenate describes mapping and enquiry screens plus Distill for combining form, spreadsheet and connected-source data. Distill is separately quoted, so do not assume its dashboards or data preparation are included in a regular mobile-forms subscription. Sources: https://www.appenate.com/ai-features/, https://www.appenate.com/pricing/
- Role-based access and data protection [conditional]: Appenate's DPA describes unique authentication, MFA for authorized personnel, differentiated roles, least-privilege access, encryption in transit and at rest, and SOC 2 Type II assessment. Request the current assurance report and demonstrate customer-configurable app, folder, data and administrator permissions. Sources: https://www.appenate.com/dpa/
- White-label deployment [conditional]: App as a Service and Website as a Service support branded deployments and reseller models. These options are separately quoted, and the Website as a Service model makes the reseller responsible for customer support and billing. Sources: https://www.appenate.com/how-it-works/, https://www.appenate.com/pricing/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo request: disconnected equipment inspection
1. Configure required evidence, an asset identifier and a failed-check branch.
2. Load the app, disconnect, complete the inspection and attach media.
3. Reconnect, verify the server record and inspect interrupted-upload recovery.

#### Demo request: inspection-to-office handover
1. Map a sample inspection to the intended SharePoint or database destination.
2. Submit a failed check and inspect the generated report and notification.
3. Simulate destination rejection and demonstrate administrator recovery.

#### Demo request: dispatched inspection to reviewed office record
1. Create a recurring task linked to an inspection form with conditional failure fields, required evidence and minimum completion rules.
2. Dispatch it with a push notification, disconnect the device and complete the form with media and signature.
3. Reconnect and verify task status, server receipt, generated report and delivery to the intended connector.
4. Reject or correct an incomplete submission through the proposed office workflow and inspect the retained original evidence and timestamps.

### Product presentations

- [Mobile app screens: forms, app list and charts](https://www.appenate.com/mobile-forms-software/): Official vendor image of Appenate app screens with inspection forms and charts; sample apps.

### Questions and answers

#### Can Appenate run inspections without cell service?
Appenate documents offline collection in its native apps with synchronization after reconnection. Demonstrate the complete form, media upload and receipt confirmation on the devices your team uses.

#### Can contractors submit Appenate forms without an account?
The optional WebForms offering allows browser submissions without login. Request its price and access controls separately, and verify the intended contractor workflow.

#### Does Appenate connect inspection records to existing systems?
The vendor lists built-in connectors and a REST API. Ask for a working example against your own target system, including failed-delivery handling and the purchased connector entitlement.

#### Can we try Appenate before buying?
The signup page advertises a 15-day trial without a credit card. Use it to test a representative field workflow and quantify administration effort, rather than treating a template demonstration as proof of fit.

#### Do Appenate integrations run while a device is offline?
The native app can retain form data locally and synchronize it when connectivity returns. That does not mean cloud connectors, notifications, AI processing or destination-system updates occur during the outage; demonstrate their post-sync behavior.

#### Can Appenate AI approve a safety-critical form?
Appenate's own AI policy says users must not rely solely on AI outputs for critical safety sign-offs, legal decisions or engineering approvals. Keep a qualified human review in the workflow.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-20: Added sourced pricing, minimum-seat context, offline verification boundaries and buyer demonstration scenarios.
- 2026-09-29: Expanded the buyer evidence with conditional logic, task dispatch, analytics, data-protection, white-label and AI-governance boundaries from official Appenate sources.

### Demo questions

- Demonstrate a disconnected inspection with photos and its successful server receipt.
- What happens after an interrupted upload or conflicting edit?
- Which connectors and external-user submissions are included in the proposed quote?
- Who will maintain forms, permissions and report templates after launch?
- Which task, notification, connector and report actions wait until a disconnected device synchronizes?
- How are conflicting edits, interrupted media uploads, duplicates and rejected connector deliveries surfaced and recovered?
- Is Distill included, and which source systems, refresh schedules and data transformations are in scope?
- Demonstrate the exact app, folder, record and administrator permissions used to isolate customer or project data.
- Which current SOC 2 report and hosting region apply to our tenant and subprocessors?
- Who owns validation of conditional safety logic after forms or source systems change?
- Which AI features require connectivity, and how is qualified human review enforced for safety-critical output?

### Primary sources

- [Pricing and paid-plan boundaries](https://www.appenate.com/pricing/)
- [Device fields and app features](https://www.appenate.com/features/)
- [Connectors and REST integration](https://www.appenate.com/integrations/)
- [Mobile capture and report output](https://www.appenate.com/mobile-forms-software/)
- [Trial and minimum seats](https://www.appenate.com/signup/)
- [AI feature scope](https://www.appenate.com/ai-features/)
- [End-to-end app, tasking and data-flow overview](https://www.appenate.com/how-it-works/)
- [Offline storage, synchronization and validation](https://www.appenate.com/blog/offline-data-collection/)
- [Data-processing and security controls](https://www.appenate.com/dpa/)
- [AI governance and human-review requirements](https://appenate.com/ai-policy/)
- [Sensitive-data, hosting and data-residency scope](https://www.appenate.com/hipaa/)

## Kizeo Forms

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/kizeo-forms
Sources checked: 2026-10-10
Also known as: Kizeo
Kizeo Forms is the configurable mobile forms product from Kizeo. This profile covers its field-data workflows, not an assumed preconfigured enterprise EHS or ESG suite.

Kizeo Forms converts field checklists into configurable mobile forms for inspections, incidents and maintenance. Teams can collect evidence and create reports from submitted records. Its form-based approach suits organizations that need to retain their own process structure.

Best-fit starting point: Small and midsize field teams standardizing paper inspections, service reports and safety observations.

Check before buying: Validate workflow ownership and reporting requirements beyond data capture. Do not infer offline AI processing or guaranteed synchronization recovery from a general offline feature statement.

### Pricing

Smart and Business per-user subscriptions. The US page lists Smart at USD 18 per user/month with annual billing or USD 25 monthly, and Business at USD 28 annually billed or USD 40 monthly. All users in one account must use the same plan. Smart includes offline access and API; Business adds AI voice/photo entry and BI features. A minimum paid-seat quantity and tax treatment were not established on the reviewed page; request confirmation. Other regions may use different currencies and rates.

### When the price fits

A useful shortlist candidate when a team needs tailored inspections and repeatable reports. Compare Smart against the actual need for Business features and budget for the account-wide upgrade if only some workers need advanced input.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-02 [verified]: US Smart and Business public amounts and account-wide plan rule were checked. Confirm regional terms and minimum seats in the quote.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.kizeo-forms.com/en/us/pricing/

### Mobile offline forms and automatic reconnection sync

The mobile app stores entered data locally and synchronizes when the network returns. The vendor explicitly includes photos, signatures, comments and geolocation in offline collection. Preload and test the required forms before travel; conflict resolution, queue limits, device-loss recovery and offline AI were not established by the reviewed documentation.

Product scope: Custom inspection forms, mobile evidence, reports and connected workflows; buyers define the QHSE process and ownership.

Review scope: Research based on official vendor documentation, not hands-on testing. AI-assisted explanatory text may be incomplete and does not replace a demonstration or primary documentation. No user-review testimony or combined rating is supplied.

Trial status: verified-free. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Offline collection and first connection: Offline collection includes photos, signatures, comments and geolocation, and the support article covers initial connection and pending submissions. Install on a clean device, preload forms, go offline for a full round and confirm receipt. Ask about queue limits and device-loss recovery, which were not established.
  Sources: https://www.kizeo-forms.com/en/ca/our-solution/collect-efficiently/offline-data-collection/, https://support.kizeo.com/en/articles/11600957-offline-forms-a-considerable-asset
- Supervisor validation design: Validation is documented as a configurable pattern using user fields, visibility, signatures, rights and transfer, not a prebuilt safety module. Build your real routing, including reassignment when the manager is absent and a rejection path, and retain the audit evidence it produces.
  Sources: https://support.kizeo.com/en/articles/11600831-how-to-set-up-form-validation-on-kizeo-forms, https://support.kizeo.com/en/articles/11468687-managing-form-access-rights
- Smart versus Business plan boundary: All users in an account share one plan, Smart lists offline and API, and Business adds AI voice and photo entry and BI features. Identify which features your rollout needs and ask about minimum seats and tax, which the reviewed page did not establish.
  Sources: https://www.kizeo-forms.com/en/us/pricing/
- Report generation and delivery: PDF, Word and Excel reports can include media and signatures and be sent automatically, with offline records reported after synchronisation. Test a template with your branding, confirm recipients, and ask how failed delivery and retention are handled.
  Sources: https://www.kizeo-forms.com/en/us/our-solution/analyse-and-decide/automated-reports/, https://www.kizeo-forms.com/en/us/our-solution/collect-efficiently/custom-forms/
- Webhooks and API operations: Webhooks can fire on transfer, receipt, modification and other events with conditions, and a token-authenticated REST API is described. Ask about authentication, retries, duplicate handling and monitoring, as no delivery guarantee was established, and test against a non-production target.
  Sources: https://support.kizeo.com/en/articles/11582807-unlocking-the-power-of-kizeo-forms-with-webhooks, https://www.kizeo-forms.com/en/our-solution/integrations/
- AI voice input and language coverage: The voice workflow fills fields for user review, and the reviewed material did not establish offline AI processing. Test each required language in realistic noise, check every populated field, and confirm the Business entitlement before relying on it.
  Sources: https://www.kizeo-forms.com/en/us/our-solution/collect-efficiently/ai-assisted-data-entry/ai-voice-input/, https://www.kizeo-forms.com/en/us/pricing/

### Capability scope

- Custom safety forms [documented]: Required fields, visibility conditions, calculations and repeated tables allow an organization to configure its own checklist. Sources: https://www.kizeo-forms.com/en/us/our-solution/collect-efficiently/custom-forms/
- Offline evidence collection [documented]: Mobile forms can capture photos, signatures, comments and geolocation while disconnected, then synchronize later. Sources: https://www.kizeo-forms.com/en/ca/our-solution/collect-efficiently/offline-data-collection/
- Reports from field records [documented]: PDF, Word and Excel outputs can include captured media, signatures and geolocation and can be sent automatically to defined recipients. Offline records generate their report after synchronization; validate templates, recipients, retention and failed-delivery handling. Sources: https://www.kizeo-forms.com/en/us/our-solution/collect-efficiently/custom-forms/, https://www.kizeo-forms.com/en/us/our-solution/analyse-and-decide/automated-reports/
- Safety observations [documented]: The vendor positions the app for mobile hazard and safety reporting; assess the configured follow-up process. Sources: https://www.kizeo-forms.com/en/business-forms/work-safety-app/
- Multilingual app [documented]: A multilingual interface is included in the Smart plan listing; verify each required language and form translation separately. Sources: https://www.kizeo-forms.com/en/us/pricing/
- AI voice input [conditional]: The voice workflow populates fields for user review. Business entitlement and actual language/noise performance need validation. Sources: https://www.kizeo-forms.com/en/us/our-solution/collect-efficiently/ai-assisted-data-entry/ai-voice-input/, https://www.kizeo-forms.com/en/us/pricing/
- Integration and API [conditional]: The vendor describes token-authenticated REST API access plus FTP, DocuSign, Dropbox, Zapier and CRM or ERP connection paths. Smart lists integrations and API; Business adds broader native integration and BI connectivity. Confirm target-system entitlement, direction, error handling and implementation ownership. Sources: https://www.kizeo-forms.com/en/us/pricing/, https://www.kizeo-forms.com/en/our-solution/integrations/
- Offline AI processing [unverified]: Reviewed material did not establish that voice interpretation or other AI services run disconnected.
- Routed supervisor validation [documented]: Kizeo documents a configurable pattern using user fields, visibility, signatures, rights and transfer rules so field users route a record to an eligible manager. It is not a prebuilt safety module; validate recipients, reassignment, rejection and audit evidence. Sources: https://support.kizeo.com/en/articles/11600831-how-to-set-up-form-validation-on-kizeo-forms, https://support.kizeo.com/en/articles/11468687-managing-form-access-rights
- Reusable controlled-choice lists [documented]: External lists can be reused and configured as hierarchical, referential, coded or user-filtered, with selections populating related fields. This does not establish formal master-data governance or immutable version history. Sources: https://support.kizeo.com/en/articles/11503176-understanding-external-lists
- Event-driven webhooks [conditional]: Webhooks can send configured requests for transfer, receipt, recording, modification and web-deletion events with conditions. Confirm authentication, payload minimisation, allow-listing, retries, duplicate handling and monitoring; no delivery guarantee was established. Sources: https://support.kizeo.com/en/articles/11582807-unlocking-the-power-of-kizeo-forms-with-webhooks
- Data hosting and GDPR statement [conditional]: The US pricing page says data is hosted in Europe, and its FAQ says data is encrypted, stored in Europe and GDPR-compliant. These are vendor statements, not a reviewed audit or certificate; for a US or other non-EU account, ask Kizeo to confirm in writing the hosting region, subprocessors and data-processing terms that apply to your contract. Sources: https://www.kizeo-forms.com/en/us/pricing/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo request: warehouse safety round
1. Build a short checklist with a required photo for a failed check.
2. Complete it without connectivity and then reconnect.
3. Verify the uploaded evidence and a usable supervisor report.

#### Demo request: voice-assisted maintenance record
1. Dictate a realistic observation using the crew language and typical background noise.
2. Review and correct extracted fields before submission.
3. Compare the final report with the original observation and confirm manual-entry fallback.

#### Demo request: routed hazard review and downstream handoff
1. Configure a field-user group with transfer-only access and a site-matched supervisor who can receive the record.
2. Submit a realistic hazard record and verify supervisor-only review and signature fields appear to the correct recipient.
3. Approve or modify the record and confirm the intended webhook event reaches a test endpoint once with only required data.
4. Exercise rejection, reassignment and endpoint failure and identify retained audit evidence and manual recovery.

### Product presentations

- [External list editor in Kizeo Forms](https://support.kizeo.com/en/articles/11503176-understanding-external-lists): Official vendor help-centre image of the list editor with a five-item sample list; sample data.
- [Form list field linked to an external list](https://support.kizeo.com/en/articles/11503176-understanding-external-lists): Official vendor help-centre image of a form list field set to use an external list; sample data.

### Questions and answers

#### Does Kizeo Forms work without an internet connection?
Kizeo documents local mobile capture with automatic synchronization when connectivity returns. Photos, signatures and geolocation are included in that description; test upload completion and recovery with your real form.

#### Can Kizeo Forms help workers report hazards by voice?
Its AI voice input can populate form fields from spoken observations and supports user review. Verify required languages, background noise, connectivity and the Business plan entitlement during a trial.

#### Can Kizeo Forms replace our paper safety checklist?
The form builder supports required fields, visibility rules, calculations and evidence capture. Recreate one short checklist first and observe whether a worker can complete it without help.

#### Does Kizeo Forms provide a free trial?
A 15-day trial without a credit card is advertised, with up to ten trial users. Use it to test capture, supervision and report delivery before choosing the account plan.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-20: Added current US plan comparison, mobile offline scope, AI limitations and buyer demonstration scenarios.
- 2026-09-28: Added official automated-report and integration evidence, including post-sync report generation and explicit buyer checks for delivery failures and API entitlement.

### Demo questions

- Show offline capture and successful synchronization after an interrupted connection.
- Can the proposed account mix user roles without buying unused advanced features?
- Demonstrate report output and delivery to our existing record system.
- How are AI-generated values reviewed and corrected before submission?

### Primary sources

- [US pricing and subscription rules](https://www.kizeo-forms.com/en/us/pricing/)
- [Offline collection scope](https://www.kizeo-forms.com/en/ca/our-solution/collect-efficiently/offline-data-collection/)
- [Custom fields and business rules](https://www.kizeo-forms.com/en/us/our-solution/collect-efficiently/custom-forms/)
- [Voice entry and review workflow](https://www.kizeo-forms.com/en/us/our-solution/collect-efficiently/ai-assisted-data-entry/ai-voice-input/)
- [Safety reporting use case](https://www.kizeo-forms.com/en/business-forms/work-safety-app/)
- [Initial connection and pending submissions](https://support.kizeo.com/en/articles/11600957-offline-forms-a-considerable-asset)
- [Automated PDF, Word and Excel reports and delivery : checked 28 September 2026](https://www.kizeo-forms.com/en/us/our-solution/analyse-and-decide/automated-reports/)
- [REST API and third-party integration options : checked 28 September 2026](https://www.kizeo-forms.com/en/our-solution/integrations/)
- [Supervisor validation with user fields, visibility and routed transfer : checked 29 September 2026](https://support.kizeo.com/en/articles/11600831-how-to-set-up-form-validation-on-kizeo-forms)
- [Form access rights, group roles and data-transfer prerequisites : checked 29 September 2026](https://support.kizeo.com/en/articles/11468687-managing-form-access-rights)
- [Reusable hierarchical, referential and filtered external lists : checked 29 September 2026](https://support.kizeo.com/en/articles/11503176-understanding-external-lists)
- [Webhook events and conditional sending : checked 29 September 2026](https://support.kizeo.com/en/articles/11582807-unlocking-the-power-of-kizeo-forms-with-webhooks)

## Qooling

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/qooling
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: Qooling QHSE
Qooling combines quality and safety management workflows. Qooling Connect describes the integration offering; confirm its entitlement separately from core user access.

Qooling is a candidate for organizations replacing fragmented QHSE records. This research focuses on the path from frontline capture to accountable follow-up, with explicit questions about implementation and disconnected use.

Best-fit starting point: Quality and safety teams that need a shared operating process across offices and field sites.

Check before buying: Test your approval and access model before purchasing. A documented feature list does not establish how well a configured workflow will suit your organization.

### Pricing

Monthly or annual subscription, contact vendor. Price and currency are not publicly specified on the reviewed plans page. Starter, Advanced and Enterprise are listed. The billing FAQ describes monthly and annual subscriptions, with added annual licences prorated to contract end. Implementation is excluded from subscription. Confirm licence minimums, tax, integration entitlement and first-year services in the quote. The pricing page states that cancellation requires notice one month before contract expiry; confirm the applicable signed terms.

### When the price fits

Worth shortlisting when a shared process would replace repeated re-entry across separate quality and safety records. Estimate that workload first, then compare the full deployment quote with a smaller forms-only option.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: Official plans and billing terms accessed. No numeric price, currency or minimum licence count verified; a free demo is available, but a self-service free trial was not established.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://qooling.com/pricing-plans/
- https://qooling.com/demo/

### Offline forms documented; sync limits require demo

The inspection module explicitly supports offline checklists and forms. This does not establish offline availability for every module. Ask the vendor to show initial download, photos, app restart, version changes and conflict recovery on the intended device.

Product scope: Configurable QHSE records, inspections and controlled procedures.

Review scope: Independent desk research from official vendor documentation, not hands-on testing or a user review. AI-assisted explanatory copy may be incomplete and does not replace a vendor demo or primary documentation. No independent reviewer rating or certification is asserted.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Run one cross-team exception from capture to closure and inspect accountability.
  Sources: https://qooling.com/solutions/qhse-solution/
- Usability & adoption: Observe your own frontline staff performing a representative task without coaching.
  Sources: https://qooling.com/qhse-solutions/product-modules/inspection-checks/
- Implementation & TCO: Budget data preparation, configuration ownership and training as well as subscription.
  Sources: https://qooling.com/onboarding/, https://qooling.com/pricing-plans/
- Integrations & API: Specify the records, direction, frequency and failure recovery for each connection.
  Sources: https://qooling.com/api-integration/
- Security & trust: Request current security evidence and test least-privilege access; no certification is inferred here.
  Sources: https://qooling.com/solutions/qhse-solution/
- Customer voice: No independently verified review sample is included. Seek comparable customer references.

### Capability scope

- Incident-to-CAPA follow-up [documented]: Qooling describes incident reporting, investigation, root-cause analysis and CAPA tasks with progress tracking and completion verification. Demonstrate reviewer roles, rejection of weak evidence and the retained link from incident to action. Sources: https://qooling.com/features/incident-management/, https://qooling.com/solutions/qhse-solution/
- Mobile issue capture [documented]: Photo-based nonconformity reporting is described. Sources: https://qooling.com/solutions/qhse-solution/
- Controlled procedures [documented]: Version control, flowcharts and department access are documented. Sources: https://qooling.com/solutions/qhse-solution/
- Audit and action coordination [documented]: Audit planning and CAPA due-date tracking are listed. Sources: https://qooling.com/solutions/qhse-solution/
- Equipment records [documented]: Maintenance history and inspection notifications are described. Sources: https://qooling.com/solutions/qhse-solution/
- Disconnected inspection forms [conditional]: Offline checklists and forms are documented. Verify preparation, attachments and recovery; no all-module offline guarantee is asserted. Sources: https://qooling.com/qhse-solutions/product-modules/inspection-checks/
- Form follow-up [documented]: Completed forms can trigger tasks. Confirm escalation and closure configuration. Sources: https://qooling.com/qhse-solutions/product-modules/inspection-checks/
- API and identity connections [conditional]: Qooling Connect lists Okta, Azure AD, AFAS, FileMaker Pro and Salesforce examples plus a custom API. Ask which connectors, permissions and service work are included. Sources: https://qooling.com/api-integration/
- Implementation support [documented]: Vendor onboarding covers planning, configuration and user training. This is a project process, not a verified deployment-time promise. Sources: https://qooling.com/onboarding/
- Risk registers and control follow-up [documented]: Qooling describes risk registers, mobile assessment, control-efficiency assessment and dashboards. The scoring method, approval model and library governance require demonstration with the buyer's matrix. Sources: https://qooling.com/solutions/safety-management-solutions/risk-management/
- Training and toolbox-meeting records [documented]: The e-learning module describes courses, completion tracking, reminders, assessments, hybrid toolbox meetings and external learners. Confirm licensing, retention and required learning standards; none is inferred. Sources: https://qooling.com/qhse-solutions/product-modules/e-learning/
- Supplier qualification and corrective follow-up [conditional]: A vendor use case describes supplier profiles, certifications, audits, scorecards, expiry alerts and corrective actions. Validate this workflow and entitlement rather than assuming a packaged module in every plan. Sources: https://qooling.com/use-case/supplier-management/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: disconnected inspection to action
1. Prepare a representative form and download required data.
2. Disconnect, record a failed check with a photo and restart the app.
3. Reconnect and inspect submission status, duplicates and assigned work.
4. Change the template on another device and repeat to expose version conflicts.

#### Demo exercise: procedure change across departments
1. Upload a sample work instruction with two departments having different access.
2. Revise it and demonstrate review and publication permissions.
3. Open the procedure from an ordinary user account and test access to the previous version.
4. Export the evidence needed for your internal audit and assess whether anything is missing.

#### Demo exercise: risk assessment to verified control
1. Create a representative hazard in the mobile workflow and score it with the buyer's matrix.
2. Assign a control and owner, then record residual risk and required evidence.
3. Make the action overdue and inspect reminders, escalation, dashboard status and history.
4. Have an independent reviewer reject weak evidence, approve the revision and export the audit trail.

### Product presentations

- [Issues analytics dashboard](https://qooling.com/solutions/qhse-solution/): Official Qooling product-page image of an issues dashboard; page gives no sample-data label.
- [Built-in flowchart editor for procedures](https://qooling.com/solutions/qhse-solution/): Official Qooling product-page image of the flowchart editor; page gives no sample-data label.

### Questions and answers

#### Does Qooling work offline for inspections?
The official inspection page says its forms and checklists can be used offline. Public evidence does not settle conflict resolution or whether every attachment and field works disconnected. Validate these against a real checklist before selecting it for remote work.

#### How much does Qooling cost?
Current numeric pricing was not established from the official plans page, contact vendor. Request a role-by-role quotation and implementation costs instead of treating older aggregator prices as current offers.

#### Can Qooling connect with our existing systems?
Qooling Connect documents an API and several named business and identity connections. Availability in your plan, endpoint coverage and ongoing maintenance need written confirmation. An integration listing does not demonstrate compatibility with your own configuration.

#### Is Qooling a free trial or a guided demo?
The official site offers a guided demo. A time-limited self-service trial was not verified. Ask for a sandbox with realistic roles and sample records if hands-on evaluation is required.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-20: Targeted pricing FAQ review added the published cancellation-notice condition. Full-profile research date remains unchanged.

### Demo questions

- Which roles and licences are needed for administrators, frontline contributors and external auditors?
- What happens to a saved form if its template changes while the device is disconnected?
- Show the full first-year subscription, implementation and integration quote.
- Demonstrate a failed integration retry and the audit trail it leaves.

### Primary sources

- [Plans and payment terms](https://qooling.com/pricing-plans/)
- [QHSE product scope](https://qooling.com/solutions/qhse-solution/)
- [Offline inspections and checks](https://qooling.com/qhse-solutions/product-modules/inspection-checks/)
- [Qooling Connect integrations](https://qooling.com/api-integration/)
- [Onboarding process](https://qooling.com/onboarding/)
- [Guided demo](https://qooling.com/demo/)
- [Incident investigation, CAPA and completion verification — checked 28 September 2026](https://qooling.com/features/incident-management/)
- [Audit planning, evidence, reporting and follow-up — checked 29 September 2026](https://qooling.com/features/auditmanagement/)
- [CAPA assignment, root-cause methods, analytics and effectiveness follow-up — checked 29 September 2026](https://qooling.com/features/capa-management/)
- [Risk registers, controls and mobile risk assessment — checked 29 September 2026](https://qooling.com/solutions/safety-management-solutions/risk-management/)
- [E-learning, toolbox meetings and completion records — checked 29 September 2026](https://qooling.com/qhse-solutions/product-modules/e-learning/)
- [Supplier records, scorecards, expiry alerts and corrective actions — checked 29 September 2026](https://qooling.com/use-case/supplier-management/)
- [Qooling ISO 27001 certification page](https://qooling.com/iso-27001-certified/)

## Mango QHSE

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/mango-qhse
Sources checked: 2026-10-11
Also known as: Mango, Mango Live
Mango is presented within the EcoOnline partner ecosystem. This profile covers Mango QHSE and does not assume that other EcoOnline products or integrations are included.

Mango is a candidate for organizations coordinating several management-system processes with a small central team. Its module documentation gives buyers concrete workflows to evaluate, while pricing and technical interfaces require a direct conversation.

Best-fit starting point: Organizations seeking a common workflow for quality findings, safety incidents and environmental follow-up.

Check before buying: Unlimited user access is not the same as a price unaffected by workforce size. Verify the applicable quotation, subscription terms, implementation services and technical interfaces.

### Pricing

Quoted subscription with workforce bands. Numeric price, currency and minimum charge are not publicly available, contact vendor. The published EULA describes monthly renewal, employee plus approved third-party bands, 50 GB included storage and a 5% annual increase. These are document-specific terms, not a universal offer; confirm their applicability with the vendor and obtain the governing terms and quote. Include implementation, additional storage and support.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating when several departments need a shared follow-up process and broad participation. Compare the full quoted cost with the time spent administering separate tools, and test whether simpler inspection software would meet the actual requirement.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-09-20 [verified]: Official product and public EULA accessed. Pricing remains quote-only. Published workforce-band terms qualify the unlimited-user marketing claim; confirm the terms applicable to the proposed contract. A free software trial was not verified.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.mangolive.com/
- https://www.mangolive.com/mango-end-user-agreement
- https://www.mangolive.com/demo-request-mango-qhse-software

### Offline mobile app documented; sync limits require demo

The Mango QHSE App explicitly supports online and offline use for its documented mobile workflows. The reviewed page does not specify pre-download rules, attachment limits or conflict recovery. Do not infer that the complete browser-based system works disconnected.

Product scope: Integrated quality, safety and environmental management records with a mobile app.

Review scope: Independent desk research from official vendor documentation, not hands-on testing or a user review. AI-assisted explanatory copy may be incomplete and does not replace a vendor demo or primary documentation. No independent reviewer rating or certification is asserted.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Test whether evidence remains connected as responsibility passes between teams.
  Sources: https://www.mangolive.com/audit-inspection-software-qhse-compliance, https://www.mangolive.com/improvements-software-qhse-compliance
- Usability & adoption: Use an actual frontline device and observe entry errors and recovery during the demo.
  Sources: https://www.mangolive.com/mango-qhse-app
- Implementation & TCO: Confirm migration, training and partner responsibilities as separate deliverables.
  Sources: https://www.mangolive.com/partner-v2, https://www.mangolive.com/mango-end-user-agreement
- Integrations & API: Request technical documentation and a sample data exchange before budgeting integration work.
  Sources: https://www.mangolive.com/environmental-incidents-management-software-qhse-compliance-0
- Security & trust: Request current assurance documents, retention rules and role-access controls; this profile does not certify suitability.
  Sources: https://www.mangolive.com/
- Customer voice: No independently verified review sample is included. Request references matching your sector and workforce size.

### Capability scope

- Integrated QHSE module set [conditional]: Mango presents quality, occupational safety and environmental processes in one account and links audits, incidents, improvements and documents across modules. Confirm the contracted modules, record relationships and whether specialist occupational-health or carbon-accounting depth is required. Sources: https://www.mangolive.com/qhse-software, https://www.mangolive.com/
- Inspection design and scheduling [documented]: Custom questions, weighting, recurring schedules and overdue escalation are described. Sources: https://www.mangolive.com/audit-inspection-software-qhse-compliance
- Finding to improvement [documented]: An audit nonconformance can create an improvement activity. Test retained context and closure permissions. Sources: https://www.mangolive.com/audit-inspection-software-qhse-compliance
- Investigation stages [documented]: Audit findings can move into the Improvement module, whose configurable stages include investigation, corrective action, verification and close-off. The vendor states that an administrator has the final say on whether corrective action is sufficient or needs further work. Sources: https://www.mangolive.com/improvements-software-qhse-compliance, https://www.mangolive.com/audit-inspection-software-qhse-compliance
- Supplier and contractor audit requirements [documented]: The Supplier Management module describes managing compliance and audit requirements for suppliers and subcontractors. Confirm questionnaires, portal access, evidence review and whether this module is included in the quote. Sources: https://www.mangolive.com/supplier-management-software-qhse-compliance
- Controlled documents [documented]: Document sign-off, restricted access and centrally updated manuals are described. Sources: https://www.mangolive.com/document-management-software-qhse-compliance
- Incident evidence [documented]: Accident and near-miss workflows include photos, files and multiple investigators. Sources: https://www.mangolive.com/accidents-incidents-management-software-qhse-compliance
- Offline app use [conditional]: Offline mobile access is documented, but preloading, queued attachments and conflict behavior require testing. Sources: https://www.mangolive.com/mango-qhse-app
- Environmental follow-up [documented]: Environmental records can include remediation and links to risk, improvement or accident workflows. This is not evidence of full carbon accounting or ESG disclosure coverage. Sources: https://www.mangolive.com/environmental-incidents-management-software-qhse-compliance-0
- External integrations [unverified]: Internal module links are documented. The reviewed sources do not establish a public API contract, connector list, authentication or rate limits for external integrations.

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: failed inspection to verified improvement
1. Build one site inspection with a weighted failure and supporting photo.
2. Record a nonconformance and inspect the resulting improvement activity.
3. Assign investigation, corrective action and a separate verifier.
4. Test overdue escalation, rejected closure and an export retaining the original finding.

#### Demo exercise: remote environmental event
1. Prepare an environmental reporting scenario before disconnecting the device.
2. Record sample evidence offline and restart the app without a connection.
3. Reconnect and inspect the resulting record, attachment integrity and linked remediation.
4. Attempt a second-device edit and ask the vendor to explain conflicts, permissions and recovery.

#### Demo exercise: supplier evidence to approved access
1. Onboard a sample supplier or subcontractor with required qualification and insurance evidence, including one expired record.
2. Require an accountable approval decision and reject one unsuitable replacement while retaining the earlier evidence.
3. Run a supplier audit, raise a nonconformance and assign an improvement with separate verification before closure.
4. Export the qualification, audit and corrective history and confirm what the supplier can see or change.

### Product presentations

- [Manage audits list](https://www.mangolive.com/audit-inspection-software-qhse-compliance): Official vendor image of the Mango audit list screen, cropped from a laptop mockup; sample data.
- [Accident and incident charts](https://www.mangolive.com/accidents-incidents-management-software-qhse-compliance): Official vendor image of the Mango accident and incident chart screen, cropped from a laptop mockup; sample data.

### Questions and answers

#### Does Mango QHSE work without an internet connection?
Mango documents offline use in its mobile app. Confirm which records are available after preparation and what happens to pending submissions if the app closes. Offline support alone is not evidence of reliable synchronization in your operating conditions.

#### Does unlimited users mean Mango has a flat price for any company size?
No such conclusion is supported. Its homepage promotes unlimited users, while the published EULA describes workforce and approved third-party bands affecting charges. Ask the vendor which contract terms apply to your organization.

#### Can Mango connect inspection findings to corrective actions?
The audit module describes creation of improvement activities from nonconformances. The Improvements module supports configurable investigation and verification stages. Demonstrate the complete path with your own closure rules before treating it as a fit.

#### Can Mango replace an ESG reporting platform?
Its environmental module documents incident investigation, remediation and links to related records. Those functions do not establish carbon inventory, supplier emissions or regulatory ESG report generation. Treat those requirements as separate demo and quotation questions.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-28: Added a supplier qualification-to-audit acceptance exercise based on the documented supplier and subcontractor workflow, bringing the profile to the directory's deep-evidence threshold without changing commercial claims.

### Demo questions

- Which workforce band includes our employees and approved contractors?
- What records and attachments must be downloaded before losing connectivity?
- Can an inspection finding retain its evidence through investigation, verification and closure?
- Which documented API or export method supports our required integration?

### Primary sources

- [Product and user-access scope](https://www.mangolive.com/)
- [Published end-user agreement, confirm applicability](https://www.mangolive.com/mango-end-user-agreement)
- [Mobile app and offline use](https://www.mangolive.com/mango-qhse-app)
- [Document control](https://www.mangolive.com/document-management-software-qhse-compliance)
- [Audits and inspections](https://www.mangolive.com/audit-inspection-software-qhse-compliance)
- [Improvements and nonconformances](https://www.mangolive.com/improvements-software-qhse-compliance)
- [Accidents and incidents](https://www.mangolive.com/accidents-incidents-management-software-qhse-compliance)
- [Environmental incidents](https://www.mangolive.com/environmental-incidents-management-software-qhse-compliance-0)
- [EcoOnline partner ecosystem](https://www.mangolive.com/partner-v2)
- [Demo request](https://www.mangolive.com/demo-request-mango-qhse-software)
- [Supplier and subcontractor management : checked 27 September 2026](https://www.mangolive.com/supplier-management-software-qhse-compliance)
- [Integrated QHSE programme scope — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.mangolive.com/qhse-software)

## SafetyChain

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/safetychain
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: SafetyChain Software
SafetyChain is a digital plant management platform focused on food and beverage manufacturing. Food safety and product quality are its principal QHSE relevance; this profile does not establish a general workplace incident or permit-to-work suite.

SafetyChain connects plant-floor quality records with follow-up and management oversight. Its food manufacturing focus makes it relevant for teams replacing paper checks and fragmented supplier evidence. This research profile separates documented workflows from the demonstrations and commercial details a buyer still needs.

Best-fit starting point: Food and beverage manufacturers coordinating quality checks and food safety evidence across shifts or multiple facilities.

Check before buying: Do not infer occupational safety, environmental reporting or permit management coverage from the product name. Validate each proposed module and integration against your plant process.

### Pricing

Monthly subscription per facility. Essential, Advanced and Supplier are quote-based. No public amount or currency is stated. The vendor describes facility-based monthly subscriptions, unlimited users and a one-time setup fee. Confirm invoicing frequency, contract term, site count and add-ons in writing.

### When the price fits

Worth shortlisting when food quality checks and corrective follow-up create substantial administrative work across shifts. Measure value against your own record-review effort, deployment costs and required integrations. A facility-based model needs a complete quote before a small plant can judge affordability.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: Official commercial structure verified; numeric prices are not public. Request a quote including setup and selected modules. A self-service free trial was not established.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://safetychain.com/pricing

### Offline mode documented; sync limits require validation

The digital plant management page documents online and offline operation. Public descriptions do not establish conflict resolution, attachment limits or restart recovery for a particular deployment. Demonstrate disconnected capture and reconnection on the proposed devices before relying on it.

Product scope: Food safety programs, manufacturing quality controls, corrective actions and supplier compliance. Production and integration scope depends on the selected package.

Review scope: Independent desk research from official vendor documentation, not hands-on testing or a user review. AI-assisted explanatory text may be incomplete and does not replace a demo or primary documentation. No independently verified rating or product certification is asserted.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Walk through one failed food quality check through verified closure; do not rely on a feature checklist alone.
  Sources: https://safetychain.com/platform/food-safety-programs, https://safetychain.com/solutions/software-quality-management-qms
- Usability & adoption: Observe actual operators completing checks with their gloves, devices and connectivity conditions. This profile includes no measured usability score.
  Sources: https://safetychain.com/products/digital-plant-management
- Implementation & TCO: Price the complete deployment, including setup, internal validation and integration effort.
  Sources: https://safetychain.com/pricing
- Integrations & API: Request field mappings, failure handling and ownership of each operational connection.
  Sources: https://safetychain.com/platform/process-data-controls
- Security & trust: Review access boundaries, record retention and current security documentation for the contracted service.
  Sources: https://safetychain.com/
- Customer voice: No independently verified review sample is included. Seek references from plants with comparable processes and rollout complexity.

### Capability scope

- Food safety checks and verification [documented]: Configurable checks, scheduling and supervisor follow-up support food safety programs. Compliance outcomes depend on the configured process and evidence. Sources: https://safetychain.com/platform/food-safety-programs
- CAPA and quality oversight [documented]: Quality workflows connect quality issues, CAPA and visibility across sites. Demonstrate owner assignment and approval before closure. Sources: https://safetychain.com/solutions/software-quality-management-qms
- In-process SPC and product holds [documented]: The quality page documents process measurements, SPC trends and product-hold workflows. Verify the response to an out-of-limit result. Sources: https://safetychain.com/platform/in-process-quality
- Supplier evidence and corrective requests [conditional]: Suppliers can submit documents through a portal; expiry monitoring and supplier corrective action requests connect follow-up with plant quality workflows. Confirm the Supplier package. Sources: https://safetychain.com/products/supplier-compliance
- Disconnected plant-floor work [conditional]: Offline mode is documented, but detailed synchronization behavior is not established in the reviewed public material. Test realistic interruptions. Sources: https://safetychain.com/products/digital-plant-management
- Connected operational data [conditional]: The platform describes API integrations, a Power BI Connector and an Ignition connection for equipment data. Its integration page adds role-based access, data governance and a shared audit trail across connected workflows. Confirm endpoint access, supported versions, system of record, failure handling and delivery responsibilities. Sources: https://safetychain.com/platform/process-data-controls, https://safetychain.com/platform/integrations
- Role-based access [conditional]: The vendor describes role-based permissions. Request an access matrix and current security evidence covering the contracted service. Sources: https://safetychain.com/
- Root-cause and audit workflow tools [documented]: The digital-transformation product page names CAPA, 5 Why and fishbone analysis, audit management, mobile incident reporting, document storage, assignments, alerts and dashboards. Confirm the purchased package, mandatory reviewer roles and whether effectiveness checks can be required before closure. Sources: https://safetychain.com/products/digital-transformation
- Structured CAPA ownership, approvals and history [documented]: The CAPA page describes multi-step workflows, manual or automated assignments, due dates, approvals, linked records, reports and exports, complete edit and approval history, and restricted external stakeholder views. Demonstrate effectiveness review and prevent the same user from creating, approving and closing a high-risk CAPA where separation is required. Sources: https://safetychain.com/platform/capa-management
- Audit-ready compliance and controlled evidence access [conditional]: The compliance page describes HACCP, CCP, sanitation, SQF, BRC and customer-specific records, time-stamped signoffs, lot traceability, embedded SOPs and permission-based auditor profiles. These functions support evidence management but do not certify the buyer's program; confirm standards, retention, export and auditor-access scope. Sources: https://safetychain.com/platform/compliance, https://safetychain.com/platform/food-safety-programs

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: disconnected quality deviation
1. Load a sample line checklist, disconnect the device and record a deliberately failed measurement.
2. Restart the app and confirm that the record and any attachments remain available.
3. Reconnect and inspect timestamps, duplication handling and the resulting supervisor task.
4. Complete the corrective action and export the full evidence trail for review.

#### Demo exercise: supplier document lapse
1. Set up a test supplier and a document with a near-term expiry.
2. Have the supplier upload replacement evidence through the proposed portal.
3. Reject an unsuitable document and demonstrate corrective follow-up and escalation.
4. Export status and verify what a receiving operator can see before accepting material.

#### Demo exercise: out-of-limit process result to released product
1. Record a representative process measurement outside its configured control limit and place the affected lot on hold.
2. Complete a 5 Why or fishbone investigation, assign corrective work and reject incomplete closure evidence.
3. Require an authorized disposition decision, then trace the released or rejected lot and export the audit-ready history.

### Product presentations

- [CAPA dashboard with status and priority counts](https://safetychain.com/products/supplier-compliance): Official vendor image of a CAPA dashboard filtered to food safety and SCAR; not labelled as sample.
- [SPC chart, OEE gauges and mobile form views](https://safetychain.com/products/digital-plant-management): Official vendor image of SPC, OEE and form views; not labelled as sample; OEE is Advanced.
- [Scheduled task counts and supplier status tiles](https://safetychain.com/products/digital-plant-management): Official vendor image of scheduled-task counts and supplier status tiles; not labelled as sample.

### Questions and answers

#### Does SafetyChain work offline on the plant floor?
Its digital plant management documentation describes offline operation. The reviewed pages do not establish every synchronization limit. Use the disconnected demo exercise to check the intended devices and records.

#### How much does SafetyChain cost?
Public numeric pricing is unavailable, contact vendor. The published model is a monthly subscription per facility, with a setup fee and selected package options. Currency, contract terms and total rollout cost need a written quote.

#### Is SafetyChain suitable for workplace safety and permit-to-work?
This profile supports a food safety and manufacturing quality shortlist. It does not establish general occupational incident management or permit-to-work coverage. Ask for separate evidence if those are essential requirements.

#### Can SafetyChain connect supplier issues to quality follow-up?
The Supplier Compliance page documents supplier evidence collection and corrective requests associated with receiving issues. Ask for a demonstration using an expired document and a rejected delivery. Confirm package entitlement and any ERP integration work.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-28: Expanded the profile to Deep with official CAPA approval-history, controlled auditor access, HACCP/SQF traceability and integration-governance evidence, retaining the product-hold and disposition acceptance scenario.
- 2026-10-02: Re-read all 12 sources on 2 October 2026; quote-based facility pricing, offline, CAPA and integration statements unchanged.

### Demo questions

- Can a worker identify the current approved plan and task revision while earlier observations retain their original context?
- Can we distinguish an original observation, its correction, the corrective action and the verification or disposition decision?
- Can we trace an ingredient lot into a finished batch and its destinations while keeping missing recipient data visible?
- Which checks, attachments and timestamps survive a disconnected app restart, and how are queued or duplicate records handled on reconnection?
- Can a second reviewer reconstruct the plan, observations, action evidence, trace records and open decisions from an authorized export?
- Which food safety, supplier and quality modules, ERP/MES/warehouse interfaces and implementation services are quoted, and which system owns lot disposition?

### Primary sources

- [Pricing documentation](https://safetychain.com/pricing)
- [Food documentation](https://safetychain.com/platform/food-safety-programs)
- [Qms documentation](https://safetychain.com/solutions/software-quality-management-qms)
- [Supplier documentation](https://safetychain.com/products/supplier-compliance)
- [Quality documentation](https://safetychain.com/platform/in-process-quality)
- [Data documentation](https://safetychain.com/platform/process-data-controls)
- [Mobile documentation](https://safetychain.com/products/digital-plant-management)
- [Home documentation](https://safetychain.com/)
- [Plant-wide digital checks, root-cause tools, audit management and system integration : checked 28 September 2026](https://safetychain.com/products/digital-transformation)
- [Regulatory, certification and customer compliance with controlled auditor access](https://safetychain.com/platform/compliance)
- [CAPA workflows, approvals, linked evidence, history and exports](https://safetychain.com/platform/capa-management)
- [Enterprise food-safety integrations, data governance and audit-trail continuity](https://safetychain.com/platform/integrations)
- [SafetyChain SOC 2 announcement](https://safetychain.com/blog/achieves-soc-2-type-2-certification)

## Benchmark Gensuite

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/benchmark-gensuite
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: Gensuite, Benchmark Gensuite EHS
Benchmark Gensuite is a portfolio of connected applications. The mobile client provides access to supported subscribed workflows; the presence of a solution in the portfolio does not establish its inclusion in a particular contract.

Benchmark Gensuite is a candidate for organizations coordinating EHS across multiple sites. Its documented portfolio spans incident investigations, inspection programs, work permits and sustainability reporting. Buyers should define the applications and data handoffs they need before comparing quotes.

Best-fit starting point: Organizations coordinating common EHS processes across several facilities with local workflow differences.

Check before buying: Scope the subscription by named applications and deployment services. Portfolio breadth is not evidence that every workflow is included or usable offline.

### Pricing

Quote-based enterprise subscription. On 2 October 2026 the vendor pricing page described three plan columns (Ready, Quick Start and Enterprise), with a single Get a Quote button below the table and no amount. The same items are ticked in every column (unlimited scalability across all Benchmark Gensuite modules, a pre-configured instance, private cloud hosting, launch support and standard IT and SSO integrations); the Enterprise column alone is also ticked for "Supports all our solutions and programs" and "Mostly for large organizations". A workers' compensation cost figure on the same page is not a software price. Ask for the selected applications, site scope, implementation, support, integrations and renewal terms in writing; do not convert this into an assumed per-user price.

### When the price fits

Worth shortlisting when connecting inspections, incidents and follow-up across facilities would remove substantial duplicate administration. Compare the cost of the required application set and rollout with the measurable workload it replaces; a broad portfolio alone does not establish value.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: Official pricing and demo pages were rechecked. Three quote-based plan columns (Ready, Quick Start, Enterprise) are shown without a numeric amount, and no self-service trial was verified. Portfolio breadth and no-user-licensing language do not establish the final application, service or integration cost.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://info.benchmarkgensuite.com/ehs-software-demo-request
- https://benchmarkgensuite.com/pricing/

### Offline functions documented; application scope requires confirmation

The mobile page documents an offline homepage and Quick Notes. The control-of-work page also describes online and offline permit management. These statements do not establish offline parity across the portfolio or simultaneous approval safety. Demonstrate the exact forms, attachments, authorization checks and reconciliation process before relying on disconnected work.

Product scope: Enterprise EHS applications with operational safety, sustainability and integration options.

Review scope: Independent desk research from official vendor documentation, not hands-on testing or a user review. AI-assisted explanatory copy may be incomplete and does not replace a vendor demo or primary documentation. No independent reviewer rating or certification is asserted.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Application entitlement map: Pricing is shown as three quote-based plan columns without amounts and the catalogue lists many separate applications. Ask for a written list of the named applications in scope, such as incident, inspection, audit, permit and supplier tools, and what each excludes.
  Sources: https://benchmarkgensuite.com/pricing/, https://benchmarkgensuite.com/app/
- Connected audit lifecycle: Audit Planner, RegAuditor, Audit Assistant and Action Tracking are presented as one lifecycle with draft findings review. Run one audit from planning to corrective-action closure, including who reviews draft findings, and retain the record trail.
  Sources: https://benchmarkgensuite.com/regulatory-compliance-auditing/, https://benchmarkgensuite.com/case-studies/building-a-connected-ehs-audit-program/
- Incident to corrective action: Incidents connect to investigation, root-cause analysis and follow-up. Take a past incident, enter it, and show assignment, rejection and closure verification by a different person. Ask what the configuration does when an action is overdue.
  Sources: https://benchmarkgensuite.com/incident-management-software/, https://benchmarkgensuite.com/solutions/quality/
- Control of work sign-off: Work permits, management of change and lockout/tagout are documented as named tools. Test the configured approval sequence, the emergency-change path and how equipment is linked to isolation procedures, noting which tools are separately purchased.
  Sources: https://benchmarkgensuite.com/permit-to-work-software-suite/, https://benchmarkgensuite.com/app/management-of-change-software/
- Mobile and offline scope: An offline homepage and Quick Notes are documented, and inspections can run online or offline. Test the exact forms you will use disconnected, reconnect, and verify records and attachments on the server. Do not assume every application works offline.
  Sources: https://benchmarkgensuite.com/app/mobile/, https://benchmarkgensuite.com/app/inspection-management-software/
- Data exchange and sustainability scope: APIs support two-way data sharing and Data Integrator covers transformation and export. Sustainability tracking covers Scope 1, 2 and 3. Ask which frameworks, emission factors and assurance workflow apply, and who implements each integration.
  Sources: https://benchmarkgensuite.com/ehs-data-management-it-systems-integrations/, https://benchmarkgensuite.com/solutions/sustainability-management/

### Capability scope

- Incident investigation [documented]: Incident records connect investigation, root-cause analysis and corrective follow-up. Sources: https://benchmarkgensuite.com/incident-management-software/
- Inspection programs [documented]: Site-specific checklists, online or offline inspections, approved checklist libraries and follow-up corrective-action assignments are documented. Sources: https://benchmarkgensuite.com/app/inspection-management-software/, https://benchmarkgensuite.com/regulatory-compliance-auditing/
- Audit programme, findings review and CAPA [documented]: Audit Planner, RegAuditor, Audit Assistant and Action Tracking are presented as a connected lifecycle covering enterprise planning, qualified auditor assignments, field execution regardless of connectivity, draft findings review and corrective-action closure. The Quality suite uses a shared platform and data model for quality events, defects, audits and CAPA through verification and audit close-out; confirm the purchased applications and mandatory reviewer roles. Sources: https://benchmarkgensuite.com/regulatory-compliance-auditing/, https://benchmarkgensuite.com/case-studies/building-a-connected-ehs-audit-program/, https://benchmarkgensuite.com/solutions/quality/
- Supplier audit application [documented]: The portfolio lists Supplier Manager plus Supplier Auditor for product-stewardship and supplier-risk work. Confirm supplier access, evidence exchange, qualification decisions and separate application entitlement. Sources: https://benchmarkgensuite.com/app/
- Work permit lifecycle [documented]: Requests, approval status, responsible personnel and closure are covered. Verify the exact configured signoff sequence. Sources: https://benchmarkgensuite.com/permit-to-work-software-suite/
- Management of change assessment and sign-off [documented]: The application describes standardized change assessments, pre-startup review and checklist steps, assigned responsibilities, stakeholder notifications, action tracking and committee review or sign-off. Confirm the purchased application, approval roles and emergency-change path. Sources: https://benchmarkgensuite.com/app/management-of-change-software/
- Lockout/tagout procedures [documented]: LOTO is a named control-of-work tool. Confirm equipment linkage and procedure governance in the proposed scope. Sources: https://benchmarkgensuite.com/permit-to-work-software-suite/
- Offline mobile capture [conditional]: Offline homepage and Quick Notes are documented; test the selected application's forms and sync behavior. Sources: https://benchmarkgensuite.com/app/mobile/
- Sustainability reporting [documented]: The current suite page describes Scope 1, 2 and 3 tracking, environmental data, disclosure workflows and audit trails. Confirm the required frameworks, emission factors, assurance workflow and purchased applications separately from core EHS. Sources: https://benchmarkgensuite.com/solutions/sustainability-management/
- Enterprise data exchange [conditional]: Platform APIs support two-way data sharing; Data Integrator covers transformation and export. Confirm entitlement and implementation. Sources: https://benchmarkgensuite.com/ehs-data-management-it-systems-integrations/
- Initial injury reports from first aid responders [conditional]: The Initial Injury Reports app page says supervisors, first aid responders or clinic staff can log early information on an injury or illness case before recordability is decided, attach photos or clinic documents and alert site EHS teams. It is an initial-report step feeding case management; a first aid treatment register, first-aider certificates and kit inspection are not described there. Sources: https://benchmarkgensuite.com/app/initial-injury-reports-software/
- Heat stress alerts from SlateSafety wearables [conditional]: Benchmark Gensuite's press release and a blog article describe ingesting heat stress and overexertion alerts from SlateSafety wearables into its concern-reporting processes, with stakeholder notifications and dashboards. The heat-specific sensing comes from the third-party wearable, so this depends on buying and configuring that integration; the pages do not describe heat-stress modules of Gensuite's own such as WBGT or acclimatisation tracking. Sources: https://benchmarkgensuite.com/press-release/benchmark-gensuite-and-slatesafety-partner-to-provide-wearable-safety-technology/, https://benchmarkgensuite.com/ehs-blog/how-monitoring-technologies-keep-workers-safe-in-extreme-temperatures/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: inspection to verified closure
1. Create a site-specific inspection and record one failed item with evidence.
2. Assign an owner and due date, then show escalation for an overdue action.
3. Close the action and export the inspection-to-closure record with its history.

#### Demo exercise: disconnected permit control
1. Prepare a test permit and disconnect the intended mobile device.
2. Show which edits and signoffs are allowed, and which require a live authorization check.
3. Change the server record, reconnect and demonstrate conflict handling and the final approval history.

#### Demo exercise: operational change through pre-start review
1. Create a representative equipment or process change and record its risk assessment, affected locations and accountable owners.
2. Route the change through technical review, stakeholder notification and a pre-start checklist with one deliberately incomplete action.
3. Prevent premature sign-off, close the action with evidence and export the complete approval history.

### Product presentations

- [Quality Event Management summary screen](https://benchmarkgensuite.com/solutions/quality/): Official vendor image of the Quality Event Management app; the page calls it an illustration.

### Questions and answers

#### How much does Benchmark Gensuite cost?
No numeric public price was verified. Its demo page mentions no user licensing, which does not reveal the full charging model. Request an application-specific quote with rollout and integration services.

#### Does Benchmark Gensuite work offline?
Selected offline functions are documented, including mobile Quick Notes and permit management. This is not confirmation that every application, attachment or approval works disconnected. Test the intended workflow and conflict recovery.

#### Can Benchmark Gensuite manage permits alongside incidents?
The portfolio includes both incident management and control-of-work tools. Ask the vendor to demonstrate the link between a permit, related incident and corrective action using your equipment and site structure.

#### Is Benchmark Gensuite suitable for multiple factories?
Site-specific inspection programs and configurable permit workflows make it a candidate. Evaluate how common templates, local exceptions and access permissions are maintained before committing to a broad rollout.

#### Does Benchmark Gensuite support ESG and carbon reporting?
The current sustainability suite page documents Scope 1, 2 and 3 tracking, environmental data and disclosure workflows for frameworks including CSRD/ESRS, CDP and GRI. Confirm the licensed applications, calculation methodology, emission-factor governance and assurance evidence for your reporting boundary.

#### Does this profile include independent Benchmark Gensuite user reviews?
No independent review rating is asserted. This profile uses official product documentation to define capabilities and buyer tests; vendor testimonials or recognition do not substitute for comparable customer references and a workflow demonstration.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-20: Expanded official-source research for commercial scope, mobile limitations, inspections, incidents, permits and integration questions.
- 2026-09-26: Added the vendor pricing page (checked 26 September 2026): three plan columns (Ready, Quick Start, Enterprise), each with a Get a Quote button and no amount shown.
- 2026-09-27: Expanded sustainability evidence for carbon, disclosure and auditability searches and clarified that no independent user-review score is asserted.
- 2026-09-28: Added the official Management of Change application evidence and an end-to-end pre-start review scenario with blocked sign-off and auditable closure.

### Demo questions

- Which named applications and sites are included in this quote?
- Which permit actions require a live connection and a current authorization check?
- How are conflicting offline changes and failed attachment uploads reconciled?
- What integration setup, support and renewal charges sit outside the subscription?
- Which emission factors, disclosure frameworks and assurance controls are included in the sustainability scope?

### Primary sources

- [Pricing page, three quote-based plan columns : checked 26 September 2026](https://benchmarkgensuite.com/pricing/)
- [Mobile application](https://benchmarkgensuite.com/app/mobile/)
- [Demo and commercial positioning](https://info.benchmarkgensuite.com/ehs-software-demo-request)
- [Incident management](https://benchmarkgensuite.com/incident-management-software/)
- [Inspection program](https://benchmarkgensuite.com/app/inspection-management-software/)
- [Control of work](https://benchmarkgensuite.com/permit-to-work-software-suite/)
- [Data integration and APIs](https://benchmarkgensuite.com/ehs-data-management-it-systems-integrations/)
- [Enterprise sustainability, carbon and disclosure scope](https://benchmarkgensuite.com/solutions/sustainability-management/)
- [Regulatory compliance and connected audit lifecycle : checked 27 September 2026](https://benchmarkgensuite.com/regulatory-compliance-auditing/)
- [Quality audit, CAPA and verification scope : checked 27 September 2026](https://benchmarkgensuite.com/solutions/quality/)
- [Connected EHS audit lifecycle and draft findings review : checked 27 September 2026](https://benchmarkgensuite.com/case-studies/building-a-connected-ehs-audit-program/)
- [Application catalogue and supplier auditor listing : checked 27 September 2026](https://benchmarkgensuite.com/app/)
- [Management of change assessment, pre-start review and sign-off : checked 28 September 2026](https://benchmarkgensuite.com/app/management-of-change-software/)
- [Initial injury reports from first aid, checked 2 October 2026](https://benchmarkgensuite.com/app/initial-injury-reports-software/)
- [Heat stress alerts from SlateSafety wearables, checked 2 October 2026](https://benchmarkgensuite.com/press-release/benchmark-gensuite-and-slatesafety-partner-to-provide-wearable-safety-technology/)
- [Heat stress alerts from SlateSafety wearables (2), checked 2 October 2026](https://benchmarkgensuite.com/ehs-blog/how-monitoring-technologies-keep-workers-safe-in-extreme-temperatures/)
- [Benchmark Gensuite data security and privacy page](https://benchmarkgensuite.com/cloud-data-security-privacy/)

## HSI Donesafe

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/donesafe
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: Donesafe
HSI Donesafe is a configurable EHSQ platform sold with selected application modules. A module shown in the catalog should not be assumed to be included in every subscription. HSI announced its acquisition of Donesafe on 4 February 2020, and Donesafe uses the HSI Donesafe name. These listings share ownership; confirm the product, modules and contract rather than treating the names as independent vendors or identical subscriptions. Donesafe's company page also states that Donesafe is part of the HSI family.

HSI Donesafe is a candidate for teams replacing separate reporting forms and follow-up registers. Its modular approach supports a staged rollout, with no-code configuration and documented offline capture. Buyers should assess both frontline usability and the administrative work needed to maintain the configuration.

Best-fit starting point: Organizations needing adaptable safety workflows and a staged module rollout across workers and contractors.

Check before buying: Configuration flexibility needs a named internal owner. Validate the purchased modules, contributor population and disconnected workflow before comparing total cost.

### Pricing

Subscription, contact vendor. Pricing is customized using the total number of workers, selected application modules and support services. No numeric rate, currency or billing interval is publicly specified on the reviewed pricing page. Request a quote defining contractors and occasional contributors, implementation, configuration changes, integration access and ongoing support. The pricing page says the vendor can help set up a sandbox of the customer's environment as part of a guided evaluation; its scope, duration and any charge are not stated. The pricing page refers to 50+ modules while the modular platform page says 60+, so the two pages disagree on the module count; ask Donesafe which modules your proposal covers.

### When the price fits

Worth shortlisting when configurable workflows would replace several disconnected safety processes. Start with the modules needed for a specific reporting-to-resolution workflow and compare configuration and support costs with the administration saved.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: Official pricing page accessed. Worker count, chosen modules and support services are disclosed as pricing inputs; numeric rates and a self-service free trial were not verified.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.donesafe.com/pricing/

### Offline app and automatic sync documented; limits need demo

Donesafe documents an offline application for forms, checklists, audits, hazards and incidents, with automatic synchronization after reconnection. This research did not verify attachment limits, concurrent edit handling or disconnected access to every configured module. Test the target device and workflow rather than assuming the browser experience has identical offline behavior.

Product scope: Configurable EHSQ forms, workflows and connected application modules.

Review scope: Independent desk research from official vendor documentation, not hands-on testing or a user review. AI-assisted explanatory copy may be incomplete and does not replace a vendor demo or primary documentation. No independent reviewer rating or certification is asserted.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Module and worker-count basis: Pricing is customised by number of workers, modules and support services. Request a quote that defines how contractors and occasional contributors are counted, and lists implementation, configuration changes and integration access separately.
  Sources: https://www.donesafe.com/pricing/, https://www.donesafe.com/ehs-platform/modular-safety-system/
- Incident stages and reviewer separation: The incident module describes triage, root-cause analysis, investigation review, corrective actions and actions review. Enter a test incident and demonstrate who can approve each stage, including rejection and reopening, and retain the stage log.
  Sources: https://www.donesafe.com/module/incident-management/
- OSHA logs and regional fit: OSHA 300, 301 and 300A logs are named for the United States. If relevant, export a log in the demo and check the fields, establishment logic and who is responsible for electronic submission. Ask what applies in your region if not the US.
  Sources: https://www.donesafe.com/module/incident-management/
- Offline capture and synchronisation: Incident, hazard, audit, form and checklist use while offline is documented, but conflict and attachment behaviour need verification. Test photos and signatures captured offline, then reconnect and confirm completeness. Inductions are also described with offline access.
  Sources: https://www.donesafe.com/ehs-platform/online-and-offline-safety-management/, https://www.donesafe.com/module/inductions/
- Contractor and induction controls: Self-registration, qualifications, inductions, certificates and expiry notifications are described, and these are separate modules. Test whether an expired credential blocks site entry or only alerts, and do not treat the controls as evidence of legal duty fulfilment.
  Sources: https://www.donesafe.com/module/contractor-management/, https://www.donesafe.com/module/inductions/
- Quality, NCR and CAPA scope: Quality and supplier management, non-conformance investigation and closed-loop CAPA are documented as separate scope. Confirm the modules in the proposal, run one nonconformance to verified closure, and ask about the REST API and SFTP options for connecting other systems.
  Sources: https://www.donesafe.com/au/ehs-solutions/quality-management/, https://www.donesafe.com/module/non-conformance-ncr/, https://donesafe.com/nz/ehs-platform/ehsq-capabilities/

### Capability scope

- Quality and supplier management [documented]: The quality offering names quality events, supplier performance, document control, nonconformance investigation, root-cause analysis, CAPA, audits and action verification. The NCR module connects complaints, defects and incidents to investigation and closed-loop CAPA; confirm the selected modules and mandatory reviewer separation in the proposal. Sources: https://www.donesafe.com/au/ehs-solutions/quality-management/, https://www.donesafe.com/module/non-conformance-ncr/
- Configurable hazard forms [documented]: Conditional fields and prefilled context support tailored hazard capture. Sources: https://www.donesafe.com/module/hazard-management/
- Corrective follow-up [documented]: Hazard workflows can assign actions and notify responsible workers. Sources: https://www.donesafe.com/module/hazard-management/
- Offline capture [documented]: The incident module and offline application document incident, hazard, audit, form and checklist use while offline. Synchronization is documented; conflict and attachment behavior still require verification. Sources: https://www.donesafe.com/module/incident-management/, https://www.donesafe.com/ehs-platform/online-and-offline-safety-management/
- Incident investigation and action review [documented]: The incident module describes triage, RCA, 5 Whys and ICAM, followed by Investigation Review, Corrective Actions, Actions Review and Complete. These stages are configurable; demonstrate reviewer separation and rejection rules in the proposed workflow. Sources: https://www.donesafe.com/module/incident-management/
- OSHA recordkeeping outputs [documented]: The incident module names OSHA 300, 301 and 300A logs for the United States. Confirm current fields, establishment logic, electronic-submission responsibility and the exact export before relying on them. Sources: https://www.donesafe.com/module/incident-management/
- Contractor onboarding [documented]: Self-registration, qualification records, task- or site-specific inductions, digital sign-off, certificates, expiry notifications and site-entry linkage are described. Contractor and induction modules are separate scope; these controls do not establish fulfilment of CDM duties. Sources: https://www.donesafe.com/module/contractor-management/, https://www.donesafe.com/module/inductions/
- Modular deployment [conditional]: Modules can be selected and connected progressively. Verify the purchased set. The pricing page refers to 50+ modules and the modular platform page to 60+; confirm the count and the named modules in the order. Sources: https://www.donesafe.com/ehs-platform/modular-safety-system/
- Role-specific visibility [documented]: The platform describes adaptive dashboards and reporting across configured use cases. Sources: https://donesafe.com/nz/ehs-platform/ehsq-capabilities/
- System integration [conditional]: RESTful API and staging options such as SFTP support live and batch exchange. Confirm access and implementation costs. Sources: https://donesafe.com/nz/ehs-platform/ehsq-capabilities/
- First aid, CPR and mental health first aid certification management [documented]: The emergency management module page describes managing fire and first aid wardens from nomination through training to retirement, and tracking first aid, CPR and mental health first aid certifications with expiry management. How reminders are triggered, and any treatment log or first aid kit register, are not described on the page. Sources: https://www.donesafe.com/module/emergency-management/
- Psychosocial hazard management module [documented]: The psychosocial module page describes psychosocial risk assessments with heatmaps and matrices, anonymous hazard reporting, trauma-informed root cause analysis, dashboards with sentiment views, linked training and ISO 45003 alignment wording. Return-to-work handling, wellbeing check-in formats and detailed confidentiality controls beyond anonymity are not described on that page. Sources: https://www.donesafe.com/module/psychosocial/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: offline hazard to action
1. Load the intended form, disconnect the device and capture a test hazard with a photo.
2. Restart the application, reconnect and inspect the uploaded record and evidence.
3. Assign a corrective action and show what the reporter can see when it closes.

#### Demo exercise: contractor onboarding
1. Invite a test contractor to register and upload a qualification.
2. Show the notification and access outcome for an expired qualification.
3. Log a contractor hazard and verify visibility for the contractor and site manager.

#### Demo exercise: quality nonconformance to verified CAPA
1. Log a representative nonconformance against a named specification and attach supporting evidence.
2. Complete the investigation and root-cause step, then assign corrective and preventive actions to separate owners.
3. Reject weak closure evidence, verify the corrected response and export the approval and change history.

### Product presentations

- [Incident management platform overview](https://www.donesafe.com/module/incident-management/): Official HSI Donesafe product video embedded on the vendor's incident-management page. It illustrates vendor-selected product scope, not a QHSEtech hands-on test; confirm that the shown workflow and modules match the proposal.
- [Psychosocial incident form: risk assessment matrix](https://www.donesafe.com/module/psychosocial/): Official HSI Donesafe image of a risk matrix in an incident form, in a laptop frame; illustrative.
- [Psychosocial module: wellbeing survey form](https://www.donesafe.com/module/psychosocial/): Official HSI Donesafe image of a wellbeing survey form, in a laptop frame; illustrative.

### Questions and answers

#### How much does HSI Donesafe cost?
The vendor uses custom pricing based on workers, selected modules and support services. No public numeric price was verified. Ask how contractors and occasional users affect the quote.

#### Does Donesafe work without internet access?
The offline application supports forms and checklists, including safety capture, then syncs after reconnection. Confirm the selected modules, attachments and conflict handling with your actual devices.

#### Can contractors report directly in Donesafe?
Contractor Management describes self-registration and direct incident or hazard logging. That does not establish anonymous or account-free reporting. Ask to see the contractor's exact registration and access steps.

#### Can a team introduce Donesafe gradually?
The modular platform allows a selected set of connected applications. Start by testing one complete operational workflow and its owner responsibilities. Add modules after agreeing configuration governance and the commercial effect.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-20: Expanded official-source research for worker-based pricing, offline capture, module scope and contractor onboarding.
- 2026-09-27: Targeted identity check of the HSI acquisition announcement and current Donesafe homepage added common-ownership context. This does not establish identical present-day subscriptions; general capability and commercial research dates were not refreshed.
- 2026-09-28: Added the official incident-management product video embedded by HSI Donesafe, with click-to-load privacy controls and an explicit vendor-material disclosure.
- 2026-09-28: Added a buyer-verification workflow for nonconformance investigation, separated CAPA ownership and evidence-based closure using the official quality and NCR sources.

### Demo questions

- How are contractors and occasional contributors counted in the worker-based quote?
- Which configured modules and fields are available in the offline application?
- Who maintains forms and automation after implementation, and what support is included?
- What happens when two users edit the same record before synchronization?

### Primary sources

- [Incident workflow, investigation reviews and OSHA logs](https://www.donesafe.com/module/incident-management/)
- [Pricing basis and selected modules](https://www.donesafe.com/pricing/)
- [Offline application and sync](https://www.donesafe.com/ehs-platform/online-and-offline-safety-management/)
- [Hazard management](https://www.donesafe.com/module/hazard-management/)
- [Contractor management](https://www.donesafe.com/module/contractor-management/)
- [Staff and contractor inductions, including offline access — checked 27 September 2026](https://www.donesafe.com/module/inductions/)
- [Modular platform](https://www.donesafe.com/ehs-platform/modular-safety-system/)
- [Platform capabilities and integration](https://donesafe.com/nz/ehs-platform/ehsq-capabilities/)
- [Personalized demo](https://www.donesafe.com/request-demo/)
- [Donesafe company page](https://www.donesafe.com/company/)
- [HSI Donesafe product identity](https://www.donesafe.com/)
- [Quality and supplier management scope — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.donesafe.com/au/ehs-solutions/quality-management/)
- [Non-conformance investigation and closed-loop CAPA — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.donesafe.com/module/non-conformance-ncr/)
- [First aid, CPR and mental health, checked 1 October 2026](https://www.donesafe.com/module/emergency-management/)
- [Psychosocial hazard management module, checked 1 October 2026](https://www.donesafe.com/module/psychosocial/)
- [HSI acquisition of Donesafe, announced 4 February 2020](https://hsi.com/blog/health-safety-institute-acquires-donesafe)

## ComplianceQuest

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/compliancequest
Sources checked: 2026-10-10
Also known as: CQ
ComplianceQuest is the vendor platform. QualityQuest covers EQMS workflows, SafetyQuest covers EHS and PartnerQuest covers supplier relationship and quality management. Their capabilities are not a promise that all suites are included in one licence.

ComplianceQuest suits buyers assessing linked quality, safety and supplier workflows on a Salesforce-based platform. Evaluate QualityQuest, SafetyQuest and PartnerQuest separately, then demonstrate the handoffs between supplier qualification, findings, corrective action, training and permit decisions.

Best-fit starting point: Manufacturers and regulated organizations that need cross-functional quality, safety and supplier processes rather than a standalone checklist or supplier-directory app.

Check before buying: Specify licensed suites, contributor roles and implementation responsibilities. Documented workflow support does not certify your management system or guarantee regulatory suitability.

### Pricing

Custom quote, contact vendor. ComplianceQuest publishes no fixed full-platform amount. Its current QMS pricing page says quotes vary by users and roles, selected modules, sites and regions, integrations, regulatory depth and implementation services. PartnerQuest says supplier-management pricing is shaped by supplier count, industry and risk requirements. Ask for separate QualityQuest, SafetyQuest and PartnerQuest scope, platform entitlements, currency, contract minimums, taxes, implementation, total first-year cost and renewal terms.

### When the price fits

Worth shortlisting when quality, safety and supplier teams currently re-enter the same finding, document or corrective-action data. Compare the combined licence and implementation quote against those handoff costs; a simple inspection or supplier-directory requirement may not justify the broader suite.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-09-27 [verified]: Current official QMS and PartnerQuest pages confirm quote-based pricing and identify the main cost drivers; neither publishes a numeric full-platform amount. A demo or guided tour does not establish a free trial.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.compliancequest.com/qms-software-pricing/
- https://www.compliancequest.com/partnerquest/

### Offline safety inspections documented; other workflows require verification

The official Safety Inspections page documents mobile checklist completion without connectivity. Test caching, attachments, reconnection and conflicting edits. Do not assume that permit issuance, approval routing or every QualityQuest module works disconnected.

Product scope: Salesforce-based QualityQuest, SafetyQuest and PartnerQuest scopes, with module-specific purchasing and configuration. Supplier qualification and performance do not establish that quality, EHS or PLM applications are included in the same quote.

Review scope: Independent desk research from official vendor documentation, not hands-on testing or a user review. AI-assisted explanatory copy may be incomplete and does not replace a vendor demo or primary documentation. No independent reviewer rating or certification is asserted.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Suite and module boundary: QualityQuest, SafetyQuest and PartnerQuest are presented on one platform but quoted by users, roles, modules, sites, regions and integrations. Request a per-suite quote and a list of shared fields and permissions in the proposed configuration.
  Sources: https://www.compliancequest.com/qms-software-pricing/, https://www.compliancequest.com/home/
- Cross-process CAPA: Incidents, audits and inspections are described as linking into CAPA, training and process changes. Take one safety finding through to effectiveness check and confirm whether the approval controls match those for quality CAPA.
  Sources: https://www.compliancequest.com/ehs-management-software/, https://www.compliancequest.com/wp-content/uploads/datasheet/qualityquest.pdf
- Offline inspection scope: Mobile safety inspections can be completed without connectivity, but the mobile datasheet does not prove all operations are offline. Test a cached inspection disconnected, and ask which audit, document and supplier functions need a connection.
  Sources: https://www.compliancequest.com/safety-inspection-solutions/, https://www.compliancequest.com/wp-content/uploads/datasheet/mobile-capabilities.pdf
- Permit-to-work enforcement: SafetyQuest describes training, authorisation and equipment checks before permit issuance. Attempt to issue a permit with lapsed training in the demo and record whether the system blocks or only warns.
  Sources: https://www.compliancequest.com/safety-quest/, https://www.compliancequest.com/wp-content/uploads/datasheet/safetyquest.pdf
- Supplier qualification and portal: Supplier onboarding, document collaboration, audits and scorecards are described, with pricing shaped by supplier count and risk. Confirm supplier portal access, which party collects evidence, and the separately quoted modules.
  Sources: https://www.compliancequest.com/supplier-management-software/, https://www.compliancequest.com/partnerquest/
- Implementation and validation effort: The QMS pricing page identifies configuration, migration, training and change management services. Agree deliverables, validation responsibilities and effort in the contract, and ask how configuration changes are controlled after go-live.
  Sources: https://www.compliancequest.com/qms-software-pricing/, https://www.compliancequest.com/demo-video/

### Capability scope

- Connected QMS and EHS corrective-action records [documented]: ComplianceQuest presents QualityQuest and SafetyQuest on one platform and describes incidents, audits and inspections linking into CAPA, training and process changes. Confirm the purchased suites, shared fields, permissions and whether safety CAPA effectiveness uses the same approval controls as quality CAPA. Sources: https://www.compliancequest.com/home/, https://www.compliancequest.com/safety-quest/, https://www.compliancequest.com/wp-content/uploads/datasheet/qualityquest.pdf, https://www.compliancequest.com/audit-management/ehs-audit-management-software/
- Supplier qualification and performance [documented]: PartnerQuest and CQ Supplier Management describe supplier qualification, onboarding, document collaboration, audits, scorecards and performance monitoring. Confirm supplier portal access and the separately quoted modules. Sources: https://www.compliancequest.com/supplier-management-software/, https://www.compliancequest.com/partnerquest/
- Quality corrective action [documented]: QualityQuest connects triggering findings to routed CAPA and effectiveness checks. Sources: https://www.compliancequest.com/wp-content/uploads/datasheet/qualityquest.pdf
- Document and training control [documented]: QualityQuest describes versioned documents, approvals and related employee training. Sources: https://www.compliancequest.com/wp-content/uploads/datasheet/qualityquest.pdf
- Safety event investigation [documented]: SafetyQuest links investigations to actions, training and process changes. Sources: https://www.compliancequest.com/safety-quest/
- Offline inspection checklists [documented]: Mobile safety inspections can be completed without connectivity; cached scope and sync rules need a demonstration. Sources: https://www.compliancequest.com/safety-inspection-solutions/
- Permit-to-work controls [documented]: SafetyQuest describes training, authorization and equipment checks before permit issuance. Test the configured enforcement. Sources: https://www.compliancequest.com/safety-quest/
- Environmental workflows [documented]: The SafetyQuest brochure lists waste, spills, aspects and impacts, and sustainability. Confirm purchased modules and reporting boundaries. Sources: https://www.compliancequest.com/wp-content/uploads/datasheet/safetyquest.pdf
- Mobile quality access [documented]: Mobile documentation lists audit, document, supplier and risk use cases. It does not prove every operation is available offline. Sources: https://www.compliancequest.com/wp-content/uploads/datasheet/mobile-capabilities.pdf
- Implementation and validation support [documented]: The QMS pricing page identifies implementation services including configuration, migration, training and change management. Agree deliverables, validation responsibilities and effort in the contract. Sources: https://www.compliancequest.com/qms-software-pricing/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: supplier qualification to corrective follow-up
1. Onboard a sample supplier with one expired certification and require an accountable approval decision.
2. Record a supplier nonconformance, request a correction and preserve the exchange and changed evidence.
3. Trace the result into the supplier scorecard and show which QualityQuest or PartnerQuest modules, supplier accounts and integrations the quote includes.

#### Demo exercise: disconnected inspection to verified corrective action
1. Prepare a real checklist and required photo evidence, then disconnect a test device.
2. Complete the inspection, restart the app and reconnect; inspect saved evidence and any conflict handling.
3. Escalate a finding into the appropriate corrective workflow and show ownership, due dates and effectiveness verification.

#### Demo exercise: training change and permit authorization
1. Change a procedure that requires refresher training for one worker.
2. Attempt a permit with that worker and ask the vendor to demonstrate the configured authorization rule.
3. Complete training, retry and export the decision trail, identifying the licences needed for each participant.

### Product presentations

- [Official ComplianceQuest demo library](https://www.compliancequest.com/demo-video/): Vendor-produced product demonstrations, not QHSEtech hands-on testing. Select the relevant quality or safety workflow.
- [SafetyQuest injury analysis dashboard](https://www.compliancequest.com/wp-content/uploads/datasheet/safetyquest.pdf): Official vendor image from the SafetyQuest brochure showing an injury analysis dashboard; figures look like sample data.
- [QualityQuest nonconformance dashboard](https://www.compliancequest.com/wp-content/uploads/datasheet/qualityquest.pdf): Official vendor image from the QualityQuest brochure, cropped to nonconformance tiles and chart; sample data.

### Questions and answers

#### Does ComplianceQuest include supplier management?
Yes, the vendor documents PartnerQuest and CQ Supplier Management for supplier qualification, onboarding, collaboration, audits, scorecards and performance. Confirm the named product, supplier accounts and related QualityQuest modules in the proposal rather than assuming every platform application is bundled.

#### What determines ComplianceQuest supplier-management pricing?
PartnerQuest says pricing is shaped by supplier count, industry and risk requirements. The QMS pricing page also identifies users and roles, modules, sites, integrations, regulatory depth and implementation services as quote drivers. No numeric full-platform amount is asserted here.

#### Is ComplianceQuest an EQMS or an EHS platform?
It offers both through distinct suites. QualityQuest addresses quality processes, while SafetyQuest addresses workplace safety and environmental workflows. Ask for an explicit module and licence schedule before comparing a combined deployment.

#### Does ComplianceQuest work offline for field inspections?
The vendor documents disconnected safety checklist completion. Validate your specific photos, saved records and reconnection process in a demo; offline inspection support does not establish offline permit approval.

#### How much does ComplianceQuest cost?
Full-platform pricing is tailored to requirements, and no numeric price is asserted here. Ask for an itemized quote covering the required quality, safety and supplier modules, roles, sites, supplier accounts, integrations, implementation and platform entitlements.

#### Can ComplianceQuest connect quality findings with safety follow-up?
The platform positions QualityQuest and SafetyQuest as connected suites. Demonstrate one real finding through investigation, corrective action and training, and identify any separately licensed components at each handoff.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-27: Added a targeted official-source review of PartnerQuest and CQ Supplier Management, including lifecycle scope, pricing drivers, a supplier demo workflow and explicit suite boundaries.
- 2026-09-28: Added current official evidence for EHS audit planning, findings and CAPA handoff, bringing the profile to the directory's deep-evidence threshold.

### Demo questions

- Which QualityQuest, SafetyQuest and PartnerQuest modules are included in this quote?
- Which Salesforce entitlements and contributor licences are required?
- Can a disconnected inspection survive app restart and a changed checklist?
- Can an unauthorized or untrained worker be prevented from receiving a permit?
- Qualify one supplier, reject an expired document and trace the issue into a supplier corrective action and reviewed scorecard.

### Primary sources

- [Supplier lifecycle and collaboration scope](https://www.compliancequest.com/supplier-management-software/)
- [PartnerQuest scope and supplier-pricing drivers](https://www.compliancequest.com/partnerquest/)
- [QMS quote factors and implementation scope](https://www.compliancequest.com/qms-software-pricing/)
- [QualityQuest brochure](https://www.compliancequest.com/wp-content/uploads/datasheet/qualityquest.pdf)
- [SafetyQuest scope](https://www.compliancequest.com/safety-quest/)
- [Offline safety inspections](https://www.compliancequest.com/safety-inspection-solutions/)
- [Mobile datasheet](https://www.compliancequest.com/wp-content/uploads/datasheet/mobile-capabilities.pdf)
- [SafetyQuest brochure](https://www.compliancequest.com/wp-content/uploads/datasheet/safetyquest.pdf)
- [Demo library](https://www.compliancequest.com/demo-video/)
- [Connected QualityQuest and SafetyQuest platform boundary — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.compliancequest.com/home/)
- [Current SafetyQuest EHS workflow scope — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.compliancequest.com/ehs-management-software/)
- [EHS audit planning, findings and CAPA handoff — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.compliancequest.com/audit-management/ehs-audit-management-software/)
- [ComplianceQuest certifications page](https://www.compliancequest.com/cq-certifications/)

## IsoMetrix

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/isometrix
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Aurora addresses operational EHS, risk and compliance. Lumina addresses ESG data and carbon reporting. They are distinct product scopes within the IsoMetrix portfolio, not interchangeable names or an assumed single subscription.

IsoMetrix is a candidate for organizations that need consistent risk and control processes across sites. Aurora covers operational management, while Lumina supplies sustainability data and carbon workflows. Buyers should test the data handoff and commercial scope rather than assume all capabilities share one entitlement.

Best-fit starting point: Multi-site industrial organizations with defined risk libraries, control assurance and sustainability reporting responsibilities.

Check before buying: Agree which product owns each record, how information transfers between products, and who maintains configured workflows. Software alignment to standards is not certification or assurance of compliance.

### Pricing

Contact vendor for a scoped quote. On 2 October 2026 the homepage offered Request Demo and Contact Us routes and shows no amount; isometrix.com/pricing returned page not found and the site search for "pricing" returned only blog posts. No billing currency or licence minimum was found on the reviewed pages. Request separate Aurora and Lumina scope, implementation, connectors, mobile configuration, support tier and renewal terms. The services page distinguishes templated, tweaked and tailored delivery; tailored delivery is Aurora-only and entails a more extensive statement of work and ongoing effort.

### When the price fits

Worth shortlisting when consistent controls and site-level evidence matter more than a quick standalone reporting form. Price the implementation and ongoing administration alongside licences; use a representative site pilot before committing to a wider rollout.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: Official demo and services pages accessed. No public numeric price was verified. Templated, tweaked and tailored implementation approaches are documented; free trial access is not established.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.isometrix.com/request-demo/
- https://www.isometrix.com/support/
- https://www.isometrix.com/

### Configured offline EHS forms; Lumina offline scope unverified

The EHS FAQ documents configured offline forms for Android and iOS, with capture and editing followed by online synchronization. The safety page specifically mentions offline inspection and observation data collection. Confirm selected forms and attachment limits; this does not establish disconnected Lumina carbon calculations or ESG reporting.

Product scope: Aurora operational risk and EHS, with Lumina ESG capabilities assessed separately.

Review scope: Independent desk research from official vendor documentation, not hands-on testing or a user review. AI-assisted explanatory copy may be incomplete and does not replace a vendor demo or primary documentation. No independent reviewer rating or certification is asserted.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Aurora and Lumina scope: Aurora and Lumina are separate products and buying one does not imply the other. Request separate scope, implementation and connector costs, since no public pricing page was found.
  Sources: https://www.isometrix.com/, https://www.isometrix.com/solutions/esg-management-software/, https://www.isometrix.com/request-demo/
- Risk and control libraries: Standardised libraries, site and global registers, bow-tie views and control testing are described. Build one risk with controls, test a control failure, and confirm it links to a treatment plan and incident. Retain the approval history.
  Sources: https://www.isometrix.com/solutions/risk-and-control-management-software/, https://www.isometrix.com/risk-management/
- Action closure controls: A Central Action Manager is listed alongside incidents, findings and inspections, but public pages do not establish closure controls. Demonstrate approval, rejection and effectiveness review by a person other than the assignee.
  Sources: https://www.isometrix.com/solutions/ehs-management-software/, https://www.isometrix.com/solutions/safety-management-software/
- Offline forms and synchronisation: Configured Android and iOS forms support capture and editing then synchronisation. Test your selected modules offline with attachments, reconnect, and verify the server record. Ask about the integration FAQ for connected systems.
  Sources: https://www.isometrix.com/solutions/ehs-management-software/, https://www.isometrix.com/brochures/isometrix-aurora-ehs-brochure/
- Contractor credentials and permits: The contractor page documents credential upload, verification and expiry alerts, and the safety page lists hot-work and confined-space permits. Test whether an expired certificate blocks access or only alerts, and confirm isolation requirements.
  Sources: https://www.isometrix.com/solutions/contractor-management/, https://www.isometrix.com/solutions/safety-management-software/
- Delivery model, carbon data and support: Templated, tweaked and tailored delivery options apply differently to Aurora and Lumina. Ask which model is quoted, and for carbon factor versions and calculation evidence. Review the support terms.
  Sources: https://www.isometrix.com/support/, https://www.isometrix.com/solutions/carbon-footprint-management/

### Capability scope

- Shared risk libraries [documented]: Aurora supports standardized risk and control libraries, site and global registers, bow-tie views, automated assessment and approval workflows, control testing and assurance, and links from incidents or control failures to treatment plans. Sources: https://www.isometrix.com/risk-management/, https://www.isometrix.com/solutions/risk-and-control-management-software/
- Incident follow-up [documented]: Safety management describes investigation and root-cause analysis, while the EHS page lists a Central Action Manager alongside incidents, findings, audits and inspections. Demonstrate approval, rejection and effectiveness review because the public page does not establish those closure controls. Sources: https://www.isometrix.com/solutions/safety-management-software/, https://www.isometrix.com/solutions/ehs-management-software/
- Quality NCR and CAPA workflow [documented]: The Quality Management solution documents nonconformance reporting, investigation and root-cause analysis, CAPA assignment and escalation, effectiveness verification, inspections, risk assessment and audit management, and integrations with ERP, EHS, risk and compliance systems. Confirm the Quality solution entitlement and the configured cross-process record in the proposal. Sources: https://www.isometrix.com/solutions/quality-management-software/
- Offline EHS forms [documented]: Configured Android and iOS forms support capture and editing followed by synchronization. Demonstrate your selected modules. Sources: https://www.isometrix.com/solutions/ehs-management-software/
- Control of work [documented]: The safety solution describes hot-work and confined-space permit workflows. Confirm isolation and authorization requirements in a demo. Sources: https://www.isometrix.com/solutions/safety-management-software/
- Environmental performance [documented]: Aurora documentation describes tracking air, water, energy, waste and noise indicators. Sources: https://www.isometrix.com/brochures/isometrix-aurora-ehs-brochure/
- ESG consolidation [documented]: Lumina centralizes sustainability metrics; purchasing it is not implied by an Aurora subscription. Sources: https://www.isometrix.com/solutions/esg-management-software/
- Carbon and supplier inputs [documented]: Lumina describes emissions calculations and supply-chain surveys. Check factor versions and calculation evidence for your inventory. Sources: https://www.isometrix.com/solutions/carbon-footprint-management/
- Deployment configuration [documented]: Templated and tweaked delivery apply to both products; tailored delivery is documented for Aurora only. Sources: https://www.isometrix.com/support/
- Contractor onboarding and credential controls [documented]: The current IsoMetrix Contractor Management page documents a centralized contractor register, digital onboarding and prequalification, uploads and verification for certifications, licences, insurance and training, expiry and renewal alerts, site-specific safety training, and status dashboards used for verification and approval. Confirm the separately scoped solution or module, identity source, site-specific approval rules and whether an expired or missing credential blocks access or merely raises an alert. Sources: https://www.isometrix.com/solutions/contractor-management/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: offline control verification to action closure
1. Configure a critical-control inspection for one site and download its mobile form.
2. Capture a failed control and photo without signal, then reconnect and inspect duplicates and conflicting edits.
3. Assign remediation, verify closure and show the resulting site and enterprise risk views.

#### Demo exercise: environmental source record to ESG output
1. Provide one site energy record with a correction and supporting evidence.
2. Ask the vendor to show which Aurora or Lumina component stores, reviews and calculates the metric.
3. Reconcile the corrected result to an export and document connector, module and support costs for that path.

#### Demo exercise: contractor prequalification to high-risk work approval
1. Create a contractor record with one expiring insurance document, one missing site induction and a proposed high-risk task.
2. Upload the evidence, complete the induction and show the resulting status, approval history and renewal alerts; then demonstrate whether a missing or expired credential blocks site or permit approval or only warns an operator.
3. Issue the linked permit and task risk assessment, complete a field check-in with photo or location evidence, then trace the contractor record into performance reporting and any related incident, audit or control record.

### Product presentations

- [Aurora incident overview analytics dashboard](https://www.isometrix.com/solutions/ehs-management-software/): Official vendor image of an Aurora incident overview dashboard; not labelled as sample.
- [Aurora advanced analytics dashboard with forecasts](https://www.isometrix.com/solutions/ehs-management-software/): Official vendor image of an Aurora advanced analytics dashboard; not labelled as sample.
- [Aurora control register table](https://www.isometrix.com/risk-management/): Official vendor image of an Aurora control register list; not labelled as sample.

### Questions and answers

#### What is the difference between IsoMetrix Aurora and Lumina?
Aurora focuses on operational EHS, risk and compliance. Lumina focuses on sustainability data and carbon reporting. Ask for the product boundary and integration path in writing when buying both.

#### Does IsoMetrix work without internet access?
The EHS documentation describes configured mobile forms that capture and edit records offline before synchronization. Check device preparation and evidence handling for your workflow. This is not confirmation that Lumina reporting works offline.

#### Is IsoMetrix affordable for a smaller sustainability team?
Public numeric pricing was not verified, so affordability cannot be established from the website. Request a Lumina-specific quote with implementation and support rather than assuming an enterprise Aurora deployment is required.

#### What should a manufacturer test before choosing IsoMetrix?
Use one plant and one recurring control failure to test ownership, evidence and closure. Separately trace one environmental metric into the proposed ESG output, including corrections and module costs. These exercises are proposed buyer checks, not completed QHSEtech tests.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-26: Re-checked on 26 September 2026: demo and contact routes only, no pricing page and no amount shown.

### Demo questions

- Which requirements belong in Aurora, Lumina or a separately priced module?
- How are incident, environmental and ESG records reconciled across the product boundary?
- Which mobile forms, attachments and reference data are cached before going offline?
- What configuration changes remain supported after an upgrade?

### Primary sources

- [Risk-control workflows, approvals and assurance](https://www.isometrix.com/solutions/risk-and-control-management-software/)
- [Homepage, demo and contact routes, no pricing page : checked 26 September 2026](https://www.isometrix.com/)
- [EHS mobile scope and integration FAQ](https://www.isometrix.com/solutions/ehs-management-software/)
- [Safety inspections and operational controls](https://www.isometrix.com/solutions/safety-management-software/)
- [Aurora risk management](https://www.isometrix.com/risk-management/)
- [Aurora EHS brochure overview](https://www.isometrix.com/brochures/isometrix-aurora-ehs-brochure/)
- [Lumina ESG scope](https://www.isometrix.com/solutions/esg-management-software/)
- [Carbon and supplier data](https://www.isometrix.com/solutions/carbon-footprint-management/)
- [Implementation and support](https://www.isometrix.com/support/)
- [Request a scoped demo](https://www.isometrix.com/request-demo/)
- [Quality NCR, CAPA, verification and integration scope : checked 28 September 2026](https://www.isometrix.com/solutions/quality-management-software/)
- [Contractor onboarding, credentials and renewal controls : checked 28 September 2026](https://www.isometrix.com/solutions/contractor-management/)
- [IsoMetrix about page](https://www.isometrix.com/about/)

## myosh

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/myosh
Sources checked: 2026-10-10
Also known as: myosh Viking
myosh is a modular HSEQ management platform. Confirm the proposed quality, safety and mobile modules, release and configuration; published guidance does not establish identical behavior across every deployment.

myosh connects safety records with quality non-conformance, investigation, CAPA and assigned follow-up. Buyers can evaluate incidents, supplier-quality audits and corrective actions as coordinated but separately entitled modules, then confirm the configuration needed for their organisation.

Best-fit starting point: Organisations replacing disconnected HSEQ registers that want configurable forms and clear responsibility for investigation, action and sign-off.

Check before buying: Module selection, user counts and configuration affect cost. Verify the mobile release, available offline records and synchronization recovery in your proposed environment.

### Pricing

Subscription plus one-time licence fee. Classic starts at AUD 228/month plus AUD 3,768 once-off; Classic Plus at AUD 273/month plus AUD 6,768 once-off. Prices exclude GST. The advertised package covers up to 10 users and includes training/implementation. Confirm the module list: the table mentions four core modules but the FAQ names Incidents, Hazards and Actions. Custom pricing is not publicly available, contact vendor. Extra modules, users and selected features change the quote.

### When the price fits

Worth shortlisting when linked safety records and accountable follow-up replace several manual registers. Compare implementation effort and the complete quote with your actual workload before deciding whether the configurable platform is proportionate to your needs.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-09-27 [verified]: Public entry pricing verified; custom scope requires a quote.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.myosh.com/pricing
- https://www.myosh.com/myosh-free-trial

### Mobile offline capture; cached records depend on configuration

The mobile app supports new blank forms without connectivity. Existing My Activities records are cached; other existing records require modules configured for offline availability. Submitted offline records sync when connectivity returns. Verify the exact app and release, attachment handling, restart recovery and conflicting edits in a demo.

Product scope: Incidents, hazards, actions, configurable inspections, quality and non-conformance records, with additional modules and advanced configuration scoped separately.

Review scope: Independent desk research from official vendor documentation, not hands-on testing or a user review. AI-assisted explanatory text may be incomplete and does not replace a demo or primary documentation. No independent rating or certification is asserted.

Trial status: request-only. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Trace a finding through assignment, escalation, verification and export.
  Sources: https://www.myosh.com/modules/inspections, https://www.myosh.com/modules/action-management
- Usability & adoption: Observe a worker reporting from the intended device and connection conditions.
  Sources: https://www.myosh.com/features/mobile
- Implementation & TCO: Confirm module scope and the effort required to configure your real workflow.
  Sources: https://www.myosh.com/pricing
- Integrations & API: Request interface documentation and ownership of integration maintenance.
  Sources: https://www.myosh.com/pricing
- Security & trust: Test role visibility and request current security evidence for the proposed deployment.
  Sources: https://www.myosh.com/modules/incident-reporting
- Customer voice: No independently verified review sample is included. Request references with similar field conditions and configuration needs.

### Capability scope

- Quality nonconformance, CAPA and sign-off [documented]: The Non-Conformance module records the breached specification, investigation and root cause, product or service disposition, linked corrective and preventive actions, and an authoriser decision that can sign off, refer or reopen the record. Confirm module entitlement, role separation and any later effectiveness assessment in the proposed configuration. Sources: https://www.myosh.com/modules/non-conformance, https://help.myosh.com/documentation/non-conformance/investigating-a-non-conformance-investigator-guide
- Quality records, document control and supplier-quality audits [conditional]: Official help documents a Quality module with customer and improvement records, record-level document versioning and audit logs, and configurable inspections that can implement a supplier quality audit. Demonstrate the required customer, supplier and controlled-document workflows rather than treating a configurable example as a complete supplier-quality suite. Sources: https://help.myosh.com/documentation/quality-management/logging-an-ofi-opportunity-for-improvement, https://www.myosh.com/faq/how-can-document-control-software-improve-audit-readiness, https://help.myosh.com/documentation/inspections-audits/inspections-module-overview
- Offline record creation [conditional]: Blank forms are available offline; access to existing records depends on cached activities and configured modules. Confirm the deployed app version. Sources: https://www.myosh.com/features/mobile
- Offline submission synchronization [documented]: Help documentation describes local storage while disconnected and automatic upload of submitted records when a connection is detected. Conflict resolution guarantees are not established. Sources: https://help.myosh.com/documentation/mobile-app/mobile-app-account-settings-and-syncing
- Inspection form configuration [documented]: Inspection forms support scores, photos, conditional questions and response-based notifications. Advanced branching requires training; spreadsheet import is an optional add-on. Sources: https://www.myosh.com/modules/inspections
- Incident investigation [documented]: Incident records progress through review and sign-off, can link hazards and actions, and support confidential visibility controls. Verify access routing with your own roles. Sources: https://www.myosh.com/modules/incident-reporting
- Assigned corrective actions [documented]: Actions include owners, due dates, reminders, change history and a documented verification step before formal closure. Demonstrate that a separate reviewer can reject weak evidence and that this behavior exists in the proposed configuration. Sources: https://www.myosh.com/modules/action-management
- Contractor registration and induction records [documented]: The contractor module describes invitations, contractor-submitted business and job documents, internal review and approval, compliance checklists, qualifications, training, insurance expiry and linked inductions. Confirm the purchased module and map it to your own construction dutyholder process; CDM compliance is not established. Sources: https://www.myosh.com/tutorials/myosh-contractor-management-simplifies-contractor-engagement-and-compliance, https://help.myosh.com/documentation/contractor-management/contractor-registration-information-submission-and-approval
- Inspection automation [conditional]: Smart Inspections with Rules Engine can trigger actions or linked records. The inspection page restricts this automation to Custom-tier subscribers. Sources: https://www.myosh.com/modules/inspections
- Integration and authentication [conditional]: API integration and SSO appear in the Custom offering. Request the actual interfaces and delivery scope rather than assuming base-tier entitlement. Sources: https://www.myosh.com/pricing
- Psychosocial risk module using Skodel assessment tools [conditional]: The myosh module page describes an anonymous assessment tool for consulting workers on psychosocial hazards, using risk assessment tools from the partner Skodel and referring to a Safe Work Australia code of practice. The page says its description is being updated and gives little on dashboards, case handling or pricing, and the assessment content is partner-provided, so confirm edition and scope. Sources: https://www.myosh.com/modules/psychosocial-risk-skodel

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: supplier-quality nonconformance through sign-off
1. Log a supplier-related deviation against a named specification and attach the affected evidence.
2. Classify the nonconformance, record product or service disposition and complete root-cause analysis.
3. Create linked corrective and preventive actions with separate owners and due dates.
4. Have an authoriser reject weak evidence, reopen the record, then sign off the corrected submission and export its history.

#### Demo exercise: offline finding through corrective closure
1. Load the proposed app and required site records, then disconnect the device.
2. Create a real inspection with a photo and a failed item; restart the app before reconnecting.
3. Reconnect and inspect the submission status, linked action and attachment.
4. Assign a separate reviewer to verify closure and export the change history.

#### Demo exercise: confidential incident across roles
1. Create a near-miss report and a separate confidential test incident.
2. Check visibility using reporter, supervisor and reviewer accounts.
3. Link a follow-up action and demonstrate overdue escalation.
4. Review final sign-off and confirm the export respects role access.

### Product presentations

- [myosh mobile application overview](https://www.myosh.com/features/mobile): Official myosh product video embedded on the vendor's mobile-features page. It is vendor material rather than an independent test; verify the current app release, cached records and synchronization behavior in the proposed deployment.
- [Incidents dashboard widgets](https://www.myosh.com/modules/incident-reporting): Official vendor image of myosh incident charts by classification and status; sample data.
- [Actions dashboard widgets](https://www.myosh.com/modules/action-management): Official vendor image of myosh action charts by site, status and resolution rate; sample data.

### Questions and answers

#### Does myosh support quality nonconformance and CAPA?
Yes. Official product and help documentation describes a Quality module and a separate Non-Conformance workflow covering breached specifications, root-cause investigation, disposition, linked corrective and preventive actions, and authoriser sign-off or reopen. Confirm the modules, permissions and supplier workflow included in the proposal.

#### Does myosh work offline for inspections?
The app supports new forms offline and caches My Activities records. Other existing records depend on module configuration. Verify the actual app release with a disconnected inspection and a restart before rollout.

#### How much does myosh cost?
See the pricing section for verified AUD entry prices, one-time licence charges and package limits. Request a written quote for your configuration.

#### Does myosh offer a free trial?
A free trial can be requested from the vendor. It uses one login in a demo environment that resets monthly and cannot continue into the paid deployment. Agree the evaluation scope before loading data.

#### Can myosh link inspection failures with corrective actions?
The inspection module documents actions created from failed items. Action Management tracks assignment, reminders and change history. Ask the vendor to demonstrate review and closure on a sample finding rather than assuming the default workflow matches your process.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-28: Added the official mobile-application video embedded by myosh, with click-to-load privacy controls and evaluation cautions for app release, cached records and synchronization.

### Demo questions

- Which Quality and Non-Conformance modules, roles and supplier workflows are included in our proposal?
- Which app and release will we deploy, and which existing records are cached?
- Show a failed inspection item becoming an assigned action with review evidence.
- What modules, users and configuration are included in our first-year quote?
- How do pending submissions recover after a restart or conflicting edit?

### Primary sources

- [Pricing and trial limitations](https://www.myosh.com/pricing)
- [Mobile scope and offline record availability](https://www.myosh.com/features/mobile)
- [Mobile synchronization help](https://help.myosh.com/documentation/mobile-app/mobile-app-account-settings-and-syncing)
- [Incident workflow](https://www.myosh.com/modules/incident-reporting)
- [Inspection configuration](https://www.myosh.com/modules/inspections)
- [Corrective action workflow](https://www.myosh.com/modules/action-management)
- [Free trial request](https://www.myosh.com/myosh-free-trial)
- [Contractor records, inductions and compliance evidence — checked 27 September 2026](https://www.myosh.com/tutorials/myosh-contractor-management-simplifies-contractor-engagement-and-compliance)
- [Contractor registration, submitted evidence and internal approval — checked 27 September 2026](https://help.myosh.com/documentation/contractor-management/contractor-registration-information-submission-and-approval)
- [Quality non-conformance, CAPA and sign-off workflow — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.myosh.com/modules/non-conformance)
- [Quality-record investigation, disposition and corrective action — checked 28 September 2026](https://help.myosh.com/documentation/non-conformance/investigating-a-non-conformance-investigator-guide)
- [Quality opportunity-for-improvement records — checked 28 September 2026](https://help.myosh.com/documentation/quality-management/logging-an-ofi-opportunity-for-improvement)
- [Document-control workflow and audit logs — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.myosh.com/faq/how-can-document-control-software-improve-audit-readiness)
- [Configurable supplier-quality audits — checked 28 September 2026](https://help.myosh.com/documentation/inspections-audits/inspections-module-overview)
- [Psychosocial risk module using Skodel assessment, checked 1 October 2026](https://www.myosh.com/modules/psychosocial-risk-skodel)
- [myosh security page](https://www.myosh.com/security)

## Clappia

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/clappia
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Clappia is a general-purpose no-code application platform. Safety inspections and reporting are configured applications, not evidence of a complete preconfigured EHS suite.

Clappia lets teams configure their own inspection and reporting apps. Its relevance to QHSE is flexible field capture, including photos, followed by the workflow your team designs. Budget for someone to own the forms and their changes.

Best-fit starting point: Teams with specific inspection forms and an internal owner who can configure and maintain them.

Check before buying: Clappia is a configurable platform, so the buyer owns process design, testing, permissions, changes and ongoing administration. Prepared mobile forms and records can work offline, but public links and status changes cannot; do not treat an offline submission as an approved inspection or authority to work. Bulk uploads and edits do not trigger normal workflows. Approval nodes can complete after any configured approver changes status or after expiry, so safe branching must be demonstrated. AI-created apps and AI Block outputs require human review, validation and sensitive-data governance. GPS can be user-adjustable and does not prove presence. Confirm plan entitlements, API and AI call pools, add-ons, third-party keys, currency and taxes.

### Pricing

Free plan and per-user subscriptions. The public INR schedule lists Starter at INR 600/user/month monthly or INR 450/user/month billed annually; Professional at INR 800 monthly or INR 600 billed annually. The Free plan allows up to 100 users and 400 submissions/month. The page also presents a separate dollar schedule; confirm checkout currency, taxes and local terms. Enterprise pricing is not publicly available, contact vendor. Include workflow usage and optional add-ons in the quote. The page also lists per-user lifetime licences (INR 15k Starter, INR 19k Professional); confirm terms with the vendor. The pricing page lists workflow step executions per month as 400 on Free, 4,000 on Starter and 40,000 on Professional, with no limit stated for Enterprise; confirm what counts as a step before sizing automation. The pricing FAQ describes the Free plan as having no time limit; a trial of Professional or Enterprise features is arranged by contacting support rather than shown as a self-service trial.

### When the price fits

Worth shortlisting when your forms change frequently and configuration ownership is realistic. Compare ongoing administration with the cost of a more predefined inspection tool.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: Public INR subscription schedule and free-plan limits checked. Confirm local checkout and add-ons; Enterprise requires a quote.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.clappia.com/pricing
- https://help.clappia.com/help/upgrade-to-premium
- https://help.clappia.com/help/add-ons-usage-pricing

### Prepared mobile capture offline; public links and status approvals online only

The mobile app can queue prepared new submissions and edits to preloaded records, including supported attachments, for later synchronization. Existing records must be loaded before disconnection; status changes are not supported offline and browser link sharing remains online-only. Demonstrate app and record preparation, authentication expiry, stale versions, attachment persistence, device restart, simultaneous edits, failed or partial uploads, retry, duplicate prevention and final server state. Keep approval, escalation and operational authority in an online or independently controlled process.

Product scope: Clappia's general-purpose no-code workplace for configurable mobile and web apps, forms, workflows, public links, APIs, GPS and optional AI features. QHSE inspections, incidents and approvals are buyer-configured applications rather than a documented preconfigured EHS suite. Plan, add-on, AI-provider, public-link and third-party service scopes must be mapped separately.

Review scope: Official Clappia product, pricing and help documentation, not hands-on testing, independent customer testimony, a security assessment or validation of a configured QHSE application. General platform features establish building blocks, not a ready-made safety process. AI features, workflow nodes, APIs, GPS and third-party services require plan, quota, privacy and configuration confirmation. AI-created logic and outputs are treated as drafts requiring human review; location and completed workflow states do not prove physical presence, control effectiveness or authority to work. No independently verified rating, certification or suitability guarantee is asserted.

Trial status: verified-free. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Build one real inspection and identify the follow-up processes that still need configuration.
  Sources: https://www.clappia.com/help/blocks-file
- Usability & adoption: Ask a worker to prepare and complete the mobile form without coaching.
  Sources: https://www.clappia.com/help/clappia-offline-apps
- Implementation & TCO: Include app administration, licences and usage allowances in the comparison.
  Sources: https://help.clappia.com/help/upgrade-to-premium
- Integrations & API: Test one authenticated export or update and document quota handling.
  Sources: https://help.clappia.com/help/clappia-public-apis
- Security & trust: Assess anonymous-link exposure and limit collected personal information to the intended purpose.
  Sources: https://www.clappia.com/help/link-sharing
- Customer voice: No independently verified review sample is included. Ask for references using similarly configured field apps.
- Workflow trigger and approval completeness: Exercise manual, offline-synced, API or system-created, bulk-uploaded and bulk-edited records. Verify which workflows fire, expiry branches, unauthorized approvals, retries, failure visibility and idempotency; a completed node is not approval evidence by itself.
  Sources: https://help.clappia.com/help/workflows, https://help.clappia.com/help/workflows-approval
- AI and configuration governance: Inventory AI providers, prompts, uploaded documents, output fields, call pools, keys, retention and costs. Require builder-only access, sanitized test data, human review, version approval, regression tests and rollback for AI-created or edited apps and model outputs.
  Sources: https://help.clappia.com/help/ai-assistant-in-clappia, https://www.clappia.com/help/blocks-ai, https://help.clappia.com/help/add-ons-usage-pricing
- Offline, location and evidence integrity: Test preload, stale records, attachment recovery, restart, conflicts and final synchronization. Record GPS permissions, accuracy and editability, and distinguish captured evidence from approved status, verified presence and authority to work.
  Sources: https://www.clappia.com/help/clappia-offline-apps, https://www.clappia.com/help/blocks-file, https://www.clappia.com/help/blocks-location

### Capability scope

- Offline new and existing records [conditional]: Requires preloading the app and any existing records. Offline status changes are excluded. Sources: https://www.clappia.com/help/clappia-offline-apps
- Photo and file capture [documented]: Mobile attachments can be captured offline and uploaded with the submission after connectivity returns; web offline submission is excluded. Sources: https://www.clappia.com/help/blocks-file
- No-account reporting [conditional]: Shared web links accept submissions without accounts. Users cannot revisit or edit previous submissions and need connectivity. Sources: https://www.clappia.com/help/link-sharing
- Public APIs [conditional]: Documents authenticated submission creation, retrieval and updates. Confirm quota, key management and endpoint entitlement. Sources: https://help.clappia.com/help/clappia-public-apis
- Licence administration [documented]: Paid licences are managed through workplace billing with roles for managers, builders and users. Sources: https://help.clappia.com/help/upgrade-to-premium
- Approval workflows [conditional]: Listed in Professional; verify that the intended approval design is included. Sources: https://www.clappia.com/pricing
- Event-driven workflow automation [conditional]: Clappia documents user-triggered flows for new, edited and reviewed submissions plus trigger-based flows and nodes for email, Slack, REST APIs, push notifications, approvals, SMS, schedules and other actions. Bulk Upload and Bulk Edit do not trigger workflows. Confirm plan entitlement, quotas, ordering, retries, idempotency, failed-node visibility and every critical bulk or system-generated path before relying on automation. Sources: https://help.clappia.com/help/workflows, https://help.clappia.com/help/add-ons-usage-pricing
- Status-based approval node [conditional]: The Approval node emails configured admin or reviewer approvers and completes when any configured approver changes the submission to an allowed status; after the configured expiry it also completes and later nodes continue. System-created or edited submissions require an explicit Execute with System Workflow setting. Demonstrate multi-approver rules, rejection and change-request statuses, expiry branches, segregation of duties, reassignment, comments, signatures and audit history; node completion is not equivalent to safe or compliant approval. Sources: https://help.clappia.com/help/workflows-approval
- AI-assisted app and workflow building [conditional]: The AI Assistant can draft apps from prompts or uploaded text-based documents, edit fields, formulas and workflows, and explain features. Access is currently on request and only app builders can create or edit. Clappia explicitly tells users to review and test AI-created apps and notes limitations with complex logic and inter-app fields. Apply change control, sandbox testing, approvals, rollback and sensitive-document policy before production use. Sources: https://help.clappia.com/help/ai-assistant-in-clappia
- AI processing block with structured outputs [conditional]: The AI Block can generate or extract one or multiple outputs for use in forms and logic, using Clappia AI or supported third-party providers; administrators may supply certain provider API keys. Published call pools, add-ons and provider billing differ. Confirm model and provider, region, retention, training use, prompt and output logging, secrets handling, cost, failure behavior and human validation. AI output must not authorize work, close findings or establish factual evidence without review. Sources: https://www.clappia.com/help/blocks-ai, https://help.clappia.com/help/add-ons-usage-pricing
- GPS capture and configurable location editing [conditional]: The GPS block captures coordinates and can fetch an address, display a map and optionally allow users to reposition the pin. Public link use needs the customer's Google Maps API key for address fetching or pin movement, with potential third-party charges. Confirm device permissions, accuracy metadata, offline behavior, user-edit indicators, geocoding terms, API-key restrictions and audit history; coordinates or a map pin do not prove a person performed work at that location. Sources: https://www.clappia.com/help/blocks-location

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: disconnected inspection and recovery
1. Open the configured checklist and relevant existing records online.
2. Disconnect and capture a finding with a photo, then restart the app.
3. Reconnect and inspect pending submissions and pending files separately.
4. Confirm the final record before allowing the supervisor to change its status.

#### Demo exercise: external reporter and internal review
1. Open a shared reporting link in a browser without signing in.
2. Submit a test hazard with only the identity fields you actually require.
3. Check what the reporter can see afterward and how a correction is handled.
4. Compare that experience with an authenticated mobile worker.

#### Demo exercise: AI-drafted inspection through controlled approval
1. Use a sanitized fictional checklist to have the AI Assistant draft an inspection app, then review every field, formula, permission and workflow change before publishing to a test workplace.
2. Submit one record manually with GPS and evidence, create another through a system workflow, and bulk-upload a third to expose which approval and notification paths do or do not run.
3. Route the manual and system-created records to approval, let one approval expire, reject another and attempt approval by an unauthorized user; verify branching, reminders, comments and retained history.
4. Promote only the reviewed configuration, record the approved version and rollback procedure, and export the submissions, AI-assisted changes, workflow executions, failures, status decisions and API usage.

### Product presentations

- [Workflow editor with an Approval node](https://help.clappia.com/help/workflows-approval): Official vendor help image of Approval node settings in the workflow editor; example app.
- [Workplace dashboard with AI Assistant menu and apps](https://help.clappia.com/help/ai-assistant-in-clappia): Official vendor help image of a dashboard with apps built by the AI Assistant; example apps.

### Questions and answers

#### Can Clappia inspections work without cell service?
Prepared mobile apps can collect data offline. Existing records need separate preloading. Include a restart and reconnection in your evaluation.

#### Can contractors submit Clappia forms without an account?
Yes, through link sharing while online. That route does not provide access to previous submissions or offline operation. Design a separate correction process.

#### Does Clappia upload inspection photos after reconnecting?
Its mobile file documentation describes local storage and later upload of attachments. Check file permissions, sizes and upload completion with your own devices.

#### Is Clappia a ready-made QHSE management system?
It is a configurable application platform. Map your required incident, approval and follow-up processes before deciding whether a configured app is sufficient.

#### Do Clappia workflows run after bulk uploads or bulk edits?
The official workflow documentation says they do not. Critical imports need a separately tested process; opening and saving records one by one is the documented current workaround for triggering edit workflows.

#### Does an expired Clappia Approval node mean a request was approved?
No. The node can complete after its configured expiration and downstream steps then continue. Configure an explicit condition after the node, test the timeout path and keep approval authority separate from workflow completion.

#### Can Clappia's AI publish a production inspection app without review?
It can create or edit apps, formulas and workflows, but Clappia instructs users to review and test AI-created apps and notes limitations. Use sanitized inputs, builder-only permissions, change approval, test cases, version records and rollback before production.

#### Can AI Block output approve work or close a safety finding?
It can generate structured outputs for use in logic, but the result is model-generated and may consume different provider or Clappia call pools. Require human verification and never use an unreviewed output as operational authority or factual evidence.

#### Does Clappia GPS prove a worker was at the inspection location?
No. Accuracy depends on the device and permissions, and the configuration can allow manual pin movement. Public-link address or pin features may require the buyer's Google Maps key. Preserve edit indicators and corroborate location when it matters.

### Demo questions

- Which forms and existing records must workers preload?
- How do pending files recover after an interrupted upload?
- Can our external reporters use an online link without an account?
- What workflow and API usage charges apply to our workload?
- Show which submission paths bypass workflows, including bulk upload, bulk edit, system workflows and offline synchronization.
- For each approval, demonstrate the required approvers, expiry branch, rejection, change request, unauthorized attempt and retained decision evidence.
- Identify every AI provider, uploaded-document path, call pool, API key, retention rule, human review and rollback control used by our configured apps.

### Primary sources

- [Plans and regional pricing](https://www.clappia.com/pricing)
- [Offline preparation and limitations](https://www.clappia.com/help/clappia-offline-apps)
- [Photo and file evidence](https://www.clappia.com/help/blocks-file)
- [Online link sharing](https://www.clappia.com/help/link-sharing)
- [Public API documentation](https://help.clappia.com/help/clappia-public-apis)
- [Subscription and licence administration](https://help.clappia.com/help/upgrade-to-premium)
- [Workflow triggers, nodes and bulk-operation exception : checked 29 September 2026](https://help.clappia.com/help/workflows)
- [Approval node, approver completion, expiry and system-workflow behavior : checked 29 September 2026](https://help.clappia.com/help/workflows-approval)
- [AI Assistant app creation, editing, document upload and review cautions : checked 29 September 2026](https://help.clappia.com/help/ai-assistant-in-clappia)
- [AI Block outputs, providers, limits and own-key option : checked 29 September 2026](https://www.clappia.com/help/blocks-ai)
- [Add-on and usage pricing for REST API and AI calls : checked 29 September 2026](https://help.clappia.com/help/add-ons-usage-pricing)
- [GPS coordinates, manual adjustment, address and public-link API boundary : checked 29 September 2026](https://www.clappia.com/help/blocks-location)
- [Clappia security page](https://www.clappia.com/security)

## Certainty Software

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/certainty-software
Sources checked: 2026-10-11
Also known as: Certainty
Certainty Software focuses on audit and inspection programs. Its automation offering includes separately scoped features; an announced feature is not assumed to be generally available.

Certainty connects inspection records to follow-up and reporting. Buyers can evaluate it for consistent checklists across locations, then check that action ownership and review rules match their audit process.

Best-fit starting point: Safety, quality and supplier teams standardizing inspections across multiple sites.

Check before buying: Enterprise identity, integrations, supplier access and automation require explicit plan and implementation scope. Tokenized supplier links need identity, expiry and data-isolation testing. Configurable standard-based templates do not certify the customer or guarantee compliance. The proof of concept has a published onboarding charge. Analytics is still labelled upcoming on the automation page, so obtain written feature availability and version details despite broader overview language.

### Pricing

Per-user subscription with enterprise options. Standard is USD 18/user/month billed annually, with unlimited sites, checklists and data. Enterprise options require a quote, including optional SSO, data integration, OData and a test instance. The 30-day proof of concept lists a $930 onboarding fee with no licence fees during evaluation; confirm the fee currency and taxes in writing. A minimum seat commitment is not established by the reviewed page.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating when common audit standards and accountable remediation matter more than a standalone checklist. Use the proof of concept to test your own closure rules before committing.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-11 [verified]: Rechecked the Standard USD annual-billing rate, paid proof-of-concept onboarding and separately scoped enterprise options. Current product pages document SSO, 2FA, OData/API and automation, while Analytics remains upcoming.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.certaintysoftware.com/pricing/
- https://www.certaintysoftware.com/support/onboarding/

### Mobile audit capture offline; complete scope requires a demo

The vendor documents mobile audit capture without connectivity and synchronization after reconnection. Verify preloaded checklists, attachment recovery and conflicting edits on the proposed devices; this research does not establish every administration or reporting function working offline.

Product scope: Audit, inspection and assessment programs with governed templates, mobile and offline evidence capture, scheduling, supplier participation, corrective-action workflows, change history and cross-site reporting. It is not treated as a complete EHS or EQMS suite: document control, training management, occupational health, regulatory content maintenance and other adjacent functions require separate evidence and scope.

Review scope: Independent research from official Certainty product, solution, use-case and release documentation, not hands-on testing, a validated-system assessment or an independent user review. Vendor claims about evidence-grade records and enforced closure are treated as demo targets. SSO, 2FA, access controls, supplier links, APIs and change history are vendor-described; no underlying assurance report, immutable-retention evidence, connector specification, certification or independent rating was reviewed.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Demonstrate a finding, action, reviewer check and final export.
  Sources: https://www.certaintysoftware.com/products/features/
- Usability & adoption: Evaluate translation maintenance and worker navigation using real checklists.
  Sources: https://www.certaintysoftware.com/ufaq-category/most-frequently-asked/
- Implementation & TCO: Define the configured pilot deliverables and ownership of later changes.
  Sources: https://www.certaintysoftware.com/support/onboarding/
- Integrations & API: Request the actual feed schema, refresh behavior and optional charges.
  Sources: https://www.certaintysoftware.com/products/features/
- Security & trust: Test site-group permissions and obtain current deployment security evidence.
  Sources: https://www.certaintysoftware.com/ufaq-category/most-frequently-asked/
- Customer voice: No independent review sample is included. Seek references running comparable audit and remediation programs.
- Supplier access and evidence independence: Test token expiry, forwarding, identity proof, supplier data separation, attachment controls and removal of access. Keep supplier-submitted evidence distinct from the buyer's verification and approval; questionnaire completion alone is not independent assurance.
  Sources: https://www.certaintysoftware.com/solutions/supplier-audits/, https://www.certaintysoftware.com/resources/use-cases/supplier-onboarding/
- Template and audit-trail governance: Change a governed checklist while one audit is complete and another is offline. Confirm effective version, before-and-after values, user and administrator events, synchronization outcome, retention and export. Vendor-described change history does not establish immutability or a validated system.
  Sources: https://www.certaintysoftware.com/products/features/, https://www.certaintysoftware.com/version-4-4-certainty-software/

### Capability scope

- Offline audits [conditional]: Mobile audit data capture and later sync are documented. Test device-specific preparation and recovery. Sources: https://www.certaintysoftware.com/ufaq-category/most-frequently-asked/
- Configured corrective actions [documented]: Rules can create and assign actions, notify owners and escalate overdue work. Sources: https://www.certaintysoftware.com/ufaq-category/most-frequently-asked/
- Inspection evidence [documented]: Finding-level attachments and conditional forms are documented. Sources: https://www.certaintysoftware.com/products/features/
- Cross-site reporting and data feeds [conditional]: Reporting exports and OData/API access are described. Commercial entitlement requires confirmation. Sources: https://www.certaintysoftware.com/products/features/
- Implementation support [documented]: Onboarding includes initial configuration and training, with selected optional setup tasks. Sources: https://www.certaintysoftware.com/support/onboarding/
- AI-assisted evidence review [conditional]: Vision suggests answers from attachments and exposes confidence for review. Advanced Analytics is labelled upcoming, not a verified current capability. Sources: https://www.certaintysoftware.com/products/automation-features/
- Enterprise identity and access controls [conditional]: Current product pages describe SSO, two-factor authentication and configurable access profiles. Confirm plan entitlement, identity-provider setup and current assurance evidence; QHSEtech did not inspect an underlying security report. Sources: https://www.certaintysoftware.com/products/overview/, https://www.certaintysoftware.com/products/features/
- Governed templates, structured forms and audit scheduling [documented]: Certainty documents governed templates, one-time or recurring schedules, site and user-group assignment, conditional and repeatable questions, signatures, GPS, barcode or QR inputs, and evidence attachments. Confirm template approval, effective dates, version rollout, skipped or overdue schedule handling and whether every field type works offline on the quoted devices. Configurable templates support a compliance process but do not certify the organization or guarantee conformity with a named standard. Sources: https://www.certaintysoftware.com/products/features/, https://www.certaintysoftware.com/resources/use-cases/supplier-quality-assurance-inspections/, https://www.certaintysoftware.com/solutions/safety-inspections/, https://www.certaintysoftware.com/products/overview/
- Supplier self-assessment and external participation [conditional]: The supplier pages describe self-assessment questionnaires, automated onboarding schedules, multi-step participation and tokenized supplier access links, with mobile and offline evidence capture. Confirm link expiry, identity verification, forwarding controls, supplier licensing, data separation, attachment limits, reminders and the buyer's independent review before approval. A completed supplier questionnaire is not independent assurance. Sources: https://www.certaintysoftware.com/solutions/supplier-audits/, https://www.certaintysoftware.com/resources/use-cases/supplier-onboarding/
- Checklist version history and system change trail [conditional]: Current feature and safety pages describe system-wide change history, while the version 4.4 release notes specifically document change history for completed checklists and expanded checklist/action workflows. Verify which objects and events are logged, administrator actions, before-and-after values, timestamps, export, retention, immutability and the behavior of already-started offline audits after a template change. Sources: https://www.certaintysoftware.com/products/features/, https://www.certaintysoftware.com/solutions/safety-inspections/, https://www.certaintysoftware.com/version-4-4-certainty-software/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: finding through verified closure
1. Configure a representative audit with a required evidence question.
2. Record a failure and inspect the resulting owner, due date and notification.
3. Attempt closure without sufficient evidence and test your required reviewer rule.
4. Export the finding and action history for a second reviewer.

#### Demo exercise: consistent audits across sites
1. Deploy one checklist to two site groups with separate user access.
2. Complete a disconnected audit on the intended field device.
3. Reconnect and compare the site results using the same scoring definitions.
4. Check translation ownership and the effect of a changed question.

#### Demo exercise: supplier self-assessment to independently verified closure
1. Create a fictional supplier onboarding program with a governed questionnaire, due date, conditional fields and required evidence, then issue it through the proposed external-access method.
2. Complete part of the questionnaire as the supplier, including one offline evidence capture, and test link expiry, forwarding, resume behavior and access to other suppliers' data.
3. Trigger a material nonconformance, assign a corrective action with evidence and a deadline, then attempt closure with a plan or promise rather than implementation proof.
4. Have an independent buyer reviewer reject or approve the submitted evidence, schedule a follow-up audit and export the questionnaire version, finding, action, review and change history as one acceptance package.

### Product presentations

- [Checklist score and completions dashboard cards](https://www.certaintysoftware.com/solutions/safety-inspections/): Official vendor illustration of dashboard cards, cropped; the figures are sample data.
- [Global inspections overview card](https://www.certaintysoftware.com/solutions/safety-inspections/): Official vendor illustration of a results card, cropped; the figures are sample data.

### Questions and answers

#### Is the Certainty Software proof of concept free?
The pricing page lists an onboarding fee for a 30-day proof of concept, while licence fees are waived during that period. Agree the scope and commercial terms before starting.

#### Does Certainty Software support offline inspections?
The vendor documents mobile audit capture and later synchronization. Validate the checklist, attachments and recovery steps you require on your own device configuration.

#### Can Certainty manage overdue corrective actions?
Its documented workflow supports assignment, notifications and escalation. Ask for a demonstration of reviewer approval and evidence requirements before closure.

#### Are all Certainty automation features available today?
The automation page describes Vision and Insights but labels advanced Analytics as upcoming. Request written availability and package scope for any automation you intend to buy.

#### Is Certainty Software a complete EHS or quality management suite?
The reviewed evidence supports audit, inspection, supplier-assessment, corrective-action and reporting workflows. It does not establish a complete suite for document control, training, occupational health, regulatory-content maintenance or every incident-management process. Scope adjacent requirements separately.

#### Do Certainty templates certify compliance with ISO, OSHA or another standard?
No. Certainty documents configurable templates and reference checklists for several audit programs, but software configuration and completed checklists do not certify the customer or replace qualified interpretation, evidence review and an independent certification process where required.

#### Do suppliers need a normal Certainty account?
The supplier-audit page describes tokenized access links intended to reduce account friction. Confirm the purchased supplier workflow, identity checks, link expiry and forwarding controls, licensing, data separation and access removal before relying on it.

#### Does Certainty provide ready-made SAP, Tableau or Power BI integrations?
The feature documentation says OData feeds and API access can support Power BI, Tableau, SAP and other enterprise systems, and describes Power BI reporting. That does not establish a packaged connector, bidirectional writeback or inclusion in Standard. Request the schema, authentication, refresh, failure handling, implementation ownership and enterprise charges.

### Demo questions

- What must be downloaded before a disconnected audit?
- Which action changes require review before closure?
- What does our proof-of-concept onboarding fee include?
- Which BI, SSO and automation options are priced separately?
- For external supplier access, demonstrate link expiry and identity, tenant separation, an offline submission, independent buyer verification and a complete export after access is removed.

### Primary sources

- [Subscription and proof-of-concept terms](https://www.certaintysoftware.com/pricing/)
- [Standard product features](https://www.certaintysoftware.com/products/features/)
- [Operational FAQs](https://www.certaintysoftware.com/ufaq-category/most-frequently-asked/)
- [Onboarding scope](https://www.certaintysoftware.com/support/onboarding/)
- [Automation and upcoming Analytics](https://www.certaintysoftware.com/products/automation-features/)
- [Current product overview, evidence workflow and enterprise controls](https://www.certaintysoftware.com/products/overview/)
- [Audit-management scope, required closure evidence and enterprise reporting : checked 29 September 2026](https://www.certaintysoftware.com/solutions/audit-management-software/)
- [Safety inspections, offline evidence, governed templates and change controls : checked 29 September 2026](https://www.certaintysoftware.com/solutions/safety-inspections/)
- [Supplier audits, multi-step participation and tokenized supplier access : checked 29 September 2026](https://www.certaintysoftware.com/solutions/supplier-audits/)
- [Supplier self-assessment and onboarding workflow : checked 29 September 2026](https://www.certaintysoftware.com/resources/use-cases/supplier-onboarding/)
- [Supplier quality scheduling, forms and reporting : checked 29 September 2026](https://www.certaintysoftware.com/resources/use-cases/supplier-quality-assurance-inspections/)
- [Version 4.4 change history, schedule and workflow release evidence](https://www.certaintysoftware.com/version-4-4-certainty-software/)

## Assignar

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/assignar
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Assignar is a construction operations platform. This profile focuses on Operations, worker compliance and field forms; Assignar Pay and other offerings require separate scope confirmation.

Assignar is relevant to QHSE buyers who want safety records close to construction operations. It combines workforce context with configurable site forms, allowing buyers to assess the handoff between field reporting and office review.

Best-fit starting point: Construction contractors coordinating crews, qualification records and recurring site paperwork.

Check before buying: A form for an incident or permit does not itself establish a specialist investigation or permit-to-work system. Confirm workflow depth, regional product scope and integration charges.

### Pricing

Custom quote. Pricing is not publicly available, contact vendor. Request the required Operations features, dashboard and field users, onboarding, contract term, regional scope and any Pay offering as separate line items. Public API access is documented as an add-on. The pricing page offers a demo-led test drive; it does not establish an unrestricted free trial.

### When the price fits

Worth shortlisting when construction scheduling and field paperwork share the same operational bottleneck. A team needing only inspections should compare the full quoted scope with simpler form tools.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: Quote-only pricing and demo-led evaluation confirmed; public API is an add-on.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://assignar.com/pricing/
- https://assignar.com/integrations/

### Mobile offline mode documented; workflow details need verification

The official mobile guide documents automatic offline mode when reception is lost and a manual Go Offline option. The article lists viewing assignments for about three days either side, completing timesheets, forms other than Collaborative Forms and dockets outside an assignment, from app version 11.4.8; work created offline is saved on the device and synchronizes later. It does not establish the full record cache, attachment queue or conflict behavior. Demonstrate the precise inspection and synchronization flow rather than assuming the entire platform works offline.

Product scope: Construction workforce coordination, qualification records and site data capture.

Review scope: Independent research from official vendor documentation, not hands-on testing or a user review. AI-assisted explanatory content may be incomplete and does not replace a demo or primary documentation. No independently verified rating or certification is asserted.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Follow a real site finding through office review rather than evaluating a blank form.
  Sources: https://assignar.com/forms-field-data/
- Usability & adoption: Run the same field task with weak reception and inspect recovery.
  Sources: https://support.assignar.com/hc/en-au/articles/4406378214927-Working-Offline-in-the-Assignar-Mobile-App
- Implementation & TCO: Ask for the complete deployment and user-scope quote.
  Sources: https://assignar.com/pricing/
- Integrations & API: Distinguish file exchange, partner connector and custom API ownership.
  Sources: https://assignar.com/integrations/
- Security & trust: Test user-tag access and visibility of worker information.
  Sources: https://support.assignar.com/hc/en-au/articles/5227751864591-Build-a-Form
- Customer voice: No independent review sample is included. Seek contractor references with comparable operations and connectivity.

### Capability scope

- Field forms [documented]: Custom forms cover site data such as equipment pre-checks and incident reports. Specialist investigation depth needs demonstration. Sources: https://assignar.com/forms-field-data/
- Form routing and access [documented]: Configuration supports assigned owners, submission statuses, association fields and user-tag access. Sources: https://support.assignar.com/hc/en-au/articles/5227751864591-Build-a-Form
- Mobile offline mode [conditional]: The help article describes automatic and manual offline modes. It lists assignments within about three days either side, timesheets, forms other than Collaborative Forms and dockets outside an assignment, from app version 11.4.8. Attachment handling, conflict behavior and recovery scope remain unverified. Sources: https://support.assignar.com/hc/en-au/articles/4406378214927-Working-Offline-in-the-Assignar-Mobile-App
- Qualification and expiry tracking [documented]: The workforce offering stores qualifications and documents with expiry alerts, including subcontractor records. Sources: https://assignar.com/workforce-management/
- Integration routes [conditional]: The vendor distinguishes partner-connected integrations from import/export. Public API access is an add-on. Sources: https://assignar.com/integrations/
- Published form lifecycle [documented]: Saving does not publish a form. Published changes take effect immediately; questions with submitted results cannot be deleted. Sources: https://support.assignar.com/hc/en-au/articles/5227751864591-Build-a-Form
- Compliance-aware scheduling signals [documented]: Scheduler signals surface double-booking, missing certifications and role or skill mismatches before and after allocation. These are decision aids, not a documented hard block on dispatch. Sources: https://support.assignar.com/hc/en-au/articles/5215525645839-Finding-Schedule-Conflicts, https://support.assignar.com/hc/en-au/articles/4406377713935-Role-based-Compliance-and-Role-based-Scheduling-in-Assignar
- Supervisor Site Diaries [documented]: Supervisors can capture crew time, progress, chargeable items, photo notes, questions and weather, collect a client signature and produce PDFs. Dashboard edits can replace the supervisor signature and remove the client signature, so amendment controls need review. Sources: https://support.assignar.com/hc/en-au/articles/12525806002191-Site-Diary-Overview, https://support.assignar.com/hc/en-au/articles/6619211049615-Site-Diary-on-the-Web-Dashboard
- Timesheet approval and payroll handoff [documented]: Authorized users can review, edit, approve, mark processed and export timesheets, with summaries and configured overtime calculations. Confirm the target payroll connector or file-import process separately. Sources: https://support.assignar.com/hc/en-au/articles/7758378462223-Review-and-Approve-Time-with-Web-Timesheets-Overview
- Asset document expiry alerts [documented]: Asset registrations, licences, certificates and service records can carry date- or usage-based expiry thresholds and alerts. This is expiry tracking, not a full preventive-maintenance work-order engine. Sources: https://support.assignar.com/hc/en-au/articles/15971050264975-Track-asset-document-expirations

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: site finding to reviewed record
1. Build a representative equipment check with required evidence and a review status.
2. Associate the form with the project and asset, then complete it as a field worker.
3. Inspect assignment, notification and reviewer access from the office.
4. Repeat while disconnected and verify the final synchronized record.

#### Demo exercise: qualification expiry before dispatch
1. Create test workers with current and expired required credentials.
2. Try assigning both workers to the same job and observe the actual control.
3. Update the credential and inspect notification and scheduling changes.
4. Check subcontractor visibility using a restricted account.

#### Demo exercise: compliant dispatch to signed daily record
1. Define a role with required competencies and create one compliant and one non-compliant worker.
2. Schedule both candidates and verify the conflict or compliance signals without assuming warnings hard-block dispatch.
3. Have the supervisor complete a Site Diary with crew time, a photo note, weather and client signature.
4. Review and edit the diary from the dashboard, then inspect signature changes, PDF output and timesheet approval or export.

### Product presentations

- [Drag-and-drop crew scheduler](https://assignar.com/crew-scheduling/): Official Assignar scheduler frame showing project roles, allocations and worker resources; the source animation predates the current release, so confirm the current layout in a demo.
- [Mobile allocations and competencies](https://assignar.com/construction-profitability/): Official Assignar mobile composite showing a work allocation alongside competency records; the pictured interface is from an earlier release.
- [Competency expiry dashboard](https://assignar.com/construction-profitability/): Official Assignar dashboard showing expiring and expired worker competencies; the pictured interface is from an earlier release and should be checked against the current product.

### Questions and answers

#### Is Assignar a dedicated EHS platform?
Its core context is construction operations. Field forms and workforce compliance can support safety work, but complex investigations or permit controls need explicit validation.

#### Does Assignar work offline on construction sites?
Its mobile guide documents offline mode. The precise forms, records and attachments available without reception should be tested in the proposed deployment.

#### Does Assignar include public API access?
The integration page describes the public API as an add-on. Confirm the required endpoints, connection owner and fees in the quote.

#### Can Assignar track subcontractor document expiry?
The workforce page documents subcontractor licence and document records with alerts. Test site requirements and account visibility before using this as a dispatch control.

### Demo questions

- Which assignments, forms and documents remain available offline?
- How does a submitted hazard reach an accountable reviewer?
- Does an expired worker credential warn or block scheduling in our configuration?
- What are the API add-on and integration maintenance costs?

### Primary sources

- [Pricing and evaluation route](https://assignar.com/pricing/)
- [Construction field forms](https://assignar.com/forms-field-data/)
- [Form configuration and access](https://support.assignar.com/hc/en-au/articles/5227751864591-Build-a-Form)
- [Help article: working offline in the mobile app (automatic and manual offline modes)](https://support.assignar.com/hc/en-au/articles/4406378214927-Working-Offline-in-the-Assignar-Mobile-App)
- [Workforce compliance records](https://assignar.com/workforce-management/)
- [Integration routes and API add-on](https://assignar.com/integrations/)
- [Recent product updates — checked 28 September 2026](https://support.assignar.com/hc/en-au/articles/14198339470991-What-s-New-in-Assignar-Recent-Product-Updates)
- [Mobile supervisor scheduling — checked 28 September 2026](https://support.assignar.com/hc/en-au/articles/15564305618063-Guide-to-Mobile-Scheduling-Supervisor)
- [Crew scheduling product scope — checked 28 September 2026](https://assignar.com/crew-scheduling/)
- [Allocations and competency visibility — checked 28 September 2026](https://assignar.com/construction-profitability/)
- [Scheduling conflict and compliance signals — checked 29 September 2026](https://support.assignar.com/hc/en-au/articles/5215525645839-Finding-Schedule-Conflicts)
- [Role-based compliance and scheduling — checked 29 September 2026](https://support.assignar.com/hc/en-au/articles/4406377713935-Role-based-Compliance-and-Role-based-Scheduling-in-Assignar)
- [Supervisor Site Diary workflow — checked 29 September 2026](https://support.assignar.com/hc/en-au/articles/12525806002191-Site-Diary-Overview)
- [Web timesheet review and approval — checked 29 September 2026](https://support.assignar.com/hc/en-au/articles/7758378462223-Review-and-Approve-Time-with-Web-Timesheets-Overview)
- [Asset document expiry alerts — checked 29 September 2026](https://support.assignar.com/hc/en-au/articles/15971050264975-Track-asset-document-expirations)
- [Dashboard Site Diary review and signature behavior — checked 29 September 2026](https://support.assignar.com/hc/en-au/articles/6619211049615-Site-Diary-on-the-Web-Dashboard)
- [Assignar trust centre](https://trust.assignar.com/)

## ecoPortal

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/ecoportal
Sources checked: 2026-10-10
ecoPortal provides HSEQ software. It is distinct from EcoOnline and the unrelated ECO Platform environmental product data service.

ecoPortal brings operational risk records into a configurable HSEQ platform. Its product materials describe linked incidents, actions, contractor records and environmental data for teams coordinating work across sites.

Best-fit starting point: Multi-site organisations replacing separate safety and contractor registers while retaining configurable workflows.

Check before buying: ecoPortal markets more than 30 configurable modules, so portfolio breadth does not prove inclusion in a proposal. ISO-aligned workflows do not certify the buyer, and permit forms do not automatically establish isolation or simultaneous-operations controls. Confirm offline behavior, contractor access, security evidence and every linked module.

### Pricing

Contact vendor. Pricing is not publicly available in the reviewed official sources. Contact vendor for a written proposal covering users, locations, configured workflows, implementation, integrations, support and renewal terms.

### When the price fits

Worth shortlisting when one coordinated workflow can replace repeated entry across safety, contractor and environmental registers. Compare the complete configured quote and administration workload with narrower inspection tools before selecting it.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-02 [partial]: Official product scope and demo routes reviewed; no numeric subscription price verified. A free trial is offered by booking request, with terms not stated.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.ecoportal.com/uk/solutions
- https://www.ecoportal.com/trial

### Offline mobile reporting documented; validate configured workflows

The current Connect app page describes creating, investigating and closing reports offline, taking action without a connection and a visible synchronization status after reconnection. Verify the exact forms, cached records, attachments, approval rights and conflict handling before treating this as equivalent to every connected workflow.

Product scope: Configurable health, safety, quality, environmental, contractor, risk and control workflows assembled from ecoPortal's module library. Purchased modules, external users, integrations, configuration and reporting scope must be itemized.

Review scope: Independent desk research from official vendor documentation, not hands-on testing or a user review. AI-assisted explanatory text may be incomplete and does not replace a demo or primary documentation. No independent rating or certification is asserted.

Trial status: request-only. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Demonstrate the hand-off from an incident into verified action closure.
  Sources: https://www.ecoportal.com/solutions/incident-management-software
- Usability & adoption: Observe frontline capture using the actual device and terminology.
  Sources: https://www.ecoportal.com/uk/solutions
- Implementation & TCO: Include module configuration, migration and external users in the quote.
  Sources: https://www.ecoportal.com/uk/solutions
- Integrations & API: Request interface documentation and a sample integration; broad integration statements do not establish connector entitlement.
- Security & trust: Check contractor separation, sensitive incident visibility, retention and current security evidence. The module pages mention SOC 2 Type II, ISO 27001 and GDPR; request the current reports and their scope.
  Sources: https://www.ecoportal.com/modules/risk-assessment-tools
- Customer voice: No independently verified review sample is included. Ask for references with comparable workflows and deployment constraints.

### Capability scope

- Quality management and nonconformance [documented]: The quality solution describes document control, product and supplier management, quality investigations, audits, nonconformance and linked corrective actions for an ISO 9001-oriented QMS. Confirm which quality modules, supplier users and approval rules are included in the configured proposal. Sources: https://www.ecoportal.com/solutions/quality-management-software
- Incident and near-miss capture [documented]: Mobile reporting accepts photo, video and audio evidence. Sources: https://www.ecoportal.com/solutions/incident-management-software
- Action routing [documented]: Incident workflows link investigation and risk controls to the Actions module for assigned corrective measures and progress through completion. A separate closure approver and rejection rules remain configuration questions. Sources: https://www.ecoportal.com/modules/incident-reporting
- Offline mobile reporting [conditional]: The Connect app page describes offline report creation, investigation, close-out and a synchronization status indicator. Cache limits, competing edits and approval boundaries are not established. Sources: https://www.ecoportal.com/health-safety-app
- Contractor administration [documented]: Contractor administrators can invite workers and maintain documentation, with reminders for review dates. Sources: https://www.ecoportal.com/modules/contractor-management
- Linked contractor modules [conditional]: Inductions, inspections and permit-to-work workflows are described as complementary modules. Confirm entitlement and integration in the purchased scope. Sources: https://www.ecoportal.com/modules/contractor-management
- Environmental records [documented]: The environmental offering covers emissions, waste, water and chemical data with configurable reporting. Sources: https://www.ecoportal.com/au/solutions/environmental-management-software
- Hazard, risk and control lifecycle [documented]: The hazard and risk solution links hazards, assessed risks, controls, incidents, owners, actions and scheduled reviews, with reminders and site-specific application. Buyers should validate scoring matrices, approval governance and who can alter enterprise versus local risk records. Sources: https://www.ecoportal.com/solutions/hazard-and-risk-management-software, https://www.ecoportal.com/modules/hazards-and-risks
- Controls Library and field verification [conditional]: The Controls Library centralises controls, ownership, review schedules and audit history and supports mobile control verification, including offline use. ecoPortal describes it as a core component purchased with Hazards & Risks; confirm entitlement, verification evidence and post-sync conflict handling. Sources: https://www.ecoportal.com/modules/controls-library
- Audits and inspections [conditional]: The module library describes mobile audit and inspection forms, multimedia evidence and corrective-action assignment. Confirm templates, scheduling, auditor permissions, finding classifications, independent closure verification and purchased module scope. Sources: https://www.ecoportal.com/modules, https://www.ecoportal.com/solutions/quality-management-software
- Task risk assessments and permits [conditional]: Risk Assessment Tools cover mobile SSSP, JSA, SWMS, Task Analysis, Lockout/Tagout and Take 5 forms linked with hazards, controls, actions and permits. Permit workflows can require checks before approval, but the reviewed pages do not establish isolation management, simultaneous-operations conflict detection or every permit lifecycle rule. Sources: https://www.ecoportal.com/modules/risk-assessment-tools, https://www.ecoportal.com/modules/contractor-management
- Contractor onboarding, access and performance [conditional]: The contractor solution covers prequalification, induction, site-access checks, sign-in logs, control of work, audits, post-job reviews and performance scoring. Contractors may maintain their own worker information. Confirm scoring methodology, account requirements, privacy boundaries and behavior when credentials expire. Sources: https://www.ecoportal.com/solutions/contractor-management-software, https://www.ecoportal.com/modules/contractor-management

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: offline near miss through closure
1. Prepare the proposed app and disconnect it.
2. Record a near miss with a photo and short audio attachment; restart before reconnecting.
3. Check synchronization and assign an action to another user.
4. Verify closure evidence and export the record history.

#### Demo exercise: contractor renewal and access
1. Create a sample contractor organisation and worker.
2. Set an insurance review date and complete the proposed induction.
3. Demonstrate what changes when a document expires.
4. Check permissions and the resulting administrative workload.

#### Demo exercise: contractor high-risk task from approval to closeout
1. Prequalify a contractor, upload representative credentials and complete the required site induction.
2. Create a task-specific JSA or SWMS, link hazards and controls, and request the relevant permit with required pre-start checks.
3. Demonstrate every approval, change request and site-access decision, including the effect of an expired credential.
4. Close the permit and task, assign any resulting action, and inspect the audit history and contractor post-job assessment.

### Product presentations

- [Incident register list view](https://www.ecoportal.com/solutions/incident-management-software): Official vendor image of the ecoPortal incident register on a monitor mockup; entries look like sample data.
- [Incident dashboard charts](https://www.ecoportal.com/solutions/incident-management-software): Official vendor image of ecoPortal incident dashboard charts over a laptop mockup; figures look like sample data.

### Questions and answers

#### Does ecoPortal support voice input for incident reporting?
The vendor documents audio capture alongside photographs and video. This supports recording an audio attachment; it does not establish speech-to-text accuracy or multilingual transcription.

#### Can contractors update their own details in ecoPortal?
Contractor administrators can invite workers and maintain details and documents. Confirm which users need accounts, what they can see and how external access is charged.

#### Can ecoPortal replace an ESG reporting platform?
Its environmental offering includes operational environmental data and objectives. Verify the exact reporting frameworks, calculation methods and assurance exports before treating it as a replacement for specialist ESG reporting.

#### How much does ecoPortal cost?
No numeric subscription price was established in the reviewed official sources. Ask for a proposal separating configuration, implementation, contractor access and ongoing support.

#### Does ecoPortal include every module shown on its website?
Not necessarily. ecoPortal presents a library of more than 30 configurable modules. Ask for an itemized proposal covering each required module, external-user type, integration and workflow.

#### Does ecoPortal Permit to Work provide isolation and permit-conflict management?
The official pages describe permit templates, checks, approvals, registers and dashboards. They do not establish every isolation, simultaneous-operations or conflict-detection requirement, so demonstrate those controls explicitly.

#### Who should consider ecoPortal?
Multi-site organisations replacing separate safety and contractor registers while retaining configurable workflows. ecoPortal markets more than 30 configurable modules, so portfolio breadth does not prove inclusion in a proposal.

### Research updates

- 2026-10-02: Re-read every cited official page on 2 October 2026; added the security statements the module pages make as a buyer check.

### Demo questions

- Can a worker submit an incident with an audio attachment offline and recover after an app restart?
- Which contractor actions need an account or a separate entitlement?
- Show an overdue action being escalated and independently verified.
- Which environmental measures and integrations are included in the proposal?
- Which of the 30-plus modules and integrations are included in our quoted configuration?
- Who can alter risk matrices, enterprise controls and site-specific adaptations, and how are changes approved?
- Demonstrate offline control verification followed by synchronization, competing edits and retained evidence.
- Show finding classification, corrective-action assignment, rejection and independent closure verification for an audit.
- Does Permit to Work manage isolations, conflicting permits and simultaneous operations, or only the configured form and approval flow?
- What happens automatically when contractor insurance, induction or competency expires?
- How is the contractor score out of 100 calculated, reviewed and disputed?
- Provide the current SOC 2 report and ISO 27001 certificate scope rather than relying only on website statements.

### Primary sources

- [Solutions and configuration](https://www.ecoportal.com/uk/solutions)
- [Incident reporting and actions](https://www.ecoportal.com/solutions/incident-management-software)
- [Mobile multimedia and offline claims](https://www.ecoportal.com/health-safety-app)
- [Incident investigation, risk links and action handoff](https://www.ecoportal.com/modules/incident-reporting)
- [Contractor management and linked modules](https://www.ecoportal.com/modules/contractor-management)
- [Environmental management scope](https://www.ecoportal.com/au/solutions/environmental-management-software)
- [Quality management, supplier controls and nonconformance — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.ecoportal.com/solutions/quality-management-software)
- [Hazard, risk, control and review lifecycle](https://www.ecoportal.com/solutions/hazard-and-risk-management-software)
- [Hazards and Risks module integration and security claims](https://www.ecoportal.com/modules/hazards-and-risks)
- [Controls Library and offline control verification](https://www.ecoportal.com/modules/controls-library)
- [HSEQ module library and audit scope](https://www.ecoportal.com/modules)
- [Contractor lifecycle, access and performance scope](https://www.ecoportal.com/solutions/contractor-management-software)
- [Task risk assessments and permit integration](https://www.ecoportal.com/modules/risk-assessment-tools)
- [Free trial booking page](https://www.ecoportal.com/trial)
- [ecoPortal security policy page](https://www.ecoportal.com/security)

## CORE-EHS

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/core-ehs
Sources checked: 2026-10-11
Also known as: ASK EHS
CORE-EHS identifies itself as formerly ASK EHS Engineering & Consultants. This profile covers its software portfolio; consulting, staffing and training services are separate commercial offerings.

CORE-EHS offers named software products for industrial safety processes. Buyers can evaluate electronic work authorization, incident investigations and contractor oversight while confirming which functions are included in EHS360 and which are separately scoped.

Best-fit starting point: Industrial plants and project organisations evaluating configurable permit and incident workflows across locations.

Check before buying: The official portfolio describes many specialized products, but public pages do not establish that every module is included in one licence or shares identical mobile, offline, approval and integration behavior. Require an itemized proposal and cross-module demonstrations using the intended roles, sites and devices.

### Pricing

Contact vendor. Pricing is not publicly available in the reviewed official sources. Contact vendor for a written proposal covering users, locations, configured workflows, implementation, integrations, support and renewal terms.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating for industrial teams whose principal need is traceable work authorization and related safety follow-up. Value depends on the complete product and services scope, especially connections between permits, contractors and incidents.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-02 [partial]: Official product scope and demo routes reviewed; no numeric subscription price or free production trial verified.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://coreehs.com/safety-software/

### Portfolio offline claim; product-specific validation required

The portfolio advertises offline scan, capture and signing. EHS360 guidance says mobile, web and offline capabilities require vendor verification; the e-PTW page documents mobile access without establishing disconnected authorization. Confirm product-specific offline controls and synchronization before using them in work authorization.

Product scope: EHS360 is the broad configurable platform. CORE e-PTW, IRIS, CSM 360, InspectSafe360, HIRAC, Skill Hub, Safety Audit and Asset Integrity are separately named products or modules; their inclusion, shared records, integrations and commercial packaging require proposal-level confirmation.

Review scope: Independent desk research from official vendor documentation, not hands-on testing or a user review. AI-assisted explanatory text may be incomplete and does not replace a demo or primary documentation. No independent rating or certification is asserted.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Test permit authorization, suspension and closure using actual site procedures.
  Sources: https://coreehs.com/software/digital-permit-to-work-management/
- Usability & adoption: Observe reporter and approver roles separately on the intended devices.
  Sources: https://coreehs.com/safety-software/
- Implementation & TCO: Separate named products, implementation, support and professional services.
  Sources: https://coreehs.com/safety-software/
- Integrations & API: Require an interface specification and proof of shared identifiers between proposed products.
- Security & trust: Validate authorization roles, record history and security evidence for the actual deployment.
- Customer voice: No independently verified review sample is included. Ask for references with comparable workflows and deployment constraints.

### Capability scope

- Electronic permit lifecycle [documented]: e-PTW documents requests, authorization, status tracking and closure for operational work permits. Sources: https://coreehs.com/software/digital-permit-to-work-management/
- Isolation and risk checks [conditional]: The permit product describes risk assessments and isolation controls. Demonstrate the exact validation rules; documentation is not proof that an unsafe job cannot be authorized. Sources: https://coreehs.com/software/digital-permit-to-work-management/
- Incident investigations [documented]: IRIS describes reporting, investigation, assignment and tracking through closure. Sources: https://coreehs.com/software/incident-management-software/
- Contractor oversight [documented]: CSM 360 describes pre-qualification, onboarding, training and incident tracking, including a permit integration feature. Sources: https://coreehs.com/software/contractor-safety-management/
- Bow-tie barrier management [documented]: The named bow-tie product maps threats, consequences and controls, and describes incident-data connections. Sources: https://coreehs.com/software/bow-tie-risk-management-software/
- Cross-site EHS reporting [conditional]: EHS360 covers dashboards and consolidated records across plants and projects. Workflow and access configuration require confirmation. Sources: https://coreehs.com/software/ehs-management-software-ehs360
- Inspection-to-verified closure [documented]: InspectSafe360 describes checklist inspections, photo or video evidence, assigned corrective actions, tracked closure and control-measure verification. Demonstrate who can accept or reject evidence and how an effectiveness check differs from task completion. Sources: https://coreehs.com/software/safety-inspection-control-measure-software/
- Structured HIRAC risk assessment [documented]: CORE HIRAC documents hazard capture and classification, standardized severity-and-likelihood evaluation, hierarchy-of-controls selection, assigned actions and closure verification. Treat the risk matrix, scoring rules and approval gates as configurable items that must be demonstrated against the buyer's methodology. Sources: https://coreehs.com/software/hazard-identification-risk-assessment-toolhirac/
- Training and competency lifecycle [documented]: CORE Skill Hub documents organization-wide training calendars, classroom and e-learning assignments, enrollment and attendance, certification validity, renewal reminders, skill-gap analysis and reporting. Confirm content-authoring, LMS integrations and whether contractor training is licensed in the proposed package. Sources: https://coreehs.com/software/ehs-training-management-software/
- Audit planning and CAPA follow-up [documented]: CORE Safety Audit documents recurring and ad-hoc audit scheduling, configurable checklists, findings, CAPA assignment, reminders, evidence storage and audit-ready reports. References to standards describe configurable alignment and should not be interpreted as certification of a customer's processes. Sources: https://coreehs.com/software/audit-management/
- Asset integrity lifecycle management [documented]: CORE Asset Integrity documents asset registers and hierarchies, inspection and testing schedules, maintenance planning, defect or deviation tracking, risk-based prioritization and lifecycle condition monitoring. Predictive or condition-based behavior depends on available asset data and should be validated in the proposed deployment. Sources: https://coreehs.com/software/asset-integrity-management-software/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: permit authorization and connectivity
1. Load a sample high-risk task using the proposed permit configuration.
2. Leave an isolation check incomplete and attempt approval with a test account.
3. Disconnect the device and establish which transitions are permitted.
4. Reconnect and inspect authorization history before demonstrating closure.

#### Demo exercise: contractor incident across products
1. Create a contractor with a sample training requirement.
2. Associate the contractor with a proposed work permit.
3. Record a related incident in the offered incident workflow.
4. Trace shared identifiers, assigned actions and the final export across the purchased products.

#### Demo exercise: HIRAC from hazard to verified control
1. Create a representative task and capture hazards for equipment, activity and work environment.
2. Apply the buyer's severity and likelihood criteria and inspect how the resulting risk rating is calculated.
3. Select controls using the hierarchy of controls, assign owners and due dates, and submit the assessment for review.
4. Attach closure evidence, verify the residual-risk calculation and inspect the complete approval and change history.

#### Demo exercise: role-based training and certification renewal
1. Assign a required course and certification to a sample employee and contractor based on their roles.
2. Record enrollment and attendance for a classroom session and completion for an online module.
3. Advance the certification toward expiry and verify reminders, escalation and dashboard status.
4. Renew the certification and inspect the retained history, competency report and available exports.

### Product presentations

- [EHS dashboard with severity and type charts](https://coreehs.com/software/ehs-management-software-ehs360): Official vendor image of a CORE-EHS dashboard shown on a laptop, with charts by severity, section and observation type. Sample data.

### Questions and answers

#### Is CORE-EHS the same company as ASK EHS?
The vendor identifies CORE-EHS as formerly ASK EHS Engineering & Consultants. Its software portfolio should be distinguished from its consulting, staffing and training services.

#### Does CORE-EHS manage operational permits to work?
CORE e-PTW is specifically described as electronic permit-to-work software. It covers authorization and closure, with risk and isolation checks. Confirm the exact workflow in the proposed configuration.

#### Can CORE e-PTW approve permits offline?
The reviewed permit page establishes mobile access but not disconnected approval. Portfolio offline statements should not be treated as evidence for this safety-critical transaction. Ask for an explicit supported-operation list.

#### Does one CORE-EHS licence include all products?
No complete public package or numeric price was established. Request an itemized proposal for EHS360, e-PTW, IRIS, contractor functionality, integration work and services.

### Demo questions

- Does the proposal include e-PTW, IRIS and CSM 360 or only selected EHS360 workflows?
- How does the system prevent permit approval when an isolation verification is missing?
- Which operations are blocked when connectivity is lost?
- Show the data exchange between a contractor record, permit and incident.

### Primary sources

- [Software portfolio](https://coreehs.com/safety-software/)
- [Electronic permit-to-work scope](https://coreehs.com/software/digital-permit-to-work-management/)
- [EHS360 platform scope and caveats](https://coreehs.com/software/ehs-management-software-ehs360)
- [Inspection findings, corrective actions and control verification](https://coreehs.com/software/safety-inspection-control-measure-software/)
- [IRIS incident management](https://coreehs.com/software/incident-management-software/)
- [Contractor safety management](https://coreehs.com/software/contractor-safety-management/)
- [Bow-tie risk management](https://coreehs.com/software/bow-tie-risk-management-software/)
- [Company identity](https://coreehs.com/)
- [HIRAC hazard identification, risk evaluation and control tracking](https://coreehs.com/software/hazard-identification-risk-assessment-toolhirac/)
- [Skill Hub training and competency management](https://coreehs.com/software/ehs-training-management-software/)
- [Safety Audit planning, findings and CAPA tracking](https://coreehs.com/software/audit-management/)
- [Asset integrity inspection, maintenance and lifecycle management](https://coreehs.com/software/asset-integrity-management-software/)

## AssurX

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/assurx
Sources checked: 2026-10-11
AssurX provides enterprise quality and compliance software. Its energy and utilities ECOS offering has a distinct industry scope; this profile focuses on the enterprise quality management platform.

AssurX supports quality teams that need to connect a quality event with corrective work, document changes and training records. Its configurable platform provides a shared framework for these processes rather than a standalone inspection checklist.

Best-fit starting point: Manufacturers and regulated organisations replacing disconnected quality processes with linked records and controlled workflow.

Check before buying: Do not convert vendor statements about FDA, ISO, GxP, Part 11 alignment, preconfigured workflows or validation packages into certification of the buyer's organization or configured system. Confirm deployment, purchased solutions, internal and external roles, electronic-signature meaning, audit-trail settings, data migration, interfaces and upgrade/revalidation ownership. AssurX validation services and tools can support validation but do not remove the buyer's intended-use and procedural responsibilities.

### Pricing

Contact vendor. Pricing is not publicly available in the reviewed official sources. Contact vendor for a written proposal covering users, locations, configured workflows, implementation, integrations, support and renewal terms.

### When the price fits

Worth shortlisting when linked CAPA, document and training workflows are more important than a simple form app. Assess the cost of configuration, migration and validation against the duplicated work the platform would replace; no public price supports an affordability ranking.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-09-20 [partial]: Official product scope and demo routes reviewed; no numeric subscription price or free production trial verified.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.assurx.com/

### Offline operation unverified

The reviewed quality product pages do not establish supported offline capture, cached documents or synchronization behavior. Treat offline use as unverified, not unsupported, and request a demonstration if disconnected work is required.

Product scope: AssurX is a configurable enterprise quality and regulatory-compliance platform available in cloud or on-premise deployments. Quality workflows include CAPA, documents, training, supplier quality, nonconformance, complaints, audits, change, calibration and risk. Regulated Complaint Management, ISO-oriented Customer Quality, Validation Management, AutoValidator, professional validation services and the utilities-focused ECOS product have distinct use cases or commercial scope and should be itemized.

Review scope: Independent desk research from official vendor documentation, not hands-on testing or a user review. AI-assisted explanatory text may be incomplete and does not replace a demo or primary documentation. No independent rating or certification is asserted.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Follow one quality issue across CAPA, document revision and retraining.
  Sources: https://www.assurx.com/corrective-and-preventive-action-software/
- Usability & adoption: Evaluate both routine users and workflow administrators with representative tasks.
  Sources: https://www.assurx.com/
- Implementation & TCO: Include validation support and configuration maintenance in the implementation estimate.
  Sources: https://www.assurx.com/
- Integrations & API: Request actual API documentation and identify who maintains each integration.
- Security & trust: Test supplier access, electronic approval history, retention and change control for the deployment.
- Customer voice: No independently verified review sample is included. Ask for references with comparable workflows and deployment constraints.

### Capability scope

- CAPA tracking [documented]: CAPA records support evidence, assignment follow-up, reminders and escalations linked with other quality processes. Sources: https://www.assurx.com/corrective-and-preventive-action-software/
- Document revision control [documented]: Document management covers review, revision, approval and history, with connections to training tasks. Sources: https://www.assurx.com/document-management-software/
- Training assignment and verification [documented]: Training management describes assignments, notifications, testing and verification, with links to document changes and CAPA. Sources: https://www.assurx.com/training-management-software/
- Supplier quality workflows [documented]: The supplier offering covers quality monitoring, risk-based follow-up and connections with CAPA and audit processes. Sources: https://www.assurx.com/supplier-quality-management-software/
- Connected manufacturing quality [documented]: The manufacturing offering combines core quality workflows and permits restricted third-party collaboration. Sources: https://www.assurx.com/manufacturing-quality-management-software/
- Enterprise integrations [conditional]: The platform brochure identifies enterprise system integration options. Specific connectors, interface limits and delivery work need technical scoping. Sources: https://www.assurx.com/wp-content/uploads/resources/brochures/assurx-qms-compliance-software-brochure.pdf
- Configurable workflows and deployment choice [conditional]: AssurX documents configurable electronic tasks, alerts, escalations and approvals with cloud or on-premise deployment. Configuration flexibility is not proof that every workflow, role or control is included; request the solution list, hosting architecture, environments, configuration governance and upgrade path. Sources: https://www.assurx.com/enterprise-quality-management-software/, https://www.assurx.com/wp-content/uploads/resources/brochures/assurx-qms-compliance-software-brochure.pdf
- Regulated complaint triage and reporting rules [conditional]: The complaint demo describes intake through triage and closure, dashboards, trends, electronic signatures, audit trails and configurable rules for 21 CFR Part 803 adverse-event reporting. Buyers must validate jurisdiction logic, reportability decisions, clock calculations, submission handoffs and retained evidence for their products and markets. Sources: https://www.assurx.com/assurx-complaint-management-review-demo/
- Audit planning, findings and corrective closure [documented]: AssurX documents audit templates, plans, scheduling, assignments, execution, nonconformances, recommendations and record tracking through closure. Demonstrate approval, response, CAPA and effectiveness links for the buyer's audit types. Sources: https://www.assurx.com/assurx-audit-management-demo/
- Product and process change control [documented]: AssurX documents tasks, assessments, timelines, approvals, audit trails and links from change requests to complaints, deviations, CAPA, suppliers, documents and configuration files. Regulatory-filing tracking does not establish automated filing or every jurisdictional workflow. Sources: https://www.assurx.com/assurx-change-management-solution-demo/
- Calibration and out-of-tolerance handling [documented]: Calibration Management covers equipment records, schedules, tolerances, results, reminders, signatures and direct CAPA initiation for out-of-tolerance findings. Confirm calibration procedures, reference-standard traceability, product-impact assessment, imported data controls and any MES or SCADA interface. Sources: https://www.assurx.com/calibration-management-software/
- Integrated quality-risk management [documented]: Risk Management documents configurable matrices, risk scores, acceptance decisions, tasks and links from complaints, deviations, audits, FMEA and change control. Predictive metrics and configured scores support decisions but do not eliminate expert judgment or guarantee risk prevention. Sources: https://www.assurx.com/risk-management-software/
- Validation services and lifecycle support [conditional]: AssurX offers risk-based validation packages, templates, pre/post-environment work and optional Validation Management and AutoValidator tools. These are separate services or solutions and remain inputs to the customer's intended-use validation, SOPs, acceptance and change control; request exact deliverables and independence boundaries. Sources: https://www.assurx.com/validation/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: CAPA to revised procedure and training
1. Create a sample nonconformance and initiate a CAPA.
2. Assign investigation and attach proposed corrective evidence.
3. Revise the related procedure using controlled approval.
4. Demonstrate assigned training and verify effectiveness before closure.

#### Demo exercise: supplier corrective action visibility
1. Create a sample supplier record and quality finding.
2. Give a supplier test user access to the response task.
3. Check that unrelated supplier and internal records remain inaccessible.
4. Review approval, history and an export with appropriate permissions.

#### Demo exercise: complaint to reportability, risk and effectiveness
1. Capture a representative complaint with incomplete product or lot data and preserve the original allegation and receipt timestamp.
2. Complete triage, run the configured adverse-event decision path and document a reviewer override without changing the source record.
3. Link the complaint to a prior similar event and risk assessment, then justify either a new CAPA or use of an existing investigation.
4. Test the reporting handoff or export, simulate a failure and retry, and close only after approvals, corrective work and an independently assigned effectiveness review.

### Product presentations

- [Corrective action reports dashboard](https://www.assurx.com/corrective-and-preventive-action-software/): Official vendor image of the AssurX corrective action reports dashboard, with sample data.
- [Complaints management reports dashboard](https://www.assurx.com/enterprise-quality-management-software/): Official vendor image of the AssurX complaints reports dashboard, with sample data.

### Questions and answers

#### Can AssurX connect CAPA with document changes?
The vendor documents connections between CAPA and document management. Use a demonstration to check how a corrective action initiates a document revision and how the approved result returns to the quality record.

#### Does AssurX assign training after a procedure changes?
Training and document management are documented as connected processes. Verify which document events trigger assignments and how completion and effectiveness are recorded in your configuration.

#### Does AssurX work offline?
Offline operation was not established by the reviewed sources. Request specific evidence for disconnected tasks, cached documents and synchronization if your workforce needs them.

#### How much does AssurX cost?
No public numeric subscription price was verified. Request the full deployment proposal, including configuration, migration, validation support, integration and ongoing administration. Previously listed directory estimates should not substitute for a vendor quote.

#### Are AssurX Customer Quality and regulated Complaint Management the same solution?
No. AssurX describes Customer Quality for ISO-oriented complaint handling that does not require regulated post-market surveillance, while its Complaint Management material includes adverse-event and Part 803 rule support. Select and validate the workflow that matches the product and jurisdiction.

#### Does AssurX make our configured system automatically Part 11 or ISO compliant?
No. AssurX documents electronic signatures, audit trails and workflows intended to support regulated processes, but compliance still depends on intended use, configuration, access, procedures, validation and ongoing governance.

#### Are AssurX validation services included with the software?
No universal inclusion was established. Validation packages, Validation Management and AutoValidator are presented as services or solutions to scope. Request deliverables, environments, upgrade coverage and customer responsibilities in writing.

#### Does AssurX support both cloud and on-premise deployment?
The enterprise product page documents both. Require the quote and security review to identify the chosen architecture, environments, availability, backup, recovery, access controls, patching and upgrade responsibilities.

### Demo questions

- Which AssurX solutions, deployment, environments, internal users, external roles and support services are included?
- Can a nonconformance launch an investigation, CAPA, change control, controlled-document revision and retraining while preserving each approval and relationship?
- Show how regulated Complaint Management differs from Customer Quality, including adverse-event rules, reportability clocks and submissions.
- Demonstrate an audit from plan and checklist through finding, response, CAPA, effectiveness and closure with exportable history.
- Create an out-of-tolerance calibration and show product-impact assessment, affected records, approvals and any CAPA escalation.
- Show risk-matrix configuration, scoring changes, acceptance authority, linked complaints or deviations and retained prior assessments.
- Which Part 11 controls are standard or configurable, and how are signature meaning, audit-trail review, timestamps and record retention validated?
- Which validation deliverables cover our intended use, configuration, migration, integrations and each upgrade, and which responsibilities remain ours?
- Can we export records, attachments, signatures, audit trails, relationships and configuration documentation in usable formats at contract end?

### Primary sources

- [Enterprise quality platform and demo route](https://www.assurx.com/)
- [CAPA workflow](https://www.assurx.com/corrective-and-preventive-action-software/)
- [Document management](https://www.assurx.com/document-management-software/)
- [Training management](https://www.assurx.com/training-management-software/)
- [Supplier quality](https://www.assurx.com/supplier-quality-management-software/)
- [Manufacturing quality scope](https://www.assurx.com/manufacturing-quality-management-software/)
- [Platform and integration overview](https://www.assurx.com/wp-content/uploads/resources/brochures/assurx-qms-compliance-software-brochure.pdf)
- [Enterprise platform, deployment and workflow configuration](https://www.assurx.com/enterprise-quality-management-software/)
- [Regulated complaint-management workflow](https://www.assurx.com/assurx-complaint-management-review-demo/)
- [Audit planning, execution and finding closure](https://www.assurx.com/assurx-audit-management-demo/)
- [Product and process change-management workflow](https://www.assurx.com/assurx-change-management-solution-demo/)
- [Calibration scheduling, tolerance and corrective actions](https://www.assurx.com/calibration-management-software/)
- [Integrated quality-risk management](https://www.assurx.com/risk-management-software/)
- [Validation services, deliverables and buyer responsibility](https://www.assurx.com/validation/)
- [Information-security certification scope](https://www.assurx.com/assurx-certifications-regulations-standards/)

## Diligent ESG

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/diligent-esg
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: Accuvio, Diligent Accuvio
Diligent acquired Accuvio in 2021. Published product terms identify Diligent Accuvio and Diligent ESG as a sustainability service; other Diligent governance and risk products are not assumed included.

Diligent ESG supports recurring collection of sustainability inputs and conversion into emissions and disclosure outputs. A useful evaluation follows one facility record through validation, calculation, review and reporting, including the rights attached to licensed factor data.

Best-fit starting point: Sustainability teams coordinating recurring submissions across business units and suppliers.

Check before buying: Confirm purchased modules, API entitlement, service-specific hosting and factor licensing. Published audit-readiness and platform-level security claims do not guarantee acceptance by your assurance provider or establish that every control applies to Diligent ESG.

### Pricing

Contact vendor. Pricing is not publicly available, contact vendor. Request a quote naming ESG modules, entities, contributors, reporting templates, integrations, implementation and support. Confirm contract currency, billing period, minimum commitment and renewal terms. Review licensed emission-factor export rights separately from your own data exports.

### When the price fits

Worth shortlisting when repeated collection and calculation work creates a substantial reporting burden. Compare the complete contract and implementation effort with a smaller carbon tool using your own reporting cycle, rather than applying vendor ROI figures to your organisation.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [partial]: Rechecked the product, pricing request, product terms, developer portal and trust centre. No public subscription amount or free trial was verified; API access, product-specific hosting and security evidence remain contractual checks.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.diligent.com/solutions/carbon-accounting
- https://www.diligent.com/-/media/diligent-accuvio-and-or-diligent-esg.pdf?hash=82FD82923B48BF2026AB0F03A7B42821&rev=9eae5c7f-4786-4aa1-b413-b0b5d718ad5f
- https://developer.diligent.com/
- https://www.diligent.com/trust

### Offline capability not verified

The reviewed ESG sources do not establish offline collection or synchronization. Ask which tasks require connectivity and how interrupted submissions recover; web access alone does not establish offline support.

Product scope: Sustainability data collection, greenhouse gas calculations and disclosure workflows within the contracted ESG service.

Review scope: Independent desk research from official vendor documentation, not hands-on testing or a user review. AI-assisted explanatory text may be incomplete and does not replace a demo or primary documentation. No independent rating, certification or reporting acceptance is asserted.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Trace a source input through calculation, review and report.
  Sources: https://www.diligent.com/solutions/carbon-accounting
- Usability & adoption: Observe a supplier and a facility contributor completing their actual tasks.
  Sources: https://www.diligent.com/products/diligent-esg
- Implementation & TCO: Include migration, report setup, support and data-exit requirements in the quote.
  Sources: https://www.diligent.com/solutions/carbon-accounting, https://www.diligent.com/-/media/diligent-accuvio-and-or-diligent-esg.pdf?hash=82FD82923B48BF2026AB0F03A7B42821&rev=9eae5c7f-4786-4aa1-b413-b0b5d718ad5f
- Integrations & API: The developer portal lists Diligent ESG APIs; obtain entitlement, current interface specifications and responsibility for failed imports.
  Sources: https://developer.diligent.com/
- Security & trust: Review service-specific access controls and evidence in the trust centre; no certification is inferred here.
  Sources: https://www.diligent.com/trust
- Customer voice: No independent reader-review score is asserted. Request reference calls with a similar reporting structure.

### Capability scope

- Greenhouse gas calculations [documented]: The carbon product covers Scope 1, 2 and 3 activity data using an embedded factor library. Validate the chosen method and factor vintage on a sample record. Sources: https://www.diligent.com/solutions/carbon-accounting
- Supplier and employee collection [documented]: ESG surveys collect stakeholder inputs, including supplier information relevant to Scope 3. Confirm contributor permissions and reminders in the purchased service. Sources: https://www.diligent.com/products/diligent-esg
- Validation and traceability [documented]: The carbon page describes completeness and anomaly checks, calculation transparency and change logs. Demonstrate a correction after review. Sources: https://www.diligent.com/solutions/carbon-accounting
- Reporting data reuse [documented]: The ESG product describes reusing collected information across reports. Confirm the templates and authoring workflow needed for your reporting cycle. Sources: https://www.diligent.com/products/diligent-esg
- Licensed factor portability [conditional]: Published product terms restrict export or external disclosure of emissions factors and conversion values unless the agreement permits it. Obtain written confirmation of auditor access and permitted reuse. Sources: https://www.diligent.com/-/media/diligent-accuvio-and-or-diligent-esg.pdf?hash=82FD82923B48BF2026AB0F03A7B42821&rev=9eae5c7f-4786-4aa1-b413-b0b5d718ad5f
- Licensed Activity Data and Reports APIs [conditional]: The documented REST API can submit supported electricity, fuel, water, waste, travel and other activity records and generate or retrieve greenhouse-gas and quantity reports. It requires a separately requested API licence, company enablement, an API key and suitable role permissions. The current API accepts one activity-usage record per request rather than bulk submission, uses a European service endpoint, and assigns integration development and maintenance to the customer or its third party. Sources: https://developer.diligent.com/api/esg, https://www.diligent.com/solutions/carbon-accounting
- Security and hosting evidence [conditional]: The ESG product page describes a NIST-based security programme and following ISO/IEC 27001 standards. The trust centre publishes certification, SOC 2 and regional-hosting statements for Diligent One Platform; confirm in writing whether Diligent ESG is in the applicable service and report scope. Sources: https://www.diligent.com/products/diligent-esg, https://www.diligent.com/trust
- Framework mapping and ESG workflow automation [documented]: Diligent ESG describes mapping centralized data to standards including SASB, GRI, TCFD, CDP and WEF, alongside assigned tasks, questionnaires, reminders, goal tracking and configurable workflows. Framework mapping does not determine materiality, reporting applicability or compliance; buyers should confirm current framework versions and approval responsibilities. Sources: https://www.diligent.com/solutions/esg-features
- Board-ready ESG dashboards and benchmarks [conditional]: Diligent's board dashboard materials describe carbon-target progress, Scope 1–3 data from Diligent ESG, peer disclosure benchmarks and external ESG scores from S&P Global and Clarity AI. Treat Board Reporting for ESG, market-intelligence feeds and board collaboration as separately scoped Diligent capabilities unless the proposal explicitly includes them. Sources: https://www.diligent.com/features/boards/boards-dashboards-and-analytics, https://www.diligent.com/company/newsroom/diligent-launches-board-reporting-esg
- Offline collection [unverified]: No supported disconnected ESG capture workflow was established in the reviewed product sources.

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: facility input to reviewed disclosure
1. Load one facility's activity record and supporting document.
2. Introduce a missing value and an anomalous amount, then inspect validation.
3. Correct the input and inspect the calculation and change history.
4. Export the report and confirm what the external reviewer can see.

#### Demo exercise: supplier survey and data exit
1. Invite a supplier to a sample data request using the proposed permissions.
2. Trace its response to the corresponding reporting input.
3. Export client-owned records and identify any restricted factor data.
4. Confirm the contractual export window and the usable file format.

#### Demo exercise: framework metric to governed board view
1. Map a representative emissions metric to one contracted reporting framework and assign its source, owner, evidence and due date.
2. Submit an anomalous value, return it for correction and inspect reminders, approvals and retained change history.
3. Reuse the approved value in a disclosure output and, if separately licensed, in the Board Reporting for ESG dashboard.
4. Trace the board-level figure back to the source activity, calculation method and evidence, and identify which benchmark or third-party score is not customer data.

### Product presentations

- [Diligent ESG emissions by activity type and scope](https://www.diligent.com/products/diligent-esg): Official vendor image of an emissions table and charts on the Diligent ESG page; the page does not label the figures as sample data.
- [Diligent ESG supply chain questionnaire form](https://www.diligent.com/products/diligent-esg): Official vendor image of an ESG supply chain questionnaire form on the Diligent ESG page; the window title uses the former Accuvio name.

### Questions and answers

#### Is Diligent ESG the same as Accuvio?
Diligent acquired Accuvio in 2021, and published product terms use both names. Confirm the service named in your quote; the wider Diligent portfolio is not automatically part of an ESG subscription.

#### How much does Diligent ESG cost?
No public subscription amount was verified. Ask for a scoped quote covering contributors, reporting needs, implementation and integrations.

#### Can Diligent ESG collect supplier emissions data?
The ESG product documents surveys for suppliers and other stakeholders. Test supplier access, missing responses and the link between submitted evidence and the final calculation.

#### Can we export Diligent ESG emission factors?
Published product terms restrict factor and conversion-value reuse unless your agreement permits it. Confirm permitted disclosure and auditor access in writing, separately from export of your own records.

#### Does Diligent ESG have an API?
Diligent's current developer portal lists Diligent ESG APIs. That does not establish included access, supported endpoints or a completed connector for your subscription, so require those details in the proposal.

#### Do Diligent One security statements automatically apply to Diligent ESG?
Not from the public pages alone. The trust centre describes Diligent One Platform controls and reports; request the current certificate, SOC 2 scope and hosting region that specifically cover the contracted Diligent ESG service.

### Demo questions

- Show how a corrected activity record changes an approved report.
- Which supplier inputs can be collected without a paid internal user licence?
- Which factor and calculation evidence may our external auditor receive?
- What data can we export on termination, and by what deadline?

### Primary sources

- [Diligent ESG product and demo](https://www.diligent.com/products/diligent-esg)
- [Carbon accounting and pricing request](https://www.diligent.com/solutions/carbon-accounting)
- [Accuvio acquisition and identity](https://www.diligent.com/company/newsroom/diligent-acquires-esg-leader-accuvio-to-enhance-climate-reporting-capabilities)
- [Diligent ESG product terms](https://www.diligent.com/-/media/diligent-accuvio-and-or-diligent-esg.pdf?hash=82FD82923B48BF2026AB0F03A7B42821&rev=9eae5c7f-4786-4aa1-b413-b0b5d718ad5f)
- [Diligent trust centre](https://www.diligent.com/trust)
- [Diligent developer portal and ESG APIs](https://developer.diligent.com/)
- [ESG framework mapping, workflows, reminders and dashboards](https://www.diligent.com/solutions/esg-features)
- [Diligent ESG Activity Data and Reports API documentation](https://developer.diligent.com/api/esg)
- [Board dashboard and ESG benchmark scope](https://www.diligent.com/features/boards/boards-dashboards-and-analytics)
- [Board Reporting for ESG product announcement and data sources](https://www.diligent.com/company/newsroom/diligent-launches-board-reporting-esg)
- [Vendor-published DWF sustainability-reporting case study](https://www.diligent.com/resources/case-studies/centralizing-sustainability-reporting-for-a-multi-national-law-firm)
- [Vendor summary of commissioned Diligent ESG economic-impact study](https://www.diligent.com/resources/blog/benefits-of-diligent-esg)

## Datamaran

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/datamaran
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: Datamaran Core
Datamaran's current product family includes Core, Regulatory Monitoring and Suite. This profile distinguishes materiality and governance intelligence from an operational carbon accounting ledger.

Datamaran helps teams identify and prioritise external risks using disclosures, regulations and stakeholder evidence. Core supports double materiality work, while Regulatory Monitoring organises changing requirements and responsibilities. The documented workflow requires review of AI suggestions.

Best-fit starting point: Enterprise sustainability, risk and legal teams maintaining materiality decisions and regulatory priorities.

Check before buying: AI-generated IROs, regulation insights, peer comparisons, scores and thresholds are decision support, not legal opinions or automatic materiality conclusions. The company and its subject-matter experts remain responsible for business context, value-chain evidence, scoring methodology, threshold choices, applicability, action plans and approvals. Confirm Core, Regulatory Monitoring, Peer Benchmarking and Suite entitlements separately, and test whether exports preserve sources, versions, reviewer changes and decision rationale.

### Pricing

Contact vendor. Pricing is not publicly available, contact vendor. Name Core, Regulatory Monitoring or Suite in the proposal and confirm assessment scope, users, expert participation, onboarding, exports and support. Currency, billing term, minimum seats and contract duration were not verified.

### When the price fits

Worth shortlisting when materiality reviews and regulatory monitoring recur across functions. If the immediate problem is entering utility bills and calculating emissions, first establish whether a separate operational data platform is required.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [partial]: Product family and discovery-call route verified; subscription amounts and trial entitlement are not public in the reviewed sources.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://datamaran.com/product/core
- https://datamaran.com/product/regulatory-monitoring

### Offline capability not verified

The reviewed product and help pages do not establish offline assessment editing or synchronization. Confirm connectivity needs and draft recovery with the vendor.

Product scope: Datamaran provides governance intelligence rather than an operational ESG ledger. Core supports evidence-based materiality and IRO assessment; Regulatory Monitoring tracks non-financial regulatory developments and action ownership; Suite combines Core, Regulatory Monitoring and Peer Benchmarking. Carbon accounting, utility-data collection, regulatory filing and legal advice are not established by these products and require separate systems or accountable experts.

Review scope: Independent desk research from official vendor documentation, not hands-on testing or a user review. AI-assisted explanatory text may be incomplete and does not replace a demo or primary documentation. No independent rating, certification or reporting acceptance is asserted.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Test how a disputed materiality decision is supported, reviewed and exported.
  Sources: https://help.datamaran.com/creating-a-double-materiality-analysis, https://help.datamaran.com/how-to-screen-the-topics-of-your-double-materiality-analysis
- Usability & adoption: Observe subject-matter experts reviewing suggestions rather than only an administrator demo.
  Sources: https://help.datamaran.com/generating-editing-and-deleting-ais-suggested-iros-for-your-double-materiality-assessment
- Implementation & TCO: Scope the product family and internal expert effort before comparing costs.
  Sources: https://datamaran.com/product/core, https://datamaran.com/product/regulatory-monitoring
- Integrations & API: Validate export compatibility with your reporting platform; do not infer an API from an export feature.
  Sources: https://help.datamaran.com/how-to-screen-the-topics-of-your-double-materiality-analysis
- Security & trust: Request access-control, hosting and retention details for the contracted product.
  Sources: https://datamaran.com/product/regulatory-monitoring
- Customer voice: No independent review score or AI-generated user testimony is used. Seek references with a comparable assessment process.

### Capability scope

- Value-chain assessment setup [documented]: The help workflow defines value streams, optional custom inputs and weights for a double materiality analysis. Sources: https://help.datamaran.com/creating-a-double-materiality-analysis
- Topic selection and rationale [documented]: Topic screening supports thresholds, manual inclusion or exclusion and a rationale for exclusions. Sources: https://help.datamaran.com/how-to-screen-the-topics-of-your-double-materiality-analysis
- AI-suggested IRO review [documented]: Users can edit suggested impacts, risks and opportunities, change mappings and assign assessment to subject-matter experts. Suggested ESRS mappings require review. Sources: https://help.datamaran.com/generating-editing-and-deleting-ais-suggested-iros-for-your-double-materiality-assessment
- Assessment exports [documented]: Topic Scoring Export includes topics, scores, data sources and value-stream details. Confirm whether additional decision history is included in your chosen export. Sources: https://help.datamaran.com/how-to-screen-the-topics-of-your-double-materiality-analysis
- Ongoing topic monitoring [documented]: Core describes monitoring changes to risks and opportunities and refreshing materiality conclusions. Test how a changed signal affects a previously approved decision. Sources: https://datamaran.com/product/core
- Regulatory monitoring and ownership [conditional]: The separately named Regulatory Monitoring product documents saved views, notifications, role permissions and actions. Confirm its inclusion in the contract. Sources: https://datamaran.com/product/regulatory-monitoring
- Operational carbon calculations [unverified]: Reviewed materiality and regulatory sources do not establish an activity-based emissions ledger or utility-data collection workflow.
- Configurable IRO criteria and scoring formulas [documented]: Datamaran documents default 1-to-5 criteria and formulas for impacts, risks and opportunities, plus custom scales and custom scoring methodologies. The organization owns the appropriateness, consistency and approval of its chosen formula; custom scales are fixed for an analysis after creation and changes may require a new analysis or support. Sources: https://help.datamaran.com/assessing-iros-and-their-criteria-within-datamarans-iro-hub, https://help.datamaran.com/defining-custom-criteria-scales-for-the-iro-assessment, https://help.datamaran.com/using-custom-iro-score-methodology
- SME assignment by email invitation [documented]: The Double Materiality module allows subject-matter experts to be assigned by topic or individual IRO and are invited by email, with an optional deadline message. The help page does not describe the access an assigned expert receives, so buyers should test identity, visibility boundaries, deadlines, reassignment, reopening, reminders and the retained record of who submitted each judgment. Sources: https://help.datamaran.com/assigning-subject-matter-experts-smes-to-assess-iros, https://help.datamaran.com/generating-editing-and-deleting-ais-suggested-iros-for-your-double-materiality-assessment
- Materiality thresholds and borderline review [documented]: Analysis owners can define quantitative thresholds for positive impacts, negative impacts, risks and opportunities and optionally flag scores close to the cutoff. A calculated status does not replace accountable review, qualitative evidence or documented treatment of borderline items. Sources: https://help.datamaran.com/defining-your-iros-materiality-threshold, https://help.datamaran.com/assessing-iros-and-their-criteria-within-datamarans-iro-hub
- Peer and topic benchmarking [conditional]: Datamaran Suite presents comparisons of what peers disclose and how they frame topics across industry, geography and regulatory context. Peer disclosure is external evidence, not proof of materiality, compliance or best practice for the buyer; confirm comparator selection, periods, source documents and included entitlement. Sources: https://datamaran.com/product/suite, https://datamaran.com/product/core
- Unified governance evidence and executive reporting [conditional]: Suite combines materiality, regulatory monitoring and peer benchmarking into a shared evidence base with export-ready reporting and cross-functional views. Confirm that Suite is licensed, which source and change-history fields are exported, and whether downstream risk or reporting systems require custom integration. Sources: https://datamaran.com/product/suite, https://datamaran.com/product/regulatory-monitoring

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: material topic with contested evidence
1. Define an upstream and an operational value stream relevant to your business.
2. Inspect source evidence for an included and an excluded topic.
3. Ask a subject-matter expert to amend an AI-suggested IRO and explain the change.
4. Export the topic list and inspect which rationale and source fields survive.

#### Demo exercise: changed regulation to owned response
1. Choose a relevant jurisdiction and regulatory topic.
2. Review the primary source behind an alert and confirm applicability with your legal reviewer.
3. Assign the response to a named owner in the proposed product.
4. Show leadership the open action and the evidence supporting its status.

#### Demo exercise: governed IRO scoring and threshold decision
1. Configure the proposed criteria scale and formula, record its owner and approval, and score one impact and one financial risk using representative evidence.
2. Assign one IRO to a subject-matter expert with limited access, submit a score and then reopen it with a documented reason.
3. Set separate thresholds, place one IRO inside the close-to-threshold range and require a reviewer to record the final materiality judgment.
4. Create a new analysis version after an assumption changes and export the formula, scores, evidence, reviewers, threshold and rationale for comparison with the locked prior version.

### Product presentations

- [Topic Lens tornado view of scored topics](https://help.datamaran.com/how-to-screen-the-topics-of-your-double-materiality-analysis): Official Datamaran help-centre image of topic scoring; no sample-data label on the page.
- [IRO criteria scale configuration dialog](https://help.datamaran.com/defining-custom-criteria-scales-for-the-iro-assessment): Official Datamaran help-centre image of custom criteria scales; no sample-data label on the page.
- [Materiality Review table of scored IROs](https://help.datamaran.com/defining-your-iros-materiality-threshold): Official Datamaran help-centre image of Materiality Review; no sample-data label on the page.

### Questions and answers

#### Is Datamaran a carbon accounting platform?
The reviewed sources focus on materiality, external risk and regulatory intelligence. They do not establish an operational emissions ledger. Confirm integration with the system that collects your activity data.

#### Can people override Datamaran's AI recommendations?
Help documentation describes editing suggested IROs and adjusting ESRS mappings. Topic inclusion can also be changed with supporting rationale. Treat suggestions as inputs to accountable review.

#### How much does Datamaran cost?
No public subscription amount was verified. Ask for a quote that identifies Core, Regulatory Monitoring or Suite and the people and services included.

#### Can Datamaran support a double materiality assessment?
Core documents value-chain analysis, topic screening and IRO evaluation. Test the workflow with your own experts and assurance expectations; software support does not guarantee regulatory or audit acceptance.

#### Does Datamaran decide which topics or IROs are material for us?
No. Datamaran supplies evidence, suggestions, scoring structures and thresholds, while the company and its subject-matter experts remain responsible for the assessment, business context and final judgment.

#### Are Core, Regulatory Monitoring and Peer Benchmarking all included?
Do not assume so. Datamaran presents Core and Regulatory Monitoring as products, while Suite combines them with Peer Benchmarking. Require each entitlement, user role, service and export in the written proposal.

#### Does Regulatory Monitoring replace legal review?
No. It can surface developments, AI insights, lifecycle status and ownership, but qualified reviewers must verify the primary law, applicability, interpretation, deadlines and response.

#### Can Datamaran collect utility data and calculate our carbon inventory?
The reviewed sources do not establish an operational activity-data and emissions-calculation ledger. Plan the integration or handoff to the system that owns measurements, factors and reported figures.

### Demo questions

- Show the evidence behind one included, one excluded and one close-to-threshold topic.
- How do reviewers amend AI-generated IROs, regulation insights and ESRS mappings while retaining the original suggestion and rationale?
- Demonstrate default and custom scoring formulas, scale governance, threshold approval and the effect of a changed score.
- Show SME invitation, partial-access boundaries, submission, reopening and reassignment without exposing unrelated records.
- How do peer disclosures, regulations, market signals and stakeholder inputs remain distinguishable in the evidence base?
- For a changed regulation, show the primary source, proposal-to-enforcement history, applicability decision, owner, action and board-ready status.
- Which exports preserve source links, scores, formulas, thresholds, reviewer identities, changes and decision rationale?
- Which Core, Regulatory Monitoring, Peer Benchmarking, Suite and Harbor+ entitlements and services are included in the quote?
- How will Datamaran outputs connect to our operational ESG ledger, reporting platform, risk register and document-retention process?

### Primary sources

- [Datamaran Core](https://datamaran.com/product/core)
- [Regulatory Monitoring](https://datamaran.com/product/regulatory-monitoring)
- [Configure a double materiality analysis](https://help.datamaran.com/creating-a-double-materiality-analysis)
- [Screen and export material topics](https://help.datamaran.com/how-to-screen-the-topics-of-your-double-materiality-analysis)
- [Review and edit AI-suggested IROs](https://help.datamaran.com/generating-editing-and-deleting-ais-suggested-iros-for-your-double-materiality-assessment)
- [Datamaran platform and product family](https://datamaran.com/)
- [Datamaran Suite and Peer Benchmarking scope](https://datamaran.com/product/suite)
- [IRO scoring criteria and default formulas](https://help.datamaran.com/assessing-iros-and-their-criteria-within-datamarans-iro-hub)
- [Assigning subject-matter experts to IROs](https://help.datamaran.com/assigning-subject-matter-experts-smes-to-assess-iros)
- [Custom IRO criteria scales](https://help.datamaran.com/defining-custom-criteria-scales-for-the-iro-assessment)
- [Custom IRO score methodology and formulas](https://help.datamaran.com/using-custom-iro-score-methodology)
- [Materiality thresholds and close-to-threshold review](https://help.datamaran.com/defining-your-iros-materiality-threshold)
- [Datamaran trust center](https://trust.datamaran.com/)

## Emex

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/emex
Sources checked: 2026-10-11
Also known as: EMEX
Emex at emex.com provides a configurable EHS platform. CarbonGo is a named carbon offering with separately published scope and pricing; its price is not an entry price for the full EHS suite.

Emex documents incident investigation, inspections, corrective actions and risk assessments within a configurable platform. CarbonGo adds a defined carbon-reporting offering. Buyers should test connected workflows and obtain a proposal that clearly separates the EHS and carbon scope.

Best-fit starting point: Organisations coordinating incident, inspection and risk processes across operating locations.

Check before buying: Do not treat CarbonGo pricing as the cost of the full EHS suite. Premium Administration is separately named, API claims do not prove ready-made connectors, and mobile access outside incident reporting does not establish offline operation. Demonstrate the required role, workgroup and closure controls.

### Pricing

Contact vendor for EHS; published CarbonGo subscription. CarbonGo advertises pricing from EUR 1,000/month for up to five sites and standardised Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions reporting. This is not the full EHS platform price. EHS pricing is not publicly available, contact vendor. Confirm tax treatment, annual commitment, users, extra sites, API charges, implementation and the exact modules included; these terms are not specified by the public CarbonGo price.

### When the price fits

Worth shortlisting when shared incident, inspection and risk workflows can replace separate registers. Compare the full EHS proposal against those processes; CarbonGo's published price only informs a separate carbon-reporting purchase.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-09-27 [partial]: CarbonGo public starting price verified for up to five sites; full EHS pricing, billing commitments and taxes require a quote.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://emex.com/carbon-go/
- https://emex.com/contact-us/

### Offline incident capture documented; other workflows unverified

The incident page explicitly documents capturing incident details without connectivity and automatic synchronization on reconnection. Inspection mobile access is documented, but that alone does not confirm offline inspections. Test the proposed app, attachments, restart recovery and conflicts before rollout.

Product scope: Configurable incident, inspection, risk, safety-observation and data-reporting workflows. CarbonGo, Premium Administration, API delivery and organisational access controls should be mapped separately in the proposal.

Review scope: Independent desk research from official vendor documentation, not hands-on testing or a user review. AI-assisted explanatory text may be incomplete and does not replace a demo or primary documentation. No independent rating, certification or reporting acceptance is asserted.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Trace incidents and inspections into assigned actions and reviewed closure.
  Sources: https://emex.com/auditsinspections/, https://emex.com/incident-management/
- Usability & adoption: Test disconnected incident entry and separately establish mobile inspection behaviour.
  Sources: https://emex.com/auditsinspections/, https://emex.com/incident-management/
- Implementation & TCO: Separate EHS, CarbonGo, configuration and integration charges in the proposal.
  Sources: https://emex.com/carbon-go/, https://emex.com/contact-us/
- Integrations & API: Request interface documentation, supported connectors and ownership of failures.
  Sources: https://emex.com/api/
- Security & trust: Verify role access, hosting, retention and evidence available for your intended deployment.
  Sources: https://emex.com/incident-management/
- Customer voice: No independent review rating is asserted. Ask for references using similar modules and deployment conditions.

### Capability scope

- Quality-management boundary [unverified]: The reviewed current product pages document EHS incidents, audits, inspections, risk, corrective actions and carbon reporting, but do not establish a dedicated product- or supplier-quality QMS with nonconformance, controlled-document and CAPA scope. Emex is therefore not admitted to the full-QHSE comparison on this evidence. Sources: https://emex.com/, https://emex.com/auditsinspections/
- Offline incident capture [documented]: The incident product page describes offline detail capture with automatic synchronization after reconnection. Conflict handling and attachment limits remain demo questions. Sources: https://emex.com/incident-management/
- Inspection checklists and actions [documented]: Custom checklists, assigned inspections, mobile completion and corrective-action assignment are documented. Offline inspection completion is not established by the inspected page. Sources: https://emex.com/auditsinspections/
- Incident investigations [documented]: Custom forms and predefined investigation workflows support task assignment, document sharing, root-cause analysis and corrective actions. The page says action effectiveness can be tracked, but it does not establish a separate closure approver or rejection step. Sources: https://emex.com/incident-management/
- Risk assessments [documented]: The risk page describes hazard libraries, configurable templates, risk matrices and actions to address identified risks. Sources: https://emex.com/product_area/risk-management/
- CarbonGo emissions reporting [conditional]: CarbonGo advertises standardised Scope 1, 2 and 3 activities for up to five sites at its public starting price. Confirm methods, reporting boundaries and inclusion separately from EHS. Sources: https://emex.com/carbon-go/
- API integration [conditional]: The API offering describes connections with HR, ERP, operational systems and monitoring equipment. It is not evidence that every named system has a ready-made connector. Sources: https://emex.com/api/
- Permit and contractor controls [unverified]: The reviewed current product pages do not establish permit conflict detection, isolation workflows or contractor onboarding. Require a scoped demonstration before including these requirements. Sources: https://emex.com/
- Safety observation management [documented]: The Safety Observations module supports mobile submissions with photos and videos, categorisation, risk assessment, notifications, investigation, corrective actions and trend reporting. The reviewed page does not establish offline observation capture. Sources: https://emex.com/safety-observations/
- Configurable data reporting [documented]: The Data Reporting module supports scheduled collection campaigns, administrator-designed forms, real-time queries, supporting evidence and an audit trail of data changes. Validate calculation controls, approvals and required external-report outputs. Sources: https://emex.com/data-reporting/
- No-code administrative configuration [conditional]: The separately named Premium Administration Toolkit documents drag-and-drop forms, configurable search screens, module layouts and workflows for designated administrators. Confirm that the toolkit, its charge and required permissions are included. Sources: https://emex.com/premiumadmin/
- Users, roles and organisational workgroups [conditional]: Official support documentation shows user roles governing workflow buttons, notifications and system functions, while workgroups can represent teams, locations, departments or sites and control data visibility. Demonstrate the proposed permission model rather than inferring field-level security. Sources: https://support.emex.com/portal/en/kb/articles/managing-workgroups, https://support.emex.com/portal/en/kb/articles/managing-workgroups-12-9-2022

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: disconnected incident to verified closure
1. Create a sample incident without connectivity on the proposed device.
2. Restart before reconnecting, then inspect the record and attachments.
3. Assign an investigation action to another person.
4. Have a reviewer verify closure and inspect the resulting history.

#### Demo exercise: separate EHS and carbon scope
1. Run one inspection and assign a corrective action.
2. Load a facility activity into the proposed CarbonGo configuration.
3. Inspect the calculation boundary and reporting output with your sustainability lead.
4. Map each demonstrated function to its module and contract line item.

#### Demo exercise: safety observation to completed corrective action
1. Submit a safety observation from a mobile device with a photo or video and categorise its risk level.
2. Trigger the configured notification, investigate the observation and assign a corrective action with an owner and due date.
3. Complete the action, verify its status and inspect the observation trend report and retained history.

### Product presentations

- [Safety observation analytics and mobile near-miss form](https://emex.com/safety-observations/): Official vendor image of Emex analytics charts of unsafe acts and conditions on desktop and a near-miss form on a phone; figures look like sample data.
- [Administration form editor for an incident form](https://emex.com/data-reporting/): Official vendor image of the Emex administration screen used to design data collection forms, shown with an incident form configuration.

### Questions and answers

#### Does Emex work offline?
The incident page documents offline incident reporting and synchronization when connectivity returns. Offline inspections and carbon workflows were not verified. Test the exact app and record types you intend to use.

#### How much does Emex cost?
The public CarbonGo offer starts at EUR 1,000/month for up to five sites. It does not establish a full EHS suite price. Ask for a separate EHS proposal and confirm tax, contract and implementation terms.

#### Does Emex include carbon reporting?
Emex markets CarbonGo alongside its EHS products. Confirm whether it is included in your proposed package and whether its standardised activities cover your actual emissions inventory.

#### Can Emex manage permit conflicts and contractor onboarding?
These specific controls were not verified in the reviewed current product pages. If they are essential, ask the vendor to demonstrate your permit and contractor process and include it in the written scope.

### Demo questions

- Show incident capture without connectivity, restart and then reconnection.
- Which inspection records and attachments work offline in our app?
- Does the quote include CarbonGo, API work and our required EHS modules?
- Can an independent reviewer verify an action before closure?
- Is Premium Administration included, and which changes can our administrators make without vendor services?
- Demonstrate how workgroups and roles restrict records across sites, including workflow buttons, notifications and deletion.
- Can safety observations be created offline, and what happens to photos or videos after a restart and later synchronization?
- Which Data Reporting outputs are suitable for our external submissions, and what review or approval controls apply before release?

### Primary sources

- [Emex platform](https://emex.com/)
- [Inspections and corrective actions](https://emex.com/auditsinspections/)
- [Incident management and offline reporting](https://emex.com/incident-management/)
- [Risk assessments](https://emex.com/product_area/risk-management/)
- [CarbonGo scope and pricing](https://emex.com/carbon-go/)
- [API integration offering](https://emex.com/api/)
- [Contact and demo request](https://emex.com/contact-us/)
- [Safety-observation lifecycle and mobile reporting](https://emex.com/safety-observations/)
- [Data collection, evidence and audit trails](https://emex.com/data-reporting/)
- [Premium Administration Toolkit](https://emex.com/premiumadmin/)
- [Workgroup administration and visibility](https://support.emex.com/portal/en/kb/articles/managing-workgroups)
- [User administration and system roles](https://support.emex.com/portal/en/kb/articles/managing-workgroups-12-9-2022)

## Effivity

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/effivity
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Effivity offers modular QMS, HSE, food safety and information-security software. An integrated deployment needs an agreed module scope; references to ISO standards are not product certification.

Effivity connects document control, internal audits, nonconformities and corrective actions within configurable management-system workflows. Its separate HSE planning scope adds environmental aspects, workplace hazards, controls and reassessment. Buyers should price the required modules, users, storage and form-building tools together and test the selected mobile workflow.

Best-fit starting point: Teams consolidating controlled documents, audit findings and corrective actions, with optional HSE processes.

Check before buying: The current calculator displays dollar amounts without an explicit currency code in the reviewed view. Offline mobile behaviour is not described on the reviewed pages. Software purchase does not establish management-system certification.

### Pricing

Configurable subscription, annual billing shown. The public calculator default view on 20 September 2026 displayed Starter $217/month, Growth $285/month and Enterprise $646/month, each billed every 1 year. Starter and Growth showed 5 users; Enterprise showed 15. Modules, form builder, storage and email allowances change the total. The view did not identify a currency code, so these are observed dollar-denominated configurations, not a verified USD starting price or per-user rate. Contact vendor to confirm currency, taxes, services, included modules and renewal terms.

### When the price fits

Effivity is worth evaluating when shared document, audit and corrective-action records remove repeated administration. Compare the full configured first-year and renewal quote with that workload; the base QMS configuration is not a price for every management system.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [partial]: The calculator rendered live Starter, Growth and Enterprise configurations with annual billing, but the reviewed view lacked a currency code. The trial registration advertises instant access without a credit card. Confirm the final quote and trial scope; a public calculator observation is not a guaranteed minimum price.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.effivity.com/pricing.html
- https://www.effivity.com/isocertification/register.htm

### Offline capabilities

Offline use is not described on the reviewed pages. The iOS app listing's release notes cover QR codes for records, workflow screens, file handling and language switching, without mention of disconnected work or synchronisation. Ask for a device-level demonstration before relying on the app without a connection.

Review scope: Vendor documentation and developer release notes were researched, not hands-on tested. AI-assisted explanations may be incomplete and do not replace primary documentation or a scoped demo. No independently verified customer-review sample or combined rating is included.

Trial status: verified-free. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Trace a real audit finding through disposition, action and verified closure.
  Sources: https://www.effivity.com/iso-9001-2015-qms/non-conformance-and-corrective-actions.html
- Usability & adoption: Observe field users completing and submitting a mobile form on a weak or interrupted connection.
  Sources: https://apps.apple.com/us/app/effivity/id1623580738
- Implementation & TCO: Compare the same module and capacity configuration over the first and renewal years.
  Sources: https://www.effivity.com/pricing.html
- Integrations & API: Request interface specifications, entitlements and ownership for the systems you must connect.
  Sources: https://www.effivity.com/quality-management-system-software.html
- Security & trust: Test document permissions and request current deployment-specific security evidence.
  Sources: https://www.effivity.com/quality-management-system-software/documented-information.html
- Customer voice: No independently verified reader sample is used. Ask for references with similar modules and team responsibilities.

### Capability scope

- Controlled document lifecycle [documented]: Changes can be routed for approval; versions are incremented and superseded records archived. Demonstrate access to obsolete copies and export history. Sources: https://www.effivity.com/quality-management-system-software/documented-information.html
- Audit planning and findings [documented]: Define an audit schedule, auditor, auditee and location; capture findings and use alerts. Test responsibility and follow-up against your audit program. Sources: https://www.effivity.com/quality-management-system-software/internal-audit.html
- Nonconformity to corrective action [documented]: Record dispositions and investigations with linked corrective-action records. Demonstrate effectiveness review and closure criteria rather than assuming a configured default. Sources: https://www.effivity.com/iso-9001-2015-qms/non-conformance-and-corrective-actions.html
- Environmental aspects and occupational hazards [documented]: Assess impacts and risks, identify controls and repeat assessments. This scope does not establish a complete ESG-reporting or carbon-accounting application. Sources: https://www.effivity.com/environment-management-system-software/ems-planning.html
- Mobile app and offline use [unverified]: A mobile app exists and its release notes mention QR record access and workflow screens, but offline use or synchronisation is not described on the reviewed pages. Validate your forms and connectivity needs in a trial.
- Configurable forms and integration scope [conditional]: The QMS page describes form/workflow customization and third-party connectivity; the calculator prices form builder separately. Request connector/API entitlement and delivery details. Sources: https://www.effivity.com/quality-management-system-software.html, https://www.effivity.com/pricing.html
- Training and competency records [documented]: Centralize employee training files, compare training against competency requirements, identify needs and track assigned training to completion. Confirm the purchased module, reminder rules and required evidence types. Sources: https://www.effivity.com/iso-9001-2015-qms/training-management.html
- Customer complaint lifecycle [documented]: Track complaints from receipt through resolution planning, correction, root-cause analysis, corrective action, effectiveness evaluation and customer follow-up. Test service-level timers, external intake and customer communications rather than infer a full contact-center product. Sources: https://www.effivity.com/iso-9001-2015-qms/customer-complaint-management.html
- Calibration scheduling and out-of-tolerance response [documented]: Maintain equipment location, calibration plans, due reminders, results and corrective records, including links to re-verification of products or services measured since the last calibration. Confirm instrument volume, label generation and external calibration-provider workflows. Sources: https://www.effivity.com/iso-9001-2015-qms/calibration-management.html
- Supplier approval and incoming inspection linkage [documented]: Manage initial supplier approval and re-evaluation, approved-supplier lists, purchase information, delivery monitoring, incoming-inspection feedback and supplier corrective actions. This is supplier-quality scope, not evidence of procure-to-pay or logistics-suite parity. Sources: https://www.effivity.com/iso-9001-2015-qms/supplier-management.html
- Management review records and follow-up [documented]: Schedule management reviews and retain inputs, agendas, minutes, decisions, outputs and action plans. Verify how data from purchased modules is assembled and how overdue actions escalate. Sources: https://www.effivity.com/iso-9001-2015-qms/management-review.html

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: audit finding through verified correction
1. Schedule a representative audit and capture a finding.
2. Record a nonconformity, disposition and proposed action.
3. Reject an inadequate correction and check owner notifications.
4. Verify effectiveness with a separate reviewer and export the linked evidence.

#### Demo exercise: mobile field record and revised document
1. Open the intended mobile screen and supporting document.
2. Record a finding on a weak or interrupted connection and restart the app.
3. Reopen the app and check the record and attachment arrived intact.
4. Revise the document online and demonstrate which version the field user sees next.

#### Demo exercise: complaint through verified resolution
1. Register a customer complaint with owner, due date and affected product or service.
2. Record immediate correction, root-cause analysis and corrective action.
3. Evaluate the action's effectiveness and schedule customer follow-up.
4. Review lifecycle status and export the linked record trail for an audit.

#### Demo exercise: supplier delivery and measurement-control exception
1. Approve a supplier against defined criteria and record a representative purchase requirement.
2. Capture an incoming inspection result and link a rejected delivery to supplier corrective action.
3. Mark the measuring equipment used as out of tolerance and review products or services measured since its last calibration.
4. Complete supplier re-evaluation and export the connected inspection, calibration and action evidence.

### Product presentations

- [Mobile app: non-conformance list](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/effivity/id1623580738): Official app-store screenshot of a non-conformance list; entries look like sample data.
- [Mobile app: risk and opportunity form](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/effivity/id1623580738): Official app-store screenshot of a risk and opportunity form with sample values.

### Questions and answers

#### How much does Effivity cost?
The calculator shows configurable plans with annual billing. See the pricing section for the observed configurations and the unresolved currency qualification. Obtain one quote covering modules, users, capacity, form builder and services.

#### Does Effivity work without an internet connection?
The reviewed pages do not describe offline operation; the app listing's release notes mention QR record access, workflow screens and languages only. Test the actual task, a lost connection and recovery on your proposed device.

#### Can Effivity support quality and HSE in one deployment?
Effivity markets an integrated management system alongside separate QMS and HSE offerings. Ask the vendor to trace a shared document or action across the purchased modules and identify any additional configuration.

#### Is the Effivity trial free, and does it certify our organization?
The registration page advertises a free, full-featured trial without a credit card, and product pages advertise 15 days. Confirm the account scope before loading data. Neither trial nor purchase certifies your management system.

### Demo questions

- Which exact modules, users, database/file capacity and email allowance does our annual quote include?
- Does the mobile app work without a connection, and can an interrupted submission be recovered?
- Can a rejected document revision and its associated training/action remain traceable?
- Who verifies corrective-action effectiveness before closure, and can we export that evidence?

### Primary sources

- [Live configurable pricing calculator](https://www.effivity.com/pricing.html)
- [Quality-management product scope](https://www.effivity.com/quality-management-system-software.html)
- [Document control and revisions](https://www.effivity.com/quality-management-system-software/documented-information.html)
- [Internal audit scheduling and findings](https://www.effivity.com/quality-management-system-software/internal-audit.html)
- [Nonconformities and corrective actions](https://www.effivity.com/iso-9001-2015-qms/non-conformance-and-corrective-actions.html)
- [HSE aspects, hazards and controls](https://www.effivity.com/environment-management-system-software/ems-planning.html)
- [Integrated management-system scope](https://www.effivity.com/integrated-qhsc-management-system-software.html)
- [Developer mobile app release notes](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/effivity/id1623580738)
- [Free trial registration terms](https://www.effivity.com/isocertification/register.htm)
- [Employee training records and competency comparison](https://www.effivity.com/iso-9001-2015-qms/training-management.html)
- [Customer complaint lifecycle and effectiveness review](https://www.effivity.com/iso-9001-2015-qms/customer-complaint-management.html)
- [Calibration plans, reminders and corrective records](https://www.effivity.com/iso-9001-2015-qms/calibration-management.html)
- [Supplier approval, delivery inspection and corrective action](https://www.effivity.com/iso-9001-2015-qms/supplier-management.html)
- [Management review agenda, minutes and action plans](https://www.effivity.com/iso-9001-2015-qms/management-review.html)

## IBM Envizi

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/ibm-envizi
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: IBM Envizi ESG Suite, Envizi
IBM Envizi ESG Suite is modular. Data management, Scope 1 and 2 accounting, Scope 3 accounting, ESG reporting, target tracking and Supply Chain Intelligence are separately described capabilities; the Emissions API is a distinct developer offering rather than a replacement for Envizi's governed accounting workflows. Confirm the contracted modules, Account volume and report activation instead of assuming every portfolio capability is included in Essentials. An Envizi Account is a data-tracking container, not a user seat.

IBM Envizi combines sustainability records from dispersed operations for analysis and reporting. Its data foundation supports multi-location organisations, while reporting and supplier modules address different collection and disclosure tasks.

Best-fit starting point: Organisations with multiple sites and reporting entities that need traceable sustainability records and controlled aggregation.

Check before buying: The public estimator is planning guidance, not a formal offer, and Account-based sizing is not seat-based. IBM's GHG Protocol alignment and Built on GHG Protocol statements describe calculation resources; they do not replace the buyer's methodology decisions, controls, assurance or regulatory interpretation. AI/NLP can assist Scope 3 spend classification, but category, method, factor and currency choices still require review. Standard and custom factor selection, effective dates and any historical recalculation need documented governance; IBM states the client is ultimately responsible for factor correctness and calculated emissions. Supply Chain Intelligence focuses on purchased goods and capital goods and its Eora66 spend fallback requires USD product monetary value, while the broader Scope 3 accounting module describes coverage across all 15 categories. Emissions API, Excel calculations, Supply Chain Intelligence, target tracking and some reports or custom-factor functions must not be assumed included without entitlement and activation confirmation. Offline field collection was not verified.

### Pricing

Quoted subscription by data volume and functionality, with a public price estimator. On 26 September 2026 the pricing page's estimator, for Manufacturing, 10 facilities, greenhouse gas reporting with Scope 1 & 2 but not Scope 3, and ESG framework disclosures, recommended the Essentials package and showed an estimated yearly price range of EUR 57,314.21 to EUR 80,042.26, or EUR 4,776.18 to EUR 6,670.19 monthly, excluding tax. The page says estimates are for planning only, may reflect IBM discounts and are not a formal offer from IBM or an IBM Business Partner; they assume a minimum 12-month term and vary with configuration, add-ons, country and local currency, and Business Partners set their own prices. Bundles are Essentials up to 1,000 data Accounts, Standard 1,001-5,000 and Premium 5,001-15,000+; Accounts are data-tracking units, not user seats. Obtain a formal quote for your own industry, facility count and modules before budgeting.

### When the price fits

Worth shortlisting when fragmented site data creates recurring reconciliation work. Compare the complete implementation and module quote against a representative reporting cycle before paying for capabilities beyond your current scope.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [partial]: On 26 September 2026 the public estimator showed an indicative yearly range for one stated configuration, and the Account bundles and estimate conditions were rechecked. The estimate is not a formal offer; a final amount requires a quote.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.ibm.com/products/envizi/pricing

### Offline workflow unverified

Offline collection and synchronization were not verified in the reviewed documentation. Do not assume disconnected field inspection support; ask for a demonstration of any proposed offline workflow.

Product scope: Centralized ESG data management and reporting with configurable Scope 1, 2 and 3 calculations, factor governance, disclosure workflows and optional target, supplier and developer calculation products.

Review scope: Independent research from official vendor documentation, not hands-on testing or a user review. AI-assisted explanatory text may be incomplete and does not replace primary documentation or a demo. No independent numeric rating, certification or guaranteed compliance is asserted.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Trace a disclosed metric back through review and source evidence.
  Sources: https://www.ibm.com/products/envizi/esg-reporting-frameworks
- Usability & adoption: Observe a site contributor completing the proposed collection process.
  Sources: https://www.ibm.com/products/envizi/esg-reporting
- Implementation & TCO: Price your real data volume, modules, onboarding and annual maintenance.
  Sources: https://www.ibm.com/products/envizi/pricing
- Integrations & API: Test a source feed, failed import and corrected re-run.
  Sources: https://www.ibm.com/products/envizi/esg-data-management
- Security & trust: Request access-control, hosting, retention and assurance documentation for the proposed deployment.
  Sources: https://www.ibm.com/products/envizi
- Customer voice: Ask for reference calls from organisations with comparable site counts; vendor examples are not independent reviews.

### Capability scope

- Data ingestion [documented]: File connectors, custom API integrations, forms and bulk templates are documented. Verify the exact source-system interfaces, frequency, error handling and implementation ownership. Sources: https://www.ibm.com/products/envizi/esg-data-management
- Data normalization [documented]: Inputs can be normalized across calendar periods, units and currencies. Environmental calculations use normalized monthly data, so buyers should reconcile period allocation against source records. Sources: https://www.ibm.com/products/envizi/esg-data-management, https://www.ibm.com/docs/en/envizi-esg-suite?topic=accounting-calculation-methodology-environmental-data
- Organisational reporting views [documented]: Data can be grouped across sites, portfolios and cost centres. Validate the hierarchy against legal, operational and reporting boundaries and test historical reorganizations. Sources: https://www.ibm.com/products/envizi/esg-data-management
- Disclosure workflow [documented]: The framework reporting module manages questions, evidence, collaboration and reusable responses. Framework support does not guarantee disclosure completeness, regulatory compliance or external acceptance. Sources: https://www.ibm.com/products/envizi/esg-reporting-frameworks
- Stakeholder submissions [conditional]: Reporting products include surveys and assessments for contributor data collection. Confirm the exact module, contributor access model, evidence retention and reminder workflow. Sources: https://www.ibm.com/products/envizi/esg-reporting
- Scope 1 and 2 accounting [conditional]: The named module calculates Scope 1 and 2 emissions using managed or custom factors and provides location-based and market-based reporting. Some reports require support activation and additional configuration. Sources: https://www.ibm.com/docs/en/envizi-esg-suite?topic=modules-scope-1-2-ghg-accounting
- Scope 3 accounting with AI-assisted spend classification [conditional]: The Scope 3 module documents GHG Protocol calculation methods, embedded factor libraries, all-category coverage and NLP-assisted categorization for spend calculations. Treat AI output as a reviewable classification, not verified accounting evidence. Sources: https://www.ibm.com/products/envizi/scope-3-ghg-accounting-reporting
- Environmental calculation chain [documented]: IBM documents the sequence from captured activity data through transformation, monthly normalization and standard or custom factors to calculated outputs. Account styles, units, region, subtype, factor set and effective dates influence results. Sources: https://www.ibm.com/docs/en/envizi-esg-suite?topic=accounting-calculation-methodology-environmental-data
- Emission-factor governance [conditional]: IBM-managed factor review, effective dates, conflict checks and audit reports are documented. Custom Factor Management and some reports may require support activation; IBM states the client remains ultimately responsible for factor correctness and calculated emissions. Sources: https://www.ibm.com/docs/en/envizi-esg-suite?topic=accounting-reviewing-auditing-factors
- Target setting and tracking [conditional]: A named module supports energy, cost, emissions and intensity targets with rate-analysis and performance dashboards. Confirm entitlement and demonstrate baseline changes, organizational changes and recalculation rules. Sources: https://www.ibm.com/products/envizi/target-setting-tracking
- Supplier transaction calculations [conditional]: Supply Chain Intelligence focuses on Scope 3 categories 1 and 2 and can prioritize supplier data with average- or spend-based fallbacks. It is a separately scoped module, not proof of coverage for every Scope 3 category. Sources: https://www.ibm.com/docs/en/envizi-supply-chain?topic=product-overview
- Supply-chain calculation audit trail [conditional]: The supplier workflow can trace calculated order-line emissions to supplier PCF or fallback factors. IBM documents that Eora66 MRIO fallback factors are USD-based and require product monetary value and currency in USD for the calculation to work correctly. Sources: https://www.ibm.com/docs/en/envizi-supply-chain?topic=reporting-performing-audit-trails
- Embedded emissions calculation API [conditional]: The separately described Emissions API exposes REST-based calculations and managed factor access for developers and ISVs. IBM explicitly says it is not a replacement for Envizi's governed accounting and reporting solutions; plans differ in API volume and factor access. Sources: https://www.ibm.com/products/envizi/emissions-api
- Offline field collection [unverified]: The reviewed IBM pages did not verify disconnected mobile capture, local queues or synchronization conflict handling. Require a live offline-to-online demonstration if this matters.

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: multi-site reporting reconciliation
1. Import two sites with different invoice units, currencies and reporting periods.
2. Inspect monthly normalization, an intentional missing value and its assigned correction.
3. Reconcile site totals against the organizational hierarchy and both source invoices.
4. Export evidence for one disclosed figure, including source record, factor and review state.

#### Demo exercise: factor governance and historical recalculation
1. Load activity records spanning two regions and two factor effective periods.
2. Show the automatically selected factor, its ID, source, value, region and effective dates.
3. Activate or apply an approved custom factor and document the reviewer and rationale.
4. Recalculate a prior period and show the retained audit trail, changed totals and disclosure impact.

#### Demo exercise: Scope 3 classification and supplier-data improvement
1. Load ambiguous purchase descriptions and mixed-currency transaction data.
2. Inspect the NLP-assisted category, calculation method, confidence or review cues and factor choice.
3. Demonstrate the required USD preparation for an Eora66 spend fallback, then replace it with supplier PCF evidence.
4. Compare the footprint before and after, retain calculation provenance and complete reviewer approval.

#### Demo exercise: target baseline and organizational change
1. Create an absolute emissions target and an intensity target for selected organizational levels.
2. Load actuals and compare performance in the documented dashboards.
3. Model an acquisition, divestment or corrected baseline record.
4. Explain the recalculation policy and reconcile the revised target trajectory to reporting totals.

### Product presentations

- [Scope 3 calculation accuracy dashboard](https://www.ibm.com/products/envizi/scope-3-ghg-accounting-reporting): Official IBM product-page image of a Scope 3 dashboard; shows a demo organisation's data.
- [Emissions tracking against a target](https://www.ibm.com/products/envizi/target-setting-tracking): Official IBM product-page image of target tracking; shows a demo organisation's data.
- [Audit History table for an account](https://www.ibm.com/products/envizi/esg-data-management): Official IBM product-page image of an account audit history; shows a demo organisation's data.

### Questions and answers

#### How is IBM Envizi priced?
Commercial sizing uses data Accounts and selected functionality. Accounts are data-tracking containers rather than user seats. The public estimator is planning guidance, not a formal offer; ask IBM to model your actual locations, feeds, modules and add-ons.

#### Does Essentials include every Envizi capability?
Do not assume so. IBM presents emissions accounting, Scope 3, supply-chain intelligence, reporting, targets, API and other capabilities as modules or offerings. Require a line-item entitlement list and report-activation matrix in the proposal.

#### Does Envizi's GHG Protocol alignment guarantee compliant reporting?
No. The product documentation describes calculation resources built on or aligned with GHG Protocol methods, but the buyer remains responsible for organizational boundaries, methods, factors, controls, disclosures and any assurance or legal conclusions.

#### Can Envizi calculate Scope 3 emissions?
The Scope 3 accounting module documents coverage across all categories and AI-assisted spend classification. Supply Chain Intelligence has a narrower purchased-goods and capital-goods focus. Confirm which product, categories and methods are contracted.

#### Does AI remove the need to review Scope 3 classifications?
No. IBM documents NLP-assisted categorization for spend data. Buyers should test ambiguous descriptions, review overrides and retain approval evidence for category, method and factor choices.

#### How are emission factors governed?
IBM documents managed factor review, effective dates, audit reports and optional custom-factor management. Some functions require activation, and IBM states the client is ultimately responsible for the factors used and emissions calculated.

#### What currency boundary applies to Supply Chain Intelligence spend fallbacks?
IBM's audit-trail documentation says its Eora66 MRIO fallback factors are based on US dollars and the product monetary value and currency must also be USD for the calculation to work correctly. Test the conversion and provenance process with real purchasing data.

#### Is the Envizi Emissions API included in the ESG Suite subscription?
Do not assume it is. IBM presents the API as a separate developer offering with its own plans and says it is not a replacement for governed Envizi accounting workflows. Confirm commercial entitlement, factor datasets and reconciliation controls.

#### Can Envizi support several ESG reporting frameworks?
The framework module supports response reuse, evidence and document exports. Have the reporting team test a representative framework and evidence package; the software does not guarantee completeness or acceptance.

#### Is IBM Envizi an offline inspection app?
Offline field collection and synchronization were not verified in the reviewed material. Evaluate sustainability data management separately from any disconnected inspection requirement.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-26: Recorded the indicative yearly range the vendor price estimator showed on 26 September 2026 for one stated configuration (EUR 57,314.21 to 80,042.26, Essentials), replacing the note that no amount was verified.

### Demo questions

- How many Envizi data Accounts will our sites, meters, suppliers and historical feeds require, separately from user counts?
- Which named modules, PowerReports, factor sets and report activations are included in the proposed subscription?
- Which source connectors are standard, which require custom integration, and who maintains each one?
- Show a disclosed figure traced through normalized monthly data, factor ID, factor source, effective date and original record.
- How will we approve standard versus custom factors and govern restatements when factors or organisational boundaries change?
- For Scope 2, show location-based and market-based treatment of residual mix, RECs, GOs and other energy attributes.
- For Scope 3, which categories and calculation methods are in scope, and how are AI/NLP classifications reviewed and overridden?
- Does the proposal include Supply Chain Intelligence, and how are supplier PCFs prioritized over spend or average-data fallbacks?
- How will non-USD procurement data be prepared for the Eora66 spend fallback used by Supply Chain Intelligence?
- Are Emissions API or Excel calculations separately licensed, and how will factor versions and results reconcile with the governed Envizi inventory?
- How are target baselines, acquisitions, divestments and historical recalculations handled?
- What offline or low-connectivity workflow, if any, is supported and can it be demonstrated with conflict recovery?

### Primary sources

- [Account-based pricing and estimate conditions](https://www.ibm.com/products/envizi/pricing)
- [Product and module overview](https://www.ibm.com/products/envizi)
- [Data collection and normalization](https://www.ibm.com/products/envizi/esg-data-management)
- [Framework response workflows](https://www.ibm.com/products/envizi/esg-reporting-frameworks)
- [ESG reporting module scope](https://www.ibm.com/products/envizi/esg-reporting)
- [Supply Chain Intelligence technical overview](https://www.ibm.com/docs/en/envizi-supply-chain?topic=product-overview)
- [Scope 1 and 2 accounting module](https://www.ibm.com/docs/en/envizi-esg-suite?topic=modules-scope-1-2-ghg-accounting)
- [Scope 3 accounting and AI-assisted categorization](https://www.ibm.com/products/envizi/scope-3-ghg-accounting-reporting)
- [Emission-factor review, audit and client responsibility](https://www.ibm.com/docs/en/envizi-esg-suite?topic=accounting-reviewing-auditing-factors)
- [Environmental calculation methodology and factor selection](https://www.ibm.com/docs/en/envizi-esg-suite?topic=accounting-calculation-methodology-environmental-data)
- [Target setting and tracking module](https://www.ibm.com/products/envizi/target-setting-tracking)
- [Envizi Emissions API scope and pricing boundaries](https://www.ibm.com/products/envizi/emissions-api)
- [Supply Chain Intelligence calculation audit trail](https://www.ibm.com/docs/en/envizi-supply-chain?topic=reporting-performing-audit-trails)

## Microsoft Sustainability Manager

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/microsoft-sustainability-manager
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: Microsoft Sustainability Manager Essentials, Microsoft Sustainability Manager Premium
Microsoft Sustainability Manager is a sustainability application with Essentials and Premium plans. It is distinct from the wider Microsoft for Sustainability portfolio; adjacent products and services are not automatically included. Microsoft Learn now names the product Dynamics 365 Sustainability and states that Microsoft Sustainability Manager has been rebranded, as a new product name only, with functionality, capabilities, licensing and service offerings unchanged; the Microsoft product page still uses the earlier name.

Microsoft Sustainability Manager brings environmental inputs into a common model for calculation and analysis. Buyers should assess the reporting team, tenant administration and data integration work together rather than treating a tenant subscription as a complete implementation.

Best-fit starting point: Organisations with Microsoft platform skills that want managed environmental data imports and configurable emissions calculations.

Check before buying: Confirm the tenant plan, user licences, Dataverse capacity, Power Platform or Microsoft 365 Copilot entitlements, implementation services and regional availability together. Preview features—including data export, some approval/traceability functions and Copilot skills—are not production commitments. Factor selection, mappings, calculations and AI-generated reporting content require human governance and do not by themselves provide assurance or regulatory compliance.

### Pricing

Tenant subscription with required user licences. The US product page lists Essentials at US$4,000 and Premium at US$12,000 per tenant per month. Licensing also requires user-level SKUs; do not interpret tenant pricing as a per-user rate or assume a separate user fee without a quote. The product page lists Dataverse database capacity of 10 GB for Essentials and 50 GB for Premium, but the Microsoft Learn plans page, updated 5 October 2026, lists database capacity of 3 GB for both plans, so confirm the entitlement in writing. Confirm regional pricing, commercial term, taxes, extra storage, implementation, Azure consumption and any related Microsoft licences.

### When the price fits

Worth considering when existing Microsoft administration and integration skills reduce delivery effort. Compare the complete tenant, capacity and implementation cost with a narrower carbon tool if the immediate requirement is only a small annual footprint.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: US tenant list prices and plan-specific capacity are published. Final licensing and deployment costs need a scoped proposal.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/sustainability/microsoft-sustainability-manager
- https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/sustainability/get-started-plans

### Offline workflow unverified

Offline collection and synchronization were not verified in the reviewed documentation. Do not assume disconnected field inspection support; ask for a demonstration of any proposed offline workflow.

Product scope: Microsoft Sustainability Manager Essentials and Premium cover environmental data ingestion, emissions calculations, carbon/water/waste analytics, goals and plan-dependent reporting capabilities. External reporting, Copilot and several advanced controls have separate plan, preview or enablement boundaries; adjacent Microsoft for Sustainability products are not automatically included.

Review scope: Independent research from official vendor documentation, not hands-on testing or a user review. AI-assisted explanatory text may be incomplete and does not replace primary documentation or a demo. No independent numeric rating, certification or guaranteed compliance is asserted.

Trial status: verified-free. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Reconcile a real emissions calculation and test the intended water or waste workflow.
  Sources: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/sustainability/configuration-guide
- Usability & adoption: Observe a nontechnical contributor and an administrator using the trial with representative records.
  Sources: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/sustainability/trial-faq
- Implementation & TCO: Scope the tenant, user rights, capacity growth and related services together.
  Sources: https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/sustainability/microsoft-sustainability-manager, https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/sustainability/get-started-plans
- Integrations & API: Test data mapping, import ownership and recovery after a source-system change.
  Sources: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/sustainability/import-data-faq
- Security & trust: Demonstrate role boundaries and review the documented period-lock limitation before setting controls.
  Sources: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/sustainability/import-data-overview
- Customer voice: Seek reference calls from organisations with similar data volumes and Microsoft administration skills. No external review score is asserted.

### Capability scope

- Structured data import [documented]: Excel templates, Power Query, provider connectors and manual entry are documented. Sources: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/sustainability/import-data-overview
- Calculation configuration [documented]: Setup covers organisation structure, reference data, factors, calculation models and activity inputs before running calculations. Sources: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/sustainability/configuration-guide
- Scope 3 plan boundary [conditional]: Essentials can ingest precalculated emissions for categories 10, 11, 14 and 15; calculations from underlying activity and reference data require Premium. Sources: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/sustainability/get-started-plans
- Reporting period controls [conditional]: Closed periods restrict changes. Documentation flags an OCID-related limitation that can update a closed-period record through an open-period import; test this before relying on period locking. Sources: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/sustainability/import-data-overview
- Import permissions [conditional]: Import access can be organisation or business-unit scoped; guest users cannot import. Validate the contributor and administrator roles. Sources: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/sustainability/import-data-faq
- Data approval [conditional]: Approval staging is documented as preview and disabled by default. Confirm enabled data types and release suitability. Sources: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/sustainability/import-data-overview
- Calculation models and Power Fx [documented]: Calculation models combine activity data with emission or water factors through condition, calculation and report steps. Power Fx supports custom logic, but Microsoft documents unsupported functions and recommends separate conversion and arithmetic steps; validate every custom model against a controlled sample. Sources: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/sustainability/calculate-calculation-models
- Factor-library governance [conditional]: The product supports default, custom and demo factor libraries plus emission, estimation and factor-mapping workflows. Demo factors are for demonstration, and Microsoft states its distributed defaults are not the only standards; buyers remain responsible for the appropriate source, version and mapping. Sources: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/sustainability/calculate-emission-factors
- Scorecards and goals [documented]: Teams can create owned scorecards and goals, enter or derive current and target values, and update goal status manually or from connected data. Marking an SBTi-aligned goal is a data field, not independent target validation. Sources: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/sustainability/reports-scorecards-goals
- Water quantity analytics [documented]: The water dashboard reports withdrawal, discharge, calculated consumption and recycled water by reporting period, facility, geography and organisational unit, with a water-stress filter. Confirm source completeness and the suitability of the built-in consumption formula for the organisation's methodology. Sources: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/sustainability/report-water-quantity
- Dataverse role-based access [conditional]: Microsoft documents organisation- and business-unit-scoped roles for full, read-only, ingestion and reporting access. Embedded Power BI dashboard and insight views do not inherit every Dataverse business-unit restriction, so test sensitive-data visibility separately. Sources: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/sustainability/user-roles-access-management
- Record traceability with OCID [conditional]: Origin correlation IDs can link imported records to their source and help identify duplicates and changes; primary or record-specific keys apply where OCID is absent. Traceability depends on consistently populated identifiers and governed upstream values. Sources: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/industry/well-architected/sustainability/sustainability-manager-data-traceability-design
- Data export for audit handoff [conditional]: A preview export queues carbon, water or waste records for an Excel download scoped by data definition and date range. It requires feature enablement and security privileges and should not be represented as an assured filing package. Sources: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/sustainability/data-export
- Copilot-assisted sustainability work [conditional]: Premium preview skills can analyze documents, query data, draft report content and assist selected calculation-model tasks. Microsoft documents English and regional constraints, possible cross-region prompt/result processing and preview limitations; generated content requires review, and individual skills can change or retire. Sources: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/sustainability/copilot-overview

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: import-to-calculation reconciliation
1. Load a small activity file with a deliberate missing mapping.
2. Correct the import and show the factor and calculation model used.
3. Reconcile calculated emissions with a manually checked sample.
4. Repeat the import to inspect record uniqueness and revision behaviour.

#### Demo exercise: plan and period boundaries
1. Use one Scope 3 category needed by your business to compare proposed plan rights.
2. Close a reporting period and attempt an authorised correction.
3. Test the documented correlation-ID limitation with safe sample data.
4. Estimate storage growth and produce a complete licensing quote.

#### Demo exercise: source-to-result lineage and factor governance
1. Import a representative activity record with a stable origin correlation ID and retain its upstream source evidence.
2. Map it to the sustainability data model and identify the exact factor library, factor version and calculation-model steps.
3. Run the calculation, reconcile gases and units to an independently checked sample, and inspect duplicate handling on re-import.
4. Change one governed input in a sandbox and demonstrate the approval, change record and downstream result difference.
5. Export the scoped records only if the preview feature is acceptable, then verify that the handoff preserves the evidence needed by the assurance team.

#### Demo exercise: access, dashboard and AI boundary test
1. Create users representing a data contributor, business-unit reviewer, report author and organisation administrator.
2. Test each user's access to records, imports and reports, then separately inspect embedded dashboard and insight visibility.
3. Enable only the proposed preview features and record their region, licence, language and data-movement conditions.
4. Ask Copilot to draft a response from controlled documents and data, then document unsupported statements and the human approval path.
5. Produce a signed-off matrix of production features, previews, separate entitlements and excluded adjacent Microsoft products.

### Product presentations

- [Data import options: template, Power Query, partner](https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/sustainability/import-data-overview): Official Microsoft Learn image of the three data import options in the product.
- [Mapping query columns to a factor entity](https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/sustainability/calculate-emission-factors): Official Microsoft Learn image of a column-mapping step for emission factors.
- [Data export job record (preview feature)](https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/sustainability/data-export): Official Microsoft Learn image of a preview-feature export job; sample record.

### Questions and answers

#### How much does Microsoft Sustainability Manager cost?
See the pricing section for verified US tenant prices and capacity. Obtain the full licensing proposal, including user SKUs and related services, before using those figures as your budget.

#### Does Essentials calculate every Scope 3 category?
No. Its treatment of precalculated emissions differs from activity-based calculation for four categories. The capability table identifies this boundary so your team can check its actual inventory requirements.

#### Can I try Microsoft Sustainability Manager?
Microsoft documents a 30-day free trial with sample data. Trial access covers most Premium features, so verify which workflows remain available in your intended paid plan.

#### Does Microsoft Sustainability Manager remove data preparation work?
Imports must conform to the sustainability data model. Power Query can support transformation, but factor mappings, permissions and source quality still need implementation work.

#### Can Microsoft Sustainability Manager create custom emissions calculations?
Yes. Microsoft documents configurable model steps and Power Fx for calculations beyond a simple quantity-times-factor pattern. Unsupported functions, units, factors and mappings still require design, testing and change control.

#### Are Microsoft-provided emission factors automatically suitable for every inventory?
No. Microsoft distinguishes default, custom and demo libraries and says its defaults are not the only standards. Select, version and document factors according to the inventory boundary, jurisdiction and assurance method.

#### Does role-based access also restrict every dashboard view by business unit?
Not necessarily. Microsoft states that Dataverse security roles do not apply to Power BI views in the same way; dashboards and insights have documented organisation-scope limitations. Demonstrate visibility with real role personas before approval.

#### Can exported data be treated as an audit-ready or regulator-ready filing?
The documented export is a preview Excel extraction for sharing or downstream use. It does not replace source evidence, methodology documentation, controls, assurance or the required filing format.

#### Is Copilot included and production-ready for every user and region?
No. The Sustainability Manager Copilot capabilities are documented as Premium preview, English-only at the reviewed date and unavailable in at least one listed region, with possible cross-region processing. Confirm current availability, licences and data terms.

#### Does Sustainability Manager provide a defensible data trail automatically?
It provides identifiers and platform controls that can support traceability, but the organisation must populate stable OCIDs, govern source mappings and factors, assign roles and preserve evidence. Tool availability alone does not establish a complete control framework.

### Demo questions

- Which tenant plan, user SKUs, Power Platform or Microsoft 365 Copilot licences and additional services are required for our exact design?
- Which Scope 3, reporting-metric, external-reporting and value-chain scenarios require Premium or another Microsoft product?
- Show an end-to-end lineage test from source record and OCID through mapping, factor, calculation and exported result.
- Which capabilities in the proposed design are preview, disabled by default, region-limited or scheduled for retirement?
- How do Dataverse business-unit roles interact with embedded Power BI dashboards and insights?
- Which factor libraries are production-approved for our jurisdictions, and who owns updates and calculation-model change control?
- What happens when we exceed Dataverse capacity, change plans or need a second environment?
- How will generated reports, facts and Copilot answers be reviewed, approved and evidenced before external use?

### Primary sources

- [US plans, tenant prices and capacity](https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/sustainability/microsoft-sustainability-manager)
- [Plan scope and licensing](https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/sustainability/get-started-plans)
- [Data import methods and reporting periods](https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/sustainability/import-data-overview)
- [Data import limitations](https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/sustainability/import-data-faq)
- [Configuration and calculation setup](https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/sustainability/configuration-guide)
- [Free trial FAQ](https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/sustainability/trial-faq)
- [Administrator-led trial setup](https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/sustainability/trial-admin-led)
- [Calculation models, model steps and Power Fx boundaries](https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/sustainability/calculate-calculation-models)
- [Emission, estimation and custom factor libraries](https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/sustainability/calculate-emission-factors)
- [Scorecards and sustainability goals](https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/sustainability/reports-scorecards-goals)
- [Water quantity dashboard and supported measures](https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/sustainability/report-water-quantity)
- [Dataverse user roles and access boundaries](https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/sustainability/user-roles-access-management)
- [Data exports (preview), permissions and supported data](https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/sustainability/data-export)
- [Copilot capabilities, preview and regional boundaries](https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/sustainability/copilot-overview)
- [Data traceability and origin correlation ID guidance](https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/industry/well-architected/sustainability/sustainability-manager-data-traceability-design)
- [Microsoft Sustainability Manager compliance offerings](https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/sustainability/compliance-overview)

## Sweep

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/sweep
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: Sweep sustainability platform
Sweep is a sustainability intelligence platform spanning carbon accounting, product footprints, supplier emissions, ESG disclosure and decarbonization planning. Sweepy is its AI assistant. Sweep Starter is a separately scoped entry offering and supplier accounts are not buyer-platform entitlements.

Sweep centralizes sustainability data across entities, sites, products and suppliers, supporting Scope 1–3 inventories, product footprints, supplier engagement, multi-framework disclosures and reduction planning. Its AI assistant can map data, draft content and build analyses, while official documentation states that users approve changes and AI actions are logged. Buyers should validate boundaries, factor versions, source lineage, integrations and assurance workflows on their own reporting sample.

Best-fit starting point: Multi-entity organizations coordinating carbon inventories, supplier data, repeated ESG disclosures and financially governed reduction plans.

Check before buying: Do not treat framework support as legal compliance, audit-ready language as an assurance outcome, product-footprint alignment as certification, or AI output as approved evidence. Define organizational and operational boundaries, emission-factor versions, estimation hierarchy, recalculation policy and sign-off roles. Price Starter, broader modules, integrations, supplier programme, services and exports separately.

### Pricing

Contact vendor. Pricing is not publicly available in the reviewed product and demo pages, contact vendor. Request currency, contract term, modules, supplier programme scope, implementation, connectors, support and export rights. Free accounts advertised for surveyed suppliers do not make the buyer platform free. The separate Starter page describes an upgrade path but does not publish a verified subscription amount.

### When the price fits

A strong shortlist candidate for complex sustainability programmes that need one governed dataset across inventories, suppliers, disclosures and reduction planning. Validate it with a representative reporting cycle and supplier cohort, and contract the calculation methodology, connectors, AI approvals, evidence exports and implementation responsibilities explicitly.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [partial]: Sweep uses a demo-led enterprise buying route and separately describes Starter and free supplier accounts. No public buyer subscription amount or unrestricted trial was verified; request modules, implementation, connectors, supplier scale, AI access, support, export rights, renewal and termination terms.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.sweep.net/demo
- https://www2.sweep.net/starter-package
- https://www.sweep.net/supply-chain-emissions
- https://www.sweep.net/enterprise

### Offline workflow unverified

The reviewed official documentation describes a connected SaaS platform, portals, connectors and APIs but does not establish disconnected mobile or desktop collection, local queues, conflict resolution or offline approvals. Treat offline work as unverified and test any field or low-connectivity requirement explicitly.

Product scope: Contracted Sweep platform modules for carbon, supplier engagement, sustainability reporting and decarbonization, plus named integrations, AI settings, implementation services and user/supplier access. Starter and free supplier accounts must be evaluated as separate scopes.

Review scope: Official Sweep product, AI, reporting, security and first-party customer documentation research; not hands-on testing, independent assurance, legal advice or validation of vendor performance claims. Framework mappings and audit-ready workflows do not guarantee compliance or a successful assurance opinion. AI suggestions, emission-factor mappings, calculations, narratives and scenarios require accountable human review.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Calculation governance: Reconcile a representative inventory and inspect boundaries, methods, factor versions, overrides and recalculation history.
  Sources: https://www.sweep.net/carbon-management, https://www.sweep.net/sustainability-reporting
- Supplier adoption & data quality: Run a mixed-maturity supplier cohort through estimates, reminders, validation, evidence correction and primary-data replacement.
  Sources: https://www.sweep.net/supply-chain-emissions, https://www.sweep.net/customers/manomano
- Disclosure & assurance readiness: Trace a filed datapoint and narrative to source, methodology, version, approval and locked evidence snapshot.
  Sources: https://www.sweep.net/sustainability-reporting, https://www.sweep.net/csrd
- AI governance: Test AI mapping and drafting with deliberate errors, approval gates, action logs, role restrictions and tenant-level disablement.
  Sources: https://www.sweep.net/platform/ai
- Implementation & TCO: Price modules, Starter comparison, supplier scale, data migration, integrations, implementation, assurance access, support, exports and renewal.
  Sources: https://www.sweep.net/enterprise, https://www2.sweep.net/starter-package, https://www.sweep.net/demo
- Integrations & reconciliation: Demonstrate a real source connection, changed schema, duplicate, rejected row, stale refresh and recovery ownership.
  Sources: https://www.sweep.net/platform, https://www.sweep.net/sustainability-reporting
- Security & trust: Review current trust-center evidence, identity controls, data regions, encryption, subprocessors, retention, deletion and incident terms rather than relying on marketing badges alone.
  Sources: https://trust.sweep.net/, https://www.sweep.net/platform/ai
- Scenario credibility: Compare a reduction scenario with independently calculated emissions and financial assumptions, then track variance without rewriting actuals.
  Sources: https://www.sweep.net/decarbonization-strategy
- Offline resilience: If required, test no-network capture, queued evidence, reconnect behavior and conflicts; current public documentation does not establish these functions.
  Sources: https://www.sweep.net/platform

### Capability scope

- Corporate carbon accounting [documented]: Sweep documents Scope 1, 2 and 3 collection across multiple entities, regions and currencies, with factor libraries and traceability. Buyers must approve boundaries, factor versions, estimation methods and recalculation rules. Sources: https://www.sweep.net/carbon-management, https://www.sweep.net/platform
- Emission-factor and calculation lineage [documented]: Official pages describe traceability from calculated figures to sources, methodologies and version history. Test overrides, factor changes, unit conversions and historical recalculation on buyer data. Sources: https://www.sweep.net/carbon-management, https://www.sweep.net/sustainability-reporting
- Product carbon footprints [documented]: Sweep documents lifecycle emissions, reusable product and supplier factors, catalog-scale calculations and alignment to ISO 14067 and the GHG Protocol Product Standard. Alignment is not certification or an automatically verified EPD. Sources: https://www.sweep.net/carbon-management
- Supplier data collection [documented]: The platform supports estimates, surveys, supplier portals, primary data, reminders, validation and approval workflows. Free surveyed-supplier accounts do not establish buyer pricing or every supplier entitlement. Sources: https://www.sweep.net/supply-chain-emissions
- Supplier analytics and engagement [documented]: Published functions include hotspot analysis, scorecards, sector benchmarks, joint commitments and procurement simulations. The buyer remains responsible for sourcing decisions and data-quality interpretation. Sources: https://www.sweep.net/supply-chain-emissions, https://www.sweep.net/customers/manomano
- Multi-framework sustainability reporting [documented]: Sweep describes mappings for CSRD, ISSB, GRI, CDP, SASB, TCFD, California SB 253/261 and UK SRS plus custom indicators. Verify current templates, jurisdiction and reporting-year coverage; mapping does not guarantee compliance. Sources: https://www.sweep.net/sustainability-reporting, https://www.sweep.net/csrd
- Disclosure governance and assurance evidence [documented]: Official documentation includes approvals, comments, supporting documents, source lineage, version history, audit trails and auditor access. These controls support assurance preparation but do not guarantee an assurance opinion. Sources: https://www.sweep.net/sustainability-reporting, https://www.sweep.net/csrd
- Organizational modelling and role access [documented]: The platform describes flexible multi-entity, business-unit and geography models with role-based access. Validate consolidation, eliminations, ownership changes and least-privilege roles for the buyer's structure. Sources: https://www.sweep.net/platform, https://www.sweep.net/enterprise
- Reduction targets and financial scenarios [documented]: Sweep documents absolute and intensity targets, top-down and bottom-up consolidation, multi-year scenarios, initiative dependencies, CapEx, OpEx and MAC views. Forecasts are planning outputs, not guaranteed reductions or savings. Sources: https://www.sweep.net/decarbonization-strategy, https://www.sweep.net/carbon-management
- Sweepy AI assistant [conditional]: Sweepy is documented for mapping, validation, questionnaires, disclosure drafts, dashboards and supplier actions. Official material says users approve changes, actions are logged and conversational AI can be disabled; confirm edition, permissions and model/data terms. Sources: https://www.sweep.net/platform/ai
- Enterprise data integrations [conditional]: Official pages name ERP, procurement, HR, energy and travel sources, APIs, invoice imports and supplier-data imports. Confirm each connector, direction, frequency, transformation, monitoring and failed-record ownership. Sources: https://www.sweep.net/platform, https://www.sweep.net/supply-chain-emissions, https://www.sweep.net/sustainability-reporting
- Starter carbon workflow [conditional]: Starter is separately described as a narrower entry workflow with an upgrade path. Treat current limits, users, factors, exports, AI and reporting scope as separate commercial terms. Sources: https://www2.sweep.net/starter-package
- Disconnected collection and approval [unverified]: Reviewed official pages do not establish offline capture, local queues, conflict resolution or disconnected approval. Require an explicit demonstration for any low-connectivity requirement.

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: source record to approved carbon inventory
1. Import representative fuel, electricity, travel and procurement records with known units and duplicates.
2. Inspect organizational and operational boundaries, factor source/version, conversions and estimation method for each calculation.
3. Change one factor and one source record, then verify approvals, version history and base-year recalculation behavior.
4. Reconcile Scope 1, 2 and 3 totals to an independently prepared control workbook.
5. Export the inventory with source lineage, methods, assumptions and reviewer evidence.

#### Demo exercise: supplier estimate to approved primary data
1. Load a varied supplier cohort and generate initial estimates without obscuring data-quality labels.
2. Invite suppliers, test reminders and training, and submit one complete and one incomplete response.
3. Have a validator reject an unsupported value, request evidence and approve the corrected submission.
4. Replace the estimate with supplier-specific data and inspect effects on prior totals, scorecards and hotspot ranking.
5. Export participation, methodology, evidence and unresolved-data reports for procurement and assurance teams.

#### Demo exercise: disclosure datapoint to governed reduction decision
1. Map one material metric from source data into a selected framework and a custom management indicator.
2. Use AI to draft a narrative, then require a human to correct, approve and trace every cited value.
3. Lock a reporting snapshot and test auditor access, comments, supporting documents and change history.
4. Create a reduction initiative using buyer-provided emissions, CapEx, OpEx and timing assumptions.
5. Compare planned and actual progress, document variance and confirm forecasts never overwrite reported actuals without approval.

### Product presentations

- [CSRD double materiality assessment view](https://www.sweep.net/csrd): Official vendor image of a double materiality matrix on its CSRD page; vendor-composed UI crop.
- [Duplicate measurements review in data collection](https://www.sweep.net/csrd): Official vendor image of a duplicate-measurements screen on its CSRD page; vendor-composed UI crop.

### Questions and answers

#### Is Sweep free for suppliers?
Sweep advertises free accounts for surveyed suppliers, including a footprint dashboard. This does not establish free buyer access, permanent supplier rights or access to every module; confirm programme and data-export terms.

#### Is Sweep Starter a free trial?
The separate Starter page describes a narrower workflow and an upgrade path, not an unrestricted trial or verified public subscription amount. Request current entitlement and commercial terms.

#### Does Sweep calculate Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions?
Yes, official carbon-management pages document all three scopes. Buyers should still govern boundaries, consolidation, factor versions, estimates, overrides and recalculations.

#### Can Sweep calculate product carbon footprints?
Sweep documents product lifecycle calculations aligned to ISO 14067 and the GHG Protocol Product Standard. That does not itself certify a PCF or create a verified EPD; confirm required methodology and assurance.

#### Does Sweep guarantee CSRD, ISSB or SB 253 compliance?
No. It provides framework mappings, validation, approvals and evidence workflows. Applicability, legal interpretation, data accuracy, filing and assurance remain the organization's responsibility.

#### What can Sweepy do without human approval?
Sweep's AI page says users approve mappings, changes and submissions, and AI-assisted actions are logged. Confirm edition-specific permissions, approval gates and whether AI is disabled for selected roles or the tenant.

#### Does Sweep use customer data to train large language models?
Sweep's AI page states that customer data is not used to train large language models. Validate the contractual wording, subprocessors, retention and any external AI-tool connection before deployment.

#### Can Sweep connect to ERP and procurement systems?
Official pages describe connectors, APIs, procurement/ERP links and invoice imports. Confirm the exact system/version, data direction, refresh, transformations, monitoring and implementation responsibility.

#### Does Sweep work offline?
Offline collection and synchronization were not established in the reviewed official documentation. Require a demonstrated no-network workflow before relying on it in the field.

### Demo questions

- Which carbon, supplier, reporting, decarbonization and AI capabilities are included in our edition?
- What organizational and operational boundaries, consolidation rules and base-year recalculation policy will be configured?
- How are emission factors selected, versioned, overridden and approved?
- How are spend estimates, activity data and supplier-specific data distinguished and progressively replaced?
- Which ERP, procurement, HR, energy and travel connectors are prebuilt versus implementation work?
- What can Sweepy change, which actions require approval, and can AI be disabled by role or tenant?
- Can assurance reviewers trace every figure and narrative from disclosure to source, method and version?
- What supplier access, training, support, data ownership and export rights survive programme changes or termination?
- What offline or degraded-connectivity workflows, if any, are supported?

### Primary sources

- [Platform, organizational model, governance and integration scope](https://www.sweep.net/platform)
- [Supplier collection, participation, validation and procurement decisions](https://www.sweep.net/supply-chain-emissions)
- [Disclosure governance, data lineage, versioning and auditor access](https://www.sweep.net/sustainability-reporting)
- [Targets, scenarios, initiative tracking and financial modelling](https://www.sweep.net/decarbonization-strategy)
- [Starter scope and upgrade path](https://www2.sweep.net/starter-package)
- [Commercial demo request](https://www.sweep.net/demo)
- [Corporate and product carbon accounting, methods and factor traceability](https://www.sweep.net/carbon-management)
- [Sweepy AI actions, approvals, audit trail, controls and data-use claims](https://www.sweep.net/platform/ai)
- [Enterprise data, supply-chain and disclosure operating scope](https://www.sweep.net/enterprise)
- [Security and compliance evidence portal](https://trust.sweep.net/)
- [CSRD materiality, validation, campaign and internal-control workflow](https://www.sweep.net/csrd)
- [First-party ManoMano supplier and carbon-data case study](https://www.sweep.net/customers/manomano)

## Normative

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/normative
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Normative and Greenly announced a merger in September 2026. Normative still has its own product and pricing pages. The announcement does not establish a single subscription, immediate feature parity or a required customer migration.

Normative supports corporate emissions inventories and supplier data collection. Its product footprint tool and CSRD offering extend that scope. Buyers should verify data lineage, calculation boundaries and the proposed services before choosing a package.

Best-fit starting point: Sustainability teams building a repeatable emissions inventory and improving supplier-specific Scope 3 data.

Check before buying: The announced Greenly merger does not establish immediate feature parity or shared subscriptions. Reporting-framework alignment does not guarantee filing or assurance acceptance, scenarios are estimates, and vendor-reported audit or SBTi success rates were not independently verified here. Separate included advisor support from paid consultancy.

### Pricing

Contact vendor. Essential and Premium are quote-based packages; no numeric subscription price is publicly stated on the reviewed pricing page. CSRD is identified as an add-on and consultancy services are separately purchasable. Ask for currency, billing term, renewal conditions, onboarding, supplier engagement, product footprints and advisory hours in the proposal.

### When the price fits

Worth shortlisting when a recurring carbon inventory and supplier-data programme justify a dedicated platform. Evaluate the complete services proposal against internal capacity and avoid paying for broader reporting scope that the team will not use.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [partial]: Public package structure and quote route verified; numeric prices and contract terms remain unavailable.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://normative.io/pricing/
- https://normative.io/book-a-demo/

### Offline workflow not verified

Offline data entry and synchronization were not established in the reviewed documentation. Confirm connectivity requirements for contributors and supplier respondents before designing a disconnected workflow.

Product scope: Corporate carbon accounting, supplier engagement, reduction planning and product footprints, with optional CSRD and professional-service scope. Reporting exports, advisory deliverables and post-merger product entitlements must be confirmed separately.

Review scope: Independent desk research from official vendor documentation, not hands-on testing or a user review. AI-assisted explanatory text may be incomplete and does not replace a demo or primary documentation. No independent rating, certification or assurance outcome is asserted.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Demonstrate corporate and product boundaries using the same sample activity.
  Sources: https://normative.io/platform/carbon-accounting/, https://normative.io/platform/product-carbon-footprint/
- Usability & adoption: Observe a supplier responding and a data owner correcting incomplete information.
  Sources: https://normative.io/platform/carbon-accounting/engage/, https://normative.io/platform/csrd-solution/
- Implementation & TCO: Separate recurring software, purchased advice and reporting add-ons.
  Sources: https://normative.io/pricing/
- Integrations & API: Request actual import and API specifications, volumes and error ownership; a file import is not proof of a ready-made connector.
  Sources: https://normative.io/platform/product-carbon-footprint/
- Security & trust: Confirm role access, retention and contract responsibilities following the announced merger.
  Sources: https://normative.io/platform/csrd-solution/, https://normative.io/insight/normative-greenly-merger/
- Customer voice: No independently verified review sample is included. Request references with similar inventory boundaries.

### Capability scope

- Corporate carbon inventory [documented]: Corporate accounting covers Scope 1, 2 and 3. Test activity mapping, estimates and the boundary used for your entities. Sources: https://normative.io/platform/carbon-accounting/
- Primary supplier data [documented]: Suppliers can be invited by link to provide carbon data that refines value-chain calculations. Sources: https://normative.io/platform/carbon-accounting/engage/
- Product footprints [conditional]: The PCF tool ingests product and bill-of-materials data, supports category review and exports results. Confirm purchased scope and product boundaries. Sources: https://normative.io/platform/product-carbon-footprint/
- ESG disclosure collection [conditional]: The CSRD offering documents E, S and G disclosure collection, data-owner assignment and approval workflows. Confirm entitlement separately. Sources: https://normative.io/platform/csrd-solution/
- Calculation evidence [documented]: The carbon platform documents traceability from source information to calculated results. Sample exports with your reviewer. Sources: https://normative.io/platform/carbon-accounting/
- Merged product scope [unverified]: The merger announcement sets a combined direction; it does not document universal access to the other platform in existing contracts.
- Hybrid emissions-calculation methodology [documented]: Normative publishes a proprietary implementation of the GHG Protocol that can combine transaction, activity and supplier-specific data, map records to its taxonomy, convert units and currencies, and apply emissions factors. Buyers should validate organizational boundaries, factor versions, overrides and treatment of uncertain or missing data. Sources: https://normative.io/insight/normative-methodology/, https://normative.io/platform/carbon-accounting/
- Reduction targets and scenario analysis [documented]: The carbon platform documents target setting, progress tracking, operational and material-change scenarios and comparison against reduction targets. Scenario results are planning estimates rather than guaranteed reductions and depend on the baseline, assumptions and future activity data. Sources: https://normative.io/platform/carbon-accounting/, https://normative.io/insight/carbon-reduction-update/
- Reporting-framework exports [conditional]: Normative describes exports aligned with SBTi, CSRD, SECR, EcoVadis, CDP and other frameworks. A formatted export does not establish regulatory applicability, successful filing, external assurance or acceptance by a framework owner. Sources: https://normative.io/platform/, https://normative.io/platform/csrd-solution/
- Tasks, permissions and audit history [conditional]: The platform and pricing pages document assigned tasks, project-level roles, user permissions, MFA, event history and calculation traceability; SAML SSO is also listed. Confirm plan availability, segregation of duties, immutable history, report approvals and deprovisioning. Sources: https://normative.io/platform/, https://normative.io/pricing/
- Named carbon-accounting advisor [conditional]: Normative states that every account includes a named GHG Protocol-certified Climate Strategy Advisor supporting data collection, inventory, disclosure, SBTi targets and reduction planning. Distinguish the included advisory allocation from separately purchased consultancy, Carbon Metric Report or implementation deliverables. Sources: https://normative.io/platform/carbon-expertise/, https://normative.io/pricing/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: supplier data replacing a spend estimate
1. Load a procurement line using a spend estimate.
2. Invite a supplier to provide primary emissions information.
3. Inspect the calculation before and after replacement and retain both explanations.
4. Export the result with its evidence and reporting boundary.

#### Demo exercise: product footprint and disclosure handover
1. Import a small bill of materials with one missing input.
2. Review the factor assignment and uncertainty with the vendor.
3. Trace relevant information into the proposed disclosure workflow.
4. List the modules and human advisory work required for each step.

#### Demo exercise: baseline to governed reduction target
1. Import representative spend, activity and supplier-specific data and inspect the organizational boundary, categorization and selected emission factors.
2. Assign missing-data tasks to separate owners, correct one calculation and inspect event history and the effect on the baseline.
3. Model one operational or material substitution scenario and compare it with a proposed reduction target.
4. Export the inventory and target evidence for the intended reporting framework, clearly separating software output, advisor work, internal approval and external validation.

### Product presentations

- [Insights overview with emissions by scope](https://normative.io/platform/carbon-accounting/): Official vendor image of the Insights overview; sample company name, not labelled as sample.
- [Corporate carbon footprint chart and table](https://normative.io/platform/carbon-accounting/): Official vendor image of the corporate carbon footprint view; data not labelled as sample.
- [CSRD report overview with ESRS datapoint status](https://normative.io/platform/csrd-solution/): Official vendor image of a CSRD report overview; sample company, not labelled as sample.

### Questions and answers

#### Is Normative now part of Greenly?
The companies announced a merger in September 2026. Normative continues to present a separate offering. Ask the vendor about contract ownership, roadmap and any migration requirements.

#### Does Normative collect supplier carbon data?
Its supplier engagement offering collects primary carbon information via supplier invitations. Demonstrate how responses change your inventory and how incomplete responses are handled.

#### Does Normative cover ESG reporting beyond carbon?
Its CSRD offering documents collection across E, S and G disclosures. This requires commercial scoping; corporate carbon accounting alone does not establish the full reporting package.

#### How much does Normative cost?
The reviewed Essential and Premium packages invite a quote. Request an itemised proposal including additional reporting, consultancy and product-footprint requirements.

#### Does a Normative reporting export guarantee CSRD, CDP or SBTi acceptance?
No. Normative documents exports aligned with several frameworks, but applicability, completeness, filing and external validation still depend on the organization's data, judgments, approvals and the framework owner or assurer.

#### Is consultancy included with every Normative subscription?
Normative says each account includes a named Climate Strategy Advisor. Its pricing materials also distinguish separately purchasable consultancy and add-ons, so request the included hours, responsibilities and deliverables in writing.

### Demo questions

- What changes, if any, follow the Greenly merger for our proposed contract?
- Can we trace an estimated input and a supplier-specific input separately?
- Which CSRD and product-footprint functions are included?
- What work does our team retain after onboarding?
- Show the organizational boundary, factor source, factor version, calculation date and every manual adjustment for a sample result.
- How are missing data, spend estimates, supplier-specific values and uncertainty distinguished in exports?
- Which scenario assumptions can users change, and how are scenario versions approved and retained?
- Which reports are merely formatted for a framework versus ready for filing or external assurance?
- Which permissions, SSO and event-history features are included in our package, and can preparer and approver duties be separated?
- How many advisory hours and deliverables are included with the named Climate Strategy Advisor, and which work requires a separate consultancy order?
- Provide the current ISO 27001 certificate scope and security whitepaper applicable after the Greenly merger.

### Primary sources

- [Normative current product identity](https://normative.io/)
- [Corporate carbon accounting](https://normative.io/platform/carbon-accounting/)
- [Package structure and consultancy](https://normative.io/pricing/)
- [Supplier engagement](https://normative.io/platform/carbon-accounting/engage/)
- [Product carbon footprint tool](https://normative.io/platform/product-carbon-footprint/)
- [CSRD reporting scope](https://normative.io/platform/csrd-solution/)
- [Greenly and Normative merger announcement](https://normative.io/insight/normative-greenly-merger/)
- [Demo request](https://normative.io/book-a-demo/)
- [Platform, reduction planning and reporting exports](https://normative.io/platform/)
- [Published emissions-calculation methodology](https://normative.io/insight/normative-methodology/)
- [Reduction scenarios, goals and SBTi-oriented planning](https://normative.io/insight/carbon-reduction-update/)
- [Security whitepaper download page](https://normative.io/security-whitepaper/)
- [Climate Strategy Advisor scope](https://normative.io/platform/carbon-expertise/)

## Position Green

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/position-green
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Position Green markets a modular sustainability platform. Group Consolidation has separate enablement and plan limits; related offerings should not be assumed to share a single licence.

Position Green combines sustainability data collection with assessment and reporting controls. Its documented review workflows and materiality tools can help teams organise evidence across contributors. Module scope, entity structure and integration effort should drive the shortlist.

Best-fit starting point: Organisations coordinating sustainability contributors, reviewers and multiple reporting entities.

Check before buying: Group Consolidation requests require the add-on and plan-dependent organisation limits. Confirm the carbon module, reporting setup and related services included in your own proposal.

### Pricing

Contact vendor. On 26 September 2026 positiongreen.com had no pricing page (/pricing/ returned its not-found page), a site search for "pricing" returned articles only, and no amount appeared on the demo-booking page. Request currency, billing term, module list, entity allowances, Group Consolidation, integrations, implementation and advisory services. Group data requests require add-on access; related offerings are not presumed bundled.

### When the price fits

Worth shortlisting when repeatable collection and review across entities are the main burden. Compare the required modules and configuration with a smaller reporting workflow before selecting the wider platform.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [partial]: Demo route and group entitlement limitations verified; general numeric pricing is not public in the reviewed material.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.positiongreen.com/book-a-demo/
- https://help.positiongreen.com/en/support/solutions/articles/103000330006-group-consolidation
- https://www.positiongreen.com/?s=pricing

### Offline workflow not verified

Offline collection and later synchronization were not verified for the reviewed sustainability platform. Require a demonstration if contributors must work without connectivity.

Product scope: Sustainability data, materiality assessment, reporting controls and carbon management, with integrations and group consolidation scoped in the proposal.

Review scope: Independent desk research from official vendor documentation, not hands-on testing or a user review. AI-assisted explanatory text may be incomplete and does not replace a demo or primary documentation. No independent rating, certification or assurance outcome is asserted.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Trace one material topic into an assigned and reviewed disclosure.
  Sources: https://www.positiongreen.com/materiality-assessment/, https://www.positiongreen.com/controlling-and-audit/
- Usability & adoption: Observe a subsidiary contributor responding to a real group request.
  Sources: https://help.positiongreen.com/en/support/solutions/articles/103000330006-group-consolidation
- Implementation & TCO: Price the organisational structure and required add-ons before rollout.
  Sources: https://www.positiongreen.com/book-a-demo/, https://help.positiongreen.com/en/support/solutions/articles/103000330006-group-consolidation
- Integrations & API: Validate field mapping, refresh timing and failure handling for one source system.
  Sources: https://www.positiongreen.com/integrations/
- Security & trust: Test reporter, controller and auditor permissions with representative data.
  Sources: https://www.positiongreen.com/controlling-and-audit/
- Customer voice: No independent rating is asserted. Request references with comparable group reporting complexity.

### Capability scope

- Central data collection [documented]: Sustainability information can be structured across sources, entities and modules for reuse. Sources: https://www.positiongreen.com/data-management/
- Double materiality assessment [documented]: Impact and financial assessment, stakeholder input, scoring visualisations and disclosure mapping are documented. Sources: https://www.positiongreen.com/materiality-assessment/
- Review and change history [documented]: The platform documents approval stages, timestamped user activity and role-based access. Verify the configured separation of duties. Sources: https://www.positiongreen.com/controlling-and-audit/
- Carbon data processing [conditional]: Next Gen guidance covers financial Excel imports, PDF invoices, configured integrations and manual activity input. Activity-data Excel import is marked coming soon in the reviewed guide; confirm release availability. Sources: https://help.positiongreen.com/en/support/solutions/articles/103000408875-how-to-use-position-green-s-carbon-management-product-next-gen-
- API and connectors [conditional]: APIs and prebuilt integration options are offered. Named systems, direction, refresh timing and implementation scope require confirmation. Sources: https://www.positiongreen.com/integrations/
- Group Consolidation [conditional]: Cross-setup requests need the add-on and plan-dependent organisation limits. An approved request copies a snapshot; later corrections require a new request. It is not continuous synchronization or sharing within one setup. Sources: https://help.positiongreen.com/en/support/solutions/articles/103000330006-group-consolidation
- Supplier risk mapping and prioritisation [conditional]: Supplier Management documents data collection, ESG risk visibility, scoring and benchmarks; its hub surfaces review, overdue and higher-risk queues. Confirm module, datasets and scoring configuration. Sources: https://www.positiongreen.com/supplier-management/, https://help.positiongreen.com/en/support/solutions/articles/103000329956-hub-supplier-management
- Supplier surveys and improvement follow-up [conditional]: The module documents tailored questionnaires, action plans, automated follow-ups, supplier chat and logged interactions. Test approvals, reminders, access and audit export. Sources: https://www.positiongreen.com/supplier-management/
- Decarbonization scenarios and action modelling [conditional]: Guidance documents scenarios with years, growth assumptions, scopes, targets, costs, pathways and timed actions. Available base years depend on data in Position Green; historical external data may require support. Sources: https://help.positiongreen.com/en/support/solutions/articles/103000366536-decarbonization-strategy-and-scenarios
- ESRS Sustainability Statement workspace [conditional]: The editor generates a statement from consolidated responses, supports material-disclosure filtering, concurrent editing, comments, history, Word export and datapoint IDs. Update actions can replace narrative, so test change control. Sources: https://help.positiongreen.com/en/support/solutions/articles/103000331660-the-sustainability-statement-editor

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: subsidiary correction through group reporting
1. Set up a parent and two representative subsidiaries.
2. Request a reporting value with supporting evidence.
3. Correct one subsidiary submission after review.
4. Create a new request for the correction, then inspect the revised group snapshot and history.

#### Demo exercise: material topic to controlled disclosure
1. Score a sample topic from impact and financial perspectives.
2. Attach stakeholder evidence and explain the threshold.
3. Map the selected topic into reporting requirements.
4. Assign an owner and separate reviewer, then export the supporting record.

#### Demo exercise: high-risk supplier from survey to improvement action
1. Select a representative supplier and inspect country, spend, tier and configured risk indicators.
2. Send a tailored survey, leave one response overdue and verify review and reminder queues.
3. Review the response, assign an improvement action, exchange a test message and inspect the logged audit trail.

### Product presentations

- [Decarbonization scenario outlook chart](https://help.positiongreen.com/en/support/solutions/articles/103000366536-decarbonization-strategy-and-scenarios): Official help-centre image of a scenario outlook chart; the page does not label the data as sample.
- [Decarbonization actions list with AI suggestions](https://help.positiongreen.com/en/support/solutions/articles/103000366536-decarbonization-strategy-and-scenarios): Official help-centre image of the Actions list with AI suggestions; data not labelled as sample.

### Questions and answers

#### Does Position Green support double materiality assessments?
Its materiality module documents both impact and financial perspectives, stakeholder input and reporting links. Buyers should test their own scoring rules and evidence requirements.

#### Can Position Green consolidate subsidiary data?
Group Consolidation supports approved data snapshots across setups with add-on access and organisation limits. Changes after approval need another request; they do not continuously sync.

#### Can Position Green connect to existing systems?
The vendor offers APIs and prebuilt integration options for business and sustainability data. Ask for a specific connector scope and a demonstration of failed-import recovery.

#### How much does Position Green cost?
No general numeric subscription price was verified in the reviewed official material. Request an itemised proposal that includes the chosen modules, organisation limits and implementation.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-26: Re-checked on 26 September 2026: positiongreen.com has no pricing page, its site search finds none and the demo page shows no amount, so the price status is recorded as no amount shown rather than not established.

### Demo questions

- Which group entities can request and share data under our package?
- Can the person entering a value approve the same value?
- How are materiality changes carried into the reporting setup?
- Which connectors are delivered and who maintains them?

### Primary sources

- [Site search for pricing, articles only : checked 26 September 2026](https://www.positiongreen.com/?s=pricing)
- [Demo request](https://www.positiongreen.com/book-a-demo/)
- [Current platform overview](https://www.positiongreen.com/)
- [Sustainability data hub](https://www.positiongreen.com/data-management/)
- [Carbon management](https://www.positiongreen.com/carbon-management/)
- [Materiality assessment](https://www.positiongreen.com/materiality-assessment/)
- [Review controls and audit history](https://www.positiongreen.com/controlling-and-audit/)
- [API and integration options](https://www.positiongreen.com/integrations/)
- [Group Consolidation help](https://help.positiongreen.com/en/support/solutions/articles/103000330006-group-consolidation)
- [Next Gen carbon import and reconciliation guidance](https://help.positiongreen.com/en/support/solutions/articles/103000408875-how-to-use-position-green-s-carbon-management-product-next-gen-)
- [Supplier Management product scope and engagement controls](https://www.positiongreen.com/supplier-management/)
- [Supplier Management controller hub and risk queues](https://help.positiongreen.com/en/support/solutions/articles/103000329956-hub-supplier-management)
- [Decarbonization strategy and scenarios](https://help.positiongreen.com/en/support/solutions/articles/103000366536-decarbonization-strategy-and-scenarios)
- [ESRS Sustainability Statement Editor](https://help.positiongreen.com/en/support/solutions/articles/103000331660-the-sustainability-statement-editor)
- [Position Green trust portal](https://trust.positiongreen.com/)

## osapiens HUB

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/osapiens
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: osapiens
osapiens HUB is the platform from osapiens Holding GmbH. Current documentation separates Carbon Management, Disclosures & Reporting, Supplier Intelligence and Audit & Quality Assurance into named suites.

osapiens HUB connects supplier, carbon and reporting information through a shared data foundation. Buyers can also evaluate audit workflows with mobile evidence capture. The procurement decision should identify the exact suites, data sources and user responsibilities required.

Best-fit starting point: Organisations needing coordinated supplier evidence, emissions information and recurring sustainability reporting.

Check before buying: A shared platform does not establish an inclusive licence. Offline audit functionality does not demonstrate offline carbon accounting or disclosure editing.

### Pricing

Contact vendor. On 26 September 2026 osapiens.com had no pricing page (/en/pricing returned its not-found page), and no amount appeared on the platform, HUB Store or Carbon Management pages; the site routes buyers to a demo request. The Carbon Management page FAQ says pricing is based on active modules only. Request currency, billing term, entities, supplier access, implementation and connector charges; confirm emission-database entitlements, including ecoinvent for the intended use. A separate EUDR offer would not establish pricing for this full platform.

### When the price fits

Worth shortlisting when supplier, carbon and disclosure teams need shared records. Compare a phased purchase with separate tools, including the effort to map master data and manage the selected integrations.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [partial]: The platform, HUB Store and Carbon Management pages showed no amount on 26 September 2026. The Carbon Management page FAQ (read 3 October 2026) says pricing is based on active modules only; obtain the commercial basis in a written proposal.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://osapiens.com/en/solutions/carbon-management
- https://osapiens.com/en/request-a-demo
- https://osapiens.com/en/platform/hub-store

### Offline mobile audits documented; ESG reporting offline unverified

Audit & Quality Assurance documents mobile offline checklist completion, findings, photos and evidence, followed by synchronization after reconnection. Offline carbon accounting and disclosure editing remain unverified. Test caching, conflicts and recovery on the proposed mobile app.

Product scope: Supplier and sustainability data across separately selected suites. This profile distinguishes operational audits from corporate carbon and disclosure workflows.

Review scope: Independent desk research from official vendor documentation, not hands-on testing or a user review. AI-assisted explanatory text may be incomplete and does not replace a demo or primary documentation. No independent rating, certification or assurance outcome is asserted.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Follow a reviewed supplier record through the contracted carbon and reporting modules.
  Sources: https://osapiens.com/en/solutions/supplier-intelligence, https://osapiens.com/en/solutions/disclosure-and-reporting
- Usability & adoption: Observe an auditor and supplier completing the proposed workflows on their own devices.
  Sources: https://osapiens.com/en/solutions/audit-and-quality-assurance, https://osapiens.com/en/solutions/supplier-intelligence
- Implementation & TCO: Model a phased rollout and confirm data-library rights alongside module charges.
  Sources: https://osapiens.com/en/solutions/carbon-management
- Integrations & API: Test one ERP import, a changed supplier identifier and recovery from a rejected record.
  Sources: https://osapiens.com/en/platform, https://osapiens.com/en/solutions/supplier-intelligence/eudr
- Security & trust: Request current access, hosting, retention and assurance documentation for the proposed deployment.
  Sources: https://trust.osapiens.com/
- Customer voice: No independently verified review rating is included. Seek references using the same suite combination.

### Capability scope

- Corporate carbon data collection [documented]: The CCF offering supports collecting Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions data across entities, sites, activities and suppliers. The current page does not describe contributor input or API import. Sources: https://osapiens.com/en/solutions/carbon-management/ccf
- Product carbon footprints [conditional]: A separately activated PCF module is offered. Verify lifecycle boundaries and factor-library rights for the intended products. Sources: https://osapiens.com/en/solutions/carbon-management
- Reporting and disclosure preparation [conditional]: Reporting Cockpit manages data collection; Disclosure Management turns reviewed information into reports. Double materiality is a dedicated related solution. Sources: https://osapiens.com/en/solutions/disclosure-and-reporting
- Supplier questionnaires and risk [documented]: Supplier lifecycle workflows include questionnaires, evidence and requalification; risk workflows connect signals to follow-up. Sources: https://osapiens.com/en/solutions/supplier-intelligence
- Offline mobile audits [documented]: Mobile audit completion includes findings and evidence with later synchronization. This does not establish offline availability in the ESG modules. Sources: https://osapiens.com/en/solutions/audit-and-quality-assurance
- ERP and procurement integration [conditional]: The platform page names ERP (SAP ECC or S/4), PLM, PIM, MDM, Ariba, Coupa and Ivalua connections; the EUDR page names a native SAP connector or API. Confirm connectors, mappings and ownership for the purchased suites. Sources: https://osapiens.com/en/platform, https://osapiens.com/en/solutions/supplier-intelligence/eudr
- CBAM import screening, supplier data and XML reporting [documented]: The named HUB for CBAM solution describes screening import and procurement data, collecting and checking supplier information, calculating direct and indirect embedded emissions and certificate exposure, and producing EU-compatible XML exports with supporting records. Supplier Portal documentation shows operator and installation fields plus partial-response and default-value handling. This does not establish direct submission to the CBAM Registry or legal compliance without human review. Sources: https://osapiens.com/en/solutions/carbon-management/cbam, https://docs.osapiens.com/supplier-portal/docs/en/supplier-portal-requests
- Reporting responsibilities, validation and audit readiness [conditional]: The Reporting Cockpit page describes defining who is responsible for each data item, guided contributor input, validation on entry and an auditable platform. Per-data-point owner, source document, timestamp and revision history are not described on the current page; confirm them. Sources: https://osapiens.com/en/solutions/disclosure-and-reporting/reporting-cockpit
- EU Taxonomy screening, alignment and KPI calculation [conditional]: The separately scoped EU Taxonomy solution uses AI-assisted activity screening, guided Substantial Contribution and Do No Significant Harm assessments, supporting evidence and consolidated eligible and aligned turnover, CapEx and OpEx calculations. Human review remains necessary for applicability and assessment judgements. Sources: https://osapiens.com/en/solutions/disclosure-and-reporting/eu-taxonomy
- Audit planning and CAPA closure [documented]: Audit & Quality Assurance connects scope and checklists to findings, owners, deadlines, required evidence, reminders, escalations, approvals and audit reporting. Confirm the purchased solution, configured closure conditions and independence of the reviewer; the published workflow is not proof that a specific corrective action was effective. Sources: https://osapiens.com/en/solutions/audit-and-quality-assurance
- EUDR due diligence [documented]: The HUB for EUDR page describes SAP and API integration that triggers assessments when relevant products are ordered, plot-level satellite deforestation analysis with legality checks and supplier assessments, and compilation and submission of due diligence statements to TRACES with reference numbers synced back to the ERP. Sources: https://osapiens.com/en/solutions/supplier-intelligence/eudr

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: supplier record into a reporting correction
1. Import a sample supplier record from the intended source.
2. Obtain and review supporting supplier information.
3. Correct a value and follow it into the proposed carbon and reporting workflow.
4. Inspect the retained evidence and permissions at each step.

#### Demo exercise: offline audit to accountable closure
1. Prepare a checklist on the proposed mobile app.
2. Disconnect, enter a finding with a photo and restart.
3. Reconnect and inspect the synchronized record.
4. Assign the resulting action and require an independent reviewer to close it.

#### Demo exercise: EU Taxonomy activity to reviewed KPIs
1. Load a fictional entity and one candidate economic activity, then inspect the AI-assisted eligibility suggestion without treating it as an approved judgement.
2. Complete the guided alignment questions for Substantial Contribution and Do No Significant Harm, attach evidence and record the responsible reviewer and decision.
3. Change one financial input, recalculate eligible and aligned turnover, CapEx and OpEx, then trace the revision and supporting evidence into the Reporting Cockpit output.

### Product presentations

- [Audit planning and checklist configuration](https://osapiens.com/en/solutions/audit-and-quality-assurance): Official osapiens audit-preparation visual; checklist fields, scoring and approval logic depend on the configured audit programme.
- [Mobile audit evidence capture](https://osapiens.com/en/solutions/audit-and-quality-assurance): Official osapiens mobile-audit visual; device layout and offline behaviour should be confirmed for the proposed deployment.
- [Findings and corrective actions](https://osapiens.com/en/solutions/audit-and-quality-assurance): Official osapiens corrective-action workflow visual; owners, reminders, approvals and closure rules are configurable.

### Questions and answers

#### Does osapiens HUB work offline?
The mobile audit offering documents offline capture and later synchronization. This is specific to audits; disconnected ESG report editing and carbon calculations were not verified.

#### Are carbon accounting and sustainability reporting the same osapiens module?
They are presented as separate suites with shared data. Ask for the modules needed to move from raw information to calculations and final disclosure output.

#### Can osapiens collect supplier evidence?
Supplier Intelligence includes questionnaires, evidence and supplier lifecycle workflows. Test the required permissions and the handling of incomplete or corrected responses.

#### How much does osapiens HUB cost?
No amount appeared on the platform, HUB Store or Carbon Management pages checked on 26 September 2026, and osapiens.com has no pricing page. Request the total for the named suites, external data, integration and rollout scope.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-26: Re-checked on 26 September 2026: osapiens.com has no pricing page and the platform, HUB Store and Carbon Management pages show no amount, so the price status is recorded as no amount shown rather than not established. The earlier line that carbon-suite pricing follows activated modules was not on the Carbon Management page and was dropped.
- 2026-09-27: Checked the named CBAM import, supplier-data, calculation and XML-export workflow against current official product and Supplier Portal documentation. This targeted capability check does not refresh pricing or the rest of the profile.

### Demo questions

- Which suites and external datasets are included in the proposal?
- Can supplier corrections be traced into emissions and reports?
- Show mobile audit recovery after a restart without connectivity.
- Which factor libraries and product boundaries apply to our calculations?

### Primary sources

- [Shared platform and integration scope, no pricing page : checked 26 September 2026](https://osapiens.com/en/platform)
- [Carbon modules and commercial scope](https://osapiens.com/en/solutions/carbon-management)
- [Current CBAM import, supplier, calculation and XML workflow — checked 27 September 2026](https://osapiens.com/en/solutions/carbon-management/cbam)
- [CBAM supplier request and operator/installation fields — checked 27 September 2026](https://docs.osapiens.com/supplier-portal/docs/en/supplier-portal-requests)
- [HUB Store : checked 26 September 2026](https://osapiens.com/en/platform/hub-store)
- [Demo request](https://osapiens.com/en/request-a-demo)
- [Company and suite identity](https://osapiens.com/en/about-us)
- [Corporate carbon data collection](https://osapiens.com/en/solutions/carbon-management/ccf)
- [Reporting Cockpit and disclosures](https://osapiens.com/en/solutions/disclosure-and-reporting)
- [Supplier intelligence workflows](https://osapiens.com/en/solutions/supplier-intelligence)
- [Offline audits and corrective actions](https://osapiens.com/en/solutions/audit-and-quality-assurance)
- [Security documentation portal](https://trust.osapiens.com/)
- [Reporting Cockpit ownership, validation and revision history — checked 28 September 2026](https://osapiens.com/en/solutions/disclosure-and-reporting/reporting-cockpit)
- [EU Taxonomy eligibility, alignment and KPI workflow — checked 28 September 2026](https://osapiens.com/en/solutions/disclosure-and-reporting/eu-taxonomy)
- [HUB for EUDR, checked 30 September 2026](https://osapiens.com/en/solutions/supplier-intelligence/eudr)

## Octave Reliance

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/octave-reliance
Sources checked: 2026-10-12
Also known as: ETQ Reliance, Reliance QMS
Octave identifies Reliance as the former ETQ Reliance. Preserve the product's history when searching references or planning a migration; other Octave products are separate offerings.

Octave Reliance coordinates quality records across manufacturing operations. Its document-control application links revisions with training, while audits can initiate investigations or corrective actions. Select the applications and integration scope needed for each site rather than assuming every portfolio capability is included.

Best-fit starting point: Manufacturers standardizing quality processes across sites while retaining controlled local workflows.

Check before buying: No public numeric subscription was established. Quote applications, edition, users, sites, environments, mobile use, analytics, integrations, migration, configuration, validation, training and support separately. A standards-oriented workflow does not certify the customer's QMS. Broad online/offline and AI claims require task-level demonstrations; predictive outputs, smart recommendations and vendor case-study results are not guarantees or substitutes for authorized quality decisions.

### Pricing

Subscription, contact vendor. On 2 October 2026 octave.com had no pricing page (/pricing returned its not-found page), and no amount appeared on the Reliance or Reliance Go pages, which route buyers to Contact Sales or a demo. Reliance Go, the small-business edition, is described as having licensing-only pricing, without a figure. Request the selected applications, users and sites, plus migration, configuration, training, integrations and ongoing administration, with first-year and renewal totals in an explicit currency.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating when a shared quality record can replace fragmented site systems. Price a representative configuration and its administration effort against your current rework and audit preparation; vendor case-study returns are not a forecast for your organization.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-02 [partial]: Official product and demo pages establish a sales-led evaluation. A numeric rate and self-service free trial were not verified; obtain a scoped subscription proposal.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.octave.com/products/asset-performance-management/reliance
- https://connect.octave.com/etq-reliance-qms-demo
- https://www.octave.com/products/asset-performance-management/reliance/go-small-business-qms

### Vendor documents mobile online/offline capability; task coverage and synchronization unverified

The current eQMS and Nonconformance pages state that Reliance can work online or offline with a mobile app, but the reviewed public material does not enumerate record-by-record parity, preparation, authentication, attachment limits or conflict rules. Demonstrate the exact quoted application and device: preloaded records and current documents, new and edited records, attachments, signatures, stale revisions, concurrent changes, failed sync, retry, duplicate prevention and retained history. Do not infer offline coverage for all 40+ applications from a platform-level statement.

Product scope: Octave Reliance (formerly ETQ Reliance) and the explicitly cited configurable eQMS applications for documents, audits, nonconformance, risk, training, CAPA, supplier quality and advanced analytics. Reliance Go is a separately positioned small-business edition. Portfolio references to 40+ applications do not establish that every application, connector, analytics service or AI capability is included in one subscription.

Review scope: Official Octave product, application and demo documentation, not hands-on testing, independent customer testimony, a validation assessment or a security review. Former ETQ naming is retained for identity, but current edition, deployment and migration compatibility must be confirmed. Application pages establish described product scope, not contracted entitlement. AI, predictive, ROI and customer-result statements are treated as claims to test; no certification, numeric public price or suitability guarantee is inferred.

Trial status: request-only. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Trace an audit finding into an owned corrective action and independently reviewed closure.
  Sources: https://www.octave.com/products/asset-performance-management/reliance/audit-management
- Usability & adoption: Have a site user prepare and recover a disconnected mobile record.
  Sources: https://www.octave.com/products/asset-performance-management/reliance/non-conformance-management
- Implementation & TCO: Price the configured applications, migration and long-term workflow ownership together.
  Sources: https://www.octave.com/products/asset-performance-management/reliance
- Integrations & API: List each document or enterprise interface and who maintains it.
  Sources: https://www.octave.com/products/asset-performance-management/reliance/document-control
- Security & trust: Test access to released and superseded documents; request current security and validation evidence.
  Sources: https://www.octave.com/products/asset-performance-management/reliance/document-control
- Customer voice: No verified reader-review sample is used. Request references with a comparable site and application scope.
- Application and edition boundary: Map every workflow to the exact Reliance or Reliance Go edition, named application, role, site, environment and service. A 40+ application portfolio and cross-application links do not prove common entitlement or identical deployment requirements.
  Sources: https://www.octave.com/products/asset-performance-management/reliance/eqms-software, https://www.octave.com/products/asset-performance-management/reliance/go-small-business-qms
- Offline and synchronization evidence: Test record preparation, current-document access, creation and editing, attachments, signatures, authentication expiry, stale revisions, simultaneous changes, retry, duplicates and audit history for each required application. Platform-level online and offline language is not task-level parity.
  Sources: https://www.octave.com/products/asset-performance-management/reliance/eqms-software, https://www.octave.com/products/asset-performance-management/reliance/non-conformance-management
- AI, analytics and decision authority: Identify the licensed analytics components, source lineage, refresh latency, model inputs, validation, thresholds and false-positive handling. Require explanations, human review and a retained override trail; dashboards and predictions inform but do not authorize quality disposition or prove prevention.
  Sources: https://www.octave.com/products/asset-performance-management/reliance/advanced-analytics, https://www.octave.com/products/asset-performance-management/reliance/corrective-action

### Capability scope

- Document revision and approval [documented]: Route controlled documents through review and release, with permissions and links to required training. Sources: https://www.octave.com/products/asset-performance-management/reliance/document-control
- Audit finding follow-up [documented]: Configure audit checklists and initiate investigations, corrective actions or changes from an audit record. Sources: https://www.octave.com/products/asset-performance-management/reliance/audit-management
- Nonconformance application [documented]: The portfolio includes a nonconformance application on the configurable Reliance platform. Demonstrate disposition and approval on your sample record. Sources: https://www.octave.com/products/asset-performance-management/reliance/non-conformance-management
- Risk and recurring tasks [documented]: Risk applications cover compliance obligations, surveys, recurring tasks and emergency planning. Confirm the selected application bundle. Sources: https://www.octave.com/products/asset-performance-management/reliance/enterprise-risk-management
- Offline mobile work [conditional]: Vendor documentation describes mobile offline use but does not specify complete task coverage or recovery semantics. Sources: https://www.octave.com/products/asset-performance-management/reliance/non-conformance-management
- Document and enterprise connections [conditional]: Document control describes Google Docs and Office integration plus third-party system connections. Confirm entitlement and responsibility for each interface. Sources: https://www.octave.com/products/asset-performance-management/reliance/document-control
- Configurable eQMS platform and enterprise integrations [conditional]: The eQMS page describes more than 40 configurable applications, no-code tools, ETQScript and integration with ERP, CRM, PLM and MES systems, including REST APIs. This establishes platform breadth, not entitlement to every application or a delivered interface. Confirm the selected applications, configuration method, validation impact, API limits, connector licensing, data ownership, monitoring and error-handling responsibility. Sources: https://www.octave.com/products/asset-performance-management/reliance/eqms-software
- Employee training plans, assignments and qualification records [conditional]: Training Management supports plans, employee or group assignments, role, location and occupation rules, notifications, linked documents, configurable testing and automatic record updates when requirements are met. Confirm curricula, equivalencies, retraining triggers, electronic acknowledgement, supervisor approval, imported history, expired qualifications and whether a document revision automatically creates the intended training obligation. Sources: https://www.octave.com/products/asset-performance-management/reliance/training-management
- CAPA and structured root-cause analysis [conditional]: The Corrective Action page describes CAPA workflows and a root-cause toolkit using fishbone diagrams, Pareto charts and 5 Whys, with initiation from nonconformance, complaints, audits and other Reliance applications. Confirm investigation gates, effectiveness checks, overdue escalation, reopen rules, independent approval and whether smart recommendations are optional and explainable rather than treated as verified root cause. Sources: https://www.octave.com/products/asset-performance-management/reliance/corrective-action
- Supplier, material and chemical quality management [conditional]: The supplier page describes revision-controlled supplier data, risk assessment, onboarding and recertification audits, documents, performance ratings, material and chemical records, and master-data synchronization with systems such as SAP, Oracle and Epicor. Confirm which supplier, SCAR, PPAP, receiving, chemical and integration applications are licensed, who may access supplier records, authoritative master-data ownership and applicable regulatory datasets. Sources: https://www.octave.com/products/asset-performance-management/reliance/supplier-quality-management
- Advanced analytics, data lake and AI-assisted insights [conditional]: Advanced Analytics describes Snowflake and Fivetran-based Quality Data Lake services, Insights Dashboards, centralized reporting and alerts, API access, Power BI connectivity and an AI-driven Reliance and Acerta LinePulse offering. Treat these as separately scoped analytics capabilities. Confirm products and licences, refresh latency, source lineage, tenant boundaries, model inputs and validation, alert thresholds, false-positive handling, human review and export or API limits; predictive language is not a guaranteed outcome. Sources: https://www.octave.com/products/asset-performance-management/reliance/advanced-analytics

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: audit finding to verified closure
1. Configure an audit for two sites with different local questions.
2. Record a finding and initiate an investigation or corrective action.
3. Reject an incomplete action and check ownership and escalation.
4. Export evidence of review and closure with the original audit context.

#### Demo exercise: controlled procedure during disconnected work
1. Prepare a representative mobile task and its current procedure.
2. Disconnect and record a nonconformance, including an attachment.
3. Revise the procedure online from another account, then reconnect.
4. Inspect synchronization behavior, record history and any retraining required.

#### Demo exercise: supplier nonconformance through verified CAPA
1. Create a fictional supplier and material with an approved status, risk rating, quality agreement and one expired certificate, then demonstrate which source owns each master-data field.
2. Receive a failed inspection or nonconformance, preserve evidence and route the issue into the quoted supplier, SCAR and CAPA applications without re-keying or losing the originating record.
3. Perform a structured root-cause analysis, assign corrective actions to internal and supplier owners, reject insufficient evidence and test overdue escalation and role-based visibility.
4. Complete an effectiveness check, reopen the action after a simulated recurrence, and export the supplier history, decisions, signatures, integrations and retained audit trail.

### Product presentations

- [Mobile assignments list by application](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/etq-reliance/id1479080044): Official App Store screenshot of the Reliance mobile app listing assignments by application with overdue and due-today counts; the data is sample data and the listing still carries the former ETQ name.
- [Mobile app list of applications](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/etq-reliance/id1479080044): Official App Store tablet screenshot of the Reliance mobile app's Applications screen with three sample applications; which applications reach mobile depends on how forms are deployed to the app.

### Questions and answers

#### Is Octave Reliance the same product as ETQ Reliance?
Octave identifies Reliance as the former ETQ Reliance. Use both names when requesting customer references and migration documentation. Confirm your contracted edition and applications rather than treating the whole Octave portfolio as one product.

#### How much does Octave Reliance cost?
A current numeric rate was not verified. Request one proposal covering applications, sites, users and implementation services, with renewal and integration costs itemized.

#### Does Octave Reliance work offline?
The vendor describes offline mobile work on its current product pages. Ask for the exact supported tasks and demonstrate an interrupted sync; this research does not establish full disconnected operation for every application.

#### Does Reliance certify our quality management system?
No. Document control and audit workflows can help organize evidence, but certification and regulatory suitability depend on your processes and implementation. Request the validation and responsibility boundaries for your intended use.

#### Are all 40+ Reliance applications included in one subscription?
The eQMS page describes more than 40 applications that can be deployed and expanded over time. That does not establish a single all-inclusive licence. Require the proposal to map each application, edition, role, site, environment, connector and analytics service to a line item.

#### What does Reliance officially establish about offline work?
Current eQMS and Nonconformance pages state that the mobile app can work online or offline. Public documentation reviewed here does not establish complete offline parity or synchronization rules for every application. Test each required record, attachment, signature and conflict scenario in the quoted version.

#### Can Reliance link a document revision to employee retraining?
Document and Training pages describe linked requirements, assignments, notifications, tests and updated training records. Buyers should demonstrate their precise revision-to-retraining rule, affected populations, due dates, equivalencies, acknowledgement and evidence trail.

#### Does Reliance determine root cause automatically?
The CAPA page describes structured methods and smart recommendations, including fishbone, Pareto and 5 Whys. These support an investigation; they do not prove a root cause. Define qualified investigators, evidence, approval, effectiveness checks and human override.

#### Is advanced analytics included with core Reliance QMS?
Advanced Analytics is presented with named services including Quality Data Lake, Insights Dashboards, reporting and alerts, API access and a Reliance and Acerta LinePulse AI offering. Confirm which products, licences, infrastructure, connectors and support are included and how customer data is governed.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-26: Re-checked on 26 September 2026: octave.com has no pricing page and the Reliance and Reliance Go pages show no amount (Reliance Go: licensing-only pricing, no figure), so the price status is recorded as no amount shown rather than not established.
- 2026-10-02: Re-verified all sources; no statement needed correction.

### Demo questions

- Which applications and site-specific workflows are included in the subscription?
- Which audit and nonconformance records can the proposed mobile app complete offline?
- Who owns configuration, validation and upgrades after handover?
- Can we export the complete history of a document, finding and corrective action?
- Map every proposed capability to the exact Reliance application, edition and licence line item.
- Demonstrate a complete offline task, concurrent online change and conflict recovery on our proposed device and application.
- For each AI insight or smart recommendation, show its source data, refresh time, explanation, human override and retained decision trail.

### Primary sources

- [Reliance identity and portfolio](https://www.octave.com/products/asset-performance-management/reliance)
- [Reliance Go, licensing-only pricing without an amount : checked 26 September 2026](https://www.octave.com/products/asset-performance-management/reliance/go-small-business-qms)
- [Reliance demo request](https://connect.octave.com/etq-reliance-qms-demo)
- [Controlled documents and training](https://www.octave.com/products/asset-performance-management/reliance/document-control)
- [Audit planning and follow-up](https://www.octave.com/products/asset-performance-management/reliance/audit-management)
- [Nonconformance platform and mobile scope](https://www.octave.com/products/asset-performance-management/reliance/non-conformance-management)
- [Risk and compliance-obligation applications](https://www.octave.com/products/asset-performance-management/reliance/enterprise-risk-management)
- [Reliance eQMS platform, configuration, integrations and broad online/offline statement : checked 29 September 2026](https://www.octave.com/products/asset-performance-management/reliance/eqms-software)
- [Employee training plans, assignments, tests and record updates : checked 29 September 2026](https://www.octave.com/products/asset-performance-management/reliance/training-management)
- [CAPA, root-cause methods and cross-application initiation : checked 29 September 2026](https://www.octave.com/products/asset-performance-management/reliance/corrective-action)
- [Supplier, material, chemical, risk and master-data management : checked 29 September 2026](https://www.octave.com/products/asset-performance-management/reliance/supplier-quality-management)
- [Advanced analytics, Quality Data Lake, dashboards, reporting, APIs and AI : checked 29 September 2026](https://www.octave.com/products/asset-performance-management/reliance/advanced-analytics)
- [ETQ Reliance mobile app listing on the Apple App Store (Octave copyright; screenshots), checked 12 October 2026](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/etq-reliance/id1479080044)

## QT9 QMS

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/qt9-qms
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
QT9 QMS is the quality-management product. QT9 ERP and BI are separate offerings; integration does not imply their licenses are included.

QT9 QMS links quality documents, actions, audits and training for regulated manufacturers. The module catalog also includes inspections, calibration and supplier processes. Its deployment and licensing options deserve a separate assessment from the optional ERP connection.

Best-fit starting point: Manufacturers replacing multiple quality spreadsheets with an integrated QMS, including teams considering concurrent rather than named-user licenses.

Check before buying: Vendor pre-validation materials support evaluation but do not remove responsibility for intended-use assessment. Confirm module inventory, deployment and validation deliverables in the contract.

### Pricing

Annual concurrent licensing, custom quote. No amount appeared on the pricing page on 26 September 2026: it lists annual fees for concurrent licences (cloud subscription or on-premises) and one-time implementation fees, and bases each quote on users, product (QT9 QMS or QT9 ERP), deployment, implementation requirements and number of facilities. The page says every quote includes unlimited training and support, software upgrades and a dedicated implementation team. Request the concurrent-access limit, deployment, services and renewal total; do not divide this into an assumed named-user price.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating when concurrent access and the included module set fit actual shift usage. Compare the complete implementation and renewal proposal with narrower tools; the value depends on modules used and peak access needs, not the number of employee accounts alone.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: Official pricing confirms customized annual concurrent licensing without a public numeric rate. The free-trial page states no credit card is required and trial data is permanently deleted after expiry.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://qt9software.com/pricing
- https://qt9software.com/qms/trial

### Offline capabilities

The inspection FAQ explicitly states that inspections can be completed offline and synchronized after reconnection. Device, preparation, attachment and conflict-handling details were not established in the reviewed page. Verify the exact inspection workflow; this does not establish all QMS modules as offline-capable.

Review scope: Research based on official vendor documentation, not hands-on testing. AI-assisted explanations may be incomplete and do not replace primary documentation or a scoped demo. No independently verified customer-review sample or combined rating is included.

Trial status: verified-free. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Follow a failed inspection into disposition, corrective action and closure.
  Sources: https://qt9software.com/qms/inspection-software
- Usability & adoption: Use the trial to observe a shift user's actual tasks and training needs.
  Sources: https://qt9software.com/qms/trial
- Implementation & TCO: Model peak concurrent usage, services and renewal costs together.
  Sources: https://qt9software.com/pricing
- Integrations & API: Confirm ERP objects, failures and separate licensing in a scoped demonstration.
  Sources: https://qt9software.com/qms/erp-software
- Security & trust: Review validation materials and access controls for your actual deployment.
  Sources: https://qt9software.com/pre-validated-software
- Customer voice: No independently verified review sample is included. Request references with comparable production shifts and deployment.

### Capability scope

- Connected quality modules [documented]: The catalog lists documents, CAPA, audits, training, supplier processes and other quality modules. Ask for the contractual inventory because public pages show both 25+ and 28+ counts. Sources: https://qt9software.com/qms/modules
- Revision-controlled inspections [documented]: Plans support revision tracking, criteria and linked nonconformance or corrective-action records. Sources: https://qt9software.com/qms/inspection-software
- Disconnected inspection capture [conditional]: The inspection FAQ claims offline completion and later sync. Demonstrate the device, preparation and interrupted-transfer behavior. Sources: https://qt9software.com/qms/inspection-software
- Pre-validation materials [conditional]: QT9 publishes IQ/OQ/PQ pre-validation information. Review coverage against your configuration and intended use instead of assuming implementation approval. Sources: https://qt9software.com/pre-validated-software
- Deployment choice [documented]: The vendor describes cloud and on-premise QMS delivery. Request data-hosting, update and backup responsibilities for your selected deployment. Sources: https://qt9software.com/qms
- ERP connection [conditional]: A QT9 ERP connection is documented. Confirm separate product entitlement and the objects exchanged before assuming a complete operational system. Sources: https://qt9software.com/qms/erp-software
- Audit scheduling, review and CAPA linkage [documented]: QT9 QMS describes internal and supplier audit schedules, custom checklists, attached evidence, approval/rejection/verification and corrective actions from findings. Establish reviewer permissions and the retained link from audit to CAPA in the proposed deployment. Sources: https://qt9software.com/qms/audit-management-software
- Calibration schedules, certificates and out-of-tolerance records [documented]: QT9 describes calibration schedules by gauge, date and location, due reminders, calibration history, certificates, pass/fail results and out-of-tolerance equipment records. Confirm the external-laboratory handoff and disposition workflow for affected equipment and product. Sources: https://qt9software.com/qms/calibration-software
- Controlled document lifecycle and revision-triggered training [documented]: QT9 describes version control, revision history, approval routing, access controls, electronic approvals and training assignments triggered by approved document changes. Confirm approval, signature and obsolete-copy controls against the organisation's validation procedures. Sources: https://qt9software.com/qms/document-control-software, https://qt9software.com/qms/employee-training-software
- Role-based competency, testing and recurring-training records [documented]: Training can be assigned through job titles and skill sets, with recurring requirements, online tests, completion sign-off, employee history and matrix or delinquency reporting. Demonstrate role transfers, failed tests and overdue escalation. Sources: https://qt9software.com/qms/employee-training-software
- Supplier qualification and portal evidence exchange [documented]: The supplier-management webinar shows supplier records, certifications, scored evaluations, surveys and a portal where suppliers answer corrective actions and upload files without a QMS user licence. Confirm portal entitlement, authentication, retention and separate BI licensing. Sources: https://qt9software.com/qms/webinars/supplier-management

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: failed receiving inspection to action
1. Create an approved inspection plan and record a failed acceptance criterion.
2. Link the result to a nonconforming product and proposed corrective action.
3. Have a separate reviewer evaluate the action and closure evidence.
4. Export the inspection revision, approvals and linked records.

#### Demo exercise: trial and concurrent-access acceptance
1. Agree a trial end date and use synthetic representative data.
2. Exercise simultaneous shift users up to the proposed license limit.
3. Test an offline inspection, reconnect and verify its attachments and history.
4. Export the evidence before the trial site expires and document migration requirements.

#### Demo exercise: controlled revision to demonstrated competency
1. Revise a controlled SOP, route it through the proposed reviewer and electronic-approval path, and approve the new version.
2. Verify the change assigns training only to affected job titles or skill sets and employees see the current approved document.
3. Have one employee complete the acknowledgement or test and leave another overdue to exercise reminders and delinquency reporting.
4. Export document history, approvals, training results and the updated matrix as one traceable evidence package.

### Product presentations

- [QT9 QMS home page with user to-do list](https://qt9software.com/qms/webinars/supplier-management): Official vendor image of the QT9 QMS home page and to-do list, tutorial overlay; example data.

### Questions and answers

#### How is QT9 QMS priced?
QT9 quotes annual concurrent licenses, deployment and implementation requirements. The pricing page does not publish a numeric rate. Ask how peak simultaneous usage and locations affect your proposal.

#### Does QT9 QMS support offline inspections?
Its official inspection FAQ says inspection data can be captured offline and synchronized later. Detailed device and recovery rules still need confirmation. Do not assume documents, approvals and every other module share that capability.

#### Is there a free QT9 QMS trial?
Yes, the official trial page advertises a free trial without a credit card. It also says the trial site expires and data is permanently deleted afterward. Confirm duration and export your evaluation records before expiry.

#### Does QT9 pre-validation replace our validation work?
Treat the published pre-validation package as evidence to review for your intended use. Ask which configuration, interfaces and local procedures remain in your acceptance scope. A software purchase does not certify your organization.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-26: Re-checked on 26 September 2026: the pricing page lists quote factors and fee types but no amount, so the price status is recorded as no amount shown rather than not established.
- 2026-09-27: Checked the audit workflow against the linked primary product page. General profile and commercial review dates remain unchanged.

### Demo questions

- How many simultaneous active users and external portal users does the quote cover?
- Which implementation and validation activities remain our responsibility?
- Which device and preparation are required for offline inspections?
- How do we export trial evidence before the trial site is deleted?

### Primary sources

- [Concurrent licensing and quote factors](https://qt9software.com/pricing)
- [Inspection plans and offline FAQ](https://qt9software.com/qms/inspection-software)
- [QMS product and deployment overview](https://qt9software.com/qms)
- [Quality module catalog](https://qt9software.com/qms/modules)
- [Free trial and data handling](https://qt9software.com/qms/trial)
- [Pre-validation documentation](https://qt9software.com/pre-validated-software)
- [QT9 ERP connection](https://qt9software.com/qms/erp-software)
- [Audit Management workflow — scope checked 27 September 2026](https://qt9software.com/qms/audit-management-software)
- [Calibration schedules, certificates and out-of-tolerance records — scope checked 27 September 2026](https://qt9software.com/qms/calibration-software)
- [Document versioning, approval routing and training triggers — scope checked 29 September 2026](https://qt9software.com/qms/document-control-software)
- [Role-based employee training, tests, recurring requirements and matrices — scope checked 29 September 2026](https://qt9software.com/qms/employee-training-software)
- [Supplier portal, evaluations, surveys and corrective-action responses — scope checked 29 September 2026](https://qt9software.com/qms/webinars/supplier-management)
- [QT9 legal and data security page](https://legal.qt9software.com/)

## Greenlight Guru

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/greenlight-guru
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: Greenlight Guru eQMS
Greenlight Guru is a medtech platform with distinct Quality and eQMS, Product Development and Clinical or EDC product areas plus AI, API and expert-service capabilities. Clinical can be purchased separately; its study limits, add-ons and pricing must not be inferred from an eQMS or product-development subscription.

Greenlight Guru targets medical-device quality and product teams. It combines controlled quality records with design and risk traceability; developer integrations can connect engineering evidence. Clinical data collection is a separate offering, so a buyer should define the quality, development and study scope before comparing proposals.

Best-fit starting point: Medical-device companies needing quality-event and design evidence linked across product development and post-market work.

Check before buying: Software designed for medtech does not make a customer's QMS, device, submission or study compliant. The customer remains responsible for procedures, intended-use validation, data integrity, risk decisions, regulatory submissions and human approval of AI suggestions. Distinguish Quality, Product Development and Clinical entitlements; validate customer-built integrations; verify current certificates and data terms; and do not assume offline operation from browser access or exports.

### Pricing

Annual subscription with published dollar-denominated starting amounts and separately priced services. The official pricing page states that Quality and Product Development subscriptions start at $12,000 per year and EDC subscriptions start at $9,000 per year. The page does not display an ISO currency code, so confirm currency. Quality implementation and clinical study-build services are priced separately. Ask the quote to identify users, products, capabilities, API and integrations, AI, migration volume, clinical studies, sites, storage, add-ons, support, renewal and data-exit terms.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating when linking medical-device design and quality evidence replaces repeated reconciliation between teams. Compare the quoted scope with your development stage and post-market obligations. A generic checklist need alone is not a strong reason to buy a medtech platform.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: The live pricing page publishes dollar-denominated starting amounts of $12,000 per year for Quality and Product Development and $9,000 per year for EDC, without displaying an ISO currency code. Quality implementation and clinical study-build services are separate. A self-service free trial was not verified.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.greenlight.guru/quality-pricing
- https://www.greenlight.guru/clinical-pricing

### Offline capabilities

Greenlight Guru describes a cloud service accessed through standard web browsers. Full disconnected eQMS, development or EDC work and later synchronization were not verified in the reviewed official pages. Exports are not equivalent to supported offline editing; require a written workflow and demo if disconnected operation is essential.

Review scope: Research based on official vendor documentation, not hands-on testing. AI-assisted explanations may be incomplete and do not replace primary documentation or a scoped demo. No independently verified customer-review sample or combined rating is included.

Trial status: request-only. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Trace a post-market quality issue into design and risk decisions.
  Sources: https://www.greenlight.guru/product-development-software
- Usability & adoption: Observe both an engineer and a quality reviewer completing the linked tasks.
  Sources: https://www.greenlight.guru/quality-management-software
- Implementation & TCO: Request a currency-specific proposal separating eQMS, services and Clinical scope.
  Sources: https://www.greenlight.guru/quality-pricing, https://www.greenlight.guru/clinical-pricing
- Integrations & API: Agree API objects, entitlement, validation and maintenance ownership.
  Sources: https://www.greenlight.guru/api
- Security & trust: Request current trust documentation and test permissions on the proposed environment.
  Sources: https://www.greenlight.guru/legal-info
- Customer voice: No independently verified review sample is included. Seek references at a similar device-development stage.

### Capability scope

- Controlled documents and change [documented]: The eQMS supports versioned documents, configurable review and approval, Part 11 electronic signatures, audit history, change orders and downstream retraining. Buyers must map configured workflows to approved SOPs and permissions. Sources: https://www.greenlight.guru/document-management-software, https://www.greenlight.guru/quality-pricing
- Training assignment and evidence [documented]: Training can be assigned by role or group, triggered by document changes and tracked as complete, overdue or pending. Demonstrate trainer sign-off, retraining rules, exception handling and exportable evidence. Sources: https://www.greenlight.guru/quality-management-software, https://www.greenlight.guru/quality-pricing
- CAPA, nonconformance and complaint workflows [documented]: Configurable quality-event processes can link investigations, tasks and evidence to products, risks, suppliers, documents, changes and training. Configuration does not replace the buyer's investigation, root-cause and effectiveness-check procedures. Sources: https://www.greenlight.guru/quality-management-software, https://www.greenlight.guru/quality-pricing
- Audit planning and findings [documented]: Internal and supplier audits can be scheduled with reminders, findings, actions, owners, evidence, approvals and links to CAPA or documents. Test recurring schedules, overdue escalation and closure evidence. Sources: https://www.greenlight.guru/audit-management-software
- Supplier qualification and monitoring [documented]: Supplier records support buyer-defined risk classification, policy-matrix prompts, supporting documents, reminders and links to audits and quality events. Risk levels are not prebuilt; the customer must define and govern them. Sources: https://www.greenlight.guru/supplier-management-software
- Design controls and DHF traceability [documented]: Product Development links user needs, inputs, outputs, verification, validation and design reviews and can generate traceability and DHF-related exports. Confirm the subscribed development scope and required review gates. Sources: https://www.greenlight.guru/product-development-software
- Risk management and risk matrices [documented]: The risk workspace supports configurable acceptability matrices, hazards and links from risk controls to design controls, documents and verification evidence. Standards alignment does not approve the buyer's risk criteria or conclusions. Sources: https://www.greenlight.guru/risk-management-software, https://www.greenlight.guru/product-development-software
- Parts and multi-level BOM management [conditional]: Product records can include families, items, multi-level BOMs, suppliers and lifecycle changes. Confirm entitlement, revision behavior, inventory and incoming-inspection depth, and any ERP or PLM source-of-truth boundary. Sources: https://www.greenlight.guru/Product-Management-Software, https://www.greenlight.guru/quality-pricing
- Engineering and software-release evidence [conditional]: Jira and GitHub integrations and software-release records can connect engineering issues, tests, SBOMs or vulnerability evidence to controlled records. Validate exact objects, direction, cadence, permissions, failure handling and subscription entitlement. Sources: https://www.greenlight.guru/product-development-software, https://www.greenlight.guru/quality-pricing, https://www.greenlight.guru/api
- REST API and event integration [conditional]: The REST API uses JSON and can expose import, export, update or event actions, but coverage varies by solution and endpoint. Customer-built middleware is built, maintained and validated by the customer or its partner; API activity is described as entering the audit trail. Sources: https://www.greenlight.guru/api
- AI search, summaries, chat and training assistance [conditional]: AI capabilities include search, QMS-grounded answers, summaries, training analytics or quiz drafting, and an MCP-based AI connector. Outputs are suggestions requiring human review; confirm licensed functions, approved models, source linking, retention and external-assistant governance. Sources: https://www.greenlight.guru/greenlight-guru-ai, https://www.greenlight.guru/api, https://www.greenlight.guru/quality-pricing
- Clinical electronic data capture [conditional]: Greenlight Guru Clinical is a separate EDC product for study setup and clinical data capture. It can be purchased without Quality; do not infer EDC functions, validation or study entitlements from an eQMS quote. Sources: https://www.greenlight.guru/clinical-electronic-data-capture-software, https://www.greenlight.guru/clinical-pricing, https://www.greenlight.guru/quality-pricing
- Clinical package limits and add-ons [conditional]: Clinical tiers publish limits for ongoing studies and sites, while functions such as eConsent or custom reports can depend on tier or add-on. The Clinical API and connected CTMS or eTMF arrangement also require separate scope confirmation. Sources: https://www.greenlight.guru/clinical-pricing, https://www.greenlight.guru/edc-software-addons-features
- Release validation documentation [conditional]: The vendor describes validation documentation with major or product releases, including IQ-related and completed OQ and PQ material. This evidence supports but does not replace the customer's intended-use, configuration, integration and risk-based validation obligations. Sources: https://www.greenlight.guru/medical-device-software-validation, https://www.greenlight.guru/quality-pricing
- Role-based security, SSO and service assurance [conditional]: Official pages describe role-based security, SSO, encryption, audit trails and ISO 9001, ISO 27001, ISO 42001 and SOC 2 assurance. Request current certificates, report scope, subprocessors, data location, recovery evidence and contract terms; the published 99.9% target applies only where the SLA is incorporated into the agreement and includes exclusions. Sources: https://www.greenlight.guru/legal-info, https://www.greenlight.guru/service-level-agreement, https://www.greenlight.guru/quality-pricing

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: complaint to controlled product change
1. Create a representative complaint and associate its product, lot or version and supplier where relevant.
2. Open the investigation and CAPA, update the risk file and route a linked design or process change through approval.
3. Attach verification evidence, release the controlled change and issue role-based retraining.
4. Export the end-to-end history and identify every manual handoff, permission boundary and separately licensed capability.

#### Demo exercise: supplier issue and SCAR governance
1. Configure a test supplier's type, criticality and buyer-approved risk level and inspect the policy-matrix prompts.
2. Link an incoming nonconformance to the supplier, open the approval-based SCAR workflow and assign actions.
3. Verify audit, document, reminder, CAPA and performance links in both directions and demonstrate overdue escalation.
4. Export the supplier history and confirm who can alter risk rules, evidence and approval status.

#### Demo exercise: software requirement to release evidence
1. Create a requirement and risk control with planned verification and a controlled software part.
2. Change a linked Jira or GitHub item and ingest representative test, SBOM or vulnerability evidence.
3. Demonstrate failed-transfer handling, audit attribution, design review and release approval without duplicate manual entry.
4. Agree integration validation, monitoring, API-version change and revalidation ownership.

#### Demo exercise: governed AI-assisted quality review
1. Ask AI search or chat a question whose answer spans a document, supplier record and open quality event.
2. Inspect linked sources, permissions and an intentionally ambiguous or outdated source, then reject an inaccurate suggestion.
3. Generate a summary or training quiz and route it through a named human reviewer before it becomes controlled content.
4. Verify logs, retention, model-change notice, external-assistant boundaries and the procedure for reporting incorrect output.

### Product presentations

- [Design controls: verification and validation items](https://www.greenlight.guru/product-development-software): Official vendor image of design verification and validation cards with a detail panel; vendor-drawn mock-up, not labelled as sample.
- [Risk acceptability matrix configuration](https://www.greenlight.guru/quality-management-software): Official vendor image of a configurable risk matrix with probability and severity levels; vendor-drawn mock-up, not labelled as sample.
- [Training completion rates by user group](https://www.greenlight.guru/quality-management-software): Official vendor image of a training completion table by user group; vendor-drawn mock-up, not labelled as sample.

### Questions and answers

#### How much does Greenlight Guru cost?
The official pricing page states Quality and Product Development start at $12,000 per year and EDC starts at $9,000 per year, but it does not display an ISO currency code. Implementation and clinical study-build services are separate. Confirm currency, users, modules, services and renewals in a quote.

#### Is Greenlight Guru Clinical included with the eQMS?
Do not assume so. Clinical is a distinct EDC product and can be bought without Quality. Its tiers set study and site limits, and some functions are tier-dependent or add-ons.

#### Does Greenlight Guru make a company compliant?
No. It provides controlled records and workflows designed for medtech standards, but the customer owns procedures, configuration, training, risk decisions, validation, record accuracy and regulatory conclusions.

#### What does the vendor validation package replace?
It can reduce evidence-generation effort for the underlying release, but it does not replace the customer's assessment of intended use, configuration, permissions, migrated data, integrations and regulated workflows.

#### Can Greenlight Guru connect to Jira, GitHub, ERP, PLM or BI?
The vendor documents Jira and GitHub integrations and a REST API. Exact objects and actions vary. A customer-built integration remains the customer's software to build, monitor, maintain and validate.

#### Can AI output be accepted without review?
No. The vendor explicitly frames AI output as a suggestion owned and reviewed by a person. Require source references, approval controls, retention rules and a procedure for inaccuracies before regulated use.

#### Does Greenlight Guru work offline?
Full disconnected work and later synchronization were not verified. The service is described as cloud-based and browser-accessed; exports are not proof of an offline transactional workflow.

#### Are supplier risk controls predefined?
The supplier page says risk levels are not prebuilt. The customer defines risk, supplier type and policy rules, so the demo should test those rules against the approved supplier procedure.

#### What security evidence should we request?
Request current ISO certificates, SOC 2 report and scope, penetration-test summary, subprocessors, hosting and data-location details, encryption and key controls, recovery evidence, incident terms, retention and deletion, and the executed SLA.

### Demo questions

- Which Quality, Product Development, Clinical, API, integration and AI capabilities are in our quote?
- What currency and users are represented by the published annual starting amounts?
- What implementation, migration, study-build and professional services are priced separately?
- Can we trace a complaint through CAPA, risk, design change, verification and retraining?
- Who validates and maintains customer-built API or engineering integrations after releases?
- How are AI answers sourced, reviewed, retained and prevented from becoming unapproved records?
- Which Clinical tier, study and site limits, storage and add-ons apply?
- What customer validation remains after accepting the vendor's release package?
- Is any supported workflow available while fully disconnected?

### Primary sources

- [Platform and product-family boundaries](https://www.greenlight.guru/platform)
- [eQMS workflows and connected quality scope](https://www.greenlight.guru/quality-management-software)
- [Current pricing, package scope and separately priced services](https://www.greenlight.guru/quality-pricing)
- [Controlled document workflows](https://www.greenlight.guru/document-management-software)
- [Supplier qualification and risk controls](https://www.greenlight.guru/supplier-management-software)
- [Audit planning, findings and traceability](https://www.greenlight.guru/audit-management-software)
- [Risk-management workspace](https://www.greenlight.guru/risk-management-software)
- [Design controls and development traceability](https://www.greenlight.guru/product-development-software)
- [Parts and multi-level BOM management](https://www.greenlight.guru/Product-Management-Software)
- [REST API and integration responsibilities](https://www.greenlight.guru/api)
- [AI functions, human review and data-use boundary](https://www.greenlight.guru/greenlight-guru-ai)
- [Clinical EDC scope](https://www.greenlight.guru/clinical-electronic-data-capture-software)
- [Clinical package limits and add-ons](https://www.greenlight.guru/clinical-pricing)
- [Clinical API, eConsent and other EDC add-ons](https://www.greenlight.guru/edc-software-addons-features)
- [Validation package scope](https://www.greenlight.guru/medical-device-software-validation)
- [Trust, security and certification overview](https://www.greenlight.guru/legal-info)
- [Service-level terms and incorporation boundary](https://www.greenlight.guru/service-level-agreement)
- [Customer learning-resource scope](https://www.greenlight.guru/academy)
- [Greenlight Guru trust center](https://trust.greenlight.guru/)

## TrackWise Digital (Honeywell)

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/trackwise-digital
Sources checked: 2026-10-11
Also known as: TrackWise Digital
TrackWise Digital is the cloud QMS in the Honeywell life-sciences portfolio, with documentation also published on Sparta Systems domains. The related TrackWise product and TrackWise Manufacturing have different buying scopes; their features and entitlements are not interchangeable.

TrackWise Digital coordinates quality records for life-sciences organizations with configurable workflows and linked documents, training and complaints. Its Salesforce foundation and published integration scope make interface ownership an important procurement question. Evaluate the named applications and implementation responsibilities against a real quality process before expanding across sites.

Best-fit starting point: Life-sciences teams coordinating controlled quality processes across sites and external partners.

Check before buying: Require the proposal to name every TrackWise Digital application, internal and external role, environment, interface and validation deliverable. Marketing statements about 21 CFR Part 11, GMP or ISO frameworks describe supporting controls rather than certification of the buyer's configured process. Salesforce foundations do not establish ownership of a general Salesforce licence, offline operation or unrestricted platform access. AI categorization and predictive insights require governed data, human review and configuration-specific validation.

### Pricing

Custom quote. Pricing is not publicly available as a numeric subscription in the reviewed official sources, contact vendor. Honeywell says user licences, processes and implementation needs determine TrackWise Digital pricing. Itemize cloud applications, internal and partner roles, migration, validation support, integrations, training and ongoing support; confirm currency, billing term, minimum commitment and renewal conditions.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating when linked quality records and shared governance across sites justify configuration and administration. Compare the full application, integration and validation scope with the cost of maintaining separate workflows; do not base the decision on a generic per-user estimate.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-09-20 [verified]: The official pricing page identifies user licences, processes and implementation as quote inputs and publishes no numeric subscription. Support add-ons and application scope need a written proposal. No unrestricted free trial was established.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.spartasystems.com/pricing/
- https://www.spartasystems.com/customer-support/

### Offline capabilities

Public product pages describe desktop, tablet and mobile access but do not establish disconnected capture, cached documents or synchronization. Treat offline work as unverified and require a demonstration of the intended task and recovery process.

Product scope: TrackWise Digital is Honeywell's cloud eQMS for configurable quality processes including quality events, CAPA, documents, training, complaints, supplier quality, audits, change and risk management. TrackWise, TrackWise Manufacturing, QualityWise.ai, Product Quality Review, Quality Management Review and Recall Management can be related or integrated offerings but are not automatically included in a TrackWise Digital subscription.

Review scope: Vendor-documentation research, not hands-on testing, regulatory certification or customer testimony. AI-assisted explanations may be incomplete and do not replace a demo, primary documentation or your validation plan. Legacy ratings are excluded.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Trace a sample audit finding into correction and verified closure.
  Sources: https://www.honeywell.com/us/en/insights/articles/digital-audit-management-software
- Usability & adoption: Observe administrators and reviewers performing their role-specific tasks.
  Sources: https://www.spartasystems.com/training-education/
- Implementation & TCO: Include applications, user roles, migration and delivery responsibilities in the commercial comparison.
  Sources: https://www.spartasystems.com/pricing/
- Integrations & API: Request the actual interface design, entitlements and operational support ownership.
  Sources: https://www.honeywell.com/us/en/insights/articles/5-functions-that-elevate-your-qms
- Security & trust: Check record permissions, electronic approval controls and configuration-specific validation evidence.
  Sources: https://www.honeywell.com/us/en/solutions/life-sciences-quality-management
- Customer voice: No independently verified customer review sample is used. Request references with comparable applications and operational constraints.

### Capability scope

- Linked quality processes [documented]: The cloud product connects quality events, CAPA, documents, training and complaints. Demonstrate the links and permissions in the purchased configuration. Sources: https://www.honeywell.com/us/en/solutions/life-sciences-quality-management
- Audit lifecycle [documented]: The audit offering connects audit activity with follow-up in the quality suite. Test a finding through corrective resolution and exported evidence. Sources: https://www.honeywell.com/us/en/insights/articles/digital-audit-management-software
- Document-triggered training [documented]: The training brief describes integration with Document Management for document approval and training release. Confirm both applications and assignment rules in scope. Sources: https://go.spartasystems.com/rs/084-QBA-512/images/TrackWise%20Digital%20TMS.pdf
- Training administration [documented]: Group lists, assignments and notifications support tracking completion. Validate retraining after revision and the evidence required for your process. Sources: https://go.spartasystems.com/rs/084-QBA-512/images/TrackWise%20Digital%20TMS.pdf
- System interfaces [conditional]: Honeywell describes ERP, PLM and MES connectivity and a Salesforce foundation. These are integration possibilities, not a promise of an included connector or licence. Sources: https://www.honeywell.com/us/en/solutions/life-sciences-quality-management, https://www.honeywell.com/us/en/insights/articles/5-functions-that-elevate-your-qms
- Specialist quality applications [conditional]: PQR, QMR and Recall Management are presented as specialized applications beyond the core QMS. Price and demonstrate each required handoff separately. Sources: https://www.honeywell.com/us/en/solutions/life-sciences-quality-management
- Configurable workflows, signatures and audit trails [conditional]: Honeywell documents configurable workflows, approval routing, escalations, electronic signatures, version tracking and audit trails for regulated quality processes. These controls support compliance work but do not by themselves validate the buyer's configuration or guarantee Part 11, GMP or ISO conformity. Sources: https://www.honeywell.com/us/en/solutions/life-sciences-quality-management, https://www.honeywell.com/us/en/insights/articles/digital-audit-management-software
- Complaint triage and reportability workflow [documented]: The official complaint datasheet describes a permission-based closed-loop process, configurable field audit trails, AI-assisted categorization and a global decision tree for reportability markets and timelines. Buyers should validate jurisdiction rules, human decisions, clock calculations, submissions and retained evidence with their own products and markets. Sources: https://go.spartasystems.com/rs/084-QBA-512/images/trackwise-digital-complaint-management.pdf, https://process.honeywell.com/us/en/products/life-sciences/quality-management-solutions
- Supplier quality collaboration portal [conditional]: Honeywell describes a cloud supplier-quality portal for connecting with suppliers, onboarding additional sites and exchanging quality information. Confirm supplier licences, identity controls, record visibility, qualification workflows, audit access and offboarding; a portal statement does not establish all supplier-governance processes. Sources: https://www.honeywell.com/us/en/insights/articles/alleviate-supply-chain-pressure-in-the-face-of-a-pandemic, https://www.honeywell.com/us/en/solutions/life-sciences-quality-management
- Connected quality risk management [conditional]: The Risk Management datasheet documents links between risk files and complaints, nonconformances and CAPA, including residual risk, control measures and benefit-risk information. Confirm that Risk Management is licensed and demonstrate scoring methods, approvals, versioning and how changes propagate without overwriting historical decisions. Sources: https://go.spartasystems.com/rs/084-QBA-512/images/TrackWise-Digital-Risk-Management-Connected-to-QMS-Datasheet.pdf
- Controlled-document lifecycle and regulator evidence [conditional]: Honeywell describes creating, reviewing, approving, storing, versioning and auditing controlled documents, with status and change reports for regulatory review. Confirm the purchased DMS scope, document formats, effective-date rules, obsolete-copy controls, signature meaning and archival/export behavior. Sources: https://www.honeywell.com/us/en/insights/articles/document-management-communication-with-regulators, https://www.honeywell.com/us/en/solutions/life-sciences-quality-management
- AI-assisted event categorization and trend analysis [conditional]: Honeywell presents automated quality-event categorization, pattern and correlation detection and predictive analytics as an intelligence layer. Confirm the licensed QualityWise.ai functionality, supported processes, input data, model or rule governance, validation evidence, confidence thresholds, human review and auditability; marketing outcomes are not guaranteed predictions. Sources: https://www.honeywell.com/us/en/solutions/life-sciences-quality-management, https://go.spartasystems.com/rs/084-QBA-512/images/trackwise-digital-complaint-management.pdf

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: audit finding to document and training closure
1. Create a sample audit and capture a finding linked to a quality event.
2. Assign corrective work and revise the affected controlled procedure.
3. Issue relevant retraining and reject one incomplete response.
4. Verify effectiveness and export the links, reviewers and revision history.

#### Demo exercise: site and supplier access boundaries
1. Create records for two sites and an external partner.
2. Check which records each role can view, edit and approve.
3. Send one required record to the proposed integration and simulate a failed handoff.
4. Verify error handling, duplicate prevention and the retained change history.

#### Demo exercise: complaint intake to reportability and risk update
1. Enter a representative complaint with product, batch, market and adverse-event details through the proposed intake channel.
2. Review any automated categorization, override one suggestion with a reason and inspect the retained audit trail and permissions.
3. Run the reportability decision tree, verify jurisdiction-specific deadlines and link the complaint to the relevant residual risk and CAPA when escalation is required.
4. Close the investigation only after approvals and export the original data, decisions, signatures, linked records and timeline evidence without relying on a screenshot.

### Product presentations

- [Complaints dashboard in TrackWise Digital](https://hcenews.honeywell.com/operational-efficiency-quality-management.html): Official vendor image of a TrackWise Digital complaints dashboard with a monthly chart and an overdue count; sample data, cropped from a multi-device composite.

### Questions and answers

#### How is TrackWise Digital priced?
The official pricing page identifies user licences, processes and implementation needs as quote inputs. No numeric subscription was verified. Request the precise cloud applications, roles, services and renewal terms rather than using a generic per-user estimate.

#### Is TrackWise Digital the same as TrackWise?
The listing covers the Digital cloud product. Honeywell also documents TrackWise and other portfolio applications. Confirm the edition and migration path explicitly; documentation for one product does not establish identical entitlements in another.

#### Does TrackWise Digital support offline quality work?
The reviewed sources describe mobile access but do not establish offline capture or synchronization. Ask for a disconnected demonstration using the actual quality task. Record any connectivity requirement in the acceptance criteria.

#### Does TrackWise Digital include validation and training support?
Honeywell publishes application-specific administrator courses, and the training product brief describes supporting validation documentation. Clarify deliverables for your configuration and future updates. Vendor support does not certify your organization or replace your own validation responsibilities.

#### Does TrackWise Digital make a configured process automatically 21 CFR Part 11 compliant?
No. Honeywell documents electronic signatures, audit trails and workflows designed to support regulated use, but the buyer remains responsible for intended use, configuration, procedures, access, validation and ongoing control.

#### Are QualityWise.ai, PQR, QMR and Recall Management included with TrackWise Digital?
Do not assume so. Honeywell presents AI capabilities and specialized review or recall applications within the wider quality portfolio. Require each application, data flow, licence and service to be itemized in the proposal.

#### Does being built on Salesforce mean we receive a general Salesforce licence or offline access?
Not from the reviewed evidence. The Salesforce foundation supports platform capabilities, but commercial rights, administrative access, data residency and offline operation must be confirmed specifically for the TrackWise Digital subscription.

### Demo questions

- Which TrackWise Digital applications, internal users, partner roles, environments and support tiers are included?
- Can an audit finding link to a CAPA, controlled-document revision, retraining and effectiveness check with exportable history?
- Show complaint intake, product and batch traceability, reportability decisions, deadlines and retained decision evidence.
- Demonstrate supplier onboarding, external permissions, quality-event exchange, overdue escalation and supplier offboarding.
- Which electronic-signature, audit-trail and Part 11 controls are standard, configurable or dependent on our procedures?
- Which validation deliverables cover standard configuration, extensions, interfaces, data migration and future releases?
- Which AI functions are licensed, what data trains or informs them, and how are recommendations reviewed, overridden and audited?
- What happens when an integration or connectivity-dependent approval fails, and how are retries and duplicates controlled?
- Can we export records, attachments, signatures, audit history and relationships in a usable format at contract end?

### Primary sources

- [Current Honeywell quality portfolio](https://www.honeywell.com/us/en/solutions/life-sciences-quality-management)
- [Digital cloud product and consultation](https://hcenews.honeywell.com/operational-efficiency-quality-management.html)
- [Official quote basis](https://www.spartasystems.com/pricing/)
- [Digital audit-management workflow](https://www.honeywell.com/us/en/insights/articles/digital-audit-management-software)
- [Application-specific administrator training](https://www.spartasystems.com/training-education/)
- [Training-management product brief](https://go.spartasystems.com/rs/084-QBA-512/images/TrackWise%20Digital%20TMS.pdf)
- [Salesforce foundation and integration context](https://www.honeywell.com/us/en/insights/articles/5-functions-that-elevate-your-qms)
- [Support and add-on services](https://www.spartasystems.com/customer-support/)
- [Honeywell quality-management product portfolio and complaint scope](https://process.honeywell.com/us/en/products/life-sciences/quality-management-solutions)
- [TrackWise Digital Complaint Management datasheet](https://go.spartasystems.com/rs/084-QBA-512/images/trackwise-digital-complaint-management.pdf)
- [TrackWise Digital Risk Management datasheet](https://go.spartasystems.com/rs/084-QBA-512/images/TrackWise-Digital-Risk-Management-Connected-to-QMS-Datasheet.pdf)
- [TrackWise Digital supplier-quality portal scope](https://www.honeywell.com/us/en/insights/articles/alleviate-supply-chain-pressure-in-the-face-of-a-pandemic)
- [Document-management controls and regulator-facing evidence](https://www.honeywell.com/us/en/insights/articles/document-management-communication-with-regulators)
- [CAPA workflow and effectiveness concepts](https://www.honeywell.com/us/en/insights/articles/capa-management-technology-to-the-rescue)
- [Sparta Systems commitment to compliance page](https://www.spartasystems.com/commitment-to-compliance/)

## Safety Champion

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/safety-champion
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Safety Champion offers a free Lite edition and tailored paid packages. Confirm the edition and included workflows rather than assuming feature parity.

Safety Champion brings workplace safety records, scheduled tasks and contractor information into a shared system. Its Australian WHS-oriented offering includes native mobile access and business-system integrations. The two-user Lite edition is a separate buying option from tailored paid packages, so compare both the functional scope and ongoing administration required.

Best-fit starting point: Australian teams coordinating safety tasks, incidents and contractor records across workplaces.

Check before buying: Paid scope is quoted separately from the two-user Lite service. Offline support varies by task and cached data; confirm the current app version before a remote rollout.

### Pricing

Free edition and custom quote. Lite is a free edition for two users, with no credit card required. Paid pricing is not publicly available as a numeric subscription, contact vendor. The current paid pricing page advertises tailored packages for 10 to 1,000+ users, not a confirmed minimum purchase. Commercial terms distinguish access and commissioning fees; request currency, billing frequency, included modules, implementation and renewal conditions.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating when replacing several safety registers and recurring reminder processes. Lite can suit two-person evaluation of basic records; larger teams should judge value from a scoped proposal and realistic configuration effort.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: Current Lite scope and restrictions were checked alongside the quote-only paid page. Historical GO FREE or Gold pages are not treated as current paid pricing. A free paid-suite trial was not established.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.safetychampion.com.au/pricing-new/
- https://www.safetychampion.com.au/safety-champion-lite/
- https://www.safetychampion.com.au/terms-and-conditions/

### Offline capabilities

The current inspections page documents completing inspections and audits offline and synchronizing when connectivity returns. A separate current page also names offline incident reporting, checklists and SOP access. Treat the filter classification as inspection-scoped; confirm preparation, attachments, approvals and conflict handling, and do not assume every contractor approval works offline.

Product scope: Modular workplace safety platform, with a limited two-user Lite edition and tailored paid packages.

Review scope: Based on vendor documentation, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. AI-assisted explanations may be incomplete and do not replace a demo or primary documentation. Legacy ratings are excluded.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Demonstrate one inspection through corrective closure and an overdue task.
  Sources: https://www.safetychampion.com.au/
- Usability & adoption: Use the current app with a worker and check cached content before disconnection.
  Sources: https://www.safetychampion.com.au/module/inspections-audits/
- Implementation & TCO: Compare access and commissioning charges plus Lite restrictions where relevant.
  Sources: https://www.safetychampion.com.au/terms-and-conditions/
- Integrations & API: Price the specific HR, SSO and reporting integrations needed.
  Sources: https://www.safetychampion.com.au/integration-partners/
- Security & trust: Test least-privilege roles and the organization's access requirements.
  Sources: https://www.safetychampion.com.au/feature/secure/
- Customer voice: No independently verified customer review sample is used. Request references with comparable workplaces and team sizes.

### Capability scope

- Quality-management boundary [unverified]: Safety Champion documents safety corrective actions that can integrate with or embed an organisation's QMS. Its ISO 9001 certification describes the vendor's own management system, not a customer-facing QMS module. Dedicated product or supplier nonconformance, quality CAPA and controlled-document scope was not established, so it is not admitted to the full-QHSE comparison.
- Safety incidents and actions [documented]: The product covers incident handling and hazard follow-up. Evaluate assignment, escalation and closure using one of your own reporting forms. Sources: https://www.safetychampion.com.au/
- Inspections and checklists [documented]: Inspections are included in the product portfolio and Lite scope. Check template flexibility and which reporting features the proposed edition includes. Sources: https://www.safetychampion.com.au/safety-champion-lite/
- Task-specific offline access [documented]: The current inspections page documents completing inspections and audits offline and synchronizing when connectivity returns. The wider offline page names other tasks, but confirm preparation, attachments, approvals and conflict handling before extending the claim. Sources: https://www.safetychampion.com.au/module/inspections-audits/, https://www.safetychampion.com.au/feature/easy/
- Contractor expiry tracking [documented]: Central records and reminders cover contractor inductions, licences and insurance. Verify site access decisions separately from document expiry alerts. Sources: https://www.safetychampion.com.au/module/contractor-management/
- HR and analytics connections [conditional]: The vendor lists Employment Hero, Xero, MYOB, Office 365 SSO and Power BI. Ask which connectors, directions and refresh schedules are included. Sources: https://www.safetychampion.com.au/integration-partners/
- Controlled user access [documented]: Role-based access and MFA/SSO are described. Demonstrate permissions for administrators, workers and external users using the purchased configuration. Sources: https://www.safetychampion.com.au/feature/secure/
- Risk assessment and mitigation planning [documented]: The module catalogue lists risk-assessment templates, risk scoring, mitigation-planning tools, progress dashboards and incident-trend analysis. Demonstrate the buyer's scoring matrix, control ownership and review cycle; the listing alone does not establish enterprise-GRC depth or a particular residual-risk approval method. Sources: https://www.safetychampion.com.au/modules/
- Recurring safety-plan tasks [documented]: The Safety Plan module is described as supporting task planning and delegation, progress oversight and automated reminders. Confirm recurrence rules, escalation, completion evidence and supervisor approval; this is not evidence of a maintenance CMMS or automated proof of compliance. Sources: https://www.safetychampion.com.au/modules/
- Training and licence expiry tracking [documented]: The module catalogue describes licences and certificates, expiry-date tracking and scheduled email reminders. Verify worker-to-role mapping, renewal evidence and reporting; record tracking should not be presented as course delivery, practical competency assessment or automatic work authorisation. Sources: https://www.safetychampion.com.au/modules/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: disconnected inspection and corrective action
1. Load a site checklist and required reference documents while connected.
2. Disconnect the phone and record an inspection finding, incident and photo.
3. Restore connectivity and inspect pending uploads and duplicate handling.
4. Assign follow-up and verify that a supervisor can review the supporting evidence.

#### Demo exercise: contractor renewal across two workplaces
1. Create a contractor with documents for two workplaces.
2. Set one licence near expiry and check reminders and visibility.
3. Replace the document and ask a different person to verify it.
4. Export the record and distinguish document approval from permission to enter a site.

#### Demo exercise: risk treatment and scheduled review
1. Configure one operational risk using the organisation's own likelihood and consequence criteria.
2. Record current controls, assign a mitigation action and set its owner and due date.
3. Advance the treatment through the available progress states and inspect the dashboard and reminder behaviour.
4. Review the risk after the treatment, then verify what scoring history, approval evidence and overdue escalation are retained; record any unsupported step as a product gap.

### Product presentations

- [Inspection template and Add Question form](https://www.safetychampion.com.au/module/inspections-audits/): Official vendor image of the inspection template builder on its Inspections & Audits page.
- [Mobile app: Available Inspection list](https://www.safetychampion.com.au/module/inspections-audits/): Official vendor image of the mobile app's inspection list on its Inspections & Audits page.

### Questions and answers

#### Is Safety Champion free?
Safety Champion Lite is currently offered free for two users, with basic safety records and checklists. Terms specify one account per organization, 1 GB storage and possible deletion after 90 days without login. This is a limited edition, not proof of a free trial of the paid suite.

#### How much does paid Safety Champion cost?
The current paid pricing page asks buyers to request a tailored proposal. No numeric paid subscription was verified. Compare access and commissioning fees and confirm the included users, locations, modules and contract term.

#### Does Safety Champion work without internet access?
The current inspections page documents offline inspection and audit completion with synchronization after reconnection. Treat that as a specific workflow, not universal offline coverage; demonstrate preparation, attachments, approvals and conflict handling for the current app before relying on it remotely.

#### Can Safety Champion manage contractor documents?
Its contractor module centralizes documents and sends expiry reminders for inductions, licences and insurance. That helps administrators follow up missing records. Ask the vendor to show the exact approval and access process required at your sites.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-27: Targeted offline recheck: current vendor pages document completing inspections and audits offline and synchronizing after connectivity returns. The offline filter is limited to that workflow; the profile's broader research date and commercial review date were not reset.
- 2026-09-20: Source-access follow-up: the linked 2024 version 4 release-notes PDF returned HTTP 404. Earlier documented mobile limits remain historical evidence, not a fresh verification of the current release. Request current documentation before relying on those details.

### Demo questions

- Which modules and user roles are included in our paid package?
- Which of our sign-offs can be completed offline in the current release?
- What happens to pending mobile records after a failed sync?
- How are commissioning, integrations and support priced?

### Primary sources

- [Current paid pricing enquiry](https://www.safetychampion.com.au/pricing-new/)
- [Safety Champion Lite scope](https://www.safetychampion.com.au/safety-champion-lite/)
- [Commercial terms and Lite restrictions](https://www.safetychampion.com.au/terms-and-conditions/)
- [Current module catalogue: safety planning, training and risk management — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.safetychampion.com.au/modules/)
- [Current offline inspections and synchronization — checked 27 September 2026](https://www.safetychampion.com.au/module/inspections-audits/)
- [Current offline access examples — checked 27 September 2026](https://www.safetychampion.com.au/feature/easy/)
- [HR, SSO and analytics integrations](https://www.safetychampion.com.au/integration-partners/)
- [Contractor management](https://www.safetychampion.com.au/module/contractor-management/)
- [Product and modules overview](https://www.safetychampion.com.au/)
- [Access controls](https://www.safetychampion.com.au/feature/secure/)
- [Hazard and corrective-action integration with external QMS — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.safetychampion.com.au/module/hazards-and-corrective-actions/)
- [Vendor ISO 9001 certification, not customer QMS product scope — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.safetychampion.com.au/sustainability-certification/)

## SafetyStratus

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/safetystratus
Sources checked: 2026-10-11
Ideagen announced the acquisition of SafetyStratus on 2 October 2025 and described Ideagen Chemical Management as a specialist offering in its portfolio. This listing retains the SafetyStratus identity and does not assume that all Ideagen EHS products or contracts are interchangeable.

SafetyStratus combines specialist laboratory and chemical workflows with inspection, permit and broader EHS modules. Its module pages provide useful detail about offline inspections, configurable approvals and sustainability activity records. Buyers should scope the chemical and EHS applications explicitly following the Ideagen acquisition.

Best-fit starting point: Laboratories, universities and complex sites combining chemical controls with wider EHS workflows.

Check before buying: Specify the exact SafetyStratus or Ideagen Chemical Management product and every required module in the proposal. Offline support is documented for inspections and regulatory audits, while SDS offline access is described as downloaded or printed documents; these do not establish disconnected permit approval, incident investigation, training administration or full chemical inventory access. OSHA, EPCRA, TRI and GHS-related outputs still require qualified review and jurisdiction-specific validation.

### Pricing

Custom quote. Pricing is not publicly available as a numeric subscription in the reviewed official sources, contact vendor. The platform is offered as an enterprise suite or specialized modules. Request a breakdown for modules, sites, user roles, implementation, chemical data migration, mobile access, identity setup and support, including currency and renewal terms.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating when laboratory or chemical complexity would otherwise require separate systems. For a simple checklist requirement, compare the implementation and module costs against lighter inspection tools before committing.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-09-20 [verified]: Official platform pages offer suite or module scope and direct buyers to a demo or contact enquiry. No public numeric price or unrestricted free trial was verified.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.safetystratus.com/ehs-software-safety-program-platform/
- https://www.safetystratus.com/contact-us/

### Offline capabilities

The Inspections & Observations page explicitly documents online and offline inspections and names the iPhone/iPad application. Confirm the supported current devices, synchronization and cached data rules. No suite-wide offline capability is inferred for permit authorization, chemical transactions or ESG work.

Product scope: Enterprise EHS platform or separately scoped specialist modules, including chemical management, inspections, incidents, regulatory auditing, training and certification tracking, SDS management, permit authorizations and ESG assessment workflows. Following Ideagen's acquisition, require the proposal to identify the exact SafetyStratus or Ideagen-branded product, modules, mobile applications and integrations.

Review scope: Based on official SafetyStratus and Ideagen documentation, not hands-on testing or independent customer testimony. Each specialist function is presented as a module, so portfolio availability does not prove licence entitlement or delivered cross-module integration. Regulatory forms, audit content, SDS data and vendor compliance language do not replace qualified review. Legacy ratings are excluded; proposed workflows are acceptance exercises.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Run an inspection and chemical record through the proposed module boundaries.
  Sources: https://www.safetystratus.com/ehs-software-safety-program-platform/chemical-management-system/
- Usability & adoption: Have an inspector use the intended mobile device offline.
  Sources: https://www.safetystratus.com/ehs-software-safety-program-platform/inspections-observations/
- Implementation & TCO: Itemize module configuration, data migration and ongoing administration.
  Sources: https://www.safetystratus.com/ehs-software-safety-program-platform/
- Integrations & API: Check identity-provider metadata, user provisioning and ownership of errors.
  Sources: https://www.safetystratus.com/blog/sso-and-ehs-applications/
- Security & trust: Test group and user permissions on sensitive assessment records.
  Sources: https://www.safetystratus.com/ehs-software-safety-program-platform/esg-module/
- Customer voice: No independently verified customer review sample is used. Seek references with similar laboratory and chemical inventory complexity.
- Regulatory content and recordkeeping boundary: Use a jurisdiction-specific incident, audit and chemical example. Verify who maintains checklist content and SDS currency, who validates OSHA classifications and environmental reporting fields, and which submissions or regulator interactions remain manual. Software output and vendor compliance language do not transfer the organization's legal responsibility.
  Sources: https://www.safetystratus.com/ehs-software-safety-program-platform/incident-management/, https://www.safetystratus.com/ehs-software-safety-program-platform/regulatory-auditing-module/, https://www.safetystratus.com/ehs-software-safety-program-platform/safety-data-sheet-management-sds-module/

### Capability scope

- Configurable inspections [documented]: Inspection schedules, custom checklists, corrective assignments and PDF exports are described. Validate the inspection-to-closure workflow on the intended device. Sources: https://www.safetystratus.com/ehs-software-safety-program-platform/inspections-observations/
- Offline inspection capture [conditional]: Offline inspections are documented for the mobile offering; the page names iOS. Confirm current device support and conflict behavior rather than assuming all modules are offline. Sources: https://www.safetystratus.com/ehs-software-safety-program-platform/inspections-observations/
- Chemical lifecycle records [documented]: The chemical management product covers procurement through use and disposal, with container identification and barcode/RFID support. Confirm hardware, chemical library and migration scope. Sources: https://www.safetystratus.com/ehs-software-safety-program-platform/chemical-management-system/
- Permit review workflows [documented]: Permit authorizations use electronic submissions, assigned review and approval stages. Require a demonstration of the actual permit rules; this does not establish industrial isolation control. Sources: https://www.safetystratus.com/ehs-software-safety-program-platform/permit-authorizations-module/
- ESG activity and data oversight [documented]: The ESG module documents assessment workflows, permissions and PDF/CSV exports. This is not evidence of a complete carbon calculation engine or every reporting standard. Sources: https://www.safetystratus.com/ehs-software-safety-program-platform/esg-module/
- SSO and user provisioning [conditional]: Official implementation guidance describes identity-provider metadata and user-creation dependencies. Agree responsibility for onboarding, deprovisioning and certificate renewal. Sources: https://www.safetystratus.com/blog/sso-and-ehs-applications/
- Incident reporting, investigation and recordkeeping [documented]: The Incident Management Module documents configurable forms, automatic email alerts, iOS and Android reporting, accident-investigation linkage to Inspections, incident analytics and Excel/PDF exports. It also outputs OSHA 300, 300A and 301 forms. Buyers remain responsible for classification, review, submission and jurisdiction-specific recordkeeping; form output is not a compliance guarantee. Sources: https://www.safetystratus.com/ehs-software-safety-program-platform/incident-management/
- Regulatory auditing and nonconformance closure [conditional]: The Regulatory Auditing Module supports configurable or third-party checklists, scheduled audits, offline iOS execution, photos and signatures, nonconformance flagging, corrective-action assignment, dashboards and PDF exports. Confirm the current device matrix, synchronization and conflict handling, reviewer controls, and any separate licence or update terms for third-party compliance content. Sources: https://www.safetystratus.com/ehs-software-safety-program-platform/regulatory-auditing-module/
- Training and certification tracking [conditional]: The Training Tracking & Management Module records completed and expired training, assigns courses, supports reminders, manager views and certificate generation, and states that it can integrate with an existing LMS and other modules. Confirm whether the quoted scope only tracks records or also delivers content, along with LMS interfaces, source-of-truth rules, fit-test privacy and reconciliation behavior. Sources: https://www.safetystratus.com/ehs-software-safety-program-platform/training-tracking-management/
- Safety Data Sheet access and hazard indexing [conditional]: The SDS module documents mobile search and sharing, QR access, secondary-container labels, multiple-language support, update notifications and indexing for GHS, NFPA and UN data, plus US EPCRA, TRI and OSHA HazCom references. Its offline statement is download-and-print access, not a documented fully offline inventory. Verify manufacturer coverage, document currency, location filtering, language and jurisdiction coverage, label approval and emergency-access behavior. Sources: https://www.safetystratus.com/ehs-software-safety-program-platform/safety-data-sheet-management-sds-module/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: laboratory inspection to corrective closure
1. Load the current laboratory checklist on the intended mobile device.
2. Capture a finding while disconnected and reconnect.
3. Assign the correction to the appropriate laboratory owner.
4. Export the inspection and inspect the closure evidence and permissions.

#### Demo exercise: chemical record and permit approval
1. Import a small sample of container records with identifiers.
2. Check storage location, movement and proposed disposal tracking.
3. Submit a relevant permit for review and reject incomplete evidence.
4. Confirm who can view each record and which steps require other modules.

#### Demo exercise: mobile incident through investigation, corrective action and OSHA review
1. Submit a representative near miss or worker injury from the quoted mobile app with required evidence and verify reporter access and notification recipients.
2. Route the record to an investigator, link the relevant inspection evidence and preserve the original submission and later edits in the audit history.
3. Assign a corrective action, test overdue escalation and require closure evidence and an authorized review before completion.
4. Generate the applicable OSHA 300, 300A or 301 output, have a qualified owner validate classification and totals, and document any manual filing or jurisdiction-specific work outside the system.

### Product presentations

- [Regulatory audit tablet and phone mockup](https://www.safetystratus.com/ehs-software-safety-program-platform/regulatory-auditing-module/): Official vendor illustration of an audit form on tablet and phone with placeholder content; a schematic, not a live screen.
- [Safety data sheet module mockup](https://www.safetystratus.com/ehs-software-safety-program-platform/safety-data-sheet-management-sds-module/): Official vendor illustration of the safety data sheet module on tablet and phone with placeholder text; a schematic, not a live screen.

### Questions and answers

#### Who owns SafetyStratus?
Ideagen announced its acquisition of SafetyStratus in October 2025. The announcement describes Ideagen Chemical Management as a specialized platform within its wider portfolio. Confirm the product and modules quoted; acquisition does not make every Ideagen application part of the same subscription.

#### Does SafetyStratus work offline?
The inspection module documents offline inspections and an iPhone/iPad application. Ask for a current device and workflow demonstration with synchronization recovery. Permit approvals and chemical transactions should be verified separately.

#### How much does SafetyStratus cost?
No numeric public subscription was verified in the official product and contact pages reviewed. Request a proposal for the modules, sites and roles your organization needs. Include implementation, chemical inventory migration and integration support in the comparison.

#### Can SafetyStratus combine permits and ESG reporting?
The portfolio includes permit authorization and ESG modules alongside EHS tools. Check the handoff between those purchased modules and the required export format. Configurable ESG assessments do not by themselves establish carbon accounting coverage or assurance readiness.

### Demo questions

- Which SafetyStratus or Ideagen Chemical Management modules are included?
- Which devices and inspection functions work offline today?
- How do you migrate and reconcile our existing chemical containers?
- Who owns identity provisioning, access reviews and certificate renewal?
- Demonstrate one incident, regulatory audit, training record and SDS lookup using the exact quoted modules, then identify all third-party content, LMS links, mobile limitations and manual regulatory steps.

### Primary sources

- [EHS platform and modular scope](https://www.safetystratus.com/ehs-software-safety-program-platform/)
- [Inspection and offline scope](https://www.safetystratus.com/ehs-software-safety-program-platform/inspections-observations/)
- [Chemical management](https://www.safetystratus.com/ehs-software-safety-program-platform/chemical-management-system/)
- [Permit authorizations](https://www.safetystratus.com/ehs-software-safety-program-platform/permit-authorizations-module/)
- [ESG module](https://www.safetystratus.com/ehs-software-safety-program-platform/esg-module/)
- [Commercial contact](https://www.safetystratus.com/contact-us/)
- [SSO configuration and account provisioning](https://www.safetystratus.com/blog/sso-and-ehs-applications/)
- [Ideagen acquisition announcement](https://www.ideagen.com/company/news/ideagen-acquires-safetystratus-adding-specialized-chemical-management-to-its-ehs-portfolio)
- [Incident reporting, investigation, mobile submission and OSHA-form output : checked 29 September 2026](https://www.safetystratus.com/ehs-software-safety-program-platform/incident-management/)
- [Regulatory audit planning, offline execution and corrective-action tracking : checked 29 September 2026](https://www.safetystratus.com/ehs-software-safety-program-platform/regulatory-auditing-module/)
- [Training and certification tracking with LMS integration : checked 29 September 2026](https://www.safetystratus.com/ehs-software-safety-program-platform/training-tracking-management/)
- [Safety Data Sheet access, indexing, labels and reporting scope : checked 29 September 2026](https://www.safetystratus.com/ehs-software-safety-program-platform/safety-data-sheet-management-sds-module/)

## Synergi Life (DNV)

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/synergi-life
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: Synergi Life
Synergi Life is a DNV software product. DNV's assurance and certification services are separate; buying the software does not certify an organization or its processes.

Synergi Life is DNV's modular platform for HSE, quality, enterprise risk and sustainability processes. Synergi Life Connect extends configured reporting to field workers, while specialist modules address incidents, permits and barriers. Its breadth makes a process-specific module and integration specification more useful than a general feature checklist.

Best-fit starting point: Multi-site operators linking field reporting with enterprise risk, incident and barrier management.

Check before buying: Buy by named modules and add-ons. Mobile reporting and bow-tie features do not establish full offline approval coverage, certified SIL calculations or automatic regulatory compliance.

### Pricing

Custom quote; published entry plans for the risk-management starter pack. DNV's Veracity store page for Synergi Life Risk Management lists an Entry free trial (EUR 0, access to a demo sandbox), an Entry 5 user pack at EUR 7,000 per year (VAT not incl., recurring annual billing, 15 GB storage, "From EUR 117/user/month") and an Entry 25 user pack at EUR 9,990 per year (VAT not incl., "From EUR 33/user/month"), with Contact us for expanded scope. These entry plans cover the risk-management starter pack only. Other modules, Synergi Life Connect, Data Connect, APIs, language packs, configuration and support are not priced on the reviewed pages and need a scoped proposal; confirm currency, term, implementation costs and renewal rules.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating for operators that need shared incident, permit and risk governance across sites. A small team needing only checklists should compare the delivery and administration burden with simpler field tools.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [partial]: DNV's Veracity store lists entry risk-management plans with EUR amounts and a free demo-sandbox trial; module-wide pricing is not published and integrations remain distinct add-ons.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://store.veracity.com/synergi-life
- https://www.dnv.com/services/synergi-life/
- https://www.dnv.com/services/synergi-life-modules-1243/
- https://www.dnv.com/software/services/synergi-life/integrations-add-ons/

### Offline capabilities

DNV explicitly documents offline case reporting in Synergi Life Connect with submission once the device reconnects. The app covers configurable case types and photo capture; the page says users can add photos to support a report. Verify preloading, attachment limits, queued changes and current version support; offline reporting does not establish offline permit approvals.

Product scope: Modular DNV platform with separately scoped HSE, quality, risk, environmental and reporting applications plus mobile and integration add-ons.

Review scope: Based on vendor documentation, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. AI-assisted explanations may be incomplete and do not replace a demo or primary documentation. Legacy ratings are excluded.

Trial status: verified-free. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Trace incidents, corrective actions and the required permit handoffs.
  Sources: https://www.dnv.com/services/incident-management-software/
- Usability & adoption: Test field reporting and separately confirm language-pack availability.
  Sources: https://www.dnv.com/services/mobile-app-for-hse-risk-management-and-incident-reporting-synergi-life-connect-3697/
- Implementation & TCO: Price the named modules, user roles and implementation deliverables.
  Sources: https://www.dnv.com/services/synergi-life-modules-1243/
- Integrations & API: Confirm Entra ID, Data Connect and API entitlements and data flows.
  Sources: https://www.dnv.com/software/services/synergi-life/integrations-add-ons/
- Security & trust: Demonstrate restricted access and metadata handling for anonymous cases.
  Sources: https://www.dnv.com/services/anonymous-incident-management-software/
- Customer voice: No independently verified customer review sample is used. Request comparable multi-site deployment references.

### Capability scope

- Quality management and CAPA [documented]: DNV documents Synergi Life as a shared HSE and quality platform. Its quality module covers ISO 9001-oriented quality cases, nonconformities, corrective and preventive action, quality risk, supplier quality and production-line scope. Confirm the purchased modules, supplier access and effectiveness-review rules. Sources: https://www.dnv.com/software/services/synergi-life/hse-quality-management/, https://www.dnv.com/services/quality-management-software/
- Incident investigation and corrective follow-up [documented]: The incident module connects reporting, configurable investigation and approval workflows, root-cause analysis, CAPA, full audit trails and action verification. Demonstrate whether verifier independence, rejection and effectiveness review are mandatory in your configured workflow. Sources: https://www.dnv.com/services/incident-management-software/
- Disconnected field reporting [conditional]: Synergi Life Connect documents offline reports and synchronization after reconnection. Confirm configured case types, required reference data and attachment behavior. Sources: https://www.dnv.com/services/mobile-app-for-hse-risk-management-and-incident-reporting-synergi-life-connect-3697/
- Permit management [documented]: The named permit module describes staged approvals and links with risk, incident and isolation-related workflows. Confirm all referenced applications and work authorization rules in the quote. Sources: https://www.dnv.com/services/permit-management-software/
- Bow-tie and barriers [documented]: DNV documents operational and business risk management, bow-tie scenarios, live barrier dashboards and integrity ratings, corrections for missing or degraded barriers, and links from audits, inspections, incidents and events to barrier status. This does not establish SIL verification calculations. Sources: https://www.dnv.com/services/risk-management-software/, https://www.dnv.com/services/bow-tie-barrier-management-software/
- Public anonymous reporting [conditional]: A separate anonymous reporting offering describes a public interface, pseudonymized identities, private case tracking, restricted case access and confidential dialogue. Validate metadata, deployment boundaries and the exact external-reporter journey. Sources: https://www.dnv.com/services/anonymous-incident-management-software/
- Environmental performance records [documented]: The environmental application supports environmental information and performance oversight. Ask for the specific data model and calculation or disclosure outputs required. Sources: https://www.dnv.com/services/environmental-management-software/
- Contractor and third-party operational controls [documented]: DNV's operational-risk overview includes contractor and third-party management alongside audit programmes, permits, JSA, isolations and site or business-unit scope. Confirm contractor onboarding, access, evidence review and module entitlement in the proposal. Sources: https://www.dnv.com/software/services/synergi-life/risk-management/operational-risk-management/
- Management of change with risk-aware approvals [documented]: The MOC module covers planned and emergency, temporary and permanent changes, with separate proposal and change cases, risk evaluation, configurable approval hierarchies, action tracking, notifications and historical audit trails. Confirm entitlement, mandatory risk gates, temporary expiry and emergency retrospective approval. Sources: https://www.dnv.com/services/management-of-change-software/
- End-to-end audit planning and findings follow-up [documented]: Audit Management links plans, individual audits, findings and actions for internal, external and third-party audits, with custom or predefined checklists, reminders, dashboards and consolidated reports. Confirm external-auditor access, finding verification and cross-module risk updates. Sources: https://www.dnv.com/services/audit-management-software/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: remote incident report and investigation
1. Configure a representative incident case and load required mobile reference data.
2. Disconnect, add a photo, and save the report.
3. Reconnect and check the queued record, attachments and duplicate handling.
4. Assign investigation and correction, then export the review history.

#### Demo exercise: permit review linked to operational risk
1. Create a permit with a defined hazard and required supporting assessment.
2. Check separate requester, reviewer and authorizer permissions.
3. Change a condition during handover and verify the required reassessment.
4. Link a resulting incident and inspect the traceability between the records.

#### Demo exercise: risk-reviewed change through post-implementation closure
1. Raise one temporary operational change and one emergency change with owner, reason, review date and affected site or asset.
2. Require risk evaluation and separate functional approvals before implementation and attempt an unauthorized bypass.
3. Complete implementation actions and link one resulting inspection or audit finding to the change.
4. Close or reverse the temporary change, retrospectively review the emergency change and export approvals, actions and timestamps.

### Product presentations

- [Risk case with loss-potential matrices](https://www.dnv.com/services/risk-management-software/): Official vendor image of a Synergi Life risk case with three severity matrices; sample case.
- [Risk case with evaluation timeline](https://www.dnv.com/services/risk-management-software/): Official vendor image of a Synergi Life risk case with dated evaluations and matrices; sample case.

### Questions and answers

#### Does Synergi Life support offline incident reporting?
Yes, DNV documents offline reporting in Synergi Life Connect and synchronization when connectivity returns. Test the required case types and attachments with a representative phone. This does not establish that every desktop process or approval is available offline.

#### Can workers use voice input in Synergi Life?
The reviewed Synergi Life Connect page describes photo capture but does not mention voice recording, automatic transcription or translated speech input. Ask DNV to demonstrate any voice workflow your crews require.

#### Can Synergi Life manage permits alongside incidents?
DNV documents permit management and incident management applications with links between related records. Include the relevant modules and approval configuration in the proposal. Verify the permit lifecycle, role permissions and site rules using your own example.

#### How much does Synergi Life cost?
DNV's Veracity store lists entry risk-management plans (EUR 7 000 per year for 5 users, EUR 9 990 for 25, VAT not included). Other modules and add-ons need a module and user-role proposal; compare implementation and support responsibilities as well as recurring fees.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-28: Added the named management-of-change and audit-management modules with a risk-reviewed temporary and emergency change exercise, bringing the profile to the directory's deep-evidence threshold.

### Demo questions

- Which modules, language packs and Connect entitlements are included?
- Which offline reports and attachments are supported in our configured case types?
- How are permit changes and handovers linked to risk reassessment?
- Are Data Connect, APIs and identity integration separately licensed?

### Primary sources

- [Operational risk and barrier management](https://www.dnv.com/services/risk-management-software/)
- [DNV product and demo overview](https://www.dnv.com/services/synergi-life/)
- [Synergi Life Connect offline reporting](https://www.dnv.com/services/mobile-app-for-hse-risk-management-and-incident-reporting-synergi-life-connect-3697/)
- [Modules overview](https://www.dnv.com/services/synergi-life-modules-1243/)
- [Integrations and add-ons](https://www.dnv.com/software/services/synergi-life/integrations-add-ons/)
- [Incident management](https://www.dnv.com/services/incident-management-software/)
- [Permit management](https://www.dnv.com/services/permit-management-software/)
- [Anonymous incident management](https://www.dnv.com/services/anonymous-incident-management-software/)
- [Barrier management](https://www.dnv.com/services/bow-tie-barrier-management-software/)
- [Environmental management](https://www.dnv.com/services/environmental-management-software/)
- [Process safety, audit and contractor programme scope — checked 27 September 2026](https://www.dnv.com/software/services/synergi-life/risk-management/operational-risk-management/)
- [HSE and quality platform scope — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.dnv.com/software/services/synergi-life/hse-quality-management/)
- [Quality, nonconformity, CAPA and supplier scope — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.dnv.com/services/quality-management-software/)
- [Management of change, risk review, approvals and audit trail — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.dnv.com/services/management-of-change-software/)
- [Audit planning, checklists, findings and corrective follow-up — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.dnv.com/services/audit-management-software/)
- [Veracity store, Synergi Life risk management entry plans](https://store.veracity.com/synergi-life)

## IAMTech iPermit

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/iamtech-ipermit
Sources checked: 2026-10-12
IAMTech markets the product as iPermit and iPermit2.0. This profile covers the industrial permit-to-work and control-of-work platform, not IAMTech's iPlan turnaround products, a municipal building-permit service or a parking-permit application.

iPermit is an industrial control-of-work platform connecting permit lifecycle, isolations and LOTO, JSA or HIRA, SIMOPS conflict checks, competency verification, gas testing, audits and incident investigation. It supports mobile and multi-site use, but safety-critical permit-state changes remain online-only in the detailed iPermit2.0 offline matrix. Buyers should validate their site rules, implementation plan, integration ownership and package limits rather than treating configuration or compliance claims as a substitute for operating governance.

Best-fit starting point: Industrial sites coordinating hazardous maintenance, isolations and multiple contractor work scopes.

Check before buying: Software interlocks support but do not certify a site's safe system of work. Validate roles, emergency overrides, isolation ownership, SIMOPS rules and degraded-mode procedures. AI outputs are suggestions for human review and must never be treated as permit authority. Reconcile the published implementation estimates, broader brochure offline wording and package-table add-ons in the signed proposal.

### Pricing

Published annual package bands. UK annual bands are GBP15,000/30,000/50,000/75,000 for Small/Medium/Large/Enterprise, with 10/100/500/1,000 named users. Small allows 1,000 permits/month. The US page lists USD19,500/39,000/65,000/97,500 annually. Hosting, support, upgrades and core modules are advertised as included, but Active Directory integration is an add-on on Small and Medium, on-premise installation is an add-on, and training, bespoke certificates and widgets vary by tier. Confirm taxes, migration, implementation and renewal in writing.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating when permit coordination is a recurring operational task and the annual package replaces substantial manual administration. Price the exact roles and workflow acceptance tests before selecting a tier.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-02 [verified]: Official UK and US package tables were reviewed. Reconcile published add-on conditions with the broader all-modules-included positioning; a current unrestricted free trial was not established.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.iamtech.com/products/permit-software
- https://www.iamtech.com/america/products/permit-software

### Offline capabilities

Conditional read-oriented mode. Official iPermit2.0 detail allows cached viewing of permits, isolations, risk controls, gas results, maps and equipment, plus queued gas readings, notes and photos. Issuance, approval, suspension or cancellation, handover or closure, personnel sign-on, isolation sign-off, gas-test authorisation, SIMOPS queries and admin changes require a live connection. Cached records show last-sync time and data older than 30 minutes is marked stale.

Product scope: iPermit and iPermit2.0 permit-to-work and integrated safe-system-of-work modules. Contractor onboarding references do not establish a complete procurement, vendor-management or physical access-control product. IAMTech iPlan and bespoke software services require separate scope.

Review scope: Vendor-documentation research, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. AI-assisted explanations may be incomplete and do not replace a demo, primary documentation or your site control-of-work procedure. Legacy ratings are excluded.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Demonstrate a conflicting job and trace the rejected transition through its resolution.
  Sources: https://www.iamtech.com/uploads/downloads/IAMTech-iPermit2-Brochure-2026.pdf
- Usability & adoption: Observe an issuer, contractor and incoming shift using their own roles.
  Sources: https://www.iamtech.com/case-studies/thermofisher-iampermit
- Implementation & TCO: Compare subscription, configuration, migration, training and renewal costs for the same deployment.
  Sources: https://www.iamtech.com/products/permit-software
- Integrations & API: Test a failed interface transaction and verify ownership of recovery and duplicate prevention.
  Sources: https://go.iamtech.com/permittoworksoftware/
- Security & trust: Request hosting, access, retention and recovery evidence for the contracted service.
  Sources: https://www.iamtech.com/uploads/downloads/IAMTech-iPermit2-Brochure-2026.pdf
- Customer voice: No independently verified review sample is used. Request references with comparable permit volumes and site constraints.

### Capability scope

- Permit lifecycle governance [documented]: The workflow covers draft, role-based approval, issue, live monitoring, suspension, resumption, handover and closure, with location, equipment, hazards, isolation, gas-test and signature data. Sources: https://www.iamtech.com/products/permit-software, https://go.iamtech.com/permittoworksoftware/
- Isolation and LOTO control [documented]: Linked isolation certificates support isolation-point tracking, lock boxes, key safes, cascading or cross-locking, verification and controlled de-isolation. Sources: https://go.iamtech.com/permittoworksoftware/
- JSA and HIRA risk assessment [documented]: Task steps, hazards, likelihood and severity, controls and residual risk are connected to permit authorization. Sources: https://go.iamtech.com/permittoworksoftware/
- SIMOPS, MOPO and anti-clash checks [documented]: Rules can detect location, equipment, isolation and time-window conflicts and display work on maps or plot plans. Sources: https://www.iamtech.com/products/permit-software, https://go.iamtech.com/permittoworksoftware/
- Competency verification [documented]: Qualification and authorization checks, expiry alerts and role restrictions are described for permit issue. Sources: https://www.iamtech.com/products/permit-software, https://go.iamtech.com/permittoworksoftware/
- Gas testing and atmospheric monitoring [documented]: Configurable O2, LEL, H2S and CO rules support validity windows, retest triggers and authorised-tester checks. Sources: https://go.iamtech.com/permittoworksoftware/
- Sanction for test [documented]: A structured workflow covers controlled energisation, partial de-isolation, test approval, restoration and re-isolation. Sources: https://go.iamtech.com/permittoworksoftware/
- Audit, inspection and corrective action [documented]: The platform can plan and log permit audits or site inspections with findings, nonconformance tracking and corrective-action workflows. Sources: https://go.iamtech.com/permittoworksoftware/
- Incident investigation links [documented]: Incident records can link to the permits, isolations and risk assessments associated with the event. Sources: https://www.iamtech.com/products/permit-software, https://go.iamtech.com/permittoworksoftware/
- Digital signatures, attribution and handover [documented]: Approvals, modifications and handovers are attributed to users. An AI-drafted handover remains subject to human review and signature. Sources: https://www.iamtech.com/products/permit-software, https://go.iamtech.com/permittoworksoftware/
- Dashboards, mapping and analytics [documented]: Dashboards provide permit, isolation, exception and approval visibility, while maps support location planning and analytics cover cycle time or bottlenecks. Sources: https://www.iamtech.com/products/permit-software
- Offline field access [conditional]: Cached reading, timestamps and limited queued evidence are documented, but permit-state changes and authority checks remain online-only. Validate the contracted release against broader brochure wording. Sources: https://www.iamtech.com/products/permit-software, https://go.iamtech.com/permittoworksoftware/, https://www.iamtech.com/uploads/downloads/IAMTech-iPermit2-Brochure-2026.pdf
- SSO and enterprise integration [conditional]: Active Directory, SAP PM, IBM Maximo, HR and API connections are described, with the ERP remaining system of record. Prove direction, retries, duplicate handling, monitoring and commercial scope. Sources: https://www.iamtech.com/products/permit-software, https://go.iamtech.com/permittoworksoftware/
- AI-assisted oversight [conditional]: Documented aids include conflict explanation, handover drafting, approved-library risk suggestions, pre-issue review, P&ID isolation extraction and natural-language queries. The vendor states AI never issues, approves or transitions a permit. Sources: https://www.iamtech.com/products/permit-software, https://go.iamtech.com/permittoworksoftware/
- Configurable templates and administration [documented]: Trained key users can adjust permit, isolation and JSA types, hierarchy, users, access and templates. Distinguish configuration from separately estimated custom development. Sources: https://www.iamtech.com/products/permit-software, https://www.iamtech.com/knowledge/how-to-launch-an-electronic-permit-to-work-system-in-just-weeks

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Permit, JSA and isolation interlock
1. Create a representative work order and permit, then attach a validated JSA and shared isolation.
2. Attempt permit issue before mandatory controls are complete and attempt de-isolation while a linked permit is live.
3. Issue, suspend, resume, hand over and close the permit using the correct roles.
4. Inspect the complete attribution, signature and transition history.

#### SIMOPS conflict and gas-test exception
1. Create conflicting hot-work and pressure-test jobs in the same location or equipment window.
2. Inspect the map and SIMOPS or MOPO conflict explanation.
3. Record an expired or unsafe gas-test result and verify the issue block.
4. Resolve the conflict and reading through an authorised role and audit the resulting decision.

#### Disconnected stale-device exercise
1. Synchronise a field device, disconnect it, then suspend or update the permit from a connected account.
2. Inspect the offline banner, last-sync timestamp and stale-data warning after the documented threshold.
3. Attempt each prohibited state-changing action and queue only supported readings, notes or photos.
4. Reconnect and reconcile queued evidence with the authoritative permit state.

#### Implementation and integration acceptance
1. Map site roles, terminology and control-of-work rules during discovery workshops.
2. Configure representative templates and hierarchy and import users, competency or work-order data through the agreed interface.
3. Run user-acceptance tests for successful, rejected, retried and duplicate interface transactions.
4. Train stakeholders, reconcile migrated records and approve go-live and rollback criteria.

### Product presentations

- [Permit register with status filters](https://www.iamtech.com/uploads/downloads/IAMTech-Permit-Datasheet-v3.pdf): Official IAMTech datasheet image of a colour-coded permit register with status counts and sample permit rows; it comes from the earlier IAMPermit datasheet, so the current iPermit2.0 screens may differ.
- [Work permit journey diagram](https://www.iamtech.com/uploads/downloads/IAMTech-Permit-Datasheet-v3.pdf): Official IAMTech datasheet flowchart of the permit stages from creation to archive, including anti-clash checks and sign-off; it shows the earlier IAMPermit workflow dated 2018 and may differ from iPermit2.0.

### Questions and answers

#### How much does IAMTech iPermit cost?
The UK Small package starts at GBP15,000 annually for up to 10 named users. Request the complete implementation and renewal proposal; the subscription is not a monthly per-user plan.

#### Can iPermit authorize work offline?
The detailed iPermit2.0 matrix requires a live connection for authorization. Broader brochure wording conflicts with that matrix. Require written confirmation for your version.

#### Is iPermit suitable for contractor-led projects?
IAMTech publishes a KAEFER deployment account involving work coordination in a gas transmission setting. Treat it as vendor-provided context and request a reference using your contractor model.

#### Does iPermit replace site permit procedures?
No. Use the demo to check how your authorized roles, escalation rules and emergency arrangements are represented. Software selection does not certify the site or guarantee safe work.

#### Are all iPermit modules and services included in every package?
The vendor says core modules are included, but the package table still shows conditions or add-ons for Active Directory, on-premise installation, training, bespoke certificates and dashboard widgets. Use the order form as the authority.

#### How does iPermit identify stale offline information?
The iPermit2.0 page says cached records show their last-sync time and information older than 30 minutes receives a visible age indicator. Test revocation and reconnection with your field devices.

#### Can iPermit's AI approve or issue a permit?
The vendor explicitly says its AI features generate suggestions for human review and never issue, approve or transition a permit. Verify permissions, logs and the ability to disable individual AI features.

#### Does iPermit integrate with SAP or IBM Maximo?
The vendor describes SAP PM, Maximo, HR and API connections and says the ERP remains the system of record. Confirm licensed scope, data direction, retries, duplicates, monitoring and support in a proof of concept.

#### Is iPermit a complete contractor and physical-access management system?
The product documents contractor permit, competency and induction context, but that does not establish a complete procurement, vendor-management, identity or physical access-control platform.

#### How long does iPermit implementation take?
Vendor pages describe implementation in weeks, including two-to-four-week and six-to-eight-week statements, while complex multi-site examples can take longer. Contract discovery, configuration, migration, integrations, UAT, training and acceptance milestones.

#### Can iPermit be installed on premises?
The pricing table lists optional on-premise installation as an add-on. Confirm architecture, security ownership, upgrades, support, availability and feature differences from the hosted service.

### Demo questions

- Which exact iPermit or iPermit2.0 release, hosting model and modules are contracted?
- Reconcile the published two-to-four-week and six-to-eight-week implementation estimates with our scope and acceptance gates.
- Which offline actions are allowed, what is cached, and how are revocation and stale data handled?
- Show two permits sharing an isolation through suspension, handover, closure and restoration.
- Who owns SIMOPS and MOPO configuration and emergency override, and how are rule changes approved and audited?
- Which AI features are enabled, what data do they use, where is it processed, and how is human review enforced?
- Which package limits and add-ons apply to named users, monthly permits, Active Directory, on-premise installation, training, certificates and widgets?
- For SAP, Maximo, HR and API connections, define the system of record, direction, retries, duplicate prevention, monitoring and support ownership.
- What evidence supports Cyber Essentials, hosting security, backups, disaster recovery, retention, data location and exit export?
- Does contractor onboarding or induction include identity, physical access and procurement records, or only permit and competency context?

### Primary sources

- [UK product, capabilities and package pricing](https://www.iamtech.com/products/permit-software)
- [iPermit2.0 modules, offline matrix and integrations](https://go.iamtech.com/permittoworksoftware/)
- [2026 iPermit2 brochure](https://www.iamtech.com/uploads/downloads/IAMTech-iPermit2-Brochure-2026.pdf)
- [US product and package pricing](https://www.iamtech.com/america/products/permit-software)
- [Implementation workshops and adoption guidance](https://www.iamtech.com/knowledge/a-business-case-for-electronic-permit-to-work-software)
- [Rapid launch and administrator configuration guidance](https://www.iamtech.com/knowledge/how-to-launch-an-electronic-permit-to-work-system-in-just-weeks)
- [Anglo American rollout account](https://www.iamtech.com/case-studies/anglo-american-ipermit)
- [Tucker multi-site rollout account](https://www.iamtech.com/case-studies/tucker-energy-services-ipermit)
- [Air Products SIMOPS account](https://www.iamtech.com/case-studies/air-products-ipermit)
- [Dominion Energy remote deployment account](https://www.iamtech.com/case-studies/dominion-energy-ipermit)
- [SMC offshore permit coordination account](https://www.iamtech.com/case-studies/case-study-smc-ipermit)
- [KAEFER contractor deployment account](https://www.iamtech.com/case-studies/kaefer-ipermit)
- [Thermo Fisher regulated-site account](https://www.iamtech.com/case-studies/thermofisher-iampermit)
- [Legacy iPermit feature datasheet](https://www.iamtech.com/uploads/downloads/IAMTech-Permit-Datasheet-v3.pdf)

## Pisys Permit to Work

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/pisys-ptw
Sources checked: 2026-10-11
Also known as: Pisys PTW
This listing covers Pisys Permit to Work and its named permit, isolation, contractor and task-risk workflows. Pisys Action Tracker, ESG reporting, operations-training simulators and other Pisys 360 products are adjacent products and are not automatically included. Customer case studies evidence specific deployments, not standard entitlement or performance guarantees.

Pisys combines a permit board with task-risk, isolation and contractor management. Buyers with existing maintenance systems should examine its documented Maximo integration approach. The mobile application has a defined account requirement, so field deployment should include role provisioning and reconnect acceptance tests.

Best-fit starting point: Industrial, maintenance and facilities teams coordinating permits across worksites and contractors.

Check before buying: Pisys documents configurable approval, suspension, reissue, hand-back, isolation, contractor and SIMOPS workflows, but the buyer remains responsible for the site control-of-work procedure, competence model and legal compliance. Offline mobile hand-back is narrower than complete offline operation; a self-hosted vessel deployment and synchronisation described in a customer case study do not establish the standard cloud service. Confirm whether Maximo/API work, Entra ID, multilingual configuration, QR/tag equipment and any adjacent Pisys modules are included.

### Pricing

Custom quote. Pricing is not publicly available as a numeric subscription in the reviewed official sources, contact vendor. Request a proposal specifying worksites, user roles, modules, interface delivery and renewal terms. The product page lists onboarding, hosting, Entra ID integration, support, upgrades and storage as included subscription features.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating when a dedicated permit office needs contractor and maintenance context in one workflow. Compare the cost of configuring your actual approval process and interfaces, not an assumed generic seat price.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-09-28 [verified]: Rechecked the current product, isolation, security and Maximo integration pages. No numeric subscription was verified. The product page offers a free trial using the buyer's permits by arrangement; duration, deployment model, configured workflows and enabled scope require confirmation.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://pisys.co.uk/permit-to-work-system/

### Offline capabilities

The official product FAQ documents offline completion and hand-back with database updates after reconnection. The publisher app listing requires an existing Pisys PTW account. Issuance, changed isolations, emergency suspension visibility and conflicting updates require explicit verification.

Product scope: Configurable permit-to-work software for permit lifecycle control, task risk assessment, isolations, contractor records and simultaneous-work visibility. Hosting, mobile/offline behaviour, SSO, interfaces and deployment topology must be scoped for the contracted environment.

Review scope: Vendor-documentation research, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. AI-assisted explanations may be incomplete and do not replace a demo, primary documentation or your site control-of-work procedure. Pisys states ISO 27001:2022 accreditation, but QHSEtech did not inspect the certificate or its scope; no independent certification conclusion is assigned.

Trial status: request-only. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Demonstrate a conflicting job and trace the rejected transition through its resolution.
  Sources: https://pisys.co.uk/permit-to-work-system/
- Usability & adoption: Observe an issuer, contractor and incoming shift using their own roles.
  Sources: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.pisys.ptw.dev
- Implementation & TCO: Compare subscription, configuration, migration, training and renewal costs for the same deployment.
  Sources: https://pisys.co.uk/permit-to-work-system/
- Integrations & API: Test a failed interface transaction and verify ownership of recovery and duplicate prevention.
  Sources: https://pisys.co.uk/2026/02/18/maximo-integration-with-permit-to-work-system/
- Security & trust: Request hosting, access, retention and recovery evidence for the contracted service.
  Sources: https://pisys.co.uk/2026/01/28/pisys-security/
- Customer voice: No independently verified review sample is used. Request references with comparable permit volumes and site constraints.

### Capability scope

- Permit board [documented]: A central board groups active work. Test filtering and role visibility with several sites. Sources: https://pisys.co.uk/permit-to-work-system/
- Isolations [documented]: Linked isolation records and plot plans are described. Demonstrate shared dependencies before restoration. Sources: https://pisys.co.uk/permit-to-work-system/
- Contractor documents [documented]: Company and individual records hold competencies and supporting documents with expiry alerts. Sources: https://pisys.co.uk/contractor-management-module/
- Mobile completion [conditional]: The publisher app supports disconnected work followed by upload. Confirm exact transitions rather than extrapolating to every authorization. Sources: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.pisys.ptw.dev
- Maximo linkage [conditional]: The documented client approach exchanges work-order context and permit links. Status definitions, mappings and endpoint examples require configuration; this is not evidence of a preconfigured connector included in every subscription. Sources: https://pisys.co.uk/2026/02/18/maximo-integration-with-permit-to-work-system/
- Pisys PTW API [conditional]: The Maximo article states that Pisys PTW has an API. Public material does not establish general entitlement, complete endpoint documentation, limits or support for a buyer-built integration; require these in the proposal. Sources: https://pisys.co.uk/2026/02/18/maximo-integration-with-permit-to-work-system/
- Access and retention [documented]: Pisys describes role-based access, encryption, recovery and retention controls. Obtain contract-specific details and evidence. Sources: https://pisys.co.uk/2026/01/28/pisys-security/
- Task risk assessment and RAMS context [documented]: Pisys describes task steps, hazards, pre- and post-mitigation severity and likelihood, and controls that can form a RAMS record in the PTW workflow. Template and risk-library governance remain the customer's responsibility. Sources: https://pisys.co.uk/permit-to-work-system/, https://pisys.co.uk/2026/01/12/integrating-a-permit-to-work-process-with-risk-assessment-software/
- SIMOPS and concurrent-work visibility [conditional]: The live permit board and plot-plan view support review of simultaneous work and potential interactions. Official material does not establish that every conflict is detected automatically; demonstrate rule logic and the supervisor's manual responsibilities. Sources: https://pisys.co.uk/2025/12/25/simops-and-ptw/
- Isolation tag printing and QR access [documented]: Isolation tags can be printed with populated details, and QR codes can take a mobile user to linked permit and isolation information. Confirm supported printers, device access, damaged-tag procedure and whether scanning changes any isolation state. Sources: https://pisys.co.uk/isolations-module/
- Configurable permit lifecycle [conditional]: Pisys positions the system for planning, review, authorisation, execution and formal close-out, with a documented customer configuration retaining approvals, suspensions and daily reissues. Exact states, segregation of duties and extension rules are configuration-dependent. Sources: https://pisys.co.uk/2026/03/07/steps-in-ptw-workflow/, https://pisys.co.uk/2025/04/10/casestudies-ptw-on-board/
- Multi-site and offshore deployment [conditional]: Pisys describes central multi-worksite visibility, while one official customer case study used locally hosted vessel servers and synchronisation to an onshore system. Treat that topology, multilingual operation and synchronisation as a scoped reference configuration rather than a default cloud capability. Sources: https://pisys.co.uk/2026/02/13/permit-to-work-systems-in-offshore-energy/, https://pisys.co.uk/2025/04/10/casestudies-ptw-on-board/
- Permit audit trail and linked records [documented]: The vendor describes a clear audit trail and links between permits, risk assessments, isolations and contractor records. Validate export, retention, timestamps, electronic identity and correction history against the buyer's audit procedure. Sources: https://pisys.co.uk/permit-to-work-system/, https://pisys.co.uk/2026/02/26/paper-v-digital-ptw/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: contractor expiry during a job
1. Add a contractor with a document close to expiry.
2. Assign the worker to a proposed permit.
3. Advance the date and inspect warnings and role restrictions.
4. Review the authorized response and export its history.

#### Demo exercise: hand-back and maintenance-system recovery
1. Load an issued sample permit on the mobile account.
2. Disconnect and perform the supported completion sequence.
3. Change related information centrally and simulate an unavailable maintenance interface.
4. Reconnect and inspect conflict handling, pending work and successful write-back.

#### Demo exercise: shared isolation and SIMOPS conflict
1. Create two permits in overlapping plot-plan areas, with one shared energy isolation and incompatible work conditions.
2. Route both through the configured independent review and authorisation roles and inspect the board's conflict visibility.
3. Issue both permitted jobs, suspend one, and attempt to remove or restore the shared isolation while the other remains active.
4. Scan the printed isolation tag from a mobile device and compare the displayed state with the permit office view.
5. Close and hand back in the wrong sequence, then verify blocks, warnings, audit entries and the authorised recovery path.

#### Demo exercise: shift change, disconnection and emergency state
1. Issue a permit with a daily reissue or shift-handover requirement and load it on the assigned mobile account.
2. Disconnect the device, complete only the officially supported mobile steps and attempt an action expected to be online-only.
3. Centrally suspend or amend the permit and change a linked contractor or isolation condition while the device remains offline.
4. Reconnect and inspect conflict resolution, authoritative timestamps, notifications and whether work can continue without revalidation.
5. Export the complete history and have the site control-of-work owner confirm that it matches the approved procedure.

### Product presentations

- [Isolation details screen](https://pisys.co.uk/isolations-module/): Official vendor image of the Pisys isolation details screen with work description and a details table. Sample data.

### Questions and answers

#### Is Pisys Permit to Work pricing public?
No numeric subscription was verified in the reviewed official sources. Request a scoped quote with implementation and interfaces itemized.

#### Does Pisys PTW work without internet?
The product FAQ documents offline completion and hand-back. The app requires an existing account. Ask how changed central records are reconciled before treating a field update as authoritative.

#### Can Pisys track contractor qualifications?
Its contractor module records company and worker documentation, with expiry tracking. Demonstrate your approval criteria and what happens to affected jobs when a document expires.

#### Can Pisys connect permits to IBM Maximo?
Pisys publishes a Maximo integration approach for work-order context and permit links. Its sample API designs are illustrative. Confirm the supported configuration, commercial scope and delivery owner.

#### Does Pisys software make a permit compliant?
No. Pisys describes configurable workflows and support for HSE and management-system requirements, but the applicable procedure, roles, hazards, controls and authorization remain the customer's responsibility. Validate the configured process against the requirements for each site.

#### Does Pisys automatically detect every SIMOPS conflict?
The official material documents a live permit board and plot-plan visibility for simultaneous work. It does not prove that every interaction is algorithmically detected. Ask the vendor to distinguish automated checks, configured rules and supervisor review.

#### Does the isolation module include lockout hardware?
Pisys documents isolation records, tag printing and QR access. That does not establish that printers, locks, tags, mobile devices or other physical LOTO equipment are included; itemise hardware and procedures in the proposal.

#### Can Pisys support approvals, suspensions and daily permit reissues?
An official customer case study describes those processes being retained in a configured deployment, and Pisys documents a configurable lifecycle. Demonstrate the exact state model and permissions proposed for your site rather than assuming that customer's workflow is a default template.

#### Can Pisys PTW be self-hosted offshore?
A vendor case study describes dedicated servers aboard vessels, local Wi-Fi access and synchronisation with an onshore system. This is evidence of one delivered configuration, not proof that self-hosting or synchronisation is included or currently supported for every buyer.

#### Is Action Tracker included with Permit to Work?
Pisys presents Action Tracker and PTW as specialised products within a wider portfolio. A digital-permit article discusses linking an action-tracking system, but this does not establish bundled entitlement. Require the quote to identify every included module and integration.

### Demo questions

- Which permit states, role approvals, suspensions, extensions, reissues and hand-back rules will be configured for each site?
- Which actions can each role perform offline, and when does a reconnected action become authoritative?
- How are conflicting offline and central updates resolved, and how are emergency suspensions communicated to disconnected users?
- How do contractor document expiry, competence rules and site induction affect proposed and active permits?
- Show how shared isolations prevent restoration while any linked permit remains live, including tag loss or QR failure.
- Which SIMOPS rules are automated checks and which depend on a supervisor reading the board or plot plan?
- Are cloud, self-hosted or hybrid deployment, Entra ID, mobile accounts, multilingual use and storage all included in our quote?
- Which Maximo mappings and API endpoints are delivered, who owns interface monitoring, and how are duplicate or failed transactions recovered?
- Which Pisys 360 modules, hardware, implementation services and support terms are excluded from the PTW subscription?
- Provide the certificate, scope and current evidence for any security accreditation relied on in procurement.

### Primary sources

- [Permit workflow, commercial inclusions and offline FAQ](https://pisys.co.uk/permit-to-work-system/)
- [Contractor module and document checks](https://pisys.co.uk/contractor-management-module/)
- [Hosting and access-control approach](https://pisys.co.uk/2026/01/28/pisys-security/)
- [Maximo integration and illustrative engineering patterns](https://pisys.co.uk/2026/02/18/maximo-integration-with-permit-to-work-system/)
- [Publisher mobile app description and account requirement](https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.pisys.ptw.dev)
- [Isolation tags, QR access and permit linkage](https://pisys.co.uk/isolations-module/)
- [Permit lifecycle stages, independent review and authorisation](https://pisys.co.uk/2026/03/07/steps-in-ptw-workflow/)
- [Integrated task-risk and permit design guidance](https://pisys.co.uk/2026/01/12/integrating-a-permit-to-work-process-with-risk-assessment-software/)
- [SIMOPS visibility, live board and plot-plan use](https://pisys.co.uk/2025/12/25/simops-and-ptw/)
- [Offshore multi-site, permit, isolation and contractor scope](https://pisys.co.uk/2026/02/13/permit-to-work-systems-in-offshore-energy/)
- [Customer-specific self-hosted vessel deployment and synchronisation](https://pisys.co.uk/2025/04/10/casestudies-ptw-on-board/)
- [Digital permit linkage and audit-record rationale](https://pisys.co.uk/2026/02/26/paper-v-digital-ptw/)

## Safetymint

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/safetymint
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: SafetyMint
Safetymint is offered by Niyati Technologies. Its modular EHS subscription combines selected permit, incident and inspection applications; Enterprise delivery and integration scope differ.

Safetymint is a candidate for teams seeking related safety workflows rather than a standalone checklist tool. Inspection reports support reviewer approval, while incidents connect investigation and corrective work. Evaluate the cross-module handoffs with your own records and user roles before buying a bundle.

Best-fit starting point: Site safety teams combining permit administration with incident follow-up and scheduled inspections.

Check before buying: Price the exact modules, users, sites, roles, hosting, configuration, migration, integrations and support; a calculator with no selected modules is not a free production plan. HIRA is presented with the Audits module, while Permit and Incident links and third-party integrations are described in Enterprise context. Help pages inspected are official but several show 2022 modification dates, so demonstrate the current quoted release. Offline capture does not establish offline authorization: a stale permit, delayed revocation or unsynchronized approval must never be treated as current authority to work. Automated status changes and notifications do not verify control effectiveness or physically stop work.

### Pricing

Annual module and user calculator; Enterprise quote. The pricing page calculator shows $0 until a module is selected, which is not a free production plan. With one module selected its script yields $9,000 per year including 10 user licenses; each extra user license is $90 per year, and a 5% reduction applies to each further module. The page structured data gives the currency as USD. The estimate covers SaaS with limited customization. More than 100 licenses, advanced customization and alternative hosting require contact. Third-party integrations are Enterprise-only. The FAQ states there is no long-term contract, no refund, and a 14-day trial for up to 50 users whose data can carry into a paid account.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating when the selected modules replace several disconnected safety processes. Use the trial to measure administrative effort and compare the configured annual scope with simpler alternatives.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: The current module/user calculator, Enterprise route and trial terms were rechecked. The zero state has no modules selected, while the official FAQ confirms a 14-day trial for up to 50 users, no long-term contract and Enterprise-only third-party integrations. The page script and structured data show USD 9,000 per year for one module with 10 user licenses.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.safetymint.com/pricing.htm
- https://www.safetymint.com/inspection-management.htm

### Offline capture claimed; authorization, revocation visibility and conflict recovery require proof

Official Permit and Incident marketing describes field capture with later synchronization, but the reviewed public material does not provide a task-by-task offline permission and conflict matrix. Permit approval and revocation help pages describe online status and notifications without proving disconnected execution. Demonstrate preloaded data, current version indicators, authentication expiry, creation versus authorization, attachments, signatures, centrally changed or revoked permits, simultaneous edits, queued and failed notifications, reconciliation, duplicate prevention and retained history. Require a separate stop-work and communication procedure whenever connectivity is impaired.

Product scope: Selected SafetyMint modules for Permit to Work, Incident Management, Inspection or Audit Management, HIRA, Observations and shared Actions, with separately scoped Enterprise integrations and advanced customization. Official pages and help articles describe related workflows, but do not establish that every module, cross-module link, mobile function, integration or hosting option is included in one subscription.

Review scope: Official SafetyMint product, pricing and help documentation, not hands-on testing, independent customer testimony, a security review or validation of a control-of-work implementation. Several help articles show 2022 modification dates and must be confirmed against the quoted release. Module pages establish described functionality, not subscription entitlement or delivered integration. Risk scores, workflow automation, notifications and closed statuses support decisions but do not certify controls, replace competent approval or prove physical work stopped. Legacy ratings remain excluded; no configured public starting price, certification or suitability guarantee is inferred.

Trial status: verified-free. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Demonstrate a conflicting job and trace the rejected transition through its resolution.
  Sources: https://www.safetymint.com/permit-management.htm
- Usability & adoption: Observe an issuer, contractor and incoming shift using their own roles.
  Sources: https://www.safetymint.com/inspection-management.htm
- Implementation & TCO: Compare subscription, configuration, migration, training and renewal costs for the same deployment.
  Sources: https://www.safetymint.com/pricing.htm
- Integrations & API: Test a failed interface transaction and verify ownership of recovery and duplicate prevention.
  Sources: https://www.safetymint.com/pricing.htm
- Security & trust: Request hosting, access, retention and recovery evidence for the contracted service.
  Sources: https://help.safetymint.com/support/solutions/articles/61000224677-managing-permits-in-safetymint
- Customer voice: No independently verified review sample is used. Request references with comparable permit volumes and site constraints.
- Module, plan and documentation currency: Map Permit, Incident, Inspection or Audit, HIRA, Observations, Actions and integrations to exact line items and current release behavior. Re-run critical approval and export tests because several official help articles show 2022 modification dates.
  Sources: https://www.safetymint.com/pricing.htm, https://www.safetymint.com/hira-software.htm, https://help.safetymint.com/support/solutions/articles/61000224679-issuing-approving-a-permit
- Offline authority and revocation safety: Separate offline evidence capture from authority to issue, approve, extend, revoke or close work. Test stale data, central revocation, failed and delayed notices, acknowledgement, conflicting changes and recovery, with an independent stop-work fallback.
  Sources: https://www.safetymint.com/permit-management.htm, https://help.safetymint.com/support/solutions/articles/61000224682-revoking-a-permit
- Control and action verification: Challenge risk ratings, residual-risk acceptance, action evidence, reviewer independence, effectiveness checks, automatic closure and reopen rules. Workflow completion and notification do not prove a control is effective or work has physically stopped.
  Sources: https://www.safetymint.com/hira-software.htm, https://help.safetymint.com/support/solutions/articles/61000224686-safetymint-observation-module, https://help.safetymint.com/support/solutions/articles/61000225046-understanding-actions

### Capability scope

- Permit administration [documented]: The help material describes creating, issuing and managing permits through their lifecycle. Test permissions for each issuer and recipient. Sources: https://help.safetymint.com/support/solutions/articles/61000224677-managing-permits-in-safetymint
- Control-of-work linkage [conditional]: The product page describes JSA, LOTO and SIMOPS links. Demonstrate the exact rules and required package rather than assuming automatic risk prevention. Sources: https://www.safetymint.com/permit-management.htm
- Incident investigation [documented]: Reporting, investigation roles and corrective work are described with configurable workflows. Sources: https://www.safetymint.com/incident-management.htm
- Inspection review [documented]: Custom templates, scheduling, findings and reviewer approval support an inspection cycle. Sources: https://www.safetymint.com/inspection-management.htm
- Offline capture [conditional]: The incident page documents later synchronization. Permit authorization needs a separate conflict-handling demonstration. Sources: https://www.safetymint.com/permit-management.htm, https://www.safetymint.com/incident-management.htm
- Incident exports [documented]: The help article documents filtered incident listings and Excel export. This offline spreadsheet use is distinct from disconnected app operation. Sources: https://help.safetymint.com/support/solutions/articles/61000224737-incident-management-with-safetymint
- HIRA risk statements, approval and version history [conditional]: The HIRA page describes risk statements with a 5x5 likelihood-severity matrix, residual risk, controls, approval before publication, archived prior versions, searchable tags, export and audit trail. It also says HIRA comes with the Audits module and describes Permit and Incident links as Enterprise features. Confirm module entitlement, matrix configuration and governance, competent approvers, control verification, reapproval triggers, version comparison, export completeness and whether cross-module links are included. Sources: https://www.safetymint.com/hira-software.htm
- Safety observations and action-dependent closure [conditional]: The official help article lists Unsafe Acts, Unsafe Conditions and Best Practices, severity sorting, search, site, type and date filters, Excel export and mobile detail views; observation cards move to Closed after all linked actions close. Confirm reporting identity, anonymous access if required, evidence and privacy, duplicate handling, reviewer verification, reopen rules and whether action status alone is sufficient to close an observation. Sources: https://help.safetymint.com/support/solutions/articles/61000224686-safetymint-observation-module
- Cross-module assigned-action register [conditional]: The Actions help article describes one list consolidating assignments from Observations, Incidents and Audits with category, keyword, date and status filters. Confirm whether inspection and HIRA actions are included, ownership and reassignment, due dates, escalation, evidence, acceptance, effectiveness checks, reopen behavior and export or API access; a consolidated list does not prove verified completion. Sources: https://help.safetymint.com/support/solutions/articles/61000225046-understanding-actions
- Role-authorized permit approval [conditional]: The permit approval help page says admins or user roles with granted privileges may issue permits, with pending status, permit-detail review, editing, approval and in-app or email requests. Confirm segregation of request, edit and approval duties, multi-stage or site-specific approval, reapproval after edits, identity assurance, timestamp and signature evidence, delegation, expiry and emergency override. Sources: https://help.safetymint.com/support/solutions/articles/61000224679-issuing-approving-a-permit
- Permit revocation and affected-person notification [conditional]: The revocation help page describes immediate revocation from a permit form and notifications or email to workers and designated authorities connected to the permit. Treat 'all work operation will be halted' as a procedural intent, not a guaranteed physical outcome. Demonstrate authorized revokers, mandatory reason, device and connectivity states, recipient acknowledgement, failed or delayed notices, stale offline permits, reissue rules and audit history. Sources: https://help.safetymint.com/support/solutions/articles/61000224682-revoking-a-permit

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: inspection finding to accepted correction
1. Create a sample checklist and schedule it for a site.
2. Capture a finding and assign its corrective action.
3. Reject an incomplete response as the reviewer.
4. Approve the corrected result and export the report with its supporting evidence.

#### Demo exercise: disconnected permit and incident evidence
1. Load a sample permit on the field device.
2. Disconnect and collect only the actions the vendor explicitly supports.
3. Revoke the permit centrally and attempt a conflicting field transition.
4. Reconnect, inspect reconciliation and verify that pending evidence is distinguishable from authorization.

#### Demo exercise: HIRA control through permit, observation and verified action
1. Create a fictional risk statement with initial and residual ratings, controls and evidence, then reject and revise it before an authorized reviewer publishes it to the HIRA register.
2. Reference the approved risk statement in a permit request, change a control after submission and verify reapproval, version history and whether the quoted cross-module link requires Enterprise scope.
3. Report a field observation against that work, assign an action, mark it complete with inadequate evidence and test reviewer rejection, escalation and reopen behavior.
4. Revoke the permit while one device is offline, restore connectivity and export the risk, permit, notification, observation, action and approval history while distinguishing attempted notification from acknowledged stop-work action.

### Product presentations

- [Permit dashboard with status and KPI summary](https://www.safetymint.com/permit-management.htm): Official vendor image of the permit dashboard; data not labelled as sample; older interface.
- [Permit template checklist builder](https://www.safetymint.com/permit-management.htm): Official vendor image of the permit template settings screen; footer shows a 2022 release.

### Questions and answers

#### What is Safetymint?
Safetymint is a modular EHS subscription from Niyati Technologies that combines permit, incident and inspection applications for site safety teams. Enterprise delivery and integration scope differ from the standard subscription, so confirm which applications, users and integrations a quote covers.

#### Is Safetymint free?
An unconfigured calculator total of zero does not establish a free production tier. The inspection page offers a 14-day trial with up to 50 users. Obtain the configured subscription before rollout.

#### Does Safetymint work offline?
Official permit and incident pages describe capture followed by synchronization. Require a task-specific demonstration of permit approval and revocation behavior; generic mobile availability is insufficient.

#### Can Safetymint combine permits and incident reporting?
Both are offered as selectable modules. Demonstrate how an incident references the relevant work and how permissions and follow-up carry across modules.

#### Does Safetymint support custom inspection checklists?
The inspection module documents customized templates, scheduled activity and report review. Use the trial to check your actual checklist, evidence requirements and rejection workflow.

#### How quickly can Safetymint be implemented?
The permit page advertises a 2–4 week go-live for its ePTW offering, but that is a vendor claim rather than a guaranteed implementation term. Ask for a dated plan covering workflow configuration, user and site setup, migration, integrations, acceptance testing and training.

#### Does Safetymint require a long-term contract?
The official pricing FAQ says customers are not bound by a long-term contract and that subscriptions can be cancelled, but refunds are not offered. Confirm notice periods, data export, deletion timing and renewal terms in the order form.

#### Is HIRA a standalone SafetyMint module?
The current HIRA page says HIRA comes together with the Audits Management module. It also presents Permit and Incident links as Enterprise capabilities. Require the quote to identify the module, plan, users and cross-module links rather than assuming inclusion.

#### Does SafetyMint automatically stop physical work when a permit is revoked?
The help page describes immediate software revocation and notifications or email to connected personnel. That does not prove every worker received or acted on the message. Define authorized revokers, acknowledgement, escalation, alternate communication and physical stop-work procedures.

#### Can the same person request, edit and approve a permit?
The help page says admins or roles with granted privileges can issue permits and that permit details may be edited before approval. The public page does not establish segregation of duties. Configure and test requester, editor and approver boundaries, reapproval after changes and delegation.

#### Does closing every linked action prove an incident or observation is resolved?
Official help material uses action status to move incident and observation cards to Closed. Buyers should require evidence, reviewer acceptance, effectiveness checks and reopen rules; a status change alone does not verify that the underlying risk was controlled.

#### Are older SafetyMint help articles sufficient evidence of the current product?
They are official primary documentation, but several reviewed pages show 2022 modification dates. Use them to define demo tests, then confirm the current UI, permissions, mobile behavior, exports and support commitments in the quoted release.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-27: Rechecked calculator, trial and contract terms and added implementation and SIMOPS guidance for current search demand.

### Demo questions

- What is the annual total for our selected modules and actual role counts?
- Which permit transitions are allowed offline and how are conflicting updates resolved?
- Can an inspection finding be followed through correction and reviewer acceptance?
- Which integrations, hosting services and export rights are included?
- Map every capability and cross-module handoff to the exact module, plan, Enterprise dependency and user licence.
- Show which permit actions are possible offline and demonstrate central revocation, stale-state warning, failed notification and reconciliation on the proposed device.
- Demonstrate that completed actions require adequate evidence and independent acceptance before an observation, incident or audit can close.

### Primary sources

- [Permit features and offline synchronization claims](https://www.safetymint.com/permit-management.htm)
- [Calculator, licensing and Enterprise terms](https://www.safetymint.com/pricing.htm)
- [Incident workflow and mobile reporting](https://www.safetymint.com/incident-management.htm)
- [Inspection templates, approval and trial](https://www.safetymint.com/inspection-management.htm)
- [Permit administration help](https://help.safetymint.com/support/solutions/articles/61000224677-managing-permits-in-safetymint)
- [Incident listing, filters and export help](https://help.safetymint.com/support/solutions/articles/61000224737-incident-management-with-safetymint)
- [Digital permit evaluation request](https://www.safetymint.com/digital-ptw.htm)
- [HIRA risk statements, 5x5 matrix, approvals, versioning and Enterprise links : checked 29 September 2026](https://www.safetymint.com/hira-software.htm)
- [Observation types, severity, actions, filters and export : checked 29 September 2026](https://help.safetymint.com/support/solutions/articles/61000224686-safetymint-observation-module)
- [Cross-module assigned-action list and filters : checked 29 September 2026](https://help.safetymint.com/support/solutions/articles/61000225046-understanding-actions)
- [Role-authorized permit approval and notification flow : checked 29 September 2026](https://help.safetymint.com/support/solutions/articles/61000224679-issuing-approving-a-permit)
- [Permit revocation and affected-person notification flow : checked 29 September 2026](https://help.safetymint.com/support/solutions/articles/61000224682-revoking-a-permit)

## Fieldwire by Hilti

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/fieldwire
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: Fieldwire
Fieldwire by Hilti is construction field-management software. This profile evaluates plan-linked tasks and inspection forms, not a complete enterprise EHS, ESG or quality-management suite.

Fieldwire connects site drawings with tasks, photographs and inspection records. Its project context can help construction teams locate a defect and coordinate follow-up. Plan selection matters: custom forms sit above the entry paid tier, and an invitation can affect the account owner's bill.

Best-fit starting point: Construction teams that need inspections and follow-up tied to drawings and project locations.

Check before buying: Custom forms require Business or Business Plus, while reports and exports begin lower in the tier structure; quote the exact roles, projects, invited contractors, templates, API, SSO, storage sync and support scope. Account or project template edits do not automatically update every checklist already in use. OCR-assisted plan naming and versioning require administrator review. Mobile offline work requires prior authentication and project download and differs by platform. A status, checked item or signature does not by itself prove inspection quality, signer identity or approval. 'Sign as someone else' and external PDF signing need explicit governance. Fieldwire supports construction coordination, not a complete preconfigured EHS control system.

### Pricing

Free tier and per-user subscription. The reviewed dollar display lists Pro 39, Business 64 and Business Plus 89 per user/month billed annually. The billing guide lists monthly subscriptions at $54, $79 and $104 respectively. Confirm the selected currency and taxes before purchase; no ISO currency code was verified for that display. Basic is free within its limits. Custom forms require Business or above; API and SSO need a separate commercial discussion. Check invited-user overages.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating when inspection findings must be coordinated against drawings. Compare the Business cost with a dedicated inspection app using the same crew size and contractor-access assumptions.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: Public tier prices and billing differences were reviewed; selected dollar currency needs confirmation. A limited 14-day Business beta trial is documented for eligible new US/Canada accounts, not every buyer. Basic remains a separate free tier.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.fieldwire.com/pricing/
- https://help.fieldwire.com/hc/en-us/articles/202634054-Fieldwire-Pricing-and-Overages
- https://help.fieldwire.com/hc/en-us/articles/360041979311-Q-A-Does-Fieldwire-offer-a-free-trial

### Prepared iOS/Android project content offline; synchronization and conflicts require device testing

Supported iOS and Android apps allow previously downloaded project content to be viewed offline and new content to be added, which is synchronized after reconnection while the app is open. Preparation, available storage, Smart Sync settings and platform versions affect content availability and upload. Demonstrate the exact project, drawings, forms, checklists, attachments and users before disconnection; then test app restart, stale plan revisions, simultaneous edits, permission changes, partial photo or file upload, conflict handling, retry, duplicate prevention and final server state. Do not use an unsynchronized task, form status or signature as current work authorization.

Product scope: Fieldwire by Hilti construction field-management capabilities for drawings, version-linked tasks, checklists, reports and Business-tier custom forms. It is not established as a complete enterprise EHS, ESG or QMS suite. Forms, APIs, SSO, cloud-storage sync, account templates and security or data-region commitments depend on plan and contract scope.

Review scope: Vendor-documentation research, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. AI-assisted explanations may be incomplete and do not replace a demo or primary documentation. No independent customer-review sample is used; legacy ratings are excluded.

Trial status: verified-free. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Test whether a finding remains linked to the correct drawing revision and closure evidence.
  Sources: https://www.fieldwire.com/pricing/business/
- Usability & adoption: Observe a foreperson locate, record and reassign a real site defect on a phone.
  Sources: https://www.fieldwire.com/pricing/business/
- Implementation & TCO: Model rotating subcontractors, required plan tier and overage charges.
  Sources: https://help.fieldwire.com/hc/en-us/articles/202634054-Fieldwire-Pricing-and-Overages
- Integrations & API: Obtain written API scope, usage limits and support responsibilities.
  Sources: https://help.fieldwire.com/hc/en-us/articles/360034986232-Pro-Business-Business-Plus-Subscriptions-The-Features-You-Get-and-How-To-Set-Them-Up
- Security & trust: Check project permissions and the commercial scope of SSO with your access model.
  Sources: https://www.fieldwire.com/pricing/
- Customer voice: No independently verified customer review sample is used. Request references with comparable workflows and deployment constraints.
- Template, plan and record version integrity: Test account-to-project templates, already-populated checklists, form revisions and ambiguous drawing numbers. Verify superseded-content warnings, carried links and markups, required reinspection, approval and export history; automated OCR is not authoritative review.
  Sources: https://help.fieldwire.com/hc/en-us/articles/360003402352-How-do-I-use-checklists, https://help.fieldwire.com/hc/en-us/articles/202914450-How-do-I-upload-plans-and-resolve-version-conflicts, https://help.fieldwire.com/hc/en-us/articles/360021924912-Introduction-to-Custom-Forms-and-Templates
- Offline synchronization and access changes: Run two supported devices through download, airplane mode, restart, conflicting edits, plan replacement, permission change, partial attachments and staged reconnection. Confirm conflict visibility, retries, duplicates, access enforcement and authoritative final state.
  Sources: https://help.fieldwire.com/hc/en-us/articles/202631944-Q-A-Can-I-use-Fieldwire-while-offline, https://help.fieldwire.com/hc/en-us/articles/360043052832-Field-Guide-to-Syncing, https://help.fieldwire.com/hc/en-us/articles/360004924491-How-to-use-Forms-based-on-your-Project-Permission-level
- Signature, approval and evidence authority: Define who may sign, review, reopen and close each form. Test self-signing, 'Sign as someone else', offsite PDF signing, minimum signatures, attribution, tamper evidence and retention. A signature image, checked item or submitted status does not prove identity, competence or safe completion.
  Sources: https://help.fieldwire.com/hc/en-us/articles/360021924912-Introduction-to-Custom-Forms-and-Templates, https://help.fieldwire.com/hc/en-us/articles/360061514172-Q-A-Can-a-non-Fieldwire-user-sign-a-form, https://help.fieldwire.com/hc/en-us/articles/360004924491-How-to-use-Forms-based-on-your-Project-Permission-level

### Capability scope

- Drawing-linked tasks [documented]: Tasks and photographs provide construction-plan context for follow-up. Sources: https://www.fieldwire.com/pricing/business/, https://help.fieldwire.com/hc/en-us/articles/202914450-How-do-I-upload-plans-and-resolve-version-conflicts
- Custom safety forms [conditional]: Business supports custom templates, including safety audits; Pro should not be quoted as the custom-form package. Sources: https://www.fieldwire.com/pricing/business/
- Reports and exports [conditional]: Pro adds reporting and exports. Verify the exact output needed by the client. Sources: https://www.fieldwire.com/pricing/
- Offline mobile work [conditional]: Previously downloaded projects can be used on iOS/Android; authenticate first and keep the app open when reconnecting. Sources: https://help.fieldwire.com/hc/en-us/articles/202631944-Q-A-Can-I-use-Fieldwire-while-offline
- API and SSO [conditional]: Commercial terms are discussed separately rather than assumed in a standard self-service licence. Sources: https://www.fieldwire.com/pricing/
- Account-wide templates [documented]: Premium setup guidance describes reusable form templates across projects. Sources: https://help.fieldwire.com/hc/en-us/articles/360034986232-Pro-Business-Business-Plus-Subscriptions-The-Features-You-Get-and-How-To-Set-Them-Up
- Custom construction forms with statuses and links [conditional]: Business and Business Plus include the Forms module and Custom Form Builder for default or new templates such as Safety Audits, JHAs and QA or QC inspections, with statuses, attachments, calculations, signatures, task links and plan links. Confirm plan entitlement, account-versus-project template ownership, required fields, status transitions, version behavior, deleted-form recovery, export content and whether the configured form actually implements the buyer's approval and retention procedure. Sources: https://help.fieldwire.com/hc/en-us/articles/360021924912-Introduction-to-Custom-Forms-and-Templates, https://www.fieldwire.com/pricing/business/
- Task checklists with timestamped line-item history [conditional]: Fieldwire supports task checklists, reusable project and account templates, mobile completion, up to 500 checklist items per task, and reports containing who checked each item and when. Editing a template does not update checklists already placed in tasks, and account-template changes are not automatically propagated to imported project copies. Confirm template governance, obsolete-version warnings, reopening, evidence and independent verification. Sources: https://help.fieldwire.com/hc/en-us/articles/360003402352-How-do-I-use-checklists, https://help.fieldwire.com/hc/en-us/articles/360000095686-How-to-Manage-my-Checklist-Templates
- Role- and form-specific permissions [conditional]: Form templates can restrict who may create, view and edit forms by project role, while deleting and reopening follow default role rules and status settings, allowing different treatment for safety violations, JHAs or inspections. Mobile users need supported app versions for newer permission behavior. Test Admin, Member and Follower access, form assignees, sensitive-form visibility, offline cached access, deleted and reopened records, stale clients and permission changes during a project. Sources: https://help.fieldwire.com/hc/en-us/articles/360004924491-How-to-use-Forms-based-on-your-Project-Permission-level
- Form signatures and external-signer workaround [conditional]: Custom forms support signature sections and configurable minimum and maximum counts. An onsite Fieldwire user can select 'Sign as someone else' and type the person's name; an offsite non-user is handled through an exported PDF and third-party PDF editor. These routes do not by themselves establish identity assurance, electronic-signature compliance or reintegration into the authoritative Fieldwire record. Define allowed signers, witnessing, attribution, tamper evidence, external-PDF import and retention. Sources: https://help.fieldwire.com/hc/en-us/articles/360021924912-Introduction-to-Custom-Forms-and-Templates, https://help.fieldwire.com/hc/en-us/articles/360061514172-Q-A-Can-a-non-Fieldwire-user-sign-a-form
- Plan OCR, versioning and conflict resolution [conditional]: Project Admins can upload plans; Fieldwire uses OCR to scan, name, version and hyperlink sheets and provides a workflow to resolve version conflicts. Premium cloud-storage syncing is separately scoped. Confirm supported file quality and fonts, admin review, revision identifiers, superseded-sheet access, carried markups and tasks, conflict handling, notification of field users and the authoritative drawing register; OCR output is not guaranteed correct. Sources: https://help.fieldwire.com/hc/en-us/articles/202914450-How-do-I-upload-plans-and-resolve-version-conflicts
- Documented security and data-location controls [conditional]: Fieldwire's security article describes AWS hosting, access controls, data regionalization topics and multiple export routes. Treat these as vendor documentation, not proof that every standard, region or control applies to the proposed account. Request current reports, contractual region, subprocessors, encryption and key scope, support-access controls, retention, backups, incident terms and tested export and deletion behavior. Sources: https://help.fieldwire.com/hc/en-us/articles/208419496-Fieldwire-Data-Security

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: drawing-linked safety finding
1. Place a defect on a real project drawing and add a photo.
2. Assign responsibility and a deadline to a subcontractor.
3. Complete the proposed safety form and request correction.
4. Export the record and verify that its location, attachments and follow-up remain understandable.

#### Demo exercise: remote project and licence control
1. Download the project onto the crew's actual phones.
2. Disconnect, add a task and a form, then close and reopen the app.
3. Reconnect and inspect duplicates, missing photos and synchronization status.
4. Invite a short-term subcontractor and demonstrate the resulting licence and billing treatment.

#### Demo exercise: plan revision through offline inspection and verified closure
1. Upload a fictional revised plan with a deliberately ambiguous sheet number, resolve the version conflict and verify which tasks, links, markups and users move to or see the new revision.
2. Place a version-controlled checklist and Business-tier safety form on the sheet, download the project to two supported phones and complete conflicting offline updates with photos and signatures.
3. Reconnect one device first, change a form permission and template centrally, then reconnect the second device to inspect stale content, conflicts, duplicate records, attachment completion and access enforcement.
4. Reject insufficient evidence, reopen the submitted form, complete independent review and export the drawing revision, task checklist timestamps, form history, signatures, photos, permissions and final closure evidence.

### Product presentations

- [Mobile daily report form with logs and attachments](https://www.fieldwire.com/construction-forms/): Official vendor image of a mobile daily report form on a phone; the page does not label the data as sample.

### Questions and answers

#### Which Fieldwire plan includes custom safety forms?
Business and Business Plus include custom forms. Pro adds reports and exports but is not the custom-form tier. Compare the exact form and review workflow before buying.

#### Does Fieldwire work without a signal?
Its iOS and Android apps support downloaded project content and new offline records. Login and project preparation need connectivity. Demonstrate synchronization on your device mix before a remote-site rollout.

#### Is the Fieldwire trial available to everyone?
No. The reviewed guide describes a 14-day Business beta for eligible new accounts in the US or Canada, with availability not guaranteed. Basic is separately free for up to five users, three projects and 100 sheets.

#### Do invited contractors affect Fieldwire pricing?
They can. The billing guide explains that the project owner pays for users unless they already have qualifying paid access. Review short-term invites and overage handling with the vendor.

#### Do updated Fieldwire checklist templates change checklists already used in tasks?
No. Official documentation says editing a populated checklist template does not update the checklist already in the task, and account-template updates are not automatically propagated to imported project copies. Define versioning, replacement and reinspection rules.

#### Does Fieldwire automatically guarantee that crews use the latest drawing revision?
Fieldwire provides OCR-assisted naming, automatic versioning and conflict resolution, but Project Admins still need to review uploads and resolve ambiguity. Test superseded-sheet visibility, linked tasks and notifications with representative drawings.

#### Can a person without a Fieldwire account sign a form?
Onsite, a Fieldwire user can use 'Sign as someone else' and enter the person's name. Offsite, the documented workaround exports a PDF for signing in another editor. Neither route alone establishes identity or reinserts a controlled signature into the authoritative record; set explicit acceptance rules.

#### Do Fieldwire form permissions work on every mobile app version?
The permission guide specifies minimum Android and iOS app versions for newer form-permission behavior. Enforce supported versions and test cached sensitive forms, access changes and offline devices before relying on the controls.

#### Is Fieldwire a complete construction EHS platform?
The reviewed evidence supports construction plans, tasks, checklists, reports and configurable forms such as safety audits and JHAs. It does not establish a complete enterprise incident, occupational health, compliance-obligation or ESG suite. Map missing processes and integrations explicitly.

### Demo questions

- Which invited contractors will generate licence charges?
- Which safety form fields and approvals are included in Business?
- Can the crew complete and recover our actual task after airplane mode?
- What API, SSO and onboarding charges sit outside the subscription?
- Show how account and project template changes reach existing checklists and forms, including obsolete-version warnings and reapproval.
- Demonstrate signer identity and record integrity for self-signing, 'Sign as someone else' and an offsite third-party PDF signature.
- Run two-device offline edits across a plan revision and permission change, then show conflicts, attachment recovery and the authoritative final record.

### Primary sources

- [Current plan comparison](https://www.fieldwire.com/pricing/)
- [Billing and invited-user overages](https://help.fieldwire.com/hc/en-us/articles/202634054-Fieldwire-Pricing-and-Overages)
- [Mobile offline requirements](https://help.fieldwire.com/hc/en-us/articles/202631944-Q-A-Can-I-use-Fieldwire-while-offline)
- [Business workflow scope](https://www.fieldwire.com/pricing/business/)
- [Premium feature configuration](https://help.fieldwire.com/hc/en-us/articles/360034986232-Pro-Business-Business-Plus-Subscriptions-The-Features-You-Get-and-How-To-Set-Them-Up)
- [Trial eligibility and free-plan limits](https://help.fieldwire.com/hc/en-us/articles/360041979311-Q-A-Does-Fieldwire-offer-a-free-trial)
- [Custom forms, statuses, attachments, links and signature configuration : checked 29 September 2026](https://help.fieldwire.com/hc/en-us/articles/360021924912-Introduction-to-Custom-Forms-and-Templates)
- [Task checklists, timestamped completion and account templates : checked 29 September 2026](https://help.fieldwire.com/hc/en-us/articles/360003402352-How-do-I-use-checklists)
- [Form permissions by project role, form type and mobile-version dependency : checked 29 September 2026](https://help.fieldwire.com/hc/en-us/articles/360004924491-How-to-use-Forms-based-on-your-Project-Permission-level)
- [Third-party form signature limitations and PDF workaround : checked 29 September 2026](https://help.fieldwire.com/hc/en-us/articles/360061514172-Q-A-Can-a-non-Fieldwire-user-sign-a-form)
- [Fieldwire data-security, access and regionalization documentation : checked 29 September 2026](https://help.fieldwire.com/hc/en-us/articles/208419496-Fieldwire-Data-Security)
- [Plan upload, OCR naming and version-conflict workflow : checked 29 September 2026](https://help.fieldwire.com/hc/en-us/articles/202914450-How-do-I-upload-plans-and-resolve-version-conflicts)
- [Mobile synchronization preparation, Smart Sync and recovery guidance : checked 29 September 2026](https://help.fieldwire.com/hc/en-us/articles/360043052832-Field-Guide-to-Syncing)
- [Checklist template management and update behaviour](https://help.fieldwire.com/hc/en-us/articles/360000095686-How-to-Manage-my-Checklist-Templates)
- [Construction forms product page](https://www.fieldwire.com/construction-forms/)
- [Fieldwire trust and security page](https://www.fieldwire.com/trust-and-security/)

## Fluix

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/fluix
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Fluix provides mobile forms and document workflows. Its current pricing page uses Crews, Operations and Enterprise, while older help and solution pages still mention Core; confirm current entitlement mapping.

Fluix combines field data capture with a defined route for review and delivery. It suits teams replacing forms that otherwise travel through email and shared folders. Evaluate the complete submission-to-approval process, including how a returned form is corrected and where the final record is stored.

Best-fit starting point: Field teams that need offline forms followed by office review and document delivery.

Check before buying: Offline capture depends on prior synchronization and supported mobile behavior; unsynchronized records remain device-dependent and can be lost. Guest access, multi-step approvals, datasets, analytics, SSO and integrations may be plan-specific. Electronic signatures and audit history support evidence but do not establish a qualified-signature regime or compliance by themselves. Test failed HTTP or connector submissions, retries and duplicate prevention, and request the current SOC 2 report and scope rather than relying on a marketing statement.

### Pricing

Per-user plans with minimums. The current pricing page shows Crews 29 per user/month with a five-user minimum, Operations 49 with a 15-user minimum, and quote-based Enterprise from 25 users. A dollar/euro selector is present; confirm selected currency, billing term, taxes and any volume discount in writing. No single starting amount is shown because the retrieved display did not establish its ISO currency. Older Core price claims should not be used as the current package quote. Storage is a conflict to confirm: the pricing comparison lists "5 GB Limited storage" under Cloud Storage for Crews, while the offline article says every account gets 10 GB of free cloud storage, per account rather than per user; ask Fluix which allowance applies to your plan.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating when the value comes from routing and closing a field record, as well as collecting it. Include the minimum-seat commitment and office-review requirements when comparing an inexpensive form-only tool.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: Current plan names and seat minimums were reviewed through indexed official pricing content; direct page retrieval was intermittent. The trial guide documents 14 days without a credit card but retains older Core terminology. Confirm trial scope and the current order form.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://fluix.io/pricing
- https://fluix.io/help/choose-your-plan
- https://fluix.io/terms

### Offline capabilities

The mobile app caches assigned content and queues completed forms locally until connectivity returns. Initial login, live updates, notifications and dashboards need connectivity. Browser offline use is not supported in the reviewed guidance. Unsynchronized data can be lost with the device.

Product scope: Fluix combines mobile forms and document workflows with conditional routing, approvals, role-based access, datasets, reporting and integration actions. Current pricing uses Crews, Operations and Enterprise, while parts of the help center still reflect older Documents, Tasks or Core terminology. Confirm the current application, plan, user minimums, guest rights, storage, analytics and integration entitlements for every required workflow.

Review scope: Vendor-documentation research, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. AI-assisted explanations may be incomplete and do not replace a demo or primary documentation. No independent customer-review sample is used; legacy ratings are excluded.

Trial status: verified-free. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Trace a failed inspection into review, correction and an archived final record.
  Sources: https://fluix.io/safety-inspection-software
- Usability & adoption: Ask workers to explain pending versus synchronized status without administrator help.
  Sources: https://fluix.io/blog/offline-mode
- Implementation & TCO: Cost the minimum seats, form conversion, storage and review roles together.
  Sources: https://fluix.io/pricing
- Integrations & API: Test the specific connector and account requirements rather than assuming every named integration is included.
  Sources: https://fluix.io/help/fluix-tasks-app/integrations-tasks/integration-platforms
- Security & trust: Review mobile-device loss handling, access roles and retention requirements.
  Sources: https://fluix.io/blog/offline-mode
- Customer voice: No independently verified customer review sample is used. Request references with comparable workflows and deployment constraints.

### Capability scope

- Form and document capture [documented]: The vendor describes mobile forms, electronic signatures, code scanning and location/time fields. Sources: https://fluix.io/features
- Offline submission queue [conditional]: Prepared mobile forms wait locally for reconnection; first login and live server information remain online tasks. Sources: https://fluix.io/blog/offline-mode
- Multi-step approvals [conditional]: The current package comparison places multi-step approvals in Operations. Sources: https://fluix.io/pricing
- External guest access [conditional]: Operations advertises guest access; verify guest actions and licence conditions. Sources: https://fluix.io/pricing
- Integration workflows [conditional]: Help examples use external automation platforms and older Core naming. Confirm the current package and third-party account requirements. Sources: https://fluix.io/help/fluix-tasks-app/integrations-tasks/integration-platforms
- Safety checklist use cases [documented]: The safety product page describes recurring site checks and hazard-assessment form workflows, not certification of the customer's process. Sources: https://fluix.io/safety-inspection-software
- Conditional routing and escalation [conditional]: Fluix documents branching based on submitted field values, routing to email, storage, CRM or another approval round, plus notifications and overdue redirection in current workflow tooling. Confirm plan entitlement, supported field logic, exception paths and change control for the proposed application. Sources: https://fluix.io/help/fluix-tasks-app/feature-tutorials, https://fluix.io/features, https://fluix.io/help/fluix-tasks-app/faq-fluix-tasks-app/taskstream-configuration
- Document status and workflow audit history [documented]: Document Status shows the current stage, responsible user or group and timestamps for workflow movements, and can export status data through CSV, XLS or API. Test whether content edits, signatures, comments, failed submissions and reversals have the history required by the buyer. Sources: https://fluix.io/help/fluix-documents-app/admin/data
- Datasets and reporting exports [conditional]: Fluix datasets can collect submitted form fields for aggregation and export, with a Data Analyst role controlling access. Collection begins after the dataset submit action is added and is not retroactive; confirm plan entitlement, schema changes, history, limits and downstream refresh behavior. Sources: https://fluix.io/help/how-to-extract-and-export-data-collected-in-fluix-datasets, https://fluix.io/features
- Role-based administration and device controls [conditional]: Fluix documents granular permissions, admin roles, guest access, SSO, device management and configurable deleted-form recovery. Confirm plan availability, segregation of duties, account-owner transfer, mobile wipe or token revocation, recovery scope and retention settings. Sources: https://fluix.io/features, https://fluix.io/help/what-are-roles-in-fluix
- Workflow routing and controlled document distribution [documented]: Custom workflows route field submissions, manager approvals and signatures and distribute updated document versions to assigned participants. Buyers should test published-version control, in-progress records during a workflow edit and proof that workers receive the intended reference version. Sources: https://fluix.io/help/fluix-workflows-overview
- SOC 2 evidence for the SaaS platform [conditional]: Fluix announced a SOC 2 attestation covering its SaaS platform, including backend services, mobile apps, web interfaces, APIs and supporting utilities. The pricing page labels SOC 2 as Type II. Procurement should request the current report, its period, exceptions, control responsibilities and subservice scope; an announcement alone is not the assurance report. Sources: https://fluix.io/blog/fluix-achieves-soc2-attestation

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: disconnected inspection to review
1. Prepare the real checklist and reference document on the target phone.
2. Disconnect and complete a failed check with a photo and signature.
3. Inspect the outgoing queue before reconnecting.
4. Have the reviewer return the record, correct it and verify the final archived copy.

#### Demo exercise: controlled integration handoff
1. Define the final record and destination fields with the administrator.
2. Submit one approved inspection into the proposed destination.
3. Simulate a failed connection and a resubmission.
4. Verify duplicate prevention, access permissions and the paid licences required on both sides.

#### Demo exercise: failed inspection to conditional escalation and dataset
1. Prepare the inspection and reference file on the target mobile device, disconnect, record a failed checkpoint with evidence and submit it to the local outgoing queue.
2. Reconnect and verify that conditional logic routes the failure to a reviewer while a passing record follows the approved archive path.
3. Return the failed record for correction, allow its deadline to expire once and inspect escalation, responsible user, timestamps and retained versions.
4. Approve the corrected record, confirm the dataset contains the intended fields only, and export document status and dataset evidence for reconciliation.

### Product presentations

- [Mobile inspection checklist with note and annotated photo](https://fluix.io/safety-inspection-software): Official vendor image of a Fluix mobile inspection checklist; the page does not label the data as sample.

### Questions and answers

#### Does Fluix support offline inspections?
Yes, documented mobile capture includes forms and an outgoing submission queue. Prepare the device online first. A disconnected submission reaches shared workflows only after synchronization.

#### What are the current Fluix plans?
The pricing page uses Crews, Operations and Enterprise with minimums of five, 15 and 25 users respectively. Older references to Core remain online. Ask for the current feature schedule rather than combining claims from different generations of plans.

#### Can contractors review Fluix records?
The current Operations plan advertises guest access. Confirm whether your contractor can only view, sign, edit or participate in approvals. Test the proposed permissions with a real external account.

#### Is a Fluix trial available?
The help guide documents a free 14-day account without a credit card. Its plan terminology is older than the current pricing page. Confirm which current package and integrations are enabled for the evaluation.

#### Does offline mode mean every Fluix function works without a connection?
No. Assigned content must be synchronized first, and login, live updates, notifications, dashboards and shared workflow delivery need connectivity. Test the exact device, task, offline duration and recovery path.

#### Are datasets and exported reports retroactive?
The help center states that a dataset starts collecting only after it is added as a workflow submit action. Confirm migration or backfill needs and do not assume historical forms populate automatically.

#### Does Fluix guarantee that an HTTP or connector submission is delivered exactly once?
That guarantee was not established. Demonstrate timeouts, retries, authentication expiry, duplicate prevention, reconciliation and operational alerting for the proposed destination.

#### Does Fluix's SOC 2 announcement replace a security review?
No. Request the current report and scope, review exceptions and customer responsibilities, and evaluate identity, devices, retention, recovery, integrations and incident terms for the contracted service.

### Demo questions

- Which current plan and application include each form, approval, guest, dataset, SSO, storage and integration requirement?
- What are the minimum seats, billing term, selected currency, storage limits and implementation costs?
- Demonstrate first login, prior synchronization, disconnected completion, device restart, outgoing status and successful recovery after reconnection.
- How will a worker and administrator detect, retry and reconcile a stuck or duplicated submission?
- Show conditional routing for a failed inspection, including return for correction, escalation, overdue redirection and final approval.
- Which history is retained for edits, routing, users, timestamps, signatures, comments and document versions, and what exports preserve it?
- Demonstrate contractor or guest access and prove that unrelated forms, datasets, storage and admin functions remain inaccessible.
- For HTTP, API and third-party connectors, who owns credentials, transformations, monitoring, retries, duplicate prevention and support?
- Provide the current SOC 2 report scope, exceptions, subservice organizations, retention, recovery and device-loss controls.

### Primary sources

- [Current plans and minimums](https://fluix.io/pricing)
- [Form and workflow capabilities](https://fluix.io/features)
- [Offline behavior and limitations](https://fluix.io/blog/offline-mode)
- [Trial account conditions](https://fluix.io/help/choose-your-plan)
- [Subscription and minimum-user terms](https://fluix.io/terms)
- [Integration configuration examples](https://fluix.io/help/fluix-tasks-app/integrations-tasks/integration-platforms)
- [Safety inspection use cases](https://fluix.io/safety-inspection-software)
- [Workflow routing, approvals and version distribution](https://fluix.io/help/fluix-workflows-overview)
- [Dataset extraction, export and analyst permissions](https://fluix.io/help/how-to-extract-and-export-data-collected-in-fluix-datasets)
- [Conditional routing examples and setup](https://fluix.io/help/fluix-tasks-app/feature-tutorials)
- [Document status, workflow history and API export](https://fluix.io/help/fluix-documents-app/admin/data)
- [Administrative roles and permissions](https://fluix.io/help/what-are-roles-in-fluix)
- [SOC 2 attestation announcement and stated scope](https://fluix.io/blog/fluix-achieves-soc2-attestation)
- [Workflow configuration FAQ on task reminders and overdue redirection](https://fluix.io/help/fluix-tasks-app/faq-fluix-tasks-app/taskstream-configuration)

## Papertrail

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/papertrail
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
This profile covers Papertrail.io equipment, inspection and certification record management, not SolarWinds Papertrail log management or another similarly named service. Equipment records and manufacturer data support decisions but do not determine whether an item is safe to use.

Papertrail organises asset registers, inspection schedules, checklists, evidence, corrective tasks, certificates and lifecycle history. Mobile scanning and offline inspections suit PPE and equipment teams, while Product Directory and PartnerHub can reduce duplicate data entry. Buyers should validate package boundaries, data provenance, competent-person controls, offline synchronization and export completeness.

Best-fit starting point: Equipment and PPE teams that need asset-specific inspection history across locations.

Check before buying: Papertrail records do not replace manufacturer instructions, a competent inspection or a legal compliance assessment. Product Directory content may come from partners, subscribers and public information, so validate safety-critical data. Treat PartnerHub verified or guaranteed-compliance language as marketing until issuer identity, source, revision and transfer history are proven.

### Pricing

Per-user modular subscription. The UK page displays GBP 35 Starter and GBP 60 Corporate per user/month billed monthly, with Corporate requiring four users. Annual cards show GBP 33.25 and GBP 57 monthly equivalents, while comparison rows elsewhere on the same page still show GBP 30 and GBP 50. These conflicting figures are observations, not a confirmed payable rate. Contact vendor for the applicable price, VAT, billing term, modules, user minimums and Enterprise quote; no verified starting price is assigned here.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating when finding an asset's inspection history and status is a recurring operational burden. Compare total module and user costs with the time spent maintaining equipment registers, after resolving the vendor's inconsistent public price display.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: The UK pricing page was accessible but its plan cards and comparison rows conflict. A 14-day trial without a credit card is explicitly advertised on the inspections page. Request a written commercial schedule before budgeting.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.papertrail.io/pricing?country_code=GB
- https://www.papertrail.io/features/inspections

### Offline capabilities

The iOS and Android app supports offline inspections and drafts that remain Pending until connectivity returns. Users should preload required records, inspect pending updates and force sync after reconnecting. Drafts remain device-local until submission, and not every cloud history, report, integration or administrative function is established offline.

Product scope: Modular Equipment, Compliance and Risk Management subscriptions with mobile and web records and selected integrations. LOLER certificates, analytics, custom certificates, API or webhooks, PartnerHub and specific checklist or module entitlements must be confirmed in the order.

Review scope: Official Papertrail.io product pages and help documentation, not hands-on testing, independent customer testimony, a security audit or verification that any asset is safe or compliant. Public pricing sections conflict and module entitlements vary. Product Directory data, PartnerHub transfers, offline synchronization, permissions, certificates, exports and API behavior require scenario testing. No certification or suitability outcome is inferred.

Trial status: verified-free. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Check the asset lifecycle from receipt through defect handling and retirement.
  Sources: https://help.papertrail.io/en/articles/5376484-managing-your-loler-inspections-with-papertrail
- Usability & adoption: Observe identification and inspection of similar-looking items in the field.
  Sources: https://blog.papertrail.io/blog/equipment-management-system
- Implementation & TCO: Resolve the inconsistent prices and quote every required module and role.
  Sources: https://www.papertrail.io/pricing?country_code=GB
- Integrations & API: Specify ownership and reconciliation of imported supplier or asset data.
  Sources: https://www.papertrail.io/pricing?country_code=GB
- Security & trust: Test access to equipment history, changes and exported evidence for each role.
  Sources: https://www.papertrail.io/features/inspections
- Customer voice: No independently verified customer review sample is used. Request references with comparable workflows and deployment constraints.

### Capability scope

- Asset register and lifecycle history [documented]: Each asset record can retain identifiers, dates, state, inspection and service history and supporting evidence. Sources: https://www.papertrail.io/, https://blog.papertrail.io/blog/equipment-management-system
- Configurable inspection schedules and reminders [documented]: Inspection frequencies, outcomes, notifications and overdue escalation can be configured. Sources: https://www.papertrail.io/features/inspections
- Multiple schedules per record [documented]: A record can carry distinct schedules such as daily checks, LOLER examinations and annual audits, with checklist or certificate prompts. Sources: https://www.papertrail.io/features/schedule-manager
- Configurable checklists and evidence [documented]: Standard or custom checklists can capture outcomes, comments, photos and file evidence. Sources: https://www.papertrail.io/features/inspections, https://help.papertrail.io/en/articles/3440055-how-to-add-an-inspection-to-your-records-on-the-mobile-app
- Bulk inspections and mobile drafts [documented]: The mobile app documents bulk inspections of up to 50 records and device-local drafts. The recorded inspection date is tied to final submission rather than the draft start. Sources: https://help.papertrail.io/en/articles/3440055-how-to-add-an-inspection-to-your-records-on-the-mobile-app, https://help.papertrail.io/en/articles/13744801-create-and-manage-draft-inspections-mobile-app
- NFC, RFID, QR and barcode identification [conditional]: Scanning can link, find and act on records. Compatible tags, readers and mobile hardware are separate dependencies to verify. Sources: https://www.papertrail.io/features/scanning-suite-nfc-rfid-qr-barcode
- Offline mobile inspection and sync [conditional]: Offline inspections remain pending and synchronize after reconnecting. Test preload, conflicting changes, attachments, rejected files and pending-update recovery. Sources: https://help.papertrail.io/en/articles/3440055-how-to-add-an-inspection-to-your-records-on-the-mobile-app, https://help.papertrail.io/en/articles/3629528-how-to-ensure-the-mobile-app-is-syncing, https://www.papertrail.io/contact-papertrail
- Corrective task management [documented]: Follow-up actions can be assigned to team members or external contractors with deadlines, notes, attachments, progress notifications and closure evidence. Sources: https://www.papertrail.io/features/task-manager
- Product Directory import [conditional]: Product details and documents can be imported from a directory populated from partners, subscribers and public information. Validate revisions and safety-critical fields against authoritative manufacturer sources. Sources: https://products.papertrail.io/, https://help.papertrail.io/en/articles/3512027-the-papertrail-product-directory-explained
- PartnerHub external record exchange [conditional]: Suppliers, inspectors and clients can share selected records with permissions and an audit trail. The receiver should verify issuer authority, completeness and currentness. Sources: https://www.papertrail.io/features/partnerhub-customer
- Role and folder permissions [conditional]: The platform describes restricted record and folder access and revocable external sharing. Prove least privilege and cross-organisation behavior. Sources: https://www.papertrail.io/, https://www.papertrail.io/features/partnerhub-customer
- Reports and certificates [conditional]: PDF or CSV reports, standard certificate templates and custom certificates are documented, with subscription and module differences. Sources: https://help.papertrail.io/en/articles/3456362-what-sort-of-report-or-certificate-can-i-produce-in-papertrail
- Full account export [documented]: A ZIP and CSV export can include records, inspection logs, uploads and tasks, with uploads optional. Test relationships and readability outside the service. Sources: https://help.papertrail.io/en/articles/3456362-what-sort-of-report-or-certificate-can-i-produce-in-papertrail
- LOLER examination certificate [conditional]: A built-in checklist and Report of Thorough Examination certificate are available to specified Equipment, Compliance and Risk customers. A competent person's examination remains an external responsibility. Sources: https://help.papertrail.io/en/articles/5376484-managing-your-loler-inspections-with-papertrail
- API and webhook access [conditional]: The pricing page places API and webhook access in Enterprise. Confirm endpoints, authentication, rate limits, webhook signing, retry and support. Sources: https://www.papertrail.io/pricing?country_code=GB
- Migration and setup support [conditional]: The vendor advertises inventory migration assistance. Contract cleansing, mapping, attachments, reconciliation and acceptance criteria. Sources: https://www.papertrail.io/, https://www.papertrail.io/contact-papertrail
- Fall protection and height-safety equipment records [documented]: The vendor's PPE and rope-access pages describe keeping a service history for each item, setting recurring inspection reminders (including six-month and annual schedules), using manufacturer checklists for named climbing and rope brands, flagging items for quarantine or repair, and warning when a product nears the end of its shelf life. The pages frame this as work-at-height gear such as ropes and harnesses; they do not name anchors, SRLs or permits, and they do not establish blocking issue of an overdue item, competent-person sign-off or worker competence records. Sources: https://www.papertrail.io/ppe-inspection-management, https://www.papertrail.io/industry/adventure, https://www.papertrail.io/rope-access-consultation

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Receipt to first inspection
1. Import a product and validate the manufacturer, source, document revision and safety-critical details.
2. Assign a unique serial, barcode, NFC or RFID identifier to the physical item.
3. Set the approved schedule and checklist and perform the initial competent inspection.
4. Verify the resulting state, evidence, date and history against the physical asset.

#### Defect to quarantine, repair or retirement
1. Scan an item and record a failed outcome with comments and photographs.
2. Change its state so another team cannot mistake it as available for issue.
3. Assign a repair or replacement task and verify cross-team visibility and escalation.
4. Reinspect and return to service or archive and retire the item with evidence.

#### Remote offline inspection round
1. Preload the representative inventory, disconnect and inspect individual and bulk records.
2. Save a draft and add photographs or documents while disconnected.
3. Inspect Pending Updates, reconnect and force synchronization.
4. Resolve a simulated error, duplicate or conflicting update and reconcile counts and timestamps.

#### Partner transfer and exit proof
1. Receive a record and certificate through PartnerHub and validate issuer authority, source and history.
2. Restrict and revoke external access and verify what each party can still see.
3. Generate the required certificate and operational report.
4. Create a full account export including uploads and reconstruct the asset timeline outside Papertrail.

### Product presentations

- [Mobile dashboard while offline](https://help.papertrail.io/en/articles/3629528-how-to-ensure-the-mobile-app-is-syncing): Official help-centre image of the mobile dashboard offline with pending updates; vendor red box.
- [Mobile pending updates list](https://help.papertrail.io/en/articles/3629528-how-to-ensure-the-mobile-app-is-syncing): Official help-centre image of the Pending Updates list awaiting sync; vendor red box.

### Questions and answers

#### Is Papertrail a general EHS platform?
This profile focuses on equipment and inspection management. Its strongest buyer use case is maintaining asset-specific records and follow-up. Confirm wider incident, permit or ESG requirements separately.

#### How much does Papertrail cost?
Its public UK pricing sections show inconsistent figures. Obtain the applicable written quote, including modules, users, VAT and billing term. We do not present one conflicting number as a verified starting price.

#### Can Papertrail inspections be completed offline?
The vendor documents mobile inspection capture and later synchronization. Prepare records before the site visit and test the required evidence types. Do not assume that all cloud history and attachments remain accessible without a connection.

#### Does Papertrail certify equipment compliance?
No software listing establishes that equipment is compliant or fit for use. Papertrail helps organize records and schedules. Your inspection procedure, competent personnel and equipment instructions remain decisive.

#### Does Papertrail offer a free trial?
The vendor advertises a 14-day trial without a credit card. Confirm which modules, integrations and data volumes are enabled before using it for evaluation.

#### Is the Product Directory an authoritative manufacturer source?
Not necessarily. Papertrail says content may come from partners, subscribers and public information. Validate safety-critical fields and revisions against current manufacturer documentation.

#### Does PartnerHub guarantee that transferred equipment is compliant?
No. It can transfer selected records and preserve activity history, but the receiving organisation must verify issuer authority, completeness, revision and the physical item's identity and condition.

#### Are scanning tags and readers included?
Do not assume so. NFC, RFID, QR and barcode workflows are documented, but compatible tags, specialist readers and supported mobile hardware can be separate purchases.

#### Is the LOLER certificate available in every plan?
The help documentation identifies the relevant Equipment, Compliance and Risk subscriptions. The template also does not replace the required examination by a competent person.

#### Does every Papertrail plan include API and webhooks?
The reviewed public pricing places API and webhook access in Enterprise. Obtain written entitlement and technical limits for the ordered plan.

#### Can all Papertrail data be exported when leaving?
A full ZIP and CSV account export is documented for records, inspection logs, uploads and tasks, with uploads optional. Test completeness, relationships and readability before purchase.

### Demo questions

- Which public price is current and what user minimum, VAT, term and renewal apply?
- List every purchased module and entitlement for checklists, schedules, tasks, analytics, certificates, PartnerHub, API and webhooks.
- Which functions, records and attachments must be preloaded and which are unavailable offline?
- Demonstrate concurrent or offline edits, duplicates, rejected files, pending updates and recovery.
- How is Product Directory provenance, revision and correction handled for safety-critical data?
- How does PartnerHub prove issuer authority and preserve transfer or source history after access revocation?
- Who can change inspection dates, state, frequency, checklist and history, and how is it audited?
- Which scanners, tags, readers and mobile models are supported and separately purchased?
- Define API authentication, endpoints, rate limits, webhook signing, retry, ordering, deduplication and support.
- At exit, can we reconstruct records, relationships, inspections, tasks, uploads, certificates, users and audit history?

### Primary sources

- [Platform scope, inventory, inspections and trial](https://www.papertrail.io/)
- [UK plans and conflicting public prices](https://www.papertrail.io/pricing?country_code=GB)
- [Inspection workflows, reminders and trial](https://www.papertrail.io/features/inspections)
- [Corrective task management](https://www.papertrail.io/features/task-manager)
- [Multiple schedules, frequencies and certificates](https://www.papertrail.io/features/schedule-manager)
- [NFC, RFID, QR and barcode scanning](https://www.papertrail.io/features/scanning-suite-nfc-rfid-qr-barcode)
- [PartnerHub record sharing and permissions](https://www.papertrail.io/features/partnerhub-customer)
- [Offline mobile and tailored-plan contact](https://www.papertrail.io/contact-papertrail)
- [Mobile inspections, evidence, bulk limits and pending sync](https://help.papertrail.io/en/articles/3440055-how-to-add-an-inspection-to-your-records-on-the-mobile-app)
- [Mobile sync and pending-update recovery](https://help.papertrail.io/en/articles/3629528-how-to-ensure-the-mobile-app-is-syncing)
- [Mobile draft lifecycle and locked inspection date](https://help.papertrail.io/en/articles/13744801-create-and-manage-draft-inspections-mobile-app)
- [Product Directory provenance and import](https://products.papertrail.io/)
- [Product Directory content and manufacturer data](https://help.papertrail.io/en/articles/3512027-the-papertrail-product-directory-explained)
- [Reports, certificates and full-account export](https://help.papertrail.io/en/articles/3456362-what-sort-of-report-or-certificate-can-i-produce-in-papertrail)
- [LOLER certificate module boundary](https://help.papertrail.io/en/articles/5376484-managing-your-loler-inspections-with-papertrail)
- [Equipment register and identification guidance](https://blog.papertrail.io/blog/equipment-management-system)
- [Fall protection and height-safety equipment records, checked 1 October 2026](https://www.papertrail.io/ppe-inspection-management)
- [Fall protection and height-safety equipment records (2), checked 1 October 2026](https://www.papertrail.io/industry/adventure)
- [Fall protection and height-safety equipment records (3), checked 1 October 2026](https://www.papertrail.io/rope-access-consultation)
- [Papertrail ISO 27001 certification page](https://www.papertrail.io/iso27001-2017certification)

## Workhub

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/workhub
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Workhub is the safety and worker-compliance platform from Workhub Software Corp. Its WorkerID companion displays compliance credentials; that offline capability should not be confused with automatic offline inspection submission.

Workhub brings worker compliance records and routine safety administration into a common account. Teams can configure inspections against locations or equipment and follow up on deficiencies. It deserves consideration where a small budget matters, provided its connectivity model and administrator workload match the operation.

Best-fit starting point: Small and midsize teams coordinating worker training, safety inspections and incident records.

Check before buying: Workhub is a worker-compliance and safety-administration platform, not a complete QMS. Acknowledgements and course completions do not prove comprehension or competence, certificate approval does not verify an external issuer, and contractor orientations are described as globally visible. Offline inspections use a blank-form handoff rather than automatic synchronization.

### Pricing

Free tier and per-user subscription. Standard is publicly listed at USD 3 per user/month with a three-user minimum. Billing is month to month; active users are invoiced and administrators use the same rate. The Free tier has limitations. Verify exports, permissions and any regional services required by your process; published SMS support is limited to Canada and the USA.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating for budget-conscious teams with straightforward worker-safety administration. Include the labor required to transfer disconnected inspections into the system when comparing it with an offline-sync app.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: The official page verifies USD 3 per user/month, a three-user minimum, monthly billing and a separate Free plan. A time-limited free Standard trial was not established; free-plan access is not labeled as such.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.workhub.com/pricing/

### Offline capabilities

Workhub documents downloading a blank checklist through an administrator, completing it digitally or on paper without connectivity, then logging the inspection afterward. WorkerID can separately cache compliance information after online preparation. Automatic offline inspection capture and synchronization was not established.

Product scope: Worker safety administration covering training, certificate records, policies, procedures, competency assessments, contractor orientations, incidents, inspections and action items, with plan-dependent permissions, exports and location controls.

Review scope: Vendor-documentation research, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. AI-assisted explanations may be incomplete and do not replace a demo or primary documentation. No independent customer-review sample is used; legacy ratings are excluded.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Connect a worker report to a reviewed and closed action with evidence.
  Sources: https://help.workhub.com/en/articles/392312-reporting-an-incident-near-miss-or-hazard-id-as-an-admin
- Usability & adoption: Time the complete remote inspection handoff, including later administration.
  Sources: https://help.workhub.com/en/articles/15435562-how-to-fill-out-a-blank-inspection-form
- Implementation & TCO: Compare paid seats with the labor required for exports, permissions and offline transfer.
  Sources: https://www.workhub.com/pricing/
- Integrations & API: Ask for documented interfaces and an export sample; no API entitlement is assumed.
  Sources: https://www.workhub.com/pricing/
- Security & trust: Test role and location visibility alongside offline WorkerID data handling.
  Sources: https://help.workhub.com/en/articles/10826702-workerid
- Customer voice: No independently verified customer review sample is used. Request references with comparable workflows and deployment constraints.

### Capability scope

- Quality-management boundary [unverified]: The current portfolio documents safety policies and procedures, inspections, incidents, corrective actions, surveys and safety-audit preparation. It does not establish product or supplier nonconformance, a quality-specific CAPA process or a complete QMS, so Workhub is not admitted to the full-QHSE comparison on this evidence.
- Scheduled inspections [documented]: Inspections can be assigned to assets or locations and reviewed by an administrator. Sources: https://www.workhub.com/features/inspections/
- Deficiency follow-up [documented]: Checks can require comments, photographs or actionable deficiencies. Workers can complete an assigned action, while an administrator must verify and sign it off; changes remain in the activity feed. Sources: https://www.workhub.com/features/action-items/
- Incident and hazard records [documented]: Help documentation distinguishes incident, near-miss and hazard report types. Sources: https://help.workhub.com/en/articles/392312-reporting-an-incident-near-miss-or-hazard-id-as-an-admin
- Disconnected inspection fallback [conditional]: An administrator distributes a blank PDF for digital or paper completion, followed by later logging. Sources: https://help.workhub.com/en/articles/15435562-how-to-fill-out-a-blank-inspection-form
- Offline credentials [conditional]: WorkerID caches compliance information after opening online; logging out removes local access. Sources: https://help.workhub.com/en/articles/10826702-workerid
- Automatic offline inspection synchronization [unverified]: The reviewed instructions establish a PDF fallback, not an automatic mobile inspection queue.
- Online safety training [conditional]: Administrators can enable or create courses, assign them and configure lessons, quizzes, scores and expiry. Completion is not practical competence or an external qualification. Sources: https://help.workhub.com/en/articles/392275-assign-and-enable-online-training-courses, https://www.workhub.com/features/training/
- Certificate and qualification tracking [conditional]: Certificate types can be assigned with issue and expiry data, approval settings and uploads. Administrator approval is internal review, not issuer verification. Sources: https://help.workhub.com/en/articles/6805894-creating-and-assigning-certificate-types, https://help.workhub.com/en/articles/8346328-administering-certificates
- Policy versioning and acknowledgements [conditional]: Policies can be authored, uploaded, organized, assigned and acknowledged. Acknowledgement does not establish comprehension. Sources: https://help.workhub.com/en/articles/15901748-admin-guide-how-to-create-manage-and-assign-policies, https://www.workhub.com/features/overview/
- Operating procedures with hazard context [documented]: Procedures may include steps, hazards, risk levels, controls and JHA information. This does not establish full engineering document-control approval. Sources: https://help.workhub.com/en/articles/392258-procedures, https://www.workhub.com/features/overview/
- Competency assessments [conditional]: Workers can request assessment after prerequisites and authorized assessors rate criteria as Competent or Requires Supervision. Reliability depends on prerequisites, authorization and criteria quality. Sources: https://help.workhub.com/en/articles/15555830-assessing-and-requesting-competency-assessments
- Contractor and site orientations [conditional]: Video or PDF orientations support contractor onboarding and completion visibility. Workhub describes orientations as globally visible, so sensitive content requires governance. Sources: https://www.workhub.com/features/contractor-orientations/
- Position-based access controls [conditional]: Positions can use Worker, Admin or Custom templates. Custom and location-limited permissions are Standard-plan features, and changing a shared default affects every assigned position. Sources: https://help.workhub.com/en/articles/3002983-position-permissions, https://help.workhub.com/en/articles/392289-positions

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: safety inspection to closed deficiency
1. Assign a checklist to one location and one asset.
2. Have a worker record a defect with a photo.
3. Ask an administrator to review and assign the follow-up.
4. Verify the closed action and export available under the selected plan.

#### Demo exercise: remote-site handoff
1. Have an administrator distribute the current blank checklist.
2. Complete it on the crew's actual device without connectivity.
3. Restore connectivity and demonstrate every step needed to log the result.
4. Compare the original evidence, timestamps and required data with the resulting record.

#### Demo exercise: worker onboarding to verified competence
1. Assign required training, certificate, policy, procedure and orientation through the intended position and location.
2. Complete learning and acknowledgements, upload a certificate and have an administrator approve or reject it.
3. Request a competency assessment, verify prerequisites, and have an authorized assessor rate every criterion.
4. Inspect compliance and WorkerID views, confirming that acknowledgement or course completion is not presented as practical competence.

### Product presentations

- [Inspection builder with check options](https://help.workhub.com/en/articles/8868791-how-to-create-inspections): Official help-centre image of the inspection builder in setup; no sample data entered.
- [Download Blank Checklist menu option](https://help.workhub.com/en/articles/8868791-how-to-create-inspections): Official help-centre image of the Download Blank Checklist option; background blurred by the vendor.
- [Incident record form for administrators](https://help.workhub.com/en/articles/392312-reporting-an-incident-near-miss-or-hazard-id-as-an-admin): Official help-centre image of the administrator incident form; fields are empty.

### Questions and answers

#### What does Workhub Standard cost?
The official price is USD 3 per user/month with at least three users. Active users are billed, including administrators at the same rate. Confirm the feature limits against your proposed account.

#### Does Workhub automatically sync offline inspections?
That behavior was not established in the reviewed documentation. Workhub describes a blank-PDF workflow for remote completion and later logging. Budget for that handoff or require a demonstration of any newer mobile capability.

#### What can Workhub WorkerID do offline?
It can display previously populated compliance information. This helps workers show credentials when disconnected. It is a different task from creating and synchronizing an inspection.

#### Can Workhub handle hazards and near misses?
Yes, the official help describes separate report types for hazards, near misses and incidents. Demonstrate visibility and follow-up with your actual worker roles. A report in the system does not by itself establish that corrective work is complete.

### Demo questions

- How much later entry is needed after a disconnected inspection?
- Which Free-plan limitations affect our exports and permissions?
- How are active seasonal workers counted on the monthly invoice?
- Can contractor access be restricted to the correct location and records?

### Primary sources

- [Plans, currency and billing rules](https://www.workhub.com/pricing/)
- [Inspection assignment and review](https://www.workhub.com/features/inspections/)
- [Inspection setup and offline PDF workflow](https://help.workhub.com/en/articles/8868791-how-to-create-inspections)
- [Disconnected blank checklist instructions](https://help.workhub.com/en/articles/15435562-how-to-fill-out-a-blank-inspection-form)
- [WorkerID offline credential scope](https://help.workhub.com/en/articles/10826702-workerid)
- [Incident, near-miss and hazard records](https://help.workhub.com/en/articles/392312-reporting-an-incident-near-miss-or-hazard-id-as-an-admin)
- [Action-item completion and administrator verification](https://www.workhub.com/features/action-items/)
- [Current feature portfolio and quality-management boundary — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.workhub.com/features/overview/)
- [Online-training assignment and course settings](https://help.workhub.com/en/articles/392275-assign-and-enable-online-training-courses)
- [Training feature scope](https://www.workhub.com/features/training/)
- [Certificate types, expiry and submission controls](https://help.workhub.com/en/articles/6805894-creating-and-assigning-certificate-types)
- [Certificate administration](https://help.workhub.com/en/articles/8346328-administering-certificates)
- [Policy authoring, assignment and compliance tracking](https://help.workhub.com/en/articles/15901748-admin-guide-how-to-create-manage-and-assign-policies)
- [Operating procedures and job-hazard-analysis content](https://help.workhub.com/en/articles/392258-procedures)
- [Competency assessment lifecycle](https://help.workhub.com/en/articles/15555830-assessing-and-requesting-competency-assessments)
- [Contractor orientations and completion visibility](https://www.workhub.com/features/contractor-orientations/)
- [Position-based and custom permissions](https://help.workhub.com/en/articles/3002983-position-permissions)
- [Position assignment and permission scope](https://help.workhub.com/en/articles/392289-positions)

## Locus Technologies (Platform / EIM)

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/locus
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: Locus EIM, Locus Platform
Locus Technologies offers environmental information management through EIM and selected EHS, water and sustainability applications through its wider platform. This profile covers that portfolio; a proposal must identify the purchased applications and mobile configuration. It is unrelated to the Locus Map navigation app.

Locus combines specialist environmental records with configurable business workflows. EIM addresses sampling and laboratory data, while the wider portfolio adds selected compliance and sustainability applications. Buyers should separate analytical-data requirements from the desired safety or ESG scope.

Best-fit starting point: Environmental teams managing laboratory and field datasets across remediation sites or water operations.

Check before buying: A broad portfolio does not mean all applications are included. Confirm mobile provisioning, data migration and the integration work required for each purchased application.

### Pricing

Custom quote. Pricing is not publicly available as a numeric subscription in the reviewed official pages, contact vendor. Request EIM, Mobile and each Platform application separately, including user access, historical-data conversion, lab formats, API connections, training, support, currency and contract term. A demonstration is offered; an unrestricted free trial was not verified.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating when specialist sampling, laboratory data and multi-site reporting justify a configured environmental system. Compare EIM and the selected applications with the cost of maintaining disconnected datasets, then test migration effort and field usability with representative records.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: Pricing is not publicly available as a numeric subscription in the reviewed official pages, contact vendor. Request EIM, Mobile and each Platform application separately, including user access, historical-data conversion, lab formats, API connections, training, support, currency and contract term. A demonstration is offered; an unrestricted free trial was not verified.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.locustec.com/applications/environmental-information-management/
- https://www.locustec.com/book-a-demo/

### Offline capabilities

Locus documents offline work in its Mobile app after provision files and sampling information have been synchronized. A cellular or Wi-Fi connection is required to transfer provision files and synchronize results. This does not establish that every browser-based Platform application works offline.

Product scope: EIM analytical and field data management, Locus Mobile and selected Locus Platform applications.

Review scope: Vendor-documentation research, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. AI-assisted explanations may be incomplete and do not replace a demo or primary documentation. No independent customer rating or certification is assigned.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Test the full sample-to-laboratory-result chain and preserve original values during transformations.
  Sources: https://www.locustec.com/applications/environmental-information-management/
- Usability & adoption: Observe field staff provisioning a device and correcting an out-of-range measurement.
  Sources: https://www.locustec.com/rethinking-field-data-management-for-complex-operations/
- Implementation & TCO: Quote the actual product mix and data conversion workload before comparing cost.
  Sources: https://www.locustec.com/book-a-demo/
- Integrations & API: Specify interface ownership, retry handling and export entitlements.
  Sources: https://www.locustec.com/applications/platform/
- Security & trust: Request deployment-specific access controls, current assurance evidence and recovery commitments; no certification is inferred here.
  Sources: https://www.locustec.com/applications/platform/
- Customer voice: Vendor case studies are contextual examples, not independently verified reader reviews or ratings.
  Sources: https://www.locustec.com/case-study/honeywell-improves-data-quality-and-more-with-locus-technologies/

### Capability scope

- Analytical data intake [documented]: EIM accepts laboratory and field data with checking and unit handling; validate your actual EDD formats. Sources: https://www.locustec.com/applications/environmental-information-management/
- Sampling coordination [documented]: EIM includes planning of sampling activities and field work across sites. Sources: https://www.locustec.com/applications/sample-planning/
- Offline mobile capture [conditional]: Provision files require an online transfer before field use and results need connectivity to synchronize. Sources: https://www.locustec.com/rethinking-field-data-management-for-complex-operations/
- Platform workflows [conditional]: Selected apps and configured rules support operational workflows; establish application scope in the contract. Sources: https://www.locustec.com/applications/platform/
- API and BI connections [conditional]: RESTful APIs and third-party analytics connections are described; verify endpoints and commercial access. Sources: https://www.locustec.com/applications/integrations/
- Environmental mapping [documented]: EIM describes maps and environmental reporting; check the required GIS and output formats. Sources: https://www.locustec.com/applications/environmental-information-management/
- Permit obligations and compliance calendars [conditional]: The separate Task & Compliance app records permit details, renewal dates, requirements, responsible parties and documents, then links obligations to recurring tasks, calendars, reminders and workflows. Confirm this application, regulatory-content subscriptions and Outlook integration. Sources: https://www.locustec.com/applications/risk-compliance/
- Incident investigation and corrective actions [conditional]: The separate Incident Management application supports evidence, investigation tasks, root-cause methods, assigned corrective actions, reminders and OSHA 300/300A/301 outputs. Configuration does not determine legal recordability. Sources: https://www.locustec.com/applications/ehs-compliance/health-safety-incidents/
- ESG materiality, calculations and disclosures [conditional]: The separate ESG application covers stakeholder materiality, Scope 1–3 intake, KPI dashboards, reviewable methodologies and templates for named frameworks. Establish framework scope, factor governance and assurance separately; software output is not independent assurance. Sources: https://www.locustec.com/applications/esg-reporting/
- Water quality and discharge compliance [conditional]: Locus water applications combine sample and sensor data with water-quality monitoring, wastewater-discharge tracking and regulatory outputs. Confirm the exact programs, connectors, jurisdictions and reporting formats purchased. Sources: https://www.locustec.com/applications/water-quality/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: offline sampling and reconciliation
1. Prepare a sampling route with allowed values and provision the device online.
2. Disable connectivity and enter a result outside the expected range.
3. Reconnect and inspect validation messages and synchronization history.
4. Export the sample record and reconcile it with a laboratory result.

#### Demo exercise: cross-site access and environmental data export
1. Load a small historical dataset from two sites.
2. Assign a consultant access to one site only.
3. Generate the required map or reporting output.
4. Inspect export completeness and the proposed API handoff.

#### Demo exercise: permit renewal with dependent compliance tasks
1. Create a representative permit with facility, owner, expiry date and documents.
2. Model recurring obligations and a dependent renewal sequence covering calculations, preparation and review.
3. Make one task overdue and inspect notifications, escalation, calendar visibility and audit trail.
4. Complete the renewal and export the permit record, actions and evidence without exposing another facility's data.

#### Demo exercise: recordable incident through regulatory output
1. Capture a representative injury with onsite photos, treatment details and lost-time information.
2. Run a selected root-cause method and assign corrective actions to separate owners.
3. Reject an incomplete action, close the correction and inspect reminders and history.
4. Review OSHA 300, 300A and 301 fields with a competent reviewer and trace values to source records.

### Product presentations

- [Locus Mobile entry form with out-of-range alert](https://www.locustec.com/rethinking-field-data-management-for-complex-operations/): Official vendor image of a Locus Mobile entry form showing an invalid-value alert; example data.
- [Locus EIM sample planning: locations step](https://www.locustec.com/rethinking-field-data-management-for-complex-operations/): Official vendor image of the EIM Sample Planning screen for a soil plan; example site named Acme.

### Questions and answers

#### Does Locus work without an internet connection?
The vendor documents offline capture in Locus Mobile. Provision the required files online first and synchronize results when connectivity returns. Demonstrate the specific forms and device configuration.

#### Is Locus EIM the same as the full Locus Platform portfolio?
EIM focuses on environmental analytical and sampling records. Locus also offers configurable compliance, water and sustainability applications. Confirm the applications and data exchanges included in your quote.

#### How much does Locus cost?
No public numeric subscription was verified. Request a proposal covering your datasets, selected applications, migration and services. Do not treat a demo invitation as evidence of a free trial.

#### Can Locus manage laboratory data for remediation sites?
The EIM documentation covers laboratory imports, field measurements and environmental reporting. Its published Honeywell deployment illustrates the intended remediation context, but that vendor case study is not an independent review or a prediction of your results.

### Demo questions

- Can we reconcile planned, collected and delivered samples while keeping missing, duplicate and unmatched records visible?
- How are original units, reporting limits and non-detect qualifiers preserved through checks, conversions and export?
- Can we import an amended laboratory result, retain the original and trace the review and affected reports?
- What field data must be prepared before disconnecting, and how do we verify server acceptance after synchronization?
- Can each proposed role export the authorized records, source files, attachments and revision history, and which modules and services are required?
- Which Locus EIM, Mobile and Platform applications are quoted, and who maintains the provision files?

### Primary sources

- [Environmental data product scope](https://www.locustec.com/applications/environmental-information-management/)
- [Platform and integrations](https://www.locustec.com/applications/platform/)
- [2026 field workflow and offline prerequisites](https://www.locustec.com/rethinking-field-data-management-for-complex-operations/)
- [Current portfolio](https://www.locustec.com/)
- [Vendor-published remediation deployment example](https://www.locustec.com/case-study/honeywell-improves-data-quality-and-more-with-locus-technologies/)
- [Product-specific demo request](https://www.locustec.com/book-a-demo/)
- [Mobile data collection](https://www.locustec.com/applications/mobile-field-data-collection/)
- [Sample planning](https://www.locustec.com/applications/sample-planning/)
- [Integration scope](https://www.locustec.com/applications/integrations/)
- [Permit obligations, compliance calendars, tasks and workflows](https://www.locustec.com/applications/risk-compliance/)
- [Incident investigation, corrective actions and OSHA reporting](https://www.locustec.com/applications/ehs-compliance/health-safety-incidents/)
- [ESG data collection, materiality, calculations and disclosures](https://www.locustec.com/applications/esg-reporting/)
- [Water quality, wastewater and regulatory-reporting scope](https://www.locustec.com/applications/water-quality/)
- [Locus Technologies SOC 1 and SOC 2 trust page](https://www.locustec.com/why-locus-technologies-is-the-ehs-software-you-can-trust/)

## EarthSoft EQuIS

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/earthsoft-equis
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: EQuIS
EQuIS is EarthSoft's modular environmental and geotechnical data platform. Enterprise, Professional, Collect, EDP, Live and other named components have distinct roles and licensing. Collect is the field application; the portfolio should not be presented as one generic offline safety app.

EQuIS serves organizations with structured environmental datasets and specialized data-quality workflows. Its modules separate collection, screening, analysis and enterprise access. The important buying decision is the combination needed for your data formats and operating model.

Best-fit starting point: Environmental consultancies, industrial operators and agencies coordinating structured monitoring datasets.

Check before buying: Module prerequisites, Professional library level, schemas, report assemblies, hosting and format maintenance can create material implementation work. DQM flags require qualified human review, and an offline Collect COC requires custom services rather than being assumed in every subscription. Do not infer that Enterprise, Professional, Collect, DQM, Live, REST API or specialist formats are included together.

### Pricing

Custom quote. Pricing is not publicly available as a complete numeric subscription in the reviewed sources, contact vendor. Collect is licensed annually with volume discounts advertised. Request separate pricing for Enterprise, Professional, Collect, EDP, REST API, hosting, formats, migration, support and training; confirm currency, minimums and renewal terms.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating when structured environmental data, repeatable laboratory formats and governed field collection are core requirements. Compare the full module and hosting proposal with your current data-management workload; a simple checklist need alone may not justify the implementation scope.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: Pricing is not publicly available as a complete numeric subscription in the reviewed sources, contact vendor. Collect is licensed annually with volume discounts advertised. Request separate pricing for Enterprise, Professional, Collect, EDP, REST API, hosting, formats, migration, support and training; confirm currency, minimums and renewal terms.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://earthsoft.com/products-equis-data-acquisition-equis-collect/
- https://help.earthsoft.com/col-install-enterprise.htm
- https://webkey.earthsoft.com/registration/keyrequest.asp

### Offline capabilities

Collect Mobile can record field data offline, while upload to EQuIS still requires connectivity. Local form-summary reports are available, and an offline chain-of-custody PDF can be delivered through a custom Collect template, but that option requires licensed Collect, the Collect schema and EarthSoft services. Test form preparation, local backup, COC numbering and signatures, sharing, synchronization and server reconciliation before deployment.

Product scope: A modular environmental and geotechnical data platform spanning Collect field capture, EDP deliverable screening, Professional administration and analysis, DQM qualification, Enterprise web dashboards and automation, REST interfaces and specialist schemas. Each application, library, schema, report and service must be scoped explicitly.

Review scope: Official EarthSoft product and help-documentation research updated 29 September 2026, not hands-on testing, laboratory validation or customer testimony. Product libraries, schemas, custom reports, DQM criteria, user permissions and hosting require deployment-specific verification. Automated data checks do not replace qualified environmental-data review.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Trace a field record into the governed environmental dataset and its downstream report.
  Sources: https://earthsoft.com/equis-products-list/
- Usability & adoption: Have actual field staff collect, back up and synchronize a representative form.
  Sources: https://earthsoft.com/products-equis-data-acquisition-equis-collect/
- Implementation & TCO: Map server, schema and licence prerequisites before estimating rollout effort.
  Sources: https://help.earthsoft.com/col-install-enterprise.htm
- Integrations & API: Verify API entitlements and the exact downstream query or export workload.
  Sources: https://earthsoft.com/rest-api/
- Security & trust: Request the applicable hosting and security documents through the vendor trust center and test role restrictions.
  Sources: https://trust.earthsoft.com/
- Customer voice: No independent review sample is used; request references operating comparable formats and field programs.
- Qualification governance: Configure a representative DQM event, review automated flags with a qualified validator and trace saved qualifiers, reasons and downstream report changes. Automated checks should support rather than replace professional judgment.
  Sources: https://earthsoft.com/equis-data-qualification-module/

### Capability scope

- Offline field collection [conditional]: Collect Mobile records data without internet, with online upload and server-reporting dependencies. Sources: https://earthsoft.com/products-equis-data-acquisition-equis-collect/
- Electronic deliverable checks [documented]: EDP screens submitted records against configured formats and allowed values. Sources: https://earthsoft.com/products/equis-data-acquisition/edp/
- Field template governance [documented]: Collect Enterprise manages templates, forms and assigned user groups. Sources: https://help.earthsoft.com/col-enterprise-overview.htm
- Module installation [conditional]: Collect installation requires Enterprise, schema updates and license keys; some report paths need additional schemas. Sources: https://help.earthsoft.com/col-install-enterprise.htm
- REST interoperability [conditional]: The REST API supports OData, Power BI and ArcGIS access. Scheduled table exports require an active REST API subscription; confirm connector and access scope. Sources: https://earthsoft.com/rest-api/
- Specialist data scope [conditional]: Live, DQM and other named components extend the portfolio; evaluate and quote required modules separately. Sources: https://earthsoft.com/equis-products-list/
- Professional data administration and technical analysis [conditional]: EQuIS Professional supports checking, editing, loading, querying, reporting and visualizing environmental, analytical-chemistry and geology data. It includes reference-value and action-level management, query and crosstab tools, security and schema access, data qualification support and multiple third-party exports. Available formats, analysis components and interfaces depend on the licensed Professional library and optional Decision Support modules. Sources: https://earthsoft.com/products/professional/
- Analytical-data qualification with DQM [conditional]: DQM runs configurable checks for holding times, blank contamination, recoveries, precision, accuracy, reporting limits and other project criteria. Qualification events can be saved and reopened, suggested qualifiers and reasons reviewed, and selected qualifiers written to the EQuIS database. DQM is licensed through Professional PremierD or PremierDG, and EarthSoft explicitly places professional judgment with the validator rather than treating automated flags as final decisions. Sources: https://earthsoft.com/equis-data-qualification-module/
- Enterprise dashboards, maps and automated notifications [conditional]: Enterprise supports configurable dashboards assembled from reports, charts, tables, maps and other widgets. Published functions include EDD processing status, saved queries and exports with attached triggers, notifications, alerts, action-level traffic lights, time-series views and external web-service data. Dashboard permissions, project filters, report assemblies and workflow triggers require configuration and should be tested for the intended facilities and user roles. Sources: https://earthsoft.com/products/enterprise/dashboards-widgets/, https://earthsoft.com/products/enterprise/
- Local offline Collect reports and chain of custody [conditional]: Collect Mobile can generate local form-summary reports, and EarthSoft documents an offline chain-of-custody PDF option. The offline COC is not a universal standard feature: it requires a licensed Collect module, the Collect schema and a custom Collect template built through EarthSoft services. Its PDF is local to the user and contains data collected on the selected form; buyers should test sharing, signatures, numbering and later reconciliation with the server record. Sources: https://help.earthsoft.com/col-mobile-reports-on-app.htm, https://earthsoft.com/products-equis-data-acquisition-equis-collect/
- Ecological survey and species data (EQuIS Alive) [documented]: EarthSoft lists EQuIS Alive as an optional module for ecological, biological, taxonomy and re-vegetation data. Its help pages describe repeatable surveys over defined areas, a hierarchical species taxonomy, habitat assessment and inventory of invasive, indigenous and protected species, and export of survey templates to field collection tools. This manages species and habitat survey records; it is not described as a TNFD or ESRS E4 disclosure tool, so confirm reporting outputs, licensing and the module's current maintenance. Sources: https://earthsoft.com/equis-products-list/, https://help.earthsoft.com/alive-introduction.htm, https://help.earthsoft.com/alive-create-survey.htm

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: offline sample collection with data checks
1. Publish a form with mandatory fields and reference values.
2. Download required field material and record samples without connectivity.
3. Reconnect, upload and inspect rejected or conflicting records.
4. Generate and reconcile the chain-of-custody output.

#### Demo exercise: laboratory import and controlled export
1. Import an EDD containing a deliberate invalid reference value.
2. Inspect rejection details and correct the source record.
3. Review the accepted data through the intended Enterprise or Professional workflow.
4. Export through the proposed API and verify user permissions.

#### Demo exercise: laboratory result qualification to governed report
1. Load a representative accepted laboratory dataset into a DQM qualification event and run the project-specific checks for holding times, blanks, recoveries, precision and reporting limits.
2. Have a qualified reviewer inspect, accept or change the suggested qualifiers and reason codes, then save the event and selected qualification results to the governed database.
3. Generate the DQM exception and qualified-results reports through the licensed Professional or Enterprise route, then verify the audit history and downstream reports affected by a later amended laboratory result.

### Product presentations

- [DQM start-event check selection](https://earthsoft.com/equis-data-qualification-module/): Official vendor image of the DQM Start Event screen listing selectable data-quality checks; the page does not label the data as sample.
- [Enterprise action-level and warning-level dashboard](https://earthsoft.com/products/enterprise/dashboards-widgets/): Official vendor image of an EQuIS Enterprise dashboard with charts, a map and a results table; the page does not label the data as sample.

### Questions and answers

#### Does EQuIS Collect work offline?
Collect Mobile can capture field data offline. Uploading to EQuIS requires an internet connection. Demonstrate local backup and the handling of concurrent field changes.

#### Is EQuIS Collect a standalone subscription?
Collect has annual subscription licensing, but the documented Enterprise installation also requires Enterprise, schema setup and license keys. Ask EarthSoft to specify all server and module dependencies for your deployment.

#### Can EQuIS screen laboratory data before acceptance?
EDP is the portfolio component for checking electronic data deliverables. The quality of checks depends on the formats and reference values configured for your program. Demonstrate your actual laboratory files.

#### How should I compare EQuIS pricing?
Request an itemized quote for the selected modules, hosting and implementation. A Collect licence is not a verified price for the full EQuIS environment. No unrestricted free trial was established in this review.

#### Can EQuIS Collect generate a chain-of-custody report offline?
Yes, conditionally. EarthSoft documents a local offline COC PDF, but it must be built into a custom Collect template through EarthSoft services and requires licensed Collect plus the Collect schema. Confirm its numbering, signatures, sharing and synchronization behavior.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-29: Expanded the profile with official evidence for Professional data administration, DQM qualification, Enterprise dashboards and workflow automation, and custom local Collect COC reporting. Corrected the offline boundary and added licensing, schema, configuration and professional-judgment caveats.

### Demo questions

- Can we reconcile planned, collected and delivered samples while keeping missing, duplicate and unmatched records visible?
- How are original units, reporting limits and non-detect qualifiers preserved through checks, conversions and export?
- Can we import an amended laboratory result, retain the original and trace the review and affected reports?
- What field data must be prepared before disconnecting, and how do we verify server acceptance after synchronization?
- Can each proposed role export the authorized records, source files, attachments and revision history, and which modules and services are required?
- Which EQuIS Enterprise, Collect, EDP, format, hosting and export licenses are included in this proposal?
- Identify the exact Professional library and demonstrate every required import format, report, visualization and third-party interface under that licence.
- Run a DQM event with a deliberate false-positive flag, change the suggested qualifier using professional judgment and show the retained event, reviewer and affected database fields.
- Generate the proposed offline Collect COC without connectivity, share the PDF and reconcile its sample identifiers, signatures and numbering after server upload.
- Create an Enterprise dashboard for two facilities and prove that permissions, filters, alerts and exports do not expose the other facility's restricted data.

### Primary sources

- [Current module portfolio](https://earthsoft.com/equis-products-list/)
- [Collect field app and annual licensing](https://earthsoft.com/products-equis-data-acquisition-equis-collect/)
- [Collect installation and license dependencies](https://help.earthsoft.com/col-install-enterprise.htm)
- [Collect Enterprise forms and user groups](https://help.earthsoft.com/col-enterprise-overview.htm)
- [REST API scope](https://earthsoft.com/rest-api/)
- [EDP data validation](https://earthsoft.com/products/equis-data-acquisition/edp/)
- [Trust center](https://trust.earthsoft.com/)
- [Product license registration](https://webkey.earthsoft.com/registration/keyrequest.asp)
- [EQuIS Professional data management and analysis scope](https://earthsoft.com/products/professional/)
- [DQM analytical-data qualification workflow](https://earthsoft.com/equis-data-qualification-module/)
- [Collect local and offline reports](https://help.earthsoft.com/col-mobile-reports-on-app.htm)
- [Enterprise dashboards, widgets and workflow automation](https://earthsoft.com/products/enterprise/dashboards-widgets/)
- [Enterprise schemas and automated workflows](https://earthsoft.com/products/enterprise/)
- [Ecological survey and species data (EQuIS, checked 1 October 2026](https://help.earthsoft.com/alive-introduction.htm)
- [Ecological survey and species data (EQuIS (2), checked 1 October 2026](https://help.earthsoft.com/alive-create-survey.htm)

## SAP Environment, Health, and Safety

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/sap-ehs
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: SAP EHS, SAP S/4HANA EHS
SAP EHS comprises distinct S/4HANA Environment Management and Workplace Safety offerings. Product Compliance and other sustainability products have their own scope. Cloud edition, deployment and release must be identified before carrying capabilities or prices between products.

SAP EHS addresses operational environmental and safety processes in the S/4HANA ecosystem. It is most relevant when those records must connect with existing enterprise processes. Buyers should define the deployment and module combination before comparing it with a standalone inspection tool.

Best-fit starting point: Organizations aligning environmental and safety processes with an existing SAP landscape.

Check before buying: Do not infer suite-wide entitlement from one SAP EHS product page or module price. Public cloud, private edition and on-premise capabilities, roles, apps and integrations differ by release; some documented functions require configuration or another SAP component. Confirm exact SKU, release, hosting, minimum record quantities, underlying SAP licenses, implementation, interfaces and upgrade obligations in the proposal.

### Pricing

Module-based pricing. SAP's US Environment Management page displays USD 81 monthly per block of one Record, with contracts of 3 to 60 months and auto-renewal. This is a specific cloud module price, not a per-user or whole-suite price. The pages define a Record as each individual data object managed through the service and state that unique EHS locations are counted. Workplace Safety and private-edition scope require a confirmed quote: the Workplace Safety pricing page lists the private edition as price upon request. Request minimum quantities, edition, taxes, underlying SAP entitlements, services and renewal conditions in writing.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating when environmental and safety records need to connect with an existing SAP operating model. Compare the complete deployment and implementation cost, including interfaces and administration. A low module unit price does not establish a low total cost.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: SAP's US Environment Management page displays USD 81 monthly per block of one Record, with contracts of 3 to 60 months and auto-renewal. This is a specific cloud module price, not a per-user or whole-suite price. The pages define a Record as each individual data object managed through the service and state that unique EHS locations are counted. Workplace Safety and private-edition scope require a confirmed quote: the Workplace Safety pricing page lists the private edition as price upon request. Request minimum quantities, edition, taxes, underlying SAP entitlements, services and renewal conditions in writing.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.sap.com/products/scm/environmental-management-software/pricing.html
- https://www.sap.com/products/scm/safety-management-software/pricing.html

### Offline capabilities

SAP describes offline incident recording within Workplace Safety. That does not establish offline investigations, approvals, environmental reporting or all Fiori applications. Demonstrate the precise incident-entry method and synchronization behavior for the proposed deployment.

Product scope: SAP EHS must be scoped by deployment and release. Current SAP materials distinguish SAP S/4HANA Cloud Public Edition EHS Workplace Safety and Environment Management, while on-premise/private-edition documentation also describes Incident Management, Health and Safety Management, Environment Management, Management of Change and occupational-health processes. Product Compliance and other sustainability products remain separate commercial and functional scope.

Review scope: Vendor-documentation research, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. AI-assisted explanations may be incomplete and do not replace a demo or primary documentation. No independent customer rating or certification is assigned.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Validate both the environmental and safety workflows in the proposed release.
  Sources: https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_S4HANA_ON-PREMISE/1b3596cc5dd5428d887966a4193ddc29/6d08555321d77d77e10000000a441470.html
- Usability & adoption: Observe the incident reporter and investigator on their actual clients.
  Sources: https://www.sap.com/products/scm/safety-management-software.html
- Implementation & TCO: Model the billed Records, including the unique EHS locations that are counted, and all platform and delivery dependencies.
  Sources: https://www.sap.com/products/scm/environmental-management-software/pricing.html
- Integrations & API: Document the SAP systems and interfaces required for each process handoff.
  Sources: https://learning.sap.com/courses/discovering-sap-sustainability-solutions-br/summarizing-key-products-of-sustainability-1
- Security & trust: Require deployment-specific roles, approval controls and data-retention evidence rather than assuming all SAP offerings share identical controls.
  Sources: https://www.sap.com/about/trust-center.html
- Customer voice: No independent customer-review sample is used. Request references on the same deployment and process scope.

### Capability scope

- Environmental obligations [documented]: Environment Management tracks obligation registers and completion of associated tasks. Sources: https://www.sap.com/products/scm/environmental-management-software.html
- Environmental data processing [documented]: The release-specific component documentation describes collection, calculation and aggregation of emissions data. Sources: https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_S4HANA_ON-PREMISE/1b3596cc5dd5428d887966a4193ddc29/6d08555321d77d77e10000000a441470.html
- Incident handling [documented]: Workplace Safety documents incident entry, investigation and corrective-action processes. Sources: https://www.sap.com/products/scm/safety-management-software.html
- Offline incident intake [conditional]: Offline recording is stated for incidents; the client, edition and subsequent workflow need confirmation. Sources: https://learning.sap.com/courses/discovering-sap-sustainability-solutions-br/summarizing-key-products-of-sustainability-1
- ERP and HR integration [conditional]: SAP describes integration with enterprise processes; validate the actual system and interface dependencies. Sources: https://learning.sap.com/courses/discovering-sap-sustainability-solutions-br/summarizing-key-products-of-sustainability-1
- Portfolio licensing boundaries [conditional]: Environment Management, Workplace Safety and other sustainability offerings have separate commercial scope. Sources: https://www.sap.com/products/sustainability/pricing.html
- Hazard, risk and job-hazard assessment [documented]: SAP documents identification, analysis, evaluation and treatment of workplace risks, including job hazard analyses and controls. Confirm the risk methods, matrices, revision rules and apps available in the proposed deployment and release. Sources: https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_S4HANA_CLOUD/323bd3f1dc8248bc8647c62f1baa6a3a/fc1b5f9fc2a84a179ed36fc98c9dc384.html
- Chemical approval and safety instructions [conditional]: Public-cloud Health and Safety Management documentation covers chemical-use approval and safety instructions for equipment and substances. Buyers must distinguish this operational approval scope from Product Compliance, specification authoring, SDS authoring and any transferred chemical master data. Sources: https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_S4HANA_CLOUD/323bd3f1dc8248bc8647c62f1baa6a3a/fc1b5f9fc2a84a179ed36fc98c9dc384.html, https://learning.sap.com/courses/introduction-to-sap-environment-health-safety/discovering-ehs-architecture-roles-data-and-reports
- Incident investigation, notifications and corrective workflow [conditional]: SAP documents incident, near-miss and safety-observation reporting, location-based notification of responsible incident managers, investigation, actions, risk assessment and configurable lifecycle workflows. The cited detailed workflow pages are for S/4HANA on-premise, so verify equivalence in the quoted cloud or private-edition release. Sources: https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_S4HANA_ON-PREMISE/1b3596cc5dd5428d887966a4193ddc29/d94dc75802bf013be10000000a4450e5.html, https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_S4HANA_ON-PREMISE/1b3596cc5dd5428d887966a4193ddc29/ddec31ea62164f5eb4f4fa57cd749e4d.html?locale=en-US
- Management-of-change risk handoff [conditional]: SAP documents simulated risk assessments initiated by an integrated Management of Change request, followed by implementation review and control verification. This is not proof that Management of Change is included in every EHS subscription; confirm the separate component, integration and workflow configuration. Sources: https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_S4HANA_ON-PREMISE/1b3596cc5dd5428d887966a4193ddc29/c3d87deee2014c3a9516e43891755587.html?version=latest
- Audits, inspections, actions and safety analytics [conditional]: SAP's current public-edition learning material lists audit and inspection management, action and task management, real-time analytics, safety KPIs and trend monitoring as cross-functional capabilities. Confirm the exact apps, analytical content, data latency and entitlements in the proposed release. Sources: https://learning.sap.com/courses/introduction-to-sap-s-4hana-cloud-public-edition-ehs-workplace-safety/introducing-sap-s-4hana-cloud-public-edition-ehs-workplace-safety-portfolio

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: offline incident intake and investigation handoff
1. Identify the exact app, release and incident-entry method.
2. Create an incident without connectivity using the agreed client.
3. Reconnect and inspect duplicate prevention and record ownership.
4. Assign investigation and verify the retained record history.

#### Demo exercise: environmental obligation to supported report
1. Create an obligation for a sample operational location.
2. Load representative activity data and document calculation assumptions.
3. Inspect a deliberately exceeded threshold and the follow-up task.
4. Export the required evidence and confirm which modules were used.

#### Demo exercise: operational change to verified risk controls
1. Create a representative operational change request and identify the exact SAP component and license that owns it.
2. Trigger a simulated risk assessment, identify hazards, score the proposed-change risk and assign controls to separate owners.
3. Approve and implement the change, then inspect workflow history, notifications and any linked maintenance or personnel data.
4. Perform the post-implementation review, convert relevant simulated risks into the live assessment where required, and export the decision and control evidence.

### Product presentations

- [Manage Job Hazard Analyses with risk matrix](https://www.sap.com/products/scm/safety-management-software.html): Official vendor image of the job hazard analysis app; not labelled as sample data.
- [Workplace Safety Overview dashboard](https://www.sap.com/products/scm/safety-management-software.html): Official vendor image of injury-rate KPIs; not labelled as sample data.
- [Manage Compliance Register obligations list](https://www.sap.com/products/scm/environmental-management-software.html): Official vendor image of the compliance register; not labelled as sample data.

### Questions and answers

#### Is SAP EHS one product?
The current portfolio distinguishes Environment Management and Workplace Safety. Other SAP sustainability and product-compliance offerings have separate scope. Confirm edition and deployment in the proposal.

#### Does SAP EHS have public pricing?
The US Environment Management page lists USD 81 monthly per block of one Record, which the page defines as each data object managed through the cloud service, with unique EHS locations counted. It is a module-level metric rather than a user price or total system cost. Ask SAP to confirm quantities and the complete commercial scope.

#### Can SAP EHS record incidents offline?
SAP documents offline incident-entry options in Workplace Safety. The exact method and synchronization depend on the proposed setup. Do not extend that claim to every EHS workflow.

#### Does SAP EHS replace every ESG reporting application?
Operational environmental management supplies a different scope from the wider sustainability portfolio. List your disclosure, carbon-accounting and operational requirements separately. Confirm which product and integration covers each requirement.

#### Are every SAP EHS capability and workflow available in every deployment?
No. SAP documentation varies across public cloud, private edition and on-premise releases, and some processes rely on separate SAP components or configuration. Require the proposal and demo script to name the SKU, release and app used for each requirement.

#### Does SAP EHS chemical approval include full product-compliance and SDS-authoring scope?
Not automatically. Operational chemical approval and safety instructions are documented within Health and Safety Management, while Product Compliance, specification data and SDS authoring can have separate scope and dependencies.

### Demo questions

- Which exact SAP SKU, deployment, release and Fiori apps are included?
- Demonstrate offline incident intake, synchronization and investigation handoff on the proposed client.
- Trace an environmental obligation through data collection, calculation, deviation handling and authority-ready export.
- Show hazard identification, risk scoring, controls, approvals, change documents and reassessment.
- Demonstrate the chemical request and approval boundary, including any Product Compliance or specification-data dependency.
- Which audit, inspection, occupational-health and Management of Change functions are licensed in this proposal?
- Which integrations with HR, maintenance, materials, learning and sustainability products are standard, configured or custom?
- Can we export original records, attachments, workflow history and calculation evidence at contract end?

### Primary sources

- [Workplace Safety product scope](https://www.sap.com/products/scm/safety-management-software.html)
- [Environment Management product scope](https://www.sap.com/products/scm/environmental-management-software.html)
- [Environment Management US pricing](https://www.sap.com/products/scm/environmental-management-software/pricing.html)
- [Workplace Safety US pricing](https://www.sap.com/products/scm/safety-management-software/pricing.html)
- [SAP official portfolio learning material](https://learning.sap.com/courses/discovering-sap-sustainability-solutions-br/summarizing-key-products-of-sustainability-1)
- [Environment Management 2025 FPS02 documentation](https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_S4HANA_ON-PREMISE/1b3596cc5dd5428d887966a4193ddc29/6d08555321d77d77e10000000a441470.html)
- [Sustainability portfolio pricing distinctions](https://www.sap.com/products/sustainability/pricing.html)
- [Deployment trust resources](https://www.sap.com/about/trust-center.html)
- [SAP S/4HANA Cloud Public Edition Workplace Safety portfolio](https://learning.sap.com/courses/introduction-to-sap-s-4hana-cloud-public-edition-ehs-workplace-safety/introducing-sap-s-4hana-cloud-public-edition-ehs-workplace-safety-portfolio)
- [Public-cloud Health and Safety Management scope](https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_S4HANA_CLOUD/323bd3f1dc8248bc8647c62f1baa6a3a/fc1b5f9fc2a84a179ed36fc98c9dc384.html)
- [Incident reporting, investigation and responsible-person notifications](https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_S4HANA_ON-PREMISE/1b3596cc5dd5428d887966a4193ddc29/d94dc75802bf013be10000000a4450e5.html)
- [Incident processes and corresponding workflows](https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_S4HANA_ON-PREMISE/1b3596cc5dd5428d887966a4193ddc29/ddec31ea62164f5eb4f4fa57cd749e4d.html?locale=en-US)
- [Simulated risk assessments for Management of Change](https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_S4HANA_ON-PREMISE/1b3596cc5dd5428d887966a4193ddc29/c3d87deee2014c3a9516e43891755587.html?version=latest)
- [EHS architecture, roles, integrations and module boundaries](https://learning.sap.com/courses/introduction-to-sap-environment-health-safety/discovering-ehs-architecture-roles-data-and-reports)

## Chemwatch

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/chemwatch
Sources checked: 2026-10-12
Chemwatch is an Australian-headquartered chemical-safety company selling several separate products. BackPack is an SDS library; GoldFFX adds risk assessments, manifests, reports and labels; the Chemeritus page lists approvals, SiSoT container tracking, heat maps and web-services integration. Smarter Suite is the mobile app. AuthorITe and GoSDS (SDS authoring) and the regulatory databases are separate purchases.

Chemwatch sells chemical management as separate editions: an SDS library (BackPack), an edition with risk assessments, manifests and labels (GoldFFX) and an edition whose page lists purchase approvals and barcode or RFID container tracking (Chemeritus). A free Backpack Limited account covers up to 50 SDS. Paid editions are quoted.

Best-fit starting point: Sites that hold many supplier SDS and must keep a hazardous-chemical register, storage limits and task risk assessments current.

Check before buying: Choose the edition first: the Chemeritus page lists approvals and SiSoT container tracking, while the reviewed BackPack and GoldFFX pages do not; SiSoT also has its own product page, so ask what can be added to a lower edition. Generated one-page risk assessments are pre-filled from SDS data and still need review against the real task.

### Pricing

Free Backpack Limited (up to 50 SDS); paid editions by quote. Backpack Limited is free with no credit card or time limit while the account stores 50 SDS or fewer (the page also says fewer than 50 chemicals); it is a limited SDS library, not a free licence of the paid editions. No amount is published for BackPack, GoldFFX, Chemeritus, Smarter Suite or the regulatory products; ask for a quote by edition, SDS volume, sites, app, API, migration and support. The meta description of the Backpack Limited page and the vendor's plain-text site index call it a free trial for up to 50 chemicals, while the page wording recorded above counts 50 SDS; ask Chemwatch whether the cap counts SDS or chemicals and whether the word trial implies an end date.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating for organisations whose chemical register, supplier SDS and task risk assessments are maintained by hand across several stores or sites. A site with fewer than 50 SDS can use Backpack Limited without a sales call. Buyers who need approvals before purchase or container-level tracking should ask whether Chemeritus is needed, since its page is the one listing those features, and test the mobile sync with real barcodes.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-02 [verified]: The Backpack Limited page states the free conditions; no paid product shows an amount.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://chemwatch.net/products/chemicals-management/backpack-limited
- https://chemwatch.net/products

### Offline SDS and mobile app documented; sync rules need a demo

The editions list offline SDS access and hardcopies. Smarter Suite for Android and iOS works offline and syncs with the desktop system, including container scans and stocktakes; folder-by-folder download was marked coming soon, and conflict handling after reconnection is not documented.

Product scope: BackPack: SDS library with update reports. GoldFFX: SDS, manifests, one-page risk assessments, reports and D-Gen labels. Chemeritus: its page lists SDS, manifests, risk assessments, labels and reports together with approvals, SiSoT, chemical tagging, heat maps, geo-tagging and web-services API. COSHH COBRA: SDS plus task risk assessments (COSHHPliant for the UK). Smarter Suite: Android and iOS app.

Review scope: Vendor-documentation research, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. AI-assisted explanations may be incomplete and do not replace a demo or primary documentation. Legacy ratings are excluded. Desk research dated 2 October 2026 against Chemwatch's product, mobile-app, asset-management and services pages.

Trial status: verified-free. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Edition boundary: Map each required workflow to BackPack, GoldFFX or Chemeritus before pricing; approvals, SiSoT and the API are only described for Chemeritus.
  Sources: https://chemwatch.net/products/chemicals-management/chemeritus, https://chemwatch.net/products/chemicals-management/goldffx
- SDS update frequency: Confirm how often library SDS are refreshed for the edition quoted: BackPack states weekly crawling, the free edition three update checks a year, and the Services page says daily updates.
  Sources: https://chemwatch.net/products/chemicals-management/backpack, https://chemwatch.net/products/chemicals-management/backpack-limited, https://chemwatch.net/services
- Risk assessment inputs: Check which fields are pre-filled from the SDS and which depend on task and working conditions entered by your staff.
  Sources: https://chemwatch.net/products/chemicals-management/coshh-cobra
- Mobile data volume: Load a representative library on Smarter Suite and measure offline availability, since selective folder download was not yet released.
  Sources: https://chemwatch.net/products/mobile-applications/smarter-suite
- Support model: Ask who in the Entourage support group handles SDS acquisition, regulatory questions and IT issues, and what is chargeable.
  Sources: https://chemwatch.net/services

### Capability scope

- Supplier SDS library with update reports [documented]: BackPack adds supplier SDS from Chemwatch's collection into custom folders; the page says library SDS are updated weekly by web crawlers, with comparison reports and notifications. The Backpack Limited page describes update checks three times a year, so confirm the update frequency for the edition quoted. Sources: https://chemwatch.net/products/chemicals-management/backpack, https://chemwatch.net/products/chemicals-management/backpack-limited
- Chemical manifests with storage limits [documented]: GoldFFX manifests hold quantities, classification and location; dangerous-goods class and packing group are applied to WHS storage limits, and quantity limits and notification thresholds can be set per facility. Reports export to XML, CSV, XLSX or templates. Sources: https://chemwatch.net/products/chemicals-management/goldffx
- One-page task risk assessments [conditional]: Listed in GoldFFX and Chemeritus (the COBRA page calls it an option there) and sold alone as COSHH COBRA (COSHHPliant for the UK). Task-based control banding based on ILO and UN guidelines, pre-filled from SDS data, with PPE and control suggestions and an optional approvals section. The user supplies task and working conditions. Sources: https://chemwatch.net/products/chemicals-management/coshh-cobra, https://chemwatch.net/products/chemicals-management/goldffx
- D-Gen labels and barcodes [documented]: Over 50 label templates and custom templates built from more than 300 data points, in 49 languages, with major barcode standards including QR and Data Matrix. Sources: https://chemwatch.net/products/chemicals-management/goldffx
- Purchase and use approvals [conditional]: Described on the Chemeritus page only. The default workflow has four stages (request, manager, environmental, health and safety executive) and can be changed, with custom forms that attach SDS, risk assessments and storage requirements. Sources: https://chemwatch.net/products/chemicals-management/chemeritus
- Barcode and RFID container tracking [conditional]: SiSoT, included in Chemeritus, assigns a unique barcode per container, supports action barcodes and RFID tags, records receipt, transfer and disposal, generates waste forms and can block folder edits during a stocktake. Sources: https://chemwatch.net/products/asset-management/sisot, https://chemwatch.net/products/chemicals-management/chemeritus
- Offline mobile app and vendor-barcode audits [conditional]: Smarter Suite adds SSO, offline use and sync, container scans, hazard summaries and, through Smart AaaS, inventories from vendor barcodes. Sources: https://chemwatch.net/products/mobile-applications/smarter-suite, https://chemwatch.net/products/mobile-applications/smart-aaas
- ERP web-services integration [conditional]: Offered to Chemeritus users: search and download SDS inside an ERP, extend to regulatory lists and manifests, and two-way exchange such as new-material requests. Integration and custom development are also listed as services. Sources: https://chemwatch.net/products/chemicals-management/chemeritus, https://chemwatch.net/services
- Emergency-response information sharing [conditional]: Smarter Suite's Smart ER section is described as providing emergency-response details for on-site chemicals, sharing data with local emergency-response authorities and access to Chemwatch's 24/7 emergency-response service. Confirm entitlement, information shared, recipients, jurisdictional coverage, offline availability and retained audit evidence; this does not establish a general incident-management or dispatch workflow. Sources: https://chemwatch.net/products/mobile-applications/smarter-suite
- Jurisdictional chemical-regulatory lookup [conditional]: Galleria Chemica is a separate regulatory-data offering whose connected records expose chemical identities, classifications, regulatory status, jurisdictional coverage and source-list context. Confirm licensing, covered jurisdictions, update terms and linkage to the quoted edition; do not imply that BackPack, GoldFFX or Chemeritus includes Galleria. Sources: https://chemwatch.net/products/regulations/galleria-chemica

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: new chemical from request to labelled container
1. Submit a purchase request for a new chemical with its supplier SDS in the Chemeritus approvals workflow.
2. Approve it through manager, environmental and health and safety stages, then generate the one-page risk assessment for the intended task.
3. Receive the container with a SiSoT barcode, print a D-Gen label and check the manifest quantity against the storage limit for that store.

#### Proposed demo: offline stocktake and reconciliation
1. Start a stocktake so folder edits are blocked, then disconnect a Smarter Suite device.
2. Scan containers in one store, mark one lost and scan an unknown vendor barcode.
3. Reconnect and show the reconciled manifest, the registered barcode and who made each change.

#### Proposed demo: emergency information handoff
1. Select a real on-site material in Smarter Suite and open Smart ER, showing which emergency details, location and current inventory information are available.
2. Preview and share the information with a controlled test recipient representing the local emergency-response authority, showing exactly which fields and attachments leave the organisation.
3. Change the material location or quantity, repeat the handoff and show update timing, permissions and any retained audit evidence without asserting those controls before the demonstration.

### Product presentations

- [SiSoT chemical and asset management overview](https://chemwatch.net/products/asset-management/sisot): Vendor-published product video embedded on Chemwatch's SiSoT page; it is not an independent test, and the scope shown (SiSoT container and asset tracking) may differ from the edition you are quoted.

### Questions and answers

#### Is Backpack Limited a trial or a permanent free plan?
The page calls it a free trial but also says it is free for life with no credit card, time limit or obligation while you store 50 SDS or fewer. Above that, the page directs you to sales. The page meta description and the vendor's plain-text site index describe a free trial for up to 50 chemicals, so the unit of the cap (SDS or chemicals) differs between sources; ask Chemwatch to confirm it in writing.

#### Which Chemwatch edition includes container tracking?
SiSoT barcode and RFID tracking is listed as part of Chemeritus, together with the approvals module, chemical tagging, heat maps and geo-tagging. GoldFFX covers SDS, manifests, risk assessments, reports and labels.

#### Can workers read SDS without a connection?
The SDS editions list options for offline access and hardcopies, and Smarter Suite is described as accessible offline. Test your own library size on a device, since selective folder download was still marked coming soon.

#### Does Chemwatch author SDS for our own products?
Authoring is a separate offering: GoSDS is a pay-as-you-go online tool, AuthorITe is an in-house authoring package, and Chemwatch chemists can author SDS as a service.

#### Is emergency information available on the mobile app?
Smarter Suite includes Smart ER, which lists emergency response details for on-site chemicals, sharing with local responders and a 24/7 Chemwatch emergency response service. Confirm which edition includes it.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-25: Replaced the mechanically assembled profile with a re-research of Chemwatch's current product pages: added edition boundaries, SiSoT stocktake controls, Smarter Suite offline scope, the two stated SDS update frequencies and the Backpack Limited conditions; replaced the Environmental Management tag with Risk Assessment, because the sustainability pages cover product declarations and product carbon footprints rather than site environmental management.
- 2026-10-02: Re-read every cited official page on 2 October 2026. Clarified that risk assessments are an option within GoldFFX and Chemeritus and noted a third stated SDS update frequency.
- 2026-10-12: Re-read the cited official pages on 12 October 2026 and added the vendor's own SiSoT overview video from its SiSoT page. No other facts changed.

### Demo questions

- Which edition do we need for purchase approvals and container tracking, and what does moving from GoldFFX to Chemeritus change in our data?
- Show one of our supplier SDS being updated by your crawler, the comparison report, and who is notified.
- Generate a one-page risk assessment for one of our real tasks and show which fields come from the SDS and which we must supply.
- On Smarter Suite with no connection, scan a container out of a store, reconnect, and show the manifest and audit trail after sync.
- Quote edition, SDS count, sites, mobile users, API services, migration and Entourage support separately, with currency and renewal terms.

### Primary sources

- [Product portfolio](https://chemwatch.net/products)
- [BackPack SDS library](https://chemwatch.net/products/chemicals-management/backpack)
- [Backpack Limited free conditions](https://chemwatch.net/products/chemicals-management/backpack-limited)
- [GoldFFX edition scope](https://chemwatch.net/products/chemicals-management/goldffx)
- [Chemeritus approvals, SiSoT and API](https://chemwatch.net/products/chemicals-management/chemeritus)
- [SiSoT container tracking](https://chemwatch.net/products/asset-management/sisot)
- [Smarter Suite mobile app](https://chemwatch.net/products/mobile-applications/smarter-suite)
- [Smart AaaS vendor-barcode audits](https://chemwatch.net/products/mobile-applications/smart-aaas)
- [COSHH COBRA risk assessment](https://chemwatch.net/products/chemicals-management/coshh-cobra)
- [Entourage support, authoring and ERP services](https://chemwatch.net/services)
- [Regional offices and demo contact](https://chemwatch.net/contact)
- [Galleria Chemica regulatory records — checked 28 September 2026](https://chemwatch.net/products/regulations/galleria-chemica)

## Lisam

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/lisam
Sources checked: 2026-10-11
Also known as: Lisam Systems
Lisam Systems, based in Belgium, sells a product-stewardship line and an EHS line. ExESS authors SDS and labels and runs PCN and volume-tracking modules; PubliChem distributes published SDS; Lisam Chemicals (also shown as ComplyStation Chemicals) manages workplace chemical inventories; the EHS applications cover incidents, audits, a compliance calendar and environmental reporting. Lisam acquired the US EHS vendor Perillon in 2019.

Lisam's core product, ExESS, authors safety data sheets and labels from product formulations for 25 regional GHS modules and connects to ERP systems. Related modules handle EU poison-centre notifications, regulatory volume tracking and SDS distribution. A separate cloud application manages workplace chemical inventories. All pricing is by quote.

Best-fit starting point: Chemical manufacturers and formulators that author their own SDS and labels for several GHS jurisdictions from ERP product data.

Check before buying: ExESS, Lisam Chemicals, PubliChem and the EHS applications are separate products, so scope each one in the proposal. The pages describe mobile apps but no offline operation.

### Pricing

Custom quote. No amount is published for ExESS, its modules, PubliChem, Lisam Chemicals or the EHS applications; every page leads to a demo request, and outsourced SDS sourcing is quoted. Request separate lines for modules, regional content, PCN, volume tracking, inventory users, deployment, ERP interfaces, migration and support.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating for manufacturers and formulators that author SDS and labels in-house for several markets and want authoring tied to ERP data, poison-centre notifications and volume thresholds. Sites that only need to hold supplier SDS and a chemical register should scope Lisam Chemicals on its own. Field teams that work offline should demonstrate the mobile apps before committing.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-02 [verified]: No reviewed page shows an amount; all route to a demo request.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.lisam.com/sds-compliance-solution/
- https://www.lisam.com/chemical-inventory-management/
- https://www.lisam.com/request-a-demo/

### Offline operation not established

Lisam's audits page mentions mobile and desktop apps, Lisam Chemicals offers a mobile app for chemical data, and the ComplyStation Android app covers actions, assessments and incidents. None of these pages describes offline capture or later synchronisation. The vendor homepage does say EHS processes can be captured on the go and while offline, without naming the applications, cached records or synchronisation behaviour. ExESS can be installed on a single workstation or a corporate network as well as used in the cloud, which is a deployment choice rather than a field offline mode.

Product scope: ExESS: SDS, label and safety-instruction authoring with regional GHS modules, integrated regulatory content, PCN/UFI and substance volume tracking. PubliChem: SDS distribution and versioning. Lisam Chemicals: cloud chemical inventory, SDS access, secondary labels and Tier II reporting. EHS: incidents, audits and inspections, compliance calendar, environmental reporting, document distribution.

Review scope: Vendor-documentation research, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. AI-assisted explanations may be incomplete and do not replace a demo or primary documentation. Legacy ratings are excluded. Desk research dated 25 September 2026 against Lisam's product-stewardship and EHS pages, the Lisam Chemicals site and the ComplyStation Google Play listing.

Trial status: request-only. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Product-line scope: List which of ExESS, PubliChem, Lisam Chemicals and the EHS applications you need, and confirm each is licensed and implemented separately.
  Sources: https://www.lisam.com/ehs-overview/, https://www.lisam.com/sds-compliance-solution/, https://www.lisam.com/news/perillon-software-acquired-by-lisam-systems/
- Regional module coverage: Match every market you sell into against the 25 regional GHS modules and ask how quickly a national amendment reaches the module.
  Sources: https://www.lisam.com/regional-modules-for-sds-authoring/
- ERP interface effort: Ask for a reference integration with your ERP and the split between real-time API and batch loads.
  Sources: https://www.lisam.com/sds-compliance-solution/
- EU notification workload: Estimate how many products need UFI and PCN updates each year and test the ECHA system-to-system transfer.
  Sources: https://www.lisam.com/pcn-submission-ufi-generation/
- Field connectivity: If inspections or incident reports happen without coverage, demonstrate the mobile apps offline; the homepage mentions offline capture, but the audits and app pages do not document it.
  Sources: https://www.lisam.com/, https://www.lisam.com/audits-inspections/, https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lisam.GoPAK360

### Capability scope

- SDS and label authoring for regional GHS [documented]: ExESS authors SDS, labels and safety instruction cards with automated classification, batch generation and multilingual output (56+ languages on one page, 57 on another). The regional-modules page lists 25 regional GHS modules, including a UN GHS module, covering among others the EU, GB, US, Canada, China, Japan and Korea. Sources: https://www.lisam.com/sds-compliance-solution/, https://www.lisam.com/sds-authoring-distribution/, https://www.lisam.com/regional-modules-for-sds-authoring/
- ERP and third-party integration [conditional]: Real-time API integration and batch integration tools are described; SAP, Microsoft Dynamics/Navision, JD Edwards, PeopleSoft, Oracle and ProcessPro are named as systems clients have integrated. Treat these as project work to scope, not packaged connectors. Sources: https://www.lisam.com/sds-compliance-solution/
- UFI generation and PCN submission [documented]: UFI generator, EuPCS categories, PCN-format records mapped from existing ExESS product data, PCN validation, update tracking and system-to-system transfer to the ECHA submission portal. Sources: https://www.lisam.com/pcn-submission-ufi-generation/
- Regulatory volume tracking [documented]: Tonnage bands per substance and legal entity, threshold alarms and simulations for EU REACH (including SVHC in mixtures and article BOMs), UK REACH, US CDR with e-CDRweb export, Japan CSCL, K-REACH, Taiwan TCCSCA and Turkey KKDIK. Sources: https://www.lisam.com/substance-volume-tracking-reporting/
- Workplace chemical inventory and Tier II [conditional]: Lisam Chemicals tracks chemical details and unlimited locations, stock movements and container quantities, TPQ thresholds, barcode scanning, secondary-container GHS labels and an automatic SARA Title III/Tier II report. A mobile app is offered. This is a separate product from ExESS. Sources: https://www.lisam.com/chemical-inventory-management/, https://chemicals.lisam.com/chemical-management-software
- SDS distribution and versioning [documented]: PubliChem distributes published SDS and safety documents to customers automatically, stores archived versions and gives customers direct access to current documents. Sources: https://www.lisam.com/document-distribution-management/, https://www.lisam.com/sds-authoring-distribution/
- EHS incidents, audits and mobile apps [conditional]: Incidents covers spills and releases, injuries, vehicle accidents, property damage, security breaches and integrated CAPA with notifications. Audits describes drag-and-drop forms, workflow logic, dashboards and mobile and desktop apps. The ComplyStation Android app (updated July 2026) handles actions, assessments and incidents. Sources: https://www.lisam.com/incident-management/, https://www.lisam.com/audits-inspections/, https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lisam.GoPAK360
- Offline field capture [conditional]: Lisam's current homepage states that EHS processes can capture information while offline, but it does not identify the supported applications, cached records, synchronization behavior or conflict handling. Demonstrate the exact mobile workflow and reconnect path in the quoted product. Sources: https://www.lisam.com/
- Compliance calendar and deadline escalation [conditional]: The Compliance Calendar centralizes reporting deadlines, sampling events, scheduled audits and permit requirements, with assignment or completion alerts and triggers or escalation for missed deadlines. A link to order-management systems is described as possible and should be scoped as implementation work. Sources: https://www.lisam.com/compliance-calendar/
- Environmental calculations and regulatory reporting [conditional]: Lisam Sources processes air, water and waste data, centralizes formulas, monitors KPIs and thresholds, and can assign corrective actions after permit exceedances. The page lists US outputs including e-GGRT, Title V, TRI and NPDES/DMR; confirm jurisdiction, formula validation and the separately licensed Sources scope. Sources: https://www.lisam.com/esg-regulatory-compliance/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: formulation change to published SDS
1. Change a mixture composition in the ERP and show it arriving in ExESS through the agreed interface.
2. Reclassify the mixture, regenerate the SDS and label in two regional modules, and route them through the configured approval step.
3. Publish the new version to PubliChem, update the UFI or PCN record if required, and show the archived previous version.

#### Proposed demo: site inventory to Tier II report
1. Scan incoming containers into Lisam Chemicals at two storage locations and record one transfer.
2. Show a TPQ threshold warning for an extremely hazardous substance.
3. Generate the SARA Title III/Tier II report and trace one reported quantity back to its stock movements.

#### Proposed demo: permit exceedance to regulatory report
1. Load one representative air, water or waste source value into Lisam Sources and inspect the centralized formula and resulting metric.
2. Force a permit-limit breach and verify the threshold alert, assigned corrective action, owner and status.
3. Resolve the action and generate the applicable configured regulatory report.
4. Trace the reported value back to its source data, formula, approval and correction history.

### Product presentations

- [ExESS product record with label preview](https://www.lisam.com/regional-modules-for-sds-authoring/): Official vendor image of the ExESS authoring screen with a sample hazard label preview, cropped to the laptop screen.

### Questions and answers

#### Which regulatory content can ExESS use?
Lisam offers its own OEL, EU, GHS and REACH lists and optional integrated third-party libraries: BIG for the EU, JCDP for Japan, SRICI for China and ChemADVISOR's LOLI globally, updated with one click according to the product page.

#### Is ExESS cloud or on-premises?
The authoring page says ExESS can be installed on single workstations, over corporate networks or used via the cloud, built on Microsoft .NET.

#### Does Lisam cover US volume reporting?
ExESS volume tracking covers US Chemical Data Reporting, including worker exposure, usage and CBI tracking, and creates the XML upload file per site for EPA's e-CDRweb tool.

#### How does Perillon relate to Lisam?
Lisam Systems acquired Perillon Software, a US EHS compliance and risk vendor, in June 2019. Lisam's current EHS pages present incidents, audits, compliance calendar and environmental reporting under the Lisam name.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-25: Replaced the mechanically assembled profile with a re-research of Lisam's current pages: regional modules, PCN submission, volume tracking, Tier II inventory, the ComplyStation app and the absence of documented offline capture; dropped a source that returned HTTP 404 and a French page.
- 2026-09-28: Added Compliance Calendar and Lisam Sources boundaries, a permit-exceedance reporting exercise and the vendor's current broad offline-capture statement; exact offline application and sync scope remains conditional.

### Demo questions

- Author an SDS and label for one of our mixtures in two regional modules we sell into, and show which phrases come from which regulatory library.
- Show the ERP interface: which product and formulation fields arrive in real time, which by batch, and how a changed formulation triggers SDS revision.
- Generate a UFI and a PCN dossier for an existing product and show the system-to-system submission and its status tracking.
- Run volume tracking for one legal entity and show the tonnage-band alarm and, for the US, the e-CDRweb export.
- Can inspection or incident records be captured on the mobile apps without a connection, and how are they synchronised?

### Primary sources

- [ExESS SDS compliance and ERP integration](https://www.lisam.com/sds-compliance-solution/)
- [SDS authoring and distribution](https://www.lisam.com/sds-authoring-distribution/)
- [Regional GHS modules](https://www.lisam.com/regional-modules-for-sds-authoring/)
- [PCN submission and UFI generation](https://www.lisam.com/pcn-submission-ufi-generation/)
- [Substance volume tracking](https://www.lisam.com/substance-volume-tracking-reporting/)
- [Chemical inventory management](https://www.lisam.com/chemical-inventory-management/)
- [Lisam Chemicals application](https://chemicals.lisam.com/chemical-management-software)
- [PubliChem document distribution](https://www.lisam.com/document-distribution-management/)
- [EHS portfolio overview](https://www.lisam.com/ehs-overview/)
- [Incident management](https://www.lisam.com/incident-management/)
- [Audits and inspections](https://www.lisam.com/audits-inspections/)
- [ComplyStation Android app](https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lisam.GoPAK360)
- [Perillon acquisition announcement](https://www.lisam.com/news/perillon-software-acquired-by-lisam-systems/)
- [Demo request](https://www.lisam.com/request-a-demo/)
- [Compliance calendar, deadline alerts and escalation — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.lisam.com/compliance-calendar/)
- [Environmental calculations, thresholds and regulatory reports — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.lisam.com/esg-regulatory-compliance/)
- [Current EHS portfolio and offline-capture statement — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.lisam.com/)
- [Lisam SOC 2 Type II announcement](https://www.lisam.com/news/lisam-soc2-certification/)

## ERA-EHS

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/era-ehs
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: ERA Environmental
ERA-EHS Software Solutions (ERA Environmental Management Solutions) is a web-based EHS platform sold as modules: Environmental Management and reporting, Health & Safety, Sustainability and SDS. On Demand products (SDS authoring, authoring services, tank calculations) are bought separately from the enterprise platform.

ERA-EHS models air emissions from process and chemical data and produces US and Canadian regulatory reports such as TRI, Tier II, NPRI and Title V, alongside chemical inventory, health and safety, sustainability and SDS modules. Each module has a published starting rate in its own unit; enterprise pricing is quoted per facility.

Best-fit starting point: US and Canadian manufacturing facilities that calculate air emissions and file TRI, Tier II or permit reports from chemical usage data.

Check before buying: Starting rates use different units (emission unit, user account, metric, SDS), so a quote is needed to know the platform cost. Offline mobile capture is described for most Health & Safety modules only.

### Pricing

Published module starting rates; enterprise quote per facility. ERA's pricing page lists starting rates in USD: Environmental Management from $99 per emission unit per year, Health & Safety from $39 per user account per year and Sustainability from $99 per metric tracked per year. SDS hosting costs $0.25 to $1 per SDS and full parsing $15 per SDS; On Demand products start at $99 to $440. These units cannot be added into one platform price; enterprise pricing is a custom quote. The SDS page and its FAQ give SDS Authoring On Demand from $150 down to $12 USD per SDS. The same pricing page also shows a Tanks On Demand figure of $4,995 USD in a separate On Demand block that contains template placeholder text, which conflicts with the $99 start rate above; confirm the current tank-calculation price in writing.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating for US and Canadian manufacturing facilities that calculate air emissions and file TRI, Tier II or permit reports from chemical usage data. The per-unit starting rates let a single-facility buyer estimate one module's entry cost before a call. Organisations mainly seeking field safety apps should confirm which H&S modules work offline.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: The pricing page shows module starting rates in USD with their units and custom enterprise quotes. The SDS page and its FAQ give SDS Authoring On Demand from $150 down to $12 per SDS.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.era-ehs.com/era-ehs-software-pricing
- https://www.era-environmental.com/sds-solutions

### Imaxinar offline capture for most H&S modules; others web-based

ERA states that most Health & Safety modules run on iOS and Android through its Imaxinar app, with field entry and offline capture that syncs when reconnected. The pricing FAQ adds mobile use for incident reporting, waste container tracking and SDS lookup. Offline use of the environmental calculation and reporting modules is not described; those are web-based. Ask which H&S modules are outside the word "most".

Product scope: Environmental Management: air, water, waste, refrigerants, tanks, chemical inventory and approvals, with TRI, Tier II, NPRI, NEI, NESHAP and Title V reporting. Health & Safety: incidents and CAPA, inspections, BBSO, 29 CFR audits, audit findings, LMS, HR integration and MoC. Sustainability: Scope 1-3 and ESG metrics. SDS: authoring, management, On Demand and authoring services.

Review scope: Vendor-documentation research, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. AI-assisted explanations may be incomplete and do not replace a demo or primary documentation. Legacy ratings are excluded. Desk research dated 25 September 2026 against ERA's pricing page and its environmental, chemical, safety, sustainability and SDS module pages.

Trial status: request-only. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Unit-based cost model: Count emission units, user accounts, tracked metrics and SDS before the call; each module prices on a different unit.
  Sources: https://www.era-ehs.com/era-ehs-software-pricing
- Emissions mapping effort: Agree who maps processes, equipment and sources during setup and how changes to a process are remapped later.
  Sources: https://www.era-environmental.com/solutions/environmental/air
- Data import quality: Test Universal Import and vendor uploads with your own purchase files and review the error trapping.
  Sources: https://www.era-environmental.com/solutions/environmental/air
- Mobile module coverage: Get a written list of the H&S modules available offline in Imaxinar, since the page says most rather than all.
  Sources: https://www.era-environmental.com/solutions/health-safety
- Regional fit: Outside the US and Canada, confirm which local reports and regulatory lists are covered on the EU or other regional site.
  Sources: https://www.era-environmental.com/

### Capability scope

- Air emissions modelling and reporting [documented]: Mass-balance calculations for HAPs, VOCs, GHGs, PM, NOx and SOx with tanks, coating and combustion sub-modules, imports with QA/QC, continuous-monitoring integration and 500+ reports; ERA sets up initial mapping. Sources: https://www.era-environmental.com/solutions/environmental/air
- Tier II and EPCRA reporting [documented]: Tier II classifications pre-selected from CAS and GHS data, processing by chemical, product or usage, and output formatted for Tier2 Submit, E-Plan, Tier II Manager or state tools. Sources: https://www.era-environmental.com/solutions/environmental/tier-ii-reporting
- Container-level chemical inventory [documented]: Usage by container, process and location; transfers, dispensing, waste and off-site disposal; kits, mixtures with new IDs and carts with floor-time limits; surplus notifications. Records feed reports such as Tier II. Sources: https://www.era-environmental.com/solutions/chemical-management
- Health & Safety workflows [documented]: Incidents with CAPA, root cause analysis and insurance claims; inspection calendars and checklists; BBSO and near misses; a 29 CFR audit library with form builder; audit findings; training LMS with matrices; HR integration; Management of Change. Sources: https://www.era-environmental.com/solutions/health-safety
- Imaxinar offline mobile capture [conditional]: Most H&S modules run offline in the Imaxinar app and sync on reconnection; excluded modules are not listed. Sources: https://www.era-environmental.com/solutions/health-safety, https://www.era-ehs.com/era-ehs-software-pricing
- SDS authoring and management [documented]: Authoring with automated classification, country templates and 42 languages; SDS library hosting with revision tracking; On Demand packages for occasional authoring; and SDS written by ERA's in-house scientists as a service. Sources: https://www.era-environmental.com/sds-solutions, https://www.era-ehs.com/era-ehs-software-pricing
- Sustainability and GHG accounting [documented]: Scope 1, 2 and 3 calculations with location- and market-based methods, editable emission factors, REC accounting, hierarchy roll-ups, KPI dashboards and material traceability, priced per metric tracked. Sources: https://www.era-environmental.com/solutions/sustainability
- SOC 2 Type II [documented]: ERA's homepage states it is SOC 2 Type II certified. Ask for the current report and its scope during procurement. Sources: https://www.era-environmental.com/
- Management of change and PSSR [documented]: The MOC module covers permanent and temporary changes, pre- and post-startup tasks, PSSR approval and training links. Imaxinar advertises disconnected requests and approvals; prerequisite checks and reconciliation need a demonstration. Sources: https://www.era-environmental.com/solutions/management-of-change
- Water discharge and refrigerant compliance records [documented]: The separately scoped Water module imports laboratory results and discharge quantities, stores chemical discharge limits by outfall and scenario with revision history, and produces DMR, NPDES and TRI output files. The Refrigerants module records equipment, charge and evacuation amounts, servicing history, leak-rate calculations and technician certifications. ERA states that connected modules must be purchased separately; entitlement, mappings and submission controls require confirmation. Sources: https://www.era-environmental.com/en-us/solutions/environmental/water, https://www.era-environmental.com/solutions/environmental/refrigerant-management

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: chemical purchase to annual reports
1. Load a month of chemical purchases for one facility and issue containers to two processes.
2. Record a transfer, a disposal and a new mixture, then review the remaining inventory.
3. Produce the Tier II report and the air emissions summary for that period and trace one figure back to container usage.

#### Proposed demo: offline incident to closed CAPA
1. Log a near miss with a photo in Imaxinar with the device offline.
2. Reconnect, show the synced record and assign a CAPA with root cause analysis.
3. Close the action and show the audit trail and the incident KPI it updates.

#### Proposed demo: lab result to reviewed discharge file
1. Import representative laboratory results and discharge quantities for one named outfall, including one invalid unit or unmapped parameter.
2. Resolve the import exception, apply the proposed permit limit to the correct outfall scenario and show the retained limit revision history.
3. Generate the DMR view and NetDMR-ready CSV, then trace one reported concentration and quantity back to the accepted source record.
4. Correct one accepted result after review and show who can approve the change, what history remains and whether the output is regenerated or requires a separate submission step.

### Product presentations

- [Sustainability dashboard: landfilled waste chart](https://www.era-environmental.com/solutions/sustainability): Official vendor image of a waste chart in the Sustainability module; not labelled as sample data.
- [Sustainability dashboard: CO2 emissions by year](https://www.era-environmental.com/solutions/sustainability): Official vendor image of a CO2 chart in the Sustainability module; not labelled as sample data.
- [Sustainability dashboard: water cost by month](https://www.era-environmental.com/solutions/sustainability): Official vendor image of a cost chart in the Sustainability module; not labelled as sample data.

### Questions and answers

#### Which reports can ERA's environmental module produce?
The pages name TRI, Tier II, NEI, NPRI, NESHAP/MACT, Title V permit reporting and REACH, among over 500 built-in reports, calculated against ERA's master chemical and regulatory list.

#### Is there a free trial?
No trial is described. ERA offers a discovery call with a customised demo, and some module pages offer a recorded demo video after a form.

#### Does ERA suit sites outside North America?
ERA runs a North American site, a French site, an EU site and a Middle East site; the English site says its offerings focus on US and Canadian regulation and are also recommended for UK, Australian and New Zealand clients.

#### How large is the master chemical list?
The air emissions page cites over 200,000 chemicals and the homepage over 216,000 entries, maintained by ERA and updated without version upgrades.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-25: Replaced the mechanically assembled profile with a re-research of ERA's current pages: module rates with units, air-emissions, Tier II, H&S and Imaxinar offline scope and SOC 2 Type II. Energy Management was dropped: its product page now redirects, and the homepage only lists it. Corrected the same day: SDS On Demand is one range, $150 down to $12 per SDS.
- 2026-09-27: Checked the named MOC application and its workflow boundary against the vendor product page. This capability check does not refresh pricing, trial terms or the rest of the profile.

### Demo questions

- Map two of our emission units and one coating process, and show the mass-balance result feeding a TRI and a Title V report.
- Import a month of chemical purchases through Universal Import and show the QA/QC errors it traps.
- Which Health & Safety modules work offline in Imaxinar, and what happens to an incident photo captured without coverage?
- Quote our emission units, user accounts, metrics and SDS count, with implementation, mapping setup and any consulting as separate lines.
- Show how a regulatory threshold change in the master chemical list reaches our reports and who is notified.

### Primary sources

- [Module pricing and On Demand rates](https://www.era-ehs.com/era-ehs-software-pricing)
- [Health & Safety modules and Imaxinar app](https://www.era-environmental.com/solutions/health-safety)
- [Chemical inventory management](https://www.era-environmental.com/solutions/chemical-management)
- [Air emissions modelling and reports](https://www.era-environmental.com/solutions/environmental/air)
- [Tier II reporting](https://www.era-environmental.com/solutions/environmental/tier-ii-reporting)
- [SDS authoring, management and services](https://www.era-environmental.com/sds-solutions)
- [Sustainability and GHG module](https://www.era-environmental.com/solutions/sustainability)
- [Platform overview and SOC 2 statement](https://www.era-environmental.com/)
- [Discovery call and demo request](https://era-ehs.com/discovery-call)
- [Management of change application — scope checked 27 September 2026](https://www.era-environmental.com/solutions/management-of-change)
- [Water discharge tracking and DMR outputs — scope checked 28 September 2026](https://www.era-environmental.com/en-us/solutions/environmental/water)
- [Refrigerant equipment, servicing and Section 608 records — scope checked 28 September 2026](https://www.era-environmental.com/solutions/environmental/refrigerant-management)
- [ERA-EHS security features page](https://lando.era-environmental.com/security-features)

## Cenosco IMS

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/cenosco
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: Cenosco, IMS Suite
Cenosco is the vendor of the IMS suite. PEI, RCM and SIS address different engineering disciplines; IMS4Field is a field add-on. The former IMS Offline app was retired and replaced by IMS4Field.

Cenosco IMS organizes engineering and inspection information around industrial assets. PEI supports pressure-equipment inspection decisions, RCM supports maintenance strategy and SIS addresses safety-instrumented-system lifecycle work. Buyers should select the disciplines and field interfaces they need rather than assuming one subscription includes the entire portfolio.

Best-fit starting point: Asset-intensive operators with engineering teams responsible for equipment integrity and documented inspection decisions.

Check before buying: Engineering models depend on validated inputs and competent review. A software calculation or standards reference does not authorize extending an inspection interval.

### Pricing

Custom quote. Pricing is not publicly available as a numeric subscription in the reviewed sources, contact vendor. Request separate scope for PEI, RCM, SIS, IMS4Field, hosting, migration, training and integrations. Confirm currency, contract term, site or user limits and ongoing engineering administration.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating when specialist integrity engineering and controlled inspection decisions are central requirements. Include data preparation and methodology ownership in the budget; a basic maintenance checklist need may not justify this scope.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: Reviewed product and service pages offer scoped engagement, with no numeric subscription or unrestricted free trial established.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://cenosco.com/
- https://cenosco.com/services/implementation-data-migration

### Offline capabilities

IMS4Field explicitly supports working on digital checklists offline and syncing with IMS. Confirm preparation, attachments, approval stages and conflict handling for your devices. Do not procure the retired IMS Offline app or assume the full engineering suite operates disconnected.

Product scope: Modular asset-integrity suite with separate discipline scope and an IMS4Field mobile add-on.

Review scope: Vendor-documentation research, not hands-on testing, certification or customer testimony. AI-assisted explanations may be incomplete and do not replace primary documentation, a demo or professional engineering judgment. Legacy ratings are excluded.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Validate a calculation and its resulting inspection task with your own data.
  Sources: https://cenosco.com/products/pressure-equipment-integrity
- Usability & adoption: Observe inspectors using the required IMS4Field forms.
  Sources: https://cenosco.com/products/ims4field
- Implementation & TCO: Budget for data cleanup and migration acceptance.
  Sources: https://cenosco.com/services/implementation-data-migration
- Integrations & API: Test mappings and recovery against the actual connected systems.
  Sources: https://cenosco.com/services/integrations
- Security & trust: Verify discipline access and approval levels at each site.
  Sources: https://ims-handbook.cenosco.com/docs/security-settings
- Customer voice: No independently verified review sample is used; request references for comparable equipment and methodology.

### Capability scope

- Pressure equipment [documented]: PEI links inspection planning, corrosion information and condition history. Sources: https://cenosco.com/products/pressure-equipment-integrity
- Maintenance strategy [documented]: RCM is a distinct discipline for reliability-centered maintenance decisions. Sources: https://cenosco.com/products/reliability-centered-maintenance
- Functional-safety scope [documented]: SIS addresses safety-instrumented-system lifecycle analysis; it does not certify a user's installation. Sources: https://cenosco.com/products/safety-instrumented-systems
- Offline field capture [conditional]: IMS4Field supports disconnected checklists. Demonstrate the exact record and synchronization workflow. Sources: https://cenosco.com/products/ims4field
- External interfaces [conditional]: Integration services connect IMS with other applications. Specify system versions, mappings and support ownership. Sources: https://cenosco.com/services/integrations
- Access and approval [documented]: Roles, disciplines and unit-level approval permissions are documented; test your hierarchy. Sources: https://ims-handbook.cenosco.com/docs/security-settings
- Inspection schedule lifecycle [documented]: PEI schedules define scope, dates and tasks; completed work is credited in Equipment Condition History, and recurring schedules can create the next due record. Sources: https://ims-handbook.cenosco.com/docs/schedules-overview
- Inspector prioritization dashboard [documented]: The dashboard consolidates overdue schedules, approvals, statistics and site-selected queries. Confirm nightly refresh timing, privileges and site filters. Sources: https://ims-handbook.cenosco.com/docs/inspector-dashboard
- Standard and custom reports [documented]: IMS generates standard or site-specific Word and PDF reports and supports custom tooling. Exported documents are editable controlled copies, not immutable audit artifacts. Sources: https://ims-handbook.cenosco.com/docs/reports-overview
- Risk-based inspection methods [documented]: IMS PEI documents built-in S-RBI and RBI581 methods. Method selection, inputs and intervals require competent engineering review and applicable regulatory approval. Sources: https://ims-handbook.cenosco.com/docs/pei-overview

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: inspection evidence to approved schedule
1. Load one asset and a sample measurement history.
2. Show the relevant degradation assumptions and proposed inspection task.
3. Have a second role review the changed schedule.
4. Export the evidence and approval history for engineering review.

#### Demo exercise: offline field task recovery
1. Assign a checklist and prepare a device while connected.
2. Disable connectivity and add sample findings and media.
3. Reconnect after a second user has changed the record.
4. Inspect reconciliation, outstanding reviews and the final equipment history.

#### Demo exercise: due inspection to recurring schedule
1. Select one due PEI schedule and verify its date, scope, tasks and approval state.
2. Record a controlled inspection result in Equipment Condition History and credit the schedule.
3. Route the condition history and any interval change through configured approvals.
4. Confirm equipment history, audit trail and the next due record for a recurring schedule.

### Product presentations

- [IMS Security: Approval Level list](https://ims-handbook.cenosco.com/docs/security-settings): Official vendor handbook screenshot of the Approval Level settings list (test data).
- [IMS approval conditions form](https://ims-handbook.cenosco.com/docs/security-settings): Official vendor handbook screenshot of an approval-rule form with a field picker (test location).

### Questions and answers

#### What is the difference between IMS PEI, RCM and SIS?
PEI focuses on pressure-equipment integrity, RCM on maintenance strategy and SIS on safety-instrumented-system lifecycle work. Define the disciplines required before requesting a proposal.

#### Can Cenosco inspections work offline?
IMS4Field documents offline checklist work. Confirm synchronization and approval coverage in a device-specific demonstration; this does not establish full offline engineering functionality.

#### Is IMS Offline still the current Cenosco app?
No. The official handbook says IMS Offline was retired and replaced by IMS4Field. Existing customers should confirm migration and device requirements.

#### How much does Cenosco IMS cost?
A numeric subscription was not verified in the reviewed official pages. Request a proposal separating modules, implementation and recurring services.

### Demo questions

- Which discipline modules and IMS4Field entitlements are included?
- Can we trace a revised calculation to source readings and an approved schedule?
- How are competing offline changes reconciled?
- Who owns migration validation and interface failures?

### Primary sources

- [IMS suite and equipment scope](https://cenosco.com/)
- [Pressure equipment integrity](https://cenosco.com/products/pressure-equipment-integrity)
- [Reliability-centered maintenance](https://cenosco.com/products/reliability-centered-maintenance)
- [Safety instrumented systems](https://cenosco.com/products/safety-instrumented-systems)
- [IMS4Field mobile add-on](https://cenosco.com/products/ims4field)
- [Retired IMS Offline application](https://ims-handbook.cenosco.com/docs/ims-offline-deprecation)
- [Integration services](https://cenosco.com/services/integrations)
- [Implementation and migration](https://cenosco.com/services/implementation-data-migration)
- [Roles and approval controls](https://ims-handbook.cenosco.com/docs/security-settings)
- [PEI inspection schedule lifecycle](https://ims-handbook.cenosco.com/docs/schedules-overview)
- [Inspector workload and approval dashboard](https://ims-handbook.cenosco.com/docs/inspector-dashboard)
- [Standard and custom reporting](https://ims-handbook.cenosco.com/docs/reports-overview)
- [PEI risk-based inspection methods](https://ims-handbook.cenosco.com/docs/pei-overview)

## Metegrity Visions Enterprise

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/metegrity
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: Metegrity, Visions Enterprise
Visions Enterprise is Metegrity's modular asset-integrity platform. VISIONSGO is its field application for authorized users of a licensed Visions deployment. The RBI Bundle and optional Fugitive Emissions scope depend on Visions Enterprise and are not standalone substitutes for the base platform.

Visions Enterprise centralizes equipment, inspection, thickness, recommendation and non-conformance records. Optional modules extend the core into RBI, corrosion-control documents, integrity operating windows, equipment-specific programs and fugitive-emissions work, while VISIONSGO supports assigned field collection and contractor handoffs. Implementation, migration, integrations and engineering governance must be scoped for the buyer's asset hierarchy, standards and operating model.

Best-fit starting point: Asset-intensive operators that need governed inspection histories, corrosion monitoring and engineering follow-up across plants, pipelines, terminals or offshore facilities.

Check before buying: The platform is modular: RBI, IOW, integrity manuals, VISIONSGO, equipment-specific modules and fugitive emissions require explicit licensing and implementation scope. Published AI, sensor-feedback and advanced ecosystem items on the RBI page are roadmap statements, not delivered commitments. Risk calculations, corrosion mechanisms, inspection intervals and repair decisions still require qualified engineering review and approved source data.

### Pricing

Custom quote. Pricing is not publicly available as a numeric subscription in the reviewed sources, contact vendor. Itemize Visions Enterprise, RBI Bundle, VISIONSGO, fugitive emissions, migration and system interfaces. Confirm the licensing basis, contractor access, currency, renewal terms and support scope.

### When the price fits

A credible shortlist candidate for industrial operators replacing fragmented inspection and corrosion records with a modular integrity system. Evaluate it through a representative asset-and-field scenario and price the base platform, each module, data conditioning, integrations and long-term engineering governance separately.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: Official pages describe a modular, demo-led purchase and service-backed implementation. No public numeric subscription or unrestricted free trial was established; proposals should itemize the base platform, modules, VISIONSGO access, migration, interfaces, training, support and renewals.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://metegrity.com/visions-enterprise/
- https://metegrity.com/visions-rbi/
- https://metegrity.com/modules/
- https://metegrity.com/implementation-data-migration/
- https://metegrity.com/book-a-demo/

### Offline capabilities

VISIONSGO documents real-time field capture and synchronization, but the reviewed official pages do not define a complete no-network operating envelope, preload rules, queued media, conflict resolution or recovery from partial synchronization. Treat offline execution as unverified and require a no-connectivity demonstration on the intended device, inspection form and evidence volume.

Product scope: Visions Enterprise core inspection-data framework plus only the contracted modules, VISIONSGO users, implementation services and named interfaces. The RBI Bundle requires the base platform; Fugitive Emissions is a module of Visions Enterprise, not evidence of a complete ESG platform.

Review scope: Official Metegrity product, module, service, privacy, compliance and first-party customer-story research; not hands-on testing, independent certification, legal advice or validation of vendor outcome claims. Standards references describe supported workflows, not automatic compliance. AI and future sensor/integration items remain roadmap unless demonstrated in the contracted release, and engineering judgment remains with qualified personnel.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Trace a field finding, thickness trend and non-conformance through approved engineering follow-up and closure.
  Sources: https://metegrity.com/visions-enterprise/, https://metegrity.com/visionsgo/
- RBI and engineering governance: Recalculate a sample risk assessment after an input change and inspect assumptions, approvals, standards edition and audit history.
  Sources: https://metegrity.com/visions-rbi/, https://metegrity.com/regulatory-compliance/
- Usability & adoption: Have an inspector, contractor, reviewer and engineer complete their parts of one VISIONSGO-to-Visions workflow.
  Sources: https://metegrity.com/visionsgo/
- Offline resilience: Run a no-network field test with forms, photos, concurrent changes, reconnection and a deliberately failed upload.
  Sources: https://metegrity.com/visionsgo/
- Implementation & TCO: Price the base platform, each module, mobile and contractor access, migration, interfaces, training, hosting, support and renewal separately.
  Sources: https://metegrity.com/modules/, https://metegrity.com/services/, https://metegrity.com/implementation-data-migration/
- Integrations & data quality: Demonstrate the target ERP or CMMS interface, stale data, failed exchanges, duplicate records and reconciliation ownership.
  Sources: https://metegrity.com/modules/, https://metegrity.com/implementation-data-migration/
- Security & privacy: Review contractor identity, role access, device registration, precise location, media, retention, deletion and organization-controlled records.
  Sources: https://metegrity.com/visionsgo/, https://metegrity.com/visionsgo/visionsgo-privacy-policy/
- Environmental workflow: Reconcile a sample LDAR survey, repair chain and CO2-equivalent roll-up against approved site rules and independent calculations.
  Sources: https://metegrity.com/fugitive-emissions/
- Customer evidence: Treat first-party success stories as implementation examples, then request references with comparable assets, regulatory context, data condition and integration scope.
  Sources: https://metegrity.com/enhanced-asset-integrity-performance-through-improved-data-management-and-rbi-a-case-study-with-methanex/

### Capability scope

- Equipment and inspection history [documented]: The core platform organizes equipment configuration, inspection history, findings, recommendations and non-conformances in a shared asset context. Sources: https://metegrity.com/visions-enterprise/, https://metegrity.com/modules/
- Thickness and corrosion trending [documented]: Published functions include datalogger exchange, TML schedules and long- and short-term corrosion-rate analysis. Buyers should validate units, averaging rules, outlier treatment and accepted gauge formats. Sources: https://metegrity.com/visions-enterprise/, https://metegrity.com/regulatory-compliance/
- Risk-based inspection [conditional]: The optional RBI scope supports qualitative, semi-quantitative and quantitative models and is documented against API 580/581. The RBI Bundle requires Visions Enterprise; model selection, data quality and interval approval remain engineering responsibilities. Sources: https://metegrity.com/visions-rbi/, https://metegrity.com/modules/, https://metegrity.com/regulatory-compliance/
- Integrity manuals and operating windows [conditional]: Optional modules structure corrosion-control content and monitor predefined operating boundaries with alerts. Qualified personnel must own degradation mechanisms, boundary values, data sources and response rules. Sources: https://metegrity.com/visions-rbi/, https://metegrity.com/modules/, https://metegrity.com/integrity-manuals-the-most-significant-factor-in-avoiding-asset-failure/
- Mobile field evidence [documented]: VISIONSGO supports assigned inspection work, multi-contributor draft reports, GPS-tagged photos and synchronization to the licensed Visions database. Sources: https://metegrity.com/visionsgo/
- Controlled contractor exchange [documented]: The vendor describes a digital-handshake workflow that sends work scopes to contractors and returns inspection data through the cloud without direct access to the owner's network. Validate identity lifecycle, revocation and tenant boundaries. Sources: https://metegrity.com/visionsgo/, https://metegrity.com/visionsgo/visionsgo-privacy-policy/
- Fugitive-emissions and LDAR workflow [conditional]: The module documents configurable survey schedules and thresholds, leak flags, repair attempts, remeasurement, traceability and CO2-equivalent factors. Site rules and calculation factors require environmental-specialist validation. Sources: https://metegrity.com/fugitive-emissions/
- CMMS, EAM and ERP integration [conditional]: Metegrity publishes integration services and names SAP, Maximo and InforEAM. Treat each connector, version, direction, frequency and exception process as implementation scope rather than an assumed entitlement. Sources: https://metegrity.com/modules/, https://metegrity.com/services/, https://metegrity.com/implementation-data-migration/
- Equipment-specific integrity modules [conditional]: The module catalogue covers piping, pressure equipment, pressure-safety valves, pipelines, rotating equipment, cathodic protection, boiler tubes and offshore structures. License and configure only the asset classes needed. Sources: https://metegrity.com/modules/
- Audit trails and standards-oriented reporting [documented]: Official pages describe full audit trails, inspection plans and reports mapped to named API, ASME, CSA and ISO contexts. This supports evidence preparation but does not itself establish legal compliance or certified calculations. Sources: https://metegrity.com/regulatory-compliance/, https://metegrity.com/visions-enterprise/
- Implementation and data migration [conditional]: Vendor services cover requirements analysis, data mapping, migration, configuration, proof of concept, acceptance testing, training and support. Buyers should define record reconciliation and acceptance metrics contractually. Sources: https://metegrity.com/services/, https://metegrity.com/implementation-data-migration/, https://metegrity.com/enhanced-asset-integrity-performance-through-improved-data-management-and-rbi-a-case-study-with-methanex/
- Disconnected execution [unverified]: The reviewed official product material describes real-time capture and synchronization but does not establish complete offline task, media, conflict or recovery behavior. Require a no-network test on the intended release and device.

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: field inspection to approved engineering follow-up
1. Load a representative asset, prior inspection and thickness history.
2. Assign the inspection to an employee or contractor and capture readings, notes and photos in VISIONSGO.
3. Synchronize and review the draft, reject one incomplete item, then approve the finding.
4. Create a recommendation or non-conformance, assign follow-up and close it with linked repair evidence.
5. Export the asset chronology and confirm users, timestamps, revisions and attachments remain traceable.

#### Demo exercise: governed corrosion, RBI and IOW planning
1. Configure a sample corrosion circuit, damage mechanisms, inspection history and approved data sources.
2. Run the contracted RBI model and inspect probability, consequence, assumptions and change history.
3. Set an IOW boundary, simulate an excursion and verify alert, acknowledgement and escalation behavior.
4. Generate an inspection plan and require qualified engineering approval before changing an interval.
5. Change one input and confirm recalculation, version control and audit reporting.

#### Demo exercise: optional LDAR detection to verified repair
1. Configure a sample emission point, survey type, threshold, repair deadline and conversion factors.
2. Record a field reading that exceeds the threshold and inspect its GPS and evidence traceability.
3. Create and track the repair, including an attempted or delayed repair reason.
4. Record remeasurement and confirm the original reading, repair events and approvals remain linked.
5. Reconcile the site and enterprise roll-up with an environmental specialist's independent calculation.

### Product presentations

- [Visions Enterprise KPI summary and chart](https://metegrity.com/visions-enterprise/): Official vendor image of the VisKPI window with a scheduled-inspections chart; the page does not label the data as sample.

### Questions and answers

#### Can I buy the Metegrity RBI Bundle by itself?
No. The official RBI page says the bundle requires Visions Enterprise; request the base platform, bundle modules, implementation and user scope separately in the proposal.

#### Does VISIONSGO support offline inspection work?
The reviewed product documentation explains field capture and synchronization but not a complete disconnected operating envelope. Require a no-network demonstration covering forms, photos, concurrent edits and failed uploads.

#### Which VISIONSGO data and permissions should buyers review?
The May 2026 privacy policy describes account and device data, precise location, camera/photos, user-generated content and sensitive permissions. It also says some data may be retained indefinitely and that organization-controlled records follow the organization's policies.

#### Does Visions Enterprise integrate with SAP, Maximo or InforEAM?
Official pages name those environments and integration services. Confirm the exact product version, interface direction, frequency, middleware, error handling and support ownership for your deployment.

#### Does standards support mean the system guarantees compliance?
No. Metegrity documents workflows aligned to named API, ASME, CSA and ISO contexts, but compliance depends on configuration, source data, qualified review, operating practice and the applicable jurisdiction.

#### Does Metegrity include emissions management?
An optional Fugitive Emissions module documents LDAR schedules, readings, repairs, remeasurement and roll-up reporting. That is not evidence that every air, methane or ESG reporting obligation is covered.

#### Are Metegrity's AI and live-risk roadmap features available now?
Not necessarily. The RBI page labels AI screening, sensor feedback and other items as a roadmap. Include only release-specific, demonstrated functions in procurement requirements.

#### Can Metegrity migrate historical inspection records?
Metegrity offers migration services covering legacy documents, equipment metadata, inspection histories and test data. Define mapping, duplicate resolution, rejected-record handling and reconciliation thresholds before acceptance.

#### Does the software decide safe inspection intervals or repairs?
It can organize evidence, calculations, alerts and recommendations, but owners should require qualified personnel to approve damage mechanisms, model assumptions, intervals, fitness-for-service decisions and repair acceptance.

### Demo questions

- Which core, mobile and optional module licences are included for each site and contractor group?
- Can a field finding become an approved recommendation, work task and closed repair with a complete audit trail?
- Which RBI model, standards edition, damage mechanisms and calculation assumptions will be configured?
- How are IOW excursions sourced, validated, acknowledged and escalated when an interface or sensor feed is stale?
- Which ERP, CMMS, EAM or GIS interfaces are delivered, and who owns failed-message reconciliation?
- What remains available offline in VISIONSGO, and how are concurrent edits and failed uploads resolved?
- What precise-location, photo, audio and device data is collected, retained and visible to employers or contractors?
- Which published roadmap items are generally available in the contracted release?
- Who approves inspection intervals, corrosion mechanisms, risk results and repair acceptance?

### Primary sources

- [Visions Enterprise core, modular design and mechanical-integrity features](https://metegrity.com/visions-enterprise/)
- [VISIONSGO field workflow and controlled contractor exchange](https://metegrity.com/visionsgo/)
- [RBI Bundle dependency, current bundle and roadmap boundary](https://metegrity.com/visions-rbi/)
- [Fugitive Emissions LDAR, repair and reporting scope](https://metegrity.com/fugitive-emissions/)
- [Demo and commercial contact route](https://metegrity.com/book-a-demo/)
- [VISIONSGO account, location, media, retention and data-handling policy](https://metegrity.com/visionsgo/visionsgo-privacy-policy/)
- [Visions Enterprise module catalogue and dependencies](https://metegrity.com/modules/)
- [Implementation, configuration, integration, migration, training and support services](https://metegrity.com/services/)
- [Implementation, data migration, proof-of-concept and named EAM/CMMS interfaces](https://metegrity.com/implementation-data-migration/)
- [Audit trails, RBI, inspection planning and corrosion-trending workflow claims](https://metegrity.com/regulatory-compliance/)
- [Integrity Manuals and IOW engineering context](https://metegrity.com/integrity-manuals-the-most-significant-factor-in-avoiding-asset-failure/)
- [First-party Methanex implementation and migration case study](https://metegrity.com/enhanced-asset-integrity-performance-through-improved-data-management-and-rbi-a-case-study-with-methanex/)

## Prometheus Group

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/prometheus
Sources checked: 2026-10-11
Also known as: Prometheus
This listing covers the Prometheus Group industrial software portfolio, not the unrelated open-source Prometheus monitoring project. ePAS electronic permitting, RiskPoynt process-safety monitoring, Mobile EAM, Mechanical Integrity, Planning & Scheduling, STO Manager and Reporting & Analytics are separately described solutions or modules. A full-platform or selected-solution contract does not make these product names interchangeable or prove that every capability is included. The planning and scheduling solution is labelled GWOS-AI (Planning and Scheduling) in the current navigation and on its solution page.

Prometheus Group offers industrial operations software that can connect safety processes with existing enterprise asset systems. ePAS addresses permitting, RiskPoynt addresses barrier and process-risk visibility, and Mechanical Integrity organizes equipment inspection evidence. Mobile EAM extends maintenance tasks to field devices, with platform and ERP scope to confirm in procurement.

Best-fit starting point: Asset-intensive organizations coordinating operational safety and maintenance with established SAP, IBM Maximo or Oracle environments.

Check before buying: Request a named product, site, ERP-version, interface, environment and service schedule because pricing is tailored and no numeric subscription is published. ePAS workflow and auditability do not by themselves make a permit safe, compliant or legally valid: hazards, controls, atmospheric-test results, isolation points, competent-person decisions and authorization rules require customer governance and validation. RiskPoynt's live barrier claims depend on telemetry, mapping, latency and interface health; demonstrate stale-data indication, failure behavior and whether degraded barriers actually block or merely inform permit decisions. Mobile EAM documents offline work orders, rounds, inspections, parts and media for supported SAP, Oracle and IBM Maximo environments, but this does not establish disconnected ePAS permit issuance, approval, isolation release or live RiskPoynt validation. Mechanical Integrity can centralize inspection and non-conformance records, but code selection, inspection methods, engineering assessment and fitness-for-service decisions remain professional responsibilities. Planning, STO, reporting, master-data and AI capabilities must not be assumed included with EHS products. ERP 'out-of-the-box' or partner wording still requires version, object, direction, error-recovery, upgrade and support validation.

### Pricing

Custom quote. Pricing is not publicly available as a numeric subscription, contact vendor. The official page offers full-platform or selected-solution contracts across single-site, multi-site and global scope. Request ePAS, RiskPoynt, Mechanical Integrity and Mobile EAM separately, including ERP integration, implementation, training, currency and renewal terms.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating when maintaining links to an established EAM system is a core buying requirement. Compare interface delivery, training and operating support alongside licence costs, and demonstrate the critical cross-module handoffs.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-09-20 [verified]: Official pricing describes tailored contracts and selected or full-platform scope without numeric rates. A publicly available free trial was not established.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.prometheusgroup.com/pricing

### Offline capabilities

Mobile EAM for SAP explicitly documents offline work orders and operator rounds. This does not establish disconnected ePAS issuance, isolation approval or current RiskPoynt barrier checks. Require separate demonstrations for the ERP edition, module and safety workflow you intend to use.

Product scope: Separately scoped industrial EAM, control-of-work, process-safety, mechanical-integrity, mobile maintenance, planning, turnaround and analytics solutions integrated with enterprise asset systems.

Review scope: Vendor-documentation research, not hands-on testing, certification or customer testimony. AI-assisted explanations may be incomplete and do not replace primary documentation, a demo or professional engineering judgment. Legacy ratings are excluded.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Check a permit's control requirements against your actual process.
  Sources: https://www.prometheusgroup.com/solutions/electronic-permitting-safety
- Usability & adoption: Observe field users completing a disconnected round.
  Sources: https://www.prometheusgroup.com/solutions/mobility
- Implementation & TCO: Price the selected products, rollout and recurring support.
  Sources: https://www.prometheusgroup.com/pricing
- Integrations & API: Verify the intended CMMS exchange and its operational ownership.
  Sources: https://www.prometheusgroup.com/solutions/mechanical-integrity
- Security & trust: Test permissions, stale-data warnings and authorized decisions.
  Sources: https://www.prometheusgroup.com/solutions/process-safety-management
- Customer voice: No independent customer-review sample is used; seek references with matching ERP and product scope.

### Capability scope

- Electronic permit-to-work workflows [documented]: ePAS is described as a web-based integrated safe-system-of-work product with configurable workflows, approvals, permit templates, hazard/control visibility and EAM integration. Customer rules, roles and acceptance testing determine the implemented control. Sources: https://www.prometheusgroup.com/solutions/electronic-permitting-safety
- Hazard identification and risk assessment [documented]: ePAS documents location-specific hazards, HIRA configuration and lessons associated with equipment or assets. A configured risk screen does not replace competent assessment, site verification or required professional judgment. Sources: https://www.prometheusgroup.com/solutions/electronic-permitting-safety
- Hot-work and confined-space permit configuration [conditional]: The ePAS page documents specialized HIRA, atmospheric-test requirements and rescue-plan attachments for these permit types. The software records and enforces configured requirements; it does not perform gas testing or certify the work area. Sources: https://www.prometheusgroup.com/solutions/electronic-permitting-safety
- Isolation and lockout/tagout management [documented]: ePAS documents isolation templates, cross-referencing, isolation-point validation and tag printing. Demonstrate site-specific point identity, independent verification, group isolation, concurrent work and release controls. Sources: https://www.prometheusgroup.com/solutions/electronic-permitting-safety
- Permit audits and reporting [documented]: ePAS documents safety-document audits, configurable questions and scoring plus auditable permit records across departments and sites. Validate immutability, amendments, signatures, retention and export requirements. Sources: https://www.prometheusgroup.com/solutions/electronic-permitting-safety
- Barrier-health and mitigation visibility [conditional]: RiskPoynt documents telemetry-driven barrier status, degradation alerts and mitigation streams across assets and sites. Value and safety relevance depend on mapped sources, data quality, latency and outage handling. Sources: https://www.prometheusgroup.com/solutions/process-safety-management
- Permit and barrier integration [conditional]: RiskPoynt describes integration with ePAS to show cumulative risk, degraded barriers and mitigation validation. Require proof of the configured gating behavior, data timestamp, override authority and audit trail; visibility alone is not an automatic interlock. Sources: https://www.prometheusgroup.com/solutions/process-safety-management
- Offline Mobile EAM work execution [conditional]: Mobile EAM documents offline generation, execution and completion of work orders with synchronization to supported SAP, Oracle or IBM Maximo systems when connectivity returns. Confirm the exact ERP version, objects, on-device security and conflict rules. Sources: https://www.prometheusgroup.com/solutions/mobility, https://www.prometheusgroup.com/solutions/mobility-oracle
- Mobile rounds, inspections, parts and media [conditional]: The mobility page documents offline readings, inspections, operator rounds, parts tracking and annotated media. Validate device/OS support, storage limits, attachment retry, barcode handling and supervisor review. Sources: https://www.prometheusgroup.com/solutions/mobility
- Disconnected permit approval and release [unverified]: The reviewed mobility material does not establish offline ePAS issue, approval, suspension, isolation release or live RiskPoynt checking. Do not transfer Mobile EAM offline claims to safety-critical control-of-work decisions.
- Mechanical-integrity inspection records [documented]: Mechanical Integrity documents asset-linked readings, inspection protocols, non-conformances, documents, version history, field packs and traceability. Engineering codes, intervals and acceptance criteria still require controlled configuration. Sources: https://www.prometheusgroup.com/solutions/mechanical-integrity
- Mechanical-integrity to CMMS handoff [conditional]: The product page describes connections to SAP, Maximo, Oracle or Infor and flow of non-conformances, evidence and inspection context. Demonstrate work-order creation/update, duplicate prevention, failed-message recovery and authoritative status. Sources: https://www.prometheusgroup.com/solutions/mechanical-integrity, https://www.prometheusgroup.com/learning-center/prometheus-erp-partners
- Maintenance planning and scheduling [conditional]: Planning & Scheduling is a separately described solution for prioritization, resource allocation, simulation and plan-versus-actual tracking. Do not assume it is included with ePAS, RiskPoynt or Mobile EAM. Sources: https://www.prometheusgroup.com/solutions/planning-and-scheduling
- Shutdown, turnaround and outage management [conditional]: STO Manager is separately described for scope, work packages, schedule, budget, contractor coordination, isolations and execution. AI suggestions and historical templates require planner review and can be accepted, modified or overridden. Sources: https://www.prometheusgroup.com/solutions/shutdown-turnaround-and-outage
- Portfolio reporting and analytics [conditional]: Reporting & Analytics is separately described for maintenance, reliability, permitting and safety metrics across multiple source systems. 'Real-time' visibility depends on source feeds, definitions and refresh; confirm entitlement and KPI governance. Sources: https://www.prometheusgroup.com/solutions/reporting-and-analytics

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: permit, HIRA and isolation lifecycle
1. Create a representative hot-work or confined-space request against an ERP asset and location.
2. Select hazards and demonstrate required controls, atmospheric tests, attachments, competence and approval rules.
3. Build and independently verify an isolation with cross-referenced points and printed/scanned tags.
4. Suspend, hand over, revalidate and close the permit while exporting the full amendment and authorization history.

#### Demo exercise: degraded barrier and failed telemetry
1. Create a permit that depends on a barrier represented in the connected RiskPoynt configuration.
2. Degrade or bypass the barrier and verify the timestamp, cumulative-risk view, mitigation and ePAS decision path.
3. Interrupt or stale the telemetry feed and observe warnings, fail-safe behavior and override controls.
4. Restore service and export the barrier, permit, mitigation, approval and interface audit history.

#### Demo exercise: offline mobile execution and synchronization
1. Load a work order, operator round, inspection, parts requirement and asset history for the proposed ERP edition.
2. Disable connectivity and enter readings, an exception, parts usage and annotated media.
3. Create a deliberate competing server-side update before reconnecting.
4. Reconnect and verify conflict handling, duplicate prevention, attachment retry, audit history and ERP reconciliation.

#### Demo exercise: inspection finding to corrective work
1. Perform a sample inspection against a fixed measurement location and approved protocol.
2. Record a non-conformance with evidence, severity and required engineering review.
3. Create or update the corresponding CMMS work order and simulate one failed interface exchange.
4. Recover the exchange, reconcile statuses in both systems and trace repair closure back to the original inspection.

### Product presentations

- [STO work package template selection](https://www.prometheusgroup.com/solutions/shutdown-turnaround-and-outage): Official vendor image of the shutdown, turnaround and outage work package template screen; the entries look like sample data.
- [STO schedule approval screen](https://www.prometheusgroup.com/solutions/shutdown-turnaround-and-outage): Official vendor image of the shutdown, turnaround and outage schedule approval screen; the activities look like sample data.

### Questions and answers

#### Is Prometheus Group one all-in-one EHS subscription?
No assumption should be made. Prometheus offers full-platform and selected-solution contracts, while ePAS, RiskPoynt, Mobile EAM, Mechanical Integrity, Planning, STO and Analytics have distinct scopes. Require a named product and service schedule.

#### Which Prometheus product manages permits?
ePAS is the electronic permitting and integrated safe-system-of-work product. RiskPoynt is a separate process-safety and barrier-monitoring solution that can connect to ePAS.

#### Does ePAS support isolation and LOTO?
The official page documents isolation templates, cross-referencing, point validation and tag printing. Demonstrate your site's independent verification, group isolation, concurrent work and release process before relying on it.

#### Does RiskPoynt automatically stop an unsafe permit?
Do not assume that. Prometheus documents ePAS integration, degraded-barrier visibility and mitigation validation, but the implemented blocking, approval or advisory behavior depends on configuration and data health.

#### Which Prometheus workflows work offline?
Mobile EAM documents offline work orders, rounds, inspections, readings, parts and media for supported ERP environments. The reviewed sources do not establish offline ePAS approval or isolation release.

#### Does Mobile EAM support SAP, Oracle and IBM Maximo?
The current mobility page names these systems and describes synchronization when connectivity returns. Confirm the exact ERP/EAM version, modules, objects, customizations and upgrade path in the proposal.

#### Can Mechanical Integrity replace engineering judgment?
No. It can centralize records, readings, protocols, findings and corrective-work links, but competent professionals remain responsible for inspection methods, code interpretation, acceptance and fitness-for-service decisions.

#### Are ERP integrations automatically included?
Do not infer that from partner or out-of-the-box wording. Scope the exact versions, objects, directions, custom fields, latency, errors, reconciliation, upgrades and support ownership.

#### Are Planning, STO and Reporting included with ePAS?
They are separately described solutions and appear as selectable items in tailored packaging. Require line-item entitlement, implementation and shared-interface costs.

#### Does Prometheus software guarantee regulatory compliance?
No. Configurable workflows, records and reports can support control and evidence, but the organization remains responsible for applicable requirements, competent decisions, safe systems of work, validation and ongoing governance.

### Demo questions

- Which named Prometheus products, modules, sites, legal entities and environments are included in the quote?
- Which SAP, Oracle, IBM Maximo or other ERP versions and objects are supported, and which mappings require custom delivery?
- Show the configured permit types, HIRA library, authorization roles, validity rules, suspension, shift handover and closure process.
- What prevents permit issue or work continuation when an isolation, atmospheric test, competence check or other mandatory control is incomplete?
- How are isolation points identified, cross-referenced, verified, locked, tagged, independently checked and released?
- Which RiskPoynt telemetry and barrier sources are connected, how fresh must they be, and what happens when a feed is stale or unavailable?
- Does a degraded or bypassed barrier technically block an ePAS permit, require approval or only display context, and how is that rule audited?
- Which Mobile EAM tasks work fully offline for our ERP edition, and how are duplicates, conflicts, partial uploads and failed synchronization handled?
- Can any ePAS approval, isolation verification or permit release work offline, and what official product evidence and controlled demo prove it?
- How do inspection findings and non-conformances create or update CMMS work orders, and how are failed exchanges reconciled?
- Which inspection codes, corrosion or remaining-life calculations and engineering approvals are configured, validated and change-controlled?
- Are Planning & Scheduling, STO Manager, Reporting & Analytics, AI or master-data services separate line items, and what shared data or interfaces do they require?

### Primary sources

- [Tailored pricing and packaging](https://www.prometheusgroup.com/pricing)
- [Electronic permitting and safety](https://www.prometheusgroup.com/solutions/electronic-permitting-safety)
- [RiskPoynt process safety](https://www.prometheusgroup.com/solutions/process-safety-management)
- [SAP Mobile EAM](https://www.prometheusgroup.com/solutions/mobility)
- [Mechanical integrity](https://www.prometheusgroup.com/solutions/mechanical-integrity)
- [EHS portfolio and integration scope](https://www.prometheusgroup.com/solutions/environmental-health-safety)
- [Planning and Scheduling solution](https://www.prometheusgroup.com/solutions/planning-and-scheduling)
- [Shutdown, Turnaround and Outage Manager](https://www.prometheusgroup.com/solutions/shutdown-turnaround-and-outage)
- [Reporting and Analytics solution](https://www.prometheusgroup.com/solutions/reporting-and-analytics)
- [SAP, Oracle and IBM Maximo integration scope](https://www.prometheusgroup.com/learning-center/prometheus-erp-partners)
- [Prometheus portfolio overview](https://www.prometheusgroup.com/solutions)
- [Oracle Mobile EAM connectivity boundary](https://www.prometheusgroup.com/solutions/mobility-oracle)
- [Prometheus Group trust center](https://trust.prometheusgroup.com/)

## Tractian

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/tractian
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: TRACTIAN
Tractian markets condition-monitoring hardware and software, CMMS offerings and enrichment of existing maintenance systems. Older official CMMS materials use TracOS. Confirm whether the proposal supplies Tractian CMMS, integrates an existing system or bundles sensors.

Tractian connects machine-condition information with maintenance activity. Its current pages emphasize enriching an existing CMMS with sensor-driven context, while a separate CMMS pricing page that listed user-based subscriptions is no longer available. Evaluate the hardware, diagnostics, maintenance application and interfaces as distinct parts of the purchase.

Best-fit starting point: Maintenance and reliability teams assessing machine monitoring alongside existing or new maintenance workflows.

Check before buying: Sensor readings, AI diagnoses and generated procedures require human engineering assessment; Tractian states that its sensor does not replace a field analyst. Confirm hardware model, sampling, communications and hazardous-location approvals. Offline CMMS work does not imply offline telemetry, and closing a work order does not prove correction without post-repair measurement.

### Pricing

Estimate or quote; confirm currency. The English CMMS pricing page that displayed Standard and Enterprise per-user amounts and a free sandbox returned a page-not-found error on 14 October 2026, so those amounts are no longer repeated here. The sensor pricing page offers a price estimate and shows no amounts. Confirm hardware, subscription, implementation, integrations, taxes, currency and renewal terms in a written quote.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating when teams can act on condition information within their maintenance process. Compare a bounded pilot against the cost of sensors, licences and follow-up work; do not use vendor uptime or payback claims as guaranteed savings.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [partial]: The former CMMS pricing page with plan minimums, annual billing and a free sandbox returned a page-not-found error on 14 October 2026, so no CMMS amounts, currency, billing term or trial scope are established. The sensor pricing page offers a price estimate without amounts. Sensors have a separate commercial path.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://tractian.com/en/solutions/condition-monitoring/vibration-sensor/pricing

### Offline capabilities

Official fleet and CMMS video materials describe offline mobile maintenance. Validate preload, work orders, requests, attachments and synchronization on the contracted app. Separately assess sensor connectivity and buffering; offline mobile forms do not establish uninterrupted telemetry.

Product scope: Condition-monitoring sensors and analysis, maintenance execution, parts and purchasing workflows, CMMS subscriptions and integrations with existing systems. Hardware, supervised analysis, configuration and third-party interfaces must be itemised separately.

Review scope: Vendor-documentation research, not hands-on testing, certification or customer testimony. AI-assisted explanations may be incomplete and do not replace primary documentation, a demo or professional engineering judgment. Legacy ratings are excluded.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Trace an alert through human review to the maintenance outcome.
  Sources: https://tractian.com/en/solutions/cmms/work-order-software
- Usability & adoption: Observe technicians recovering work after losing connectivity.
  Sources: https://tractian.com/en/resources/videos?feature=maintenance-management
- Implementation & TCO: Include sensor installation, service and subscription commitments.
  Sources: https://tractian.com/en/solutions/condition-monitoring/vibration-sensor/pricing
- Integrations & API: Test the actual connector, errors and record ownership.
  Sources: https://tractian.com/en/solutions/integrations
- Security & trust: Request deployment-specific security evidence and hardware controls; logos alone are insufficient.
  Sources: https://tractian.com/en/solutions/integrations
- Customer voice: No independently verified review sample is used; request references with comparable machines and operating conditions.

### Capability scope

- Condition sensing [conditional]: Current materials describe wireless multimodal sensing with severity alerts, evidence and suggested procedures. Confirm exact hardware, sampling, communications and certification. Diagnostic output is advisory and does not replace a field analyst. Sources: https://tractian.com/en/solutions/condition-monitoring, https://tractian.com/en/blog/demystifying-tractian-technology-most-common-questions
- Work-order context [documented]: Current pages describe passing fault and maintenance context into connected work-order systems. Sources: https://tractian.com/en/solutions/cmms/work-order-software
- System connections [conditional]: The integration catalog names ERP and reporting systems. Confirm connector entitlement, implementation and data ownership. The mobile page names UpKeep among systems that can be enriched with sensor data, but the catalog does not list it; ask Tractian to confirm that route. Sources: https://tractian.com/en/solutions/integrations, https://tractian.com/en/solutions/cmms/mobile-app
- Offline mobile work [conditional]: Official CMMS materials describe disconnected maintenance tasks. Demonstrate the actual app and recovery behavior. Sources: https://tractian.com/en/resources/videos?feature=maintenance-management
- Existing CMMS enrichment [documented]: The mobile page describes adding sensor context to systems such as spreadsheets, SAP or Maximo. It does not establish identical native features in each. The page also names UpKeep among the systems the sensors can enrich, although the separate integration catalog does not list it; confirm the connection, owner and supported fields with Tractian. Sources: https://tractian.com/en/solutions/cmms/mobile-app
- Maintenance information [documented]: Fleet materials describe work orders with parts used, scheduling by time, mileage or hours, and reporting. Validate which application and licence provide each requirement. Sources: https://tractian.com/en/blog/best-cmms-for-fleet
- Preventive scheduling and maintenance KPI reporting [documented]: The vendor's fleet page describes preventive work triggered by time, miles, engine hours or cycles, and KPI views such as MTTR and PM compliance alongside work orders. Validate each trigger, metric and purchased module with representative data. Sources: https://tractian.com/en/blog/best-cmms-for-fleet
- Vibration-analysis workspace and supervised review [conditional]: The workspace documents spectra, fault frequencies, multi-axis comparison, condition trends, overlays and configurable samples, with expert review for selected alerts. Validate asset support, raw data and analyst terms. Sources: https://tractian.com/en/solutions/condition-monitoring/vibration-analysis
- Parts inventory, reservations and purchasing [conditional]: Tractian describes parts linked to work and assets, stock checks, reservations, requisitions, movements and purchase orders. Demonstrate conflict handling, approvals, costing and ERP fields. Sources: https://tractian.com/en/blog/inventory-systems-management, https://tractian.com/en/solutions/integrations

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: condition alert to reviewed maintenance task
1. Select a sample asset and agree the proposed sensor coverage.
2. Inspect a sample alert and its supporting evidence.
3. Send it to the contracted work-order system for human review.
4. Record the investigation outcome and check duplicate or rejected alert handling.

#### Demo exercise: disconnected task versus sensor outage
1. Prepare a mobile maintenance task while connected.
2. Disable the device network and record a sample work update.
3. Simulate a separate sensor communication interruption.
4. Restore connections and distinguish synchronized tasks from missing or buffered telemetry.

#### Demo exercise: detected fault to parts-backed verified repair
1. Review the spectrum, severity, suggested procedure and analyst route for a condition alert.
2. Convert the accepted alert into prioritized work, reserve stock or raise an approved requisition.
3. Complete repair with labor, parts and evidence, then use post-repair condition data to verify improvement rather than treating closure as proof.

### Product presentations

- [Vibration spectral analysis with fault frequencies](https://tractian.com/en/solutions/condition-monitoring/vibration-analysis): Official vendor image of the spectral analysis workspace; readings look like sample data.
- [Failure record, root-cause analysis and linked work order](https://tractian.com/en/solutions/condition-monitoring/vibration-analysis): Official vendor image of a failure record and linked work order; content looks illustrative.

### Questions and answers

#### Is Tractian a CMMS or condition-monitoring system?
Its portfolio includes both and also describes enriching an existing CMMS. Confirm the exact application and hardware scope in your proposal.

#### How much does Tractian cost?
The CMMS pricing page that displayed dollar prices is no longer available, so no current CMMS amounts are repeated here. The sensor pricing page offers an estimate without amounts. Confirm the currency and a complete quote before comparing totals; sensor scope is separate.

#### Can Tractian maintenance work continue offline?
Official CMMS materials describe offline mobile work. Test your required tasks and synchronization, and evaluate sensor-network outages separately.

#### Is a Tractian sandbox the same as a free sensor pilot?
A free sandbox was advertised on the former CMMS pricing page, which is no longer available, and no current vendor page establishes a free sandbox or a free hardware deployment. Request trial and pilot terms explicitly.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-28: Added official evidence for time-, usage- and production-triggered preventive work plus connected maintenance KPI reporting; retained separate validation of CMMS tasks and sensor connectivity.

### Demo questions

- Are we buying your CMMS, enrichment of our current system or both?
- What is the currency and complete recurring and implementation cost?
- Which hardware, connectivity and replacements are included?
- Can we inspect missed detections, false alerts and interrupted synchronization in a pilot?

### Primary sources

- [Sensor commercial scope](https://tractian.com/en/solutions/condition-monitoring/vibration-sensor/pricing)
- [System integration catalog](https://tractian.com/en/solutions/integrations)
- [Mobile CMMS enrichment](https://tractian.com/en/solutions/cmms/mobile-app)
- [Sensor-to-work-order workflow](https://tractian.com/en/solutions/cmms/work-order-software)
- [Fleet CMMS page: work orders with parts, mileage or hours scheduling, KPIs, offline mobile app](https://tractian.com/en/blog/best-cmms-for-fleet)
- [CMMS video documentation including TracOS offline](https://tractian.com/en/resources/videos?feature=maintenance-management)
- [Condition monitoring, multimodal sensing and failure lifecycle](https://tractian.com/en/solutions/condition-monitoring)
- [Vibration-analysis workspace and sampling modes](https://tractian.com/en/solutions/condition-monitoring/vibration-analysis)
- [Parts inventory, reservations and purchasing workflow](https://tractian.com/en/blog/inventory-systems-management)
- [Condition-monitoring technical FAQ and analyst boundary](https://tractian.com/en/blog/demystifying-tractian-technology-most-common-questions)
- [Tractian trust center](https://trust.tractian.com/)

## Dot Compliance

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/dot-compliance
Sources checked: 2026-10-10
Dot Compliance Ltd, the company named in the site footer, has supported life-sciences eQMS adoption since 2015 and says it has more than 500 customers in 30 countries.

Dot Compliance sells a pre-built eQMS that runs natively on Salesforce: eleven process applications from document control to electronic batch records, a validation documentation package in the subscription, and Dottie, a layer of AI agents.

Best-fit starting point: Pharma, biotech and medical-device quality teams that want a preconfigured eQMS rather than a workflow toolkit.

Check before buying: The pre-validated package covers the vendor's delivered configuration. Changes you make to it need your own assessment, so map your procedures against the delivered workflows before contract.

### Pricing

Subscription, quote only. Dot Compliance publishes no subscription amount: the site navigation has no pricing page and /pricing/ returned a 404 page on 25 September and again on 2 October 2026. Ask the quote to separate applications, users, Dottie AI agents and implementation services.

### When the price fits

Fits a life-sciences manufacturer that wants inspection-ready processes quickly on a Salesforce-hosted cloud service. Outside the industries the site lists (pharmaceutical, biotechnology, medical device, cosmetics), check that the delivered workflows use your terminology.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-02 [verified]: The free-trial form says the trial is offered only after Dot Compliance pre-qualifies the requester; demos are requested through a separate form.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://info.dotcompliance.com/free-trial
- https://info.dotcompliance.com/demo-request

### Browser access through Salesforce; offline mode not documented

None of the eleven process pages, the eQMS page or the Salesforce page reviewed on 25 September and 2 October 2026 mentions an offline mode or mobile synchronisation; access is through the browser via Salesforce. Plan for an online-only service unless the vendor demonstrates otherwise.

Product scope: This profile covers the Quality Management suite's eleven process applications. Clinical Management and Regulatory Management are separate solutions on the same site and need their own scope.

Review scope: Research based on official vendor documentation, not hands-on testing. AI-assisted explanations may be incomplete and do not replace primary documentation or a scoped demo. No independently verified customer-review sample or combined rating is included.

Trial status: request-only. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Delivered workflow fit: Walk your change-control and complaint SOPs through the delivered workflows step by step and list every gap before contract; each later change leaves the pre-validated baseline.
  Sources: https://www.dotcompliance.com/eqms/
- Salesforce release ownership: Agree who assesses each Salesforce platform release and Dot Compliance update against your validated state, and what regression evidence the vendor supplies each time.
  Sources: https://www.dotcompliance.com/salesforce/
- Batch record integration: If EBR is in scope, ask for a delivered MES interface with field mapping and error handling; the EBR page describes MES, LIMS and ERP links without naming systems.
  Sources: https://www.dotcompliance.com/solutions/ebr/

### Capability scope

- Salesforce-native deployment [documented]: Built natively on Salesforce; the vendor FAQ says customers need neither existing Salesforce licences nor Salesforce experience. Sources: https://www.dotcompliance.com/salesforce/
- Validation documentation package [documented]: The vendor says every customer receives a complete validation documentation package with the subscription, to support the customer’s own validation activities. Sources: https://www.dotcompliance.com/salesforce/
- Part 11 and Annex 11 signature controls [documented]: The FAQ lists multi-factor authentication, captured signature meaning and a time-stamped audit trail linking each signature to its record. Sources: https://www.dotcompliance.com/salesforce/
- Office 365 and Google Docs editing [documented]: Check-in/check-out and parallel editing through Office 365 and Google Docs, with saved version history and per-user permissions. Sources: https://www.dotcompliance.com/solutions/document-management/
- Complaint intake to CAPA [documented]: Complaints from patients, healthcare providers, distributors and regulators are logged, routed by predefined risk levels and can trigger CAPAs. Sources: https://www.dotcompliance.com/solutions/complaint-management/
- Electronic batch records [documented]: EBR links work instructions, SOPs, electronic forms and test results to batch records and describes eQMS-MES integration; LIMS and ERP links are claimed in general terms. Sources: https://www.dotcompliance.com/solutions/ebr/
- Dottie AI agents [documented]: Predefined Research, Review and Document to Protocol agents, plus custom agents defined by duties, training materials and boundaries. Sources: https://www.dotcompliance.com/ai/
- Quality-event intake and severity routing [documented]: Teams can log deviations and nonconformances in real time, classify them by severity and initiate investigations; configured severity levels can drive different approval paths and response timelines. Sources: https://www.dotcompliance.com/solutions/quality-events-management/
- Investigation evidence and linked records [documented]: Users can attach photographs, laboratory results and data logs directly to a deviation or nonconformance, while investigations can link the event to CAPAs, training, documents, suppliers and equipment records. Sources: https://www.dotcompliance.com/solutions/quality-events-management/
- Quality-event dashboards and trending [documented]: Dashboards and reporting visualize event trends using metadata such as event type, root cause and department, supporting analysis of recurring issues. Sources: https://www.dotcompliance.com/solutions/quality-events-management/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo: a distributor complaint that becomes a CAPA
1. Log a product complaint from a distributor and let the risk rules set its priority and route.
2. Escalate it to an investigation and CAPA, approve the plan and read back the recorded signature meaning.
3. Open the audit trail and confirm each signature points to the record version it approved.

#### Demo: change a delivered SOP workflow
1. Ask which steps of the delivered document workflow can change without voiding the vendor's validation evidence.
2. Check out an SOP in Office 365, route the revision for approval and assign training by job title.
3. Request the validation documents covering the changed configuration and the next release.

#### Demo: investigate a recurring deviation and escalate it to CAPA
1. Log a deviation, classify it as minor, major or critical, attach a laboratory result and data log, and inspect the approval path and response timeline selected for that severity.
2. Run the investigation, record the root cause, link the relevant document, training, supplier or equipment record, and promote the event to CAPA when the escalation criterion is met.
3. Open the quality-event dashboard, confirm the event appears under its type, root cause and department, then navigate back to the source event and its retained evidence.

### Product presentations

- [Complaint record and dashboard view](https://www.dotcompliance.com/eqms/): Official vendor image of a Dot Compliance complaint record with dashboard tiles; sample data.
- [Records pending home dashboard](https://www.dotcompliance.com/why-dot-compliance/): Official vendor image of the Dot Compliance home page with tiles of records awaiting action; sample data.

### Questions and answers

#### Which industries and regulations does Dot Compliance design for?
The site lists pharmaceutical, biotechnology, medical device and cosmetics solutions, and names 21 CFR Parts 210, 211 and 820, ISO 13485 and ISO 14971 among its standards. That list describes target markets; it is not a certification of the product.

#### Does Dot Compliance hold ISO/IEC 27001 certification?
Its why-Dot-Compliance page states the company is certified with ISO/IEC 27001, 27017 and 42001 and ISO 9001; the eQMS page only lists them as standards. The certificates were not reviewed, so ask for them, the issuing body and the scope.

#### Does Dottie act on quality records by itself?
The vendor says agents share insights along with their context and stop for an expert’s approval before critical steps proceed, and that authorised quality managers can coach Dottie through feedback. Decide which records an agent may draft, and who signs them, before enabling it.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-20: Added official-source research, commercial boundaries and proposed evaluation workflows. Legacy ratings and unsupported certification labels excluded.
- 2026-09-25: Rechecked on the vendor site: added the Salesforce FAQ (no Salesforce licence needed, validation package in the subscription, Part 11 and Annex 11 signature controls), complaint, EBR and Dottie AI scope, and the pre-qualified free trial. Replaced the generic demo script and evaluation checks with Dot Compliance-specific ones.
- 2026-09-28: Expanded quality-event coverage with official evidence for severity routing, investigation attachments and linked records, dashboard trending and an evaluation workflow from deviation intake to CAPA.
- 2026-10-02: Re-read all 12 sources on 2 October 2026: process, Salesforce, Dottie AI and trial statements still match; the pricing path still returned a 404 page; no statement changed.

### Demo questions

- Which Salesforce org and edition does the subscription run in, and who administers releases in it?
- What does the validation documentation package contain, and how is it refreshed when Salesforce or Dot Compliance releases change?
- What does free-trial pre-qualification require, and which applications does the trial enable?

### Primary sources

- [Salesforce platform, validation package and e-signature FAQ](https://www.dotcompliance.com/salesforce/)
- [Document lifecycle and Office 365 / Google Docs editing](https://www.dotcompliance.com/solutions/document-management/)
- [Complaint intake and CAPA triggers](https://www.dotcompliance.com/solutions/complaint-management/)
- [Electronic batch records and MES integration](https://www.dotcompliance.com/solutions/ebr/)
- [Dottie AI agents](https://www.dotcompliance.com/ai/)
- [Company history and customer count](https://www.dotcompliance.com/about-us/)
- [Ready-to-deploy eQMS and pre-validated packages](https://www.dotcompliance.com/eqms/)
- [Training management](https://www.dotcompliance.com/solutions/training-management/)
- [Audit management](https://www.dotcompliance.com/solutions/audit-management/)
- [Free trial request (pre-qualification)](https://info.dotcompliance.com/free-trial)
- [Demo request](https://info.dotcompliance.com/demo-request)
- [Quality-event triage, investigation evidence and trending](https://www.dotcompliance.com/solutions/quality-events-management/)
- [Why Dot Compliance page](https://www.dotcompliance.com/why-dot-compliance/)

## Intellect QMS

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/intellect-qms
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Intellect was founded in Los Angeles in 2000 as a business process management platform and is registered on SAM.gov as Interneer Inc. In November 2025 it acquired the Zaptic Connected Frontline Worker product.

Intellect QMS is built on a drag-and-drop app builder: plans start with five apps (document control, training, nonconformance, CAPA and audits) from more than 25 prebuilt ones. It targets discrete and process manufacturers as much as life sciences.

Best-fit starting point: Manufacturers that want to configure their own quality apps and link them to shop-floor checks.

Check before buying: A no-code builder moves design work to your team: each changed app is yours to specify, test and keep under change control.

### Pricing

Published starting prices, SaaS or on-premises; tailored quotes. The pricing page lists Core from $26k (AWS hosting, work instructions, QMS, skills and training), Operational Control from $32k (adds lean operations, EHS and document control) and Enterprise Transformation from $47k (adds enterprise support and the Enterprise Control Center), with no billing period, term or user count. Document control is ticked only from Operational Control upward, although the Apps page lists it among the five starting apps; clarify this before choosing Core. Competitor price matching and a custom tier are also advertised.

### When the price fits

Fits a team with an administrator who can own configuration, and plants that want nonconformances raised straight from frontline checks.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: The full page loaded in a browser on 25 September 2026; on 20 September direct retrieval had returned HTTP 403. Demos are sales-led, and the site lists no self-service trial.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://intellect.com/platform/pricing
- https://intellect.com/demo

### Native mobile offline mode documented; covered apps need a demo

The QMS datasheet (v1.3.26.25) describes native iOS and Android apps with an offline mode that syncs once reconnected, and mobile audits, CAPAs, inspections and approvals. Ask which apps work offline, because the datasheet names features rather than apps.

Product scope: This profile covers Intellect QMS as shown on the vendor pages on 2 October 2026. The Intellect IQ Platform, which those pages present as unifying quality, EHS and frontline operations, was not assessed, and its release status was not established.

Review scope: Research based on official vendor documentation, not hands-on testing. AI-assisted explanations may be incomplete and do not replace primary documentation or a scoped demo. No independently verified customer-review sample or combined rating is included.

Trial status: request-only. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Configuration ownership: Name the administrator who will change apps, and check the builder's role permissions so that only they can publish workflow changes.
  Sources: https://intellect.com/platform/quality-management
- ERP order data: If you run NetSuite, import a real work order through the prebuilt connector and raise an NCR against it; for other ERPs, ask who builds and maintains the REST mapping.
  Sources: https://intellect.com/platform/connectors
- Hosting and data residency: Choose AWS US, AWS EU or on-premises before the quote, since each changes who patches, backs up and validates the environment.
  Sources: https://intellect.com/assets/resources/Intellect_QMS_AI_Data_Sheet.pdf

### Capability scope

- No-code app builder [documented]: A drag-and-drop editor changes workflows and builds apps without code, on the vendor's BPM foundation. Sources: https://intellect.com/platform/quality-management, https://intellect.com/company
- NCR to CAPA with AI root cause [documented]: NCRs from inspections, audits, batch execution, suppliers and frontline observations, with photos; AI proposes causes via 5 Whys, Fishbone or 4 Step Problem Solving. Sources: https://intellect.com/platform/quality-management/capa-ncrs, https://intellect.com/platform/quality-management
- Connected frontline worker [documented]: Digital work instructions and layered checks on the shop floor; a failed check can trigger an issue or corrective action. Sources: https://intellect.com/platform/connected-frontline-worker, https://intellect.com/platform/quality-management/audits
- Connectors and APIs [documented]: SOAP and REST APIs, a NetSuite connector for sales, work and purchase orders, DocuSign push and pull approvals, Zapier, and Power BI or Tableau via Data IQ. Sources: https://intellect.com/platform/connectors, https://intellect.com/platform/quality-management
- Cloud, private-cloud or on-premises hosting [documented]: AWS hosting in the USA or EU, a private cloud, on-premises or hybrid; the deployment page also names Microsoft Azure. Sources: https://intellect.com/assets/resources/Intellect_QMS_AI_Data_Sheet.pdf, https://intellect.com/platform/quality-management, https://intellect.com/platform/deployment-options
- Validation planning tools [conditional]: The QMS page describes defining validation plans and automating test scripts; what the vendor pre-executes and hands over is left to the proposal. Sources: https://intellect.com/platform/quality-management
- Mobile offline mode [conditional]: Work without internet and later sync on native mobile apps; conflict handling needs a demonstration. Sources: https://intellect.com/assets/resources/Intellect_QMS_AI_Data_Sheet.pdf
- Audit scheduling and assignment [documented]: The official QMS demo page describes ad hoc or recurring assessment assignments to sites, areas, teams or auditors, with schedule-based reminders. Demonstrate finding review and downstream CAPA in the quoted application rather than treating scheduling as proof of complete closure controls. Sources: https://info.intellect.com/request-a-demo-google
- Controlled documents and approval routing [conditional]: Document Control describes centralized versions and revisions, role-based routing, approvals, secure electronic signatures, audit trails, notifications and periodic reviews, with links to training and change workflows. The pricing and Apps pages differ on tier inclusion, so confirm entitlement and Part 11 configuration. Sources: https://intellect.com/platform/quality-management/document-control-software, https://intellect.com/platform/pricing
- Employee training, competency and certification records [documented]: The Employee Training app links SOPs, roles or sites, competencies, certifications and training records, with recurring schedules, reminders, dashboards and proficiency assessments. AI-generated quizzes require accountable review and do not by themselves prove competence. Sources: https://intellect.com/platform/quality-management/employee-training, https://intellect.com/platform/apps

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo: a failed shop-floor check to a closed CAPA
1. Have an operator run a digital check on a phone with the network off and record a failure with a photo.
2. Reconnect, confirm the failed check created an NCR, and let Intellect AI propose a 5 Whys analysis.
3. Edit the proposed cause, assign the CAPA and approve it with the built-in Part 11 signature or DocuSign.

#### Demo: change an app in the builder
1. Add a step to the NCR workflow in the drag-and-drop editor, with your administrator at the keyboard.
2. Show how the change is versioned, tested and released to production users.
3. Export the configuration record and test evidence your validation team would review.

#### Demo exercise: controlled SOP revision to verified retraining
1. Revise a controlled SOP, route it to separate reviewer and approver roles, reject once and release the corrected version.
2. Verify the superseded version is unavailable for normal execution while its history and signatures remain auditable.
3. Assign retraining to affected roles and sites, include a reviewed comprehension quiz and flag one expired qualification.
4. Complete training on mobile and export the linked revision, approvals, population, result, reminders and competency record.

### Product presentations

- [Executive dashboard with quality charts](https://intellect.com/platform/quality-management): Official vendor image of an executive dashboard with quality charts; not labelled as sample.
- [Nonconformance root cause analysis (5 Whys)](https://intellect.com/platform/quality-management): Official vendor image of the Investigate NCR screen with a 5 Whys form; not labelled as sample data.
- [Document control workflow diagram](https://intellect.com/platform/quality-management): Official vendor image of a document control workflow editor; not labelled as sample data.

### Questions and answers

#### Is Intellect ISO certified?
The company says Bureau Veritas certified it to ISO 9001, ISO 14001, ISO 45001 and ISO 27001. Those certificates cover Intellect as an organisation; they do not validate the QMS you configure.

#### Does Intellect use our data to train AI models?
Its AI data-security page says customer data is not used for model training, travels over HTTPS with JSON Web Tokens and is encrypted at rest. The features run on OpenAI models, with API key management for private OpenAI instances; check that against your data-transfer rules.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-20: Added official-source research, commercial boundaries and proposed evaluation workflows. Legacy ratings and unsupported certification labels excluded.
- 2026-09-25: Replaced the unverified pricing note: the full pricing page loaded and shows Core from $26k, Operational Control from $32k and Enterprise Transformation from $47k, without a billing period. Added hosting options, named connectors, the Zaptic frontline product, AI data handling and product-specific demo checks.
- 2026-09-27: Checked the audit workflow against the linked primary product page. General profile and commercial review dates remain unchanged.
- 2026-09-28: Added controlled-document routing and employee training or competency scope with an SOP-revision-to-retraining exercise, bringing the profile to the directory's deep-evidence threshold.

### Demo questions

- What billing period, term and user count do the three starting prices assume?
- Which Zaptic frontline features are in the quoted plan, and do they share records with the QMS apps?
- Can Intellect AI be switched off per app, and which OpenAI models and retention settings sit behind it?

### Primary sources

- [Pricing plans and feature table](https://intellect.com/platform/pricing)
- [QMS platform, app builder, validation and hosting options](https://intellect.com/platform/quality-management)
- [Five starting apps among 25+ prebuilt apps](https://intellect.com/platform/apps)
- [Cloud, on-premises and hybrid deployment](https://intellect.com/platform/deployment-options)
- [NCR capture and CAPA](https://intellect.com/platform/quality-management/capa-ncrs)
- [Connectors: NetSuite, DocuSign, Zapier, SOAP and REST](https://intellect.com/platform/connectors)
- [Connected Frontline Worker (formerly Zaptic)](https://intellect.com/platform/connected-frontline-worker)
- [Audit management and layered process audits](https://intellect.com/platform/quality-management/audits)
- [Mobile QMS datasheet v1.3.26.25](https://intellect.com/assets/resources/Intellect_QMS_AI_Data_Sheet.pdf)
- [Intellect AI data security](https://intellect.com/company/intellect-ai-data-security)
- [Company history, acquisition and ISO certificates](https://intellect.com/company)
- [Demo request](https://intellect.com/demo)
- [QMS audit scheduling and assignment — scope checked 27 September 2026](https://info.intellect.com/request-a-demo-google)
- [Controlled documents, versions, routing and approvals — checked 28 September 2026](https://intellect.com/platform/quality-management/document-control-software)
- [Employee training, competencies and recurring certification — checked 28 September 2026](https://intellect.com/platform/quality-management/employee-training)
- [Intellect ISO certifications page](https://intellect.com/company/iso-certifications)

## Qualityze

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/qualityze
Sources checked: 2026-10-12
Qualityze Inc. is headquartered in Tampa, Florida, with offices in the UK and Bengaluru; its Salesforce AppExchange listing dates from March 2016. It sells seven suites: QMS, product data, supplier quality, asset, EHS, post-market surveillance and continuous improvement.

Qualityze runs natively on Salesforce and sells its QMS as separate modules, from nonconformance and CAPA to inspection management with AQL or LTPD sampling plans. Its pricing page lists what every subscription includes rather than an amount.

Best-fit starting point: Manufacturers and regulated quality teams that want inspection, supplier and CAPA processes on Salesforce and may add further suites later.

Check before buying: A vendor-validated release still leaves your configuration, integrations and intended use to assess.

### Pricing

Subscription, itemized quote. The official pricing page shows no amount; quotes are itemized by modules, users, sites, deployment and validation. Every subscription includes updates, a validation package for each release, guided onboarding and implementation, training and support, with no per-record or per-transaction fees, and customers need no Salesforce licence of their own. An AppExchange listing last updated 10/09/2024 shows a starting figure of $30/user/month, which is not verified as a current offer because the vendor's own pricing page is quote-based.

### When the price fits

Fits organisations on Salesforce, or willing to run on it, that want each release's validation package in the subscription. Teams needing offline work beyond audits should see it demonstrated first.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-02 [verified]: Demos are booked as a 30-minute walkthrough tailored to the buyer's processes; no self-service trial is listed on the site.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.qualityze.com/pricing
- https://www.qualityze.com/request-demo

### Offline audits documented; other offline scope unverified

The audit page says audits can be planned and executed online and offline; no other module page mentions offline work, and the platform overview points to Salesforce's mobile app for access on the go. Treat offline as audit-only until demonstrated.

Product scope: This profile covers the QMS suite. The EHS, asset management and post-market surveillance suites are separate products and need their own scoping.

Review scope: Research based on official vendor documentation, not hands-on testing. AI-assisted explanations may be incomplete and do not replace primary documentation or a scoped demo. No independently verified customer-review sample or combined rating is included.

Trial status: request-only. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Inspection and disposition: Use one real incoming lot with a known defect: check that the sampling plan, hold decision and resulting nonconformance keep the same lot and supplier identifiers.
  Sources: https://www.qualityze.com/inspection-management
- Suite boundaries: List the modules in the quote against the seven suites, and confirm that linked records, such as a supplier SCAR or an asset calibration, work without licensing a second suite.
  Sources: https://www.qualityze.com/, https://www.qualityze.com/pricing

### Capability scope

- Inspection sampling plans [documented]: Incoming, in-process, final and supplier inspections with AQL or LTPD sampling, then accept, reject, hold or conditional release, and an NCR or reinspection. Sources: https://www.qualityze.com/inspection-management
- CAPA effectiveness check [documented]: Risk-based prioritisation, 5 Whys, Fishbone and 5W-5H root-cause tools, and an effectiveness check before approval and closure. Sources: https://www.qualityze.com/capa-management
- Document review and comparison [documented]: Standard templates, reviewer due dates, reminders, version-to-version comparison with comments, e-signatures and release control. Sources: https://www.qualityze.com/document-management
- Training matrix [documented]: Assignments by role, location or SOP update, assessments of understanding, and certification sign-off with completion certificates. Sources: https://www.qualityze.com/training-management
- Offline audits [conditional]: The audit page describes planning and executing audits online and offline; device support and sync rules need a demonstration. Sources: https://www.qualityze.com/audit-management
- Q AI agents [documented]: The QMS agent recommends next actions from historical nonconformance records and answers natural-language questions; each other suite has its own agent. Sources: https://www.qualityze.com/
- Salesforce platform controls [documented]: SSO, MFA, role-based access, a full audit trail, e-signatures and an API-first design are listed as built-in platform capabilities. Sources: https://www.qualityze.com/
- Nonconformance containment and disposition [documented]: Capture a nonconformance with product, process, site, supplier, batch or lot context; assess risk, contain affected material, choose repair, scrap, return, concession or rework, and escalate higher-risk or systemic events to CAPA. Confirm the Nonconformance and CAPA module entitlements and disposition authorities. Sources: https://www.qualityze.com/nonconformance-management
- Supplier qualification, SCARs and scorecards [documented]: Maintain supplier records and time-sensitive documents, qualify suppliers with questionnaires, manage SCAR collaboration, and track performance with configurable scorecards across approval, remediation and requalification. Confirm supplier-portal and audit entitlements in the quote. Sources: https://www.qualityze.com/supplier-quality-management
- Audit planning, findings and verified closure [documented]: Plan recurring internal, external, supplier, customer, safety, regulatory and compliance audits; define scope and criteria, assign findings, escalate to CAPA, verify action effectiveness, and retain closure reporting and audit history. Offline execution is documented for audits only and requires a device-specific demonstration. Sources: https://www.qualityze.com/audit-management

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo: incoming inspection to supplier corrective action
1. Create an incoming inspection for a supplier lot and select an AQL sampling plan with its acceptance criteria.
2. Record a failed measurement, put the lot on hold and raise the nonconformance from the inspection.
3. Issue a SCAR to the supplier and show how the response feeds the supplier performance scorecard.

#### Demo: a validated release and an offline audit
1. Ask for the validation package from the latest Qualityze release and the test evidence inside it.
2. Identify which of your configured workflows that package leaves for your own testing.
3. Run an audit on a mobile device without a connection, then sync a finding into a CAPA.

#### Demo: rejected SOP revision to release and role-based retraining
1. Create an SOP revision, route it for review, reject it with a comment and compare the revised version with the current approved version.
2. Correct the revision, complete the configured electronic approvals and release the new controlled version while retaining the prior revision and approval history.
3. Use the SOP update to assign training by role or location, complete an assessment and certification sign-off, then confirm which users can still access the superseded version.

### Product presentations

- [Qualityze EQMS suite overview video](https://www.qualityze.com/videos/eqms-suite): Vendor-published product video on Qualityze's own EQMS suite page; it is not an independent test, and the scope shown may differ from the modules in your quote.

### Questions and answers

#### Which regulations does Qualityze target?
Its AppExchange listing names FDA cGMP and GxP, ISO 9000, ISO 13485, ISO 14000, ISO 27000, IATF 16949, AS 9100 and 21 CFR Part 11, and the site has compliance pages on 21 CFR Part 820, IATF 16949 and AS 9100. These are target frameworks, not product certifications.

#### Does Qualityze cover EHS as well as quality?
Yes, through a separate EHS suite with incident, permit, risk, safety training and EHS audit modules and its own AI agent. Scope and demonstrate it separately from the QMS.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-20: Added official-source research, commercial boundaries and proposed evaluation workflows. Legacy ratings and unsupported certification labels excluded.
- 2026-09-25: Rechecked on the vendor site: added the seven-suite catalogue, inspection sampling, what every subscription includes, the no-own-Salesforce-licence FAQ, and the AppExchange listing amount marked as not current. Replaced the generic demo script and evaluation checks with Qualityze-specific ones.
- 2026-10-12: Re-read the cited official pages on 12 October 2026 and added the vendor's own EQMS suite overview video, with its page as a source. No other facts changed.

### Demo questions

- Which Salesforce licence type and org does the quote include, and who owns and administers the org?
- Which ERP and LIMS integrations are native, and which need a partner or custom build?
- What does adding a second suite, such as EHS or post-market surveillance, change in the itemized quote?

### Primary sources

- [Pricing: what every subscription includes, pricing FAQ](https://www.qualityze.com/pricing)
- [Suites, Q AI agents and platform controls](https://www.qualityze.com/)
- [Inspection management and sampling plans](https://www.qualityze.com/inspection-management)
- [CAPA lifecycle](https://www.qualityze.com/capa-management)
- [Controlled documents](https://www.qualityze.com/document-management)
- [Training matrix and assessments](https://www.qualityze.com/training-management)
- [Audit lifecycle and offline audits](https://www.qualityze.com/audit-management)
- [Supplier SCARs and scorecards](https://www.qualityze.com/supplier-quality-management)
- [Platform overview: Salesforce mobile app access](https://www.qualityze.com/platform-overview)
- [Salesforce AppExchange listing](https://appexchange.salesforce.com/appxListingDetail?listingId=a0N3000000DY0fKEAT)
- [Demo request](https://www.qualityze.com/request-demo)
- [Nonconformance lifecycle, risk and disposition — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.qualityze.com/nonconformance-management)
- [EQMS suite overview video page](https://www.qualityze.com/videos/eqms-suite)

## Scilife

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/scilife
Sources checked: 2026-10-10
Scilife sells a tiered Smart QMS for life sciences, a separately positioned eQMS for medical devices, and a separate Printing & Reconciliation product. This profile covers the life-sciences Smart QMS unless a capability explicitly states otherwise; similar compliance language does not establish shared entitlement across products.

Scilife connects controlled documents, training and quality workflows. Buyers can assess document revision, CAPA follow-up and permissions using public product and support documentation. Product packaging matters when extending document control into audit or supplier processes.

Best-fit starting point: Life-science teams connecting document revisions with employee training and corrective actions.

Check before buying: Essential, Core and Core+ have materially different module scope. 'Offline users' are employees without accounts, not offline application access. Supplier validation evidence supports but does not replace customer intended-use validation, and API, medical-device design controls and Printing & Reconciliation require explicit entitlement.

### Pricing

Essential, Core and Core+ plans by quote. No amount appeared on the pricing page on 2 October 2026: Essential, Core and Core+ each carry a "Get pricing" button beside a free trial column. Essential covers documents, training, competences, records and KPIs; Core adds CAPAs, change control and quality events; Core+ adds audits, supplier management, risk assessment and equipment. The medical-device eQMS and Printing and Reconciliation appear on the same page, also without amounts. Request user mix, storage, integrations, implementation and renewal terms in a named currency.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating when linked training and document changes would remove manual reconciliation. Compare the selected modules and ongoing administration with the cost of your present process before committing.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-02 [verified]: The vendor publishes plan boundaries and advertises a free trial covering Essential and Core. Numeric rates and trial duration were not verified; contact vendor.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.scilife.io/price

### Offline application use unverified

No disconnected capture or synchronization workflow was verified. Scilife defines offline users as employees who cannot log in; supervisors record their training and attach evidence. This is not proof that the application works without connectivity.

Product scope: Essential includes documents, records, training, competences and KPIs; Core adds quality events, CAPA and change control; Core+ adds audits, supplier management, risk assessments and equipment. Medical-device design controls, Printing & Reconciliation, integrations, validation responsibilities and implementation services require explicit proposal-level scope.

Review scope: Research based on official vendor documentation, not hands-on testing. AI-assisted explanations may be incomplete and do not replace primary documentation or a scoped demo. No independently verified customer-review sample or combined rating is included.

Trial status: verified-free. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Evaluate the complete path from a quality event to an approved correction and its supporting records.
  Sources: https://www.scilife.io/product/capabilities/capa-management
- Usability & adoption: Use public demonstrations to prepare a role-based trial. Test routine training tasks with the actual employee roles.
  Sources: https://academy.scilife.io/app/videos
- Implementation & TCO: Obtain a written scope for modules, migration, user roles and ongoing administration.
  Sources: https://www.scilife.io/price
- Integrations & API: Demonstrate the needed API operation and failure handling; a listed integration does not establish the scope of your contract.
  Sources: https://www.scilife.io/solution/integrations
- Security & trust: Inspect group permissions and export visibility using separate operator, reviewer and administrator accounts.
  Sources: https://support.scilife.io/hc/en-us/articles/10809940016796-Scilife-User-Permissions
- Customer voice: No independently verified review sample is scored. Ask for reference conversations from comparable life-science deployments.
  Sources: https://academy.scilife.io/app/videos

### Capability scope

- Controlled documents and approvals [documented]: Manage document types, templates, version history, periodic review, group access, electronic approval roles and Microsoft Office editing. Validate the configured author/reviewer/approver/QA separation against internal procedures. Sources: https://www.scilife.io/product/capabilities/document-control, https://www.scilife.io/price
- Training and retraining [documented]: Assign role-based or individual training plans, documents, tasks, links and assessments; track progress and trigger retraining when controlled documents change. Essential is the lowest named paid tier containing Training Management. Sources: https://www.scilife.io/product/capabilities/training-management, https://www.scilife.io/price
- Training records for employees without accounts [conditional]: Supervisors can record completion and evidence for employees designated as offline users. Here 'offline user' means a person without platform login access; it is not evidence that the Scilife application works without network connectivity. Sources: https://support.scilife.io/hc/en-us/articles/360016264280-What-are-Offline-Users, https://www.scilife.io/product/capabilities/training-management
- Competence and CV management [documented]: Maintain competence categories and levels, employee CV data and supporting evidence, with manual updates or updates linked to completed training. Competences are listed in Essential; confirm governance of employee-entered records. Sources: https://www.scilife.io/product/capabilities/competency-management, https://www.scilife.io/price
- Quality events and investigations [documented]: Configure deviations, nonconformities and complaints with custom fields, evidence, investigation, root-cause and impact assessment, responsible-party tags and QA sign-off. Closed events cannot be reopened; a new linked event is the documented path. Sources: https://www.scilife.io/product/capabilities/quality-events, https://www.scilife.io/price
- CAPA lifecycle and effectiveness checks [documented]: Define CAPA plans, approval signatures, implementation evidence, QA closure and optional effectiveness checks linked to events or change requests. The CAPA FAQ says plan and action fields are free text and individually assigned tasks need a linked Change Control request, while the page intro mentions assignable actions; confirm in a demo. Sources: https://www.scilife.io/product/capabilities/capa-management, https://www.scilife.io/price
- Change control [documented]: Document change rationale, risk and impact, cost and assigned tasks; route approval, implementation proof and QA closure; link CAPAs and document updates. Change requests cannot be reopened after closure, and task-level QA sign-off is configurable. Sources: https://www.scilife.io/product/capabilities/change-control, https://www.scilife.io/price
- Audits, findings and supplier qualification [conditional]: Plan incoming, outgoing and internal audits, manage findings directly or through Events/CAPA, and run a supplier-qualification workflow that can trigger an audit. Audits and Supplier Management are listed in Core+, not Core or Essential. Sources: https://www.scilife.io/product/capabilities/audits-management, https://www.scilife.io/price
- Quality risk assessments [conditional]: Create risk assessments, use manual or question-based scoring, route mitigation/review/approval, schedule periodic reviews and link risks to events, CAPAs or audits. Risk Assessment is listed in Core+. Sources: https://www.scilife.io/product/capabilities/risk-assessments, https://www.scilife.io/price
- Equipment qualification, maintenance and calibration [conditional]: Register equipment by type and location, schedule recurring maintenance/calibration with owners and notifications, attach evidence and link equipment events. Equipment is listed in Core+; confirm whether qualification protocols and external calibration interfaces are included. Sources: https://www.scilife.io/product/capabilities/equipment-management, https://www.scilife.io/price
- Permissions, signatures and auditability [documented]: Roles, groups and module permissions govern access; the pricing comparison lists MFA, IP controls, electronic signatures, audit trail and system log. Read-only users retain limited actions such as assigned training, so test least-privilege roles rather than relying on the label. Sources: https://support.scilife.io/hc/en-us/articles/10809940016796-Scilife-User-Permissions, https://www.scilife.io/price
- API, SSO, provisioning and BI access [conditional]: Scilife describes a token-based REST API for selected records, Microsoft Entra ID SSO and SCIM provisioning, plus secure read-only database access for BI tools. Confirm plan entitlement, exact endpoints/entities, write restrictions, rate limits, support and database-access controls. Sources: https://www.scilife.io/solution/integrations
- Supplier validation package [conditional]: The pricing page lists a GAMP 5 validation documentation package and three environments, while the support article describes read-only access and release notifications for approved validation contacts. Supplier validation evidence can support, but does not replace, the customer's intended-use validation and change-control duties. Sources: https://www.scilife.io/price, https://support.scilife.io/hc/en-us/articles/9001123873052-How-to-Access-Validation-Documentation
- Controlled printing and reconciliation [conditional]: A separate product can issue tracked printouts, record print/reprint activity, barcode each page and reconcile missing pages or document groups. Do not infer this entitlement from Smart QMS controlled-printing references; require the named Printing & Reconciliation product in the quote. Sources: https://www.scilife.io/product/print-and-reconciliation, https://www.scilife.io/price

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo: SOP revision to verified retraining
1. Revise an SOP through author, reviewer, approver and QA roles, including one rejected revision.
2. Release the approved version and trigger retraining for a logged-in user and an employee without a platform account.
3. Show distinct completion evidence, assessment results, electronic signatures, permissions and the audit export.

#### Demo: deviation to effective CAPA
1. Register a deviation with evidence, investigate root cause and impact, and route event sign-off.
2. Create a CAPA, then use a linked change request for individually assigned implementation tasks and a document update.
3. Complete the effectiveness check and retrieve the linked event, CAPA, change, document and training history without reopening closed records.

#### Demo: supplier qualification and audit finding
1. Qualify a sample supplier and use the result to schedule an outgoing audit.
2. Record a finding with owner, due date and mandatory proof, then escalate it into an Event or CAPA.
3. Close the finding only after remediation and show supplier status, overdue reporting and traceability across the linked modules.

#### Demo: equipment issue through risk and change
1. Create equipment with a recurring calibration task and deliberately record a missed or failed activity.
2. Link the resulting quality event to a risk assessment and a controlled change with assigned tasks.
3. Review approvals, evidence, periodic risk review, equipment history and which steps disappear when the quote is below Core+.

### Product presentations

- [Training list with progress](https://www.scilife.io/product/capabilities/training-management): Official vendor image of the Scilife Trainings list; it shows an older interface version with sample data.
- [CAPA details form](https://www.scilife.io/product/capabilities/capa-management): Official vendor image of the Scilife CAPA details form linking events, audits and risk assessments; sample data.

### Questions and answers

#### Does Scilife work offline?
Disconnected application use was not verified. Scilife's offline-user feature lets supervisors record training for staff without platform accounts; it is not an offline application mode.

#### How much does Scilife cost?
Scilife publishes Essential, Core and Core+ boundaries and a free-trial option, but no numeric rate was verified. Ask for a quote covering modules, user mix, environments, migration, integrations, validation support and renewal terms.

#### Which modules are included in each Scilife plan?
Essential covers documents, records, training, competences and KPIs. Core adds events, CAPA and change control. Core+ adds audits, supplier management, risk assessment and equipment. Confirm the contracted edition and any separately quoted products.

#### Can CAPA actions be assigned as granular tasks?
The official CAPA FAQ says its plan and action fields are free text. Use a linked Change Control request when individual task assignment, execution evidence and task approvals are required.

#### Can Scilife exchange quality records with other systems?
Scilife documents a token-based REST API, Entra ID SSO and SCIM, and read-only database access for BI. Request the supported entities, operations, authentication, rate limits, controls and commercial entitlement.

#### Does Scilife validation replace our own assessment?
No. Scilife provides supplier validation documentation and release information that can support customer work. The buyer still needs to assess suitability and validate the configured system for its intended use.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-26: Re-checked on 26 September 2026: the pricing page shows Essential, Core and Core+ with Get pricing buttons and no amount, so the price status is recorded as no amount shown rather than not established.
- 2026-10-02: Re-verified all sources; no statement needed correction.

### Demo questions

- Which Essential, Core or Core+ modules and user roles are included?
- What trial duration and data-removal terms apply?
- Which API entities, write operations, rate limits, SSO, SCIM and BI access are included?
- How is supplier validation evidence mapped to our configured intended use?
- Are medical-device design controls or Printing & Reconciliation separately licensed?
- How are granular CAPA tasks routed through Change Control?

### Primary sources

- [Plans, product boundaries and commercial terms](https://www.scilife.io/price)
- [Product tours and training demonstrations](https://academy.scilife.io/app/videos)
- [Document control](https://www.scilife.io/product/capabilities/document-control)
- [Training management](https://www.scilife.io/product/capabilities/training-management)
- [Competency management](https://www.scilife.io/product/capabilities/competency-management)
- [Quality events](https://www.scilife.io/product/capabilities/quality-events)
- [CAPA management](https://www.scilife.io/product/capabilities/capa-management)
- [Change control](https://www.scilife.io/product/capabilities/change-control)
- [Audit and supplier qualification workflows](https://www.scilife.io/product/capabilities/audits-management)
- [Risk assessments](https://www.scilife.io/product/capabilities/risk-assessments)
- [Equipment management](https://www.scilife.io/product/capabilities/equipment-management)
- [Integrations, API, SSO and analytics access](https://www.scilife.io/solution/integrations)
- [Offline-user definition](https://support.scilife.io/hc/en-us/articles/360016264280-What-are-Offline-Users)
- [Validation-documentation access](https://support.scilife.io/hc/en-us/articles/9001123873052-How-to-Access-Validation-Documentation)
- [User permissions](https://support.scilife.io/hc/en-us/articles/10809940016796-Scilife-User-Permissions)
- [Controlled printing and reconciliation](https://www.scilife.io/product/print-and-reconciliation)
- [Scilife ISO 9001 certification page](https://www.scilife.io/company/iso-9001-certification)

## SimplerQMS

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/simplerqms
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
SimplerQMS is an integrated life-science eQMS. Platform modules and individual license permissions are distinct: not every user receives full administration rights.

SimplerQMS is a cloud eQMS for regulated life-science teams, connecting controlled documents, training, changes, quality events, CAPA, audits, risk, suppliers, equipment and product or design records. Microsoft 365 editing, electronic signatures and linked workflows can reduce manual handoffs, but buyers should evaluate the precise module and licence mix, validation responsibilities, migration scope and exit package in a written proposal.

Best-fit starting point: Life-science organizations seeking connected quality processes with implementation and validation support.

Check before buying: Supplier validation evidence, templates, electronic signatures and regulatory claims do not make a customer compliant by themselves. The customer remains responsible for intended use, configuration, migrated-data reconciliation, integration validation, procedures, access governance and ongoing operation. Resolve the vendor page's two different storage descriptions and test export completeness before contracting.

### Pricing

Annual subscription. Published Starter minimum is USD 17,500 annually for up to 15 users. Larger teams require a quote. Viewer, Light, Standard and Full licenses provide different permissions. Implementation, validation, migration, training and hosting are advertised as included; confirm scope and storage limits in the proposal.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating when bundled implementation and controlled quality workflows can replace several manual processes. Compare the annual minimum and proposed role mix with the work saved; a small headcount alone does not establish affordability.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: Official pricing states a Starter price from USD 17,500 annually for up to 15 users and per-user annual licensing above that tier. Viewer, Light, Standard and Full roles have different rights. The vendor advertises bundled implementation, validation, migration, training, hosting and a guided trial, but the signed scope, module set, storage allowance and eligibility require confirmation.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://simplerqms.com/pricing/
- https://simplerqms.com/free-trial/

### Offline workflow unverified

No product-specific disconnected workflow or sync documentation was verified in the reviewed sources. Microsoft Office integration does not establish offline QMS approval or electronic-signature support. Request a demonstration if uninterrupted access is essential.

Product scope: Cloud eQMS modules for documents, changes, training, quality events, CAPA, complaints, nonconformances, deviations, audits, risk, suppliers, equipment and product or design controls. Platform availability, purchased modules and each user's Viewer, Light, Standard or Full permissions are separate boundaries; this is not a general field-inspection or environmental-compliance platform.

Review scope: Research based on official vendor documentation, not hands-on testing. AI-assisted explanations may be incomplete and do not replace primary documentation or a scoped demo. No independently verified customer-review sample or combined rating is included.

Trial status: verified-free. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Test the relationship between an issue, corrective action and effectiveness evidence using a realistic quality event.
  Sources: https://simplerqms.com/modules/capa-management/
- Usability & adoption: Include occasional trainees in the demo and inspect how they locate the current procedure and complete assigned tasks.
  Sources: https://simplerqms.com/modules/training-management/
- Implementation & TCO: Compare the published annual entry cost with a written proposal covering the required license mix and service scope.
  Sources: https://simplerqms.com/pricing/
- Integrations & API: Verify the full integration transaction, permissions and error handling with the proposed connected system.
  Sources: https://simplerqms.com/technology-platform/
- Security & trust: Request supplier evidence and validation responsibilities without conflating hosting certifications with customer compliance.
  Sources: https://simplerqms.com/regulatory-compliance/
- Customer voice: No independently verified review sample is scored. Use a trial and relevant customer reference calls to test adoption concerns.
  Sources: https://simplerqms.com/free-trial/

### Capability scope

- Controlled document lifecycle [documented]: Document states cover preparation, review, release, revision and retirement, with version history and signatures. Sources: https://simplerqms.com/modules/document-control/
- Training linked to SOP revisions [documented]: Training rules connect employees and groups to documents, with retraining and completion tracking. Sources: https://simplerqms.com/modules/training-management/
- CAPA follow-up [documented]: Quality events can link to corrective actions, reminders and effectiveness checks while retaining related evidence. Sources: https://simplerqms.com/modules/capa-management/
- Office and API integration [conditional]: The vendor documents Office editing, an API and SSO through Microsoft Entra ID or Google Workspace. Verify integration scope for the proposed deployment. Sources: https://simplerqms.com/technology-platform/
- Validation package [conditional]: Published validation deliverables include plans, reports and IQ/OQ/PQ evidence. Assess these against intended use rather than treating them as a compliance guarantee. Sources: https://simplerqms.com/regulatory-compliance/
- Role-based licensing [documented]: Viewer is read-only, Light supports selected tasks and signatures, Standard has limited module access, and Full includes broader modules and administration. Sources: https://simplerqms.com/pricing/
- Risk-based change control [documented]: Change workflows include impact and risk assessment, review, approval, implementation and effectiveness activities, with electronic signatures and related records. Sources: https://simplerqms.com/modules/change-management/
- Connected quality-event intake [documented]: The quality-events module covers observations, deviations, complaints, supplier events and audit findings, with escalation into investigation or CAPA workflows. Sources: https://simplerqms.com/modules/quality-events-management/
- Audit planning and finding escalation [documented]: Audit records can cover planning, schedules, findings and attachments, with findings escalated to CAPA or supplier corrective-action workflows. Sources: https://simplerqms.com/modules/audit-management/
- Risk records and recurring review [documented]: Risk documents and matrices support recurring review and links to nonconformances, deviations, CAPAs, products, suppliers and audits. Sources: https://simplerqms.com/modules/risk-management/
- Supplier qualification records [documented]: Supplier records support qualification and monitoring alongside supplier documents, issues and related quality activities. Sources: https://simplerqms.com/modules/supplier-management/
- Equipment calibration and maintenance [documented]: Equipment records can organize calibration, maintenance, status and related evidence in the eQMS. Sources: https://simplerqms.com/modules/equipment-management/
- Product and design controls [documented]: Design-control workflows organize product-development records and connect them with controlled quality documentation. Sources: https://simplerqms.com/modules/design-control/
- Guided implementation and migration [conditional]: The vendor advertises implementation, migration, live training and an initial implementation phase averaging about six weeks. Confirm data volume, cleansing, mapping, reconciliation and acceptance deliverables in the statement of work. Sources: https://simplerqms.com/implementation/, https://simplerqms.com/pricing/
- Hosted continuity and data exit [conditional]: The vendor describes AWS hosting, frequent backups and export of documents, records and an index at cancellation. Buyers should test whether relationships, metadata, signatures and audit trails remain independently usable. Sources: https://simplerqms.com/technology-platform/, https://simplerqms.com/pricing/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo: controlled SOP revision and retraining
1. Revise a document using the proposed Office integration.
2. Review and approve the change, then assign affected employees retraining.
3. Retrieve the effective document and linked completion history using an auditor account.

#### Demo: quality issue through CAPA effectiveness review
1. Record a sample nonconformance with supporting evidence.
2. Assign a CAPA and relate the updated procedure.
3. Show effectiveness follow-up, overdue visibility and export of the complete record.

#### Proof: migration, integration and record reconciliation
1. Import representative documents, metadata, users and training records using the contracted migration method.
2. Exercise one proposed API or identity integration, including a rejected transaction and recovery path.
3. Reconcile source and destination counts, relationships, versions and audit evidence, then obtain documented acceptance.

#### Proof: validated release, outage continuity and exit
1. Map intended-use requirements to supplier evidence and customer-owned acceptance or validation tests.
2. Demonstrate the approved continuity procedure when cloud access is unavailable and reconcile work after restoration.
3. Export a linked record set and verify documents, metadata, signatures, attachments, relationships and audit history outside the service.

### Product presentations

- [SimplerQMS list of CAPAs pending effectiveness](https://simplerqms.com/modules/capa-management/): Official vendor image of a SimplerQMS record list showing CAPA states; data not labelled as sample.
- [SimplerQMS CAPA procedure with related records](https://simplerqms.com/modules/capa-management/): Official vendor image of a SimplerQMS document list showing a CAPA SOP and its linked records.

### Questions and answers

#### What is the minimum price for SimplerQMS?
Starter is advertised from USD 17,500 annually for up to 15 users. Obtain a quote for the required license mix and larger teams.

#### Is the SimplerQMS trial self-service?
The vendor advertises a guided free trial through a request form. Confirm availability, duration and sample-data handling before scheduling the evaluation.

#### Can SimplerQMS automate retraining after an SOP change?
The training module documents document-linked rules and retraining. Demonstrate which revision decisions trigger assignments in your proposed configuration.

#### Does SimplerQMS support integrations?
Its technology page documents an API, Office integration and SSO options. Confirm the exact endpoints, ownership and support for your intended connection.

#### Does the subscription include every module for every user?
No such assumption should be made. The vendor separates platform modules from Viewer, Light, Standard and Full licence permissions; obtain a role-by-role and module-by-module order form.

#### Does the vendor validation package make our deployment compliant?
No. Supplier IQ/OQ/PQ and lifecycle evidence can support validation, but the customer must define intended use, approve configuration, test relevant risks and govern the operated process.

#### Can SimplerQMS be used offline?
No official product-specific disconnected approval, electronic-signature and synchronization workflow was verified. Microsoft 365 editing is not evidence of offline eQMS operation.

#### Is a specific ERP, CRM, PLM or WMS connector included?
The vendor describes an API and possible business-system integrations, but that does not establish a packaged connector. Validate endpoints, data ownership, error handling, monitoring and implementation fees in a proof of concept.

#### What storage limit applies?
The reviewed pricing page uses different descriptions, including a document-count reference and a capacity reference. Resolve the contractual allowance, overage handling and archive policy in writing.

#### Can customers retrieve their data when leaving?
The vendor states that documents, records and an index can be transferred at cancellation without an extra charge. Test whether metadata, relationships, signatures, attachments and audit trails remain complete and usable.

### Demo questions

- Which license mix covers our real approval and training roles?
- Which migration and validation deliverables are included?
- Can we export linked records and their history at exit?
- Which integration and disconnected-work requirements can you demonstrate?
- Which modules are included in the quoted edition, and which licence type does each real user require?
- Who approves intended use, configuration and migrated-data reconciliation, and which validation deliverables are customer-owned?
- Which API endpoints, authentication methods, rate limits, monitoring and support commitments apply to our integration?
- Is our contractual storage limit measured as document count, capacity or both, and what happens when it is reached?
- At exit, does the export preserve metadata, relationships, signatures, attachments and audit history in independently usable formats?

### Primary sources

- [Pricing and role-based licensing](https://simplerqms.com/pricing/)
- [Document control](https://simplerqms.com/modules/document-control/)
- [Training management](https://simplerqms.com/modules/training-management/)
- [CAPA management](https://simplerqms.com/modules/capa-management/)
- [Technology and integrations](https://simplerqms.com/technology-platform/)
- [Validation evidence](https://simplerqms.com/regulatory-compliance/)
- [Guided free trial](https://simplerqms.com/free-trial/)
- [Change management](https://simplerqms.com/modules/change-management/)
- [Quality events management](https://simplerqms.com/modules/quality-events-management/)
- [Audit management](https://simplerqms.com/modules/audit-management/)
- [Risk management](https://simplerqms.com/modules/risk-management/)
- [Supplier management](https://simplerqms.com/modules/supplier-management/)
- [Equipment management](https://simplerqms.com/modules/equipment-management/)
- [Design control](https://simplerqms.com/modules/design-control/)
- [Implementation services](https://simplerqms.com/implementation/)
- [SimplerQMS product overview](https://simplerqms.com/)

## Blackline Safety

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/blackline-safety
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: Blackline Live
Blackline Safety combines connected devices with Blackline Live and analytics. G8 is the current lone-worker generation; G7x with G7 Bridge remains a separately scoped satellite option. Do not transfer G7 pricing or sensor capabilities to a G8 configuration.

Blackline combines a dedicated wearable with a cloud view of worker alerts and device activity. Buying decisions depend on the device generation, service tier and who will monitor an alarm. Gas detection, satellite connectivity and professional monitoring require specific configurations.

Best-fit starting point: Industrial teams that need dedicated wearables and an assigned alarm-response process.

Check before buying: An on-device alarm does not establish that a remote responder received it. Verify coverage, monitoring hours and acknowledgements; no device guarantees rescue.

### Pricing

Device and service plans. The G8 page displays USD starting prices of $43 per device/month for Standard and $58 for Pro. Standard does not include live monitoring or in-platform alert management; Pro includes self-monitoring and professional 24/7 monitoring is optional. Its footnote says the prices shown are the monthly per-device purchase cost (LEL-MPS, H₂S, CO, O₂ cartridge), based on a four-year term paid upfront with a four-year warranty. Confirm any lease alternative, tax, region and accessories in a quote. The separate G7 $33 lone-worker offer is a four-year North American lease including device and service, not a G8 price.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating for industrial teams that need dedicated wearables and an assigned alarm-response process. Compare complete monitoring and device costs, rather than a software seat price.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: G8 tier prices are public; on 25 September 2026 the footnote based them on a device purchase over a four-year term paid upfront. Other contractual terms and optional monitoring require a scoped proposal. G7 lease terms are separately identified.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.blacklinesafety.com/solutions/services/g8-service-plans-pricing

### Scope-specific connectivity; verify the intended workflow

G8 uses cellular connectivity. The vendor identifies G7x plus G7 Bridge as a separate satellite arrangement outside cellular coverage, with regional restrictions. Local device detection or stored records must not be described as successful live alarm delivery without an available communication path.

Product scope: Connected lone-worker devices, live alert workflows and device-fleet reporting

Review scope: Vendor-documentation research, not hands-on testing, safety certification or customer testimony. AI-assisted explanations may be incomplete and do not replace primary documentation, a controlled demo or your risk assessment. Legacy ratings are excluded.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth (25%): A dedicated device and service design can join field alerts with a staffed response process.
  Sources: https://www.blacklinesafety.com/solutions/lone-worker/g8-lone-worker
- Usability & adoption (20%): Evaluate shift handover, charging and device assignment with representative workers.
  Sources: https://www.blacklinesafety.com/solutions/lone-worker/g8-lone-worker
- Implementation & TCO (15%): Compare complete monitoring and device costs, rather than a software seat price.
  Sources: https://www.blacklinesafety.com/solutions/services/g8-service-plans-pricing
- Integrations & API (15%): Request a sample API record and ownership for integrations into incident systems.
  Sources: https://www.blacklinesafety.com/solutions/services/g8-service-plans-pricing
- Security & trust (15%): Review location retention, access roles and emergency-response responsibilities.
  Sources: https://help.blacklinesafety.com/en/g7/product-documentation/g7-support-articles/understanding-and-managing-location-data/understanding-and-managing-location-data
- Customer voice (10%): No independent customer rating or review-count verification is included.
  Sources: https://help.blacklinesafety.com/en/blackline-live/product-documentation/blackline-live-technical-user-manual/viewing-blackline-analytics-essential-reports

### Capability scope

- G8 SOS and automatic event detection [conditional]: G8 documents SOS, fall, no-motion and missed-check-in events; remote handling depends on service plan and connection. Sources: https://www.blacklinesafety.com/solutions/lone-worker/g8-lone-worker, https://www.blacklinesafety.com/solutions/services/g8-service-plans-pricing
- Live monitoring in Blackline Live [conditional]: Pro supports self-monitoring; professional monitoring is a separate option. Standard excludes live platform alert management. Sources: https://www.blacklinesafety.com/solutions/services/g8-service-plans-pricing
- Satellite option [conditional]: G7x requires the G7 Bridge arrangement; do not assume G8 has a direct satellite radio. Sources: https://www.blacklinesafety.com/solutions/lone-worker/g8-lone-worker, https://help.blacklinesafety.com/en/g7/g7-accessories/g7-bridge/g7-bridge-technical-user-manual/overview
- Fleet analytics [documented]: Essential reports cover supported device-fleet activity, with report availability varying by device model. Sources: https://help.blacklinesafety.com/en/blackline-live/product-documentation/blackline-live-technical-user-manual/viewing-blackline-analytics-essential-reports
- Device data integrations [conditional]: G8 Pro lists API integration. Confirm endpoints, permissions, retention and integration ownership. Sources: https://www.blacklinesafety.com/solutions/services/g8-service-plans-pricing
- Worker location context [conditional]: Device location can support response planning. The cited article covers G7 and EXO devices, not G8: it describes when and how often location data is sent, including coordinates and an approximate address with events. It does not describe accuracy or location technology, so confirm both for G8 in your environment. Sources: https://help.blacklinesafety.com/en/g7/product-documentation/g7-support-articles/understanding-and-managing-location-data/understanding-and-managing-location-data
- G8 gas detection and device assurance records [conditional]: G8 is offered in standard, single-gas and multi-gas configurations. The technical specification describes cloud configuration, event and exposure data, historical alert logs, and bump-test or calibration records with downloadable certificates. Confirm the cartridge, gases, alarm setpoints, calibration policy, service plan and applicable device certification for each deployment. Sources: https://help.blacklinesafety.com/en/g8/product-documentation/g8-technical-user-manual/g8-overview, https://help.blacklinesafety.com/en/g8/product-documentation/g8-technical-user-manual/specifications/detailed-specifications
- Configurable alert protocols and contact routing [conditional]: Alert profiles associate device users with response protocols, priority contacts, notified contacts and alert types. Notifications can be immediate or delayed; monitored protocols depend on the Safety Operations Center and service plan. Sources: https://help.blacklinesafety.com/en/blackline-live/product-documentation/blackline-live-technical-user-manual/managing-alert-management-profiles/editing-alert-management-profile-details, https://www.blacklinesafety.com/solutions/services/g8-service-plans-pricing
- Alert investigation and resolution history [conditional]: For supported G7, G8 and EXO alerts, Blackline Live combines user, device, map, protocol, contacts, communication, resolution classification and chronological notes. Availability depends on device, plan, connection and response procedure. Sources: https://help.blacklinesafety.com/en/blackline-live/product-documentation/blackline-live-technical-user-manual/g7-g8-and-exo-device-alerts/managing-alerts
- Group-scoped operator roles [documented]: Blackline Live documents multiple operational roles with permissions applied by group. Validate least-privilege mappings because All devices establishes base access and some roles or resources have organization-level exceptions. Sources: https://help.blacklinesafety.com/en/blackline-live/product-documentation/blackline-live-technical-user-manual/blackline-live-structure/team-members/groups/group-roles-and-permissions
- Shared-device worker assignment [conditional]: Devices can be assigned through several views and G8 users can self-assign with a paired NFC tag. One team member is assigned at a time, reassignment can overwrite the prior user and changes reach the device after connection and synchronization. Sources: https://help.blacklinesafety.com/en/blackline-live/product-documentation/blackline-live-technical-user-manual/managing-devices/assigning-a-device-to-a-team-member

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: controlled alarm handover
1. Use a vendor-approved test procedure with responders informed in advance.
2. Assign a device, trigger a test event and inspect receipt, acknowledgement and escalation records.
3. Compare Standard and Pro entitlements without contacting emergency services.

#### Proposed demo: coverage boundary
1. Map the planned work locations and available communication routes.
2. Have the vendor demonstrate a controlled loss-of-connection scenario and visible status.
3. Document the separate satellite configuration and fallback procedure where required.

#### Proposed demo: gas alarm and calibration evidence
1. Configure a vendor-approved test device with the proposed cartridge, alarm thresholds and assigned worker profile.
2. Run controlled bump-test or calibration and alarm procedures without exposing personnel to hazardous gas.
3. Verify the device record, alert history, responder notes and downloadable assurance evidence in Blackline Live.

### Product presentations

- [Analytics report dashboards and calibration certificate](https://www.blacklinesafety.com/solutions/software/blackline-live): Official vendor image of Blackline Analytics reports and a calibration certificate; data are not labelled as sample.

### Questions and answers

#### Does Blackline Safety work without mobile coverage?
A separate G7x and G7 Bridge satellite configuration is documented. G8 cellular coverage and satellite availability must be checked for the actual site and region.

#### Does the cheapest G8 plan include live monitoring?
No. Standard excludes live monitoring and in-platform alert management; Pro supports self-monitoring, with professional monitoring optional.

#### Is Blackline software priced per user?
The reviewed device offers use a per-device monthly basis. Ask for a complete device, plan, monitoring, connectivity and accessory proposal.

#### Can a lone-worker device also detect gas?
That depends on the selected device and sensor configuration. A no-gas lone-worker configuration should not be treated as a gas detector.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-20: Official product, commercial and connectivity sources reviewed; unsupported legacy ratings and certification labels excluded.
- 2026-09-25: Added the G8 pricing footnote: the per-device monthly prices are a purchase cost over a four-year term paid upfront, with a four-year warranty.
- 2026-09-28: Added current G8 variant and technical-specification evidence plus a controlled gas-alarm and calibration-record acceptance scenario.

### Demo questions

- Does Blackline Safety work without mobile coverage?
- Does the cheapest G8 plan include live monitoring?
- Is Blackline software priced per user?
- Can a lone-worker device also detect gas?

### Primary sources

- [G8 service scope and pricing](https://www.blacklinesafety.com/solutions/services/g8-service-plans-pricing)
- [Current G8 lone-worker device](https://www.blacklinesafety.com/solutions/lone-worker/g8-lone-worker)
- [G7 commercial conditions](https://www.blacklinesafety.com/solutions/services/pricing-plans)
- [G7 Bridge connectivity](https://help.blacklinesafety.com/en/g7/g7-accessories/g7-bridge/g7-bridge-technical-user-manual/overview)
- [Analytics report scope](https://help.blacklinesafety.com/en/blackline-live/product-documentation/blackline-live-technical-user-manual/viewing-blackline-analytics-essential-reports)
- [Location data guidance](https://help.blacklinesafety.com/en/g7/product-documentation/g7-support-articles/understanding-and-managing-location-data/understanding-and-managing-location-data)
- [G8 product variants, gas monitoring and cellular connection : checked 28 September 2026](https://help.blacklinesafety.com/en/g8/product-documentation/g8-technical-user-manual/g8-overview)
- [G8 device, sensor, connectivity and audit-data specifications : checked 28 September 2026](https://help.blacklinesafety.com/en/g8/product-documentation/g8-technical-user-manual/specifications/detailed-specifications)
- [Alert-management profiles, contacts and notification routing : checked 29 September 2026](https://help.blacklinesafety.com/en/blackline-live/product-documentation/blackline-live-technical-user-manual/managing-alert-management-profiles/editing-alert-management-profile-details)
- [Alert investigation, communication and resolution record : checked 29 September 2026](https://help.blacklinesafety.com/en/blackline-live/product-documentation/blackline-live-technical-user-manual/g7-g8-and-exo-device-alerts/managing-alerts)
- [Group-scoped roles and permissions : checked 29 September 2026](https://help.blacklinesafety.com/en/blackline-live/product-documentation/blackline-live-technical-user-manual/blackline-live-structure/team-members/groups/group-roles-and-permissions)
- [Device-to-worker assignment and G8 NFC self-assignment : checked 29 September 2026](https://help.blacklinesafety.com/en/blackline-live/product-documentation/blackline-live-technical-user-manual/managing-devices/assigning-a-device-to-a-team-member)
- [Blackline Live software overview and reports](https://www.blacklinesafety.com/solutions/software/blackline-live)
- [Blackline Safety data security and privacy page](https://www.blacklinesafety.com/about/data-security-privacy)

## LONEALERT (Peoplesafe migration)

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/lonealert
Sources checked: 2026-10-12
Also known as: LONEALERT, LoneAlert
The official LONEALERT site says customers have migrated to Peoplesafe Nexus and LONEALERT will shortly cease to operate. This is therefore a legacy/migration profile, not a representation of OWL as a current standalone purchase. Current Peoplesafe app, device, portal and Alarm Receiving Centre capabilities are relevant replacement evidence, but a migrated customer's actual devices, subscriptions, settings, records and entitlements must be reconciled in writing.

LONEALERT historically connected worker devices and check-in timers to the OWL portal. Its current official notice directs customers and new enquiries to Peoplesafe. Existing customers should review their actual Nexus configuration, transferred records and response contacts instead of assuming every former OWL function migrated unchanged.

Best-fit starting point: Existing LONEALERT customers checking their Peoplesafe transition and support arrangements.

Check before buying: Legacy OWL and device pages remain accessible, but they do not establish current standalone LONEALERT availability or unchanged Nexus functionality. Treat every current Peoplesafe app, device, ARC, tracking, report and roaming feature as conditional on the migrated contract, chosen product and account configuration. A working communications route is required for alarm delivery; GPS, Wi-Fi positioning and What3Words do not replace mobile/data connectivity. Device and app assignments must identify the worker, escalation plans and contacts must be current, and planned alarm tests must be agreed so they do not trigger an unintended emergency response. Location access should be role-restricted and explained to workers; app permissions, MDM settings, battery state, signal and OS compatibility can affect operation. Monitoring technology supports but does not replace the employer's lone-worker risk assessment, procedures, training or emergency planning.

### Pricing

Custom quote. On 26 September 2026 the LONEALERT site offered "Get a quote" and trial routes and shows no amount; lonealert.co.uk/pricing/ returned page not found and the site search for "price" returned only the terms and conditions of sale. Contact Peoplesafe for a migration or replacement quote covering retained devices, replacement hardware, monitoring, training, historical records, contract term and renewal. Older OWL prices and trial buttons should not be treated as a current offer.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating for existing lonealert customers checking their peoplesafe transition and support arrangements. Evaluate the current migration contract and replacement-device costs before extending a legacy arrangement.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-09-26 [verified]: The current migration notice supersedes legacy sales assumptions. Current migration and replacement terms must be obtained from Peoplesafe.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.lonealert.co.uk/

### Scope-specific connectivity; verify the intended workflow

Historical devices used different cellular, Wi-Fi or satellite arrangements. None establishes alarm delivery without any functioning communication route. Ask Peoplesafe to confirm supported devices, connectivity, alerts and escalation in the migrated account.

Product scope: Legacy LONEALERT-to-Peoplesafe Nexus migration and continuity checks, with separately scoped current Peoplesafe app, device, portal and monitored-response services.

Review scope: Vendor-documentation research, not hands-on testing, safety certification or customer testimony. AI-assisted explanations may be incomplete and do not replace primary documentation, a controlled demo or your risk assessment. Legacy ratings are excluded.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth (25%): The principal buyer need is continuity and verification of the migrated service.
  Sources: https://www.lonealert.co.uk/
- Usability & adoption (20%): Retrain users on any changed buttons, timers or escalation instructions.
  Sources: https://nexussupport.peoplesafe.co.uk/hc/en-gb
- Implementation & TCO (15%): Evaluate the current migration contract and replacement-device costs before extending a legacy arrangement.
  Sources: https://www.lonealert.co.uk/
- Integrations & API (15%): Do not assume legacy SSO, reports or integrations transfer unchanged.
  Sources: https://www.lonealert.co.uk/the-owl/
- Security & trust (15%): Review transferred personal data, access permissions and retention with the current provider.
  Sources: https://peoplesafe.co.uk/blogs/addressing-privacy-concerns-with-lone-working-devices-and-apps/
- Customer voice (10%): No current independent review score is imported for the legacy service.
  Sources: https://www.lonealert.co.uk/

### Capability scope

- Migration to Peoplesafe Nexus [documented]: The official LONEALERT notice says customers have migrated to Peoplesafe Nexus and LONEALERT will shortly cease operating. It does not enumerate account-level records, device compatibility or preserved feature settings. Sources: https://www.lonealert.co.uk/
- Legacy OWL timers, check-ins and alerts [conditional]: Legacy OWL material documents timers, check-ins and alerts. Use it only as a migration checklist and demonstrate the corresponding current Nexus/product workflow rather than assuming identical behavior. Sources: https://www.lonealert.co.uk/the-owl/, https://www.lonealert.co.uk/lone-worker-devices/
- Legacy device continuity [unverified]: The historical device catalogue does not identify which models remain supported, replaced, reconfigured or commercially covered after migration. Obtain a device-by-device support statement.
- 24/7 monitored alarm response [conditional]: Peoplesafe documents a 24/7 Alarm Receiving Centre that assesses alarms and follows pre-agreed escalation instructions. Confirm that ARC monitoring is active for every migrated device/app, region and working schedule. Sources: https://peoplesafe.co.uk/alarm-receiving-centre/, https://peoplesafe.co.uk/the-service/, https://nexussupport.peoplesafe.co.uk/hc/en-gb/articles/20037945041937-How-to-set-up-Peoplesafe-for-success-our-best-practice
- SOS alarm and two-way audio [conditional]: Current Peoplesafe app and device pages describe SOS activation and an audio channel to the ARC. Availability and audio behavior depend on the selected product, permissions, signal and account setup. Sources: https://peoplesafe.co.uk/products/lone-worker-app/, https://peoplesafe.co.uk/lone-worker-device/
- Timed activities, check-ins and welfare checks [conditional]: The current app documents timed alarms, check-in/out and scheduled welfare checks. Verify which functions are enabled for each migrated group and how expiry is escalated. Sources: https://peoplesafe.co.uk/products/lone-worker-app/
- Fall or man-down detection [conditional]: Supported app and device configurations can include fall detection. It is not evidence that every legacy device, worker activity or fall pattern is covered; test product-specific sensitivity and cancellation behavior. Sources: https://peoplesafe.co.uk/products/lone-worker-app/, https://peoplesafe.co.uk/lone-worker-device/
- Emergency location context [conditional]: Supported products can use GPS, Wi-Fi, mobile-network data and What3Words to assist location. Accuracy and transmission depend on the product, permissions, environment and communications path and are not guaranteed by the marketing figures alone. Sources: https://peoplesafe.co.uk/the-service/, https://peoplesafe.co.uk/products/lone-worker-app/
- Nexus user and asset assignment [conditional]: Nexus supports assigning, swapping and unassigning devices for activated users. Reconcile serial numbers and profiles because correct assignment lets the ARC identify who raised an alarm. Sources: https://nexussupport.peoplesafe.co.uk/hc/en-gb/articles/13551650201361-How-do-I-assign-a-device-in-my-account, https://nexussupport.peoplesafe.co.uk/hc/en-gb/articles/20037945041937-How-to-set-up-Peoplesafe-for-success-our-best-practice
- Escalation and response-plan configuration [conditional]: Nexus onboarding guidance documents escalation plans and alarm-response plans. These require customer configuration and maintenance; the platform does not supply accurate contacts or organization-specific emergency procedures automatically. Sources: https://nexussupport.peoplesafe.co.uk/hc/en-gb/articles/20037945041937-How-to-set-up-Peoplesafe-for-success-our-best-practice
- Role-based Nexus access [conditional]: Nexus documents restricted User access to the user's own profile/device while management functions depend on other roles. Validate administrator and manager permissions and separation of duties in the migrated tenant. Sources: https://nexussupport.peoplesafe.co.uk/hc/en-gb/articles/26477833393169-What-can-a-User-access-in-Nexus
- Location-access controls [conditional]: Nexus can restrict map access by role, and Peoplesafe recommends transparent policies. Confirm collection mode, role visibility, retention and lawful-use controls rather than assuming location is visible only during emergencies. Sources: https://nexussupport.peoplesafe.co.uk/hc/en-gb/articles/28824773728913-How-to-restrict-location-access-in-your-account, https://peoplesafe.co.uk/blogs/addressing-privacy-concerns-with-lone-working-devices-and-apps/
- Usage and alarm reporting [conditional]: Nexus documents usage, alarm, user-status, management and activity reports, with scheduling for most reports. Emailed output omits the charts and graphs available in Nexus; verify role access, recipients and retention. Sources: https://nexussupport.peoplesafe.co.uk/hc/en-gb/articles/22511491651729-How-to-schedule-a-report-for-your-account
- Current standalone OWL purchase [unverified]: The official site routes new enquiries to Peoplesafe and says LONEALERT will shortly cease operating. Remaining OWL pages do not establish a current standalone LONEALERT offer, price, trial or service commitment.

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: migration and entitlement reconciliation
1. Prepare an anonymized legacy list of workers, devices, serial numbers, response paths and required records.
2. Match every item to its Nexus profile, current device/app assignment, enabled features and subscription scope.
3. Sample historical alarms, contacts and records that were expected to migrate and document any gaps.
4. Obtain named owners, resolution dates and written confirmation for unsupported or replacement items.

#### Demo exercise: controlled end-to-end alarm test
1. Agree a planned-alarm window with Peoplesafe and internal contacts so emergency services are not dispatched unintentionally.
2. From a representative app and dedicated device, verify identity, SOS/timer behavior, audio and transmitted location context.
3. Confirm the ARC follows the configured escalation instructions and reaches the expected contacts.
4. Review the logged alarm classification, timestamps and report, then record corrective actions.

#### Demo exercise: location privacy and role review
1. Use User, Manager and Administrator test accounts with representative team assignments.
2. Compare access to maps, location history, profiles, devices, reports and escalation information.
3. Change the configured map-access role and verify the permission update after re-login.
4. Reconcile observed collection, access and retention with the worker notice and internal privacy policy.

#### Demo exercise: adoption and inactive-user follow-up
1. Schedule usage and user-status reports for a test team and authorized recipient.
2. Generate normal activity plus one inactive user and one device with stale communication or low battery.
3. Confirm the report filters, emailed table and richer Nexus view identify the exceptions.
4. Run the documented follow-up process and record closure evidence.

### Product presentations

- [Legacy app timer and SOS screen](https://www.lonealert.co.uk/): Official LONEALERT mockup of its legacy lone worker app showing an active timer and an SOS button. Sample data.

### Questions and answers

#### Is LONEALERT still a standalone buying option?
The official notice says customers migrated to Peoplesafe Nexus and LONEALERT will shortly cease operating. Remaining legacy pages are not evidence of a current OWL offer; direct new procurement questions to Peoplesafe.

#### Does migration mean every OWL feature and record transferred unchanged?
No public account-level mapping proves that. Reconcile users, devices, timers, response plans, contacts, reports and historical records against the live Nexus account and contract.

#### Will existing LONEALERT devices continue to work?
The legacy catalogue does not establish current support for each model. Obtain written confirmation for every serial number, network/SIM arrangement, configuration and replacement date.

#### What does the current monitored service do?
Peoplesafe describes alarms going to a 24/7 Alarm Receiving Centre, where a Controller assesses the situation and follows agreed escalation instructions. Confirm monitoring entitlement, geography, contacts and product configuration for the migrated account.

#### Can Peoplesafe locate a worker without mobile coverage?
Do not assume so. Location technologies and a communications path solve different problems. Ask for a role-specific signal assessment and demonstrate the proposed app, SIM, roaming or alternative device in real work locations.

#### Does the system continuously track workers?
It depends on the product and optional settings. Peoplesafe documents emergency/manual location and optional tracking, while Nexus can expose maps to configured roles. Establish collection, access, retention and worker-notice rules before rollout.

#### Can a device be shared between workers?
Do not assume a generic shared assignment is safe. ARC response depends on correct identity and risk context. Demonstrate the provider-approved sharing method, or assign devices individually, and document who is responsible at each handover.

#### What must be configured before workers rely on the service?
At minimum reconcile activated profiles, device/app assignments, escalation contacts, alarm-response instructions, roles, app permissions, training and planned tests. Technology does not create correct response data automatically.

#### What reporting is documented in Nexus?
Nexus support describes usage, alarm, user-status, management and activity reports, with scheduling for most reports. Confirm which roles can access them, authorized email recipients and the retention needed for investigations.

#### Does the service replace a lone-worker risk assessment?
No. Select apps, devices, monitoring and connectivity from the actual role and environment, and retain employer-owned procedures, training, supervision and emergency planning.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-20: Official product, commercial and connectivity sources reviewed; unsupported legacy ratings and certification labels excluded.
- 2026-09-26: Re-checked on 26 September 2026: quote route only, no pricing page and no amount shown.

### Demo questions

- What written evidence confirms our migration is complete and which legacy LONEALERT contract has been superseded?
- Which legacy users, devices, response paths, contacts and historical records transferred to Nexus, and which did not?
- Which current Peoplesafe subscription, app or device SKU is assigned to each worker, and which features are enabled?
- Will each existing device remain supported for the full contract term, or is replacement hardware required?
- Show that every physical device and app is assigned to the correct activated Nexus profile before use.
- Who can create or change escalation plans, alarm-response instructions, user roles, device assignments and map permissions?
- Which three or more escalation contacts are configured for each plan, and how are absences and out-of-hours coverage handled?
- When is location collected, who can view current or historical positions, how long is it retained, and how are workers informed?
- Which app permissions, background settings, MDM rules, supported OS versions and battery controls are mandatory?
- What happens during weak signal, no data service, roaming failure, depleted battery or an unavailable phone, and which alternative product is proposed?
- How will planned activation calls, routine tests, false alarms and genuine incidents be distinguished and reviewed?
- Which Nexus reports are included, who receives scheduled exports, and how will inactive users or uncommunicative devices be followed up?

### Primary sources

- [Official migration notice and current enquiry routes](https://www.lonealert.co.uk/)
- [Legacy OWL portal and timer documentation](https://www.lonealert.co.uk/the-owl/)
- [Historical LONEALERT device portfolio](https://www.lonealert.co.uk/lone-worker-devices/)
- [Current Peoplesafe service and portal scope](https://peoplesafe.co.uk/the-service/)
- [Peoplesafe location privacy explanation](https://peoplesafe.co.uk/blogs/addressing-privacy-concerns-with-lone-working-devices-and-apps/)
- [Current Nexus support centre](https://nexussupport.peoplesafe.co.uk/hc/en-gb)
- [Current Peoplesafe lone-worker app features](https://peoplesafe.co.uk/products/lone-worker-app/)
- [Current Peoplesafe Alarm Receiving Centre process](https://peoplesafe.co.uk/alarm-receiving-centre/)
- [Current Peoplesafe device scope and optional features](https://peoplesafe.co.uk/lone-worker-device/)
- [Nexus scheduled reporting](https://nexussupport.peoplesafe.co.uk/hc/en-gb/articles/22511491651729-How-to-schedule-a-report-for-your-account)
- [Nexus device assignment and reassignment](https://nexussupport.peoplesafe.co.uk/hc/en-gb/articles/13551650201361-How-do-I-assign-a-device-in-my-account)
- [Nexus user-role access boundaries](https://nexussupport.peoplesafe.co.uk/hc/en-gb/articles/26477833393169-What-can-a-User-access-in-Nexus)
- [Nexus location-access restrictions](https://nexussupport.peoplesafe.co.uk/hc/en-gb/articles/28824773728913-How-to-restrict-location-access-in-your-account)
- [Nexus onboarding, escalation and asset-assignment guidance](https://nexussupport.peoplesafe.co.uk/hc/en-gb/articles/20037945041937-How-to-set-up-Peoplesafe-for-success-our-best-practice)

## OK Alone

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/ok-alone
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: Ok Alone
OK Alone is part of Peoplesafe and retains its own smartphone and desktop apps, dashboard, plans and integrations. Do not assume its subscriptions, monitoring coverage, devices or interfaces are identical to the separate Peoplesafe Nexus offering.

OK Alone is a lone-worker service combining smartphone or desktop check-ins, timed activities, SOS, man-down detection, location context, escalation and optional professional monitoring. It can fall back from mobile data to calls or SMS and can connect supported satellite devices, but every route still depends on a functioning device, power, configured channel and accountable responder.

Best-fit starting point: Teams using smartphones for lone-worker check-ins with a defined monitoring owner.

Check before buying: No app can prove a worker is safe merely because no alert exists. Validate missed-check-in, sensor false-positive and false-negative, stale location, battery or OS restriction, channel failure and escalation ownership. The TMA Five Diamond statement belongs to the AvantGuard monitoring centre; it is not a certification of every OK Alone workflow or customer deployment.

### Pricing

Custom quote. Pricing is not publicly available as a numeric subscription in the current plan pages. Plans distinguish Essential Protection, Automated Monitoring, 24/7 Emergency Response and Enterprise. Confirm user minimums, billing currency and term, channel allowances, trial limits, API and integration entitlement, professional-monitoring geography, satellite or wearable hardware and service, onboarding and renewal. A free app trial is advertised without a credit card but does not establish that professional monitoring or integrations are included.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating for teams using smartphones for lone-worker check-ins with a defined monitoring owner. Compare monitoring labour with the complete professional-service quote and satellite costs.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: Current plan pages use quote-based pricing and advertise a free app trial without a credit card. Monitoring tiers and integration entitlements differ.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.okaloneworker.com/pricing/our-plans/

### Scope-specific connectivity; verify the intended workflow

Low Signal Mode+ falls back to SMS or phone call when data or Wi-Fi is unavailable, so it still requires cellular voice or SMS service. A phone may calculate GPS while disconnected but cannot deliver an alarm without a communication path. SPOT and ZOLEO require supported hardware, an active device or service plan and satellite visibility; test message receipt and escalation separately.

Product scope: OK Alone app, desktop access, monitoring dashboard and contracted integrations. In-house monitoring, automated escalation and professional 24/7 response are different service scopes; satellite hardware or service and compatible wearables are separate dependencies.

Review scope: Vendor-documentation research, not hands-on testing, safety certification or customer testimony. AI-assisted explanations may be incomplete and do not replace primary documentation, a controlled demo or your risk assessment. Legacy ratings are excluded.

Trial status: verified-free. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth (25%): A focused smartphone workflow suits teams that need check-ins without a full EHS suite.
  Sources: https://www.okaloneworker.com/pricing/our-plans/
- Usability & adoption (20%): Test permissions, battery restrictions and reminders on the actual managed phones.
  Sources: https://www.okaloneworker.com/solutions/connectivity-and-coverage-solutions/
- Implementation & TCO (15%): Compare monitoring labour with the complete professional-service quote and satellite costs.
  Sources: https://www.okaloneworker.com/pricing/our-plans/
- Integrations & API (15%): The REST API exposes shift, check-in, help-request and location operations; confirm access and failure handling.
  Sources: https://www.okaloneworker.com/solutions/lone-worker-api/
- Security & trust (15%): Review routine and emergency location visibility, retention and worker communication.
  Sources: https://www.okaloneworker.com/solutions/privacy-mode/
- Customer voice (10%): No app-store superlative or vendor-selected testimonial is used as an independent rating.
  Sources: https://www.okaloneworker.com/pricing/our-plans/

### Capability scope

- Shift check-in and checkout [documented]: The app supports scheduled check-ins and alerts when a worker becomes overdue. Sources: https://www.okaloneworker.com/pricing/our-plans/, https://www.okaloneworker.com/solutions/lone-worker-app/
- Timed high-risk activity [documented]: A worker can record task details and an expected end time, receive reminders, extend the timer and trigger an overdue alert. Sources: https://www.okaloneworker.com/solutions/timed-activity/
- SOS and help alert [documented]: The in-app panic button can notify the designated monitor or monitoring centre with location context. Sources: https://www.okaloneworker.com/solutions/panic-button/
- Hands-free and device-specific triggers [conditional]: Siri, Google Assistant and platform-specific triggers are described. Verify operating-system, lock-screen, MDM and accessibility behavior on managed devices. Sources: https://www.okaloneworker.com/solutions/panic-button/, https://www.okaloneworker.com/solutions/integrations/
- Man-down and no-motion detection [conditional]: Phone sensors, a configurable interval or sensitivity and a user cancel window can trigger escalation. This is not guaranteed fall detection and requires device-specific testing. Sources: https://www.okaloneworker.com/solutions/lone-worker-app/, https://www.okaloneworker.com/solutions/man-down/man-down-android/
- GPS and last-known-location context [conditional]: Maps, coordinates and what3words can assist response, but accuracy, freshness and indoor performance depend on device settings and connectivity. Sources: https://www.okaloneworker.com/solutions/safety-dashboard/, https://www.okaloneworker.com/solutions/integrations/
- Cloud monitoring dashboard [documented]: The dashboard displays safe, overdue, high-risk and help states and supports worker, group, schedule and multi-monitor administration. Sources: https://www.okaloneworker.com/solutions/safety-dashboard/
- Configurable in-house escalation [conditional]: Alerts can route to different contacts by status, location or emergency type. The customer remains responsible for staffing, acknowledgement and fallback coverage. Sources: https://www.okaloneworker.com/solutions/safety-dashboard/, https://www.okaloneworker.com/pricing/our-plans/
- Professional 24/7 monitoring [conditional]: AvantGuard agents and customer action plans are documented for the United States and Canada. Confirm geography, dispatch authority, service levels and access to response records. Sources: https://www.okaloneworker.com/solutions/24-7-safety-monitoring-center/
- Low Signal Mode+ [conditional]: The app prompts an SMS or phone check-in when data is unavailable, which still requires a working cellular channel. Sources: https://www.okaloneworker.com/solutions/connectivity-and-coverage-solutions/
- Connectivity and device-health view [documented]: Monitors can see signal, battery and last-connection data and trend reports. Device telemetry does not establish worker wellbeing. Sources: https://www.okaloneworker.com/solutions/connectivity-and-coverage-solutions/
- Satellite device paths [conditional]: SPOT and ZOLEO workflows depend on supported hardware, an active device service plan, satellite visibility and the actions supported by that device. Sources: https://www.okaloneworker.com/solutions/satellite-devices/, https://www.okaloneworker.com/solutions/integrations/
- Privacy Mode [documented]: Routine monitor visibility can be hidden and the latest location revealed for an alert. Confirm retention, administrator override and visibility after resolution. Sources: https://www.okaloneworker.com/solutions/privacy-mode/, https://www.okaloneworker.com/privacy-policy/
- REST API and automation integrations [conditional]: App and management APIs, Zapier, directory import and notification channels are described. Validate plan access, authentication, limits, retries and support ownership. Sources: https://www.okaloneworker.com/solutions/lone-worker-api/, https://www.okaloneworker.com/solutions/integrations/
- Team Broadcast [conditional]: Targeted push messages can record sent, read and acknowledged states, but require the supported app and push permissions and do not guarantee delivery. Sources: https://www.okaloneworker.com/solutions/team-broadcast/
- Alert Zones [conditional]: Weather-based and custom geofences can notify workers and log messages. Validate the data source, update interval, location precision and plan entitlement. Sources: https://www.okaloneworker.com/solutions/alert-zones/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Smartphone shift and escalation
1. Start a shift, complete a scheduled check-in and set a timed high-risk activity.
2. Miss the activity deadline and verify worker reminders and the configured escalation route.
3. Acknowledge, respond to and resolve the controlled test alert.
4. Inspect the response record and the timestamp of the location used.

#### Man-down and false-alarm exercise
1. Configure the motion threshold, sensitivity and cancel window on representative managed phones.
2. Simulate no motion and cancel the first warning to test false-alarm handling.
3. Leave a second controlled warning unanswered and verify escalation.
4. Repeat with low battery or restricted background permissions and record the limitations.

#### Multi-channel outage and satellite proof
1. Remove mobile data while retaining SMS or voice and test Low Signal Mode+.
2. Remove cellular service and verify that the ordinary phone cannot transmit an alert.
3. Separately send a supported SPOT or ZOLEO event using the contracted device and service plan.
4. Verify monitor receipt, message timestamps and the resulting escalation record.

#### Privacy, monitoring-centre and data-exit proof
1. Run a routine shift in Privacy Mode and inspect each monitor role's location visibility.
2. Raise a controlled SOS and verify the location revealed to the contracted response team.
3. Execute the agreed centre action plan without initiating an unintended real dispatch, then close the event.
4. Inspect retention, export, deletion and post-resolution location visibility.

### Product presentations

- [Team Broadcast creation screen in the dashboard](https://www.okaloneworker.com/solutions/team-broadcast/): Official vendor image of the dashboard screen for composing a Team Broadcast; demo content.
- [Team Broadcast message and acknowledgement in the app](https://www.okaloneworker.com/solutions/team-broadcast/): Official vendor image of the mobile Team Broadcast screen before and after acknowledging; demo.

### Questions and answers

#### Does OK Alone work with no cell service?
Ordinary call and SMS fallback does not work with no cellular service. Evaluate a supported satellite configuration for locations outside cellular coverage.

#### Does every plan include a monitoring centre?
No. The plan page separates in-house monitoring from the 24/7 Emergency Response service. Identify who receives and acts on alarms before choosing a tier.

#### Can workers hide routine location tracking?
Privacy Mode hides routine GPS visibility from the monitoring hub and reveals the latest location for an alert. Confirm retention and the roles allowed to change the setting.

#### Is there a verified public subscription price?
The reviewed current plan pages request a quote instead of publishing a numeric subscription. A free app trial without a credit card is advertised, with scope to confirm.

#### Is OK Alone man-down detection guaranteed to detect every fall?
No. It uses phone sensors and configurable movement or fall logic, so sensitivity, cancel windows, device placement, permissions, battery state and operating-system behavior can create false or missed alerts.

#### Where is OK Alone professional monitoring available?
The official monitoring-centre page specifically describes emergency help across the United States and Canada. Confirm coverage, dispatch authority and service levels for every worker country.

#### Does TMA Five Diamond status certify the whole OK Alone service?
No. The statement applies to the AvantGuard monitoring centre and its operators, not every application workflow, integration, customer configuration or outcome.

#### Can a phone provide GPS location when it has no signal?
A phone may calculate or cache a GPS position without cellular service, but it cannot transmit the alert or location without a working communication route.

#### Does Team Broadcast guarantee that every worker received the message?
No. It depends on the app, push permissions, device state and connectivity. Use separate sent, read and acknowledged records and an agreed fallback for unacknowledged recipients.

#### Is API access included in every OK Alone plan?
The REST and management interfaces are documented, but buyers should confirm plan entitlement, authentication, rate limits, retries, monitoring and support in the quote.

#### Is OK Alone the same product as Peoplesafe Nexus?
No such equivalence should be assumed. OK Alone is part of Peoplesafe but retains its own product, plans and integrations; scope Nexus separately.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-20: Official product, commercial and connectivity sources reviewed; unsupported legacy ratings and certification labels excluded.

### Demo questions

- Which exact plan and monitoring owner applies to every shift, including nights, weekends and monitor absence?
- Is professional monitoring available in every worker geography, and what response or dispatch service level and authority apply?
- Show data-loss, SMS-only, voice-only, no-cellular and satellite scenarios separately.
- What happens if the device battery dies, permissions are revoked, the operating system stops background service or GPS is stale?
- Provide man-down sensitivity, cancel-window, false-alarm and missed-detection test results for our managed phones.
- Which routine and emergency locations are visible to which roles, retained where and how long, and exportable or deletable?
- Which satellite or wearable devices, service plans, coverage and message actions are supported?
- Which APIs and integrations are entitled, and what authentication, rate limits, retries, monitoring and support apply?
- Does Team Broadcast show sent, delivered, read and acknowledged distinctly when push is disabled or the phone is offline?
- Price app users, monitors, professional response, SMS and calls, APIs, satellite or device costs, onboarding and renewal.

### Primary sources

- [Plans and monitoring tiers](https://www.okaloneworker.com/pricing/our-plans/)
- [Quote-based pricing](https://www.okaloneworker.com/pricing/)
- [Smartphone app, check-ins, SOS and man-down](https://www.okaloneworker.com/solutions/lone-worker-app/)
- [Dashboard, escalation and reporting](https://www.okaloneworker.com/solutions/safety-dashboard/)
- [Timed high-risk activity](https://www.okaloneworker.com/solutions/timed-activity/)
- [Panic button and voice activation](https://www.okaloneworker.com/solutions/panic-button/)
- [Connectivity, Low Signal Mode+ and device health](https://www.okaloneworker.com/solutions/connectivity-and-coverage-solutions/)
- [Satellite integrations](https://www.okaloneworker.com/solutions/satellite-devices/)
- [Privacy Mode](https://www.okaloneworker.com/solutions/privacy-mode/)
- [REST API scope](https://www.okaloneworker.com/solutions/lone-worker-api/)
- [Integration catalogue and channel boundaries](https://www.okaloneworker.com/solutions/integrations/)
- [24/7 monitoring centre and geography](https://www.okaloneworker.com/solutions/24-7-safety-monitoring-center/)
- [Man-down configuration on Android](https://www.okaloneworker.com/solutions/man-down/man-down-android/)
- [Team Broadcast delivery and acknowledgement](https://www.okaloneworker.com/solutions/team-broadcast/)
- [Alert Zones and geofenced threat notifications](https://www.okaloneworker.com/solutions/alert-zones/)
- [Peoplesafe privacy, location, retention and hosting disclosures](https://www.okaloneworker.com/privacy-policy/)
- [OK Alone data security page](https://www.okaloneworker.com/data-security/)

## Fatigue Science (Readi)

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/fatigue-science
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: Fatigue Science, Readi
Fatigue Science supplies Readi, a predictive fatigue-risk platform comprising ReadiSupervise, ReadiAnalytics, ReadiOne/ReadiSync and the optional ReadiWatch wearable. ReadiBand is the former name or generation referenced by older material. ReadiScores are model outputs based on sleep, schedule and operational inputs; they are not clinical diagnoses or fitness-for-duty clearances.

Readi combines sleep-related inputs and scheduling context to present predicted fatigue information. Supervisors can review a shift and log interventions, while analysts compare groups and schedules. Input freshness, privacy and an agreed response policy are central to evaluating the system.

Best-fit starting point: Shift-based operations establishing a supervised fatigue-risk programme.

Check before buying: A ReadiScore must not by itself authorize or remove someone from safety-critical work. Supervisors need the input source, sync freshness, estimated-versus-measured status, offline staleness and model assumptions. Sleep data is sensitive workforce data: require role controls, retention and deletion terms, labor and privacy review, worker communication, and a non-punitive response protocol. Vendor outcome and ROI claims are not guarantees.

### Pricing

Custom quote. The vendor publishes subscription scope but no numeric rate. It describes a short-term pilot followed by a tailored subscription; it does not establish that the pilot is free. Ask the quote to separate software licences, ReadiWatch hardware and replacements, sync equipment, integrations and API work, onboarding, optional ReadiML functions, support and renewal terms.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating for shift-based operations establishing a supervised fatigue-risk programme. Budget for programme adoption, wearable logistics and supervision as well as the subscription.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: The vendor describes a customized subscription and pilot without a numeric public rate or a verified free-pilot offer.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://fatiguescience.com/pricing

### Scope-specific connectivity; verify the intended workflow

ReadiSupervise Offline Mode requires loading the intended shift, groups and tabs beforehand. Cached information and action logging remain available, but new areas or shifts and wearable synchronization are unavailable. Actions sync after reconnection and remain invisible to others meanwhile; signing out can discard unsynced data.

Product scope: A Readi subscription can cover ReadiScore recipients, web, mobile and offline access, ReadiSupervise, ReadiAnalytics, Instant Insights, hosting, API access and customer-success support. ReadiWatch hardware, replacement devices, synchronization infrastructure, integrations, optional ReadiML forecast alerts, implementation services and programme governance should be itemized in the quote.

Review scope: Vendor-documentation research, not hands-on testing, safety certification or customer testimony. AI-assisted explanations may be incomplete and do not replace primary documentation, a controlled demo or your risk assessment. Legacy ratings are excluded.

Trial status: request-only. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth (25%): The combination of forecasts and documented supervisor actions supports structured programme review.
  Sources: https://fatiguescience.com/readiwatch-wearable-fatigue-monitoring-system
- Usability & adoption (20%): Evaluate whether supervisors understand score sources and can recognize stale inputs.
  Sources: https://help.fatiguescience.com/en/articles/4919856-using-the-new-readisupervise-web-version
- Implementation & TCO (15%): Budget for programme adoption, wearable logistics and supervision as well as the subscription.
  Sources: https://fatiguescience.com/pricing
- Integrations & API (15%): Request a sample integration with scheduling data and reconciliation of failed or late inputs.
  Sources: https://fatiguescience.com/developer-api
- Security & trust (15%): Restrict access to personal sleep information and agree worker communication, retention and permissions.
  Sources: https://fatiguescience.com/readi-analytics
- Customer voice (10%): Vendor ROI claims and customer examples are not treated as independently verified outcomes.
  Sources: https://fatiguescience.com/pricing

### Capability scope

- Individual hour-by-hour fatigue forecast [documented]: Readi presents an individual forecast extending up to 18 hours. Treat the score as predictive decision support, not direct measurement, diagnosis or clearance. Sources: https://fatiguescience.com/readi-fatigue-management-system, https://fatiguescience.com/readiwatch-wearable-fatigue-monitoring-system
- Supervisor score context and time to threshold [documented]: ReadiSupervise can expose hour-by-hour scores, time to threshold, recent sleep, score source and synchronization context so supervisors can assess data quality before acting. Sources: https://help.fatiguescience.com/en/articles/6473096-using-readisupervise-mobile-version, https://help.fatiguescience.com/en/articles/4919856-using-the-new-readisupervise-web-version
- Configurable notifications [conditional]: Supervisors subscribe to notifications; they are not necessarily enabled by default. Crew and individual alerts depend on thresholds and configuration, while forecast-based alerts require the optional vendor-enabled ReadiML capability. Sources: https://help.fatiguescience.com/en/articles/11077866-notifications-in-readisupervise
- Immediate and scheduled intervention records [documented]: Supervisors can log immediate or future actions with target, owner, due date, notes and completion status; associated score, shift, location, groups and edit metadata support review. Sources: https://help.fatiguescience.com/en/articles/4919865-fatigue-intervention-logs-action-tracking, https://help.fatiguescience.com/en/articles/10118593-scheduled-actions-and-in-system-communications
- Prepared offline supervisor workflow [conditional]: Selected shifts, groups and tabs must be loaded while online. Cached views and local action logging can continue, but new scopes and wearable synchronization are unavailable; actions remain unseen by others until reconnection and signing out can discard unsynced work. Sources: https://help.fatiguescience.com/en/articles/10581536-offline-mode
- Organizational fatigue analytics [documented]: ReadiAnalytics provides organizational snapshots, trends and comparisons across sites, crews and shifts, including projected fatigue views. Interpretation still depends on input coverage and cohort context. Sources: https://fatiguescience.com/readi-analytics
- Schedule scenario simulation [conditional]: Simulate accepts roster patterns or uploaded data and can compare hypothetical schedules using user-selected sleep assumptions or AutoSleep. Results are modelled scenarios, not proof of future incident reduction. Sources: https://help.fatiguescience.com/en/articles/6148486-introduction-to-simulate-the-readianalytics-feature-providing-instant-insights-into-fatigue-in-schedules
- Wearable-optional predictions [documented]: The vendor describes fatigue forecasting without mandatory wearable use. Buyers should establish which source supplies sleep information, how estimates are labelled and how missing or stale inputs are handled. Sources: https://fatiguescience.com/readi-fatigue-management-system, https://fatiguescience.com/readi-analytics
- ReadiWatch sleep input and worker alerts [conditional]: The optional ReadiWatch infers sleep from wrist movement, synchronizes data and can display ReadiScore alerts. It does not continuously measure fatigue; the current page says the watch has no GPS or heart-rate sensor. Confirm hardware generation, battery, replacement and assignment process. Sources: https://fatiguescience.com/readiwatch-wearable-fatigue-monitoring-system, https://help.fatiguescience.com/en/articles/9532106-get-started-with-your-readiwatch
- Personal and shared synchronization routes [conditional]: ReadiOne can synchronize an assigned watch through a phone, including supported background synchronization, while ReadiSync supports shared synchronization workflows. Mobile operating-system restrictions, Bluetooth access and deployment design affect freshness. Sources: https://help.fatiguescience.com/en/articles/12224494-background-sync, https://fatiguescience.com/readiwatch-wearable-fatigue-monitoring-system
- Role and privacy controls [conditional]: Documented roles separate individual, supervisor and manager access, and alternative identifiers can reduce exposure of names or email addresses. Procurement must test the exact permissions, exports, administration, retention and deletion behavior in the contracted configuration. Sources: https://help.fatiguescience.com/en/articles/437390-creating-users-role-types-and-permissions, https://help.fatiguescience.com/en/articles/11879471-permissions
- Developer API [conditional]: A developer API is publicly described, but the overview does not establish endpoint coverage, authentication, limits, write-back behavior, versioning or service commitments. Validate these with current technical documentation and a proof of concept. Sources: https://fatiguescience.com/developer-api
- Operational-system integrations [conditional]: The vendor describes integration with systems such as telematics, cameras, ELD, time and attendance, rostering and dispatch. Confirm the named connector, data direction, latency, reconciliation and commercial scope for the buyer's exact system. Sources: https://fatiguescience.com/readi-fatigue-management-system
- Historical sleep, score and programme review [documented]: The web application and analytics support review of historical sleep-related data, scores, utilization and organizational patterns; access to sensitive details must follow role and workforce-governance rules. Sources: https://help.fatiguescience.com/en/articles/437358-what-is-the-web-app, https://fatiguescience.com/readi-analytics

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: source and freshness before intervention
1. Load anonymized workers with current measured, estimated, missing and deliberately stale inputs.
2. Inspect source, last synchronization, recent sleep, hour-by-hour score and time to threshold before opening an alert.
3. Apply the agreed non-punitive fatigue protocol, record the action and export enough context to reconstruct the decision.

#### Proposed demo: prepared offline shift and resynchronization
1. While online, preload the exact location, shift, groups and tabs needed for a test crew.
2. Disconnect, verify unavailable scopes, review cached information and record a test action without signing out.
3. Reconnect and confirm the action synchronizes once, becomes visible to another authorized user and retains its audit context.

#### Proposed demo: schedule what-if analysis
1. Import a representative roster and document every sleep, travel, overtime and timezone assumption.
2. Compare the current pattern with one feasible alternative using the same cohort and output views.
3. Review hotspots with operations and safety teams, then run a controlled pilot rather than treating the simulation as an outcome guarantee.

#### Proposed demo: privacy and role-bound programme review
1. Create test individual, supervisor and manager roles using pseudonymous identifiers.
2. Verify who can see sleep details, scores, actions, exports and administrative settings, including an attempted out-of-scope access.
3. Demonstrate retention or deletion handling and record the approved purpose, escalation rule and workforce communication owner.

### Product presentations

- [ReadiSupervise mobile Hotspots view](https://help.fatiguescience.com/en/articles/6473096-using-readisupervise-mobile-version): Official vendor help-centre image of the ReadiSupervise mobile Hotspots tab; example shift data.
- [ReadiAnalytics fatigue risk profile snapshot](https://fatiguescience.com/readi-analytics): Official vendor image of a ReadiAnalytics Fatigue Risk Profile chart on a laptop; example data.

### Questions and answers

#### Does Readi diagnose fatigue or determine fitness for duty?
No. Treat ReadiScore as modelled decision-support information. A competent fatigue-risk procedure must also consider current symptoms, task risk, data quality and local safety rules; the score alone should not clear or disqualify a worker.

#### Is ReadiWatch required for every worker?
The vendor describes wearable-optional use. Ask what source will feed sleep or schedule information for each workforce group, how estimated values are marked and whether the proposed accuracy and freshness are acceptable for that workflow.

#### Is ReadiWatch the same as ReadiBand?
Current vendor material uses ReadiWatch and identifies ReadiBand as the prior name or generation. Do not transfer validation or hardware claims from older ReadiBand material to the current device without written confirmation.

#### What happens when data is missing or stale?
The platform may use estimated information where direct sleep data is unavailable. The demo should show source icons, last-sync time, measured-versus-estimated status and the supervisor procedure for incomplete data.

#### Does ReadiSupervise work offline?
Only a prepared scope. Required shifts, groups and tabs must be loaded online first. New scopes and wearable synchronization are unavailable offline, actions are local until reconnection, and signing out can lose unsynced actions.

#### Are predictive alerts automatic?
Notifications depend on subscriptions and configuration. The vendor says forecast-based individual alerts use an optional ReadiML capability that it enables; verify thresholds, recipients, escalation and false-positive handling.

#### Which integrations are ready to use?
The vendor names broad integration categories, but that is not proof of an included connector for a specific product. Require a data map, authentication method, update latency, failure reconciliation, API limits, ownership and implementation cost.

#### How should worker sleep data be governed?
Define purpose, lawful basis, worker communication, role access, alternate identifiers, retention, deletion, exports and permitted management use before deployment. Include labor, privacy, security and safety stakeholders and avoid punitive secondary use.

#### Is pricing public or is the pilot free?
No numeric public price was found, and the vendor's pilot description does not establish a free pilot. Obtain the pilot fee, licence basis, hardware, integrations, services, success criteria, data exit and renewal terms in writing.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-20: Official product, commercial and connectivity sources reviewed; unsupported legacy ratings and certification labels excluded.

### Demo questions

- Does Readi diagnose fatigue or determine fitness for duty?
- Is ReadiWatch required for every worker?
- How are missing, estimated or stale inputs shown?
- What remains available in ReadiSupervise offline mode?
- Which alerts require optional ReadiML configuration?
- Which named integrations and API functions are included in our quote?
- Who can view individual sleep data and how is it retained or deleted?
- What is included in the pilot and subscription price?

### Primary sources

- [Subscription scope and pilot](https://fatiguescience.com/pricing)
- [Readi system scope and integrations](https://fatiguescience.com/readi-fatigue-management-system)
- [ReadiWatch scope, forecasts and data boundaries](https://fatiguescience.com/readiwatch-wearable-fatigue-monitoring-system)
- [ReadiWatch onboarding and battery expectations](https://help.fatiguescience.com/en/articles/9532106-get-started-with-your-readiwatch)
- [ReadiSupervise mobile views and score context](https://help.fatiguescience.com/en/articles/6473096-using-readisupervise-mobile-version)
- [ReadiSupervise web views and input freshness](https://help.fatiguescience.com/en/articles/4919856-using-the-new-readisupervise-web-version)
- [Offline Mode preparation and limits](https://help.fatiguescience.com/en/articles/10581536-offline-mode)
- [ReadiSupervise notifications](https://help.fatiguescience.com/en/articles/11077866-notifications-in-readisupervise)
- [Intervention logs and action tracking](https://help.fatiguescience.com/en/articles/4919865-fatigue-intervention-logs-action-tracking)
- [Scheduled actions and communications](https://help.fatiguescience.com/en/articles/10118593-scheduled-actions-and-in-system-communications)
- [ReadiAnalytics scope](https://fatiguescience.com/readi-analytics)
- [Schedule simulation and assumptions](https://help.fatiguescience.com/en/articles/6148486-introduction-to-simulate-the-readianalytics-feature-providing-instant-insights-into-fatigue-in-schedules)
- [Developer API overview](https://fatiguescience.com/developer-api)
- [User roles and privacy identifiers](https://help.fatiguescience.com/en/articles/437390-creating-users-role-types-and-permissions)
- [Detailed permission controls](https://help.fatiguescience.com/en/articles/11879471-permissions)
- [ReadiOne background synchronization](https://help.fatiguescience.com/en/articles/12224494-background-sync)
- [Web app data and administration scope](https://help.fatiguescience.com/en/articles/437358-what-is-the-web-app)

## InterDynamics FAID Quantum

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/interdynamics-faid
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: InterDynamics (FAID), FAID Quantum
FAID Quantum is InterDynamics fatigue-modelling software offered in desktop, web and other deployment variants. FAID and predicted KSS outputs represent different models with different sensitivities; they should not be treated as individual clinical measurements.

FAID Quantum analyses work-rest schedules to estimate relative fatigue exposure. It can help planners compare schedules and investigate patterns when combined with a broader fatigue-risk process. Edition, model outputs and optional time-zone calculations must be specified in procurement.

Best-fit starting point: Roster planners and fatigue specialists comparing work patterns and schedule options.

Check before buying: FAID Quantum estimates relative hours-of-work fatigue exposure for an average individual; it does not measure a person's current fatigue, diagnose a condition or certify fitness for duty. FAID and predicted KSS are different models with different sensitivities. Tolerance levels and Green, Yellow or Red conditions are organization-configured; Green is not a universal safe threshold, and a shift colour represents its peak condition rather than the entire shift. Calculations require sufficient prior history, and import, timezone, daylight-saving or roster errors can materially alter results. Use qualified human review and wider fatigue controls, and quote the exact edition, options, staff volumes, support and integration route.

### Pricing

Initial licence plus annual support; other variants quoted. The official price list is in USD excluding VAT/GST. For a single-user Windows Small Business licence, FAID Score alone is $1,663 initially including the first year, then $225 annual licence/support. FAID Score plus KSS/sleep prediction is $3,363 initially and $673 annually; time-zone options cost more. Every initial fee includes the first year's Annual License & Support (ALAS) fee; ALAS is payable on each anniversary and may rise at renewal by up to the Australian CPI increase. Multiple concurrent users are priced at a discount on application. Confirm edition eligibility, staff limits, renewal and current quote. Web, Enterprise and Shared Object Library pricing is on application. Do not convert the initial licence into a generic monthly seat price.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating for roster planners and fatigue specialists comparing work patterns and schedule options. Compare initial licence, CPI-reviewable annual support and required model options with the selected deployment quote.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: Public USD desktop prices distinguish initial licence, annual support and model options; rechecked 25 September 2026, every initial fee includes the first year's support and renewals are CPI-reviewable. Separate deployment variants require a quote; restricted free trials are documented.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.interdynamics.com/fatigue-risk-management-solutions/fatigue-risk-management-products/faid-price-list/

### Windows desktop may support disconnected analysis; web and other variants require scope-specific proof

A Windows desktop application and an internet-connected web service are separately offered. Public material does not establish every disconnected licensing, activation, support-expiry, import, export or update behavior for the desktop edition, and the web app inherently requires connectivity. Demonstrate the selected build without a network: launch and licence validation, analysis, prior-history loading, time-zone settings, save and export, expiry warnings, recovery and later update. Do not infer that Enterprise, Shared Object Library or web workflows are offline because a desktop edition exists.

Product scope: InterDynamics FAID Quantum biomathematical fatigue-exposure assessment for hours-of-work schedules, limited to the quoted desktop, web, roster, enterprise, customized or Shared Object Library variant and licensed FAID, KSS or sleep-prediction, time-zone, task-risk and crew-augmentation options. GRAID, HAZAID, consulting diagnostics and other InterDynamics services are separate scopes.

Review scope: Official InterDynamics product pages, price list, warnings, FAQs and guides, not hands-on testing, independent scientific validation, clinical advice, safety certification or customer testimony. Some downloadable guides identify specific software versions; confirm current-version behavior and release scope. Vendor descriptions of validated biomathematical models are reported as vendor claims, not independently revalidated here. Scores, tolerance conditions and compliance percentages are decision-support outputs requiring data-quality checks, qualified interpretation and separate human operational authority. No fitness-for-duty, medical, regulatory-compliance or outcome guarantee is inferred.

Trial status: verified-free. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth (25%): Specialist schedule analysis provides a narrower and more explicit purpose than a general EHS dashboard.
  Sources: https://www.interdynamics.com/fatigue-risk-management-solutions/fatigue-risk-management-products/faid-quantum-software/fatigue-assessment-faid-quantum/
- Usability & adoption (20%): Train users to distinguish the models, inputs and interpretation limits.
  Sources: https://www.interdynamics.com/download/documents/BMM-Warning.pdf
- Implementation & TCO (15%): Compare initial licence, annual support and required model options with the selected deployment quote.
  Sources: https://www.interdynamics.com/fatigue-risk-management-solutions/fatigue-risk-management-products/faid-price-list/
- Integrations & API (15%): A Shared Object Library exists as a separately scoped integration route, not a presumed included REST service.
  Sources: https://interdynamics.com/download/documents/InterDynamicsFRMServicesProducts.pdf
- Security & trust (15%): Review employee schedule data permissions and retain the assumptions behind each assessment.
  Sources: https://www.interdynamics.com/download/documents/BMM-Warning.pdf
- Customer voice (10%): No customer review score or independent outcome claim has been imported.
  Sources: https://www.interdynamics.com/fatigue-risk-management-solutions/fatigue-risk-management-products/faid-quantum-software/fatigue-assessment-faid-quantum/
- Model, tolerance and decision-authority boundary: Record edition, software and model version, enabled outputs, tolerance settings and approvers. Challenge FAID-versus-KSS differences and tolerance changes, and keep clinical or fitness-for-duty assessment and work authorization outside the score itself.
  Sources: https://www.interdynamics.com/download/documents/BMM-Warning.pdf, https://www.interdynamics.com/fatigue-risk-management-solutions/fatigue-risk-management-products/faid-quantum-software/how-faid-quantum-uses-conditions/, https://www.interdynamics.com/fatigue-risk-management-solutions/frequently-asked-questions/
- Input completeness and temporal integrity: Test prior-history requirements, duplicates, missing shifts, overnight duties, locale parsing, daylight saving, time zones, optional task-risk fields and planned-versus-actual alignment. Reconcile every accepted, rejected and corrected record to the authoritative roster.
  Sources: https://www.interdynamics.com/fatigue-risk-management-solutions/frequently-asked-questions/, https://www.interdynamics.com/download/documents/FAID_Quantum_User_Guide.pdf
- Reporting and interpretation integrity: Recalculate peaks, minutes and percentages for selected cases and verify legends, denominators, rounding, missing output and exports. A peak-coloured shift, compliance percentage or low predicted score must not be summarized beyond the model's documented meaning.
  Sources: https://www.interdynamics.com/fatigue-risk-management-solutions/fatigue-risk-management-products/faid-quantum-software/how-faid-quantum-uses-conditions/, https://www.interdynamics.com/download/documents/What-you-need-to-know-about-FAID-Quantum.pdf

### Capability scope

- Hours-of-work assessment [documented]: Analyses rosters and work-rest periods for indicative fatigue exposure. Sources: https://www.interdynamics.com/fatigue-risk-management-solutions/fatigue-risk-management-products/faid-quantum-software/fatigue-assessment-faid-quantum/
- FAID and KSS outputs [conditional]: Model output availability depends on the purchased option; the two models have distinct sensitivities. Sources: https://www.interdynamics.com/fatigue-risk-management-solutions/fatigue-risk-management-products/faid-price-list/, https://www.interdynamics.com/download/documents/BMM-Warning.pdf
- Time-zone calculations [conditional]: Time-zone and crew-augmentation options require explicit edition and configuration confirmation. Sources: https://www.interdynamics.com/fatigue-risk-management-solutions/fatigue-risk-management-products/faid-quantum-software/
- Roster comparison [documented]: The product supports examining work patterns and fatigue tolerance settings; thresholds require organizational interpretation. Sources: https://www.interdynamics.com/fatigue-risk-management-solutions/fatigue-risk-management-products/faid-quantum-software/, https://www.interdynamics.com/fatigue-risk-management-solutions/fatigue-risk-management-products/faid-quantum-software/fatigue-assessment-faid-quantum/
- Third-party integration [conditional]: A separately quoted Shared Object Library is offered for scheduling-software integration. Sources: https://interdynamics.com/download/documents/InterDynamicsFRMServicesProducts.pdf, https://www.interdynamics.com/fatigue-risk-management-solutions/fatigue-risk-management-products/faid-price-list/
- Desktop and web trials [documented]: The free web trial analyses one person/roster for up to seven days of data; the time-limited desktop trial analyses up to three weeks for three people/rosters. Sources: https://www.interdynamics.com/fatigue-risk-management-solutions/fatigue-risk-management-products/download-faid-quantum/
- Planned-versus-actual schedule comparison [conditional]: The official FAQ says FAID Quantum can compare multiple IDs representing people, groups or shift patterns across two work schedules, often planned and actual, and report hours above tolerances plus peak results and distributions. Confirm edition limits, roster alignment, changes and missing shifts, identifier mapping, comparison period, filters and export; a difference in predicted exposure does not establish why actual work differed or whether an individual was impaired. Sources: https://www.interdynamics.com/fatigue-risk-management-solutions/frequently-asked-questions/
- Configurable tolerance levels and task-risk bands [conditional]: FAID and KSS conditions are calculated relative to configured FAID and KSS Tolerance Levels, with optional Low, Moderate or High Task Risk input when multiple tolerances are used. These are organizational settings, not universal safe-work limits. Define governance, evidence, competent approvers, versioning, exceptions and the response required for each condition; never treat Green as fitness-for-duty clearance. Sources: https://www.interdynamics.com/fatigue-risk-management-solutions/fatigue-risk-management-products/faid-quantum-software/how-faid-quantum-uses-conditions/, https://www.interdynamics.com/fatigue-risk-management-solutions/frequently-asked-questions/
- Manual, template and spreadsheet roster input [conditional]: The FAQ documents direct single or cycle shift entry, predefined shifts and spreadsheet copy-and-paste, with compulsory ID, Start and End plus optional task risk, origin, destination, activity and locations. Roster, Enterprise and customized variants can directly import third-party extracts. Validate locale, date and time parsing, time zones, daylight saving, overnight shifts, duplicates, gaps, identifier privacy, rejected rows and reconciliation to the source roster. Sources: https://www.interdynamics.com/fatigue-risk-management-solutions/frequently-asked-questions/, https://www.interdynamics.com/download/documents/FAID_Quantum_User_Guide.pdf
- Condition, peak and distribution reporting [conditional]: FAID Quantum reports graphical and tabular results, peak FAID and KSS values, time in Green, Yellow and Red conditions and percentages relative to configured tolerances. The condition guide warns that a shift colour reflects the peak condition reached and does not mean the whole shift remained in that condition. Confirm denominators, rounding, missing data, timezone presentation and retained assumptions before using summaries in management decisions. Sources: https://www.interdynamics.com/fatigue-risk-management-solutions/fatigue-risk-management-products/faid-quantum-software/how-faid-quantum-uses-conditions/, https://www.interdynamics.com/download/documents/What-you-need-to-know-about-FAID-Quantum.pdf
- History-dependent fatigue calculation [conditional]: InterDynamics states that the fatigue calculation requires one week of prior history; analysing a week therefore requires two weeks of supplied roster activity, and no results are provided for the first history week. Confirm equivalent requirements for the selected model, actual-sleep option, time-zone configuration and edition. Detect truncated imports and do not interpret absent initial output as low exposure. Sources: https://www.interdynamics.com/fatigue-risk-management-solutions/frequently-asked-questions/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: compare a roster change
1. Prepare anonymized work-rest schedules with a defined comparison question.
2. Compare a proposed night-shift change using the licensed model outputs.
3. Review sensitivities and document interpretation with a fatigue specialist.

#### Proposed demo: integration and edition scope
1. Supply a small scheduling export with known time zones and boundaries.
2. Demonstrate import or the quoted library route and reconcile its outputs.
3. Test the selected deployment and data limits before estimating rollout cost.

#### Proposed demo: data-quality challenge and planned-versus-actual interpretation
1. Prepare anonymized planned and actual schedules with one full prior-history week, overnight work, daylight-saving or time-zone change, a duplicate shift, a missing shift and Low, Moderate and High task-risk examples.
2. Import the same records through the quoted manual, spreadsheet or enterprise route, reconcile accepted and rejected rows, identifiers, timestamps and optional fields, and document every correction.
3. Compare FAID and KSS results, peaks and condition percentages under approved tolerance settings, then change one tolerance to demonstrate that colours and compliance are configuration-relative.
4. Have a qualified fatigue reviewer document limitations, contextual controls and any human fitness-for-duty assessment separately, then export the inputs, settings, model and edition, warnings, outputs, decisions and approvals.

### Product presentations

- [KSS risk profile and compliance hours](https://www.interdynamics.com/fatigue-risk-management-solutions/fatigue-risk-management-products/faid-quantum-software/fatigue-assessment-faid-quantum/): Official vendor image of a FAID Quantum summary: time in KSS conditions and compliance hours; sample figures.
- [FAID Score plot coloured by shift](https://www.interdynamics.com/fatigue-risk-management-solutions/fatigue-risk-management-products/faid-quantum-software/how-faid-quantum-uses-conditions/): Official vendor image of a FAID Score plot with Green, Yellow and Red shift colours; sample data.
- [KSS plot coloured by condition](https://www.interdynamics.com/fatigue-risk-management-solutions/fatigue-risk-management-products/faid-quantum-software/how-faid-quantum-uses-conditions/): Official vendor image of a KSS plot with condition colours across a roster; sample data.

### Questions and answers

#### Does FAID Quantum measure an individual worker's fatigue?
Its schedule models estimate fatigue exposure and predicted sleepiness. They do not replace assessment of the person, work context and other fatigue contributors.

#### Why do FAID and KSS results differ?
The vendor describes different model sensitivities, including accumulated work hours and disrupted sleep opportunity. Evaluate both within the intended roster context rather than expecting interchangeable scores.

#### How is FAID Quantum priced?
Desktop pricing separates an initial licence from annual licence/support and optional model features. Web, Enterprise and integration-library variants require a quote.

#### What can I test without buying a licence?
Free web and desktop trials are documented with different analysis limits. Seven days and three weeks describe analysed roster data, not an unrestricted promise about subscription duration.

#### Does a Green FAID Quantum condition mean a worker is fit for duty?
No. Green means the model output is below an organization-configured tolerance by the documented margin. It is not an individual measurement, medical assessment or work clearance. Consider sleep, health, task, environment and other controls through the organization's fatigue process.

#### Why is the first week of FAID Quantum output missing?
The official FAQ says the fatigue calculation needs one week of history. To analyse one week, supply two weeks; the first is used as history and produces no displayed results. Truncated input should be flagged rather than interpreted as low exposure.

#### Does a Red shift colour mean the whole shift exceeded tolerance?
No. InterDynamics states that the shift colour represents the peak condition achieved. Review the minutes and percentage in each condition, configured tolerance, model and full time-series context.

#### Can FAID Quantum import our scheduling-system data directly?
Standard input includes direct entry, predefined shifts and spreadsheet copy-and-paste. The FAQ says Roster, Enterprise and customized variants can directly import third-party extracts, while the Shared Object Library is separately quoted. Confirm format, edition, validation and reconciliation.

#### Is FAID Quantum a complete fatigue risk management system?
It is an hours-of-work modelling and decision-support tool. A complete program also needs governance, education, reporting, worker responsibilities, contextual risk controls, incident learning and human decisions. Other InterDynamics products and services are separate scopes.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-20: Official product, commercial and connectivity sources reviewed; unsupported legacy ratings and certification labels excluded.
- 2026-09-25: Added from the price list: every initial fee includes the first year's support (ALAS), and ALAS renewals are CPI-reviewable.

### Demo questions

- Does FAID Quantum measure an individual worker's fatigue?
- Why do FAID and KSS results differ?
- How is FAID Quantum priced?
- What can I test without buying a licence?
- Which exact edition, model outputs, time-zone, task-risk, actual-sleep and integration options are licensed, and which model or software version produced each report?
- Show how the system detects a missing prior-history week, duplicate or missing shifts, date-locale ambiguity, daylight-saving transitions and rejected import rows.
- Who approves tolerance levels, reviews Red or Yellow results, records contextual controls and makes the separate fitness-for-duty or work-authority decision?

### Primary sources

- [USD licence and support price list](https://www.interdynamics.com/fatigue-risk-management-solutions/fatigue-risk-management-products/faid-price-list/)
- [Product variants and optional outputs](https://www.interdynamics.com/fatigue-risk-management-solutions/fatigue-risk-management-products/faid-quantum-software/)
- [Assessment scope](https://www.interdynamics.com/fatigue-risk-management-solutions/fatigue-risk-management-products/faid-quantum-software/fatigue-assessment-faid-quantum/)
- [Model warning](https://www.interdynamics.com/download/documents/BMM-Warning.pdf)
- [Free trial scope](https://www.interdynamics.com/fatigue-risk-management-solutions/fatigue-risk-management-products/download-faid-quantum/)
- [Enterprise and integration variants](https://interdynamics.com/download/documents/InterDynamicsFRMServicesProducts.pdf)
- [Official FAQ covering models, inputs, imports, history and planned-versus-actual comparison : checked 29 September 2026](https://www.interdynamics.com/fatigue-risk-management-solutions/frequently-asked-questions/)
- [FAID and KSS tolerance conditions, compliance percentages and peak-colour interpretation : checked 29 September 2026](https://www.interdynamics.com/fatigue-risk-management-solutions/fatigue-risk-management-products/faid-quantum-software/how-faid-quantum-uses-conditions/)
- [FAID Quantum overview and interpretation guide : checked 29 September 2026](https://www.interdynamics.com/download/documents/What-you-need-to-know-about-FAID-Quantum.pdf)
- [FAID Quantum desktop getting-started guide : checked 29 September 2026](https://www.interdynamics.com/download/documents/Getting-Started-with-FAID-Quantum.pdf)
- [FAID Quantum version 1.1.1 user guide : checked 29 September 2026](https://www.interdynamics.com/download/documents/FAID_Quantum_User_Guide.pdf)
- [Hours-of-work diagnostic service and broader risk-management context : checked 29 September 2026](https://www.interdynamics.com/fatigue-risk-management-solutions/fatigue-risk-management-services/hours-of-work-diagnostics/)

## HSI

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/hsai
Sources checked: 2026-10-12
This profile covers the HSI EHS platform and its configurable software scope. Training content, learning management and SDS packages have their own entitlements; a portfolio feature is not proof that every bundle includes it. HSI announced its acquisition of Donesafe on 4 February 2020, and Donesafe uses the HSI Donesafe name. These listings share ownership; confirm the product, modules and contract rather than treating the names as independent vendors or identical subscriptions.

HSI combines incident records, inspections and follow-up with options for training and chemical information. Buyers should compare preconfigured EHS Essentials with the configurable platform and itemize the modules needed across their sites.

Best-fit starting point: Organizations consolidating safety workflows and corrective training across multiple locations.

Check before buying: Specify platform edition, worker count, modules and integration services. HSI's portfolio pages demonstrate available breadth, not automatic bundle inclusion. Offline behavior varies by workflow, while Chemical Management, LMS, quality and control-of-work capabilities require explicit commercial and functional scoping.

### Pricing

Custom quote. Numeric subscription pricing is not publicly available in the reviewed official sources, contact vendor. HSI says pricing depends on worker count and selected solutions. Request the edition, EHS modules, training library, SDS package, interfaces, setup fees, currency, billing term and renewal conditions.

### When the price fits

Worth shortlisting when organizations consolidating safety workflows and corrective training across multiple locations. Compare the full implementation and ongoing administration cost against your current process before committing.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-09-20 [verified]: Numeric subscription pricing is not publicly available in the reviewed official sources, contact vendor. HSI says pricing depends on worker count and selected solutions. Request the edition, EHS modules, training library, SDS package, interfaces, setup fees, currency, billing term and renewal conditions.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://hsi.com/

### Offline capabilities

HSI documents offline incidents and field tasks with automatic sync. The package matrix separately documents offline SDS access. Test the actual EHS module, device, cached content, attachment queue and reconnect behaviour; live approvals and dashboards should not be assumed available offline.

Product scope: Configurable EHS workflows with optional linked learning, chemical/SDS, quality, reporting and control-of-work capabilities. Each solution, module, service and integration should be itemized in the proposal.

Review scope: Vendor-documentation research, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. AI-assisted explanations may be incomplete and do not replace primary documentation or a demo. Legacy ratings are excluded; no certification or suitability guarantee is implied.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Use a real operational record to test the relevant modules and follow-up.
  Sources: https://hsi.com/
- Usability & adoption: Observe a frontline user completing the task on their own device.
  Sources: https://hsi.com/solutions/ehs-bundles
- Implementation & TCO: Request a complete subscription, onboarding, migration and renewal breakdown.
  Sources: https://hsi.com/solutions/ehs-environmental-health-and-safety/ehs-platform-features
- Integrations & API: Demonstrate the required interface and define error-handling ownership.
  Sources: https://hsi.com/solutions/ehs-environmental-health-and-safety/platform-overview
- Security & trust: Check access boundaries, retention, hosting and evidence available for your configuration.
  Sources: https://goto.hsi.com/incident-management
- Customer voice: Request references from organizations with comparable workflows; no customer-review score is inferred from vendor statements.
  Sources: https://hsi.com/solutions/ehs-environmental-health-and-safety/cloud-no-code-technology

### Capability scope

- Incident reporting [documented]: Capture incidents and near misses, investigate them and assign follow-up work. Sources: https://goto.hsi.com/incident-management
- Corrective learning [conditional]: The EHS and LMS combination can assign training from safety workflows; confirm both entitlements. Sources: https://hsi.com/solutions/ehs-environmental-health-and-safety/ehs-platform-features
- Configurable forms [documented]: No-code tools support forms, approval steps and role-specific workflows. Sources: https://hsi.com/solutions/ehs-environmental-health-and-safety/cloud-no-code-technology
- Mobile offline tasks [conditional]: The vendor describes offline incidents and field tasks with subsequent sync. Validate form caching, attachments and conflict handling. Sources: https://hsi.com/solutions/ehs-environmental-health-and-safety/platform-overview, https://goto.hsi.com/incident-management
- SDS access [conditional]: Package comparisons list offline SDS access; verify selected chemical package and downloaded content. Sources: https://hsi.com/solutions/ehs-bundles
- Reporting and external systems [conditional]: Dashboards and external-system connections are described. Require a scoped interface rather than assuming a ready-made connector. Sources: https://hsi.com/solutions/ehs-environmental-health-and-safety/platform-overview
- Dashboards and scheduled reporting [conditional]: HSI documents real-time dashboards, role- or site-specific views, drill-down filters, scheduled or event-triggered reports, report sharing and structured-data export to tools such as Power BI. Confirm reporting tier, refresh behavior and connector work. Sources: https://hsi.com/solutions/ehs-environmental-health-and-safety/ehs-data-visibility
- Chemical and SDS management [conditional]: The separate Chemical Management solution covers SDS management, labeling, indexing, Tier II reporting, chemical approvals, authoring services, mobile access and QR-code retrieval. Do not assume every content or service component is included in an EHS subscription. Sources: https://hsi.com/solutions/chemical-management, https://hsi.com/solutions/chemical-management/sds-management
- Quality events and nonconformance monitoring [conditional]: HSI documents quality-event capture, audits and inspections, nonconformance monitoring, supplier-performance monitoring, alerts and dashboards. Validate purchased modules and demonstrate document, change and CAPA approvals if a full QMS is required. Sources: https://hsi.com/solutions/ehs-environmental-health-and-safety/quality-management
- Control of work [conditional]: HSI's UK page presents Permit to Work, Contractor Management and Obligation Management as integrated but targeted modules. Confirm regional availability, purchased modules, approval and isolation controls, contractor rules and legal-content maintenance. Sources: https://hsi.com/uk/control-of-work
- Risk registers and mitigation actions [documented]: The risk module supports configurable forms, workflows, risk matrices, dashboards, mitigation actions, owners, deadlines and reporting, with connections to incidents, hazards and audits. Validate scoring governance and approval requirements. Sources: https://hsi.com/solutions/ehs-environmental-health-and-safety/risk-management

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: incident to corrective training
1. Record a sample near miss with a photo.
2. Assign a correction and relevant training.
3. Check overdue escalation and training completion.
4. Export the linked evidence.

#### Demo exercise: offline inspection recovery
1. Load a configured inspection before leaving connectivity.
2. Capture answers and attachments in airplane mode.
3. Reconnect after another user changes a related record.
4. Inspect duplicates, conflicts and retained timestamps.

#### Demo exercise: quality nonconformance to preventive action
1. Record a supplier or operational quality event with evidence and classify the nonconformance.
2. Assign investigation and corrective or preventive actions with owners, deadlines and required approvals.
3. Close the actions, inspect the retained history and show the event, overdue work and supplier trend in the relevant dashboard.

### Product presentations

- [Mobile app menu and incident dashboard](https://hsi.com/solutions/ehs-environmental-health-and-safety/ehs-platform-features): Official HSI marketing image of a phone showing the app menu (report incident, create checklist, report observation, access files, create action) beside a tablet incident dashboard; the figures look like sample data.

### Questions and answers

#### How is HSI priced?
HSI uses worker count and selected solutions to scope pricing. No numeric subscription was verified. Request an itemized proposal for the required software and services.

#### Does HSI work offline?
The vendor describes offline incident capture and field tasks with synchronization. SDS offline access is separately listed. Demonstrate the specific workflow and recovery after signal loss.

#### Does HSI include safety training?
HSI offers EHS, LMS and training combinations. Package scope varies, so confirm included courses and corrective-training handoffs.

#### Is HSI suitable for a small safety team?
HSI publishes smaller-business package examples as well as configurable enterprise scope. Compare setup and administration effort with your available team capacity.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-27: Targeted identity check of the HSI acquisition announcement and current Donesafe homepage added common-ownership context. This does not establish identical present-day subscriptions; general capability and commercial research dates were not refreshed.
- 2026-10-12: Re-read all fifteen cited vendor pages in a normal browser session. Replaced 'PDF sharing' in the dashboards capability with 'report sharing', because the data-visibility page describes scheduled or event-triggered reports shared instantly and structured exports to Power BI, but not PDF. Added one official HSI marketing image.

### Demo questions

- How is HSI priced?
- Which modules, roles and implementation services are included?
- Can you demonstrate our exact field task and failure recovery?
- How can we export the record history and attachments?

### Primary sources

- [Commercial model](https://hsi.com/)
- [EHS package boundaries](https://hsi.com/solutions/ehs-bundles)
- [Platform features](https://hsi.com/solutions/ehs-environmental-health-and-safety/ehs-platform-features)
- [Platform overview](https://hsi.com/solutions/ehs-environmental-health-and-safety/platform-overview)
- [Incident and mobile scope](https://goto.hsi.com/incident-management)
- [No-code configuration](https://hsi.com/solutions/ehs-environmental-health-and-safety/cloud-no-code-technology)
- [EHS portfolio](https://hsi.com/solutions/compliance-and-safety-software)
- [HSI acquisition of Donesafe, announced 4 February 2020](https://hsi.com/blog/health-safety-institute-acquires-donesafe)
- [HSI Donesafe product identity](https://www.donesafe.com/)
- [Reporting, dashboards and structured-data export](https://hsi.com/solutions/ehs-environmental-health-and-safety/ehs-data-visibility)
- [Chemical and SDS management scope](https://hsi.com/solutions/chemical-management)
- [SDS management scope](https://hsi.com/solutions/chemical-management/sds-management)
- [Quality-management scope](https://hsi.com/solutions/ehs-environmental-health-and-safety/quality-management)
- [Control-of-work modules](https://hsi.com/uk/control-of-work)
- [Risk-management lifecycle](https://hsi.com/solutions/ehs-environmental-health-and-safety/risk-management)

## 1Life

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/1life
Sources checked: 2026-10-11
This listing covers 1Life safety-management software. The site also links separate Contractor and Academy access; confirm which services and learning content are included in your chosen plan.

1Life supports safety administration through mobile forms and employee training records. It is a candidate for teams moving recurring field paperwork into assigned workflows. The commercial comparison should distinguish subscription features, resource libraries and additional assistance.

Best-fit starting point: Small and growing employers coordinating field forms and workforce training.

Check before buying: Public plan pages show different per-employee amounts, and the terms default to annual advance invoicing; require the accepted order to control. Published document changes reach mobile users after synchronization, recertification alerts require an expiry date, and safety records or audit reports do not by themselves authorize work or guarantee COR, OSHA or ISO acceptance.

### Pricing

Free plan and employee-based paid tiers; reconcile public pages with the order. The explicit Canadian pricing page labels its offer CAD, shows the free plan for 1-5 employees with one administrator, and displays Basic at CAD $16.56 per employee with a CAD $140 monthly minimum. The general homepage also shows a free plan for 1-5 employees with one administrator and the same $140 monthly minimum for Basic, but displays Basic at $14 per employee; its other paid tiers likewise carry lower per-employee amounts than the Canadian page. The pricing page shows one Basic amount while the homepage shows another, so ask 1Life which figure and currency apply to your order. Both pages offer a free trial, which the trial page describes as a 14-day full-featured account. The terms state that subscription charges are invoiced annually in advance unless the order says otherwise. Treat the public figures as plan examples and confirm currency, employee-count method, minimum charge, administrator allowance, annual commitment, taxes and renewal terms in the accepted order.

### When the price fits

Worth shortlisting when small and growing employers coordinating field forms and workforce training. Compare the full implementation and ongoing administration cost against your current process before committing.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-09-29 [verified]: The dedicated CAD pricing page establishes Canadian-denominated plan examples, including a free 1-5 employee tier with one administrator and a displayed Basic minimum. The general homepage shows different figures, while the terms default to annual-in-advance invoicing and separate professional services, so the accepted order must reconcile the controlling plan, minimum and billing cycle.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://1lifesoftware.com/
- https://1lifesoftware.com/1life-pricing-cad/
- https://1lifesoftware.com/1life-free-trial/
- https://1lifesoftware.com/terms-and-conditions/

### Offline capabilities

The vendor advertises offline forms and documents. Demonstrate caching, photos, signatures and recovery after reconnecting. Voice-to-text is listed separately and should not be assumed to work offline on every device.

Product scope: Mobile safety forms, controlled documents, training and certification records, incident and corrective-action workflows, recurring scheduling, monitoring and subcontractor administration. Consulting, implementation, form customization, training services and specific learning content remain separate unless included in the order.

Review scope: Official vendor, knowledge-base and contract research updated 29 September 2026, not hands-on testing, legal advice, certification or customer testimony. Pricing pages require contractual reconciliation. Document synchronization, revision evidence, incident approvals, training alerts and offline behavior should be tested in the selected plan. Legacy ratings remain excluded.

Trial status: verified-free. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Use a real operational record to test the relevant modules and follow-up.
  Sources: https://1lifesoftware.com/
- Usability & adoption: Observe a frontline user completing the task on their own device.
  Sources: https://1lifesoftware.com/1life-safety-management-software/
- Implementation & TCO: Request a complete subscription, onboarding, migration and renewal breakdown.
  Sources: https://1lifesoftware.com/1life-free-trial/
- Integrations & API: No public API or named production connector was established from the reviewed pages. Keep any required interface unresolved until the vendor documents entitlement, data direction and error ownership.
  Sources: https://1lifesoftware.com/1life-contact-sales/
- Security & trust: Check access boundaries, retention, hosting and evidence available for your configuration.
  Sources: https://1lifesoftware.com/1life-contact-sales/
- Customer voice: Request references from organizations with comparable workflows; no customer-review score is inferred from vendor statements.
  Sources: https://1lifesoftware.com/1life-contact-sales/

### Capability scope

- Custom forms and routing [documented]: Configure forms and send records through worker and supervisor stages. Sources: https://1lifesoftware.com/1life-safety-management-software/
- Photos and signatures [documented]: Forms support images, annotations and signatures with recorded context. Sources: https://1lifesoftware.com/1life-safety-management-software/
- Voice-to-text [conditional]: The feature page lists voice-to-text; test device, language and connectivity dependencies. Sources: https://1lifesoftware.com/1life-safety-management-software/
- Offline field capture [conditional]: Vendor material advertises online and offline forms. Verify preload and synchronization requirements. Sources: https://1lifesoftware.com/, https://1lifesoftware.com/1life-safety-management-software/
- Training plans [documented]: Assign training plans and track certificates and retraining dates. Sources: https://1lifesoftware.com/1life-free-trial/
- Subcontractor oversight [conditional]: The trial page includes subcontractor prequalification and monitoring; confirm plan entitlement and external access. Sources: https://1lifesoftware.com/1life-free-trial/
- Canadian data processing [conditional]: The terms state that client content is stored and processed in Canada and may be handled by affiliates or subcontractors to provide the service. Confirm subprocessors, retention, export, backup recovery and any required transfer terms. Sources: https://1lifesoftware.com/terms-and-conditions/, https://1lifesoftware.com/privacy-policy-2024/
- Subscription and professional-services boundary [conditional]: The terms exclude implementation, consulting, form customization and training professional services from Subscription Services unless the order includes them. Itemize those deliverables and acceptance criteria. Sources: https://1lifesoftware.com/terms-and-conditions/
- Controlled document publishing and version history [documented]: Administrators can upload Word, PDF or Excel documents, assign them to employees for review and publish them for web and mobile access; publishing converts documents to PDF. Replacing the file within the existing record preserves previous versions and name-change history, while published or unpublished status controls worker visibility after the next mobile synchronization. Buyers should test acknowledgements, overdue reviews, offline availability and whether all metadata changes create an auditable revision. Sources: https://1lifesoftware.com/knowledge-base/uploading-new-document/, https://1lifesoftware.com/knowledge-base/updating-documents/, https://1lifesoftware.com/1life-safety-management-software/
- Incident workflows, corrective actions and monitoring [conditional]: Official demonstrations describe mandatory incident fields, worker-to-supervisor-to-management routing, management signatures, response-triggered corrective actions, hazard rankings, tags, filtered reports, dashboards and custom notifications. The reviewed material does not establish a mandatory independent closure approver, root-cause method or later effectiveness review, so those controls must be demonstrated or configured. Sources: https://1lifesoftware.com/1life-software-demos/, https://1lifesoftware.com/1life-safety-management-software/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: mobile hazard with corrective action
1. Create a short hazard form and assign it to a worker.
2. Try dictation and an annotated photo on the intended phone.
3. Route the record to a supervisor for follow-up.
4. Check signature history and closure evidence.

#### Demo exercise: training expiry and field access
1. Assign a role-specific training plan.
2. Set a sample certificate renewal date.
3. Check worker and manager access to the record.
4. Test the required field documents without connectivity.

#### Demo exercise: controlled procedure revision to worker acknowledgement
1. Replace an existing safe-work procedure within its current document record, review the archived prior version and publish the revision to the affected employee group.
2. Synchronize a prepared mobile device, confirm that the new PDF replaces the unpublished version and have one worker review and sign it while another remains overdue.
3. Use the monitoring and reporting views to identify both acknowledgement states, then verify which version, timestamp and employee signature remain attached to each record.

### Product presentations

- [Safety form template settings](https://1lifesoftware.com/1life-safety-management-software/): Official vendor image of a 1Life form template settings screen with signature requirements and publish status; sample template.
- [Inspection question editor](https://1lifesoftware.com/1life-safety-management-software/): Official vendor image of a 1Life inspection question editor; the sample question is a housekeeping check.

### Questions and answers

#### Does 1Life offer a free trial?
The official trial page advertises a 14-day full-featured free trial after account confirmation. Confirm data export and any conversion conditions before starting.

#### How much does 1Life cost?
A free tier and employee-based paid plans are displayed publicly. The retrieved dollar amounts did not establish currency and billing context. Obtain a written quote before comparing them with other monthly prices.

#### Can crews dictate reports in 1Life?
The software page explicitly lists voice-to-text for mobile forms. Validate the required languages and device configuration. Offline dictation is not established by that feature listing.

#### Can 1Life replace compliance advice?
It can organize safety records and assigned work. Its terms place responsibility for appropriate use and applicable requirements on the customer. Software does not certify the safety program.

#### Where does 1Life process customer content?
The published terms state that client content is stored and processed in Canada. Confirm subprocessors, retention, backup restoration, export and any cross-border transfer requirements for your deployment.

#### Are onboarding and customization included in the 1Life subscription?
Not automatically. The terms distinguish Subscription Services from professional services such as implementation, consulting, form customization and training. Require the order to itemize what is included.

#### Is the public 1Life price in Canadian dollars?
The dedicated pricing page is explicitly titled CAD and displays a free plan plus employee-based amounts. The general homepage shows different figures, and the terms default to annual advance invoicing. Obtain a written order specifying the controlling currency, monthly-equivalent calculation and annual commitment.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-29: Expanded the profile with official evidence for CAD plan pricing, controlled document publishing and revision history, training-record recertification, incident routing, corrective actions and monitoring. Added boundaries for conflicting public commercial details, mobile synchronization, expiry-date prerequisites, closure controls and external audit acceptance.

### Demo questions

- Does 1Life offer a free trial?
- Which modules, roles and implementation services are included?
- Can you demonstrate our exact field task and failure recovery?
- How can we export the record history and attachments?
- Reconcile the general homepage and explicit CAD pricing page in a written order showing employee-count rules, minimum charge, administrators, billing cycle and renewal pricing.
- Replace an existing document rather than uploading a duplicate, then prove that its previous file, name, publication status and worker acknowledgements remain traceable.
- Upload a certificate with and without a recertification date and demonstrate exactly when the employee and manager receive expiry notifications.
- Route a sample incident from worker to supervisor and management, reject weak corrective evidence and demonstrate any later effectiveness review.

### Primary sources

- [Plans and mobile scope](https://1lifesoftware.com/)
- [Detailed software features](https://1lifesoftware.com/1life-safety-management-software/)
- [Trial conditions](https://1lifesoftware.com/1life-free-trial/)
- [Subscription responsibilities](https://1lifesoftware.com/terms-and-conditions/)
- [Privacy, transfers and security statements](https://1lifesoftware.com/privacy-policy-2024/)
- [Sales contact](https://1lifesoftware.com/1life-contact-sales/)
- [Canadian pricing page and plan limits](https://1lifesoftware.com/1life-pricing-cad/)
- [Product demonstrations for documents, forms, incidents and monitoring](https://1lifesoftware.com/1life-software-demos/)
- [Uploading, publishing and assigning controlled documents](https://1lifesoftware.com/knowledge-base/uploading-new-document/)
- [Document replacement and version history](https://1lifesoftware.com/knowledge-base/updating-documents/)
- [Training records and recertification dates](https://1lifesoftware.com/knowledge-base/uploading-training-documents/)
- [COR-oriented audit record scope](https://1lifesoftware.com/1life-cor/)

## ITRAK 365

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/itrak365
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: ITRAK365
ITRAK 365 is NeoSystems' configurable safety and operations product built on Microsoft Power Platform. Its Power Platform application, native Forms Manager mobile app, portal and connector service are distinct components. Owning Microsoft 365 does not itself establish ITRAK, Power Apps, Power Pages, Power BI, Dataverse capacity or connector entitlement.

ITRAK 365 combines incident, inspection, hazard, risk, action, training and contractor-participation workflows with Microsoft Dataverse, SharePoint, Power BI, Entra ID and a native mobile application. Its strongest fit is for organisations prepared to govern a Microsoft-tenant solution and configured processes. Buyers should distinguish documented current functionality from templates, roadmap items and separately licensed Microsoft services.

Best-fit starting point: Organizations standardizing safety processes within an existing Microsoft environment.

Check before buying: A Microsoft architecture can reduce integration friction but does not eliminate licensing, tenant administration, storage, security design or implementation work. Native-app offline claims do not extend to Power Pages, Power BI or every connector. Contractor vetting is explicitly described as future roadmap, and LMS Lite or SCORM boundaries must be checked against the deployed release.

### Pricing

Custom quote. Numeric subscription pricing is not publicly available in the reviewed official sources. The FAQ describes a monthly managed-service fee determined by platform plan and portal or mobile users. Power Platform licences are included only if bundled in the order form. Quote ITRAK roles and modules, Power Apps, Power Pages, Power BI, Dataverse and SharePoint capacity, Entra guest access, connector and Azure services, implementation, migration, training, support and renewal.

### When the price fits

Worth shortlisting when your organisation standardizes safety processes within an existing Microsoft environment. Compare the full implementation and ongoing administration cost against your current process before committing.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: Numeric subscription pricing is not publicly available in the reviewed official sources, contact vendor. The FAQ describes a monthly managed-service fee. The subscription agreement makes Microsoft Power Platform licences conditional on bundling in the order form. Include ITRAK roles, Microsoft licences, storage, portals, connector services, implementation and support; confirm currency and commitment.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://itrak365.com/itrak-365-subscription-services-agreement/
- https://itrak365.com/faqs/

### Offline capabilities

The native Forms Manager mobile app documents local storage and synchronization to Dataverse on reconnection, including field capture with camera and GPS. Do not assume every portal, dashboard, approval or integration works disconnected. Acceptance-test record conflicts, deletions, attachments, sign-offs, identity expiry and failed sync for each configured form.

Product scope: Configurable Microsoft-based safety and operations platform spanning Safety Management, Contractor Management, Connected Operations, Training, Competency and LMS, and Disability Management solution areas. The purchased modules, configured processes, native mobile app, portal and Microsoft entitlements must be listed in the order form.

Review scope: Vendor-documentation research, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. AI-assisted explanations may be incomplete and do not replace primary documentation or a demo. Legacy ratings are excluded; no certification or suitability guarantee is implied.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Use a real operational record to test the relevant modules and follow-up.
  Sources: https://itrak365.com/itrak-365-subscription-services-agreement/
- Usability & adoption: Observe a frontline user completing the task on their own device.
  Sources: https://itrak365.com/mobile-app/
- Implementation & TCO: Request a complete subscription, onboarding, migration and renewal breakdown.
  Sources: https://itrak365.com/platform-page/
- Integrations & API: Demonstrate the required interface and define error-handling ownership.
  Sources: https://itrak365.com/faqs/
- Security & trust: Check access boundaries, retention, hosting and evidence available for your configuration.
  Sources: https://itrak365.com/capa/
- Customer voice: Request references from organizations with comparable workflows; no customer-review score is inferred from vendor statements.
  Sources: https://itrak365.com/safety-management-software/

### Capability scope

- Offline native mobile capture and sync [documented]: The native app stores records locally and synchronizes them to Dataverse after reconnection. Exact form, attachment and conflict rules require acceptance testing. Sources: https://itrak365.com/mobile-app/
- Camera, GPS and device notifications [documented]: The mobile app documents camera, GPS and notification use for field records. Sources: https://itrak365.com/mobile-app/
- Form dispatch and prefilled tasks [documented]: New or prefilled forms can be dispatched from the portal to frontline users. Sources: https://itrak365.com/mobile-app/
- Incident and near-miss investigation [documented]: The product describes classification, structured investigation, root-cause documentation, role-based alerts and analytics. Sources: https://itrak365.com/incident-management/, https://itrak365.com/itrak-components/
- Inspections and audits [documented]: Scheduled inspections can capture findings, photos and nonconformances and assign accountable parties and timelines. Sources: https://itrak365.com/itrak-components/, https://itrak365.com/safety-management-software/
- Risk assessment and configurable matrices [documented]: Risk processes can link to inspections or audits, use configurable matrices, support HAZOP and trigger severity-based alerts and actions. Sources: https://itrak365.com/itrak-components/
- Corrective action and CAPA [documented]: Corrective actions can be assigned, tracked, notified, reported and closed with supporting history. Sources: https://itrak365.com/capa/
- Field hazard assessments and control library [documented]: FLHA, JSA and formal assessments can use a hazard library, guided controls and actions. Advertised controls and templates are starting content, not proof that all are deployed or validated. Sources: https://itrak365.com/field-based-assessments/
- Training management and LMS Lite [documented]: Role-based assignments, internal content, acknowledgements, certification tracking and reporting are described. Specialist-LMS breadth and SCORM availability must be checked against the deployed release. Sources: https://itrak365.com/training-competency-lms/, https://itrak365.com/lms/
- Competency assessment and reassessment [documented]: Role standards, supervisor evaluations, worker progression and periodic reassessment are documented. Sources: https://itrak365.com/competency/
- Contractor onboarding and enablement [conditional]: Contractors can provide documents, orientations and certifications and participate in selected safety workflows through Entra guest access. The vendor says structured risk-based contractor vetting is future roadmap. Sources: https://itrak365.com/contractor-management/
- Tenant-based Dataverse and SharePoint records [conditional]: Structured contractor data is described as stored in customer Dataverse and approved documents in SharePoint. Confirm environment, capacity, DLP, backup, connector copies and exit responsibilities. Sources: https://itrak365.com/contractor-management/, https://itrak365.com/itrak-365-subscription-services-agreement/
- External portal and Entra guest access [conditional]: The platform supports external participation, but identity governance, Power Pages architecture and licensing are deployment-specific. Sources: https://itrak365.com/contractor-management/, https://itrak365.com/platform-page/
- Power BI dashboards and reporting [conditional]: Safety and training dashboards are documented. Prove dataset refresh, row-level security, licence and capacity needs, and export behavior. Sources: https://itrak365.com/platform-page/, https://itrak365.com/training-competency-lms/
- Configurable workflows and connector service [conditional]: Power Platform workflows and an Azure connector service are described. Define standard versus custom ownership, interface monitoring and upgrade compatibility. Sources: https://itrak365.com/itrak-365-subscription-services-agreement/, https://itrak365.com/platform-page/, https://itrak365.com/solutions/implementation-services-and-training/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Disconnected inspection to verified closure
1. Dispatch a prefilled inspection to the native app and disconnect the device.
2. Capture a finding, GPS position and photo, then create a competing edit from a connected account.
3. Reconnect and verify conflict, attachment and audit handling in Dataverse.
4. Assign a corrective action and verify its evidence and closure approval.

#### Incident investigation and learning
1. Report a representative incident or near miss and send role-specific alerts.
2. Classify the event and complete the organisation's chosen root-cause workflow.
3. Link relevant risks and corrective actions and obtain required approvals.
4. Inspect the audit trail and reconcile source records with Power BI reporting.

#### Contractor onboarding and roadmap boundary
1. Invite a contractor using the proposed Entra guest-access model.
2. Collect company and worker documents, orientation and training evidence, then trigger an expiry reminder.
3. Allow limited incident, FLHA or corrective-action participation while proving internal records remain hidden.
4. Ask the vendor to demonstrate current risk-based company vetting or record it explicitly as out of scope.

#### Tenant deployment and exit acceptance
1. Map roles, modules, Microsoft licences, environments and capacity before configuration.
2. Configure and migrate representative records, then test portal, mobile and connector success and failure paths.
3. Validate DLP, guest-access review, report row security, backup and recovery responsibilities.
4. Export structured records, relationships, attachments and audit history and test rollback or exit use.

### Product presentations

- [Power BI injury and incident overview dashboard](https://itrak365.com/safety-management-software/): Official vendor mockup of a Power BI injury and incident overview; data not labelled as sample.

### Questions and answers

#### Does ITRAK 365 support offline inspections?
Its native mobile app documents offline storage and synchronization to Dataverse. Use a disconnected inspection and reconnection exercise to verify your configured form and attachments.

#### Are Microsoft licences included with ITRAK 365?
The subscription agreement says Power Platform licences may be bundled and refers buyers to the order form. Confirm entitlements for each internal, external and reporting role.

#### Is the ITRAK portal the same as the mobile app?
The platform describes them separately. The portal provides access for employees and external users, while the native app has documented offline storage. Validate the intended access route for each task.

#### How does ITRAK support corrective actions?
The CAPA offering covers creation, tracking and reporting of follow-up work. Demonstrate assignment, escalation and closure evidence with your process owners.

#### Does ITRAK 365 publish a numeric subscription price?
No verified numeric public price was found. The vendor FAQ describes a monthly managed-service fee based on platform plan and portal or mobile users; request a complete role, capacity, services and renewal schedule.

#### Does ITRAK currently provide risk-based contractor vetting?
The contractor page documents onboarding and operational enablement but identifies structured risk-based vetting as future roadmap. Do not score it as current unless demonstrated in the contracted release.

#### Does ITRAK's LMS support SCORM?
The training page describes SCORM compatibility as arriving in version 5.3. Confirm the deployed release and successful import, tracking and completion behavior before treating it as available.

#### Are all advertised templates and controls ready to use?
The field-assessment page advertises a large configurable library. Buyers should still select, configure, approve and acceptance-test the processes relevant to their organisation.

#### Does all ITRAK data remain only in our Microsoft tenant?
The contractor page describes Dataverse and SharePoint storage in the customer tenant. Verify connector processing, telemetry, support access, backups, logs, data location and any vendor-held copies contractually.

#### Does ITRAK 365 make an organisation ISO compliant or certified?
No. Configurable workflows and records can support a management system, but compliance and certification depend on the organisation's implemented controls, evidence and independent assessment.

#### Can we export ITRAK records when leaving?
Microsoft-based storage can aid access, but buyers should test export of structured records, relationships, attachments, identities and audit history and agree vendor assistance and cost in advance.

### Demo questions

- List every ITRAK component, solution area and configured process included in the order form.
- Which Power Apps, Power Pages, Power BI, Dataverse, SharePoint, Entra and Azure entitlements are bundled rather than customer-supplied?
- Price portal, mobile, internal and external roles, capacity, connector usage, implementation and renewal separately.
- Demonstrate offline create, update, attachment and sign-off, simultaneous edits, failed sync, identity expiry and recovery for our exact forms.
- Which of the advertised templates and controls are included, production-ready or require configuration and validation?
- Is contractor vetting available now? Show current risk-based company approval rather than roadmap material.
- Is SCORM supported in our deployed LMS release, and which specialist-LMS capabilities remain out of scope?
- Who owns configuration, customizations, regression testing and remediation after Microsoft or ITRAK updates?
- Define environment and data location, DLP, backup, disaster recovery, audit retention, guest-access review and exit export.
- For each ERP, HR or connector flow, define the system of record, direction, retries, duplicates, monitoring and support owner.

### Primary sources

- [Subscription, components and licence dependencies](https://itrak365.com/itrak-365-subscription-services-agreement/)
- [Native mobile app and offline sync](https://itrak365.com/mobile-app/)
- [Microsoft platform architecture](https://itrak365.com/platform-page/)
- [Product, pricing and implementation FAQ](https://itrak365.com/faqs/)
- [Safety-management solution scope](https://itrak365.com/safety-management-software/)
- [Incident and near-miss management](https://itrak365.com/incident-management/)
- [Corrective-action management](https://itrak365.com/capa/)
- [Components: incidents, audits, risk, actions, training and MOC](https://itrak365.com/itrak-components/)
- [Field assessments and offline controls](https://itrak365.com/field-based-assessments/)
- [Contractor lifecycle, tenant data and roadmap boundary](https://itrak365.com/contractor-management/)
- [Five solution-area boundaries](https://itrak365.com/solution-areas/)
- [Training, competency and LMS scope](https://itrak365.com/training-competency-lms/)
- [Competency assessment and reassessment](https://itrak365.com/competency/)
- [LMS Lite boundary](https://itrak365.com/lms/)
- [Implementation lifecycle, data conversion and UAT](https://itrak365.com/solutions/implementation-services-and-training/)

## GOARC

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/goarc
Sources checked: 2026-10-11
Also known as: GOARC Safety 4.0
This profile covers GOARC and its Safety 4.0/control-of-work software scope. Permit-to-work, shift management, LOTO and command-center capabilities are distinct solution areas; request their exact contracted scope.

GOARC targets industrial operations where work authorization and operational context need to be considered together. Its published solution pages describe permit workflows, isolation records and shift information. Evaluate these against site procedures and integration ownership rather than accepting predictive-safety marketing as a measured outcome.

Best-fit starting point: Industrial facilities coordinating permits, isolation activities and shift handovers.

Check before buying: No public numeric subscription was established. Scope modules, users, sites, devices, integrations and implementation separately. Offline operation is explicitly documented for audit forms and authorization signoffs only; do not infer disconnected PTW, LOTO, shift, incident or emergency workflows. AI risk models, anomaly alerts and live dashboards depend on data quality and require human operational authorization. Marketing prevention or response outcomes are not guarantees.

### Pricing

Custom quote. Pricing is not publicly available as a numeric subscription in the reviewed official sources, contact vendor. Request separate scope for permits, LOTO, shift management, command center, users, sites, integrations and implementation. Confirm currency, term, minimum commitment, support and renewal conditions.

### When the price fits

Worth shortlisting when industrial facilities coordinating permits, isolation activities and shift handovers. Compare the full implementation and ongoing administration cost against your current process before committing.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-09-29 [verified]: Pricing is not publicly available as a numeric subscription in the reviewed official sources, contact vendor. Request separate scope for permits, LOTO, shift management, command center, users, sites, integrations and implementation. Confirm currency, term, minimum commitment, support and renewal conditions.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://go-arc.com/
- https://go-arc.com/products/goarc-safety-platform/

### Offline audit forms and signoffs documented; other workflows unverified

The Audit Management page explicitly says employees can access digital health and safety audit forms and authorization signoffs offline. The reviewed PTW, LOTO, shift, incident, operator-round and emergency pages do not establish equivalent disconnected execution or synchronization. Demonstrate preloaded scope, attachment and signature capture, authentication expiry, stale-data warnings, competing edits and recovery separately for every quoted field workflow.

Product scope: GOARC Safety 4.0 and explicitly quoted industrial modules for control of work, permits, LOTO, shift management, incident and hazard management, audits, operator rounds, command-center views and emergency preparedness. Portfolio visibility does not prove that every module, mobile workflow, data connector or AI capability is included in one subscription.

Review scope: Official GOARC product and solution documentation, not hands-on testing, independent customer testimony or a security assessment. Broad platform and industry pages establish portfolio positioning, not module entitlement, delivered integrations or verified outcomes. AI, real-time, prevention and response language is treated as a demo target, with human authority and source-data governance retained. Legacy ratings remain excluded; no certification, public numeric price or suitability guarantee is inferred.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Use a real operational record to test the relevant modules and follow-up.
  Sources: https://go-arc.com/products/goarc-safety-platform/
- Usability & adoption: Observe a frontline user completing the task on their own device.
  Sources: https://go-arc.com/solutions/control-of-work/permit-to-work/
- Implementation & TCO: Request a complete subscription, onboarding, migration and renewal breakdown.
  Sources: https://go-arc.com/solutions/control-of-work/shift-management/
- Integrations & API: Demonstrate the required interface and define error-handling ownership.
  Sources: https://go-arc.com/solutions/control-of-work/loto/
- Security & trust: Check access boundaries, retention, hosting and evidence available for your configuration.
  Sources: https://go-arc.com/products/connected-worker/
- Customer voice: Request references from organizations with comparable workflows; no customer-review score is inferred from vendor statements.
  Sources: https://go-arc.com/products/command-center/
- AI and operational-data governance: Inventory every ERP, OT, IoT, sensor, weather and worker-input source used by risk models or dashboards. Test missing, delayed and contradictory data, model thresholds, explanation and human override. Predictive language and a risk score do not transfer authorization or prove prevention.
  Sources: https://go-arc.com/products/goarc-safety-platform/, https://go-arc.com/solutions/health-safety/hazard-management/
- Offline scope boundary: The Audit Management page explicitly documents offline audit forms and authorization signoffs. Test checklist preparation, attachments, signatures, stale versions, authentication and reconciliation on the proposed device, and separately verify every requested offline action in PTW, LOTO, shifts, incidents and emergency response.
  Sources: https://go-arc.com/solutions/health-safety/audits/
- Emergency communication and command authority: Exercise recipient targeting, acknowledgement, escalation, alternate channels, location privacy, external-team participation, degraded connectivity and plan version control. Define who declares, commands and closes an event; software notifications are not operational authority.
  Sources: https://go-arc.com/solutions/critical-event-management/emergency-preparedness/

### Capability scope

- Permit workflow [documented]: Customized approval workflows and an on-hold permit status are described. Sources: https://go-arc.com/solutions/control-of-work/permit-to-work/
- Overlapping work visibility [conditional]: The PTW page describes identifying overlapping permits; test location, timing and conflict rules. Sources: https://go-arc.com/solutions/control-of-work/permit-to-work/
- Isolation lifecycle [documented]: LOTO covers preparation, approval, isolation, removal and restoration. Sources: https://go-arc.com/solutions/control-of-work/loto/
- Shift logbook [documented]: Shift management includes issues, actions, a structured logbook and standardized handover. Sources: https://go-arc.com/solutions/control-of-work/shift-management/
- Operational command view [documented]: The command center presents risk and work activity views with field communications. Sources: https://go-arc.com/products/command-center/
- Connected operational data [conditional]: The platform describes data from ERP, OT and sensors. Confirm actual interfaces, latency and integration scope. Sources: https://go-arc.com/products/goarc-safety-platform/, https://go-arc.com/products/connected-worker/
- Incident reporting, investigation and action-complete closure [conditional]: The Incident Management page describes mobile field reporting with photos, video and location, severity-based escalation, investigation, risk and root-cause analysis, and corrective and preventive actions; it also says case closure is prevented until action items are complete. Confirm the quoted module, mandatory fields, confidentiality, investigation methods, approval and reopen rules, override authority, evidence requirements and whether action completion is independently verified rather than merely marked complete. Sources: https://go-arc.com/solutions/health-safety/incident-management/
- Hazard lifecycle and probability-severity assessment [conditional]: GOARC presents a hazard process covering identification, assessment, control and review, with probability-severity scoring, real-time reports and Connected Worker access to procedures, hazardous-material information and SDS content. Confirm the risk matrix, control hierarchy, review ownership, duplicate handling, SDS source and currency, and how AI-derived indicators are separated from approved hazard decisions. Sources: https://go-arc.com/solutions/health-safety/hazard-management/
- Audit and inspection analytics with offline forms [conditional]: The Audit Management page documents audit and inspection history, comparisons, KPIs, gap analysis, translation and access to digital audit forms and authorization signoffs offline. This is the only reviewed page that explicitly establishes an offline scope. Demonstrate device preparation, attachments, signatures, stale templates, synchronization and conflicts; do not generalize offline support to permits, LOTO, shifts, incidents or emergency response. Sources: https://go-arc.com/solutions/health-safety/audits/
- Operator rounds and maintenance-action handoff [conditional]: The Operator Rounds module describes dynamic forms and sequences, field updates to asset status, access to procedures, SDS and IoT context, and creation of permits or maintenance action items from a round. Confirm route enforcement, missed-point handling, meter and sensor validation, permit authority, work-order integration, data ownership and current offline behavior because the page emphasizes real-time operation rather than disconnected use. Sources: https://go-arc.com/solutions/asset-performance-management/operator-rounds/
- Emergency preparedness, drills and field communication [conditional]: The Emergency Preparedness solution describes plans, training and drill modes, push notifications, bidirectional mobile communication, photos, video, location context and integration with ERP, IoT and other sources. Treat it as a separately scoped critical-event module. Confirm plan approval, recipient and acknowledgement rules, channel redundancy, offline or degraded-mode access, location consent, exercises versus live events, and authoritative command roles. Sources: https://go-arc.com/solutions/critical-event-management/emergency-preparedness/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: overlapping permits and isolation
1. Prepare two sample jobs in the same area.
2. Check the configured conflict warning and hold process.
3. Link an isolation requirement and authorized review.
4. Verify closure and restoration records.

#### Demo exercise: handover under interrupted connectivity
1. Record an unresolved issue before shift change.
2. Check which details the incoming supervisor sees.
3. Interrupt connectivity and inspect stale-data warnings.
4. Restore connectivity and verify ownership and retained history.

#### Demo exercise: field incident through investigation and verified CAPA closure
1. Report a fictional injury or process event from the quoted mobile app with role-sensitive details, photo evidence and location, then verify severity-based routing and recipients.
2. Assign an investigator, preserve the original report and perform the configured risk and root-cause analysis while recording all edits and supporting evidence.
3. Create corrective and preventive actions with different owners and due dates, then attempt to close the incident while one action is incomplete or has inadequate evidence.
4. Have an authorized independent reviewer accept or reject closure, reopen the case, and export the report, investigation, actions, notifications and approval history without exposing confidential fields.

### Product presentations

- [Weekly operations calendar by unit](https://go-arc.com/products/command-center/): Official vendor image of the GOARC command center calendar by unit and day, with sample data.
- [Shift handover overview dashboard](https://go-arc.com/solutions/control-of-work/shift-management/): Official vendor image of the GOARC shift management overview, with sample data.

### Questions and answers

#### Does GOARC manage work permits and LOTO?
GOARC publishes dedicated PTW and LOTO offerings. Confirm both in the contract and demonstrate the handoff from permit approval to isolation and restoration.

#### Can GOARC identify conflicting permits?
The PTW page describes overlapping-permit visibility and on-hold status. Test the rules with sample simultaneous work, locations and timing; software output does not replace operational authorization.

#### Does GOARC work offline?
The reviewed sources did not establish offline capture or synchronization. Ask the vendor to demonstrate the exact field task and handling of stale permit information.

#### How should manufacturers assess GOARC pricing?
No numeric public subscription was verified. Compare the proposed sites, modules, interfaces and rollout services with a narrower permit tool. Include the ongoing effort to maintain operational data.

#### Are all GOARC capabilities included in one Safety 4.0 subscription?
The vendor presents PTW, LOTO, shift management, incident and hazard management, audits, operator rounds, command center and emergency tools as named solution areas. Portfolio presentation does not establish common licensing or implementation. Require a module, role, device, integration and service schedule in the proposal.

#### Which GOARC functions are officially documented for offline use?
The reviewed Audit Management page explicitly states that digital audit forms and authorization signoffs can be accessed offline. Equivalent disconnected support was not established for permits, LOTO, shifts, incidents, operator rounds or emergency response. Test each required task and synchronization path separately.

#### Can GOARC block incident closure until actions are complete?
The Incident Management page says case closure is prevented until all action items are complete. Confirm what counts as complete, required evidence, reviewer approval, exception authority, reopen behavior and the audit trail in the proposed configuration.

#### Does GOARC replace human safety or work authorization decisions with AI?
No such replacement is established. GOARC describes AI-driven risk models, anomaly detection and dynamic insights. Buyers should define source-data quality, model governance, thresholds, explanation, human review and the roles authorized to approve work or response actions.

#### Is Emergency Preparedness included with Permit to Work?
Emergency Preparedness is presented under GOARC's Critical Event Management scope, while Permit to Work is under Control of Work. Confirm separate licences, plans, communication channels, integrations, drills, mobile access and operating ownership.

### Demo questions

- Does GOARC manage work permits and LOTO?
- Which modules, roles and implementation services are included?
- Can you demonstrate our exact field task and failure recovery?
- How can we export the record history and attachments?
- Show the exact module and data source behind each risk score or alert, then demonstrate stale or missing data, the human override and the retained decision trail.

### Primary sources

- [Platform scope](https://go-arc.com/products/goarc-safety-platform/)
- [Permit-to-work](https://go-arc.com/solutions/control-of-work/permit-to-work/)
- [Shift handover](https://go-arc.com/solutions/control-of-work/shift-management/)
- [Lockout-tagout](https://go-arc.com/solutions/control-of-work/loto/)
- [Connected worker](https://go-arc.com/products/connected-worker/)
- [Command center](https://go-arc.com/products/command-center/)
- [Current vendor site](https://go-arc.com/)
- [Incident reporting, investigation, escalation and action-complete closure : checked 29 September 2026](https://go-arc.com/solutions/health-safety/incident-management/)
- [Hazard identification, assessment, controls and review : checked 29 September 2026](https://go-arc.com/solutions/health-safety/hazard-management/)
- [Audit and inspection reporting, benchmarking and limited offline scope : checked 29 September 2026](https://go-arc.com/solutions/health-safety/audits/)
- [Operator rounds, dynamic forms and maintenance-action handoff : checked 29 September 2026](https://go-arc.com/solutions/asset-performance-management/operator-rounds/)
- [Emergency preparedness, drills and bidirectional field communication : checked 29 September 2026](https://go-arc.com/solutions/critical-event-management/emergency-preparedness/)

## Optial

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/optial
Sources checked: 2026-10-12
Also known as: Optial EHS SmartStart
Optial markets two distinct modular suites: EHS SmartStart and GRC SmartStart. This profile covers EHS SmartStart only; GRC modules, bespoke cross-suite configurations and custom projects should not be assumed to be included.

Optial EHS SmartStart connects site assurance activities through a configurable platform. Buyers can select modules and define local responsibilities while maintaining a broader management view. Its deployment options merit attention when hosting control matters as much as field data capture.

Best-fit starting point: Organizations connecting multi-site EHS governance with configurable workflows and specific hosting requirements.

Check before buying: Confirm modules, configuration services and field-device support. A disconnected server deployment does not prove that every mobile task works without a network.

### Pricing

Custom quote. Pricing is not publicly available as a numeric subscription, contact vendor. Optial describes scalable annual pricing for EHS SmartStart. Request modules, users, configuration, regulatory content, hosting, migration, training and support as separate line items, with currency, minimum term and renewal conditions.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating when shared EHS governance and deployment flexibility justify configuration effort. Compare the complete delivery scope with a simpler inspection application before committing.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-09-20 [verified]: Annual pricing is described without a public numeric rate. A demonstration is offered; a self-service free trial was not established.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.optial.com/resources/what-is-ehs-software
- https://www.optial.com/solutions/ehs

### Offline capabilities

Optial's EHS guide describes offline accessibility on laptops or tablets, but does not specify every supported task or synchronization rule. Its hosting documentation separately describes air-gapped on-premises operation. Verify device capture, local storage and reconciliation for your configuration.

Product scope: EHS SmartStart is modular: Incident, Risk, Audit, Compliance and Management of Change are separately described modules, while Projects, Actions and Global Standards/Programs are described at suite level. Legal content, hosting model, integrations, localisation and custom configuration require explicit commercial and implementation scoping.

Review scope: Vendor-documentation research, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. AI-assisted explanations may be incomplete and do not replace primary documentation or a demo. No regulatory certification or suitability guarantee is implied; legacy ratings are excluded.

Trial status: request-only. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Demonstrate linked incident and audit actions rather than isolated form screens.
  Sources: https://www.optial.com/solutions/ehs/ehs-incident-management
- Usability & adoption: Check a translated workflow with actual worker terminology.
  Sources: https://www.optial.com/solutions/global-multilanguage-support
- Implementation & TCO: Compare configuration effort and ongoing operating responsibilities.
  Sources: https://www.optial.com/resources/what-is-ehs-software
- Integrations & API: Request API scope, data mappings and error ownership in the proposal.
  Sources: https://www.optial.com/post/your-data-your-choice-hosting-with-optial
- Security & trust: Confirm data location, recovery obligations and your identity-provider configuration.
  Sources: https://www.optial.com/post/your-data-your-choice-hosting-with-optial
- Customer voice: No independently verified review sample is included. Seek references with similar deployment size and workflows.

### Capability scope

- Incident capture and investigation [documented]: Log and categorise incidents, attach evidence, assign investigation ownership and link corrective plans to activities and risks. Confirm the incident taxonomy and mandatory fields during configuration. Sources: https://www.optial.com/solutions/ehs/ehs-incident-management
- Incident metrics and analytics [documented]: Lost-time analysis, audit trails, notifications, dashboards, heat maps and configurable reports are described for the Incident Management module. Validate required statutory calculations and export formats. Sources: https://www.optial.com/solutions/ehs/ehs-incident-management
- Audit planning and findings [documented]: Plan periodic audits with Gantt views, delegate checklists, capture findings and track assigned remediation to resolution across sites. Sources: https://www.optial.com/solutions/ehs/ehs-audit-management
- Risk assessment and planning [documented]: Maintain site-specific hazard and risk registers, schedule assessments, document controls and assess workplace hazards and environmental aspects. Confirm the scoring matrix and approval method against internal policy. Sources: https://www.optial.com/solutions/ehs/ehs-risk-management
- Corrective and preventive actions [documented]: Assign CAPAs with owners, deadlines, notifications, escalations and progress tracking across incident, audit, risk and compliance workflows; exact cross-module behaviour depends on the selected bundle. Sources: https://www.optial.com/solutions/ehs, https://www.optial.com/solutions/ehs/ehs-risk-management, https://www.optial.com/solutions/ehs/ehs-audit-management
- Compliance obligations, inspections and permits [documented]: Allocate regulations to sites, maintain control repositories, schedule recurring inspections, manage permits and place obligations on compliance calendars. Confirm which regulatory feeds and jurisdictions are contracted. Sources: https://www.optial.com/solutions/ehs/ehs-compliance-management
- Checklist generation and compliance analytics [documented]: Generate site-specific audit checklists from applicability analysis and review compliance via dashboards, reports and geographic visualisation. Validate the source content and mapping rules in a pilot jurisdiction. Sources: https://www.optial.com/solutions/ehs/ehs-compliance-management
- Management of change [documented]: Submit chemical, structural or process changes; assess safety and environmental impacts; and route reviews, investigations and sign-offs before implementation. Sources: https://www.optial.com/solutions/ehs/ehs-management-of-change
- Legal registers and EHS content [conditional]: Predefined legal registers, audit checklists and compliance plans are offered through a Convergence Consulting partnership, with stated coverage of more than 50 countries. Treat content, jurisdictions, update cadence and consultancy as separately scoped until quoted. Sources: https://www.optial.com/solutions/ehs/ehs-content, https://www.optial.com/solutions/ehs
- Multi-language and locale support [conditional]: The platform describes user-selectable interface localisation, multilingual content, Unicode, locale-aware formats and local template variants. Confirm the exact shipped languages, customer translation responsibilities and regulatory-content languages. Sources: https://www.optial.com/solutions/global-multilanguage-support
- Hosting, SSO and data residency [conditional]: Optial describes SaaS on Azure, client data-centre and client private-cloud deployments, plus SAML SSO and contractually fixed primary/DR locations. Operations, patching, backup and DR responsibility changes by model and must be written into the contract. Sources: https://www.optial.com/post/your-data-your-choice-hosting-with-optial
- Configuration, import and offline access [conditional]: Front-end configuration, third-party data import and offline laptop/tablet access are described at overview level. Demonstrate the exact offline-enabled tasks, sync/conflict handling, integration interfaces and upgrade treatment of configurations. Sources: https://www.optial.com/solutions/ehs, https://www.optial.com/resources/what-is-ehs-software, https://www.optial.com/resources/ehs-management-system

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: incident to verified CAPA
1. Submit a near miss or environmental event with classification, site, evidence and immediate controls.
2. Assign an investigator, document causes and create preventive actions with owners and deadlines.
3. Escalate an overdue action, verify closure evidence and inspect the audit trail and lost-time/dashboard outputs.

#### Demo exercise: risk assessment to mitigation
1. Create a site-specific hazard or environmental-aspect assessment using the buyer's scoring matrix.
2. Attach controls and create CAPAs for residual risks, then schedule reassessment.
3. Review the Gantt/planning view, approval history and management reporting across two sites.

#### Demo exercise: legal obligation to inspection
1. Apply a regulation to a sample site and show how the source requirement becomes a local obligation.
2. Generate or configure an inspection checklist, link a permit and assign recurring calendar tasks.
3. Record a non-conformance, follow remediation to closure and demonstrate the legal-content update path and geographic reporting.

#### Demo exercise: management of change approval
1. Submit a process or chemical change and assess safety and environmental impacts.
2. Route the request through review and sign-off while rejecting one incomplete approval step.
3. Confirm retained decision history, linked controls/actions and what changes when the selected modules or hosting model differ.

### Product presentations

- [EHS SmartStart dashboard with maps and charts](https://www.optial.com/post/visualising-risk-and-health-safety-for-real-impact): Official Optial screenshot of a SmartStart dashboard with maps and charts of open audits, findings and actions, from a vendor article that covers both SmartStart suites; the values are sample data.
- [Injury body part picker](https://www.optial.com/post/visualising-risk-and-health-safety-for-real-impact): Official Optial screenshot of the body part picker used in injury reports, from the same vendor article; confirm that it is included in the modules you buy.

### Questions and answers

#### What is Optial EHS SmartStart?
It is Optial's modular EHS offering alongside its wider GRC portfolio. Define the selected applications and implementation scope before comparing proposals.

#### Can Optial work offline?
The EHS guide describes laptop and tablet offline accessibility, with task coverage requiring confirmation. Air-gapped hosting is a separate deployment option and should not be read as proof of unrestricted mobile synchronization.

#### How much does Optial cost?
No numeric subscription was verified in the reviewed official sources. Request an annual proposal that identifies delivery responsibilities and any additional content or integration services.

#### Does Optial support multilingual teams?
The vendor describes interface localization and global templates with local variants. Ask workers to complete a representative task in each required language before procurement.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-27: Checked the named MOC application and its workflow boundary against the vendor product page. This capability check does not refresh pricing, trial terms or the rest of the profile.

### Demo questions

- Which modules and configuration changes are included?
- Which inspection tasks work disconnected on our intended devices?
- Who owns backups, upgrades and recovery for this hosting model?
- Which languages and regulatory content are included in the proposal?

### Primary sources

- [EHS SmartStart overview and module boundaries](https://www.optial.com/solutions/ehs)
- [Company and product identity](https://www.optial.com/about)
- [Incident management module](https://www.optial.com/solutions/ehs/ehs-incident-management)
- [Audit management module](https://www.optial.com/solutions/ehs/ehs-audit-management)
- [Management of change module](https://www.optial.com/solutions/ehs/ehs-management-of-change)
- [Risk management module](https://www.optial.com/solutions/ehs/ehs-risk-management)
- [Compliance management module](https://www.optial.com/solutions/ehs/ehs-compliance-management)
- [EHS legal content and registers](https://www.optial.com/solutions/ehs/ehs-content)
- [Global and multi-language support](https://www.optial.com/solutions/global-multilanguage-support)
- [Hosting, identity and deployment choices](https://www.optial.com/post/your-data-your-choice-hosting-with-optial)
- [EHS software, offline access and commercial model](https://www.optial.com/resources/what-is-ehs-software)
- [EHS management system and configuration](https://www.optial.com/resources/ehs-management-system)
- [Visualising risk and health and safety, vendor article with SmartStart screenshots, checked 12 October 2026](https://www.optial.com/post/visualising-risk-and-health-safety-for-real-impact)

## Safesite

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/safesite
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: Safesite Safety Management
Safesite is the safety app and management dashboard associated with the Foresight insurance offering. Software subscription access and insurance services have different commercial scopes.

Safesite combines mobile inspections and safety actions with project reporting for administrators. Its documented template controls let teams require follow-up evidence for selected responses. Evaluate the reporting horizon and worker onboarding before choosing between free access and a paid plan.

Best-fit starting point: Field teams standardizing recurring inspections, hazards and safety meetings across projects.

Check before buying: The free plan limits reporting history. Workers need organization invitations and assigned access; do not assume anonymous reporting or automatic translation of your custom content.

### Pricing

Free plan and paid subscription. Free access is advertised with unlimited members and guests but a 30-day reporting window. Premium displays $16 per member/month alongside annual/monthly controls and a 20% annual discount. The retrieved page does not explicitly state the currency code or unambiguously map the displayed amount to the active billing setting, so no verified currency-based starting price is assigned. Confirm checkout terms, taxes and billable members. A 30-day Premium trial is advertised.

### When the price fits

Worth considering when a small team needs repeatable safety actions with a low-cost evaluation route. Value depends on retained reporting access and administrative time, so test the full reporting cycle before upgrading.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: Free and Premium terms are publicly described. Dollar currency and the displayed billing selection need confirmation; insurance services are a separate offer.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://safesitehq.com/pricing/

### Offline capabilities

The vendor says core app functions retain work offline and synchronize when connectivity returns. Test downloaded templates, attachments and the reconciliation outcome on your phones before remote deployment; this is documentation-based assessment.

Product scope: Mobile safety actions and administration dashboard; insurance-related services and paid reporting entitlements are separate buying considerations.

Review scope: Vendor-documentation research, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. AI-assisted explanations may be incomplete and do not replace primary documentation or a demo. No regulatory certification or suitability guarantee is implied; legacy ratings are excluded.

Trial status: verified-free. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Trace an inspection answer into evidence and follow-up.
  Sources: https://help.safesitehq.com/en/articles/3719488-inspection-template-management
- Usability & adoption: Test invitations and project selection with frontline workers.
  Sources: https://help.safesitehq.com/en/articles/5648281-getting-started-safesite-mobile-app
- Implementation & TCO: Include the required reporting horizon and member model in the comparison.
  Sources: https://safesitehq.com/pricing/
- Integrations & API: Verify required exports and any API availability directly; export support does not prove a general API.
  Sources: https://help.safesitehq.com/en/articles/5791595-safety-action-reports
- Security & trust: Review role access, retention, account removal and sensitive incident-data handling.
  Sources: https://help.safesitehq.com/en/articles/5648281-getting-started-safesite-mobile-app
- Customer voice: No independently verified review sample is included. Seek references with similar deployment size and workflows.

### Capability scope

- Custom inspection questions [documented]: Templates support defined answer types and conditional requirements for photos, comments, observations or hazards. Sources: https://help.safesitehq.com/en/articles/3719488-inspection-template-management
- Offline work [documented]: Core mobile functions save work without connectivity and sync on reconnection; task performance has not been tested by QHSEtech. Sources: https://safesitehq.com/features/offline-mode/
- Multilingual app [documented]: English, Spanish, French and Portuguese are described. Custom form content can be supplied in additional languages without implying automatic translation. Sources: https://safesitehq.com/multilingual-safety-communication/
- Worker access [conditional]: Administrators invite users and assign projects. The reviewed onboarding does not establish anonymous public submissions. Sources: https://help.safesitehq.com/en/articles/5648281-getting-started-safesite-mobile-app
- Report export [documented]: Administrators can access and export safety-action reports by project or group, subject to plan access. Sources: https://help.safesitehq.com/en/articles/5791595-safety-action-reports
- Action analytics [documented]: Analysis pages cover inspections, hazards, incidents, observations and meetings. Sources: https://help.safesitehq.com/en/articles/2807748-analysis-pages
- Hazard corrective action and resolution [documented]: Assigned team members receive notifications and must add a comment or photo before resolving a hazard. The reviewed instructions allow the responsible team to resolve it and do not establish a separate verifier or rejection stage. Sources: https://help.safesitehq.com/en/articles/1667222-how-do-i-resolve-a-hazard
- Toolbox talks with attendance evidence [documented]: Mobile users can complete meeting topics, record talking points, attach observations or hazards, add attendees, and finish with attendee signatures or a photo. Completed meetings are not editable; these signatures are not established as regulated digital signatures. Sources: https://help.safesitehq.com/en/articles/1785333-conducting-a-meeting
- Equipment-linked inspections [documented]: Registered equipment can carry inspection records and maintenance timing, with equipment-specific inspection templates. This is an inspection record workflow, not proof of full CMMS work-order or parts management. Sources: https://help.safesitehq.com/en/articles/2421567-equipment-inspections
- Incident administration and closure [documented]: Administrators can create, update, edit and close injury, near-miss, property-damage, theft and equipment-failure reports, with mandatory sections identified before closure. An OSHA 300-log option does not establish automated regulatory submission. Sources: https://help.safesitehq.com/en/articles/2922462-managing-incident-reports
- Certification records and expiry reminders [documented]: Administrators can maintain personnel and company certificates, attach files and track expirations; expiring certificates appear in summary emails. This does not establish course delivery or a full LMS. Sources: https://help.safesitehq.com/en/articles/2963624-managing-certifications-on-the-admin-dashboard
- Fall protection inspection templates and equipment-linked inspections [documented]: Safesite's template library lists, with Safesite as contributor, a harness-and-lanyard equipment inspection (harness, lanyard, snap hook or carabiner fields) and a construction fall protection inspection covering written programs, ladders, scaffolds and guardrails. Its help centre separately describes registering equipment and logging inspections against it. The harness template does not list self-retracting lifelines or anchor points, and the help article does not say that harnesses are a supported equipment type, so how a given harness would be registered and re-inspected on a schedule needs confirming. Sources: https://templates.safesitehq.com/inspection/fall-protection-equipment-inspection-harness-and-lanyard, https://templates.safesitehq.com/inspection/fall-protection-1, https://help.safesitehq.com/en/articles/2421567-equipment-inspections

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: inspection and follow-up
1. Create a short checklist requiring evidence after a negative answer.
2. Invite a worker, assign the project and complete a sample record.
3. Review the resulting report and demonstrate the correction process.

#### Demo exercise: disconnected multilingual crew
1. Have two workers prepare the app using their preferred supported language.
2. Run a sample field task with connectivity disabled.
3. Reconnect and compare the captured records with administrator reporting.

#### Demo exercise: toolbox talk to attendance record
1. Assign a required meeting topic to a field user and complete its talking points.
2. Record one linked observation or hazard, add attendees, and finish with signatures or a sign-in photo.
3. Open the completed meeting report, verify attendee evidence and follow-up visibility, then export the PDF.

### Product presentations

- [Incident report sections with completion status](https://help.safesitehq.com/en/articles/2922462-managing-incident-reports): Official Safesite help-centre image of an incident report with section status and close option.
- [Analysis page: root cause breakdown chart](https://help.safesitehq.com/en/articles/2807748-analysis-pages): Official Safesite help-centre image of a root-cause analysis chart; data not labelled sample.

### Questions and answers

#### Does Safesite work without cell service?
The vendor documents offline use for core mobile functionality and synchronization after reconnection. Check your own templates and attachments on representative devices before field rollout.

#### Is Safesite free?
A free plan is available, with a restricted reporting horizon. The detailed pricing section explains the published paid offer and the billing points that still need confirmation.

#### Can contractors report without an account?
The reviewed mobile onboarding requires an invitation and project access. Public anonymous reporting was not established, so test the proposed contractor route rather than assuming guests bypass onboarding.

#### Can a completed Safesite inspection be changed?
The help guide says completed inspections cannot be edited and recommends saving unfinished work as a draft. Ask for the approved correction and audit-history process before adopting the app.

### Demo questions

- What does a billable member include, and which billing setting produces the displayed price?
- How can we export and retain records beyond the free reporting window?
- What must each device load before leaving coverage?
- How do we correct an inspection completed with an error?

### Primary sources

- [Product and Foresight relationship](https://safesitehq.com/)
- [Plans and trial](https://safesitehq.com/pricing/)
- [Offline capture and reconnection](https://safesitehq.com/features/offline-mode/)
- [Template controls](https://help.safesitehq.com/en/articles/3719488-inspection-template-management)
- [Inspection completion and correction limitation](https://help.safesitehq.com/en/articles/1814491-conducting-inspections)
- [Language scope](https://safesitehq.com/multilingual-safety-communication/)
- [Worker onboarding and permissions](https://help.safesitehq.com/en/articles/5648281-getting-started-safesite-mobile-app)
- [Administrative report exports](https://help.safesitehq.com/en/articles/5791595-safety-action-reports)
- [Safety-action analysis](https://help.safesitehq.com/en/articles/2807748-analysis-pages)
- [Hazard assignment, evidence and resolution](https://help.safesitehq.com/en/articles/1667222-how-do-i-resolve-a-hazard)
- [Safety meetings, attendance evidence and PDF reporting](https://help.safesitehq.com/en/articles/1785333-conducting-a-meeting)
- [Equipment-linked maintenance inspections](https://help.safesitehq.com/en/articles/2421567-equipment-inspections)
- [Incident administration and closure](https://help.safesitehq.com/en/articles/2922462-managing-incident-reports)
- [Personnel and company certification records](https://help.safesitehq.com/en/articles/2963624-managing-certifications-on-the-admin-dashboard)
- [Fall protection inspection templates and equipment-linked, checked 1 October 2026](https://templates.safesitehq.com/inspection/fall-protection-equipment-inspection-harness-and-lanyard)
- [Fall protection inspection templates and equipment-linked (2), checked 1 October 2026](https://templates.safesitehq.com/inspection/fall-protection-1)

## SafetyReports

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/safetyreports
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: Safety Reports, Safety-Reports
SafetyReports is the safety and risk-management offering in the AlignOps portfolio. Older pages and app text may mention Align Technologies or earlier suite tiers; confirm the current proposal rather than treating all historic names as current plans.

SafetyReports supports site inspections and incident investigations, with additional modules for broader field workflows. Its help centre provides specific offline procedures instead of a single suite-wide assumption. Buyers should distinguish a standalone inspection subscription from the current Pro and Premium suite offers.

Best-fit starting point: Construction teams and safety consultants needing structured inspection reports and follow-up across sites.

Check before buying: Current suite plans differ from some app-store wording. Confirm purchased modules and synchronization procedures separately; free Inspection access does not include offline mode.

### Pricing

Custom quote; limited free Inspection account. Current Pro and Premium suite rates are not publicly available, contact vendor. API access and Observations are listed as add-ons. Separately, the publisher's Android Inspection listing advertises Full Mode at USD 44.99/month after a 14-day trial; it also retains older suite names, so confirm availability and entitlements at checkout. That standalone amount is not a price for the suite. Request billing unit, minimum commitment, currency, onboarding and integrations.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating when the inspection output and corrective follow-up match a consultant's or site team's routine. Compare suite scope and synchronization effort with the actual users and jobs, rather than applying the standalone app price to the entire deployment.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: Current suite pricing is quote-only. A limited free inspection account and a separate Android Full Mode trial are documented; the store's older suite terminology requires confirmation.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.safety-reports.com/pricing/
- https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?hl=en&id=com.inetsgi.safetyreports
- https://helpcenter.safetyreports.com/en/articles/12292601-how-to-set-up-a-free-account-in-the-safety-reports-inspection-app

### Offline capabilities

The Inspection help guide describes manually switching offline, reconnecting, selecting a record to sync and then submitting it. JSA has its own preparation and sync procedure. The Android listing limits free Inspection mode to online use; do not extrapolate offline support to every module.

Product scope: Inspection and incident workflows, with JSA, Scan, Forms and other entitlements determined by the purchased suite or standalone subscription.

Review scope: Vendor-documentation research, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. AI-assisted explanations may be incomplete and do not replace primary documentation or a demo. No regulatory certification or suitability guarantee is implied; legacy ratings are excluded.

Trial status: verified-free. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Inspect an exported report and the associated action closure.
  Sources: https://www.safety-reports.com/safety-inspections/
- Usability & adoption: Observe users switching between field and administrator tasks.
  Sources: https://helpcenter.safetyreports.com/en/articles/10673329-offline-mode-syncing-inspections-step-by-step-guide
- Implementation & TCO: Compare the exact suite or standalone scope and service costs.
  Sources: https://www.safety-reports.com/pricing/
- Integrations & API: Test exports and the quoted API entitlement with the receiving system.
  Sources: https://helpcenter.safetyreports.com/en/articles/10673423-web-inspection-app-guide
- Security & trust: Request the access model, retention terms and evidence for handling health information.
  Sources: https://www.safety-reports.com/safety-incident-app/
- Customer voice: No independently verified review sample is included. Seek references with similar deployment size and workflows.

### Capability scope

- Inspection output [documented]: Published examples show multiple report presentations, preloaded OSHA and industry checklists, inspection evidence, signatures and corrective-action tracking. This is an inspection workflow; the reviewed sources do not establish audit-programme governance or auditor impartiality. Sources: https://www.safety-reports.com/safety-inspections/
- Incident investigation [documented]: Record near misses or injuries with photos and causal information, use the five-whys process and assign corrective follow-up. A responsible party can submit an action as complete and thereby mark it closed; independent approval or rejection is not established by the instructions. Sources: https://www.safety-reports.com/safety-incident-app/, https://helpcenter.safetyreports.com/en/articles/10684386-corrective-actions-instructions-for-5-why-s-incident-investigations
- Offline inspections [conditional]: Paid/full mobile scope includes offline capture. Follow the inspection-specific reconnect, sync and submission sequence. Sources: https://helpcenter.safetyreports.com/en/articles/10673329-offline-mode-syncing-inspections-step-by-step-guide, https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?hl=en&id=com.inetsgi.safetyreports
- Offline JSAs [conditional]: Download relevant databases and selected JSAs first; the JSA guide specifies a separate sync operation. Sources: https://helpcenter.safetyreports.com/en/articles/10275377-jsa-offline-mode
- Module entitlements [conditional]: Current tier definitions distinguish the suite's core workflows from broader field modules. Verify the signed order. Sources: https://www.safety-reports.com/pricing/
- Data export and integration [conditional]: Web Inspection documentation describes report and checklist exports. API access is separately listed as an add-on. Sources: https://helpcenter.safetyreports.com/en/articles/10673423-web-inspection-app-guide, https://www.safety-reports.com/pricing/
- Inspection corrective-action tracking [documented]: Negative findings receive tracking IDs, responsible-party notifications and Open, In Progress or Closed status. Deleting a tracked item stops notifications but preserves it in the original inspection. Sources: https://helpcenter.safetyreports.com/en/articles/10658794-corrective-action-tracking-cat-management-electronic
- Training records and recurring requirements [conditional]: The Pro Training module documents toolbox talks, history, recurring requirements and scheduled reports. Exams and confirmations are separate and exam functionality may add billing. Sources: https://www.safety-reports.com/pricing/, https://helpcenter.safetyreports.com/en/articles/10683032-safety-training-admin-functions
- Configurable field forms [conditional]: Premium Forms supports sections, response types, conditional questions, photos, action flags, touchscreen signatures and PDF or Excel output. Do not generalize these functions to other modules. Sources: https://www.safety-reports.com/pricing/, https://helpcenter.safetyreports.com/en/articles/16019927-get-started-with-the-forms-app
- Safety observations [conditional]: The Observations add-on supports positive or negative records with locations, evidence, severity, categories, factors, actions, geotagging and anonymous submission. Anonymous records do not count toward named-user targets. Sources: https://www.safety-reports.com/pricing/, https://helpcenter.safetyreports.com/en/articles/10684060-safety-observations-user-guide
- QR and route-based asset inspections [conditional]: Premium Scan supports asset lookup by tag or QR, ad-hoc and route checklists, notes, photos, tasks and inspection history. The scope applies specifically to Scan. Sources: https://www.safety-reports.com/pricing/, https://helpcenter.safetyreports.com/en/articles/10810509-safety-scan-mobile-app-guide

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: offline inspection submission
1. Prepare a sample job and verify offline eligibility for the purchased plan.
2. Record a finding while disconnected and reconnect using the documented procedure.
3. Confirm both synchronization and final submission, then inspect the report.

#### Demo exercise: investigation and role access
1. Create a sample near-miss report with an annotated photo.
2. Assign investigation follow-up and review the resulting action record.
3. Test access for a supervisor and external oversight role using non-sensitive sample data.

#### Demo exercise: inspection finding to accountable closure
1. Submit a negative inspection item and confirm it receives a unique tracking record.
2. Assign a responsible party and inspect notifications using non-sensitive test data.
3. Move it through Open, In Progress and Closed, then verify the original inspection retains the finding and updates.

#### Demo exercise: QR asset route
1. Create test assets, assign QR or tag identifiers and place them on a scheduled route.
2. Scan each asset, complete its checklist and attach a sample note or photo.
3. Confirm route completion, task visibility and retained inspection history for each asset.

### Product presentations

- [Inspections module admin dashboard](https://www.safety-reports.com/safety-inspections/): Official vendor image of the Inspections admin dashboard; figures look illustrative.

### Questions and answers

#### Does SafetyReports work offline?
Inspection and JSA documentation describes offline use with different procedures. Confirm plan eligibility and preparation for each module; a mobile app alone is not proof of offline support.

#### Is SafetyReports free?
A free Inspection account permits two selected checklists and two inspections per month, with 50 checklist items per inspection. This limited route does not establish free access to the full suite.

#### How much does the SafetyReports suite cost?
Current Pro and Premium plans require a vendor quote. A separately advertised Android Inspection subscription should not be used as the suite's starting price.

#### Does syncing an inspection also submit it?
The Inspection help guide distinguishes successful synchronization from final submission. Include both steps in the field procedure and verify receipt before considering the report delivered.

### Demo questions

- Is this a standalone Inspection subscription or the current suite?
- Which modules, API permissions and administrator roles are included?
- What remains on-device after sync, and how are failed submissions recovered?
- Which privacy, retention and access controls apply to injury information?

### Primary sources

- [Current suite pricing and add-ons](https://www.safety-reports.com/pricing/)
- [Inspection product and example reports](https://www.safety-reports.com/safety-inspections/)
- [Incident investigation](https://www.safety-reports.com/safety-incident-app/)
- [Inspection offline and submission procedure](https://helpcenter.safetyreports.com/en/articles/10673329-offline-mode-syncing-inspections-step-by-step-guide)
- [JSA offline preparation](https://helpcenter.safetyreports.com/en/articles/10275377-jsa-offline-mode)
- [Free Inspection account limits](https://helpcenter.safetyreports.com/en/articles/12292601-how-to-set-up-a-free-account-in-the-safety-reports-inspection-app)
- [Publisher Android description and standalone subscription](https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?hl=en&id=com.inetsgi.safetyreports)
- [AlignOps portfolio identity](https://helpcenter.safetyreports.com/en/articles/10513685-learn-about-all-of-alignops-high-performance-solutions)
- [Inspection web reporting and checklist export](https://helpcenter.safetyreports.com/en/articles/10673423-web-inspection-app-guide)
- [Incident corrective-action response and closure states](https://helpcenter.safetyreports.com/en/articles/10684386-corrective-actions-instructions-for-5-why-s-incident-investigations)
- [Electronic corrective-action tracking for inspection findings](https://helpcenter.safetyreports.com/en/articles/10658794-corrective-action-tracking-cat-management-electronic)
- [Training administration, records and recurring requirements](https://helpcenter.safetyreports.com/en/articles/10683032-safety-training-admin-functions)
- [Forms conditional logic, evidence, signatures and output](https://helpcenter.safetyreports.com/en/articles/16019927-get-started-with-the-forms-app)
- [Positive and negative safety-observation capture](https://helpcenter.safetyreports.com/en/articles/10684060-safety-observations-user-guide)
- [QR and route-based asset inspections](https://helpcenter.safetyreports.com/en/articles/10810509-safety-scan-mobile-app-guide)
- [AlignOps SOC 2 and SOC 3 page](https://alignops.com/soc2)

## Riskonnect

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/riskonnect
Sources checked: 2026-10-11
Riskonnect is a portfolio spanning health and safety, insurable risk, GRC and resilience. This profile focuses on Health & Safety and its potential relationship with claims; capabilities from other portfolio products are not automatically included.

Riskonnect brings safety events into a broader risk-management buying conversation. Health & Safety covers operational workflows, while Claims Management has its own handling and settlement functions. The integration and implementation documentation helps buyers define the systems, configuration and delivery responsibilities needed for a connected deployment.

Best-fit starting point: Organizations connecting safety operations with risk and insurance teams across multiple sites.

Check before buying: Specify the Health & Safety modules and claims handoff in the proposal. A portfolio-wide product list does not establish one licence or universal offline coverage.

### Pricing

Custom quote. Pricing is not publicly available as a numeric Health & Safety subscription, contact vendor. The vendor identifies project scale, complexity and customization as cost drivers. Request modules, user roles, interfaces, migration, support, currency, billing term and renewal terms. Compare Essentials, Pro Configuration and Tailored Configuration implementation scope separately. The GoLive page sets out three implementation approaches: Essentials in under 2 months at a fixed fee, Pro Configuration in 2 to 6 months at a fixed fee, and Tailored Configuration in 4 to 10 or more months on a time-and-materials basis. The Health & Safety pricing FAQ says the three implementation options sit at different price points; no amounts are published.

### When the price fits

Worth considering when safety, risk and insurance teams need a shared process. Compare the cost of the agreed deployment against maintaining separate systems, including ongoing administration. A small inspection-only team should first establish whether this scope is necessary.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-09-20 [verified]: Official Health & Safety guidance describes project-based pricing without a numeric subscription. GoLive documentation distinguishes implementation approaches. No unrestricted free trial was verified.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://riskonnect.com/health-and-safety-software/
- https://riskonnect.com/services/golive/

### Offline capabilities

The reviewed Health & Safety sources do not establish disconnected capture or sync. Do not transfer offline claims from another Riskonnect product to this deployment. Require an airplane-mode demonstration of each intended task.

Product scope: Health & Safety with separately scoped claims, RMIS, GRC, ESG or resilience requirements.

Review scope: Research based on vendor documentation, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. AI-assisted explanations may be incomplete and do not replace a demo or primary documentation. Legacy ratings and AI-generated reviews are excluded.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Demonstrate one safety event through investigation and any proposed insurance handoff.
  Sources: https://riskonnect.com/claims-management-software/
- Usability & adoption: Have frontline reporters and investigators perform separate tasks with their assigned permissions.
  Sources: https://riskonnect.com/health-and-safety-software/
- Implementation & TCO: Compare the delivery boundaries of all three implementation approaches.
  Sources: https://riskonnect.com/services/golive/
- Integrations & API: Request the exact product API and failure-handling design.
  Sources: https://riskonnect.com/services/api-integration-services/
- Security & trust: Request current deployment-specific security evidence and test sensitive-record access.
  Sources: https://riskonnect.com/riskonnect-platform-technology/
- Customer voice: No independent customer review sample is used. Seek references with comparable safety and claims scope.

### Capability scope

- Operational and enterprise risk governance [documented]: Riskonnect documents configurable registers, impact and likelihood assessments, risk appetite and tolerance alerts, owners, approval and escalation paths, mapped controls, control checks and testing, remediation evidence and audit trails. Keep this ERM and operational-risk scope separate from Health & Safety and claims subscriptions. Sources: https://riskonnect.com/solutions/operational-risk-management-software/
- Safety incident lifecycle [documented]: Intake, investigation and corrective follow-up are listed. Demonstrate ownership and closure evidence with your event categories. Sources: https://riskonnect.com/health-and-safety-software/
- High-hazard workflow scope [conditional]: Permit-to-work, contractor and chemical inventory features are listed. Confirm the purchased modules and required approval controls. The Health & Safety page also lists self-service registration and automated document checks, alongside simplified onboarding, for contractor validation; ask for a demonstration of each in the purchased modules. Sources: https://riskonnect.com/health-and-safety-software/
- Claims processing [conditional]: Claims Management covers assignment, reserves, settlement and closure. These capabilities require the appropriate claims scope, not just incident reporting. Sources: https://riskonnect.com/claims-management-software/
- External system interfaces [conditional]: API guidance separates Riskonnect, ClearSight, Active Risk, ESG and resilience interfaces. Confirm the API for the actual product and price delivery and maintenance. Sources: https://riskonnect.com/services/api-integration-services/
- Implementation configuration [documented]: GoLive documents Essentials, Pro Configuration and Tailored Configuration approaches. Agree deliverables and acceptance criteria before selecting one. The GoLive page gives under 2 months and a fixed fee for Essentials, 2 to 6 months and a fixed fee for Pro Configuration, and 4 to 10 or more months on time and materials for Tailored Configuration. Sources: https://riskonnect.com/services/golive/
- Portfolio expansion [conditional]: Riskonnect markets multiple solution families. Confirm data ownership and access across purchased products rather than assuming every module shares an entitlement. Sources: https://riskonnect.com/
- Safety analytics and regulatory reporting [documented]: The current Health & Safety page describes incident KPIs, trends, injury metrics, workplace-demographic analysis, due-date notifications, OSHA recordability and submission, and scheduled stakeholder or regulator reporting. Validate calculations, jurisdictions, permissions and submission responsibility in the proposed deployment. Sources: https://riskonnect.com/en-gb/health-and-safety-software/
- Safety risk assessment and treatment planning [conditional]: Riskonnect describes structured hazard identification, likelihood and severity evaluation, accountable mitigation plans, controls, training needs and reassessment after operational or regulatory change. Confirm whether the required safety assessment sits in Health & Safety or a separately licensed risk module. Sources: https://riskonnect.com/en-gb/health-and-safety-software/, https://riskonnect.com/health-safety-management/health-and-safety-risk-assessment/, https://riskonnect.com/solutions/risk-compliance-management-software/
- Compliance obligations and regulatory-change workflow [conditional]: The compliance solution describes centralized obligations, versioned policies, provider-fed regulatory updates, mapped controls, assessments, remediation and audit trails. This is broader GRC scope and must not be assumed from a Health & Safety licence; specify content providers, languages, modules and update responsibility. Sources: https://riskonnect.com/solutions/compliance-monitoring-software/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: incident to claims without unnecessary access
1. Enter a sample workplace event as a frontline reporter.
2. Route investigation and corrective work to designated owners.
3. Create the proposed claims handoff and reconcile common fields.
4. Check that safety users cannot access restricted financial or personal claim information.

#### Demo exercise: implementation and interface acceptance
1. Select a process that differs from the standard configuration.
2. Map the work included under the proposed GoLive approach.
3. Import a sample employee or site change through the proposed interface.
4. Simulate a failed import and verify recovery, ownership and support escalation.

#### Demo exercise: audit finding to verified CAPA and report
1. Complete a sample safety audit with one failed item, attached evidence and a defined risk level.
2. Assign corrective and preventive actions, reject inadequate completion evidence and record an effectiveness review.
3. Trace the result into the relevant KPI and regulatory output, confirming filters, permissions and submission ownership.

### Product presentations

- [Riskonnect customer interview on health and safety](https://riskonnect.com/en-gb/health-and-safety-software/): Customer interview embedded on Riskonnect's official Health & Safety page. It is vendor-selected customer material, not an independent QHSEtech test; verify that the demonstrated scope and outcomes match the proposed deployment.
- [Health & Safety manager dashboard](https://riskonnect.com/health-and-safety-software/): Official vendor image of the Riskonnect Health & Safety manager dashboard; the figures are sample data.

### Questions and answers

#### How much does Riskonnect Health & Safety cost?
The official page describes pricing by project scope and customization without a numeric subscription. Request a scoped quote with implementation and recurring charges separated.

#### Does Riskonnect work offline for safety reporting?
Offline Health & Safety operation was not established in the reviewed sources. Verify the actual mobile task, data preparation and synchronization behavior in a demo.

#### Does buying Riskonnect include claims management?
Claims Management is presented as a distinct solution with functions beyond safety intake. Ask for explicit licensing and data-flow details before treating the two as a combined purchase.

#### Can Riskonnect integrate with existing systems?
The vendor publishes product-specific APIs and integration services. Confirm the relevant API, access entitlements, data mapping and support responsibility for your implementation.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-28: Expanded the profile to Deep with official risk-assessment, treatment-planning, compliance-change and service-boundary evidence; retained separate Health & Safety, GRC, claims and implementation scope, plus the privacy-aware official customer-video embed.

### Demo questions

- Which Health & Safety modules and claims licences are included?
- Which data moves from incident intake to claims, and who can see sensitive records?
- Which implementation approach covers our configuration and interfaces?
- Which tasks work offline, and how are failed uploads resolved?

### Primary sources

- [Operational risk registers, approvals and control testing](https://riskonnect.com/solutions/operational-risk-management-software/)
- [Health and Safety product scope and commercial FAQ](https://riskonnect.com/health-and-safety-software/)
- [Claims Management scope](https://riskonnect.com/claims-management-software/)
- [API and integration options](https://riskonnect.com/services/api-integration-services/)
- [GoLive implementation approaches](https://riskonnect.com/services/golive/)
- [Platform technology](https://riskonnect.com/riskonnect-platform-technology/)
- [Portfolio boundaries](https://riskonnect.com/)
- [Current Health & Safety intake, CAPA, audit, KPI and regulatory-reporting scope : checked 28 September 2026](https://riskonnect.com/en-gb/health-and-safety-software/)
- [Risk registers, treatment plans, controls, incidents and audit effectiveness](https://riskonnect.com/solutions/risk-compliance-management-software/)
- [Compliance obligations, regulatory change and audit-ready workflows](https://riskonnect.com/solutions/compliance-monitoring-software/)
- [Customer success, GoLive, data transformation and compliance services](https://riskonnect.com/services/)
- [Health and safety risk-assessment method and evidence expectations](https://riskonnect.com/health-safety-management/health-and-safety-risk-assessment/)

## Origami Risk

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/origami-risk
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Origami Risk offers EHS, RMIS, GRC and insurance capabilities on a shared platform. Origami Mobile is the field application, not evidence that every desktop process or portfolio product works offline.

Origami Risk provides EHS workflows within a wider risk and insurance portfolio. Its mobile documentation covers offline tasks, media capture and voice input, while the audit product sheet describes scheduled checks and corrective follow-up. Buyers should specify which field tasks, integrations and additional solution areas are included in the deployment.

Best-fit starting point: Multi-site safety teams that want field reporting connected with wider risk and claims processes.

Check before buying: Quote EHS modules, mobile access and any RMIS or claims scope explicitly. Shared-code login and QR access do not by themselves establish anonymous reporting.

### Pricing

Custom quote. Pricing is not publicly available as a numeric subscription in the reviewed sources, contact vendor. Request EHS modules, mobile users, sites, RMIS or claims scope, implementation, data migration, connector charges, storage and support. The audits sheet identifies STP ComplianceEHS content as an add-on integration. Confirm currency, contract term and renewal conditions.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating when field reporting needs to feed wider risk decisions. The useful comparison is total EHS and integration scope against separate tools, including administration and content subscriptions. Validate a real disconnected inspection before valuing mobile coverage.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: Reviewed official sources offer demos without a numeric subscription. Audit documentation identifies regulatory content as an add-on. No unrestricted free trial was verified.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://info.origamirisk.com/ehs-mobile.html
- https://www.origamirisk.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/06/OrigamiRisk_SellSheet_EHS_Audits_20250610.pdf
- https://info.origamirisk.com/integrated-platform-brochure-irm.html

### Offline capabilities

Origami Mobile documentation explicitly describes working without Wi-Fi and syncing after reconnection. Confirm downloaded forms, lookup data, media limits, authentication expiry and conflict handling. Offline mobile capture does not establish that all approvals or external integrations work disconnected.

Product scope: Selected EHS workflows and Origami Mobile, with separately confirmed RMIS, GRC and insurance scope.

Review scope: Research based on vendor documentation, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. AI-assisted explanations may be incomplete and do not replace a demo or primary documentation. Legacy ratings and AI-generated reviews are excluded.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Trace an audit finding into assigned follow-up and verify the evidence export.
  Sources: https://www.origamirisk.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/06/OrigamiRisk_SellSheet_EHS_Audits_20250610.pdf
- Usability & adoption: Test photo and voice input with workers using the intended devices.
  Sources: https://info.origamirisk.com/ehs-mobile.html
- Implementation & TCO: Separate EHS delivery, additional portfolio scope and external content costs.
  Sources: https://info.origamirisk.com/integrated-platform-brochure-irm.html
- Integrations & API: Verify the required EHS records and operations in the developer interface.
  Sources: https://developers.origamirisk.com/
- Security & trust: Test shared-code permissions, inactivity logout and access to restricted records.
  Sources: https://www.origamirisk.com/platform/origami-mobile/
- Customer voice: No independently verified review sample is included. Request references using the same mobile workflows.

### Capability scope

- Enterprise risk register and control testing [documented]: Origami documents enterprise risk identification, assessment and mitigation; centralized registers; risk appetite and tolerance; KRI/KPI notifications; register approval and updates; connected controls, objectives and processes; configurable scoring, evidence collection, control testing and bow-tie modelling. Offline ERM approval is not established by these sources. Sources: https://www.origamirisk.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/OrigamiRisk_SellSheet_ERM_20260219.pdf, https://www.origamirisk.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/OrigamiRisk_SellSheet_GRC_Solution_Suite_20260903.pdf
- Offline mobile tasks [documented]: Mobile tasks can be captured disconnected and synchronized later. Exact form and attachment behavior requires acceptance testing. Sources: https://www.origamirisk.com/platform/origami-mobile/
- Voice and visual evidence [documented]: The EHS mobile page lists voice-to-text and photo annotation, and the Origami Mobile page also lists capturing and uploading video and images. Confirm device, language and network dependencies. Sources: https://info.origamirisk.com/ehs-mobile.html, https://www.origamirisk.com/platform/origami-mobile/
- Worker access [conditional]: Shared codes and user credentials are documented. Validate attribution and permissions rather than assuming anonymous access. Sources: https://info.origamirisk.com/ehs-mobile.html
- Scheduled inspections and actions [documented]: The audit sheet describes scheduling, role or location assignment and corrective action follow-up. Sources: https://www.origamirisk.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/06/OrigamiRisk_SellSheet_EHS_Audits_20250610.pdf
- Regulatory audit content [conditional]: STP ComplianceEHS content is described as an add-on integration. Confirm jurisdictions, update responsibilities and licence. Sources: https://www.origamirisk.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/06/OrigamiRisk_SellSheet_EHS_Audits_20250610.pdf
- API and connector ecosystem [conditional]: The developer portal and marketplace document integration routes. Confirm EHS endpoint coverage, entitlement and connector support. Sources: https://developers.origamirisk.com/, https://marketplace.origamirisk.com/
- Process-safety and chemical-management scope [conditional]: The current EHS suite lists JSA, lockout/tagout and permit-to-work workflows alongside chemical inventory and hazard-awareness functions. Treat these as separately scoped solution areas and demonstrate approval, isolation, inventory and access controls before relying on them. Sources: https://www.origamirisk.com/solutions/ehs/
- Environmental compliance and occupational-health scope [conditional]: Official solution material lists environmental compliance calendars, permits, assessments and regulatory-content integration, plus industrial hygiene, ergonomics and exposure reporting. Confirm the purchased modules, jurisdictions, content subscription, sampling workflows and medical-data boundaries. Sources: https://www.origamirisk.com/solutions/ehs/, https://www.origamirisk.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/10/OrigamiRisk_SolutionSheet_Integrated-Healthcare-Risk-Safety-Compliance-Solutions_08222025.pdf
- Safety meetings, JSA review and hazard communication [conditional]: A May 2021 vendor blog post describes scheduled safety meetings, topic content, JSA risk ranking with review and approval logs, electronic SDS access and LOTO procedure control on web and mobile. Confirm current module availability, content governance, acknowledgement evidence and offline behavior. Sources: https://www.origamirisk.com/resources/insights/announcing-new-health-safety-management-tools/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: offline inspection and delayed upload
1. Prepare an inspection and relevant location data while connected.
2. Disconnect the device and complete answers with a sample photo.
3. Restore connectivity and check the submitted record and duplicates.
4. Assign corrective work and verify the retained evidence and ownership.

#### Demo exercise: contractor report to restricted investigation
1. Use the proposed contractor entry method for a sample hazard.
2. Check attribution and visibility before submitting.
3. Route investigation to an authorized internal role.
4. Confirm the contractor cannot view unrelated events or claims records.

#### Demo exercise: high-hazard task authorization
1. Create a representative JSA linked to a permit and one required isolation, with named issuer and performer roles.
2. Block approval when a required control or chemical-hazard acknowledgement is missing, then record the corrected evidence.
3. Close the task, verify role separation and export the permit, isolation and change history without unrelated risk records.

### Product presentations

- [Origami Mobile form search with draft and submitted status](https://www.origamirisk.com/platform/origami-mobile/): Official vendor image of the Origami Mobile search screen; the page does not label the data as sample.
- [Corporate EHS dashboard with safety pyramid and map](https://www.origamirisk.com/solutions/ehs/): Official vendor image of an EHS dashboard (March 2024 data); the page does not label the data as sample.

### Questions and answers

#### Does Origami Risk support offline inspections?
Origami Mobile documents offline tasks and synchronization after reconnection. Confirm the exact inspection form, reference data and attachments in a disconnected demonstration.

#### Can workers report hazards using photos or voice?
Official mobile materials describe annotated photos and voice-to-text. Ask which devices and languages are supported and whether dictation needs connectivity.

#### Can contractors report without an individual account?
The vendor describes shared-code access and QR-based audit entry. These routes do not establish unrestricted anonymous reporting. Confirm identity, permission and commercial rules for contractors.

#### Is regulatory audit content included in Origami Risk?
The audit product sheet describes STP ComplianceEHS content as an add-on integration. Request the coverage, licence and update terms separately from standard checklist configuration.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-28: Expanded the profile to Deep using official evidence for process safety, environmental compliance, chemical inventory, occupational health, safety meetings and auditable JSA/LOTO controls, while preserving module and portfolio boundaries.

### Demo questions

- Which forms and reference data can workers use offline?
- Does voice input require device services or network access in our languages?
- Which identities and permissions apply to QR or shared-code reporting?
- Which regulatory content and connectors are separately charged?

### Primary sources

- [Enterprise risk management registers and approvals](https://www.origamirisk.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/OrigamiRisk_SellSheet_ERM_20260219.pdf)
- [GRC suite controls and bow-tie scope (revision of 3 Sep 2026)](https://www.origamirisk.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/OrigamiRisk_SellSheet_GRC_Solution_Suite_20260903.pdf)
- [Origami Mobile product documentation](https://www.origamirisk.com/platform/origami-mobile/)
- [EHS mobile reporting feature page](https://info.origamirisk.com/ehs-mobile.html)
- [Audits and inspections product sheet](https://www.origamirisk.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/06/OrigamiRisk_SellSheet_EHS_Audits_20250610.pdf)
- [Integrated portfolio scope](https://info.origamirisk.com/integrated-platform-brochure-irm.html)
- [Developer portal](https://developers.origamirisk.com/)
- [Official integration marketplace](https://marketplace.origamirisk.com/)
- [Current EHS suite, process-safety, chemical and occupational-health scope : checked 28 September 2026](https://www.origamirisk.com/solutions/ehs/)
- [Safety meetings, auditable JSA, LOTO and chemical-document workflows (blog post of 3 May 2021)](https://www.origamirisk.com/resources/insights/announcing-new-health-safety-management-tools/)
- [Environmental compliance, chemical inventory and occupational-health functions](https://www.origamirisk.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/10/OrigamiRisk_SolutionSheet_Integrated-Healthcare-Risk-Safety-Compliance-Solutions_08222025.pdf)
- [Integrated RMIS, EHS and GRC data boundaries : checked 28 September 2026](https://www.origamirisk.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/OrigamiRisk_SolutionSheet_Integrated-Risk-Safety-Solutions_20250627.pdf)
- [Origami Risk trust center](https://trust.origamirisk.com/)

## Onspring

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/onspring
Sources checked: 2026-10-10
Onspring is a configurable no-code governance, risk and compliance platform sold through separately selected user or product licensing and Bronze, Silver, Gold or Platinum platform levels. Incident, enterprise risk and internal audit products are relevant to QHSE governance, but the reviewed material does not establish a specialist frontline EHS suite, disconnected inspection app, permit-to-work system or chemical inventory product. Onspring AI is an optional add-on and requires its own licence.

Onspring links enterprise risk, incident handling and audit work through configurable applications. Risk registers and remediation provide governance context for QHSE teams, while internal audit supports planning, evidence and findings. Fit depends on the workflows and administration capacity of the organization, especially where dedicated field-safety functions are required.

Best-fit starting point: Risk, compliance and internal audit teams coordinating registers, evidence and remediation across business units.

Check before buying: A quote must combine the licensing model, chosen products, platform level, environments, storage, API/SMS allowances, implementation and any third-party data subscriptions. Product licensing's unlimited-use statement applies to employee users for selected products; it does not establish unlimited external-user access or access to every product. Onspring AI requires a separate licence and the pricing page limits it to Silver or higher; AI summaries and automated actions remain subject to prompt, data, permission and human-review controls. Native integrations can depend on separately purchased third-party content, and a logo or API-planning worksheet is not proof that a production connector is included. Portal access, public workflows and external collaboration require explicit permission and licensing validation. FedRAMP wording applies to Onspring GovCloud and must not be transferred automatically to the standard service. Real-time dashboards reflect the data and refresh process configured; they are not proof of safety-critical monitoring. Offline capture, mobile synchronization, inspections, permit-to-work, chemical management and other specialist EHS workflows remain unverified.

### Pricing

Custom quote. Pricing is not publicly available as a numeric subscription, contact vendor. Onspring publishes user-based, product-based and hybrid licensing. Product licensing allows unlimited employee users for selected products; this does not establish unlimited external users. Bronze, Silver, Gold and Platinum platform levels are separate from user or product licences. Request implementation, environments, API capacity, storage, third-party subscriptions, currency and renewal terms.

### When the price fits

Worth considering when governance, risk and audit coordination are the main problem. Compare platform, application and administration costs together. For field-safety requirements, require direct evidence of task coverage before assigning value to the wider GRC suite.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-02 [verified]: The pricing page publishes licensing structure without numeric rates. User and product licences are separate from platform levels, and third-party data subscriptions may be required. A demo is not evidence of a free trial.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://onspring.com/platform/pricing/

### Offline capabilities

The reviewed Onspring sources do not establish offline form capture or synchronization. Treat disconnected field work as unverified and demonstrate the intended workflow before including it in a shortlist requirement match.

Product scope: Configurable enterprise GRC platform covering incident, risk and internal-audit workflows, analytics, surveys, messaging, portals and integrations; specialist operational EHS and offline field workflows require separate proof.

Review scope: Research based on vendor documentation, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. AI-assisted explanations may be incomplete and do not replace a demo or primary documentation. Legacy ratings and AI-generated reviews are excluded.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Demonstrate the relationship between incident, risk and remedial action.
  Sources: https://onspring.com/products/incident-management/
- Usability & adoption: Ask a process owner and auditor to complete their tasks without administrator assistance.
  Sources: https://onspring.com/products/internal-audit/
- Implementation & TCO: Compare licences and platform tier together, including external users and environments.
  Sources: https://onspring.com/platform/pricing/
- Integrations & API: Use the API planning process to establish data ownership and maintenance costs.
  Sources: https://onspring.com/platform/integrations/
- Security & trust: Request current assurance documents for the purchased deployment and test access boundaries.
  Sources: https://onspring.com/platform/analytics/security/
- Customer voice: No independent review sample is included. Seek references with comparable configuration and administrative staffing.

### Capability scope

- Incident intake, routing and escalation [documented]: The incident product documents customizable intake, severity or impact-based workflow, notifications, escalation and response playbooks. Buyers must configure fields, thresholds, ownership and response rules for their own governance model. Sources: https://onspring.com/products/incident-management/
- Root-cause and corrective-action tracking [documented]: Onspring documents root-cause analysis, resolution steps, closure verification and incident trend reporting. This is a configurable enterprise incident workflow, not proof of a prebuilt regulatory safety-investigation method. Sources: https://onspring.com/products/incident-management/
- Risk register and mitigation management [documented]: The risk product documents centralized and hierarchical registers, assessments, causes and interdependencies, mitigation measures, controls, barriers, acceptance, KRIs and overdue-action notifications. Scoring and approvals must be configured to the buyer's method. Sources: https://onspring.com/products/risk-management/
- Internal-audit planning and workpapers [documented]: The audit product documents audit-universe planning, resource and budget tracking, workpapers, multi-level sign-off, findings and report issuance. Validate methodology, templates and retained change history with a sample audit. Sources: https://onspring.com/products/internal-audit/
- Audit evidence and external collaboration [conditional]: Onspring documents surveys, evidence requests and secure external-auditor portal access. Confirm Portal/product entitlement, external-user licensing, upload controls and record-level permissions. Sources: https://onspring.com/products/internal-audit/, https://onspring.com/platform/portal/
- No-code data model and task automation [documented]: The platform documents data references, formulas, tasks, shared lists and multi-record creation. No-code reduces coding dependency but still requires design ownership, change control, testing and administrator capacity. Sources: https://onspring.com/platform/overview/
- Rules-based workflows and approvals [documented]: Visual workflows can route internal or external assessments, tasks, notifications and approvals using conditions. Public versus private visibility and email, SMS or Slack actions must be tested against least-privilege requirements. Sources: https://onspring.com/platform/dynamic-workflows/
- Surveys and attestations [documented]: The platform overview documents scheduled or ad hoc assessments, attestations and compliance questionnaires. Confirm participant licensing, authentication, reminders, evidence requirements and reopening rules. Sources: https://onspring.com/platform/overview/
- Dashboards, reports and document exports [documented]: Onspring documents role-oriented dashboards, live drill-down reports and Word or PDF output. 'Real-time' depends on the configured data inputs and does not establish safety-critical monitoring or an immutable regulatory report. Sources: https://onspring.com/platform/overview/, https://onspring.com/platform/analytics/real-time-reporting/
- Automated messages, alerts and scheduled reports [conditional]: Business rules can trigger notifications and scheduled reports; the workflow and overview pages name email, SMS and Slack channels. SMS allowances vary by platform level and channel delivery, escalation and failure handling require validation. Sources: https://onspring.com/platform/messages-alerts/, https://onspring.com/platform/pricing/, https://onspring.com/platform/dynamic-workflows/, https://onspring.com/platform/overview/
- Integrations and API [conditional]: Onspring lists native integrations and provides API-planning material. Some data connectors require third-party subscriptions; confirm API allowance, authentication, supported direction, error handling and maintenance for each interface. Sources: https://onspring.com/platform/integrations/, https://onspring.com/platform/pricing/
- Data consolidation and relationships [documented]: The platform documents importing data, relating records to workflows, reports or people, and aggregating them into dashboards. Source ownership, matching, refresh, duplicate and reconciliation controls remain implementation responsibilities. Sources: https://onspring.com/platform/analytics/data-consolidation/
- Onspring AI [conditional]: Onspring AI can summarize documents, populate fields, detect duplicates and take rules-driven actions. It is optional, requires a separate AI licence and Silver or higher according to pricing; people remain responsible for critical decisions and output review. Sources: https://onspring.com/platform/artificial-intelligence-ai/, https://onspring.com/platform/pricing/
- Specialist frontline EHS and offline field coverage [unverified]: The reviewed GRC and incident pages do not establish disconnected mobile synchronization, field inspection packs, permit-to-work, chemical inventory, industrial hygiene or occupational-health workflows. Require task-specific evidence rather than inferring coverage from configurability.

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: incident linked to risk treatment
1. Submit an operational incident through a restricted intake form with impact, evidence and owner.
2. Trigger severity-based routing, notifications and an overdue escalation.
3. Complete root-cause analysis and link corrective actions to the relevant risk, control and treatment plan.
4. Verify closure approval, retained communications, dashboard updates and exportable audit history.

#### Demo exercise: audit evidence and external access
1. Plan a sample audit, assign resources, budget and workpapers, and apply multi-level sign-off.
2. Send one evidence request to a process owner and one to an external auditor through the proposed access method.
3. Test that each participant can see only the intended audit, documents and workflow actions.
4. Convert an exception to a finding and remediation action, then issue and export the final report.

#### Demo exercise: no-code change governance
1. Clone a representative incident or audit workflow into the proposed non-production environment.
2. Add a field, conditional approval, notification and dashboard metric without developer code.
3. Run positive, negative, permission and regression cases with representative roles.
4. Promote the approved configuration and show version, owner, approval and rollback evidence.

#### Demo exercise: integration and reconciliation
1. Import a controlled source dataset containing a duplicate, invalid value and deleted upstream record.
2. Show matching, rejection, retry, update and deletion behavior plus the responsible integration owner.
3. Relate accepted records to risks, incidents or audits and reconcile source versus Onspring totals.
4. Review API usage, logs, alerts and the process for a failed or delayed feed.

### Product presentations

- [Incident prioritization and resolution notes](https://onspring.com/products/incident-management/): Official vendor image of an Onspring incident record on a tablet; it shows sample, mostly empty data.
- [Internal audit performance summary](https://onspring.com/products/internal-audit/): Official vendor image of an Onspring audit performance dashboard on a tablet; values look like sample data.

### Questions and answers

#### Is Onspring a dedicated EHS inspection platform?
The reviewed official material positions Onspring as a configurable GRC platform with incident, risk and audit products. Do not infer offline inspections, permits, chemical management or occupational-health functionality without a task-specific demonstration and scoped configuration.

#### How is Onspring licensed?
Onspring publishes user, product and hybrid licensing, selected separately from Bronze, Silver, Gold or Platinum platform levels. Numeric prices require a quote, and the final scope should include products, participant types, environments, storage, API/SMS allowances and support.

#### Does product licensing provide unlimited users?
The pricing page says product licensing allows unlimited employee users for the selected products. Do not extend that statement to external users, every Onspring product or every portal scenario without written confirmation.

#### Is implementation included?
The pricing page says implementation is included depending on the licensing model. Require a statement of work defining configuration, migration, integrations, training, acceptance criteria and post-launch administration.

#### Is Onspring AI included?
No assumption should be made. Onspring describes AI as an optional add-on requiring a licence, and its pricing page says it is available with Silver or higher. Define permitted use cases, human review and audit requirements before enabling it.

#### Are all listed integrations included?
Not necessarily. Onspring lists integrations and API planning, while pricing notes third-party subscriptions may be required for vendor-risk data connectors. Confirm each production interface, commercial dependency and support owner.

#### Can external auditors or suppliers collaborate in Onspring?
The audit and Portal pages describe external collaboration, evidence submission and restricted workflow access. Confirm Portal/product entitlement, external-user licensing, authentication and record-level permissions in the proposed design.

#### Does Onspring support offline inspections?
Disconnected capture, local storage and conflict-aware synchronization were not established in the reviewed sources. Require a live offline-to-online demonstration before treating it as supported.

#### Does FedRAMP apply to every Onspring deployment?
No. The security page associates FedRAMP certification with Onspring GovCloud. Obtain assurance documents for the exact service and hosting option being purchased.

#### Can Onspring connect audit findings with risk management?
The platform and product pages document related records, audit findings, controls, risks and remediation. Demonstrate the cross-product linkage, permissions and reporting using the exact licensed products before agreeing scope.

### Demo questions

- Which named Onspring products, user groups and employee or external participant types are included in the quote?
- Why is user, product or hybrid licensing the best fit, and which access scenarios would incur additional licences?
- Which Bronze, Silver, Gold or Platinum allowances do we need for storage, API calls, environments, SMS, firewall changes, training and support?
- Which implementation work is included under the chosen licensing model, and who owns future no-code administration and regression testing?
- Which integrations are native and included, which require third-party subscriptions, and which need API development and ongoing maintenance?
- Does external-auditor or supplier access require Portal or another entitlement, and how are least-privilege and record-level permissions enforced?
- Show an incident moving through severity-based routing, root-cause analysis, corrective action, verification and closure with a complete audit trail.
- Show a finding linked to its audit, evidence, control, risk and remediation plan without duplicating records.
- Which AI functions are proposed, what licence and platform level enable them, and how are prompts, source data, outputs, approvals and audit history governed?
- Which security and assurance claims apply to our purchased deployment, and are any cited controls specific to GovCloud?
- Can the intended inspection or incident task operate without connectivity, and what conflict-resolution evidence supports that claim?
- Which specialist EHS requirements need custom configuration or another product, including inspections, permits, chemicals, occupational health and environmental compliance?

### Primary sources

- [Commercial licensing and platform tiers](https://onspring.com/platform/pricing/)
- [Enterprise incident workflows](https://onspring.com/products/incident-management/)
- [Risk assessment and register](https://onspring.com/products/risk-management/)
- [Internal audit workflow](https://onspring.com/products/internal-audit/)
- [Integrations and API planning](https://onspring.com/platform/integrations/)
- [Security and data protection](https://onspring.com/platform/analytics/security/)
- [No-code platform feature overview](https://onspring.com/platform/overview/)
- [Rules-based dynamic workflows](https://onspring.com/platform/dynamic-workflows/)
- [Portal and external collaboration](https://onspring.com/platform/portal/)
- [Optional Onspring AI scope and governance](https://onspring.com/platform/artificial-intelligence-ai/)
- [Real-time reporting and exports](https://onspring.com/platform/analytics/real-time-reporting/)
- [Automated messages, alerts and reports](https://onspring.com/platform/messages-alerts/)
- [Data import, relationships and consolidation](https://onspring.com/platform/analytics/data-consolidation/)

## Samsara

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/samsara
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Samsara sells connected-operations hardware and cloud software: vehicle telematics, AI dash cams, site video, equipment trackers and the Samsara Wearable. Its safety offer is fleet-first, sold as Safety Premier and Safety Enterprise packages with separately named add-ons. It is not a general EHS management suite.

Samsara's safety products centre on vehicles and field crews: AI dash cams with in-cab coaching, Driver App inspection and incident forms, a wearable SOS and fall-detection device, and AI video for fixed sites. All run on Samsara hardware and are priced through sales.

Best-fit starting point: Fleet-based operations such as transport, construction, utilities and field service that want driver safety, digital inspections and lone-worker SOS on the same platform as telematics.

Check before buying: Safety features depend on Samsara hardware and packages bought per vehicle or asset, with no published prices.

### Pricing

Quote only. No amounts are published. The plans page lists Safety Premier and Safety Enterprise behind Get pricing buttons, and the pricing page and former free-trial address open a sales form. Ask for hardware, installation, software per vehicle or user, add-ons, connectivity, term and renewal as separate lines.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating where the main safety exposure is driving and dispersed field crews, especially if telematics is already needed: dash-cam coaching, digital inspections and SOS alerts sit in one system. The reviewed pages describe no risk register, permit or chemical module; a full EHS programme needs another platform.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: The plans page names the safety packages and add-ons without amounts. The pricing page is a sales qualification form, and the free-trial address redirects to it.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.samsara.com/resources/plans
- https://www.samsara.com/pricing

### Driver App queues work offline; forms need a test

The help centre says the Driver App keeps working without internet: messages, documents, DVIRs and duty-status changes are stored and sent on reconnection, with no live updates meanwhile. Signing out or force-closing while it shows Working offline can lose queued work, and screens needing fresh data do not work. Forms are not named; test one offline.

Product scope: Safety Premier: AI event detection, in-cab alerts, safety inbox and Driver App. Safety Enterprise adds more risk detections, weather alerts, coaching, training and worker safety. Connected Training and Incident Center are listed separately. Equipment Management tracks location, utilisation and fault codes.

Review scope: Vendor-documentation research, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. AI-assisted explanations may be incomplete and do not replace a demo or primary documentation. Legacy ratings are excluded. Desk research dated 25 September 2026 against Samsara's plans, product and worker-safety pages, two help centre articles and the Forms API documentation. Identity recheck on 25 September 2026 against the product navigation, safety, plans, camera, Site Visibility, equipment and Wearable pages.

Trial status: request-only. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Package boundary: Map each safety need to Safety Premier, Safety Enterprise or an add-on before comparing quotes.
  Sources: https://www.samsara.com/resources/plans
- Record integrity: Check how an edited form's earlier answers are preserved, given that dashboard edits overwrite previous versions.
  Sources: https://kb.samsara.com/hc/en-us/articles/18423476632589-Complete-a-Digital-Form
- Low-coverage behaviour: Brief drivers on the offline banners and test sign-out with queued work on your own routes.
  Sources: https://kb.samsara.com/hc/en-us/articles/360044700152-Internet-Connectivity-States-and-Best-Practices
- Lone-worker coverage: Map where lone workers are relative to Samsara network devices, since the wearable's specification lists only 2.4 GHz advertisements picked up by nearby devices, with its own GPS added during an SOS.
  Sources: https://www.samsara.com/products/models/samsara-wearable
- Data integration: Confirm the Forms API covers exporting submissions to your EHS or document system.
  Sources: https://developers.samsara.com/docs/forms

### Capability scope

- AI dash cam detection and in-cab coaching [documented]: Dash cams detect drowsiness, distraction, mobile use, tailgating, forward-collision and lane-departure risk and alert the driver in the cab. Safety Enterprise lists 30+ detections on the plans page; the safety page says 45+. Up to 746 hours of configurable storage. Sources: https://www.samsara.com/products/cameras, https://www.samsara.com/resources/plans, https://www.samsara.com/solutions/safety
- Digital safety and inspection forms [documented]: Connected Workflows covers site audits, incident and near-miss reports and equipment inspections. In the Driver App a form can be assigned or started, saved as a draft, filled with photo-based AI autofill, signed, sent to a named approver, and used to raise issues against an asset. Sources: https://www.samsara.com/products/platform/connected-forms, https://kb.samsara.com/hc/en-us/articles/18423476632589-Complete-a-Digital-Form
- Driver App offline queue [conditional]: Actions queue on the phone and upload later; the gateway keeps recording ELD data. Signing out with work pending can lose it. Sources: https://kb.samsara.com/hc/en-us/articles/360044700152-Internet-Connectivity-States-and-Best-Practices
- Lone-worker SOS and fall detection [conditional]: The Samsara Wearable has one-click SOS and fall detection; nearby Samsara network devices pick up its 2.4 GHz signal for approximate location, and an SOS adds GPS, audio and nearby vehicles. The Driver App also offers SOS and check-ins. Sources: https://www.samsara.com/products/models/samsara-wearable, https://www.samsara.com/products/workforce-management/site-worker-safety
- Site video with AI alerts [documented]: Site Visibility adds AI detections and real-time alerts, such as a person entering a restricted zone, to existing IP cameras through a Site Gateway, and records at least 30 days of footage. Sources: https://www.samsara.com/products/cameras/site-visibility
- Incident Center and Connected Training [conditional]: Incident Center combines video, telematics and reports to review and resolve safety events; Connected Training delivers mobile courses, including courses generated from policy documents. Both are listed as separate products on the plans page. Sources: https://www.samsara.com/resources/plans
- Forms API [documented]: List and retrieve form submissions, create submissions, assign forms to a driver or route, pre-populate fields and list templates; approval-based forms are supported. Sources: https://developers.samsara.com/docs/forms
- Form edit history [conditional]: Drafts exist only in the Driver App. Editing a submitted form in the dashboard means setting it back to In Progress, and saving overwrites all previous versions of the form, according to the help article. Sources: https://kb.samsara.com/hc/en-us/articles/18423476632589-Complete-a-Digital-Form
- US HOS and ELD compliance workflows [conditional]: For applicable US fleets, Samsara documents an FMCSA-registered ELD with Driver App countdowns and alerts, GPS-based rulesets, log review and certification, a Compliance Dashboard and roadside Inspection Mode. Confirm jurisdiction, ruleset, Vehicle Gateway hardware and licence coverage; this is not universal EHS compliance. Sources: https://www.samsara.com/products/telematics/eld-compliance
- Connected maintenance from DVIR defects and diagnostics [conditional]: Connected Maintenance combines DVIR defects, vehicle fault codes and scheduled maintenance into work-order suggestions, usage-based preventive schedules, repair history and asset status. DVIR records support driver, mechanic or agent and next-driver sign-off. Confirm licence, asset support and approval controls. Sources: https://www.samsara.com/products/telematics/fleet-maintenance, https://kb.samsara.com/hc/en-us/articles/115000771767-Driver-Vehicle-Inspection-Reports-DVIRs, https://kb.samsara.com/hc/en-us/articles/12017949275405-View-or-Complete-a-DVIR

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: offline inspection with approver sign-off
1. Assign a vehicle inspection form to a driver, then put the phone in airplane mode.
2. Complete the form with photos and an issue, add an approver, and submit.
3. Reconnect, wait for Saving your changes to clear, and show the submission, the issue and the approver's task in the dashboard.

#### Proposed demo: lone-worker fall to incident review
1. Trigger a fall alert on a Samsara Wearable near a vehicle running the Driver App and let it escalate to SOS.
2. Show the manager alert with location and nearby vehicles.
3. Open the event in Incident Center, attach the report and show how it is closed.

#### Proposed demo: failed DVIR to repaired and driver-verified vehicle
1. Complete a pre-trip DVIR in the Driver App, add a defect photo and comment, and mark the vehicle unsafe.
2. Use the defect to populate a maintenance work order and show it beside fault codes and scheduled service.
3. Complete the repair, record the mechanic or agent resolution and inspect maintenance history and asset status.
4. Have the next driver review the prior defect, certify its resolution and confirm the vehicle is safe before use.

### Product presentations

- [Unified fleet maintenance platform](https://www.samsara.com/resources/videos): Official Samsara product video covering the fleet-maintenance workflow. Verify current packages, DVIR behavior and supported assets in the proposed tenant.
- [Site Visibility sites view](https://www.samsara.com/products/cameras/site-visibility): Official Samsara image of the Site Visibility sites screen; marketing sample content.

### Questions and answers

#### Can workers use Samsara safety features without vehicles?
The Driver App and the Samsara Wearable can be used by field workers, but the wearable's routine location comes from nearby Samsara network devices that detect its signal (with its own GPS added during an SOS).

#### Can a submitted form be corrected?
Yes, in the dashboard, by changing its status back to In Progress. The help article says saving the edit overwrites all previous versions, so ask how the original answers are retained if you need an audit trail.

#### Is there a free trial?
No self-serve trial is offered on the site; the old free-trial address redirects to the pricing form. Interactive demos are available on the demos page.

#### Does Samsara replace an EHS management system?
The reviewed pages cover driver safety, digital forms including site audits, incidents, training, site video and worker SOS. They do not describe a risk register, permit-to-work or chemical module.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-25: Replaced the mechanically assembled profile with a re-research of Samsara's current plans, product and help pages: added the Safety Premier and Enterprise package boundary, the Driver App offline queue and sign-out risk, dashboard form edits overwriting earlier versions, and the wearable's reliance on nearby Samsara network devices.
- 2026-09-25: Identity recheck: added Site Visibility, equipment tracking, the 30+ versus 45+ detection counts and site audits; withdrew the audit and environmental-module gaps.
- 2026-09-28: Added US HOS and ELD scope, DVIR-to-maintenance closure, a next-driver verification exercise and an official click-to-load maintenance video, with jurisdiction, hardware and licence boundaries.

### Demo questions

- Submit one of our inspection forms with photos in the Driver App while offline, reconnect, and show when the manager sees it and what happens if the driver signs out first.
- Edit a submitted form in the dashboard and show what record of the original answers remains.
- Which of our needs are in Safety Premier, which need Safety Enterprise, and which are add-ons such as Incident Center and Connected Training?
- For a lone worker away from vehicles and colleagues, which nearby Samsara devices must detect the Wearable for an SOS to reach a manager?
- Quote gateways, cameras, wearables, installation, software per vehicle or user and add-ons separately, with term and renewal.

### Primary sources

- [Packages and add-ons](https://www.samsara.com/resources/plans)
- [Pricing request form](https://www.samsara.com/pricing)
- [AI dash cams](https://www.samsara.com/products/cameras)
- [Connected Workflows](https://www.samsara.com/products/platform/connected-forms)
- [Complete a digital form](https://kb.samsara.com/hc/en-us/articles/18423476632589-Complete-a-Digital-Form)
- [Driver App connectivity states](https://kb.samsara.com/hc/en-us/articles/360044700152-Internet-Connectivity-States-and-Best-Practices)
- [Forms API](https://developers.samsara.com/docs/forms)
- [Samsara Wearable](https://www.samsara.com/products/models/samsara-wearable)
- [Samsara Wearable and worker safety](https://www.samsara.com/products/workforce-management/site-worker-safety)
- [Safety platform expansion, September 2025](https://www.samsara.com/company/news/press-releases/safety-platform-expansion)
- [Interactive product demos](https://www.samsara.com/resources/demos/fleet-solutions)
- [Safety and risk overview](https://www.samsara.com/solutions/safety)
- [Site Visibility](https://www.samsara.com/products/cameras/site-visibility)
- [Equipment management](https://www.samsara.com/products/equipment-tracking)
- [US ELD and HOS compliance workflows — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.samsara.com/products/telematics/eld-compliance)
- [Connected fleet maintenance and work-order suggestions — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.samsara.com/products/telematics/fleet-maintenance)
- [Driver vehicle inspection reports and signed defect resolution — checked 28 September 2026](https://kb.samsara.com/hc/en-us/articles/115000771767-Driver-Vehicle-Inspection-Reports-DVIRs)
- [Review and completion of open DVIR defects — checked 28 September 2026](https://kb.samsara.com/hc/en-us/articles/12017949275405-View-or-Complete-a-DVIR)
- [Official product video library — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.samsara.com/resources/videos)
- [Samsara security page](https://www.samsara.com/legal/security)

## SaferMe

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/saferme
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
SaferMe Limited sells the SaferMe Safety Suite: configurable safety report forms, a risk register, QR-code site sign-in and inductions, and training records, used through a web app and mobile apps. Two app generations exist: SaferMe Live and the installable web app for online reporting, and the older SaferMe apps for offline reporting. Its earlier virus-management and contact-tracing products are separate scope.

SaferMe lets workers submit hazard, incident and inspection reports from phones or QR codes, routes each report through configurable states to an assignee, and tracks site attendance, inductions and training competency. Pricing is published per user and per form, with a free plan for two users and two forms.

Best-fit starting point: Organisations with dispersed sites that need simple hazard and incident reporting plus QR-code sign-in and inductions for contractors.

Check before buying: Offline reporting is only in the older SaferMe apps; the current SaferMe Live and web app need a connection, and the Android offline app lacks the Sites and Risk Register features. Every user needs a unique email address.

### Pricing

Free plan; Professional per user and per form; Enterprise quote. The pricing page shows Free at $0 per month for up to 2 users and 2 forms; Professional at $8 per user plus $4 per form per month for 3 or more users or forms; and Enterprise at a custom price. No currency is named. Professional adds public reporting and email support, with a free trial of unstated length; Enterprise adds SSO and API access. Billing help shows monthly or yearly renewal and QR codes as a support-enabled add-on.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating for small and mid-sized organisations that want contractors, visitors and staff to report hazards and sign into sites from a phone or QR code at a published price. The per-form charge rewards a small, stable set of forms. Teams working mostly without coverage should confirm the older offline app covers their forms, since the current app does not yet work offline.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: Plan amounts and features come from the pricing page; renewal terms and the QR add-on from billing help.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.safer.me/pricing/
- https://help.safer.me/hc/en-gb/articles/5076206585503-SaferMe-Billing-How-do-I-change-my-subscription-plan

### Offline reporting only in the older SaferMe apps

The help centre splits two app generations. SaferMe Live (Android) and the installable iOS web app are for online reporting; offline reporting for them is still being built. The older SaferMe apps work without internet, but the Android offline app lacks Sites and the Risk Register.

Product scope: Safety Suite: drag-and-drop report forms with configurable states, private and public (QR) reporting, corrective actions and tasks, risk register with matrix, site sign-in and inductions, training modules with competency levels, and API V4 on Enterprise.

Review scope: Vendor-documentation research, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. AI-assisted explanations may be incomplete and do not replace a demo or primary documentation. Legacy ratings are excluded. Desk research dated 25 September 2026 against SaferMe's pricing and feature pages, nine help centre articles and the API V4 documentation.

Trial status: verified-free. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- App generation for your sites: Decide per site whether crews need the offline app, and list the features they give up on Android.
  Sources: https://help.safer.me/hc/en-gb/articles/5080701876767-SaferMe-How-do-I-install-the-SaferMe-app-on-Android
- Per-form cost: Count the forms you will keep live, since Professional charges per form as well as per user.
  Sources: https://www.safer.me/pricing/
- User identity: Plan how workers without email will log in and how aliases affect user counts and offboarding.
  Sources: https://help.safer.me/hc/en-gb/articles/5291862829855-SaferMe-Members-How-do-I-invite-a-worker-who-does-not-have-an-email-address
- Sensitive report visibility: Configure restricted states for incident forms and check who is alerted at each state.
  Sources: https://help.safer.me/hc/en-gb/articles/5066053738399-SaferMe-Forms-How-do-I-customise-form-statuses-workflows
- Billing terms: Confirm the currency, monthly versus yearly renewal and QR add-on terms before comparing with other vendors.
  Sources: https://help.safer.me/hc/en-gb/articles/5076206585503-SaferMe-Billing-How-do-I-change-my-subscription-plan, https://www.safer.me/pricing/

### Capability scope

- Configurable report forms and states [documented]: Drag-and-drop forms with any number of states, each with alerts, optional auto-transition, visibility limited to admins and assignees, auto-assignment and a due time. Sources: https://help.safer.me/hc/en-gb/articles/5066053738399-SaferMe-Forms-How-do-I-customise-form-statuses-workflows, https://www.safer.me/features/
- QR-code reporting without an account [documented]: Employees, contractors and visitors can open a form by scanning a QR code and submit it in a browser without a SaferMe account; QR codes on vehicles and plant support pre-start checks. Public reporting is a Professional and Enterprise feature. Sources: https://www.safer.me/features/qr-code-safety-inductions/, https://www.safer.me/pricing/
- Site sign-in and inductions [documented]: Workers scan a site QR code and receive a sign-in link by phone number. Site managers can sign people in and out on their behalf and mark workers as inducted in bulk. Sources: https://www.safer.me/features/site-sign-in/, https://help.safer.me/hc/en-gb/articles/5115671322783-SaferMe-Sites-How-do-I-manage-sign-in-records-as-the-Site-Manager
- Risk register hazards in reports [conditional]: A form field imports hazards from the Risks page and lets the report adjust likelihood, consequence and controls without changing the register; not offline on Android. Sources: https://help.safer.me/hc/en-gb/articles/5323694481439-SaferMe-Forms-How-do-I-add-hazards-from-the-Risks-page-into-reports
- Offline reporting by app version [conditional]: Only the older apps report offline; the Android offline app has no Sites or Risk Register. Sources: https://help.safer.me/hc/en-gb/articles/5080701876767-SaferMe-How-do-I-install-the-SaferMe-app-on-Android, https://help.safer.me/hc/en-gb/articles/5420268148127-SaferMe-How-do-I-install-the-SaferMe-app-on-iOS
- Training records and competency [documented]: Managers and admins create training modules, assign training to workers and define up to eight competency levels. Training management is included in every plan, including Free. Sources: https://help.safer.me/hc/en-gb/articles/5091806970143-SaferMe-Training-How-do-I-set-up-competency-levels, https://www.safer.me/pricing/
- API V4 [conditional]: Token-authenticated REST API with endpoints for reports, report states, forms, file attachments, risk assessments, sites, site visits, tasks and users. API access is listed only on the Enterprise plan. Sources: https://saferme.github.io/saferme-api-docs/, https://www.safer.me/pricing/
- Report-linked corrective tasks [documented]: Users can create multiple tasks against a report, assign each task to a worker and notify the assignee. The task appears in the assignee's Actions area and in the manager or admin dashboard, and task details are included in report PDF downloads. The article does not document due dates, escalation rules or approval gates, so confirm those in a demo. Sources: https://help.safer.me/hc/en-gb/articles/5080621378719-SaferMe-Reports-How-do-I-create-a-task
- Risk-register administration and review dates [documented]: An organisation has one risk register with no documented hazard-count limit. Hazard records include risk and harm, controls, initial and residual ratings, and a next-review date; overdue reviews are flagged, and the register can be exported as a PDF. Confirm whether separate registers or business-unit partitioning are available. Sources: https://help.safer.me/hc/en-gb/articles/5066241320223-SaferMe-Risks-How-do-I-add-hazards-risks-to-the-Risks-page
- Manager action dashboard [documented]: Admins and managers receive an action-oriented overview of incomplete tasks, new and unresolved reports for up to three selected forms, expiring training records and hazards due for review. This is documented as an operational dashboard, not a general analytics or BI module; manager visibility follows form permissions. Sources: https://help.safer.me/hc/en-gb/articles/4866721638431-SaferMe-Dashboard-What-is-displayed-on-the-Dashboard-page

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: contractor near miss to resolved task
1. A contractor without an account scans a site QR code, signs in and submits a near-miss form.
2. The report enters a restricted state, is auto-assigned to the site supervisor with a due time, and triggers an alert.
3. The supervisor adds a task, resolves the report, and the manager downloads it with its state history.

#### Proposed demo: offline inspection on the older app
1. Install the offline SaferMe app on Android and iOS and load the crew's inspection form.
2. Complete an inspection with photos in airplane mode, then reconnect.
3. Compare what synced with the same report from SaferMe Live, including any risk-register fields.

#### Proposed demo: risk review to field report and audit evidence
1. Create a hazard with controls, initial and residual ratings, and a near-term review date, then show how an overdue review is flagged on the dashboard.
2. Embed that hazard in a field report and change its likelihood, consequence or controls for the job; verify that report-only changes do not alter the master register.
3. Create and assign a corrective task from the report, complete it, then export the report and risk register to show what audit evidence is retained.

### Product presentations

- [SaferMe web app manager dashboard](https://help.safer.me/hc/en-gb/articles/4866721638431-SaferMe-Dashboard-What-is-displayed-on-the-Dashboard-page): Official SaferMe help-centre image of the Dashboard page; the article does not label the data as sample.
- [SaferMe risk register list](https://help.safer.me/hc/en-gb/articles/5066241320223-SaferMe-Risks-How-do-I-add-hazards-risks-to-the-Risks-page): Official SaferMe help-centre image of a completed Risk Register page; the article does not label the data as sample.

### Questions and answers

#### Which SaferMe app works offline?
The older SaferMe apps on Google Play and the App Store handle offline reporting. SaferMe Live on Android and the installable web app on iOS are the up-to-date versions but need a connection; SaferMe says offline reporting for them is being built.

#### Can we add workers who have no email address?
Every account needs a unique email. SaferMe's workaround is Gmail plus-addressing (name+1@gmail.com), which only works with Gmail or Google Workspace addresses, and each alias counts as a separate user.

#### Who can see submitted incident reports?
By default only form admins see all completed reports and workers see their own. A state can be set so only form admins and the assignee can view reports in it, which suits incident and near-miss forms.

#### Are QR codes included?
QR-code forms work without accounts, but the billing help says QR codes are enabled through the plan settings and supplied by SaferMe support. Ask whether QR codes or the 90 cm sign-in boards carry a charge.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-25: Replaced the mechanically assembled profile: the pricing page now shows a free plan and Professional per-user and per-form amounts; added the online and offline app split, report states, QR sign-in and the unique-email rule.

### Demo questions

- Which app should our crews install for sites without coverage, and which features do they lose compared with SaferMe Live?
- Configure an incident form whose reports are visible only to admins and the assignee, auto-assign it to the reporter's supervisor with a 48-hour due time, and show the escalation.
- Sign a contractor in by QR code without an account, mark them inducted, and show the record the site manager sees.
- How do we add workers who have no email address, and how does each alias count towards per-user billing?
- What currency are the published prices in, and how are forms counted when a form is retired or replaced?

### Primary sources

- [Plans and pricing](https://www.safer.me/pricing/)
- [Safety Suite features](https://www.safer.me/features/)
- [QR-code reports and inductions](https://www.safer.me/features/qr-code-safety-inductions/)
- [Site sign-in](https://www.safer.me/features/site-sign-in/)
- [Android apps: online and offline versions](https://help.safer.me/hc/en-gb/articles/5080701876767-SaferMe-How-do-I-install-the-SaferMe-app-on-Android)
- [iOS apps: online and offline versions](https://help.safer.me/hc/en-gb/articles/5420268148127-SaferMe-How-do-I-install-the-SaferMe-app-on-iOS)
- [Report states and workflow](https://help.safer.me/hc/en-gb/articles/5066053738399-SaferMe-Forms-How-do-I-customise-form-statuses-workflows)
- [Risk register hazards in reports](https://help.safer.me/hc/en-gb/articles/5323694481439-SaferMe-Forms-How-do-I-add-hazards-from-the-Risks-page-into-reports)
- [Site sign-in records](https://help.safer.me/hc/en-gb/articles/5115671322783-SaferMe-Sites-How-do-I-manage-sign-in-records-as-the-Site-Manager)
- [Training competency levels](https://help.safer.me/hc/en-gb/articles/5091806970143-SaferMe-Training-How-do-I-set-up-competency-levels)
- [Billing plans and add-ons](https://help.safer.me/hc/en-gb/articles/5076206585503-SaferMe-Billing-How-do-I-change-my-subscription-plan)
- [Users without an email address](https://help.safer.me/hc/en-gb/articles/5291862829855-SaferMe-Members-How-do-I-invite-a-worker-who-does-not-have-an-email-address)
- [API V4 documentation](https://saferme.github.io/saferme-api-docs/)
- [Report-linked corrective tasks — checked 28 September 2026](https://help.safer.me/hc/en-gb/articles/5080621378719-SaferMe-Reports-How-do-I-create-a-task)
- [Risk-register hazard records and PDF export — checked 28 September 2026](https://help.safer.me/hc/en-gb/articles/5066241320223-SaferMe-Risks-How-do-I-add-hazards-risks-to-the-Risks-page)
- [Manager action dashboard — checked 28 September 2026](https://help.safer.me/hc/en-gb/articles/4866721638431-SaferMe-Dashboard-What-is-displayed-on-the-Dashboard-page)

## Array (BuildArray)

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/buildarray
Sources checked: 2026-10-11
Array is a general mobile forms and workflow platform, now at array.so (buildarray.com redirects; the footer reads Array Group Inc.). Its terms name the contracting party as Launch Cloud LLC (dba Array), a Delaware company, so confirm the entity on your order form. It runs on web, iOS and Android with safety templates, but it is not a dedicated EHS management system.

Array turns paper checklists and incident reports into mobile forms that can be completed offline and sent automatically on reconnection, with conditional logic, signatures, photos, video and GPS. Tasks, workflows and files come with the Pro plan; API and webhooks with Enterprise.

Best-fit starting point: Teams of up to 10 users digitising their own inspection checklists and incident forms, including offline field capture, without a specialist EHS system; larger teams need an Enterprise quote.

Check before buying: Safety content comes from templates and your own form design; there is no built-in investigation, risk register or CAPA module. Published plans cap users at 4 (Essential) and 10 (Pro), and queued offline forms lose media deleted before sync.

### Pricing

Per user, billed annually (Essential, Pro); Enterprise quote. The pricing page states there is no free plan and offers a 30-day free trial. It lists Essential at $30 per user/month, billed annually, for up to 4 users (500 submissions, 100 public, 1 GB), and Pro at $40 per user/month, billed annually, for up to 10 users (unlimited submissions, 100 public per user, 50 GB, workflows, tasks, files, MFA and SOC 2). Enterprise is quoted and adds API, webhooks and Buck Ai. The terms set automatic renewal, 12-month enterprise terms with 3 months' notice, non-refundable fees and a 14-day data download window after termination.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating for small teams that know which checklists and incident forms they need and want them offline on phones at a published per-user price. The 30-day trial makes a pilot cheap, but there is no free plan and published plans stop at 10 users. Teams needing investigations, risk registers or corrective actions out of the box should compare dedicated EHS tools, or budget for Pro to get tasks and workflows.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-09-25 [verified]: Amounts, user caps, limits, the 30-day trial and the absence of a free plan come from the array.so pricing page; renewal and exit terms from the terms. The legacy buildarray.com/pricing page, which still shows a free plan, was not used.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.array.so/pricing
- https://www.array.so/terms

### Offline forms and automatic sync documented; media must stay on device

Array's app pages and help say responses are stored on the device without a connection and sent automatically when it returns; a Status page shows queued forms and storage. Forms must be downloaded first, and changed forms need a sync. On Android, a photo or video deleted before a queued form syncs is dropped from it.

Product scope: Forms with logic, functions, signatures and media; Docs (generated documents); Reports; Tasks; Workflows; Files; Workstation; public, embedded and QR-code forms; Bluetooth thermometer integration; integrations such as Google Drive and Procore; API, webhooks and Buck Ai on Enterprise; SMS and WhatsApp sending and extra public submissions as add-ons.

Review scope: Vendor-documentation research, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. AI-assisted explanations may be incomplete and do not replace a demo or primary documentation. Legacy ratings are excluded. Desk research dated 25 September 2026 against Array's current array.so pricing, mobile app, health and safety and terms pages, the legacy buildarray.com offline, safety, hardware and security pages, and three help centre articles.

Trial status: verified-free. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Team size and submission volume: Count field users against the 4-user Essential and 10-user Pro caps, and monthly inspections and public reports against the submission limits, before choosing a plan.
  Sources: https://www.array.so/pricing
- Offline media handling: Train crews not to clear photos until the queue is empty, and test a large video upload after reconnection.
  Sources: https://docs.buildarray.com/en/articles/12326550-android-app
- Form version control: Check how devices pick up form changes and whether older drafts stay valid.
  Sources: https://docs.buildarray.com/en/articles/12323703-ios-app
- Integration tier: If submissions must reach an EHS or ERP system automatically, price Enterprise for API and webhooks.
  Sources: https://www.array.so/pricing
- Contract exit: Note automatic renewal, the 3-month notice on enterprise packages, non-refundable fees and the 14-day data download window in the terms.
  Sources: https://www.array.so/terms

### Capability scope

- Offline capture with automatic upload [documented]: Downloaded forms work offline; responses queue and upload on reconnection, with a Status page. Media deleted on Android before sync is dropped. Sources: https://www.array.so/array-mobile-app, https://www.buildarray.com/offline-forms, https://docs.buildarray.com/en/articles/12326550-android-app, https://docs.buildarray.com/en/articles/12323703-ios-app
- Form logic, media and location [documented]: Conditional logic, calculations, signatures, annotated photos, 60-second video, GPS and ready-made safety templates. Sources: https://www.array.so/health-and-safety, https://www.buildarray.com/offline-forms, https://www.buildarray.com/use-cases/workplace-safety
- Plan limits on users, submissions and storage [conditional]: Essential: 4 users, 500 submissions, 100 public, 1 GB. Pro: 10 users, unlimited submissions, 100 public per user, 50 GB. Enterprise is quoted. Sources: https://www.array.so/pricing
- Tasks, workflows and task reports [conditional]: Workflow builder, tasks and files from Pro. Task reports show pending, completed, missed and delegated tasks by user and team, with CSV or PDF export. Sources: https://www.array.so/pricing, https://docs.buildarray.com/en/articles/12434244-task-reports
- Bluetooth thermometer logging [conditional]: Stated support for Emerson multi-function thermometers and the Testo 104-IR BT; others can be connected. Readings fill forms and are stored until upload. Sources: https://www.buildarray.com/bluetooth-thermometer
- Sharing, permissions and MFA [documented]: Public links, embedded forms and QR codes; per-form access levels; encryption and CAPTCHA. 'Array MFA Security & SOC 2' is listed on Pro. Sources: https://www.buildarray.com/features/sharing-security, https://www.array.so/pricing
- API and webhooks [conditional]: An OAuth API and webhooks are described; the pricing page lists them only under Enterprise. Sources: https://www.array.so/pricing, https://www.buildarray.com/features/sharing-security
- Document builder and email/PDF automation [documented]: The Essential plan card lists Document builder and Email and document PDF Automation. Confirm the required template layout, delivery recipients and generated-file retention during the trial. Sources: https://www.array.so/pricing
- Automated safety reports, alerts and live dashboards [conditional]: Array's health-and-safety page says a submission can generate detailed reports and notifications, while live dashboards track completion rates, incident trends and compliance status. The page does not state the plan or configuration required, so demonstrate these functions in the quoted tier. Sources: https://www.array.so/health-and-safety
- SMS and WhatsApp message sending add-on [conditional]: The pricing page lists triggered SMS or WhatsApp sending as an add-on activated on request. Confirm supported countries, sender identity, recipient consent, delivery evidence, message limits and usage charges. Sources: https://www.array.so/pricing

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: offline site inspection to assigned task
1. Sync an inspection form to a phone, go offline and complete it with photos, a signature and GPS.
2. Reconnect and check the Status page until the queue clears, then confirm the media arrived.
3. Let a failed item create a task for a supervisor on the Pro plan and follow it in task reports.

#### Proposed demo: public incident report by QR code
1. Post a QR code for an incident form that visitors can submit without an account.
2. Use conditional logic to ask follow-up questions for injuries and alert a manager by email.
3. Export the submissions and generated documents for the incident file.

#### Proposed demo: multi-site inspection dashboard and paid-channel escalation
1. Submit the same inspection from several sites with a mixture of completed, overdue, safe and threshold-breaching responses.
2. Confirm that the live dashboard shows completion rates, incident trends and compliance status, then drill from each aggregate figure to the underlying submissions.
3. Trigger the activated SMS or WhatsApp add-on only for the threshold-breaching response, verify that the safe response sends nothing, and record recipients, delivery evidence and any usage charge.

### Product presentations

- [App status page with queued submissions](https://docs.buildarray.com/en/articles/12326550-android-app): Official vendor help-centre screenshot of the Array Android app Status page showing queued submissions, device storage and connection; sample values.
- [Incident report form template](https://www.array.so/health-and-safety): Official vendor preview of an Array incident form template with date, description, location and signature fields; blank sample form.

### Questions and answers

#### Does Array work without a connection?
Yes for forms already on the device: responses are stored locally and sent automatically when the connection returns. Getting new or changed forms requires a connection and a sync.

#### Is there a free plan?
No. The pricing page states that Array does not offer a free plan and offers a 30-day free trial. The terms allow one free trial, with features at Array's discretion; afterwards a package must be purchased to keep access.

#### Can we get our data out if we leave?
The terms give a 14-day grace period after termination, on written notice, to download uploaded data; later requests may be refused.

#### Is Array an EHS system?
It is a general forms and workflow platform with safety templates and use cases. Investigation, risk register and CAPA processes would have to be built from forms, tasks and workflows.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-25: Replaced the mechanically assembled profile. buildarray.com now redirects to array.so, whose pricing page has no free plan and caps Essential and Pro at 4 and 10 users; the legacy page showing a free plan is no longer cited. Added plan limits, tier boundaries, the offline media caveat, thermometer models and exit terms.

### Demo questions

- Change one of our inspection forms, then show how a device that was offline receives the new version and what happens to drafts on the old version.
- Complete a form offline with photos and video, delete one photo from the gallery before sync, and show what the submission contains.
- Build an incident form whose logic escalates serious answers to a manager task, and show it on the Pro plan rather than an Enterprise trial.
- Log a temperature from our Bluetooth thermometer model in a food-safety check; is it one of the supported models or a custom connection?
- We have more than 10 field users: what does Enterprise cost, and how are the public-submission limits handled when we exceed them?

### Primary sources

- [Plans, user caps, limits and trial](https://www.array.so/pricing)
- [Mobile forms app (offline)](https://www.array.so/array-mobile-app)
- [Health and safety use case](https://www.array.so/health-and-safety)
- [Offline forms (legacy site)](https://www.buildarray.com/offline-forms)
- [Android app help](https://docs.buildarray.com/en/articles/12326550-android-app)
- [iOS app help](https://docs.buildarray.com/en/articles/12323703-ios-app)
- [Workplace safety use case (legacy site)](https://www.buildarray.com/use-cases/workplace-safety)
- [Bluetooth thermometer integration (legacy site)](https://www.buildarray.com/bluetooth-thermometer)
- [Sharing, permissions and security (legacy site)](https://www.buildarray.com/features/sharing-security)
- [Task reports](https://docs.buildarray.com/en/articles/12434244-task-reports)
- [Terms of service](https://www.array.so/terms)
- [Contact and demo](https://www.array.so/contact)

## Raken

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/raken
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Raken is construction field-management software with a web app for office users and iOS and Android apps for crews. Its help centre names two plans, Basic and Performance. Safety & QC is a section inside each project that holds checklists, toolbox talks, observations, incidents and insights dashboards.

Raken is built around the field daily report: crews log notes, photos, weather, work logs and time from the mobile app, and office users review, approve and report on the web. Its safety tools live inside each project, so a checklist or incident belongs to the same project record as the daily report. Evaluate it as a contractor field app with safety records rather than as a stand-alone enterprise EHS system.

Best-fit starting point: US general and specialty contractors who want jobsite safety records captured in the same mobile app crews already use for daily reports and time.

Check before buying: Raken's own help articles state the plan boundary differently: the Safety & QC overview says every Safety & QC feature needs Performance, while the checklist article allows library templates on Basic and the toolbox-talk article lists all plans. Get the included features in writing.

### Pricing

Per-user subscription (Basic and Performance plans). The pricing page, read on 14 October 2026, lists Basic at $23 per user ($69 total per month) and Performance at $59 per user ($177 total per month), minimum 3 users, in USD billed annually; help directs buyers to sales or the in-app Subscription screen. Of the two plans, Basic and Performance, Performance adds Segments, Production Tracking, RFIs and more, and is required for project-management integrations and OSHA ITA submission. The Time Clock is a paid add-on on all plans. A free trial of unstated length is offered.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating for contractors who already run, or want to run, a mobile daily report, because the safety tools extend that project record instead of adding a separate EHS system. Less suited to buyers who need enterprise EHS workflows beyond project records or injury reporting outside OSHA ITA.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: The pricing page lists per-user amounts for Basic and Performance; the Purchasing Raken article shows no amount; plan features come from the help centre.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.rakenapp.com/pricing
- https://help.rakenapp.com/en/articles/14447812-purchasing-raken

### Mobile offline for cached projects; web app online only

The mobile app works offline for cached projects (the five most recent by default, or chosen ones): daily reports, time cards, checklists, toolbox talks, observations and incidents sync on reconnection. The web app, the Time Clock and OSHA ITA submission need a connection. Help's Refresh cache clears stored offline data, so confirm what happens to unsynced entries.

Product scope: Daily reports, time tracking, production tracking, documents and RFIs, plus the Safety & QC section and OSHA ITA submission. Performance is required for the Procore, Autodesk Forma and InEight integrations and for OSHA ITA submission; the Time Clock is a paid add-on on all plans.

Review scope: Vendor-documentation research, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. AI-assisted explanations may be incomplete and do not replace a demo or primary documentation. Legacy ratings are excluded. Desk research dated 25 September 2026 against Raken's pricing page, help centre articles (updated 21 August 2026) and security page.

Trial status: verified-free. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Plan boundary for safety tools: Reconcile the Safety & QC overview with the checklist and toolbox-talk articles and write the agreed feature list into the order form.
  Sources: https://help.rakenapp.com/en/articles/14491645-raken-safety-quality-control-overview, https://help.rakenapp.com/en/articles/14491675-how-to-complete-checklists-in-the-raken-mobile-app
- Offline cache and recovery: Choose the cached projects before site work and test recovery from a failed sync without clearing unsent entries.
  Sources: https://help.rakenapp.com/en/articles/14447797-working-with-raken-offline
- Record integrity: Check that signed checklists stay locked, incident edits keep their history and exports carry signatures and timestamps.
  Sources: https://help.rakenapp.com/en/articles/14491675-how-to-complete-checklists-in-the-raken-mobile-app, https://help.rakenapp.com/en/articles/14491660-how-to-report-and-track-incidents-in-raken
- OSHA ITA reporting: Confirm establishment mapping, the annual employee and hours inputs and the correction route before relying on the integration.
  Sources: https://help.rakenapp.com/en/articles/14491669-how-to-integrate-osha-ita-with-raken
- Hosting and access: Review US-only AWS hosting, shared-link settings and the login-only scope of SSO against your data policy.
  Sources: https://www.rakenapp.com/system-security, https://help.rakenapp.com/en/articles/14447795-using-single-sign-on-sso-with-raken

### Capability scope

- Daily field reports [documented]: Crews log notes, photos, weather, work logs and survey responses on mobile; signed daily reports are distributed to stakeholders and stored. Sources: https://help.rakenapp.com/en/articles/14447782-what-is-raken
- Safety checklists [conditional]: Templates, scheduling, photos per item and a PDF on completion; Sign & Complete locks it. Help articles disagree on whether Basic includes library templates or all checklists need Performance. Sources: https://help.rakenapp.com/en/articles/14491675-how-to-complete-checklists-in-the-raken-mobile-app, https://help.rakenapp.com/en/articles/14491645-raken-safety-quality-control-overview
- Toolbox talks [conditional]: Topic library or custom topics, attendance and per-attendee signatures on one device or each worker's own, with attendance and compliance reports. The toolbox-talk article lists all plans; the overview lists Performance. Sources: https://help.rakenapp.com/en/articles/14491785-how-to-complete-a-toolbox-talk-in-raken, https://help.rakenapp.com/en/articles/14491645-raken-safety-quality-control-overview
- Observations with assigned follow-up [conditional]: Performance plan. Positive or negative type, priority, location, assignee, due date and photos; status moves Open, In Progress, Resolved, Closed, and assignees are notified by email. Sources: https://help.rakenapp.com/en/articles/14491658-how-to-create-and-manage-observations-in-raken
- Incidents and OSHA ITA submission [conditional]: Performance plan. Incident types include near miss, first aid and recordable injury, with contributing factors, corrective actions and timestamped edit history. OSHA 300 data is submitted to the ITA from the web app by an Account Administrator, one establishment per connection. Sources: https://help.rakenapp.com/en/articles/14491660-how-to-report-and-track-incidents-in-raken, https://help.rakenapp.com/en/articles/14491669-how-to-integrate-osha-ita-with-raken
- Offline mobile capture [documented]: Offline daily reports, time cards, checklists, talks, observations and incidents for cached projects, on all plans. Sources: https://help.rakenapp.com/en/articles/14447797-working-with-raken-offline, https://www.rakenapp.com/blog/using-raken-offline, https://help.rakenapp.com/en/articles/14491660-how-to-report-and-track-incidents-in-raken
- Project management integrations [conditional]: Procore and Autodesk Forma receive daily reports, photos, checklists and toolbox talks; InEight receives reports and attachments. Requires Performance, an active third-party account and an Account Administrator. Sources: https://help.rakenapp.com/en/articles/14513933-project-management-integrations-overview
- Single sign-on [conditional]: OpenID and SAML providers after an account review by Raken support; SSO covers login only and roles stay in Raken. Eligibility is confirmed with the account manager. Sources: https://help.rakenapp.com/en/articles/14447795-using-single-sign-on-sso-with-raken
- Production tracking by cost code [conditional]: Production Tracking combines cost codes, materials, equipment, worked hours, quantities and budget comparisons. Confirm the purchased tools and reconcile exported totals against the accounting or project-control system that remains authoritative. Sources: https://help.rakenapp.com/en/articles/14492603-getting-started-with-production-tracking-in-raken
- Crew time cards and optional geofencing [conditional]: Performance supports individual or crew time cards split by cost code; the Time Clock add-on adds location rules that can flag or prevent off-site clock-ins and export violations. Supervisor-entered cards do not carry punch GPS evidence. Sources: https://help.rakenapp.com/en/articles/14113290-how-to-create-time-cards-in-raken, https://help.rakenapp.com/en/articles/14148932-raken-time-clock-geolocation-verification-and-reporting

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: offline incident to an OSHA-ready record
1. Cache a project, disconnect a phone and record a near miss and a recordable injury with photos.
2. Reconnect and check both records, their attachments and their edit history on the web.
3. Enter the establishment's submission settings and open the ITA submission review without sending, then correct one record and show how it would be resubmitted.

#### Proposed demo: scheduled checklist through observation closure
1. An administrator schedules a checklist from a custom template and assigns it to a crew member.
2. The crew member completes it offline, signs it and logs a separate observation for a failed item with an assignee and due date.
3. The assignee resolves the observation, a supervisor closes it, and the observation report is exported.

#### Proposed demo: signed report reaching Procore
1. An Account Administrator links a Raken project to a Procore or Autodesk project.
2. A foreman signs a daily report and completes a toolbox talk with attendee signatures.
3. Confirm each record arrives once in the connected Documents area and that an unsigned report is not sent.

### Product presentations

- [Daily-report dashboard](https://www.rakenapp.com/features/daily-reports): Official Raken visual showing the Reports view for a sample project; the displayed data is illustrative and the current interface may vary by plan or release.
- [Mobile daily-report preview](https://www.rakenapp.com/features/daily-reports): Official Raken mobile-report visual showing project photos, weather, work logs and notes; sample data are illustrative.
- [PPE review checklist](https://www.rakenapp.com/features/daily-reports): Official Raken safety visual showing a PPE checklist with yes, no and not-applicable responses plus observation evidence.

### Questions and answers

#### Are Raken's safety tools available on Basic?
The Safety & QC overview says no: checklists, toolbox talks, observations, incidents, insights and forms require Performance. The checklist article allows Raken library templates on Basic and the toolbox-talk article lists all plans, so confirm the boundary for your contract.

#### Can crews complete safety records without signal?
Yes, for cached projects: help documents offline checklists, toolbox talks, observations and incidents on mobile, syncing on reconnection. Only the five most recently active projects are cached unless users choose others.

#### Can a signed checklist be corrected?
Not on mobile: Sign & Complete locks the checklist, and help directs users to an administrator for errors in a submitted checklist. Drafts saved with Save as draft stay editable.

#### Does Raken submit injury data to OSHA?
Its OSHA ITA integration sends OSHA 300 log data for recordable cases from Raken incident records, using an ITA API token. It runs in the web app, needs Performance and an Account Administrator, and links one establishment per connection.

#### Where is Raken data hosted?
The system security page states AWS data centres in the US, with encryption at rest and in transit. The ISO 27001, PCI and SOC references on that page describe AWS's environment, not a Raken certification.

#### Does Raken support single sign-on?
Yes, with OpenID and SAML providers after an account review by support. SSO handles authentication only; roles stay in Raken, and an administrator can give individual employees an SSO bypass.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-25: Replaced the mechanically assembled profile with a re-research of Raken's current help centre: offline scope now covers checklists, toolbox talks, observations and incidents; added OSHA ITA submission, SSO and hosting; recorded that the help articles state the Basic plan boundary differently.
- 2026-09-28: Added current Production Tracking and time-card boundaries, including the separate Time Clock geofencing add-on and the absence of GPS on supervisor-entered cards; the profile now reaches the directory's deep-evidence threshold.

### Demo questions

- Put in writing which of checklists, toolbox talks, observations, incidents and custom templates our quoted plan includes, since your help articles state the Basic boundary differently.
- Complete a checklist and an incident on a phone with the project cached and no signal, then show the synced records, photos and signatures on the web.
- Show what Refresh cache does to entries that have not yet synced, and how a supervisor confirms nothing was lost.
- Walk through the OSHA ITA submission review screen for our establishment, and show how a corrected incident is resubmitted.
- Link a project to Procore or Autodesk and show a signed daily report, a checklist and a toolbox talk arriving once in Documents.

### Primary sources

- [Pricing and sales contact](https://www.rakenapp.com/pricing)
- [What is Raken: plans, platforms and offline scope](https://help.rakenapp.com/en/articles/14447782-what-is-raken)
- [Purchasing Raken: plans and add-ons](https://help.rakenapp.com/en/articles/14447812-purchasing-raken)
- [Safety & Quality Control overview and plan requirements](https://help.rakenapp.com/en/articles/14491645-raken-safety-quality-control-overview)
- [Completing checklists in the mobile app](https://help.rakenapp.com/en/articles/14491675-how-to-complete-checklists-in-the-raken-mobile-app)
- [Completing a toolbox talk](https://help.rakenapp.com/en/articles/14491785-how-to-complete-a-toolbox-talk-in-raken)
- [Creating and managing observations](https://help.rakenapp.com/en/articles/14491658-how-to-create-and-manage-observations-in-raken)
- [Reporting and tracking incidents](https://help.rakenapp.com/en/articles/14491660-how-to-report-and-track-incidents-in-raken)
- [OSHA ITA integration](https://help.rakenapp.com/en/articles/14491669-how-to-integrate-osha-ita-with-raken)
- [Working with Raken offline](https://help.rakenapp.com/en/articles/14447797-working-with-raken-offline)
- [Offline mode blog post (July 2024)](https://www.rakenapp.com/blog/using-raken-offline)
- [Project management integrations](https://help.rakenapp.com/en/articles/14513933-project-management-integrations-overview)
- [Single sign-on](https://help.rakenapp.com/en/articles/14447795-using-single-sign-on-sso-with-raken)
- [System security and hosting](https://www.rakenapp.com/system-security)
- [Daily reports product workflow — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.rakenapp.com/features/daily-reports)
- [Production tracking, cost codes, materials and equipment — checked 28 September 2026](https://help.rakenapp.com/en/articles/14492603-getting-started-with-production-tracking-in-raken)
- [Time cards for crews, cost codes and equipment — checked 28 September 2026](https://help.rakenapp.com/en/articles/14113290-how-to-create-time-cards-in-raken)
- [Time-clock geofencing, violations and plan boundary — checked 28 September 2026](https://help.rakenapp.com/en/articles/14148932-raken-time-clock-geolocation-verification-and-reporting)

## Intenseye

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/intenseye
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Intenseye combines camera analysis with safety software and Sentinel hardware. Prevent, Connect and EHS Suite have different commercial scopes.

Intenseye analyzes facility video to flag configured safety events for review and follow-up. Its portfolio combines detection, analytics and action management with optional enterprise workflows. Assess a representative camera view before extending deployment across a factory or warehouse.

Best-fit starting point: Industrial teams with recurring visual hazards and resources to investigate detected events.

Check before buying: Computer-vision detections, pSIF scores, AI explanations and coaching suggestions are decision support and can miss or misclassify events because of camera angle, lighting, occlusion, scene changes and rule configuration. Do not treat alerts, speakers, PLC commands or the marketed hard-stop response time as a certified safety function or substitute for guards, interlocks, lockout/tagout, procedures and competent supervision. Validate privacy, worker consultation, retention and legal basis, and measure false positives and false negatives against an approved site-specific reference set.

### Pricing

Custom quote; annual subscription per connected camera. On 2 October 2026 the pricing page shows no amount. Prevent is one annual subscription per connected camera covering the full safety detection library, with Chief, Insights and Actions included; Connect and EHS Suite are optional modules at an annual flat fee; Sentinel hardware (Hub Mini, Hub Pro and cameras) is scoped separately and can be bought as opex, capex or both. The pricing FAQ says there are no per-incident or per-use-case fees and that economics improve with term and scale. Request hardware, installation, camera count, modules, renewals and support in one proposal.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating when video review can reveal recurring hazards that your team has capacity to address. Compare the complete deployment cost with a measured pilot baseline; projected avoided incidents are not guaranteed savings.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: Official commercial pages reviewed. No numeric subscription or unrestricted free trial established; request a scoped proposal and clarify any paid pilot.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.intenseye.com/pricing

### Offline capabilities

On-site processing is documented, but full disconnected operation of dashboards, notifications and mobile workflows was not established. Specify which functions must survive WAN loss and demonstrate recovery.

Product scope: Intenseye combines camera-based hazard detection with separately scoped Actions, Insights, Visual Analytics, Chief, Connect, Ergonomics, EHS Suite and Sentinel hardware. Connect can route events to enterprise and operational systems, while certain configurations can trigger speakers, visual signals or machine interventions. Each software module, camera, edge device, integration, EHS workflow and intervention path must be itemized and validated for the site.

Review scope: Vendor-documentation research, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. AI-assisted explanations may be incomplete and do not replace primary documentation, a demo or site-specific evaluation. Legacy ratings are excluded.

Trial status: request-only. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth (25%): Evaluate the detection library against specific hazards, then trace each selected event into follow-up.
  Sources: https://www.intenseye.com/
- Usability & adoption (20%): Ask supervisors to triage an event and document an intervention without vendor assistance.
  Sources: https://www.intenseye.com/products/software-ehs-suite
- Implementation & TCO (15%): Cost the camera plan, edge hardware and optional modules together.
  Sources: https://www.intenseye.com/pricing
- Integrations & API (15%): Confirm event fields, writeback, access limits and failure recovery for the intended connection.
  Sources: https://www.intenseye.com/products/software-connect
- Security & trust (15%): Inspect masking, retention and permissions in the proposed configuration rather than relying on badges.
  Sources: https://www.intenseye.com/privacy
- Customer voice (10%): No independent customer-review score is asserted. Request reference calls for comparable camera layouts and operating conditions.
  Sources: https://www.intenseye.com/

### Capability scope

- Configured visual detection [documented]: Product materials cover PPE, vehicle interactions and restricted areas; accuracy must be evaluated on the intended scene. Sources: https://www.intenseye.com/
- Ergonomic screening [documented]: Video-based REBA and RULA analysis supports identifying tasks for professional assessment, not a medical diagnosis. Sources: https://www.intenseye.com/products/software-ergonomics
- Privacy controls [conditional]: Face and body masking and retention settings are described. These controls do not prove that all processing is anonymous or eliminate personal-data obligations. Sources: https://www.intenseye.com/privacy
- Enterprise API and routing [conditional]: Connect describes REST APIs, webhooks, identity providers and EHS links. Confirm licensed endpoints and implementation ownership. Sources: https://www.intenseye.com/products/software-connect
- Incident and inspection workflows [documented]: The separately scoped EHS Suite documents incident and near-miss templates, evidence capture, audit tracking, 5 Whys and fishbone RCA, assigned corrective actions and a verified-closure state. The page does not establish that a different person must perform verification. Sources: https://www.intenseye.com/products/software-ehs-suite
- Disconnected operation [unverified]: Edge deployment alone does not establish the availability of every workflow during an outage.
- Existing-camera compatibility and on-site edge processing [conditional]: Intenseye states compatibility with about 90% of IP cameras across more than 200 brands and describes Sentinel Hub processing on-site without a cloud video round trip. Compatibility percentages do not guarantee a camera passes the site survey; validate resolution, frame rate, field of view, network, retention and edge capacity for every scene. Sources: https://www.intenseye.com/ai-safety-monitoring-software
- Corrective actions, routing and coaching [conditional]: Actions can turn detections into tasks with a clip, owner, due date, routing and update history, and can support coaching content and camera-based verification. Confirm the module, reviewer roles, escalation, reopening, independent effectiveness checks and whether camera verification is appropriate for each corrective action. Sources: https://www.intenseye.com/products/software-actions
- Spatial heatmaps and movement pathways [conditional]: Visual Analytics documents anonymized density heatmaps and movement pathways filtered by event, use case and object. Counts and tracks are AI estimates; validate overlap handling, camera changes, blind spots, retention and before/after comparability before using them for layout or operational decisions. Sources: https://www.intenseye.com/products/software-visual-analytics
- Chief AI analysis and reporting [conditional]: Chief is presented as an EHS-trained AI assistant using Intenseye safety data and uploaded reports to answer questions, produce cited charts, draft reports and coaching plans and schedule summaries. Confirm entitlement, model providers, prompt and upload retention, permissions, citations, hallucination controls, human review and whether customer data is used beyond the customer's instance. Sources: https://www.intenseye.com/products/software-chief
- REST API and structured-data export [conditional]: Official API documentation provides an HTTPS v2 API using API-key authentication, while Connect advertises REST, webhooks and feeds to EHS, BI, identity and collaboration systems. Confirm licensed endpoints, scopes, rate limits, key rotation, pagination, delivery guarantees, replay and operational monitoring. Sources: https://docs.intenseye.com/docs/v2_overview/index.html, https://www.intenseye.com/products/software-connect
- Point-of-risk warnings and OT intervention [conditional]: Intenseye describes speakers, visual signals and PLC or OT commands that can warn workers or stop machinery after a detection. This is not evidence of a safety-rated control system. Require a site hazard analysis, deterministic latency and failure testing, fail-safe design, proof testing, bypass management and independent safeguards before any safety-critical use. Sources: https://www.intenseye.com/solutions/safety, https://www.intenseye.com/products/software-connect
- Data-processing and security commitments [conditional]: The DPA describes technical and organizational measures and references SOC 2 Type II, while privacy materials describe customer-controlled processing, masking and retention. Request the executed DPA, current assurance report, subprocessors, transfer mechanism, breach terms and deployment-specific data-flow diagram; masking does not eliminate personal-data obligations. Sources: https://static.intenseye.com/data-processing-addendum-september-2025.pdf, https://www.intenseye.com/privacy

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: review a controlled detection sample
1. Use approved sample footage with known events and non-events.
2. Configure a zone and compare alerts with the reference labels.
3. Assign an action and review the history and export.

#### Proposed demo: deployment and privacy boundaries
1. Show data flow from a test camera through the edge device to the dashboard.
2. Compare viewer and administrator access to clips and retention controls.
3. Interrupt WAN connectivity in a safe test environment and inspect backlog recovery.

#### Proposed demo: governed detection to verified corrective action
1. Run approved footage containing true events, safe lookalikes and deliberately missed or occluded examples through the proposed camera and rule configuration.
2. Have a reviewer confirm or reject alerts, record the reason and calculate precision and recall separately for the selected hazard and scene.
3. Route one confirmed event into Actions or the proposed EHS integration, assign an owner and due date, and simulate a failed downstream handoff and retry.
4. Complete the correction, require a separate reviewer to verify effectiveness, and export the clip, label, task history, rule version, integration log and final decision.

### Product presentations

- [Site dashboard with alert and daily compliance](https://www.intenseye.com/products/software-connect): Official vendor image of an Intenseye TV display with a detection alert and daily compliance chart.

### Questions and answers

#### How is Intenseye priced?
The published metric is annual pricing per camera, with optional modules and hardware. Request a quote for the actual coverage plan; no numeric subscription was verified.

#### Does Intenseye replace our EHS system?
Connect is designed to route information into existing systems. EHS Suite adds workflows, but its scope should be compared with your current incident, audit and inspection requirements.

#### Does face blurring mean no personal data is processed?
No. The published controls include masking and retention policies, but the full deployment still needs a data-flow and access review. Ask what is retained, exported and visible to each role.

#### Can Intenseye assess ergonomics from video?
The ergonomics product describes REBA and RULA analysis. Validate representative tasks with an ergonomics specialist, including occlusion and camera-angle limitations.

#### Can Intenseye guarantee that every unsafe event will be detected?
No. Computer vision depends on visibility, scene conditions, configuration and model performance. Establish site-specific precision and recall with known events and repeat testing after camera, rule or model changes.

#### Can an Intenseye alert or hard-stop integration replace machine guarding or a safety-rated control?
No such replacement is established. Treat it as an additional layer unless a qualified safety assessment proves otherwise, and retain independent guards, interlocks, procedures and fail-safe controls.

#### Are Chief's reports and pSIF judgments final safety decisions?
No. They are AI-assisted outputs that require source review, competent human judgment and documented approval. Test citations, edge cases, overrides and access boundaries with representative data.

#### Does face blurring remove all privacy and worker-monitoring obligations?
No. Video frames, clips, timestamps, locations and event metadata can still concern identifiable workers or employment monitoring. Review legal basis, consultation, transparency, access, retention, transfers and deletion for the actual deployment.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-26: Re-checked the pricing page on 26 September 2026: per-camera subscription and flat-fee modules, no amount shown.

### Demo questions

- Which cameras, fields of view, edge devices, detections and modules are included after the site survey?
- Using an approved reference set, what are precision, recall, false positives and missed events by hazard, camera, shift and operating condition?
- How are rule changes, camera movement, lighting, occlusion and model updates detected, approved and revalidated?
- Show an alert from detection through human review, coaching or corrective action, independent verification and retained closure history.
- Which Chief or other AI outputs cite source events, expose assumptions and scores, retain prompts or overrides and require human approval?
- For OT or hard-stop integrations, provide the safety architecture, hazard analysis, fail-safe state, latency distribution, proof testing and ownership of every component.
- Which raw footage, clips, embeddings, structured events and identities leave the site, who can access them and how are retention and deletion enforced?
- What continues during camera, edge, WAN, cloud, API or downstream-system failure, and how are backlogs and duplicates reconciled?
- Which Connect APIs, webhooks, OData feeds, identity providers and named connectors are licensed, and who operates them?
- Can we export events, clips, labels, actions, rule configuration, audit history and integration logs in usable formats at contract end?

### Primary sources

- [Official subscription and module scope](https://www.intenseye.com/pricing)
- [Current product overview](https://www.intenseye.com/)
- [Privacy and retention controls](https://www.intenseye.com/privacy)
- [Enterprise connections](https://www.intenseye.com/products/software-connect)
- [Separate EHS Suite](https://www.intenseye.com/products/software-ehs-suite)
- [Ergonomics product](https://www.intenseye.com/products/software-ergonomics)
- [AI safety monitoring architecture and camera compatibility](https://www.intenseye.com/ai-safety-monitoring-software)
- [Corrective actions, routing and coaching workflows](https://www.intenseye.com/products/software-actions)
- [Chief AI safety assistant and agent scope](https://www.intenseye.com/products/software-chief)
- [Visual Analytics heatmaps and movement pathways](https://www.intenseye.com/products/software-visual-analytics)
- [Official REST API overview and authentication](https://docs.intenseye.com/docs/v2_overview/index.html)
- [Safety detection, intervention and follow-up scope](https://www.intenseye.com/solutions/safety)
- [Data processing addendum and technical measures](https://static.intenseye.com/data-processing-addendum-september-2025.pdf)

## Protex AI

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/protex-ai
Sources checked: 2026-10-10
Protex AI is a hybrid edge-and-cloud site-intelligence platform that applies computer vision to live fixed-camera streams and can combine detected events with EHS, operational and sensor data. Safety detection, Protex Intelligence generative or predictive analytics, integrations and operations use cases are distinct capability layers whose entitlement and data flow must be confirmed in the purchased scope.

Protex AI combines camera-derived events with site data to support safety and operational analysis. Its edge architecture processes video locally and sends processed event information to cloud services. Procurement should cover scene suitability, investigation workload and the data permissions needed for each connection.

Best-fit starting point: Manufacturing and logistics sites evaluating repeat visual hazards alongside operational context.

Check before buying: Computer-vision and generative or predictive outputs are decision support, not proof that an unsafe act occurred, a substitute for guards or supervision, or a guarantee of compliance or incident reduction. Validate each scene across shifts, lighting, occlusion, PPE, vehicle types and workflow changes; measure false, missed and duplicate events; preserve human review and appeal; and prohibit individual profiling or automated employment consequences. Edge processing and blurring reduce exposure but do not remove privacy, labor, security or AI-governance obligations.

### Pricing

Custom quote. No numeric public price or standard charging unit was found on the official site. Buyers are directed to a demo or sales conversation. Require the quote to separate sites, cameras, edge appliances and capacity, detection packages, Protex Intelligence and Predictive Analytics, event-clip storage and retention, alert channels, integrations or API, camera or network remediation, implementation, training, support, pilot, renewal, data export and exit costs.

### When the price fits

Worth a scoped pilot when a site needs systematic visibility into repeated vehicle or area hazards. Judge value by actionable findings and investigation effort, not vendor-wide incident-reduction percentages.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-02 [verified]: Official commercial pages reviewed. No numeric subscription or unrestricted free trial established; request a scoped proposal and clarify any paid pilot.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.protex.ai/
- https://www.protex.ai/privacy-and-security/built-for-the-enterprise-designed-for-privacy
- https://www.protex.ai/request-demo

### Offline capabilities

Computer-vision processing is described as running locally on an edge appliance, while event metadata and an anonymized encrypted clip are normally sent to the cloud for review and analytics. Public material does not establish full dashboard, alert, action or integration operation during an internet outage or guaranteed lossless replay. Acceptance-test local detection, buffering limits, delayed notifications, clip and metadata ordering, duplicate prevention and reconciliation after reconnection.

Product scope: A deployment can include on-site edge appliances, RTSP camera connections, configurable safety detections and zones, anonymized event clips or videoless metadata, cloud dashboards, alerts, actions, Protex Intelligence, predictive analytics and EHS, BI, manufacturing, logistics, hardware or PLC integrations. Cameras, network remediation, sites, edge capacity, rule packs, cloud retention, integrations, implementation, training and support require a scoped proposal.

Review scope: Vendor-documentation research, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. AI-assisted explanations may be incomplete and do not replace primary documentation, a demo or site-specific evaluation. Legacy ratings are excluded.

Trial status: request-only. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth (25%): Test selected visual rules and the transition from an event to a documented action.
  Sources: https://www.protex.ai/safety/vehicle-control
- Usability & adoption (20%): Ask supervisors to prioritize a real event queue and identify irrelevant alerts.
  Sources: https://www.protex.ai/
- Implementation & TCO (15%): Include edge equipment, camera remediation, commissioning and recurring support in the proposal.
  Sources: https://www.protex.ai/privacy-and-security/built-for-the-enterprise-designed-for-privacy
- Integrations & API (15%): Validate intended system connections, data ownership and synchronization responsibilities.
  Sources: https://www.protex.ai/reporting-integrations
- Security & trust (15%): The privacy notice distinguishes controller and processor roles. Review account, event and AI-processing scope with the contract. The notice says client-derived data is used for model training only when de-identified or with written client authorization; confirm this in the contract.
  Sources: https://www.protex.ai/legal/privacy
- Customer voice (10%): No aggregator rating is reproduced. Seek references for similar shift patterns and camera coverage.
  Sources: https://www.protex.ai/

### Capability scope

- Existing CCTV and RTSP connection [conditional]: Protex connects to live fixed-position network cameras through RTSP. Conduct a camera-by-camera survey for stream access, view, resolution, frame rate, bandwidth, lighting and occlusion; connecting to existing cameras is not proof that every installed scene is usable. Sources: https://www.protex.ai/integrations/cctv-integrations, https://www.protex.ai/guides/privacy, https://www.protex.ai/
- Hybrid edge detection and cloud review [documented]: Live streams are described as processed and discarded on the on-site edge appliance. For a configured event, metadata and normally an anonymized encrypted clip of about 10 seconds are sent to the cloud. Confirm clip duration, pre and post-event context, exceptions and support access in the contract. Sources: https://www.protex.ai/guides/privacy, https://www.protex.ai/privacy-and-security/built-for-the-enterprise-designed-for-privacy
- Vehicle interaction and movement rules [documented]: Vehicle Control describes speed, wrong-direction travel, vehicle-worker proximity, operation zones and restricted-area events, with rules adjustable by zone, distance, speed, direction and count. Each vehicle class and perspective requires local validation. Sources: https://www.protex.ai/safety/vehicle-control
- Area access, direction and occupancy rules [documented]: Area Control covers people or vehicles moving in the wrong direction, maximum counts and worker proximity to machine zones. A visual event is an indicator; physical guarding, interlocks and access controls remain primary protections. Sources: https://www.protex.ai/safety/area-control
- Behavioral and ergonomic indicators [conditional]: Published examples include mobile-phone use, handrail behavior, conveyor interactions, overreaching and lifting technique. These observations require context and qualified ergonomic or safety interpretation rather than automatic blame or diagnosis. Sources: https://www.protex.ai/safety/behavioural-safety, https://www.protex.ai/safety/ergonomics
- PPE-use detection [conditional]: Protex presents camera-based PPE detection as a configurable safety use case. Confirm each PPE type, color and wearing rule, partial occlusion, visitor or contractor handling, exemptions and performance in representative lighting and views. Sources: https://www.protex.ai/safety/ppe-detection, https://www.protex.ai/guides/privacy
- Event feed, real-time alerting and corrective actions [conditional]: Safety pages describe event feeds, dashboards, instant alerts for selected breaches and corrective actions based on trends. Confirm actual channels, latency, routing, acknowledgement, escalation, due dates, closure evidence and handling of alert storms. Sources: https://www.protex.ai/safety/vehicle-control, https://www.protex.ai/safety/area-control, https://www.protex.ai/reporting-integrations
- Privacy masking and videoless operation [conditional]: Per-site options include facial blur, full-body blur, ghosting, no blur and videoless mode in which clips are not retained and only metadata and analytics are available. The customer must choose the least intrusive configuration and document any exceptions. Sources: https://www.protex.ai/privacy-and-security/our-commitment-to-privacy, https://www.protex.ai/guides/privacy
- Encryption, access control and audit logging [conditional]: The detailed guide describes TLS 1.2 or later in transit, AES-256 at rest, role-based access, MFA and access audit logs. Request current ISO 27001 evidence, penetration-test summary, architecture, subprocessors, recovery and retention controls through the trust process. Sources: https://www.protex.ai/guides/privacy, https://www.protex.ai/privacy-and-security/built-for-the-enterprise-designed-for-privacy
- EHS, BI and operational data integrations [conditional]: The platform describes connections with EHS, BI, WMS, MES, TMS, CMMS, ERP, LMS, scheduling, sensors and PLC data. Confirm a named connector or API, fields, direction, frequency, identity mapping, failure reconciliation, ownership and commercial scope for each system. Sources: https://www.protex.ai/reporting-integrations, https://www.protex.ai/integrations/ehs-integrations, https://www.protex.ai/safety/vehicle-control
- Predictive Analytics from historical site data [conditional]: Predictive Analytics is presented as scanning uploaded incident, observation, behavior and operational history to flag emerging risk and produce follow-on reports. Forecasts inherit source-data bias, missingness and changing exposure; validate prospectively before relying on recommendations. Sources: https://www.protex.ai/reporting/predictive-analytics
- Protex Intelligence and agentic workflows [conditional]: Protex Intelligence can combine site signals, produce contextual insights or recommendations and support agents that monitor KPIs, investigate and send findings. Human safety professionals remain accountable and must be able to override or reject outputs; confirm approvals before any write-back or triggered workflow. Sources: https://www.protex.ai/reporting-integrations, https://www.protex.ai/integrations/ehs-integrations, https://www.protex.ai/guides/our-commitment-to-responsible-ai
- Non-identifying event analysis boundary [conditional]: The privacy guide says models detect objects, actions and PPE rather than identity, do not perform biometric identification, and that Protex Intelligence does not create individual profiles or legal or employment decisions. Contract, configuration, exports and local practices must preserve that boundary. Sources: https://www.protex.ai/guides/privacy, https://www.protex.ai/privacy-and-security/our-commitment-to-privacy
- Multi-site deployment and reporting [conditional]: The edge architecture and reporting layer are presented for scaling from one site to many. Confirm tenant and site segregation, rule promotion, local exceptions, device monitoring, model and version rollout, regional hosting and consolidated reporting permissions. Sources: https://www.protex.ai/privacy-and-security/built-for-the-enterprise-designed-for-privacy, https://www.protex.ai/reporting-integrations

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Pilot exercise: scene and detection acceptance
1. Select representative day, night and shift-change footage for each vehicle, PPE, area or ergonomic use case.
2. Document camera, zone, exclusion and sensitivity configuration before running a labelled event set.
3. Measure true, false, missed, duplicate and invalid events and review failures with workers and safety specialists.
4. Approve only scenes that meet written thresholds and record a revalidation trigger for layout, camera, lighting or process changes.

#### Demo exercise: event to corrective-action closure
1. Generate a staged or approved historical event and trace edge detection, masking, clip creation and cloud arrival.
2. Have a reviewer accept, correct or reject it, preserving reason and audit history.
3. Route an alert and corrective action through the intended escalation and system integration with a named owner and due date.
4. Close the action with evidence and verify subsequent reporting measures exposure and behavior rather than claiming causation.

#### Acceptance test: outage and recovery
1. Disconnect the site's external connection while representative cameras continue producing staged events.
2. Record which detections, local notices, clips, metadata, dashboards, alerts and integrations remain available.
3. Reconnect and verify buffering limits, ordering, timestamps, duplicates, gaps and delayed-notification labels.
4. Compare results with the written degraded-mode, device-monitoring, support and recovery commitments.

#### Governance exercise: privacy modes and AI approval
1. Replay the same approved event under face blur, full-body blur, ghosting and videoless configurations.
2. Test worker, reviewer, administrator and integration access and confirm no identity or employment profile is created.
3. Ask Protex Intelligence to explain a trend containing incomplete or biased data and have a human reject an unsafe recommendation.
4. Demonstrate retention, automatic deletion, access logs, export, model or rule change approval and worker communication records.

### Product presentations

- [Drafted controls for a hotspot](https://www.protex.ai/integrations/ehs-integrations): Official vendor image of drafted controls with approve buttons sent to a safety lead; text looks like sample data.
- [Detection view with blurred people](https://www.protex.ai/integrations/ehs-integrations): Official vendor image of a detection view in a warehouse aisle with people blurred.

### Questions and answers

#### Does Protex AI work with existing CCTV?
It connects to live fixed-position IP camera streams through RTSP, but every camera and scene still needs a survey for access, view, resolution, frame rate, lighting, occlusion, bandwidth and the intended rule.

#### Does raw CCTV stream to the Protex cloud?
The documented design processes live streams on-site and discards the full stream. Configured events normally produce metadata and an anonymized encrypted clip of about 10 seconds for cloud review. Verify exceptions, retention, support access and the selected privacy mode.

#### Can Protex operate without retained video clips?
The vendor documents a videoless mode with event metadata and analytics but no retained or accessible clips. Evaluate whether reviewers can still validate detections and investigate incidents adequately under that setting.

#### Does Protex identify or score individual workers?
The vendor says its models detect events rather than identity, do not perform biometric identification, and are designed for site patterns rather than individual employment decisions. Preserve that boundary in roles, exports, integrations, policy and worker communications.

#### Does a detected unsafe event prove a violation?
No. Camera view, occlusion, rule configuration and context can create false or misleading events. Require trained human review, a correction path and aggregate learning rather than automatic blame or discipline.

#### Does Protex AI work offline?
Local detection is documented, but full dashboard, alert, action and integration operation during an internet outage is not. Test buffering, local warnings, delayed alerts, clip and metadata ordering, duplicates and recovery on the exact architecture.

#### Can Protex connect to our EHS and operations systems?
The vendor describes EHS, BI, WMS, MES, TMS, CMMS, ERP, LMS, scheduling, sensor and PLC integrations. That does not prove a ready connector for a specific system; require a field-level proof of concept and support model.

#### Can Protex Intelligence act without human review?
Agentic workflows and recommendations are described, but the vendor's responsible-AI material keeps humans accountable and able to override outputs. Require approval gates for external notifications, corrective actions or system write-back.

#### How much does Protex AI cost?
No numeric public price or standard charging unit was found. Obtain a lifecycle proposal for sites, cameras, edge appliances, detections, analytics, storage, integrations, deployment, training, support, pilot, renewal and exit.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-26: Re-checked on 26 September 2026: protex.ai has no pricing page or pricing link and the homepage shows no amount, so the price status is recorded as no amount shown rather than not established.
- 2026-10-02: Re-read all 16 sources on 2 October 2026: architecture, privacy, detection and integration statements still match; added the privacy notice's model-training condition to the security check.

### Demo questions

- Which cameras and scenes pass the documented technical and detection acceptance criteria?
- Which rule packs, safety risks, operations functions and Protex Intelligence features are licensed?
- What event metadata and clips leave the site under each privacy mode?
- How are false, missed, duplicate and contextually misleading detections corrected and audited?
- What works locally during an internet outage and what is buffered for later reconciliation?
- Which named EHS, BI, operational, sensor or PLC integrations are included and maintained?
- Can any AI agent write back, notify or trigger work without human approval?
- How are workers informed, represented and protected from individual profiling or discipline?
- What cameras, edge capacity, cloud storage, implementation, support and renewal costs are included?

### Primary sources

- [Current platform and product scope](https://www.protex.ai/)
- [CCTV and on-premises stream integration](https://www.protex.ai/integrations/cctv-integrations)
- [Vehicle-control detections and rules](https://www.protex.ai/safety/vehicle-control)
- [Area-control detections and counts](https://www.protex.ai/safety/area-control)
- [Behavioural-safety detections](https://www.protex.ai/safety/behavioural-safety)
- [Ergonomic-risk detections](https://www.protex.ai/safety/ergonomics)
- [PPE-detection scope](https://www.protex.ai/safety/ppe-detection)
- [Detailed architecture, privacy and security guide](https://www.protex.ai/guides/privacy)
- [Configurable privacy modes and worker-communication support](https://www.protex.ai/privacy-and-security/our-commitment-to-privacy)
- [Enterprise edge architecture and trust evidence](https://www.protex.ai/privacy-and-security/built-for-the-enterprise-designed-for-privacy)
- [Reporting, systems and site-data layer](https://www.protex.ai/reporting-integrations)
- [Predictive Analytics product scope](https://www.protex.ai/reporting/predictive-analytics)
- [EHS data integration and agentic workflows](https://www.protex.ai/integrations/ehs-integrations)
- [Responsible-AI and human-oversight principles](https://www.protex.ai/guides/our-commitment-to-responsible-ai)
- [Product privacy notice](https://www.protex.ai/legal/privacy)
- [Demo and commercial inquiry](https://www.protex.ai/request-demo)
- [Protex AI security page](https://www.protex.ai/guides/security)

## Qavach.AI

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/qavach-ai
Sources checked: 2026-10-11
Also known as: Qavach
Qavach is Quantum BSO's modular QHSE platform for ports, container terminals, inland depots and related facilities. Qavach.AI is the vendor's pattern-intelligence layer and named assistants, not a standalone proof that every Qavach Core, Safety, Additional or roadmap module is licensed. It is unrelated to similarly named Kavach security products.

Qavach combines observations, investigations, risk records and actions for ports and container terminals. The Qavach.AI offering adds pattern analysis and assistants using terminal information. Separate demonstrated workflow functions from unvalidated predictions before procurement.

Best-fit starting point: Ports, container terminals and inland depots seeking domain-specific HSE workflows.

Check before buying: Vendor pages use strong autonomous, predictive and preventive claims, including 30-day trajectories, prescribed barriers and media-triggered violation or incident records. No independent accuracy, false-alert, prevention or ROI validation was established. Treat outputs as decision support until tested on representative terminal data, camera positions and operating conditions. The published privacy policy is a website policy, not sufficient evidence of product data processing, video surveillance, retention, biometric handling or cross-terminal model isolation. Roadmap items are not current entitlement.

### Pricing

Custom quote. Contact vendor. Official pricing specifies a baseline of 20 named employee licences, annual terms and core plus optional modules. No numeric licence price or currency is public in the reviewed pages. The FAQ also identifies annual maintenance and separately scoped integration work. Confirm app and analytics units, AI entitlement, contractor access, hosting and export fees.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating for terminals that would otherwise configure industry-specific workflows from scratch. Balance that fit against the minimum licence footprint and the cost of modules, integrations and AI validation.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-09-20 [verified]: Official commercial pages reviewed. No numeric subscription or unrestricted free trial established; request a scoped proposal and clarify any paid pilot.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://hsesoftware.quantumbso.com/pricing.html

### Offline capabilities

The official FAQ documents offline Observation and Incident features in the mobile app. This does not establish offline permit approvals, AI assistants or all document access. Require a demonstration of attachments, preloading, synchronization and duplicate handling.

Product scope: Terminal-focused QHSE workflows spanning observations, incidents, inspections, risk, root-cause and actions, with separately scoped Safety and Additional modules and a marketed Qavach.AI layer for patterns, media signals, predictions and assistants. Confirm licensed modules, cameras and integrations, hosting, AI data boundaries and human-control design in writing.

Review scope: Vendor-documentation research, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. AI-assisted explanations may be incomplete and do not replace primary documentation, a demo or site-specific evaluation. Legacy ratings are excluded.

Trial status: request-only. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth (25%): Evaluate a terminal event from observation through investigation and action, including separately licensed permits.
  Sources: https://hsesoftware.quantumbso.com/safety-modules.html
- Usability & adoption (20%): Test the observation categories with operators and supervisors using realistic terminal language.
  Sources: https://hsesoftware.quantumbso.com/observation.html
- Implementation & TCO (15%): The minimum licence footprint, maintenance, hosting and optional modules should be itemized.
  Sources: https://hsesoftware.quantumbso.com/pricing.html
- Integrations & API (15%): Confirm feasibility, scope and ongoing responsibility for terminal-system interfaces.
  Sources: https://hsesoftware.quantumbso.com/faqs.html
- Security & trust (15%): Review the published privacy policy together with product-specific processing terms, hosting and access controls.
  Sources: https://hsesoftware.quantumbso.com/privacy-policy.html
- Customer voice (10%): No reader or aggregator rating is asserted. Ask for a reference from a terminal with comparable processes.
  Sources: https://hsesoftware.quantumbso.com/index.html

### Capability scope

- Observation capture [documented]: Observations can be categorized, reviewed and escalated into near-miss follow-up. Sources: https://hsesoftware.quantumbso.com/observation.html
- Terminal risk workflow [documented]: The overview links incident information, risk records and corrective action processes. Sources: https://hsesoftware.quantumbso.com/index.html
- Permit workflows [conditional]: The optional safety portfolio describes permit review, approval and closeout configuration. Confirm purchased scope. Sources: https://hsesoftware.quantumbso.com/safety-modules.html
- AI pattern analysis [conditional]: The vendor markets pattern clustering and Ask QAI/Polaris assistants. Prediction quality and intervention effectiveness were not independently established. Sources: https://hsesoftware.quantumbso.com/Qavach-AI.html
- Offline mobile capture [conditional]: Offline Observation and Incident functions are documented; other workflows are not established as offline. Sources: https://hsesoftware.quantumbso.com/faqs.html
- Integration services [conditional]: The FAQ describes API integrations subject to feasibility and time-and-material fees. Sources: https://hsesoftware.quantumbso.com/faqs.html
- Incident-to-action workflow [documented]: Qavach documents incident reporting, investigation, risk profiling, root-cause analysis, action and closure, with multimedia evidence, notifications and dashboards. Buyers should configure event taxonomy, mandatory review and regulatory reporting rather than assume a universal terminal procedure. Sources: https://hsesoftware.quantumbso.com/incident-management.html
- Scheduled inspections and evidence [documented]: The inspection module supports scheduling, predefined or configurable checklists, previous-event context, witness statements and image, video, voice-note, schematic and annotation evidence. Verify device support, file limits, retention and whether offline inspection is included. Sources: https://hsesoftware.quantumbso.com/inspection.html
- System-assisted root-cause analysis [conditional]: The vendor describes multiple RCA techniques, automated findings for lower-criticality or repeat events, and group analysis for critical incidents. Do not allow an unmanned result to replace competent investigation; test evidence linkage, override and approval controls. Sources: https://hsesoftware.quantumbso.com/root-cause-analysis.html
- Corrective action and effectiveness review [documented]: Actions can be associated with events, configured across departments, costed and checked against later similar events for effectiveness. The system's proposed actions and claimed preventive effect require human ownership and outcome review. Sources: https://hsesoftware.quantumbso.com/action-management.html
- Alerts, reminders and escalation [documented]: Incident and action pages describe calendar-driven workflows with alerts, notifications, reminders and escalations. Confirm delivery channels, acknowledgement, after-hours routing and what happens during integration or mobile outages. Sources: https://hsesoftware.quantumbso.com/incident-management.html, https://hsesoftware.quantumbso.com/action-management.html
- Dashboards and scheduled reporting [documented]: The platform pages describe cross-module dashboards, KPIs, trend and exception reporting, and scheduled or on-demand publishing. Validate metric definitions, role filtering, export formats and the distinction between operational reporting and regulator-ready submissions. Sources: https://hsesoftware.quantumbso.com/index.html, https://hsesoftware.quantumbso.com/hse-software.html
- Media-signal and automated event claims [conditional]: Qavach.AI states that live video, uploaded images, proximity, intrusion, smoke and fire signals can be tracked and can generate violation or incident records. Camera compatibility, processing location, identification logic, accuracy, privacy controls and human verification are not established by the marketing page and require a site pilot. Sources: https://hsesoftware.quantumbso.com/Qavach-AI.html

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: offline terminal observation
1. Prepare the mobile app and disconnect a test device.
2. Capture an observation and incident with permitted test attachments.
3. Reconnect, inspect record integrity and assign follow-up.

#### Proposed demo: evidence-led AI recommendation
1. Provide approved historical records with known outcomes.
2. Ask the assistant to explain a pattern and show its source records.
3. Have a supervisor accept or reject the recommendation and inspect the decision history.

#### Proposed demo: camera alert to reviewed incident
1. Use an approved recorded or staged terminal scenario covering normal work, a true hazard and visually similar non-hazardous activity.
2. Run it across the proposed camera, network and processing path and record detections, misses, false alerts and latency.
3. Inspect the automatically created violation or incident, retained media, model or version metadata and linked pattern evidence.
4. Have an authorised supervisor correct, reject or escalate the event and verify that the original machine output remains auditable.
5. Repeat under low light, occlusion, weather and PPE variations before agreeing production thresholds or automated actions.

#### Proposed demo: critical incident, RCA and action effectiveness
1. Create a controlled high-severity incident with witness, image and voice evidence plus known historical analogues.
2. Confirm that the workflow requires competent multi-stakeholder review rather than unmanned closure for the critical case.
3. Compare Qavach's proposed causes and actions with the approved investigation and trace each suggestion to source records.
4. Assign, cost and close an action, then introduce a later similar test event to exercise the effectiveness check.
5. Export the complete timeline, overrides, notifications and evidence and have the terminal investigation owner sign off the control design.

### Product presentations

- [Observation dashboard on laptop and phone](https://hsesoftware.quantumbso.com/observation.html): Official vendor mockup of the Qavach observation dashboard; the figures look like sample data.
- [Incident dashboard on laptop and phone](https://hsesoftware.quantumbso.com/incident-management.html): Official vendor mockup of the Qavach incident dashboard; the figures look like sample data.

### Questions and answers

#### Is Qavach.AI intended for general office safety?
Its documented specialization is ports and terminals. Compare its terminology and processes with your operation before choosing it for a different industry.

#### What is the Qavach minimum licence scope?
The pricing page states a baseline of 20 named employee licences and annual terms. Confirm app, analytics, AI and optional module entitlements in the proposal.

#### Can terminal staff report incidents offline?
The FAQ names Observation and Incident as offline mobile features. Test attachment handling and later synchronization; this is not evidence that permits or AI assistance work offline.

#### Can Qavach.AI guarantee that a predicted incident is prevented?
No such guarantee is established by this research. Treat patterns and recommended barriers as decision support, with source traceability and responsible human approval.

#### Is every module shown on the Qavach website included?
No. Quantum distinguishes baseline Core modules, separately selectable Safety and Additional modules, and a roadmap of future areas. Require a module-by-module entitlement schedule, including Qavach.AI and mobile or BI units.

#### Does Qavach.AI independently prove that an incident will occur?
No independent predictive-accuracy evidence was established. The vendor markets patterns, clusters and 30-day trajectories; buyers should validate outputs on representative local data and keep accountable humans in control.

#### Can Qavach.AI generate incidents from camera or sensor signals?
The official AI page says video, image, proximity, intrusion, smoke and fire signals can drive violation or incident records. That is a vendor claim, not a site acceptance result. Confirm compatible sources, processing, accuracy, privacy and review workflow in a pilot.

#### Can Qavach automatically close a root-cause analysis?
The RCA page describes automated analysis for simple or repeat lower-risk events and group analysis for critical incidents. Configure severity gates, required evidence, human approval and override history before production use.

#### Does the published privacy policy cover product video and employee safety data?
The reviewed page is a general website privacy policy and is not sufficient product-processing documentation. Obtain the product DPA, subprocessors, hosting regions, retention schedule and controls for media, identifiers and cross-terminal analytics.

#### Are the product-roadmap modules available today?
Do not assume so. The vendor labels them as roadmap areas. Only treat a module as available and included when it appears in the signed scope with current documentation, delivery status and support terms.

### Demo questions

- Does the 20-named-user baseline apply to this proposal, and which Core, Safety, Additional and AI modules are licensed?
- Which Qavach.AI functions are production capabilities, pilots or roadmap items, and what contractual service levels apply?
- What labelled terminal data, minimum history and local model tuning are required before predictions or pattern alerts are enabled?
- Provide validation results for precision, recall, false alerts, missed events and drift by camera, hazard and environmental condition.
- Which cameras, video streams, proximity or fire/smoke sources are compatible, and who supplies edge hardware, networking and camera mapping?
- Are faces, vehicle identifiers, biometrics or worker-location data processed, and what are the retention, masking, access and regional-hosting controls?
- How does an AI-generated violation, incident, root cause or prescribed barrier receive human review, correction and approval?
- Can Ask QAI and Polaris show the exact records, procedures, timestamps and model version supporting an answer or forecast?
- How are terminal data and learned patterns separated when portfolio-wide or network alerts are enabled?
- Which functions operate offline beyond Observation and Incident, and how are attachments, duplicates and central changes reconciled?
- What AWS or Oracle region, on-premises option, backup, recovery, security evidence and product DPA apply to our deployment?
- Which API integrations are technically supported, separately charged and monitored after go-live?

### Primary sources

- [Terminal HSE overview](https://hsesoftware.quantumbso.com/index.html)
- [Licence and commercial basis](https://hsesoftware.quantumbso.com/pricing.html)
- [AI product scope](https://hsesoftware.quantumbso.com/Qavach-AI.html)
- [Observation workflow](https://hsesoftware.quantumbso.com/observation.html)
- [Optional safety modules](https://hsesoftware.quantumbso.com/safety-modules.html)
- [Mobile, hosting and API FAQ](https://hsesoftware.quantumbso.com/faqs.html)
- [Published privacy policy](https://hsesoftware.quantumbso.com/privacy-policy.html)
- [Core, Safety and Additional module boundaries](https://hsesoftware.quantumbso.com/hse-software.html)
- [Incident lifecycle, notifications and reporting](https://hsesoftware.quantumbso.com/incident-management.html)
- [Inspection scheduling, evidence and checklists](https://hsesoftware.quantumbso.com/inspection.html)
- [Root-cause methods, automation and group-analysis boundary](https://hsesoftware.quantumbso.com/root-cause-analysis.html)
- [Action management, effectiveness checks and costing](https://hsesoftware.quantumbso.com/action-management.html)
- [Published roadmap and future-module boundary](https://hsesoftware.quantumbso.com/product-roadmap.html)

## TuMeke Ergonomics

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/tumeke
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: TuMeke, TuMeke Risk Suite
This listing covers TuMeke Ergonomics Risk Suite for phone-video industrial and office ergonomic assessments. Coach Pro is a separately named airline-training product; its workflows, content and entitlements should not be treated as included in Risk Suite.

TuMeke turns phone or uploaded task video into 3D movement estimates, method-based ergonomic risk outputs, visual explanations and intervention workflows. It supports screening, prioritization and before-and-after review; it does not diagnose injury, certify that a task is safe or replace a qualified ergonomist's judgment.

Best-fit starting point: Safety and ergonomics teams that need repeatable industrial or office task assessments, visual coaching and portfolio-level prioritization across sites.

Check before buying: Treat scores and AI guidance as decision support. Confirm that the assessment method fits the task; capture representative work; review occlusion, PPE, lighting, camera angle, loads, force, grip, pace and worker variability; and have a qualified person approve interventions. Vendor injury-reduction, speed and ROI figures are marketing or vendor case-study claims, not forecasts for another workforce.

### Pricing

Subscription and custom quote. Official packaging describes annual subscriptions licensed by facility or user; users, sites and assessment volume can affect the quote, and multi-year discounts may apply. Standard setup is advertised without a fee, while customized Enterprise onboarding or integrations may add fees. The vendor advertises a 14-day no-card trial with unlimited assessments and says trial data is stored for 30 days afterward. Confirm currency, usage limits, renewal, retention, deletion and all Enterprise services in writing.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating when repeated task assessments and before-and-after comparisons take substantial staff time. Judge value using completed, reviewed assessments and implemented improvements, not vendor headline injury-reduction percentages.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: Annual quote-based licensing and a 14-day no-card trial are documented. No numeric subscription was verified; enterprise setup scope requires a proposal.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.tumeke.io/product/packages

### Offline capabilities

Official pages document phone capture, mobile analysis, remote video upload and app-to-Risk-Suite synchronization, but do not establish offline capture, offline scoring, queued synchronization or report access. Test each required disconnected workflow and recovery behavior before purchase.

Product scope: Risk Suite covers phone/video ergonomic assessment, industrial and office methods, visual findings, intervention tracking and dashboards. SSO, customized reports, onboarding and integrations are Enterprise or proposal-dependent; custom assessment logic is separately scoped; API and offline operation were not established in reviewed public documentation. Coach Pro is separate.

Review scope: Vendor-documentation research, not hands-on testing, medical advice, an independent validation study or customer testimony. Product claims and vendor-published case studies are attributed to TuMeke. Verify method fit, model performance, privacy and security controls, commercial terms and the current purchased configuration in a representative pilot. Legacy ratings are excluded.

Trial status: verified-free. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Validate coverage against representative tasks and retain reviewer corrections.
- Usability & adoption: Ask workers and supervisors to complete a realistic pilot and record usability barriers.
- Implementation & TCO: Compare a written implementation scope, training and renewal obligations with the expected assessment workload.
- Integrations & API: Demonstrate the required export or interface; a dashboard alone does not establish an included API.
- Security & trust: Agree access, retention, deletion and worker-data handling before rollout.
- Customer voice: No independently verified customer review sample is used. Request references with comparable operating conditions.

### Capability scope

- Phone and uploaded-video capture [documented]: Record a task in the mobile app or analyze an existing recording; no specialized camera or wearable is described as required. Sources: https://www.tumeke.io/product/how-it-works, https://www.tumeke.io/ad-landing-pages/company-targeting-hardware
- 3D pose and joint-angle estimation [documented]: The vendor describes extracting 3D joint positions and angles from 2D video. Treat this as an estimate and test representative occlusion, PPE, body positions and camera views. Sources: https://www.tumeke.io/ad-landing-pages/company-targeting-hardware, https://www.tumeke.io/updates/ergonomic-assessment-software
- RULA, REBA and Revised NIOSH scoring [documented]: These methods are named in current official product materials. Select the method that fits the exposure rather than treating methods as interchangeable. Sources: https://www.tumeke.io/ad-landing-pages/company-targeting-hardware, https://www.tumeke.io/updates/ergonomic-assessment-software
- RSI and Snook or Liberty Mutual methods [documented]: The insurance-provider product page lists Revised Strain Index and Snook or Liberty Mutual manual-material-handling equations. Confirm method availability and automation in the purchased package. Sources: https://www.tumeke.io/industry/insurance-providers
- Movement and task-context analysis [documented]: Risk Suite describes analysis beyond posture, including repetition, duration, job context, grip, force and balance. Validate inferred or entered contextual factors against actual work. Sources: https://www.tumeke.io/product/overview
- Office workstation assessment [documented]: The office offering describes ROSA-based workstation assessment. Confirm package inclusion and the worker-input workflow. Sources: https://go.tumeke.io/office-ergo, https://www.tumeke.io/product/packages
- Visual risk explanation [documented]: Risky postures, body-region scores, joint-angle charts and video or skeleton visuals are described to support review and worker conversations. Sources: https://www.tumeke.io/ad-landing-pages/company-targeting-hardware, https://www.tumeke.io/product/use-cases
- AI recommendations and Coaching Cues [documented]: AI recommendations address task or workplace changes; Coaching Cues show triggering moments and technique guidance. A qualified reviewer should approve recommendations, and technique coaching must not displace work-design controls. Sources: https://www.tumeke.io/product/use-cases, https://www.tumeke.io/updates/coaching-cues
- Before-and-after comparison [documented]: The platform describes baseline, side-by-side and repeat-assessment comparisons. Compare reasonably similar loads, work-cycle stages, pace and setup, and inspect for newly introduced exposures. Sources: https://www.tumeke.io/product/use-cases, https://www.tumeke.io/updates/how-to-measure-ergonomic-improvements
- Improvement assignment and tracking [documented]: The Improvements feature is described as assigning, tracking and confirming interventions. Define owners, evidence and qualified closure approval in the operating procedure. Sources: https://www.tumeke.io/product/use-cases
- Centralized multi-site dashboard [documented]: Risk Suite centralizes assessment data and provides aggregate visibility across tasks, jobs and sites for prioritization. Sources: https://www.tumeke.io/product/use-cases, https://www.tumeke.io/updates/national-ergonomics-dashboard
- App-to-web synchronization and remote upload [documented]: The use-case page describes remote video uploads and synchronization between the app and web-based Risk Suite; it does not establish offline queue behavior. Sources: https://www.tumeke.io/product/use-cases
- PDF reports and sharing [documented]: Official materials describe automatically compiled PDF assessment reports and sharing with colleagues or management. Confirm bulk export, source-video links and long-term access. Sources: https://www.tumeke.io/ad-landing-pages/company-targeting-hardware, https://www.tumeke.io/industry/insurance-providers
- Enterprise administration [conditional]: SSO, dedicated support, customized dashboards or reports and customized onboarding or training are listed for Enterprise; confirm each entitlement and any integration fee. Sources: https://www.tumeke.io/product/packages
- Custom assessment logic [conditional]: Vendor-assisted custom logic is offered; define the method, inputs, acceptance tests, versioning and validation responsibility before use. Sources: https://www.tumeke.io/product/packages
- Security and privacy assurance [conditional]: Packages advertise SOC 2 Type II security and data privacy, and a terms and privacy page exists. Obtain the report and contractual details for video, derived movement data, retention, deletion, hosting, subprocessors and training use. Sources: https://www.tumeke.io/product/packages, https://www.tumeke.io/terms-of-service-privacy-policy
- Offline operation [unverified]: Reviewed pages do not establish offline capture, scoring, synchronization or report access. Demonstrate disconnected and recovery workflows on required devices.

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Pilot: representative task and method validation
1. Choose a real task and the ergonomic method that matches its exposure; document why.
2. Record representative work across relevant cycle stages, loads, pace and worker variation, including a deliberate occlusion or PPE challenge.
3. Compare pose, inputs, body-region findings and score with a qualified ergonomist's observation; document corrections and uncertainty.
4. Approve the result for prioritization only when capture quality, context and method fit are acceptable.

#### Intervention and repeat-assessment closure
1. Record the baseline risk driver and the condition that prompted action.
2. Assign a work-design, equipment, process or coaching intervention with an owner and due date.
3. Repeat the assessment under reasonably comparable load, pace, cycle stage and camera conditions.
4. Review the targeted exposure and any new risks; close, revise or continue the action with worker feedback and reviewer sign-off.

#### Office ROSA review
1. Capture the workstation and collect the worker and context inputs required for ROSA.
2. Have a competent reviewer verify setup, posture, task duration and equipment assumptions.
3. Implement practical workstation or work-practice changes without treating the score as a diagnosis.
4. Reassess, record worker feedback and retain only the minimum necessary personal data.

#### Privacy, security and pilot exit
1. Define lawful basis, worker notice or consent, permitted recording areas and access roles before filming.
2. Test mobile capture, remote upload, SSO or roles where purchased, report export, deletion and a disconnected-device scenario.
3. Review SOC 2 scope plus hosting, subprocessors, retention, model-training use and incident terms with security and legal stakeholders.
4. Before the trial ends, export required evidence, delete unnecessary recordings and verify the vendor's stated 30-day post-trial handling and final deletion route.

### Product presentations

- [Findings panel with AI recommendations](https://www.tumeke.io/product/overview): Official vendor image of an assessment result with AI recommendations; not labelled as sample.
- [Mobile REBA result with coaching cues](https://www.tumeke.io/product/how-it-works): Official vendor image of the phone result view with coaching cues; not labelled as sample.

### Questions and answers

#### How much does TuMeke cost?
No public numeric subscription was verified. Pricing is annual and quote-based, with facility or user licensing and possible effects from users, sites, assessment volume, Enterprise onboarding and integrations.

#### Does TuMeke offer a free trial?
The vendor advertises a 14-day trial without a credit card and unlimited assessments. It says trial data is stored for 30 days afterward; confirm export and deletion before uploading worker video.

#### Which assessment methods does TuMeke support?
Official pages name RULA, REBA, Revised NIOSH Lifting Equation, Revised Strain Index, Snook or Liberty Mutual methods and ROSA for office work. Confirm which are in your package and use the method appropriate to the task.

#### Does TuMeke require special cameras or wearables?
The vendor describes phone or existing-video capture without specialized cameras, wearables or goniometers. A pilot should still test camera placement, lighting, PPE, occlusion and device requirements.

#### Can TuMeke assess office workstations?
Yes. The official office offering describes ROSA-based workstation assessment. Confirm package inclusion, required inputs and review responsibilities.

#### Can TuMeke work offline?
Offline capture, scoring, synchronization and report access were not established in reviewed public pages. Require a live disconnected demonstration if offline work is important.

#### Are TuMeke's AI recommendations automatically safe to implement?
No. Use them as proposals for qualified review with workers and operations. Technique coaching is only one control; workstation, tool, load, pace, process and environment may need redesign.

#### Does a TuMeke score diagnose injury or certify a task as safe?
No. It supports ergonomic screening, prioritization and improvement review; it is not medical diagnosis, regulatory certification or assurance that injury cannot occur.

#### How should worker video be governed?
Set a lawful basis and clear notice or consent process as applicable, minimize recordings, restrict access, and contract for retention, deletion, hosting, subprocessors and model-training use. The public policy landing page did not expose enough detail to resolve these points.

#### Is TuMeke SOC 2 certified?
The packages page advertises SOC 2 Type II. Buyers should review the current report, covered systems, period, exceptions and complementary customer controls rather than relying on the badge alone.

#### Do vendor injury-reduction or ROI figures guarantee our result?
No. Treat percentages and case-study outcomes as vendor claims. Build a baseline, define comparable follow-up conditions and measure your own implemented controls and outcomes.

#### Is Coach Pro included with Risk Suite?
Coach Pro is presented as a separate airline-training offering. Do not assume its workflows, content or licensing are included in a Risk Suite quote.

### Demo questions

- Which assessment methods are currently supported in our package, and which task or exposure is each intended to evaluate?
- Which inputs are inferred from video and which, such as load, force, grip, frequency or task context, must be entered, reviewed or overridden by a person?
- What method-specific and joint-level validation evidence is available for our tasks, workers, PPE, camera positions and occlusion conditions?
- How does the product expose low-confidence, failed or incomplete pose estimates rather than presenting every result as reliable?
- What phone, operating-system, camera, video-length, lighting and connectivity requirements apply, and what works offline?
- What are the lawful-basis, notice or consent, retention, deletion, hosting, subprocessor, cross-border and model-training rules for worker video and derived movement data?
- What period, systems and exceptions are covered by the advertised SOC 2 Type II report, and can our security team review it?
- Which tier includes SSO, custom dashboards or reports, role controls, bulk export or integrations, and is a supported API included?
- How is custom assessment logic specified, validated, versioned, approved and retested after changes?
- How do user, facility and assessment volume affect annual price, setup, renewal and overage charges?
- Which capabilities belong to Risk Suite versus the separate Coach Pro airline-training product?

### Primary sources

- [Product and intervention overview](https://www.tumeke.io/)
- [Annual packages, Enterprise boundaries and trial](https://www.tumeke.io/product/packages)
- [Risk Suite capabilities](https://www.tumeke.io/product/overview)
- [Capture and assessment workflow](https://www.tumeke.io/product/how-it-works)
- [Risk, improvement, training and reporting use cases](https://www.tumeke.io/product/use-cases)
- [Office ergonomics and ROSA scope](https://go.tumeke.io/office-ergo)
- [Ergonomist workflow](https://www.tumeke.io/personas/ergonomists)
- [Method fit, representative capture and validation guidance](https://www.tumeke.io/updates/ergonomic-assessment-software)
- [Before-and-after reassessment guidance](https://www.tumeke.io/updates/how-to-measure-ergonomic-improvements)
- [Multi-site dashboard guidance](https://www.tumeke.io/updates/national-ergonomics-dashboard)
- [Camera, 3D-joint, method and PDF detail](https://www.tumeke.io/ad-landing-pages/company-targeting-hardware)
- [RULA, REBA, NIOSH, RSI and Snook method scope](https://www.tumeke.io/industry/insurance-providers)
- [AI ergonomic assessment workflow](https://www.tumeke.io/updates/ai-ergonomic-assessments)
- [Coaching Cues and human-factors boundary](https://www.tumeke.io/updates/coaching-cues)
- [Terms and privacy policy location](https://www.tumeke.io/terms-of-service-privacy-policy)

## SoterAI and SoterCoach

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/soter
Sources checked: 2026-10-12
Also known as: Soter Analytics, Soter
Soter currently presents SoterAI software and SoterCoach wearable coaching. They have different buying scopes. Older Soter Analytics or SoterTask references do not establish identical current subscriptions.

SoterAI supports assessment and corrective-action workflows using uploaded evidence, including phone video for ergonomic review. SoterCoach adds a movement sensor and coaching workflow. Buyers should select the required product and review AI-generated findings before treating them as operational instructions.

Best-fit starting point: Safety teams evaluating task assessments and follow-up controls, with a separate wearable option for movement coaching.

Check before buying: A wearable device price does not include an enterprise software rollout. AI-generated regulatory or ergonomic conclusions need qualified review and are not medical diagnoses.

### Pricing

Subscription and custom quote. Confirm pricing with vendor. The help centre lists Starter at $49 per seat per month, but the current main pricing page provides no numeric amount and the retrieved help text does not identify a currency code. SoterCoach lists $399 for the sensor device only, also without an explicit currency code in the reviewed page. These amounts are not interchangeable. Enterprise is quote-based; confirm currency, billing, usage credits, hardware, software access and support.

### When the price fits

Worth piloting when findings currently stop at assessment reports and corrective work is difficult to track. Evaluate reviewed control completion and administrative effort; price a wearable rollout separately from software seats.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-09-20 [verified]: Seven-day no-card SoterAI trial is documented. Numeric help-centre pricing lacks currency confirmation and differs in displayed scope from the main page; SoterCoach device and enterprise costs are separate.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.soter.com/pricing

### Offline capabilities

Mobile browser use and wearable capture do not establish offline SoterAI assessments, action editing or synchronization. Require a demonstration that distinguishes sensor recording, phone transfer, cloud analysis and dashboard availability.

Product scope: SoterAI software plans and separately scoped SoterCoach sensor, app and enterprise deployment.

Review scope: Vendor-documentation research, not hands-on testing, medical diagnosis or customer testimony. AI-assisted explanations may be incomplete and do not replace primary documentation, a demo or qualified assessment. Legacy ratings are excluded.

Trial status: verified-free. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Validate coverage against representative tasks and retain reviewer corrections.
- Usability & adoption: Ask workers and supervisors to complete a realistic pilot and record usability barriers.
- Implementation & TCO: Compare a written implementation scope, training and renewal obligations with the expected assessment workload.
- Integrations & API: Demonstrate the required export or interface; a dashboard alone does not establish an included API.
- Security & trust: Agree access, retention, deletion and worker-data handling before rollout.
- Customer voice: No independently verified customer review sample is used. Request references with comparable operating conditions.

### Capability scope

- Safety CAPA and quality-management boundary [documented]: SoterAI documents corrective and preventive action records with root cause, owner, evidence and verifier acceptance. Its current use-case library remains focused on workplace safety, ergonomics, compliance and records; dedicated product or supplier quality, quality nonconformance and controlled-document QMS scope was not established, so it is not admitted to the full-QHSE comparison. Sources: https://www.soter.com/records/corrective-action-plans, https://www.soter.com/use-cases
- Photo hazard intake [documented]: SoterAI describes photo-based hazard identification. Review findings before assigning controls. Sources: https://www.soter.com/
- Video ergonomics [documented]: The workflow connects phone-video assessment to a control owner and reassessment. Sources: https://www.soter.com/ergonomic-assessment-software
- Wearable coaching [conditional]: SoterCoach uses a sensor and app for movement feedback; enterprise rollout has separate commercial scope. Sources: https://www.soter.com/sotercoach
- Enterprise access [conditional]: Organization roles, sub-workspaces and internal document sources are listed for Enterprise. Sources: https://www.soter.com/pricing
- Integrations [conditional]: Guides are listed for SafetyCulture and collaboration systems. Verify permissions, data direction and plan access. Sources: https://www.soter.com/integrations
- Usage credits [conditional]: The billing article describes enterprise Intelligence Credits and pausing new uploads when exhausted. Confirm the contracted allowance. Sources: https://help.soter.com/article/subscription-plans-and-pricing-overview
- Configurable multimodal safety records [documented]: SoterAI documents conversational, photo, voice, video or text capture, custom record types, review before submit, search and PDF or Excel export. Generated content remains a draft for authorized review; offline capture and a full QMS are not established. Sources: https://www.soter.com/use-cases/records-management
- Guided incident investigation and RCA [documented]: The workflow guides evidence, witnesses, recordability, root cause, contributing factors, CAPA and management review. Buyers must validate jurisdiction, RCA method, approvals and sign-off rather than treating AI output as a legal conclusion. Sources: https://www.soter.com/workflows/complex-incident-investigation
- Microsoft Teams workflow surface [conditional]: An IT-installed Teams bot supports safety questions, media analysis, guided workflows, submissions and drafting. It requires a vendor package, tenant-admin installation and a seat; voice input, workflow building, full editing and administration remain web tasks. Sources: https://help.soter.com/article/using-soterai-in-teams

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: video finding to verified control
1. Upload a representative task video with agreed worker-data handling.
2. Have a qualified reviewer check the assessment and correct unsupported findings.
3. Assign a workstation improvement with an owner and due date.
4. Repeat the assessment and retain the closure evidence.

#### Demo exercise: wearable pilot boundaries
1. Quote the sensor and software access separately.
2. Fit the sensor using vendor guidance and test a representative task.
3. Compare feedback with supervisor observation and worker comfort.
4. Review export, charging, connectivity and replacement arrangements.

#### Demo exercise: serious incident to reviewed CAPA
1. Load a sanitized test incident and confirm the structured summary.
2. Attach representative evidence and check each extracted fact before advancing.
3. Run an agreed RCA method and have a qualified reviewer correct proposed causes, recordability and controls.
4. Assign CAPA owners, complete management review and export the signed-off report linked to the incident.

### Product presentations

- [Soter records management product demo](https://www.soter.com/use-cases/records-management): Vendor-published demo video embedded on Soter's records management page; it is not an independent test.

### Questions and answers

#### Is SoterCoach included in a SoterAI subscription?
Do not assume inclusion. The vendor offers a separate sensor purchase and enterprise SoterCoach deployment. Request an itemized proposal covering software, devices and support.

#### Is the SoterAI Starter price confirmed?
A help article lists $49 per seat per month, while the main pricing page omits a numeric amount. The retrieved amount lacks an explicit currency code. Confirm the current price and upload limits before comparing costs.

#### Can I try Soter before buying?
SoterAI advertises a seven-day Starter trial without a credit card. This does not establish a free hardware trial for SoterCoach.

#### Can SoterAI replace an ergonomist or safety reviewer?
Treat generated assessments and suggested controls as material for qualified review. Verify task context, force assumptions and relevant source documents. Do not interpret a score as diagnosis or guaranteed injury prevention.

### Demo questions

- Is SoterCoach included in a SoterAI subscription?
- Is the SoterAI Starter price confirmed?
- Can I try Soter before buying?
- Can SoterAI replace an ergonomist or safety reviewer?

### Primary sources

- [Current software plans](https://www.soter.com/pricing)
- [Billing help and indicative Starter amount](https://help.soter.com/article/subscription-plans-and-pricing-overview)
- [Wearable device and enterprise scope](https://www.soter.com/sotercoach)
- [Ergonomic assessment workflow](https://www.soter.com/ergonomic-assessment-software)
- [Integration directory](https://www.soter.com/integrations)
- [Trust and privacy information](https://www.soter.com/trust-centre)
- [Current platform identity](https://www.soter.com/)
- [Corrective-action plans and verified closure — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.soter.com/records/corrective-action-plans)
- [Current safety-focused use-case boundary — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.soter.com/use-cases)
- [Conversational records, custom forms, search and export — checked 29 September 2026](https://www.soter.com/use-cases/records-management)
- [Guided serious-incident investigation, RCA and CAPA workflow — checked 29 September 2026](https://www.soter.com/workflows/complex-incident-investigation)
- [Microsoft Teams bot setup, supported tasks and channel limitations — checked 29 September 2026](https://help.soter.com/article/using-soterai-in-teams)

## Optalert Eagle

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/optalert
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: Optalert, Eagle Eye
This profile covers the Optalert Eagle Suite for mining and transport: Eagle Glasses and in-vehicle display hardware, Eagle Eye for live fleet monitoring, and Eagle Insights for later review and reporting. Optalert's automotive algorithm or SDK and neurology or Owl Eye screening offerings are separate product scopes and should not be inferred from an Eagle fleet quote.

Optalert combines sensing hardware with in-vehicle information and fleet software. Eagle Insights adds review of events, supporting material and actions. Procurement needs to cover the deployed equipment, response process and data handling together; measurement alone does not prevent an accident.

Best-fit starting point: Mining and transport operators with a defined supervisor response process for driver drowsiness alerts.

Check before buying: JDS is a vendor-developed impairment-risk score, not a medical diagnosis, sleep-disorder test or standalone fitness-for-duty clearance. A score or alert does not itself prevent an incident and must trigger a documented, non-punitive response. Do not treat vendor accident-reduction, early-warning, availability, production or shift-extension claims as guarantees. Validate fit, signal quality, false and missed alerts, connectivity loss, local and remote escalation, worker privacy and data use in the actual vehicles and operating conditions.

### Pricing

Custom purchase or rental quote. No numeric Eagle price was found. Standard terms distinguish purchased or rented products, implementation, ongoing licence, reporting, Fatigue Risk Profiler, training, upgrades, extended warranty, additional hardware and services. Request vehicle and operator quantities, hardware generation, fitment, prescription-lens requirements, spares, replacements, connectivity, accounts, Eagle Eye and Insights entitlement, data services, support hours, travel, taxes, currency, initial term, 12-month renewal and exit costs.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating where a fleet can act on drowsiness indications and maintain the equipment and response process. Compare the full deployment cost with a supervised pilot, rather than buying a dashboard without operational ownership.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: No numeric public price or unrestricted free trial was established. Published sale and rental terms describe multiple hardware and service fee categories.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.optalert.com/terms-conditions-of-sale-and-rental/

### Offline capabilities

Legacy official material says the in-vehicle unit processes and displays the driver's score locally and that operations need not halt during a network outage, while remote transmission uses cellular, Wi-Fi or older 3G paths. This does not establish the buffering capacity, event completeness, alert delay or recovery behavior of the current contracted Eagle deployment. Acceptance-test local warnings, queued records, supervisor visibility, duplicate handling and reconciliation after a realistic outage.

Product scope: An Eagle deployment can combine fitted Eagle Glasses, Eagle Industrial or Eagle Light in-cab hardware, driver JDS indications, Eagle Eye fleet monitoring, alerts and Eagle Insights review and reporting. Hardware purchase or rental, implementation and fitment, licences, reporting, training, support, connectivity, upgrades, replacements and analytics services depend on the Technical Proposal or Sales Order.

Review scope: Vendor-documentation research, not hands-on testing, medical diagnosis or customer testimony. AI-assisted explanations may be incomplete and do not replace primary documentation, a demo or qualified assessment. Legacy ratings are excluded.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Validate coverage against representative tasks and retain reviewer corrections.
- Usability & adoption: Ask workers and supervisors to complete a realistic pilot and record usability barriers.
- Implementation & TCO: Compare a written implementation scope, training and renewal obligations with the expected assessment workload.
- Integrations & API: Demonstrate the required export or interface; a dashboard alone does not establish an included API.
- Security & trust: Agree access, retention, deletion and worker-data handling before rollout.
- Customer voice: No independently verified customer review sample is used. Request references with comparable operating conditions.

### Capability scope

- Minute-by-minute Johns Drowsiness Scale [documented]: Optalert describes JDS as a 0-to-10 score updated every minute from eyelid-movement parameters, with graded low, medium and high risk bands. It is a risk signal for an operational protocol, not a diagnosis or clearance. Sources: https://www.optalert.com/johns-drowsiness-scale/
- Eagle Glasses eyelid sensing [documented]: Current product material describes an industrial-grade 500 fps sensor in the glasses that tracks eyelid movement. Buyers should test individual fit, occlusion, prescription-lens arrangements, cleaning, comfort, shift duration and invalid-signal handling. Sources: https://www.optalert.com/solutions/mining-transport, https://www.optalert.com/johns-drowsiness-scale/, https://www.optalert.com/ftmt/OptalertEagleUserGuide-English.pdf
- In-cab score display and audible warning [documented]: Eagle Industrial is presented as a ruggedized in-cab tablet displaying the current drowsiness score; official brochure and guide material also describe audible higher-risk warnings and recent-warning history. Confirm the behavior and thresholds of currently supplied hardware. Sources: https://www.optalert.com/solutions/mining-transport, https://www.optalert.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/OPT012_OPTALERT_6PP_BROCH_EMAIL_ENG-.pdf, https://www.optalert.com/ftmt/OptalertEagleUserGuide-English.pdf
- Compact Eagle Light vehicle unit [conditional]: Eagle Light is presented for smaller cabins. A legacy brochure describes ruggedized compact hardware with cellular and Wi-Fi communications. Confirm current model, mounting, environmental rating, modem, supported networks and supplied accessories. Sources: https://www.optalert.com/solutions/mining-transport, https://www.optalert.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/832-014-Eagle-LIGHT-Brochure-English.pdf
- Real-time Eagle Eye fleet view [documented]: Eagle Eye is the live fleet-monitoring layer. The current page describes centralized driver monitoring and example risk records with operator, vehicle, site, GPS location and recorded response. Access and location use require role and workforce governance. Sources: https://www.optalert.com/solutions/mining-transport
- Remote high-risk notification [conditional]: Legacy official material describes configurable SMS or email alerts to nominated supervisors for high-risk warnings. Confirm current channels, thresholds, recipients, delivery monitoring, escalation, acknowledgement and licensing in the proposed Eagle Eye deployment. Sources: https://www.optalert.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/OPT012_OPTALERT_6PP_BROCH_EMAIL_ENG-.pdf, https://www.optalert.com/supporting-industry-4-0-initiatives/
- Unified camera and glasses event review [conditional]: Eagle Insights is described as pulling Eagle Eye events from camera detections and Eagle Glasses into one review workspace. Confirm the exact camera product, data sources, event schema and retention included in the quote. Sources: https://www.optalert.com/solutions/mining-transport/eagle-insights/
- AI-assisted event prioritization [conditional]: Insights assigns confidence, filters and ranks events and allows bulk archiving of low-confidence items. A reviewer must verify context and preserve correction history; AI confidence is not proof that an event occurred or can be ignored. Sources: https://www.optalert.com/solutions/mining-transport/eagle-insights/
- Driver history and risk-category analytics [documented]: Insights can show site-level categories and individual event history, patterns and progress, and rank operators by overall or category score. Avoid punitive ranking; document purpose, context, review rights and permitted management use. Sources: https://www.optalert.com/solutions/mining-transport/eagle-insights/
- Notes, actions and completion follow-up [documented]: Reviewers can play clips, add notes and tags, create action items such as coaching or camera realignment, and track completion. Demonstrate ownership, due dates, edits, closure evidence and linkage to the site's formal fatigue procedure. Sources: https://www.optalert.com/solutions/mining-transport/eagle-insights/
- AI-drafted multilingual report export [conditional]: Insights can assemble clips, draft summaries, translate supported output and export PDF reports. The current page names English, Portuguese and Spanish; require human approval and validate that source clips, corrections and timestamps remain traceable. Sources: https://www.optalert.com/solutions/mining-transport/eagle-insights/
- Configurable Insights risk weighting [conditional]: The Insights FAQ says metric weighting can be adjusted to site policy and priorities. Treat weights as controlled safety configuration with authorization, rationale, change history, validation and periodic review. Sources: https://www.optalert.com/solutions/mining-transport/eagle-insights/
- Local driver feedback during network loss [conditional]: Older official material says local feedback remains available during an outage, but it does not establish current buffering, remote alert delivery or reconciliation. Verify those points on the exact current hardware, firmware and network design. Sources: https://www.optalert.com/supporting-industry-4-0-initiatives/, https://www.optalert.com/ftmt/OptalertEagleUserGuide-English.pdf
- Deployment, fitment, training and service scope [conditional]: Standard terms define implementation including hardware deployment and glasses fitting and distinguish training, remote support, reporting, profiler services, upgrades and warranties. Only the signed Technical Proposal or Sales Order establishes what is included. Sources: https://www.optalert.com/terms-conditions-of-sale-and-rental/, https://www.optalert.com/contact/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: live driver alert to supervised response
1. Use a stationary simulator or vendor replay with fitted current hardware; do not induce drowsiness on an operating vehicle.
2. Trace valid, invalid and threshold-crossing signals through the in-cab score and audible warning into Eagle Eye.
3. Acknowledge the event, contact the operator and apply the site's approved stop, rest or reassignment protocol.
4. Export the response history and verify timestamps, actor, location, notes and protection against silent or duplicate alerts.

#### Acceptance test: connectivity outage and reconciliation
1. Disconnect the representative cellular or Wi-Fi path while current hardware receives simulated score changes.
2. Record local display and warning behavior and confirm exactly what the control room can and cannot see.
3. Reconnect and verify ordering, timestamps, buffering limits, duplicates, gaps and delayed notifications.
4. Compare behavior with the written architecture, support commitments and site's degraded-mode procedure.

#### Demo exercise: next-day Insights review and action
1. Open a mixed set of camera and glasses events containing true, misleading and low-confidence examples.
2. Review source clips, adjust context, archive only justified items and document reviewer rationale.
3. Create a coaching or equipment-realignment action, assign ownership and close it with evidence.
4. Generate and approve the multilingual or PDF report while preserving source links and correction history.

#### Governance exercise: fitment, privacy and controlled configuration
1. Fit representative workers for comfort, safety eyewear and prescription needs and test invalid or occluded signals.
2. Use driver, supervisor, analyst and administrator roles to test access to video, eye data, GPS, scores and actions.
3. Change a risk weight or notification threshold through an authorized, documented approval and validation path.
4. Demonstrate retention, correction, export and deletion handling and reconcile contract rights over generated data.

### Product presentations

- [Eagle Eye fleet risk overview](https://www.optalert.com/solutions/mining-transport): Official vendor image of the Eagle Eye fleet view; the page does not label the data as sample.

### Questions and answers

#### Is JDS a medical diagnosis or fitness-for-duty clearance?
No. It is a vendor-developed score of drowsiness-related impairment risk derived from eyelid movement. Use it within a competent fatigue-risk procedure that also considers symptoms, task risk, signal quality and local requirements; the score alone should not diagnose, clear or discipline a worker.

#### Is Eagle Insights the real-time response screen?
No. Eagle Eye is described as the live fleet-monitoring layer. Eagle Insights is the review and reporting workspace, and its metrics refresh overnight. Do not rely on next-day Insights metrics for immediate escalation.

#### Does Optalert Eagle keep working without connectivity?
Legacy official material says local driver scoring and feedback can continue during a network outage, but current buffering, remote visibility, alert delay and recovery are not established. Test the contracted deployment under a realistic outage.

#### Are Eagle Insights AI decisions automatic?
Treat AI confidence, ranking, summaries and translations as reviewer aids. A trained person should inspect the source event, correct context, approve actions and retain an audit trail before using the result operationally.

#### Does every Eagle deployment use the same hardware?
No. The public suite includes Eagle Glasses, Eagle Industrial and the compact Eagle Light, while Insights also refers to camera detections. Confirm the exact current generation, cabin fit, environmental limits, network and accessories per vehicle class.

#### How much does Optalert Eagle cost?
No numeric public Eagle price was found. Standard terms allow purchase or rental and separate implementation, licence, reporting, profiler, training, upgrade, warranty and additional-service fees. Require a complete lifecycle quote.

#### Do published accident-reduction or early-warning claims guarantee our result?
No. They are vendor claims and may reflect different fleets, policies and conditions. Define baseline, exposure, alert burden, interventions and safety outcomes in a controlled pilot; do not use the claims alone to extend shifts.

#### What worker data requires governance?
Official materials cover eyelid characteristics and derived scores, video, identity, vehicle, site or GPS, notes and actions. Define purpose, lawful basis, access, worker notice, review or correction rights, retention, deletion, cross-border handling and non-punitive use.

#### Are Optalert automotive and health-screening products included?
No such inclusion should be inferred. Automotive JDS or OIS algorithm licensing and neurology or Owl Eye screening are separate scopes from the Eagle mining and transport fleet system.

### Demo questions

- Which current Eagle hardware, firmware, Eagle Eye and Insights functions are included?
- How are glasses fitted, cleaned, replaced and adapted for prescription or safety-lens needs?
- What happens locally and remotely during cellular, Wi-Fi or cloud outages?
- Which thresholds, notification channels, acknowledgements and escalation rules are configurable?
- How are false, missed, invalid-signal and low-confidence events corrected and audited?
- Why do Eagle Eye and Eagle Insights have different timing and operational roles?
- Who can access eye data, video, GPS, scores, notes and worker-level rankings?
- What rights does the contract grant over generated or de-identified worker data?
- What hardware, implementation, licence, reporting, training, support and renewal costs are in the quote?

### Primary sources

- [Current Eagle Suite and live fleet scope](https://www.optalert.com/solutions/mining-transport)
- [Eagle Insights review, AI and reporting workflow](https://www.optalert.com/solutions/mining-transport/eagle-insights/)
- [Current Johns Drowsiness Scale explanation](https://www.optalert.com/johns-drowsiness-scale/)
- [Current company and product-family boundaries](https://www.optalert.com/about-us/)
- [Automotive algorithm and SDK scope](https://www.optalert.com/solutions/automotive/)
- [Neurology and health-screening boundary](https://www.optalert.com/solutions/neurology/)
- [Sale, rental, service and data terms](https://www.optalert.com/terms-conditions-of-sale-and-rental/)
- [Privacy policy and collected data categories](https://www.optalert.com/privacy-policy/)
- [Eagle Industrial brochure, legacy specifications](https://www.optalert.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/OPT012_OPTALERT_6PP_BROCH_EMAIL_ENG-.pdf)
- [Eagle Light brochure, legacy specifications](https://www.optalert.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/832-014-Eagle-LIGHT-Brochure-English.pdf)
- [Eagle user guide, legacy operation and fitment](https://www.optalert.com/ftmt/OptalertEagleUserGuide-English.pdf)
- [Legacy outage and cloud-connectivity description](https://www.optalert.com/supporting-industry-4-0-initiatives/)
- [Current worker self-assessment boundary](https://www.optalert.com/why-we-cant-reliably-assess-our-own-drowsiness/)
- [Current mining deployment overview and availability claim](https://www.optalert.com/solve-fatigue-for-good/)
- [Current vendor contact and support route](https://www.optalert.com/contact/)

## D4H

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/d4h
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
D4H has been an EcoOnline business since the acquisition announced on 24 June 2025. It sells five modules: Incident Management on the Operations Center platform; Personnel & Training, Equipment Management and Incident Reporting on the Team Manager platform; and Alerting as a separate product. Every subscription also requires a cloud plan.

D4H is built for teams that respond to emergencies, from fire, rescue and hazmat units to industrial emergency response and corporate crisis teams. Incident Management runs a shared channel per incident, pre-configured by plays; the Team Manager modules keep responder qualifications and equipment ready between incidents. Evaluate the modules you need together with the mandatory cloud plan.

Best-fit starting point: Emergency response and crisis teams that need live incident coordination, responder qualifications and equipment readiness from one vendor's modules.

Check before buying: Offline use is limited to Incident Management channels that were already synchronized and is recommended only for intermittent outages. Every module price carries a mandatory cloud plan of 25% of the annual subscription.

### Pricing

Published indicative annual module prices plus a mandatory cloud plan. The US price page lists indicative Incident Management Basic at USD 5,300/year for up to 25 users and two concurrent incidents; Advanced USD 9,950 (50 users, five incidents) and Professional USD 15,500 (150 users, ten). Alerting lists Basic at USD 400/year (600 recipients, 150,000 credits), Advanced USD 2,400 and Professional USD 9,950. Equipment Management and Personnel & Training each list Basic at USD 2,000/year, Advanced USD 4,000 and Professional USD 8,000; Incident Reporting alone lists USD 1,500, 4,000 and 8,000. These are separate modules, each with its own tiers. A mandatory cloud plan is charged at 25% of the annual subscription. Cloud tiers: Basic lists no minimum, Advanced USD 4,500 (the minimum tier recommended for professional and secure environments), Professional USD 12,000. Prices are indicative; Enterprise tiers are quoted, and a 30-day money-back guarantee replaces a free trial.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating for response organisations that coordinate live incidents and must also prove responder qualifications and equipment readiness, because D4H prices each of those as a module that can be added later. Less suited to a site that mainly needs a general EHS incident-management system, or to crews that work for long periods without connectivity.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: The US price page was read in full on 25 September 2026; the other regional price pages (CAD, GBP, EUR and others) were not compared. Credit rates on the page apply to US recipients.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.d4h.com/pricing/united-states

### Offline updates to synchronized incident channels only

Incident Management channels already synchronized stay usable offline, and changes appear for everyone on reconnection. A channel must be started and first opened online; clearing the cache, logging out or re-syncing offline loses offline data, and template changes by others can corrupt it. Help recommends offline mode only for intermittent connections. Alerting and Team Manager offline behaviour was not established.

Product scope: Incident channels with plays, task and status boards, logs, maps and forms; multichannel alerting; responder qualifications, exercises and attendance; equipment inspections and repairs; incident reporting with health & safety reports and corrective-action tasks. Buying one module does not include the others (apart from the Incident Reporting allowance listed with each Incident Management tier) or EcoOnline's wider EHS suite.

Review scope: Vendor-documentation research, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. AI-assisted explanations may be incomplete and do not replace a demo or primary documentation. Legacy ratings are excluded. Desk research dated 25 September 2026 against D4H's US price page, help centre and acquisition announcement.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Module and cloud-plan total: Price the exact modules and tiers with the cloud plan, and check user, concurrent-incident, personnel and location limits against the team.
  Sources: https://www.d4h.com/pricing/united-states
- Offline tolerance: Test the documented limits: first access online, no cache clearing, and conflicts after template changes.
  Sources: https://help.d4h.com/article/437-offline-capability
- Readiness evidence: Produce qualification gaps and equipment inspection history as you would for an audit or exercise debrief.
  Sources: https://help.d4h.com/article/158-setting-a-qualification-expectations, https://help.d4h.com/article/291-completing-an-inspection
- Alert assurance: Confirm tier-dependent delivery reporting and the credit rate for each channel in every recipient country.
  Sources: https://help.d4h.com/article/734-reviewing-alert-responses, https://www.d4h.com/pricing/united-states
- Integration ownership: Assign token ownership and check which Operations Center data the v1 API and Professional Cloud webhooks expose.
  Sources: https://help.d4h.com/article/374-api-quick-start-guide

### Capability scope

- Incident channels and plays [documented]: Plays switch on task boards, status boards, weather, forms and pre-loaded collections when a channel starts for a given incident type; a blank play is also available. Sources: https://help.d4h.com/article/524-plays-overview
- Mobile incident participation [documented]: The app covers situation updates, role assignment, forms, logs with images and video, and task and status boards; changes appear on other platforms while the device is connected. Sources: https://help.d4h.com/article/508-incident-management-app-overview
- Offline channel updates [conditional]: Synchronized channels can be read and updated offline; first access must be online. Sources: https://help.d4h.com/article/437-offline-capability
- Alert delivery reporting [conditional]: Individual responses, an audit log and an exportable delivery report with message statuses and credits; reports need the Advanced or Professional tier, and the Delivery Report is web-only. Sources: https://help.d4h.com/article/734-reviewing-alert-responses, https://www.d4h.com/pricing/united-states
- Responder qualification expectations [documented]: Qualifications can be required per group, member or member status; qualifications set at organisation level apply to linked team accounts. Sources: https://help.d4h.com/article/158-setting-a-qualification-expectations
- Equipment inspection and repair [documented]: A failed step fails the inspection, repairs can be logged per step, and overdue items can turn Unserviceable; after one day only an Account Owner can change an inspection. Sources: https://help.d4h.com/article/291-completing-an-inspection
- Health & safety corrective actions [conditional]: Injury and near-miss reports create corrective-action tasks tracked to completion; confirm which Team Manager module the quote includes. Sources: https://help.d4h.com/article/560-health-safety-reports-overview, https://help.d4h.com/article/406-completing-corrective-actions
- APIs and webhooks [conditional]: Team Manager API v3 uses per-member tokens once the Owner enables access; Operations Center has a separate v1 API, and webhooks are listed with Professional Cloud. Sources: https://help.d4h.com/article/374-api-quick-start-guide, https://www.d4h.com/pricing/united-states
- Training exercises, invitations and attendance analysis [conditional]: The separate Personnel & Training module schedules pre-planned exercises, requests member attendance and collects responses in real time. Exercise records can be compared with Incident Reporting entries by resources, tags and attendance; confirm both modules are in the quote. Sources: https://help.d4h.com/article/312-creating-activities-exercises-events
- Mobile equipment location and stock movement [conditional]: The separate Equipment Management mobile app can find or scan an item by barcode, QR code or RFID, move reusable items or selected quantities of disposable supplies to configured locations, and scan a destination. Locations must first be created on the web; the mobile app cannot move items between team accounts or issue an item to a member. Sources: https://help.d4h.com/article/302-moving-an-item-of-equipment-in-the-app

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: play-driven incident with a disconnected laptop
1. Start a channel from a play that switches on a task board and a status board, and open it on two devices.
2. Disconnect one device, update a task and a status-board row on both, then reconnect.
3. Review the Log for both changes, then repeat after an administrator edits the template while one device is offline.

#### Proposed demo: failed equipment inspection back to operational
1. Scan an item and fail one inspection step with a note and an attachment.
2. Add a repair from that step and set the item to Unserviceable.
3. Complete the repair, pass a re-inspection and export the item's history, including who changed what.

#### Proposed demo: alert to accounted-for responders
1. Send an alert with two response options to a test group by SMS, push and email.
2. Stop accepting responses and open the Result and Delivery Report tabs.
3. Compare the responses with the on-call group, which the pricing page says requires Personnel & Training.

### Product presentations

- [Incident Management dashboard, tornado scenario](https://www.d4h.com/products/incident-management-software): Official vendor image of an incident dashboard with scenario data; not labelled sample.

### Questions and answers

#### Is D4H part of EcoOnline?
Yes. EcoOnline announced the acquisition on 24 June 2025. D4H modules are still priced on their own page, which also advertises D4H + EcoOnline bundles; confirm what a bundle includes.

#### How much does D4H cost?
D4H's US page lists indicative annual prices by module. Incident Management Basic starts at USD 5,300/year, Alerting Basic at USD 400/year, Personnel & Training and Equipment Management Basic at USD 2,000/year each, and Incident Reporting Basic at USD 1,500/year. Every subscription also requires a cloud plan charged at 25% of annual subscription value; capacity limits and higher-tier minimums matter, so total the exact modules and tier rather than comparing only one starting price.

#### Can Incident Management be hosted on our own server?
No. D4H's offline-capability article states that Operations Center is a cloud-hosted service.

#### Who can change a completed equipment inspection?
Users with Owner, Editor or Member access and Equipment Basic can complete inspections. Once an inspection is more than one day old, only an Account Owner can change it, including adding attachments.

#### Does D4H track corrective actions after an injury or near miss?
Health & safety reports create corrective-action tasks listed under HS-Injury or HS-Near Miss headers in Logistics > Tasks. When all are completed, a green check appears on the report.

#### Is the D4H API complete?
Team Manager has API v3 with per-member tokens, and D4H asks customers to request Incident Management features they want added to it. Operations Center has its own v1 API documentation.

#### Which Alerting features are still to come?
The pricing page marks shared responses, the integrations API, file attachments, Microsoft Teams alerts, incident management triggers, confidential mode and automatic system tests as coming in 2026.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-25: Replaced the mechanically assembled profile with a re-research of D4H's US price page and help centre: module tiers, the cloud-plan rule and tiers, plays, alert reporting limits, qualifications, corrective actions and the inspection amendment rule.

### Demo questions

- Open a channel online, take one laptop offline, edit the same task-board row on both devices, reconnect and show which value wins and where the Log keeps the other.
- Fail one step of an equipment inspection, raise a repair and show the item's status; then show who can amend that inspection two days later.
- Send a test alert to a small group over SMS, voice and push on the Alerting tier we would buy, and show the delivery report and credits used.
- Set a qualification expectation for a group, let one member's certificate lapse and show how the gap appears before the next incident.
- Price our exact module set with the recommended cloud tier, and confirm whether the USD 4,500 and USD 12,000 cloud figures are minimum charges.

### Primary sources

- [US pricing, modules and cloud plans](https://www.d4h.com/pricing/united-states)
- [EcoOnline acquisition announcement (24 June 2025)](https://www.d4h.com/blog/ecoonline-announces-acquisition-of-d4h-to-address-critical-need-for-crisis-readiness)
- [Offline capability](https://help.d4h.com/article/437-offline-capability)
- [Incident Management app overview](https://help.d4h.com/article/508-incident-management-app-overview)
- [Plays overview](https://help.d4h.com/article/524-plays-overview)
- [Reviewing alert responses](https://help.d4h.com/article/734-reviewing-alert-responses)
- [Completing an equipment inspection](https://help.d4h.com/article/291-completing-an-inspection)
- [Setting qualification expectations](https://help.d4h.com/article/158-setting-a-qualification-expectations)
- [Health & safety reports overview](https://help.d4h.com/article/560-health-safety-reports-overview)
- [Completing health & safety corrective actions](https://help.d4h.com/article/406-completing-corrective-actions)
- [API quick start](https://help.d4h.com/article/374-api-quick-start-guide)
- [Training exercise scheduling, attendance and incident comparison — checked 28 September 2026](https://help.d4h.com/article/312-creating-activities-exercises-events)
- [Mobile equipment movement by barcode, QR or RFID — checked 28 September 2026](https://help.d4h.com/article/302-moving-an-item-of-equipment-in-the-app)
- [D4H Incident Management product page](https://www.d4h.com/products/incident-management-software)
- [D4H security page](https://www.d4h.com/security)

## Omnilert

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/omnilert
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Omnilert is a US emergency communications vendor that also sells AI gun detection on existing security cameras, professional monitoring for detections and AI camera health monitoring. Its communications platform has three tiers: Notify, Engage and Manage.

Omnilert sends emergency messages across SMS, email, voice, desktop, app push, signage and other endpoints, and in its Manage tier launches predefined scenarios from API, IoT, weather and panic-button triggers. Its gun-detection product analyses existing camera streams and routes detections to professional monitoring, an internal security operations centre or a third-party monitor for human verification. It is aimed at US schools, campuses, healthcare, government and enterprises.

Best-fit starting point: US campuses, schools and facilities that want mass notification tied to lockdown, access control and camera-based threat detection.

Check before buying: SMS goes through a US shortcode that works only with US phone numbers, and carriers may not return delivery receipts. Two-way responses, automation and detection sit in higher tiers or separate products, so fix the tier before comparing quotes.

### Pricing

Quote only; the vendor states an approximate annual range. Omnilert's own comparison table on its emergency notification page gives a cost of about $2.5K-15K per year, tiered; it does not establish a scoped tariff or universal package. The solution pages direct buyers to sales for a free quote. Which tier each end of the range buys, the recipient count it assumes and whether gun detection, professional monitoring, camera health or the native desktop app add-on are included were not stated, so request them as separate line items.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating for US schools, campuses and facilities that want notification, lockdown automation and camera-based detection from one vendor, because the tiers allow starting with Notify and adding automation later. Less suited to organisations with many non-US recipients, or to EHS teams looking for incident management rather than emergency communications.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [partial]: The emergency notification page's comparison table and the solution tiers page were read on 25 September 2026. Neither publishes a tier price, a recipient-based rate or a contract term.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.omnilert.com/solutions/emergency-notification-systems
- https://www.omnilert.com/solutions

### Cloud service; offline operation not established

Omnilert describes its notification system as cloud-based and failure-resistant, monitorable from any device, and its professional monitoring service lists three redundant US monitoring centres with power, network and IT redundancy. No offline or degraded-connectivity mode for administrators or recipients was established in the reviewed pages. SMS delivery depends on the carriers, which are not required to return receipts.

Product scope: Notify covers one-way multichannel alerts, group segmentation, templates, mobile and desktop apps and API access. Engage adds polls, check-ins, response-based escalation, live status dashboards, with tip-report, safe-walk and weather add-ons available. Manage adds the scenario engine, IoT, weather and panic-button triggers, access control and video-system tie-ins and lockdown tools. Gun detection, monitoring and camera health are separate products.

Review scope: Vendor-documentation research, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. AI-assisted explanations may be incomplete and do not replace a demo or primary documentation. Legacy ratings are excluded. Desk research dated 25 September 2026 against Omnilert's solution pages and its admin knowledge base.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Tier boundary: Map each requirement to Notify, Engage or Manage before comparing quotes.
  Sources: https://www.omnilert.com/solutions
- Recipient reach: Test SMS on your carriers and plan other channels for recipients outside the US.
  Sources: https://support.omnilert.com/hc/en-us/articles/31972446038291-SMS-Delivery-Statuses
- Trigger key control: Decide who holds API trigger keys and who activates triggers, since any valid POST launches the linked scenario.
  Sources: https://support.omnilert.com/hc/en-us/articles/4404642747795-Triggers-API-Triggers
- Verification staffing: Decide who verifies detections around the clock and what the monitoring contract commits to.
  Sources: https://www.omnilert.com/solutions/professional-monitoring
- Integration versions: Match your exact access control and video management versions to the named integrations.
  Sources: https://www.omnilert.com/why-omnilert/our-approach

### Capability scope

- Multichannel alerts [documented]: Listed channels include SMS, email, voice, desktop, app push, signage, alarms and access control; Notify includes group segmentation, saved templates and API access. Sources: https://www.omnilert.com/solutions/mass-notification-systems, https://www.omnilert.com/solutions
- Two-way responses and escalation [conditional]: Engage tier: polls, check-ins, escalation based on recipients' responses and live status dashboards. Sources: https://www.omnilert.com/solutions
- Scenario automation and triggers [conditional]: Manage tier. A Super Admin links an API trigger to a scenario; any HTTPS POST carrying the trigger's key launches it, and new triggers stay inactive until activated. The tiers page also lists trigger-based automation from IoT, weather and panic-button sources; CAP appears on the security-workflow page only as an output feed. Sources: https://www.omnilert.com/solutions, https://support.omnilert.com/hc/en-us/articles/4404642747795-Triggers-API-Triggers, https://www.omnilert.com/solutions/security-workflow-automation-and-crisis-response
- SMS delivery tracking [documented]: Message history shows statuses from Prerouting Complete to Delivered to Handset and carrier error codes; receipts are optional for carriers, and shortcode 79516 serves US numbers only. Sources: https://support.omnilert.com/hc/en-us/articles/31972446038291-SMS-Delivery-Statuses
- Access control, video and monitoring integrations [conditional]: Named integrations include Avigilon Alta, Axis relays, Milestone, Genetec, Securitas, SureView Systems, ADT Commercial and Johnson Controls; confirm your product versions. Sources: https://www.omnilert.com/why-omnilert/our-approach
- AI gun detection with human verification [conditional]: Runs on existing camera streams; detections carry a still image, close-up, video snippet and map, and go to Omnilert's UL-certified monitoring, your SOC through VMS or control-room platforms, your team in Omnilert apps, or a third-party monitor. Sources: https://www.omnilert.com/solutions/ai-gun-detection, https://www.omnilert.com/solutions/professional-monitoring
- Camera health monitoring [conditional]: A separate AI product that grades existing cameras for blur, obstruction, field-of-view change, exposure and other image-quality problems. Sources: https://www.omnilert.com/solutions/ai-camera-health-monitoring
- Single sign-on [documented]: Shibboleth logins through InCommon or an exchange of metadata, and LDAP logins, set up with Omnilert support. Sources: https://support.omnilert.com/hc/en-us/articles/115005265787-Does-Omnilert-support-Single-Sign-On-SSO
- Native desktop and shared-display alerts [conditional]: The native Desktop Alert is an available add-on for desktop devices and wall-mounted displays, with rich messages, audible alarms, priority-alert responses, group targeting, device enablement or disablement and optional automatic updates. Confirm deployment rights, supported operating systems and the add-on price. Sources: https://www.omnilert.com/solution-brochures/omnilert-desktop-alert-brochure, https://www.omnilert.com/solutions
- Mobile tips, panic and safe-walk interactions [conditional]: The Engage tier lists app-based tip reporting, safe walk and weather, while the platform brochure describes routed tips and a panic button that can call emergency services or an internal response centre and supply location. Confirm privacy, routing and monitoring responsibilities for every interaction. Sources: https://www.omnilert.com/solutions, https://www.omnilert.com/solution-brochures/omnilert-emergency-notifications-platform

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: severe-weather drill with response tracking
1. Create a test group of consenting staff on two US carriers and one non-US number.
2. Send a poll with check-in options by SMS, email and app push.
3. Review the SMS status history and responses, then escalate to non-responders.

#### Proposed demo: API-triggered lockdown scenario in a sandbox
1. Build a scenario whose actions notify a test group and a disconnected access-control test panel.
2. Fire the API trigger with a message variable and inspect the timeline.
3. Deactivate the trigger and confirm that a second request does not launch the scenario.

#### Proposed demo: detection to verified response
1. Use a vendor-supplied recorded detection event, never a live weapon test.
2. Route it through the chosen verification path and time each escalation step.
3. Confirm what the monitoring contract commits to and how false alerts are recorded.

### Product presentations

- [Admin portal: adding an API trigger](https://support.omnilert.com/hc/en-us/articles/4404642747795-Triggers-API-Triggers): Official Omnilert help-centre image of the Add trigger screen; vendor arrow annotation included.
- [Admin portal: linking a scenario to a trigger](https://support.omnilert.com/hc/en-us/articles/4404642747795-Triggers-API-Triggers): Official Omnilert help-centre image of the Scenarios tab of a trigger; vendor annotation included.
- [SMS message history with delivery status totals](https://support.omnilert.com/hc/en-us/articles/31972446038291-SMS-Delivery-Statuses): Official Omnilert help-centre image of SMS delivery status totals; vendor annotation included.

### Questions and answers

#### How much does Omnilert cost?
Omnilert's own emergency-notification comparison gives only an approximate USD 2,500-15,000 annual range. It does not map the endpoints to Notify, Engage or Manage, a recipient count, or the separate gun-detection, monitoring and camera-health products. Request those items separately and do not treat the range as a scoped quote.

#### Is the Omnilert Scenarios app still the way to launch scenarios on mobile?
No. Omnilert's help centre marks that administrator-only app as deprecated and points administrators to the mobile-friendly admin portal instead.

#### Does Omnilert gun detection need new cameras?
Omnilert says it analyses standard video feeds from existing cameras, provided camera placement and video quality give a clear view. Test your camera models, angles and lighting.

#### Who verifies a gun detection?
Options are Omnilert's professional monitoring (UL and TMA Five Diamond certifications, three US centres), your own SOC through VMS or control-room integration, your security team in Omnilert apps, or a third-party monitoring provider.

#### Can Omnilert text international numbers?
The SMS delivery article states that shortcode 79516 works only with US-based numbers. Ask how non-US recipients are reached by email, voice or app push.

#### What does the DHS SAFETY Act designation mean?
Omnilert states that its AI gun detection received full SAFETY Act designation in March 2025, which it presents as liability protection. It is not a published accuracy test; ask your counsel what it covers.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-25: Replaced the mechanically assembled profile with a re-research of Omnilert's solution pages and help centre: corrected the Scenarios app answer (the app is now deprecated), and added the tier contents, trigger types, SMS limits for non-US numbers, SSO options and named integration partners.
- 2026-09-28: Added the native desktop-alert add-on and the Engage-tier mobile safety interactions from current official product brochures, with deployment, privacy and monitoring boundaries; the profile now reaches the directory's deep-evidence threshold.

### Demo questions

- Send a drill message to test phones on two US carriers and one non-US number, and show the SMS status history, including a number that returns no receipt.
- Launch a Manage scenario from an API trigger with a variable in the message, then deactivate the trigger and prove a repeat request no longer launches it.
- Walk a recorded gun-detection event from still image and video snippet to verification and escalation, naming who verifies at night under our contract.
- Connect our access control and video management versions in a test environment and show whether a lockdown scenario can be cancelled before doors change state.
- Quote Notify, Engage and Manage separately for our recipient count, and itemise detection, monitoring, camera health and desktop app add-ons.

### Primary sources

- [Emergency notification page and cost comparison](https://www.omnilert.com/solutions/emergency-notification-systems)
- [Solution tiers: Notify, Engage and Manage](https://www.omnilert.com/solutions)
- [Mass notification channels and features](https://www.omnilert.com/solutions/mass-notification-systems)
- [Security workflow automation, endpoints and app](https://www.omnilert.com/solutions/security-workflow-automation-and-crisis-response)
- [Professional monitoring and human verification](https://www.omnilert.com/solutions/professional-monitoring)
- [AI gun detection and camera FAQ](https://www.omnilert.com/solutions/ai-gun-detection)
- [AI camera health monitoring](https://www.omnilert.com/solutions/ai-camera-health-monitoring)
- [Integration partners and open approach](https://www.omnilert.com/why-omnilert/our-approach)
- [API triggers](https://support.omnilert.com/hc/en-us/articles/4404642747795-Triggers-API-Triggers)
- [SMS delivery statuses](https://support.omnilert.com/hc/en-us/articles/31972446038291-SMS-Delivery-Statuses)
- [Scenarios app deprecation notice](https://support.omnilert.com/hc/en-us/articles/115010342027-Scenarios-App-for-iOS-Android-Deprecated)
- [Single sign-on options](https://support.omnilert.com/hc/en-us/articles/115005265787-Does-Omnilert-support-Single-Sign-On-SSO)
- [Desktop alert deployment, device management and priority interactions — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.omnilert.com/solution-brochures/omnilert-desktop-alert-brochure)
- [Mobile safety interactions, tips, panic button and tier boundaries — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.omnilert.com/solution-brochures/omnilert-emergency-notifications-platform)
- [Omnilert awards and certifications page](https://www.omnilert.com/about-us/awards-and-certifications)

## Rave Mobile Safety

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/rave-mobile-safety
Sources checked: 2026-10-11
Rave is a Motorola Solutions product family. Rave Alert, Collaborate, Panic Button and AppArmor have distinct scope. Current Motorola messaging distinguishes enterprise Alert NXT from public-sector Rave Alert; ask which product is quoted. The former Guardian product URL redirects to AppArmor, which does not establish automatic migration or identical features.

Emergency communication, response checklists and branded safety applications. Public agencies, campuses and healthcare facilities need coordinated emergency communications and response tasks. Select the named modules and deployment region explicitly. Offline access to AppArmor resources does not establish offline message delivery or incident synchronization.

Best-fit starting point: Public agencies, campuses and healthcare facilities need coordinated emergency communications and response tasks.

Check before buying: No public numeric organizational subscription was established. Quote each product, region, site, recipient, channel, device, integration, implementation and support scope separately. AppArmor offline resources do not establish offline alert transmission, panic activation, tips, 9-1-1 access or collaboration. Panic and 9-1-1 behavior depends on device, connectivity, configuration, local telephony and PSAP participation; Rave 911 Suite is explicitly unavailable in Canada. Delivery indicators and dashboards do not transfer incident command or guarantee receipt, response or safety outcomes.

### Pricing

Contact vendor. Confirmed numeric subscription pricing was not publicly available in the reviewed Motorola sales pages, contact vendor. Ask for separate alerting, Collaborate, Panic Button and AppArmor costs, recipient and site limits, integrations, support and implementation. A consumer app download is not evidence of a free organizational subscription.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating when public agencies, campuses and healthcare facilities need coordinated emergency communications and response tasks. Compare the relevant modules, implementation effort and recurring charges against a simpler alternative before purchasing.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-02 [partial]: Confirmed numeric subscription pricing was not publicly available in the reviewed Motorola sales pages, contact vendor. Ask for separate alerting, Collaborate, Panic Button and AppArmor costs, recipient and site limits, integrations, support and implementation. A consumer app download is not evidence of a free organizational subscription.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://view.motorolasolutions.com/en-us-rave-alert-enterprise

### Offline AppArmor resources documented; emergency transmission and live coordination require separate proof

AppArmor explicitly documents offline-ready plans, maps and FAQs. The reviewed sources do not establish disconnected transmission for alerts, panic activations, anonymous tips, status checks, Collaborate tasks, 9-1-1 text or video, or Rave Link CAD sharing. Demonstrate cached-resource versioning and expiry, device permissions, authentication, visible send failure, local call fallback, queued-versus-discarded actions, retry and duplicate prevention for every quoted workflow; maintain independent emergency procedures and alternate channels.

Product scope: The Rave Mobile Safety Suite within Motorola Solutions, limited to the explicitly cited scopes of Rave Alert and public-sector notification, enterprise Alert NXT positioning, Rave Collaborate, Rave Panic Button, AppArmor, Rave 911 Suite and Rave Link. These are distinct products or modules. Compatible-product and ecosystem references do not establish common licensing, delivered integration, regional availability or automatic migration from Rave Guardian.

Review scope: Official Motorola Solutions product pages, guides and fact sheets, not hands-on testing, independent customer testimony, a security assessment or validation of emergency outcomes. Suite and compatible-product pages establish portfolio relationships, not entitlement or a working interface. FedRAMP, AI-label, delivery, availability and performance statements require confirmation for the contracted product, current authorization scope, region and configuration. Legacy ratings remain excluded; no public numeric price, regulatory compliance guarantee or transfer of emergency authority is inferred.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Evaluate the named modules against notification, response-task and personal-safety requirements.
  Sources: https://www.motorolasolutions.com/en_us/products/command-center-software/rave.html?hsLang=en-us
- Usability & adoption: Demonstrate responder task completion under the intended authentication policy.
  Sources: https://www.motorolasolutions.com/en_us/products/command-center-software/collaborate.html
- Implementation & TCO: Confirm product identity, users, sites and channel costs in the quote.
  Sources: https://view.motorolasolutions.com/en-us-rave-alert-enterprise
- Integrations & API: Demonstrate the configured Alert and Panic Button connection to Collaborate; do not infer an unrestricted API.
  Sources: https://www.motorolasolutions.com/en_us/products/command-center-software/collaborate.html
- Security & trust: Review recipient governance and exercise procedures before enabling emergency activations.
  Sources: https://www.motorolasolutions.com/content/dam/msi/docs/products/command-center-software/rave/rave-panic-button/rave-panic-button-preparedness-guide.pdf
- Customer voice: No independent customer review sample was verified; vendor case studies are not combined ratings.
  Sources: https://www.motorolasolutions.com/en_us/products/command-center-software/rave.html?hsLang=en-us
- Product, integration and regional boundary: Map each workflow to the exact Rave product, licence, region, site, device, channel and connector. Verify local PSAP and CAD participation and current product and version support; suite membership and compatible-product labels do not prove delivered interoperability.
  Sources: https://www.motorolasolutions.com/en_us/products/command-center-software/rave.html?hsLang=en-us, https://www.motorolasolutions.com/en_us/products/command-center-software/public-safety-software/ng9-1-1-call-management/911-suite.html, https://www.motorolasolutions.com/en_us/products/command-center-software/public-safety-software/voice-and-computer-aided-dispatch/link.html?hsLang=en-us
- Connectivity, delivery and fallback: Exercise lost mobile data, failed call, delayed or blocked SMS, unavailable recipients, stale cached resources and restoration. Distinguish attempted, accepted, delivered, acknowledged and acted-on states, and document alternate channels and duplicate-safe recovery.
  Sources: https://www.motorolasolutions.com/en_us/products/command-center-software/apparmor.html, https://www.motorolasolutions.com/en_us/products/command-center-software/panic-button.html?hsLang=en-us, https://www.motorolasolutions.com/content/dam/msi/docs/products/command-center-software/rave/rave-alert/Rave-Alert-public-safety-fact-sheet.pdf
- Sensitive data and operational authority: Review access, consent, correction, sharing, retention and export for location, caller profiles, medical or functional-needs data, facility plans, tips, messages and video. Define who declares, commands, escalates and closes an incident; software records and automation inform but do not transfer public-safety authority.
  Sources: https://www.motorolasolutions.com/en_us/products/command-center-software/public-safety-software/ng9-1-1-call-management/911-suite.html, https://www.motorolasolutions.com/en_us/products/command-center-software/collaborate.html, https://www.motorolasolutions.com/en_us/products/command-center-software/apparmor.html

### Capability scope

- Targeted mass communication [conditional]: The current offering separates enterprise Alert NXT and public-sector Rave Alert; confirm required channels and audience targeting. Sources: https://view.motorolasolutions.com/en-us-rave-alert-enterprise
- Response task checklists [documented]: Collaborate provides assigned tasks and acceptance/completion tracking; the vendor describes task handling without login. Sources: https://www.motorolasolutions.com/en_us/products/command-center-software/collaborate.html
- After-action timeline [documented]: Collaborate records actions over an event to support subsequent review. Sources: https://www.motorolasolutions.com/content/dam/msi/docs/products/command-center-software/rave/rave-collaborate/rave-collaborate-fact-sheet.pdf
- Offline safety resources [conditional]: AppArmor can provide plans, maps and FAQs offline; this is not evidence of offline emergency transmission. Sources: https://www.motorolasolutions.com/en_us/products/command-center-software/apparmor.html
- Anonymous or named tips [conditional]: AppArmor documents routed tips and public or authenticated app configurations; confirm the actual access policy. Sources: https://www.motorolasolutions.com/en_us/products/command-center-software/apparmor.html
- Panic Button drills and status checks [conditional]: The preparedness guide documents status checks, drill management and content resources; confirm account configuration. Sources: https://www.motorolasolutions.com/content/dam/msi/docs/products/command-center-software/rave/rave-panic-button/rave-panic-button-preparedness-guide.pdf
- Panic activation with 9-1-1 and on-site notification [conditional]: The Panic Button page describes one-push activation that dials 9-1-1 and sends incident notifications to on-site recipients, with activation type, location and facility context. The exact call destination, public-safety data transfer and workflow depend on configuration and local PSAP participation. Demonstrate the quoted region, facility, device, emergency buttons, recipients, location accuracy, failed call or data paths, accidental activation and cancellation procedures. Sources: https://www.motorolasolutions.com/en_us/products/command-center-software/panic-button.html?hsLang=en-us, https://www.motorolasolutions.com/content/dam/msi/docs/products/command-center-software/rave/rave-panic-button/rave-panic-button-end-user-guide.pdf
- Emergency drills, status checks and staff assist [conditional]: Panic Button documents drill management and reporting, requests for status information such as location or injuries, and Staff Assist messages that do not initiate a 9-1-1 call. Confirm drill-versus-live separation, authorized initiators, recipient groups, acknowledgement choices, escalation, privacy, reporting and the visible distinction between staff assistance and an emergency call. Sources: https://www.motorolasolutions.com/en_us/products/command-center-software/panic-button.html?hsLang=en-us, https://www.motorolasolutions.com/content/dam/msi/docs/products/command-center-software/rave/rave-panic-button/rave-panic-button-preparedness-guide.pdf
- Public-sector multimodal mass notification [conditional]: The Rave Alert public-safety fact sheet describes a FedRAMP-authorized mass-notification system, multimodal delivery, public opt-in, messages in more than 100 languages and notification tracking. Current marketing separately positions enterprise Alert NXT and public-sector Rave Alert. Confirm the contracted product, FedRAMP authorization scope and current status, channels, language generation and review, accessibility, opt-in and opt-out rules, carrier dependencies, delivery receipts, throughput and geographic availability. Sources: https://www.motorolasolutions.com/content/dam/msi/docs/products/command-center-software/rave/rave-alert/Rave-Alert-public-safety-fact-sheet.pdf, https://view.motorolasolutions.com/en-us-rave-alert-enterprise
- Enhanced 9-1-1 caller, facility, text and video context [conditional]: Rave 911 Suite describes caller profiles, enhanced location, facility plans, access and functional-needs registries, two-way text and requested live video, with browser access for responders on internet-enabled devices. The product page explicitly says Rave 911 Suite is not available in Canada. Confirm jurisdiction and PSAP integration, consent, retention, evidentiary handling, caller identity and data accuracy, accessibility, responder access, video and messaging failure paths and whether each component is included. Sources: https://www.motorolasolutions.com/en_us/products/command-center-software/public-safety-software/ng9-1-1-call-management/911-suite.html
- Cross-jurisdiction CAD data sharing and escalation [conditional]: Rave Link describes sharing real-time CAD incident data among authorized PSAPs, rules-based advance notice, resource visibility, follow-up workflows, leadership escalation and permission-based mapping across jurisdictions and different CAD systems. Confirm supported CAD products and versions, shared fields, agency agreements, permissions, source-of-truth ownership, latency, duplicate or conflicting incidents, audit history, outage behavior and operational control. Sources: https://www.motorolasolutions.com/en_us/products/command-center-software/public-safety-software/voice-and-computer-aided-dispatch/link.html?hsLang=en-us

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: multi-site response checklist
1. Prepare a drill event with one site-specific checklist in Collaborate.
2. Assign tasks and inspect acceptance, completion and the event timeline.
3. Can invited personnel complete their tasks under the required identity and access policy?

#### Proposed demo: safety app during a network outage
1. Download the configured AppArmor plan and map while connected.
2. Disconnect and inspect those resources, then restore connectivity before testing a sample report.
3. Which actions queue, fail visibly or require an alternative communication channel?

#### Proposed demo: panic drill from activation to reconciled after-action record
1. Configure a fictional facility, emergency type, on-site groups and local public-safety route, then verify authorization and the visible separation between a drill, Staff Assist and a live 9-1-1 activation.
2. Run a supervised drill from the proposed phone and location, confirming call behavior, location and facility context, recipient targeting and status-check responses without contacting an unintended live endpoint.
3. Simulate loss of data, delayed SMS or an unreachable recipient and verify visible failures, escalation, alternate channels and who retains command authority.
4. Close the drill through the authorized process and export activations, notifications, acknowledgements, status responses, task history, errors and corrections for after-action review.

### Product presentations

- [Panic Button app emergency protocol buttons](https://www.motorolasolutions.com/en_us/products/command-center-software/panic-button.html?hsLang=en-us): Official vendor composite of the Rave Panic Button app home screen with protocol and help buttons and a sent-notification message; sample content.

### Questions and answers

#### Which Rave product fits emergency coordination?
Collaborate is the checklist and response-task product, while alerting and personal safety use other modules. Request a demo covering the integration points rather than assuming one licence includes the whole family.

#### Does Rave work offline?
AppArmor documents offline access to safety resources. Treat message delivery and live coordination separately and request an outage demonstration.

#### Can people report issues without a named account?
AppArmor supports public app configurations and anonymous tips, subject to organizational setup. Confirm access and identity requirements for the specific reporting workflow.

#### Is Rave Guardian the same product as AppArmor?
The former Guardian product page currently redirects to AppArmor. That alone does not prove feature equivalence or an upgrade entitlement, so existing customers should request their migration and support terms.

#### Are Rave Alert, Alert NXT, Collaborate, Panic Button, AppArmor, 911 Suite and Link one product?
No common entitlement is established. Motorola presents them as distinct products or modules, and current messaging distinguishes enterprise Alert NXT from public-sector Rave Alert. Require a line-item map of products, sites, recipients, channels, devices, integrations and services.

#### Does pressing Rave Panic Button always send enhanced data directly to 9-1-1?
The product describes dialing 9-1-1, on-site notification and enhanced incident context, but the exact destination and public-safety data path depend on configuration and local PSAP participation. Demonstrate the proposed facility, jurisdiction, phone and failure paths before rollout.

#### What can Rave Mobile Safety do offline?
The reviewed AppArmor documentation supports offline-ready plans, maps and FAQs. It does not prove disconnected sending of alerts, panic activations, tips, status checks, 9-1-1 messages or collaboration updates. Test each action and maintain independent fallback procedures.

#### Is Rave 911 Suite available everywhere?
No. The current official product page explicitly says it is not available in Canada. Buyers should confirm country, jurisdiction, PSAP, telecom, responder-access and integration availability for every requested component.

#### Does a Rave delivery or status indicator prove that a person received help?
No. Notification, acknowledgement, status and task records support coordination but do not guarantee attention, comprehension, responder dispatch or a safe outcome. Define operational command, escalation, welfare-check and alternate-channel procedures.

### Demo questions

- Can invited personnel complete their tasks under the required identity and access policy?
- Which actions queue, fail visibly or require an alternative communication channel?
- Map every proposed workflow to the exact Rave product, licence, region, channel, device and integration line item.
- Demonstrate a supervised drill with lost data service, delayed delivery and an unavailable recipient, including alternate channels and the retained error trail.
- Show who may view, correct, export and retain caller profiles, facility plans, location, medical or functional-needs data, tips, messages and video.

### Primary sources

- [Pricing and scope](https://view.motorolasolutions.com/en-us-rave-alert-enterprise)
- [Rave product family](https://www.motorolasolutions.com/en_us/products/command-center-software/rave.html?hsLang=en-us)
- [Collaborate tasks](https://www.motorolasolutions.com/en_us/products/command-center-software/collaborate.html)
- [AppArmor capabilities](https://www.motorolasolutions.com/en_us/products/command-center-software/apparmor.html)
- [Guardian URL redirect](https://www.ravemobilesafety.com/products/rave-guardian/)
- [Panic Button preparedness guide](https://www.motorolasolutions.com/content/dam/msi/docs/products/command-center-software/rave/rave-panic-button/rave-panic-button-preparedness-guide.pdf)
- [Collaborate fact sheet](https://www.motorolasolutions.com/content/dam/msi/docs/products/command-center-software/rave/rave-collaborate/rave-collaborate-fact-sheet.pdf)
- [Rave Panic Button activation, 9-1-1 context, drills, status checks and channel scope : checked 29 September 2026](https://www.motorolasolutions.com/en_us/products/command-center-software/panic-button.html?hsLang=en-us)
- [Rave Alert public-safety mass-notification fact sheet and FedRAMP claim : checked 29 September 2026](https://www.motorolasolutions.com/content/dam/msi/docs/products/command-center-software/rave/rave-alert/Rave-Alert-public-safety-fact-sheet.pdf)
- [Rave 911 Suite enhanced data, text, video, browser and regional boundary : checked 29 September 2026](https://www.motorolasolutions.com/en_us/products/command-center-software/public-safety-software/ng9-1-1-call-management/911-suite.html)
- [Rave Link cross-jurisdiction CAD data sharing and escalation : checked 29 September 2026](https://www.motorolasolutions.com/en_us/products/command-center-software/public-safety-software/voice-and-computer-aided-dispatch/link.html?hsLang=en-us)
- [Rave Panic Button end-user activation, status-check and resource scope : checked 29 September 2026](https://www.motorolasolutions.com/content/dam/msi/docs/products/command-center-software/rave/rave-panic-button/rave-panic-button-end-user-guide.pdf)
- [Rave Alert and Alert NXT overview, checked 11 October 2026](https://www.motorolasolutions.com/en_us/products/command-center-software/rave-alert.html)

## Acoem (Cadence and Airodis)

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/acoem
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Acoem is an environmental-monitoring and industrial-reliability instrument group built from several legacy brands, including 01dB and Ecotech. This profile covers two distinct environmental-data products: Cadence, Acoem's cloud platform for compatible noise and vibration monitors, and Airodis, Windows/SQL software for collecting, validating and reporting logger data. They are not one subscription and are not a general EHS, incident or occupational-health case system.

Acoem's software is built around its own monitoring hardware. Cadence connects noise and vibration monitors to a cloud dashboard over MQTTs, labels each noise exceedance with a main and secondary likely source, and produces compliance reports. Airodis, installed on Windows with a SQL Server database, pulls data from multiple loggers, lets reviewers validate or invalidate it with a recorded reason, and sends scheduled reports.

Best-fit starting point: Environmental and compliance teams running Acoem noise, vibration or air-quality monitors who need validated data and exceedance reports for regulators and neighbours.

Check before buying: Measurement quality depends on correctly selected, installed, calibrated and maintained instruments; neither software makes an unverified reading compliant. Treat Cadence AI source labels as decision support and confirm them against recordings and context. Check every device, firmware and protocol against current compatibility lists. Cadence and Airodis have separate architecture and licensing, and the public detailed security/API datasheet is dated October 2021.

### Pricing

Quote only. Acoem publishes no software or instrument prices. The Airodis page offers a Request pricing link and a demo form; the Cadence page offers access through a request form whose terms and duration are not stated. Quote Cadence or Airodis separately from instruments, installation, communications, calibration and any Acoem monitoring or reporting service.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating for organisations already committed to Acoem monitors, because Cadence and Airodis are designed around those instruments and document data validation and audit trails. Less suited to buyers who want a general EHS platform, or instrument-agnostic cloud monitoring without first checking driver support.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: The Airodis and Cadence product pages were read on 25 September 2026; both lead to request forms and neither shows an amount.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.acoem.com/australasia/products/ambient-air/data-loggers-and-software/airodis/
- https://www.acoem.com/en/products/noise-vibration-monitoring/noise-and-vibration-monitoring-stations/cadence/

### Cadence cloud-only; Airodis on a Windows and SQL Server installation

Cadence is cloud-delivered: live dashboards, remote configuration and alert notifications depend on the monitor and the user being online, with device traffic over MQTTs. Airodis is Windows software that downloads logger data automatically or manually, as often as every 10 seconds, into a SQL Server database. Only the ACT-400 page says data continue to be logged to an internal SD card when the connection is lost; how other monitors buffer measurements during a communications outage, and whether Cadence backfills the gap, were not established.

Product scope: Cadence covers connected Acoem noise/vibration devices, dashboards, alerts, AI-assisted exceedance classification, reporting, remote configuration, integrations and stakeholder-facing outputs. Airodis covers supported logger/instrument downloads, SQL-backed multi-user data review, validation/audit history, alarms and scheduled environmental reports. Hardware, firmware, telemetry, calibration, field service, cloud/API access, drivers and each software licence must be itemised.

Review scope: Vendor-documentation research, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. AI-assisted explanations may be incomplete and do not replace a demo or primary documentation. Legacy ratings are excluded. Desk research dated 25 September 2026 against Acoem's Cadence and Airodis pages, the Cadence datasheet and the Airodis public documentation.

Trial status: request-only. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Instrument compatibility: Match each monitor or logger model, firmware and protocol to the Cadence device list or the Airodis driver list.
  Sources: https://public.docs.acoemcloud.com/airodis/supported-instruments-and-protocols, https://www.acoem.com/en/products/noise-vibration-monitoring/noise-and-vibration-monitoring-stations/cadence/
- Data gaps and backfill: Test what happens to measurements and alerts when a monitor loses its connection.
  Sources: https://www.acoem.com/en/products/noise-vibration-monitoring/noise-and-vibration-monitoring-stations/cadence/
- Validation traceability: Check reasons, edited tags, reversal and audit-log export in Airodis.
  Sources: https://www.acoem.com/australasia/products/ambient-air/data-loggers-and-software/airodis/
- Source-label accuracy: Measure how often Cadence's AI source labels agree with a specialist's review of the same events.
  Sources: https://www.acoem.com/en/products/noise-vibration-monitoring/noise-and-vibration-monitoring-stations/cadence/
- IT footprint: Plan the Windows machine, SQL Server edition and software-key licence Airodis needs, and who maintains them.
  Sources: https://public.docs.acoemcloud.com/airodis/release-notes

### Capability scope

- Cadence multi-project monitoring dashboard [documented]: Manage one monitor or a network across projects with customised dashboards, device status, heat maps, overall levels and multiple indicators. The platform is for environmental noise and vibration data, not wider EHS case management. Sources: https://www.acoem.com/en/products/noise-vibration-monitoring/noise-and-vibration-monitoring-stations/cadence/
- Cadence real-time alerts and notable events [documented]: Receive real-time measurements, threshold alerts and notable-event notifications remotely. Alert delivery and latency still depend on the instrument, telemetry, site connectivity and configured thresholds. Sources: https://www.acoem.com/en/products/noise-vibration-monitoring/noise-and-vibration-monitoring-stations/cadence/, https://www.acoem.com/en/products/noise-vibration-monitoring/noise-and-vibration-monitoring-stations/cube/
- AI-assisted noise-source recognition [conditional]: For a noise exceedance Cadence supplies main and secondary likely source labels, with Acoem linking recognition quality to Class 1 signal quality and dynamic range. Treat labels as hypotheses and verify them against audio, activity logs and competent review. Sources: https://www.acoem.com/en/products/noise-vibration-monitoring/noise-and-vibration-monitoring-stations/cadence/
- Cadence reports, export and public-facing outputs [documented]: Generate automated or compliance reports and export environmental data for regulatory reports or public-facing websites. Confirm exact templates, approval controls, retained source data and regulator-required formats. Sources: https://www.acoem.com/en/products/noise-vibration-monitoring/noise-and-vibration-monitoring-stations/cadence/
- Remote device configuration and fleet health [conditional]: Cadence describes remote configuration plus device status and performance monitoring. Supported controls vary by instrument; verify model, firmware, commissioning keys, roles and auditability before allowing production changes. Sources: https://www.acoem.com/en/products/noise-vibration-monitoring/noise-and-vibration-monitoring-stations/cadence/, https://www.acoem.com/en/products/noise-vibration-monitoring/noise-and-vibration-monitoring-stations/cube/, https://www.acoem.com/united-kingdom/products/noise-vibration-monitoring/noise-and-vibration-monitoring-station/act-400/
- Cadence device ecosystem [conditional]: Current pages name Cube, Fusion 4G, Orion and ACT-400, while the platform page also mentions older Acoem devices. Compatibility, measured parameters and field connectivity are device-specific; require a model, firmware and accessory matrix in the quote. Sources: https://www.acoem.com/en/why-choose-cadence/, https://www.acoem.com/en/products/noise-vibration-monitoring/noise-and-vibration-monitoring-stations/cube/, https://www.acoem.com/en/products/noise-vibration-monitoring/noise-and-vibration-monitoring-stations/sound-level-meters/fusion-4g/, https://www.acoem.com/en/products/noise-vibration-monitoring/noise-and-vibration-monitoring-stations/orion/, https://www.acoem.com/united-kingdom/products/noise-vibration-monitoring/noise-and-vibration-monitoring-station/act-400/
- Cadence API and secure transport [conditional]: The October 2021 datasheet describes documented OpenAPI interfaces over HTTPS and third-party API calls; the current product page describes MQTTs without a public IP and individual commissioning keys. Request current API documentation, authentication, rate limits, data residency, retention, SLA and security attestations. Sources: https://cdn.bfldr.com/Q3Z2TZY7/at/jkvkmxgv9wgm57wpv2phnh8/Cadence_-_Resource_-_Datasheet.pdf, https://www.acoem.com/en/products/noise-vibration-monitoring/noise-and-vibration-monitoring-stations/cadence/
- Cadence stakeholder communication [conditional]: Cadence is described as a communication hub and as suitable for stakeholder or public consultation outputs. Confirm whether public portals, permissions, complaint handling and publication approval are included in the proposed configuration. Sources: https://www.acoem.com/en/products/noise-vibration-monitoring/noise-and-vibration-monitoring-stations/cadence/
- Airodis scheduled data acquisition [documented]: Automate retrieval from multiple supported loggers and instruments into a Windows/SQL data-management environment. Download success and timestamp alignment depend on the selected driver, protocol, station timezone and network configuration. Sources: https://www.acoem.com/australasia/products/ambient-air/data-loggers-and-software/airodis/, https://public.docs.acoemcloud.com/airodis/supported-instruments-and-protocols
- Airodis data validation and reversible audit history [documented]: Require reasons for data changes, mark edited values, retain who changed what and why, and reverse edits. Configure validation reasons and prove the audit export on the buyer's reporting procedure. Sources: https://www.acoem.com/australasia/products/ambient-air/data-loggers-and-software/airodis/
- Airodis virtual stations and multi-user review [documented]: Use virtual stations to validate and graph data from multiple stations together, while multiple users check data, build reports and monitor alarms through the SQL-backed platform. Validate concurrency, database sizing, backups and role separation. Sources: https://www.acoem.com/australasia/products/ambient-air/data-loggers-and-software/airodis/
- Airodis alarm rules and notifications [conditional]: Configure email or conditional SMS notifications for out-of-range data, pollutant exceedances, weather conditions, data-quality rules and failed stations or instruments. Confirm SMS service, escalation, quiet periods and notification evidence. Sources: https://www.acoem.com/australasia/products/ambient-air/data-loggers-and-software/airodis/, https://public.docs.acoemcloud.com/airodis/release-notes
- Airodis scheduled and multi-format reporting [documented]: Schedule reports without user interaction and deliver them by email, screen or FTP, using tables and multiple graph formats. Release notes document JSON and other export changes; validate exact output and calculations in the quoted release. Sources: https://www.acoem.com/australasia/products/ambient-air/data-loggers-and-software/airodis/, https://public.docs.acoemcloud.com/airodis/release-notes
- Airodis drivers, platform and licensing [conditional]: The official compatibility table spans Acoem and third-party instruments and APIs. Release notes set Windows 10 as the minimum from 5.2.3, record software-key licensing, deprecated drivers and manual remapping risks after driver changes. Confirm the exact current version, OS and SQL support, and every model and protocol. Sources: https://public.docs.acoemcloud.com/airodis/supported-instruments-and-protocols, https://public.docs.acoemcloud.com/airodis/release-notes, https://public.docs.acoemcloud.com/airodis/knowledge-base

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo: known-source exceedance in Cadence
1. Connect the quoted monitor and configure an exceedance threshold, recipients and a known activity window.
2. Generate events from two known sources and compare Cadence's main and secondary labels with audio and the site log.
3. Correct one classification, export the evidence and show what is retained in the final compliance report.

#### Demo: device outage and remote recovery
1. Take a Cadence-connected monitor offline and verify device-health and data-gap notifications.
2. Restore connectivity, inspect backfill and duplicate handling, and perform an authorised remote configuration change.
3. Review the change history, latency, commissioning-key controls and escalation evidence.

#### Demo: monthly Airodis validation and report
1. Download a month from two quoted logger models and reconcile timestamps, channels and capture percentage.
2. Invalidate calibration and suspect periods with configured reasons, reverse one edit and inspect the audit log.
3. Generate the scheduled regulatory report and trace every edited value and calculation to retained source data.

#### Demo: Airodis driver upgrade and alarm continuity
1. Clone a production-like station using the exact driver and version, then create exceedance, instrument-failure and data-quality alarms.
2. Upgrade or remap the driver in a test environment and compare channel identifiers, units, timestamps and alarm rules.
3. Prove email or SMS and report delivery, then document rollback, database backup and acceptance criteria.

### Product presentations

- [Cadence alert list with audio replay](https://www.acoem.com/en/products/noise-vibration-monitoring/noise-and-vibration-monitoring-stations/cadence/): Official vendor image of the Cadence alerts view with map, audio replay and a source suggestion; sample project.
- [Airodis Data Manager with validation list](https://www.acoem.com/australasia/products/ambient-air/data-loggers-and-software/airodis/): Official vendor image of the Airodis Data Manager table, graph and validation reason list; sample data.
- [Airodis alarm and auto-invalidation rules](https://www.acoem.com/australasia/products/ambient-air/data-loggers-and-software/airodis/): Official vendor image of Airodis conditional alarm rules and the email option; sample stations.

### Questions and answers

#### Are Cadence and Airodis the same Acoem platform?
No. Cadence is a cloud platform for compatible Acoem noise and vibration monitors. Airodis is Windows and SQL environmental-data software with its own driver list, validation and reporting workflow. Quote and validate them separately.

#### Can Cadence identify the source of every noise exceedance automatically?
Cadence proposes main and secondary source labels. Acoem links performance to good Class 1 signal quality, but the labels still require review against audio, site activity and monitoring context before regulatory use.

#### Which instruments work with Acoem software?
Cadence pages name devices such as Cube, Fusion 4G, Orion and ACT-400. Airodis publishes a separate model-and-protocol table covering Acoem and third-party equipment. Require exact model, firmware, protocol and accessory confirmation.

#### Does Acoem software make measurements compliant?
No. The software organises, analyses and reports data. Compliance still depends on the selected standard, suitable instrumentation, siting, configuration, calibration, maintenance, competent review and regulator-accepted methods.

#### Is Acoem pricing public?
No numeric Cadence or Airodis software price was verified. Request separate line items for software, cloud or API access, users and projects, instruments, connectivity, calibration, installation, data migration, support, training and renewal.

#### Can Airodis driver upgrades affect historical continuity?
Yes. Official release notes describe deprecated drivers and cases where rewritten drivers can require manual report or channel remapping. Test upgrades against copied data and document backup, mapping and rollback steps.

#### Are Acoem certifications blanket software certifications?
No. Acoem's accreditation page covers specified organisations, laboratories, services and instrument standards. The older Cadence datasheet also references its public cloud provider's certifications. Verify the contracting entity and exact scope rather than transferring a badge to every product.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-25: Replaced the mechanically assembled profile with a re-research of Acoem's Cadence and Airodis pages, datasheet and release notes: validation audit log, alarms, the current Airodis version and requirements, the device list and whose certifications apply. The primary category moved to Environmental Management and the Occupational Health tag was dropped, as no occupational-health function was found.

### Demo questions

- Disconnect a Cube or Fusion monitor from Cadence for an hour and show whether the missing interval is backfilled, flagged or lost.
- Take ten exceedances Cadence labelled with a source and let our acoustician compare each with the recording; record how often the label holds.
- Invalidate an hour of data in Airodis with a reason, reverse it, and show both entries in the audit log and their effect on the scheduled report.
- Confirm the Airodis driver, protocol and firmware for each of our loggers, including non-Acoem instruments, and the version you will install.
- Quote Cadence or Airodis separately from instruments, SIM data, calibration and any Acoem reporting service, with renewal terms.
- Provide current Cadence API, security, data-residency, retention, backup and SLA documentation rather than relying only on the October 2021 datasheet.
- Map each claimed certification or accreditation to the contracting entity, laboratory, service, instrument or cloud provider it actually covers.

### Primary sources

- [Cadence platform and current product scope](https://www.acoem.com/en/products/noise-vibration-monitoring/noise-and-vibration-monitoring-stations/cadence/)
- [Cadence buyer overview and compatible devices](https://www.acoem.com/en/why-choose-cadence/)
- [Cadence security and interoperability datasheet (October 2021)](https://cdn.bfldr.com/Q3Z2TZY7/at/jkvkmxgv9wgm57wpv2phnh8/Cadence_-_Resource_-_Datasheet.pdf)
- [Cube noise monitor and Cadence connection](https://www.acoem.com/en/products/noise-vibration-monitoring/noise-and-vibration-monitoring-stations/cube/)
- [Fusion 4G and Cadence connection](https://www.acoem.com/en/products/noise-vibration-monitoring/noise-and-vibration-monitoring-stations/sound-level-meters/fusion-4g/)
- [Orion vibration monitor](https://www.acoem.com/en/products/noise-vibration-monitoring/noise-and-vibration-monitoring-stations/orion/)
- [ACT-400 and Cadence remote access](https://www.acoem.com/united-kingdom/products/noise-vibration-monitoring/noise-and-vibration-monitoring-station/act-400/)
- [Airodis product page](https://www.acoem.com/australasia/products/ambient-air/data-loggers-and-software/airodis/)
- [Airodis release notes](https://public.docs.acoemcloud.com/airodis/release-notes)
- [Airodis supported instruments and protocols](https://public.docs.acoemcloud.com/airodis/supported-instruments-and-protocols)
- [Airodis downloads and demonstration build](https://public.docs.acoemcloud.com/airodis/knowledge-base)
- [Acoem data-loggers and software portfolio](https://www.acoem.com/en/ranges/air-quality-monitoring/data-loggers-software/)
- [Acoem accreditation and certification scope](https://www.acoem.com/en/environmental-monitoring/environment-services/accreditation-and-certification/)
- [Acoem demo request](https://www.acoem.com/australasia/free-demo/)

## Cirrus Research (NoiseTools and MyCirrus)

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/cirrus-research
Sources checked: 2026-10-12
Cirrus Research is a UK maker of sound level meters, noise dosimeters and noise monitors. Its software is NoiseTools, Windows analysis software supplied with its instruments without licence charges, and MyCirrus, a cloud platform whose Quantum Portal serves the Quantum Outdoor and Quantum Indoor remote monitors on a subscription.

Cirrus Research's software follows its instruments. NoiseTools turns measurements downloaded from Cirrus meters and dosimeters into noise-at-work and environmental reports, with calibrated audio playback and an AuditStore check that report data matches what the instrument stored. For unattended monitoring, Quantum Outdoor (Class 1) sends data over 4G, Wi-Fi or Ethernet, and Quantum Indoor (Class 2, with a Class 1 variant) over Ethernet, Wi-Fi or a modem, to the Quantum Portal, which issues SMS and email alerts.

Best-fit starting point: Occupational hygienists, health and safety teams and environmental consultants who measure noise with Cirrus instruments and need defensible exposure and nuisance reports.

Check before buying: NoiseTools runs only on Windows 10 (20H1) or later and analyses data from Cirrus instruments. Quantum Portal access needs a subscription, and no hardware or subscription price is published. The current NoiseTools page says the Reverberation Time, Octave Band Ln and ISO 9612 modules are included as standard, and the former standalone Ln product page now redirects to it; confirm entitlement for the exact version and instrument.

### Pricing

Quote only for instruments and the Quantum subscription; NoiseTools carries no licence charge. NoiseTools is supplied with Cirrus sound level meters, dosimeters and measurement kits without licence restrictions, installs on any number of PCs and receives updates at no charge. Quantum Outdoor is ordered through a basket or a Quote Me request with configurable weather, air-quality, vibration, camera, power and 4G options, and no amount appeared in the page text reviewed. Access to the Quantum Portal requires a subscription that includes data hosting, updates and support. Long-term leases with monthly payments are offered for Quantum Outdoor, Quantum Indoor, the Outdoor Measurement Kit and Trojan recorders, priced on enquiry.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating for teams that already own or plan to buy Cirrus meters, because NoiseTools adds exposure and nuisance reporting without licence charges and AuditStore helps defend the data. Less suited to Mac-only offices or to buyers who want one portal for several instrument brands.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-09-25 [verified]: The software page, the Quantum Outdoor page and the leasing page were read on 25 September 2026; none shows an amount. The subscription requirement is stated in the Quantum Outdoor FAQ.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://cirrusresearch.com/noise-analysis-software/
- https://cirrusresearch.com/product/remote-noise-monitoring-quantum-outdoor/
- https://cirrusresearch.com/lease-product/

### Desktop analysis on local databases; Quantum monitoring cloud-connected

NoiseTools is Windows desktop software that stores measurements in database files on the PC or a shared network location; instruments download over USB, and remote downloads over a modem can skip time history and audio for later USB retrieval. VoiceTag-to-text conversion uses cloud speech recognition, and loading Quantum measurements straight from MyCirrus needs a connection. Quantum monitors reach the portal over 4G with 3G fallback, Wi-Fi or Ethernet; how much data a monitor keeps during an outage was not established.

Product scope: NoiseTools downloads, analyses and reports data from Optimus meters, doseBadge dosimeters and Trojan recorders, with ISO 9612, reverberation time and octave-band Ln modules included. MyCirrus adds live data, notifications, digital calibration certificates and instrument sharing; Quantum monitors add optional weather, air-quality, ground-vibration and camera modules. Triax Analysis Pro and SoundSign serve other Cirrus instruments.

Review scope: Vendor-documentation research, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. AI-assisted explanations may be incomplete and do not replace a demo or primary documentation. Legacy ratings are excluded. Desk research dated 25 September 2026 against Cirrus Research's software, Quantum Outdoor and leasing pages, the January 2026 NoiseTools release and its knowledge base.

Trial status: request-only. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Instrument coverage: NoiseTools serves Cirrus instruments; list every meter and dosimeter you need analysed before choosing it.
  Sources: https://cirrusresearch.com/noise-analysis-software/
- Report defensibility: Test AuditStore and report QR codes on a measurement that could be disputed.
  Sources: https://cirrusresearch.com/noise-analysis-software/, https://cirrusresearch.freshdesk.com/support/solutions/articles/47001253985-what-s-the-qr-code-for-on-my-noisetools-report-
- Shared database control: Plan upgrades, backups and access for shared NoiseTools databases before rollout.
  Sources: https://cirrusresearch.freshdesk.com/support/solutions/articles/47001253984-how-do-i-organise-my-noisetools-database-
- Remote monitoring continuity: Test Quantum alerts and data continuity through a deliberate connectivity outage.
  Sources: https://cirrusresearch.com/product/remote-noise-monitoring-quantum-outdoor/
- Buy or lease: Compare buying Quantum hardware plus the portal subscription with a long-term lease over the project length.
  Sources: https://cirrusresearch.com/lease-product/, https://cirrusresearch.com/product/remote-noise-monitoring-quantum-outdoor/

### Capability scope

- Instrument download and reporting [documented]: Downloads selected or all measurements from Optimus, doseBadge and Trojan instruments; built-in and quick reports; CSV and XML export; MTP packages move reports between installations. Sources: https://cirrusresearch.com/noise-analysis-software/
- Noise exposure and hearing protection [documented]: ISO 9612 module, a noise exposure calculator with hearing protection, and an HML and SNR calculator added in the January 2026 release. Sources: https://cirrusresearch.com/noise-analysis-software/, https://cirrusresearch.com/introducing-the-new-noisetools-faster-smarter-and-more-powerful-than-ever/
- AuditStore verification [conditional]: Available for Optimus meters and variants such as the Trojan recorder; checks that data in a NoiseTools report is the data originally stored in the instrument. Sources: https://cirrusresearch.com/noise-analysis-software/
- Audio review [documented]: Calibrated playback of recordings and VoiceTag notes, playback speed control and markers created from audio; audio is stored as FLAC since the January 2026 release. Sources: https://cirrusresearch.com/noise-analysis-software/, https://cirrusresearch.com/introducing-the-new-noisetools-faster-smarter-and-more-powerful-than-ever/
- Report traceability [documented]: Each report carries a unique QR code identifying the measurement or group, with key values that can be checked against the printed numbers. Sources: https://cirrusresearch.freshdesk.com/support/solutions/articles/47001253985-what-s-the-qr-code-for-on-my-noisetools-report-
- Quantum remote monitoring [conditional]: Class 1 Quantum Outdoor with threshold alerts by SMS or email, optional event audio, and weather, air-quality, vibration and camera modules; portal access requires a subscription. Sources: https://cirrusresearch.com/product/remote-noise-monitoring-quantum-outdoor/
- VoiceTag transcription [conditional]: Converts spoken VoiceTag notes into text in the notes field using cloud speech recognition. Sources: https://cirrusresearch.com/noise-analysis-software/
- Shared databases [conditional]: Several databases can be listed, prioritised or disabled; after an upgrade, all users of a shared database must run the latest NoiseTools version. Sources: https://cirrusresearch.freshdesk.com/support/solutions/articles/47001253984-how-do-i-organise-my-noisetools-database-, https://cirrusresearch.com/noise-analysis-software/
- Measurement organisation and report sharing [documented]: Measurements can be assigned to people, places and projects, grouped for summary analysis, and shared with other NoiseTools users through MTP packages. Reports can be created from single or grouped measurements, combined with a cover page, and saved or exported as PDF, Word or Excel. Sources: https://cirrusresearch.com/noise-analysis-software/, https://cirrusresearch.freshdesk.com/support/solutions/articles/47001254015-how-do-i-categorise-my-measurements-in-noisetools-
- Time-history marking and periodic recalculation [conditional]: Users can zoom into time-history data, add labelled point or period markers, recalculate values over selected periods, compare measurements and export graphs or tables. Fast or Slow frequency-band Lmax calculations require 1:1 or 1:3 octave time-history data recorded at 1/16-second resolution; slower data cannot support that calculation. Sources: https://cirrusresearch.com/noise-analysis-software/, https://cirrusresearch.freshdesk.com/support/solutions/articles/47001254009-time-history-view-in-noisetools, https://cirrusresearch.freshdesk.com/support/solutions/articles/47001254024-using-the-periodic-calculator-to-produce-lmax-values-in-frequency-bands
- MyCirrus cloud instrument management [conditional]: MyCirrus provides live and historical data, instrument status, scheduled downloads, configurable notifications, digital calibration certificates, organisation membership and instrument sharing. Quantum Portal access supports continuous Quantum monitoring and remains subscription-dependent. Sources: https://cirrusresearch.com/noise-analysis-software/, https://cirrusresearch.com/product/remote-noise-monitoring-quantum-outdoor/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: noise-at-work survey to an exposure report
1. Download a set of doseBadge and Optimus measurements for one work area.
2. Assign activities in the ISO 9612 module and select hearing protection with the HML and SNR calculator.
3. Produce the report, then check its values through the QR code and AuditStore.

#### Proposed demo: construction boundary monitoring with Quantum
1. Configure a Quantum Outdoor with a weather module and an LAeq alert threshold.
2. Receive the SMS and email alert with event audio, then load the measurement from MyCirrus into NoiseTools.
3. Interrupt the 4G link and check the portal record for the gap.

#### Proposed demo: investigate and document a disputed noise event
1. Download the measurement with its time-history and audio data, then assign it to the relevant place, person or project.
2. Locate the event on the time-history graph, create labelled markers and use the Periodic Calculator only where the recorded sampling interval supports the required calculation.
3. Review the calibrated audio, export the relevant graph or table, produce the report and verify the reported measurement with AuditStore.

### Product presentations

- [Analysing a measurement in NoiseTools](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bKw9taRaAfQ): Vendor-published Cirrus Research training video, about ten minutes, on analysing a TrojanLITE measurement in NoiseTools; it is not an independent test.

### Questions and answers

#### Does NoiseTools run on a Mac?
No native version: NoiseTools 2 requires Windows 10 (20H1) or later, and Cirrus states that macOS and Linux are not supported.

#### What changed in the 2026 NoiseTools release?
A new interface with light and dark themes, faster database and audio handling, direct loading of Quantum measurements from MyCirrus, opening MTP files without import, and data stored in UTC but shown in local time.

#### What is AuditStore?
A feature of Cirrus Optimus meters that lets NoiseTools users confirm that the data in a report is the data the instrument originally stored, for use when a measurement is challenged.

#### How does Quantum Outdoor connect and get power?
It connects over 4G with 3G fallback on a factory-fitted multi-network SIM, dual-band Wi-Fi or Ethernet, and runs on Power over Ethernet, mains, solar panel or battery.

#### Is Quantum Indoor the same class as Quantum Outdoor?
No. Cirrus lists Quantum Outdoor as a Class 1 and Quantum Indoor as a Class 2 noise monitor to IEC 61672-1:2013.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-25: Replaced the mechanically assembled profile with a re-research of Cirrus Research's software, Quantum Outdoor and leasing pages and the January 2026 NoiseTools release: added AuditStore, the ISO 9612 and HML/SNR tools, Quantum connectivity, power and class details, and equipment leasing. Removed the download-guidance article as a source.
- 2026-09-29: Expanded the profile with official documentation for measurement organisation, combined and portable reports, time-history markers, Periodic Calculator constraints, shared-database deployment and MyCirrus instrument management. Added an explicit entitlement caveat because the current NoiseTools overview describes advanced modules as included while the standalone Ln page retains add-on wording.
- 2026-10-02: Re-read all sources. The standalone Ln module page now redirects to the NoiseTools page, so it was removed as a source and the entitlement note updated.
- 2026-10-12: Re-read the software, release, Quantum Outdoor, leasing, about and support pages. Corrected the Quantum Indoor description (Class 2 with a Class 1 variant; Ethernet, Wi-Fi or modem) and added its product page as a source. Added the vendor's own NoiseTools training video.

### Demo questions

- Download a doseBadge survey into NoiseTools, run the ISO 9612 module and let a second analyst reproduce the same exposure result from the report's QR code and the database.
- Verify a disputed report against AuditStore and show what the check reports when a value has been changed.
- Upgrade a copy of our shared NoiseTools database and show what happens to a colleague still on the previous version.
- Cut a Quantum Outdoor's 4G connection for an hour and show whether the portal fills the interval, and when alerts arrive after reconnection.
- Quote Quantum hardware, portal subscription term, SIM data, calibration and the leasing alternative separately.

### Primary sources

- [NoiseTools, MyCirrus and software downloads](https://cirrusresearch.com/noise-analysis-software/)
- [NoiseTools release (5 January 2026)](https://cirrusresearch.com/introducing-the-new-noisetools-faster-smarter-and-more-powerful-than-ever/)
- [Quantum Outdoor specification and FAQ](https://cirrusresearch.com/product/remote-noise-monitoring-quantum-outdoor/)
- [Equipment leasing](https://cirrusresearch.com/lease-product/)
- [Organising NoiseTools databases](https://cirrusresearch.freshdesk.com/support/solutions/articles/47001253984-how-do-i-organise-my-noisetools-database-)
- [NoiseTools report QR codes](https://cirrusresearch.freshdesk.com/support/solutions/articles/47001253985-what-s-the-qr-code-for-on-my-noisetools-report-)
- [Contact](https://cirrusresearch.com/contact/)
- [Exporting NoiseTools data to Microsoft Excel](https://cirrusresearch.freshdesk.com/support/solutions/articles/47001253995-can-i-export-data-from-noisetools-to-microsoft-excel-)
- [NoiseTools time-history view, markers and reports](https://cirrusresearch.freshdesk.com/support/solutions/articles/47001254009-time-history-view-in-noisetools)
- [Periodic Calculator frequency-band processing](https://cirrusresearch.freshdesk.com/support/solutions/articles/47001254024-using-the-periodic-calculator-to-produce-lmax-values-in-frequency-bands)
- [Setting up a shared NoiseTools database](https://cirrusresearch.freshdesk.com/support/solutions/articles/47001253993-how-do-i-set-up-a-shared-database-in-noisetools-)
- [Categorising NoiseTools measurements](https://cirrusresearch.freshdesk.com/support/solutions/articles/47001254015-how-do-i-categorise-my-measurements-in-noisetools-)
- [Cirrus Research accreditations page](https://cirrusresearch.com/about-us/)
- [Quantum Indoor specification and FAQ, checked 12 October 2026](https://cirrusresearch.com/product/cloud-based-noise-monitor-quantum-indoor/)
- [Cirrus Research YouTube channel (linked from the vendor site), checked 12 October 2026](https://www.youtube.com/@cirrusresearch)
- [Cirrus Research video: TrojanLITE Session 6, Analysing a Measurement Using NoiseTools, checked 12 October 2026](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bKw9taRaAfQ)

## SoundPLAN

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/soundplan
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
SoundPLAN GmbH, based in Backnang, Germany, makes acoustics modelling software: SoundPLANnoise, a modular package for professional noise studies, and SoundPLANessential and essential+, compact editions for common road, rail, industry, parking and event noise studies. The company also sells expert reports and consulting.

SoundPLAN builds 3D models of terrain, buildings and sources and calculates noise at receivers, on grids and on facades to national and international standards, including ISO 9613-2:2024 in the current releases. Consultants use it to design barriers, allocate noise quotas and produce strategic noise maps. Its Industry and Indoor Noise modules also cover workplace exposure levels and room acoustics.

Best-fit starting point: Acoustic consultants, environmental planners and industrial noise engineers who must predict and map noise and design mitigation to recognised calculation standards.

Check before buying: It is a specialist modelling tool: results depend on the chosen standard, the source data and the user's skill, and there is no native macOS version. Cloud licences must reach the internet at least every 30 minutes during use. Occupational-health fit is limited to modelled workplace exposure levels.

### Pricing

Quote only (purchase, rental or cloud licence). SoundPLAN publishes no licence, rental or maintenance prices; offers come from SoundPLAN or its distribution partners. SoundPLANnoise is sold as modules or suggested packages, as dongle-protected single-user or network licences, or rented monthly or quarterly. After the one-year warranty, an annual maintenance contract provides program updates and support. SoundPLANessential is a one-time dongle purchase or an annual cloud rental; essential+ is cloud-only, and cloud rentals include updates and new major versions. Converting a current essential purchase to essential+ carries a one-time conversion fee, and the first cloud year is then free of charge.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating for consultancies and engineering teams that produce noise predictions, maps and mitigation designs regularly, because the modular licence lets them pay only for the noise types they use. Occupational health teams that need to measure exposure should look at measurement software instead: SoundPLAN predicts levels but does not record them.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: The essential licence page, the SoundPLANnoise packages and maintenance pages and the April 2024 EULA were read on 25 September 2026; none shows an amount.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.soundplan.eu/en/software/soundplanessential/licence
- https://www.soundplan.eu/en/software/soundplannoise/program-packages
- https://www.soundplan.eu/en/software/soundplannoise/maintenance-licenses-rent

### Dongle and network licences local; cloud licences check in every 30 minutes

Dongle and network licences run on the local machine or network, and a network seat can be borrowed to a notebook for work away from the network. Under the April 2024 EULA, cloud licences need an active internet connection at least every 30 minutes during use; a SoundPLANnoise cloud licence can be registered on two computers but run on one at a time, and an essential or manda cloud licence on one computer. Online map services such as Google Maps and OpenStreetMap also need a connection.

Product scope: SoundPLANnoise has a base module for terrain, geometry, calculation and documentation; noise types for road and rail, industry (including workplace exposure levels), indoor noise and aircraft; and tools such as wall design, distributed computing, a noise mapping toolbox and room acoustics. It models and maps noise; it does not measure it.

Review scope: Vendor-documentation research, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. AI-assisted explanations may be incomplete and do not replace a demo or primary documentation. Legacy ratings are excluded. Desk research dated 25 September 2026 against SoundPLAN's product, licence, maintenance and hardware pages, its current release notes and the April 2024 EULA.

Trial status: verified-free. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Standard coverage: Confirm that every calculation standard your authority requires is implemented in the quoted version.
  Sources: https://www.soundplan.eu/en/software/soundplannoise/current-version
- Module fit: Map each study type to the base module, noise types and tools before ordering.
  Sources: https://www.soundplan.eu/en/software/soundplannoise/modules, https://www.soundplan.eu/en/software/soundplannoise/program-packages
- Licence connectivity: Choose dongle, network or cloud licensing with field and home-office work in mind.
  Sources: https://www.soundplan.eu/fileadmin/user_upload/soundplan-dateien/software/eula-en.pdf, https://www.soundplan.eu/en/software/soundplannoise/maintenance-licenses-rent
- Workstation readiness: Check processor clock speed, memory per core and OpenGL 4.1 graphics against the hardware guidance.
  Sources: https://www.soundplan.eu/en/software/soundplannoise/hardware-recommendations
- Ongoing cost: Compare purchase plus annual maintenance with monthly or quarterly rental over the expected project horizon.
  Sources: https://www.soundplan.eu/en/software/soundplannoise/maintenance-licenses-rent

### Capability scope

- Terrain and 3D modelling [documented]: The base module covers georeferenced bitmaps, coordinate transformation, digital terrain models, calculation, assessment and tabular or graphical documentation. Sources: https://www.soundplan.eu/en/software/soundplannoise/modules
- Industrial and workplace noise [conditional]: Industry module: point, line and area sources, industrial halls, wind turbines, car parks, open-air concerts and noise at the workplace as exposure levels. Sources: https://www.soundplan.eu/en/software/soundplannoise/modules
- Indoor noise and room acoustics [conditional]: Indoor Noise to VDI 3760 with a sound-particle model, and a Room acoustics tool for reverberation time and speech intelligibility (STI) to ISO 3382-3:2012 and VDI 2569:2019. Sources: https://www.soundplan.eu/en/software/soundplannoise/modules
- Barrier optimisation [conditional]: The Wall design tool sizes noise barriers and walls for a planned structure using a cost-benefit analysis. Sources: https://www.soundplan.eu/en/software/soundplannoise/modules
- Current calculation standards [documented]: SoundPLANnoise 9.1 (September 2024) adds ISO 9613-2:2024 and extended Nord2000 settings; SoundPLANessential 6.0 (December 2024) adds ISO 9613-2:2024 and sonROAD18:2024. Sources: https://www.soundplan.eu/en/software/soundplannoise/current-version, https://www.soundplan.eu/en/software/soundplanessential/current-version
- Noise mapping at scale [conditional]: Noise Mapping Toolbox for EU strategic noise maps and action plans, and Distributed Computing across networked PCs from one licence. Sources: https://www.soundplan.eu/en/software/soundplannoise/modules
- Licence types and connectivity [conditional]: Dongle single-user, network with seat borrowing, monthly or quarterly rental, or cloud licences that need an internet connection every 30 minutes during use. Sources: https://www.soundplan.eu/en/software/soundplannoise/maintenance-licenses-rent, https://www.soundplan.eu/fileadmin/user_upload/soundplan-dateien/software/eula-en.pdf
- Road and rail traffic noise [conditional]: The Road and rail module enters or imports emissions for roads, railways and car parks through traffic data sets defined by the calculation standard in use. Sources: https://www.soundplan.eu/en/software/soundplannoise/modules
- Aircraft noise assessment [conditional]: The Aircraft noise module calculates descriptors including Leq, maximum level, NAT exceedance frequency, wake-up probability and ANEF, with maximum-level statistics by aircraft class or for their sum. It is predictive assessment, not aircraft tracking or field measurement. Sources: https://www.soundplan.eu/en/software/soundplannoise/modules
- Noise quota allotment [conditional]: The Noise allotment expansion module optimizes noise quotas for company sites within an area and presents the sectors and resulting noise map graphically; this does not establish regulatory approval or guaranteed compliance. Sources: https://www.soundplan.eu/en/software/soundplannoise/modules, https://www.soundplan.eu/en/software/soundplannoise/highlights

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: industrial site barrier study
1. Import site geometry and terrain, and enter sources with octave-band spectra.
2. Calculate a baseline facade noise map under ISO 9613-2:2024.
3. Size a barrier with Wall design and compare the mitigated map and the cost-benefit output.

#### Proposed demo: licence behaviour away from the office
1. Install the quoted licence type on the analyst's notebook.
2. Work a site day with a borrowed network seat, or with a cloud licence offline for more than 30 minutes.
3. Record which functions and map services remain available.

#### Proposed demo: road or rail route-change scenario
1. Import a representative road or rail traffic data set and calculate the baseline result under the required standard.
2. Change a property along the route, such as speed or a bridge, without creating artificial route segments, and calculate the alternative.
3. Compare the affected receiver or map results, retain the assumptions for both variants and produce the tabular and graphical documentation used for review.

### Product presentations

- [SoundPLANessential 3D road editor](https://www.soundplan.eu/en/software/soundplanessential): Official vendor image of the SoundPLANessential editor with a 3D road model and coordinate table.
- [Noise map output: total annoyance](https://www.soundplan.eu/en/software/soundplannoise/highlights): Official vendor image of a calculated noise map with a legend of total annoyance percentages.

### Questions and answers

#### Is SoundPLAN a noise monitoring instrument?
No. It predicts and maps noise from models; measured input data comes from separate instruments.

#### Does SoundPLAN run on a Mac?
Not natively. SoundPLAN says Mac users can run it in a virtual Windows environment; it is 64-bit Windows software and needs a graphics card supporting OpenGL 4.1.

#### What is the difference between noise and essential?
SoundPLANnoise is modular, with road and rail, industry, indoor and aircraft noise types and tools such as distributed computing. essential focuses on road, rail, industry, parking and open-air event noise in a simpler interface; essential+ adds further functions and is cloud-only.

#### Can one licence be used at home and in the office?
A dongle single-user licence can be installed on any number of computers and runs wherever the dongle is inserted. A network seat can be borrowed to a notebook for work outside the network.

#### Does SoundPLAN also carry out noise studies?
Yes. SoundPLAN GmbH has a consultancy department for immission control, room acoustics and immission measurements alongside its software business.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-25: Replaced the mechanically assembled profile with a re-research of SoundPLAN's product, licence and maintenance pages, release notes and the April 2024 EULA: module scope, ISO 9613-2:2024, licence borrowing, the four-week free test and maintenance terms. The primary category moved from Occupational Health to Environmental Management to match noise prediction and mapping.

### Demo questions

- Model one of our past industrial studies in the quoted modules with ISO 9613-2:2024 and compare the results with the report we submitted.
- Show which calculations, map services and exports stop when a cloud licence cannot reach the internet for more than 30 minutes.
- Borrow a network seat to a notebook, work a day without the network and return it; explain what happens if the notebook is lost.
- Run Wall design on a barrier option and export the cost-benefit result together with its input assumptions.
- Quote our module set as a purchase with maintenance and as monthly rental, and name the distributor who will support us.

### Primary sources

- [SoundPLANessential licence options](https://www.soundplan.eu/en/software/soundplanessential/licence)
- [SoundPLANnoise maintenance, licences and rent](https://www.soundplan.eu/en/software/soundplannoise/maintenance-licenses-rent)
- [SoundPLANnoise modules](https://www.soundplan.eu/en/software/soundplannoise/modules)
- [SoundPLANnoise program packages](https://www.soundplan.eu/en/software/soundplannoise/program-packages)
- [SoundPLANnoise 9.1 release (September 2024)](https://www.soundplan.eu/en/software/soundplannoise/current-version)
- [SoundPLANessential 6.0 release (December 2024)](https://www.soundplan.eu/en/software/soundplanessential/current-version)
- [SoundPLANessential product overview](https://www.soundplan.eu/en/software/soundplanessential)
- [Hardware and operating system recommendations](https://www.soundplan.eu/en/software/soundplannoise/hardware-recommendations)
- [End-user licence agreement (April 2024)](https://www.soundplan.eu/fileadmin/user_upload/soundplan-dateien/software/eula-en.pdf)
- [Demo version request](https://www.soundplan.eu/en/downloads/demo-versions)
- [Expert reports and consulting](https://www.soundplan.eu/en/services/expert-reports-consulting)
- [SoundPLANnoise highlights](https://www.soundplan.eu/en/software/soundplannoise/highlights)

## FoodDocs

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/fooddocs
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
FoodDocs is a HACCP-based food safety system for restaurant groups, food-to-go retail, healthcare foodservice (hospitals and care homes) and central kitchens. It combines a desktop dashboard, a monitoring app, a HACCP plan builder and, on the Professional plan, batch traceability. Healthcare here means food operations, not patient safety or occupational EHS.

FoodDocs turns a HACCP plan into scheduled monitoring checks that staff complete in an app, with corrective actions and a desktop-only supervisor verification step. Central kitchens on the Professional plan can link ingredient lots to prepared batches and dispatch records for a mock recall. Evaluate the plan tier together with the workflow: the app, the HACCP builder and traceability sit on different plans.

Best-fit starting point: Multi-site foodservice, food-to-go and care-home kitchens replacing paper HACCP logs, and central kitchens that need batch traceability for recalls.

Check before buying: Verification and back-dated entries are desktop-only, back-dated entries can hide their actual entry time if an administrator enables that setting, and traceability needs the Professional plan. Offline use of the app is not documented. Generated HACCP content still needs competent review for the operation.

### Pricing

Per site per month, unlimited users; Enterprise quote only. On 25 September 2026 the pricing page displayed, per site per month and excluding VAT: Lite €99 monthly or €79 billed annually (€948/year); Standard €199 or €167 (€1,999/year); Professional €299 or €250 (€2,999/year). Every plan lists unlimited users. Standard adds the HACCP plan builder and monitoring app; Professional adds traceability, recall data and export. The comparison table lists onboarding fees for implementation of €999 and €1,249 plus a custom Enterprise fee, apparently for Standard and Professional. Enterprise is quote only. The page showed euros from an EU connection and dollars on 20 September, so confirm the invoice currency. Invoicing is offered only above US$5,000 a year; otherwise payment is by card.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating for multi-site kitchens that want HACCP monitoring on phones at a published per-site price, and for central kitchens that need batch recall on the Professional plan. Less suitable where supervisors must verify records on mobile, where devices work without a connection, or where the need is broader occupational or environmental EHS.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: Amounts, entitlements, onboarding fees and trial terms come from the pricing page and help centre; the invoice currency and the plan each onboarding fee covers remain to be confirmed.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.fooddocs.com/pricing
- https://www.fooddocs.com/knowledge/what-happens-after-my-14-days-trial-is-over

### Offline not documented

Not documented: the app, pricing and help pages reviewed on 25 September 2026 describe cloud storage, and no knowledge-base article covers disconnected use. Test a disconnected phone completing a temperature check with a photo, then reconnect and check the record.

Product scope: Monitoring (Lite and above), the HACCP plan builder and monitoring app (Standard and above), and traceability with batch-based monitoring (Professional and Enterprise). Sensor readings arrive through an API or emailed CSV; integration partners are listed for North America and Europe. Occupational safety, environmental management and supplier approval beyond receiving logs are outside the documented scope.

Review scope: Desk research from the vendor's own product pages, pricing page and help centre, checked on 25 September 2026. Not hands-on testing or customer testimony; vendor testimonials and efficiency claims are excluded. Legacy ratings are excluded.

Trial status: verified-free. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Plan boundary: Map each workflow to a plan: desktop monitoring (Lite), app and HACCP builder (Standard), traceability and recall (Professional). Price the plan the workflow actually needs, per site.
  Sources: https://www.fooddocs.com/pricing
- Record integrity: Test desktop-only verification, the lock on verified entries and the hide-entry-time setting for back-dated records with a read-only inspector account.
  Sources: https://www.fooddocs.com/knowledge/how-to-verify-monitoring, https://www.fooddocs.com/knowledge/how-to-add-past-entries
- Recall readiness: Run the documented recall procedure on sample data and time the manual reconciliation of quantities in the exported spreadsheet.
  Sources: https://www.fooddocs.com/knowledge/how-to-perform-a-product-recall-using-end-to-end-traceability
- Sensor integration: Confirm device support through the API or CSV route, reading frequency and behaviour when a sensor goes silent.
  Sources: https://www.fooddocs.com/knowledge/how-to-integrate-sensors, https://www.fooddocs.com/integrations
- Data protection: The pricing FAQ states daily backups kept for one week by default and AWS hosting in Central European availability zones. Ask for longer retention and export terms if records must be kept for years.
  Sources: https://www.fooddocs.com/pricing

### Capability scope

- Scheduled monitoring checks with instructions [documented]: Checklists, temperature logs and cleaning schedules with photo or video instructions and app notifications; the app starts on Standard, Lite is desktop only. Sources: https://www.fooddocs.com/haccp-app, https://www.fooddocs.com/pricing
- Supervisor verification of entries [conditional]: An assigned verifier verifies entries singly or in bulk; verified entries are locked and show who verified them and when. Verification works only on desktop. Sources: https://www.fooddocs.com/knowledge/how-to-activate-monitoring-task-verification, https://www.fooddocs.com/knowledge/how-to-verify-monitoring
- Back-dated monitoring entries [conditional]: Desktop only. A past entry is stamped with the actual entry time, but a company setting can hide that stamp. Sources: https://www.fooddocs.com/knowledge/how-to-add-past-entries
- HACCP plan builder [conditional]: Generates editable hazard analysis, CCPs, flow chart, SOPs and PRPs from Standard; download and printing need at least an annual payment. The plan still needs competent review. Sources: https://www.fooddocs.com/haccp-plan, https://www.fooddocs.com/knowledge/what-happens-after-my-14-days-trial-is-over
- Batch traceability and mock recall [conditional]: Links receiving, recipe-batch and dispatch logs, with .xlsx export for a recall search; Professional or Enterprise only. Sources: https://www.fooddocs.com/knowledge/how-to-perform-a-product-recall-using-end-to-end-traceability, https://www.fooddocs.com/food-traceability
- Sensor measurements [conditional]: Readings arrive through a documented REST endpoint or CSV email from partners such as ConnectedFresh, Thinnect and SmartSense; the help centre and pricing page disagree on which plan includes sensors. Sources: https://www.fooddocs.com/knowledge/how-to-integrate-sensors, https://www.fooddocs.com/integrations, https://www.fooddocs.com/knowledge/how-to-choose-a-subscription-plan, https://www.fooddocs.com/pricing
- Inspector access [documented]: Inspectors can be invited with read-only access to task history and downloads, and the HACCP plan can be shared with an expiry date. Sources: https://www.fooddocs.com/knowledge/how-to-view-monitoring-reports-with-read-only-access-eho-local-health-department-inspectors-auditors, https://www.fooddocs.com/knowledge/how-to-share-haccp-plan-with-inspector
- Offline monitoring in the app [unverified]: Not documented in the reviewed product pages or help centre.
- Team roles and task-level access [documented]: Team members can be assigned roles and either administrator or monitoring access; the vendor states that assigned roles determine which daily tasks each person sees. Test multi-site access, temporary workers and deactivated accounts before rollout. Sources: https://www.fooddocs.com/knowledge/how-to-add-team-members
- Training certificates and expiry follow-up [documented]: The Team module stores required training or certificate records, assigns a responsible role and frequency, calculates expiry from the issue date and sends expiry notifications. It records evidence; it does not itself establish competence or legal sufficiency. Sources: https://www.fooddocs.com/knowledge/how-to-manage-training-records/certificates, https://www.fooddocs.com/knowledge/how-to-upload-training-records/certificates

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: failed fridge check to verified record
1. Configure a fridge temperature check with a photo instruction and switch on verification for a supervisor.
2. On the app, enter an out-of-range reading and record the prompted corrective action.
3. Log in on desktop as the supervisor, verify the entry and confirm it can no longer be edited.
4. Try the same verification on a tablet and record what the supervisor can and cannot do.

#### Proposed demo: back-dated entry an inspector can trust
1. On desktop, add a missed check for the previous day.
2. Open it in task history with the actual-entry-time stamp visible.
3. Switch on 'Hide actual time of entry' and review how the same record now appears to a read-only inspector account.
4. Agree who may change that setting.

#### Proposed demo: ingredient recall in a central kitchen
1. Record a delivery in the receiving log, two prepared batches and their dispatch logs.
2. Search the ingredient batch in traceability and export the .xlsx.
3. Reconcile received, used, in-stock and dispatched quantities as the help procedure describes.
4. Record the recall as an unscheduled entry and time the exercise.

#### Proposed demo: sensor gap
1. Post two readings to the sensor endpoint with a test company token.
2. Stop sending and observe what the linked monitoring task shows.
3. Confirm the plan that carries the sensor integration in writing.

### Product presentations

- [FoodDocs recall entry form](https://www.fooddocs.com/knowledge/how-to-perform-a-product-recall-using-end-to-end-traceability): Official vendor help-centre image of a FoodDocs recall entry form; example data.
- [FoodDocs verify tasks screen](https://www.fooddocs.com/knowledge/how-to-verify-monitoring): Official vendor help-centre image of the desktop Verify tasks list; example data, placeholder name.

### Questions and answers

#### What does FoodDocs cost?
On 25 September 2026 the pricing page showed, per site per month and excluding VAT, Lite €79, Standard €167 and Professional €250 when billed annually (€99, €199 and €299 monthly), with unlimited users. Onboarding fees of €999 and €1,249 are listed, and Enterprise is quote only. Confirm the invoice currency.

#### Does the cheapest plan include the app?
No. Lite is described as desktop monitoring; the monitoring app, HACCP builder and recipe book start at Standard, and traceability at Professional.

#### Can supervisors verify checks on a phone?
No. The help centre states that verification can be activated and performed only on the desktop version. Verified entries are locked and show the verifier and time.

#### Can missed checks be entered later?
Yes, on desktop only. The record carries the actual entry time unless an administrator enables 'Hide actual time of entry', so agree who controls that setting.

#### Does FoodDocs work offline?
Offline use is not documented in the reviewed pages or help centre. Test a disconnected check with a photo during the trial before relying on it.

#### How do sensors connect?
Readings are posted to a FoodDocs API endpoint with a company token, or emailed as CSV. ConnectedFresh, Thinnect and SmartSense are listed partners; confirm which plan includes sensors.

#### Is there a free trial?
Yes. The help centre describes one 14-day trial of the paid plans per account, no card required, with a one-time extension on request. Unpaid accounts are frozen when the trial ends.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-25: Rewritten from the vendor's pricing page, product pages and help centre: plan-by-plan entitlements, euro amounts as displayed, desktop-only verification and back-dating, the hide-entry-time setting, the Professional-only recall procedure and the sensor API. Replaces the mechanically assembled profile.
- 2026-09-28: Added team-role access, training-certificate expiry controls and multi-site deviation reporting from current help pages, bringing the profile to the directory's deep-evidence threshold.

### Demo questions

- Our supervisors work on tablets: show how they verify entries when verification is desktop-only, and what the verified badge records.
- If a manager back-dates a missed fridge check, how does an inspector see the real entry time, and who can switch on the setting that hides it?
- Run the documented ingredient recall on our data: receiving log, batch search, .xlsx export and dispatch list. Where must staff reconcile quantities by hand?
- Which plan includes the sensor API for our devices, how often do readings arrive, and what happens to a scheduled check when a sensor stops sending?
- Quote Standard versus Professional for our sites in writing, with the onboarding fee each plan carries, the invoice currency and VAT.

### Primary sources

- [Pricing and plans](https://www.fooddocs.com/pricing)
- [HACCP monitoring app](https://www.fooddocs.com/haccp-app)
- [HACCP plan builder](https://www.fooddocs.com/haccp-plan)
- [Food traceability](https://www.fooddocs.com/food-traceability)
- [Help: activate verification](https://www.fooddocs.com/knowledge/how-to-activate-monitoring-task-verification)
- [Help: verify monitoring tasks](https://www.fooddocs.com/knowledge/how-to-verify-monitoring)
- [Help: past entries](https://www.fooddocs.com/knowledge/how-to-add-past-entries)
- [Help: product recall](https://www.fooddocs.com/knowledge/how-to-perform-a-product-recall-using-end-to-end-traceability)
- [Help: sensors](https://www.fooddocs.com/knowledge/how-to-integrate-sensors)
- [Integration partners](https://www.fooddocs.com/integrations)
- [Help: inspector access](https://www.fooddocs.com/knowledge/how-to-view-monitoring-reports-with-read-only-access-eho-local-health-department-inspectors-auditors)
- [Help: share the HACCP plan](https://www.fooddocs.com/knowledge/how-to-share-haccp-plan-with-inspector)
- [Help: free trial](https://www.fooddocs.com/knowledge/what-happens-after-my-14-days-trial-is-over)
- [Help: choosing a plan](https://www.fooddocs.com/knowledge/how-to-choose-a-subscription-plan)
- [Demo request](https://www.fooddocs.com/demo)
- [Team roles, access levels and assigned daily tasks — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.fooddocs.com/knowledge/how-to-add-team-members)
- [Training certificate requirements and expiry reminders — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.fooddocs.com/knowledge/how-to-manage-training-records/certificates)
- [Training certificate evidence and calculated expiry dates — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.fooddocs.com/knowledge/how-to-upload-training-records/certificates)
- [Company-wide deviation and missed-task reporting — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.fooddocs.com/knowledge/what-data-i-can-see-in-daily-reports)

## RLDatix

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/rldatix
Sources checked: 2026-10-10
RLDatix (RLD) sells healthcare safety, compliance, provider-management and workforce software as modules of its RLD360 platform, with separate regional sites (North America, UK and Ireland, Asia-Pacific, Sweden, Middle East and Africa, Germany). This profile covers the North American Risk & Safety and compliance modules. It is patient-safety and healthcare-governance software, not an industrial or occupational EHS suite.

RLDatix's Risk & Safety modules take a hospital from a reported harm event or near miss, through structured root cause analysis and assigned actions, to a risk register and, where an event becomes a claim, claims management with reserves and settlements. Audits & Standards and Policy Management link rounds, accreditation standards and policies. Scope, regional product and price are set in an enterprise proposal; there is no public help centre or price.

Best-fit starting point: Hospitals and health systems that want patient-safety event reporting, RCA, risk and claims in one vendor's modules, with accreditation rounding and policy management alongside.

Check before buying: Everything is quoted as an enterprise proposal and product documentation sits behind a customer login, so capability depth can only be confirmed in a demo. The offline product it sells is a MEDITECH downtime tool, not offline incident reporting. Products and compliance claims differ by region.

### Pricing

Enterprise proposal; quote only. Quote only. The North American homepage FAQ says pricing is an enterprise model based on the size and complexity of the organisation and the solutions required, delivered as a proposal. No software amount, currency, term or trial is published. Ask for module, implementation, data migration, interface, training and renewal charges separately.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating for hospitals and health systems that want patient-safety reporting, RCA, risk and claims from one vendor, especially where accreditation rounding and policies should link to the same records. Not relevant to industrial, construction or occupational EHS buyers, and hard to compare on price because every figure comes from an enterprise proposal.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-02 [verified]: The North American homepage FAQ confirms an enterprise, proposal-based pricing model. No software price, currency, term or trial is published.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.rldatix.com/en-nam/

### Offline not documented

Offline incident reporting is not documented. The Audits & Standards page describes mobile-friendly, cloud-based rounding from any device. RLDatix's IPeople Data Accessibility is an offline product, but for MEDITECH EHR downtime (offline clinical views and downtime registration that syncs back), not for safety event capture.

Product scope: North American modules reviewed: Event Reporting, Root Cause Analysis, Risk Register, Claims, Safety Huddles, Audits & Standards and Procedure & Policy Management, marketed together as Risk & Safety on RLD360. The UK and Ireland site describes its own event reporting product with LFPSE and PSIRF support. Credentialing, payer enrolment, staff scheduling and patient-experience modules are outside this profile.

Review scope: Desk research from the vendor's North American and UK module pages and news release, checked on 25 September and 2 October 2026. RLDatix product documentation and support content require a customer login and were not available. Not hands-on testing or customer testimony; vendor case-study figures are excluded. Legacy ratings are excluded.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Event-to-claim continuity: Follow one synthetic event through report, RCA, action, risk entry and claim, and check what each role can see at each step.
  Sources: https://www.rldatix.com/en-nam/risk-and-safety-on-rld360/risk-management-and-claims/
- AI-assisted reporting: Test Smart Entry with ambiguous narratives and check that classification can be corrected and the source text retained.
  Sources: https://www.rldatix.com/en-nam/company/news/rldatix-launches-ai-smart-entry-to-advance-event-reporting-and-risk-management
- Accreditation evidence: Confirm the standards content you need is in the 400+ library and that rounds, policies and actions link without duplicate entry.
  Sources: https://www.rldatix.com/en-nam/module/audits-standards/, https://www.rldatix.com/en-nam/module/policy-management/
- Downtime procedure: Ask how events are captured during an outage; the documented offline product addresses EHR downtime only.
  Sources: https://www.rldatix.com/en-nam/module/data-accessibility/
- Commercial scope: Require an itemised proposal by module, migration, interfaces, training, term and renewal; nothing is published to compare against.
  Sources: https://www.rldatix.com/en-nam/

### Capability scope

- Healthcare event reporting [documented]: Reporting forms with managed content and automatic alerts to the responsible teams when an event is logged; near misses are captured in the Risk & Safety product. Sources: https://www.rldatix.com/en-nam/module/event-reporting/, https://www.rldatix.com/en-nam/risk-and-safety-on-rld360/risk-management-and-claims/
- AI Smart Entry [conditional]: Announced 18 August 2025 within Safety & Risk Management: staff describe an event in narrative form and the tool pre-populates and classifies the report. The vendor's 'up to 70%' time-reduction figure is its own claim. Confirm availability in your region and module licence. Sources: https://www.rldatix.com/en-nam/company/news/rldatix-launches-ai-smart-entry-to-advance-event-reporting-and-risk-management
- Root cause analysis and action tracking [documented]: Guided templates and RCA tools for serious events, cross-discipline participation and assigned, tracked actions. Sources: https://www.rldatix.com/en-nam/module/root-cause-analysis/
- Risk register [documented]: Clinical, operational and reputational risks with impact and likelihood scoring, owners, role-based access and mitigation plans. Sources: https://www.rldatix.com/en-nam/module/risk-register/
- Claims management [conditional]: Case files, documents and deadlines with reserves, settlements and expenses, role-based access and automated tasking; linked to events in Risk & Safety. A separate module; confirm it is in the proposal. Sources: https://www.rldatix.com/en-nam/module/claims/, https://www.rldatix.com/en-nam/risk-and-safety-on-rld360/risk-management-and-claims/
- Accreditation rounding and standards [conditional]: Custom rounds on any device with photo findings and work orders, and a library of 400+ national, state and specialty standards (CMS, TJC, DNV, ACHC, CIHQ). 'Mobile-friendly' and cloud-based; offline rounding is not stated. Sources: https://www.rldatix.com/en-nam/module/audits-standards/
- Policy management [documented]: Searchable policy library with document lifecycle management, links to standards and to other RLD modules. Sources: https://www.rldatix.com/en-nam/module/policy-management/
- Safety huddles and follow-up [conditional]: The module page describes a shared space for daily team huddles where issues are raised, follow-ups assigned and trends tracked. Escalation rules are not described on the reviewed page; confirm the licensed module, source systems and retention of decisions in the proposal. Sources: https://www.rldatix.com/en-nam/module/safety-huddles/
- MEDITECH downtime data accessibility [conditional]: IPeople Data Accessibility is presented for access to MEDITECH patient information during planned or unplanned downtime. It is a separate continuity use case and does not establish offline capture for safety-event reporting. Sources: https://www.rldatix.com/en-nam/module/data-accessibility/
- Offline safety event reporting [unverified]: Not documented. The offline product (IPeople Data Accessibility) covers MEDITECH EHR downtime, not safety events.

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: narrative report to reviewed action
1. Report a synthetic patient fall with Smart Entry, without real identifiers.
2. Correct a pre-populated field and confirm the original narrative is retained.
3. Open an RCA from the event, assign an action owner and due date, and close it with evidence.
4. Add the underlying hazard to the risk register with a likelihood and impact score.

#### Proposed demo: event that becomes a claim
1. Escalate the same event into the Claims module.
2. Record a reserve and an expense, and show the audit trail.
3. Show which parts of the clinical event record risk, legal and finance users can each see.

#### Proposed demo: survey-readiness round
1. Run an environment-of-care round on a phone with a photo finding.
2. Raise a work order from the finding and link it to the relevant standard and policy.
3. Show the evidence record a surveyor would be given, and repeat the round with the network disconnected.

### Product presentations

- [Event Reporting form icon wall](https://www.rldatix.com/en-nam/module/event-reporting/): Official vendor illustration of the RLDatix Event Reporting module: a grid of event form types; sample data.
- [Audits & Standards rounds on mobile](https://www.rldatix.com/en-nam/module/audits-standards/): Official vendor illustration of Audits & Standards rounds on two phone screens; sample data.

### Questions and answers

#### Is RLDatix an EHS platform?
Not in the industrial sense. Its reviewed modules cover patient-safety events, RCA, risk, claims, accreditation rounding and policies for hospitals and health systems.

#### How is RLDatix priced?
Quote only. The homepage FAQ describes an enterprise proposal based on organisation size, complexity and the solutions required; no software price is published.

#### What is AI Smart Entry?
A feature announced in August 2025 that lets staff describe an event in their own words and pre-populates and classifies the event report. Confirm regional availability and licensing.

#### Does RLDatix support offline incident reporting?
Not documented. Its offline product is IPeople Data Accessibility for MEDITECH downtime, which is unrelated to safety event capture.

#### Is the UK product the same?
The UK and Ireland site describes its own event reporting product with LFPSE and PSIRF compliance. Treat regional products as separate evaluations.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-25: Rewritten from the vendor's North American and UK module pages: event reporting with AI Smart Entry, RCA, risk register, claims, rounding and policy scope, the MEDITECH-only offline product and the proposal-based pricing. Category corrected from Occupational Health to Risk Management, since no occupational-health module was found. Replaces the mechanically assembled profile.
- 2026-09-28: Separated the documented Safety Huddles escalation workflow and MEDITECH downtime-access module from the still-unverified claim of offline safety-event reporting.
- 2026-10-02: Re-read all 15 sources on 2 October 2026. Safety Huddles scope softened (escalation not described on the page), unverified offline claim left without a source, banner-fee sentence dropped.

### Demo questions

- Report a synthetic fall with AI Smart Entry, then show which fields it pre-populated, how the reporter corrects them and whether the original narrative is kept.
- Take that event through RCA to an owned action and a risk-register entry, and show what a unit manager versus central quality staff can see.
- Convert the event into a claim: show reserves and expenses, and who in risk, legal and finance can see which parts of the event record.
- When the network or the application is down, how do staff report a safety event, and how is it entered afterwards?
- Itemise the proposal by module, with migration from our current system, interfaces, training, term and renewal terms.

### Primary sources

- [Homepage and pricing FAQ (North America)](https://www.rldatix.com/en-nam/)
- [RLD360 platform overview](https://www.rldatix.com/en-nam/rld360-platform/)
- [Risk & Safety on RLD360: risk management and claims](https://www.rldatix.com/en-nam/risk-and-safety-on-rld360/risk-management-and-claims/)
- [Risk & Safety on RLD360: safety](https://www.rldatix.com/en-nam/risk-and-safety-on-rld360/safety/)
- [Event Reporting module](https://www.rldatix.com/en-nam/module/event-reporting/)
- [AI Smart Entry launch (18 August 2025)](https://www.rldatix.com/en-nam/company/news/rldatix-launches-ai-smart-entry-to-advance-event-reporting-and-risk-management)
- [Root Cause Analysis module](https://www.rldatix.com/en-nam/module/root-cause-analysis/)
- [Risk Register module](https://www.rldatix.com/en-nam/module/risk-register/)
- [Claims module](https://www.rldatix.com/en-nam/module/claims/)
- [Safety Huddles module](https://www.rldatix.com/en-nam/module/safety-huddles/)
- [Audits & Standards module](https://www.rldatix.com/en-nam/module/audits-standards/)
- [Procedure & Policy Management module](https://www.rldatix.com/en-nam/module/policy-management/)
- [IPeople Data Accessibility (MEDITECH downtime)](https://www.rldatix.com/en-nam/module/data-accessibility/)
- [UK and Ireland event reporting (LFPSE, PSIRF)](https://www.rldatix.com/en-uki/solution/event-reporting/)
- [Demo request](https://www.rldatix.com/en-nam/book-a-demo/)

## Plan A

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/plan-a
Sources checked: 2026-10-11
Plan A is the corporate carbon accounting and decarbonisation platform of PlanA.earth GmbH (Berlin, with a Paris office). Diginex Limited (NASDAQ: DGNX) announced on 14 January 2026 that it had closed its acquisition of the company. Evaluate the contracted Plan A packages separately from Diginex's wider ESG reporting portfolio.

Plan A collects activity and spend data across Scopes 1, 2 and 3, calculates emissions with GHG Protocol-aligned methods and turns the result into dashboards, reports, science-based targets and reduction plans. Its calculation methodology carries a TÜV Rheinland certificate. CSRD reporting, supplier data (Supply Chain+) and several expert services are add-ons, and all packages are quote only.

Best-fit starting point: Mid-size and larger companies that need a corporate carbon footprint across facilities and subsidiaries, with target setting and optional expert support, rather than frontline EHS.

Check before buying: All packages are quote only, API access is listed from Pro, and CSRD, supplier data and the AI assistant are add-ons. The TÜV certificate covers the calculation methodology, not your footprint or disclosure. Carbon accounting is not QHSE coverage.

### Pricing

Essential, Pro and Enterprise packages; quote only. Quote only. The offerings page lists three packages with 'Schedule a call' and no amounts. Essential covers data collection, automated calculations and targets and actions; Pro adds advanced carbon reporting, API access and a dedicated customer success manager; Enterprise adds personalised support and lists 500 suppliers included. CSRD Reporting is an add-on; Supply Chain+ and Gaia AI Pro are optional; carbon accounting, advanced CCF reporting, CSRD readiness, decarbonisation consulting and data migration are optional services. No trial is offered on the reviewed pages. Ask for the package, add-ons, supplier scope and services as separate lines with currency and term.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating for companies that need an auditable corporate carbon footprint and reduction plan and want a third-party-reviewed methodology, with expert services available if the team is small. Less suitable for buyers who need a published price, supplier data without an add-on, or broader ESG or EHS workflows in the same tool.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-09-25 [verified]: The offerings page lists Essential, Pro and Enterprise with no amounts, CSRD as an add-on and optional modules and services. No price, currency or trial is published.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://plana.earth/offerings

### Web platform; offline not documented

Not applicable in the usual sense: Plan A is a web platform for office-based data upload, analysis and reporting. No offline mode is documented. The vendor publishes a status page for service availability.

Product scope: Carbon Manager: data collection with templates, AI-assisted file mapping and PDF extraction, GHG Protocol-aligned calculations, multi-facility structure, tagging, activity log, dashboards, report exports, narrative PDF report, target setting, reduction actions, internal carbon price and forecasting. Add-ons: CSRD Manager, Supply Chain+ and Gaia AI Pro. Optional services: custom calculations, CCF reporting, CSRD readiness, decarbonisation consulting and data migration.

Review scope: Desk research from the vendor's product, offerings, security and API-terms pages, the TÜV Rheinland Certipedia entry and Diginex's closing announcement, checked on 25 September 2026. The Plan A Help Center is not publicly accessible. Not hands-on testing or customer testimony. Legacy ratings are excluded.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Methodology and boundaries: Read the TÜV certificate scope and ask for the review report's assessment limits; check factor sources for your largest Scope 3 categories.
  Sources: https://www.certipedia.com/quality_marks/0000081059?locale=en, https://plana.earth/measure-emissions
- Data onboarding effort: Test file mapping and PDF extraction on your own files and decide whether the optional data migration service is needed.
  Sources: https://plana.earth/collect-data, https://plana.earth/offerings
- Package and add-on boundary: Map API, advanced reporting, CSRD, supplier data and AI features to the package or add-on that carries each one before comparing quotes.
  Sources: https://plana.earth/offerings
- Integration terms: Check that the API's permitted use and rate limits cover your planned data flows in both directions.
  Sources: https://plana.earth/api-terms
- Ownership change: Ask how the Diginex acquisition affects contracting, hosting, support and roadmap.
  Sources: https://ir.diginex.com/news-releases/news-release-details/diginex-limited-nasdaq-dgnx-closes-acquisition-planaearth-gmbh

### Capability scope

- Scope 1-3 data collection [documented]: Structured templates across all scopes, organisation mapping by department, facility or subsidiary, AI-assisted mapping of uploaded files and automatic extraction from PDFs such as invoices. Sources: https://plana.earth/collect-data, https://plana.earth/offerings
- Emissions calculation methods [documented]: GHG Protocol-aligned categories with spend-based, average-data and activity-based methods, plus import of emissions already calculated elsewhere. TÜV Rheinland certifies the methodology (status April 2026) against the GHG Protocol and its ICT sector guidance; this is not verification of a customer's footprint. Sources: https://plana.earth/measure-emissions, https://www.certipedia.com/quality_marks/0000081059?locale=en
- Audit trail for uploads [documented]: An activity log tracks file uploads by emission category with uploader, timestamp and download, replace or delete options. Sources: https://plana.earth/offerings
- Reporting and exports [documented]: Pre-defined and custom dashboards, filters and breakdowns, emissions report export for a period and a narrative PDF report; advanced carbon reporting is listed from Pro. Sources: https://plana.earth/report-sustainability, https://plana.earth/offerings
- Targets and decarbonisation planning [documented]: Absolute, intensity or SBTi targets, a library of reduction actions, action roadmaps, internal carbon pricing and emission forecasts against targets. Sources: https://plana.earth/set-decarbonisation-targets, https://plana.earth/reduce-carbon-footprint
- API [conditional]: Listed from the Pro package. The API terms limit use to integrating client-system data into Plan A's carbon accounting services and allow rate limits and suspension for excessive use; the offerings page also mentions export to other systems. Sources: https://plana.earth/offerings, https://plana.earth/api-terms
- CSRD Manager [conditional]: Paid add-on: step-by-step CSRD guidance, DMA and gap-analysis import, ESRS data-point collection with tasks, stakeholder collaboration and automatic E1 carbon data transfer, with export for the final report. Sources: https://plana.earth/offerings
- Supplier data (Supply Chain+) [conditional]: Optional module to bring suppliers in and scrape available data; Enterprise lists 500 suppliers included. Sources: https://plana.earth/offerings
- Security attestation [conditional]: The security page states SOC 2 Type II and lists encryption in transit and at rest, least-privilege access and peer-reviewed changes. Request the report under NDA rather than relying on the statement. Sources: https://plana.earth/security
- Data validation during onboarding [documented]: The data-collection page describes automatic error detection while adaptive mapping converts uploaded files into Plan A's structure. Test missing units, duplicate rows and invalid periods with your own files; automated checks do not replace an accountable review and approval process. Sources: https://plana.earth/collect-data

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: messy file to calculated emissions
1. Upload a real energy spreadsheet and a supplier invoice PDF.
2. Review the suggested mapping and correct one field.
3. Calculate with the chosen method and open the activity log entry for the upload.
4. Replace the file and confirm what happens to the earlier calculation.

#### Proposed demo: baseline to target gap
1. Set an SBTi-style target on the demo baseline.
2. Add two reduction actions and a growth assumption.
3. Show the forecast gap and the cost at the chosen internal carbon price.

#### Proposed demo: carbon data into CSRD E1
1. Open the CSRD Manager add-on with an imported double materiality result.
2. Show E1 disclosures populated from the Carbon Manager and assign a missing data point.
3. Export the report package and list what still needs manual work.

### Product presentations

- [Company emissions dashboard](https://plana.earth/report-sustainability): Official vendor image of the Plan A company dashboard; the figures look like sample data.

### Questions and answers

#### Is Plan A part of Diginex?
Yes. Diginex announced on 14 January 2026 that it had closed its acquisition of PlanA.earth GmbH. Confirm the contracting entity and roadmap in the proposal.

#### How much does Plan A cost?
Quote only. Essential, Pro and Enterprise have no published amounts; CSRD reporting, Supply Chain+ and Gaia AI Pro are add-ons or options.

#### What does the TÜV Rheinland certificate mean?
TÜV Rheinland certifies Plan A's Corporate Carbon Footprint methodology (status April 2026) as complying with the GHG Protocol and its ICT sector guidance. It does not verify an individual company's footprint or report.

#### Does Plan A include an API?
API access is listed from the Pro package, and the API terms restrict use to integrating client data into Plan A's carbon accounting services, subject to rate limits.

#### Can Plan A replace an EHS or full ESG platform?
No. It covers carbon accounting and decarbonisation, with CSRD data collection as an add-on; safety, quality and wider social or governance workflows are outside its scope.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-25: Rewritten from the vendor's offerings, product, security and API-terms pages, the TÜV Rheinland certificate entry and Diginex's closing announcement: package and add-on boundaries, calculation methods, activity log, targets and forecasting, and the scope of the methodology certificate. The acquisition source now points to the closing announcement instead of the agreement filing. Replaces the mechanically assembled profile.
- 2026-09-28: Separated automatic onboarding error detection from file mapping and the upload audit trail, with explicit buyer tests for invalid and duplicate data; the profile now reaches the directory's deep-evidence threshold.

### Demo questions

- Upload one of our fuel or energy spreadsheets and a supplier invoice PDF: show the mapping suggestions, the errors detected and what the activity log records.
- For one Scope 3 category, show the spend-based and activity-based results side by side with emission factor sources and versions.
- What exactly does the TÜV Rheinland certificate (review report CF-2026-04-21278345) cover, and which calculation categories are outside its assessment limits?
- Show how the CSRD Manager pulls E1 disclosures from the carbon data, and quote it separately from the base package.
- Since the Diginex acquisition, what changes to the product roadmap, contracting entity, data location and support are planned for existing customers?

### Primary sources

- [Packages, add-ons and services](https://plana.earth/offerings)
- [Data collection](https://plana.earth/collect-data)
- [Emissions measurement and FAQ](https://plana.earth/measure-emissions)
- [Carbon reporting](https://plana.earth/report-sustainability)
- [Target setting](https://plana.earth/set-decarbonisation-targets)
- [Emissions reduction and forecasting](https://plana.earth/reduce-carbon-footprint)
- [Information security](https://plana.earth/security)
- [API terms of use](https://plana.earth/api-terms)
- [TÜV Rheinland certificate for the Corporate Carbon Footprint methodology](https://www.certipedia.com/quality_marks/0000081059?locale=en)
- [Diginex closes acquisition of PlanA.earth GmbH (14 January 2026)](https://ir.diginex.com/news-releases/news-release-details/diginex-limited-nasdaq-dgnx-closes-acquisition-planaearth-gmbh)
- [Service status page](https://plana.statuspage.io/)
- [Demo request](https://plana.earth/request-demo)

## Worldfavor

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/worldfavor
Sources checked: 2026-10-11
Worldfavor AB (founded in Stockholm in 2016) runs a supply chain due diligence platform with three offerings: Sustainable Sourcing for buyers, Sustainable Investments for portfolio ESG data, and Transparency, a free reporting space for suppliers. It is a supplier-data and questionnaire platform, not a frontline safety or site-inspection tool.

Worldfavor screens a buyer's supplier list against risk indices and public sources, sends structured ESG questionnaires ('requirement packages') that suppliers answer free of charge, and scores the answers against requirements the buyer sets, with manual assessment and exceptions. Tier-1 suppliers disclose their own suppliers to extend the map. Investment teams use the same approach for portfolio companies. Buyer plans are quote only.

Best-fit starting point: Procurement, sustainability and investment teams that must collect and assess supplier or portfolio ESG data every cycle for CSRD, CSDDD, LkSG, EUDR, SFDR or the Norwegian Transparency Act.

Check before buying: Supplier answers are self-reported, and the vendor says suppliers are responsible for their accuracy. AI screening surfaces signals from public sources for your team to review; it is not verification. Security wording varies: 'SOC 2 aligned controls' on some lines, 'SOC 2 Type 2 certified' on another; ISO 27001 appears only as 'principles'.

### Pricing

Buyer plans quote only; responding suppliers participate at no charge. Quote only for buyers. The pricing page lists a free 'Reporting with Worldfavor' plan for responding suppliers and three quoted buyer plans: Standard, Configurable and Managed service. The pricing FAQ says price depends on the number of suppliers, users and selected features, workflow complexity and customisation, that suppliers and sub-suppliers need no licence, and that some advanced AI capabilities may use usage-based credits depending on the plan. The free supplier space is not a trial of the buyer platform; no buyer trial is offered on the reviewed pages. The pricing page's structured data, which is not shown in the visible page text, lists annual plans: Standard 'from 20000 EUR', Configurable 'from 40000 EUR' and Managed Service 'from 50000 EUR', with prices varying by company size and supplier scope. Treat these as indicative and confirm them in a quote.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating for companies and investors with recurring supplier or portfolio ESG data obligations, especially where many suppliers must respond without buying a licence. Less suitable for buyers who need independent verification of supplier data, a published price, or EHS workflows for their own sites.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-09-25 [verified]: The pricing page lists a free supplier plan and three quoted buyer plans; its FAQ states the cost drivers, free supplier participation and possible AI usage credits. No buyer price appears in the visible page text; its structured data lists annual EUR "from" amounts for the three buyer plans. No trial is published.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.worldfavor.com/pricing

### Web platform; offline not documented

Not applicable in the usual sense: Worldfavor is a web platform for questionnaires, screening and review, and no offline or mobile field mode is documented.

Product scope: Buyer plans: Standard (pre-defined assessments and risk logic), Configurable (custom workflows and risk scoring) and Managed service (Worldfavor runs the due diligence). Suppliers use the free Transparency space. API integrations with ERP and reporting tools and SAML SSO are stated. No mobile or offline field capability is described.

Review scope: Desk research from the vendor's product and pricing pages and its public help centre, checked on 25 September 2026. Several help articles are dated 2020-2021; the product updates page runs to March 2025. Not hands-on testing or customer testimony; vendor response-rate and time-saving figures are excluded. Legacy ratings are excluded.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Screening transparency: Check that each risk flag shows its source and that screening decisions are recorded for the due diligence file.
  Sources: https://www.worldfavor.com/supplier-risk-screening, https://www.worldfavor.com/worldfavor-ai
- Questionnaire and assessment control: Test requirement logic, manual assessment, exceptions, signatures and period roll-over on your own questions.
  Sources: https://intercom.help/worldfavor/en/articles/1779297-assessing-answers-from-a-requirement-package, https://intercom.help/worldfavor/en/articles/5373347-collect-data-for-a-new-period
- Supplier response burden: Walk through the free supplier experience in a second language, including reuse of answers across customers.
  Sources: https://www.worldfavor.com/transparency
- Commercial drivers: Price the plan against supplier count, users, customisation and AI credits, and ask what grows each year.
  Sources: https://www.worldfavor.com/pricing
- Security and integration evidence: Request the security report or certificate and API documentation before contract; neither is public.
  Sources: https://www.worldfavor.com/worldfavor-ai, https://www.worldfavor.com/sustainable-sourcing

### Capability scope

- Supplier risk screening [documented]: Screens an uploaded supplier list against risk indices and public sources, scoring country and industry risk before any supplier is contacted, and keeps a record of screening decisions. Sources: https://www.worldfavor.com/supplier-risk-screening, https://www.worldfavor.com/sustainable-sourcing
- AI enrichment and news monitoring [conditional]: Enriches supplier profiles from public company data and scans news for reported allegations, ranked by criticality for the team to review. The vendor states customer data is not used to train models. Some advanced AI capabilities may use usage-based credits. Sources: https://www.worldfavor.com/worldfavor-ai, https://www.worldfavor.com/pricing
- Requirement packages and reminders [documented]: Questionnaires are sent as requirement packages with customisable invitation emails and weekly reminders starting one month before the due date; both are inactive until switched on. Packages are rolled into a new period by updating dates and recalculating. Sources: https://intercom.help/worldfavor/en/articles/996310-automatic-invitations-reminders-and-email-settings, https://intercom.help/worldfavor/en/articles/5373347-collect-data-for-a-new-period
- Answer assessment [documented]: Fulfilment is calculated against the buyer's requirements; overdue packages become 'Require action'; reviewers can set exceptions with comments and manually assess answers; required signatures are stored as PDFs. The article dates from 2020. Sources: https://intercom.help/worldfavor/en/articles/1779297-assessing-answers-from-a-requirement-package
- Locking reported data [documented]: Since March 2025 reporting can be locked, or data reported before a date locked, per request as well as per Data Collector. Sources: https://intercom.help/worldfavor/en/articles/7863903-product-updates
- Multi-tier mapping [conditional]: Tier-1 suppliers disclose their own suppliers, each new name is screened, and unmapped parts of the chain are shown. Coverage depends on tier-1 suppliers responding. Sources: https://www.worldfavor.com/multi-tier-visibility
- Supplier emissions data [documented]: A ready-made set of 24 emissions questions from the Decarbonization assessment collects supplier Scope 1-3 data and SBTi status, with agreed targets and deadlines tracked per supplier. Sources: https://www.worldfavor.com/supplier-emissions-data
- Portfolio ESG and SFDR reporting [documented]: Standardised ESG collection from portfolio companies, prioritisation by financial exposure and reports aligned with SFDR. Sources: https://www.worldfavor.com/sustainable-investments
- ERP and reporting-tool integration [conditional]: The FAQ states API integrations with ERP and reporting tools and data export. No public API documentation was found; confirm endpoints and plan entitlement. Sources: https://www.worldfavor.com/sustainable-sourcing
- Security assurance [unverified]: The pricing page cites SOC2, GDPR and SAML SSO; the AI page says both 'SOC 2 aligned controls' and 'SOC 2 Type 2 certified', and ISO 27001 only as 'principles'. No SOC 2 report or ISO 27001 certificate was found; request one.

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: screening to a justified shortlist
1. Upload a sample of our supplier list with countries and categories.
2. Review the risk picture and open the sources behind three flagged suppliers.
3. Record the decision to engage or deprioritise each and export the screening record.

#### Proposed demo: questionnaire to assessed result
1. Build a requirement package with one manual-assessment question and a signature requirement.
2. Send it with a test dispatch, then activate reminders.
3. As the supplier, answer in another language and sign; as the buyer, calculate fulfilment, set one exception with a comment and download the signature PDF.

#### Proposed demo: next reporting cycle
1. Update the due and activation dates and recalculate.
2. Lock data reported before the new period on one request.
3. Confirm what the supplier can still edit and what the buyer sees as unfulfilled.

### Product presentations

- [Supplier dashboard with AI screening](https://www.worldfavor.com/sustainable-sourcing): Official vendor image of the Worldfavor dashboard: supplier counts, AI screening, reporting progress and goal tracker. Figures are sample data.
- [Risk screening location map](https://www.worldfavor.com/supplier-risk-screening): Official vendor image of the Worldfavor risk screening view with a map of supplier counts by country. Sample data.

### Questions and answers

#### Do suppliers pay to use Worldfavor?
No. Suppliers and sub-suppliers report free of charge and need no licence; buyer plans are quoted.

#### How is Worldfavor priced?
Quote only for buyers. Price depends on suppliers, users, features, workflow complexity and customisation, and some advanced AI features may use usage-based credits.

#### Does Worldfavor verify supplier answers?
No. The vendor says suppliers are responsible for their data; the platform scores answers against your requirements and flags inconsistencies, and reviewers can assess answers manually.

#### Can suppliers change answers after submitting?
They can re-answer to override, and delete only if the buyer allows it. Since March 2025 buyers can lock reporting or older data per request.

#### Is Worldfavor SOC 2 certified?
Not established. The AI page says both 'SOC 2 aligned controls' and 'SOC 2 Type 2 certified'; ask for the report or certificate.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-25: Rewritten from the vendor's product and pricing pages and its public help centre: buyer plan structure and cost drivers, free supplier participation, requirement packages, reminders, assessment and data locking, multi-tier mapping, supplier emissions questions and the unconfirmed security certification. Replaces the mechanically assembled profile.

### Demo questions

- Screen a sample of 50 of our suppliers: show which risk indices and public sources drove each flag, and how a reviewer records the decision to engage or not.
- Send a requirement package with a manual-assessment question and a signature requirement; show fulfilment, an exception with a comment and the stored signature PDF.
- Roll the package to a new reporting period and lock last year's data; show what suppliers and reviewers see.
- Which AI features in our plan consume credits, how are credits priced, and what happens when they run out?
- Provide the SOC 2 report or ISO 27001 certificate, if one exists, and the API documentation for exporting assessed results to our ERP.

### Primary sources

- [Pricing plans and pricing FAQ](https://www.worldfavor.com/pricing)
- [Sustainable Sourcing and FAQ](https://www.worldfavor.com/sustainable-sourcing)
- [Supplier risk screening](https://www.worldfavor.com/supplier-risk-screening)
- [Worldfavor AI](https://www.worldfavor.com/worldfavor-ai)
- [Multi-tier visibility](https://www.worldfavor.com/multi-tier-visibility)
- [Supplier emissions data](https://www.worldfavor.com/supplier-emissions-data)
- [Transparency: free supplier portal](https://www.worldfavor.com/transparency)
- [Sustainable Investments](https://www.worldfavor.com/sustainable-investments)
- [Help: assessing answers from a requirement package](https://intercom.help/worldfavor/en/articles/1779297-assessing-answers-from-a-requirement-package)
- [Help: automatic invitations, reminders and email settings](https://intercom.help/worldfavor/en/articles/996310-automatic-invitations-reminders-and-email-settings)
- [Help: collect data for a new period](https://intercom.help/worldfavor/en/articles/5373347-collect-data-for-a-new-period)
- [Help: product updates (data locking on requests, March 2025)](https://intercom.help/worldfavor/en/articles/7863903-product-updates)
- [Help: frequently asked questions for reporters](https://intercom.help/worldfavor/en/articles/8006172-frequently-asked-questions)
- [Demo request](https://www.worldfavor.com/demo-sustainable-sourcing)

## Haz360

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/haz360
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Haz360 is a browser-based process hazard analysis (PHA) platform developed by IRESC, a process-safety and risk consultancy founded in 2012 with staff in Hong Kong and elsewhere. It records HAZOP, HAZID, ENVID, LOPA/SIL, alarm rationalisation and bow-tie studies and tracks their recommendations. It is a study and action-tracking tool for engineering teams, not a frontline EHS or permit-to-work suite.

Haz360 replaces spreadsheet or desktop PHA worksheets with a shared browser workspace where several engineers edit the same study, every change is logged, and HAZOP scenarios flow into SIL classification by SIF tag. Recommendation close-out, SIL verification and bow-tie are paid add-ons on the vendor's own shop. The base licence is one user for one year.

Best-fit starting point: Process-safety consultancies, EPC contractors and operators running HAZOP, HAZID and LOPA/SIL studies across several projects or teams who want shared, audited worksheets instead of spreadsheets.

Check before buying: The published price is per user per year and several modules are add-ons, so a team licence needs a quote. Most capability descriptions are the vendor's own blog posts rather than documentation, and some IRESC pages still describe modules as under development. Competent engineers remain responsible for study quality.

### Pricing

Per user per year, with paid add-ons; team licences by quotation. On 25 September 2026 the vendor's shop listed the Haz360 base product at US$2,000, marked as a sale from US$2,500, for one year of access with one user licence, including HAZID, ENVID, HAZOP, SIL, LOPA and alarm rationalisation templates. Add-ons were listed at US$1,000 for Action Closeout (action tracking), US$2,500 for SIL Verification (sale; list US$3,000) and US$1,500 for the Bowtie Combo with bow-tie and SCEPS templates (sale; list US$2,000); the add-on pages do not state a term or user count. Sale prices can change without notice. The homepage form offers a 2-month trial of the HAZOP, HAZID and SIL templates and a quotation request for other scopes. Confirm multi-user, hosting and support terms in writing.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating for process-safety consultancies and project teams that run HAZOP and LOPA/SIL studies often enough to want shared, audited cloud worksheets at a published per-user price. Less suitable where recommendation tracking must come in the base price, where users need offline editing, or where the need is a broad EHS or permit system.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [partial]: The vendor's shop lists the base licence (one user, one year) and three add-ons with US$ prices, three of them as sales. Add-on terms, multi-user pricing and hosting charges are not published.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://haz360.com/shop/
- https://haz360.com/product/haz360/
- https://haz360.com/product/action-closeout/

### Browser-based; offline not documented

Not documented. Haz360 is described as browser-based with login access from anywhere and no installation; disconnected editing is not mentioned. The homepage lists 'data hosting flexibility' without detail; ask whether a client-hosted deployment is available if sites have restricted internet.

Product scope: Base licence: HAZID, ENVID, HAZOP, SIL, LOPA and alarm rationalisation templates. Add-ons on the shop: Action Closeout (recommendation tracking), SIL Verification, and a Bowtie Combo (bow-tie and SCEPS templates). Also described: document import (P&IDs, PFDs, cause-and-effect charts), MOC record import, KPI dashboards and hosting choice. Voice-to-text, translation and risk prediction are advertised as AI features.

Review scope: Desk research from the vendor's website, shop and blog and from IRESC's own pages, checked on 25 September 2026. No user documentation or help centre is public; capability rows rely on the vendor's product descriptions. Not hands-on testing or customer testimony; vendor testimonials and ROI claims are excluded. Legacy ratings are excluded.

Trial status: request-only. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Study fidelity: Rebuild one of your existing HAZOP worksheets in the template, including your risk matrix, and compare the report output.
  Sources: https://haz360.com/uncategorized/transforms-collaboration-in-process-safety/
- Data hand-off between studies: Test HAZOP-to-LOPA grouping by SIF tag and what happens when upstream data changes.
  Sources: https://haz360.com/uncategorized/transforming-process-safety-through-intelligent-risk-management/
- Licence and add-on cost: Price users, years and add-ons together; the published figures are per user per year and three are sale prices.
  Sources: https://haz360.com/shop/
- Audit and access control: Check the audit trail and the review and approve roles for external parties such as licensors and vendors.
  Sources: https://haz360.com/uncategorized/transforms-collaboration-in-process-safety/
- Hosting and continuity: Confirm hosting location, client-hosted options, backups and support terms; the homepage names 'data hosting flexibility' but no current page gives the details.
  Sources: https://haz360.com/

### Capability scope

- PHA study templates [documented]: The base licence includes HAZID, ENVID, HAZOP, SIL, LOPA and alarm rationalisation templates; column names, formats and risk matrices can be customised. Sources: https://haz360.com/product/haz360/, https://haz360.com/uncategorized/transforms-collaboration-in-process-safety/
- Concurrent editing and role permissions [documented]: Multiple users work on the same project in the browser, with view, edit, review, approve and admin roles described. Sources: https://haz360.com/, https://haz360.com/uncategorized/transforms-collaboration-in-process-safety/
- Audit trail [documented]: An audit log records every action on a project with date and time, including who changed which text. Sources: https://haz360.com/, https://haz360.com/uncategorized/transforms-collaboration-in-process-safety/
- HAZOP-to-SIL data flow [documented]: Scenarios are grouped from HAZOP into SIL/LOPA by SIF tag, alarms or safety-critical elements, so data carries from one study to the next. Sources: https://haz360.com/, https://haz360.com/uncategorized/transforming-process-safety-through-intelligent-risk-management/
- Recommendation close-out [conditional]: Action tracking with KPI dashboards for open and closed recommendations is sold as the Action Closeout add-on. Sources: https://haz360.com/, https://haz360.com/product/action-closeout/
- SIL verification and bow-tie [conditional]: Sold as add-ons on the shop. IRESC's software page lists bow-tie analysis among Haz360's studies but still calls the SIL Verification and Safety Critical Elements/Performance Standards modules under development; confirm the released scope in a demo. Sources: https://haz360.com/product/sil-verification/, https://haz360.com/product/bowtie-combo/, https://irescglobal.com/softwares.html
- Reference documents and MOC records [documented]: P&IDs, PFDs, cause-and-effect charts and other PSM documents can be imported for reference, and MOC records imported with status updates. Sources: https://haz360.com/
- Hosting choice [conditional]: The homepage lists 'data hosting flexibility' without saying what the options are. Hosting location, client-hosted deployment and any data-centre certification were not found on a current vendor page; confirm options and cost in writing. Sources: https://haz360.com/
- Offline editing [unverified]: Not documented; the product is described as browser-based.
- Safety-asset database and lifecycle handoff [conditional]: IRESC's Haz360 brochure describes an underlying database for instruments, alarms, mechanical safeguards and safety-critical elements, with study data transferred across design, revalidation, management of change and operations. Demonstrate object identifiers, revision control and the actual export or maintenance-system handoff before treating it as an asset register. Sources: https://irescglobal.com/wp-content/uploads/IRESC-software-Haz360-Brochure.pdf, https://irescglobal.com/softwares.html

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: shared HAZOP node with audit trail
1. Import a P&ID and open a HAZOP node from the standard template.
2. Have two users add causes and safeguards at the same time.
3. Open the audit trail for one cell and confirm who changed what and when.

#### Proposed demo: HAZOP scenario into LOPA/SIL
1. Tag three HAZOP scenarios with the same SIF.
2. Carry them into SIL classification and complete a LOPA.
3. Change an initiating cause in the HAZOP and check what updates downstream.

#### Proposed demo: recommendation close-out
1. With the Action Closeout add-on, assign a HAZOP recommendation to an external party.
2. Attach the response document and move it through review to closure.
3. Show the dashboard of open and closed actions by party and discipline.

### Product presentations

- [SIL verification screen with PFD results](https://haz360.com/): Official vendor image of the SIL Verification add-on module with a sample safety function.

### Questions and answers

#### How much does Haz360 cost?
On 25 September 2026 the shop listed the base licence at US$2,000 (sale; list US$2,500) for one user for one year. Action Closeout was US$1,000, SIL Verification US$2,500 and the Bowtie Combo US$1,500. Team licences need a quotation.

#### Is there a free trial?
The homepage offers a 2-month trial of the HAZOP, HAZID and SIL templates through a registration form.

#### Does the base licence include action tracking?
No. Recommendation close-out is the Action Closeout add-on.

#### Does Haz360 work offline?
Not documented. It is described as browser-based; ask about client-hosted deployment if internet access is restricted.

#### Who makes Haz360?
IRESC, a process-safety and risk consultancy founded in 2012. Its about page says its staff work from Hong Kong, Singapore, Delhi, Bengaluru, Chennai, Houston and Brisbane, with plans to expand to the UAE.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-25: Rewritten from the vendor's homepage, shop, product pages and blog and IRESC's pages: the published per-user annual price and add-on prices, the 14-day template trial, add-on boundaries, audit trail and HAZOP-to-SIL hand-off. The homepage now loads directly; the 20 September check could only use a search-indexed copy. Hosting details from an HTTP-only IRESC page were dropped because no current HTTPS page repeats them. Replaces the mechanically assembled profile.
- 2026-09-28: Added the documented safety-asset database and plant-lifecycle handoff boundary from IRESC's official Haz360 brochure, bringing the profile to the directory's deep-evidence threshold.

### Demo questions

- Run a HAZOP node with two engineers editing at once: show how conflicting edits are handled and what the audit trail records.
- Move three HAZOP scenarios into SIL classification by SIF tag, then change one cause in the HAZOP and show whether the LOPA updates.
- Is Action Closeout needed to assign recommendations to an owner and prove close-out, and what does it cost for our number of users and years?
- Can the database be hosted on our own server or private cloud today, at what cost, and who patches it?
- Quote a five-engineer licence for two years with SIL Verification, and state whether the current sale prices apply.

### Primary sources

- [Homepage: capabilities, modules and trial form](https://haz360.com/)
- [Shop: base licence and add-on prices](https://haz360.com/shop/)
- [Haz360 base licence product page](https://haz360.com/product/haz360/)
- [Action Closeout add-on](https://haz360.com/product/action-closeout/)
- [SIL Verification add-on](https://haz360.com/product/sil-verification/)
- [Bowtie Combo add-on](https://haz360.com/product/bowtie-combo/)
- [Collaboration, role permissions and audit logs](https://haz360.com/uncategorized/transforms-collaboration-in-process-safety/)
- [HAZOP-to-SIL scenario grouping](https://haz360.com/uncategorized/transforming-process-safety-through-intelligent-risk-management/)
- [Study types and platform summary (April 2026)](https://haz360.com/uncategorized/haz360-now-listed-on-leading-software-platforms-capterra-g2-and-sourceforge/)
- [IRESC software portfolio](https://irescglobal.com/softwares.html)
- [IRESC company background](https://irescglobal.com/about-us.html)
- [Haz360 safety-asset database and plant-lifecycle handoff brochure](https://irescglobal.com/wp-content/uploads/IRESC-software-Haz360-Brochure.pdf)

## Quartex InControl

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/quartex
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: INX InControl, INX Software
Quartex is the renamed INX K2fly business. Its frontline safety offering continues the INX InControl web application and mobile app, now labelled Q InControl in release notes. Frontline worker health, rostering and environmental modules are separate Quartex solutions.

Quartex InControl records incidents, hazards, inspections and injuries, then carries each event into assigned actions and, for injuries, a return-to-work case. Test it with a disconnected mobile report, an injury case and a restricted psychosocial report.

Best-fit starting point: Mining, energy and other asset-intensive operators capturing safety events from remote sites and managing injury cases through return to work.

Check before buying: Name the InControl modules, mobile app release and any Identity add-on in the quote; worker health, rostering and environmental products are separate purchases.

### Pricing

Quote only. Quartex publishes no price for frontline safety; the product page routes buyers to a booking form. Request InControl modules, mobile users, the Identity add-on, implementation, migration and any worker health modules as separate lines with currency and term.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating for asset-intensive operators with remote crews who need offline event capture joined to corrective actions and injury case management in one record. Less suited to buyers who need a published price, a trial or a documented open API before engaging sales.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: Rechecked the product page, contact route and release notes; the July 2024 release note sells single sign-on and multifactor login as an add-on. The add-on's current name and terms after the rebrand were not confirmed.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://quartexsoftware.com/health-and-safety/worker-safety-software/
- https://quartexsoftware.com/contact/
- https://www.inxsoftware.com/release-note/experience-our-improved-inx-incontrol-mobile-application-and-introducing-our-new-identity-access-management-solution/

### Offline mobile event capture documented

The InControl V5 app listing says events can be captured offline, and the product page says reports upload when connectivity returns. Release 5.18.0 (from 14 August 2025) fixed a legacy defect that recorded an offline event twice after reconnecting, so every device should run the rebuilt app. Offline action closure and approvals were not documented.

Product scope: Frontline safety: event and injury capture, inspections and checklists, corrective actions, injury management and return to work, confidential and psychosocial reporting, dashboards. Single sign-on and multifactor login are an Identity add-on.

Review scope: Vendor-documentation research, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. Legacy ratings are excluded.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Offline record integrity: Submit a disconnected report on the rebuilt app and confirm one server record with attachments, time and location.
  Sources: https://www.inxsoftware.com/release-note/introducing-our-rebuilt-incontrol-mobile-app/
- Injury case continuity: Follow one injury from the event through actions to return to work, including the coordinator assignment.
  Sources: https://www.inxsoftware.com/release-note/actions-and-workflow-transitions-fail-when-event-contains-injury-records-with-no-injury-manager-assigned/
- Sensitive-report visibility: Test who can read a psychosocial report and who only sees that an action exists.
  Sources: https://quartexsoftware.com/health-and-safety/worker-safety-software/
- Identity and login scope: Price the Identity add-on and SSO migration if single sign-on or multifactor login is required.
  Sources: https://www.inxsoftware.com/release-note/experience-our-improved-inx-incontrol-mobile-application-and-introducing-our-new-identity-access-management-solution/
- Module boundary: Keep worker health, rostering and environmental products out of the comparison unless they are quoted.
  Sources: https://quartexsoftware.com/health-and-safety/worker-health-software/

### Capability scope

- Incident, hazard and near-miss capture [documented]: Guided forms capture incidents, hazards, near misses, observations and injuries with photo, video and audio. Sources: https://quartexsoftware.com/health-and-safety/worker-safety-software/
- Offline mobile incident and event reporting [documented]: Events are captured offline and uploaded later; release 5.18.0 records each offline event once, where older app versions duplicated it. Sources: https://apps.apple.com/au/app/incontrol-v5/id1185361121, https://www.inxsoftware.com/release-note/introducing-our-rebuilt-incontrol-mobile-app/
- Corrective actions to close-out [documented]: Actions carry an owner, due date and closure tracking; the vendor describes incident report, investigation, action, verification and close-out in one auditable record. The public page does not establish that verification must be completed by a separate person. Sources: https://quartexsoftware.com/health-and-safety/
- Injury management and return to work [documented]: Injury records link to the event, its actions and the recovery pathway. A 17 August 2026 fix stopped false errors and duplicate actions when no Injury Management Coordinator was assigned. Sources: https://quartexsoftware.com/health-and-safety/worker-safety-software/, https://www.inxsoftware.com/release-note/actions-and-workflow-transitions-fail-when-event-contains-injury-records-with-no-injury-manager-assigned/
- Inspections, audits and risk assessments [documented]: Site inspections, audits and checklists; the mobile app adds field risk assessments. Sources: https://apps.apple.com/au/app/incontrol-v5/id1185361121
- Confidential and psychosocial reporting [conditional]: A pathway for sensitive reports with visibility controls is advertised; demonstrate the role restrictions. Sources: https://quartexsoftware.com/health-and-safety/worker-safety-software/
- Single sign-on and multifactor login [conditional]: A separately purchased Identity add-on supporting OpenID Connect providers such as Azure AD and Okta; older SSO setups must migrate to it. Sources: https://www.inxsoftware.com/release-note/experience-our-improved-inx-incontrol-mobile-application-and-introducing-our-new-identity-access-management-solution/
- Documented API for other systems [unverified]: Integration options for identity, notifications and reporting are mentioned; no public API reference was found.
- Configurable event forms, checklists and workflows [documented]: Event types, forms and workflows can be adapted to the organisation. A release note describes event checklists with nested questions and a comment per item, and the App Store listing mentions custom fields for specific event types. Validate configuration ownership and change control in the proposed tenant. Sources: https://quartexsoftware.com/health-and-safety/worker-safety-software/, https://www.inxsoftware.com/release-note/4141-2/, https://apps.apple.com/au/app/incontrol-v5/id1185361121
- Scheduled safety reports to role-based recipients [documented]: Q InControl 26.01.01 can send scheduled reports to roles as well as named profiles and email addresses, warns about inactive or invalid profiles and supports up to 500 recipients across recipient types. Demonstrate restricted-event handling separately. Sources: https://www.inxsoftware.com/release-note/standardising-version-numbers-and-added-role-based-recipients-for-scheduled-reports/
- Power BI risk-data starter model [conditional]: The separate INX+BI offering includes an InControl Power BI starter model with example risk and action dashboards. Confirm INX+BI licensing, refresh architecture, calculation definitions and tenant access separately. Sources: https://www.inxsoftware.com/release-note/new-power-bi-starter-model-for-inx-incontrol-risk-data-and-simplified-compatibility-with-inx-core/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: disconnected report to one clean record
1. Confirm the device runs the rebuilt app, then disconnect.
2. Capture a hazard with photos, location and immediate actions.
3. Reconnect, check that one event arrived and assign an action with a due date.

#### Proposed demo: injury event through return to work
1. Report an incident with an injury record and assign the coordinator.
2. Progress the workflow and check that no duplicate action appears.
3. Record return-to-work steps and view the case as a restricted supervisor.

#### Proposed demo: field event to role-based safety report
1. Submit a field event, assign its corrective action and progress it to closure.
2. Show the event and action in a safety report, then schedule that report to an HSE role rather than a hand-maintained list of people.
3. Add an inactive or invalid role member, review the warning and confirm that authorised recipients receive the intended report without exposing restricted event details.

### Product presentations

- [InControl mobile event description form](https://www.inxsoftware.com/release-note/introducing-our-rebuilt-incontrol-mobile-app/): Official vendor image of the InControl Mobile event description step with a Restricted option.
- [InControl mobile app home screen](https://www.inxsoftware.com/release-note/introducing-our-rebuilt-incontrol-mobile-app/): Official vendor image of the InControl Mobile home screen (app 5.18, before the Quartex rebrand).

### Questions and answers

#### Is Quartex InControl the former INX InControl?
Yes. INX Software merged with K2fly and the business was renamed Quartex. Mobile release 5.19.0, from 16 February 2026, replaced INX branding and renamed the app in both stores.

#### Does frontline safety include occupational health?
Frontline worker health is a separate Quartex solution covering medical assessments, drug and alcohol testing, conditions registers and exposure-group sampling.

#### Is there a web application besides the mobile app?
Yes. Release notes cover the InControl web application, such as event maintenance and event report transitions, alongside the mobile app.

#### Who owns the business?
Quartex describes itself as an Accel-KKR-backed, Perth-based company of about 250 staff formed from INX Software and K2fly.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-25: Re-researched from Quartex pages, release notes and the app listing; replaced the mechanically assembled fit, caution and verdict with sourced findings.
- 2026-09-29: Added current evidence for configurable event forms and checklists, scheduled reports to role recipients and the separately licensed INX+BI risk-data model, plus a reporting-governance demo workflow.

### Demo questions

- Capture an event offline in the current app, reconnect and show exactly one record with its photos and location.
- Take an injury event, with its Injury Management Coordinator assigned, from first report to return to work.
- Route a psychosocial report and show which roles can see its details.
- Show which identity, notification and reporting integrations are included, and whether we get API access.
- Quote InControl, the mobile app, the Identity add-on and implementation as separate lines.

### Primary sources

- [Frontline safety product page](https://quartexsoftware.com/health-and-safety/worker-safety-software/)
- [Health and safety FAQs](https://quartexsoftware.com/health-and-safety/)
- [Frontline worker health](https://quartexsoftware.com/health-and-safety/worker-health-software/)
- [INX K2fly renamed Quartex](https://quartexsoftware.com/company-updates/inx-k2fly-is-now-renamed-to-quartex/)
- [Rebuilt mobile app (5.18.0)](https://www.inxsoftware.com/release-note/introducing-our-rebuilt-incontrol-mobile-app/)
- [Mobile app rebranding (5.19.0)](https://www.inxsoftware.com/release-note/rebranding-changes/)
- [Identity add-on (5.17)](https://www.inxsoftware.com/release-note/experience-our-improved-inx-incontrol-mobile-application-and-introducing-our-new-identity-access-management-solution/)
- [Injury workflow fix (26.04.2)](https://www.inxsoftware.com/release-note/actions-and-workflow-transitions-fail-when-event-contains-injury-records-with-no-injury-manager-assigned/)
- [InControl V5 app listing](https://apps.apple.com/au/app/incontrol-v5/id1185361121)
- [Contact and demo request](https://quartexsoftware.com/contact/)
- [Scheduled reports with role recipients (26.01.01)](https://www.inxsoftware.com/release-note/standardising-version-numbers-and-added-role-based-recipients-for-scheduled-reports/)
- [InControl risk-data Power BI starter model](https://www.inxsoftware.com/release-note/new-power-bi-starter-model-for-inx-incontrol-risk-data-and-simplified-compatibility-with-inx-core/)
- [InControl checklists and Sitepass integration (5.16)](https://www.inxsoftware.com/release-note/4141-2/)

## SafetyDocs by SafetyCulture

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/safetydocs
Sources checked: 2026-10-12
SafetyDocs by SafetyCulture is an online store for editable safety documents run by SafetyCulture Plus Pty Ltd in Australia. It is not an inspection or incident platform, and it is unrelated to the SafetyDocs event-management app at safetydocs.org.

SafetyDocs sells prewritten SWMS, operating procedures, management plans, management systems, forms and registers as Word downloads under a one-off, single-user licence. Test one document against a real task and plan who will adapt, approve and version it.

Best-fit starting point: Australian and New Zealand contractors and small businesses that need prewritten SWMS, procedures or a starter safety management system to adapt themselves.

Check before buying: A document is a starting point: the buyer must tailor it and get competent review, and the store's terms exclude liability otherwise. Routing, reminders and records need separate software.

### Pricing

Per document or bundle; one-off purchase. Prices are in AUD, marked GST-inclusive in the store's page data. On 25 September 2026: Document Register A$4.95, Hazard Report Form A$9.95, Roadside Trading SWMS A$89.95, Health and Safety Manual A$849.00, ISO 45001 OHS systems A$895.00 to A$1,395.00, and the 22-document Civil Construction SWMS Pack A$1,385.00 (listed was-price A$1,978.90). Branding costs A$14.95 per checkout. These are item prices, not per-user/month software fees.

### When the price fits

Worth buying when a drafted SWMS or management system saves writing one and someone competent can tailor and maintain it. Not a substitute for software that routes reports, tracks actions or records worker sign-off.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-09-25 [verified]: Rechecked item prices, the AUD and GST flags in page data, the licence and no-resale terms, the refund policy and the upgrade-fee statement. How the single-user licence applies to several supervisors was not confirmed with the vendor.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://safetydocs.safetyculture.com/swms-value-packs/civil-construction-swms-pack-50041
- https://safetydocs.safetyculture.com/safety-management-systems
- https://safetydocs.safetyculture.com/terms-and-conditions/
- https://safetydocs.safetyculture.com/refund-policy/
- https://safetydocs.safetyculture.com/safe-work-method-statement-swms-frequently-asked-questions/

### Downloaded Word files; no app or sync

Purchased documents arrive by email as Word files, so they can be edited and printed without a connection. There is no app or synchronisation; distribution, versions and sign-off happen in the buyer's own system.

Product scope: Editable Word documents: SWMS by trade and in packs, SOPs, management plans, a health and safety manual, ISO 45001-aligned OHS systems, quality, environmental and integrated systems, policies, forms and registers.

Review scope: Vendor-documentation research, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. Legacy ratings are excluded.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Task and site fit: Review the sample against one real task and list what you would add or remove.
  Sources: https://safetydocs.safetyculture.com/safe-work-method-statement-swms-frequently-asked-questions/
- Licence and sharing limits: Map who will edit and issue each document against the single-user licence before buying.
  Sources: https://safetydocs.safetyculture.com/terms-and-conditions/
- Upkeep cost: Budget upgrade fees, Word licences and the time to tailor and re-approve documents.
  Sources: https://safetydocs.safetyculture.com/safe-work-method-statement-swms-frequently-asked-questions/
- Version control outside the store: Decide where approved copies live and how obsolete copies are withdrawn.
  Sources: https://safetydocs.safetyculture.com/checklists-forms-registers/document-register-30027
- Path to digital forms: If checklists must be completed on phones, price the separate software and the manual conversion.
  Sources: https://safetydocs.safetyculture.com/integration-guide-converting-safetydocs-word-documents-into-safetyculture/

### Capability scope

- Prewritten SWMS by trade [documented]: Sold singly and in trade packs (the civil construction pack holds 22); completed templates that must be reviewed for each site and task. Sources: https://safetydocs.safetyculture.com/swms-value-packs/civil-construction-swms-pack-50041, https://safetydocs.safetyculture.com/safe-work-method-statement-swms-frequently-asked-questions/
- OHS management system documents [documented]: A health and safety manual and five industry ISO 45001-aligned systems; the vendor says they are not themselves accredited. Sources: https://safetydocs.safetyculture.com/safety-management-systems, https://safetydocs.safetyculture.com/ohs-whs-management-systems-frequently-asked-questions/
- Forms, checklists and registers [documented]: Individual forms, a forms kit and registers as editable files; they do not route, remind or report. Sources: https://safetydocs.safetyculture.com/policies-procedures/checklists-forms-registers/forms
- Editable Word delivery [documented]: Emailed as Word files after payment, normally within 30 minutes; Word is required to edit them. Sources: https://safetydocs.safetyculture.com/safe-work-method-statement-swms-frequently-asked-questions/
- Logo and business-detail branding [documented]: Logo, business name, address and ABN are inserted into every document in the order and sent within 1 to 4 hours. Sources: https://safetydocs.safetyculture.com/custom-branding-frequently-asked-questions/
- Conversion into digital checklists [conditional]: The vendor's guide rebuilds a document by hand as a SafetyCulture template; there is no automatic import, and that software is a separate purchase. Sources: https://safetydocs.safetyculture.com/integration-guide-converting-safetydocs-word-documents-into-safetyculture/
- Legislative update notices [conditional]: Customers are emailed about document changes; updating a document already bought costs an upgrade fee whose amount is not published. Sources: https://safetydocs.safetyculture.com/safe-work-method-statement-swms-frequently-asked-questions/
- Standard and safe operating procedure templates [documented]: The store lists editable, pre-filled Word SOP templates across equipment, plant, chemical handling, warehousing and other work categories. They are drafting aids: the buyer remains responsible for matching the procedure to the actual task, equipment, competence requirements and local controls. Sources: https://safetydocs.safetyculture.com/standard-operating-procedures
- Site and project management-plan templates [documented]: Management-plan templates cover site- or project-specific areas such as construction, environmental controls, emergency response, traffic, hazardous substances and quality. Published contents include responsibilities, risk controls, document and record control, monitoring, permits, contractors and reporting forms; competent tailoring and review remain necessary. Sources: https://safetydocs.safetyculture.com/product-guides/management-plans/
- Integrated HSEQ management-system templates [documented]: SafetyDocs sells editable integrated management-system packages combining occupational health and safety, environmental and quality documentation aligned to the stated AS/NZS ISO standards. The packages include policies, procedures, forms and registers; buying documents does not implement the system or provide certification. Sources: https://safetydocs.safetyculture.com/integrated-management-systems

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed check: one SWMS against one real task
1. Download the sample for a SWMS that matches a planned high-risk task.
2. List the steps, hazards and controls your site adds or removes.
3. Have a competent person approve it and record its revision date.

#### Proposed check: keeping purchased documents current
1. Record each document, its licence holder and revision date in a register.
2. When an update email arrives, compare it with your tailored copy and decide on the upgrade fee.
3. Withdraw superseded copies and record worker acknowledgement.

#### Proposed check: integrated template pack to controlled local system
1. Select one integrated HSEQ package and map its policies, procedures, forms and registers to the organisation's actual processes, legal context and responsible owners.
2. Tailor one site management plan and one SOP, record the competent review and link both to a controlled document register with version and review dates.
3. Issue the approved copies, test worker access and acknowledgement, then withdraw a superseded copy and retain the change and approval evidence outside the store.

### Product presentations

- [SafetyDocs SWMS customisation walkthrough video](https://safetydocs.safetyculture.com/swms-value-packs/civil-construction-swms-pack-50041): Vendor-published how-to video on customising a SWMS document, opened from a SafetyDocs product page; it is not an independent test.

### Questions and answers

#### Can several people in the business use one purchased document?
The terms grant a single-user, non-transferable licence per product and bar passing products to third parties. Ask the vendor in writing how that applies to several supervisors or sites.

#### Are the ISO 45001 systems certified?
No. They are aligned with AS/NZS ISO 45001:2018; certification needs implementation and an audit by a third-party certification body.

#### Can I get a refund if a document does not suit my site?
Refunds cover major problems, such as a product significantly different from its description. Incorrect choices and changes of mind are not refunded.

#### Do the documents work in New Zealand?
The store sells New Zealand documents and explains how work method statements relate to the Health and Safety at Work Act 2015. Check each against your own duties.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-25: Re-researched from the store, FAQs and terms; replaced the mechanically assembled fit, caution and verdict, and added the AUD and GST basis, licence terms and upgrade fee.

### Demo questions

- Send the sample for one SWMS matching a real task and show what we must add for our site.
- Confirm how many licences we need when several supervisors edit and issue the same document.
- Explain how legislative changes are notified and what the upgrade fee is for documents we own.
- Show which of our required documents a value pack covers and what you would swap.
- Walk through converting one purchased checklist into a digital form.

### Primary sources

- [Document store](https://safetydocs.safetyculture.com/)
- [Civil Construction SWMS Pack](https://safetydocs.safetyculture.com/swms-value-packs/civil-construction-swms-pack-50041)
- [Safety management systems](https://safetydocs.safetyculture.com/safety-management-systems)
- [Forms and prices](https://safetydocs.safetyculture.com/policies-procedures/checklists-forms-registers/forms)
- [SWMS FAQs](https://safetydocs.safetyculture.com/safe-work-method-statement-swms-frequently-asked-questions/)
- [Management system FAQs](https://safetydocs.safetyculture.com/ohs-whs-management-systems-frequently-asked-questions/)
- [Terms and licence](https://safetydocs.safetyculture.com/terms-and-conditions/)
- [Refund policy](https://safetydocs.safetyculture.com/refund-policy/)
- [Custom branding FAQs](https://safetydocs.safetyculture.com/custom-branding-frequently-asked-questions/)
- [Conversion guide](https://safetydocs.safetyculture.com/integration-guide-converting-safetydocs-word-documents-into-safetyculture/)
- [Roadside Trading SWMS](https://safetydocs.safetyculture.com/safe-work-method-statement-swms-templates/roadside-trading-safe-work-method-statement/)
- [Document Register](https://safetydocs.safetyculture.com/checklists-forms-registers/document-register-30027)
- [Standard and safe operating procedure templates — checked 28 September 2026](https://safetydocs.safetyculture.com/standard-operating-procedures)
- [Site- and project-specific management plans — checked 28 September 2026](https://safetydocs.safetyculture.com/product-guides/management-plans/)
- [Integrated safety, environmental and quality management-system templates — checked 28 September 2026](https://safetydocs.safetyculture.com/integrated-management-systems)
- [New Zealand documents FAQ, checked 12 October 2026](https://safetydocs.safetyculture.com/frequently-asked-questions-new-zealand/)

## SOSAFE

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/sosafe
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
SOSAFE S.A. is a Chilean company whose workplace products are the SOSAFE GO field app and the SOSAFE Portal. The sosafeapp.com homepage now leads with a residential alarm service and a community app, neither of which is the workplace product. It is unrelated to SoSafe, the cybersecurity-awareness vendor.

SOSAFE lets workers and contractors raise findings from the SOSAFE GO app or a site QR code, then assigns them with deadlines and tracks closure in the Portal. Test an offline finding, a QR report from someone without an account and a rejected closure.

Best-fit starting point: Mining and industrial operations, especially in Chile where its named customers are, that want every worker and contractor raising findings from a phone.

Check before buying: Keep the workplace product separate from the consumer alarm and community app on the same website, and confirm in writing whether reporters must register.

### Pricing

Quote only. SOSAFE publishes no workplace price; its mining page contrasts itself with per-user pricing but gives no model or amount. Request SOSAFE GO and Portal entitlements, contractor and QR reporting, integrations, implementation, currency and term. Homepage prices are for the residential alarm.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating for sites that want hazard reporting from the whole workforce and contractors, with deadlines and signed closure. Less suited to buyers needing published pricing, incident investigation or regulatory recordkeeping, which the reviewed pages do not describe.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: Rechecked the mining, Portal, GO and industries pages and the Spanish contact route; no workplace price, plan or trial is published.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.sosafeapp.com/sosafe-ehs/software-prevension-riesgos-mineras
- https://www.sosafeapp.com/industries
- https://www.sosafeapp.com/

### Offline report creation in SOSAFE GO documented

The workplace mining page says findings work offline, and the SOSAFE GO listing says report creation works offline. The community app needs a connection, according to its FAQ. Offline inspections, closure approval and QR reporting were not described.

Product scope: Workplace: findings with photo, video and audio; inspections and checklists; deadlines and signed closure; an anonymous channel; live location and workload in SOSAFE GO; dashboards, import, export and an API in the Portal.

Review scope: Vendor-documentation research, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. Legacy ratings are excluded.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Offline finding integrity: Create a finding offline with media and confirm that one record arrives with time, location and attachments.
  Sources: https://apps.apple.com/cl/app/sosafe-go/id1535983394?l=en-GB
- Reporter identity and anonymity: Test registered, QR-code and anonymous reports and record what each reporter and reviewer can see.
  Sources: https://es.sosafeapp.com/industries/mineria
- Closure evidence: Reject and then approve a closure and check that signature, evidence and deadline history are kept.
  Sources: https://www.sosafeapp.com/sosafe-ehs/software-prevension-riesgos-mineras
- Location privacy: Agree who sees live location and workload, when sharing is on and how long location data is kept.
  Sources: https://www.sosafeapp.com/product/sosafe-go
- Integration ownership: Ask for API documentation and a named owner for each connector before relying on camera, GPS or ERP links.
  Sources: https://www.sosafeapp.com/product/sosafe-portal

### Capability scope

- Findings with evidence and deadlines [documented]: Custom finding types carry photos, video or audio, a closure deadline and automatic notice to the responsible person. Sources: https://www.sosafeapp.com/sosafe-ehs/software-prevension-riesgos-mineras
- Offline report creation [documented]: Stated for SOSAFE GO on the mining page and app listing; the separate community app needs a connection. Sources: https://apps.apple.com/cl/app/sosafe-go/id1535983394?l=en-GB, https://www.sosafeapp.com/product/sosafe
- Inspections, audits and checklists [documented]: Self-built forms with answer-dependent question order and automatic task creation, completed on a phone. Sources: https://www.sosafeapp.com/sosafe-ehs/software-prevension-riesgos-mineras
- Signed closure approval [documented]: Closure certification uses a digital signature and closure approvals. Sources: https://www.sosafeapp.com/sosafe-ehs/software-prevension-riesgos-mineras
- Reporting without registration [conditional]: The Spanish mining page allows reporting by QR code without registering; the English page starts with downloading the app and registering. Sources: https://es.sosafeapp.com/industries/mineria, https://www.sosafeapp.com/sosafe-ehs/software-prevension-riesgos-mineras
- Live location and workload [documented]: SOSAFE GO and the Portal show team members' live location, availability and workload for assignment. Sources: https://www.sosafeapp.com/product/sosafe-go
- API, import and export [conditional]: The Portal advertises import, export and an API for GPS vehicles, cameras, CAD or ERP; no public API reference was found. Sources: https://www.sosafeapp.com/product/sosafe-portal
- Anonymous reporting channel [conditional]: A secure, anonymous channel for confidential reports is advertised; demonstrate who can see reporter identity and location. Sources: https://www.sosafeapp.com/sosafe-ehs/software-prevension-riesgos-mineras
- Automated risk-assessment routing [documented]: The industries page says risk-assessment work can be standardized, automatically assigned and notified to the appropriate people; validate routing rules, exceptions and escalation timing in the demo. Sources: https://es.sosafeapp.com/industries
- Multi-channel request intake and case enrichment [documented]: Requests received through channels such as WhatsApp, email, phone, social networks, cameras or radio can be manually registered in the Portal with time, geolocation, custom fields, tags, source, multimedia, notes, assignees and followers. This does not establish native connectors or automatic ingestion. Sources: https://blog.sosafeapp.com/centraliza-tus-requerimientos/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: offline finding to signed closure
1. Create an unsafe-condition finding offline in SOSAFE GO with photo and audio.
2. Reconnect and check the Portal record, assignee and deadline.
3. Reject one closure, then approve it with the signature.

#### Proposed demo: contractor report from a QR code
1. Have a contractor without an account scan a site QR code and report a hazard.
2. Route it to an internal owner, away from any public community feed.
3. Check what the contractor sees afterwards and whether anonymity holds.

#### Proposed demo: external request to routed Portal record
1. Register a safety request received by email or WhatsApp and retain its original channel as the source.
2. Add its location, classification tags, evidence and an internal note, then route it to a responsible person or team.
3. Follow the status to closure and verify that the record appears correctly in the dashboard and Excel export.

### Product presentations

- [SOSAFE GO pending reports list](https://www.sosafeapp.com/product/sosafe-go): Official vendor image of the SOSAFE GO Reports screen; the page does not label the data as sample.

### Questions and answers

#### Is SOSAFE the cybersecurity-awareness platform SoSafe?
No. This profile covers the workplace products of SOSAFE S.A. at sosafeapp.com; check the vendor domain on any proposal.

#### Why does the SOSAFE homepage advertise a home alarm?
The homepage now leads with a residential alarm subscription for Chile. SOSAFE GO and the Portal are reached through the Industries (Empresas) pages.

#### Do SOSAFE GO and the Portal share data?
Yes. The company blog describes inspections done in SOSAFE GO being reported from the Portal, with both applications sharing information.

#### Which languages does SOSAFE GO support?
Its app listing shows English plus three more languages, and the vendor's business pages exist in English and Spanish.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-25: Re-researched from SOSAFE's English and Spanish pages, blog and app listing; replaced the mechanically assembled fit, caution and verdict with sourced findings.
- 2026-09-29: Added sourced workflow-routing and multi-channel Portal intake evidence, plus an industrial mining deployment reference, without treating manual intake channels as native integrations.

### Demo questions

- Create a finding offline in SOSAFE GO with photo and audio, reconnect and show capture and upload times in the Portal.
- Have someone without an account scan a site QR code and report, then show what they can see afterwards.
- Reject one closure, approve it with the signature and show the retained history.
- Show who can see live location and how sharing stops outside working hours.
- Show the API's authentication and who maintains a connector to our ERP or dispatch system.

### Primary sources

- [Workplace EHS for mining](https://www.sosafeapp.com/sosafe-ehs/software-prevension-riesgos-mineras)
- [Mining page (Spanish)](https://es.sosafeapp.com/industries/mineria)
- [SOSAFE Portal](https://www.sosafeapp.com/product/sosafe-portal)
- [SOSAFE GO](https://www.sosafeapp.com/product/sosafe-go)
- [SOSAFE GO app listing](https://apps.apple.com/cl/app/sosafe-go/id1535983394?l=en-GB)
- [Industries and modules](https://www.sosafeapp.com/industries)
- [Community app FAQ](https://www.sosafeapp.com/product/sosafe)
- [Homepage (residential alarm)](https://www.sosafeapp.com/)
- [Blog: GO and Portal](https://blog.sosafeapp.com/sosafe-for-risk-prevention/)
- [Contact](https://es.sosafeapp.com/contact)
- [BHP Escondida mining deployment](https://es.sosafeapp.com/case-studies/bhp-escondida)
- [Portal multi-channel request centralisation](https://blog.sosafeapp.com/centraliza-tus-requerimientos/)
- [Industry workflows and automated risk-assessment routing](https://es.sosafeapp.com/industries)

## symplr

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/symplr
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
This profile is anchored to symplr Safety, the healthcare event-reporting product. symplr Compliance is a separate named product referenced only where its policy, risk, audit and compliance-incident scope is explicitly identified. Midas Care Management, Midas Statit, Quality Review, Access, workforce, credentialing and other symplr products are adjacent offerings and are not entitlement aliases. This profile does not cover RL Solutions or RLDatix products.

symplr Safety takes events from any staff member through forms that change with the answers, gives each reporter a ticket to follow, and supports root cause analysis and scheduled board reports. Test one clinical event and one staff event end to end.

Best-fit starting point: Hospitals and health systems running safety-event reporting, root cause analysis and committee review, optionally alongside compliance risk and policy work.

Check before buying: Safety and Compliance are distinct products with overlapping incident concepts; determine the system of record, confidentiality boundary and handoff before buying both. Product pages establish online submission from almost any device, not offline or downtime capture. Reporter ticket visibility must be separated from protected investigation, peer-review, patient and workforce information. HITRUST is named for Safety and Compliance, but obtain current product/version scope, SOC evidence, BAA/DPA, hosting, recovery and access controls from the Trust Center. Midas and other portfolio capabilities are not included merely because the platform can connect products.

### Pricing

Quote only. symplr publishes no price for symplr Safety or symplr Compliance; both pages route to a demo request. Ask for each product as its own line, with facilities or users, interfaces, configuration, migration, training, support, currency and renewal terms.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating for hospitals wanting non-punitive event reporting, root cause analysis and board reporting in a HITRUST-certified product, more so when compliance risk and policy work share the programme. Not a fit for industrial EHS, or for buyers needing published pricing.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: Rechecked both product pages and their demo routes; no price, plan or trial is published. The security page names both products as HITRUST certified; certificate scope and dates were not reviewed.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.symplr.com/products/symplr-safety
- https://www.symplr.com/products/symplr-compliance
- https://www.symplr.com/platform/technology-security

### Offline reporting not documented

The Safety page describes round-the-clock submission and status tracking from almost any device, which is availability rather than offline capture. Ask for the downtime procedure and how events entered afterwards are reconciled.

Product scope: symplr Safety covers adaptive healthcare event reporting, reporter follow-up, investigation and root-cause workflows, assigned actions, notifications, approvals, analytics and scheduled leadership reporting. symplr Compliance separately covers compliance issues, risk assessments, policies, audits, surveys and compliance incidents. Integration between named products must be demonstrated and quoted rather than inferred from the wider Operations Platform.

Review scope: Vendor-documentation research, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. Legacy ratings are excluded.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Reporter experience: Have a nurse, a physician and a support worker each file an event and time the form.
  Sources: https://www.symplr.com/products/symplr-safety
- Investigation confidentiality: Check that a reporter's ticket shows status only while analysis notes stay restricted.
  Sources: https://www.symplr.com/products/symplr-safety
- Product boundary: Mark each workflow you need as Safety, Compliance or another symplr product before comparing quotes.
  Sources: https://www.symplr.com/products/symplr-compliance
- Security assurance: Request the HITRUST certificate for the products you buy; portfolio-wide SOC 2 counts do not name them.
  Sources: https://www.symplr.com/platform/technology-security
- Downtime procedure: Agree how events are recorded when the application is down and entered afterwards.
  Sources: https://www.symplr.com/products/symplr-safety

### Capability scope

- Adaptive event reporting forms [documented]: Dynamic work paths change with the answers entered; fields can use the organisation's own terminology. Sources: https://www.symplr.com/products/symplr-safety
- Reporter status tracking [documented]: A built-in ticketing system lets reporters submit at any hour and follow status from almost any device. Sources: https://www.symplr.com/products/symplr-safety
- Root cause analysis [documented]: Root cause analysis is run and managed inside the system. Sources: https://www.symplr.com/products/symplr-safety
- Tasks, notifications and approval routing [documented]: Individual or team tasks tracked in real time; notifications at chosen milestones follow your approval process. Sources: https://www.symplr.com/products/symplr-safety
- Committee and board reporting [documented]: Scheduled reports for leadership and boards; Safety Committee meetings, environment-of-care reviews and rounding can be captured. Sources: https://www.symplr.com/products/symplr-safety
- Staff and non-patient occurrences [conditional]: The solution page covers patient and non-patient occurrences attributed to physicians, employees and departments; confirm staff-injury forms in Safety. Sources: https://www.symplr.com/solutions/quality-safety-management
- Compliance risk assessments and policies [conditional]: In symplr Compliance: attorney-curated questions updated quarterly for rules such as HIPAA and EMTALA, and policies with version history. Sources: https://www.symplr.com/products/symplr-compliance
- Offline or downtime reporting [unverified]: No offline capture or downtime procedure is described for symplr Safety.
- Broad healthcare event and feedback capture [documented]: Official material describes incidents, near incidents, complaints, grievances, recommendations and commendations, including events affecting patients or caregivers. Configure taxonomy, severity and confidentiality for each audience; this is not evidence of industrial EHS coverage. Sources: https://www.symplr.com/products/symplr-safety, https://www.symplr.com/ebooks/incident-management-for-patient-safety, https://www.symplr.com/blog/examples-of-incidents-in-healthcare
- Multiple incident-analysis methods [conditional]: The official incident-management guide says Safety supports multiple analytical methods and discusses SIRE, fishbone, PRISMA or cause-tree and FMEA approaches. Confirm which methods, diagrams and templates are present in the contracted version and who approves the result. Sources: https://www.symplr.com/ebooks/incident-management-for-patient-safety
- Improvement plans and outcome monitoring [documented]: The official product guide describes initiating and monitoring improvements and evaluating outcomes after event analysis. Require accountable owners, due dates, effectiveness criteria and immutable closure evidence in the demonstration. Sources: https://www.symplr.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/CIO-Guide-to-symplr-Products-2025.pdf
- Compliance issues, audits and corrective actions [conditional]: The separately sold symplr Compliance product documents issue and action, incident, audit, survey, risk-assessment and policy workflows with audit trails. These capabilities should not be attributed to a Safety-only subscription, and cross-product handoffs require validation. Sources: https://www.symplr.com/products/symplr-compliance
- Product security assurance [conditional]: symplr names Safety and Compliance as HITRUST certified and provides gated security documents through its Trust Center. The Trust Center warns buyers to verify that evidence applies to the exact product and version; on-premises controls remain the customer's responsibility. Sources: https://www.symplr.com/platform/technology-security, https://trust.symplr.com/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: clinical event to committee report
1. Report a patient fall and note which questions appear.
2. Assign a root cause analysis and tasks, routing closure through approval.
3. Generate the Safety Committee report and check the reporter's ticket.

#### Proposed demo: staff event linked to policy and audit
1. Report a staff injury and confirm the form is built for employees.
2. In symplr Compliance, if quoted, link the finding to a policy revision and an audit.
3. Trace open work across both products and note where data does not cross.

#### Proposed demo: confidential reporting and reporter-ticket boundary
1. Create test personas for an identified reporter, an anonymous or confidential reporter if supported, an investigator, a manager and a committee reader.
2. Submit a sensitive staff event and a patient event with controlled attachments and different adaptive form paths.
3. Inspect exactly what each reporter sees in the ticket before, during and after investigation, including follow-up questions and status changes.
4. Attempt access to protected notes, peer-review material, patient identifiers and workforce information from each role.
5. Export the access and workflow audit history and have privacy, legal and patient-safety owners approve the visibility matrix.

#### Proposed demo: Safety-to-Compliance handoff and downtime reconciliation
1. Record a safety event that also raises a compliance issue and define which product owns the event, investigation, policy work and corrective action.
2. Transfer or link only the approved data between Safety and Compliance, then inspect duplicate prevention, ownership, timestamps and permissions.
3. Simulate loss of access to Safety and use the proposed downtime procedure to capture a second event without exposing protected data.
4. Restore service, enter or import the downtime event and reconcile its actual occurrence time, submission time, reporter identity and attachments.
5. Generate scheduled leadership reports from both products and prove that counts, open actions and closure status reconcile without double counting.

### Questions and answers

#### Is symplr the same product as RL Solutions?
No. This profile covers symplr Safety, symplr's own healthcare event reporting product; it does not cover RL Solutions or RLDatix products.

#### Is symplr Safety HITRUST certified?
symplr's security page lists Safety and Compliance among products with HITRUST certified status. Request the certificate, its scope and its date.

#### How do symplr Safety and symplr Compliance differ?
Safety handles safety events, investigation and committee reporting. Compliance handles compliance issues, risk assessments, policies, audits and appeals, surveys and compliance incidents.

#### Which regulations does symplr Compliance address?
Its page names HIPAA, the Stark Law, the Anti-Kickback Statute, EMTALA, the No Surprises Act, price transparency and 340B, all US healthcare rules.

#### Is symplr Safety a general industrial EHS platform?
No. The reviewed scope is healthcare safety-event and incident management. It does not establish permit-to-work, environmental emissions, industrial hygiene or contractor-control capabilities.

#### Can symplr Safety capture complaints and near misses as well as adverse events?
Yes. Official Safety and incident-management material covers complaints, grievances, recommendations, commendations, incidents and near incidents. Confirm the configured forms, taxonomy and confidentiality for each event type.

#### Does symplr Safety support anonymous reporting?
The official incident-management guide describes anonymity as a capability robust reporting forms should support, but the product page does not define the exact implementation. Require a demonstration of anonymous or confidential reporting, follow-up and anti-reidentification controls.

#### Does 'always-on' mean symplr Safety works offline?
No. The product page describes round-the-clock online submission from almost any device but does not document disconnected capture. Obtain and test the hospital's downtime and later-reconciliation procedure.

#### Are Midas analytics and other symplr products included with Safety?
Not automatically. symplr lists Safety, Midas Care Management, Midas Statit and other offerings separately. Platform integration language does not establish licensing, shared data or feature entitlement.

#### What proves symplr Safety's security status?
symplr publicly names Safety as HITRUST certified and offers further evidence through its gated Trust Center. Request documents that apply to the exact product, hosted deployment and version, together with SOC, BAA/DPA, subprocessor and recovery evidence.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-25: Re-researched from symplr's Safety, Compliance, solution and security pages; replaced the mechanically assembled fit, caution and verdict with sourced findings.

### Demo questions

- Which licensed product is the system of record for patient safety, staff injury, complaint, grievance, privacy and compliance incidents?
- Which symplr Safety event types, forms, workflows, analytics and interfaces are included in the proposed edition?
- Show how a reporter's ticket exposes useful status without revealing protected investigation, peer-review, patient or workforce information.
- Can reporters submit anonymously or confidentially, and how are identity, attachments and follow-up questions handled?
- Demonstrate a medication error, patient fall, staff needlestick, visitor event, near miss and complaint through their different adaptive paths.
- Which root-cause methods are configured, who can edit conclusions, and what approval prevents premature closure?
- How are corrective actions, effectiveness checks and improvement outcomes recorded and reported to committees or the board?
- What exact data or workflow crosses between Safety and Compliance, and how are duplicates, ownership and audit history reconciled?
- What is the tested downtime procedure when online Safety submission is unavailable, and how are later entries time-stamped and reconciled?
- Provide current HITRUST, SOC 2, penetration-test, BAA/DPA, subprocessor, hosting, backup and disaster-recovery evidence applicable to the contracted products and versions.
- Which Operations Platform APIs or integrations are contracted, and which require another symplr product or implementation service?
- Quote Safety, Compliance, interfaces, migration, forms, training, support and renewal terms as separate line items.

### Primary sources

- [symplr Safety](https://www.symplr.com/products/symplr-safety)
- [Quality and safety management](https://www.symplr.com/solutions/quality-safety-management)
- [symplr Compliance](https://www.symplr.com/products/symplr-compliance)
- [Technology and security](https://www.symplr.com/platform/technology-security)
- [symplr Safety demo request](https://www.symplr.com/products/symplr-safety/demo-request)
- [symplr incident-management guide and Safety analytical scope](https://www.symplr.com/ebooks/incident-management-for-patient-safety)
- [Incident categories, near misses and caregiver events](https://www.symplr.com/blog/examples-of-incidents-in-healthcare)
- [Incident reporting, trends and benchmarking governance](https://www.symplr.com/blog/why-incident-reporting-in-healthcare-software-matters)
- [Online incident reporting and improvement-plan rationale](https://www.symplr.com/blog/four-reasons-to-skip-paper-and-switch-to-online-incident-reporting)
- [Official product guide and symplr Safety boundaries](https://www.symplr.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/CIO-Guide-to-symplr-Products-2025.pdf)
- [symplr Trust Center and product-version evidence boundary](https://trust.symplr.com/)
- [Master service, data-protection and customer-responsibility terms](https://www.symplr.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/symplr-MSLA-Online.pdf)

## Vector Solutions

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/vectorsolutions
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
This profile covers Vector EHS Management, formerly IndustrySafe, which Vector Solutions acquired in July 2019. Vector LMS, the course libraries, SDS management and managed services are separate Vector products that connect to it.

Vector EHS Management captures incidents and inspections on a mobile app that works offline, produces OSHA 300, 300A and 301 records, and tracks claims and corrective actions. Test one recordable injury from field report to OSHA log, claim and retraining.

Best-fit starting point: US employers in manufacturing, construction and other OSHA-regulated sectors that want incidents, OSHA logs, claims and inspections in one system.

Check before buying: Price the add-ons your workflow depends on, from Vector LMS to the public web form and managed services, before comparing quotes.

### Pricing

Quote only. Vector Solutions publishes no price for Vector EHS Management; pages route to a demo request and a self-guided tour. Ask for modules, users or sites, add-ons, Vector LMS if training recommendations are wanted, interfaces, implementation, currency and term. Managed services come in three tiers, discounted when EHS and LMS services are bundled.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating for US OSHA-regulated employers, and most compelling for existing Vector LMS customers who can tie retraining to incidents. Less compelling outside the US, or for buyers who need a published price before a demo.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [verified]: Rechecked the product, demo and managed-services pages; no price or trial is published. The September 2025 launch release includes the AI Incident Assistant for commercial customers at no additional cost.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.vectorsolutions.com/solutions/vector-ehs-management-software/
- https://www.vectorsolutions.com/solutions/ehs-lms-managed-software-services/
- https://www.vectorsolutions.com/resources/newsroom/vector-solutions-launches-ai-powered-incident-assistant-to-capture-clearer-more-accurate-data-in-vector-ehs-platform/

### Offline incident and inspection capture documented

The incident FAQ says the iOS and Android app reports incidents without an internet connection and uploads once connected. The inspections FAQ says checklists, GPS, photos and findings are recorded offline and sync when connectivity returns. The public web form and AI Incident Assistant were not described as working offline.

Product scope: Incident management with the AI Incident Assistant, OSHA recordkeeping, inspections, corrective actions, hazards, observations, job safety analysis, industrial hygiene, claims and dashboards. AI training recommendations need Vector LMS.

Review scope: Vendor-documentation research, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. Legacy ratings are excluded.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Offline field capture: Test disconnected incident and inspection entry with photos and confirm one record per report after syncing.
  Sources: https://www.vectorsolutions.com/solutions/vector-ehs-management-software/inspections/
- OSHA recordkeeping accuracy: Walk three sample cases through recordability, the 300 log, the 301 form and the 300A summary.
  Sources: https://www.vectorsolutions.com/solutions/vector-ehs-management-software/incidents/
- AI output review: Check how AI prompts and course recommendations are accepted or overridden, and who signs off.
  Sources: https://www.vectorsolutions.com/resources/press-releases/vector-solutions-launches-ai-safety-training/
- Licence dependencies: Map which outcomes need Vector LMS, course libraries, the public web form or managed services.
  Sources: https://www.vectorsolutions.com/solutions/ehs-lms-managed-software-services/
- Claims hand-off: Send a test first report of injury to your insurer or TPA and reconcile claim status.
  Sources: https://www.vectorsolutions.com/solutions/vector-ehs-management-software/claims/

### Capability scope

- Offline mobile incident capture [documented]: The iOS and Android app reports incidents offline and uploads later; forms, workflows and signatures are configurable. Sources: https://www.vectorsolutions.com/solutions/vector-ehs-management-software/incidents/
- AI Incident Assistant [documented]: Real-time prompts for clearer incident descriptions, launched September 2025 for commercial customers at no additional cost; a reviewer still judges the content. Sources: https://www.vectorsolutions.com/resources/newsroom/vector-solutions-launches-ai-powered-incident-assistant-to-capture-clearer-more-accurate-data-in-vector-ehs-platform/
- OSHA 300, 300A and 301 recordkeeping [documented]: Determines recordability, fills the OSHA forms, tracks lost time and exports CSV for electronic submission; US rules only. Sources: https://www.vectorsolutions.com/solutions/vector-ehs-management-software/incidents/
- Offline inspections with OSHA checklists [documented]: Checklists with GPS and photos work offline; prebuilt checklists cover 29 CFR 1910 and 1926, with recurring schedules and asset-linked forms. Sources: https://www.vectorsolutions.com/solutions/vector-ehs-management-software/inspections/
- Corrective actions with escalation [documented]: Configurable risk matrix and stages; alerts when assigned, due, overdue or completed, escalating overdue items to supervisors. Sources: https://www.vectorsolutions.com/solutions/ehs-prevent/corrective-actions/
- Claims and first reports of injury [documented]: Workers' compensation, property, liability and auto claims with payments and reserves; state first reports of injury sent to insurers and TPAs. Sources: https://www.vectorsolutions.com/solutions/vector-ehs-management-software/claims/
- AI corrective training recommendations [conditional]: Recommends Vector courses from incident details, assigned in the incident form with completion shown on the record; needs both Vector EHS and Vector LMS. Sources: https://www.vectorsolutions.com/resources/press-releases/vector-solutions-launches-ai-safety-training/
- Anonymous public web form [conditional]: An add-on form accepts reports through a link without a username or password. Sources: https://www.vectorsolutions.com/solutions/vector-ehs-management-software/incidents/
- HR, payroll and claims-processing interfaces [conditional]: Integration with HR, payroll and TPA claim systems is stated; ask which connectors exist for yours. Sources: https://www.vectorsolutions.com/solutions/vector-ehs-management-software/
- Job safety analysis with review and signatures [documented]: Builds a JSA from sequential job steps, scores each hazard with a configurable risk matrix, records controls, routes the analysis for employee review and signatures, and tracks its lifecycle. The page also describes JSA reporting and training linkage; verify the Vector LMS licence and course entitlement before treating training as included. Sources: https://www.vectorsolutions.com/solutions/vector-ehs-management-software/job-safety-analysis/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: offline injury to OSHA log
1. Report an injury offline with photos and a signature, then reconnect.
2. Let the AI Incident Assistant review the description and note the reviewer's changes.
3. Mark the case recordable and check the OSHA 300 and 301 entries.

#### Proposed demo: incident to retraining and claim
1. Create a corrective action from the root cause and let it escalate when overdue.
2. Assign a recommended course and complete it in Vector LMS.
3. Open a workers' compensation claim and produce the state first report of injury.

#### Proposed demo: job safety analysis to signed controls
1. Break a sample high-risk job into sequential steps, identify one hazard per step, score probability and severity, and record a control.
2. Route the draft to two workers for feedback, revise one control, collect signatures, and ask the vendor to show the retained review trail and JSA lifecycle status.
3. Expose a deliberate skills gap, link a corrective action or targeted training, then produce the JSA activity and close-out report; confirm whether Vector LMS is required.

### Product presentations

- [Incident Assistant prompt on the incident form](https://www.vectorsolutions.com/solutions/vector-ehs-management-software/incidents/): Official vendor image of the AI Incident Assistant by the incident description; labelled Beta.
- [Dashboard, inspection app and safety metrics](https://www.vectorsolutions.com/solutions/vector-ehs-management-software/incidents/): Official vendor image of the home page, mobile inspection and dashboard; data not labelled sample.

### Questions and answers

#### Is Vector EHS Management the former IndustrySafe?
Yes. Vector Solutions acquired IndustrySafe in July 2019, and the product is now Vector EHS Management.

#### Do AI training recommendations need Vector LMS?
Yes. The January 2026 launch describes an integration between Vector EHS and Vector LMS that recommends Vector courses and shows completion on the incident.

#### Which other EHS modules are offered?
Behaviour-based observations, hazard reporting, job safety analysis, industrial hygiene sampling and SDS and chemical management are described alongside incidents and inspections.

#### Can the managed services team run the system for us?
Vector sells Managed Software Services in three tiers, remote or in person, covering administration such as inspections, reporting and security roles.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-25: Re-researched from Vector Solutions' product pages, FAQs and press releases; replaced the mechanically assembled fit, caution and verdict with sourced findings.

### Demo questions

- Record an incident offline with photos, reconnect and show one synced record.
- Let the AI Incident Assistant review a vague description and show whether the reporter's words are kept.
- Take a recordable injury through the OSHA 300 and 301 entries and the CSV export.
- Assign a recommended course from the incident and show its completion from Vector LMS on the record.
- Quote the public web form, managed services and each HR, payroll or claims interface separately.

### Primary sources

- [Vector EHS platform](https://www.vectorsolutions.com/solutions/vector-ehs-management-software/)
- [Incident reporting](https://www.vectorsolutions.com/solutions/vector-ehs-management-software/incidents/)
- [Inspections](https://www.vectorsolutions.com/solutions/vector-ehs-management-software/inspections/)
- [Corrective actions](https://www.vectorsolutions.com/solutions/ehs-prevent/corrective-actions/)
- [Claims management](https://www.vectorsolutions.com/solutions/vector-ehs-management-software/claims/)
- [AI Incident Assistant launch](https://www.vectorsolutions.com/resources/newsroom/vector-solutions-launches-ai-powered-incident-assistant-to-capture-clearer-more-accurate-data-in-vector-ehs-platform/)
- [AI training recommendations launch](https://www.vectorsolutions.com/resources/press-releases/vector-solutions-launches-ai-safety-training/)
- [Managed Software Services](https://www.vectorsolutions.com/solutions/ehs-lms-managed-software-services/)
- [IndustrySafe acquisition](https://www.vectorsolutions.com/about-us/acquisitions/industrysafe/)
- [Construction](https://www.vectorsolutions.com/solutions/vector-ehs-management-software/construction/)
- [EHS demo request](https://www.vectorsolutions.com/request-a-demo/ehs-management/)
- [Job Safety Analysis workflow and review lifecycle — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.vectorsolutions.com/solutions/vector-ehs-management-software/job-safety-analysis/)

## Sphera Control of Work

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/sphera-control-of-work
Sources checked: 2026-10-11
A distinct Sphera process safety purchasing scope. Sphera acquired Petrotechnics in 2019 and described ORM for Operations as formerly Petrotechnics. This lineage does not establish that every historical Proscient deployment is identical to the current product or migrates automatically.

Sphera Control of Work coordinates hazardous work through permits, isolation planning and shift information. Evaluate the named modules against the plant operating model, including engineering drawings and dependencies between work activities. The separate Sphera Health and Safety Management profile does not establish these entitlements.

Best-fit starting point: Industrial operators with interdependent maintenance work, energy isolations and shift handovers.

Check before buying: Scope every module, field workflow and interface explicitly. Current vendor evidence includes online/offline mobile permit execution and QR isolation verification in a specific 2026 mining implementation, not a suite-wide guarantee. Emergency Preparedness and Response, Dynamic Risk Pathways, barrier management and MDM for MRO are named scopes that may require separate licensing and implementation. Validate legacy migration, regulatory configuration and all hard stops against the site's approved procedures.

### Pricing

Contact vendor. Price is not publicly available, contact vendor. Request currency, contract term, site and user basis, selected modules, configuration, migration, interfaces, training, support and renewal terms. A sales demo does not establish a free trial.

### When the price fits

Worth evaluating when coordinated permits and isolations are material operational requirements. A simple checklist team should compare the full implementation cost with a narrower product; no savings or safety outcome has been independently measured here.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-09-20 [partial]: Public pages route buyers to sales. No subscription amount, billing basis or free trial was established.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://sphera.com/solutions/process-safety-management/control-of-work/permit-to-work/
- https://sphera.com/solutions/process-safety-management/control-of-work/isolation-management/
- https://sphera.com/solutions/process-safety-management/control-of-work/operations-logbook-shift-handover/

### Conditional online/offline mobile workflow

Sphera's 2026 mining case study documents one deployment completing its full mobile permitting workflow online or offline, with role-based controls, QR isolation confirmation and permit hard stops. This does not establish the same behavior for every customer, industry, module, device or legacy version. Demonstrate cached scope, authentication, issue and suspension rules, signatures, competing edits, failed synchronization, isolation changes and final restoration on the quoted release.

Product scope: Sphera Control of Work within the Process Safety portfolio, including quoted Permit to Work, Isolation Management, Interactive P&ID, Operations Logbook and Shift Handover, and explicitly selected barrier, emergency-response or dynamic-risk modules. It is distinct from SpheraCloud Health and Safety Management, MDM for MRO, ESG reporting and LCA products unless those products and integrations appear in the proposal.

Review scope: Official Sphera product pages, vendor-authored technical guidance and a vendor case study, not hands-on testing or independent customer testimony. Case-study configuration and outcomes are deployment-specific and should be treated as demo targets rather than guaranteed results. Named modules and adjacent products do not establish licence entitlement. Legacy reviews remain excluded; proposed exercises are acceptance tests.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Evaluate shared isolation points, phased work and release dependencies against the actual plant procedure.
  Sources: https://sphera.com/solutions/process-safety-management/control-of-work/isolation-management/
- Usability & adoption: Have incoming and outgoing shift teams interpret unresolved work and priorities without a vendor presenter guiding every step.
  Sources: https://sphera.com/solutions/process-safety-management/control-of-work/operations-logbook-shift-handover/
- Implementation & TCO: Price engineering document preparation, module configuration, migration and ongoing ownership separately.
  Sources: https://sphera.com/solutions/process-safety-management/control-of-work/interactive-piping-instrumentation-diagram/
- Integrations & API: The suite describes operational-system integration. Require named endpoints, authentication, ownership and recovery behavior; a public API specification was not verified.
  Sources: https://sphera.com/solutions/process-safety-management/control-of-work/
- Security & trust: Request role segregation, access logging, retention and deployment assurance evidence. Authorization history does not establish a certification or complete security assessment.
  Sources: https://sphera.com/solutions/process-safety-management/control-of-work/isolation-management/
- Customer voice: Vendor-hosted quotations are not independent review samples. No verified product-specific aggregate rating or review count is assigned.
  Sources: https://sphera.com/solutions/process-safety-management/control-of-work/
- Mobile, offline and isolation-control boundary: A vendor case study proves that one mining implementation used a full online/offline mobile workflow, QR isolation checks and permit hard stops. Do not generalize this to every module or deployment. Test device support, cached data, authentication expiry, competing edits, QR exceptions, failed sync, unconfirmed-isolation blocking and restoration authority against the buyer's procedure.
  Sources: https://sphera.com/resources/case-study/reducing-operational-risk-while-improving-productivity/
- Operational-data and model governance: For Dynamic Risk Pathways and emergency response, inventory every source system and define ownership for bowties, barrier status, thresholds, response plans and stale or missing data. Validate how operators distinguish a software indication from an authorized operational decision.
  Sources: https://sphera.com/solutions/process-safety-management/control-of-work/dynamic-risk-pathways/, https://sphera.com/solutions/process-safety-management/control-of-work/emergency-preparedness-response/

### Capability scope

- Permit coordination [documented]: Permits, hazards, maintenance shifts and simultaneous operations share an operational view. Confirm configured authorization stages. Sources: https://sphera.com/solutions/process-safety-management/control-of-work/permit-to-work/
- Multiphase isolations [documented]: Isolation plans can contain multiple work stages, point dependencies and authorization history. Sources: https://sphera.com/solutions/process-safety-management/control-of-work/isolation-management/
- Interactive engineering drawings [documented]: PDF schematics can be annotated with isolation points and reused in planning; the module also describes change tracking. Sources: https://sphera.com/solutions/process-safety-management/control-of-work/interactive-piping-instrumentation-diagram/
- Shift handover [documented]: Logs bring together operational information, comments and alerts, including alerts from external systems. Sources: https://sphera.com/solutions/process-safety-management/control-of-work/operations-logbook-shift-handover/
- Risk assessment and SIMOPS [documented]: The suite connects job hazard analysis, risk assessment and conflict visualization. Demonstrate the rules against site-specific activities. Sources: https://sphera.com/solutions/process-safety-management/control-of-work/
- Barrier and deviation visibility [documented]: Barrier management is a named suite module. Confirm the selected model, incoming data and licensing instead of assuming it is included with permits. Sources: https://sphera.com/solutions/process-safety-management/control-of-work/process-safety-barrier-management/
- Emergency preparedness and permit-context handoff [conditional]: The Emergency Preparedness and Response module presents response plans alongside current activities, process parameters and barrier status, and describes data exchange from permits into preparedness workflows. It is a named module, not proof of inclusion with Permit to Work; confirm response-plan ownership, data latency, degraded-mode access, drill support and interfaces in the quote. Sources: https://sphera.com/solutions/process-safety-management/control-of-work/emergency-preparedness-response/
- Dynamic risk pathways and bowtie-informed visualization [conditional]: Dynamic Risk Pathways aggregates inspection, maintenance, operational, deviation and IoT data to visualize asset risk and safeguarding-barrier health against bowties, PHAs and other risk assessments. Treat it as separately scoped decision support: confirm source systems, mapping, data quality, update latency, alert thresholds, model governance and who approves interventions. Early-warning language is not a guarantee that incidents will be prevented. Sources: https://sphera.com/solutions/process-safety-management/control-of-work/dynamic-risk-pathways/
- Mobile online/offline permit execution and QR isolation checks [conditional]: A 2026 Sphera mining case study documents one implementation with role-based access, QR-scanned isolation points, diagram-based isolation lists, a permit hard stop when referenced isolations were unconfirmed, and an online/offline mobile permitting workflow. This is deployment evidence, not a universal feature matrix or outcome guarantee. Reproduce each requested action, synchronization rule, hard stop and audit field in the proposed version and industry configuration. Sources: https://sphera.com/resources/case-study/reducing-operational-risk-while-improving-productivity/
- Maintenance-work integration and risk-based scheduling [conditional]: Sphera describes Control of Work across maintenance scheduling, execution and documentation, including a Risk-Based Scheduler for task conflicts, plus permit reuse and lessons learned. The Control of Work page gives ERP-generated permits from work orders as an integration example. Confirm the named ERP or EAM connector, work-order and permit ownership, supported fields, retry and reconciliation behavior, and whether Sphera MDM for MRO is a separate product in the proposed architecture. Sources: https://sphera.com/solutions/process-safety-management/control-of-work/, https://sphera.com/resources/blog/how-control-of-work-and-mdm-enhance-the-plant-maintenance-life-cycle/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed isolation dependency exercise
1. Model two maintenance jobs sharing an isolation point and assign separate responsible roles.
2. Change one job stage and inspect the affected isolation status, permit dependencies and recorded authorization.
3. Request a demonstration of rejected release and restoration attempts; agree expected behavior with the site procedure.

#### Proposed disconnected handover exercise
1. Prepare a representative shift with permits, drawings and unresolved work on the proposed field device.
2. Disconnect, attempt permitted actions and record which functions remain available or become blocked.
3. Reconnect and inspect competing edits, timestamps and the next shift view before accepting the offline scope.

#### Proposed ERP work order to offline permit and verified restoration exercise
1. Create a representative maintenance work order in the buyer's ERP or EAM and show the exact fields, ownership and error handling used to create or prepopulate the permit.
2. Run the job through risk-based scheduling, JHA or task risk assessment and SIMOPS conflict checks, then require the configured authorizations before issue.
3. Verify each required isolation point with the proposed diagram and QR process, attempt issue with one point unconfirmed and inspect the actual hard-stop and audit behavior.
4. Take the quoted field device offline, execute only the permitted steps, reconnect and inspect synchronization, competing edits, timestamps, final restoration authorization and the data written back to the maintenance system.

### Product presentations

- [Control of Work activity schedule view](https://sphera.com/solutions/process-safety-management/control-of-work/): Official vendor image from the Control of Work page showing a dated activity list beside a shift timeline; dates and entries look like sample data.

### Questions and answers

#### Is Sphera Control of Work the same as Sphera Health and Safety Management?
They are distinct purchasing scopes in the same vendor portfolio. This profile covers operational work control; do not infer incident management, ESG or other portfolio entitlements from the shared brand.

#### Is Petrotechnics now Sphera Control of Work?
The 2019 acquisition and ORM for Operations announcement establish historical lineage. They do not establish a universal current Proscient alias, feature equivalence or automatic migration for a legacy installation. Obtain a deployment-specific roadmap.

#### Does Sphera Control of Work support offline permit approvals?
That end-to-end capability was not verified in the current pages reviewed. Mobile availability alone is insufficient evidence. Demonstrate each requested action and recovery conflict on the proposed version.

#### How much does Sphera Control of Work cost?
A public subscription amount was not established, contact vendor. Obtain a proposal for the selected modules and rollout, then compare implementation and ongoing administration as well as licence charges.

#### Can Sphera Control of Work integrate with SAP, Maximo or another maintenance system?
Sphera describes ERP integration that can generate permits from work orders, and its maintenance-lifecycle guidance discusses SAP and Maximo as common ERP or EAM contexts. This does not prove a delivered connector for a particular version. Require named interfaces, supported fields, authentication, ownership, retry and reconciliation behavior, and price them separately.

#### Are QR isolation checks and permit hard stops standard?
A 2026 Sphera mining case study documents QR-scanned isolation points, diagram-based isolation lists and automatic blocking when referenced isolations were not confirmed. That is evidence from one implementation, not proof of identical behavior in every deployment. Reproduce the rule, exception path and audit trail in the proposed configuration.

#### Are Emergency Preparedness and Dynamic Risk Pathways included with Permit to Work?
They are separately named modules in the Control of Work suite. Confirm licences, source systems, configuration, data latency and integration responsibilities rather than assuming suite visibility means entitlement.

#### Does Dynamic Risk Pathways replace operator judgment or an approved bowtie review?
No such replacement is established. The module uses operational and equipment data to visualize risk pathways and barrier conditions. Buyers should define model ownership, source-data quality, alert governance and the authorized human decision process.

### Demo questions

- Which permit and isolation changes are allowed during loss of connectivity, and how are competing edits reconciled?
- Which modules and migration services are included in the written proposal?

### Primary sources

- [Control of Work suite and sales enquiry](https://sphera.com/solutions/process-safety-management/control-of-work/)
- [Permit to Work](https://sphera.com/solutions/process-safety-management/control-of-work/permit-to-work/)
- [Isolation Management](https://sphera.com/solutions/process-safety-management/control-of-work/isolation-management/)
- [Interactive Piping and Instrumentation Diagram](https://sphera.com/solutions/process-safety-management/control-of-work/interactive-piping-instrumentation-diagram/)
- [Operations Logbook and Shift Handover](https://sphera.com/solutions/process-safety-management/control-of-work/operations-logbook-shift-handover/)
- [Process Safety Barrier Management](https://sphera.com/solutions/process-safety-management/control-of-work/process-safety-barrier-management/)
- [Petrotechnics acquisition, January 2019](https://sphera.com/company/news/sphera-acquires-petrotechnics-to-enhance-end-to-end-operational-risk-solution/)
- [ORM for Operations lineage, May 2019](https://sphera.com/company/news/sphera-launches-cutting-edge-digital-twin-software-for-operational-risks/)
- [Emergency Preparedness and Response module and permit-data handoff : checked 29 September 2026](https://sphera.com/solutions/process-safety-management/control-of-work/emergency-preparedness-response/)
- [Dynamic Risk Pathways, bowtie inputs and real-time barrier-risk visualization : checked 29 September 2026](https://sphera.com/solutions/process-safety-management/control-of-work/dynamic-risk-pathways/)
- [Vendor case study: mobile online/offline permits and QR-based isolation verification in one mining deployment : checked 29 September 2026](https://sphera.com/resources/case-study/reducing-operational-risk-while-improving-productivity/)
- [Control of Work in the plant-maintenance lifecycle, risk-based scheduling and ERP context : checked 29 September 2026](https://sphera.com/resources/blog/how-control-of-work-and-mdm-enhance-the-plant-maintenance-life-cycle/)

## MaintainX

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/maintainx
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: Autodesk MaintainX
The official About page identifies MaintainX as part of Autodesk. This profile covers the MaintainX maintenance application; it does not extend its capabilities or licence to other Autodesk products.

MaintainX connects maintenance requests, work orders, procedures and technician updates. Its work-order page describes photos, comments and parts information alongside mobile execution. Current API documentation covers scoped bearer keys, external identifiers, rate limits, polling and webhooks, while SAML SSO is documented as Enterprise-only. Evaluate it with your own recurring job, asset record and review process, then identify which paid tier supplies the inventory, interface, identity and management features you need.

Best-fit starting point: Maintenance teams organizing technician work and repeatable procedures across equipment and sites.

Check before buying: MaintainX is principally a CMMS, not a complete EHS or QMS suite. Its Permit to Work capability is documented as Beta and should not be assumed to provide production-ready isolation, simultaneous-operations or permit-conflict controls. Purchasing, advanced automation, routing, multi-site administration and identity features are plan-dependent.

### Pricing

Free plan and paid subscriptions. The page lists Essential at $20 per user/month with annual billing or $25 monthly, and Premium at $65 annually billed or $75 monthly. Basic is free with usage limits; Enterprise requires a quote. The reviewed text did not establish a dollar currency code. Confirm currency, taxes, implementation and renewal terms before comparing totals. The comparison table lists unlimited requester users on every plan, and the page footnote says requester accounts are free. It caps work orders with attached procedures at 2 per month on Basic and 3 per month on Essential, with unlimited from Premium, and repeating work orders at 2 per month on Basic, unlimited from Essential. Parts inventory tracking, purchase orders and open REST API access are listed from Premium; SAML single sign-on and multi-site management are listed on Enterprise.

### When the price fits

Evaluate the tier that supports the complete maintenance workflow, including planning and review. A technician pilot is useful only if the cost also covers inventory, integrations and site administration required in production.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [partial]: Published tiers, billing alternatives, a free Basic plan and Try for Free entry points were reviewed. Confirm currency and paid-plan trial duration, entitlements and conversion terms.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.getmaintainx.com/pricing

### Offline capabilities

The help article says offline mode is available on all four plans, for Full Users and Administrators, not Requesters or the web app, while the pricing comparison table lists Offline Mode under Premium and Enterprise only; ask MaintainX to confirm in writing which tier applies. Connect first to prepare the cache. Changes remain local until synchronization; test the configured sync behavior and recovery after competing edits.

Product scope: MaintainX maintenance work management, procedures, inspections, requests and plan-dependent inventory, purchasing, integrations, multi-site controls, condition-based automation and Beta Permit to Work.

Review scope: Research from vendor documentation, not hands-on testing, customer testimony or an independent security assessment. MaintainX publishes SOC 2 and ISO 27001:2022 statements, but QHSEtech did not review the underlying report, certificate or a buyer deployment. Plan availability, scope and commercial terms need confirmation. No independently verified customer rating or certification is assigned.

Trial status: verified-free. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Demonstrate one recurring job from request through reviewed closure.
  Sources: https://www.getmaintainx.com/use-cases/work-order-management-app
- Usability & adoption: Observe cache preparation and confirmation that disconnected work has arrived on the server.
  Sources: https://help.getmaintainx.com/offline-mode
- Implementation & TCO: Price the required tier, rollout support and site administration together.
  Sources: https://www.getmaintainx.com/pricing
- Integrations & API: Inspect key scope, rate limiting, stable external identifiers, a failed transfer, retry and duplicate prevention using the quoted entitlement.
  Sources: https://www.getmaintainx.com/pricing, https://help.getmaintainx.com/build/getting-started
- Security & trust: Request the current SOC 2 report and ISO 27001 certificate scope, then demonstrate Enterprise SSO, roles, retention and deprovisioning for the proposed deployment.
  Sources: https://www.getmaintainx.com/security, https://help.getmaintainx.com/about-sso-for-maintainx
- Customer voice: No independent customer-review sample is used here. Request references with a comparable maintenance setup.

### Capability scope

- Work orders and procedures [documented]: The product page describes requests, assigned work, procedures, photos and comments. Sources: https://www.getmaintainx.com/use-cases/work-order-management-app
- Inventory and integrations [conditional]: Premium lists parts, purchasing and REST API access. Official API documentation describes bearer keys, organization scope and an OpenAPI collection; confirm the required endpoints, key scope, rate limits, webhooks and implementation ownership. Sources: https://www.getmaintainx.com/pricing, https://help.getmaintainx.com/build/getting-started
- Multi-site administration [conditional]: Enterprise lists multi-site management and additional administration controls. Sources: https://www.getmaintainx.com/pricing
- Offline technician work [conditional]: Prepared mobile content is available to eligible roles. Web and requester workflows are excluded from this documented mode. The help article lists all four plans while the pricing comparison table lists offline mode under Premium and Enterprise only; confirm the tier in writing. Sources: https://help.getmaintainx.com/offline-mode, https://www.getmaintainx.com/pricing
- SAML single sign-on [conditional]: MaintainX documents SAML SSO for Enterprise organizations, configured by an administrator in the web app. Google, Microsoft Entra ID and Okta are named; confirm provisioning, domain routing and deprovisioning in the proposed setup. Sources: https://help.getmaintainx.com/about-sso-for-maintainx
- Security assurance [conditional]: MaintainX's security page states SOC 2 compliance and ISO 27001:2022 certification for the platform and Montreal office. Request the current report and certificate scope; neither was independently reviewed for this profile. Sources: https://www.getmaintainx.com/security
- Maintenance reporting and scheduled exports [documented]: The reporting page describes asset-health, PM-compliance, cost and downtime views, custom dashboards, filters, scheduled reports and PDF or CSV exports. Confirm which plan includes each view and test the audit trail and calculation behind the KPIs used for decisions. Sources: https://www.getmaintainx.com/use-cases/reporting
- Configurable inspections and corrective work [conditional]: Procedures can include checklists, pass/flag/fail checks, files, photos, signatures, meter readings, location check-ins and conditional fields. Failed checks can prompt or trigger corrective work orders, depending on configuration and plan. Sources: https://help.getmaintainx.com/about-procedures, https://help.getmaintainx.com/procedure-fields, https://help.getmaintainx.com/trigger-a-work-order, https://help.getmaintainx.com/work-order-settings
- Work-request intake and approval [conditional]: Requester users and public portals can submit requests for approval or rejection; approved requests become work orders. Request routing is documented for Premium and Enterprise rather than Enterprise only, and portal access differs from licensed-user visibility. Sources: https://help.getmaintainx.com/about-work-requests, https://help.getmaintainx.com/approve-or-decline-work-requests, https://www.getmaintainx.com/pricing
- Purchase orders and inventory replenishment [conditional]: Eligible plans support purchase requests, approvals, vendor transmission, partial fulfillment, completion and inventory updates. User and administrator purchasing permissions differ. Sources: https://help.getmaintainx.com/about-purchase-orders, https://help.getmaintainx.com/purchase-order-workflow-overview
- Condition-based maintenance [conditional]: Meter thresholds can trigger requests or work orders. Automation scope varies by plan; automated readings normally require an OT connector or REST API, and thresholds need piloting. Sources: https://help.getmaintainx.com/set-up-condition-based-maintenance, https://help.getmaintainx.com/about-meters
- Permit to Work [conditional]: MaintainX documents permit approvals and change requests on eligible plans. Permit to Work was introduced as Beta in August 2026; validate suspensions, closeout, isolation controls and production support before hazardous-work reliance. Sources: https://help.getmaintainx.com/approve-a-permit-to-work, https://help.getmaintainx.com/help-center-updates/august-2026, https://help.getmaintainx.com/complete-a-work-order

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: prepared job to reviewed completion
1. Load a sample asset, work order and procedure using the proposed technician role.
2. Disconnect the device and add a completion note and photo.
3. Change the same order from a second account, reconnect and inspect the resolved record.
4. Ask a reviewer to reject incomplete evidence and inspect the correction history.

#### Demo exercise: maintenance record to management report
1. Complete representative planned and reactive work against two assets, including labor, parts and downtime data.
2. Build a filtered dashboard for PM compliance, MTTR and maintenance cost, then trace one KPI back to its source records.
3. Schedule an export, inspect its timezone and filters, and demonstrate how a corrected work order changes the reported result.

#### Demo exercise: failed inspection to corrective work
1. Attach an inspection procedure with pass, flag and fail checks, conditional evidence fields and a signature to a scheduled work order.
2. Have a technician fail one check, attach evidence and complete the inspection so the configured corrective-action behavior runs.
3. Assign, complete and review the resulting corrective work order, then trace both records through reporting and history.

### Product presentations

- [Reporting charts: downtime, MTTR and availability](https://www.getmaintainx.com/use-cases/reporting): Official vendor image of downtime, MTTR and availability report charts; illustrative values.
- [Procedure checklist with Pass/Flag/Fail and sharing](https://www.getmaintainx.com/use-cases/work-order-management-app): Official vendor image of a procedure checklist and sharing dialog; fictional data; Enterprise scope.
- [Mobile parts cycle count with QR scan](https://www.getmaintainx.com/use-cases/work-order-management-app): Official vendor image of a mobile parts cycle count; illustrative; Enterprise per pricing page.

### Questions and answers

#### Is MaintainX part of Autodesk?
Yes. The reviewed official About page identifies that relationship. This profile evaluates MaintainX itself; ask which contracting entity and product licence apply to your proposal.

#### Can every MaintainX user work offline?
No. The documented mode is for eligible mobile users with prepared content. Requester accounts and the web app are excluded. The help article and the pricing comparison table disagree on which plans include it, so ask MaintainX to confirm the tier in writing; test the exact role and device you intend to deploy.

#### Does the free plan include the full maintenance workflow?
Basic has usage limits. Match the proposed work volume and procedure, inventory and administration requirements to the current plan table before budgeting.

#### Does MaintainX include SSO on every paid plan?
No. The reviewed SSO documentation requires an Enterprise account and administrator configuration. Confirm identity-provider support, user provisioning, migration and deprovisioning in the proposal.

#### Did QHSEtech verify MaintainX's SOC 2 report or ISO certificate?
No. The official security page publishes those statements, but this review did not inspect the underlying assurance documents or assess a customer deployment. Request the current report, certificate scope and applicable contractual terms.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-28: Added official REST API, Enterprise SSO and security sources; expanded plan and identity boundaries; and kept SOC 2 and ISO 27001 statements vendor-attributed pending document review.
- 2026-10-02: Re-read all 21 sources on 2 October 2026; plan prices, offline, SSO, security and Permit to Work (Beta) statements unchanged.

### Demo questions

- Which plan includes our procedures, recurring orders, inventory and API requirements?
- Can a technician prepare a job, add evidence offline and confirm server receipt after reconnecting?
- What can a requester do when connectivity is lost?
- How does a reviewer return incomplete work for correction without losing the original submission?
- Which currency, billing term, implementation services and renewal increases apply?

### Primary sources

- [Work-order and technician workflow](https://www.getmaintainx.com/use-cases/work-order-management-app)
- [Pricing and plan entitlements](https://www.getmaintainx.com/pricing)
- [Offline mode, roles and cache preparation](https://help.getmaintainx.com/offline-mode)
- [MaintainX company identity](https://www.getmaintainx.com/about)
- [MaintainX REST API setup and organization-scoped keys](https://help.getmaintainx.com/build/getting-started)
- [MaintainX SAML SSO scope and Enterprise requirement](https://help.getmaintainx.com/about-sso-for-maintainx)
- [MaintainX security and assurance overview](https://www.getmaintainx.com/security)
- [Maintenance reporting, dashboards, audit trails and scheduled exports — checked 28 September 2026](https://www.getmaintainx.com/use-cases/reporting)
- [Procedure templates and attached work instructions](https://help.getmaintainx.com/about-procedures)
- [Inspection fields, evidence, signatures and conditional logic](https://help.getmaintainx.com/procedure-fields)
- [Corrective work-order triggers](https://help.getmaintainx.com/trigger-a-work-order)
- [Work-order settings](https://help.getmaintainx.com/work-order-settings)
- [Work-request portals, approvals and routing](https://help.getmaintainx.com/about-work-requests)
- [Work-request approval and rejection](https://help.getmaintainx.com/approve-or-decline-work-requests)
- [Purchase-order scope](https://help.getmaintainx.com/about-purchase-orders)
- [Purchase-order approval and fulfillment workflow](https://help.getmaintainx.com/purchase-order-workflow-overview)
- [Condition-based maintenance automations](https://help.getmaintainx.com/set-up-condition-based-maintenance)
- [Meter scope and readings](https://help.getmaintainx.com/about-meters)
- [Permit-to-work approval process](https://help.getmaintainx.com/approve-a-permit-to-work)
- [Permit to Work documented as Beta in August 2026](https://help.getmaintainx.com/help-center-updates/august-2026)
- [Work-order completion scope](https://help.getmaintainx.com/complete-a-work-order)

## Fiix

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/fiix
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: Fiix CMMS
Fiix is presented as a Rockwell Automation company. This profile covers Fiix CMMS, not the entire Rockwell Automation or FactoryTalk portfolio.

Fiix connects maintenance work orders with asset history, inventory and reporting. Its CMMS page also describes exchanging maintenance information with other systems. Assess the end-to-end job and stock records in the proposed subscription, including the mobile preparation and synchronization needed in areas with unreliable connectivity.

Best-fit starting point: Maintenance teams that need connected work-order, equipment-history and spare-parts records.

Check before buying: Mobile work is not visible in the web application until synchronized. Plan a recovery procedure before relying on disconnected records for operational decisions. API and SSO require Enterprise, additional fees and customer-side implementation responsibilities.

### Pricing

Free plan and paid subscriptions. The pricing page displays Basic at $45 per user/month and Professional at $75; Enterprise is quoted. A limited Free plan is also listed. The currency code is not explicit enough to normalize the dollar amounts. Integration Hub, custom API integrations, the app exchange and SSO are listed at Enterprise with an additional-costs note; Fiix help also documents a one-time SSO setup fee and yearly platform fee. Confirm billing term, currency, implementation, integration and identity costs. The pricing FAQ says plans are month-to-month or annual subscriptions and that setup and hardware carry no additional fees for a plan, while the comparison table marks single sign-on, custom API integrations and the Integration Hub as available on Enterprise for an additional cost with no amount shown; ask whether the no-additional-fees statement covers those Enterprise items and the SSO fees in Fiix help. The pricing page also lists a Lite License (Operator Access) add-on that gives operators and frontline staff limited CMMS access, to be combined with Basic, Professional or Enterprise, with contact-for-pricing; a Fiix MAX AI-assistant add-on, also contact-for-pricing, offered with Professional or Enterprise and not combinable with Lite License users; and Foresight, shown among the Professional plan features. Confirm which of these are in the quote and what they cost.

### When the price fits

Fiix merits evaluation when equipment history and maintenance stock must stay connected. Budget against the required multi-site and control features, and include a mobile synchronization exercise in the pilot.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [partial]: Rechecked paid tiers, the limited free plan, API and SSO entitlement and vendor security statements. A free plan or product tour does not establish a paid-tier trial; confirm evaluation terms, currency, Enterprise add-ons and implementation responsibility.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://fiixsoftware.com/cmms/pricing/

### Offline capabilities

The mobile app supports disconnected work with local records and media that synchronize after a stable connection returns. Unsynced updates are absent from the web application. Official help warns that logging out before synchronization loses local changes; verify preparation, sync status and recovery before a shift.

Product scope: Fiix CMMS, mobile maintenance and plan-dependent multi-site, purchasing, audit and integration functions.

Review scope: Research from vendor documentation, not hands-on testing, customer testimony or an independent security assessment. Plan availability and commercial terms need confirmation. Fiix publishes SOC 2 Type 2 statements, but QHSEtech did not inspect the report or its scope; no independently verified customer rating or certification is assigned.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Trace a maintenance finding into work, asset history and the resulting parts record.
  Sources: https://fiixsoftware.com/cmms/cmms-software/
- Usability & adoption: Have a technician recognize pending synchronization and demonstrate successful server receipt.
  Sources: https://helpdesk.fiixsoftware.com/hc/en-us/articles/4413544560148-Sync-the-mobile-app
- Implementation & TCO: Include the required sites, enterprise controls and integration charges in one quote.
  Sources: https://fiixsoftware.com/cmms/pricing/
- Integrations & API: Test connector failure and retry with stable identifiers for assets and orders.
  Sources: https://fiixsoftware.com/cmms/pricing/
- Security & trust: Demonstrate permissions and audit evidence on the contracted tier.
  Sources: https://fiixsoftware.com/cmms/pricing/
- Customer voice: No independently verified customer score is assigned. Ask for references with comparable sites and mobile working conditions.

### Capability scope

- Connected maintenance records [documented]: The CMMS page describes work orders, asset history, parts and maintenance analysis. Sources: https://fiixsoftware.com/cmms/cmms-software/
- Mobile maintenance [documented]: The mobile app documents work orders, requests, assets and parts; additional setup uses the web application. Sources: https://helpdesk.fiixsoftware.com/hc/en-us/articles/4413567981076-About-the-mobile-app
- Multi-site and purchasing [conditional]: The pricing table assigns multi-site and purchasing functions to Professional and above. The page also lists a Lite License (Operator Access) add-on with contact-for-pricing; ask how Lite users count against the multi-site and purchasing entitlements. Sources: https://fiixsoftware.com/cmms/pricing/
- Integration and enterprise controls [conditional]: Audit trails and e-signatures are listed at Enterprise. Integration Hub, custom API, the app exchange and SSO are Enterprise add-ons with separate commercial and implementation scope. Sources: https://fiixsoftware.com/cmms/pricing/, https://helpdesk.fiixsoftware.com/hc/en-us/articles/7048646955028-Single-sign-on-SSO-FAQ
- Offline synchronization [conditional]: Local changes need successful synchronization before they appear in the web app. Logging out with unsynced work can lose that data. Sources: https://helpdesk.fiixsoftware.com/hc/en-us/articles/4413562222612-About-offline-mode-in-the-mobile-app, https://helpdesk.fiixsoftware.com/hc/en-us/articles/4413544560148-Sync-the-mobile-app
- Fiix API [conditional]: The API requires Enterprise. Fiix documents 1,000 calls per day per user licence, no database connectors and no troubleshooting or UAT support for customer applications that consume the API. Validate objects, permissions, retry design and support ownership. Sources: https://helpdesk.fiixsoftware.com/hc/en-us/articles/360018524352-Fiix-API-FAQ
- SSO and indirect MFA [conditional]: SSO is Enterprise-only and supports SAML 2.0 and OpenID Connect. Fiix does not provide native MFA; MFA depends on the customer's compatible identity provider. Setup and yearly platform fees apply. Sources: https://helpdesk.fiixsoftware.com/hc/en-us/articles/7048646955028-Single-sign-on-SSO-FAQ
- Security assurance statements [conditional]: Fiix states AWS hosting, encryption, permissions and SOC 2 Type 2 audits. QHSEtech did not inspect the report; request current evidence and verify the contracted service and region are in scope. Sources: https://fiixsoftware.com/security/
- Maintenance analytics and audit-ready reporting [conditional]: Fiix describes real-time dashboards, more than 100 report templates, work-order audit history, drill-down filters, exports and scheduled distribution. Analytics availability varies by plan; validate KPI definitions, permissions, source-record traceability and delivery settings in the quoted tier. The pricing page shows a Foresight feature under Professional and a separate Fiix MAX AI-assistant add-on (contact for pricing); confirm what each covers and whether it is in the quoted tier. Sources: https://fiixsoftware.com/cmms/maintenance-reporting-software/, https://helpdesk.fiixsoftware.com/hc/en-us/articles/5255886202772-About-analytics, https://fiixsoftware.com/cmms/pricing/
- Usage-based maintenance triggers [conditional]: Fiix documents asset meter readings that can trigger scheduled-maintenance work orders at an interval or threshold. This is unavailable in v6 Equipment and requires scheduled-maintenance access; CSV-imported readings do not trigger meter-based maintenance. Fiix says more than one reading with the same unit cannot be logged on one asset. Validate the deployed version, permissions, meter model and supported ingestion path. Sources: https://helpdesk.fiixsoftware.com/hc/en-us/articles/25981465320468-Add-a-meter-reading-trigger-to-scheduled-maintenance, https://helpdesk.fiixsoftware.com/hc/en-us/articles/210258206-Introduction-to-meter-readings

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: maintenance finding to reconciled records
1. Create a sample inspection finding and a follow-up maintenance order.
2. Assign a technician and reserve the required spare part.
3. Record work on a disconnected device, then verify synchronization in the web application.
4. Inspect the resulting asset history, stock record and export; demonstrate correction of an incomplete order.

#### Demo exercise: work-order history to management report
1. Complete representative preventive and reactive work with labour, parts, downtime and failure-code data.
2. Build a filtered dashboard and trace one cost, PM-compliance or MTTR result back to its underlying work orders.
3. Correct one source record, verify the audit history and confirm the updated result in a scheduled export.

#### Demo exercise: meter threshold to generated maintenance order
1. Configure a sample asset meter and a scheduled-maintenance trigger at a known interval or threshold; record whether the schedule is fixed or floating.
2. Enter a reading below the trigger and then a threshold-crossing reading through a supported in-product method; verify that the expected work order is generated once.
3. Repeat the threshold-crossing input through the proposed production ingestion path, including CSV if planned, and record any path that does not generate maintenance.
4. Inspect the asset meter history, generated work order and next trigger value; repeat on the proposed Equipment version and with intended technician and planner permissions.

### Product presentations

- [Mobile app work-order list with filters](https://fiixsoftware.com/cmms/mobile-cmms/): Official vendor image of the Fiix mobile app work-order list; the page does not label the data as sample.
- [Analytics chart visualization panels](https://fiixsoftware.com/cmms/maintenance-reporting-software/): Official vendor image of Fiix analytics chart types; the page does not label the data as sample.

### Questions and answers

#### Is Fiix the same as the full Rockwell Automation portfolio?
No. The reviewed scope is Fiix CMMS. Hardware, other software and integrations need their own licensing and implementation scope.

#### What happens if a technician logs out before syncing Fiix?
Official mobile help warns that unsynced local changes are lost. Confirm server receipt before logout and agree procedures for upgrades and device changes.

#### Does Fiix offer a free paid-plan trial?
The reviewed pricing page establishes a limited free plan and evaluation entry points, not a verified paid-plan trial duration or full entitlement. Request those terms directly.

#### Is the Fiix API included in every plan?
No. Fiix help says API access requires Enterprise. The documented daily limit scales with user licences, and Fiix does not provide troubleshooting or UAT for customer applications consuming the API.

#### Does Fiix provide native MFA?
No. Fiix documents MFA through an Enterprise SSO connection to a compatible customer identity provider. SSO setup and yearly platform fees apply.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-28: Added official maintenance analytics and reporting evidence plus a buyer workflow that tests KPI traceability, source-record correction, audit history and scheduled export.
- 2026-10-02: Re-verified all sources; pricing text now lists Integration Hub, custom API, app exchange and SSO as Enterprise features carrying an additional-costs note; added the mobile app page as a source.

### Demo questions

- Which tier includes our sites, preventive schedules, purchasing and audit requirements?
- Can we inspect the mobile cache and prove every work update has synchronized?
- What procedure prevents losing unsynced records during logout, upgrades or device replacement?
- Which connector, API and identity options are additional charges?
- Can we export the order, attachments, stock movements and change history together?

### Primary sources

- [Fiix CMMS product scope](https://fiixsoftware.com/cmms/cmms-software/)
- [Pricing, free plan and paid entitlements](https://fiixsoftware.com/cmms/pricing/)
- [Offline mode and local-data limitations](https://helpdesk.fiixsoftware.com/hc/en-us/articles/4413562222612-About-offline-mode-in-the-mobile-app)
- [Mobile synchronization behavior](https://helpdesk.fiixsoftware.com/hc/en-us/articles/4413544560148-Sync-the-mobile-app)
- [Mobile application scope](https://helpdesk.fiixsoftware.com/hc/en-us/articles/4413567981076-About-the-mobile-app)
- [Enterprise API entitlement, limits and support boundary](https://helpdesk.fiixsoftware.com/hc/en-us/articles/360018524352-Fiix-API-FAQ)
- [Enterprise SSO protocols, MFA boundary and fees](https://helpdesk.fiixsoftware.com/hc/en-us/articles/7048646955028-Single-sign-on-SSO-FAQ)
- [Fiix security and vendor SOC 2 statements](https://fiixsoftware.com/security/)
- [Maintenance analytics, reporting and audit-history scope : checked 28 September 2026](https://fiixsoftware.com/cmms/maintenance-reporting-software/)
- [Professional and Enterprise analytics entitlement and sharing options : checked 28 September 2026](https://helpdesk.fiixsoftware.com/hc/en-us/articles/5255886202772-About-analytics)
- [Meter-reading scheduled-maintenance triggers and v6 Equipment limitation : checked 28 September 2026](https://helpdesk.fiixsoftware.com/hc/en-us/articles/25981465320468-Add-a-meter-reading-trigger-to-scheduled-maintenance)
- [Meter-reading capture methods and import-trigger limitation : checked 28 September 2026](https://helpdesk.fiixsoftware.com/hc/en-us/articles/210258206-Introduction-to-meter-readings)
- [Fiix mobile CMMS app overview](https://fiixsoftware.com/cmms/mobile-cmms/)

## UpKeep

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/upkeep
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: UpKeep CMMS
This profile covers UpKeep CMMS. Other UpKeep offerings, including Safety, Learn, Edge and Fleet, require separate product and commercial review.

UpKeep describes a CMMS for work orders, preventive maintenance, asset records and spare parts. Its plan table separates basic execution from inventory, advanced reporting, offline work and enterprise interfaces. Current integration documentation distinguishes native connectors, Zapier, REST API and webhooks, while the Trust Center states that application and customer data are hosted and processed in the United States. Use a technician-and-planner demo to establish which subscription, region and integration path support the complete job.

Best-fit starting point: Maintenance teams replacing fragmented recurring schedules and technician records with a shared CMMS.

Check before buying: Offline availability depends on the subscription and prepared mobile content. An advertised mobile app does not establish offline access on every tier.

### Pricing

Published entry tiers; higher tiers quoted. The pricing page displays Essential at $24 per user/month and Premium at $55; Professional and Enterprise require quotes. It also publishes training-only at $500, Quickstart implementation and training at $1,500, expanded training at $5,000 and custom Enterprise implementation, but does not establish the dollar currency code or every billing commitment in the reviewed text. Confirm currency, minimum users, taxes, implementation scope, migration, training, renewal and usage-based add-ons in the proposal. The pricing FAQ says view-only, requester and third-party users are free; the paid users are Admin, Technical and Limited Technical users.

### When the price fits

UpKeep is worth testing when technicians and planners need one maintenance record. Compare the cost of the tier required for offline work and interfaces, including rollout services, with the full workflow demonstrated in a pilot.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [partial]: Entry-tier prices, a no-credit-card free-trial invitation and published implementation/training options were reviewed. Confirm currency, billing commitment, trial duration and scope; Professional and Enterprise require a proposal.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://upkeep.com/pricing/

### Offline capabilities

Current help documents offline work for Professional and Enterprise mobile users on iOS and Android. Prepare assigned or bookmarked orders while connected. The help article describes offline edits, notes and photos as syncing automatically on reconnection and advises allowing a few seconds for the background sync; cache, draft and image limits vary by plan. No receipt indicator is described there, so test how a user can confirm server receipt.

Product scope: UpKeep CMMS and its plan-dependent maintenance functions; adjacent training, safety, sensor and fleet offerings are separately scoped.

Review scope: Research from vendor documentation, not hands-on testing, customer testimony or an independent security assessment. UpKeep's Trust Center states SOC 2 Type II examination and lists assurance documents, but QHSEtech did not review the restricted reports or assess a buyer deployment. Plan availability, data region and commercial terms need confirmation. No independently verified customer rating or certification is assigned.

Trial status: verified-free. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Show one recurring order with the required asset, parts and completion records.
  Sources: https://upkeep.com/product/cmms-software/
- Usability & adoption: Test a realistic offline shift against cache and capture allowances.
  Sources: https://help.onupkeep.com/en/articles/4712557-how-to-use-upkeep-offline
- Implementation & TCO: Quote the offline-capable tier, migration, implementation and training together; distinguish the published service options from the scope actually proposed.
  Sources: https://upkeep.com/pricing/
- Integrations & API: Identify whether the contracted path is a native connector, Zapier, REST API or webhook, then demonstrate authorization, failure, retry and duplicate prevention.
  Sources: https://upkeep.com/pricing/, https://upkeep.com/product/integrations
- Security & trust: Review the current Trust Center evidence, DPA, subprocessors and US data-region statement, then check which tier provides the required identity, access and audit controls.
  Sources: https://upkeep.com/pricing/, https://trust.upkeep.com/
- Customer voice: No independent customer-review sample is used. Seek references with similar maintenance and connectivity constraints.

### Capability scope

- Maintenance orders and assets [documented]: The CMMS page describes work orders, preventive schedules, assets and parts. Sources: https://upkeep.com/product/cmms-software/
- Inventory and cost tracking [conditional]: Premium lists parts inventory and time/cost functions. The inventory product also describes storeroom quantities, thresholds, barcode/QR issue and receipt, transfers, parts tied to work orders and low-stock purchase-order drafts. Confirm tier, sites and purchasing boundary. Sources: https://upkeep.com/pricing/, https://upkeep.com/product/inventory-management
- Offline field work [conditional]: Professional and Enterprise support prepared mobile work; cache and capture limits differ between plans. Sources: https://help.onupkeep.com/en/articles/4712557-how-to-use-upkeep-offline
- Enterprise interfaces [conditional]: Enterprise lists API/custom integration, SSO and multi-site options. The integration page documents token-authenticated REST access, webhooks, native connectors and Zapier, but does not override the plan table. Specify the contracted path, endpoints, direction, failure handling and implementation service. Sources: https://upkeep.com/pricing/, https://upkeep.com/product/integrations
- Security assurance and data region [conditional]: UpKeep's Trust Center states SOC 2 Type II examination, AWS hosting and US-only customer-data storage and processing, and lists reports, a DPA and subprocessors for review. Confirm access to the current documents and assess the stated region against buyer requirements; QHSEtech did not independently review the restricted evidence. Sources: https://trust.upkeep.com/
- Preventive maintenance triggers and checklists [documented]: The preventive-maintenance page describes time-, meter- and condition-based triggers, automatically generated work orders, mobile checklists and parts planning. Confirm which triggers, sensors and inventory functions are included in the quoted tier. Sources: https://upkeep.com/product/preventive-maintenance/
- Analytics, audit trails and scheduled reporting [documented]: The analytics page describes live dashboards for PM compliance, downtime, labour and parts costs, scheduled reports, PDF export and maintenance audit trails. Validate the exact fields, filters and report recipients against the proposed subscription. Sources: https://upkeep.com/product/analytics-reporting/
- Asset hierarchy and lifecycle records [documented]: The asset page describes a registry, hierarchy, lifecycle and repair data, meter readings, depreciation schedules and mobile QR lookup. Confirm tier; Edge sensors are separately scoped. Sources: https://upkeep.com/product/asset-management
- Public maintenance request intake [conditional]: The Request Portal accepts requests without login through links or QR codes. Current help marks the redesigned portal Professional or Enterprise; require tier, routing, moderation and requester updates. Sources: https://upkeep.com/product/maintenance-request-portal/, https://help.onupkeep.com/en/articles/12158452-configure-the-new-upkeep-request-portal
- Maintenance procurement [conditional]: UpKeep Procurement describes work-order or reorder-point requisitions, approvals, purchase orders, vendors, RFQs, receiving, returns, three-way matching and spend controls. Treat it as separately scoped unless explicitly included. Sources: https://upkeep.com/product/procurement/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: recurring job with an interrupted connection
1. Schedule a recurring sample job and identify the assigned asset and technician.
2. Prepare the order on the proposed mobile plan and disconnect.
3. Record the required checklist, note and photo; demonstrate any unsupported steps explicitly.
4. Reconnect, verify the server record and review time, parts, completion evidence and correction history.

#### Demo exercise: meter-triggered PM to auditable report
1. Configure a representative meter threshold, checklist, required part and assigned technician.
2. Cross the threshold and verify that one work order is created with the expected asset and instructions.
3. Complete the work with time and part usage, then inspect PM compliance, cost and audit-history outputs in a scheduled report.

#### Demo exercise: public request through stocked repair
1. Scan an asset-specific portal QR code and submit a defect with a photo without signing in.
2. Review and approve the request, verify context, and route it to the correct work order.
3. Reserve and issue a part from the correct storeroom; trigger replenishment if stock reaches minimum.
4. Complete the repair and verify requester updates, parts deduction, labor, cost, approval trail and asset record.

### Product presentations

- [Create Request Portal dialog in UpKeep Settings](https://help.onupkeep.com/en/articles/12158452-configure-the-new-upkeep-request-portal): Official vendor image of creating a request portal; red boxes are the vendor's own.
- [Work order header with status menu](https://help.onupkeep.com/en/articles/15545270-how-to-view-and-process-work-orders-on-web-new): Official vendor image of a work order status menu; not labelled as sample data.

### Questions and answers

#### Does every UpKeep plan include offline access?
No. The reviewed help page assigns it to Professional and Enterprise mobile subscriptions. Confirm the tier and preparation requirements before relying on it.

#### Are UpKeep offline cache limits identical across plans?
No. The help documentation distinguishes cache, draft and image allowances. Demonstrate the exact limits on the quoted subscription using a realistic shift workload.

#### Does this profile include UpKeep Safety, Learn or sensor hardware?
No. Those adjacent offerings need separate review. CMMS category membership does not establish their inclusion in a maintenance subscription.

#### Are API access, webhooks and SSO included in every UpKeep plan?
No such inclusion is established. The current plan table places API/custom integrations, SSO and custom roles in Enterprise. Use the integration documentation to define the technical test, then require each entitlement and service in the proposal.

#### Where does UpKeep say customer data is hosted and processed?
The reviewed Trust Center states that its applications are hosted in AWS in the United States and customer data is stored and processed exclusively in the United States. Confirm the current contractual region and subprocessors for the proposed service.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-28: Added official integration and Trust Center sources, documented the US data-region statement, clarified Enterprise interface entitlements, and added published implementation and training options to the cost review.
- 2026-09-28: Added official preventive-maintenance and analytics evidence plus a meter-triggered PM scenario that tests work-order creation, parts usage, compliance reporting and audit history.

### Demo questions

- Which quoted tier includes our preventive work, inventory, offline access and reports?
- Can we inspect the exact cache, draft and image limits on our devices?
- What happens when two people update the same order during an outage?
- Which API, SSO, multi-site or adjacent-product features are separately licensed?
- What are the trial entitlements, conversion terms and complete first-year costs?

### Primary sources

- [UpKeep CMMS scope](https://upkeep.com/product/cmms-software/)
- [Pricing and trial entry point](https://upkeep.com/pricing/)
- [Offline plans, preparation and limits](https://help.onupkeep.com/en/articles/4712557-how-to-use-upkeep-offline)
- [Technical and connectivity requirements](https://help.onupkeep.com/en/articles/109731-what-technical-requirements-are-needed-to-use-upkeep)
- [UpKeep integrations, REST API and webhook scope](https://upkeep.com/product/integrations)
- [UpKeep Trust Center, data region and assurance documents](https://trust.upkeep.com/)
- [Maintenance analytics, audit trails and scheduled reporting : checked 28 September 2026](https://upkeep.com/product/analytics-reporting/)
- [Preventive maintenance triggers, checklists and parts planning : checked 28 September 2026](https://upkeep.com/product/preventive-maintenance/)
- [Asset registry, hierarchy, lifecycle records and QR lookup](https://upkeep.com/product/asset-management)
- [Multi-storeroom parts inventory, scanning and reorder controls](https://upkeep.com/product/inventory-management)
- [Maintenance procurement, approvals, receiving and three-way match](https://upkeep.com/product/procurement/)
- [Maintenance request portal product scope](https://upkeep.com/product/maintenance-request-portal/)
- [Request Portal plan availability, QR access and configuration](https://help.onupkeep.com/en/articles/12158452-configure-the-new-upkeep-request-portal)
- [Work order detail sections and status menu](https://help.onupkeep.com/en/articles/15545270-how-to-view-and-process-work-orders-on-web-new)

## Enterprise Health

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/enterprise-health
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
This profile covers the Enterprise Health occupational and employee health software platform, including its clinical record, surveillance, injury, portal and interoperability functions. It does not establish that the vendor supplies clinical services, acts as the employer's clinician or regulator, or assumes medical and employment decision authority.

Enterprise Health combines occupational-health and compliance workflows with clinical records, surveillance panels, immunization, injury and illness case management, employee or supervisor portals, reporting and integrations. The application is built on the ONC-ACB-certified WebChart platform, but the vendor explicitly states that Enterprise Health itself is not ONC-ACB certified. Buyers should validate the exact clinical, privacy, regulatory and interface scope and preserve qualified human authority for clinical fitness, recordability, treatment and employment decisions.

Best-fit starting point: Large employers, health systems, government programs and occupational-medicine providers evaluating a configurable occupational and employee health record with surveillance and interfaces.

Check before buying: Configuration, automated forms, alerts or portal labels do not prove legal compliance, clinical correctness or appropriate employer access. Test every role, field, attachment, search, export, notification and interface with fictional sensitive records, and retain clinician, privacy, safety and legal review authority.

### Pricing

Custom quote. On 26 September 2026 the homepage offered Request a strategic demo and Contact routes and shows no amount; enterprisehealth.com/pricing returned an empty page and the site has no working search. Request a proposal covering employee population, clinics, named roles, migration, hosting, interfaces and support. A trial offer was not found on the reviewed pages.

### When the price fits

Consider Enterprise Health when the requirement extends beyond EHS recordkeeping into governed occupational-health clinical workflows, surveillance and interoperability. Before rollout, prove role boundaries, auditability, one high-risk regulatory workflow and one required interface using fictional records; do not rely on product configuration as a substitute for clinical or legal validation.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [partial]: Official product, documentation, security, deployment, migration and demo sources were reviewed. Price, trial terms, contracted modules, current assurance reports, hosting responsibilities and regional availability need a scoped vendor response.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.enterprisehealth.com/features
- https://content.enterprisehealth.com/request-a-demo
- https://www.enterprisehealth.com/
- https://www.enterprisehealth.com/faqs
- https://www.enterprisehealth.com/federal
- https://docs.enterprisehealth.com/features/system-administration/security/security-role-settings/

### Offline capabilities

Not verified in the reviewed official sources. Web or mobile portal access does not establish offline clinical recording, local encrypted storage, conflict resolution or safe recovery. Ask the vendor to demonstrate exactly which records and tasks remain available without connectivity and how unsynchronized sensitive data is protected, reconciled and audited.

Product scope: Enterprise Health occupational and employee health software, contracted clinical modules, portals, hosting and interfaces. Clinical service delivery, jurisdiction-specific compliance interpretation and employer decision authority remain buyer-controlled responsibilities unless separately contracted.

Review scope: Official vendor documentation review, not hands-on clinical validation, legal advice or verified customer testimony. No independent rating or certification is assigned. Confirm modules, hosting, integrations, current assurance reports, regional rules and commercial terms; the application supports but does not assume clinical, privacy, regulatory, fitness or employment decision authority.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Occupational-health clinical depth: Run an end-to-end surveillance case including eligibility, questionnaire, result, clinician interpretation, restriction, follow-up and closure using the buyer's approved protocol.
  Sources: https://www.enterprisehealth.com/features, https://docs.enterprisehealth.com/programs/compliance-programs/medical-surveillance-program/
- Privacy and minimum-necessary access: Use clinician, employee, supervisor, administrator and unauthorized identities to probe every sensitive field, attachment, search, dashboard, message, notification and export.
  Sources: https://docs.enterprisehealth.com/features/system-administration/security/security-role-settings/, https://docs.enterprisehealth.com/features/portal-management/supervisor-portal-setup/
- Auditability and records governance: Test chart-view and edit logs, click detail, user revisions, retention, privileged audit access, export, legal hold and defensible record correction.
  Sources: https://docs.enterprisehealth.com/features/reports/activity-log-report/, https://docs.enterprisehealth.com/features/system-administration/system-controls/user-provider-and-department-management/
- Regulatory-support validation: Reconcile an OSHA-oriented form and surveillance report to approved fictional source data, then test a correction and require qualified safety or legal review before submission.
  Sources: https://www.enterprisehealth.com/features, https://docs.enterprisehealth.com/features/reports/health-surveillance-reports/
- Clinical decision and employment authority: Confirm that alerts, rules and statuses support but do not replace named clinicians, recordability reviewers, accommodation processes or authorized employment decisions.
  Sources: https://www.enterprisehealth.com/features, https://docs.enterprisehealth.com/programs/compliance-programs/medical-surveillance-program/
- Integrations and data integrity: Send new, rejected, unmatched, duplicated and corrected laboratory or device results and inspect mapping, acknowledgement, queue, replay, reconciliation and audit evidence.
  Sources: https://www.enterprisehealth.com/faqs, https://docs.enterprisehealth.com/features/system-administration/interfaces/sending-hl7-messages-to-system/
- Security and hosting assurance: Map current SOC or HITRUST evidence, encryption, tenant model, data location, backups, recovery, subprocessors and incident duties to the exact proposed hosting architecture.
  Sources: https://www.enterprisehealth.com/features, https://www.enterprisehealth.com/faqs, https://www.enterprisehealth.com/data-privacy-framework
- Migration and implementation: Reconcile a controlled legacy sample in the validation environment and obtain clinical, privacy and records-owner sign-off on mappings, exclusions, attachments and historical status.
  Sources: https://www.enterprisehealth.com/faqs
- Implementation and total cost: Price licensed modules, employee population, clinics, portals, hosting, migration, interfaces, device work, reports, training, validation, support and upgrades separately.
  Sources: https://content.enterprisehealth.com/request-a-demo, https://www.enterprisehealth.com/faqs
- Certification and product boundary: Preserve the vendor's distinction between Enterprise Health and the ONC-ACB-certified WebChart platform, and verify any additional contractual provisions required by the buyer's program.
  Sources: https://www.enterprisehealth.com/features
- Customer evidence: No independent customer score is assigned from vendor documentation. Request references with comparable employee populations, clinical scope, interfaces, privacy model and hosting architecture.

### Capability scope

- Occupational and employee clinical record [documented]: The platform documents occupational-health encounters, clinical records, orders, results, restrictions and other employee-health information. Software scope does not establish who provides care, owns the record or makes clinical and employment decisions. Sources: https://www.enterprisehealth.com/features, https://www.enterprisehealth.com/federal
- Medical surveillance panels and due-status tracking [documented]: Official material covers audiometry, pulmonary function, vision, respirator-fit and other surveillance exams, questionnaires, panels, reminders and reporting. Buyers must configure exposure logic, frequency and eligibility against their approved program. Sources: https://www.enterprisehealth.com/features, https://docs.enterprisehealth.com/programs/compliance-programs/medical-surveillance-program/, https://docs.enterprisehealth.com/features/reports/health-surveillance-reports/
- Workplace injury and illness case management [documented]: The product page describes encounters, case fields, lost-time tracking, work restrictions, workers' compensation and OSHA-oriented forms or logs. Recordability, causation, treatment and reporting decisions remain accountable buyer judgments. Sources: https://www.enterprisehealth.com/features
- Immunization and mass-clinic workflows [documented]: The platform documents consent or declination forms, questionnaires, clinical alerts, high-volume administration and registry interfaces. Clinical screening, consent validity, inventory reconciliation and reporting rules require local validation. Sources: https://www.enterprisehealth.com/features
- Employee and supervisor portals [conditional]: Employee self-service and supervisor views of work or surveillance status are documented. The exact data visible through portals, search, notifications, attachments and export depends on role, relationship and configuration and must be privacy-tested. Sources: https://www.enterprisehealth.com/features, https://docs.enterprisehealth.com/features/portal-management/supervisor-portal-setup/, https://docs.enterprisehealth.com/features/system-administration/security/security-role-settings/
- Role-based access and patient relationships [conditional]: Documentation describes department, individual and portal-restricted security roles and relationship-based chart access. Effective least privilege depends on configuration, exception handling, emergency access, periodic review and termination controls. Sources: https://docs.enterprisehealth.com/features/system-administration/security/security-role-settings/, https://docs.enterprisehealth.com/features/system-administration/system-controls/user-provider-and-department-management/
- Audit logging and access review [documented]: Official documentation describes privileged searches of user activity, chart views or edits, event outcomes, click details, locks and user revisions. Confirm retention, completeness, alerting, immutable export and review responsibility in the proposed deployment. Sources: https://docs.enterprisehealth.com/features/reports/activity-log-report/, https://docs.enterprisehealth.com/features/system-administration/system-controls/user-provider-and-department-management/
- Standard, custom and regulatory-oriented reporting [conditional]: The vendor documents dashboards, custom reports, CSV export and OSHA-oriented forms and logs. These functions support recordkeeping but do not guarantee data accuracy, recordability decisions, filing acceptance or compliance in every jurisdiction. Sources: https://www.enterprisehealth.com/features, https://docs.enterprisehealth.com/features/reports/health-surveillance-reports/
- HR, laboratory, device and external-system interoperability [conditional]: The vendor lists bidirectional integrations with HR, laboratories, medical devices, registries, workers' compensation and other systems. Each interface requires contracted scope, identity matching, code mapping, clinical validation, monitoring and ownership. Sources: https://www.enterprisehealth.com/features, https://www.enterprisehealth.com/faqs
- HL7 and API-enabled exchange [conditional]: Documentation describes HL7 v2 transport over TCP/IP, TLS or REST posting and states that foreign code translation may be required. Federal materials also claim HL7, FHIR, DICOM and API interoperability; exact endpoints, conformance, authentication and entitlements require validation. Sources: https://docs.enterprisehealth.com/features/system-administration/interfaces/sending-hl7-messages-to-system/, https://www.enterprisehealth.com/federal
- Migration services and validation environment [conditional]: The FAQ describes vendor ETL scripts and a dedicated cloned system used for migration validation. Buyers remain responsible for source completeness, reconciliation, clinical sign-off, retention and defensible treatment of excluded legacy data. Sources: https://www.enterprisehealth.com/faqs
- Hosting options and security assurance [conditional]: The vendor describes SaaS, multi-tenant or single-tenant, client data-center and commercial-cloud options, plus SOC and HITRUST claims. Obtain current reports or certification scope and map responsibilities, locations, subprocessors, resilience and breach procedures to the chosen architecture. Sources: https://www.enterprisehealth.com/features, https://www.enterprisehealth.com/faqs, https://www.enterprisehealth.com/data-privacy-framework
- Certified-platform clinical foundation [conditional]: The vendor states that Enterprise Health is built on the ONC-ACB-certified WebChart EHR but explicitly says Enterprise Health itself is not ONC-ACB certified and that programs requiring certification need additional contract provisions. Do not shorten this distinction to 'Enterprise Health is ONC certified.' Sources: https://www.enterprisehealth.com/features
- Automated compliance or clinical decision authority [unverified]: No reviewed source establishes that automated forms, alerts, panel status or clinical decision support replaces competent clinical judgment, legal interpretation, recordability review, fitness determination or employer authorization. Preserve accountable human approval and audit evidence.
- Disconnected clinical documentation [unverified]: The reviewed official sources do not establish offline clinical capture, encrypted local storage, synchronization or conflict resolution. Mobile or browser access should not be interpreted as offline support.

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Surveillance result to clinician-approved work status
1. Create fictional employee, clinician and supervisor identities and assign a test surveillance panel using the buyer's approved eligibility and frequency rules.
2. Import a sample result through the proposed laboratory or device interface, including one unmatched employee and one corrected result.
3. Have an authorized clinician review the source result, record the clinical interpretation, work restriction or clearance and next review date.
4. Inspect the employee and supervisor portal, alerts, exports and audit log to confirm that only the minimum authorized work-status information is exposed.

#### Workplace injury record to reviewed regulatory output
1. Register a fictional injury encounter and capture clinical details, work relationship, lost time, restrictions and workers' compensation identifiers.
2. Have qualified staff make and record the jurisdiction-specific recordability decision rather than accepting an automated form as authoritative.
3. Generate the applicable OSHA-oriented form or log and reconcile every populated field to the approved source record.
4. Correct one field, regenerate the output, inspect the audit trail and obtain final legal or safety review before any external filing.

#### Sensitive-record access and privacy incident test
1. Create fictional records containing an occupational restriction, primary-care note, laboratory result and sensitive attachment.
2. Search, view, message, notify and export using clinician, employee, supervisor, administrator and unauthorized accounts.
3. Verify relationship and role restrictions, emergency-access handling, audit events and removal of terminated-user access.
4. Simulate an inappropriate access review and export the evidence required by the buyer's privacy incident procedure.

#### Legacy migration and interface reconciliation
1. Load a controlled sample containing duplicate identities, historical surveillance status, attachments and coded results into the vendor's validation environment.
2. Reconcile record counts, identifiers, dates, codes, document fidelity and excluded items against signed source totals.
3. Send a new and corrected HL7 result, then test rejection, translation, replay and duplicate prevention.
4. Require clinical, privacy and records-owner sign-off before cutover and retain the migration mapping, exception log and rollback plan.

### Product presentations

- [Health Surveillance reports menu](https://docs.enterprisehealth.com/features/reports/health-surveillance-reports/): Official documentation image of the Health Surveillance reports menu; vendor red boxes.
- [Panel Metrics report search criteria](https://docs.enterprisehealth.com/features/reports/health-surveillance-reports/): Official documentation image of the Panel Metrics report criteria; no results or data shown.

### Questions and answers

#### Is Enterprise Health an occupational health service provider?
This profile evaluates software. The contract must separately identify who delivers care, holds the clinical relationship, controls records, performs surveillance and authorizes clinical, fitness and employment decisions.

#### Is Enterprise Health itself ONC-ACB certified?
The vendor states that Enterprise Health is built on the ONC-ACB-certified WebChart platform, but explicitly states that Enterprise Health itself is not ONC-ACB certified. It also says additional contract provisions apply where a client needs to participate in a program requiring that certification.

#### Do OSHA forms and reports guarantee compliance?
No. Automated forms and logs can reduce duplicate entry, but the buyer remains responsible for accurate source data, recordability judgments, jurisdiction and form selection, review and timely filing. Validate outputs against current authoritative requirements.

#### Can supervisors see employees' clinical details?
The product supports role and relationship controls, but the effective boundary is configuration-dependent. Test all sensitive fields, attachments, searches, dashboards, messages, notifications and exports with fictional clinician, employee and supervisor accounts.

#### What do SOC and HITRUST references establish?
They are relevant vendor assurance claims, not blanket proof for every deployment or buyer obligation. Obtain the current report or certification, period, covered systems, carve-outs and remediation status, then map them to the selected hosting architecture and data flows.

#### Are HL7, FHIR and APIs included automatically?
No universal entitlement is established. Official sources describe interoperability and an HL7 interface, but every endpoint, message type, code mapping, authentication method, implementation service and support obligation should be named in the proposal.

#### Does a clinical alert or surveillance status make the decision for the clinician?
No. Alerts and rules can support review, but qualified professionals retain responsibility for clinical interpretation, fitness, restrictions, treatment and escalation. Record the source evidence and accountable approval.

#### Does the mobile or employee portal prove offline clinical support?
No. The reviewed sources do not establish disconnected documentation, encrypted local storage, synchronization or conflict recovery. Require a live outage and recovery demonstration if offline work matters.

#### Can legacy records be migrated safely?
The vendor documents ETL support and a cloned validation environment. Buyers should still reconcile counts, identities, codes, dates, documents, exclusions and retention and require clinical, privacy and records-owner acceptance before cutover.

#### Is a free trial or public price verified?
No. The reviewed official pages provide a demo and contact route but no comparable public subscription amount or verified free-trial entitlement. Request a line-item proposal for modules, population, clinics, hosting, migration, integrations, training and support.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-26: Re-checked on 26 September 2026: demo and contact routes only, no pricing page and no amount shown.
- 2026-09-29: Expanded official-source review across clinical scope, surveillance, injury, portals, records, privacy, security, hosting and interoperability, with explicit regulatory-support and decision-authority boundaries.

### Demo questions

- Can a supervisor or employer user find a fictional clinical note, result or attachment through search, dashboards, exports, notifications or indirect links?
- Which roles, patient relationships, department rules, emergency-access paths and exceptions govern every sensitive record type?
- Who approves surveillance eligibility, frequency, clinical interpretation, fitness, restrictions and changes to those rules?
- What information, identifiers and codes cross each HR, laboratory, device, registry, workers' compensation and EHS interface?
- How are rejected, delayed, duplicated, corrected and unmatched interface messages detected, reconciled and audited?
- Which deployment, tenant, location, subprocessor, encryption, resilience, retention and incident-response controls apply to our chosen architecture?
- What is included in migration, validation, training, hosting, regulatory content, interface maintenance, support and upgrades?
- Can we export a complete authorized clinical, surveillance and audit record in usable formats when changing providers or meeting a records request?

### Primary sources

- [Enterprise Health homepage: platform positioning, demo and contact routes; no public numeric price shown; checked 29 September 2026](https://www.enterprisehealth.com/)
- [Enterprise Health product features: occupational health, clinical care, portals, reporting, interoperability, hosting and certification caveats](https://www.enterprisehealth.com/features)
- [Enterprise Health company page: vendor and product context](https://www.enterprisehealth.com/company)
- [Enterprise Health official product demonstration request](https://content.enterprisehealth.com/request-a-demo)
- [Enterprise Health documentation: medical surveillance program and occupational-health recordkeeping workflow](https://docs.enterprisehealth.com/programs/compliance-programs/medical-surveillance-program/)
- [Enterprise Health FAQ: deployment, hosting, data migration, integrations, SSO, training and support](https://www.enterprisehealth.com/faqs)
- [Enterprise Health federal solution: longitudinal employee health record, role-based access, audit logging and interoperability claims](https://www.enterprisehealth.com/federal)
- [Enterprise Health documentation: security-role settings and configurable access permissions](https://docs.enterprisehealth.com/features/system-administration/security/security-role-settings/)
- [Enterprise Health documentation: activity-log reporting and privileged audit review](https://docs.enterprisehealth.com/features/reports/activity-log-report/)
- [Enterprise Health documentation: HL7 v2 interface transport and translation assumptions](https://docs.enterprisehealth.com/features/system-administration/interfaces/sending-hl7-messages-to-system/)
- [Enterprise Health Data Privacy Framework policy](https://www.enterprisehealth.com/data-privacy-framework)
- [Enterprise Health documentation: supervisor portal setup and SSO context](https://docs.enterprisehealth.com/features/portal-management/supervisor-portal-setup/)
- [Enterprise Health documentation: health-surveillance reports and respirator roster scope](https://docs.enterprisehealth.com/features/reports/health-surveillance-reports/)
- [Enterprise Health documentation: user access, audit-log review, lock records and user revisions](https://docs.enterprisehealth.com/features/system-administration/system-controls/user-provider-and-department-management/)

## Civica Occupational Health

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/civica-occupational-health
Sources checked: 2026-10-12
Also known as: OPAS, Civica OPAS
Civica names the current product Civica Occupational Health, formerly OPAS. The UK G-Cloud material uses OPAS-G2 and describes a public-cloud SaaS edition. This profile covers the current occupational-health product family, but historic eOPAS, OPAS-G2 and regional pages must not be treated as proof that every feature, hosting model or commercial term is included in a current proposal.

Civica Occupational Health administers management and self-referrals, pre-placement questionnaires, appointments, health surveillance, vaccination, clinical records, outcome reports and management information. It is a workflow and record system for occupational-health services; clinicians and the buyer's authorised decision-makers remain responsible for clinical assessment, fitness advice, workplace restrictions, consent, disclosure and employment decisions.

Best-fit starting point: In-house or contracted occupational-health services that need role-separated referral, clearance, surveillance, immunisation and reporting workflows, particularly in UK public-sector or NHS settings.

Check before buying: The system processes special-category health data and may connect managers, HR, applicants, employees, clinicians and external systems. Configure the minimum necessary disclosure: managers and HR should not gain routine access to clinical notes merely because they receive a fitness or adjustment outcome. Verify lawful basis, confidentiality, consent where applicable, retention, SAR and restriction handling, hosting, subprocessors, cross-border messaging, clinical-safety responsibilities and local employment-law requirements. Product workflow does not make a diagnosis, fitness decision or employment decision automatically authoritative.

### Pricing

Custom quote. Request a current quote for the named edition, clinical and administrative users, portals, migration and interfaces. Civica's supplier-authored G-Cloud 14 pricing document schedules 2026 OPAS-G2 fees from £109 to £187.50 per licensed user/month, payable annually in advance, with a 24-month minimum; HR import, Trac interface, implementation, third-party costs and VAT are additional. That UK framework schedule is not a universal price or proof of current eligibility. The listing says no free trial. Confirm user definitions, renewal, indexation, messaging, storage, exit and evaluation terms in writing.

### When the price fits

Civica merits a structured pilot when referral administration, pre-placement, recurring surveillance or vaccination are the central buying tasks. Value depends on safe separation of clinical and management information, reliable identity and integration handling, governed migration and demonstrable end-to-end service continuity—not simply the number of automated forms or vendor efficiency claims.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-09-29 [partial]: Current product identity, supplier-authored G-Cloud 14 OPAS-G2 listing and pricing, and Civica's August 2025 processing schedule were reviewed. The scheduled 2026 UK framework rates, 24-month minimum and separate integration or implementation costs are not treated as universal current-edition pricing; confirm eligibility, data terms, renewal and proposal scope.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.civica.com/en-gb/product-pages/occupational-health-software/
- https://www.applytosupply.digitalmarketplace.service.gov.uk/g-cloud/services/458438946622437
- https://assets.applytosupply.digitalmarketplace.service.gov.uk/g-cloud-14/documents/92935/458438946622437-pricing-document-2024-05-02-1435.pdf
- https://www.civica.com/globalassets/trust-centre/civica-schedule-of-processing-august-2025-civica-occupational-health-v2.pdf

### Offline capabilities

Not supported by the reviewed evidence. The UK G-Cloud listing requires internet access, describes a browser SaaS service and does not establish offline capture or synchronization. Mobile-device compatibility means responsive online access, not disconnected clinical working. Test outage, queued communications, appointment continuity, data recovery and urgent manual fallback procedures.

Product scope: Civica Occupational Health and the specifically quoted portals, forms, clinical workflows, reports, calendars, messaging, surveillance, vaccination and interfaces. Civica Trac, People Hub, Case Management and other workforce products are separate unless licensed. The G-Cloud listing says there is no general service interface or API; Trac, HR import, calendar, audiometry and spirometry connections require explicit scope. DCB0129 concerns supplier clinical-safety management; an NHS deploying organisation retains its DCB0160 responsibilities.

Review scope: Official Civica pages, supplier-authored G-Cloud material and Civica contract/security documents were reviewed, not a live system, independent security assessment, clinical validation, legal opinion or customer testimony. Framework statements can be edition-, date- and jurisdiction-specific. DCB0129 evidence does not replace the deploying NHS organisation's DCB0160 work, and product features do not transfer clinical or employment decision authority from qualified people. Confirm the proposed edition, processing terms, interfaces, configuration and commercial scope. Legacy ratings are excluded.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Demonstrate referral, clarification, clinician-only notes, appointment, approved minimum-necessary outcome, amendment, surveillance recall and vaccination follow-up. The product must preserve the distinction between workflow completion and a qualified clinical or employment decision.
  Sources: https://www.civica.com/en-gb/product-pages/occupational-health-software/, https://www.civica.com/globalassets/7.document-downloads/2.uk-docs/product-information/civica-occupational-health-vaccination-module.pdf
- Usability & adoption: Have an applicant, employee, manager, HR user, administrator and clinician complete realistic tasks. Measure failed submissions, duplicate identities, booking friction and whether each role can find the right status without seeing excessive health detail.
  Sources: https://assets.applytosupply.digitalmarketplace.service.gov.uk/g-cloud-14/documents/92935/458438946622437-service-definition-document-2024-05-02-1434.pdf
- Implementation & TCO: Price licensed clinical and administrative users, unlicensed portals, migration, data cleansing, configuration, messaging, interfaces, training, report work, minimum term, renewal and exit. Reconcile imported record counts, attachments and audit history before acceptance.
  Sources: https://assets.applytosupply.digitalmarketplace.service.gov.uk/g-cloud-14/documents/92935/458438946622437-pricing-document-2024-05-02-1435.pdf, https://www.applytosupply.digitalmarketplace.service.gov.uk/g-cloud/services/458438946622437
- Integrations & API: The framework listing says no general API. For every Trac, HR, calendar, messaging, audiometry or spirometry connection, document fields, lawful purpose, direction, identity matching, retries, duplicate prevention, error ownership and upgrade support, then challenge it with failed and replayed messages.
  Sources: https://www.applytosupply.digitalmarketplace.service.gov.uk/g-cloud/services/458438946622437, https://www.civica.com/en-gb/product-pages/applicant-tracking-system/recruitment-software-occupational-health-system/
- Security & trust: Test least privilege across clinical notes, attachments, outcomes, dashboards, exports and supplier support. Reconcile observed access, audit, encryption, hosting, subprocessors, transfers, retention, SAR, restriction, deletion and incident duties with the signed schedule and addendum.
  Sources: https://www.civica.com/globalassets/trust-centre/civica-schedule-of-processing-august-2025-civica-occupational-health-v2.pdf, https://www.civica.com/globalassets/trust-centre/civica_data_protection_addendum.pdf, https://www.applytosupply.digitalmarketplace.service.gov.uk/g-cloud/services/458438946622437, https://www.civica.com/globalassets/7.document-downloads/2.uk-docs/trust-centre/civica-commitment-to-security.pdf
- Customer voice: No independently verified customer score is assigned. Request references with the same legacy migration, service model, integrations, jurisdiction and clinical-governance requirements, and separate vendor case-study outcomes from contractual capability.
  Sources: https://www.civica.com/en-gb/product-pages/occupational-health-software/

### Capability scope

- Management and self-referrals [documented]: Managers and employees can submit referrals through portals and the occupational-health team can track, review and decide the next workflow action. Clinical conclusions and disclosures remain the responsibility of authorised practitioners. Sources: https://www.civica.com/en-gb/product-pages/occupational-health-software/, https://assets.applytosupply.digitalmarketplace.service.gov.uk/g-cloud-14/documents/92935/458438946622437-service-definition-document-2024-05-02-1434.pdf
- Pre-placement health workflow [documented]: Applicants can complete health declarations online and HR can track workflow status. The product must not expose diagnoses or unrelated clinical detail to recruitment staff; test the exact clearance outcome and consent flow. Sources: https://www.civica.com/en-gb/product-pages/occupational-health-software/, https://assets.applytosupply.digitalmarketplace.service.gov.uk/g-cloud-14/documents/92935/458438946622437-service-definition-document-2024-05-02-1434.pdf
- Health surveillance programmes and recalls [documented]: Users can define programme criteria, manage membership and automate recalls for relevant health checks. A recall or completed form does not itself establish clinical fitness or exposure control effectiveness. Sources: https://www.civica.com/en-gb/product-pages/occupational-health-software/, https://assets.applytosupply.digitalmarketplace.service.gov.uk/g-cloud-14/documents/92935/458438946622437-service-definition-document-2024-05-02-1434.pdf
- Vaccination and immunisation workflows [documented]: The vaccination module describes questionnaires, status evidence, consent, self-booking, reminders, boosters and compliance dashboards. Qualified clinicians must govern contraindications, administration, record correction and disclosure. Sources: https://www.civica.com/globalassets/7.document-downloads/2.uk-docs/product-information/civica-occupational-health-vaccination-module.pdf
- Appointment booking and calendar synchronisation [documented]: The product describes create, alter, rebook, cancel and self-book functions plus two-way synchronization with Exchange, Office 365, iCloud and Google calendars. Confirm which clinical details leave the OH system and how calendar errors reconcile. Sources: https://www.civica.com/en-gb/product-pages/occupational-health-software/, https://www.civica.com/globalassets/7.document-downloads/2.uk-docs/product-information/civica-occupational-health.pdf
- Clinical record and outcome-report workflow [documented]: Official material describes dedicated occupational-health forms, complete employee health records and outcome reports or fit slips delivered to the correct audience. Test separation of clinical notes from minimum-necessary management advice and every approval or amendment step. Sources: https://assets.applytosupply.digitalmarketplace.service.gov.uk/g-cloud-14/documents/92935/458438946622437-service-definition-document-2024-05-02-1434.pdf
- Automated communications [documented]: The G-Cloud listing describes automated letters, emails, reports and text messages. Templates, recipients, clinical confidentiality, delivery failures and Twilio processing require configuration and review. Sources: https://www.applytosupply.digitalmarketplace.service.gov.uk/g-cloud/services/458438946622437, https://www.civica.com/globalassets/trust-centre/civica-schedule-of-processing-august-2025-civica-occupational-health-v2.pdf
- Dashboards, management information and custom reports [documented]: Civica describes personalised dashboards, filters, graphs, KPI drill-down and user-created reports. Prevent small-cohort or row-level reporting from revealing individual health information to managers or HR. Sources: https://www.civica.com/en-gb/product-pages/occupational-health-software/, https://www.applytosupply.digitalmarketplace.service.gov.uk/g-cloud/services/458438946622437
- SAR, restriction, retention and deletion support [documented]: The product page describes a SAR dashboard, restricted-processing notifications, records identified for deletion and field-level auditing. Buyers must define lawful retention, legal holds, identity verification, clinical review and backup deletion. Sources: https://www.civica.com/en-gb/product-pages/occupational-health-software/
- Role-based access and authentication [documented]: The supplier listing describes a role-based authenticated system and several authentication methods. Validate least privilege, clinical versus manager portals, privileged support, break-glass, deprovisioning and field or attachment access in the proposed tenant. Sources: https://www.applytosupply.digitalmarketplace.service.gov.uk/g-cloud/services/458438946622437, https://www.civica.com/globalassets/7.document-downloads/2.uk-docs/trust-centre/civica-commitment-to-security.pdf
- Clinical-data audit trail [documented]: Civica advertises user-record and field-level auditing of clinical changes; the framework listing describes real-time user activity audit information and minimum log periods. Test report versions, attachments, views, exports and supplier actions, not only edits. Sources: https://www.civica.com/en-gb/product-pages/occupational-health-software/, https://www.applytosupply.digitalmarketplace.service.gov.uk/g-cloud/services/458438946622437
- Trac recruitment integration [conditional]: Civica describes an OH and Trac interface for applicant health-clearance workflow. Trac is separate; confirm licensing, mappings, minimum-necessary status, identity matching, error queues and whether clinical data ever leaves OH. Sources: https://www.civica.com/en-gb/product-pages/applicant-tracking-system/recruitment-software-occupational-health-system/, https://assets.applytosupply.digitalmarketplace.service.gov.uk/g-cloud-14/documents/92935/458438946622437-pricing-document-2024-05-02-1435.pdf
- Audiometry and spirometry interfaces [conditional]: The G-Cloud listing names audiometer and spirometer interfaces. Confirm supported devices, drivers, units, calibration metadata, patient matching, failed transfers, correction and clinician verification. Sources: https://www.applytosupply.digitalmarketplace.service.gov.uk/g-cloud/services/458438946622437
- Bulk import and supplier-assisted export [conditional]: The G-Cloud listing describes Civica DevOps bulk import and scoped extraction in CSV or XML rather than a self-service general API. Contract for attachments, relationships, code lists, report versions, audit history, timing, validation and exit cost. Sources: https://www.applytosupply.digitalmarketplace.service.gov.uk/g-cloud/services/458438946622437
- Configurable forms, triggers and processes [conditional]: The framework listing describes configurable field names, forms, triggers, actions, letter templates and processes. Put clinical review, testing, audit and change control around configuration; flexibility does not make local rules clinically safe. Sources: https://www.applytosupply.digitalmarketplace.service.gov.uk/g-cloud/services/458438946622437
- Personal and special-category data processing [documented]: The August 2025 schedule identifies health, employment, government identifier, racial or ethnic origin and other personal-data categories, with Cronofy for scheduling, IBM for hosting and Twilio for messaging. Confirm customer-specific locations, transfers, instructions, retention and subprocessor changes. Sources: https://www.civica.com/globalassets/trust-centre/civica-schedule-of-processing-august-2025-civica-occupational-health-v2.pdf, https://www.civica.com/globalassets/trust-centre/civica_data_protection_addendum.pdf
- Clinical-safety assurance [conditional]: Civica states that OPAS is managed against DCB0129 clinical-safety requirements. NHS buyers should obtain the applicable clinical-safety case and hazard information; the deploying organisation still owns DCB0160 assessment, local hazards, configuration and operating controls. Sources: https://www.civica.com/en-in/news-library/why-dcb0129-matters-for-nhs-occupational-health/
- Disconnected working [unverified]: The supplier listing requires internet access and does not document offline capture or synchronization. Browser, tablet and mobile access should not be described as offline functionality.

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Pilot: referral, clinical assessment and minimum-necessary outcome
1. Create a fictional manager referral containing one appropriate question and one deliberately irrelevant clinical attachment.
2. Return it for clarification and verify that employee, manager, administrator and clinician roles see only their authorised information.
3. Have a qualified clinician record notes and issue a minimum-necessary fitness or adjustment report through the approved consent or notice process.
4. Amend and supersede the report, verify recipients and full audit history, and confirm that the employment decision remains with the authorised employer role.

#### Pre-placement and Trac integration challenge
1. Create a fictional applicant in Trac and send only the identifiers and job context agreed for occupational-health screening.
2. Complete the health declaration, test clarification and clinician review, and record a clearance status without sending diagnoses to recruitment staff.
3. Introduce a duplicate identifier, changed job and failed interface message; reconcile each without attaching the wrong clinical record.
4. Verify consent or transparency evidence, status mapping, audit trail and manual fallback before approving the interface.

#### Exposure-based surveillance and recall
1. Create a cohort from a documented exposure criterion, job and review interval, with a qualified owner for exceptions.
2. Issue forms and recalls, book the assessment and test overdue, declined, transferred and no-longer-exposed cases.
3. Import or enter a representative result and require clinician review before any outcome or next recall is set.
4. Inspect aggregate reporting for small-cohort disclosure risk and confirm that programme completion is not presented as proof of fitness or exposure control.

#### Vaccination consent, evidence and booster workflow
1. Send a fictional questionnaire, capture consent or the applicable legal basis, and upload evidence from an employee device.
2. Book a clinic and record product, dose, lot, date, administrator, contraindication or decline as required by local policy.
3. Trigger a booster reminder and correct an intentionally wrong record while retaining the audit history.
4. Verify that HR and managers receive only the authorised compliance status while clinicians retain the detailed health record.

#### Privacy request, retention and contract exit
1. Create a fictional case with notes, forms, attachments, messages, reports, calendar entries and audit events.
2. Exercise access, restriction and deletion workflows with identity verification, clinical review, legal hold and third-party data checks.
3. Request the contractual CSV or XML export plus attachments, relationships, codes, versions and audit evidence; reconcile record counts and readability.
4. Confirm production, backup and subprocessor deletion timing, tenant decommissioning, proof of deletion and a safe manual continuity plan.

### Product presentations

- [Civica Occupational Health overview video](https://www.civica.com/en-gb/product-pages/occupational-health-software/): Vendor-published overview video opened from Civica's Occupational Health product page; it is not an independent test.

### Questions and answers

#### Is Civica Occupational Health the current name for OPAS?
Yes, the current product page says formerly OPAS. G-Cloud material uses OPAS-G2. Confirm the exact edition, version, hosting, migration and feature mapping rather than assuming all historic names describe the same entitlement.

#### Does Civica Occupational Health make clinical or employment decisions?
It records and routes information, reports and workflow outcomes. Qualified clinicians remain responsible for clinical assessment and advice; authorised employer roles remain responsible for employment decisions under applicable law and policy.

#### Can managers or HR see clinical notes?
They should receive only information authorised and necessary for their role, such as an approved fitness or adjustment outcome. Test the configured portals, attachments, report versions, dashboards and exports because role-based marketing alone does not prove clinical confidentiality.

#### Does the product support pre-placement screening?
Yes. Applicants can complete health declarations and HR can track workflow progress. Buyers should verify that recruitment receives status or work-relevant advice rather than diagnoses or unrelated health detail.

#### Does it support health surveillance?
Yes. Civica describes programme criteria, cohort membership, online forms and automated recalls. A qualified person must define exposure criteria, review results and decide follow-up; a completed recall is not proof of fitness.

#### Does it support vaccination programmes?
The official vaccination module describes questionnaires, evidence, consent, self-booking, reminders, boosters and status dashboards. Clinical administration, contraindications, corrections and disclosure still require governed professional workflows.

#### Is Civica Trac included?
No inclusion was established. Civica describes a Trac interface, and the G-Cloud pricing document prices that interface separately. Confirm both licences, implementation, mappings and support.

#### Is there a general API?
The reviewed G-Cloud listing says API: No and service interface: No. It documents specific integrations and supplier-assisted CSV or XML import and export, so require each interface explicitly rather than assuming an open API.

#### Can it connect to audiometers and spirometers?
The G-Cloud listing says interfaces are available. Confirm supported devices and drivers, calibration and units, identity matching, failed-transfer queues and clinician verification for the proposed edition.

#### Does mobile or browser access mean offline access?
No. The framework listing requires internet access and does not document offline capture or synchronization. Establish a manual clinical-continuity procedure for outages.

#### What personal data does Civica process for this service?
The August 2025 schedule lists health, employment, government identifiers, contact and account information, sensory or electronic information, personal identification, racial or ethnic origin and health-insurance information. Contract-specific minimisation and retention still need agreement.

#### Which subprocessors are listed?
The August 2025 schedule lists Cronofy for scheduling, IBM for hosting and Twilio for messaging, with UK or Germany locations depending on customer region and Twilio in the United States. Verify the current list, transfer mechanism and customer-specific use.

#### What does DCB0129 mean for an NHS buyer?
Civica states that OPAS is managed against DCB0129 manufacturer clinical-safety requirements. This can support procurement evidence, but the deploying NHS organisation still owns DCB0160 responsibilities, local hazards, configuration and operational controls.

#### How much does Civica Occupational Health cost?
A supplier-authored G-Cloud 14 schedule lists 2026 OPAS-G2 fees of £109 to £187.50 per licensed user/month, paid annually in advance with a 24-month minimum, plus implementation and integrations. This is UK framework pricing, not a universal current quote.

#### Is a free trial available?
The G-Cloud listing says no free trial. Request a controlled demo or evaluation using fictional data and agree deletion of evaluation records.

#### Can data be exported at contract end?
The G-Cloud listing says Civica DevOps can provide scoped CSV or XML extraction and decommission the system. Contract for attachments, relationships, code lists, report versions, audit history, timing, verification and deletion because these details are not guaranteed by a format label.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-28: Added Civica's May 2025 processing schedule, distinguished documented data categories from deployment-specific security assurance, and expanded the buyer checks for health-data handling.

### Demo questions

- Which current edition replaces our OPAS, eOPAS or OPAS-G2 installation, and which records, attachments, audit history and identifiers migrate?
- Can a clinician return a referral for clarification while ensuring managers and HR never see clinical notes or unrelated attachments?
- Who may create, amend, approve and disclose a fitness, adjustment or return-to-work report, and how is employee consent or notice recorded where required?
- How are clinical notes separated from management outcome reports, pre-placement status and aggregate dashboards?
- How are appointments, self-booking, recalls, missed visits and urgent manual fallback handled across roles and service outages?
- How are surveillance cohorts created from exposure criteria, exceptions reviewed and recalls clinically closed without implying that recall completion proves fitness?
- How are vaccination consent, evidence, contraindications, lot and dose history, boosters and access to individual versus aggregate status governed?
- Which Trac, HR, calendar, audiometry, spirometry, messaging, import or export integration is included, and how are failures, duplicates and identity mismatches reconciled?
- What authentication, role, field-level audit, break-glass, supplier-support and privileged-access controls apply to special-category health data?
- What are the controller and processor roles, hosting region, subprocessors, international transfers, retention, backup deletion, SAR and restriction workflows for our contract?
- What DCB0129 artefacts can NHS buyers review, and what hazards, local configuration and operational controls remain under our DCB0160 clinical-safety case?
- Can Civica produce a complete authorised export in usable CSV or XML with attachments, report versions, codes, relationships and audit history, and verify deletion after exit?
- What do licensed-user, portal, implementation, messaging, report-writing, integration, migration, support, renewal and exit charges include?

### Primary sources

- [Current product identity, workflows, data-protection and integration scope](https://www.civica.com/en-gb/product-pages/occupational-health-software/)
- [Supplier G-Cloud listing: scope, architecture, security, import, export and pricing](https://www.applytosupply.digitalmarketplace.service.gov.uk/g-cloud/services/458438946622437)
- [Occupational Health processing schedule, data categories and subprocessors](https://www.civica.com/globalassets/trust-centre/civica-schedule-of-processing-august-2025-civica-occupational-health-v2.pdf)
- [Civica Occupational Health product overview PDF](https://www.civica.com/globalassets/7.document-downloads/2.uk-docs/product-information/civica-occupational-health.pdf)
- [Vaccination module, consent, evidence, reminders and privacy](https://www.civica.com/globalassets/7.document-downloads/2.uk-docs/product-information/civica-occupational-health-vaccination-module.pdf)
- [Civica Occupational Health and Trac integration](https://www.civica.com/en-gb/product-pages/applicant-tracking-system/recruitment-software-occupational-health-system/)
- [DCB0129 and DCB0160 clinical-safety responsibilities](https://www.civica.com/en-in/news-library/why-dcb0129-matters-for-nhs-occupational-health/)
- [G-Cloud OPAS-G2 pricing document](https://assets.applytosupply.digitalmarketplace.service.gov.uk/g-cloud-14/documents/92935/458438946622437-pricing-document-2024-05-02-1435.pdf)
- [G-Cloud OPAS-G2 service definition](https://assets.applytosupply.digitalmarketplace.service.gov.uk/g-cloud-14/documents/92935/458438946622437-service-definition-document-2024-05-02-1434.pdf)
- [Civica data protection addendum](https://www.civica.com/globalassets/trust-centre/civica_data_protection_addendum.pdf)
- [Civica commitment to security](https://www.civica.com/globalassets/7.document-downloads/2.uk-docs/trust-centre/civica-commitment-to-security.pdf)
- [Civica Trust Portal](https://www.civica.com/en-gb/trust-centre/trust-portal/)
- [Occupational-health employee lifecycle and return-to-work context](https://www.civica.com/en-gb/insights/why-is-occupational-health-more-crucial-than-ever-in-the-public-sector/)
- [Civica customer support routes](https://www.civica.com/en-gb/about-us/support/)

## EASE

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/ease
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: Ease.io, EASE Audits
This profile covers the EASE manufacturing plant-floor audit and inspection platform from Ease.io. Base EASE, EASE PLUS and EASE PRO have materially different entitlements: On-the-Job Training and Auditor Qualifications are published for PRO, Files Manager is associated with PRO, and the pricing page says PLUS and PRO provide enhanced integration capabilities; the pages re-read do not state which plan includes Action Plans or data-warehouse connectivity. EASE IQ is a separately presented AI/camera capability with some roadmap items marked coming soon. The reviewed scope does not establish EASE as a full QMS, EHS management suite, LMS or CMMS replacement.

EASE focuses on recurring plant-floor checks, including layered process audits. It documents scheduling, rotating questions and tracking findings across manufacturing locations. Compare the base audit subscription with the tiers needed for formal action plans and on-the-job training, then use a disconnected shop-floor audit in the pilot. Its current integration page documents a REST API and event-driven webhooks, while the vendor-published DPA adds data-processing, subprocessors and assurance context that should be reviewed for the proposed contract.

Best-fit starting point: Manufacturing teams standardizing layered process audits and follow-up across shifts or plants.

Check before buying: No amounts are published on the pricing page; pricing is per site for unlimited users, is calculated from site headcount and is in addition to a flat implementation fee; confirm the currency, headcount band, sites and services. Unlimited users does not mean unlimited sites or every module. On-the-Job Training and Auditor Qualifications are documented as PRO; the pages re-read do not state which plan includes Action Plans, EASE Connect/data warehouse, Files Manager or each level of API/webhook access, except that PLUS and PRO provide enhanced integration capabilities. Offline auditing is documented, but cache limits, device replacement, attachment retry, conflict resolution and authoritative receipt require a controlled pilot. Safety, maintenance and quality audit templates do not establish a full EHS, QMS or maintenance-management system. EASE IQ depends on cameras, models and site conditions; detection accuracy, false alarms, privacy, worker consultation, retention and human validation must be scoped, and functions labelled coming soon are not current commitments. AI translation and AI-generated training require human review; official pages currently cite different language counts, so confirm the exact supported interface and content languages. API, webhook and warehouse access vary by tier, and vendor-published SOC 2, encryption and DPA statements are due-diligence evidence rather than an independent assessment by QHSEtech.

### Pricing

Per-site subscription. The pricing page shows no amount and no plan table. It describes plant-size-based pricing with unlimited users and unlimited audit programs, says the price per site is calculated from the number of employees at each site and refers buyers to the sales team for a quote. A flat implementation fee, covering training and onboarding, is charged in addition to the subscription. The FAQ says PLUS and PRO provide enhanced integration capabilities and that plans including Corrective Actions and On-the-Job Training offer unlimited use. Confirm the currency, exact headcount band, plan and total implementation cost. The pricing FAQ also states that you may be eligible for a free trial depending on your use case, through the sales team.

### When the price fits

EASE is a focused candidate for recurring manufacturing audits. Compare the cost of the complete follow-up workflow, and use your own shift pattern and question rotation in the demo.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [partial]: The pricing page shows no tier amounts, plan table or annual-billing statement; it states site-headcount-based pricing and a flat implementation fee. Currency, site band, final scope and any trial terms require confirmation.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.ease.io/pricing/

### Offline capabilities

The Mobile Plant Audits page explicitly describes auditing and making changes offline. The page says auditors download assigned audits while connected and that data synchronizes on reconnection; it does not define cache limits, conflict resolution or recovery after a device failure. Demonstrate synchronization and server receipt before relying on a disconnected shift.

Product scope: Manufacturing audits and inspections with mobile/offline collection, findings and dashboards; formal Action Plans, BI/data-warehouse connectivity, on-the-job training, qualifications and EASE IQ require the applicable tier or separately scoped capability.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. This is not an independent security assessment. The vendor-published DPA and security page add assurance context, but QHSEtech did not review the confidential SOC 2 report or a buyer deployment. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. Confirm the proposed edition, configuration, data-processing terms and commercial scope.

Trial status: request-only. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Trace an audit finding through assignment and evidenced closure.
  Sources: https://www.ease.io/audit-types/lpas/
- Usability & adoption: Have a shift worker prepare and complete a disconnected audit.
  Sources: https://www.ease.io/platform/mobile-plant-audits/
- Implementation & TCO: Price every site, its headcount band, implementation and required tier.
  Sources: https://www.ease.io/pricing/
- Integrations & API: Prove the required export or webhook on the quoted access tier.
  Sources: https://www.ease.io/pricing/, https://www.ease.io/platform/api-integrations/
- Security & trust: Request the current SOC 2 report under the stated confidentiality terms, map the DPA and subprocessors to the proposed region, and confirm role, retention, deletion and shared-device controls.
  Sources: https://www.ease.io/platform/security-compliance/, https://www.ease.io/legal/data-processing-addendum/
- Customer voice: No independently verified customer score is assigned. Request references with comparable workflows and implementation scope.

### Capability scope

- Layered process audit scheduling [documented]: EASE documents layered scheduling across shifts, lines and management layers, question rotation/randomization, reminders and escalation. Buyers should validate PTO, reassignment, grace-period and missed-audit rules against real shift patterns. Sources: https://www.ease.io/audit-types/lpas/, https://www.ease.io/platform/
- Multiple manufacturing audit types [documented]: The audit catalogue names LPA, safety, quality, maintenance, 5S, Gemba, ad hoc and custom audit use cases. These are configurable audit scopes, not proof of a complete EHS, QMS or CMMS product. Sources: https://www.ease.io/audit-types/
- Audit administration and question libraries [documented]: EASE documents centralized scheduling, checklist/question administration and program consistency across shifts and sites. Validate import, versioning, approval, effective-date and retired-question history. Sources: https://www.ease.io/platform/audit-administration/, https://www.ease.io/audit-types/lpas/
- Mobile and offline audits [documented]: The mobile page states that audits and changes can be completed outside Wi-Fi range and supports photos on major mobile devices. The page says auditors download assigned audits while connected, then complete the audit offline and synchronize on reconnection. It does not document cache limits, conflict logic, lost-device recovery or attachment retry, which require pilot validation. Sources: https://www.ease.io/platform/mobile-plant-audits/
- QR launch, photos and mobile findings [documented]: The mobile product page documents QR scan-to-start, photo evidence, instant issue logging and movement of issues into Action Plans. Action Plans remain tier-dependent. Sources: https://www.ease.io/platform/mobile-plant-audits/, https://www.ease.io/pricing/
- Findings and immediate follow-up [documented]: The LPA page describes failed questions becoming owned findings and closure verification, while the mobile page describes on-the-spot action. Distinguish immediate finding follow-up from the formal Action Plans product, which is plan-dependent. Sources: https://www.ease.io/audit-types/lpas/, https://www.ease.io/platform/mobile-plant-audits/
- Formal Action Plans and root-cause analysis [conditional]: The pricing FAQ refers to plans that include Corrective Actions but the pages re-read do not name them; the Action Plans page documents 8D, 5 Whys, DMAIC-style workflows, owners, approvers, due dates, evidence, validation and history. Confirm the templates, approvals and effectiveness criteria configured for the buyer. Sources: https://www.ease.io/pricing/, https://www.ease.io/platform/action-plans/
- Reporting and dashboards [documented]: EASE documents configurable single-site and multi-site dashboards and reports for completion, findings, past dues and trends. 'Real-time' visibility depends on synchronized data and governed metric definitions. Sources: https://www.ease.io/platform/reporting-dashboards/, https://www.ease.io/audit-types/lpas/
- API and webhooks [conditional]: EASE documents REST API/webhook use cases for QMS, HR and Teams integration. The pricing FAQ says PLUS and PRO provide enhanced integration capabilities; confirm endpoints, events, authentication, rate limits, retries and ownership. Sources: https://www.ease.io/platform/api-integrations/, https://www.ease.io/pricing/
- Data warehouse and BI connectivity [conditional]: The reporting and platform pages name EASE Connect for data-warehouse and BI tools; the pages re-read do not state which plan includes it. Confirm schema, refresh cadence, historical corrections, identity keys and whether BI is read-only or participates in workflows. Sources: https://www.ease.io/platform/, https://www.ease.io/platform/reporting-dashboards/
- On-the-Job Training [conditional]: PRO includes On-the-Job Training. The product page documents training tied to findings, supervisor-led or self-paced delivery, comprehension checks, assignments and dashboards; it should not automatically be treated as a general-purpose LMS. Sources: https://www.ease.io/pricing/, https://www.ease.io/platform/on-the-job-training/
- Auditor qualifications [conditional]: Official support documentation marks Auditor Qualifications as EASE PRO and describes skills, optional document requirements, expiration and qualification-aware scheduling. Manual credential assignment still needs governance and evidence. Sources: https://support.ease.io/hc/en-us/articles/48191420806676-How-to-set-up-EASE-Auditor-Qualifications
- Security and data-processing evidence [conditional]: Vendor pages describe role-based authorization, TLS, AES-256 document encryption, DPA terms, subprocessors and annual independent SOC 2 audit. Request the current confidential report and map its scope to the proposed deployment; this profile is not an independent assurance assessment. Sources: https://www.ease.io/platform/security-compliance/, https://www.ease.io/legal/data-processing-addendum/
- EASE IQ camera and AI detection [conditional]: EASE IQ is separately presented for camera/machine-data detection and routing of visual non-conformances. Manufacturing-data analysis and back-office automation are labelled coming soon; accuracy, camera coverage, false positives, privacy, retention and human review require validation. Sources: https://www.ease.io/platform/ease-iq/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: offline audit to verified finding closure
1. Schedule a representative audit across two shifts with rotating questions and one absent auditor.
2. Prepare the mobile device, disable connectivity, scan a QR code and record a failed question with photo evidence.
3. Create a conflicting online edit before reconnecting, then verify synchronization, duplicate/conflict handling and attachment receipt.
4. Assign follow-up, capture closure evidence, obtain verification and export the complete history available in the quoted tier.

#### Demo exercise: Action Plan and effectiveness check
1. Convert a finding into a formal Action Plan using the buyer's preferred RCA method.
2. Assign owner, approver, due dates, containment and corrective tasks with supporting evidence.
3. Complete approval and create a later validation activity that tests whether the fix remains effective.
4. Review overdue escalation, full history and recurrence trend across sites.

#### Demo exercise: PRO training and qualification gate
1. Link a knowledge-gap finding to targeted training for a worker or team.
2. Complete content review plus comprehension or practical verification and retain evidence.
3. Award a qualification, attach it as a requirement to an assessment and set an expiration date.
4. Attempt to schedule an unqualified or expired auditor and verify the documented scheduling restriction.

#### Demo exercise: API/webhook and BI reconciliation
1. Create a controlled finding and observe the proposed webhook event and downstream QMS record.
2. Simulate endpoint failure, duplicate delivery and retry while preserving the correlation identifier.
3. Correct the source finding and verify its representation in the API, downstream system and data warehouse or BI view.
4. Reconcile counts and timestamps and identify the owner for unresolved integration errors.

### Product presentations

- [EASE mobile audit question screen](https://www.ease.io/platform/mobile-plant-audits/): Official vendor image of an EASE mobile audit question with reaction plan, photos and Pass/Fail/N/A choices.

### Questions and answers

#### Is EASE priced per user?
The pricing page describes per-site pricing with unlimited users and shows no amounts. Price varies by site headcount and a flat implementation fee is extra; confirm currency and every included site.

#### Are Action Plans included in base EASE?
The pricing page refers to plans that include Corrective Actions but shows no plan table, and the pages re-read do not name them. Base EASE supports findings and follow-up, but buyers needing structured RCA, approvals and effectiveness validation should quote the appropriate tier.

#### Is On-the-Job Training included?
The On-the-Job Training page says it is available to EASE PRO plan subscribers. Its official page describes finding-linked frontline training, not a guarantee that it replaces every LMS use case.

#### Does EASE support offline audits?
Yes, the mobile page documents audits and changes outside Wi-Fi range. It does not explain all cache, conflict, lost-device and failed-attachment behavior, so test those scenarios before production reliance.

#### Can EASE run safety and maintenance inspections?
The audit catalogue names safety and maintenance audit types. Treat these as configurable inspection workflows, not evidence of a complete EHS suite, CMMS, permit-to-work or maintenance-planning system.

#### Can EASE integrate with a QMS or HR system?
The integration page documents REST API and webhook use cases for QMS findings and HR user synchronization. Access depth varies by tier; confirm exact endpoints, events, limits and delivery ownership.

#### Which tier supports external BI tools?
The platform and reporting pages name EASE Connect for the data warehouse and BI tools, but the pages re-read do not state which plan includes it. Confirm whether the design uses EASE Connect, API or exports and define refresh, reconciliation and correction behavior.

#### Does EASE verify that auditors are qualified?
Official support documentation describes PRO Auditor Qualifications, expiration and qualification-aware scheduling. Administrators can also assign externally earned qualifications manually, so evidence and approval governance remain important.

#### Is EASE IQ part of every subscription?
Do not assume so. EASE IQ is separately presented, and some functions are explicitly marked coming soon. Require commercial entitlement, camera/site design, validated detection performance, privacy controls and human review.

#### Has QHSEtech independently certified EASE security?
No. The vendor publishes security, DPA and SOC 2 statements, but this review did not inspect the confidential report or a customer deployment. Request current evidence, subprocessors, retention and deletion terms during due diligence.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-28: Added official API, webhook, security and data-processing sources; distinguished the vendor's published SOC 2 statements from an independent review; and expanded integration and contract due-diligence checks.

### Demo questions

- Which sites, headcount band, currency, annual term and implementation services are included in the quote?
- Which exact EASE, PLUS or PRO entitlements are required for our Action Plans, BI, training, qualifications and Files Manager workflows?
- How do randomized and PTO-aware schedules handle shifts, absences, reassignment, grace periods, missed audits and escalation?
- Show a failed question becoming a finding, immediate containment, assigned action, RCA, approval, effectiveness verification and verified closure.
- Which parts of that closed-loop workflow are available in base EASE versus PLUS?
- How are offline audit packages prepared, encrypted, synchronized and recovered after conflicting edits, app termination, device loss or attachment failure?
- Which mobile OS versions, device controls, shared-device patterns and kiosk/MDM configurations are supported?
- Which API endpoints, webhook events, rate limits, authentication, retry and support commitments apply to the quoted tier?
- Does the proposed BI design use EASE Connect/data warehouse, API or exports, and which system is authoritative after corrections?
- How are AI translations and AI-created training reviewed, versioned and approved, and which exact languages are supported?
- If EASE IQ is proposed, which features are generally available versus coming soon, and what camera, model, accuracy, privacy, retention and human-review controls apply?
- Will the current SOC 2 report, DPA, subprocessor list, retention/deletion terms and assurance scope be available for the proposed deployment?

### Primary sources

- [Layered process audit workflow](https://www.ease.io/audit-types/lpas/)
- [EASE plans and commercial conditions](https://www.ease.io/pricing/)
- [Mobile plant audits and offline scope](https://www.ease.io/platform/mobile-plant-audits/)
- [Automotive audit, inspection and training context](https://www.ease.io/industries/automotive/)
- [EASE API and webhook integration scope](https://www.ease.io/platform/api-integrations/)
- [EASE data processing addendum and subprocessors](https://www.ease.io/legal/data-processing-addendum/)
- [EASE security and access-control overview](https://www.ease.io/platform/security-compliance/)
- [EASE platform overview and scheduling claims](https://www.ease.io/platform/)
- [Supported audit and inspection types](https://www.ease.io/audit-types/)
- [Audit administration and program consistency](https://www.ease.io/platform/audit-administration/)
- [Action Plans, RCA and effectiveness validation](https://www.ease.io/platform/action-plans/)
- [Single-site and multi-site reporting](https://www.ease.io/platform/reporting-dashboards/)
- [On-the-Job Training scope](https://www.ease.io/platform/on-the-job-training/)
- [EASE IQ availability and roadmap boundaries](https://www.ease.io/platform/ease-iq/)
- [PRO Auditor Qualifications setup and scheduling](https://support.ease.io/hc/en-us/articles/48191420806676-How-to-set-up-EASE-Auditor-Qualifications)

## ESdat

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/esdat
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
ESdat is produced by EarthScience Information Systems (EScIS). This profile covers the current browser-based environmental data platform and its separately scoped Field Management, Field App, LabSync, LoggerSync, API/OData, Public Portal and Enterprise/Server options. Legacy ESdat Desktop migration support does not make Desktop the current evaluated product, and this is not a corporate ESG-reporting suite.

ESdat organizes environmental site information from field programs, laboratories, historical sources, loggers and sensors. Official documentation covers configurable QA reports, environmental-standard comparisons, maps, graphs, dashboards and data feeds. Evaluate a complete sampling event—from plan and offline capture through laboratory revision, QA review, approval and regulatory output—before treating an exceedance dashboard as decision-ready.

Best-fit starting point: Environmental teams and consultants managing recurring sampling programs and laboratory results.

Check before buying: Edition, module and deployment scope materially changes the result: Field Portal is included, but offline work is a Field App capability; laboratory sample capture in the app also requires Field Management. Logger ingestion requires LoggerSync, the API carries an additional annual fee, an Enterprise OData feed carries an additional fee, and Enterprise/Server controls should not be attributed to every hosted package. Laboratory integrations vary by laboratory, and advanced eQuote/eCOC connections exist only with selected laboratories. QA reports automate configured checks but do not decide data usability: sample types, parent samples, frequencies, RPD thresholds, blanks, spikes, surrogates, holding times, qualifiers and DQOs still require specialist approval. Precompiled environmental standards are decision support, not legal advice or a compliance guarantee; ESdat explicitly places responsibility on the user to verify compiled values, applicability, units, matrix, dates and local requirements. Approval/rejection requires correct permissions, and rejected lab results can remain visible in data views unless filtered or deleted. Offline claims apply to prepared Field App workflows, not all web, lab, reporting or integration functions; pilot download scope, attachments, conflicts, failed sync and server receipt. Confirm cloud region, tenancy, Server/on-premise responsibilities, retention, backup, recovery, security evidence and every separately priced integration in writing.

### Pricing

Package or enterprise quote. The packages page distinguishes regional consultant offerings, enterprise services and site-manager solutions. Obtain the relevant regional quote including field workflows, laboratory connections, migration and integrations. The official account-request page offers a free trial with support; duration and the modules enabled for your evaluation need confirmation.

### When the price fits

ESdat is worth investigating when the requirement is traceable environmental sampling and analysis. Use the trial to reconcile one realistic field-and-lab dataset, including an amended result and a disconnected collection step.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [partial]: Package structure and an official free-trial request were reviewed. No single cross-region starting amount is assigned; final pricing, trial duration and modules need confirmation.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://esdat.net/packages/
- https://esdat.net/account-request/

### Offline capabilities

The ESdat Field App is documented to collect environmental field and sample data offline and synchronize with ESdat. The online Field Portal is a different scope, and laboratory sample information in the Field App requires Field Management. This does not establish offline operation for reporting, laboratory exchange, OData, API, administration or every attachment type. Pilot pre-download, ad-hoc additions, concurrent edits, conflicts, failed/partial sync and verified server receipt.

Product scope: Core browser-based environmental data management and reporting, with Field Management, Field App, LabSync/advanced laboratory exchange, LoggerSync, API, Enterprise OData, Public Portal, Enterprise single-tenant and ESdat Server/custom database capabilities scoped and priced separately where applicable.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. Confirm the proposed edition, configuration and commercial terms.

Trial status: verified-free. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Reconcile a planned monitoring round, offline observations, eCOC, laboratory revision, configurable QA assessment, specialist approval and standards-based output using an independently checked dataset.
  Sources: https://esdat.net/field-programs/, https://help.esdat.net/en/article/qa-reports, https://help.esdat.net/en/article/approve-or-reject-a-lab-report
- Usability & adoption: Have field, project-manager and reviewer roles complete prepared and ad-hoc work, recover from failed synchronization and identify every missing or unapproved record without expert prompting.
  Sources: https://help.esdat.net/en/article/field-portal-and-field-app, https://help.esdat.net/en/article/lspecs-overview, https://help.esdat.net/en/article/users
- Implementation & TCO: Price the exact region, named users, modules, laboratories, migration, QA/standards configuration, training, API/OData, logger, hosting, security and ongoing support rather than a generic ESdat licence.
  Sources: https://esdat.net/packages/, https://esdat.net/region/enterprise/, https://help.esdat.net/en/article/api, https://help.esdat.net/en/article/logger-sensor-data-connections
- Integrations & API: Trace laboratory, field, migrated and logger records through the contracted OData/API and GIS paths; reconcile identifiers, units, qualifiers, timestamps, coordinates, permissions and failures end to end.
  Sources: https://esdat.net/laboratory-integration/, https://help.esdat.net/en/article/odata-feeds, https://help.esdat.net/en/article/api, https://help.esdat.net/en/article/logger-sensor-data-connections
- Security & trust: Test roles, named users, groups, project/site restrictions, approval authority, edit history and service credentials; review tenancy, SSO, backup, recovery, retention and assurance for the contracted deployment.
  Sources: https://help.esdat.net/en/article/users, https://help.esdat.net/en/article/lab-report-edits, https://esdat.net/region/enterprise/
- Customer voice: No independently verified customer score is assigned. Request references with comparable workflows and implementation scope.

### Capability scope

- Environmental data consolidation [documented]: The official product scope covers laboratory, field-program, data-logger, sensor, historical and regulatory-standard data. Validate the exact schemas, units, qualifiers, identifiers and source ownership needed for each contracted data stream. Sources: https://esdat.net/
- Field Management plans and monitoring rounds [conditional]: The Field Management module supports plans, recurring schedules, staff assignment, status notifications, review and approval of monitoring rounds. Confirm this module, co-scheduling rules, allowed deviations and approval roles in the proposal. Sources: https://esdat.net/field-programs/, https://help.esdat.net/en/article/lspecs-overview
- Offline field capture [conditional]: Offline capture is documented for the Field App, which is an upgrade from the online Field Portal. Laboratory sample details in the app require Field Management. This is not evidence that the rest of ESdat works offline; pilot preparation, conflicts, attachments and receipt after synchronization. Sources: https://esdat.net/field-programs/, https://help.esdat.net/en/article/field-portal-and-field-app
- Electronic chain of custody and laboratory requests [conditional]: Field-program documentation covers electronic chain of custody, planned analyses and containers, lab-request review and matching collected sample details to laboratory data. Advanced eQuote and eCOC integrations are available only with selected laboratories, so prove the named laboratory path. Sources: https://esdat.net/field-programs/, https://esdat.net/laboratory-integration/
- Automated laboratory exchange and validation [conditional]: Approved laboratories can upload reports for validation and loading, with errors returned to the user and laboratory and revised results loaded as issued. Coverage, turnaround, mappings, original-file retention and support responsibility must be confirmed for every named laboratory and region. Sources: https://esdat.net/laboratory-integration/
- Configurable field and laboratory QA reports [documented]: Official QA guidance lists frequency, field/interlaboratory/laboratory duplicates, blanks, spikes, surrogates, control and reference samples, inorganic checks, dilution factors and qualifiers. Results depend on correct sample typing, parent linkage and approved QA settings; the software does not decide fitness for use. Sources: https://help.esdat.net/en/article/qa-reports, https://esdat.net/data-analysis-and-reports/
- Laboratory approval, rejection and controlled revision [conditional]: A Project Manager can approve or reject a lab report, with status, comments, date and approver shown. A later version cannot overwrite an approved report without rejection. Rejected results can still appear in data views unless filtered or deleted, so every operational and regulatory output needs an approved-data filter test. Sources: https://help.esdat.net/en/article/approve-or-reject-a-lab-report
- Laboratory result edit history [documented]: Official guidance says edits to report details, samples and results record old and new values, date and person, including approval/revoke changes. Buyers should test export, retention and review of this history and distinguish an edit from a laboratory-issued replacement report. Sources: https://help.esdat.net/en/article/lab-report-edits
- Environmental standards and exceedance support [conditional]: ESdat provides compiled regional standards, site-specific standards, action levels and exceedance outputs. Its Server guidance explicitly makes the user responsible for verifying compiled data, suitability and compliance, so validate publisher, version, effective date, matrix, basis, units, location association and jurisdiction before use. Sources: https://esdat.net/, https://help.esdat.net/en/article/esdat-server-administration
- Dashboards, tables, graphs and statistical outputs [documented]: The reporting page documents customizable dashboards, chemistry exceedance tables, time-series graphs, trend analysis, common statistics and ProUCL export. Method selection, non-detect treatment, qualifiers and statistical interpretation remain specialist responsibilities. Sources: https://esdat.net/data-analysis-and-reports/
- Maps and GIS exchange [documented]: ESdat documents map querying, Bing imagery, WMS/WFS and buyer basemaps, plus exports to ArcGIS, MapInfo and QGIS. Confirm coordinate reference systems, transformations, precision, layer permissions and completeness with surveyed control points. Sources: https://esdat.net/data-analysis-and-reports/
- OData, API and analytics integrations [conditional]: User OData feeds support Power BI, Excel, Power Automate, Power Query and ArcGIS; the non-user Enterprise OData feed is additional-fee, ArcGIS can require its Data Interoperability Extension, and the ESdat API has an additional annual fee. Confirm authentication, service accounts, schemas, rate/volume limits and change management. Sources: https://help.esdat.net/en/article/odata-feeds, https://help.esdat.net/en/article/api
- Validated historical-data migration [documented]: The Data Migration Manager supports bulk validation/import for locations, wells, field and historical chemistry, bore logging and geology, as well as ESdat interchange files including legacy Desktop exports. Add, update, overwrite and add/update behave differently and require permission and reconciliation testing. Sources: https://help.esdat.net/en/article/data-migration-manager-importing
- Logger and sensor ingestion [conditional]: Logger imports require the LoggerSync subscription. Telemetry can transfer compatible files by secure FTP, or files can be uploaded manually; an importer must match the format and units, and validation errors are surfaced through notifications and queue logs. Sources: https://help.esdat.net/en/article/logger-sensor-data-connections
- Roles and project/site permissions [documented]: Admin, Scheduler and Standard roles, named-user licensing, user groups and project permissions are documented. Project and site access interactions require scenario testing, especially for restricted data, approval authority, external stakeholders and users who add records without broader edit rights. Sources: https://help.esdat.net/en/article/users
- Online, Enterprise and Server deployment options [conditional]: Packages vary by region; Enterprise advertises single tenancy, SSO, database customization/replication, sandbox and unlimited data, while ESdat Server gives administrators additional reference-list and database control. Obtain the exact hosting region, tenancy, Server responsibilities, limits and security evidence for the proposed edition. Sources: https://esdat.net/packages/, https://esdat.net/region/enterprise/, https://help.esdat.net/en/article/esdat-server-administration

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: planned round to approved laboratory revision
1. Create a representative recurring monitoring plan with locations, field parameters, QA samples, containers, analyses, assignees and an approval owner.
2. Complete the round in the Field App while disconnected, add one permitted ad-hoc item, reconnect and reconcile every planned, collected, missed and extra record.
3. Send the electronic chain of custody to the named test laboratory and import a result set containing an unmatched sample, unit issue, non-detect qualifier and deliberate QA failure.
4. Reject the first report, import its corrected revision, approve it and prove that only the approved version appears in the selected operational and regulatory outputs.

#### Demo exercise: QA decision and standards validation
1. Load a controlled dataset with duplicates, blanks, spikes, surrogates, holding-time cases, dilution factors and qualified non-detects, retaining source values and units.
2. Apply the buyer-approved QA profile and independently calculate each frequency, RPD, recovery and logic result.
3. Associate a version-controlled environmental standard with the correct site, location, matrix and effective date, including one intentionally inapplicable limit.
4. Have the environmental specialist document usability, qualifications and exceedance decisions, then compare tables, notifications and exports with the approved reference.

#### Demo exercise: migration, permissions and auditability
1. Prepare historical locations, wells, field chemistry and laboratory results containing duplicates, invalid references, missing required fields and an update that could overwrite a value with null.
2. Run validation, resolve errors and import under a least-privilege account using the intended add, update or overwrite mode.
3. Edit one laboratory result through the governed process and verify old/new values, actor, date, reason, approval state and retained source artifact.
4. Test Admin, Scheduler, Standard and external-style accounts across restricted and unrestricted projects/sites, then reconcile every migrated and visible record.

#### Demo exercise: integrations, GIS and recovery
1. Stream or upload representative logger data through the contracted LoggerSync path, including a bad file, unit mismatch, missing interval and source outage.
2. Consume the approved OData or API scope in Power BI or Excel and map the same records through the proposed ArcGIS workflow using surveyed coordinate controls.
3. Compare timestamps, units, qualifiers, coordinates, permissions and record counts across ESdat, the analytics model and GIS output.
4. Exercise credential rotation, retry, duplicate prevention, schema change and recovery, and document which responsibilities belong to ESdat, the buyer and third-party products.

### Product presentations

- [Demo dashboard with charts, map and lab status](https://esdat.net/data-analysis-and-reports/): Official vendor image of an ESdat dashboard labelled Demo Dashboard (Shared); sample data.
- [Monitoring round field parameters tab](https://esdat.net/field-programs/): Official vendor image of the Field Instructions tab of a monitoring round; sample values.

### Questions and answers

#### Is ESdat an ESG reporting suite?
The reviewed offering focuses on environmental monitoring and site data. Corporate ESG framework coverage should not be inferred from that scope.

#### Can ESdat collect field data offline?
Yes, the vendor documents offline collection in its Field App. Demonstrate preparation and synchronization, and confirm which other functions need a connection.

#### Is there an ESdat free trial?
The official account-request page offers a free trial with support. Ask for duration, module access and data-export conditions before planning the evaluation.

#### Are Field Portal, Field App and Field Management the same thing?
No. The browser Field Portal is included with ESdat; the Field App adds offline operation, and laboratory-sample capture in the app depends on Field Management. Confirm all three elements needed by your workflow.

#### Does ESdat automatically determine whether laboratory data is fit for use?
No. It supplies configurable QA reports and approval tools, but specialists must configure and interpret sample types, parent links, frequencies, RPD limits, blanks, spikes, qualifiers, holding times and project DQOs.

#### Do preloaded environmental standards guarantee regulatory compliance?
No. ESdat's own Server guidance assigns users responsibility for checking compiled values, applicability and compliance. Validate publisher, version, dates, matrix, basis, units and jurisdiction before relying on an exceedance.

#### What happens when a laboratory report is rejected?
A corrected version can then be imported, but rejected results may remain visible in data views unless filters exclude them or the report is deleted. Test every dashboard, feed and regulatory output for approved-data logic.

#### Are edits to laboratory results traceable?
Official guidance says old and new values, date and person are recorded for report, sample and result edits. Validate reason, approval, export, retention and source-file linkage against your governance requirements.

#### Are Power BI, ArcGIS and API access included?
User OData feeds are documented, but the Enterprise OData feed costs extra, ArcGIS may require its Data Interoperability Extension, and the ESdat API has an additional annual fee. Confirm credentials, schemas and support boundaries.

#### Can ESdat import data loggers and sensors?
Yes, conditionally. Official guidance requires a LoggerSync subscription and a configured importer matching the source file and units; telemetry can use secure FTP or files can be uploaded manually.

#### Is ESdat available only as a shared cloud service?
No. The vendor documents regional online packages, an Enterprise tier with single-tenant and database options, and ESdat Server with additional administrative control. Hosting, tenancy and operational responsibilities depend on the contract.

#### Can legacy ESdat Desktop data be migrated?
The Data Migration Manager accepts ESdat Data Interchange files produced by ESdat systems including legacy Desktop. Migration still requires ChemCode, unit, qualifier, key, permission and reconciliation checks.

### Demo questions

- Which regional package, named-user licences, Field Management, Field App, LabSync, LoggerSync, API/OData, Public Portal, Enterprise or Server components are included and separately priced?
- Which named laboratories support basic upload, LabSync, eQuote and eCOC, and who owns onboarding, mappings, failures, revisions and support?
- Can we reconcile planned, collected, submitted, received and approved samples while keeping missed, duplicate, unmatched and rejected records visible?
- How are source values, units, detection/reporting limits, prefixes, qualifiers, dilution factors, batch IDs and laboratory files preserved through imports and exports?
- Which QA profiles implement our DQOs, and who approves sample types, parent links, frequencies, RPD/recovery limits, blanks, holding times, qualifiers and usability decisions?
- How are environmental standards sourced, versioned, dated, associated with matrix/site/location and independently verified before notifications or compliance outputs?
- Can an amended lab report retain the original, require rejection before replacement and show edits, actor, date, reason, approval and affected downstream reports?
- What data and attachments must be prepared before disconnecting, and how are ad-hoc work, conflicts, partial sync and verified server receipt handled?
- Do rejected, unapproved or qualified results appear in dashboards, maps, OData, API, Public Portal or regulatory reports, and how is approved-only filtering enforced?
- How are coordinate systems, transformations, elevation datums and precision preserved across maps, WMS/WFS and ArcGIS/QGIS exports?
- What authentication, application-password, service-account, schema, rate, volume, retry, duplication and versioning controls apply to OData, API and LoggerSync?
- What hosting region, tenancy, backup, recovery, retention, deletion, SSO, sandbox, database access and security assurance apply to the proposed deployment?

### Primary sources

- [ESdat product scope and reporting](https://esdat.net/)
- [Field programs and offline capture](https://esdat.net/field-programs/)
- [Regional and enterprise packages](https://esdat.net/packages/)
- [Official free-trial account request](https://esdat.net/account-request/)
- [ESdat and EScIS identity](https://esdat.net/about-us/)
- [Dashboards, QA, maps, trends and reporting](https://esdat.net/data-analysis-and-reports/)
- [Laboratory integration, validation and LabSync scope](https://esdat.net/laboratory-integration/)
- [Configurable environmental QA reports](https://help.esdat.net/en/article/qa-reports)
- [Field Management module and monitoring rounds](https://help.esdat.net/en/article/lspecs-overview)
- [Field Portal versus offline Field App scope](https://help.esdat.net/en/article/field-portal-and-field-app)
- [OData feeds and additional-fee Enterprise feed](https://help.esdat.net/en/article/odata-feeds)
- [Enterprise tenancy, identity and database options](https://esdat.net/region/enterprise/)
- [Online versus Server administration and standards responsibility](https://help.esdat.net/en/article/esdat-server-administration)
- [Laboratory report approval, rejection and revision rules](https://help.esdat.net/en/article/approve-or-reject-a-lab-report)
- [Laboratory report edit history](https://help.esdat.net/en/article/lab-report-edits)
- [Roles, named-user licensing and permissions](https://help.esdat.net/en/article/users)
- [Historical data migration and validated imports](https://help.esdat.net/en/article/data-migration-manager-importing)
- [LoggerSync entitlement and sensor ingestion](https://help.esdat.net/en/article/logger-sensor-data-connections)
- [Additional-fee ESdat API](https://help.esdat.net/en/article/api)
- [ESdat security page](https://esdat.net/security/)

## InfinityQS ProFicient

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/infinityqs-proficient
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: ProFicient, ProFicient by InfinityQS
ProFicient is the Windows and ODBC-based InfinityQS SPC product within Advantive. Current Advantive material distinguishes ProFicient On-Premise from the separate Enact cloud product and also references cloud or hybrid deployment and the older named ProFicient on Demand option. Require the proposal to name the exact product, version, hosting architecture, applications and services; do not transfer Enact features or licensing to ProFicient.

InfinityQS ProFicient collects manufacturing quality data, applies configured SPC charts and alarm rules, schedules checks, records process events and supports dashboards, reports and audit trails. It can combine manual, connected-device and automated data paths, but each interface, database, service and response workflow must be designed and acceptance-tested for the buyer's deployment.

Best-fit starting point: Manufacturers needing configurable plant-level SPC, heterogeneous measurement collection and controlled quality-event workflows in a Windows and ODBC architecture.

Check before buying: Control limits, specification limits and alarm rules answer different questions and are configuration-dependent. A chart signal is not automatic proof that product is nonconforming, and an in-control process is not automatically capable. Define calculation methods, subgrouping, limits, data ownership, cause and action codes, and release authority with qualified quality professionals. Vendor benefit and compliance statements do not validate the buyer's process or configuration.

### Pricing

Custom quote. On 26 September 2026 the ProFicient product page offered Get a Demo and Book a Demo routes, and the Advantive pricing page shows no amount: it invites buyers to request a customised quote covering pricing, licensing costs and projected implementation fees ("Get Personalized Pricing"). Request a ProFicient-specific proposal covering sites, workstations, users, deployment, database infrastructure, collectors, migration, training and support. A trial was not found on the reviewed pages. Price any Enact connection separately.

### When the price fits

Shortlist ProFicient when the main requirement is production SPC with controlled data acquisition. Use a representative gauge or collector and a replayable test dataset to establish the implementation effort.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [partial]: Current product and training pages were reviewed. Request the named deployment, collection modules, license basis and evaluation terms; no public starting amount is assigned.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.advantive.com/products/infinity-qs-proficient/
- https://www.advantive.com/support/training/infinity-qs/
- https://www.advantive.com/get-a-demo/
- https://www.advantive.com/pricing/

### Offline capabilities

Not established. On-premises hosting does not prove that a workstation, gage interface or service buffers data when its database, network or collector is unavailable. The official architecture depends on Windows networking and an ODBC data source. Test outage, local buffering if offered, duplicate prevention, ordering, timestamps, retry, reconciliation and alert behavior in the exact proposed architecture.

Product scope: ProFicient SPC applications and the specifically quoted database, workstations, DMS, DCS, monitoring, scheduler, dashboard, reporting, authentication and collector components. Enact, GTS, MSA, ProFicient on Demand and other Advantive products or services are not assumed included. Confirm current version support, discontinued components, migration path and deployment model in writing.

Review scope: Official Advantive product pages and InfinityQS ProFicient help were reviewed, not a live deployment, independent security assessment, customer validation package or current support contract. Help pages expose version-specific and sometimes older architecture details; verify applicability to the offered release. Vendor case studies, outcome percentages and compliance language are not treated as predicted results or validation of a buyer configuration. Legacy ratings are excluded.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Reproduce the chosen chart and its expected signals from a controlled dataset.
  Sources: https://www.advantive.com/products/infinity-qs-proficient/
- Usability & adoption: Have an operator respond to an exception without changing engineering settings.
  Sources: https://www.advantive.com/support/training/infinity-qs/
- Implementation & TCO: Include collection setup, infrastructure and role-specific training in the quote.
  Sources: https://www.advantive.com/support/training/infinity-qs/, https://www.advantive.com/get-a-demo/
- Integrations & API: Reconcile rejected and replayed readings from the exact manual, device or automated collection path in the proposal.
  Sources: https://www.advantive.com/support/training/infinity-qs/, https://www.advantive.com/solutions/spc-software/spc-manufacturing/quality-checks/
- Security & trust: Demonstrate permissions, measurement corrections and retention in the offered configuration.
  Sources: https://www.advantive.com/products/infinity-qs-proficient/
- Customer voice: No independently verified customer score is assigned. Request references using comparable collection methods and deployment conditions.

### Capability scope

- SPC charts and capability analysis [documented]: Official material describes real-time SPC charts and comparisons across products, shifts, lines and sites. Buyers must lock the calculation, subgroup and limit rules for intended use. Sources: https://www.advantive.com/products/infinity-qs-proficient/, https://www.advantive.com/solutions/spc-software/spc-features/
- Manual, device and automated data collection [documented]: InfinityQS describes keyboard, touchscreen or barcode entry; connected scales, calipers, gages and custom devices; and feeds from ERP, automated test equipment, PLCs and smart sensors. Each path and protocol requires separate scoping and acceptance testing. Sources: https://www.advantive.com/solutions/spc-software/spc-manufacturing/quality-checks/
- Central ODBC quality repository [documented]: ProFicient stores configuration and quality records in an ODBC-compliant database. Multi-user deployments require buyer-provided database infrastructure, permissions, capacity, backup and maintenance; a multi-tier database engine is not included by default. Sources: https://help.infinityqs.com/help/en/ProFicient/Content/RefSheets/SysReqPF.htm
- Real-time monitoring and alerts [documented]: SPC dashboards and configured alerts can surface process or specification events. Alarm behavior depends on the chosen chart, stored limits, rules and monitoring services; validate every critical trigger and recipient. Sources: https://www.advantive.com/products/infinity-qs-proficient/, https://help.infinityqs.com/help/en/ProFicient/Content/RAMS/ConfiguringRAMS.htm
- Scheduled quality checks [documented]: Dynamic Scheduler can prompt for samples at configured intervals or events, identify late checks and drive simple or complex workflows. ODBC pass-through, workstation and process mappings, state transitions and sampling tables require configuration. Sources: https://help.infinityqs.com/help/en/ProFicient/Content/DynamicScheduler/DynamicSchedulerOverview.htm, https://www.advantive.com/solutions/spc-software/spc-manufacturing/quality-checks/
- Assignable-cause and corrective-action events [documented]: RAMS can create events for control or specification violations and require assignable-cause and corrective-action codes. Configure closure authority and escalation; a code alone does not prove root cause or action effectiveness. Sources: https://help.infinityqs.com/help/en/ProFicient/Content/RAMS/ConfiguringRAMS.htm
- Dashboards and configurable reporting [documented]: Advantive describes dashboards tailored to operators, managers and executives plus reusable reports and drill-down across sites, products and processes. Confirm exactly which dashboard and reporting applications are licensed. Sources: https://www.advantive.com/solutions/spc-software/spc-manufacturing/quality-dashboards/, https://www.advantive.com/products/infinity-qs-proficient/
- Audit trail and reason-for-change [documented]: Database auditing can retain original records, user, time and status fields, and reasons for changes, including edits and status-based deletion. It must be enabled and configured; test coverage for every regulated table and action. Sources: https://help.infinityqs.com/help/en/ProFicient/Content/DBM/Auditing/ManagingAuditing.htm
- Role-based access control [documented]: Roles can restrict applications, functions, organizational scope and table insert, update and delete privileges. Design least-privilege roles and test limit changes, data edits, deletions and administrator bypass paths. Sources: https://help.infinityqs.com/help/en/ProFicient/Content/DBM/Access/Roles/CreatingRoles.htm
- Delimited-file import [documented]: The Import Utility maps TXT, DAT or CSV columns into the ProFicient database and reports compile failures. Establish schema, units, identifiers, duplicate rules and error reconciliation before production use. Sources: https://help.infinityqs.com/help/en/ProFicient/Content/Utilities/UtilityImport.htm
- Automated collection services [conditional]: Official training identifies DMS, Data Collection Service and Remote Monitoring Service, while product material references equipment, database and shop-floor integration. Quote the required services, protocols, licenses, monitoring and upgrade ownership. Sources: https://www.advantive.com/support/training/infinity-qs/, https://www.advantive.com/products/infinity-qs-proficient/
- Supplier and process capability monitoring [documented]: The product page describes monitoring raw materials, suppliers and finished products plus process capability. Confirm the data hierarchy, supplier access, characteristic definitions and acceptance decisions in the proposed configuration. Sources: https://www.advantive.com/products/infinity-qs-proficient/
- Compliance and validation support [conditional]: Advantive positions audit trails, reporting and on-premises control as support for ISO 9001, IATF 16949, AS9100 and FDA 21 CFR Part 11 needs. This does not validate the buyer's intended use; contract for applicable evidence, configuration controls and validation responsibilities. Sources: https://www.advantive.com/products/infinity-qs-proficient/, https://www.advantive.com/solutions/spc-software/ensure-compliance/
- Deployment flexibility [conditional]: Current product material mentions on-premises, cloud or hybrid flexibility, while a 2022 release names ProFicient on Demand in a dedicated Azure environment. Require the current sold architecture, version, tenant model, responsibilities and service levels in writing. Sources: https://www.advantive.com/products/infinity-qs-proficient/, https://www.advantive.com/newsroom/infinityqs-introduces-dedicated-proficient-on-demand-in-private-cloud-environment/
- Enact coexistence or migration [conditional]: Advantive describes ProFicient for plant-level on-premises SPC and Enact for enterprise cloud visibility, including use together. Data flow, master data, duplicate logic, history, licensing and migration are not assumed; require a design and test plan. Sources: https://www.advantive.com/products/infinity-qs-proficient/
- Disconnected collection [unverified]: Reviewed sources do not establish client-side buffering, offline prompts, queued writes or deterministic reconciliation when the ODBC database, network or collection service is unavailable.

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Pilot: measurement to reproducible SPC result
1. Prepare an agreed dataset with units, timestamps, part, process and test identifiers, subgrouping, specifications and expected calculations.
2. Load it through the exact manual, gage, file or automated route proposed for production.
3. Reproduce the agreed chart, limits, alarms and capability results and explain every discrepancy.
4. Export the evidence and approve configuration only after quality, operations and IT sign off the calculation and data lineage.

#### Out-of-control and out-of-specification response
1. Trigger one statistical-control-rule signal and one separate specification violation using controlled data.
2. Verify routing, recipients, timestamps and that operators can distinguish the two event types.
3. Require an assignable-cause and corrective-action code, attach the investigation evidence and keep product disposition under authorized quality control.
4. Confirm closure, escalation and follow-up effectiveness without treating code entry as proof of root cause resolution.

#### Data correction and audit-trail challenge
1. Enter a known reading, then edit, disable and attempt to delete it under different roles.
2. Require reason-for-change and verify original and new values, user, time and status in traceability records and reports.
3. Attempt unauthorized changes to data, limits, charts and security configuration.
4. Export the audit evidence and compare it with the buyer's retention, review and electronic-signature requirements.

#### Collector, database and recovery test
1. Run a representative gage or automated feed while recording source sequence and timestamps.
2. Interrupt the collector, network and database separately and document prompts, alarms, local behavior and lost writes.
3. Restore each component and reconcile missing, duplicate, delayed, reordered or corrected records.
4. Execute backup and restore or disaster-recovery evidence and assign operational ownership for monitoring, retries and upgrades.

### Product presentations

- [ProFicient capability analysis report](https://www.advantive.com/solutions/spc-software/spc-features/): Official vendor image of a capability analysis report; data not labelled as sample.
- [ProFicient multiple process stream chart](https://www.advantive.com/solutions/spc-software/spc-features/): Official vendor image of a multi-feature Xbar and range chart; data not labelled as sample.
- [ProFicient wandering mean control chart](https://www.advantive.com/solutions/spc-software/spc-features/): Official vendor image of a wandering mean chart with tool changes; data not labelled sample.

### Questions and answers

#### Is ProFicient the same product as Enact?
No. Advantive presents ProFicient as plant-level and on-premises SPC and Enact as a separate cloud product for enterprise visibility, while also describing use together. Require separate product, data-flow and licensing scope.

#### Is ProFicient only on premises?
Advantive emphasizes ProFicient On-Premise but also mentions cloud or hybrid flexibility and previously announced ProFicient on Demand. Ask which current architecture and version are actually being quoted.

#### Does on-premises ProFicient work offline?
Not necessarily. The documented architecture uses Windows networking and an ODBC data source. Offline buffering and recovery were not established; test database, network and collector outages.

#### Which databases does ProFicient support?
Official help describes ODBC-compliant databases and examples including Access, Oracle, Sybase, SQL Server, Informix and Progress. Confirm the supported matrix for the quoted version; the buyer may need to provide and administer the database engine.

#### Can ProFicient collect automatically from gages or production systems?
Official material describes connected gages and feeds from ERP, automated test equipment, PLCs and sensors. The required services, protocols and custom integration effort must be scoped per source.

#### Can ProFicient schedule quality checks?
Yes. Dynamic Scheduler can prompt for sampling at configured intervals or events and support workflow transitions. It requires database and workstation configuration and should be tested against real shifts and process states.

#### Does ProFicient keep an audit trail?
It can. Official help documents configurable database auditing, original-record retention and reason-for-change fields. These controls must be enabled, tested and reviewed for the intended tables and regulated use.

#### Does ProFicient support corrective-action workflows?
RAMS can require assignable-cause and corrective-action codes for configured events. Buyers should keep investigation quality, product disposition, approvals and effectiveness checks in a governed procedure.

#### Does ProFicient make a process compliant or validated?
No. Advantive describes compliance and validation support, but the buyer remains responsible for intended use, infrastructure, configuration, procedures, testing, approvals and ongoing change control unless a contract assigns specific deliverables.

#### Is a free trial available?
No public ProFicient trial entitlement or duration was verified. The site offers a demo and custom commercial conversation; request a controlled evaluation and its limits in writing.

#### How much does ProFicient cost?
No public numeric price was verified. Advantive requests a customized quote covering licensing and implementation. Include sites, users, workstations, servers, applications, services, database, collectors, migration, validation, training, upgrades and support.

#### Are all help-documented ProFicient components still supported?
Do not assume so. The official FAQ advises discussing upgrades because some applications and services may have been discontinued. Require a versioned supported-components list and lifecycle or migration plan.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-28: Added official collection-mode and deployment sources; separated ProFicient, ProFicient on Demand and Enact boundaries; and limited vendor compliance, validation and performance statements to procurement questions.
- 2026-09-26: Added the Advantive pricing page (checked 26 September 2026): a customised quote, no amount shown.

### Demo questions

- Which exact ProFicient version, applications, services and deployment model are included, supported and licensed?
- Which control charts, capability calculations, alarm rules, subgrouping and short-run or non-normal methods apply to our agreed dataset?
- How are statistical-control signals distinguished from specification violations, and who may change each limit?
- For every source, is collection manual, device-triggered, file-based, database-driven, PLC or test-equipment integration, and which DMS, DCS, EIS, RAMS or REMS component is required?
- What happens to readings, timestamps, order, duplicates, alerts and operator prompts during collector, database or network outages and recovery?
- How are edited, disabled or deleted readings traced, and can reason-for-change be mandatory for our intended use?
- Which roles can collect, edit, disable, delete, change limits, configure charts, close events or administer security?
- How are assignable-cause and corrective-action codes required, reviewed and closed, and can release authority remain outside the system?
- Which database engine, Windows versions, workstation resources, ODBC drivers, backup, disaster-recovery and performance capacity are required?
- Which standards are supported by product features versus which validation evidence, procedures and approvals remain our responsibility?
- What are the supported API, file, database, MES, ERP, PLC, gage and identity integrations, and who owns each connector after upgrades?
- What is the migration and coexistence plan if Enact or another Advantive product is proposed alongside or instead of ProFicient?
- What do licenses cover by user, workstation, server, site, application or service, and what implementation, database, training, upgrade and support costs are additional?

### Primary sources

- [Current ProFicient product, deployment and Enact boundary](https://www.advantive.com/products/infinity-qs-proficient/)
- [Custom pricing request](https://www.advantive.com/pricing/)
- [InfinityQS training and DMS, DCS and remote-service workshop](https://www.advantive.com/support/training/infinity-qs/)
- [Product demonstration request](https://www.advantive.com/get-a-demo/)
- [Manual, semi-automated and automated quality checks](https://www.advantive.com/solutions/spc-software/spc-manufacturing/quality-checks/)
- [ProFicient on Demand announcement and private-cloud context](https://www.advantive.com/newsroom/infinityqs-introduces-dedicated-proficient-on-demand-in-private-cloud-environment/)
- [SPC analysis, comparisons, dashboards and notifications](https://www.advantive.com/solutions/spc-software/spc-features/)
- [Role-oriented quality dashboards and reports](https://www.advantive.com/solutions/spc-software/spc-manufacturing/quality-dashboards/)
- [Compliance, traceability and audit-support positioning](https://www.advantive.com/solutions/spc-software/ensure-compliance/)
- [ProFicient system and ODBC database requirements](https://help.infinityqs.com/help/en/ProFicient/Content/RefSheets/SysReqPF.htm)
- [Dynamic Scheduler sampling and workflow documentation](https://help.infinityqs.com/help/en/ProFicient/Content/DynamicScheduler/DynamicSchedulerOverview.htm)
- [Role and privilege configuration](https://help.infinityqs.com/help/en/ProFicient/Content/DBM/Access/Roles/CreatingRoles.htm)
- [Database auditing, traceability and reason-for-change](https://help.infinityqs.com/help/en/ProFicient/Content/DBM/Auditing/ManagingAuditing.htm)
- [RAMS events, limits, causes, actions and email records](https://help.infinityqs.com/help/en/ProFicient/Content/RAMS/ConfiguringRAMS.htm)
- [Delimited-file Import Utility](https://help.infinityqs.com/help/en/ProFicient/Content/Utilities/UtilityImport.htm)
- [Product FAQ, database compatibility and upgrade cautions](https://help.infinityqs.com/help/en/ProFicient/Content/RefSheets/FAQs.htm)

## Minitab Real-Time SPC

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/minitab-real-time-spc
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: Real-Time SPC, Minitab RTSPC
This profile covers Minitab Real-Time SPC, the cloud/browser process-monitoring product. Minitab Connect is used for automatic collection and archived quality data, while Minitab Statistical Software is positioned for deeper analysis; neither should be assumed commercially included unless the proposal says so. A station shown as offline inside the application is a station state, not proof that the Real-Time SPC browser can collect data without internet access.

Minitab Real-Time SPC provides cloud-based process monitoring for operators, engineers and administrators. Its feature list identifies variable and attribute charts, capability analysis and notifications. The station workflow connects sampling plans, data views and exports; evaluate those steps with your measurement system and responsibility model.

Best-fit starting point: Quality teams evaluating browser-based production monitoring with defined operator and engineering roles.

Check before buying: An internet connection is an explicit requirement for the assessed browser workflow. Statistical validity is not automatic: chart type, rational subgrouping, sampling frequency, control-limit basis, special-cause tests, distribution choice and specification/action limits require competent governance and measurement-system validation. Out-of-control, out-of-specification and out-of-action are distinct conditions and must not be merged into one generic alert. Automatic collection depends on a Minitab Connect table; API streaming is limited to continuous process/output measures and returns successful and failed record counts that the integration must reconcile. Real-Time SPC archives data out of the app to Connect, by default after 90 days with a configurable 1-365-day setting, so in-app reporting range, retention and connected-product entitlement need explicit design. Edited observations recalculate points, tests and metrics, while prior assignable causes/corrective actions can remain after a flag disappears; require audit-history and approval evidence. Alerts notify users but do not prove acknowledgement, containment or closed-loop CAPA. Role defaults are configurable, and access to a station can expose related process information within a group, so least-privilege testing is essential. Product-specific pricing and trial entitlement are not publicly established.

### Pricing

Custom quote. Request a Real-Time SPC-specific quote for users and roles, stations, data sources, implementation, retention and support. The general Minitab pricing page lists other subscriptions and directs real-time monitoring enquiries to sales; those amounts and free-trial offers are not assigned to this product. Confirm any Connect or Statistical Software entitlement separately.

### When the price fits

Consider Minitab Real-Time SPC when browser-based monitoring and distinct operations/engineering roles fit the plant. Prove the source-to-station data path and an agreed response to connection loss before rollout.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [partial]: Product features, system requirements, station documentation and the general pricing page were reviewed. A product-specific starting price or trial entitlement was not established.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.minitab.com/en-us/products/real-time-spc/
- https://www.minitab.com/en-us/products/real-time-spc/features/
- https://www.minitab.com/en-us/products/real-time-spc/system-requirements/
- https://www.minitab.com/en-us/try-buy/

### Offline capabilities

The official Real-Time SPC system requirements explicitly require an internet connection and list Chrome or Chromium Edge. This is classified as connection required for the assessed browser workflow. A station marked offline in the application is not evidence of disconnected browser data capture.

Product scope: Cloud Real-Time SPC monitoring, sampling, role-based dashboards, notifications, data-entry/streaming and exports; Minitab Connect, Statistical Software and implementation services require explicit entitlement and integration scope.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on product testing or customer testimony. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. Confirm the named product, deployment and license scope.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Reproduce a known control chart, capability result and distinct control, specification and entry exceptions from an independently calculated dataset; document every configuration assumption.
  Sources: https://www.minitab.com/en-us/products/real-time-spc/features/, https://support.minitab.com/en-us/real-time-spc/reports-and-dashboards/station-dashboard/, https://support.minitab.com/en-us/real-time-spc/data-imports-and-exports/after-collection/data-warnings-and-errors/
- Usability & adoption: Have operators, supervisors and engineers complete their sampling, exception-review and dashboard tasks with representative permissions, instructions and collection order.
  Sources: https://support.minitab.com/en-us/real-time-spc/component-setup/sampling-plans/define-a-new-sampling-plan/, https://support.minitab.com/en-us/real-time-spc/reports-and-dashboards/available-reports-and-dashboards/
- Implementation & TCO: Price Real-Time SPC roles, stations, environments, storage, source integration, training and support, plus any separately required Connect or Statistical Software entitlement and archival retrieval cost.
  Sources: https://www.minitab.com/en-us/try-buy/, https://support.minitab.com/en-us/real-time-spc/interface-and-admin-settings/data-management/
- Integrations & API: Trace manual, gage, Connect and API records end to end; prove timestamp preservation, unsupported-measure handling, partial-success reconciliation, idempotent retry and export completeness.
  Sources: https://support.minitab.com/en-us/real-time-spc/data-imports-and-exports/overview-of-data-collection-methods/, https://support.minitab.com/en-us/real-time-spc/api-access/station-endpoint-for-data-streaming/, https://support.minitab.com/en-us/real-time-spc/reports-and-dashboards/station-dashboard/
- Security & trust: Test least privilege, inherited scope, API-key handling, edits, immutable history, approvals and archival/deletion controls with representative accounts and retained evidence.
  Sources: https://support.minitab.com/en-us/real-time-spc/interface-and-admin-settings/user-roles-and-permissions/, https://support.minitab.com/en-us/real-time-spc/data-imports-and-exports/after-collection/edit-observations-and-descriptors/, https://support.minitab.com/en-us/real-time-spc/interface-and-admin-settings/data-management/
- Customer voice: No independently verified customer score is assigned. Request references using comparable collection methods and deployment conditions.

### Capability scope

- Variable and attribute control charts [documented]: The published feature list identifies I-MR, XBar-R, XBar-S and I-MR-R/S charts, plus P, NP, C, U and Laney attribute charts with applicable Nelson tests. Buyers should still validate chart selection, rational subgrouping and rule configuration with their own process data. Sources: https://www.minitab.com/en-us/products/real-time-spc/features/
- Normal and non-normal capability analysis [documented]: The feature page lists capability analysis for normal and non-normal data. Distribution choice, process stability, measurement-system adequacy and the basis of specification limits remain buyer-governed validation decisions. Sources: https://www.minitab.com/en-us/products/real-time-spc/features/
- Sampling plans, forms and collection order [documented]: Sampling plans define required measures, use a standard form or configurable check sheet, and can be scheduled, on demand or required at startup. Instructions and collection order can be configured for the operator workflow. Sources: https://support.minitab.com/en-us/real-time-spc/component-setup/sampling-plans/define-a-new-sampling-plan/
- Manual, gage, Connect and API collection paths [conditional]: Official documentation distinguishes manual entry, gage collection, automatic collection from one Minitab Connect table and API streaming. Calculated measures are available with form or gage collection, not automatic or streaming collection; confirm device middleware, Connect entitlement and supported measure type per sampling plan. Sources: https://support.minitab.com/en-us/real-time-spc/data-imports-and-exports/overview-of-data-collection-methods/
- Station API streaming and reconciliation [conditional]: The API uses a key, base URL and endpoint. The station streaming endpoint is documented for continuous process and output measures, with up to 50 subgroups and 1,000 observations per request and separate success and failure counts. The buyer integration must preserve timestamps and descriptors, reconcile partial success and make retries idempotent. Sources: https://support.minitab.com/en-us/real-time-spc/api-access/the-real-time-spc-api/, https://support.minitab.com/en-us/real-time-spc/api-access/station-endpoint-for-data-streaming/
- Role-based access and portals [conditional]: Administrator, Engineer, Supervisor and Operator roles and configurable permissions are documented. Access assignments can expose related product and process information through group and station relationships, so least-privilege behavior must be tested with representative accounts. Sources: https://support.minitab.com/en-us/real-time-spc/interface-and-admin-settings/user-roles-and-permissions/, https://support.minitab.com/en-us/real-time-spc/reports-and-dashboards/available-reports-and-dashboards/
- Station and role-dependent dashboards [documented]: The support library lists station, operator, supervisor and engineering views, including current-performance and process-quality summaries. Availability depends on the user's role and assigned access; dashboard output does not replace validation of the underlying chart configuration. Sources: https://support.minitab.com/en-us/real-time-spc/reports-and-dashboards/available-reports-and-dashboards/, https://support.minitab.com/en-us/real-time-spc/reports-and-dashboards/station-dashboard/
- Configurable email and text notifications [conditional]: Users can subscribe by product, process, station or tag and choose email, text or both, with individual or daily delivery for documented event types. Confirm carrier and regional delivery, escalation, acknowledgement and ownership because a notification is not a closed-loop CAPA record. Sources: https://support.minitab.com/en-us/real-time-spc/interface-and-admin-settings/my-account/, https://www.minitab.com/en-us/products/real-time-spc/features/
- Distinct control, specification, action and entry exceptions [documented]: The station dashboard distinguishes out-of-control from out-of-specification conditions. Data-entry documentation separately describes specification warnings and absolute limits that can reject a manual value or convert an imported value to missing. Buyers should configure and route these conditions separately. Sources: https://support.minitab.com/en-us/real-time-spc/reports-and-dashboards/station-dashboard/, https://support.minitab.com/en-us/real-time-spc/data-imports-and-exports/after-collection/data-warnings-and-errors/
- Observation and descriptor correction [conditional]: Authorized edits rerun plotted points, statistical tests and summary metrics. Previously assigned causes and corrective actions can remain when an edit removes the original flag, so regulated buyers should require an immutable before-and-after history, approvals and reconciliation evidence rather than infer them from recalculation alone. Sources: https://support.minitab.com/en-us/real-time-spc/data-imports-and-exports/after-collection/edit-observations-and-descriptors/
- Assignable-cause and corrective-action context [documented]: Station and editing guidance describes recording assignable causes, corrective actions and comments around flagged data. This operational context should not be represented as a complete quality-event, approval or CAPA system unless the proposed workflow demonstrates those controls. Sources: https://support.minitab.com/en-us/real-time-spc/reports-and-dashboards/station-dashboard/, https://support.minitab.com/en-us/real-time-spc/data-imports-and-exports/after-collection/edit-observations-and-descriptors/
- CSV and Minitab worksheet export [documented]: The station dashboard supports export of the selected period to CSV and Minitab worksheet format. Validate identifiers, timestamps, units, descriptors, limits, exception context and maximum export range against records and downstream analysis requirements. Sources: https://support.minitab.com/en-us/real-time-spc/reports-and-dashboards/station-dashboard/
- Configurable archival to Minitab Connect [conditional]: Real-Time SPC archives older data from the application into Minitab Connect. The documented default is 90 days and the configurable range is 1 to 365 days; increasing the setting does not restore data already archived. Confirm Connect entitlement, retrieval, retention, deletion and reporting effects. Sources: https://support.minitab.com/en-us/real-time-spc/interface-and-admin-settings/data-management/
- Spreadsheet-driven component setup [conditional]: The product page describes Real-Time SPC Autoconfigure reading a process spreadsheet to create or update stations, process steps, inspections, specifications, tolerances, data flows, charts and dashboards. Validate spreadsheet controls, dry-run behavior, update semantics, rollback and change approval before production use. Sources: https://www.minitab.com/en-us/products/real-time-spc/
- Disconnected browser operation [unsupported]: An internet connection is an explicit system requirement for Real-Time SPC. Sources: https://www.minitab.com/en-us/products/real-time-spc/system-requirements/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: independently validated chart and exception routing
1. Prepare an independently calculated dataset containing stable variation, a Nelson-rule signal, a specification-only breach, an action-limit breach and an absolute-limit data-entry error.
2. Configure the proposed chart, rational subgroup, sampling frequency, historical parameters, limits and tests under an authorized engineering account.
3. Compare every plotted value, control limit, capability result and exception classification with the independent reference.
4. Demonstrate that each condition reaches the intended role with its required instruction, ownership, acknowledgement and disposition evidence.

#### Demo exercise: mixed collection and API reconciliation
1. Map representative measures to manual form, check sheet, gage, Connect automatic collection and API streaming, including one measure type that the proposed method does not support.
2. Stream a controlled API request containing valid and invalid observations, timestamps and descriptors near the documented subgroup and observation limits.
3. Reconcile the returned success and failure counts, correct the failures and retry without creating duplicate subgroups or losing source timestamps.
4. Compare the source, station dashboard, Connect path where applicable, and exported CSV or worksheet record by record.

#### Demo exercise: correction, recalculation and retained context
1. Create a flagged observation and record an assignable cause, corrective action and comment under the proposed operator or supervisor role.
2. Have an authorized user change the observation and one descriptor, then verify the chart, tests and summary statistics are recalculated.
3. Confirm whether the original signal disappears and whether its cause and corrective-action context remains, as described by the official guidance.
4. Inspect and export the immutable before-and-after values, actor, timestamp, reason and approval; record any missing audit or approval control as a deployment gap.

#### Demo exercise: connectivity outage, recovery and archival boundary
1. Interrupt browser connectivity and each proposed source path separately, then record what operators see and which manual, gage, Connect or API data is buffered or lost.
2. Restore service and verify ordering, timestamps, duplicates, missed-sample indicators and alert delivery against the source records.
3. In a test environment, use an approved short archival interval and show how moving data to Connect changes in-application dashboards and report ranges.
4. Retrieve or report the archived history through the contracted path and reconcile it with retention, deletion and export requirements.

### Product presentations

- [Process Quality Snapshot with Xbar-R control chart](https://www.minitab.com/en-us/products/real-time-spc/): Official vendor image of the Process Quality Snapshot control chart; data not labelled sample.
- [Process Quality Snapshot capability analysis](https://www.minitab.com/en-us/products/real-time-spc/): Official vendor image of a capability analysis and permissions panel; data not labelled sample.
- [Data collection form with histogram and control chart](https://www.minitab.com/en-us/products/real-time-spc/): Official vendor composite of a collection form, histogram and control chart; sample not labelled.

### Questions and answers

#### Does a Minitab Statistical Software subscription include Real-Time SPC?
The reviewed sources do not establish that entitlement. Request the exact Real-Time SPC subscription and any connected product licenses.

#### Can the Real-Time SPC browser workflow operate without internet?
The official system requirements require an internet connection. Agree procedures for outages and for any separately buffered source data.

#### Can station data be exported?
Station documentation describes CSV and Minitab worksheet (MWX) exports for the selected date range. Test the fields and coverage needed for your records.

#### Which data-collection methods are documented?
Minitab documents manual entry, forms or check sheets, gage collection, automatic collection from one Connect table and station API streaming. Eligibility varies by measure type, and calculated measures are not supported by automatic or streaming collection.

#### What are the important API-streaming boundaries?
The documented station endpoint is for continuous process and output measures, accepts up to 50 subgroups and 1,000 observations per request, and can return separate successful and failed counts. Require idempotent retry and record-level reconciliation.

#### Are out-of-control and out-of-specification the same event?
No. Official station guidance presents them as different exceptions; action-limit events and absolute-limit entry errors are also separate. Configure routing and disposition for each condition.

#### What happens after an observation is edited?
The plotted point, tests and summary statistics are recalculated. Existing assignable causes or corrective actions can remain even when the edited point no longer exceeds a limit, so validate audit history and approval behavior.

#### How long does data remain in the Real-Time SPC application?
Official guidance documents archival to Minitab Connect after 90 days by default, with a configurable 1-to-365-day setting. Data already archived is not restored merely by increasing that setting.

#### Do email or text alerts provide a complete CAPA workflow?
No such conclusion is supported by the reviewed sources. Notifications can announce documented events; buyers must separately prove acknowledgement, escalation, containment, approval and closure controls.

#### Does a station shown as offline prove disconnected data capture?
No. The station dashboard can display an online or offline station state, while the system requirements explicitly require internet access for the browser workflow. Test every outage and recovery path separately.

#### Is public product-specific pricing or a free trial confirmed?
No. The reviewed pricing material does not establish a Real-Time SPC starting price or trial entitlement. Obtain a written quote covering roles, stations, storage, Connect, Statistical Software, implementation and support.

### Demo questions

- Which Real-Time SPC, Connect and Statistical Software licences, roles, stations, environments, storage, implementation and support are included?
- Can we reproduce an independently calculated control chart using identical timestamps, units, subgroup IDs, limits and special-cause rules?
- Who approves chart type, rational subgrouping, sampling frequency, historical parameters and recalculation of control limits?
- How are out-of-control, out-of-specification, out-of-action and absolute-limit data-entry errors distinguished and routed?
- Which sampling plans use manual forms, check sheets, gages, Connect automatic collection or API streaming, and why?
- How does the API integration reconcile partial success, retry safely, preserve timestamps and prevent duplicate subgroups?
- Which measures cannot use automatic collection or streaming, including calculated and attribute measures, and what alternative is required?
- Can an authorized user edit observations, descriptors, causes and corrective actions, and what immutable before/after history is retained?
- What response confirms alert receipt, assigns containment and records disposition, since notifications alone are not CAPA?
- When is data archived from the app to Connect, how does that affect dashboards, and how are retention, deletion and export requirements met?
- What does each role see or change, including inherited access to related products/processes through station and group access?
- What happens to manual, gage, Connect and streamed collection during internet or source failure, and how is missed data recovered and reconciled?

### Primary sources

- [Minitab Real-Time SPC product scope](https://www.minitab.com/en-us/products/real-time-spc/)
- [Published feature list](https://www.minitab.com/en-us/products/real-time-spc/features/)
- [Browser and connectivity requirements](https://www.minitab.com/en-us/products/real-time-spc/system-requirements/)
- [Station dashboard, data editing and export](https://support.minitab.com/en-us/real-time-spc/reports-and-dashboards/station-dashboard/)
- [Minitab pricing and subscription scope](https://www.minitab.com/en-us/try-buy/)
- [Role-dependent reports and dashboards](https://support.minitab.com/en-us/real-time-spc/reports-and-dashboards/available-reports-and-dashboards/)
- [Sampling-plan forms, schedules and collection order](https://support.minitab.com/en-us/real-time-spc/component-setup/sampling-plans/define-a-new-sampling-plan/)
- [Manual, gage, Connect and streaming collection methods](https://support.minitab.com/en-us/real-time-spc/data-imports-and-exports/overview-of-data-collection-methods/)
- [Real-Time SPC API scope](https://support.minitab.com/en-us/real-time-spc/api-access/the-real-time-spc-api/)
- [Station streaming endpoint limits and responses](https://support.minitab.com/en-us/real-time-spc/api-access/station-endpoint-for-data-streaming/)
- [User roles and configurable permissions](https://support.minitab.com/en-us/real-time-spc/interface-and-admin-settings/user-roles-and-permissions/)
- [Notification subscriptions and delivery modes](https://support.minitab.com/en-us/real-time-spc/interface-and-admin-settings/my-account/)
- [Observation edits and statistical recalculation](https://support.minitab.com/en-us/real-time-spc/data-imports-and-exports/after-collection/edit-observations-and-descriptors/)
- [Data archival and Minitab Connect boundary](https://support.minitab.com/en-us/real-time-spc/interface-and-admin-settings/data-management/)
- [Specification warnings and absolute-limit errors](https://support.minitab.com/en-us/real-time-spc/data-imports-and-exports/after-collection/data-warnings-and-errors/)
- [Minitab trust center compliance and certifications page](https://www.minitab.com/en-us/trust-center/compliance/)

## BowTieXP

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/bowtiexp
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: BowTieXP Desktop
BowTieXP is part of Wolters Kluwer Enablon. This profile assesses the desktop modeling product. BowTieXP Enterprise, IncidentXP and the wider Enablon platform have separate scope and entitlements; they are not aliases for this listing.

BowTieXP is the desktop authoring product in Wolters Kluwer's Enablon BowTieXP Suite. It structures hazards, threats, top events, consequences, escalation factors and preventive or mitigative barriers, with configurable attributes, risk matrices, responsibilities and supporting activities. Browser collaboration, operational control monitoring, incident investigation and safety-critical-control monitoring are separately scoped Suite capabilities; buyers should not infer them from the desktop diagram alone.

Best-fit starting point: Process-safety, operational-risk and barrier-management specialists who need governed bowtie authoring and clear risk communication.

Check before buying: A populated or green barrier is a modeled assessment, not proof that a control is available or effective in the field. Define performance criteria, evidence freshness, accountable review and operational decision authority outside the diagram, and contract separately for any live monitoring or assurance workflow.

### Pricing

Custom quote. On 26 September 2026 the Wolters Kluwer BowTieXP page linked "Request quote" to a BowTieXP Enterprise quote form and shows no amount; the former bowtiexp.com address redirects to the BowTieXP Suite page, which also shows no amount. Request the named desktop edition, licence arrangement, support and maintenance, training, report requirements and any Enterprise connection. A desktop trial entitlement was not found on the reviewed pages; the product page links to an Enterprise demo request, so confirm that the session covers the desktop scope you intend to buy.

### When the price fits

Shortlist BowTieXP when the primary need is specialist-led bowtie authoring, analysis and communication. If the desired outcome is multi-site governance, incident learning or live control assurance, require a separately priced architecture and end-to-end demonstration of the relevant Enterprise, IncidentXP or Safety Critical Controls workflow.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [partial]: Official desktop, Enterprise, incident, control-assurance, support, release and download pages were reviewed. Exact edition, modules, deployment, interfaces, maintenance, price and evaluation terms remain proposal questions.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie/bowtiexp
- https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie/support/faq
- https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie/bowtiexp-enterprise
- https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie/bowtiexp/bowtiexp-enterprise-request-quote
- https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie/bowtiexp-solutions
- https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie/support/release-notes

### Offline capabilities

The official FAQ describes local desktop case files and group activation that can continue without network access. This supports a limited desktop use case only; it does not establish offline Enterprise collaboration, synchronized approvals, live evidence feeds or availability of linked external documents. Test activation, editing, attachments, reporting, backup and conflict handling in the exact proposed edition.

Product scope: BowTieXP desktop authoring, analysis and edition-dependent reporting. BowTieXP Enterprise, IncidentXP, Safety Critical Controls, BowTieServer and Enablon Vision integrations require separate entitlement, deployment and version confirmation.

Review scope: Official vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing, operational validation or verified customer testimony. No rating or certification is assigned. Desktop, Enterprise, IncidentXP, Safety Critical Controls, BowTieServer and Enablon Vision capabilities require separate contractual and version confirmation; modeled barrier status is not operational proof.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Modeling depth and quality: Build one agreed hazard scenario, test shared barriers, escalation factors, common-mode dependencies, risk matrices and a controlled revision against the organization's method.
  Sources: https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie/bowtiexp
- Barrier assurance and operational authority: Demonstrate how modeled attributes, dated evidence, inspection findings and operational restrictions remain distinct, with a named human reviewer and escalation path.
  Sources: https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie/bowtiexp, https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie/bowtiexp/audits
- Collaboration, review and history: In the proposed Enterprise configuration, test permissions, concurrent changes, review states, audit history, prior-version retrieval and controlled export.
  Sources: https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie/bowtiexp-enterprise, https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie/support/release-notes
- Incident learning: Trace a fictional incident from evidence and barrier analysis to actions and a separately approved risk-model revision, without allowing the investigation record to rewrite the model automatically.
  Sources: https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie/incidentxp
- Offline desktop resilience: Test activation, editing, attachments, reports, backup, restore and conflict handling without a network connection; document every Enterprise or external-data function that stops.
  Sources: https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie/support/faq, https://www.bowtiexp.com/downloads/bowtiexp/
- Integrations and data freshness: Demonstrate one real control-data feed end to end, including authentication, object mapping, latency, stale-data marking, failure queue, retry and accountable reconciliation.
  Sources: https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie/bowtiexp-enterprise, https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie/bowtiexp-solutions, https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie/support/release-notes
- Security, deployment and records: Inspect identity, roles, file or repository access, hosting, encryption, backup, retention, audit export and recovery for the actual desktop and Enterprise architecture.
  Sources: https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie/support/faq, https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie/bowtiexp-enterprise
- Implementation, support and total cost: Price editions, named modules, users, activation, configuration, migration, integrations, report templates, training, support, maintenance and upgrades separately.
  Sources: https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie/bowtiexp/bowtiexp-enterprise-request-quote, https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie/support, https://www.bowtiexp.com/downloads/bowtiexp/
- Product and edition boundaries: Map every demonstration step to BowTieXP desktop, Enterprise, IncidentXP, Safety Critical Controls, BowTieServer or Enablon Vision and reject functionality that is not named in the quote.
  Sources: https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie, https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie/bowtiexp-solutions
- Customer evidence: No independent customer rating is assigned from vendor documentation. Request references using comparable editions, modules, deployment, industry hazards and governance maturity.

### Capability scope

- Bowtie scenario authoring and visualization [documented]: The desktop product models hazards, threats, top events, consequences and preventive or mitigative barriers in a bowtie view. The software structures the analysis; qualified owners remain responsible for its completeness and validity. Sources: https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie/bowtiexp
- Barrier attributes, accountability and supporting activities [documented]: Official material describes customizable barrier categories, job-title accountability, Safety Management System activities and links from activities to barriers. Demonstrate the governance used to keep these assignments current. Sources: https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie/bowtiexp
- Risk matrices and inherent or residual assessment [documented]: The desktop page describes configurable risk matrices and inherent and residual assessment. It does not establish that a matrix replaces the organization's approved risk method or competent review. Sources: https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie/bowtiexp
- Filtering, terminology and presentation [documented]: The product supports configurable terminology, diagram filtering and views intended to communicate complex risk. Validate required languages, labels, print layouts and accessibility in the installed version. Sources: https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie/bowtiexp, https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie/support/how-tos
- Edition-dependent reports and templates [conditional]: The desktop page distinguishes report capability by edition, including custom templates in the higher edition. Confirm the quoted edition, Office dependencies, export fidelity and whether report customization is included. Sources: https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie/bowtiexp
- Local desktop files and disconnected activation [conditional]: The FAQ describes locally stored case files and a group-activation path that can remain functional without network access. This is not evidence of offline Enterprise synchronization, shared approvals or continued access to externally linked material. Sources: https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie/support/faq
- Central browser repository and collaboration [conditional]: Centralized storage, browser access, collaboration, dashboards and audit workflow are described for BowTieXP Enterprise, not as a desktop entitlement. Confirm named users, permissions, review states, history and hosting in the proposal. Sources: https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie/bowtiexp-enterprise
- Operational barrier performance monitoring [conditional]: Enterprise and Suite pages describe monitoring barrier performance and linking controls to operational data. Availability, latency, status rules, data ownership and exception handling depend on the separately scoped deployment and integrations. Sources: https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie/bowtiexp-enterprise, https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie/bowtiexp-solutions
- Safety-critical-control findings and action closure [conditional]: The separate Safety Critical Controls solution links findings, risks and actions in a closed loop and combines inspections, incident data and maintenance records to monitor barrier performance, with escalation and alerts. Do not treat its features as included with the desktop product. Sources: https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie/bowtiexp/audits
- Incident investigation and learning loop [conditional]: IncidentXP separately documents evidence and timelines, barrier analysis, investigation methods and links from incidents back to bowties. Confirm method, licensing, action governance and the approval path before a finding changes an approved risk model. Sources: https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie/incidentxp, https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie/bowtiexp-solutions
- LOPA in Enterprise scope [conditional]: The Enterprise page lists Layer of Protection Analysis. Confirm the licensed version, calculation method, approval controls and study record; software availability does not replace a qualified LOPA team or organizational standard. Sources: https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie/bowtiexp-enterprise
- Platform integration and API [conditional]: Enterprise and Suite pages describe application or Enablon Vision integration, while release notes show that API and web capabilities are version-specific. Require an interface inventory, supported objects, authentication, error handling and data-freshness demonstration. Sources: https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie/bowtiexp-enterprise, https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie, https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie/support/release-notes
- Supported releases and maintenance-gated upgrades [conditional]: Official downloads and release notes document version-specific changes, and the desktop download page conditions upgrades on valid support and maintenance. Confirm supported versions, upgrade rights, deployment testing and end-of-support obligations. The release-notes page states that notes are no longer published there from version 12 Service Pack 8. Sources: https://www.bowtiexp.com/downloads/, https://www.bowtiexp.com/downloads/bowtiexp/, https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie/support/release-notes, https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie/support
- Automatic proof of barrier effectiveness or safe-operation authority [unverified]: No reviewed source establishes that a diagram color, stored attribute or imported status independently proves field effectiveness or authorizes operation. Preserve accountable human review, source evidence and operational decision rules.

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Governed desktop bowtie creation and revision
1. Create a fictional hazard model with stable identifiers for threats, top event, consequences and preventive or mitigative barriers.
2. Assign accountable roles, supporting activities and agreed barrier attributes, then apply the organization's risk matrix.
3. Run a technical and operational-owner review that challenges missing scenarios, common-mode dependencies and the meaning of each effectiveness state.
4. Approve the revision outside operational decision authority, export the required report and retain the previous model and review record.

#### Enterprise control evidence and exception handling
1. Select one safety-critical control and define its performance standard, owner, evidence source, expected frequency and status rules.
2. Collect an inspection finding or integrated operational datum in the separately scoped Enterprise or Safety Critical Controls workflow.
3. Create a finding and action for missing, overdue or failed evidence without automatically declaring the barrier effective or ineffective.
4. Have the accountable reviewer assess the evidence, record the decision and escalate any operational restriction through the organization's authorized process.

#### Incident investigation to controlled risk-model learning
1. Create a fictional incident in the separately licensed incident solution and assemble evidence, timeline and relevant barrier observations.
2. Apply the contracted investigation method and distinguish failed, missing, ineffective and unknown barriers.
3. Link the investigation findings and actions to the relevant bowtie without silently overwriting its approved risk basis.
4. Route the proposed model change through competent review, record acceptance or rejection and verify action closure independently.

#### Disconnected desktop editing and recovery test
1. Activate the quoted desktop edition using the proposed licensing method and open a controlled local copy of a test case.
2. Disconnect the workstation and edit the model, linked metadata and required report outputs.
3. Reconnect, back up or transfer the file using the organization's governed procedure and inspect conflicts, missing links and version identity.
4. Restore the prior version and document which collaboration, external evidence and approval functions were unavailable offline.

### Product presentations

- [Bowtie diagram with barriers and consequences](https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie/bowtiexp): Official vendor image of a BowTieXP bowtie diagram; example scenario.
- [Barrier effectiveness and accountability fields](https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie/bowtiexp): Official vendor image of barrier effectiveness and accountability roles; example data.
- [Custom terminology dialog](https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie/bowtiexp): Official vendor image of the dialog for editing property descriptions.

### Questions and answers

#### Is BowTieXP the same scope as BowTieXP Enterprise?
No. BowTieXP is the desktop authoring product assessed here. The official material presents Enterprise as a separate browser-based, centralized collaboration and monitoring offering. Require the proposal to name each edition, module, hosting arrangement and user entitlement.

#### Does a green barrier prove that the control is effective?
No. The desktop product can visualize a modeled effectiveness category, but color alone is not field evidence. Define the performance standard, source, freshness rule, accountable reviewer and action required when evidence is absent or contradictory.

#### Can BowTieXP desktop work offline?
The official FAQ supports a limited case for local files and group activation without continuous network access. Test the exact edition for editing, linked documents, reports, backup and recovery. Do not infer offline Enterprise collaboration or synchronized approvals.

#### Is real-time barrier monitoring included with the desktop product?
Not established. Operational-data connections and barrier-performance monitoring are described in Enterprise or Suite material. Treat connectors, status logic, data latency and exception workflows as separately scoped items.

#### Are incident investigations included in BowTieXP desktop?
The vendor presents IncidentXP or the Incident Management solution separately. Its investigation methods, evidence, timelines and actions should not be attributed to a desktop licence unless the contract explicitly includes them.

#### Does a demo or trial offer on the Enterprise or control pages establish a BowTieXP desktop free trial?
No. The reviewed pages offer demo requests for Enterprise or Suite solutions; none states a desktop trial entitlement. Ask for the named product, duration, data treatment, support and post-trial export terms.

#### Is LOPA available in every edition?
The reviewed Enterprise page lists LOPA; the evidence does not establish it as part of every desktop edition. Confirm entitlement, method, calculations and approval controls, and retain qualified study governance.

#### Does BowTieXP have an API?
The official Enterprise and Suite pages describe integrations, and release notes show that web and API capabilities vary by version. Require a supported-interface specification rather than assuming a general-purpose API is included.

#### Are upgrades included?
The official desktop download page states that a valid support and maintenance contract is required to upgrade. Confirm version support, upgrade rights, test environments, migration assistance and any renewed licensing cost.

#### Can the software authorize continued operation when a barrier is impaired?
No reviewed source establishes that authority. The platform can support information and workflow, but accountable operational leaders must apply the organization's approved impairment, escalation and safe-operation rules.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-26: Re-checked on 26 September 2026: the vendor pages route pricing to a quote form and show no amount.
- 2026-09-29: Expanded official-source review and separated desktop modeling from Enterprise collaboration, IncidentXP investigation, Safety Critical Controls assurance and version-dependent integration capabilities.

### Demo questions

- Can we trace one barrier from threat or consequence through its performance criterion, owner, supporting activity, dated evidence and review decision?
- Which exact desktop edition, Enterprise modules, IncidentXP capabilities, Safety Critical Controls functions and integrations are included in the proposal?
- How does the configured status model distinguish modeled effectiveness, verified evidence, overdue assurance, impairment and unknown data?
- Can an incident finding propose a bowtie change without silently overwriting the approved risk model, and who approves that change?
- Which authoring, attachment, report, recovery and licensing steps work during a real network outage in the proposed desktop configuration?
- What versions, APIs, data objects, authentication methods, latency targets, error queues and ownership apply to each live evidence source?
- How are permissions, history, audit records, backups, retention and exports managed in the actual desktop or Enterprise deployment?
- What support, maintenance, upgrade, training, migration and report-template costs sit outside the initial quote?

### Primary sources

- [Wolters Kluwer BowTieXP: desktop authoring, barrier analysis, responsibilities, risk matrices and edition-dependent reporting; checked 29 September 2026](https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie/bowtiexp)
- [Wolters Kluwer: BowTieXP Enterprise quote request; no public numeric price shown; checked 29 September 2026](https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie/bowtiexp/bowtiexp-enterprise-request-quote)
- [Wolters Kluwer support FAQ: desktop files, activation, installation and Enterprise distinctions](https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie/support/faq)
- [Wolters Kluwer BowTieXP Enterprise: centralized browser repository, collaboration, dashboards, audit workflow, LOPA and integration scope](https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie/bowtiexp-enterprise)
- [Official BowTieXP downloads portal: product-specific installers and release access](https://www.bowtiexp.com/downloads/)
- [Wolters Kluwer BowTieXP Suite overview: separate risk, incident and safety-critical-control solution areas](https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie/bowtiexp-solutions)
- [Wolters Kluwer IncidentXP: structured investigation methods, evidence, actions and incident-to-bowtie learning](https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie/incidentxp)
- [Wolters Kluwer Safety Critical Controls: risk-based surveys, findings, actions and control-integrity monitoring](https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie/bowtiexp/audits)
- [Wolters Kluwer Enablon BowTieXP Suite: product family, platform connection and module navigation](https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie)
- [Wolters Kluwer release notes: version-specific desktop, Enterprise, web-editor and API changes](https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie/support/release-notes)
- [Wolters Kluwer BowTie support center: supported-product and maintenance route](https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie/support)
- [Wolters Kluwer BowTie how-to center: official product learning and usage guidance](https://www.wolterskluwer.com/en/solutions/enablon/bowtie/support/how-tos)
- [Official BowTieXP desktop download page: current desktop release and support/maintenance upgrade condition](https://www.bowtiexp.com/downloads/bowtiexp/)

## ChemGes

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/chemges
Sources checked: 2026-10-11
ChemGes is DR-Software's chemical classification, SDS and label authoring application. MSDS+ is a separately described companion for document catalogs; it is not an alternate name for ChemGes or evidence of a complete workplace EHS platform.

ChemGes maintains formulation information and supports SDS and label preparation for selected markets. Evaluate input provenance, review decisions and controlled outputs in the proposed installation. Language coverage and automated calculations do not replace specialist assessment of a particular product.

Best-fit starting point: Chemical manufacturers, formulators and distributors maintaining their own product safety documentation.

Check before buying: Confirm country and language coverage, qualified review, custom imports and maintenance conditions. A successful document generation is not a verified compliance outcome.

### Pricing

Price list on request; custom quote. On 26 September 2026 the DR Software contact page offered an "Information folder with price list" and a cost-free demonstration through a request form, and the page shows no amount; the English site navigation has no pricing page. The page states that sales and delivery are handled exclusively by the head office in Austria. Quote users, country/language scope, labels, imports, training and maintenance. The download portal warns that applying updates after maintenance ends can disable printing and file output; confirm the exact contractual scenario.

### When the price fits

Evaluate the full cost against repeated authored outputs, revision review and distribution needs. If the task is only worker access to supplier PDFs, price an SDS library separately. Include internal specialist time, data migration, configuration and ongoing maintenance.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-02 [partial]: A demonstration and price information can be requested. License amounts and complete entitlements remain unverified; review maintenance, updates and output rights before purchase.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://dr-software.com/en/contact.html
- https://dr-software.com/en/downloads.html
- https://dr-software.com/en/general-description.html

### Offline workflow not verified

Disconnected authoring was not established in the reviewed documentation. Windows and network deployment do not prove every task works without its data or licensing services; the vendor describes remote access for home-office use. Demonstrate the proposed local/server arrangement, file paths, restart and export, and assess email distribution and PCN transfer separately.

Product scope: DR-Software ChemGes authoring and product-stewardship workflows. Confirm labels, country/language configurations, distribution, PCN use and any MSDS+ companion separately in the proposal.

Review scope: Review of official product documentation, not hands-on classification testing or customer testimony. No compliance certification or numeric rating is assigned. Applicability, content currency, configuration and expert review need independent confirmation.

Trial status: request-only. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Trace one source change through the formulation, classification review and issued document history.
  Sources: https://dr-software.com/en/preparations-database.html, https://dr-software.com/en/safety-data-sheets.html
- Usability & adoption: Have an author and reviewer resolve the same deliberately incomplete record and untranslated phrase.
  Sources: https://dr-software.com/en/safety-data-sheets.html
- Implementation & TCO: Quote configuration, data cleanup, training and maintenance alongside the license and output rights.
  Sources: https://dr-software.com/en/contact.html, https://dr-software.com/en/downloads.html
- Integrations & API: Request field mapping, error handling and ownership for the tailored import and each downstream export.
  Sources: https://dr-software.com/en/general-description.html
- Security & trust: Check access to formulations, backup/restore, review controls and retained issued files in the contracted deployment.
  Sources: https://dr-software.com/en/general-description.html, https://dr-software.com/en/safety-data-sheets.html
- Customer voice: No independently verified rating is assigned. Request references with comparable languages, source-data complexity and deployment.

### Capability scope

- Formulation and source-data records [documented]: Preparations can contain raw materials or intermediate formulations; the page describes earlier composition and version administration. Test your own source-data provenance and incomplete inputs. Sources: https://dr-software.com/en/preparations-database.html
- Classification and document generation [documented]: Separate classification tools and SDS/label outputs are described. Require a specialist to verify the proposed market rules and distinguish entered, calculated and estimated values. Sources: https://dr-software.com/en/classifications.html, https://dr-software.com/en/safety-data-sheets.html, https://dr-software.com/en/labels.html
- Revision and recipient handling [documented]: The SDS page lists changed-section marking, old-version retention, customer links and resend functions. Demonstrate the approval arrangement and unsuccessful delivery behavior. Sources: https://dr-software.com/en/safety-data-sheets.html
- Languages and content configuration [conditional]: The vendor lists 39 standard-phrase languages. Confirm the required language/market combination, custom text and licensed configuration; translated phrases alone do not validate a document. Sources: https://dr-software.com/en/safety-data-sheets.html
- Data exchange [conditional]: ANSI text exchange and export routines are described; imports are customer-specific. No ready-made connector or public REST API is established by this review. Sources: https://dr-software.com/en/general-description.html, https://dr-software.com/en/preparations-database.html
- PCN preparation and transfer [conditional]: The vendor describes dossier generation and portal transfer, with PCN features available under an active maintenance contract. Confirm current entitlement, entity credentials and status handling; no live submission was tested. Sources: https://dr-software.com/en/pcn-notification.html
- Disconnected authoring [unverified]: Local Windows deployment does not establish a complete offline workflow; server access, licensing, files and remote sessions need separate testing.
- Raw-material reference and screening data [documented]: The reference database covers substances, identifiers, properties, classifications, regulatory lists and transport data. It excludes mixtures; missing materials, translations and separately copyrighted values remain buyer responsibilities. Sources: https://dr-software.com/en/raw-materials-database.html
- Work-area Internal Plant Instructions [documented]: ChemGes can create instructions in 17 languages and maintain multiple instructions for one substance by work area or type. Confirm jurisdiction, wording, approval and employee delivery. Sources: https://dr-software.com/en/internal-plant-instructions.html
- Exposure Scenario templates and SDS linkage [documented]: The guide documents scenario creation from an SDS, reusable templates, multiple links and automatic population. Experts must validate applicability and consistency; no automated regulatory approval is established. Sources: https://dr-software.com/pdf/Exposure_Scenarios_EN.pdf, https://dr-software.com/en/safety-data-sheets.html

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: source change to reviewed SDS revision
1. Use a fictional product with named formulation and source-document revisions.
2. Generate two agreed market/language outputs and leave one custom phrase untranslated.
3. Revise one source input and identify affected documents without overwriting the issued copies.
4. Review the change and simulate a failed recipient delivery; export versions, decisions and distribution status.

#### Demo exercise: reusable Exposure Scenario to reviewed SDS annex
1. Create a fictional scenario template for a defined use and link it to a test formulation.
2. Populate it from the SDS and introduce one conflicting operating condition.
3. Have a qualified reviewer resolve it and confirm the source template was not overwritten.
4. Change one SDS value and re-review the linked scenario before issue.

#### Demo exercise: one substance to work-area-specific instructions
1. Select a fictional substance with agreed handling and emergency information.
2. Create separate instructions for two work areas and a second-language version.
3. Have the local owner compare each instruction with the SDS and flag an unsuitable statement.
4. Correct it and export the issued instructions while preserving the rejected draft outside the issued set.

### Product presentations

- [Preparation screen with GHS classification](https://dr-software.com/pdf/ChemGes_Demonstration_EN.pdf): Official vendor screenshot of the ChemGes preparation screen with its GHS classification and transport entries. Sample data.
- [Label input screen](https://dr-software.com/pdf/ChemGes_Demonstration_EN.pdf): Official vendor screenshot of the ChemGes label input window with description, signal word and hazard statements. Sample data.

### Questions and answers

#### Is ChemGes a supplier-SDS library or an authoring product?
This profile focuses on classification, formulation records and preparation of your own safety documents. If the need is worker retrieval of supplier documents, assess library access separately. MSDS+ is a companion document-catalog application.

#### Does a free demonstration mean a free software trial?
No. The official contact page offers a cost-free demonstration. A self-service evaluation license or free production edition was not verified.

#### What should we check when a maintenance contract ends?
Ask for written terms for the installed version, support, content access and outputs. The vendor warning specifically concerns updates applied after maintenance has ended; it does not justify a blanket claim that every existing installation immediately loses printing.

#### Does Windows deployment prove offline operation?
No. Test the exact installation and dependencies with connections removed. Local authoring, remote access, email distribution and regulatory transfer have different connectivity needs.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-26: Re-checked on 26 September 2026: the price list is sent on request and the site shows no amount.

### Demo questions

- Can we trace a generated SDS to the exact formulation revision, source data and regulatory content version used?
- Can we configure market and language separately, flag an untranslated custom phrase and preserve the review decision?
- Can we identify affected SDSs and labels after a source or formulation change while retaining the previous issued versions?
- Can we distinguish an approved document, a distribution attempt and an unresolved delivery, and export that history?
- Which authoring, review, export and distribution steps work without each required connection, and what changes when maintenance or content support ends?
- Which language and country configurations, tailored imports, label outputs, PCN use and MSDS+ services are included in the ChemGes proposal?

### Primary sources

- [Pricing information and demonstration requests](https://dr-software.com/en/contact.html)
- [ChemGes product and deployment overview](https://dr-software.com/en/general-description.html)
- [Formulation records and versions](https://dr-software.com/en/preparations-database.html)
- [Classification scope](https://dr-software.com/en/classifications.html)
- [SDS revisions, languages and distribution](https://dr-software.com/en/safety-data-sheets.html)
- [Label templates and output](https://dr-software.com/en/labels.html)
- [PCN workflow and maintenance condition](https://dr-software.com/en/pcn-notification.html)
- [Update eligibility and output limitations](https://dr-software.com/en/downloads.html)
- [Remote-access deployment note](https://dr-software.com/en/)
- [Raw-material reference data and coverage limits](https://dr-software.com/en/raw-materials-database.html)
- [Internal Plant Instructions by work area and language](https://dr-software.com/en/internal-plant-instructions.html)
- [Exposure Scenario templates and SDS linkage](https://dr-software.com/pdf/Exposure_Scenarios_EN.pdf)
- [ChemGes brief introduction (PDF)](https://dr-software.com/pdf/ChemGes_Demonstration_EN.pdf)

## Novara Flex

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/novara-flex
Sources checked: 2026-10-10
Also known as: KPA Flex
Novara Flex is the former KPA Flex. KPA announced the separation of Flex and Risk Management Center into Novara on 27 January 2026; KPA retained its automotive focus. This profile covers Flex, not KPA automotive services or the separate Risk Management Center product.

Novara Flex combines EHS records with configurable workflows and learning management. Evaluate it using one inspection finding, an assigned action and the evidence needed to verify the result. Training completion and action closure need separate acceptance criteria.

Best-fit starting point: Safety teams connecting site inspections, accountable follow-up and role-based learning across field operations.

Check before buying: Confirm the licensed EHS and training scope, offline preparation, translation limits and practical assessment arrangements. Course completion does not establish competence or prove an action effective.

### Pricing

Quote-based all-in-one subscription. On 2 October 2026 novara.com still had no pricing page (/pricing returned its not-found page), and no amount appeared on the Flex EHS page. A site search for "pricing" returned blog posts, a training course and content pages, none a pricing page; in its excerpt of Novara's own product comparison, Flex's pricing model is given as an all-in-one subscription, quote-based. Request the EHS and training entitlements, worker/reviewer access, course licensing, multilingual narration, implementation, integrations and renewal terms in writing.

### When the price fits

Compare the complete quote with the effort to route a finding, collect corrective evidence and maintain required learning. Include configuration and internal review time; a large course library alone does not establish useful coverage for the tasks and languages you need.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-02 [partial]: Subscription model and demo request are documented. The reviewed vendor comparison is used only for Flex identity and its stated pricing model; competitor claims and third-party ratings are not adopted. Exact bundle and contract terms remain unverified.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://novara.com/blog/novara-flex-vs-ehs-insight-which-ehs-platform-is-right-for-your-organization-2026/
- https://novara.com/request-a-demo-novara-flex/
- https://novara.com/ehs-software/multilingual/
- https://novara.com/?s=pricing

### Partial offline support

The mobile app documents offline inspections, incident capture and assigned training, with later synchronization. Resources must be marked for offline access and downloaded in advance. Offline forms and PDF/video/image content are not automatically translated. Verify preparation, supported course formats, restart, conflict handling and reviewer approvals on the actual device; a complete disconnected approval workflow was not established.

Product scope: Flex EHS and Flex Training are the focus of this review. Contractor Risk, Sustainability, Quality Essentials and Risk Management Center require their own scope and commercial confirmation; their appearance on the vendor site does not establish inclusion in a Flex proposal.

Review scope: Official-source research, not hands-on software testing or independent customer testimony. Proposed exercises are editorial acceptance checks. No numeric rating, guaranteed safety outcome or product certification is assigned.

Trial status: request-only. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Trace one recurring finding through assignment, correction, review and the final follow-up decision.
  Sources: https://novara.com/ehs-software/workflow-engine/
- Usability & adoption: Have a learner and reviewer use the intended device, language and connection conditions with deliberately incomplete evidence.
  Sources: https://novara.com/ehs-software/mobile-app/, https://novara.com/ehs-software/multilingual/
- Implementation & TCO: Price the required modules, content rights, configuration and ongoing administration using a written scope.
  Sources: https://novara.com/request-a-demo-novara-flex/, https://novara.com/blog/novara-flex-vs-ehs-insight-which-ehs-platform-is-right-for-your-organization-2026/
- Integrations & API: Demonstrate one employee or training-data exchange, including a rejected record and a safe retry.
  Sources: https://novara.com/ehs-software/api/
- Security & trust: Review tenant permissions, integration tokens, retention, hosting and contract evidence for the proposed deployment. No certification is inferred here.
  Sources: https://novara.com/ehs-software/api/, https://novara.com/ehs-software/resource-management/
- Customer voice: No independently verified rating is assigned. Request references with comparable field connectivity, worker languages and training administration.

### Capability scope

- Inspection and incident capture [documented]: The mobile app supports forms with photo and location evidence. Offline records are retained on the device for later synchronization; demonstrate incomplete uploads and corrections. Sources: https://novara.com/ehs-software/mobile-app/
- Action ownership and review history [documented]: The workflow engine describes owners, due dates, signatures, attachments and a timestamped history. Configure the reviewer decision and verify what happens when evidence is rejected. Sources: https://novara.com/ehs-software/workflow-engine/
- Assigned learning and completion records [documented]: Flex Training describes group/location assignments, customized lessons and completion tracking. A practical assessment or task authorization needs its own defined evidence and responsible reviewer. Sources: https://novara.com/safety-compliance-training/
- Finding-to-training automation [conditional]: Workflow and training tools are documented separately. Demonstrate the actual trigger, affected worker group, duplicate prevention and handling of a later procedure revision; an automatic end-to-end link was not verified. Sources: https://novara.com/ehs-software/workflow-engine/, https://novara.com/safety-compliance-training/
- Offline resources and language boundaries [conditional]: Mark resources for offline download. Automatic translation excludes offline forms, PDFs, videos and images; narration has a separate add-on condition. Review the actual content workers will receive. Sources: https://novara.com/ehs-software/resource-management/, https://novara.com/ehs-software/multilingual/
- Integration and data portability [conditional]: The API page describes token-authenticated JSON/CSV exchange, including employee, training, inspection and form-response data. Confirm endpoint coverage, permissions, limits and error recovery for the proposed connection. Sources: https://novara.com/ehs-software/api/
- Disconnected approval and competence verification [unverified]: The reviewed documentation does not establish every approval, practical assessment or authorization step without connectivity. Test these independently from offline capture and course completion.
- Incident investigation and OSHA recordkeeping [documented]: Flex documents mobile injury, near-miss and property-damage reporting, notifications, root-cause investigation, assigned corrective actions and OSHA 300, 300A and 301 logs. A competent reviewer must still determine recordability and jurisdictional applicability. Sources: https://novara.com/ehs-software/incident-management/, https://novara.com/ehs-software/reporting-dashboards/
- Configurable forms and submission routing [documented]: Administrators can build forms with required questions, conditional logic, attachments and templates, then route submissions into approvals, corrective actions and notifications. Demonstrate version control, permissions and rejected or partial submissions before replacing controlled forms. Sources: https://novara.com/ehs-software/compliance-forms/, https://novara.com/ehs-software/workflow-engine/
- Operational dashboards and report drill-down [documented]: Reporting connects field submissions, findings and incidents to configurable dashboards with filters, drill-down and formatted exports. Confirm metric definitions, refresh timing, access controls and included reports. Sources: https://novara.com/ehs-software/reporting-dashboards/
- SDS library, field retrieval and secondary labels [conditional]: SDS Manager is described with a searchable library, distribution of updated sheets, mobile and offline retrieval, and GHS secondary-container label printing. Confirm quote inclusion, test synchronization on prepared offline devices and have competent reviewers validate translated safety information and labels. Sources: https://novara.com/ehs-software/sds-management/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: repeated finding to verified follow-up
1. Use a fictional recurring inspection finding and identify the affected task, site and workers.
2. Assign an action owner and reviewer; decide whether training is relevant to the cause before assigning a lesson.
3. Complete prepared learning on one disconnected device and inspect the synchronization result.
4. Retain a failed practical review or recurring finding after course completion; export the unresolved evidence and decision history.

#### Demo exercise: incident report to reviewed regulatory record
1. Submit a fictional near-miss from a prepared mobile device with a photo, location and deliberately incomplete field.
2. Verify supervisors receive the alert and route the report through investigation, root-cause review and an assigned corrective action.
3. Reject insufficient corrective evidence once, resubmit it and confirm ownership, timestamps and decision history remain visible.
4. Generate the related OSHA output where applicable and have the responsible reviewer verify classification, calculations and retained evidence.

#### Demo exercise: site trend to accountable follow-up
1. Create a controlled inspection or near-miss form with a required question, conditional follow-up logic and an attachment.
2. Submit records from two fictional sites, including one overdue follow-up and one rejected submission.
3. Filter the dashboard by site and issue type, drill from the metric to underlying records and export the result for review.
4. Confirm an unrelated user cannot view restricted incident details and the overdue action stays open until accepted evidence is reviewed.

### Product presentations

- [Workflow builder with review steps](https://novara.com/ehs-software/workflow-engine/): Official vendor image of the Novara Flex workflow builder with an incident report review step; sample data.
- [Active training status table](https://novara.com/safety-compliance-training/): Official vendor image of the Novara Flex active training table with assign and track actions; sample data.

### Questions and answers

#### Is Novara Flex the same listing as KPA Flex?
Novara identifies Flex as the former KPA Flex. The January 2026 business separation created Novara for Flex and Risk Management Center, while KPA continued with automotive compliance. This profile does not combine those separate products and services.

#### Does offline support include automatic translation of everything?
No. The multilingual page excludes offline forms and PDF, video and image content from automatic translation. Prepare and inspect the required language materials on the actual device.

#### Does a completed course verify a corrective action?
No. Set separate evidence for learning completion, any practical assessment and the follow-up decision. The proposed demo deliberately retains a recurring finding after a course is completed.

#### Is there a verified free trial or published starting price?
A personalized demo and quote-based subscription are documented. No self-service free trial or numeric starting price is assigned by this review.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-26: Re-checked on 26 September 2026: novara.com has no pricing page and the Flex EHS page shows no amount; Novara's own comparison lists Flex as a quote-based all-in-one subscription, so the price status is recorded as no amount shown rather than not established.
- 2026-09-29: Expanded the evidence review with official Novara documentation for configurable forms, incident investigation, OSHA recordkeeping, operational dashboards and SDS management; added buyer exercises that separately test regulatory review, permissions and evidence-based closure.
- 2026-10-02: Re-read all 15 sources on 2 October 2026; no pricing page or amount still shown, identity unchanged. Corrected the unverified capability to carry no source URLs.

### Demo questions

- Can we keep the original inspection finding, action owner, due date and rejected evidence visible through reassignment and closure?
- Can we connect a finding to the correct worker group and lesson revision, showing whether the training assignment is manual, configured or integrated?
- Can we prepare a device, work offline, restart it and reconcile inspections, attachments and supported training records after reconnecting?
- Which forms and course materials remain in the required language offline, and which PDFs, videos, images or narration need separate preparation or licensing?
- Can we retain a failed practical assessment or repeated finding after a learner completes the course, without automatically treating the action as effective?
- Which Flex modules, worker and reviewer access, course rights, API services and implementation tasks are included in the quote, and can we export the decision history?

### Primary sources

- [No pricing page; site search for pricing : checked 26 September 2026](https://novara.com/?s=pricing)
- [Flex identity and stated subscription model (vendor-authored comparison)](https://novara.com/blog/novara-flex-vs-ehs-insight-which-ehs-platform-is-right-for-your-organization-2026/)
- [Flex EHS product scope](https://novara.com/ehs-software/)
- [KPA announcement: creation of Novara](https://hs.kpa.io/blog/kpa-separates-businesses-launching-novara-to-serve-high-risk-industries)
- [Mobile capture and synchronization](https://novara.com/ehs-software/mobile-app/)
- [Workflow ownership and review history](https://novara.com/ehs-software/workflow-engine/)
- [Flex Training and learning records](https://novara.com/safety-compliance-training/)
- [Multilingual coverage and exclusions](https://novara.com/ehs-software/multilingual/)
- [Resource preparation for offline access](https://novara.com/ehs-software/resource-management/)
- [API data exchange](https://novara.com/ehs-software/api/)
- [Personalized demo request](https://novara.com/request-a-demo-novara-flex/)
- [Incident investigation, alerts and OSHA recordkeeping](https://novara.com/ehs-software/incident-management/)
- [Configurable dashboards, filters and regulatory reports](https://novara.com/ehs-software/reporting-dashboards/)
- [Custom compliance forms, conditional logic and routing](https://novara.com/ehs-software/compliance-forms/)
- [SDS library, offline retrieval and GHS labels](https://novara.com/ehs-software/sds-management/)
- [Novara trust center](https://trust.novara.com/)

## Wastebits

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/wastebits
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
This profile covers Wastebits waste profiles, manifests and related scale-ticket workflows. Wastebits Insights is a separate market-data product; Wastebits Locator is a public directory. Neither establishes the capabilities or entitlements of a waste-operations subscription.

Wastebits connects waste-stream approvals, shipping documentation and scale tickets for generators, service providers and receiving facilities. Its documented EPA integration serves a US manifest workflow. Evaluate the permissions, status changes and supporting evidence needed for your specific sites and waste streams.

Best-fit starting point: Waste generators and receiving facilities coordinating approvals, manifests and weighing evidence, particularly where US EPA e-Manifest integration is required.

Check before buying: Confirm jurisdiction, modules and each participating company's permissions. Non-hazardous and Hybrid EPA e-Manifest signature, correction and status rules are not interchangeable. A facility-signed or Received manifest does not by itself prove final treatment or recovery. Document storage is not proof of immutable retention, and two-factor authentication is not a security certification. Offline operation and equivalent UK or EU regulatory connections remain unverified.

### Pricing

Contact vendor for a scoped quote. On 26 September 2026 wastebits.com had no pricing page (/pricing returned its 404 page, which says the site was restructured), and no licence amount appeared on the waste management, manifest, e-Manifest or scale-house software pages; buyers are routed to a demo request or Contact Sales. The e-Manifest page's savings example concerns EPA submission fees, not the software price. Request modules, facilities, internal/external roles, manifest volumes, managed services, scale connections, migration and support separately.

### When the price fits

Assess the effort to renew a waste approval, reconcile one movement and correct its records across parties. Compare that demonstrated workflow with the full software, processing and integration quote. A manifest tool and a disposal service are different purchases.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [partial]: A demo request is available. License amounts, billing structure, included modules and a self-service trial were not established. No historical EPA fee or marketing savings figure is treated as a software price.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://wastebits.com/demo
- https://wastebits.com/products
- https://wastebits.com/products/e-manifest-software

### Offline workflow not verified

A disconnected capture, signature and synchronization workflow was not established in the reviewed sources. Wastebits describes web-based access; a downloadable manifest PDF does not prove offline application support. Demonstrate preparation, loss of connection, recovery and duplicate prevention, and check EPA submission separately.

Product scope: Waste profiles and facility approvals, hazardous and non-hazardous manifest workflows, US EPA Hybrid e-Manifest integration, scale-house records, role-scoped manifest documents and portal identity controls where quoted. Scope every component, company role and managed processing service separately. Wastebits Insights, the Locator directory, disposal services and unsupported jurisdictional interfaces are outside this software review.

Review scope: Official Wastebits product and support documentation, not hands-on waste classification, regulatory submission, security assessment or product testing. Recent support articles establish available controls but not configuration in every customer portal. Non-hazardous and Hybrid e-Manifest rules remain distinct. Proposed exercises are editorial acceptance checks; no compliance guarantee, immutable-retention claim, certification, numeric price or independent customer rating is inferred.

Trial status: request-only. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Follow one shipment through a quantity mismatch, signature and correction while preserving the unresolved evidence.
  Sources: https://wastebits.com/support/doc/76093, https://wastebits.com/support/doc/76089
- Usability & adoption: Have the generator, transporter and receiver perform their own tasks with deliberately incomplete records.
  Sources: https://wastebits.com/products/waste-manifest-software
- Implementation & TCO: Quote sites, components, onboarding, processing services and ongoing external-system costs separately.
  Sources: https://wastebits.com/demo, https://wastebits.com/products
- Integrations & API: Check EPA connection ownership and the actual scale/data interface, error response and retry behavior. No general-purpose API coverage is inferred.
  Sources: https://wastebits.com/support/doc/76080, https://wastebits.com/products/scale-house-software
- Security & trust: Confirm party permissions, integration credential handling, record retention, hosting and contractual evidence. No certification is assigned by this review.
  Sources: https://wastebits.com/support/doc/76080, https://wastebits.com/support/doc/31081
- Customer voice: No independently verified rating is assigned. Request references with comparable party roles, waste streams and jurisdictions.
- Signature authority and party separation: Test non-hazardous and Hybrid e-Manifest signing as separate workflows. Record who may sign for each company, the authority evidence, sequence, timestamp, correction and re-acknowledgement behavior. Do not infer EPA CROMERR behavior from the non-hazardous signing guide.
  Sources: https://wastebits.com/support/doc/29608, https://wastebits.com/support/doc/76089, https://wastebits.com/support/doc/76080
- Document governance and identity controls: Verify document visibility, metadata leakage, upload and deletion permissions, version and access history, retention, legal hold, malware handling and complete export. Exercise portal-enforced two-factor authentication and recovery across internal and external companies. Published features do not establish immutable retention, SSO or certification.
  Sources: https://wastebits.com/support/doc/82092, https://wastebits.com/support/doc/197915, https://wastebits.com/support/doc/197934

### Capability scope

- Waste-stream approval and renewal [documented]: Custom profiles, supporting documents, approval history and expiry/renewal communication are described. Confirm the required classification inputs and receiving-facility review; a profile is not an independent waste determination. Sources: https://wastebits.com/products/waste-management-software
- Manifest preparation and party signatures [documented]: The manifest offering describes linked waste streams, transporter details, signatures and printable outputs. Hazardous and non-hazardous workflows have different conditions; demonstrate the one being purchased. Sources: https://wastebits.com/products/waste-manifest-software
- US EPA status and correction handling [conditional]: Wastebits documents a mapping between its own status and RCRAInfo status. Post-signature corrections require appropriate permissions and further acknowledgement. Demonstrate both systems’ records and the responsible signer, rather than treating a saved edit as a completed correction. Sources: https://wastebits.com/support/doc/76093, https://wastebits.com/support/doc/76089, https://wastebits.com/support/doc/76080
- Scale-ticket linkage [conditional]: Scale-house tools can link weighing records with approved profiles and manifests. Confirm the scale interface, units, identifiers and separate access to commercial details in the proposed configuration. Sources: https://wastebits.com/products/scale-house-software
- Facility data export [conditional]: The export help article is for Facility Portal Admins and Facility Site Admins at facility-site level. It covers waste streams, scale tickets and manifests. Generator access, attachments, signatures and a complete history package require separate confirmation. Sources: https://wastebits.com/support/doc/31081
- Disconnected work and other jurisdictions [unverified]: The reviewed sources do not establish offline signatures/sync or a complete UK or EU regulatory interface. Use the exact country, waste type, transport parties and connection scenario in the demo.
- Ordered non-hazardous signatures and delegated signing boundary [conditional]: The non-hazardous manifest guide documents an ordered Generator, Transporter and Facility signature sequence and says a user in the Generator or Service Provider company can sign for the Generator. These are non-hazardous workflow rules and should not be transferred to Hybrid EPA e-Manifests. Confirm signer identity, authority evidence, proxy policy, timestamp handling and the audit record for each party. Sources: https://wastebits.com/support/doc/29608
- Manifest attachment storage with company visibility choices [conditional]: Wastebits documents manifest uploads with visibility choices for all participating companies, facility and billing companies, or only the uploading facility company, across several file types. Confirm who may change visibility or delete a document, whether prior versions and access events remain auditable, malware controls, storage limits, retention and post-contract export. This is document storage, not evidence of an immutable regulatory archive. Sources: https://wastebits.com/support/doc/82092
- Cross-record document search and shared library [conditional]: The 2026 Document Hub supports permission-filtered browsing, search and filters across documents attached to waste streams, manifests, forms, sites and companies, plus a portal shared library. Upload and delete controls depend on permissions. Confirm that users cannot discover restricted metadata, and verify versioning, audit history, retention, legal hold and complete export because those controls are not established by the guide. Sources: https://wastebits.com/support/doc/197915
- Two-factor authentication [conditional]: Wastebits documents email-code and authenticator-app verification, backup codes, optional every-login prompts and portal-wide enforcement. Confirm administrator roles, recovery and support override, enforcement for external companies, session timeout, audit events and compatibility with any quoted SSO. This feature does not by itself establish a security certification or complete identity-governance program. Sources: https://wastebits.com/support/doc/197934

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: shipment, receipt and unresolved evidence
1. Create a fictional waste profile and shipment with separate internal and regulatory identifiers.
2. Link a receipt in another mass unit, keeping the original values and calculation visible.
3. Correct a signed record using the proposed roles and inspect the external status and acknowledgement.
4. Retain missing treatment/recovery evidence as unresolved, then export the shipment history as a generator and a facility reviewer.

#### Demo exercise: waste-profile renewal to controlled shipment
1. Start from an approved fictional waste profile with supporting documents, an expiry date and a prior approval history.
2. Change a material classification or disposal field, submit the renewal and have the receiving facility compare the current version with the last approved version before approving or rejecting it with a reason.
3. Create a shipment only after the correct approval is active, then show which profile revision, approval number and documents remain linked to the manifest.
4. Expire the approval and attempt another shipment; inspect the block or warning, the exception authority and the retained history without treating the software profile as an independent waste determination.

#### Demo exercise: scoped evidence access, export and account removal
1. Attach three fictional documents to a manifest using all-companies, facility-and-billing, and facility-only visibility, then test access as the generator, transporter, service provider and receiving facility.
2. Find the same evidence through the Document Hub and verify that restricted document names, tags and source records are not exposed to unauthorized parties.
3. Enable portal-enforced two-factor authentication, test a new external user, authenticator recovery and administrator support without sharing credentials.
4. Remove one party's access, attempt document deletion, and export the manifest, attachments and history; record any missing versions, access events, signatures or post-contract retention commitments.

### Product presentations

- [Waste stream approval and approval history](https://wastebits.com/support/doc/30823): Official vendor help-centre image of an active approval and its history; test-style data.
- [Manifest in draft with status steps](https://wastebits.com/support/doc/29608): Official vendor help-centre image of a draft manifest with status steps; test data.
- [Document Hub filters and document cards](https://wastebits.com/support/doc/197915): Official vendor help-centre image of Document Hub filters and cards (cropped); test files.

### Questions and answers

#### Is Wastebits Insights the same as this operational product?
No. The vendor lists Insights as a waste market-data offering and Locator as a public directory. This profile evaluates waste approvals, manifests and scale-ticket workflows; access and pricing must be scoped separately.

#### Does EPA integration establish compliance in Europe or the UK?
No. The reviewed integration concerns the US EPA e-Manifest system. Demonstrate the forms, records, roles and interfaces for the actual jurisdiction; no equivalent UK or EU connection is inferred.

#### Does Received prove final treatment or recovery?
The Wastebits hybrid-status guide relates Received to the facility-signed manifest. Treat evidence of subsequent treatment or recovery as a separate requirement where your process needs it.

#### Can every party export the complete record?
The reviewed export instructions apply to named facility administrator roles. Confirm generator and transporter rights separately, including attachments, signatures, history, retention and access after the contract ends.

#### Can a Service Provider sign a non-hazardous manifest for the Generator?
The official non-hazardous signing guide says a user in the Generator or Service Provider company on the manifest can sign for the Generator. Confirm contractual authority, company permissions and the retained audit evidence. Do not extend this rule to Hybrid EPA e-Manifests, which have separate RCRA credentials and correction requirements.

#### Can manifest documents be hidden from selected parties?
Wastebits documents visibility choices for all companies, facility and billing companies, or only the uploading facility company. Buyers should test metadata visibility, later permission changes, deletion, version history and export because the guide does not establish immutable retention or legal hold.

#### Does Wastebits support two-factor authentication?
Yes. The August 2026 support guide documents email codes, authenticator apps, backup codes and portal-wide enforcement. Confirm recovery, administrator overrides, external-party coverage, session controls and any SSO relationship in the proposed portal.

#### Is the Document Hub a regulatory archive?
The Document Hub centralizes permission-filtered documents and a shared library, with search and filtering. That does not by itself prove immutable storage, version preservation, legal hold, regulator-ready export or a contractual retention period; verify those requirements separately.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-26: Re-checked on 26 September 2026: wastebits.com has no pricing page and the four software product pages show no licence amount, so the price status is recorded as no amount shown rather than not established.

### Demo questions

- Can we retain the approved waste-profile revision and supporting evidence when an approval expires or the shipment details change?
- Can we link a shipment, scale ticket and receipt using stable identifiers, preserve original units and flag an unexplained quantity difference?
- Can we distinguish pickup, facility receipt, required signatures and final treatment or recovery evidence without silently marking missing evidence complete?
- Can we correct a signed manifest, show the appropriate permissions and re-acknowledgement, and reconcile Wastebits status with the external system?
- Which preparation, capture, signature, submission and recovery steps work without connectivity, and how are incomplete or duplicate records handled?
- Which modules, party roles, facility exports, attachments, integrations, managed services and regulatory fees are included or separately charged?

### Primary sources

- [Waste profiles and approvals, no pricing page : checked 26 September 2026](https://wastebits.com/products/waste-management-software)
- [US EPA e-Manifest offering](https://wastebits.com/products/e-manifest-software)
- [Demonstration request](https://wastebits.com/demo)
- [Manifest software and signature workflow](https://wastebits.com/products/waste-manifest-software)
- [Scale-house records and integrations](https://wastebits.com/products/scale-house-software)
- [Hybrid manifest status mapping](https://wastebits.com/support/doc/76093)
- [Corrections before and after transport](https://wastebits.com/support/doc/76089)
- [EPA connection setup and user roles](https://wastebits.com/support/doc/76080)
- [Facility export permissions and scope](https://wastebits.com/support/doc/31081)
- [Software portfolio boundaries](https://wastebits.com/products)
- [Facility approval history, expiry, rejection and comparison with last approved waste profile : checked 29 September 2026](https://wastebits.com/support/doc/30823)
- [Ordered non-hazardous manifest signatures and signing-party boundary : checked 29 September 2026](https://wastebits.com/support/doc/29608)
- [Manifest attachment storage and company-level visibility choices : checked 29 September 2026](https://wastebits.com/support/doc/82092)
- [Document Hub search, entity scope, shared library and permission-dependent actions : checked 29 September 2026](https://wastebits.com/support/doc/197915)
- [Portal-level and user-level two-factor authentication options : checked 29 September 2026](https://wastebits.com/support/doc/197934)

## Beamex CMX

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/beamex-cmx
Sources checked: 2026-10-11
This profile covers Beamex CMX calibration management software. LOGiCAL is a separate calibration product; bMobile is a companion application used with CMX or LOGiCAL; Analytics Dashboard, Business Bridge, advanced options and Beamex calibrators are separately scoped components rather than automatic CMX entitlements.

Beamex CMX manages instrument and reference records, calibration procedures, schedules, results, uncertainty calculations, histories and reports. Supported Beamex calibrators and bMobile extend execution into the field, including prepared offline work, while optional controls, analytics and Business Bridge support regulated workflows and maintenance-system handoffs. Buyers should validate edition, version, deployment, hardware, options and integrations against a complete calibration-and-review scenario.

Best-fit starting point: Calibration, maintenance and quality teams needing controlled procedures, durable instrument histories and governed field-to-review workflows, especially in regulated or multi-site operations.

Check before buying: CMX Professional, Enterprise, advanced options, bMobile, Mobile Security Plus, Analytics Dashboard, Business Bridge and calibrator hardware must be scoped separately. Claims about 21 CFR Part 11 support do not constitute validation of the buyer's configured intended use. A successful as-left calibration or closed maintenance work order does not resolve the impact of an earlier as-found failure on prior product or process measurements.

### Pricing

Quote by CMX edition and configuration. Official pricing and demo links lead to a quote request with no numeric CMX licence price. Request CMX Professional or Enterprise, workstation/floating/cloud deployment, named advanced options, bMobile and Mobile Security Plus, Analytics Dashboard, Business Bridge, calibrators and references, migration, validation, training, support and upgrades separately. A free bMobile download/demo is not a CMX licence or production trial.

### When the price fits

A shortlist candidate where calibration procedures, field execution, uncertainty, records and reviews must remain traceable. Evaluate the complete configured ecosystem—not CMX in isolation—through an out-of-tolerance event, an offline round trip and a failed integration message, then price software, options, hardware, validation and lifecycle support together.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-02 [partial]: Official pages provide quote and demo routes and distinguish CMX Professional, Enterprise, installation models and optional components. Numeric licence pricing and a self-service CMX trial were not established; the bMobile demo is separate scope.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.beamex.com/calibration-software/cmx/
- https://www.beamex.com/calibrators/bmobile/
- https://resources.beamex.com/contact/request-a-quote-price-demo-or-expert

### Prepared bMobile tasks offline; creation, transfer and review remain scoped

Beamex documents prepared offline execution in bMobile, followed by transfer to CMX or LOGiCAL when online. The bMobile manual says CMX instruments cannot be created, edited or copied in bMobile, and advanced inspection, weighing and Mobile Security Plus functions require activation in CMX. This does not establish offline CMX approvals, ERP handoffs or universal conflict recovery; demonstrate assignment, loss of connection, duplicate/interrupted transfer and review on the proposed versions and devices.

Product scope: The quoted CMX edition and version, deployment, named options, user model, bMobile devices, compatible calibrators, Analytics Dashboard and Business Bridge interfaces. LOGiCAL, reference/calibrator hardware, validation services and automatic affected-product disposition are outside the base scope unless explicitly contracted and demonstrated.

Review scope: Official Beamex product pages, current manuals, help and solution documentation review; not hands-on calibration, uncertainty validation, system validation, cybersecurity assessment or customer testimony. Standards and 21 CFR Part 11 statements describe vendor-supported controls, not certification of a buyer's configured process. No numeric price, rating, guaranteed compliance or automatic affected-product decision is inferred.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Metrology and record integrity: Preserve instrument identity, reference validity, procedure revision, uncertainty inputs, as-found/adjusted/as-left results and immutable review evidence.
  Sources: https://www.beamex.com/calibration-software/cmx/, https://www.beamex.com/app/uploads/2025/08/cmx-user-manualeng.pdf
- Offline field resilience: Execute prepared work without connectivity, interrupt transfer, recover without duplicates and inspect device/user revocation and final audit history.
  Sources: https://www.beamex.com/calibrators/bmobile/, https://www.beamex.com/app/uploads/2026/02/bmobile-user-manualeng-1.pdf, https://logical.beamex.com/help/logical-sync/Sync_overview
- Regulated workflow & validation: Verify role segregation, signatures, audit-trail review, approvals, validation documentation and intended-use responsibility on the quoted edition/version.
  Sources: https://www.beamex.com/solutions/calibration-data-integrity/, https://www.beamex.com/calibration-software/cmx/, https://www.beamex.com/app/uploads/2025/08/cmx-user-manualeng.pdf
- Out-of-tolerance impact boundary: Demonstrate instrument/reference reverse traceability and the separate quality process for unresolved prior product or process measurements.
  Sources: https://www.beamex.com/calibration-software/cmx/analytics-dashboard/, https://www.beamex.com/calibration-software/cmx/
- Implementation & TCO: Price edition, deployment, database, options, bMobile, Sync, Analytics, Business Bridge, calibrators, references, migration, validation, training, support and upgrades.
  Sources: https://www.beamex.com/calibration-software/cmx/, https://www.beamex.com/calibration-software/, https://resources.beamex.com/contact/request-a-quote-price-demo-or-expert
- Integrations & reconciliation: Run a real work order through Business Bridge with missing identifiers, rejected messages, retry and two-system status reconciliation.
  Sources: https://www.beamex.com/calibration-software/cmx/business-bridge/, https://www.beamex.com/solutions/digital-flow-of-calibration-data/
- Deployment & IT governance: Compare workstation, floating, on-premises and cloud designs, SSO/version requirements, backup, recovery, monitoring and controlled upgrades.
  Sources: https://www.beamex.com/solutions/governing-calibration-software/, https://www.beamex.com/calibration-software/cmx/
- Analytics governance: Reconcile dashboard KPIs and drift/uncertainty views to raw history, then require qualified approval before interval changes.
  Sources: https://www.beamex.com/calibration-software/cmx/analytics-dashboard/
- Product boundaries: Confirm CMX versus LOGiCAL, bMobile, calibrators, Dashboard, Bridge and advanced options using the proposal and edition matrix.
  Sources: https://www.beamex.com/calibration-software/, https://www.beamex.com/app/uploads/2025/08/cmx-user-manualeng.pdf

### Capability scope

- Instrument records and calibration procedures [documented]: CMX supports plant hierarchies, instrument records, templates, procedures and instructions. Demonstrate the position, serial number, procedure revision, tolerances and result retained for one event. Sources: https://www.beamex.com/calibration-software/cmx/, https://www.beamex.com/app/uploads/2025/08/cmx-user-manualeng.pdf
- Reference management and uncertainty [documented]: CMX documents reference intervals and specifications plus combined expanded uncertainty at calibration points. Confirm uncertainty contributors, coverage factor, reference validity and calculation configuration; software output alone does not establish metrological traceability. Sources: https://www.beamex.com/calibration-software/cmx/, https://www.beamex.com/app/uploads/2025/08/cmx-user-manualeng.pdf
- Scheduling and guided calibration execution [documented]: Procedures and schedules guide technicians through predefined methods, with supported calibrators or bMobile extending digital execution. Hardware compatibility and procedure behavior are configuration-dependent. Sources: https://www.beamex.com/calibration-software/cmx/, https://www.beamex.com/solutions/digital-flow-of-calibration-data/
- Calibration history, certificates and reports [documented]: CMX retains results for analysis, audits, reports and calibration certificates. Validate certificate templates, signing, retention, archival and complete export on the proposed edition. Sources: https://www.beamex.com/calibration-software/cmx/, https://www.beamex.com/app/uploads/2025/08/cmx-user-manualeng.pdf
- Prepared offline field execution through bMobile [conditional]: Assigned calibrations and inspections can be executed offline and returned online. With CMX, instruments cannot be created, edited or copied in bMobile; verify supported devices, app/CMX versions, assignment controls and recovery. Sources: https://www.beamex.com/calibrators/bmobile/, https://www.beamex.com/app/uploads/2026/02/bmobile-user-manualeng-1.pdf, https://logical.beamex.com/help/logical-sync/Sync_overview
- Mobile data-integrity controls [conditional]: Mobile Security Plus, authentication and electronic-signature controls are documented for supported mobile workflows, with edition/option dependencies. Validate identity, device lifecycle, timestamps, deviations and tamper evidence in the configured process. Sources: https://www.beamex.com/calibration-software/cmx/, https://www.beamex.com/calibrators/bmobile/, https://www.beamex.com/solutions/calibration-data-integrity/
- Role access, audit trail and electronic records [conditional]: CMX documents role permissions, change tracking, electronic signatures and 21 CFR Part 11-oriented controls. Exact availability varies by edition/options, and the buyer remains responsible for intended-use validation and operating procedures. Sources: https://www.beamex.com/calibration-software/cmx/, https://www.beamex.com/solutions/calibration-data-integrity/, https://www.beamex.com/app/uploads/2025/08/cmx-user-manualeng.pdf
- Approval and automatic result-validation workflows [conditional]: Release history documents result-validation workflows from 2.14 and instrument-data approval workflow from 2.17. Confirm current version, edition, rules, segregation of duties, email dependency and exception handling. Sources: https://www.beamex.com/calibration-software/cmx/
- Maintenance inspections [conditional]: CMX can plan and schedule checklists executed in bMobile. The current bMobile manual says this requires the option to be activated in CMX; it is not proof of a general EAM inspection module. Sources: https://www.beamex.com/calibration-software/cmx/, https://www.beamex.com/calibrators/bmobile/, https://www.beamex.com/app/uploads/2026/02/bmobile-user-manualeng-1.pdf
- Weighing instrument calibration [conditional]: CMX/bMobile document eccentricity, repeatability, weighing and minimum-capability tests based on named guidelines. The CMX option must be activated; validate the exact standards editions and calculation/report configuration. Sources: https://www.beamex.com/calibration-software/cmx/, https://www.beamex.com/calibrators/bmobile/, https://www.beamex.com/app/uploads/2026/02/bmobile-user-manualeng-1.pdf
- CMX Analytics Dashboard [conditional]: A related dashboard visualizes overdue/failed calibrations, reference use, reverse traceability, workload, drift forecasts, uncertainty effects and risk indicators. Treat forecasts as decision support and confirm separate licensing, refresh and source completeness. Sources: https://www.beamex.com/calibration-software/cmx/analytics-dashboard/
- CMMS/ERP work-order integration [conditional]: Business Bridge connects CMX to maintenance systems for instrument data and calibration work orders. Confirm licences, source-of-truth fields, supported ERP/version, status mapping, retries and reconciliation; work-order closure is not product-impact disposition. Sources: https://www.beamex.com/calibration-software/cmx/business-bridge/, https://www.beamex.com/solutions/digital-flow-of-calibration-data/
- Automatic affected-product investigation [unverified]: Reviewed Beamex material does not establish a complete automatic join from every instrument use to affected batches, process records and final disposition. Demonstrate source-system identifiers, missing-link handling, investigation window and accountable quality approval.

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Demo exercise: as-found failure to product-impact review
1. Prepare a fictional instrument with serial number, position, approved procedure revision, reference records and uncertainty inputs.
2. Record an as-found failure, separate adjustment and as-left result without replacing the original evidence.
3. Route the event through configured signatures and approval while preserving timestamps, user, reasons and audit trail.
4. Trace earlier instrument uses and calibrator/reference history; leave missing production identifiers visibly unresolved.
5. Export both calibration evidence and the accountable quality disposition, showing that an as-left pass alone did not close impact review.

#### Demo exercise: offline bMobile round trip and recovery
1. Prepare and assign a calibration plus maintenance-inspection checklist from CMX to the intended device.
2. Disconnect the device, complete readings, photos/notes if supported, a deviation and electronic-signature step.
3. Interrupt the first transfer, reconnect and retry while checking duplicates, partial results and assignment state.
4. Have a separate reviewer reject one result, preserve the original and complete the corrected workflow.
5. Revoke or replace the device/user and verify access, local data handling and final CMX audit history.

#### Demo exercise: ERP work order through calibration completion
1. Create a representative ERP/CMMS work order and transfer the required asset, procedure and schedule fields through Business Bridge.
2. Introduce a missing identifier and a rejected message, then inspect queues, alerts, ownership and replay behavior.
3. Execute and approve the calibration in CMX using the intended field route.
4. Return acknowledgement and result summary without treating maintenance closure as prior-product disposition.
5. Reconcile statuses, timestamps and identifiers across both systems and export the exception log.

### Product presentations

- [CMX plant structure and calibration result](https://www.beamex.com/calibration-software/cmx/): Official vendor image of the CMX desktop window on a tablet, showing a plant structure and a calibration result; sample data, may not match the current version.
- [bMobile maintenance inspection checklist](https://www.beamex.com/calibrators/bmobile/): Official vendor image of a bMobile checklist screen with completed and open items; sample content.
- [CMX Analytics Dashboard on a phone](https://www.beamex.com/calibration-software/cmx/analytics-dashboard/): Official vendor image of the CMX Analytics Dashboard on a phone with calibration charts; sample data, cropped from a laptop and phone composite.

### Questions and answers

#### Are CMX, LOGiCAL and bMobile the same product?
No. CMX and LOGiCAL are separate calibration-management products. bMobile is a companion app used with either; licences, supported versions and transfer architecture must be named explicitly.

#### Does the free bMobile app mean CMX is free?
No. Beamex documents a free app download and demo mode, but production use depends on CMX or LOGiCAL and activated options. No free CMX licence or self-service CMX trial was verified.

#### Which CMX edition includes advanced controls?
CMX Professional and Enterprise differ, and Professional lists advanced functions as optional while Enterprise includes many advanced features as standard. Business Bridge and support arrangements still need separate confirmation from the edition/option matrix and quote.

#### Can bMobile work offline?
Yes for prepared calibration and inspection work. With CMX, instruments cannot be created, edited or copied in bMobile, and results return when online. Test interrupted transfers, duplicates, device access and the exact activated options.

#### Does CMX compliance language eliminate validation work?
No. Beamex documents controls intended to support electronic records, signatures, data integrity and 21 CFR Part 11 requirements, but the buyer must validate the configured system for intended use and operate approved procedures.

#### Does an as-left pass clear previous measurements?
No. Preserve the original as-found failure and investigate the actual instrument-use window, process or batch links, risk and accountable quality disposition.

#### Can CMX connect to SAP or IBM Maximo?
Business Bridge is documented for ERP/CMMS work-order integration, including named systems. Confirm the exact system/version, fields, status mappings, middleware, monitoring and error ownership.

#### Does CMX Analytics automatically set safe calibration intervals?
The dashboard provides trends, forecasts and risk indicators that can support interval review. Qualified metrology and quality roles should approve changes using procedure, uncertainty, history and criticality evidence.

#### Does Business Bridge closure complete an affected-product investigation?
No. It documents maintenance and calibration handoffs. Linkage to earlier product or process records and final disposition must be demonstrated and owned by the responsible quality process.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-26: Re-checked on 26 September 2026: the CMX Get pricing link leads to a quote request form and the reviewed pages show no amount, so the price status is recorded as no amount shown rather than not established.

### Demo questions

- Which CMX edition, version, deployment and advanced options are included?
- Which instrument, reference, procedure, uncertainty and result fields are retained with each calibration event?
- How are as-found, adjustment and as-left results preserved, signed, approved and changed?
- Which bMobile platforms, CMX version, Sync route and Mobile Security Plus controls are supported?
- How are interrupted transfers, duplicates, stale assignments and devices revoked or reconciled?
- Which 21 CFR Part 11 controls are configured, and what validation documentation and responsibilities are included?
- Which SAP, Maximo, Infor or other CMMS/ERP fields and statuses pass through Business Bridge, and who owns failures?
- Can calibrator reverse traceability identify every use of a reference later found out of tolerance?
- How are earlier product or process measurements linked, investigated and dispositioned when an instrument fails as found?

### Primary sources

- [Quote, pricing and demonstration request](https://resources.beamex.com/contact/request-a-quote-price-demo-or-expert)
- [CMX product, editions and calibration capabilities](https://www.beamex.com/calibration-software/cmx/)
- [bMobile field execution and demo mode](https://www.beamex.com/calibrators/bmobile/)
- [Business Bridge work-order integration](https://www.beamex.com/calibration-software/cmx/business-bridge/)
- [Beamex Sync architecture and transfer paths](https://logical.beamex.com/help/logical-sync/Sync_overview)
- [Official CMX-versus-LOGiCAL product distinction](https://www.beamex.com/calibration-software/)
- [CMX deployment and IT-governance options](https://www.beamex.com/solutions/governing-calibration-software/)
- [CMX Analytics Dashboard KPI, uncertainty and reverse-traceability scope](https://www.beamex.com/calibration-software/cmx/analytics-dashboard/)
- [Calibration data-integrity controls](https://www.beamex.com/solutions/calibration-data-integrity/)
- [Digital calibration data-flow architecture](https://www.beamex.com/solutions/digital-flow-of-calibration-data/)
- [Current CMX user manual and edition/option matrix](https://www.beamex.com/app/uploads/2025/08/cmx-user-manualeng.pdf)
- [Current bMobile manual, platform, offline and CMX-option boundaries](https://www.beamex.com/app/uploads/2026/02/bmobile-user-manualeng-1.pdf)
- [Beamex certifications and policies page](https://www.beamex.com/about-us/certifications-and-policies/)

## SlateSafety

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/slatesafety
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
This profile covers Software V2 and SlateSafety Go with BAND V2 wearable data and optional BEACON V2 environmental data. Hardware, connectivity and software access need a combined proposal. The BEACON V3 waitlist page says coming soon while the homepage says it has launched; confirm availability and specifications separately.

SlateSafety connects wearable physiological data with software views, alert settings and historical review. Optional environmental monitoring adds a separate site reading. Evaluate the device, user assignment, connectivity path and response procedure as one workflow.

Best-fit starting point: Safety teams evaluating wearable heat-strain monitoring alongside a defined workplace heat programme.

Check before buying: SlateSafety provides specialist physiological and environmental monitoring, not medical diagnosis, clinical clearance or a complete occupational-health record. Alert and return-to-work thresholds remain the organization's responsibility. Validate wearer identity, sensitive-data access, radio coverage, notification delivery, delayed-data reconciliation and the human response record.

### Pricing

Request a hardware, software and connectivity quote. On 2 October 2026 slatesafety.com had no pricing page (/pricing/ returned its not-found page), a site search for "price" returned no price list, and no amount appeared on the homepage or the contact page, which routes enquiries to a message form, email and phone. Itemize wearables, software users, gateways, environmental monitors, connectivity, replacements, onboarding and support. The trial page is titled as a 30-day BAND V2 trial; confirm its duration, eligibility, supplied equipment, shipping/return conditions and later charges before booking.

### When the price fits

Use a pilot to measure whether the team receives, verifies and acts on the right information during a connectivity gap. Compare that demonstrated workflow with the complete device, service and ongoing administration cost; no avoided-illness or ROI percentage is assigned.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [partial]: A free trial is advertised, but numeric pricing and the complete hardware/software terms were not verified. The BEACON V3 waitlist page is not evidence of delivery availability.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://slatesafety.com/book-free-trial/
- https://slatesafety.com/products/band-v2/
- https://slatesafety.com/waitlist/
- https://slatesafety.com/
- https://slatesafety.com/contact-us/
- https://slatesafety.com/?s=price

### Local device capture/viewing; cloud response needs connectivity

BAND V2 can retain data when disconnected. Go Local Mode displays nearby worn devices over Bluetooth after preparation, including recent login and the required device/app settings. Cached wearer assignments can be stale. Remote cloud visibility still needs a connection; test reconciliation and supervisor notification separately.

Product scope: Software V2 and SlateSafety Go with BAND V2 physiological monitoring, optional BEACON V2 environmental inputs and GATEWAY V2 connectivity. The scope does not establish a complete industrial-hygiene sampling programme, medical system or end-to-end EHS platform.

Review scope: Official documentation review, not hands-on hardware testing or validation of physiological accuracy. Demo scenarios are proposed acceptance checks. No illness-prevention guarantee, clinical clearance, universal threshold, numeric price or customer rating is inferred.

Trial status: verified-free. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Functional depth: Specialist monitoring and review; verify the full response workflow against your operational procedure.
  Sources: https://slatesafety.com/products/software-v2/
- Usability & adoption: Pilot preparation, device assignment and local viewing with the actual field team.
  Sources: https://support.slatesafety.com/article/61-slatesafety-go-local-mode
- Implementation & TCO: Request the whole equipment/service scope and trial conditions rather than treating a free pilot as ongoing free use.
  Sources: https://slatesafety.com/book-free-trial/
- Integrations & API: Demonstrate exports and any EHS-system handoff; no ready-made customer integration is established.
  Sources: https://slatesafety.com/products/software-v2/
- Security & trust: Review permissions, worker information, retention and intended-use limits. No certification is assigned by this review.
  Sources: https://support.slatesafety.com/article/65-important-safety-information-for-band-v2, https://slatesafety.com/products/software-v2/
- Customer voice: No independently verified rating is assigned. Request references with comparable work, devices and connectivity conditions.

### Capability scope

- Monitoring and history [documented]: Software V2 describes current and historical physiological/environmental views, configurable alert settings and intervention summaries. Sources: https://slatesafety.com/products/software-v2/
- Environmental input [conditional]: BEACON V2 provides temperature, humidity, heat index and estimated WBGT; it requires a BAND V2 or GATEWAY V2. Match the exact device and metric to the assessment method. Sources: https://slatesafety.com/products/beacon-v2/
- Local versus cloud operation [conditional]: Local Mode is limited to nearby devices. Device recording during an outage does not establish remote supervisor delivery. Sources: https://support.slatesafety.com/article/61-slatesafety-go-local-mode, https://support.slatesafety.com/article/13-why-am-i-not-seeing-data
- Clinical decision-making [unsupported]: The manufacturer identifies BAND V2 as non-medical and says it does not replace professional medical judgment. Do not use a device state as clinical clearance. Sources: https://support.slatesafety.com/article/65-important-safety-information-for-band-v2
- Complete operational response record [unverified]: Demonstrate alert receipt, acknowledgement, actual worker contact, action and authorized closure, including an export. A dashboard alone does not establish this complete sequence.
- Physiological alert configuration [conditional]: BAND V2 loadouts define physiological thresholds. Wearers receive device alerts and contacts can receive configured notifications. SlateSafety does not recommend its example thresholds; the organization remains responsible for limits and response. Sources: https://support.slatesafety.com/article/8-everything-you-need-to-know-about-alert-and-return-to-work-notifications, https://support.slatesafety.com/article/42-how-do-i-use-acgih-guidelines
- Environmental alerts and return-to-work notifications [conditional]: BEACON V2 can alert on configured environmental thresholds and issue return-to-work notification when recovery conditions are met. This is not medical clearance or proof that controls may be removed. Sources: https://support.slatesafety.com/article/38-beacon-v2-everything-you-need-to-know-about-alert-and-return-to-work-notifications
- Repeated alerts for sustained conditions [conditional]: BAND V2 can retrigger alerts while a threshold remains exceeded. Sustained Alerts require firmware 2.5.0 or later and still depend on the organization's escalation process. Sources: https://support.slatesafety.com/article/64-what-are-sustained-alerts
- Site-, group- and role-scoped access [documented]: Administrative and operational roles have different rights to data, exports, devices, loadouts and thresholds. Site and group assignments scope much of that access; validate cross-site users and least privilege. Sources: https://support.slatesafety.com/article/19-what-can-admins-group-leaders-and-users-access, https://support.slatesafety.com/article/54-how-to-structure-your-organization-with-sites-and-groups
- Physiological and environmental data exports [conditional]: Admins can generate CSV or Excel exports while scoped leaders are limited to assigned groups. Generated exports are creator-only and deleted after 14 days; this does not establish deletion of underlying platform data. Sources: https://support.slatesafety.com/article/17-how-do-i-download-data
- Gateway connectivity for degraded cellular areas [conditional]: GATEWAY V2 relays nearby device data over organizational Wi-Fi or Ethernet and may use a hotspot. Published ranges are typical; required ports and site coverage need validation. Sources: https://support.slatesafety.com/article/22-how-to-use-gateway-v2s
- Heat-event and intervention analytics [conditional]: Insights aggregates alerts into vendor-defined Heat Stress Events and calculates interventions. Inspect grouping windows, rules, delayed-data behavior and missing readings before using them as programme KPIs. Sources: https://support.slatesafety.com/article/27-insights-page-faq, https://slatesafety.com/products/software-v2/
- ACGIH-based threshold option [conditional]: Administrators can select an ACGIH threshold option. SlateSafety states that it cannot guarantee threshold effectiveness and the organization remains responsible for implementation aligned with its guidance. Sources: https://support.slatesafety.com/article/42-how-do-i-use-acgih-guidelines

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed heat-monitoring pilot
1. Prepare the site procedure, devices, identities and permissions.
2. Introduce a task change and a controlled connection gap.
3. Verify the wearer and follow the assigned response procedure.
4. Reconnect and review the timeline without hiding delayed or missing evidence.

#### Demo exercise: physiological alert to controlled return
1. Assign the intended BAND V2 and loadout, verify identity and trigger a controlled threshold alert.
2. Confirm wearer and supervisor notifications, then record contact and intervention outside the device.
3. Wait for the configured return-to-work condition and demonstrate that notification does not automatically close response or medically clear the worker.
4. Review the event and intervention timing in Insights and export the timeline.

#### Demo exercise: site access and interrupted connectivity
1. Create two sites and groups with scoped roles, then verify view and export permissions.
2. Interrupt direct cloud connectivity and relay nearby data through the intended gateway configuration.
3. Restore connectivity and compare device time, cloud receipt time, missing intervals and duplicates.
4. Generate a scoped export and confirm retention requirements separately.

### Product presentations

- [Software V2 Insights summary](https://slatesafety.com/products/software-v2/): Official vendor image of the Insights summary tab; the page does not label the figures as sample data.
- [Software V2 organization loadouts list](https://slatesafety.com/products/software-v2/): Official vendor image of the Loadouts tab with notification thresholds; the page does not label the data as sample.
- [Software V2 Insights alerts by threshold](https://slatesafety.com/products/software-v2/): Official vendor image of the Insights Alerts tab; the page does not label the data as sample.

### Research updates

- 2026-09-26: Re-checked on 26 September 2026: slatesafety.com has no pricing page, its site search finds none and the homepage and contact page show no amount, so the price status is recorded as no amount shown rather than not established.

### Demo questions

- Preserve metric, source, location, units and timestamp when a crew moves from an outdoor forecast area to a hot indoor task. How are stale and estimated readings labelled?
- Assign BAND-017 to a different worker after a phone caches its assignments. In Local Mode, demonstrate identity verification and later correction without losing history.
- Disconnect the cloud path while a nearby phone uses Local Mode. Which readings, device alerts and supervisor notifications remain available, and what evidence shows the gap?
- Trace a simulated alert through receipt, acknowledgement, worker contact, action and review. Can an unresolved response remain open after the device indicator changes?
- Reconnect and export device time, server receipt time, missing intervals, assignment history and response records. Show how duplicates and delayed data are identified.
- Use worker, supervisor and administrator roles. Confirm access and retention, then itemize the quoted hardware, connectivity, software, trial conditions, replacements and support.

### Primary sources

- [Homepage : checked 26 September 2026](https://slatesafety.com/)
- [Contact page : checked 26 September 2026](https://slatesafety.com/contact-us/)
- [Site search for price : checked 26 September 2026](https://slatesafety.com/?s=price)
- [Software V2 views, configuration and insights](https://slatesafety.com/products/software-v2/)
- [BAND V2 hardware and connectivity](https://slatesafety.com/products/band-v2/)
- [BEACON V2 environmental measurements and eWBGT](https://slatesafety.com/products/beacon-v2/)
- [Go Local Mode, preparation and cached assignments](https://support.slatesafety.com/article/61-slatesafety-go-local-mode)
- [Cloud visibility and disconnected device recording](https://support.slatesafety.com/article/13-why-am-i-not-seeing-data)
- [BAND V2 intended-use and safety limits](https://support.slatesafety.com/article/65-important-safety-information-for-band-v2)
- [Advertised free trial](https://slatesafety.com/book-free-trial/)
- [BEACON V3 linked waitlist](https://slatesafety.com/waitlist/)
- [BAND V2 physiological alerts and return-to-work notifications](https://support.slatesafety.com/article/8-everything-you-need-to-know-about-alert-and-return-to-work-notifications)
- [BEACON V2 environmental alerts and return-to-work notifications](https://support.slatesafety.com/article/38-beacon-v2-everything-you-need-to-know-about-alert-and-return-to-work-notifications)
- [BAND V2 sustained alerts](https://support.slatesafety.com/article/64-what-are-sustained-alerts)
- [Administrative, site, group and user permissions](https://support.slatesafety.com/article/19-what-can-admins-group-leaders-and-users-access)
- [BAND V2 and BEACON V2 data exports](https://support.slatesafety.com/article/17-how-do-i-download-data)
- [GATEWAY V2 connectivity and deployment](https://support.slatesafety.com/article/22-how-to-use-gateway-v2s)
- [Site and group organizational hierarchy](https://support.slatesafety.com/article/54-how-to-structure-your-organization-with-sites-and-groups)
- [Insights definitions and heat-event grouping](https://support.slatesafety.com/article/27-insights-page-faq)
- [ACGIH threshold configuration and responsibility boundary](https://support.slatesafety.com/article/42-how-do-i-use-acgih-guidelines)
- [SlateSafety security and privacy page](https://slatesafety.com/security-and-privacy/)

## Fair Supply

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/fair-supply
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Fair Supply is an Australian supply chain risk platform. This profile covers its modern slavery risk assessment, due diligence and reporting software, not its advisory services.

Fair Supply screens a supplier list from supplier names and spend to baseline modern slavery risk by geography and industry. Its product page describes risk tracing up to ten tiers deep, supplier triage against risk thresholds, supplier engagement workflows, remediation tracking and date-stamped, user-attributed assessments feeding modern slavery statements and board reports.

Best-fit starting point: Organisations preparing modern slavery statements that need to prioritise suppliers from spend data.

Check before buying: Inherent risk mapping from spend and sector models estimates exposure; it does not establish conditions at a named supplier. Confirm how modelled tiers differ from supplier-confirmed data, and how worker-level signals reach the record.

### Pricing

Quote-based. Pricing is not published on the reviewed pages; request a quote for your supplier count, modules and reporting jurisdictions.

### Offline capabilities

Not applicable in the usual sense: Fair Supply is a web platform for supplier risk assessment and reporting, and no offline or mobile field mode is documented on the reviewed pages.

Product scope: Modern slavery risk assessment, supplier due diligence, engagement and reporting outputs; emissions and biodiversity modules and advisory services are separate scopes.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. Confirm the proposed edition, configuration and commercial terms.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Modelled versus supplier-confirmed tiers: Ask for a sample record showing how a deep-tier result is labelled when it comes from the MRIO model rather than from a supplier response. Retain an export showing both states side by side. The assessment page does not distinguish them.
  Sources: https://www.fairsupply.com/platform/supply-chain-assessment
- Minimum inputs and data preparation: The FAQ page states that supplier name and spend are enough to begin. Load a representative spend file, including duplicates and subsidiaries, and record how many suppliers are matched, unmatched or classified by sector only.
  Sources: https://www.fairsupply.com/faqs, https://www.fairsupply.com/platform/supply-chain-assessment
- Questionnaire design and scoring logic: The FAQ page describes binary, automatically scored SAQs. Ask for the question set and scoring rules for your supplier types, and test whether a supplier answer can be challenged by a cited external issue in the same record.
  Sources: https://www.fairsupply.com/supplier-due-diligence, https://www.fairsupply.com/faqs
- Audit trail and framework versioning: The page states that assessments and decisions are retained with timestamps and framework versions. Change a decision, then export the history and check that the prior state, user and date remain visible.
  Sources: https://www.fairsupply.com/supplier-due-diligence
- Reporting jurisdictions and statement content: Map each regime you report under to the outputs listed on the reporting page. Request a draft statement section built from test data and check which sentences are generated and which need manual authoring.
  Sources: https://www.fairsupply.com/platform/compliance-reporting
- Plan structure, security evidence and scope: The pricing page names Foundational, Professional, Enterprise and Custom plans without prices; onboarding, regular check-ins and support are the only inclusions it lists. Obtain the plan contents in writing, and request the ISO 27001 certificate scope. Confirm whether emissions, biodiversity and advisory work are priced separately.
  Sources: https://www.fairsupply.com/pricing, https://www.fairsupply.com/trust-security
- Shared supplier questionnaires: The due diligence page says suppliers can share a completed questionnaire across Fair Supply customers at no cost to them. Ask how a shared response is dated and refreshed, and whether you can require a fresh one.
  Sources: https://www.fairsupply.com/supplier-due-diligence

### Capability scope

- Modern slavery risk assessment [documented]: The product page describes screening all suppliers to baseline modern slavery risk by geography and industry, starting from supplier names and spend, with risk traced up to ten tiers deep. Sources: https://www.fairsupply.com/solutions/modern-slavery-risk-assessment-software
- Supplier due diligence and remediation tracking [documented]: Suppliers are triaged for deeper due diligence by risk threshold, engaged through built-in workflows, and remediation is tracked with date-stamped, user-attributed records. Sources: https://www.fairsupply.com/solutions/modern-slavery-risk-assessment-software
- Modelled multi-tier risk from names and spend [conditional]: The assessment page describes a Multi-Regional Input-Output (MRIO) approach that maps risk up to ten tiers from supplier name and spend data, including for suppliers with limited disclosure. The page does not clarify which tier results are modelled and which are confirmed by the supplier, so ask for that distinction per record. Sources: https://www.fairsupply.com/platform/supply-chain-assessment, https://www.fairsupply.com/faqs
- Supplier self-assessment questionnaires and scoring [documented]: The due diligence page describes centralised SAQs, tailored variants (for example SME, labour hire and offshore suppliers) and automatic scoring of responses, plus cited issues from media, NGO and regulatory sources. Confirm which question sets exist for your supplier types and how a questionnaire answer is reconciled with a cited external issue. Sources: https://www.fairsupply.com/supplier-due-diligence
- Versioned audit trail [documented]: The page states that each assessment, engagement, score and decision is kept with its timestamp and framework version, and that mitigation and residual exposure can be compared over repeated engagements. Verify how a past assessment is retrieved and exported after the framework changes. Sources: https://www.fairsupply.com/supplier-due-diligence
- Modern slavery statement and board reporting outputs [documented]: The reporting page lists modern slavery statement support for the Modern Slavery Act 2018 (Cth), along with board-ready and regulator-ready ESG reports. Across the reviewed pages the regimes named are Australia, New Zealand, Canada and the EU; the UK is not named on them. Confirm coverage for each regime you report under before relying on it. Sources: https://www.fairsupply.com/platform/compliance-reporting, https://www.fairsupply.com/solutions/modern-slavery-risk-assessment-software, https://www.fairsupply.com/faqs
- Information security certification [documented]: The trust page states ISO 27001:2022 certification, encryption in transit and at rest, annual penetration testing, least-privilege access and GDPR compliance for EU and UK requirements. Request the certificate scope and latest test summary through vendor onboarding rather than relying on the web statement. Sources: https://www.fairsupply.com/trust-security

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: spend file to a cited supplier decision
1. Upload a representative supplier and spend file and record match rates and the tiers shown.
2. Select a high-risk supplier, send a tailored SAQ and score the response.
3. Record a mitigation decision, then compare the assessment with a repeat engagement.
4. Export the audit history and a statement section; check what is modelled, confirmed and manually authored.

#### Proposed demo: audit evidence for a regulator or board query
1. Open a past assessment and show its date, user and framework version.
2. Repeat the questionnaire with the same supplier and compare mitigation score and residual exposure over time.
3. Show a cited external issue on that supplier and how it sits beside the questionnaire answers.
4. Produce the board-ready or regulator-ready report for a regime you report under and trace one figure back to its assessment record.

### Product presentations

- [Supplier risk profile rating bar](https://www.fairsupply.com/platform/supply-chain-assessment): Official vendor image of the supplier risk profile view in the supply chain assessment area.
- [Tier analysis and Scope 3 emissions report cards](https://www.fairsupply.com/platform/compliance-reporting): Official vendor image of report cards; the emissions card is a separate module outside this profile.

### Questions and answers

#### Does Fair Supply need supplier questionnaires to start?
Its product page says a baseline can start with supplier names and spend. Deeper due diligence then engages selected suppliers.

#### What data sources and risk scale does Fair Supply describe?
The product page says risk is classified on a five-point scale from Low to High and names sources including the Global Slavery Index, ILO estimates, US TIP reports and the US Department of Labor Goods List. Ask how each source is weighted and how often it is refreshed; the FAQ page says insights are refreshed as underlying data changes.

#### Does Fair Supply publish prices or a free trial?
No. The pricing page names Foundational, Professional, Enterprise and Custom plans and directs visitors to book a conversation for personalised pricing. No price or trial was found on the pages reviewed.

#### Does the platform cover anything beyond modern slavery?
Yes. The site also lists carbon emissions, Scope 3 and biodiversity modules and separate advisory services. This profile covers the modern slavery assessment and due diligence software only.

### Demo questions

- Which data do suppliers need to provide, and what is scored from spend and supplier names alone?
- How does the platform capture signals that contradict a supplier's own questionnaire answers?
- How is a finding linked to a remediation action and to the sentence in the published statement?
- Which jurisdictions' reporting criteria are mapped (UK, Australia, Canada, EU), and who maintains that mapping?

### Primary sources

- [Modern slavery risk assessment software, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.fairsupply.com/solutions/modern-slavery-risk-assessment-software)
- [Fair Supply home, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.fairsupply.com/)
- [Fair Supply supplier due diligence, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.fairsupply.com/supplier-due-diligence)
- [Fair Supply compliance reporting, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.fairsupply.com/platform/compliance-reporting)
- [Fair Supply supply chain assessment, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.fairsupply.com/platform/supply-chain-assessment)
- [Fair Supply trust and security, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.fairsupply.com/trust-security)
- [Fair Supply pricing, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.fairsupply.com/pricing)
- [Fair Supply FAQs, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.fairsupply.com/faqs)

## Informed 365

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/informed-365
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Informed 365 is an Australian cloud platform. This profile covers its responsible procurement and modern slavery assessment service.

Informed 365 is a cloud platform for modern slavery reporting in procurement. Its service page describes rapid assessment of supplier inherent risk from industry and country ratings, branded self-assessment questionnaires, supplier scoring with adjustable weightings, integration of other data sources, and an industry-consortium option for shared audits.

Best-fit starting point: Procurement teams, including those in industry consortia, running supplier self-assessments for modern slavery statements.

Check before buying: Self-assessment questionnaires ask the supplier to report on itself. Confirm how contradictory evidence, audits and worker signals are recorded alongside SAQ answers.

### Pricing

Quote-based. Pricing is not published on the reviewed pages; request a quote for your supplier count, modules and reporting jurisdictions.

### Offline capabilities

Not applicable in the usual sense: Informed 365 is a web platform for supplier risk assessment and reporting, and no offline or mobile field mode is documented on the reviewed pages.

Product scope: Modern slavery and responsible procurement assessments, SAQs, scoring, dashboards and consortium collaboration; other Informed 365 services are separate scopes.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. Confirm the proposed edition, configuration and commercial terms.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Questionnaire content and ownership: Request the modern slavery SAQ, including question count and language versions. Check who can edit questions after issue, and keep a copy of the version each supplier answered.
  Sources: https://informed365.com/services/risk-assessment-governance/, https://informed365.com/services/single-source-of-truth/
- Scoring weights and explainability: The service page describes scoring from inherent risk, supplier responses and other sources with adjustable weightings. Change a weighting in a test and record which suppliers move band, and who can approve such changes.
  Sources: https://informed365.com/services/responsible-procurement-modern-slavery/
- Inherent risk data sources: The pages refer to industry and country ratings and to third-party data without naming every provider. Ask for the sources, refresh frequency and how a rating is shown in a supplier record.
  Sources: https://informed365.com/services/responsible-procurement-modern-slavery/, https://informed365.com/services/risk-assessment-governance/
- Contradicting evidence alongside SAQ answers: Upload a test document that conflicts with a supplier answer. Check whether the record shows the conflict, who reviewed it and how it affects the score. Retain a screenshot of the resulting entry.
  Sources: https://informed365.com/services/single-source-of-truth/
- Integration feasibility and data handling: The pages describe an API-agnostic approach subject to an API being available. List your procurement, finance and sanctions systems, ask which are in use today, and request written scope and cost for each connection.
  Sources: https://informed365.com/services/single-source-of-truth/, https://informed365.com/services/esg-business-intelligence/
- Consortium boundaries: The service page describes consortium monthly meetings, shared templates and group audits. Ask how supplier data is partitioned between members, what is visible to other members and how a member exits.
  Sources: https://informed365.com/services/responsible-procurement-modern-slavery/

### Capability scope

- Modern slavery supplier assessment [documented]: The service page describes automated supplier self-assessments and real-time visibility of modern slavery risk to support the Modern Slavery Statement process. Sources: https://informed365.com/services/responsible-procurement-modern-slavery/
- Supplier risk scoring [documented]: Suppliers are scored from inherent risk, supplier responses and other data sources, with adjustable weightings. Sources: https://informed365.com/services/responsible-procurement-modern-slavery/
- Customisable self-assessment questionnaires [documented]: The governance page describes SAQs that can align to ISO 20400 or client preferences, covering areas such as human rights, labour and governance, with 40 to 80 questions suggested. Confirm which modern slavery question set is standard and who maintains it. Sources: https://informed365.com/services/risk-assessment-governance/
- Supplier filtering and risk prioritisation [documented]: The governance page describes filtering a supplier database by country, industry, spend and compliance area before engagement. The model behind the ratings is not described on the pages reviewed, so ask for the rating sources and how they are updated. Sources: https://informed365.com/services/risk-assessment-governance/, https://informed365.com/services/responsible-procurement-modern-slavery/
- Data integration and evidence upload [conditional]: The pages describe an API-agnostic approach to bringing in sanctions, credit, AML and spend data, supplier evidence upload and automated email reminders. One page says integration is possible provided an API can be set up with the other system, so confirm the feasibility for your systems and any integration cost. Sources: https://informed365.com/services/single-source-of-truth/, https://informed365.com/services/esg-business-intelligence/, https://informed365.com/services/responsible-procurement-modern-slavery/
- Supplier form translations [documented]: The single source of truth page lists form translations for multilingual supplier engagement. The languages supported are not stated, so check them against your supplier base. Sources: https://informed365.com/services/single-source-of-truth/
- Emissions module (Scope 1-3) [conditional]: The emissions module page describes Scope 1-3 reporting, supplier-supplied data replacing estimates and ISSB-aligned outputs. The partners page says one emissions data partner is not yet in the out-of-the-box solution. This profile covers the modern slavery service, so confirm licensing and scope. Sources: https://informed365.com/emissions-module/, https://informed365.com/partners/
- Security and certification statements [unverified]: The about page and service pages reviewed mention no security certification or hosting location. Request security documentation, hosting region and data retention terms through vendor onboarding.

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: SAQ response contradicted by evidence
1. Issue the modern slavery SAQ to two test suppliers, one in a translated form.
2. Upload evidence that conflicts with one answer and check how the record shows it.
3. Adjust a scoring weight and record which suppliers change band.
4. Export the evidence trail and a dashboard view for a statement review.

#### Proposed demo: supplier list, risk filter and engagement tracking
1. Load a sample supplier list and show the inherent risk ratings applied.
2. Filter by country, industry and spend and choose suppliers to engage first.
3. Issue the questionnaire and show progress tracking and an automated reminder.
4. Show the translated supplier form and the evidence upload step.
5. Show each supplier's response status on a dashboard view of the filtered list.

### Product presentations

- [Modern slavery questionnaire dashboard](https://informed365.com/services/single-source-of-truth/): Official vendor image of the modern slavery questionnaire dashboard with risk summary and map.

### Questions and answers

#### Can several companies share supplier assessments?
The service page describes a consortium option with group audits and shared resources.

#### Are prices or a trial published for Informed 365?
No. None of the service pages reviewed states a price, plan or trial. Request a quote with your supplier count and integration needs.

#### Which questionnaire standards can be used?
The governance page states that SAQs can align to ISO 20400 or to client preferences such as CDP, DJSI, GRI or TCFD. Ask which are templates and which are custom build work.

#### Does Informed 365 cover more than modern slavery?
Yes. The site lists ESG business intelligence, emissions, risk governance and single source of truth services. This profile covers the responsible procurement and modern slavery assessment service.

### Demo questions

- Which data do suppliers need to provide, and what is scored from spend and supplier names alone?
- How does the platform capture signals that contradict a supplier's own questionnaire answers?
- How is a finding linked to a remediation action and to the sentence in the published statement?
- Which jurisdictions' reporting criteria are mapped (UK, Australia, Canada, EU), and who maintains that mapping?

### Primary sources

- [Responsible procurement and modern slavery, checked 2 October 2026](https://informed365.com/services/responsible-procurement-modern-slavery/)
- [Informed 365 home, checked 2 October 2026](https://informed365.com/)
- [Informed 365 risk assessment and governance, checked 2 October 2026](https://informed365.com/services/risk-assessment-governance/)
- [Informed 365 single source of truth, checked 2 October 2026](https://informed365.com/services/single-source-of-truth/)
- [Informed 365 ESG and business intelligence, checked 2 October 2026](https://informed365.com/services/esg-business-intelligence/)
- [Informed 365 about, checked 2 October 2026](https://informed365.com/about/)
- [Informed 365 emissions module, checked 2 October 2026](https://informed365.com/emissions-module/)
- [Informed 365 partners, checked 2 October 2026](https://informed365.com/partners/)
- [Informed 365 news, checked 2 October 2026](https://informed365.com/news/)
- [Informed 365 contact, checked 2 October 2026](https://informed365.com/contact/)

## iPRO

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/ipro
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
iPRO is an Australian software provider. This profile covers its Modern Slavery Assessment Tool (MSAT); its contractor compliance product is a separate scope.

iPRO is an Australian provider whose Modern Slavery Assessment Tool (MSAT) assesses an organisation's operations and supply chain for modern slavery risk and aggregates supply chain reporting against Australian, Canadian, UK, Californian and European reporting criteria. It also offers a separate contractor compliance product for onboarding, verification and site access.

Best-fit starting point: Australian and Canadian organisations wanting a quick, low-effort modern slavery assessment for an annual statement.

Check before buying: A rapid assessment is a starting point for a statement, not evidence of due diligence depth. Confirm how findings lead to actions and how the record tracks them year to year.

### Pricing

Quote-based. Pricing is not published on the reviewed pages; request a quote for your supplier count, modules and reporting jurisdictions.

### Offline capabilities

Not applicable in the usual sense: iPRO is a web platform for supplier risk assessment and reporting, and no offline or mobile field mode is documented on the reviewed pages.

Product scope: Modern Slavery Assessment Tool; the contractor compliance product is a separate scope.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. Confirm the proposed edition, configuration and commercial terms.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Assessment depth and question set: Ask to see the full questionnaire and the areas scored. Check that it covers operations and suppliers separately, and record which questions are fixed and which can be changed.
  Sources: https://www.ipro.net/modern-slavery-assessment
- Risk categorisation logic: The page states suppliers are categorised by risk level. Ask how the level is calculated from answers and geography, and retain the method document with your records.
  Sources: https://www.ipro.net/modern-slavery-assessment
- Action plan tracking: Create a test finding and check who owns the action, how due dates and evidence are recorded, and whether the status carries into the following year. The page mentions action plans but not these details.
  Sources: https://www.ipro.net/modern-slavery-assessment
- Jurisdiction outputs: The product page names Australia, the UK and Canada; the home page adds California and Europe. Request a sample output for each regime you report under and compare its headings with the statutory criteria.
  Sources: https://www.ipro.net/modern-slavery-assessment, https://www.ipro.net/, https://www.ipro.net/modern-slavery-definition
- Product boundary with contractor compliance: The contractor management page covers pre-qualification, worker verification and site access as a separate product. Confirm whether any contractor data feeds the MSAT and whether both are licensed separately.
  Sources: https://www.ipro.net/contractor-management
- Security and hosting evidence: The company page states ISO 27001 certification. Request the certificate, its scope, hosting region and data retention terms for supplier responses.
  Sources: https://www.ipro.net/our-company

### Capability scope

- Modern slavery assessment tool [documented]: The home page describes the Modern Slavery Assessment Tool for assessing operations and supply chain for modern slavery risks, with aggregated reporting against Australian, Canadian, UK, Californian and European criteria. Sources: https://www.ipro.net/
- Questionnaire-based assessment of organisation and suppliers [documented]: The MSAT page describes organisations and suppliers completing an assessment, with responses stored on the platform and risk areas including geography, downstream supply chain management, labour policies and employment practices. The question set and number of questions were not stated. Sources: https://www.ipro.net/modern-slavery-assessment
- Supplier risk categorisation and action plans [documented]: The page states that risk insights categorise suppliers by risk level and give an action plan, with per-supplier analysis and aggregated insights. The page does not describe how actions are assigned, tracked or evidenced, so this needs a demonstration. Sources: https://www.ipro.net/modern-slavery-assessment
- Statement support by jurisdiction [conditional]: The MSAT page lists Australian and UK statements and the Canadian Supply Chains Act annual report, while the home page also refers to Californian and European criteria. Confirm which outputs exist for each regime, since the product page lists fewer than the home page. Sources: https://www.ipro.net/modern-slavery-assessment, https://www.ipro.net/
- Information security certification [documented]: The company page states ISO 27001 certification, independently audited, and names an AWS Startup Program partnership, not a hosting arrangement. The security policy page describes an ISO 27001:2022 management system for a management-defined scope. Request the certificate scope and hosting region in writing. Sources: https://www.ipro.net/our-company, https://www.ipro.net/information-security-policy
- Supplier risk profiles and draft statement [conditional]: A separate iPRO-operated assessment site (2023 copyright footer) describes supplier risk profiles, aggregated insights, supply chain maps and a draft statement. The ipro.net pages describe supplier and aggregated reporting and statement generation more briefly, without maps; ask for a sample. Sources: https://www.modernslaveryassessment.pro/, https://www.modernslaveryassessment.pro/modern-slavery-act
- Data location for the verification platform [conditional]: The badges page says data is stored and processed in Australia, and the assessment site refers to Australian-based data storage for the modern slavery tool. Confirm the location for your own supplier responses in writing. Sources: https://www.ipro.net/proof-of-action, https://www.modernslaveryassessment.pro/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: supplier assessment to action plan
1. Complete the assessment for the organisation and send it to two test suppliers.
2. Review the risk category given to each and ask how it was calculated.
3. Open the action plan for a higher-risk supplier and assign, evidence and close an action.
4. Generate the aggregated output for each reporting regime you use and compare it with the criteria.

#### Proposed demo: post-assessment report and contract terms
1. Ask the vendor to run a sample assessment for three fictional suppliers.
2. Open the post-assessment report and review the supply chain map and supplier risk profiles.
3. Select one mitigation action and show how it informs a contract term.
4. Generate the draft statement and mark which sentences come from assessment data.
5. Ask where the data is stored and how long responses are retained.

### Product presentations

- [Modern slavery assessment dashboard on three devices](https://www.ipro.net/modern-slavery-assessment): Official vendor image of assessment results: risk scores, partner risk categories, risk-tier map.

### Questions and answers

#### Which countries does iPRO serve?
Its home page says it is Australian-based with solutions for companies in Australia and Canada.

#### Which reporting regimes does the iPRO MSAT page name?
The MSAT page lists the Australian Modern Slavery Statement, the UK Modern Slavery Statement and the Canadian Supply Chains Act annual report. The home page also mentions Californian and European criteria; confirm those with the vendor.

#### Is pricing or a trial published?
No price or trial was found. The MSAT page describes the tool as cost-effective and mentions a free demo. Request a written quote.

#### How is the MSAT different from iPRO's contractor compliance product?
The contractor management page describes a separate product for pre-qualification, worker verification and site access. This profile covers the MSAT only.

### Demo questions

- Which data do suppliers need to provide, and what is scored from spend and supplier names alone?
- How does the platform capture signals that contradict a supplier's own questionnaire answers?
- How is a finding linked to a remediation action and to the sentence in the published statement?
- Which jurisdictions' reporting criteria are mapped (UK, Australia, Canada, EU), and who maintains that mapping?

### Primary sources

- [iPRO home and Modern Slavery Assessment Tool, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.ipro.net/)
- [iPRO Modern Slavery Assessment Tool, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.ipro.net/modern-slavery-assessment)
- [iPRO modern slavery definition and obligations, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.ipro.net/modern-slavery-definition)
- [iPRO about the company, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.ipro.net/our-company)
- [iPRO contractor management, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.ipro.net/contractor-management)
- [iPRO information security policy, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.ipro.net/information-security-policy)
- [iPRO verification badges and proof of action, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.ipro.net/proof-of-action)
- [iPRO Modern Slavery Assessment site, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.modernslaveryassessment.pro/)
- [iPRO Modern Slavery Assessment site, legislation page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.modernslaveryassessment.pro/modern-slavery-act)

## Exiger

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/exiger
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Exiger provides the 1Exiger supply chain and third-party risk platform. This profile covers its forced labour and modern slavery supply chain mapping use. The about page states a 2013 founding and names no owner.

Exiger's 1Exiger platform covers supply chain risk, third-party risk management and due diligence. Its modern slavery article describes a knowledge graph of suppliers and third parties mapped to products down to raw materials, forced labour data, and sub-tier visibility beyond Tier 1.

Best-fit starting point: Large organisations and public-sector buyers needing sub-tier forced labour mapping inside a broader supply chain risk programme.

Check before buying: A broad enterprise risk platform; modern slavery statement preparation, remediation records and worker channels need to be demonstrated rather than assumed.

### Pricing

Quote-based. Pricing is not published on the reviewed pages; request a quote for your supplier count, modules and reporting jurisdictions.

### Offline capabilities

Not applicable in the usual sense: Exiger is a web platform for supplier risk assessment and reporting, and no offline or mobile field mode is documented on the reviewed pages.

Product scope: Supply chain risk, third-party risk and due diligence on the 1Exiger platform; software supply chain security is a separate product.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. Confirm the proposed edition, configuration and commercial terms.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Sub-tier depth on your own products: Supply a sample bill of materials and ask the vendor to map it. Record the tiers reached, how many entities are resolved and which links are inferred. Keep the output for comparison with supplier-confirmed data.
  Sources: https://www.exiger.com/supply-chain-risk-management/, https://www.exiger.com/perspectives/tools-to-combat-modern-slavery/
- Forced labour data scope and geography: The UFLPA page is scoped to Xinjiang and Chinese networks for US importers. Ask which datasets apply to the UK, Australian, Canadian and EU regimes and which regions are not covered.
  Sources: https://www.exiger.com/perspectives/exiger-enhanced-uflpa-solution/, https://www.exiger.com/risk-and-compliance/
- Evidence for a flagged entity: Select a flagged supplier and ask for the evidence chain behind the flag, including data source and date. Check whether a reviewer can record a decision that stays with the record.
  Sources: https://www.exiger.com/due-diligence-solutions/
- Statement and remediation workflow: The pages reviewed describe risk findings and alert workflows rather than modern slavery statement drafting. Ask for a demonstration of how a finding becomes an action and a sentence in a published statement, or confirm this is out of scope.
  Sources: https://www.exiger.com/risk-and-compliance/, https://www.exiger.com/perspectives/tools-to-combat-modern-slavery/
- Platform modules and contract boundary: The platform page lists modules beyond third-party risk, such as trade compliance and cyber supply chain risk. Establish in writing which modules, data sets and AI agent features are included in the quote.
  Sources: https://www.exiger.com/1exigerai/
- Integration and security evidence: The risk and compliance page states API-first design and FedRAMP, ISO 27001 and SOC 2 Type 2 credentials. Request the reports, the list of ERP connectors and the data residency terms for your region.
  Sources: https://www.exiger.com/risk-and-compliance/

### Capability scope

- Forced labour supply chain mapping [documented]: The vendor's article describes a knowledge graph representing suppliers and third parties and mapping products down to raw materials, combined with forced labour and supply chain data. Sources: https://www.exiger.com/perspectives/tools-to-combat-modern-slavery/
- Nth-tier supplier identification and risk scoring [documented]: The supply chain risk page states that the platform identifies nth-tier suppliers, applies risk scores and traces their data sources, with dashboards and ongoing monitoring. It does not give the tier depth achieved for a given product category, so test this with your own bill of materials. Sources: https://www.exiger.com/supply-chain-risk-management/
- UFLPA-specific forced labour mapping [conditional]: The UFLPA page describes four steps: risk source identification, network mapping, scoring and tagging, and continuous monitoring, using Chinese government, geospatial and trade data. Its stated scope is Xinjiang and related Chinese supply chains for US importers, so check coverage for other regions and regimes. Sources: https://www.exiger.com/perspectives/exiger-enhanced-uflpa-solution/
- Third-party due diligence workflow [documented]: The due diligence page lists sanctions, modern slavery, adverse media and other checks, risk profiles organised by risk event, configurable rules and a record of decisions. The page mentions analysts only in a customer quotation, so analyst review is not stated as a vendor service. Confirm what a modern slavery finding looks like in a record and who performs the review. Sources: https://www.exiger.com/due-diligence-solutions/
- Product-level modern slavery data and integrations [conditional]: The risk and compliance page describes product-aware datasets linking products to input-level origin, facilities and owners, and an API-first approach with native ERP, source-to-pay and case system integrations. Verify which integrations are available for your systems and which data modules are in your contract. Sources: https://www.exiger.com/risk-and-compliance/
- Security certifications [documented]: The risk and compliance page states FedRAMP Moderate authorisation, ISO 27001 and SOC 2 Type 2. Request current reports and confirm which deployment they cover. Sources: https://www.exiger.com/risk-and-compliance/
- Third-party onboarding and continuous monitoring [documented]: The page describes automated onboarding and offboarding, conditional workflows and continuous monitoring with real-time risk ratings. Check how forced labour appears as a risk category. Sources: https://www.exiger.com/third-party-risk-management/
- Transshipment and trade-origin detection [documented]: The article describes rebuilding trade routes from shipment records and linking shipments to beneficial owners and forced labour risk. Test it with your own shipment data. Sources: https://www.exiger.com/perspectives/transshipment-intelligence/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: bill of materials to evidenced forced labour flag
1. Provide a sample product bill of materials and supplier list covering at least three tiers.
2. Review the map, noting which tiers and links are inferred rather than confirmed.
3. Open a flagged entity, inspect its evidence and record a reviewer decision.
4. Trace the finding to an action and to the statement or disclosure it would support; export the audit record.

#### Proposed demo: third-party onboarding with continuous monitoring
1. Onboard a test third party through a workflow that includes forced labour and adverse media checks.
2. Review the resulting risk profile and note which risk events contribute to the rating.
3. Ask the vendor to show a later risk change raising a monitoring alert.
4. Offboard the entity and export the full decision record for audit.

### Product presentations

- [Due diligence risk profile (sample company)](https://www.exiger.com/due-diligence-solutions/): Official vendor image of a due diligence risk profile for a placeholder company, Company X.

### Questions and answers

#### Is Exiger only for modern slavery?
No. It is a broader supply chain and third-party risk platform; forced labour mapping is one use.

#### Which data sources does Exiger describe?
The pages describe proprietary and open-source data, watchlists, premium news and trade records. Two pages state 300 million companies and 6 billion people; these are unverified vendor figures. The language count is an animated counter, so ask for the list in writing.

#### Is the forced labour solution limited to certain regions?
The UFLPA solution page describes a scope of Xinjiang and Chinese supply chain networks for goods entering the United States. Ask about coverage for other jurisdictions before relying on it for a UK, Australian or EU statement.

#### Are prices or a trial published?
No. The pages reviewed state no pricing. Request a quote that names modules, data sets and user numbers.

### Demo questions

- Which data do suppliers need to provide, and what is scored from spend and supplier names alone?
- How does the platform capture signals that contradict a supplier's own questionnaire answers?
- How is a finding linked to a remediation action and to the sentence in the published statement?
- Which jurisdictions' reporting criteria are mapped (UK, Australia, Canada, EU), and who maintains that mapping?

### Primary sources

- [Modern slavery tools article, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.exiger.com/perspectives/tools-to-combat-modern-slavery/)
- [Exiger home, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.exiger.com/)
- [Exiger supply chain risk management, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.exiger.com/supply-chain-risk-management/)
- [Exiger 1Exiger.ai platform, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.exiger.com/1exigerai/)
- [Exiger due diligence solutions, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.exiger.com/due-diligence-solutions/)
- [Exiger risk and compliance, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.exiger.com/risk-and-compliance/)
- [Exiger enhanced UFLPA solution, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.exiger.com/perspectives/exiger-enhanced-uflpa-solution/)
- [Exiger third-party risk management, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.exiger.com/third-party-risk-management/)
- [Exiger transshipment intelligence article, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.exiger.com/perspectives/transshipment-intelligence/)
- [Exiger about page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.exiger.com/about/)
- [Exiger trust center](https://trustcenter.exiger.com/)

## IntegrityNext

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/integritynext
Sources checked: 2026-10-10
IntegrityNext is a supply chain sustainability platform. This profile covers its supply chain due diligence and supplier assessment scope and its EUDR solution, including the EUDR Starter package.

IntegrityNext is a supply chain sustainability platform covering supplier data collection, AI-assisted assessments, compliance checks, risk monitoring and reporting. Its site lists solutions for supply chain due diligence laws including the German Supply Chain Act (LkSG), Norwegian Transparency Act, Swiss supply chain rules and the CSDDD.

Best-fit starting point: Multinationals managing supplier due diligence across several European and international supply chain laws.

Check before buying: A multi-regulation platform; confirm how modern slavery-specific risks, worker signals and statement content are handled rather than inferring them from general ESG questionnaires.

### Pricing

Quote-based; EUDR Starter at a fixed annual price. The general platform is quoted. The EUDR Starter page (checked 2 October 2026) describes one fixed annual price for SMEs with up to 50 suppliers, with no per-supplier or usage charges and free supplier access, but states no amount. Request the price, renewal terms and what lies beyond 50 suppliers in writing.

### Offline capabilities

Not applicable in the usual sense: IntegrityNext is a web platform for supplier risk assessment and reporting, and no offline or mobile field mode is documented on the reviewed pages.

Product scope: Supply chain due diligence, supplier sustainability assessments, risk monitoring, EUDR due diligence and product compliance workflows.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. Confirm the proposed edition, configuration and commercial terms.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Modern slavery content within a multi-law platform: Ask to see the forced labour and modern slavery assessment questions and outputs separately from LkSG content. Check which are configurable and what a statement section would contain.
  Sources: https://www.integritynext.com/forced-labor-prevention, https://www.integritynext.com/supply-chain-due-diligence
- Screening data and false positives: The forced labor page cites the UFLPA Entity List, sanctions data and news monitoring. Run a test list, record matches and how a reviewer clears or escalates a false match, and keep the decision record.
  Sources: https://www.integritynext.com/forced-labor-prevention
- Supplier questionnaire burden: The pages describe 14-language questionnaires and a free supplier experience for the EUDR product. Ask whether suppliers pay in any case, how many questions they answer and how responses are reused across customers.
  Sources: https://www.integritynext.com/supply-chain-due-diligence, https://www.integritynext.com/esg-solutions/german-supply-chain-act-lksg
- Sub-tier mapping input requirements: The visibility page refers to product data with HS codes, DUNS numbers and NACE classes. Test with a real product list and measure how many sub-tier links are confirmed rather than modelled.
  Sources: https://www.integritynext.com/supply-chain-visibility
- Corrective action and complaints records: Raise a test finding and follow it through assignment, evidence and closure. Check for a complaints procedure record under the LkSG content, and export the resulting audit trail.
  Sources: https://www.integritynext.com/esg-solutions/german-supply-chain-act-lksg, https://www.integritynext.com/supply-chain-due-diligence
- Legal validation, implementation and pricing: The LkSG and NTA pages state a typical 6 to 8 week project and a legal opinion for the NTA. Ask for the opinion, the implementation plan and written pricing, including EUDR Starter limits beyond 50 suppliers.
  Sources: https://www.integritynext.com/esg-solutions/norwegian-transparency-act-nta, https://www.integritynext.com/esg-solutions/german-supply-chain-act-lksg, https://www.integritynext.com/esg-solutions/eudr-deforestation-regulation/eudr-starter

### Capability scope

- Supply chain due diligence [documented]: The home page lists supply chain due diligence solutions for the German Supply Chain Act (LkSG), Norwegian Transparency Act, Swiss supply chain rules and the CSDDD, with supplier assessments and continuous risk monitoring. Sources: https://www.integritynext.com/
- EUDR due diligence [documented]: The EUDR page describes ERP and procurement API connections (SAP, Celonis), a free multilingual supplier portal, satellite-based plot-level deforestation analysis against the 31 December 2020 baseline, mitigation tracking and due diligence statement generation with TRACES submission. EUDR Starter is described as a fixed annual package for SMEs with up to 50 suppliers, without per-supplier fees. Sources: https://www.integritynext.com/esg-solutions/eudr-deforestation-regulation, https://www.integritynext.com/esg-solutions/eudr-deforestation-regulation/eudr-starter
- Forced labour screening and monitoring [documented]: The forced labor page describes flagging suppliers linked to regions such as Xinjiang, screening against the UFLPA Entity List and sanctions data, and AI news monitoring. It also names UK, Australian, Canadian and Californian laws; confirm what statement output exists for each, rather than inferring it from screening. Sources: https://www.integritynext.com/forced-labor-prevention
- Multilingual supplier questionnaires and corrective actions [documented]: The due diligence page describes standardised questionnaires in 14 languages and tools to assign, track and document corrective actions. Check the modern slavery questions included and how evidence is attached. Sources: https://www.integritynext.com/supply-chain-due-diligence, https://www.integritynext.com/forced-labor-prevention
- Product-based supply chain mapping [conditional]: The visibility page describes uploading product data using HS codes, DUNS numbers and NACE classifications to generate supply chain maps, plus scoring across 52 ESG risk areas. The page states a network of over 2 million pre-onboarded suppliers; this is a vendor figure, and the mapped share of your suppliers needs testing. Sources: https://www.integritynext.com/supply-chain-visibility
- LkSG and Norwegian Transparency Act support [documented]: The LkSG page lists risk analysis, preventive and remedial measures, a complaints procedure and reporting. The NTA page describes a five-stage process and states a legal opinion was obtained on the requirements met. Ask for that opinion's scope and date. Sources: https://www.integritynext.com/esg-solutions/german-supply-chain-act-lksg, https://www.integritynext.com/esg-solutions/norwegian-transparency-act-nta
- Integrations and platform hosting [documented]: The platform page describes bi-directional APIs to ERP, SRM, sourcing and risk systems, hosting on AWS with encryption and role-based permissions, and a CSA STAR Level 2 statement. Ask for the certificate, its scope and the integration list. Sources: https://www.integritynext.com/platform
- Supplier training and capacity building [documented]: The sustainable procurement page describes an academy with expert-led modules on due diligence and human rights, plus action management to assign and track supplier corrective actions. Sources: https://www.integritynext.com/sustainable-procurement

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: forced labour screening to corrective action
1. Upload a supplier list with country and industry data and run the forced labour screening.
2. Review matches and record how a reviewer clears or escalates one.
3. Send the questionnaire to a test supplier and assign a corrective action from a finding.
4. Export the audit trail and ask how it would appear in a modern slavery statement.

#### Proposed demo: risk analysis to stakeholder report for one due diligence law
1. Choose one law in scope and load a sample supplier list with country and industry data.
2. Run the risk analysis and show how impacts are prioritised.
3. Create a preventive measure for one high-risk supplier and follow it to closure.
4. Ask how a complaint is recorded and whether it feeds the risk analysis.
5. Generate the stakeholder report and review its contents.

### Product presentations

- [EUDR overview and deforestation risk map](https://www.integritynext.com/esg-solutions/eudr-deforestation-regulation): Official vendor illustration of the EUDR dashboard with shipment counts and a deforestation risk map; figures are sample data.

### Questions and answers

#### Does IntegrityNext cover modern slavery?
Its reviewed pages cover supply chain due diligence laws with human rights obligations; ask to see modern slavery-specific assessments in a demo.

#### Does IntegrityNext screen for forced labour?
Its forced labor page describes flagging suppliers linked to regions such as Xinjiang, screening against the UFLPA Entity List and sanctions databases, and AI-based news monitoring. It names the UK, Australian, Canadian and Californian laws; ask what reporting outputs exist for each.

#### How long does implementation take?
The LkSG and Norwegian Transparency Act pages state a project takes 6 to 8 weeks on average. Treat this as a vendor statement and request a plan for your scope.

#### What does the platform say about supplier cost?
The LkSG page states there are no related costs for your suppliers. The EUDR pages describe free supplier access. Confirm the position for each module in writing.

### Demo questions

- Which data do suppliers need to provide, and what is scored from spend and supplier names alone?
- How does the platform capture signals that contradict a supplier's own questionnaire answers?
- How is a finding linked to a remediation action and to the sentence in the published statement?
- Which jurisdictions' reporting criteria are mapped (UK, Australia, Canada, EU), and who maintains that mapping?

### Primary sources

- [IntegrityNext home and solutions, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.integritynext.com/)
- [IntegrityNext EUDR compliance software, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.integritynext.com/esg-solutions/eudr-deforestation-regulation)
- [IntegrityNext EUDR Starter, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.integritynext.com/esg-solutions/eudr-deforestation-regulation/eudr-starter)
- [IntegrityNext supply chain due diligence, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.integritynext.com/supply-chain-due-diligence)
- [IntegrityNext forced labor prevention, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.integritynext.com/forced-labor-prevention)
- [IntegrityNext German Supply Chain Act (LkSG), checked 2 October 2026](https://www.integritynext.com/esg-solutions/german-supply-chain-act-lksg)
- [IntegrityNext Norwegian Transparency Act, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.integritynext.com/esg-solutions/norwegian-transparency-act-nta)
- [IntegrityNext supply chain visibility, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.integritynext.com/supply-chain-visibility)
- [IntegrityNext platform, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.integritynext.com/platform)
- [IntegrityNext sustainable procurement and academy, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.integritynext.com/sustainable-procurement)
- [IntegrityNext company page](https://www.integritynext.com/about-us/our-company)

## Rapid Global

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/rapid-global
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: Rapid Permit to Work
Rapid Global is an Australian workforce and site safety software vendor. This profile covers its Rapid Permit to Work module, used with Rapid Access, Rapid Induct and Rapid Contractor Management.

Rapid Permit to Work issues, tracks, approves and closes out work permits online, with every status change timestamped for audit. Permits are checked during site sign-in through Rapid Access, so only approved workers performing authorised high-risk work are allowed on site. The support documentation states the system includes hot work permit issuing, confined space, working at heights, excavation and break-in permit types, with customisable work order forms for any work type.

Best-fit starting point: Organisations that want permit approval enforced at the site gate rather than in a separate office process.

Check before buying: The permit check at sign-in depends on workers signing in through Rapid Access. Confirm how permits are handled for workers already on site, and how re-verification after an interruption is recorded for hot work.

### Pricing

Quote-based. Pricing is not published on the reviewed pages; request a quote for your sites, worker count and modules.

### Offline capabilities

Not established on the reviewed pages. Demonstrate permit issue, approval and status checks under the connectivity conditions at your work faces.

Product scope: Permit to work with site access, induction and contractor management modules; broader EHS functionality is a separate scope.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. Confirm the proposed edition, configuration and commercial terms.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Hot work closure and fire-watch evidence: The product page describes exit questions such as fire watch confirmation on permit forms. Ask the vendor to configure a hot work permit in which the post-work fire-watch confirmation is mandatory and show what happens if it is not completed. Retain the permit record with timestamps showing who confirmed and when.
  Sources: https://rapidglobal.com/products/online-work-permit-software/
- Gate enforcement versus office process: The vendor states Rapid Access blocks site entry until a permit is approved. Test a worker with an unapproved permit, an expired permit and no induction, and record what the gate device displays in each case. Confirm whether enforcement applies to workers already on site.
  Sources: https://rapidglobal.com/products/online-work-permit-software/, https://rapidglobal.com/products/rapid-visitor-management-system/
- Approver routing and escalation: Routing is described by site, with optional auto-approval for low-risk work types. Ask which work types you would allow to auto-approve and who is notified when an approver does not respond. Retain the routing configuration export for your risk assessment file.
  Sources: https://rapidglobal.com/products/online-work-permit-software/, https://support.rapidglobal.com/portal/en/kb/articles/rapid-permit-to-work-work-permit-software
- Changes to approved permits: The support documentation states administrators are alerted when workers modify approved permits. Ask the vendor to demonstrate an edit after approval and show how the change, the alert and any re-approval appear in the audit trail.
  Sources: https://support.rapidglobal.com/portal/en/kb/articles/rapid-permit-to-work-work-permit-software
- Module dependency and commercial scope: Permit enforcement relies on Induct, Contractor Management and Access being connected. Ask for a quote that separates each module and states which permit-related behaviours stop working if a module is omitted. Pricing is not published on the reviewed pages.
  Sources: https://rapidglobal.com/products/online-work-permit-software/, https://rapidglobal.com/products/rapid-online-induction-software/, https://rapidglobal.com/products/rapid-contractor-management-software/, https://rapidglobal.com/products/rapid-visitor-management-system/
- Data residency, certification and emergency attendance: The security page states customers can choose Australian or Irish data storage and lists ISO 27001. The Rapid Access page states a live attendance list for mustering but does not specify offline behaviour. Request the certificate, the region setting for your tenant and a demonstration of the attendance list with the gate device disconnected.
  Sources: https://rapidglobal.com/security-privacy/, https://rapidglobal.com/products/rapid-visitor-management-system/

### Capability scope

- Hot work permit issuing [documented]: The vendor's support documentation states the system includes hot work permit issuing software, alongside confined space, working at heights, excavation and break-in permit types, with customisable work order forms for any work type. Sources: https://support.rapidglobal.com/portal/en/kb/articles/rapid-permit-to-work-work-permit-software
- Permit lifecycle with site-access enforcement [documented]: Permits are issued, tracked, approved and closed out online with timestamped status changes, and are checked during sign-in through Rapid Access so only approved workers performing authorised high-risk work are allowed on site. Sources: https://rapidglobal.com/products/online-work-permit-software/
- Multi-worker permits and exit questions [documented]: The product page describes a single Responsible Worker submitting a permit for a crew, supervised workers signing in under the approved permit, individual or group sign-out, and a form builder with dynamic fields and exit questions such as fire watch confirmation. It does not state how a fire-watch period is timed or whether closure can be blocked until it is recorded; test this. Sources: https://rapidglobal.com/products/online-work-permit-software/
- Approval routing and auto-approval [documented]: The product page states permits are routed automatically to the correct approvers by site, with an auto-approval option for low-risk work types and notifications for reviews and overdue work. The support documentation states administrators can set permission levels to create, approve or reject work orders. The pages do not state escalation rules when an approver is unavailable. Sources: https://rapidglobal.com/products/online-work-permit-software/, https://support.rapidglobal.com/portal/en/kb/articles/rapid-permit-to-work-work-permit-software
- Induction and contractor prerequisites for permits [documented]: The product page states a completed induction is required before permit issuance and that Rapid Access blocks site entry until a permit is approved. The Induct and Contractor Management pages describe document and licence tracking with expiry alerts. Which checks are enforced at the gate depends on the modules purchased and how they are configured. Sources: https://rapidglobal.com/products/online-work-permit-software/, https://rapidglobal.com/products/rapid-online-induction-software/, https://rapidglobal.com/products/rapid-contractor-management-software/
- Site access methods and emergency attendance list [conditional]: The Rapid Access page lists QR code, mobile app, iPad kiosk, Android tablet, pedestrian and vehicle access, and states a live attendance list and mustering support for emergencies. The page does not specify offline functionality, so behaviour when the gate device or network is unavailable is unverified. Sources: https://rapidglobal.com/products/rapid-visitor-management-system/
- Hosting, certification and access controls [documented]: The security page states ISO 27001, AWS-hosted datacentres in Australia and Ireland with customer choice of region, 256-bit AES encryption at rest, role-based access, two-factor authentication and SAML/WS-Federation SSO. Request the current certificate scope and confirm which statements apply to the modules you plan to buy. Sources: https://rapidglobal.com/security-privacy/
- Integrations and RESTful API [documented]: The integrations page lists access control, HR and payroll connectors and a RESTful API; the Rapid One page states API access at no extra cost. Which connectors carry permit data is not stated. Sources: https://rapidglobal.com/integrating-with-your-business-tools/, https://rapidglobal.com/rapid-one/
- Single plan across modules, user-based pricing [documented]: The Rapid One page describes one plan covering all seven products, with user-based pricing tied to monthly headcount. No amount is shown; ask how headcount is counted. Sources: https://rapidglobal.com/rapid-one/, https://rapidglobal.com/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Hot work permit from submission to gate check and close-out
1. Configure a hot work permit with a mandatory fire-watch exit question and an approver route for one test site.
2. Submit the permit as a Responsible Worker for a two-person crew before arrival, then approve it as the site approver.
3. Attempt sign-in with an approved worker, an unapproved worker and a worker with an expired document, and record the gate result for each.
4. Close the permit with and without the fire-watch confirmation and export the timestamped audit trail.

#### Proposed demo: contractor documents and induction to permit eligibility
1. Register a test contractor and upload a licence with a near expiry date.
2. Assign an induction and show whether the permit can be submitted before it is completed.
3. Let the licence expire and show the reminder and the effect on permit approval and gate entry.
4. Edit an approved permit as the worker, then show the alert it raises and the overdue flag.
5. Export the document, induction and permit history for the contractor.

### Product presentations

- [Work order list with approval status](https://rapidglobal.com/products/online-work-permit-software/): Official vendor image of a work order list; the data looks illustrative.
- [Create work order form](https://rapidglobal.com/products/online-work-permit-software/): Official vendor image of the create work order form; the data looks illustrative.

### Questions and answers

#### Does Rapid Permit to Work support hot work permits?
Yes — the vendor's support documentation names hot work permit issuing as a supported permit type, together with confined space, working at heights, excavation and break-in.

#### Which permit types does Rapid Permit to Work list?
The product page lists working at heights, confined space, hot work, electrical isolation, excavation and general or custom types. The support documentation also names break-in permits and cold work.

#### Does a permit block site entry?
The product page states Rapid Access blocks site entry until a permit is approved and that a completed induction is required before a permit is issued. How this behaves for workers already on site or when a gate device is offline is not stated.

#### Where is data hosted and is there a security certification?
The security page states hosting on AWS with datacentres in Australia and Ireland, customer choice of region, and ISO 27001. Confirm the certificate scope with the vendor.

### Demo questions

- Configure a hot work permit with a mandatory fire-watch exit question and show what happens at closure if it is left blank.
- Sign in a worker whose permit is unapproved and a worker whose licence has expired; show the result on the gate device.
- Edit an approved permit as a worker and show the administrator alert and the audit trail entry.
- Submit one permit for a crew as a Responsible Worker and sign individual workers in and out.
- Show the live attendance list for mustering, and what it shows when the gate device is disconnected.

### Primary sources

- [Rapid Permit to Work product page, checked 2 October 2026](https://rapidglobal.com/products/online-work-permit-software/)
- [Rapid Permit to Work: work permit software (support documentation), checked 2 October 2026](https://support.rapidglobal.com/portal/en/kb/articles/rapid-permit-to-work-work-permit-software)
- [Rapid Contractor Management product page, checked 2 October 2026](https://rapidglobal.com/products/rapid-contractor-management-software/)
- [Rapid Induct product page, checked 2 October 2026](https://rapidglobal.com/products/rapid-online-induction-software/)
- [Rapid Access product page, checked 2 October 2026](https://rapidglobal.com/products/rapid-visitor-management-system/)
- [Rapid Global security and privacy page, checked 2 October 2026](https://rapidglobal.com/security-privacy/)
- [Rapid One plan page, checked 2 October 2026](https://rapidglobal.com/rapid-one/)
- [Rapid Global integrations and API page, checked 2 October 2026](https://rapidglobal.com/integrating-with-your-business-tools/)
- [Rapid Global home page, checked 2 October 2026](https://rapidglobal.com/)

## Sitemate

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/sitemate
Sources checked: 2026-10-10
Also known as: Dashpivot, Sitemate Dashpivot
Sitemate is an Australian software vendor whose Dashpivot platform digitises site forms and workflows. This profile covers its hot works permit system and permit management software.

Sitemate's Dashpivot platform provides a dedicated hot works permit system: a drag-and-drop template builder for a custom hot works permit with photos, attachments and digital signatures, completion on mobile, tablet or computer, and automated approval workflows that route the permit from creator to each sign-off until closure. Records are stored in the cloud with geolocation, form numbering and an audit trail, and a free hot works permit template covers fire hazards, combustible materials, isolation requirements, fire watch arrangements, emergency equipment, approvals and sign-offs.

Best-fit starting point: Construction and industrial teams that want to digitise hot work permits quickly without a full EHS platform rollout.

Check before buying: Dashpivot is a forms-and-workflow platform rather than a permit-to-work system with access control. Confirm how permit status is enforced at the point of work, and how re-verification after an interruption is recorded.

### Pricing

Per-user tiers (Standard, Pro, Premium, Platinum) or Enterprise Unlimited. On 2 October 2026 the pricing page, which opened in EUR with a 1-year term and 11-30 Contributor licences selected, showed Standard EUR 20.88, Pro EUR 36.18, Premium EUR 51.48 and Platinum EUR 66.78 per user/month for Dashpivot Contributors, and EUR 7.74, 9.54 and 11.34 per user/month for paid Sitemate App users on Pro, Premium and Platinum. The page also offers monthly, 2-, 3- and 5-year terms and USD, AUD, ZAR, GBP and CAD; the amount depends on the term, currency and user band selected, so confirm the figure for your selection. Enterprise Unlimited is priced separately. Initial minimums: under 10 employees, none; 10-99, 10 Contributor licences; 100-999, 20; 1,000+, 30.

### Offline capabilities

The help centre states the Dashpivot mobile app can be used offline to take photos and fill out forms, storing the last opened team's template formats, the latest 300 photos and the last 30 forms per template. Switching teams offline allows photos only, and uploads require the app to be reopened and left open after reconnection. Demonstrate a full permit cycle under your site's connectivity.

Product scope: Hot works permits and general permit management within the Dashpivot forms platform; broader safety management modules are a separate scope.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. Confirm the proposed edition, configuration and commercial terms.

Trial status: verified-free. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Post-work fire-watch and closure control: The hot works template covers fire watch arrangements, but the reviewed pages do not state that closure is blocked until a fire-watch period is recorded. Build the permit with a required fire-watch field and test whether it can be closed without it. Retain the closed permit PDF showing the field result.
  Sources: https://sitemate.com/safety/hot-work-permit-system/, https://sitemate.com/templates/safety/forms/hot-works-permit-template/
- Offline completion and upload: The help centre states offline use stores only the last opened team's data and requires the app to stay open to upload after reconnection. Complete a permit offline with photos in the team you will use, reconnect, and record how long the upload takes and whether the approver is notified.
  Sources: https://help.sitemate.com/en/articles/4719089-how-does-offline-mode-work-on-dashpivot-mobile-app
- External contractor sign-off: External users can sign without an account according to the help centre. Test a contractor signing a permit with a manual signature field and check the signature and identity details that appear on the exported PDF.
  Sources: https://help.sitemate.com/en/articles/2460681-safety-permits-in-dashpivot-digital-workflows-approvals-records, https://help.sitemate.com/en/articles/5670848-sitemate-links-introduction
- Expiry visibility: Expiry is handled through template fields and register columns. Create a permit with an expiry date, let it lapse in a test, and record whether any notification or register indicator appears without manual checking.
  Sources: https://help.sitemate.com/en/articles/2460681-safety-permits-in-dashpivot-digital-workflows-approvals-records
- Approval workflow and notifications: The help centre documents approval stages with automatic notifications at each stage. Configure a two-approver route, reject at the second stage and confirm who is notified and how the permit returns to the creator.
  Sources: https://help.sitemate.com/en/articles/2460681-safety-permits-in-dashpivot-digital-workflows-approvals-records, https://sitemate.com/safety/hot-work-permit-system/
- Licence minimums and external user billing: Confirm the minimum Contributor licences for your headcount against the pricing page, how contractors submitting through ongoing Links would be billed, and the annual cost under your expected pattern.
  Sources: https://help.sitemate.com/en/articles/9213460-what-is-the-minimum-number-of-licences-for-dashpivot, https://help.sitemate.com/en/articles/5670848-sitemate-links-introduction, https://sitemate.com/software/dashpivot/pricing/

### Capability scope

- Hot works permit system [documented]: The product page describes a dedicated hot works permit system: a customisable hot works permit template with photos, attachments and digital signatures, completion on any device, and automated approval workflows routing the permit to each sign-off until closure. The free template covers fire hazards, combustible materials, isolation requirements, fire watch arrangements, emergency equipment, approvals and sign-offs. Sources: https://sitemate.com/safety/hot-work-permit-system/, https://sitemate.com/templates/safety/forms/hot-works-permit-template/
- Permit workflows and register [documented]: The help centre documents digital permit workflows with electronic sign-off, automatic notifications at each stage, an automatic register of active and closed permits, mobile access and PDF export. Sources: https://help.sitemate.com/en/articles/2460681-safety-permits-in-dashpivot-digital-workflows-approvals-records
- Offline mobile capture [conditional]: The help centre states the Dashpivot mobile app can be used offline to take photos and fill out forms, storing the last opened team's template formats, the latest 300 photos and the last 30 forms per template, and that switching teams offline allows photos only. Uploads need the app reopened and left open after reconnection, so approvals involving other users depend on reconnection. The permit app page says data syncs automatically on reconnection, which differs; test it. Sources: https://help.sitemate.com/en/articles/4719089-how-does-offline-mode-work-on-dashpivot-mobile-app, https://sitemate.com/safety/permit-to-work-app/
- External signatories without a full licence [documented]: The help centre states external users can sign permits without Dashpivot accounts and recommends manual signature fields for them. Sitemate Links lets non-users submit forms; single submissions are described as free and ongoing submissions are billed as Paid Sitemate Users, with a maximum of 20 templates per link. Sources: https://help.sitemate.com/en/articles/2460681-safety-permits-in-dashpivot-digital-workflows-approvals-records, https://help.sitemate.com/en/articles/5670848-sitemate-links-introduction
- Expiry tracking and register views [conditional]: The help centre describes an expiry date field showing days left, with a colour-coded badge for expired permits. The pages do not state an automatic alert on expiry, so test whether notifications fire. Sources: https://help.sitemate.com/en/articles/2460681-safety-permits-in-dashpivot-digital-workflows-approvals-records
- Permit template creation and PDF markup [documented]: The help centre documents browsing free permit templates, generating a custom template with Storm AI from a description, PDF markup for attached drawings on mobile and branded PDF export. Review any AI-generated template against your own hot work procedure before use. Sources: https://help.sitemate.com/en/articles/2460681-safety-permits-in-dashpivot-digital-workflows-approvals-records
- Per-user licensing with minimum seats [documented]: The pricing page states minimum Contributor licences by company size and licence blocks; Sitemate App paid users are priced separately. The help centre also says pricing is per user. Sources: https://help.sitemate.com/en/articles/9213460-what-is-the-minimum-number-of-licences-for-dashpivot, https://sitemate.com/software/dashpivot/pricing/
- Security controls and access management [documented]: The security page states SOC 2 certification, AWS hosting, encryption at rest and in transit, role-based access, SSO for Contributor users and change logs for forms and templates. Sources: https://sitemate.com/resources/security/
- Approval signature logic [documented]: The security page says custom logic controls who may sign at each stage by user type or permission; the pricing page lists it from Pro. Sources: https://sitemate.com/resources/security/, https://sitemate.com/software/dashpivot/pricing/
- Open API and integrations [documented]: The integrations page describes an open API used with finance, drawings, job management and analytics tools; the pricing page lists API access as available via Flowsite. Sources: https://sitemate.com/resources/dashpivot/api/, https://sitemate.com/software/dashpivot/pricing/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Hot works permit with offline completion and external sign-off
1. Build the hot works permit from the free template with required expiry and fire-watch fields and a two-stage approval route.
2. Complete the permit offline on a phone in the intended team, including photos, then reconnect and time the upload.
3. Send the permit for signature to an external contractor without a Dashpivot account and review the signed PDF.
4. Attempt closure with the fire-watch field blank, then complete and export the record.

#### Proposed demo: paper permit import and signature control
1. Ask the vendor to rebuild an existing paper hot works permit as a template, with the template builder or Storm, and list every field not reproduced.
2. Compare the generated fields with your own hot work procedure and note each edit needed.
3. Set approval signature logic so only a named user type can sign the approval stage, then try to sign as another user.
4. Open the register view and export it to PDF and CSV.

### Product presentations

- [Template builder with field types](https://sitemate.com/safety/hot-work-permit-system/): Official vendor image of the Dashpivot template builder; sample data.
- [Hot works permit sample form](https://sitemate.com/safety/hot-work-permit-system/): Official vendor image of an exported hot works permit; sample data.

### Questions and answers

#### Does Sitemate have a hot work permit template?
Yes — a free, editable hot works permit template covers fire hazards, combustible materials, isolation requirements, fire watch arrangements, emergency equipment, approvals and sign-offs, and can be exported to PDF or CSV.

#### Can Dashpivot permits be completed offline?
The help centre states the mobile app can be used offline to take photos and fill out forms. It stores only the last opened team's data, and uploads need the app left open after reconnection.

#### Can contractors sign permits without a paid licence?
The help centre states external users can sign permits without Dashpivot accounts. Sitemate Links describes free single submissions and billed ongoing submissions; confirm how your contractors would be classed.

#### Is there a minimum number of licences?
Yes. The pricing page states 10 Contributor licences for companies of 10 to 99 employees, 20 for 100 to 999 and 30 from 1,000, with no minimum under 10 employees.

### Demo questions

- Complete a hot works permit offline with photos in the intended team, reconnect and show the upload and approver notification.
- Show a required fire-watch field and whether the permit can be closed with it left blank.
- Have an external contractor without an account sign a permit and show the signature on the exported PDF.
- Create a permit with an expiry date and show how an expired or expiring permit appears in the register.
- Explain the minimum licence count and how contractors submitting through Sitemate Links would be billed.

### Primary sources

- [A smart hot works permit system, checked 2 October 2026](https://sitemate.com/safety/hot-work-permit-system/)
- [Hot Works Permit template and form, checked 2 October 2026](https://sitemate.com/templates/safety/forms/hot-works-permit-template/)
- [Safety permits in Dashpivot (help centre), checked 2 October 2026](https://help.sitemate.com/en/articles/2460681-safety-permits-in-dashpivot-digital-workflows-approvals-records)
- [Dashpivot mobile app offline mode (help centre), checked 2 October 2026](https://help.sitemate.com/en/articles/4719089-how-does-offline-mode-work-on-dashpivot-mobile-app)
- [Dashpivot minimum number of licences (help centre), checked 2 October 2026](https://help.sitemate.com/en/articles/9213460-what-is-the-minimum-number-of-licences-for-dashpivot)
- [Sitemate Links introduction (help centre), checked 2 October 2026](https://help.sitemate.com/en/articles/5670848-sitemate-links-introduction)
- [Dashpivot pricing, checked 2 October 2026](https://sitemate.com/software/dashpivot/pricing/)
- [Sitemate security, checked 2 October 2026](https://sitemate.com/resources/security/)
- [Dashpivot open API and integrations, checked 2 October 2026](https://sitemate.com/resources/dashpivot/api/)
- [Permit to Work App, checked 2 October 2026](https://sitemate.com/safety/permit-to-work-app/)

## Envoy

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/envoy
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Envoy is a workplace and visitor management product outside the core QHSE catalogue; this profile covers its visitor management capability only.

Envoy is a workplace platform whose visitor management product covers guest pre-registration, host notifications, badge printing and watchlist screening, alongside desk, room and mailroom products. Its site also describes emergency management and multi-tenant visitor management for landlords.

Best-fit starting point: Offices that want visitor check-in alongside desk and room booking in one workplace platform.

Check before buying: Visitor management is one product in a broader workplace suite; confirm which modules the quoted subscription includes and how the evacuation roll call behaves without network access.

### Pricing

Free Basic plan; Premium per location, billed annually; Enterprise by quote. Envoy's pricing page (checked 2 October 2026) lists Visitors Basic as free with limited features, 100 entries a month and up to 50 employees in the directory, Premium at $362 per location per month billed annually with unlimited entries, and Enterprise at custom pricing. The page footnotes say other products (Response, Reservations, Screens, Deliveries) exclude a platform fee; whether Visitors carries one is not stated. Confirm the current amounts, currency, taxes and included modules before comparing.

### Offline capabilities

The Envoy help article states visitors can sign in on a disconnected iPad and entries are queued and uploaded later with the original sign-in time. Host notifications are not sent offline, and offline mode does not work when features such as block list, ID scanning, required registration, videos in legal documents or conditional rules are enabled. Test the evacuation list with the kiosk disconnected.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Offline behaviour against your configuration: The help article states offline mode does not work when block list, ID scanning, required registration, videos in legal documents or conditional rules are enabled. List the features you need, disconnect a kiosk configured with them and record whether sign-in still works. Retain the screenshot and the queued-entry count.
  Sources: https://envoy.help/en/articles/3449867-offline-mode/
- Evacuation list accuracy: The evacuation list is the 'Currently signed in' filter, which depends on sign-out discipline according to the help article. Run a drill with visitors who leave without signing out and compare the list to the actual headcount. Retain the exported list.
  Sources: https://envoy.help/en/articles/3444474-using-visitors-for-evacuation/
- Plan entitlement for emergency notifications: The pricing page lists emergency notifications under Premium, while a help article says they are available on Enterprise. Ask for written confirmation of which plan includes each emergency feature and whether Envoy Response is priced separately.
  Sources: https://envoy.com/pricing, https://envoy.help/en/articles/3444474-using-visitors-for-evacuation/, https://envoy.com/features/incident-management
- Roll call and audit record: The product page describes safe check-ins and timestamped records of notifications and responses. Trigger a test alert, have some recipients respond and others not, and export the record showing sent, received and acknowledged times.
  Sources: https://envoy.com/features/incident-management
- Free tier limits and per-location cost: The pricing page states a free Basic plan with 100 entries a month and up to 50 employees in the directory, Premium at $362 per location per month billed annually, and Enterprise on request. Compare these limits against your visitor volume and number of entrances.
  Sources: https://envoy.com/pricing
- Data retention and residency: The security page states default purging of sign-in data with retention options on higher plans but does not specify data residency. Ask for the retention setting you need, the hosting region and the process for deletion requests, and retain the written answers.
  Sources: https://envoy.com/legal/security-and-privacy

### Capability scope

- Visitor management [documented]: The visitor management product page describes guest pre-registration, host notifications, badge printing and watchlist screening. Sources: https://envoy.com/products/visitors
- Offline kiosk sign-in with queued entries [conditional]: The help article states visitors can still sign in on a disconnected iPad and entries are queued and uploaded later with the original sign-in time. It also states host notifications are not sent offline and that offline mode does not work when features such as block list, ID scanning, required registration, videos in legal documents or conditional rules are enabled. Sources: https://envoy.help/en/articles/3449867-offline-mode/
- Emergency notifications and roll call [conditional]: The product page describes alerts by SMS, email, push, Slack, Teams and signage, two-way check-in where people mark themselves safe, templates and timestamped records. The pricing page card and table list them under Premium, while the evacuation help article says they are available on Enterprise. Confirm the plan in writing. Sources: https://envoy.com/features/incident-management, https://envoy.help/en/articles/3444474-using-visitors-for-evacuation/, https://envoy.com/pricing
- Evacuation list from the visitor log [documented]: The help article describes filtering the visitor log to 'Currently signed in' on the dashboard or mobile app as the list to account for. It notes strict sign-out procedures help accuracy; people who leave without signing out may still appear. Sources: https://envoy.help/en/articles/3444474-using-visitors-for-evacuation/
- Integrations and directory sync [documented]: The integrations page states 100+ integrations including access control (for example Brivo, Kisi), directory and SSO (Entra ID, Okta, SAML), Slack, Teams and build-your-own options such as IFTTT and Pipedream. Check the named integration against your version and plan. Sources: https://envoy.com/integrations
- Security, SSO and data retention [documented]: The security page states SOC 2 Type II, GDPR and CCPA statements, TLS 1.2 or above in transit, AES256 at rest, SAML SSO and default purge of visitor sign-in data with retention options on Premium and Enterprise. Data residency was not specified on the page; ask where your data is stored. Sources: https://envoy.com/legal/security-and-privacy
- Visitor screening, legal documents and access provisioning [documented]: The solutions page describes screening against watchlists, captured agreements, visit-linked access and a denied-entry log. The pricing page places blocklist and ID scanning on Enterprise. Sources: https://envoy.com/solutions/security-compliance, https://envoy.com/pricing
- Envoy Response incident management [conditional]: A separate page describes threat monitoring, notifications to employees and visitors, roll call and an exportable record. The pricing page lists Response separately. Sources: https://envoy.com/products/critical-event-management, https://envoy.com/pricing

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Visitor check-in, offline kiosk and evacuation drill
1. Configure the kiosk with the security features you need, such as ID scanning or block list, and pre-register two visitors.
2. Disconnect the iPad, sign in a visitor and record what works, what is queued and whether the host is notified.
3. Reconnect, confirm the queued entry appears with the original time, then run an evacuation drill using the 'Currently signed in' list and a test emergency notification.
4. Export the visitor log and notification record and compare them with the actual headcount.

#### Proposed demo: pre-registration, screening and access provisioning
1. Invite a test visitor with a legal document attached.
2. Add a test name to the blocklist and show the flag and denied-entry log.
3. Show a temporary access grant ending with the visit.
4. Show the host notification and badge print.
5. Export the visitor and denied-entry log.

### Product presentations

- [Emergency message composer, template list](https://envoy.com/products/critical-event-management): Official vendor image of the Send new message screen with template choices.

### Questions and answers

#### Does Envoy work when the iPad is offline?
The help article states visitors can still sign in and entries upload later, but host notifications are not sent and offline mode does not work with features such as block list, ID scanning or required registration.

#### What does Envoy list for pricing?
The pricing page states Basic is free with 100 entries a month, Premium is $362 per location per month billed annually, and Enterprise is custom. Confirm current amounts, currency and included modules with the vendor.

#### How does Envoy support an evacuation?
The help article describes using the 'Currently signed in' visitor log view, with mass messaging and mark-as-safe for Enterprise accounts. The emergency notifications product page describes multi-channel alerts and roll call.

### Demo questions

- Disconnect the kiosk configured with your security features and show whether visitors can still sign in and what is queued.
- Run an evacuation drill using the 'Currently signed in' list and compare it with the actual headcount.
- Send a test emergency notification, have some people respond safe, and export the sent and acknowledged record.
- Show which plan includes emergency notifications and mass messaging, in writing.
- Demonstrate a pre-registered visitor signing an NDA and a block-listed visitor being flagged.

### Primary sources

- [Envoy visitor management product page, checked 2 October 2026](https://envoy.com/products/visitors)
- [Envoy pricing page, checked 2 October 2026](https://envoy.com/pricing)
- [Envoy security and compliance page, checked 2 October 2026](https://envoy.com/legal/security-and-privacy)
- [Envoy integrations page, checked 2 October 2026](https://envoy.com/integrations)
- [Envoy emergency notifications product page, checked 2 October 2026](https://envoy.com/features/incident-management)
- [Envoy Help Center, offline mode, checked 2 October 2026](https://envoy.help/en/articles/3449867-offline-mode/)
- [Envoy Help Center, using visitors for evacuation, checked 2 October 2026](https://envoy.help/en/articles/3444474-using-visitors-for-evacuation/)
- [Envoy security and compliance solutions page, checked 2 October 2026](https://envoy.com/solutions/security-compliance)
- [Envoy Response critical event management page, checked 2 October 2026](https://envoy.com/products/critical-event-management)

## Greetly

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/greetly
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Greetly is a workplace and visitor management product outside the core QHSE catalogue; this profile covers its visitor management capability only. Its about-us page describes it as part of the OfficeSpace Software ecosystem.

Greetly is a visitor management system centred on iPad kiosk check-in. Its feature pages list visitor pre-registration, touchless check-in, visitor NDAs and digital signatures, badge printing, host alerts and notifications, and visitor logs with reporting.

Best-fit starting point: Receptions that want a configurable iPad kiosk check-in with document signing.

Check before buying: The product is reception-focused; establish how the on-site list is produced during an evacuation when the kiosk or network is unavailable.

### Pricing

Subscription; Essential and Pro, billed yearly. Greetly's pricing page (checked 30 September 2026) lists Essential at $99 a month and Pro at $159 a month, both billed yearly, with unlimited users, check-ins and hosts. Badge printing, government ID verification, US driver's licence scanning, multi-kiosk support and remote checkout are listed under Pro. The FAQ page states pricing varies by locations and entrances, and no trial is mentioned on the pricing page. Confirm currency and your quote.

### Offline capabilities

The FAQ page states that an internet connection is needed for check-ins and notifications and suggests backup hotspots for kiosk devices; no offline check-in mode is described. Ask how the on-site list is produced when the kiosk or network is unavailable.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- SOC 2 claim versus Trust Center wording: Marketing pages state SOC 2 compliance while the Trust Center states no SOC 2 or ISO 27001 certification is currently published. Ask for the SOC 2 report or attestation letter and its scope and date. Retain the document or the written answer.
  Sources: https://www.greetly.com/features/visitor-management-system, https://www.greetly.com/faqs, https://www.greetly.com/trust-center
- Evacuation reach and contact data: Alerts go only to directory members and visitors who supplied a phone number or email at check-in. Run a drill with visitors who skip contact fields and compare the evacuation log with the headcount. Retain the exported log.
  Sources: https://success.greetly.com/how-to-turn-on-and-adjust-the-emergency-evacuation-feature-one
- Plan-specific features: Badge printing, ID verification and remote checkout are listed under Pro on the pricing page. Write down the features you need and ask for written confirmation of the plan that includes them at your number of locations and kiosks.
  Sources: https://www.greetly.com/plans
- Kiosk behaviour without connectivity: The FAQ page states connectivity is required and suggests a backup hotspot. Disconnect the iPad kiosk during a demo and record whether check-in, badge printing and evacuation reporting still work, and what the admin sees afterwards.
  Sources: https://www.greetly.com/features/visitor-management-system, https://success.greetly.com/how-to-turn-on-and-adjust-the-emergency-evacuation-feature-one, https://www.greetly.com/faqs
- Retention and deletion policy: The reporting page states visitor records can be deleted automatically after a chosen period, and the Trust Center states manual purge requests and EU or North America data residency. Set your retention period in a trial, then confirm deletion and the region for your tenant in writing.
  Sources: https://www.greetly.com/features/visitor-logs-reporting, https://www.greetly.com/trust-center
- Directory sync and SSO: The integrations page lists Active Directory, Azure AD, Google Workspace and LDAP, and the Trust Center lists SAML SSO with Okta and Azure AD. Test sync of a small directory, including leavers, and sign in via your identity provider.
  Sources: https://www.greetly.com/integrations, https://www.greetly.com/trust-center

### Capability scope

- Visitor management [documented]: The visitor management pages describe iPad kiosk check-in, pre-registration, NDAs and digital signatures, badge printing, host notifications and visitor logs. Sources: https://www.greetly.com/features/visitor-management-system
- Emergency evacuation alerts and safe status [conditional]: The help article states Global or Location Admins can enable the feature, and that alerts go by text and email to everyone in the Greetly directory and on-site visitors who provided either contact detail at check-in, who can mark themselves safe, with an evacuation log. People without a contact detail on record would not receive alerts; the page does not describe offline behaviour. Sources: https://success.greetly.com/how-to-turn-on-and-adjust-the-emergency-evacuation-feature-one
- Visitor logs, exports and retention [documented]: The reporting page states logs can be exported as CSV or PDF, saved as custom views and scheduled by email, with configurable automatic deletion of records. The pricing page lists visitor log deletion under the Pro plan. Sources: https://www.greetly.com/features/visitor-logs-reporting, https://www.greetly.com/plans
- Directory, SSO and communication integrations [documented]: The integrations page lists Active Directory, Azure AD, Google Workspace, LDAP, Slack, Teams, Google Chat, SMS, phone and Zapier. The Trust Center states SAML 2.0 SSO with Okta and Azure AD. The FAQ page describes access control coordination as limited and via API or Zapier. Sources: https://www.greetly.com/integrations, https://www.greetly.com/trust-center, https://www.greetly.com/faqs
- Watchlist, ID verification and badge printing by plan [conditional]: The pricing page states watchlist alerts and emergency evacuation assistance are in both plans, while badge printing, government ID verification, US driver's licence scanning, multi-kiosk support and remote checkout are listed under Pro. Confirm which features apply to your locations. Sources: https://www.greetly.com/plans
- Security and certification statements [conditional]: The visitor management page and FAQs state SOC 2 and GDPR compliance, while the Trust Center states Greetly does not currently publish SOC 2 or ISO 27001 certifications and offers EU or North America data residency. The statements differ; request the current report or attestation before relying on SOC 2. Sources: https://www.greetly.com/features/visitor-management-system, https://www.greetly.com/faqs, https://www.greetly.com/trust-center
- Document templates, signing and retention [documented]: The NDA page describes uploading your own NDA or compliance form, exporting signed documents as PDF and choosing how long they are stored. The forms page describes a no-code form builder with conditional logic and visitor types. Sources: https://www.greetly.com/features/visitor-ndas, https://www.greetly.com/features/digital-forms-workflows
- Hardware and connectivity [documented]: The FAQ page states kiosks run on iPads or Android tablets, names two supported Brother badge printer models and says connectivity is required. Sources: https://www.greetly.com/faqs

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Kiosk check-in and evacuation drill
1. Pre-register a visitor, have them sign an NDA at the iPad kiosk and confirm the host notification channel.
2. Check in a second visitor without entering a phone number or email, and a third with one.
3. Trigger the emergency evacuation as an admin, mark one person safe and review the evacuation log.
4. Export the visitor log as CSV and set an automatic deletion period.

#### Proposed demo: NDA template, visitor types and retention
1. Upload a test NDA template and assign it to a contractor visitor type only.
2. Check in a contractor and a guest and confirm each sees the intended form.
3. Export the signed NDA as a PDF and open its log entry.
4. Set a retention period for signed agreements and ask how deletion is recorded.

### Product presentations

- [Visitor log table](https://www.greetly.com/features/visitor-logs-reporting): Official vendor image of the visitor log screen; entries appear to be sample data.
- [Location app settings, notification preferences](https://www.greetly.com/features/visitor-management-system): Official vendor image of the app settings screen; the page does not label it as sample.

### Questions and answers

#### What are Greetly's listed prices?
The pricing page lists Essential at $99 a month and Pro at $159 a month, both billed yearly, with unlimited users, check-ins and hosts. The FAQ page states pricing varies by locations and entrances, so confirm your quote.

#### Is there a free trial?
No trial period is mentioned on the pricing page reviewed. Ask the vendor whether a trial or demo environment is available.

#### How does the emergency evacuation feature notify people?
The help article states alerts go by text and email to directory members and on-site visitors who gave a contact detail at check-in, who can mark themselves safe, and the log identifies who is unaccounted for.

### Demo questions

- Check in two visitors, one with and one without a phone number, and show who receives the evacuation alert.
- Trigger the emergency evacuation, mark one person safe and export the evacuation log.
- Disconnect the iPad kiosk and show what still works for check-in and badge printing.
- Provide the SOC 2 report or attestation referred to on the product pages.
- Set an automatic visitor log deletion period and show the export to CSV.

### Primary sources

- [Visitor management system feature pages, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.greetly.com/features/visitor-management-system)
- [Greetly pricing page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.greetly.com/plans)
- [Greetly integrations page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.greetly.com/integrations)
- [Greetly Trust Center, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.greetly.com/trust-center)
- [Greetly Help Center, emergency evacuation feature, checked 2 October 2026](https://success.greetly.com/how-to-turn-on-and-adjust-the-emergency-evacuation-feature-one)
- [Greetly visitor logs and reporting page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.greetly.com/features/visitor-logs-reporting)
- [Greetly FAQs, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.greetly.com/faqs)
- [Greetly visitor NDAs page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.greetly.com/features/visitor-ndas)
- [Greetly digital forms and workflows page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.greetly.com/features/digital-forms-workflows)
- [Greetly about us page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.greetly.com/about-us)

## Lobbytrack

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/lobbytrack
Sources checked: 2026-10-11
Lobbytrack is a workplace and visitor management product outside the core QHSE catalogue; this profile covers its visitor management capability only.

Lobbytrack is a dedicated visitor management system. Its site describes signing in visitors, notifying hosts, alerting security and managing evacuations, with a published pricing page that includes a free tier.

Best-fit starting point: Sites that want a dedicated visitor system with security alerts and evacuation management.

Check before buying: Confirm how the evacuation list is produced and how current it is when the network is down, and which features sit behind paid tiers.

### Pricing

Free starter plan; Basic and Professional per location; Ultimate by quote. Lobbytrack's pricing page (checked 30 September 2026) lists Starter as free for up to 100 visitors a month, Basic at $50 per location per month and Professional at $100 per location per month with staff sign-in and the employee app, and Ultimate by quote, all with unlimited hosts and users and no contract. Emergency management and the Guard App are listed under Ultimate. Confirm currency and terms.

### Offline capabilities

No offline functionality was established on the reviewed pages, and the evacuation guide does not address connectivity. Ask how the on-site list is produced when the network is unavailable.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Evacuation list under poor connectivity: Neither the how-to guide nor the evacuation page describes offline function. During a demo, disconnect the phone running the Guard App and record what the list shows and how sign-outs are recorded once connectivity returns.
  Sources: https://www.lobbytrack.com/how-to/how-to-evacuate-staff-and-visitors-during-an-emergency, https://www.lobbytrack.com/visitor-management/manage-evacuation
- Plan required for emergency features: Emergency messaging and the Guard App are stated as included in Ultimate, which is quoted on request. Ask for a written list of what is in Professional and Ultimate against your requirements and obtain an Ultimate quote before comparing costs.
  Sources: https://www.lobbytrack.com/visitor-management-system/lobbytrack-emergency-alert-system, https://www.lobbytrack.com/pricing
- Watchlist matching and alert routing: The security alerts page states alerts are triggered when a visitor matches a watchlist entry. Add a test entry, sign in a matching and a near-matching name, and record who is alerted and how quickly. Retain the alert record.
  Sources: https://www.lobbytrack.com/visitor-management/alert-security, https://www.lobbytrack.com/visitor-management-system/lobbytrack-emergency-alert-system
- Targeted evacuation alerts: The emergency alert page states alerts can target employees, visitors or everyone on site, with location-based options. Send a test to one location and confirm that only intended recipients receive it and that contact data is held for visitors.
  Sources: https://www.lobbytrack.com/visitor-management-system/lobbytrack-emergency-alert-system, https://www.lobbytrack.com/visitor-management/manage-evacuation
- Free tier versus visitor volume: The free Starter plan is stated as up to 100 visitors a month. Compare with your monthly sign-ins, and check which features the page lists for each plan, such as staff sign-in under Professional.
  Sources: https://www.lobbytrack.com/pricing
- Audit trail and report export: The emergency page states an audit trail of alerts, responses and actions, and the how-to guide describes exporting onsite records. Run a drill and export both, then check the timestamps support your drill record.
  Sources: https://www.lobbytrack.com/visitor-management-system/lobbytrack-emergency-alert-system, https://www.lobbytrack.com/how-to/how-to-evacuate-staff-and-visitors-during-an-emergency

### Capability scope

- Visitor management [documented]: The product page describes signing in visitors, notifying hosts, alerting security and managing evacuation. Sources: https://www.lobbytrack.com
- Evacuation management with Guard App [conditional]: The evacuation page describes a Guard App showing an up-to-date list of on-site visitors, contractors and employees filterable by location, with single-click sign-out of evacuated people. The page does not detail offline functionality, and the emergency alert page states the Guard App and emergency messaging are included in the Ultimate plan. Sources: https://www.lobbytrack.com/visitor-management/manage-evacuation, https://www.lobbytrack.com/visitor-management-system/lobbytrack-emergency-alert-system
- Security alerts on watchlist match [documented]: The security alerts page states security receives instant phone notifications through the Guard App when a visitor matches a watchlist entry or meets other alert criteria. Watchlist parameters were not detailed on the page; ask how entries are managed and matched. Sources: https://www.lobbytrack.com/visitor-management/alert-security
- Emergency messaging channels and audit trail [conditional]: The emergency alert page lists SMS, email and push, with Slack and Teams, targeting all employees, all visitors or everyone on site, and an audit trail of alerts, responses and actions. It is listed under the Ultimate plan, which is quoted on request. Sources: https://www.lobbytrack.com/visitor-management-system/lobbytrack-emergency-alert-system, https://www.lobbytrack.com/pricing
- Evacuation report export [documented]: The how-to guide describes exporting evacuation records from the Onsite section under Visitors or Employees, and batch sign-out by swiping. The guide does not address operation without a connection. Sources: https://www.lobbytrack.com/how-to/how-to-evacuate-staff-and-visitors-during-an-emergency
- Plan tiers and feature limits [documented]: The pricing page lists a free Starter plan for up to 100 visitors a month, Basic at $50 and Professional at $100 per location per month, and Ultimate on request, with staff sign-in and the employee app under Professional. Confirm billing terms and currency with the vendor. Sources: https://www.lobbytrack.com/pricing
- Watch list checking against external and internal lists [documented]: The page describes checks against criminal databases through third-party services, an internal blocked list that stops sign-in, match criteria set in the portal and a match report. Ask which external service your plan includes. Sources: https://www.lobbytrack.com/visitor-management/check-watch-lists
- Access control integration [documented]: The page names Brivo, Openpath and S2 Security, with Zapier as middleware, and describes access cards at sign-in, privileges by visitor type and automatic deactivation at sign-out or after set hours. Sources: https://www.lobbytrack.com/visitor-management/access-control-system-integration

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Watchlist alert and evacuation drill with the Guard App
1. Add a watchlist entry, sign in a matching visitor and confirm the security alert arrives on the Guard App.
2. Sign in several visitors and staff across two locations and check the on-site list.
3. Send a test emergency alert to one group, sign out evacuated people in the Guard App and repeat with the phone disconnected.
4. Export the evacuation report and the alert audit trail.

#### Proposed demo: visitor access card issue and removal
1. Connect a test location to your access control system.
2. Sign in visitors of two types and confirm each receives the intended access privileges.
3. Sign one visitor out, let another reach the time limit, and confirm both cards are deactivated.
4. Compare the sign-in and sign-out times in Lobbytrack with the access system's own records.

### Product presentations

- [Visitor sign-in kiosk screen](https://www.lobbytrack.com): Official vendor image of the Lobbytrack tablet sign-in station welcome screen; the company name is sample content.

### Questions and answers

#### Does Lobbytrack have a free plan?
The pricing page lists a free Starter plan for up to 100 visitors a month with unlimited hosts and users, and states no contract. It also states a trial of all Ultimate features in any month with under 20 visits.

#### What do the paid plans cost?
The pricing page lists Basic at $50 and Professional at $100 per location per month, with Ultimate on request. Confirm currency and billing terms.

#### Which plan includes emergency messaging?
The emergency alert page states emergency messaging and the Guard App are included in the Ultimate plan at no separate charge.

### Demo questions

- Add a watchlist entry, sign in a matching visitor and show the Guard App alert.
- Run an evacuation using the Guard App, sign out evacuated people and export the report.
- Repeat the evacuation list with the phone disconnected and show what is displayed.
- Send an emergency alert to one location only and show the recipients.
- Show what Professional and Ultimate each include for emergency features.

### Primary sources

- [Visitor management system product page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.lobbytrack.com)
- [Pricing page, free Starter plan and quote-based paid plans, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.lobbytrack.com/pricing)
- [Lobbytrack evacuation management page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.lobbytrack.com/visitor-management/manage-evacuation)
- [Lobbytrack security alerts page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.lobbytrack.com/visitor-management/alert-security)
- [Lobbytrack emergency alert system page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.lobbytrack.com/visitor-management-system/lobbytrack-emergency-alert-system)
- [Lobbytrack how-to, evacuating staff and visitors, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.lobbytrack.com/how-to/how-to-evacuate-staff-and-visitors-during-an-emergency)
- [Lobbytrack features page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.lobbytrack.com/features)
- [Lobbytrack watch list checking page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.lobbytrack.com/visitor-management/check-watch-lists)
- [Lobbytrack access control integration page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.lobbytrack.com/visitor-management/access-control-system-integration)
- [Lobbytrack security guide](https://www.lobbytrack.com/legal/security-guide)

## Archie

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/archie
Sources checked: 2026-10-11
Archie is a workplace and visitor management product outside the core QHSE catalogue; this profile covers its visitor management capability only.

Archie is a workplace product for hybrid offices whose visitor management system covers guest sign-in, with emergencies and automations named on the product page, alongside desk booking and meeting room booking.

Best-fit starting point: Hybrid offices that want visitor sign-in together with desk and meeting room booking.

Check before buying: Visitor management is one product in a workplace suite; confirm module scope in the quote and how the emergency evacuation list is produced offline.

### Pricing

Subscription per location; Starter, Pro and Enterprise. The Visitor Management tab of Archie's pricing page (checked 2 October 2026) shows Starter at $109 per location/month and Pro at $185 per location/month, with Enterprise as custom. Its FAQ states workplace plans are billed yearly and that Visitors can be bought on their own. The $159 and $249 amounts on the default Desk booking tab are for desk booking, not visitor management. A 14-day test environment follows a demo. Confirm the number of locations, the plan tier and the billing term.

### Offline capabilities

No offline functionality was established from the reviewed pages; ask each vendor how the on-site list is produced when the kiosk or network is unavailable.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Evacuation roll call and report: The evacuation page describes a dashboard with self-reported and admin-marked safe status and evacuation records. Run a drill with a mix of visitors and staff, mark some safe on the tablet and export the report. Retain it for your emergency plan file.
  Sources: https://archieapp.co/solutions/emergency-evacuations
- Visitor module within the quoted plan: The pricing page has a Visitor Management tab priced per location, separate from the default desk booking tab, and its FAQ says Visitors can be bought alone. Ask for a written quote naming the tier, number of locations and kiosks, and billing term.
  Sources: https://www.archieapp.co/pricing, https://www.archieapp.co/visitor-management-system
- Network dependency of the kiosk and dashboard: None of the reviewed pages describe offline operation. Disconnect the tablet during a demo and record whether check-in, the on-site list and evacuation roll call work, and what is uploaded later.
  Sources: https://www.archieapp.co/visitor-management-system, https://archieapp.co/solutions/emergency-evacuations
- Visitor log retention and auto sign-out: The visitor log page states guests are signed out automatically at end of day but does not state retention policies. Test how an auto sign-out affects the on-site list during a late evacuation, and ask for the retention setting and deletion process in writing.
  Sources: https://archieapp.co/solutions/digital-visitor-log
- Hosting, backup and assurance evidence: The security page states Google Cloud hosting with servers in Canada, six-hourly backups kept for one year and a 99.9% availability target, but names no certification. Request current assurance reports, the data processing terms and the residency options available to you.
  Sources: https://www.archieapp.co/security, https://www.archieapp.co/pricing
- Identity and door access integration: SSO and SCIM are listed under Pro and door access integrations on the integrations page. Test provisioning of a leaver through SCIM and check which door systems your installation supports.
  Sources: https://www.archieapp.co/integrations, https://www.archieapp.co/pricing

### Capability scope

- Visitor management [documented]: The visitor management product page describes guest sign-in, emergencies and automations. Sources: https://www.archieapp.co/visitor-management-system
- Emergency evacuation dashboard [documented]: The evacuation page states authorised admins may start an evacuation at any managed location from a web dashboard or visitor tablet, alert people by email or SMS, mark people safe on a tablet during roll call, and keep evacuation records of who was on site and how the evacuation went. Offline behaviour is not described. The pricing page lists emergency evacuations under Pro. Sources: https://archieapp.co/solutions/emergency-evacuations, https://www.archieapp.co/pricing
- Digital visitor log and exports [documented]: The visitor log page states the log records contact details, host, purpose, check-in and check-out times and signed documents, filters by badge number, host, date, name or status, exports in a few clicks and signs guests out automatically at end of day. Retention policies are not stated on the page. Sources: https://archieapp.co/solutions/digital-visitor-log
- Integrations, SSO and SCIM [documented]: The integrations page lists Teams, Slack, Google Calendar, Outlook, Zoom, door access such as Kisi, Salto, Tapkey and Brivo, SAML SSO, SCIM and an open API. The pricing page places SSO and SCIM in the Pro plan. Sources: https://www.archieapp.co/integrations, https://www.archieapp.co/pricing
- Hosting, backups and privacy statements [conditional]: The security page states databases on Google Cloud with application servers in Canada, backups every 6 hours retained for one year, and a 99.9% availability target. It does not list a named audit certification; ask for current reports and the data residency options, which the pricing page lists as custom under Enterprise. Sources: https://www.archieapp.co/security, https://www.archieapp.co/pricing
- Visitor plans and test environment [documented]: The Visitor Management tab of the pricing page shows Starter at $109 and Pro at $185 per location/month, Enterprise as custom, and a 14-day test environment after a demo. Emergency evacuations, SMS notifications and SSO & SCIM are highlighted under Pro. Confirm tier, locations and billing term. Sources: https://www.archieapp.co/pricing
- Badge printing and touchless check-in [documented]: The badge page describes printed badges with photo, name, company and host, with distinct badges per visit type. The touchless page describes check-in by QR code, mobile link or emailed invite without a shared tablet. Ask which printers are supported. Sources: https://archieapp.co/solutions/visitor-badge-system, https://archieapp.co/solutions/touchless-visitor-management
- Service level terms [documented]: The service level agreement sets an uptime figure measured over a rolling 90 days and support response times by severity, and mentions scheduled maintenance limits. It names no service credits. The security page states a different availability aim, so ask which applies. Sources: https://archieapp.co/agreements-and-terms/service-level-agreement, https://www.archieapp.co/security

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Visitor sign-in, end-of-day sign-out and evacuation drill
1. Pre-register a visitor with a QR code, sign them in at the kiosk and confirm the host notification.
2. Leave one visitor signed in and review how auto sign-out at end of day appears in the visitor log.
3. Start an evacuation from the dashboard, mark people safe on the tablet and end the alert.
4. Export the evacuation report and visitor log, then repeat the check-in with the tablet disconnected.

#### Proposed demo: pre-registered contractor with document signing and badge
1. Create a contractor visit type with a custom form and one document to sign.
2. Pre-register a contractor and send the invite, then check in from a phone without a shared tablet.
3. Confirm the host notification and the badge printed for that visit type.
4. Open the visit in the visitor log and confirm the form answers and signed document are stored.
5. Check the contractor out and export the log.

### Product presentations

- [Visitor kiosk welcome screen](https://www.archieapp.co/visitor-management-system): Official vendor image of the Archie guest welcome screen with a check-in QR code.
- [Kiosk visitor form screen](https://www.archieapp.co/visitor-management-system): Official vendor image of an Archie kiosk form screen, cropped to the tablet display; the fields are sample content.

### Questions and answers

#### What does Archie list for pricing?
The Visitor Management tab of the pricing page shows Starter at $109 and Pro at $185 per location/month, with Enterprise as custom. The FAQ states workplace plans are billed yearly. The default tab shows desk booking prices, so check which tab you are reading.

#### Is there a trial?
The pricing page states a 14-day test environment is provided after a demo with no commitment.

#### Where is Archie data hosted?
The security page states databases are on Google Cloud with application servers in Canada, backups every 6 hours retained for one year. The pricing page lists custom data residency under Enterprise.

### Demo questions

- Start an evacuation from the dashboard, mark people safe on the tablet and export the report.
- Show how auto sign-out at end of day affects the on-site list.
- Disconnect the tablet and show what check-in and evacuation functions remain.
- Confirm in writing that the quoted plan includes visitor management and evacuation.
- Provision and remove a user through SCIM or SSO and show the result.

### Primary sources

- [Visitor management system product page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.archieapp.co/visitor-management-system)
- [Archie pricing page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.archieapp.co/pricing)
- [Archie security and privacy page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.archieapp.co/security)
- [Archie integrations page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.archieapp.co/integrations)
- [Archie emergency evacuations page, checked 2 October 2026](https://archieapp.co/solutions/emergency-evacuations)
- [Archie digital visitor log page, checked 2 October 2026](https://archieapp.co/solutions/digital-visitor-log)
- [Archie visitor badge system page, checked 2 October 2026](https://archieapp.co/solutions/visitor-badge-system)
- [Archie touchless visitor management page, checked 2 October 2026](https://archieapp.co/solutions/touchless-visitor-management)
- [Archie service level agreement, checked 2 October 2026](https://archieapp.co/agreements-and-terms/service-level-agreement)

## Coolset

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/coolset
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Coolset is a sustainability compliance platform. This profile covers only its EU Deforestation Regulation (EUDR) offering.

Coolset's EUDR page describes structured requests to n-tier suppliers for GPS coordinates, harvest dates and legality documents, satellite screening with Sentinel-2 imagery and change detection at about 10 m resolution, automated document validation, and generation and submission of due diligence statements to TRACES with a versioned five-year history.

Best-fit starting point: Operators and traders that need supplier plot data, satellite screening and statement filing in one workflow, with suppliers of any tier contributing at no charge.

Check before buying: The page states no price and no commodity-by-commodity scope. Confirm the plan, statement volumes and integrations in writing.

### Pricing

Quote-based. Pricing is not published on the reviewed pages; request a quote for your commodities, supplier and plot volumes and integrations.

### Offline capabilities

Web platform; no offline or mobile field mode is documented on the reviewed pages.

Product scope: EUDR supplier data collection, plot screening, risk assessment and due diligence statement submission.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. Confirm the proposed edition, configuration and commercial terms.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Supplier request completion: Send a structured request to a real multi-tier supplier chain and record which tiers respond, which fields can be left blank and how reminders work. Retain the request log, since the page describes requests for coordinates, harvest dates and legality documents but not the escalation process.
  Sources: https://www.coolset.com/eudr
- Geolocation validation behaviour: Upload a file with a mix of points, polygons above four hectares, swapped latitude and longitude, overlapping plots and fewer than six decimals. Record which errors are blocked or warned, since the reviewed article states the rules but not the product's checks.
  Sources: https://www.coolset.com/academy/eudr-geolocation-requirements-how-to-collect-and-validate-gps-polygon-data-for-your-dds
- Satellite finding traceability: Take a flagged and a cleared plot and ask which imagery, dates and baseline produced each result, and whether the evidence is exportable. The page cites Sentinel-2 at about 10 m; treat accuracy claims as vendor statements and keep the evidence you are given.
  Sources: https://www.coolset.com/eudr
- Document verification and human review: Submit a valid, an expired and a mismatched legality document and observe how the AI-assisted verification classifies them and who can override. Ask when the optional auditor review applies and whether it is included in the quote.
  Sources: https://www.coolset.com/eudr, https://www.coolset.com/eudr-for-sme
- TRACES submission and record retention: Ask who submits, under whose credentials, and what happens if TRACES rejects a statement. Check how versions, signatures and the five-year trail are linked to shipments, and export a full record for a test statement.
  Sources: https://www.coolset.com/academy/what-is-an-eudr-due-diligence-statement, https://www.coolset.com/eudr
- Integration and commercial scope: Request written API or MCP documentation and confirm what the quote covers, including commodities, statement volumes and supplier tiers. The page states supplier access is free but publishes no price, so get charging units in writing.
  Sources: https://www.coolset.com/eudr

### Capability scope

- EUDR due diligence [documented]: The EUDR page describes supplier plot and legality data requests, Sentinel-2 based deforestation screening, and generation and submission of due diligence statements to TRACES with a versioned history. Sources: https://www.coolset.com/eudr
- Supplier plot and legality data requests [documented]: The EUDR page describes structured requests to n-tier suppliers for GPS coordinates, harvest dates and legality documents, and the EUDR and SME pages state free, unlimited supplier access. Verify how requests are tracked, what happens to non-responders and which fields are mandatory. Sources: https://www.coolset.com/eudr, https://www.coolset.com/eudr-for-sme
- Polygon and point geolocation handling [conditional]: The geolocation article describes the rules (at least six decimal places, polygons above four hectares for non-cattle plots, points for smaller plots and cattle) and a JRC 2020 forest cover check, and says Coolset helps collect, validate and file geolocation data. It states no file formats, overlap checks or validation rules for the product itself, so test upload formats and rejection behaviour. Sources: https://www.coolset.com/academy/eudr-geolocation-requirements-how-to-collect-and-validate-gps-polygon-data-for-your-dds
- Satellite screening and document verification [documented]: The EUDR page describes Sentinel-2 imagery with continuous change detection at about 10 m resolution and automated document validation; the SME page describes AI-assisted document verification, with optional auditor review for high-risk cases. Accuracy and false-positive rates are vendor statements; ask for the method description and the baseline used per plot. Sources: https://www.coolset.com/eudr, https://www.coolset.com/eudr-for-sme
- Statement versioning, digital signature and retention [documented]: Coolset's statement article says the platform generates a statement with version control, digital signatures and TRACES integration, and retains records for five years; the EUDR page describes a five-year trail linked to shipments. The articles do not cover credentials, authorised-representative use, reference-number handling or failed submissions, so verify these in a demo. Sources: https://www.coolset.com/academy/what-is-an-eudr-due-diligence-statement, https://www.coolset.com/eudr
- ERP, API and MCP connectivity [conditional]: The EUDR page states ERP connection via API or CSV, or MCP. The page FAQ also says Coolset ships a public REST API and that teams commonly sync transaction data from NetSuite or SAP into it. A footer link labelled API docs leads to a separate developer site that was not reviewed; no full supported-system list or data model was found on the reviewed pages; request technical documentation and a sample payload. The MCP page names EUDR tasks but no authentication detail. Sources: https://www.coolset.com/eudr, https://www.coolset.com/coolset-mcp
- ESRS E4 biodiversity reporting workflow [conditional]: A Coolset academy article about ESRS E4 says its CSRD platform guides companies through the E4 requirements within the wider ESRS data collection and reporting workflow. The main CSRD product page does not name E4, and the article gives no detail on datapoints or biodiversity data, so this is a disclosure-workflow statement only. Confirm E4 coverage in a demo before listing. Sources: https://www.coolset.com/academy/esrs-e4-biodiversity-and-ecosystems
- SME package and supplier cap [conditional]: The plans page shows a standard EUDR option and an SME option; the SME page states up to 20 direct in-scope suppliers. No amount is shown; ask what applies above the cap. Sources: https://www.coolset.com/plans, https://www.coolset.com/eudr-for-sme
- Statement status tracking against TRACES [conditional]: Changelog entries from August and September 2026 describe generating a statement and following its status with EU TRACES. Test rejection and correction handling. Sources: https://www.coolset.com/changelog
- Security attestations as shown by the vendor [conditional]: The EUDR page FAQ states ISO 27001 and SOC 2 Type II certification; the company page footer shows an ISO 27001 badge. Certificate scope and dates are not shown; request the documents. Sources: https://www.coolset.com/eudr, https://www.coolset.com/company

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: supplier plot data to filed statement
1. Send a structured request to a multi-tier test supplier chain and let the supplier upload plots, harvest dates and a legality document.
2. Review plot validation, the satellite result and the document verification outcome for one flagged plot.
3. Generate the statement, submit to TRACES and inspect version history, signature and reference number.
4. Export the five-year record for that shipment and confirm what is retained.

#### Proposed demo: statement status and shipment evidence on request
1. Load a sample shipment via the API or CSV route and link it to supplier plots.
2. Generate a statement and follow its status with EU TRACES, including a deliberate rejection.
3. Record the reference and verification numbers against the shipment.
4. Request the evidence, risk flags and mitigation for that shipment as an inspector would, then export it.

### Product presentations

- [EUDR module, manage products screen](https://www.coolset.com/academy/eudr-compliance): Official vendor image of the EUDR module product list with a welcome overlay; sample data.

### Questions and answers

#### Does Coolset submit due diligence statements to TRACES?
Its EUDR page states that users can generate and submit statements to TRACES and keep the versioned history; confirm credentials and failure handling in a demo.

#### How long does Coolset retain due diligence records?
Its EUDR page describes a five-year audit trail linked to every shipment, and its statement article says records are retained for five years. Confirm whether this covers supplier documents and satellite evidence and what happens on contract end.

#### Does Coolset state which geolocation formats it accepts?
The reviewed geolocation article describes regulatory rules (at least six decimal places, polygons above four hectares) but not product file formats or validation rules; ask for these in writing.

#### Can Coolset connect to an ERP?
The EUDR page states ERP connection via API or CSV, or MCP. Its FAQ names NetSuite and SAP as systems teams commonly sync from and mentions a public REST API. A footer link labelled API docs leads to a separate developer site that was not reviewed, and no full supported-system list was found on the reviewed pages.

### Demo questions

- Upload a mixed plot file (points, large polygons, swapped coordinates, overlaps) and show which errors the platform blocks or flags.
- Show the imagery, dates and baseline behind one flagged and one cleared plot, and export the evidence.
- Run a legality document through AI-assisted verification, including an expired one, and show the human override and audit log.
- Generate and submit a test statement, then show versions, signature, reference number and the handling of a rejected submission.
- Connect a sample ERP or CSV file via the API, CSV or MCP route and show the field mapping and sync log.

### Primary sources

- [Coolset EUDR compliance page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.coolset.com/eudr)
- [Coolset Academy: EUDR geolocation requirements and polygon data, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.coolset.com/academy/eudr-geolocation-requirements-how-to-collect-and-validate-gps-polygon-data-for-your-dds)
- [Coolset Academy: what is an EUDR due diligence statement, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.coolset.com/academy/what-is-an-eudr-due-diligence-statement)
- [Coolset Academy: EUDR reporting guide for operators, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.coolset.com/academy/eudr-reporting-guide-for-operators)
- [Coolset Academy: EUDR compliance explained, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.coolset.com/academy/eudr-compliance)
- [ESRS E4 biodiversity reporting workflow, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.coolset.com/academy/esrs-e4-biodiversity-and-ecosystems)
- [Coolset plans page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.coolset.com/plans)
- [Coolset EUDR for SMEs page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.coolset.com/eudr-for-sme)
- [Coolset product changelog, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.coolset.com/changelog)
- [Coolset company page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.coolset.com/company)
- [Coolset MCP page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.coolset.com/coolset-mcp)
- [Coolset trust center](https://trust.coolset.com/)

## EUDR Passport

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/eudr-passport
Sources checked: 2026-10-11
Also known as: Trusty EUDR Passport
EUDR Passport is a product of Trusty (trusty.report); the About page names Trusty AG, Hünenberg, Switzerland. This profile covers only the EUDR Passport offering.

EUDR Passport consolidates commodity, supplier, geolocation and production-plot data into product profiles, assesses deforestation, community-rights, supply chain and country-benchmark risk, and files due diligence statements to the EU information system, using the operator's credentials or an authorised representative. Building profiles and onboarding suppliers is stated as free.

Best-fit starting point: Smaller operators and traders that want published per-product pricing instead of a scoped enterprise project.

Check before buying: The fee unit is a product profile (a combination of commodity, plots, supplier, country and role). Count how many profiles your range needs, and check the resolve-module and representative fees.

### Pricing

Per product profile, annual. The EUDR Passport page checked on 30 September 2026 lists a base assessment from €90 per product profile per year, including 12 months of monitoring and unlimited statements, Resolve Essential at €290 per year, Resolve Complete at €490 per year, and €10 per statement when an authorised representative submits. Building profiles and onboarding suppliers is stated as free. Taxes, the profile count for your range and renewal terms are not established.

### Offline capabilities

Web platform; no offline or mobile field mode is documented on the reviewed pages.

Product scope: EUDR product profiles, risk assessment, risk-resolution modules and due diligence statement filing for the seven Annex I commodities.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. Confirm the proposed edition, configuration and commercial terms.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Profile count and cost model: List every commodity, supplier, country and role combination in your range and count the product profiles. The pricing article says a new assessment fee applies when plots, suppliers, countries or roles change, so model a year of changes, not a static list.
  Sources: https://trusty.report/the-eudr-compliance-dds-is-the-easy-part/, https://trusty.report/eudr-passport/
- Resolve module trigger: Ask which findings move a profile from the base assessment to Resolve Essential or Complete, and who decides. Keep the trigger criteria and the evidence recorded for one flagged profile.
  Sources: https://trusty.report/eudr-passport/
- Geolocation intake: Load plots with different formats and sizes and record what is accepted or rejected. The reviewed pages do not state formats, so require a written specification and an example error report.
  Sources: https://trusty.report/the-eudr-compliance-dds-is-the-easy-part/
- Monitoring scope and alerts: Request an example alert for country-risk change and adverse media and check who is notified and how the response is logged. The page scopes monitoring to deforestation and legality, so confirm what falls outside it.
  Sources: https://trusty.report/eudr-compliance/
- Filing route and responsibility: Compare own-credential filing with the authorised-representative route at the stated per-statement fee. Ask how legal responsibility is allocated, how reference numbers are stored and what happens when a submission is rejected.
  Sources: https://trusty.report/eudr-passport/
- Retention and change history: Edit a profile after a statement is filed and observe whether a new assessment is required and how the earlier record is preserved. The pricing article mentions audit-ready record retention; obtain the retention period in writing.
  Sources: https://trusty.report/the-eudr-compliance-dds-is-the-easy-part/

### Capability scope

- EUDR due diligence [documented]: The page describes product profiles with plot geolocation data, a four-dimension deforestation and supply chain risk assessment, and due diligence statement filing to the EU information system with own credentials or an authorised representative. Sources: https://trusty.report/eudr-passport/
- Product profile data collection [documented]: The pricing article says each assessment covers plot geolocation, supplier identification, legality documentation, country of origin and supply chain role; profile building and supplier onboarding are stated as free. Verify accepted geolocation formats, which are not stated on the reviewed pages. Sources: https://trusty.report/the-eudr-compliance-dds-is-the-easy-part/, https://trusty.report/eudr-passport/
- Risk assessment and resolution modules [documented]: The product page lists deforestation, community-rights, supply chain and country-benchmark risk, with Resolve Essential at 290 euro and Resolve Complete at 490 euro per year. The reviewed pages do not describe the satellite method or baseline, so ask for it. Sources: https://trusty.report/eudr-passport/, https://trusty.report/eudr-compliance/
- Continuous monitoring of a product profile [documented]: The monitoring page states screening for country-risk changes, adverse media and listed EUDR infringement judgments, scoped to deforestation and legality of sourcing. Entity-level sanctions screening is stated as a separate product; verify alerts, owners and response records. Sources: https://trusty.report/eudr-compliance/
- Statement filing and authorised-representative option [documented]: The product page describes filing to the EU information system with the operator's own credentials or via an authorised representative at 10 euro per statement. Verify legal responsibility, reference-number handling and failed-submission behaviour. Sources: https://trusty.report/eudr-passport/
- Role recorded per product profile [documented]: The operator-versus-trader article says the role is recorded per product profile and a statement is filed where one is required. Check how each role is configured. Sources: https://trusty.report/eudr-operator-vs-trader-whats-the-difference-and-which-are-you/
- Guided due diligence process [documented]: The SME page describes a step-by-step process covering data to collect, risk factors, mitigation, documentation and statement preparation. Sources: https://trusty.report/eudr-compliance-for-smes/
- Reference number validity checks [conditional]: The monitoring page lists validity checks of statement reference numbers in the EU information system for the downstream and trader service; confirm whether this applies to your plan. Sources: https://trusty.report/eudr-compliance/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: profile to filed statement and later change
1. Create a product profile, onboard a supplier and load plots; note the accepted formats and errors.
2. Run the risk assessment and follow one flagged result through a Resolve module.
3. File a statement via own credentials and, separately, via the representative route.
4. Change a plot or supplier and show the new assessment requirement and the preserved earlier record.

#### Proposed demo: trader profile with reference checks and monitoring
1. Create a product profile with the trader role and note which assessment and filing steps the platform requires.
2. Enter an upstream statement reference number and show how its validity check is displayed.
3. Open monitoring for the supplier and review an example alert with its stated source and rationale.
4. Add a second profile for the same supplier and confirm how the further-profile fee is applied.

### Product presentations

- [EUDR risk analysis panel](https://trusty.report/eudr-passport/): Official vendor composite showing the EUDR Passport risk analysis panel with risk levels per statement; sample data, cropped.
- [Due diligence statement step](https://trusty.report/eudr-passport/): Official vendor composite showing the due diligence statement step with a submit-to-EU-TRACES option; sample data, cropped.

### Questions and answers

#### What does a product profile cost?
The page lists the base assessment from €90 per product profile per year, with risk-resolution modules at €290 and €490 per year; check which apply to your suppliers.

#### What is included in the annual product profile fee?
Trusty's pricing article says it covers the assessment, year-round monitoring, audit-ready record retention and unlimited statements and reference numbers for that product, with profile building and supplier onboarding free. Confirm taxes and renewal terms.

#### What does the monitoring cover?
The monitoring page lists country-risk changes, adverse media and listed EUDR infringement judgments, scoped to deforestation and legality of sourcing; entity-level sanctions screening is stated as a separate product.

#### What do traders and downstream operators pay?
The monitoring page states 75 euro per year for the first product profile per supplier and 25 euro per year for each further profile with the same supplier; prices exclude VAT according to the page.

### Demo questions

- Count the product profiles for our range and produce a full-year cost including Resolve modules, monitoring and representative fees.
- Load a plot file with mixed formats and show which plots are accepted, rejected or flagged.
- Show a flagged profile moving to a Resolve module and the evidence recorded for the resolution.
- File a test statement under own credentials and via the authorised representative, and compare records and reference numbers.
- Change a supplier after filing and show the new assessment requirement and how the earlier statement is preserved.

### Primary sources

- [EUDR Passport product and pricing page, checked 2 October 2026](https://trusty.report/eudr-passport/)
- [EUDR Passport: how to comply with the EUDR, checked 2 October 2026](https://trusty.report/comply-with-the-eudr/)
- [EUDR Passport: why pricing is per risk assessment, checked 2 October 2026](https://trusty.report/the-eudr-compliance-dds-is-the-easy-part/)
- [EUDR Passport: supply chain monitoring, checked 2 October 2026](https://trusty.report/eudr-compliance/)
- [EUDR Passport for SMEs, checked 2 October 2026](https://trusty.report/eudr-compliance-for-smes/)
- [Operator versus trader, dated 5 September 2026, checked 2 October 2026](https://trusty.report/eudr-operator-vs-trader-whats-the-difference-and-which-are-you/)
- [EUDR Obligations Checker, checked 2 October 2026](https://trusty.report/eudr-checker/)
- [About Trusty, checked 2 October 2026](https://trusty.report/about-us/)

## Polygon One

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/polygon-one
Sources checked: 2026-10-11
Polygon One is a platform from a Düsseldorf-based company for EUDR and PPWR compliance. This profile covers only its EUDR scope.

Polygon One's site describes geolocation capture for production areas, satellite deforestation screening against the 31 December 2020 baseline, a due diligence workflow aligned to Articles 9-11, and submission of due diligence declarations to TRACES. The same platform also covers the Packaging and Packaging Waste Regulation.

Best-fit starting point: Companies that want a lightweight web workflow from supplier inquiry to audit documentation, and may also need packaging regulation support.

Check before buying: Pricing is by quote after a consultation. Confirm ERP connectors, plot volume limits and who holds the TRACES credentials.

### Pricing

Quote-based. Pricing is not published on the reviewed pages; request a quote for your commodities, supplier and plot volumes and integrations.

### Offline capabilities

Web platform; no offline or mobile field mode is documented on the reviewed pages.

Product scope: EUDR geolocation data, satellite screening, due diligence workflow and declaration submission.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. Confirm the proposed edition, configuration and commercial terms.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Geodata error handling: Upload files containing swapped coordinates, comma decimals, degrees-minutes-seconds, open rings and a point for a plot over four hectares. The article says some of these raise no message in the EU system, so record exactly what the platform flags and what a reviewer must catch.
  Sources: https://polygon-one.com/en/eudr-geodata-suppliers
- Volume limits: Ask whether the 25 MB, 1,000-place and 10,000-place limits listed in the geodata article apply to the platform, and how large statements are split. Test with a realistic plot count.
  Sources: https://polygon-one.com/en/eudr-geodata-suppliers
- Satellite result evidence: For flagged and cleared plots, ask which imagery, dates and rules produced the result against the 31 December 2020 cut-off. Retain exports as evidence, treating accuracy statements as vendor claims.
  Sources: https://polygon-one.com/en/eudr
- Credentials and submission path: Ask whether statements are submitted under your EU Login registration, the authorised-representative route or another arrangement, and what is logged. The Information System article notes representatives are linked to principals and responsibility stays with the operator.
  Sources: https://polygon-one.com/en/article-eudr-information-system
- Reference number handling: Submit a test statement and trace the reference and verification numbers to the shipment, and record an incoming number from an upstream supplier. The article describes Article 5(3) documentation; check that it is exportable.
  Sources: https://polygon-one.com/en/eudr-reference-number
- Integration, hosting and price: Request ERP API documentation and confirm hosting location and data-processing terms in writing. The pages state no price, so obtain a quote after the consultation covering plots, statements and users.
  Sources: https://polygon-one.com/en/eudr, https://polygon-one.com/

### Capability scope

- EUDR due diligence [documented]: The site describes geolocation capture, satellite deforestation screening against the 31 December 2020 baseline, a due diligence workflow and submission of declarations to TRACES. Sources: https://polygon-one.com/
- GeoJSON and point geodata intake [documented]: The geodata article describes the EU information system's intake: GeoJSON upload, a browser map editor and API submission, with WGS84 decimal degrees, at least six decimals, polygons above four hectares and closed-ring rules. The article lists limits (25 MB per statement, 1,000 production places per commodity line); confirm whether these are EU system limits or platform limits, and which of the rules Polygon One applies itself. Sources: https://polygon-one.com/en/eudr-geodata-suppliers, https://polygon-one.com/en/eudr
- Geodata validation gaps [conditional]: The article lists swapped longitude and latitude, comma decimal separators and degrees-minutes-seconds as errors not caught by the EU information system, and advises manual verification. Whether Polygon One catches them is not stated; test these cases. Sources: https://polygon-one.com/en/eudr-geodata-suppliers
- Satellite screening and legality checks [documented]: The EUDR page describes automated satellite comparison against the 31 December 2020 cut-off, country benchmarking and AI analysis of certificates. The method and imagery sources are not stated on the reviewed pages; accuracy is a vendor claim. Sources: https://polygon-one.com/en/eudr
- Statement submission and reference numbers [documented]: The pages describe submission to the EU information system via API connection, with reference numbers returned to records and kept against shipments, and an Article 5(3) record of supplier and customer numbers. Confirm whose EU Login credentials are used and how failed submissions are retried. Sources: https://polygon-one.com/en/article-eudr-information-system, https://polygon-one.com/en/eudr-reference-number, https://polygon-one.com/en/eudr
- ERP API, hosting and retention [conditional]: The EUDR page states an ERP API, five-year retention of the compliance report and hosting on AWS in Frankfurt; the home page describes a GDPR badge. No API documentation or ERP list was found, so request them. Sources: https://polygon-one.com/en/eudr, https://polygon-one.com/
- Supplier portal for plot data [documented]: Suppliers enter plot data through a link to a portal without login, per the EUDR page and guide. Sources: https://polygon-one.com/en/eudr, https://polygon-one.com/en/eudr-guide
- Role and deadline check [documented]: A free browser tool returns a role, deadline and obligations list from activity, product code, size and country. The platform does not decide legal roles. Sources: https://polygon-one.com/en/eudr-check, https://polygon-one.com/en/eudr-trader-or-operator-roles

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: supplier geodata to submitted statement
1. Invite a test supplier and have them upload GeoJSON containing deliberate errors.
2. Review validation output and the satellite screening result for a flagged plot.
3. Generate and submit a statement, then trace the reference number to the shipment.
4. Export the compliance report and confirm the retention period.

#### Proposed demo: role decision, supplier request and statement review
1. Run the role check with a real product code.
2. Send a supplier request and show the portal filling a plot record.
3. Open the satellite and legal analysis for one plot.
4. Generate the statement for review.
5. Export the compliance record with its retention date.

### Product presentations

- [EUDR check result card](https://polygon-one.com/en/eudr-check): Official vendor image of a Polygon One EUDR check result listing role, deadline and obligations for a sample product.

### Questions and answers

#### Does Polygon One cover anything besides EUDR?
Its site also describes Packaging and Packaging Waste Regulation support; this profile covers EUDR only.

#### Which geodata formats does Polygon One accept?
Its geodata article describes the EU information system's intake: GeoJSON upload, a browser map editor and API submission with base64-encoded GeoJSON, in WGS84 with at least six decimals. A CSV template is described as convertible to GeoJSON.

#### How does Polygon One handle reference numbers?
Its reference-number article describes keeping numbers attached to shipments and recording incoming numbers against supply relationships; it states the platform does not determine legal roles.

#### Does Polygon One state its pricing?
No price was found on the reviewed pages; the home page describes a quote after a consultation call.

### Demo questions

- Upload a GeoJSON file with swapped coordinates, comma decimals and an open polygon ring, and show what the platform rejects or passes.
- Show how a statement with several hundred production places is validated and split against the stated limits.
- Show the satellite result for a flagged plot against the 31 December 2020 cut-off, with exportable evidence.
- Submit a test statement and show the reference number linked to the shipment, plus an upstream reference number recorded.
- Demonstrate the ERP API with a sample call and state where data is hosted.

### Primary sources

- [Polygon One home page, checked 2 October 2026](https://polygon-one.com/)
- [Polygon One EUDR software page, checked 2 October 2026](https://polygon-one.com/en/eudr)
- [Polygon One EUDR geodata formats and validation, checked 2 October 2026](https://polygon-one.com/en/eudr-geodata-suppliers)
- [Polygon One EUDR Information System article, checked 2 October 2026](https://polygon-one.com/en/article-eudr-information-system)
- [Polygon One EUDR reference number article, checked 2 October 2026](https://polygon-one.com/en/eudr-reference-number)
- [Polygon One about page, checked 2 October 2026](https://polygon-one.com/en/about)
- [Polygon One EUDR due diligence guide, checked 2 October 2026](https://polygon-one.com/en/eudr-guide)
- [Polygon One EUDR trader and operator roles article, checked 2 October 2026](https://polygon-one.com/en/eudr-trader-or-operator-roles)
- [Polygon One EUDR-Check tool, checked 2 October 2026](https://polygon-one.com/en/eudr-check)

## Satelligence

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/satelligence
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Satelligence is a satellite-based supply chain monitoring company based in the Netherlands, per its about-us page. This profile covers only its EUDR due diligence platform.

Satelligence's EUDR page describes collecting supplier geolocation data by upload, form or API, plot-level deforestation risk results within minutes of upload, a case tracker for flagged plots with audit logs, due diligence statement generation and TRACES submission, and supply chain locking for audit. It lists ISAE 3000 and ISO 27001.

Best-fit starting point: Commodity buyers with plot data that need validated satellite risk results, case management and audit logs.

Check before buying: Named commodities on the page are palm oil, cocoa, rubber and soy and additional commodities; confirm coffee, cattle and wood coverage. Pricing is not published.

### Pricing

Quote-based. Pricing is not published on the reviewed pages; request a quote for your commodities, supplier and plot volumes and integrations.

### Offline capabilities

Web platform; no offline or mobile field mode is documented on the reviewed pages.

Product scope: EUDR plot data collection, deforestation risk assessment, case management and statement submission.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. Confirm the proposed edition, configuration and commercial terms.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Commodity and region coverage: Give the vendor your real commodities and origin countries and obtain written coverage, including cattle and wood. The EUDR page names four commodities, so do not assume the rest.
  Sources: https://satelligence.com/home/eudr-due-diligence-solutions/, https://satelligence.com/faq/
- Accuracy claim reconciliation: Pages cite different accuracy figures, so ask which metric, commodity and region each refers to and request the assurance report scope. Test known plots where you hold ground truth and keep the comparison.
  Sources: https://satelligence.com/home/eudr-due-diligence-solutions/, https://satelligence.com/satellite-supply-chain-traceability-monitoring/
- Baseline and forest definition: Ask how the forest baseline treats perennial crops and which definition applies per country. The FAQ cites an FAO-based definition and an article describes a curated baseline; obtain the written method.
  Sources: https://satelligence.com/faq/, https://satelligence.com/making-open-forest-data-safe-for-eudr-compliance/
- Case tracker and audit log: Open a flagged plot, record supplier explanations and photos, close it and export the log. Check who can change a decision and whether changes are logged.
  Sources: https://satelligence.com/home/eudr-due-diligence-solutions/, https://satelligence.com/best-practices-for-eudr-compliance/
- Submission, locking and credentials: Generate a test statement, lock the supply chain and ask who holds TRACES credentials and what happens on rejection. Keep the locked record as audit evidence.
  Sources: https://satelligence.com/home/eudr-due-diligence-solutions/
- Security scope and price: The profile lists ISAE 3000 and ISO 27001 and the FAQ cites further standards with SSO; request current reports and their scope. No price is published, so obtain a quote by plot and statement volume.
  Sources: https://satelligence.com/faq/, https://satelligence.com/home/eudr-due-diligence-solutions/

### Capability scope

- EUDR due diligence [documented]: The page describes supplier plot geolocation collection, plot-level deforestation risk assessment, a case tracker, due diligence statement generation and TRACES submission. Sources: https://satelligence.com/home/eudr-due-diligence-solutions/
- Supplier data requests [documented]: The EUDR page describes a Data Requests feature in which suppliers upload plots and documents, plus form and API routes. No geolocation file formats are stated on the reviewed pages; ask for them. Sources: https://satelligence.com/home/eudr-due-diligence-solutions/
- Satellite method and forest baseline [documented]: The FAQ describes Sentinel-1, Sentinel-2, Landsat and PlanetScope at 10 m, an FAO-based forest definition and machine-learning models; a blog article describes a commodity-aware forest baseline. Accuracy figures of 93, 95 and higher appear on different pages; ask which applies to your commodity and region. Sources: https://satelligence.com/faq/, https://satelligence.com/making-open-forest-data-safe-for-eudr-compliance/, https://satelligence.com/satellite-supply-chain-traceability-monitoring/
- Plot risk factors and flagged-plot handling [documented]: The best-practice article describes risk factors within 500 m of a plot (forest, protected areas, indigenous lands, detected deforestation) and investigating flagged plots before exclusion; the EUDR page describes a case tracker with audit log. Verify how these map to in-product fields. Sources: https://satelligence.com/best-practices-for-eudr-compliance/, https://satelligence.com/home/eudr-due-diligence-solutions/
- Commodity coverage [conditional]: The EUDR page names palm oil, cocoa, rubber and soy; the FAQ and articles mention cocoa, palm oil and coffee and a cocoa farm dataset. Coverage of cattle and wood is not established on the reviewed pages; confirm each in writing. Sources: https://satelligence.com/home/eudr-due-diligence-solutions/, https://satelligence.com/faq/, https://satelligence.com/preparing-cocoa-sector-eudr-compliance/
- Statement submission, locking and API [documented]: The EUDR page describes built-in TRACES submission, locking the supply chain for audit and an API for automated syncs. Credentials, authorised-representative use and failure handling are not described; verify them. Sources: https://satelligence.com/home/eudr-due-diligence-solutions/
- Event feed, projects, roles and supplier download [conditional]: The help centre describes a monitoring event feed with filters, a Supply Chain Links tab, separate projects, owner-assigned user roles by project, a filtered download for supplier engagement and an XLSX export of the full mill list. It describes the monitoring platform, so confirm which of these apply to EUDR plot results. Sources: https://satelligence.com/en-help/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: plot risk result to locked statement
1. Collect plots and documents from a test supplier through Data Requests.
2. Review risk results for a flagged plot and run it through the case tracker with evidence.
3. Generate and submit the statement and lock the supply chain.
4. Export the audit log and compare results with known ground truth.

#### Proposed demo: projects, roles and supplier engagement export
1. Create two projects, one per commodity, and invite a user limited to one.
2. Filter the event feed by commitment and save the filter as the default.
3. Open an event's Supply Chain Links tab and identify the related mills or concessions.
4. Download the filtered results, and the full mill list as XLSX, for a supplier conversation.
5. Ask which of these functions also apply to EUDR plot results.

### Product presentations

- [Platform map view with EUDR report menu](https://satelligence.com/home/eudr-due-diligence-solutions/): Official vendor mock-up of the platform map with plot, risk and report options.

### Questions and answers

#### Does Satelligence hold security certifications?
Its EUDR page lists ISAE 3000 and ISO 27001; request the current scope and reports.

#### Which satellites does Satelligence use?
Its FAQ lists Sentinel-1, Sentinel-2, Landsat and PlanetScope with a standardised 10 m resolution; its technology page also mentions 3 m imagery for further verification.

#### How does Satelligence define forest?
Its FAQ gives an FAO-based definition (over 0.5 hectares, trees above 5 m, canopy cover above 10 percent) and states alignment with the EUDR definitions.

#### Which security standards does Satelligence cite?
The FAQ states alignment with ISO 27001, NEN 7510, BIO, SOC 2 and GDPR with SSO; the EUDR page lists ISAE 3000 and ISO 27001. Request reports rather than relying on the wording.

### Demo questions

- Confirm in writing which of our commodities and origin countries are covered, including cattle and wood.
- Run ten plots where we hold ground truth and compare results, showing imagery dates and the baseline used.
- Take one flagged plot through the case tracker with supplier evidence and export the audit log.
- Generate a statement, lock the supply chain and show the TRACES submission, credentials and a rejection case.
- Provide the current ISAE 3000 and ISO 27001 scope, SSO options and API documentation.

### Primary sources

- [Satelligence EUDR due diligence solutions, checked 2 October 2026](https://satelligence.com/home/eudr-due-diligence-solutions/)
- [Satelligence FAQ, checked 2 October 2026](https://satelligence.com/faq/)
- [Satelligence technology page, checked 2 October 2026](https://satelligence.com/satellite-supply-chain-traceability-monitoring/)
- [Satelligence: making open forest data safe for EUDR, checked 2 October 2026](https://satelligence.com/making-open-forest-data-safe-for-eudr-compliance/)
- [Satelligence: best practices for EUDR compliance, checked 2 October 2026](https://satelligence.com/best-practices-for-eudr-compliance/)
- [Satelligence: preparing the cocoa sector for EUDR, checked 2 October 2026](https://satelligence.com/preparing-cocoa-sector-eudr-compliance/)
- [Satelligence about us, checked 2 October 2026](https://satelligence.com/about-us/)
- [Satelligence help centre, checked 2 October 2026](https://satelligence.com/en-help/)

## Source Intelligence

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/source-intelligence
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Source Intelligence is a supply chain compliance platform. This profile covers only its EUDR solution. Its about page says it was formed from five companies and names no owner.

Source Intelligence's EUDR page describes sub-tier supply chain mapping, automated risk scoring and mitigation workflows, satellite-based deforestation detection, AI-driven data collection and validation, Article 9 aligned risk assessments and due diligence statement submission through an EU TRACES integration, across the seven regulated commodities.

Best-fit starting point: Buyers with deep, multi-tier supply chains that need mapping and traceability verification alongside plot screening.

Check before buying: The page offers a preview or demonstration and no pricing. Confirm plot data handling and how the TRACES connection is credentialed.

### Pricing

Quote-based. Pricing is not published on the reviewed pages; request a quote for your commodities, supplier and plot volumes and integrations.

### Offline capabilities

Web platform; no offline or mobile field mode is documented on the reviewed pages.

Product scope: EUDR supply chain mapping, risk scoring, deforestation screening and statement submission.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. Confirm the proposed edition, configuration and commercial terms.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Sub-tier depth and supplier burden: Map a real product through every tier and record where supplier data stops and what is inferred. The pages claim reduced supplier fatigue, so measure response effort with actual suppliers.
  Sources: https://www.sourceintelligence.com/solution/eudr
- Geolocation validation test: Upload a file with swapped coordinates, open polygons, overlaps and low precision, and record what is blocked. The reviewed pages claim validation without stating rules, so require a written specification.
  Sources: https://blog.sourceintelligence.com/designing-your-eudr-compliance-framework
- Risk model transparency: Ask which factors, weights and satellite data produce a score and whether thresholds can be customised, as the launch post suggests. Keep an example scoring record and the change history of any adjusted model.
  Sources: https://blog.sourceintelligence.com/eudr-solution-from-source-intelligence-simplifies-deforestation-due-diligence, https://www.sourceintelligence.com/solution/eudr
- Authorised-representative arrangement: Request the representative agreement, scope and responsibilities, and how reference numbers and rejections are reported to you. The vendor describes submission on clients' behalf; responsibility allocation must be confirmed in writing.
  Sources: https://www.sourceintelligence.com/solution/eudr, https://blog.sourceintelligence.com/eudr-solution-from-source-intelligence-simplifies-deforestation-due-diligence
- Mitigation and audit record: Run a high-risk shipment through mitigation, attach evidence and export the full record. Confirm retention period and access for inspections.
  Sources: https://blog.sourceintelligence.com/preparing-for-the-eudr-4-steps-to-compliance
- Commodity scope and commercial terms: The EUDR page states the seven regulated commodities; confirm coverage per commodity and country in the quote. The page offers a preview or demonstration but publishes no price.
  Sources: https://www.sourceintelligence.com/solution/eudr

### Capability scope

- EUDR due diligence [documented]: The page describes sub-tier supply chain mapping, Article 9 aligned deforestation risk assessments, satellite-based detection and due diligence statement submissions via EU TRACES integration. Sources: https://www.sourceintelligence.com/solution/eudr
- Sub-tier mapping and supplier outreach [documented]: The EUDR page and launch post describe sub-tier mapping and real-time data validation; the four-steps post and platform page describe automated supplier outreach. Verify the tier limit and how suppliers are reminded. Sources: https://www.sourceintelligence.com/solution/eudr, https://blog.sourceintelligence.com/eudr-solution-from-source-intelligence-simplifies-deforestation-due-diligence, https://blog.sourceintelligence.com/preparing-for-the-eudr-4-steps-to-compliance, https://www.sourceintelligence.com/software
- Geolocation validation [conditional]: The webinar page lists validating coordinates and a live demo that runs geospatial checks. No formats, polygon rules or checks are stated on the reviewed pages; test with real files. Sources: https://blog.sourceintelligence.com/designing-your-eudr-compliance-framework
- Risk scoring and satellite detection [documented]: The EUDR page describes Article 9 aligned scoring, satellite deforestation detection and multi-factor screening (deforestation, legal sourcing, human rights, origin and supply chain complexity); the launch post mentions customisable risk models. The webinar page names Earth Blox as the satellite risk data integration. Ask for the method, baseline and partner data terms. Sources: https://www.sourceintelligence.com/solution/eudr, https://blog.sourceintelligence.com/eudr-solution-from-source-intelligence-simplifies-deforestation-due-diligence, https://blog.sourceintelligence.com/designing-your-eudr-compliance-framework
- TRACES submission as authorised representative [documented]: The EUDR page and launch post state a direct EU TRACES integration in which Source Intelligence submits statements on clients' behalf as an authorised representative. Verify the legal arrangement, who remains responsible, reference-number handling and failure handling. Sources: https://www.sourceintelligence.com/solution/eudr, https://blog.sourceintelligence.com/eudr-solution-from-source-intelligence-simplifies-deforestation-due-diligence
- Mitigation workflow and documentation [documented]: The four-steps post describes a mitigation workflow and documentation tracking before submission. The retention period and export formats are not stated on the reviewed pages, so verify them. Sources: https://blog.sourceintelligence.com/preparing-for-the-eudr-4-steps-to-compliance, https://www.sourceintelligence.com/solution/eudr
- ERP and PLM data integration [conditional]: The integrations page states integration with major PLM and ERP platforms and scoping for others. It names no connector and is not EUDR-specific, so ask for the connector list. Sources: https://www.sourceintelligence.com/integrations
- Managed supplier engagement services [conditional]: The services page describes program managers, expert-led supplier data collection and validation dashboards. It is general, so confirm whether EUDR work is in scope and priced separately. Sources: https://www.sourceintelligence.com/managed-services

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: mapped supplier chain to representative submission
1. Map a product across supplier tiers and run automated outreach to a test supplier.
2. Validate a geolocation file and review the risk score and satellite result for one flagged plot.
3. Complete the mitigation workflow and submit the statement through the representative route.
4. Export the audit record and confirm retention and reference-number reporting.

#### Proposed demo: system data load to supplier campaign
1. Load a sample product and supplier extract from your ERP or PLM and review how records map to suppliers and products.
2. Launch an outreach campaign to a few test suppliers and review the follow-up schedule.
3. Ask which tasks the vendor's services team performs and which stay with you.
4. Review the validated data on a dashboard and export a report.

### Questions and answers

#### Can I try Source Intelligence for EUDR?
The page offers a software preview or scheduled demonstration; a free trial is not stated.

#### Does Source Intelligence submit statements itself?
Its EUDR page and launch post describe a direct TRACES integration that submits statements on clients' behalf as an authorised representative; confirm the agreement and responsibilities.

#### Which commodities does it cover?
The EUDR page lists the seven regulated commodities (timber, rubber, palm oil, soy, cocoa, coffee and cattle); confirm coverage per origin in writing.

#### Is pricing published?
No price was found on the reviewed pages; they offer a demonstration or an interactive preview.

### Demo questions

- Map one product across all supplier tiers and show which data is supplied versus inferred.
- Upload a flawed geolocation file and show which errors are blocked, with the written validation specification.
- Show how a risk score is built for one shipment, which factors and satellite data contribute, and how thresholds are customised.
- Submit a test statement through the authorised-representative route and show reference number and rejection handling.
- Take a high-risk shipment through mitigation and export the audit record with its retention period.

### Primary sources

- [Source Intelligence EUDR solution, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.sourceintelligence.com/solution/eudr)
- [Source Intelligence EUDR solution launch post, checked 2 October 2026](https://blog.sourceintelligence.com/eudr-solution-from-source-intelligence-simplifies-deforestation-due-diligence)
- [Source Intelligence EUDR compliance guide landing page (moved from the framework blog post), checked 14 October 2026](https://www.sourceintelligence.com/gated/eudr-compliance-framework-guide)
- [Source Intelligence: designing your EUDR compliance framework (webinar page), checked 2 October 2026](https://blog.sourceintelligence.com/designing-your-eudr-compliance-framework)
- [Source Intelligence: preparing for the EUDR in four steps, checked 2 October 2026](https://blog.sourceintelligence.com/preparing-for-the-eudr-4-steps-to-compliance)
- [Source Intelligence integrations, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.sourceintelligence.com/integrations)
- [Source Intelligence managed services, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.sourceintelligence.com/managed-services)
- [Source Intelligence software platform, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.sourceintelligence.com/software)
- [Source Intelligence about page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.sourceintelligence.com/about)
- [Source Intelligence ISO 27001 announcement](https://blog.sourceintelligence.com/source-intelligence-achieves-iso-27001-certification)

## iProtectU

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/iprotectu
Sources checked: 2026-10-12
Also known as: iProtectU Limited, iProtectU EHS
iProtectU Limited is a UK-contactable provider of cloud-based EHS and QHSE software with separate modules. This profile covers its first aid and psychological health and wellbeing modules and the incident and mobile features they connect to; other modules are not reviewed here.

iProtectU's first aid module page describes recording treatment details, medication, consent and return-to-work notes, a first-aider directory with rota and certificate expiry reminders, and scheduled inspections of first aid boxes and defibrillators with replenishment actions. A separate psychological health module page describes feedback surveys and pulse checks, an ISO 45003 audit and gap assessment, improvement plans and tighter access for confidential records. Pricing is not published and a demo is offered by booking.

Best-fit starting point: Employers, schools and multi-site organisations that want first aid treatment records, first-aider and kit upkeep and psychosocial consultation held inside one EHS record.

Check before buying: The pages describe module capabilities rather than evidence of validated survey instruments, clinical standards or third-party certifications, and the vendor does not state which certifications it holds. Pricing is not published. Confirm offline behaviour per module and how confidential wellbeing and treatment records are separated from general incident users.

### Pricing

Quote-based. Pricing is not published on the reviewed pages. The home page says the price depends on the number of users and the modules selected and that a quote is arranged by contacting the vendor. The quotation page asks for the number of employees and the modules selected and shows no amount. Ask for a written quote that names each module you need, including first aid and psychological health, and the renewal terms.

### Offline capabilities

The home page says the mobile apps for assets, audits and inspections, incident reporting and hazard or near-miss reporting work offline, and the incident app page says drafts autosave and sync when connectivity returns. The first aid page mentions web and mobile apps (online/offline) with autosaved drafts; the psychological health page does not itemise offline use. Which other modules run in a disconnected state is not itemised; test it.

Product scope: First aid reporting and management, first-aider and kit/AED inspection tracking, and psychological health and wellbeing assessment within the iProtectU EHS platform.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. Confirm the proposed modules, configuration and commercial terms.

Trial status: request-only. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Treatment record and access control: Enter a test first aid case, produce the signed PDF and check which roles can see it. First aid and health-related records often warrant tighter access than ordinary incidents, so ask how that separation is configured.
  Sources: https://iprotectu.com/health-and-safety-modules/first-aid-reporting-and-management-software/
- First-aider coverage and reminders: Load a rota with certificate dates and confirm who is notified before expiry. Check whether the directory can show a shift or site with no valid first aider.
  Sources: https://iprotectu.com/health-and-safety-modules/first-aid-reporting-and-management-software/
- Kit and AED inspection loop: Fail a test inspection item and confirm the replenishment action is assigned, tracked and closed with evidence.
  Sources: https://iprotectu.com/health-and-safety-modules/first-aid-reporting-and-management-software/
- Wellbeing survey design and confidentiality: Ask which survey instruments are used, who designed them, the minimum group size for reporting and how individual responses are protected. The page describes the function but not these details.
  Sources: https://iprotectu.com/health-and-safety-modules/psychological-health-and-wellbeing-software/
- ISO 45003 evidence: Run the gap assessment on a sample site and check that findings, owners and completion evidence export in a form an auditor can use. Treat alignment wording as a vendor statement.
  Sources: https://iprotectu.com/health-and-safety-modules/psychological-health-and-wellbeing-software/
- Offline, hosting and price: Confirm offline behaviour by module, the hosting region and certifications in writing, and obtain a quote that lists every module and user band.
  Sources: https://iprotectu.com/, https://iprotectu.com/health-and-safety-mobile-apps/incident-management-software-mobile-app/

### Capability scope

- First aid treatment records [documented]: The first aid page describes recording symptoms, treatment given, medication, consent and return-to-work notes, producing signed PDFs and a case timeline with attachments. Retention controls are mentioned without detail; clinical-record standards, retention periods and who can open a record after entry are not described, so ask for them. Sources: https://iprotectu.com/health-and-safety-modules/first-aid-reporting-and-management-software/
- First-aider directory, rota and certificate reminders [documented]: The page describes a first-aider directory with rota management, competencies and certificate expiry reminders. Reminder timing, recipients and any link to external training providers are not stated. Sources: https://iprotectu.com/health-and-safety-modules/first-aid-reporting-and-management-software/
- First aid box and AED inspections [documented]: The page describes scheduled inspections of first aid boxes and defibrillators, QR code support and replenishment actions raised from defects. Checklist content and stock-level tracking are not described. Sources: https://iprotectu.com/health-and-safety-modules/first-aid-reporting-and-management-software/
- First aid analytics and legal-report exports [documented]: The page describes dashboards and heat maps by site, shift, task and cause, RIDDOR and OSHA exports and Power BI or Microsoft 365 connectors. The incident app page also mentions prompts for reporting obligations. Which export formats and connector features are included in a given plan is not stated. Sources: https://iprotectu.com/health-and-safety-modules/first-aid-reporting-and-management-software/, https://iprotectu.com/health-and-safety-mobile-apps/incident-management-software-mobile-app/
- Psychosocial surveys, pulse checks and consultation [documented]: The psychological health page describes feedback surveys, short pulse checks and formal consultation used to surface concerns and priorities. It does not name validated survey instruments or say how responses are anonymised. Sources: https://iprotectu.com/health-and-safety-modules/psychological-health-and-wellbeing-software/
- ISO 45003 gap assessment and improvement plans [documented]: The page describes structured ISO 45003-oriented audits with recorded findings and evidence, plus improvement plans that assign a priority, owner, due date and proof of completion. Alignment is a vendor statement, not a certification or conformity assessment. Sources: https://iprotectu.com/health-and-safety-modules/psychological-health-and-wellbeing-software/
- Confidential records and role-based access [conditional]: The psychological health page mentions permission levels and tighter controls for confidential records, and the first aid page mentions role-based permissions, consent capture, encryption and an audit trail. How medical or wellbeing records are separated from general incident users is not detailed; verify in a demo. Sources: https://iprotectu.com/health-and-safety-modules/psychological-health-and-wellbeing-software/, https://iprotectu.com/health-and-safety-modules/first-aid-reporting-and-management-software/
- Mobile and offline use [conditional]: The home page lists offline-capable apps for incident, hazard, audit and asset work, and the incident app page describes autosaved drafts that sync on reconnection. The first aid page mentions online/offline apps; offline use of the wellbeing module is not itemised. Sources: https://iprotectu.com/, https://iprotectu.com/health-and-safety-mobile-apps/incident-management-software-mobile-app/, https://iprotectu.com/health-and-safety-modules/first-aid-reporting-and-management-software/
- Hosting, single sign-on and HR integration [conditional]: The home page says the platform is hosted on Amazon Web Services with a choice of server region and mentions single sign-on and HR-system integrations for enterprise use. Specific identity providers, integration methods and certifications are not stated. Sources: https://iprotectu.com/
- Incident reporting and investigation [documented]: The incident module page describes reporting on web or iOS and Android apps with photos, video and voice notes, investigation with 5-Why, fishbone and timeline tools, and corrective actions with owners, due dates and verification. RIDDOR/OSHA prompts are mentioned. Sources: https://iprotectu.com/health-and-safety-modules/incident-reporting-management-software/
- Insights dashboards [documented]: The Insights page describes shareable, widget-based dashboards across incidents, hazards, audits and training, Microsoft 365 export and privilege controls. Power BI is not mentioned on that page. Sources: https://iprotectu.com/health-and-safety-modules/insights-customisable-reporting-dashboard-software/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: first aid case to kit replenishment
1. Log a minor injury with treatment, consent and return-to-work notes and generate the signed PDF.
2. Check the first-aider rota and certificate reminders for that site and shift.
3. Fail an item in a first aid box inspection and follow the replenishment action to closure.
4. Export the first aid and incident figures by site and cause.

#### Proposed demo: wellbeing consultation to improvement plan
1. Issue a pulse survey to a test group and review the results dashboard.
2. Run the ISO 45003 gap assessment and record findings with evidence.
3. Turn the findings into an improvement plan with owners and dates.
4. Check which roles can open the underlying confidential records.

#### Proposed demo: mobile incident report to verified corrective action
1. Draft an incident report on a phone with a photo and voice note while the device is offline, then reconnect.
2. Open the investigation and record a 5-Why chain and a timeline.
3. Assign a corrective action with an owner and due date and follow it to verification.
4. Show the reporting prompt for the legal report type that applies to your country.
5. Add the closed incident to an Insights dashboard.

### Product presentations

- [Incident and observation reporting home screen](https://iprotectu.com/health-and-safety-modules/incident-reporting-management-software/): Official vendor image cropped from a device mock-up: the iProtectU incident and observation reporting screen with emergency-contact tiles. Sample data.
- [Insights dashboard charts](https://iprotectu.com/health-and-safety-modules/insights-customisable-reporting-dashboard-software/): Official vendor image cropped from a device mock-up: the iProtectU Insights dashboard with incident, time-of-incident, audit, training and hazard charts. Sample data.

### Questions and answers

#### Does iProtectU record first aid treatment?
Its first aid module page describes recording symptoms, treatment, medication, consent and return-to-work notes with signed PDF output. Ask to see the record and its access controls before relying on it.

#### Can iProtectU track first aiders and first aid kits?
The same page describes a first-aider directory with rota and certificate expiry reminders, and scheduled inspections of first aid boxes and AEDs that raise replenishment actions.

#### Does iProtectU support psychosocial risk management?
Its psychological health module page describes surveys, short pulse checks, an ISO 45003 audit and gap assessment and improvement plans. The page does not name validated survey instruments.

#### Is iProtectU pricing published?
No. The home page says pricing depends on users and modules and directs buyers to the vendor; a free demo is offered by booking.

### Demo questions

- Show a first aid treatment record from entry to signed PDF, and show which roles can and cannot open it afterwards.
- Set up a first-aider rota, upload a certificate with an expiry date and show the reminder it generates and who receives it.
- Schedule a first aid box and an AED inspection, fail one item and show the replenishment action it creates.
- Run a pulse survey and an ISO 45003 gap assessment, then show how anonymity or confidentiality is handled for small teams.
- Confirm in writing which modules work offline, which certifications the vendor holds, the hosting region and the commercial terms.

### Primary sources

- [iProtectU home page, checked 2 October 2026](https://iprotectu.com/)
- [iProtectU first aid reporting and management software, checked 2 October 2026](https://iprotectu.com/health-and-safety-modules/first-aid-reporting-and-management-software/)
- [iProtectU psychological health and wellbeing software, checked 2 October 2026](https://iprotectu.com/health-and-safety-modules/psychological-health-and-wellbeing-software/)
- [iProtectU incident management mobile app, checked 2 October 2026](https://iprotectu.com/health-and-safety-mobile-apps/incident-management-software-mobile-app/)
- [iProtectU incident reporting and management software, checked 2 October 2026](https://iprotectu.com/health-and-safety-modules/incident-reporting-management-software/)
- [iProtectU Insights reporting dashboard, checked 2 October 2026](https://iprotectu.com/health-and-safety-modules/insights-customisable-reporting-dashboard-software/)
- [iProtectU quotation request page, checked 2 October 2026](https://iprotectu.com/qhse-software-quotation/)
- [iProtectU request a demo page, checked 2 October 2026](https://iprotectu.com/request-a-demo/)

## AED Log

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/aed-log
Sources checked: 2026-10-12
Also known as: AEDLog
AED Log is a Chicago-based service for managing automated external defibrillator programmes. This profile covers only AED and responder-certification tracking, which is one part of first aid management. It is not a treatment-record or general EHS system.

AED Log's pages describe a dashboard for AEDs across locations with monthly inspection reminders, alerts before battery and pad expiry, tracking of CPR and AED certifications with renewal dates, a smartphone app with QR codes to start inspections and a view of incident data involving an AED. Pricing is published by number of AEDs, with unlimited users and locations stated at every tier.

Best-fit starting point: Organisations with several AEDs and responders that need inspection, consumable-expiry and certificate tracking rather than a full first aid treatment record.

Check before buying: The pages describe AED upkeep and certificates only; treatment logs, first aid kit stock, first-aider rosters and links to an EHS incident system are not described. The pricing page and a blog page disagree on whether a single AED is free. Offline use, integrations and security certifications are not described.

### Pricing

Published tiers by number of AEDs; unlimited users and locations. The pricing page lists tiers by the number of AEDs managed, with monthly or annual billing, from $9.50 per month or $114 per year for one AED, $228 per year for 2 to 5 AEDs and $55 per month or $660 per year for 6 to 10 AEDs, with further bands up to 1,000 or more. It says unlimited users and locations are included at every tier. A separate blog page states that one AED is free, which conflicts with the single-AED price, so confirm the current terms and any taxes or renewal rules in writing. The home FAQ also says unlimited locations and devices are included on every plan, which does not match AED-count tiers on the pricing page; ask which applies. No trial is described on the pricing page.

### Offline capabilities

A smartphone app and QR-code scanning for starting inspections are described. Offline use is not described on the reviewed pages; test inspections in a basement or plant room before relying on it.

Product scope: AED inspection scheduling, battery and pad expiry alerts, CPR and AED certification tracking and AED incident data.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. Confirm the proposed edition, configuration and commercial terms.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Alert timing and recipients: Register devices with different expiry dates and check when alerts arrive and who receives them. A guide page cites 60 and 30 days; confirm that applies to your plan.
  Sources: https://aedlog.com/features, https://aedlog.com/aed-monthly-inspection-checklist/
- Certificate and device linkage: Check whether a responder's certificate can be tied to a site or device, so a lapse shows where cover is thin.
  Sources: https://aedlog.com/features, https://aedlog.com/pricing
- Scope against your first aid programme: Decide separately where treatment records, first aid kit stock and first-aider rosters will live, since the pages describe none of these.
  Sources: https://aedlog.com/
- Price and terms: Resolve the single-AED price conflict and ask what happens when you move between tiers.
  Sources: https://aedlog.com/pricing, https://aedlog.com/aed-monthly-inspection-checklist/

### Capability scope

- AED inspection reminders and logs [documented]: The features and pricing pages describe monthly inspection reminders and digital inspection logs, with a QR code used to start an inspection. Checklist content is not itemised on those pages. Sources: https://aedlog.com/features, https://aedlog.com/pricing
- Battery and pad expiry alerts [documented]: The features page describes alerts before AED batteries and pads expire. A guide page on the same site gives lead times of 60 and 30 days; the features page does not, so confirm the schedule. Sources: https://aedlog.com/features, https://aedlog.com/aed-monthly-inspection-checklist/
- CPR and AED certification tracking [documented]: The pages describe tracking employee certifications and expiry dates, with CPR and AED certification named on the home and pricing pages. First aid certificates other than CPR and AED are not described. Sources: https://aedlog.com/features, https://aedlog.com/pricing, https://aedlog.com/
- Multi-location dashboard and records [documented]: The home and pricing pages describe a dashboard showing device status across locations, compliance reports and audit trails, and unlimited users and locations at every tier. The report formats and export options are not itemised on the features page. Sources: https://aedlog.com/, https://aedlog.com/pricing, https://aedlog.com/features
- AED incident data [conditional]: The features page says users can manage and view data on incidents involving an AED. What is captured and whether it connects to a wider incident or first aid record is not described. Sources: https://aedlog.com/features
- Mobile app [conditional]: The features page describes managing an AED programme from a smartphone and scanning a QR code to start an inspection. Platform availability and offline behaviour are not stated. Sources: https://aedlog.com/features
- User permissions and contract terms [documented]: The FAQs state user permissions are assigned and an account can be cancelled at any time. Which roles exist is not described, so test it. Sources: https://aedlog.com/faqs/
- State AED law reference guides [documented]: The site offers a state lookup and in-depth guides for some states, with an informational-only notice that says to check local laws and not to rely on the pages for legal purposes. The home FAQ says the product supports compliance tracking for all 50 states and that such software automates inspection and maintenance requirements; those are vendor statements, and the reference pages themselves are not a compliance check. Confirm which states and rules the software actually tracks. Sources: https://aedlog.com/aed-laws/, https://aedlog.com/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: AED inspection to expiry alert
1. Add two AEDs at different locations with different pad and battery dates.
2. Scan the QR code and complete a monthly inspection from a phone.
3. Review the expiry alerts and the responder certificate dates.
4. Export the inspection history for an audit.

#### Proposed demo: responder certificate lapse and user permissions
1. Create users with different permissions and show what each can view and edit.
2. Enter a CPR and AED certificate with a near expiry date for a responder at one location.
3. Show the expiry alert, its timing and its recipients.
4. Let the certificate lapse and ask where the lapse shows, for example on the dashboard or in a report.
5. Export the compliance report and audit trail for the location.

### Product presentations

- [AED program dashboard overview](https://aedlog.com/): Official vendor image of the AED Log dashboard on a laptop, with upcoming inspections and expiring pads and batteries; sample data.

### Questions and answers

#### Does AED Log track first aid treatment?
No treatment records are described on the reviewed pages. It documents AED inspection, expiry alerts, certification tracking and AED incident data.

#### Which certifications can AED Log track?
The home and pricing pages name CPR and AED certification tracking with expiry dates. Other first aid qualifications are not mentioned.

#### How much does AED Log cost?
The pricing page shows tiers by number of AEDs starting at $9.50 per month or $114 per year for one AED, while a blog page says one AED is free. Confirm the current terms with the vendor.

#### Does AED Log work offline?
Offline use is not described on the reviewed pages; test the app where signal is weak.

### Demo questions

- Confirm the current single-AED price, since the pricing page and a blog page differ, and the rules at renewal.
- Register two AEDs with different pad and battery dates and show the alerts, their timing and who receives them.
- Run an inspection from the phone in a location with no signal and show what is saved.
- Show how a certificate expiry is recorded for a responder and whether it is linked to a named AED or site.
- Export the inspection history for an auditor and state the retention period.

### Primary sources

- [AED Log home page, checked 12 October 2026](https://aedlog.com/)
- [AED Log pricing, checked 12 October 2026](https://aedlog.com/pricing)
- [AED Log features, checked 12 October 2026](https://aedlog.com/features)
- [AED Log monthly inspection checklist guide, checked 12 October 2026](https://aedlog.com/aed-monthly-inspection-checklist/)
- [AED Log about page, checked 12 October 2026](https://aedlog.com/about/)
- [AED Log FAQs, checked 12 October 2026](https://aedlog.com/faqs/)
- [AED Log state AED law guides, checked 12 October 2026](https://aedlog.com/aed-laws/)
- [AED Log: what is AED program management, checked 12 October 2026](https://aedlog.com/what-is-aed-program-management/)
- [AED Log: how long does AED certification last (blog page naming a free plan for 1 AED), checked 12 October 2026](https://aedlog.com/how-long-does-an-aed-certification-last/)

## Perry Weather

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/perry-weather
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Perry Weather is a weather monitoring and alerting platform that pairs on-site hardware stations with software. This profile covers its heat stress and WBGT monitoring only, not its lightning detection or other weather alerting.

Perry Weather's heat stress page describes a permanently mounted station with a black globe sensor that measures dry-bulb, natural wet-bulb and globe temperature, with WBGT readings logged every 15 minutes. Organisations enter their own heat stress policies, and the system sends alerts when thresholds are exceeded by phone notification, siren with strobe or public-address message. A web and mobile dashboard shows live and forecast conditions, with historical export and saved report templates.

Best-fit starting point: Outdoor and semi-outdoor sites such as construction, parks or manufacturing yards that want ambient WBGT readings, threshold alerts and a timestamped record without handheld meters.

Check before buying: This is ambient, area-level monitoring. The reviewed pages do not describe individual worker heat strain, acclimatisation or hydration tracking, alert acknowledgement or closure records, or work-rest rules beyond the policies and work/rest ratios the heat page says the product applies. The homepage mentions conditions updated every five minutes while the heat page describes 15-minute WBGT logging; confirm which applies. Pricing is not published.

### Pricing

Quote-based software tiers (Core, Plus, Advanced) plus hardware packages. The pricing page checked on 1 October 2026 shows no amounts. It lists software tiers Core, Plus and Advanced, and hardware packages including a Heat Stress Monitoring Package. All tiers are described as including a mobile app and web dashboard and custom alert triggers; Plus adds advanced reporting and mass notifications; Advanced adds SSO, API access, geofence alerts and priority support. Annual subscriptions and hardware leases are mentioned. Request a written quote that itemises the weather station, sensors, software tier, connectivity, installation, alert hardware such as sirens, support and renewal terms.

### Offline capabilities

Web dashboard and mobile app. The reviewed pages do not describe what happens to readings or alerts if site connectivity is lost; ask for the behaviour of the on-site station and alerts during an outage.

Product scope: On-site WBGT and heat index measurement, policy-based threshold alerts, forecast view, history and export.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. The profile covers heat stress and WBGT monitoring only. Confirm the proposed hardware, software tier and commercial terms.

Trial status: verified-free. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Measurement method and placement: Ask for the sensor model, calibration routine and mounting location, and compare the station reading with a handheld WBGT measurement at your hottest work area before relying on it.
  Sources: https://perryweather.com/features/heat-stress-and-wbgt-monitoring/
- Policy rules and thresholds: Enter your own policy and check who can change thresholds, how changes are recorded, and whether the rules you use (for example work-rest tables) can be expressed. The reviewed pages say policies are customer-defined but do not detail the rules.
  Sources: https://perryweather.com/features/heat-stress-and-wbgt-monitoring/, https://perryweather.com/use-cases/construction/
- Alert delivery and response record: Trigger a test alert through each channel you would use. Check who received it, whether anyone acknowledged it and what record is kept, because delivery of a message does not show that anyone acted.
  Sources: https://perryweather.com/features/heat-stress-and-wbgt-monitoring/
- Logging interval and data export: Reconcile the 15-minute WBGT logging on the heat page with the five-minute update mentioned on the homepage, then export history and a saved report to confirm formats and retention.
  Sources: https://perryweather.com/features/heat-stress-and-wbgt-monitoring/, https://perryweather.com/
- Worker-level coverage: The product is described as ambient monitoring. If you need individual heat strain, acclimatisation or hydration data, ask whether any of it is in scope or plan a separate method.
  Sources: https://perryweather.com/features/heat-stress-and-wbgt-monitoring/
- Tier, hardware and price: No amounts are published. Obtain a quote that names the software tier, the Heat Stress Monitoring Package, alert hardware, connectivity, lease or purchase terms and renewal.
  Sources: https://perryweather.com/pricing/
- Station type in the heat package: The pricing page describes the heat package as one indoor unit, the heat page a permanently mounted station. Ask which your site receives.
  Sources: https://perryweather.com/pricing/, https://perryweather.com/features/heat-stress-and-wbgt-monitoring/

### Capability scope

- On-site WBGT and heat index monitoring [documented]: The heat stress page describes a mounted station with a black globe sensor measuring dry-bulb, natural wet-bulb and globe temperature, with readings logged every 15 minutes. Check the sensor model, calibration and placement against how you assess heat exposure. Sources: https://perryweather.com/features/heat-stress-and-wbgt-monitoring/
- Policy-based heat stress alerts [documented]: The page says customer-defined heat stress policies trigger alerts by phone notification, siren with strobe or public-address message. It does not describe acknowledgement, escalation or closure, and the thresholds remain the organisation's responsibility. Sources: https://perryweather.com/features/heat-stress-and-wbgt-monitoring/, https://perryweather.com/use-cases/construction/
- Heat exposure history, export and report templates [documented]: The page describes timestamped logging, historical export and saved report templates. Formats, retention and whether this suits your audit or regulatory record are not stated. Sources: https://perryweather.com/features/heat-stress-and-wbgt-monitoring/, https://perryweather.com/use-cases/construction/
- Forecast view and meteorologist support [conditional]: The heat page describes forecasts up to three days ahead. The pricing page lists forecasts from Core, and meteorologist support 8am to 5pm in Core and 24/7 in Plus and Advanced. Sources: https://perryweather.com/features/heat-stress-and-wbgt-monitoring/, https://perryweather.com/, https://perryweather.com/pricing/, https://perryweather.com/features/live-meteorologist-support/
- Individual worker heat strain, acclimatisation and hydration [unverified]: No per-worker physiological monitoring, acclimatisation tracking or hydration tracking is described on the reviewed pages. If you need these, ask whether they are in scope or pair the product with another method.
- Tiers, SSO and API access [conditional]: The pricing page lists Core, Plus and Advanced software tiers, with SSO, API access and geofence alerts attributed to Advanced and advanced reporting and mass notifications to Plus. Confirm which tier and hardware package your heat stress use needs. Sources: https://perryweather.com/pricing/
- Recurring reports and alert history [conditional]: The reporting page says reports can recur daily, weekly or monthly and lists WBGT among the readings; the alerts page says every alert sent can be tracked. Confirm heat alerts appear in that history. Sources: https://perryweather.com/features/historical-weather-reporting/, https://perryweather.com/features/weather-alerts/
- Alert recipients by team, role or location [conditional]: The alerts page says recipients can be organised by team, role or location. Confirm this covers heat alerts. Sources: https://perryweather.com/features/weather-alerts/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: WBGT reading to alert and record
1. Enter a test heat stress policy with thresholds for one site.
2. Compare the station WBGT reading with a handheld reading at the same location.
3. Trigger an alert and review delivery on each channel and the record left behind.
4. Export the logged history and a saved report for the audit file.

#### Proposed demo: forecast breach, recipient groups and recurring report
1. Enter a test heat policy and show the forecast of when conditions will exceed it.
2. Create recipient groups by team, role or location and show which alert each gets.
3. Ask a meteorologist about the forecast through the dashboard.
4. Set up a recurring weekly report and review it with the alert history.

### Product presentations

- [Wind speed alert policy setup and phone notification](https://perryweather.com/use-cases/construction/): Official vendor image of the wind speed policy settings screen and the resulting phone alert. Values shown are illustrative.

### Questions and answers

#### What does Perry Weather measure for heat stress?
Its heat stress page describes an on-site station with a black globe sensor measuring dry-bulb, natural wet-bulb and globe temperature, used for WBGT and heat index monitoring.

#### How are heat alerts delivered?
The page lists phone notifications, sirens with strobe lights and public-address messages when a customer-defined policy threshold is exceeded. Ask how acknowledgement and escalation work.

#### Does Perry Weather monitor individual workers?
The reviewed pages describe ambient site monitoring and do not describe wearable or per-worker physiological monitoring.

#### Is there a free trial?
The pricing page mentions a 14-day free trial of lightning detection, heat stress monitoring and alerts. Confirm whether it includes on-site hardware.

### Demo questions

- Which station and sensor model would be installed, how is it calibrated, and where would it be mounted relative to our hottest work areas?
- Is WBGT logged every 5 or every 15 minutes, and what happens to readings and alerts if site connectivity drops?
- Show how our heat policy and thresholds are entered, who can change them, and how changes are recorded.
- Trigger a test alert and show who received it, whether anyone acknowledged it, and what record remains.
- Export a month of WBGT history and a saved report to confirm formats and retention.
- Confirm in writing which software tier and hardware package we would need, including SSO and API access, and the lease and renewal terms.

### Primary sources

- [Perry Weather heat stress and WBGT monitoring, checked 2 October 2026](https://perryweather.com/features/heat-stress-and-wbgt-monitoring/)
- [Perry Weather homepage, checked 2 October 2026](https://perryweather.com/)
- [Perry Weather pricing, checked 2 October 2026](https://perryweather.com/pricing/)
- [Perry Weather construction page, checked 2 October 2026](https://perryweather.com/use-cases/construction/)
- [Historical weather reporting, checked 2 October 2026](https://perryweather.com/features/historical-weather-reporting/)
- [Weather alerts, checked 2 October 2026](https://perryweather.com/features/weather-alerts/)
- [Live meteorologist support, checked 2 October 2026](https://perryweather.com/features/live-meteorologist-support/)
- [Perry Weather trust centre, checked 2 October 2026](https://trust.perryweather.com/)

## NatureMetrics

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/naturemetrics
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
NatureMetrics combines a nature data platform with eDNA laboratory services, bioacoustic monitoring and advisory work. This profile covers the Nature Intelligence Platform and the biodiversity data feeding it.

NatureMetrics describes a Nature Intelligence Platform that brings a company's own site data, public and third-party datasets and the vendor's ground sampling into one record, with portfolio dashboards that can move from many sites to a single site. Ground data comes from eDNA sampling (water, soil and air) analysed in its laboratory and from bioacoustic monitoring, and the pages say the platform supports TNFD, CSRD and GRI-aligned reporting.

Best-fit starting point: Organisations with several sites that need measured species and habitat data and a central view for nature-related reporting.

Check before buying: Data collection depends on the vendor's sampling and laboratory services, so cost and timing include fieldwork, not only software. The reviewed pages do not describe data import formats, user roles, API access, security certifications, laboratory accreditation or pricing, and they do not detail how outputs map to each disclosure datapoint.

### Pricing

Quote-based; demo on request. Pricing is not published on the reviewed pages, which direct visitors to book a platform demo. Ask for a quote that separates platform subscription, eDNA sampling kits and laboratory analysis, bioacoustic monitoring, risk and insight products, advisory services, number of sites and term.

### Offline capabilities

Web platform. Field sampling by eDNA kits and bioacoustic monitoring is described; no offline or mobile app behaviour is documented on the reviewed pages.

Product scope: Nature data platform plus eDNA and bioacoustic data supply, risk screening and habitat and species insight products.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. The pages do not state laboratory accreditation or platform security certifications; request them. Confirm the proposed edition, configuration and commercial terms.

Trial status: request-only. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Data supply and cost: Ask which sites need sampling, how often, and what each survey costs apart from platform access, since the data comes from fieldwork as well as software.
  Sources: https://naturemetrics.com/products/edna, https://naturemetrics.com/products/overview
- Site record quality: Open a real site record and check species detections, dates, method and any stated uncertainty, then see how it rolls up to portfolio indicators.
  Sources: https://naturemetrics.com/products/nature-intelligence-platform
- Disclosure mapping: Request a datapoint-level map for TNFD, ESRS E4 and GRI showing what the platform populates and what remains narrative or manual.
  Sources: https://naturemetrics.com/products/nature-intelligence-platform, https://naturemetrics.com/
- Risk score methodology: The risk page states 26 datasets and quarterly updates, but the pages summarise the method only. Obtain the dataset list, scoring method and update dates before using scores to prioritise sites.
  Sources: https://naturemetrics.com/products/overview, https://naturemetrics.com/products/global-nature-risk
- Import, export and access: Test importing your own survey data and exporting results, and ask about roles and hosting. Import and export formats, roles and hosting are not described on the reviewed pages.
  Sources: https://naturemetrics.com/products/nature-intelligence-platform
- Accreditation and price: No laboratory accreditation, security certification or price is stated. Request them and a quote that separates platform, sampling and advisory items.
  Sources: https://naturemetrics.com/products/edna, https://naturemetrics.com/products/overview

### Capability scope

- Site biodiversity data platform [documented]: The platform pages describe one record that combines own site data, public and third-party datasets and vendor ground sampling, with portfolio dashboards and drill-down to single sites. Data import formats and access controls are not described; ask. Sources: https://naturemetrics.com/products/nature-intelligence-platform, https://naturemetrics.com/products/overview
- eDNA and passive audio species monitoring [documented]: The eDNA page describes sampling kits for environmental DNA analysed in the vendor's laboratory with results delivered through the platform; the products overview describes passive audio recording used to identify birds and bats. Turnaround times, accreditation and species-list formats are not stated. Sources: https://naturemetrics.com/products/edna, https://naturemetrics.com/products/overview
- TNFD, ESRS E4 and GRI reporting support [conditional]: The pages say dashboards and standardised metrics support reporting against TNFD, CSRD and GRI, and the homepage names ESRS E4 and IFC PS6. The pages do not map datapoints to outputs, so confirm what the platform populates and what you must still author. Sources: https://naturemetrics.com/products/nature-intelligence-platform, https://naturemetrics.com/
- Nature risk screening and habitat insights [documented]: The products overview and the risk page describe a 0 to 1 risk score per site built on 26 geospatial datasets with quarterly updates, plus standardised species and habitat metrics for comparing sites. Request the methodology and the dataset list. Sources: https://naturemetrics.com/products/overview, https://naturemetrics.com/products/global-nature-risk, https://naturemetrics.com/products/species-habitat-insights
- Bioacoustic monitoring [documented]: Passive recording units monitor birds and bats, with AI identification checked by people; results appear in the platform beside eDNA detections. Sources: https://naturemetrics.com/products/bioacoustics
- Ecosystem condition index [documented]: A 0 to 100 condition score from soil or freshwater eDNA samples rolls up to portfolio level; the vendor states the soil method is independently accredited. Check its scope. Sources: https://naturemetrics.com/products/eci-suite
- Security, access and integration detail [unverified]: The reviewed pages do not state user roles, API or integration options, hosting or security certifications. Request them before procurement.

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: site sampling to portfolio view and disclosure
1. Select two sites and agree a sampling method for each.
2. Review the resulting species record in the platform with dates and method.
3. See how the site data rolls into the portfolio dashboard and any indicators.
4. Map the outputs to the TNFD or ESRS E4 datapoints you must report and export them.

#### Proposed demo: portfolio risk screening to prioritised monitoring
1. Load a sample portfolio and show each site risk score and its dataset basis.
2. Open species and habitat metrics for two high-scoring sites.
3. Show bioacoustic detections beside an eDNA result for one site.
4. Show a condition score and its portfolio roll-up.
5. Export the evidence pack and site report.

### Product presentations

- [Nature Performance Dashboard with biodiversity metrics](https://naturemetrics.com/products/nature-intelligence-platform): Official vendor image of the Nature Performance Dashboard: biodiversity trend metrics plus IUCN Red List and invasive species tables for a marine project.

### Questions and answers

#### Is NatureMetrics software or a laboratory service?
Both are described: a Nature Intelligence Platform for dashboards and reporting, and eDNA laboratory analysis and bioacoustic monitoring that supply field data.

#### Which reporting frameworks does it mention?
The pages mention TNFD, CSRD with ESRS E4, GRI and IFC PS6. Ask which datapoints the platform populates.

#### How is eDNA collected?
The eDNA page describes kits for water, soil and air sampling that the vendor says need no specialist training, with analysis in its laboratory.

#### Is pricing published?
No. The pages direct visitors to book a demo; obtain a quote that separates platform and sampling costs.

### Demo questions

- Which of our sites and habitats can be sampled by eDNA or bioacoustics, and what do surveys and platform access cost separately?
- Show a site record with species detections, dates, sampling method and uncertainty, and how it rolls into the portfolio view.
- Which TNFD, ESRS E4 and GRI datapoints does the platform populate, and which remain for us to complete?
- Can we import our own site surveys, and in which formats? Is there an export or API?
- Provide laboratory accreditation, data-security certifications, user-role options and hosting location.
- Provide a quote that separates platform, sampling, laboratory and advisory items with renewal terms.

### Primary sources

- [NatureMetrics homepage, checked 2 October 2026](https://naturemetrics.com/)
- [NatureMetrics products overview, checked 2 October 2026](https://naturemetrics.com/products/overview)
- [NatureMetrics Nature Intelligence Platform, checked 2 October 2026](https://naturemetrics.com/products/nature-intelligence-platform)
- [NatureMetrics eDNA service, checked 2 October 2026](https://naturemetrics.com/products/edna)
- [NatureMetrics bioacoustics page, checked 2 October 2026](https://naturemetrics.com/products/bioacoustics)
- [NatureMetrics global nature risk page, checked 2 October 2026](https://naturemetrics.com/products/global-nature-risk)
- [NatureMetrics species and habitat insights page, checked 2 October 2026](https://naturemetrics.com/products/species-habitat-insights)
- [NatureMetrics ecosystem condition index page, checked 2 October 2026](https://naturemetrics.com/products/eci-suite)

## Dunya Analytics

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/dunya-analytics
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Dunya Analytics is a nature-risk assessment platform. It screens business locations and supply chains from geospatial data; it is not a field monitoring system. A Delaware state news release lists the company in Wilmington.

Dunya Analytics describes uploading business locations, suppliers or portfolios, then having the platform analyse how they interact with ecosystems, with risk dashboards, geographic analysis of proximity to protected areas and biodiversity zones, and reports aligned to TNFD (LEAP), CSRD ESRS E4, GRI, the CDP biodiversity questionnaire and SBTN. It also describes translating ecosystem dependence into financial terms through its own Imputed Nature Value framework.

Best-fit starting point: Companies starting nature-related assessment that want desk-based screening of locations and supply chains and framework-aligned outputs.

Check before buying: This is desk screening from geospatial and modelled data, not measured site biodiversity monitoring, so it does not replace ecological surveys. The reviewed pages do not describe integrations, role-based permissions, accuracy testing or the underlying datasets in detail. Prices for paid plans are not published.

### Pricing

Free, Premium and Enterprise plans; Premium and Enterprise by contact. The plans page checked on 2 October 2026 lists Free, Premium and Enterprise and shows no amount for any plan. Free is described as including an automated TNFD LEAP assessment for up to 5 business activities, framework-aligned reports, biodiversity and water stress analysis, a risk dashboard and email support. Premium adds unlimited business activities, protected area identification, data export, bulk uploads, a dedicated account manager and multi-user access. Enterprise is quote-based and adds SSO, regional data residency and supplier accounts. Confirm any limits, billing period and renewal terms in writing.

### Offline capabilities

Web platform; no offline or mobile field mode is documented on the reviewed pages.

Product scope: Location and supply-chain nature risk screening, TNFD LEAP assessment, dashboards and framework-aligned reports.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. SOC 2 Type II is stated on the homepage only; request the report and its scope. Confirm the proposed plan, configuration and commercial terms.

Trial status: verified-free. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Data and method: Ask for the datasets, models and update frequency behind each result, then run sites where you hold survey data to see how the screening compares.
  Sources: https://www.dunya-analytics.com/product
- Disclosure mapping: Obtain a datapoint-level map for ESRS E4, TNFD, GRI, CDP and SBTN showing what the reports populate.
  Sources: https://www.dunya-analytics.com/product, https://www.dunya-analytics.com/plans
- Financial framework assumptions: Review how the Imputed Nature Value framework is calculated and which assumptions can be inspected before using figures externally.
  Sources: https://www.dunya-analytics.com/
- Screening versus measurement: Treat results as desk screening. Decide where measured habitat or species data is still required and plan it separately.
  Sources: https://www.dunya-analytics.com/product
- Plan limits and access: Check the 5-activity limit on Free, bulk upload and export on Premium, and SSO and data residency on Enterprise against your needs.
  Sources: https://www.dunya-analytics.com/plans
- Security and price: Request the SOC 2 Type II report and scope and a written quote for paid plans, since amounts are not published.
  Sources: https://www.dunya-analytics.com/, https://www.dunya-analytics.com/plans

### Capability scope

- Location and supply-chain nature risk screening [documented]: The product page describes uploading locations, suppliers or portfolios and analysing their interaction with ecosystems, with dashboards and proximity to protected areas and biodiversity zones. Data sources and update frequency are summarised only. Sources: https://www.dunya-analytics.com/product, https://www.dunya-analytics.com/
- TNFD LEAP assessment [documented]: The homepage and plans page describe automated TNFD LEAP assessment, limited to 5 business activities on the Free plan. Check what each LEAP step produces and what remains manual. Sources: https://www.dunya-analytics.com/, https://www.dunya-analytics.com/plans
- ESRS E4, GRI, CDP and SBTN aligned reports [conditional]: The product page names TNFD, CSRD ESRS E4, GRI, the CDP biodiversity questionnaire and SBTN, and describes audit-ready reports. Datapoint-level coverage is not shown; request a mapping. Sources: https://www.dunya-analytics.com/product, https://www.dunya-analytics.com/plans, https://www.dunya-analytics.com/insights/how-to-implement-biodiversity-in-your-cdp-reporting-for-2026
- Financial translation of nature dependence [conditional]: The homepage describes an Imputed Nature Value framework that expresses ecosystem dependence in financial terms. Review the assumptions before using the figures in disclosures. Sources: https://www.dunya-analytics.com/
- Plan limits, SSO and data residency [conditional]: The plans page ties bulk uploads, data export and multi-user access to Premium, and SSO, regional data residency and supplier accounts to Enterprise. Confirm limits and which plan fits. Sources: https://www.dunya-analytics.com/plans
- Measured site biodiversity monitoring [unsupported]: The reviewed pages describe modelled, location-based screening and do not describe field surveys, sensors or species monitoring. Use other methods for measured habitat and species data. Sources: https://www.dunya-analytics.com/product
- Supplier locations, heatmap and engagement approach [conditional]: An article describes tagging supplier locations with name, value chain and tier, a materiality heatmap, and an engage, support, diversify, discontinue approach. A head-office-only upload gives limited location results. The product pages do not describe these functions. Sources: https://www.dunya-analytics.com/insights/assessing-nature-risk-in-the-supply-chain-with-the-data-you-already-have
- Datasets and data partners [conditional]: The FAQ states dozens of nature datasets are combined and that data and methods are transparent to users. The news page announces data collaborations in 2025 and 2026; ask which datasets apply to each plan and how often they refresh. Sources: https://www.dunya-analytics.com/faq-1, https://www.dunya-analytics.com/news

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: location upload to LEAP report
1. Upload a sample of sites and suppliers, including some with known ecological surveys.
2. Review risk results, protected area proximity and the LEAP outputs.
3. Generate a report for the framework you must use and note unmapped datapoints.
4. Export data and compare screening results with your own survey evidence.

#### Proposed demo: supplier tiers to engagement plan
1. Upload five suppliers tagged with tier and value chain, one with a head-office address only.
2. Open the materiality heatmap and compare the head-office result with the others.
3. Take the highest-risk supplier through engagement, support, diversification or discontinuation, and record the action owner.
4. Ask which plan includes bulk upload and data export.

### Product presentations

- [Site overview with risk scores and material impacts](https://www.dunya-analytics.com/product): Official vendor image of a site overview screen: risk scores, material impacts and dependencies, industry classification. Data appears to be an example site.

### Questions and answers

#### What does Dunya Analytics assess?
Its pages describe screening uploaded locations, suppliers or portfolios for nature-related risk and dependence, with TNFD LEAP automation and framework-aligned reports.

#### Is there a free option?
The plans page describes a Free plan with an automated TNFD LEAP assessment for up to 5 business activities. Premium and Enterprise prices are not published.

#### Does it monitor habitats or species on site?
The reviewed pages describe modelled location-based screening, not field monitoring.

#### Which security standard is stated?
The homepage states SOC 2 Type II. The product page does not mention it, so request the report and scope.

### Demo questions

- Which datasets and models drive each location result, and how often are they updated?
- Run our real sites and suppliers and show how results change with location precision.
- Which ESRS E4 and TNFD datapoints do the reports populate, and which parts must we write ourselves?
- How does the Imputed Nature Value framework work, and what assumptions can we inspect or change?
- Provide the current SOC 2 Type II report scope, data-residency options and SSO details.
- Confirm limits, billing and renewal for Premium and Enterprise in writing.

### Primary sources

- [Dunya Analytics homepage, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.dunya-analytics.com/)
- [Dunya Analytics product page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.dunya-analytics.com/product)
- [Dunya Analytics plans, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.dunya-analytics.com/plans)
- [Dunya Analytics article on supply chain nature risk, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.dunya-analytics.com/insights/assessing-nature-risk-in-the-supply-chain-with-the-data-you-already-have)
- [Dunya Analytics FAQ, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.dunya-analytics.com/faq-1)
- [Dunya Analytics news page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.dunya-analytics.com/news)
- [Dunya Analytics article on CDP biodiversity reporting, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.dunya-analytics.com/insights/how-to-implement-biodiversity-in-your-cdp-reporting-for-2026)
- [State of Delaware news release on grant winners, checked 2 October 2026](https://news.delaware.gov/2026/05/12/governor-meyer-and-dsb-announce-winners-of-spring-2026-edge-2-0-grant-competition/)

## XNatura

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/xnatura
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
XNatura sells a bundle of software, satellite data, field sensors and specialist-signed deliverables for nature and climate risk. This profile covers its XN Biodiversity and XN Reporting products. Its company page presents it as the nature and climate intelligence company of 3Bee SRL, which it says was founded in 2017.

XNatura's pages describe XN Biodiversity as an ecological baseline built from satellite layers and seasonal field surveys, a sensor network (named devices for birds, pollinators and bees, plus camera traps), a biodiversity action plan signed by an ecologist, and an annual monitoring and disclosure pack. XN Reporting assembles data from XNatura products into disclosure packages, with signed deliverables, referencing ESRS, GRI, TNFD and natural capital accounting.

Best-fit starting point: Asset owners with specific sites, such as energy or infrastructure operators, that want a surveyed baseline, ongoing sensing and ecologist-signed disclosure material.

Check before buying: Much of the offer is delivered as expert-signed project outputs rather than self-service software, so scope, timing and cost depend on engagement terms. The pages name standards for each product but not datapoint coverage, and SBTN and BNG appear on the biodiversity page but not the reporting page. No pricing or certifications are published.

### Pricing

Not published. Pricing is not publicly available on the reviewed XNatura pages, and they list no contract terms or subscription tiers. Ask for a quote that separates software, sensor hardware, field surveys, specialist sign-off, reporting packs and monitoring years.

### Offline capabilities

Field surveys and IoT sensors are described; no offline or mobile app behaviour is documented on the reviewed pages.

Product scope: Site biodiversity baseline, IoT and field monitoring, action plans and disclosure packs.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. The pages do not state security or quality certifications. Vendor performance figures were not repeated. Confirm the proposed scope and commercial terms.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Site scope and survey plan: Agree which sites, habitats and seasons are surveyed and how often, and check that the baseline method suits your site types.
  Sources: https://www.xnatura.com/products/xn-biodiversity/
- Sensor deployment and data access: Ask where sensors go, who maintains them, how data reaches you and whether raw data can be exported.
  Sources: https://www.xnatura.com/products/xn-biodiversity/, https://www.xnatura.com/
- Disclosure coverage: Request a coverage matrix for ESRS E4, TNFD, GRI and any biodiversity net gain use, since the pages list standards without datapoints.
  Sources: https://www.xnatura.com/products/xn-biodiversity/, https://www.xnatura.com/products/xn-reporting/
- Action plan follow-up: Check whether recommended interventions are tracked with owners and dates inside the product or only delivered as a document.
  Sources: https://www.xnatura.com/products/xn-biodiversity/
- Service versus software: Separate what you receive as software access from what is delivered by specialists, including what happens after the first year.
  Sources: https://www.xnatura.com/products/, https://www.xnatura.com/products/xn-reporting/
- Certifications and price: No certifications or prices are published. Request security and quality evidence and an itemised quote.
  Sources: https://www.xnatura.com/products/

### Capability scope

- Site biodiversity baseline [documented]: XN Biodiversity is described as habitat mapping, species inventories and sensitivity indices from satellite imagery and field surveys. Survey design, species lists and timing should be agreed per site. Sources: https://www.xnatura.com/products/xn-biodiversity/, https://www.xnatura.com/products/
- Continuous sensor and camera monitoring [documented]: The pages describe proprietary devices for birds, pollinators and bees, camera traps and further IoT sensors feeding monitoring. The sensor page states 2G/4G cloud transfer; hardware terms are not described. Sources: https://www.xnatura.com/products/xn-biodiversity/, https://www.xnatura.com/, https://www.xnatura.com/technology/field-sensors/
- Biodiversity action plan and annual monitoring pack [documented]: The product page describes prioritised interventions with cost and owner signed by an ecologist, followed by yearly monitoring and disclosure evidence. Confirm who owns follow-up actions and whether they are tracked in the platform. Sources: https://www.xnatura.com/products/xn-biodiversity/
- ESRS E4, TNFD and GRI disclosure packs [conditional]: XN Biodiversity names ESRS E4, BNG, TNFD, SBTN and certification schemes; XN Reporting names ESRS, GRI, TNFD and natural capital accounting. The standards page maps standards to products and the reporting page lists a coverage matrix among its deliverables; datapoint coverage is not shown, so request a sample. Sources: https://www.xnatura.com/products/xn-biodiversity/, https://www.xnatura.com/products/xn-reporting/, https://www.xnatura.com/standards/
- Specialist sign-off and delivery model [conditional]: Deliverables are described as signed by named ecologists or ESG specialists, which suggests project-style delivery. Clarify what is self-service software and what is service. Sources: https://www.xnatura.com/products/, https://www.xnatura.com/products/xn-reporting/, https://www.xnatura.com/company/
- Platform exports, per-site roles and sign-off record [documented]: The platform page states dataset exports with timestamp, method and sign-off attached, per-site roles, EU hosting and a sign-off audit trail. Check export formats. Sources: https://www.xnatura.com/platform/
- Satellite map layers [documented]: The satellite page groups its maps into land use, density and urbanisation, climate interaction, interaction with nature and risk categories. The home page cites a larger layer count, so ask which layers the maps use. Sources: https://www.xnatura.com/technology/satellite-maps/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: baseline to disclosure pack
1. Choose one site and review a sample baseline, species inventory and sensitivity indices.
2. Review the sensor plan and see how monitoring data is presented.
3. Open a sample action plan and check owners, costs and follow-up.
4. Request a disclosure pack and compare it with the standards you must report against.

#### Proposed demo: sensor detection to signed, exportable record
1. Ask for the demo on your own site polygon, as the platform page offers, and pick one sensor type.
2. Follow a detection from the sensor into the platform and check its timestamp.
3. Export one dataset and confirm it carries the method and the expert sign-off.
4. Ask how per-site roles are set and what a restricted user can see.

### Product presentations

- [Portfolio risk map with scenario selector](https://www.xnatura.com/products/): Official vendor image of the platform's portfolio risk map, with an IPCC scenario selector, risk layers list and a table of climate risk grades.

### Questions and answers

#### What does XN Biodiversity include?
Its page describes a site ecological baseline, a sensor network, a biodiversity action plan signed by an ecologist and an annual monitoring and disclosure pack.

#### Which standards are named?
The biodiversity page names ESRS E4, BNG, EIA, TNFD and SBTN; the reporting page names ESRS, GRI, TNFD, BREEAM/LEED and natural capital accounting. Ask for datapoint coverage.

#### Is it self-service software?
The pages describe expert-signed deliverables alongside platform outputs, so much of it appears project-delivered. Clarify the split.

#### Is pricing published?
No. Request a quote that separates software, hardware, surveys and sign-off.

### Demo questions

- Which of our sites would be surveyed, which sensors would be deployed, and what is the survey and monitoring calendar?
- Show a baseline, an action plan and a disclosure pack from a comparable site, including who signs each.
- Which ESRS E4, TNFD, GRI or BNG datapoints are covered, and which remain for us?
- Can we access the underlying data and exports, and what is the platform access model after the first year?
- Provide sensor hardware terms, maintenance, data ownership and security or quality certifications.
- Provide a quote separating software, hardware, surveys and specialist sign-off with renewal terms.

### Primary sources

- [XNatura homepage, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.xnatura.com/)
- [XNatura products overview, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.xnatura.com/products/)
- [XN Biodiversity, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.xnatura.com/products/xn-biodiversity/)
- [XN Reporting, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.xnatura.com/products/xn-reporting/)
- [XNatura field sensors, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.xnatura.com/technology/field-sensors/)
- [XNatura platform, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.xnatura.com/platform/)
- [XNatura standards, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.xnatura.com/standards/)
- [XNatura company, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.xnatura.com/company/)
- [XNatura satellite maps, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.xnatura.com/technology/satellite-maps/)

## TenForce

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/tenforce
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
TenForce is an EHSQ software vendor based in Leuven, Belgium. Its about page says the company began in 2001 and joined Elisa Industriq in 2021, and states 180,000+ active users, 20+ countries and 1,000+ locations (vendor statements). An independent trade report dated 8 September 2021 describes Elisa acquiring a majority stake and TenForce continuing as an independent company. The modules page lists 18 modules, including incident management, permit to work, audits and inspections, CAPA, lockout/tagout, management of change, document control, risk, quality, contractor, environmental and shift management. This profile covers the TenForce EHSQ platform as described on those pages. It does not cover other Elisa Industriq business units.

TenForce's pages describe a modular EHSQ platform with 18 listed modules. The incident page covers mobile and offline reporting, root cause methods, notifications, dashboards and reuse of incident data for OSHA records. The permit to work page describes electronic permit forms, risk assessments, isolation and lockout/tagout links and simultaneous operations checks. The audit, CAPA and compliance calendar pages describe checklists with offline sync, actions with owners and deadlines, root cause and effectiveness checks, and scheduled compliance tasks, with Enhesa regulatory content as an external option. The vendor's blog states ISO 27001, 9001 and 14001 certification.

Best-fit starting point: Sites with high-risk maintenance or project work that want incident, permit, audit, corrective action and change records linked in one configurable platform.

Check before buying: Pricing, trial terms, integrations, APIs, single sign-on, hosting location and data retention are not described on the reviewed pages. Several features are marked optional or external: Site Layout is described as optional and Enhesa content as one of several possible sources. Certificate scope, certifying body and dates are not shown on the blog page, which points to a vendor Trust Vault. Figures such as percentage improvements on module pages are vendor statements and are not used here.

### Pricing

Not published; contact the vendor and book a demo. The vendor pages reviewed on 2 October 2026 show no price, just plan names. The pricing address on the vendor site returned HTTP 404, and the site navigation has a demo booking link but no pricing or trial link. A page titled "Get Free Trial Access Now" offers only a demo booking route and states no trial terms. Ask for a written quote that names the modules, the number of sites and users, optional items such as Site Layout and the Enhesa regulatory content, implementation, training, support, hosting and renewal terms.

### Offline capabilities

The incident and audit pages describe completing reports and checklists on a mobile device without a connection and syncing later. Offline use is not described on the reviewed permit to work, lockout/tagout and CAPA pages, so test those in a plant area with no signal.

Product scope: Incident management, permit to work, audits and inspections, CAPA, lockout/tagout, compliance calendar and the other modules listed on the TenForce modules page.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. Confirm the proposed edition, configuration and commercial terms.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Module scope and licensing: Obtain a list of the modules and options in the quote. Site Layout is described as optional and Enhesa content as one of several sources, so confirm what each adds.
  Sources: https://www.tenforce.com/modules/, https://www.tenforce.com/modules/compliance-management/, https://www.tenforce.com/modules/incident-management/
- Permit, isolation and lockout/tagout flow: Run one permit through risk assessment, isolation, lockout/tagout and a simultaneous operations conflict, and check who can approve, issue and close each step.
  Sources: https://www.tenforce.com/modules/permit-to-work/, https://www.tenforce.com/modules/lockout-tagout/
- Offline field use: Offline reporting is described for incidents and audits only. Test permit and lockout/tagout steps where signal is weak before relying on them.
  Sources: https://www.tenforce.com/modules/incident-management/, https://www.tenforce.com/modules/audits-and-inspections/, https://www.tenforce.com/modules/lockout-tagout/
- Linkage between modules: Check that an incident, audit finding or change can create a CAPA and that the same action record follows through to closure and effectiveness review.
  Sources: https://www.tenforce.com/modules/corrective-and-preventive-actions/, https://www.tenforce.com/modules/audits-and-inspections/, https://www.tenforce.com/modules/incident-management/
- Ownership, security and price: Ask for the ISO certificates and their scope, hosting and data terms, integration options and a written quote. The vendor says it joined Elisa Industriq in 2021; confirm how support and the roadmap are organised.
  Sources: https://www.tenforce.com/about-us/, https://rcrwireless.com/20210908/carriers/elisa-buys-health-and-safety-software-firm-tenforce-to-bolster-industry-4-0-portfolio, https://www.tenforce.com/blog/tenforce-is-iso-9001-and-iso-14001-certified-heres-why-that-matters-for-your-team/

### Capability scope

- Incident and near-miss management [documented]: The incident page describes capturing and investigating incidents and near misses, root cause methods such as Five Whys and cause and effect analysis, rule-based email notifications, dashboards, photo capture, and reuse of incident information for OSHA 300 log, 301 report and 300A summary records. OSHA records are relevant to US reporting; confirm which other regulatory formats are supported. Sources: https://www.tenforce.com/modules/incident-management/
- Permit to work with isolation and simultaneous operations [documented]: The permit page describes electronic permit forms for a task, equipment and location, integrated risk assessments, approval or rejection, issue once isolations, lockout/tagout and simultaneous operations measures are in place, and stored permit history. Confirm how the checks are configured for your site. Sources: https://www.tenforce.com/modules/permit-to-work/, https://www.tenforce.com/modules/lockout-tagout/
- Audits and inspections [documented]: The audit page describes audit plans, scheduling with alerts, digital checklists on a mobile device with offline sync, findings with attachments, actions with an owner, priority and deadline, shared audit templates and question libraries across sites, and dashboards. Audit standards or checklists supplied by the vendor are not itemised. Sources: https://www.tenforce.com/modules/audits-and-inspections/
- Corrective and preventive actions [documented]: The CAPA page describes risk categorisation, a choice between short-track and six-stage root cause analysis, assigned actions, automated workflows, an effectiveness check on each action and links to incident, audit, change, complaint and other modules. Sources: https://www.tenforce.com/modules/corrective-and-preventive-actions/
- Lockout/tagout procedures [documented]: The lockout/tagout page describes procedures per machine or equipment, isolation points and shutdown steps, verification that energy is isolated, role-based control of who can create or start a procedure, time-stamped step records and a link to permits. An image caption refers to a mobile lockout/tagout system; offline use is not described. Sources: https://www.tenforce.com/modules/lockout-tagout/
- Compliance calendar and regulatory content [conditional]: The page describes turning requirements into scheduled, assignable tasks shown in a calendar and linked to audits and CAPA. Its FAQ presents Enhesa content as one source alongside other providers or an internal register, so regulatory content is not clearly part of the base module; confirm what is included and its cost. Sources: https://www.tenforce.com/modules/compliance-management/, https://www.tenforce.com/modules/
- Mobile and offline use [conditional]: The incident and audit pages describe working on a mobile device without a connection and syncing later. The CAPA page states it is mobile ready without describing offline behaviour. The permit and lockout/tagout pages show captions for a mobile system but do not describe offline behaviour. Native app platforms are not stated on the reviewed pages. Sources: https://www.tenforce.com/modules/incident-management/, https://www.tenforce.com/modules/audits-and-inspections/, https://www.tenforce.com/modules/permit-to-work/, https://www.tenforce.com/modules/lockout-tagout/, https://www.tenforce.com/modules/corrective-and-preventive-actions/
- Site Layout map view [conditional]: The incident page describes Site Layout as an optional capability for mapping incidents across a plant, and the permit page describes it for showing planned and active work. Confirm whether it is licensed separately. Sources: https://www.tenforce.com/modules/incident-management/, https://www.tenforce.com/modules/permit-to-work/
- Further modules listed (change, documents, risk, quality, contractor, environment) [conditional]: The modules page lists 18 modules, including management of change, document control, risk, quality, contractor, competence, complaint handling, shift, environmental management and reporting, safety datasheets and mechanical integrity. This profile relies on the list and on the linked module pages for the core modules only; confirm depth of each additional module in a demo. Sources: https://www.tenforce.com/modules/
- Vendor-stated ISO certifications [conditional]: A vendor blog post dated 31 March 2026 states certification to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001 and refers to an existing ISO 27001 certification, with certificates available in a vendor Trust Vault. The certifying body, scope and dates are not shown; request the certificates. Sources: https://www.tenforce.com/blog/tenforce-is-iso-9001-and-iso-14001-certified-heres-why-that-matters-for-your-team/
- Integrations, API and single sign-on [unverified]: The reviewed pages do not describe integrations with ERP, maintenance or identity systems, an API or single sign-on. Ask for the supported methods in writing.

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: incident to permit and corrective action
1. Report a near miss from a phone with no signal and let it sync.
2. Investigate it with a root cause method and raise a CAPA with an owner and deadline.
3. Create a permit for related work with a risk assessment, isolation and lockout/tagout.
4. Check for a simultaneous operations conflict and review the audit trail and effectiveness check.

#### Proposed demo: audit finding to compliance task and corrective action
1. Build an audit from a shared template and complete the checklist on a phone with no signal.
2. Sync it, record a finding with a photo and create an action with an owner, priority and deadline.
3. Raise a CAPA from the finding, choose short-track or six-stage root cause analysis and set the effectiveness check.
4. Add a recurring task to the compliance calendar and link it to the same audit and CAPA.
5. Show the audit dashboard for these records.

### Product presentations

- [Incident management dashboard with mobile incident list](https://www.tenforce.com/modules/incident-management/): Official vendor image of the TenForce incident management dashboard on desktop and the incident list on a phone. Figures and names look like sample data.
- [Permit-to-work work order risk assessment and mobile menu](https://www.tenforce.com/modules/permit-to-work/): Official vendor image of the TenForce permit-to-work module: a work order risk assessment screen on desktop and a mobile menu of jobs, permits and approvals.

### Questions and answers

#### How many modules does TenForce list?
The modules page lists 18 module names. The page itself states no total, so 18 is a count of the listed names.

#### Who owns TenForce?
The vendor's about page says it joined Elisa Industriq in 2021, and an independent 2021 report describes Elisa taking a majority stake with TenForce continuing as an independent company. The reviewed pages do not state the present ownership percentage.

#### How much does TenForce cost?
The reviewed vendor pages show no price, just plan names. Pricing is by contact and demo.

#### Does TenForce work offline?
The incident and audit pages describe offline completion with later sync. Offline use is not described on the reviewed permit to work and lockout/tagout pages.

#### Which security standards does TenForce state?
A vendor blog post states ISO 9001 and ISO 14001 certification and refers to an ISO 27001 certification. Scope, body and dates are not shown; certificates are said to be in a Trust Vault.

### Demo questions

- Which of the 18 modules and options (Site Layout, Enhesa content) are in the quote, and what does each add?
- Run an incident from a phone with no signal, then show the sync, the investigation, the CAPA and the OSHA record.
- Take one permit through risk assessment, isolation, lockout/tagout and a simultaneous operations conflict, and show the audit trail.
- Which systems (ERP, maintenance, HR, identity provider) can be connected, by what method, and at what cost?
- Provide the ISO certificates, their scope and the hosting location, data retention and backup terms.

### Primary sources

- [TenForce modules overview, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.tenforce.com/modules/)
- [TenForce about us, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.tenforce.com/about-us/)
- [RCR Wireless report on Elisa acquiring TenForce, 2021, checked 2 October 2026](https://rcrwireless.com/20210908/carriers/elisa-buys-health-and-safety-software-firm-tenforce-to-bolster-industry-4-0-portfolio)
- [TenForce incident management module, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.tenforce.com/modules/incident-management/)
- [TenForce permit to work module, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.tenforce.com/modules/permit-to-work/)
- [TenForce audits and inspections module, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.tenforce.com/modules/audits-and-inspections/)
- [TenForce CAPA module, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.tenforce.com/modules/corrective-and-preventive-actions/)
- [TenForce lockout/tagout module, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.tenforce.com/modules/lockout-tagout/)
- [TenForce compliance calendar module, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.tenforce.com/modules/compliance-management/)
- [TenForce ISO 9001 and 14001 certification post, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.tenforce.com/blog/tenforce-is-iso-9001-and-iso-14001-certified-heres-why-that-matters-for-your-team/)

## Dakota Software

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/dakota-software
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: Dakota Software Corporation, ProActivity Suite
Dakota Software Corporation is an EHS software and services vendor based in Cleveland, Ohio, USA; its about page says it was established in 1988 and that hundreds of organisations use it (a vendor statement). Ownership is not stated on the reviewed pages. Its pages describe a ProActivity Suite offering, sold as three solution packages: ProActivity EHS (the comprehensive suite, listing registers, auditing, incidents, inspections, tasks, analytics and permit management), EHS Compliance+ (expert-built regulatory registers, permit obligations and compliance calendars) and EHS Essentials (incidents, inspections, tasks, observations, analytics and training). This profile covers the three packages together and notes where they differ. It does not cover Dakota's consulting or managed services as a separate offer, nor content from its partners.

Dakota Software's pages describe the ProActivity Suite as EHS software built around an in-house regulatory content database, with site-specific regulatory registers, compliance calendars, incident and observation reporting with OSHA forms, inspections, audits, task tracking, analytics and permit management. The vendor sells it as ProActivity EHS for higher-risk organisations, EHS Compliance+ for growing organisations that mainly need registers and calendars, and EHS Essentials as a simpler incident, inspection and training package. Pricing is quote based, billed annually on a standard three-year contract, and no amounts are published.

Best-fit starting point: US-centred organisations with several sites that want regulatory obligations turned into site-specific registers and recurring compliance tasks alongside incident, inspection and audit records.

Check before buying: The three packages differ in scope, so a feature seen on one page may not be in the package you are quoted. The pages do not describe API documentation, integrations with other business systems or security certifications, and offline use is described for audits only. Coverage outside the US is described in general terms only. No prices are published and the contract is billed annually with a standard three-year term.

### Pricing

Quote based on company size, modules and support; annual billing, standard three-year contract. The pricing page checked on 2 October 2026 shows no amount, tier or unit price for ProActivity EHS, EHS Compliance+ or EHS Essentials. It says the price reflects the number of employees, facilities and geographic footprint, the modules selected, and onboarding, training and support needs, and that the model includes unlimited users. Its FAQ states that contracts are billed annually with a standard length of three years, that implementation typically costs about 50% of the annual software cost, that single sign-on costs vary by identity provider, and that customisation of product code is billed hourly while configuration is at no cost. A trial is described as offered at the vendor's discretion after a needs-assessment meeting, in a sandbox with preloaded data. Request a written quote that itemises licence, implementation, regulatory content, SSO, managed services and renewal terms.

### Offline capabilities

One page describes the audit module as working online and offline. The incident page describes reporting from any device and the Essentials page says no app is required; neither describes offline use. Offline behaviour is therefore not established for each module; test the named module in a location without signal.

Product scope: ProActivity EHS, EHS Compliance+ and EHS Essentials: regulatory registers and calendars, incidents and observations, inspections, audits, tasks, analytics, training and permit management as the pages assign them to each package.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. Confirm the proposed edition, configuration and commercial terms.

Trial status: request-only. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Package and module scope: Ask for a written list of modules in the quoted package, since permits, audits and training are described on some pages but not listed for every package.
  Sources: https://dakotasoft.com/pricing/, https://dakotasoft.com/ehs-compliance-plus-software/, https://dakotasoft.com/ehs-essentials-software/
- Regulatory content fit: Test the registers for your own sites and jurisdictions, ask who writes and reviews the content, and ask what is covered outside US federal and state rules.
  Sources: https://dakotasoft.com/enterprise-ehs-software-proactivity/ehs-compliance-planning/, https://dakotasoft.com/enterprise-ehs-software-proactivity/
- Incident records and OSHA: Run a recordable case through reporting, classification and the 300 and 301 forms, and check who can correct a case.
  Sources: https://dakotasoft.com/enterprise-ehs-software-proactivity/incidents-and-observations/
- Offline and mobile use: Offline use is described for audits only; test audits, inspections and incident reports with no signal, and ask whether a native app exists.
  Sources: https://dakotasoft.com/enterprise-ehs-software-proactivity/, https://dakotasoft.com/enterprise-ehs-software-proactivity/incidents-and-observations/, https://dakotasoft.com/ehs-essentials-software/
- Permit analysis: If permits matter, supply one of your own and check what the AI extracts, what analysts review and which package includes the module.
  Sources: https://dakotasoft.com/permit-management-software/
- Contract, cost and security: Obtain an itemised quote for the three-year term, implementation, SSO and renewal, and request security documentation and the data-return terms.
  Sources: https://dakotasoft.com/pricing/

### Capability scope

- Site-specific regulatory registers and compliance calendars [documented]: The compliance planning page describes registers generated for each site through guided applicability questions, exportable legal registers, and compliance calendars that schedule tasks tied to site-specific regulations. EHS Compliance+ describes a Dakota regulatory engineer who determines what applies to a facility and builds the register, with calendars and inspection templates preloaded. Jurisdictions beyond US federal and state requirements are described only generally. Sources: https://dakotasoft.com/enterprise-ehs-software-proactivity/ehs-compliance-planning/, https://dakotasoft.com/ehs-compliance-plus-software/, https://dakotasoft.com/enterprise-ehs-software-proactivity/
- Regulatory content and change alerts [documented]: The pages describe a database maintained by the vendor's in-house analysts with monthly updates and change alerts that prompt updates to plans. Volume figures on the ProActivity page, such as 100,000 citations and 6,000 changes a year, are vendor statements. International coverage is not itemised on the reviewed pages. Sources: https://dakotasoft.com/enterprise-ehs-software-proactivity/ehs-compliance-planning/, https://dakotasoft.com/enterprise-ehs-software-proactivity/
- Incident and observation reporting with OSHA forms [documented]: The incidents page describes reporting from any device without login, OSHA 300 and 301 recordkeeping forms, QR-assisted workflows, investigations with root cause, and TRIR and DART analytics. EHS Essentials lists incident management with OSHA-ready forms. Anonymous reporting is not described. Sources: https://dakotasoft.com/enterprise-ehs-software-proactivity/incidents-and-observations/, https://dakotasoft.com/ehs-essentials-software/
- Inspections [documented]: The ProActivity page lists an EHS Inspections module with regulatory-based checklists and mentions mobile access, EHS Essentials lists inspection management with regulatory-aligned checklists, and EHS Compliance+ mentions preloaded inspection templates. Checklist counts, photo capture and scheduling rules are not itemised on these three pages. Sources: https://dakotasoft.com/enterprise-ehs-software-proactivity/, https://dakotasoft.com/ehs-essentials-software/, https://dakotasoft.com/ehs-compliance-plus-software/
- EHS and ISO audits [documented]: The auditing page describes customisable checklists linked to regulations, applicability filters per facility, selectable audit criteria including ISO standards, capture of nonconformities and follow-up tasks created from findings, and completion in the field on responsive checklists. Audits are not listed among the EHS Essentials modules. Sources: https://dakotasoft.com/enterprise-ehs-software-proactivity/ehs-auditing/, https://dakotasoft.com/enterprise-ehs-software-proactivity/, https://dakotasoft.com/ehs-essentials-software/
- Task and corrective action tracking [documented]: The ProActivity page lists a task module for enterprise compliance tasks linked to audits, the auditing and incidents pages describe follow-up tasks and corrective actions created from findings and incidents, and EHS Essentials lists tasks and action items as a module. The EHS Essentials page mentions configurable notifications with role-based routing and escalations; escalation rules are not otherwise described on the reviewed pages. Sources: https://dakotasoft.com/enterprise-ehs-software-proactivity/, https://dakotasoft.com/enterprise-ehs-software-proactivity/ehs-auditing/, https://dakotasoft.com/enterprise-ehs-software-proactivity/incidents-and-observations/, https://dakotasoft.com/ehs-essentials-software/
- Permit management and AI permit analysis [conditional]: The permit page describes AI that reads a permit and identifies its requirements, which in-house analysts review before delivery, and turns them into recurring tasks with linked citations. EHS Compliance+ also mentions local permit obligations, with permits turned into tasks and checklists. The pages describe the permit module under the ProActivity EHS offering; whether it is included in each package is not stated. This concerns regulatory permits, not permit to work. Sources: https://dakotasoft.com/permit-management-software/, https://dakotasoft.com/ehs-compliance-plus-software/
- Mobile access and offline use [conditional]: The incident page describes reporting from any device and the Essentials page says no app is required. The pricing FAQ describes a browser-based service available on desktop and mobile browsers, the ProActivity page mentions mobile access for inspections and the auditing page describes field audits on responsive checklists. The ProActivity page describes the audit module as working online and offline. Offline use for incidents and inspections is not described, and EHS Compliance+ does not state whether it is mobile. Sources: https://dakotasoft.com/enterprise-ehs-software-proactivity/incidents-and-observations/, https://dakotasoft.com/ehs-essentials-software/, https://dakotasoft.com/enterprise-ehs-software-proactivity/, https://dakotasoft.com/ehs-compliance-plus-software/, https://dakotasoft.com/pricing/, https://dakotasoft.com/enterprise-ehs-software-proactivity/ehs-auditing/
- Analytics and dashboards [conditional]: The ProActivity page lists a regulatory-informed BI module with dashboards, KPIs and exportable reports, the incidents page describes dashboards with TRIR and DART, and Essentials lists real-time analytics. What each package includes, export formats and any link to external BI tools are not described. Sources: https://dakotasoft.com/enterprise-ehs-software-proactivity/, https://dakotasoft.com/enterprise-ehs-software-proactivity/incidents-and-observations/, https://dakotasoft.com/ehs-essentials-software/
- Package differences [conditional]: The pricing and package pages describe ProActivity EHS for higher-risk organisations seeking full control, EHS Compliance+ for growing organisations needing registers and calendars, and EHS Essentials as a simple, cost-effective package that includes a library of 170+ courses. Whether the three share one platform and data model is not stated. Sources: https://dakotasoft.com/pricing/, https://dakotasoft.com/ehs-compliance-plus-software/, https://dakotasoft.com/ehs-essentials-software/, https://dakotasoft.com/enterprise-ehs-software-proactivity/
- Users, SSO, hosting and support [documented]: The pricing FAQ describes a browser-based SaaS with an unlimited-user model, SSO with Microsoft 365, Google Workspace or a company intranet at a cost that varies, Microsoft Azure data centres used as a colocation partner, vendor-maintained backups, and telephone, email and in-product chat support. No security certification is named on the reviewed pages. Sources: https://dakotasoft.com/pricing/
- API and integrations with other systems [unverified]: The reviewed pages do not describe an API or integrations with ERP, HR or other business systems. Request the technical documentation.

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: site obligations to follow-up action
1. Give two real sites and a permit, then review the generated regulatory register and compliance calendar.
2. Report a recordable injury from a phone and review the OSHA 300 and 301 forms.
3. Run an inspection or audit and create follow-up tasks from a failed item.
4. Review the dashboard and the monthly regulatory change alert for the sites.

#### Proposed demo: offline audit, permit analysis and quote scope
1. Complete an audit with the network off, reconnect, and show what was saved and what synchronised.
2. Upload a permit, review the permit analysis output, and ask which package includes the permit module.
3. Ask who maintains the regulatory content for your two sites and how an update reaches the monthly alert.
4. Ask in writing for licence, implementation, single sign-on and renewal costs for the three-year term.

### Product presentations

- [Organizational health dashboard with incident trends](https://dakotasoft.com/enterprise-ehs-software-proactivity/): Official vendor image of an organizational health dashboard with incident counts and a rate trend chart. Data shown appears to be sample data.
- [Audit question with regulation links and finding](https://dakotasoft.com/enterprise-ehs-software-proactivity/): Official vendor image of an audit checklist question with linked regulatory citations and a recorded finding. Content appears to be sample data.

### Questions and answers

#### How do ProActivity EHS, EHS Compliance+ and EHS Essentials differ?
The vendor's pages position ProActivity EHS as the full suite for higher-risk organisations, EHS Compliance+ as regulatory registers, permit obligations and compliance calendars for growing organisations, and EHS Essentials as incidents, inspections, tasks, observations, analytics and training. Confirm exactly which modules each quote includes.

#### Does Dakota Software publish prices?
The pricing page shows no amount. It describes a quote based on company size, modules and support, annual billing and a standard three-year contract.

#### Is there a free trial?
The pricing page says trials are offered at the vendor's discretion after a needs-assessment meeting, in a sandbox with preloaded data.

#### Does it work offline?
One page describes the audit module as working online and offline. Other pages describe use from any device and do not describe offline use for incidents or inspections.

### Demo questions

- Which package and which modules does the quote cover, and which of the features you showed are not in it?
- Show a regulatory register for two of our real sites, including how applicability questions are answered and who at Dakota maintains the content.
- Report an injury from a phone and show the resulting OSHA 300 and 301 records and the TRIR calculation.
- Run an audit with no connectivity and show what is saved, since offline use is described for audits only.
- Itemise licence, implementation, SSO, managed services and renewal costs for the three-year term, and state the exit and data-return terms.

### Primary sources

- [Dakota Software pricing and FAQ, checked 2 October 2026](https://dakotasoft.com/pricing/)
- [ProActivity EHS software overview, checked 2 October 2026](https://dakotasoft.com/enterprise-ehs-software-proactivity/)
- [EHS Compliance+ package page, checked 2 October 2026](https://dakotasoft.com/ehs-compliance-plus-software/)
- [EHS Essentials package page, checked 2 October 2026](https://dakotasoft.com/ehs-essentials-software/)
- [Incidents and observations module, checked 2 October 2026](https://dakotasoft.com/enterprise-ehs-software-proactivity/incidents-and-observations/)
- [EHS compliance planning module, checked 2 October 2026](https://dakotasoft.com/enterprise-ehs-software-proactivity/ehs-compliance-planning/)
- [EHS auditing module, checked 2 October 2026](https://dakotasoft.com/enterprise-ehs-software-proactivity/ehs-auditing/)
- [Permit management and AI permit analysis, checked 2 October 2026](https://dakotasoft.com/permit-management-software/)
- [Dakota Software about page, checked 2 October 2026](https://dakotasoft.com/about-us/)
- [Dakota Software contact page, checked 2 October 2026](https://dakotasoft.com/contact-us/)

## BizzMine

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/bizzmine
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: Bizzmine, Vivaldi Software
BizzMine (written Bizzmine on the vendor's site) is a QHSE software platform from a company based in Kortrijk, Belgium, whose about page traces it to 1995 and to an earlier name, Vivaldi Software. This profile covers the integrated quality and EHS platform and its solution modules as described on the vendor's site. The reviewed vendor pages describe the company as EU-owned but do not name its owner, so confirm it. The reviewed pages do not describe ESG or carbon reporting.

BizzMine's pages describe one platform that connects QMS and EHS processes: document control, CAPA, audits, training, complaints, deviations, supplier, calibration and recall on the quality side, and incidents, inspections, risk, hazardous substances, work permits, management of change, lockout tagout and environmental aspects on the EHS side. A Workflow Designer is described as a no-code interface for modelling processes, alongside a Form Designer and a Dashboard and Report Designer. The pages state EU hosting by default, offline mobile working, integration with ERP, LIMS, MES and CRM tools, and ISO 27001 and ISO 9001 certification. Pricing is not published.

Best-fit starting point: Organisations from growing companies to multi-site enterprises, in sectors the platform page lists such as manufacturing, pharma and life sciences, food and beverages, logistics and chemicals, that want quality and EHS records and corrective actions in one configurable system.

Check before buying: On the pages reviewed, the quality modules (document control, CAPA, audits, complaints, supplier, calibration) are described with more workflow-level detail, such as versioning, escalation and effectiveness follow-up, than the EHS modules. The EHS pages list incidents, risk, inspections, hazardous substances, permits, management of change, lockout tagout, ergonomics and environmental aspects, but they stay at register, form and approval level: named incident types, regulatory incident reporting, a risk matrix, permit types such as hot work or confined space, exposure monitoring, emissions or waste data are not described, and the platform page names fitness for work and workplace wellbeing modules without detail. Whether the standard modules are themselves built on the no-code workflow engine is not stated. API, SSO, integration connectors, native mobile apps and pricing are not described.

### Pricing

Not published; demo request offered. On 2 October 2026 the reviewed vendor pages show no price or pricing amount. A pricing address on the site returned not found, and the demo request page mentions neither pricing nor a free trial. Pricing is not publicly available, so the licence unit (users, modules, sites or volume) is not known. Ask which modules sit in the base platform and which are priced separately, whether the Enhesa legal-content integration needs its own Enhesa subscription, and what implementation, validation support, hosting-region and renewal terms apply, and get these in writing.

### Offline capabilities

The mobile page states that users can keep working offline and that data is synchronised once connectivity returns, and it describes the same workflows, forms and logic on smartphones, tablets and desktops. The page does not itemise which modules work offline and does not mention a native iOS or Android app, so test your own inspection, incident and permit forms with the network switched off.

Product scope: Quality management (document control, CAPA, audits, training, complaints, deviations, suppliers, calibration, recall) and EHS management (incidents, risk, inspections, hazardous substances, work permits, management of change, lockout tagout, environmental aspects) on one platform with workflow, form and dashboard designers.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. Confirm the proposed edition, configuration and commercial terms.

Trial status: request-only. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- EHS depth against quality depth: Map your own EHS processes, such as incident types, regulatory reports, permit types, hazardous substance data and environmental registers, to the modules and ask for each to be shown, since the pages describe the quality modules in more detail.
  Sources: https://www.bizzmine.com/solutions/ehs/, https://www.bizzmine.com/solutions/qms/
- Configuration ownership: Ask which workflows and forms your administrators can change in the no-code designer, whether standard modules are configured with the same tools, and what a change costs in effort and validation.
  Sources: https://www.bizzmine.com/content/workflow-designer/, https://www.bizzmine.com/solutions/bizzmine-platform/
- Module packaging and price: No amount is published. Ask which modules are in the base platform and which are separate, how users or volume are counted, and what third-party content such as Enhesa adds.
  Sources: https://www.bizzmine.com/solutions/bizzmine-platform/, https://www.bizzmine.com/solutions/ehs-compliance-management-software/
- Offline and field use: Test offline inspection, incident and permit forms on your own devices in a poor-signal area, including attachments and synchronisation conflicts.
  Sources: https://www.bizzmine.com/content/mobile-qhse-software/
- Regulated-use evidence: For GxP or similar use, ask for the validation package, electronic signature controls and audit trail evidence, since the document control page does not mention e-signatures.
  Sources: https://www.bizzmine.com/solutions/bizzmine-platform/, https://www.bizzmine.com/solutions/document-control/
- Security evidence and ownership: Request the ISO 27001 and ISO 9001 certificates with scope, and confirm the current ownership of the vendor, which the reviewed pages describe only as EU-owned.
  Sources: https://www.bizzmine.com/about-us/bizzmine-compliance/, https://www.bizzmine.com/about-us/

### Capability scope

- Document control and controlled review [documented]: The document control page describes versioned documents, review and approval before publication, tracking of review deadlines, read-acknowledgement overviews and links to training and exams. E-signatures are not mentioned on that page, and periodic-review rules and Word check-in and check-out are not described there. Sources: https://www.bizzmine.com/solutions/document-control/, https://www.bizzmine.com/solutions/qms/
- CAPA across quality and EHS events [documented]: The CAPA page describes actions created from audits, incidents, inspections, complaints and risk assessments, with owners, deadlines, escalation and a structured follow-up of effectiveness. Named root cause methods such as 5 Why or 8D are not itemised on that page. Sources: https://www.bizzmine.com/solutions/capa-management/, https://www.bizzmine.com/solutions/qms/
- Audit, complaint, deviation, supplier, calibration and recall modules [conditional]: The QMS page describes audit, training and complaint handling in a line each (audits and training across quality and EHS processes, complaints through to root cause and corrective action) and links separate solution pages for deviation, supplier, calibration and recall, which the platform page also lists. Those separate pages are not among the cited sources, so the cited pages show these four modules by name only; supplier portals, uncertainty of measurement, customer notification and mock recalls are not described. Sources: https://www.bizzmine.com/solutions/qms/, https://www.bizzmine.com/solutions/bizzmine-platform/
- Incident, inspection and risk modules [documented]: The EHS page describes incident reporting, investigation and follow-up, inspections across quality and EHS with standard checklists and tracked findings, and risk identification, assessment and mitigation, each in a line. Regulatory report formats and a risk matrix are not described on the pages reviewed, so EHS depth is less evident than the quality side. Sources: https://www.bizzmine.com/solutions/ehs/, https://www.bizzmine.com/solutions/bizzmine-platform/
- Hazardous substances, work permits, management of change and lockout tagout [conditional]: The EHS and platform pages list safety data sheet and hazardous substance management, permit to work, management of change and lockout tagout as separate solution modules. Whether each is included in a base licence is not stated, and permit types such as hot work or confined space and exposure limits are not described on the pages reviewed. Sources: https://www.bizzmine.com/solutions/ehs/, https://www.bizzmine.com/solutions/bizzmine-platform/
- No-code Workflow Designer and engine [conditional]: The Workflow Designer page describes designing workflows visually in a no-code interface and says it connects to incident management, audits, risk, document control and corrective actions. It does not state that the standard modules are themselves built on the designer, so ask what administrators can configure and what needs the vendor. Sources: https://www.bizzmine.com/content/workflow-designer/, https://www.bizzmine.com/solutions/bizzmine-platform/
- Mobile and offline working [documented]: The mobile page describes access on smartphones, tablets and desktops with the same workflows, forms and logic, and states that work can continue offline and synchronise afterwards. A native app is not mentioned, and the page does not state which modules support offline use. Sources: https://www.bizzmine.com/content/mobile-qhse-software/
- Integrations with ERP, LIMS, MES and CRM [conditional]: The platform page states integration with ERP, LIMS, MES, CRM and analytics tools. No connector list, API description or single sign-on information appears on the pages reviewed, so confirm each integration for your systems. Sources: https://www.bizzmine.com/solutions/bizzmine-platform/
- Legal requirements register with Enhesa integration [conditional]: The EHS compliance page describes a central register of legal requirements, compliance evaluations and a standard out-of-the-box integration in which relevant Enhesa requirements are imported automatically and new ones synchronised. The page does not state whether an Enhesa subscription is needed, so confirm any subscription and jurisdiction coverage. Sources: https://www.bizzmine.com/solutions/ehs-compliance-management-software/
- Regulated-environment controls [conditional]: The platform page mentions traceability, version control, electronic signatures and validated environments, but the document control page does not mention e-signatures, and no validation documentation is described on the pages reviewed. Request the validation package and signature controls for any GxP or similar use. Sources: https://www.bizzmine.com/solutions/bizzmine-platform/, https://www.bizzmine.com/solutions/document-control/
- AI-assisted analysis [conditional]: The platform page describes AI applied within workflows to identify patterns, support root cause analysis and prioritise risks by impact, with every output reviewed and validated. Availability by edition and the data used are not stated. Sources: https://www.bizzmine.com/solutions/bizzmine-platform/
- EU hosting and security statements [documented]: The compliance page states hosting within the EU on Microsoft Azure and says its ISO 27001 and ISO 9001 certifications are independently audited; the platform page says EU hosting is the default with optional hosting outside the EU, while the compliance page speaks of data being processed within the EU, so confirm the hosting options. SOC 2, penetration testing and backup details are not stated on the reviewed pages. These are vendor statements; request the certificates. Sources: https://www.bizzmine.com/about-us/bizzmine-compliance/, https://www.bizzmine.com/solutions/bizzmine-platform/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: incident or audit finding to verified corrective action
1. Report an EHS incident from a phone, then repeat with the network off and show the synchronisation.
2. Investigate it in the workflow and record the root cause, then raise a corrective action with an owner and deadline.
3. Change the incident form and the workflow in the designer as an administrator, without vendor help.
4. Link the action to a controlled document revision and a training assignment, then show the effectiveness check.
5. Export the audit trail and the dashboard view for an auditor.

#### Proposed demo: configuration, packaging and security evidence
1. Ask an administrator to change a form and its workflow in the designer without vendor help, then publish the change.
2. Complete an inspection, a permit approval and an incident report on a phone with the network off, then reconnect and show what synchronised.
3. Ask which modules sit in the base platform, which are priced separately, and how the licence unit is set.
4. Ask for the ISO 27001 and ISO 9001 certificates with their scope and the hosting statement that applies to your tenant.

### Product presentations

- [QHSE actions list grouped by status](https://www.bizzmine.com/solutions/capa-management/): Official vendor image of the BizzMine QHSE actions list, grouped by status with priority and responsible person; shown in a vendor demo environment.
- [Workflow flow diagram with swimlanes and pending steps](https://www.bizzmine.com/solutions/capa-management/): Official vendor image of a BizzMine workflow (Flow Create, version 3) with role swimlanes and pending steps, on a tablet in a demo environment.

### Questions and answers

#### Is BizzMine a quality system or an EHS system?
Both are described. The pages show a broad set of quality modules and a set of EHS modules on one platform; the quality modules are described with more workflow detail than the EHS modules, so test the EHS processes you need.

#### Does BizzMine have a no-code workflow engine?
The Workflow Designer page describes designing workflows visually in a no-code interface. The pages reviewed do not say that the standard modules are built on it, so ask what you can change yourself.

#### How much does BizzMine cost?
No price is shown on the reviewed pages and no free trial is described; the vendor offers a demo request. Ask for a written proposal that lists modules, licence unit and implementation.

#### Does BizzMine work offline?
The mobile page states that work can continue offline and data synchronises afterwards. A native app and the list of offline-capable modules are not described.

#### Where is BizzMine hosted?
The pages state EU hosting on Microsoft Azure; the platform page adds that hosting outside the EU is optional, whereas the main text of the compliance page speaks of hosting entirely within the EU (its FAQ also mentions optional hosting outside the EU). Confirm the region and the sub-processors in your contract.

### Demo questions

- Which modules are in our proposed licence, how is the price unit set, and what is priced separately from the base platform?
- Show an EHS incident, from mobile report through investigation to a corrective action, with the incident types, severity fields and regulatory report outputs we need.
- Are the standard QMS and EHS modules configured in the Workflow Designer and Form Designer we would use, and what can our own administrators change without the vendor?
- Switch the network off and complete an inspection, a permit approval and an incident report on a phone, then show what is saved and synchronised.
- Provide the ISO 27001 and ISO 9001 certificates with scope, the validation package and electronic signature controls, and the details of the ERP, LIMS, MES, API and SSO integrations.

### Primary sources

- [BizzMine platform page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.bizzmine.com/solutions/bizzmine-platform/)
- [BizzMine Workflow Designer page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.bizzmine.com/content/workflow-designer/)
- [BizzMine mobile QHSE software page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.bizzmine.com/content/mobile-qhse-software/)
- [BizzMine QMS solutions page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.bizzmine.com/solutions/qms/)
- [BizzMine EHS solutions page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.bizzmine.com/solutions/ehs/)
- [BizzMine document control page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.bizzmine.com/solutions/document-control/)
- [BizzMine CAPA management page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.bizzmine.com/solutions/capa-management/)
- [BizzMine EHS compliance management page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.bizzmine.com/solutions/ehs-compliance-management-software/)
- [BizzMine about page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.bizzmine.com/about-us/)
- [BizzMine compliance and security page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.bizzmine.com/about-us/bizzmine-compliance/)

## Notify Technology

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/notify-technology
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Notify Technology Ltd is a UK software company in Newcastle upon Tyne; Companies House shows it as an active private limited company incorporated on 5 May 2017. Its pages describe a cloud health and safety management platform with mobile apps. This profile covers the platform modules and the incident-reporting and audit apps. It does not cover the company's ISO training courses or its separate services offering. The word Notify is common, so confirm that a quote or review refers to Notify Technology.

Notify Technology's pages describe a modular health and safety platform with incident management, audits and inspections, risk assessments, method statements, document management, action tracking and safety intelligence dashboards. Mobile apps for incident reporting and audits are described, with offline capture. A companion called Spark is described as turning incident and investigation data into summaries, safety briefings, executive briefings, possible root causes and suggested corrective actions. Pricing is not shown; the vendor offers a free trial on request and states a 3-year minimum contract.

Best-fit starting point: Organisations that want a configurable health and safety system centred on incident reporting, audits, risk assessments and actions, with frontline reporting on mobile devices.

Check before buying: No price is shown and the free trial has no stated duration or limits; the incident page ties it to Incident Reporting Software, while the trial page lists reporting, audit and risk benefits, so confirm what is included. The pages do not describe how Spark's inputs are handled, which AI model is used, whether a person must review its output, or whether it is a separate add-on, and no accuracy measure is published. Dedicated environmental, quality and permit-to-work modules are not described, although incident reporting lists environmental and quality event types and ISO-related document support is mentioned. Cyber Essentials is stated on the security page, which links a certificate record; level and dates are not given in the page text, and ISO 27001 and SOC 2 are not mentioned.

### Pricing

Subscription by number of management licences and modules; no price list on the reviewed pages. Pricing is not publicly available on the reviewed solution, trial or product-overview pages. The product overview states that the price depends on the number of management licences and the number of modules, that customers typically start on a 3-year minimum contract (some choose 5 years) and that there are no implementation or set-up fees. The incident management page says anyone in the organisation can report an event free of charge, and the product overview lists free incident-reporting and audit apps, with no limits stated on the reviewed pages. The developers page says API access needs an additional module licence and carries an additional charge. Ask for a written quote naming modules, licence counts, term, renewal and any add-ons such as the API or Spark.

### Offline capabilities

The incident reporting app is described as capturing reports offline, with the data held on the device until a connection returns, and the audit page says checks can be completed offline. Offline behaviour for risk assessments, method statements, documents and approvals is not described; test attachments, photos and synchronisation conflicts in a low-signal area before relying on it.

Product scope: Incident reporting and investigation, actions, audits and inspections, risk assessments, method statements, document management, dashboards and the Spark AI companion.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. Confirm the proposed edition, configuration and commercial terms.

Trial status: request-only. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Trial and licence scope: Ask in writing what the free trial includes, how long it runs and whether Spark, the audit and risk modules and the API are enabled. Then match the quote to the licence counts and modules you will actually use.
  Sources: https://www.notifytechnology.com/try-for-free/, https://www.notifytechnology.com/health-and-safety-software-solution-h-s-software-app/
- Contract term and exit: The product overview describes a typical 3-year minimum contract. Check renewal terms, notice periods and how data can be exported if you leave.
  Sources: https://www.notifytechnology.com/health-and-safety-software-solution-h-s-software-app/
- Spark data handling and review: Obtain a written description of what Spark reads, which provider processes it, where, whether customer data is retained or used for model training, and who approves drafts before they are shared. Test it on your own incident records rather than a demo example.
  Sources: https://www.notifytechnology.com/spark-ai-companion/, https://www.notifytechnology.com/security/
- Offline use in the field: Run an incident and an audit with no signal, including photos, then reconnect and check synchronisation. Ask whether risk assessments and method statements work offline.
  Sources: https://www.notifytechnology.com/solutions/incident-management-incident-reporting-software/, https://www.notifytechnology.com/solutions/audit-management-software/
- Integrations, SSO and API cost: Confirm which identity providers SSO supports, how the data transfer works and whether the API quota and extra module licence suit your reporting needs.
  Sources: https://www.notifytechnology.com/integrations/, https://www.notifytechnology.com/developers/
- Security evidence: Ask for the Cyber Essentials certificate with its level and date (the security page links a certificate record but states neither in its text), the hosting region, backup arrangements and the latest penetration test summary, since the security page text lists none of the others.
  Sources: https://www.notifytechnology.com/security/

### Capability scope

- Incident, near miss and hazard reporting [documented]: The incident management page describes reporting observations, hazards, near misses, accidents and injuries, plus environmental and quality event types, with photo evidence and GPS tagging, and says anyone in the organisation can report free of charge. Form configuration and languages are not itemised on this page. Sources: https://www.notifytechnology.com/solutions/incident-management-incident-reporting-software/
- Investigations, actions and alerts [documented]: The page describes assigning and tracking corrective and preventive actions to resolution, a digital audit trail of investigations, and email or SMS alerts for major incidents, lost time and RIDDOR-reportable events. Investigation templates, specific root-cause methods and language options are not itemised. Sources: https://www.notifytechnology.com/solutions/incident-management-incident-reporting-software/
- Audits, inspections and checklists [documented]: The audit page describes a form template builder, scheduling and assignment of recurring or one-off checks (including environmental and quality checks), offline completion, an audit tracking dashboard of open, completed and overdue audits, and logging non-conformances within an audit. QR-code use appears only in a customer comment on that page, so confirm it as a feature. Sources: https://www.notifytechnology.com/solutions/audit-management-software/
- Risk assessments [documented]: The page describes configurable templates, a customisable risk matrix, email alerts for due or overdue assessments, independent approval before publication and completion from tablets or phones. The page's feature sections do not describe linking assessment findings to actions; only its general FAQ says records can be linked to corrective actions. Sources: https://www.notifytechnology.com/solutions/risk-assessment-software/
- Method statements, document management and action tracking [conditional]: The product overview lists these as modules that can be added as needs grow, and the incident page describes action tracking. The detail of method statement and document management features is not itemised on the pages listed here. Sources: https://www.notifytechnology.com/health-and-safety-software-solution-h-s-software-app/, https://www.notifytechnology.com/solutions/incident-management-incident-reporting-software/
- Offline mobile capture [documented]: The incident page says reports can be captured offline and held on the device until a connection is available, and the audit page says checks can be completed offline. Other modules are not described for offline use. Sources: https://www.notifytechnology.com/solutions/incident-management-incident-reporting-software/, https://www.notifytechnology.com/solutions/audit-management-software/
- Dashboards and Power BI [conditional]: The incident and audit pages describe dashboards by site, department and audit status, and the integrations page describes exporting data to Power BI. Whether Power BI export is included in the subscription is not stated. Sources: https://www.notifytechnology.com/solutions/incident-management-incident-reporting-software/, https://www.notifytechnology.com/solutions/audit-management-software/, https://www.notifytechnology.com/integrations/
- Spark AI companion [conditional]: The Spark page says it uses incident and investigation data to produce incident summaries, safety briefings, executive briefings, possible root causes and corrective actions, and toolbox talk suggestions. The page does not state whether it is part of a module or an add-on, which AI model is used, how data is handled, whether output is reviewed by a person, or any accuracy measure. Sources: https://www.notifytechnology.com/spark-ai-companion/
- Public API [conditional]: The developers page describes read access to incident, audit, action, risk assessment, method statement, organisation and user data in JSON, using an API key requested through a service desk ticket. It states that an additional module licence is needed, no API trial is available, and a daily quota of 2,500 calls applies. Webhooks are not mentioned. Sources: https://www.notifytechnology.com/developers/
- SSO and data-transfer integrations [conditional]: The integrations page describes Single Sign-On, Power BI export and automated transfer of incident, audit and action data to other systems. Supported identity providers, named connectors and any cost are not stated, and the security page does not mention SSO. Sources: https://www.notifytechnology.com/integrations/, https://www.notifytechnology.com/security/
- Security controls [documented]: The security page states hosting on Amazon Web Services, TLS 1.2 or later in transit and AES-256 at rest, enforced multi-factor authentication (the page does not say for whom), regular vulnerability scanning, logging and auditing of access, and Cyber Essentials, as a vendor statement with a link to a certificate record. Certificate level and dates are not given in the page text. Region, backup, penetration testing and ISO 27001 or SOC 2 status are not stated there. Sources: https://www.notifytechnology.com/security/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: incident to action and Spark briefing
1. Report a near miss from the phone app with a photo, first with signal and then offline.
2. Confirm the alert, assign a corrective action and follow it to closure.
3. Run Spark on the investigation and review what it read and what it produced.
4. Complete a scheduled audit and open a risk assessment through the approval step.
5. Export the incident and action data through Power BI or the API.

#### Proposed demo: trial scope, Spark data handling and contract terms
1. Ask which modules, users and time limit the free trial covers and whether it includes Spark.
2. Run Spark on one of your own incidents and ask what data it read, who sees the draft, and whether it can be edited and logged.
3. Ask which provider processes the incident data, where, and whether Spark can be switched off for a tenant.
4. Ask for a written quote naming management licences, modules, the 3-year or 5-year term and the cost of API access.

### Product presentations

- [Incident summary dashboard and mobile report form](https://www.notifytechnology.com/solutions/incident-management-incident-reporting-software/): Official vendor image of the incident dashboard (donut charts, counts) on a laptop and the mobile report-type form. Figures are illustrative.
- [Audit dashboard and mobile audit checklist](https://www.notifytechnology.com/solutions/audit-management-software/): Official vendor image of the audit dashboard on a laptop and audit checklist screens on two phones. Figures shown are illustrative.

### Questions and answers

#### Does Notify Technology offer a free trial?
The trial page and the incident management page state a free trial, and the trial page asks visitors to request it. The incident page names Incident Reporting Software, while the trial page lists reporting, audit and risk assessment benefits. Duration, limits and what happens afterwards are not stated, so confirm them before relying on it.

#### What does Spark do?
The Spark page describes an AI companion that turns incident and investigation data into summaries, safety and executive briefings, possible root causes, suggested corrective actions and toolbox talk suggestions. Its page does not describe data handling, the AI provider, human review or licensing.

#### How is Notify Technology priced?
The product overview says price depends on management licences and modules, with a typical 3-year minimum term and no implementation or set-up fees. No amount is shown on the reviewed pages, and the public API needs an additional module licence.

#### Does it cover environmental and quality management?
The pages mention support for ISO 45001, ISO 14001 and ISO 9001 compliance, and the incident page lists environmental and quality event types. The modules described are otherwise health and safety focused: incidents, audits, risk assessments, method statements, documents and actions. Dedicated environmental or quality modules are not described.

### Demo questions

- Which modules, users and time limit does the free trial include, and does it include Spark and the audit and risk assessment modules?
- Show Spark on one of our own incidents: which fields, attachments or investigation notes does it read, who sees the output, and can the draft be edited and logged before use?
- Which AI provider processes our incident data, where, is it kept or used for training, and can Spark be switched off for a tenant?
- Provide a written quote naming management licences, modules, the 3-year or 5-year term, renewal terms and the cost of API access.
- Complete an incident, an audit and a risk assessment offline on a phone, reconnect, and show what synchronises, including photos.

### Primary sources

- [Notify Technology free trial page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.notifytechnology.com/try-for-free/)
- [Notify Technology product overview, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.notifytechnology.com/health-and-safety-software-solution-h-s-software-app/)
- [Notify Technology incident management page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.notifytechnology.com/solutions/incident-management-incident-reporting-software/)
- [Notify Technology audit management page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.notifytechnology.com/solutions/audit-management-software/)
- [Notify Technology risk assessment page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.notifytechnology.com/solutions/risk-assessment-software/)
- [Notify Technology Spark AI companion page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.notifytechnology.com/spark-ai-companion/)
- [Notify Technology security page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.notifytechnology.com/security/)
- [Notify Technology integrations page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.notifytechnology.com/integrations/)
- [Notify Technology developers (public API) page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.notifytechnology.com/developers/)
- [Companies House record for Notify Technology Ltd, checked 2 October 2026](https://find-and-update.company-information.service.gov.uk/company/10756960)

## Salus

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/salus
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: SALUS Safety, SALUS Safety Technology
This profile covers only the construction safety platform at salussafety.io, including the AI assistant named Rosie. It does not cover any other company or product called Salus, such as unrelated manufacturers, healthcare firms or software businesses that share the name. The vendor's About page names SALUS Safety Technology Inc., gives a Seattle, Washington address and states 400K users across 150K sites; this is the vendor's own figure. The terms of service name SALUS Technologies Inc. as the company providing the services, give a Vancouver, British Columbia address for legal notices and a Seattle address for general contact, use British Columbia law, and carry a copyright footer in the name SALUS Safety Technology Inc. The pages do not explain how the two names relate, so confirm which entity signs your contract. The site has separate United States and Canada versions, and this review reads the United States pages. No parent company, owner or funding is stated on the reviewed pages.

The vendor's pages describe a platform for trade contractors that brings worker orientations, certificates, training, job hazard analyses and other forms, permits, equipment checks, inspections, incidents and corrective actions into one record, with QR-code access from the field and offline capture. They describe an AI assistant, Rosie, that drafts documents such as toolbox talks, turns spoken field notes into structured records, translates forms and documents and answers from the customer's own records, while the pages say people review and approve its work. A Trust Portal is described for giving general contractors and owners live proof, and a Procore connection is documented with stated limits. Pricing is quote-only.

Best-fit starting point: Specialty and trade contractors in the United States or Canada that want field forms, permits, certificates and incident records in one mobile system and are willing to scope the AI features and integrations in a quote.

Check before buying: Rosie's output is described by the vendor itself as needing review by qualified people, and independent accuracy testing is not described. The Procore pages say incidents, inspections and observations are not currently confirmed as synced, and the incident pages state that the customer's team stays responsible for OSHA recordkeeping decisions and submissions. Certificate checks are described as a consistency check on uploaded evidence rather than confirmation with each issuing body. Security certifications are not described on the reviewed pages, the terms say the services may be hosted in Canada or other jurisdictions, and the contracting entity named in the terms differs from the company named on the About page.

### Pricing

Custom quote after a short form and a specialist walkthrough; no published tiers. The pricing page checked on 2 October 2026 shows no amount and no published plan tiers. It says quotes are tailored to the crew and jobsite footprint, the safety workflows needed, setup and migration, integrations and data connections, and rollout and support. The route to a price is a short form, after which the page says a specialist will get in touch within one business day to schedule a 30-minute walkthrough and discuss pricing. No trial, entry plan, contract term or per-user or per-site basis is described on that page. Confirm the term, the pricing basis, the modules and the AI assistant included, onboarding and migration charges, and renewal terms in writing.

### Offline capabilities

The platform and offline pages describe forms, inspections, permits, incidents and SDS records working without signal, with photos, signatures and voice notes captured in place and synced when the connection returns, with iOS and Android apps. The offline page says a record that has not synced should not be relied on as a delivered alert, points to the customer's own emergency procedures for urgent incidents, and says only the data needed for the active sites is downloaded. Test your own forms, permits and certificate lookups in a dead zone before relying on it.

Product scope: Operational safety for construction trade contractors: orientations, certificates, training, forms and JHAs, permits, equipment, inspections, incidents, corrective actions, Trust Portal reporting and the Rosie AI assistant, on the United States site.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. Confirm the proposed edition, configuration and commercial terms.

Trial status: request-only. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- AI review and governance: Ask which Rosie outputs are drafts, where reviewer approval is recorded, and whether customer data is used for model training. The vendor's own methodology page says safety outputs need qualified review.
  Sources: https://www.salussafety.io/us/rosie/, https://www.salussafety.io/us/resources/technical/rosie-ai-methodology
- Offline behaviour in your conditions: Complete a permit, an inspection and a certificate lookup with no signal, then sync, and check what office staff see meanwhile. The vendor says a record that has not synced should not be relied on as a delivered alert.
  Sources: https://www.salussafety.io/us/platform/offline
- Integration scope: Map the Procore flows against your needs, including how incidents and inspections reach Procore, since they are not currently confirmed as synced.
  Sources: https://www.salussafety.io/us/resources/technical/procore-data-integration
- Credential verification and OSHA responsibility: Confirm what the certificate check does and does not prove, and which OSHA recordkeeping steps stay with your team.
  Sources: https://www.salussafety.io/us/platform/certificates, https://www.salussafety.io/us/platform/incidents
- Contracting entity, region and security: Establish which entity contracts with you, the governing law and data hosting, and request security attestations. The terms name SALUS Technologies Inc. with a Vancouver notices address, while the About page names SALUS Safety Technology Inc. in Seattle.
  Sources: https://www.salussafety.io/us/terms-of-service, https://www.salussafety.io/us/about-us
- Quote scope and price basis: Ask the quote to list modules, Rosie, integrations, onboarding and migration, and the basis for pricing, because no amount or tier is published.
  Sources: https://www.salussafety.io/us/pricing

### Capability scope

- Offline field capture and sync [documented]: The platform and offline pages describe forms, inspections, permits, incidents and SDS records working offline, with photos, signatures and voice notes, then syncing. The offline page lists limits: a record that has not synced should not be relied on as a delivered alert, urgent incidents follow the customer's own emergency procedures, and only the data needed for active sites is downloaded. Sources: https://www.salussafety.io/us/platform/offline, https://www.salussafety.io/us/platform/
- Forms, JHAs, permits, inspections and corrective actions [documented]: The platform page lists adaptive forms for JHAs and pre-task plans, permits for high-risk work, equipment inspections, inspections with findings and action routing, and corrective actions with named owners. Form fields, permit types and approval rules are not itemised on the pages cited here; ask for a walkthrough of your own forms. Sources: https://www.salussafety.io/us/platform/
- Incident capture and OSHA recordkeeping context [documented]: The incidents page describes keeping evidence such as photos, voice notes and witness statements with the record, root-cause findings creating corrective actions, and OSHA-recordable context organised together. It says the customer's safety team remains responsible for recordkeeping decisions and submissions, so confirm what the OSHA 300, 300A and 301 outputs are. Sources: https://www.salussafety.io/us/platform/incidents, https://www.salussafety.io/us/platform/
- Worker certificates and readiness [documented]: The certificates page describes uploaded credentials with expiry alerts at 30, 14, 7 and 1 day, and permits, equipment and high-risk forms able to check readiness. It describes Rosie's check as a comparison of uploaded evidence with the worker record, not primary-source confirmation from every issuing authority. Sources: https://www.salussafety.io/us/platform/certificates, https://www.salussafety.io/us/platform/
- Orientations, training, subcontractor readiness and Trust Portal [documented]: The platform page lists QR onboarding and site access, short training, subcontractor readiness across sites, and a Trust Portal giving general contractors and owners live proof. Access scoping and what an external viewer sees are not described on the cited pages. Sources: https://www.salussafety.io/us/platform/
- Rosie AI assistant [documented]: The Rosie and platform pages describe drafting procedures, toolbox talks, JHAs and orientations, voice-to-record capture, translation of forms and documents, monitoring of changing regulations with flags for review, and report assembly, with answers drawn from the customer's documents and records. The Rosie page says people review, approve and decide. Whether Rosie is included in every quote and whether customer data is used to train models are not stated. Sources: https://www.salussafety.io/us/rosie/, https://www.salussafety.io/us/platform/
- Rosie accuracy and independent evaluation [unverified]: The methodology page is a company-authored report of a benchmark on four-option questions. It states that safety outputs and decisions still need review by qualified people, and lists an English-heavy corpus and incomplete non-US regulatory coverage as limits. No independent evaluation is described, and whether customer data is used for model training is not stated on the reviewed pages. Sources: https://www.salussafety.io/us/resources/technical/rosie-ai-methodology
- Procore connection [documented]: The integration page describes a Procore project selected for the sync creating or linking a SALUS site, and filed forms, review tasks, photos and manpower entries moving to Procore. The interval is configurable; the page cites 15 minutes as typical in a recorded walkthrough. It says incidents, inspections and observations are not currently confirmed as synced, and that the sync is controlled, not full replication. Sources: https://www.salussafety.io/us/resources/technical/procore-data-integration, https://www.salussafety.io/us/platform/
- API access, automations and scheduled reporting [conditional]: The platform page describes API access for enterprise workflows and BI tools, automations for certificate alerts, escalations and digests, and scheduled owner, insurance or executive reports. API scope, version, authentication and which edition includes it are not detailed on the cited page; ask for the documentation. Sources: https://www.salussafety.io/us/platform/
- Dashboards, reports and insurer or owner exports [documented]: The platform page lists dashboards and reports, and scheduled reports for owners, insurance and executives; the incidents page mentions an insurance-ready export combining evidence, investigation and closure proof. Export formats and report templates are not itemised on the cited pages. Sources: https://www.salussafety.io/us/platform/, https://www.salussafety.io/us/platform/incidents
- Markets covered: United States and Canada [documented]: The platform and pricing pages offer a United States version in English and a Canada version in English and French. This profile reads the United States pages, whose incident content refers to OSHA. Coverage of countries other than the United States and Canada is not described. Sources: https://www.salussafety.io/us/platform/, https://www.salussafety.io/us/pricing, https://www.salussafety.io/us/platform/incidents
- Security attestations and data hosting [unverified]: No SOC 2, ISO 27001 or similar attestation or encryption description is given on the reviewed pages. The terms of service say the services are operated from facilities in Canada and may be hosted on servers in Canada or other jurisdictions, so no single hosting location is stated; ask for current attestations and a subprocessor list. Sources: https://www.salussafety.io/us/terms-of-service

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: onboarding to permit to incident, offline
1. Onboard a test worker by QR code, upload a certificate and view the expiry alert and readiness status.
2. Request a high-risk permit from a phone in airplane mode, then sync and review the approval and any conflict check.
3. Record an incident with photos and a voice note, ask Rosie to structure it, and show the human approval step.
4. Create a corrective action from the incident, then show what the Procore connection moves for the linked project and how incident data reaches Procore.
5. Generate the owner or insurer view and the OSHA-related records, noting what remains manual.

#### Proposed demo: Rosie review, contracting entity and Procore scope
1. Ask Rosie to draft a job hazard analysis and a toolbox talk, then show where a person reviews and approves each draft.
2. Ask which entity signs the contract and where the data is hosted, and request current security attestations and a subprocessor list.
3. Run the Procore connection on one of your projects and list which records move, how often, and how incidents and inspections reach Procore today.
4. Ask which modules and Rosie capabilities are in the quote and whether anything is priced separately or limited by plan.

### Product presentations

- [Incident report edited by two users](https://www.salussafety.io/us/platform/incidents): Official vendor illustration of the incident report screen with two users editing the same incident record; example data.
- [Offline incident report with sync notice](https://www.salussafety.io/us/platform/offline): Official vendor illustration of the mobile incident report in offline mode with a signal-detected sync notice; example data.

### Questions and answers

#### Is this the same as other companies called Salus?
No. This profile covers only the construction safety platform at salussafety.io. Other businesses share the Salus name and are not covered.

#### How much does Salus cost?
The pricing page shows no amount and no tiers. Pricing is a tailored quote after a short form and a specialist walkthrough, based on crew and jobsite footprint, workflows, setup, integrations and rollout needs.

#### What does the Rosie AI assistant do?
The pages describe drafting procedures, toolbox talks, JHAs and orientations, voice-to-record capture, translation, answers from the customer's records and report assembly. The vendor says people review and approve the work, and its methodology page says safety outputs need qualified review.

#### Does it work with Procore?
Yes, for selected data. Selected Procore projects create or link SALUS sites, and filed forms, review tasks, photos and manpower entries move to Procore at a configurable interval. Incidents, inspections and observations are not currently confirmed as synced.

#### Which countries do the pages cover?
The site has a United States version in English and a Canada version in English and French. The reviewed United States pages refer to OSHA. Other countries are not described.

### Demo questions

- Which of the modules and Rosie capabilities are in the quote, and is anything priced separately or limited by plan?
- Show a form, a permit and a certificate check completed offline on a phone, then synced, and what office staff see before sync.
- Which Rosie outputs are drafts needing approval, where are the approvals recorded, and is customer data used to train or improve any model?
- Which entity signs the contract and where is the data hosted, and can you provide current security attestations and a subprocessor list?
- Run the Procore connection against one of our projects and show exactly which records move, how often, and how incidents and inspections reach Procore today.

### Primary sources

- [SALUS platform overview, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.salussafety.io/us/platform/)
- [SALUS pricing, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.salussafety.io/us/pricing)
- [SALUS Rosie AI assistant, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.salussafety.io/us/rosie/)
- [SALUS Rosie AI methodology, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.salussafety.io/us/resources/technical/rosie-ai-methodology)
- [SALUS offline mode, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.salussafety.io/us/platform/offline)
- [SALUS Procore data integration, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.salussafety.io/us/resources/technical/procore-data-integration)
- [SALUS incidents module, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.salussafety.io/us/platform/incidents)
- [SALUS certificates module, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.salussafety.io/us/platform/certificates)
- [SALUS about page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.salussafety.io/us/about-us)
- [SALUS terms of service, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.salussafety.io/us/terms-of-service)
- [Salus trust center](https://trust.salussafety.io/)

## Nimonik

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/nimonik
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Nimonik Inc. is a Montreal-based vendor of regulatory and standards compliance software. A June 2026 trade article gives the founder's account that the company launched in 2008 and is owned and run by engineers and safety specialists, not by financial institutions. The vendor states that it serves more than 1,400 customers, while that article reports approximately 900 client organisations. The vendor's U.S. bill tracking page states that BillTrack50, a U.S. bill and regulation tracker, was acquired on 31 July 2026; that service is listed on Nimonik's software menu as U.S. bill tracking, and its free trial and demo are requested through BillTrack50. This profile covers the compliance library, legal registers, regulatory updates newsletter, internal compliance audits, risk, controls and actions, AI tools and U.S. bill tracking. It does not review the separate industry standards subscription and its desktop apps.

Nimonik's pages describe a compliance library of regulations and standards with search, daily update alerts, redline comparison and custom collections, and legal registers that assign obligations to facilities, teams or units. Related modules cover a regulatory updates newsletter, internal compliance audits with a mobile app, risk scoring with controls and actions, AI tools for summaries and questions, and a U.S. bill tracking service. Starting amounts for individual modules are published, scaled to organisation headcount, with unlimited users stated.

Best-fit starting point: Compliance, EHS and quality teams in organisations with obligations across several jurisdictions that want a regulatory library, a legal register and audit checklists in one subscription.

Check before buying: Published amounts are starting points for single modules without a billing period, term or currency name, and the home and pricing pages disagree on the audit amount. Coverage figures differ between pages (600 or 350 jurisdictions, 600,000 or 1,250,000 documents). API connectivity is mentioned only in general terms for the compliance platform, and single sign-on is not described. The ISO 27001 certification is a vendor statement whose certificate scope was not reviewed. The AI page states that generated content can be misleading or incomplete, so legal conclusions still need competent review.

### Pricing

Published module starting amounts, scaled by organisation headcount; unlimited users stated. The pricing page checked on 2 October 2026 shows seven separately named modules, each marked Starting at a dollar amount: Audit Module starting at $300, Newsletter Module starting at $500, Library Access starting at $500, Registers of Applicable Documents starting at $800, Registers of Applicable Obligations starting at $800, Risk and Controls starting at $500 and Action and Task Management starting at $500. The home page checked on the same date shows four starting amounts: Compliance Software starting at $2,000, Internal Audit starting at $500, Legal Registers starting at $2,000 and Regulatory Newsletter starting at $500, and lists Industry Standards as a subscription service with no amount. The home page and the pricing page therefore price the audit offer differently ($500 and $300), and neither says whether they describe different scopes. The pages show no billing period, term or contract length for any of these amounts, so they cannot be read as annual or monthly. The currency is shown only as a dollar sign, and the pages do not say whether it is US or Canadian dollars. The pricing page also carries a vendor comparison table that gives a cost range of $3,000-$150,000 for the vendor's integrated solution, without a period or a stated scope. The pricing page says the price follows the headcount of the organisation or of the part of it that uses the platform, states that the number of users is unlimited, and directs buyers to speak with an expert. No free trial is described for the compliance modules; the U.S. bill tracking page states a one-month free trial and shows no amount. Ask for a written quote naming modules, headcount, jurisdictions, billing period, currency, taxes and renewal terms.

### When the price fits

A scoped quote is the way to establish the real price when one subscription for library, registers and audits could replace several tools. The published starting amounts are entry points for single modules, so compare a written, configured price with the billing period and currency stated before relying on them.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-14 [partial]: The pricing page and home page amounts were rechecked in the page source and recorded with their wording. The pages show no billing period, term or currency name, the home and pricing pages price the audit offer differently, and the configured price depends on headcount, so the amounts are starting points rather than a quote. A vendor comparison range of $3,000-$150,000 on the pricing page also has no period or scope.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://nimonik.com/software/pricing/
- https://nimonik.com/

### Offline capabilities

The audit page describes starting and completing audits from desktop or mobile devices without an internet connection, with data syncing automatically once connectivity returns, and names a mobile app for iOS and Android. How conflicting edits are resolved and whether the library and registers can be used offline are not described; test it on a real device with no signal.

Product scope: Compliance library, legal registers of documents and obligations, regulatory updates newsletter, internal compliance audits, risk and controls, action and task management, AI tools and U.S. bill tracking, as described on the vendor's pages. The industry standards subscription store is not reviewed.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. Confirm the proposed edition, configuration and commercial terms.

Trial status: request-only. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Price basis and terms: Ask for the billing period, currency, term and renewal rules behind each starting amount, and which modules and headcount a quote assumes. The audit amount differs between the home and pricing pages.
  Sources: https://nimonik.com/software/pricing/, https://nimonik.com/
- Coverage for your jurisdictions and topics: Request the list of countries, jurisdictions, topics and document types included in your subscription and the refresh frequency for each source. The pages quote different jurisdiction and document counts.
  Sources: https://nimonik.com/software/compliance-database-library/, https://nimonik.com/software/regulatory-updates-newsletter/, https://nimonik.com/software/compliance-ai-tools/
- Register quality and review: Check who writes and reviews obligation summaries and applicability, how changes are flagged to register owners, and how a reviewer's decision is recorded.
  Sources: https://nimonik.com/software/legal-register/
- AI output governance: Test AI summaries and applicability suggestions on your own obligations, check the citations, and decide who confirms them, since the vendor itself states that generated content can be incomplete.
  Sources: https://nimonik.com/software/compliance-ai-tools/
- Audit workflow and offline behaviour: Run a checklist audit offline, then check synchronisation, evidence upload, corrective-action assignment and follow-up verification.
  Sources: https://nimonik.com/software/internal-compliance-audit/
- Integrations and security evidence: Ask for API documentation, single sign-on support, the hosting region, the ISO 27001 certificate scope and the latest penetration test summary, which the reviewed pages describe only in outline for the compliance platform.
  Sources: https://nimonik.com/information-security-management-isms/, https://nimonik.com/software/internal-compliance-audit/, https://nimonik.com/software/billtrack50-bill-tracking/

### Capability scope

- Compliance library and search [documented]: The library page describes a searchable collection of regulations and standards with daily update alerts, version history, redline comparison and custom collections. It states more than 600,000 documents covering 75 countries and 600 jurisdictions, while the AI tools page states 1,250,000+ documents and the newsletter page states 350 jurisdictions, so confirm the figures for your scope. Sources: https://nimonik.com/software/compliance-database-library/, https://nimonik.com/software/compliance-ai-tools/, https://nimonik.com/software/regulatory-updates-newsletter/
- Legal registers and obligation assignment [documented]: The legal register page describes assigning regulatory obligations to facilities, teams or business units, tracking them across jurisdictions, and turning a register into audit protocols or checklists. The pricing page lists registers of applicable documents and of applicable obligations as separately priced modules. Who writes the summaries is not stated on the page. Sources: https://nimonik.com/software/legal-register/, https://nimonik.com/software/pricing/
- Regulatory change alerts and newsletter [documented]: The newsletter page describes email alerts on proposed and enacted changes, filtering by jurisdiction, industry and topic, alert frequency adjusted to risk level, and Excel or PDF reports. Topics named include health and safety, cybersecurity and HR, among others such as ESG, finance and manufacturing. Sources: https://nimonik.com/software/regulatory-updates-newsletter/, https://nimonik.com/software/compliance-database-library/
- U.S. bill and regulation tracking [documented]: The page describes tracking bills, regulations and executive orders for every U.S. state, DC and Congress, with email alerts, AI summaries, version comparison and API access stated for the paid plans. It states the service was acquired on 31 July 2026 and offers a one-month free trial requested through BillTrack50. Coverage outside the United States and any price are not stated there. Sources: https://nimonik.com/software/billtrack50-bill-tracking/
- Internal compliance audits [documented]: The audit page describes more than 2,000 pre-built checklists, custom templates, assigning audits with deadlines in a dashboard, recording findings with photos, and follow-up assessments of corrective measures. Which standards the checklists cover is not itemised on the page. Sources: https://nimonik.com/software/internal-compliance-audit/
- Mobile and offline audit use [conditional]: The audit page says audits can be started and completed on desktop or mobile without an internet connection, with data syncing automatically once connectivity returns, and names an iOS and Android app. Conflict handling and offline use of the library are not described. Sources: https://nimonik.com/software/internal-compliance-audit/
- Risk scoring, controls and actions [conditional]: The risk page describes inherent and residual risk scoring, linking risk evaluations to controls and to legal registers, action tracking and Excel or PDF export. The pricing page sells Risk and Controls and Action and Task Management as separate modules, so entitlement depends on the quote. Sources: https://nimonik.com/software/compliance-risk-assessment/, https://nimonik.com/software/pricing/
- AI summaries, applicability and chatbot [conditional]: The AI page describes summaries, obligation identification, applicability analysis from facility profiles, translation and a chatbot, and says outputs are grounded through retrieval with forced citations while also stating that generated content can be misleading or incomplete. It says the chatbot is offered for certain jurisdictions and standards bodies and that standards access depends on publisher agreements, so scope depends on the subscription. Sources: https://nimonik.com/software/compliance-ai-tools/
- Reports and exports [documented]: The audit page names PDF, Word and Excel reports, and the newsletter and risk pages name Excel and PDF exports. Register export fields and API export are not described on these pages. Sources: https://nimonik.com/software/internal-compliance-audit/, https://nimonik.com/software/regulatory-updates-newsletter/, https://nimonik.com/software/compliance-risk-assessment/
- Published module starting amounts [documented]: The pricing page shows seven modules each starting at a dollar amount, with price scaled to headcount and unlimited users. No billing period, term or currency name is shown, and the home page prices the audit offer differently. Sources: https://nimonik.com/software/pricing/, https://nimonik.com/
- Platform integrations, API and single sign-on [conditional]: The audit page says the software connects to existing compliance management systems via an API, and the U.S. bill tracking page states full API access to bills and regulations in every paid plan of that service. API documentation, available endpoints, single sign-on and integrations with named EHS or ERP systems are not described on the reviewed pages. Sources: https://nimonik.com/software/internal-compliance-audit/, https://nimonik.com/software/billtrack50-bill-tracking/
- Security certification and hosting [documented]: The information security page states an information security management system based on ISO 27001 since 2017 and certification by BSI Group in 2024, hosting of services on Amazon AWS, external penetration tests every two years of named systems with results available to customers on request, and a Trust Center for ISMS documents. The library page mentions encrypted hosting and the AI page mentions isolated AI models. These are vendor statements; the certificate scope, hosting region and test reports were not reviewed. Sources: https://nimonik.com/information-security-management-isms/, https://nimonik.com/software/compliance-database-library/, https://nimonik.com/software/compliance-ai-tools/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: from regulatory change to audit finding
1. Select the jurisdictions and topics for one site and review the library results and update alerts.
2. Build a legal register for that site and assign two obligations to named owners.
3. Generate an audit checklist from the register and complete it offline on a phone.
4. Record a finding with a photo, assign a corrective action and review its follow-up status.
5. Export the audit report and the register, and confirm the quote's modules, headcount, period and currency.

#### Proposed demo: price basis, coverage and AI outputs
1. Ask for the billing period, currency, contract term and renewal rules behind each starting amount, and the headcount the quote assumes.
2. Ask which jurisdictions, topics and document types your scope covers, how many documents that is, and how often each source is refreshed.
3. Generate an AI summary and an applicability suggestion for one obligation, then check what you must confirm and how the output is cited.
4. Run an audit on a phone with no signal and show what syncs and how conflicts are handled.

### Product presentations

- [Legal register table with assessment and risk columns](https://nimonik.com/software/legal-register/): Official vendor image of the Nimonik legal register: documents with assessment status, responsible party, internal actions and risk columns.
- [Audit summary chart and compliance level by category](https://nimonik.com/software/internal-compliance-audit/): Official vendor image of a Nimonik audit report: pie chart of item statuses and compliance level by category. Data appear to be demo values.

### Questions and answers

#### How much does Nimonik cost?
The pricing page shows seven modules starting at $300 to $800 each, and the home page shows starting amounts of $500 to $2,000 for four offers. The pricing page also shows a vendor comparison range of $3,000-$150,000 for the integrated solution. No billing period, term or currency name is shown, so confirm them in a written quote.

#### Are the published amounts annual or monthly?
The reviewed pages do not say. They show only the words Starting at with a dollar amount and state that price follows organisation headcount.

#### Does Nimonik cover regulations outside North America?
The library, legal register and newsletter pages state coverage across 75 countries, with 350 or 600 jurisdictions depending on the page. The legal register page lists regions including the United States, Canada, the European Union, Asia-Pacific and Latin America. The list of covered countries and topics for a given subscription should be confirmed with the vendor.

#### Does Nimonik offer bill tracking?
The vendor's pages describe a U.S. bill and regulation tracking service covering all 50 states, DC and Congress, which the pages say was acquired on 31 July 2026 and offer a one-month free trial requested through BillTrack50.

#### Can audits be run offline?
The audit page says audits can be started and completed on desktop or mobile without an internet connection, with data syncing automatically when connectivity returns. Conflict handling is not described.

#### Does Nimonik state an information security certification?
The vendor's information security page states an ISMS built on ISO 27001 since 2017, plus certification by BSI Group in 2024, with services hosted on Amazon AWS. The certificate scope and hosting region should be confirmed with the vendor.

### Demo questions

- State the billing period, currency, contract term and renewal rules for each starting amount, and which headcount your quote is based on.
- Show which jurisdictions, topics and document types in your scope are covered, how many documents that is, and how often each source is refreshed.
- Build a register for one site and show how an applicable obligation is assigned, reviewed and linked to an audit checklist.
- Run an audit on a phone with no signal and show what syncs, how conflicts are handled and how corrective actions are tracked to closure.
- Explain how AI summaries and applicability suggestions are produced, what the user must confirm, and how outputs are cited and stored.

### Primary sources

- [Nimonik home page with module starting amounts, checked 2 October 2026](https://nimonik.com/)
- [Nimonik software pricing page, checked 2 October 2026](https://nimonik.com/software/pricing/)
- [Nimonik compliance library page, checked 2 October 2026](https://nimonik.com/software/compliance-database-library/)
- [Nimonik legal register page, checked 2 October 2026](https://nimonik.com/software/legal-register/)
- [Nimonik regulatory updates newsletter page, checked 2 October 2026](https://nimonik.com/software/regulatory-updates-newsletter/)
- [Nimonik internal compliance audit page, checked 2 October 2026](https://nimonik.com/software/internal-compliance-audit/)
- [Nimonik risk, controls and actions page, checked 2 October 2026](https://nimonik.com/software/compliance-risk-assessment/)
- [Nimonik AI tools page, checked 2 October 2026](https://nimonik.com/software/compliance-ai-tools/)
- [Nimonik U.S. bill tracking page, checked 2 October 2026](https://nimonik.com/software/billtrack50-bill-tracking/)
- [The Safety Mag article on Nimonik's expansion to Europe (independent, published 11 June 2026), checked 2 October 2026](https://www.thesafetymag.com/ca/news/general/montreal-compliance-firm-takes-software-to-europe/547605)
- [Nimonik ISO 27001 information security page, checked 2 October 2026](https://nimonik.com/information-security-management-isms/)

## VisiumKMS

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/visiumkms
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: Visium KMS, Rolls-Royce Controls and Data Services
VisiumKMS offers process safety management software; the 2020 press release below describes it as based in Houston, Texas. The vendor's pages describe it as a division of Valsoft Corporation, and the acquirer's press release (dated 26 February 2020 on the Valsoft site, https://www.valsoftcorp.com/news/valsoft-acquires-visiumkms-a-leader-in-quality-health-safety-environmental-software) states that Valsoft acquired Rolls-Royce Controls and Data Services Inc. on 3 February 2020 and that the company was then renamed VisiumKMS Inc. The reviewed vendor pages do not describe the earlier Rolls-Royce name. This profile covers the VisiumKMS platform modules named on the vendor's site and not its separate partner products or services.

VisiumKMS's pages describe a process safety management platform built from linked modules for management of change, incident investigation, corrective action tracking, process safety risk assessment, audit management and risk reporting, with findings from one module routed into a shared action tracker. The home page states eight integrated modules in one system of record, while the pages reviewed name six modules and mention a VSDS module only in a list of regulations. The vendor positions it for regulated industrial operations and lists OSHA PSM and EPA RMP on its home page. Prices are not published, and hosting is described as either Azure cloud or on-premise.

Best-fit starting point: Industrial operators running a process safety programme who want change, incident, risk study, audit and action records in one linked system rather than spreadsheets.

Check before buying: The home page speaks of eight modules but the reviewed pages name six, plus a nuclear VSDS reference, so confirm what is in the proposed licence. COMAH and Seveso are not named on the reviewed pages. The incident page says the software records the results of root cause analysis and does not guide users through methods such as fishbone or five-whys. Mobile and offline use is described only in a 2021 post, and integrations with external systems, SSO and an API are not described. Prices are not published.

### Pricing

Platform licence with implementation scoped and priced separately; no amount published. No amount is published: the services page shows no amount for the platform licence, and no other reviewed page lists one. The services page says implementation is scoped and priced separately from the platform licence and describes Microsoft Azure cloud hosting and an on-premise installation option, without amounts for either. No trial is described on the reviewed pages. Confirm licence basis, hosting, implementation, training and support charges and renewal terms in writing.

### Offline capabilities

A November 2021 blog post says the mobile app for iOS and Android works on and offline, with audits, inspections and observations conducted offline. The current module pages do not mention mobile or offline use, so confirm what the present version supports.

Product scope: Management of change, incident investigation, corrective action tracking, process safety risk assessment, audit management and risk reporting modules.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. Confirm the proposed edition, configuration and commercial terms.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Module scope and naming: Ask for a list of every module in the quote, since the home page says eight while the reviewed pages name six and mention VSDS only in a regulation list, and check which parts of PSM elements each covers.
  Sources: https://www.visiumkms.com/, https://www.visiumkms.com/corrective-action-tracking-software/
- Closed-loop actions across modules: Create a change, an incident, a study recommendation and an audit finding, then check that each produces a tracked action with an owner, date and escalation, and that closure is visible back in the source record.
  Sources: https://www.visiumkms.com/corrective-action-tracking-software/, https://www.visiumkms.com/modules/management-of-change-software/, https://www.visiumkms.com/modules/process-safety-risk-assessment/
- Study and investigation methods: Check which study types and investigation formats you use are supported, including any LOPA or bow-tie work, since only HAZOP, PHA, what-if, checklist and JSA are named and the incident page leaves root cause analysis to the team.
  Sources: https://www.visiumkms.com/modules/process-safety-risk-assessment/, https://www.visiumkms.com/modules/incident-investigation/
- Regulatory fit: Treat the framework list as the vendor's own mapping. Ask which records and reports support the regimes that apply to your sites, including any European requirements, because COMAH and Seveso are not named on the reviewed pages.
  Sources: https://www.visiumkms.com/, https://www.visiumkms.com/modules/modules-auditor/
- Field use and hosting: Test the mobile app offline on your devices, since the description dates from 2021, and request the SOC2 report and scope for Azure hosting or the requirements for an on-premise installation.
  Sources: https://www.visiumkms.com/blog/visiumkms-mobile-app-launch/, https://www.visiumkms.com/services/
- Price and implementation: Obtain a written quote that separates licence, implementation, data migration, training and support, since the services page says implementation is priced separately.
  Sources: https://www.visiumkms.com/services/

### Capability scope

- Management of change with pre-startup safety review [documented]: The MOC page describes configurable site-level workflows, automatic routing to reviewers and approvers by change type, enforcement of pre-startup safety review before a change goes live, notifications and escalation, and routing of MOC actions to the action tracker. Template content and approval matrix limits are not itemised. Sources: https://www.visiumkms.com/modules/management-of-change-software/
- Incident investigation [documented]: The page covers near misses, injuries, fires, explosions, releases, spills and other events with structured investigation workflows, findings, recommendations and links to corrective actions. The page says the module records cause categories, contributing factors and RCA findings from whatever method a team uses and does not guide users through RCA methods, so check which RCA formats can be recorded. Sources: https://www.visiumkms.com/modules/incident-investigation/
- Corrective action tracking [documented]: The corrective action page describes actions routed from audits, incident investigations, risk assessments and MOC, with named owners, target dates, deadline reminders and escalation of overdue items. Preventive action handling is mentioned only in passing. Sources: https://www.visiumkms.com/corrective-action-tracking-software/, https://www.visiumkms.com/modules/management-of-change-software/
- Process safety risk assessment studies [documented]: The risk assessment page describes HAZOP, PHA, what-if, checklist and JSA studies in one repository, a configurable phrase library, a consolidated risk register and recommendations linked to actions. LOPA and SIL studies are not named on the reviewed page. Sources: https://www.visiumkms.com/modules/process-safety-risk-assessment/
- Audit programme management [documented]: The auditor page describes scheduling by configurable factors such as risk level, required frequency, previous results and regulatory schedule, configurable protocols and checklists per site or audit type, structured findings and routing of actions to the tracker at audit closure. It names quality-related frameworks such as ISO 9001, API quality programmes and 10 CFR 50 Appendix B for nuclear operators; check which protocol libraries are supplied. Sources: https://www.visiumkms.com/modules/modules-auditor/
- Risk reporting and dashboards [documented]: The risk analytics page describes personal dashboard views that individual users build and save themselves, preconfigured KPIs across MOC, incidents, actions, audits and risk assessments, and ad hoc reports exported from list views. The home page lists risk reporting as a module. External BI connections are not described. Sources: https://www.visiumkms.com/modules/modules-risk-analytics-intelligence/, https://www.visiumkms.com/
- Regulatory frameworks named by the vendor [conditional]: The home page lists OSHA PSM (29 CFR 1910.119), EPA RMP (40 CFR Part 68), ISO 45001 and ISO 14001 and NRC and CNSC nuclear requirements via a VSDS module, most alongside the functions it ties to them (the NRC and CNSC entry gives no functions). These are the vendor's own mappings, not certifications; COMAH and Seveso are not named on the reviewed pages. Sources: https://www.visiumkms.com/
- Number of modules [conditional]: The home page states eight integrated modules, but the pages reviewed name six (management of change, incident investigation, corrective action tracking, risk assessment, audit management, risk reporting) and mention a VSDS module only in the regulation list. Ask for a module list tied to the quote. Sources: https://www.visiumkms.com/, https://www.visiumkms.com/corrective-action-tracking-software/
- Mobile app and offline use [conditional]: A November 2021 post describes an iOS and Android app with field pre-startup safety reviews, first incident reports and offline audits, inspections and observations. The current module pages do not mention mobile use, so confirm what ships today. Sources: https://www.visiumkms.com/blog/visiumkms-mobile-app-launch/
- Hosting and deployment options [documented]: The services page describes cloud hosting on Microsoft Azure, which it calls SOC2-compliant, and an on-premise installation on the customer's own infrastructure. No SOC2 report or scope is shown on the reviewed pages, so treat the statement as the vendor's own. Sources: https://www.visiumkms.com/services/
- Implementation, training and support services [documented]: The services page lists implementation and configuration with data migration, role-based training and support, with implementation scoped and priced separately from the licence. Service levels are not stated. Sources: https://www.visiumkms.com/services/
- Integration with external systems, API and SSO [unverified]: The reviewed pages describe native links between VisiumKMS modules only. Connections to maintenance, document, HR or identity systems, an API and single sign-on are not described.

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: change request to closed action
1. Raise a management of change request and route it through reviewers and a pre-startup safety review.
2. Record a HAZOP recommendation and an incident finding, and show the actions each creates.
3. Assign owners and dates in the tracker, let one action go overdue and show the escalation.
4. Open the dashboard and export a report of overdue actions and MOC status.

#### Proposed demo: risk-based audit programme to closed finding
1. Set up an audit schedule using risk level, required frequency and previous audit results.
2. Build a protocol or checklist for one site and complete an audit with a structured finding and attachment.
3. Close the audit and show the corrective action it routes to the tracker.
4. Show audit status and overdue findings on a saved dashboard and in an exported report.

### Product presentations

- [Mobile app My Assignments list](https://www.visiumkms.com/blog/visiumkms-mobile-app-launch/): Official vendor image of the VisiumKMS mobile app showing a list of management-of-change assignments. Entries look like sample data.

### Questions and answers

#### Who owns VisiumKMS?
The vendor's pages call it a division of Valsoft Corporation, and a Valsoft press release states that Valsoft acquired Rolls-Royce Controls and Data Services Inc. on 3 February 2020, after which the company was renamed VisiumKMS Inc.

#### How many modules does VisiumKMS have?
The home page states eight integrated modules, while the reviewed pages name six, and a VSDS module is mentioned only in the regulation list. Confirm the modules in a quote.

#### Which regulations does the vendor mention?
The home page lists OSHA PSM, EPA RMP, ISO 45001 and ISO 14001 and NRC and CNSC nuclear requirements. COMAH and Seveso are not named on the reviewed pages. These are vendor mappings, not certifications.

#### Is pricing published?
No amount is shown on the reviewed vendor pages. The services page says implementation is scoped and priced separately from the licence.

#### Can it be hosted on our own servers?
The services page describes both Azure cloud hosting and an on-premise installation on the customer's infrastructure.

### Demo questions

- Which modules are in the proposed licence, given that the home page cites eight and the pages name six and mention VSDS only in a regulation list?
- Run a change from request through approvals and pre-startup review, and show the actions it creates in the tracker.
- Enter a HAZOP study with recommendations and show how each recommendation is tracked to closure and reported.
- Show which current mobile features exist, including offline audits and inspections, and on which devices.
- State hosting options, the basis for the SOC2 statement and which report scope applies to our deployment.
- Provide a written quote covering licence, implementation, training, support and renewal.

### Primary sources

- [VisiumKMS home page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.visiumkms.com/)
- [VisiumKMS management of change module, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.visiumkms.com/modules/management-of-change-software/)
- [VisiumKMS incident investigation module, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.visiumkms.com/modules/incident-investigation/)
- [VisiumKMS process safety risk assessment module, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.visiumkms.com/modules/process-safety-risk-assessment/)
- [VisiumKMS auditor module, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.visiumkms.com/modules/modules-auditor/)
- [VisiumKMS risk analytics module, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.visiumkms.com/modules/modules-risk-analytics-intelligence/)
- [VisiumKMS corrective action tracking, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.visiumkms.com/corrective-action-tracking-software/)
- [VisiumKMS services and hosting, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.visiumkms.com/services/)
- [VisiumKMS mobile app launch post (30 November 2021), checked 2 October 2026](https://www.visiumkms.com/blog/visiumkms-mobile-app-launch/)
- [Valsoft press release on the acquisition (26 February 2020), checked 2 October 2026](https://www.valsoftcorp.com/news/valsoft-acquires-visiumkms-a-leader-in-quality-health-safety-environmental-software)

## Ecesis

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/ecesis
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Ecesis is the EHS platform of EnviroData Solutions, Inc., based in Westminster, Colorado, United States. The About page says the company began developing software in 1993 and brought its solutions into the Ecesis platform in early 2010; it also names a separate Environmental Data Management System, not covered here. Ownership is not stated on the reviewed pages.

Ecesis' pages describe EHS modules sold by number of modules and users. The reviewed pages cover incident reporting with root cause tools and OSHA forms, configurable inspections and audits, training with a SCORM player, and chemical and waste management. A mobile app for iOS and Android is described with barcode scanning, GPS and offline data collection. The vendor says the software can be cloud-hosted or installed on a client's server.

Best-fit starting point: US-focused industrial and environmental teams, such as mining, oil and gas or manufacturing sites, wanting one modular system for incidents, inspections, chemicals, waste and training.

Check before buying: No price is published; plans are quoted by modules and users. The pricing page names more modules than those used as sources, so confirm in writing which are quoted. The FAQ page states a free 30-day trial while the pricing page offers a free 30-minute demo; confirm which applies. Regulatory content is mostly US-centred.

### Pricing

Quote-based plans (Small Business, Medium Business, Enterprise) by modules and users. Pricing is not publicly available: the pricing page checked on 2 October 2026 shows Contact Us for every plan and no amount. Price depends on modules and users, which can be added later. Plans differ mainly in storage (10 GB, 100 GB, unlimited) and data-import hours (3, 10 or 15). The mobile app is stated as included in all plans. Request a written quote covering modules, users, hosting, onboarding and renewal.

### Offline capabilities

The inspection and mobile app pages state that inspections and audits can be completed without connectivity and synchronised later. Other modules are not itemised, so test your forms in flight mode.

Product scope: The Ecesis EHS platform: incident, inspection and audit, training, chemical and waste modules, plus the mobile app.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. Confirm the proposed edition, configuration and commercial terms.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Module scope in the quote: Get a written list of included modules, users and storage, and a demo of each module you need.
  Sources: https://www.ecesis.net/Pricing.aspx
- Offline behaviour: Test your field forms without a signal, including photos, scans and edits on two devices.
  Sources: https://www.ecesis.net/Inspection-Software.aspx, https://www.ecesis.net/EHS-App.aspx
- Regulatory fit: Examples on the reviewed pages are US forms and reports, including OSHA and EPA items. Check your jurisdiction.
  Sources: https://www.ecesis.net/Incident-Management-Software.aspx, https://www.ecesis.net/Chemical-Management-Software.aspx, https://www.ecesis.net/Waste-Management-Software.aspx
- Hosting and security evidence: Ask for the TX-RAMP documentation, the hosting provider and the scope of the ISO 27001 statement, which concerns data centres.
  Sources: https://www.ecesis.net/Security.aspx
- Integration and data migration: Confirm which HRIS, ERP or LIMS connections exist, who builds them, and your plan's import hours.
  Sources: https://www.ecesis.net/FAQ.aspx, https://www.ecesis.net/Pricing.aspx
- Deployment timeline: The FAQ gives 24-48 hours for cloud deployment and says on-premises installs may take longer; get a written timeline for your IT setup.
  Sources: https://www.ecesis.net/FAQ.aspx

### Capability scope

- Incident reporting and investigation [documented]: The incident page describes reporting injuries, spills, near misses and unsafe conditions, root cause tools, tracked corrective actions, email and text notifications, OSHA 300, 300A and 301 forms and PDF and Excel export. Non-US forms are not described. Sources: https://www.ecesis.net/Incident-Management-Software.aspx
- Inspections and audits [documented]: The inspection page describes customisable forms or templates, reminders, barcode or QR use, corrective actions, dashboards and offline completion. Ready-made audit protocols are not itemised. Sources: https://www.ecesis.net/Inspection-Software.aspx, https://www.ecesis.net/EHS-App.aspx
- Mobile app [documented]: The app page describes iOS and Android apps, offline collection with later sync, barcode and QR scanning, GPS capture and photo upload across incidents, inspections and equipment. The pricing page states it is included in all plans. Sources: https://www.ecesis.net/EHS-App.aspx, https://www.ecesis.net/Pricing.aspx
- Training management [documented]: The training page describes a training matrix, automatic assignment by job, location and department, email reminders, a SCORM player, web and mobile delivery and central records. Own or third-party SCORM content can be used; course libraries are not described. Sources: https://www.ecesis.net/Training-Management-Software.aspx
- Chemical and SDS management [documented]: The chemical page describes inventory and expiry tracking, an online SDS database, NFPA 704, HMIS and OSHA label printing, Tier II reports and an approval workflow for new chemicals. It also names REACH and GHS; depth of non-US coverage is not described. Sources: https://www.ecesis.net/Chemical-Management-Software.aspx
- Waste management [documented]: The waste page describes characterising and tracking solid, universal and hazardous waste, container inventories, barcoded shipment lists, mobile inspections and data for EPA biennial reporting. Sources: https://www.ecesis.net/Waste-Management-Software.aspx
- Environmental modules such as SPCC and stormwater [conditional]: The pricing page navigation names SPCC, stormwater, air emission management and other environmental modules, and the app page lists SPCC and stormwater management. Module content is not summarised here; confirm scope and quote inclusion. Sources: https://www.ecesis.net/Pricing.aspx, https://www.ecesis.net/EHS-App.aspx
- Safety modules including hazard analysis, ISO 45001, emergency planning and document management [conditional]: The pricing page navigation names these modules, and the app page lists emergency planning and document management. The pricing FAQ lists document management as included in every plan. Module content is not summarised here; request a demo of each. Sources: https://www.ecesis.net/Pricing.aspx, https://www.ecesis.net/EHS-App.aspx
- Oil and gas and pipeline safety modules [conditional]: The pricing page navigation names Oil and Gas and Pipeline Safety modules. Confirm regulatory coverage in a demo. Sources: https://www.ecesis.net/Pricing.aspx
- Deployment, data exchange and onboarding [documented]: The FAQ says the system can be cloud-hosted or installed on a client's server, imports and exports Excel and CSV, can be configured to connect to HRIS, ERP and LIMS, and gives each client a Customer Success Manager. Integration depth is not specified; on-premises installs may take longer. Sources: https://www.ecesis.net/FAQ.aspx
- Security and certifications [conditional]: The security page states TX-RAMP certification, ISO 27001 certified data centres, encryption in transit and at rest, SSO and MFA support, role-based access and third-party testing. It names no hosting provider and no SOC 2 report. Sources: https://www.ecesis.net/Security.aspx

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: field report to closure
1. Report an incident on the phone app with a photo and GPS, then run the root cause tool.
2. Complete an inspection offline, reconnect and show the sync and the corrective action raised.
3. Assign a training course by job profile and show the matrix and reminders.
4. Add a chemical with its SDS through the approval workflow, then export an OSHA 300 report.

#### Proposed demo: waste container to biennial report data
1. Characterise a hazardous waste stream and record a disposal facility profile with its expiry date.
2. Create a container, scan its barcode on the phone and complete a hazardous waste inspection.
3. Generate a container shipment list and show how exception reporting timelines are tracked.
4. Show how storage limits are monitored for an accumulation area.
5. Open the data compiled for EPA biennial reporting and trace one container into it.

### Product presentations

- [Mobile inspection checklist (SPCC tank inspection)](https://www.ecesis.net/EHS-App.aspx): Official vendor image of the Ecesis mobile app showing a yes/no inspection checklist with photo and note buttons; example inspection data.
- [Incident investigation report layout](https://www.ecesis.net/Incident-Management-Software.aspx): Official vendor image of an Ecesis incident investigation report with injury classification, root cause and action items; example incident record.

### Questions and answers

#### Is there a published price for Ecesis?
No amount is shown. The pricing page lists three plans with Contact Us and says price depends on modules and users.

#### Does Ecesis work offline?
The inspection and mobile app pages state that inspections and audits can be completed offline and synchronised later. Other modules are not itemised.

#### Can Ecesis be installed on our own servers?
The FAQ says it can be installed on-premises or used as a cloud-hosted service, and that on-premises installs may take longer.

#### Is there a free trial?
The pages disagree: the FAQ page states a free 30-day trial, the pricing page a free 30-minute demo. Confirm in writing.

#### Which security statements does the vendor make?
The security page states TX-RAMP certification and ISO 27001 certified data centres, and describes encryption, SSO and MFA. Request supporting documents.

### Demo questions

- List every module, user count and storage tier in the quote, with renewal and add-on prices.
- Which of our forms work offline, and how are conflicting edits handled on sync?
- Show an incident from phone report to root cause, corrective action and OSHA 300 entry.
- Which HRIS, ERP or LIMS integrations exist today, and who builds and maintains them?
- Provide the TX-RAMP certification details, the hosting provider and any independent test summary.

### Primary sources

- [Ecesis pricing, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.ecesis.net/Pricing.aspx)
- [Ecesis About, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.ecesis.net/About.aspx)
- [Ecesis FAQ, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.ecesis.net/FAQ.aspx)
- [Ecesis security, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.ecesis.net/Security.aspx)
- [Ecesis mobile EHS app, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.ecesis.net/EHS-App.aspx)
- [Ecesis incident management, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.ecesis.net/Incident-Management-Software.aspx)
- [Ecesis inspections and audits, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.ecesis.net/Inspection-Software.aspx)
- [Ecesis training management, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.ecesis.net/Training-Management-Software.aspx)
- [Ecesis chemical management, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.ecesis.net/Chemical-Management-Software.aspx)
- [Ecesis waste management, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.ecesis.net/Waste-Management-Software.aspx)

## Mapistry

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/mapistry
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Mapistry, Inc. sells environmental compliance software to industrial facilities, with a US regulatory focus (EPA programmes, RCRAInfo). This profile covers its compliance calendar, inspections, data logging, waste tracking, site maps and Maple AI data entry. It is not a full EHS or QHSE platform: the home page calls it environmental, not safety, software.

Mapistry's pages describe environmental compliance software for industrial facilities. Modules include a compliance calendar with task reminders, mobile inspection forms with corrective-action tracking, numerical data logging with limit alerts, waste manifest tracking and a site map builder. Maple AI is described as extracting data from documents and photos. Pricing is published per location per year in three tiers, with unlimited users.

Best-fit starting point: Industrial operators with several sites managing stormwater, air and waste obligations who want one environmental record, priced by location rather than by user.

Check before buying: A webinar page calls Maple AI an add-on at the enterprise tier, while the pricing page lists AI-assisted file import from Advanced, so confirm what is included. The webinar page also says Maple AI data is sent to OpenAI and cannot be used to train its models under Mapistry's enterprise agreement; review that with your data owner. SOC 2 Type 1 is stated on the home and pricing pages.

### Pricing

Published per-location annual tiers (Essentials, Advanced, Enterprise) that vary with the number of locations; unlimited users. With 1 location selected, the pricing page lists Essentials at $10,998 annually per location, Advanced at $18,998 annually per location and Enterprise at $26,998 annually per location, with unlimited users on every plan. The page's location selector lowers these in its script: for 2 locations $7,998, $13,998 and $19,998; for 20 locations $2,998, $5,998 and $10,998. The script has no row for 50+. Advanced adds mobile data capture, AI-assisted file import, a calculation builder and limit alerts; Enterprise adds API data capture, single sign-on and custom dashboards. The licence covers upgrades and support; contracts are typically one year with multi-year terms discounted, and onboarding takes an estimated 4 to 20 hours per location. Currency is shown only as a dollar sign, taxes are not mentioned and no free trial is stated; demos are booked through a form.

### Offline capabilities

The inspections page says inspections can be completed in the app on a phone or tablet even without internet access. What is stored, how it synchronises and which platforms are supported are not described.

Product scope: Environmental compliance calendar, mobile inspections and corrective actions, numerical data and limit tracking, waste manifest tracking, site maps and Maple AI data extraction.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. Confirm the proposed edition, configuration and commercial terms.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Edition fit: Map your needs to the tiers: mobile data capture, calculations and limit alerts are listed under Advanced, API capture and SSO under Enterprise.
  Sources: https://www.mapistry.com/pricing
- Maple AI scope and data handling: Ask which tier includes it, how it is priced, and obtain written terms for sending data to OpenAI, retention and output ownership.
  Sources: https://www.mapistry.com/webinar-library/mapistry-maple-ai-how-ai-eliminates-environmental-data-entry, https://www.mapistry.com/pricing
- Regulatory coverage: List the state and federal programmes you report under and have the vendor show the matching forms and reports; coverage by state is not itemised.
  Sources: https://www.mapistry.com/knowledge-center/hc/en-us/articles/360044363073-california-sw-sampling-event-visual-observation, https://www.pitandquarry.com/platform-allows-producers-to-better-manage-environmental-data/
- Offline and field use: Test inspections and data logging in the weakest-signal area of your sites before relying on the offline statement.
  Sources: https://www.mapistry.com/product-inspections-corrective-actions
- Total cost: Price per location for your actual number of locations, since the amount falls as locations rise, plus onboarding hours, one-time services, multi-year discounts and renewal rules.
  Sources: https://www.mapistry.com/pricing

### Capability scope

- Compliance calendar and task tracking [documented]: The calendar page describes a shared compliance calendar, tasks with instructions and automated reminder emails; the pricing page places it in Essentials. Preloaded regulatory deadlines are not described. Sources: https://www.mapistry.com/product-calendar-task-tracking, https://www.mapistry.com/pricing
- Mobile inspections and corrective actions [documented]: The inspections page describes digital forms tailored to each site, completed on a phone or tablet, with cloud storage and automatic reminders for overdue corrective actions. Sources: https://www.mapistry.com/product-inspections-corrective-actions
- Offline inspection use [conditional]: One sentence on the inspections page says inspections can be completed without internet access; synchronisation is not described. Sources: https://www.mapistry.com/product-inspections-corrective-actions
- Numerical data logging and limit alerts [conditional]: The data page describes field logging, a formula builder and email alerts when a value nears a limit; the pricing page lists these under Advanced, so they depend on the edition. Sources: https://www.mapistry.com/product-numerical-data-collection, https://www.mapistry.com/pricing
- Waste manifest tracking [documented]: The waste page describes pulling manifest data from RCRAInfo through a vendor-configured API connection, extraction from manifest photos, and generator threshold alerts. Sources: https://www.mapistry.com/waste-management-mapistry
- Site map builder [documented]: The maps page describes drawing elements on satellite or uploaded imagery to make SWPPP, SPCC, hazardous materials and emission-source maps, linked to inspection forms and downloadable as PDF. Sources: https://www.mapistry.com/use-case-maps, https://www.mapistry.com/pricing
- Stormwater sampling forms [conditional]: A help-centre article describes a California sampling observation form with pH entries and a PDF download, and says the form differs by state. Other states are not itemised. Sources: https://www.mapistry.com/knowledge-center/hc/en-us/articles/360044363073-california-sw-sampling-event-visual-observation
- Maple AI data extraction [conditional]: The webinar page describes extracting numbers from handwritten logs, PDFs and photos, with confidence scores and flagged values, and calls it an enterprise-tier add-on; the pricing page lists AI-assisted file import from Advanced. Accuracy figures are not given. Sources: https://www.mapistry.com/webinar-library/mapistry-maple-ai-how-ai-eliminates-environmental-data-entry, https://www.mapistry.com/pricing, https://www.mapistry.com/
- Integrations and API [conditional]: The home page describes a REST API for sensors, data historians and ERP systems; the pricing page lists API data capture under Enterprise. Named connectors are not itemised. Sources: https://www.mapistry.com/, https://www.mapistry.com/pricing
- Single sign-on and security statements [conditional]: The home and pricing pages state SOC 2 Type 1 and AWS hosting; the pricing page lists SSO under Enterprise. Request the report and scope. Sources: https://www.mapistry.com/, https://www.mapistry.com/pricing
- Dashboards and reporting [conditional]: The pricing page lists task and inspection dashboards in Essentials, data dashboards and reporting in Advanced and custom dashboards in Enterprise. A 2023 trade article says reports for regulatory agencies are created; formats are not described. Sources: https://www.mapistry.com/pricing, https://www.pitandquarry.com/platform-allows-producers-to-better-manage-environmental-data/
- Mobile app platforms and device support [unverified]: The reviewed pages do not state which operating systems or devices the app supports.

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: inspection to limit alert to waste record
1. Build an inspection form for one of your sites and complete it on a phone with the signal off.
2. Assign a corrective action and show the overdue reminder.
3. Log a reading near a set limit and show the alert.
4. Upload a waste manifest photo through Maple AI and review flagged values.
5. Open the site map linked to the inspection and export it as PDF.

#### Proposed demo: stormwater sampling record to scheduled follow-up task
1. Open the sampling observation form for a facility in your state and record the pH entries.
2. Download the completed form as a PDF copy.
3. Create a task on the compliance calendar with instructions and an automated reminder email.
4. Show the task and inspection dashboard for that facility.
5. Ask how the same form differs for a facility in a second state.

### Product presentations

- [Configure Formula screen for numerical data](https://www.mapistry.com/product-numerical-data-collection): Official vendor image of the formula configuration screen used for calculated numerical fields (production tons x emission factor). Values shown are sample.

### Questions and answers

#### Is Mapistry a full EHS platform?
The reviewed pages describe environmental compliance only: calendar, inspections, data logging, waste, maps and AI data entry. Other safety or quality processes are not described.

#### How is Mapistry priced?
With 1 location selected, the pricing page shows Essentials at $10,998, Advanced at $18,998 and Enterprise at $26,998 annually per location, with unlimited users. Per-location amounts fall for more locations. Confirm currency, taxes, term and one-time services in a quote.

#### What does Maple AI do?
The pages describe extracting data from documents, photos and handwritten logs, with confidence scores and flagged values for review. Plan inclusion differs between two pages.

#### Does it work offline?
The inspections page says inspections can be completed without internet access; synchronising is not described.

### Demo questions

- Which tier includes Maple AI, and is it priced as an add-on by location count? Show it in a written quote.
- Run an inspection on a phone with no signal and show what syncs and when.
- Set a limit on a logged value, enter a reading near it and show who is alerted and when.
- Upload a real waste manifest and show the review screen.
- List one-time services for setup and edits, and how the 4 to 20 hours per location estimate applies to our sites.

### Primary sources

- [Mapistry home page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.mapistry.com/)
- [Mapistry pricing, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.mapistry.com/pricing)
- [Mapistry Maple AI webinar page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.mapistry.com/webinar-library/mapistry-maple-ai-how-ai-eliminates-environmental-data-entry)
- [Mapistry mobile inspections and corrective actions, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.mapistry.com/product-inspections-corrective-actions)
- [Mapistry compliance calendar and task tracking, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.mapistry.com/product-calendar-task-tracking)
- [Mapistry numerical data collection, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.mapistry.com/product-numerical-data-collection)
- [Mapistry waste management, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.mapistry.com/waste-management-mapistry)
- [Mapistry site map builder, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.mapistry.com/use-case-maps)
- [Mapistry help centre: California stormwater sampling observation form, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.mapistry.com/knowledge-center/hc/en-us/articles/360044363073-california-sw-sampling-event-visual-observation)
- [Pit & Quarry trade article on the platform, 5 June 2023, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.pitandquarry.com/platform-allows-producers-to-better-manage-environmental-data/)

## Safety Mojo

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/safetymojo
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: SafetyMojo
Safety Mojo is a safety management product from Mojo AI. The About page timeline says the platform was developed at a California contractor, acquired in 2020 by the company (then Edify.ai), and that the company rebranded as Mojo AI in 2024. The Capterra listing shows web, Android and iPhone/iPad deployment. This profile covers the Safety Mojo product only.

Safety Mojo is presented as safety management software with AI features for construction and oil and gas, with solution pages for contractors, specialty trades, owners and developers, and oilfield companies. Crews can complete forms by voice in English or Spanish or photograph paper plans, and the pages describe AI extraction and scoring of pre-task plans. Observations, audits, corrective actions, incidents, safety meetings and dashboards sit alongside. Contractor scorecards and compliance monitoring cover subcontractors, and Ask Mojo answers questions from uploaded documents.

Best-fit starting point: Contractors, owners and oil and gas operators wanting voice or photo capture of pre-task plans and field forms, and visibility of contractor participation across projects.

Check before buying: Pages describing AI suggestions, extraction and scoring do not say whether a person reviews output before use, so test this on your own forms and documents. Integrations and API development are named only as add-ons on the pricing page, and no integration list, API documentation or export format is described on the reviewed pages. Offline behaviour is given in one sentence. No amount is shown, and pricing begins with a paid pilot.

### Pricing

Growth, Scale and Enterprise packages; custom pricing via a pricing call, no amount shown. The packages and pricing page shows no amount, unit or period for any package. It states that pricing reflects the scale and complexity of the work rather than head count, that most customers begin with a paid pilot on one project, and it directs buyers to request a pricing call. Packages differ in AI form allowance, support level and extras such as SSO in Scale and on-site training in Enterprise. The homepage states that subcontractors are not charged. The Capterra listing also shows contact-vendor pricing and no free trial. Confirm pilot and renewal terms in writing.

### Offline capabilities

The core package page lists an offline mode for jobsites without cellular or WiFi service. What works offline and how data syncs is not described.

Product scope: Safety forms, pre-task plans, observations, audits, incidents, corrective actions, contractor scorecards, compliance monitoring, dashboards and a document assistant.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. Confirm the proposed edition, configuration and commercial terms.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- AI output review: Run your own paper plans, voice input and documents through the product and check which AI results a person confirms or edits.
  Sources: https://safetymojo.com/features/flex-ptp/, https://safetymojo.com/features/ai-features/
- Document assistant controls: Check accepted file types, role-based access and whether answers point back to a source passage.
  Sources: https://safetymojo.com/features/safety-chatbot/
- Contractor oversight: Ask how scorecard measures are defined and who sees them.
  Sources: https://safetymojo.com/
- Packages and pilot terms: Map your modules to Growth, Scale or Enterprise and request pilot scope, price basis and renewal terms in writing.
  Sources: https://safetymojo.com/packages-and-pricing/
- Security evidence: Request the SOC 2 Type 2 report, confirm its scope, and ask how AI features handle customer content.
  Sources: https://safetymojo.com/security-policy/

### Capability scope

- Voice form completion [documented]: The voice forms page describes speaking in English or Spanish to complete inspections, audits, JSAs and incident reports, with prompts for missing fields. The AI features page adds automatic tagging. Confirmation before saving is not stated. Sources: https://safetymojo.com/features/voice-powered-forms/, https://safetymojo.com/features/ai-features/
- Flex PTP photo extraction and scoring [conditional]: The Flex PTP page describes photographing paper, whiteboard or PDF plans so tasks, hazards, controls, crew and PPE details are extracted and scored on a rubric the page says can be personalised; low scores can be flagged for coaching. The pricing page lists Flex PTP under Scale and a first AI form under Growth. Human review is not stated. Sources: https://safetymojo.com/features/flex-ptp/, https://safetymojo.com/packages-and-pricing/
- Suggested hazards and controls [conditional]: The AI features page says suggestions for the day's tasks draw on company process documents and historical safety data, and describes SMS or email notices when a plan includes permits or hazardous work. Approval is not described. Sources: https://safetymojo.com/features/ai-features/
- Ask Mojo document question assistant [documented]: The chatbot page describes voice-activated questions in English or Spanish (the page adds "and more" without naming other languages) answered only from files an organisation uploads, with access limited by project, contractor, crew or role. The pricing page says crews can speak or type questions; source display is not described. Sources: https://safetymojo.com/features/safety-chatbot/, https://safetymojo.com/features/ai-features/, https://safetymojo.com/packages-and-pricing/
- Observations, audits, corrective actions and safety meetings [documented]: The core package page lists observations and audits at the point of risk, assigned corrective actions, goals and controls, and safety meetings with digital signatures. Template content is not itemised. Sources: https://safetymojo.com/features/core-package/
- Incident reports [documented]: The core package page lists incident reports for OSHA and insurance documentation. The steps taken after a report is filed are not detailed. Sources: https://safetymojo.com/features/core-package/
- Contractor scorecard and compliance monitoring [documented]: The homepage describes tracking participation, submission quality and compliance rates, and monitoring of who is current and who needs attention. Scoring formulas are not shown. Sources: https://safetymojo.com/
- Dashboards and scheduled reports [documented]: The homepage describes a daily My Day view of plans, permits, overdue corrective actions, high-risk tasks and observation trends. The core package page lists real-time dashboards and scheduled executive updates. Sources: https://safetymojo.com/, https://safetymojo.com/features/core-package/
- Permit workflow, training tracking, assets and document library [conditional]: The core package page gives one-line descriptions: remote approval of permit requests, tracking of certified workers, equipment tracking and a library of manuals and SOPs. Depth is not described. Sources: https://safetymojo.com/features/core-package/
- Offline mode [conditional]: One sentence on the core package page describes use without cellular or WiFi service. Supported actions and synchronisation are not described. Sources: https://safetymojo.com/features/core-package/
- SSO and package-based features [conditional]: The pricing page places SSO and Mojo-managed document setup in Scale, and multi-level hierarchy and on-site training in Enterprise. Bilingual capture, My Day, custom roles and Ask Mojo appear in all three packages. Sources: https://safetymojo.com/packages-and-pricing/
- Integrations and API [unverified]: The pricing page names integrations and API development among scoped add-ons priced during scoping. No integration list, API documentation or export format was found on the reviewed pages. Ask which systems connect. Sources: https://safetymojo.com/packages-and-pricing/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: paper pre-task plan to supervisor review
1. Photograph one of your own paper pre-task plans and review the extracted tasks, hazards, controls and score.
2. Complete a second form by voice in English or Spanish and see what is prompted or tagged.
3. Ask Mojo a question from a manual you upload and check the answer against the document.
4. Open the supervisor dashboard and contractor scorecard to see flagged plans and participation.
5. Raise a corrective action and generate a report.

#### Proposed demo: incident report to corrective action and executive report
1. Complete an incident report by voice and note which missing fields the product prompts for.
2. Check what is stored for OSHA and insurance documentation.
3. Assign a corrective action to an owner and follow it to completion.
4. Open the live dashboard and the scheduled executive report to see the incident and action.
5. Ask how custom roles and fencing control who sees the incident record.

### Product presentations

- [Safety dashboard with observations and score](https://safetymojo.com/features/voice-powered-forms/): Official vendor image of the dashboard with monthly observation counts, a project health rating and observation and incident charts; sample data.
- [Controls per hazard dashboard chart](https://safetymojo.com/features/flex-ptp/): Official vendor image of the dashboard chart of top controls per hazard from pre-task plan submissions; sample data.

### Questions and answers

#### Does Safety Mojo publish a price?
The packages and pricing page names Growth, Scale and Enterprise but shows no amount. It states that pricing is customised and customers typically start with a paid pilot.

#### In which languages do the voice features work?
The voice forms page describes English and Spanish; the Ask Mojo page says English or Spanish "and more" without naming other languages.

#### Where do Ask Mojo answers come from?
The chatbot page says answers come only from documents an organisation places in its library, not from the internet.

#### Which security standard is stated?
The vendor's security page states SOC 2 Type 2 and gives an email address to request the report. Request it and check its scope.

### Demo questions

- Show a pre-task plan photographed from our own paper form, the fields and scores produced, and how a supervisor corrects them.
- What does a worker see and confirm before a voice-completed form is saved?
- Which documents can Ask Mojo search, can answers be traced to a source passage, and who controls access?
- Which actions work offline, and how does data sync?
- What are the pilot terms, licence basis and renewal rules, and which package includes SSO?

### Primary sources

- [Safety Mojo homepage, checked 2 October 2026](https://safetymojo.com/)
- [Safety Mojo packages and pricing, checked 2 October 2026](https://safetymojo.com/packages-and-pricing/)
- [Safety Mojo Flex PTP page, checked 2 October 2026](https://safetymojo.com/features/flex-ptp/)
- [Safety Mojo Ask Mojo safety chatbot page, checked 2 October 2026](https://safetymojo.com/features/safety-chatbot/)
- [Safety Mojo voice-powered forms page, checked 2 October 2026](https://safetymojo.com/features/voice-powered-forms/)
- [Safety Mojo AI features page, checked 2 October 2026](https://safetymojo.com/features/ai-features/)
- [Safety Mojo core package page, checked 2 October 2026](https://safetymojo.com/features/core-package/)
- [Safety Mojo about page, checked 2 October 2026](https://safetymojo.com/about/)
- [Safety Mojo security statement, checked 2 October 2026](https://safetymojo.com/security-policy/)
- [Capterra Safety Mojo listing, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.capterra.com/p/156936/Safety-Mojo/)

## Red-on-line Core

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/red-on-line
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: Red-on-line, Red On Line
Red-on-line is a French HSE and ESG compliance business. Its home page calls it a brand of the Infopro Digital group and the about page says it is part of Infopro Digital; no independent confirmation was found. This profile covers the Red-on-line Core platform: a regulatory content service delivered by the vendor's experts, plus workflow software for incidents, audits, risk assessment and actions. The about page also names Echoline, QSE Veille and Notisum; they are not covered.

The pages describe a regulatory content service and workflow modules on one platform. Regulatory Intelligence is described as produced by the vendor's experts and lawyers (the solutions page also mentions AI), tailored to a customer's sites, with a weekly update newsletter and translation. The software side adds Incident Management, Audits, Risk Assessment, Action Planner, Task 360 and Metrics, with APIs, BI links and single sign-on described. The vendor states it serves more than 5,000 client organisations.

Best-fit starting point: Multi-site organisations wanting vendor-supplied regulatory monitoring alongside incident, audit, risk and action workflows on one platform.

Check before buying: Regulatory coverage figures differ between the vendor's pages, so ask for the exact country, jurisdiction and topic list for your sites. Content depth and update timing are service terms to settle in the contract. Approval workflows and offline use are not described. No price is shown.

### Pricing

Quote-based; no amount shown on the reviewed pages. No amount is shown on the reviewed pages. The FAQ page asks buyers to contact the vendor for pricing of the regulatory compliance module, and pricing for other modules is not publicly available. The demo-request page offers a free demonstration; no trial period is described. Confirm modules, sites, jurisdictions, languages, users, term and renewal rules in writing.

### Offline capabilities

A mobile application and tablet or smartphone access are described for audits and incident declaration. Offline use is not described on the reviewed pages; test it where signal is weak.

Product scope: Regulatory content service (Regulatory Intelligence) plus workflow software: incidents, audits, risk assessment, action plans, Task 360 and Metrics.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. Confirm the proposed edition, configuration and commercial terms.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Content coverage for your sites: Ask for the written list of countries, jurisdictions and topics, since the vendor's pages state different figures, and check your sites are included.
  Sources: https://www.red-on-line.com/gb/, https://www.red-on-line.com/gb/solutions/regulatory-compliance-and-monitoring/
- Content service versus software: Treat regulatory content as a service with its own scope, staffing and update commitments; assess the workflow modules separately.
  Sources: https://www.red-on-line.com/gb/solutions/, https://www.red-on-line.com/gb/solutions/regulatory-compliance-and-monitoring/
- Update timing: Request the stated timeline from a legal change to the platform and who is alerted, beyond the weekly newsletter.
  Sources: https://www.red-on-line.com/gb/solutions/, https://www.red-on-line.com/gb/faq/
- Module linkage: Test that an incident, an audit finding and a risk assessment can each create an action and link to a requirement.
  Sources: https://www.red-on-line.com/gb/solutions/action-plan-management/, https://www.red-on-line.com/gb/solutions/occupational-risk-assessments/
- Security and integration documents: Obtain the ISO 27001 certificate and scope, hosting details and the API and single sign-on documentation.
  Sources: https://www.red-on-line.com/gb/plateform/
- Price and packaging: Obtain a written quote showing what is included by module, site and language.
  Sources: https://www.red-on-line.com/gb/faq/

### Capability scope

- Regulatory Intelligence content [documented]: Regulatory content service. The pages describe collection, analysis and distribution of regulatory information by the vendor's experts for environmental, health, safety and workplace requirements; the solutions page also mentions AI. Coverage figures differ between pages. Sources: https://www.red-on-line.com/gb/solutions/regulatory-compliance-and-monitoring/, https://www.red-on-line.com/gb/solutions/, https://www.red-on-line.com/gb/
- Site-specific tailoring of requirements [documented]: Regulatory content service. The module page says benchmarking uses site visits, document review and business questionnaires. How often the benchmark is reviewed is not stated. Sources: https://www.red-on-line.com/gb/solutions/regulatory-compliance-and-monitoring/, https://www.red-on-line.com/gb/
- Update alerts and monitoring [conditional]: Regulatory content service. The solutions page says a weekly newsletter announces benchmark updates, and the module page says subscribed recipients receive emails. The time from a legal change to publication is not stated. Sources: https://www.red-on-line.com/gb/solutions/, https://www.red-on-line.com/gb/solutions/regulatory-compliance-and-monitoring/
- Languages and translation [documented]: Both. The solutions page states a 20-language interface and built-in content translation; the audits page mentions 17 languages for audit questions. Confirm which apply to content, interface and audit grids. Sources: https://www.red-on-line.com/gb/solutions/, https://www.red-on-line.com/gb/solutions/audits-and-inspections/
- Incident management and investigation [documented]: Workflow software. The page describes declaring incidents from anywhere, consolidating EHS data on one platform, root cause methods such as 5 whys and Ishikawa, customisable reporting steps and corrective or preventive actions. Notification rules and permissions are not described. Sources: https://www.red-on-line.com/gb/solutions/incident-management/
- Audits and inspections [documented]: Workflow software. The page describes customisable audit grids for systems, operations and suppliers, single-site to multi-country reports, and answering questionnaires on site through a mobile application. How audits are planned over time is not detailed. Sources: https://www.red-on-line.com/gb/solutions/audits-and-inspections/
- Occupational risk assessment [documented]: Workflow software. The page describes your own scoring methods or methodologies recommended by the vendor's experts, hazard ranking using incident data and a risk tree matching site organisation. A hazard library is not described. Sources: https://www.red-on-line.com/gb/solutions/occupational-risk-assessments/
- Action Planner and Task 360 [documented]: Workflow software. The pages describe assigning actions from any module, automated delay notifications, progress monitoring, multi-site indicators and scheduling of recurring regulatory checks. Escalation and approval steps are not described. Sources: https://www.red-on-line.com/gb/solutions/action-plan-management/, https://www.red-on-line.com/gb/plateform/, https://www.red-on-line.com/gb/solutions/
- Metrics, dashboards and reporting [conditional]: Workflow software. The platform page describes dashboards, KPIs and built-in HSE and ESG reporting indicators, with Task 360 and Metrics included by default. Supported ESG frameworks are not listed. Sources: https://www.red-on-line.com/gb/plateform/, https://www.red-on-line.com/gb/solutions/
- Integrations, single sign-on and security [conditional]: Workflow software. The platform page mentions APIs, BI integrations, single sign-on, access rights and audit trails, and states ISO 27001 certification, GDPR compliance and EU hosting; these are vendor statements, not independently verified. Connectors and certificate scope are not described. Sources: https://www.red-on-line.com/gb/plateform/, https://www.red-on-line.com/gb/solutions/
- ESG regulatory content [unverified]: Regulatory content service. The home page positions the offer as HSE and ESG, but the reviewed pages do not itemise ESG regulations covered.

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: regulatory requirement to action
1. Show the benchmark prepared for a sample site and the latest update notice.
2. Declare an incident from a phone and record a root cause.
3. Link it to a risk assessment and a regulatory requirement.
4. Create and assign an action; review the notifications and multi-site view.

#### Proposed demo: scheduled regulatory check to audit follow-up
1. Schedule a recurring regulatory check for two sites in Task 360 and show who is assigned.
2. Open a customised audit grid on a phone and answer the questionnaire on site.
3. Turn one non-compliant answer into an action with an owner and a due date.
4. Let the due date pass and show which notification is sent and to whom.
5. Show the multi-site indicators for both sites.

### Product presentations

- [Audit compliance rate screen with charts](https://www.red-on-line.com/gb/solutions/audits-and-inspections/): Official vendor image of the Red-on-line audit module: a compliance rate bar chart and counts of compliant, partially compliant and non-compliant articles.
- [Actions to be completed screen with charts](https://www.red-on-line.com/gb/solutions/action-plan-management/): Official vendor image of the Red-on-line action plan module: filters, a donut chart of upcoming actions and charts of incidents by type and month.

### Questions and answers

#### Is Red-on-line a software product or a content service?
Both are described. Regulatory Intelligence is a content service by the vendor's experts; the other modules are workflow software on the same platform.

#### Which jurisdictions does it cover?
The vendor's pages differ. The home page states 100+ countries and 500+ jurisdictions, the regulatory module page says a presence in more than 85 countries, and the demo-request page gives lower figures. None is confirmed here; ask for the list for your sites.

#### How is regulatory content kept up to date?
The pages describe ongoing monitoring by the vendor's experts and a weekly newsletter on benchmark updates. A response time for individual changes is not stated.

#### How much does it cost?
No amount is shown on the reviewed pages; the FAQ page asks buyers to contact the vendor.

### Demo questions

- List the countries, jurisdictions and topics covered for our sites, and explain why pages state different figures.
- Show how a site-specific benchmark is built from the site visit and questionnaire, and who maintains it.
- State how quickly a legal change reaches the platform and who is notified, beyond the weekly newsletter.
- Walk through an incident to a corrective action, linked to a risk assessment and a regulatory requirement.
- Provide the ISO 27001 certificate scope, hosting locations and API and single sign-on documentation.

### Primary sources

- [Red-on-line home page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.red-on-line.com/gb/)
- [Red-on-line solutions, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.red-on-line.com/gb/solutions/)
- [Red-on-line platform, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.red-on-line.com/gb/plateform/)
- [Red-on-line regulatory compliance and monitoring, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.red-on-line.com/gb/solutions/regulatory-compliance-and-monitoring/)
- [Red-on-line incident management, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.red-on-line.com/gb/solutions/incident-management/)
- [Red-on-line audits and inspections, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.red-on-line.com/gb/solutions/audits-and-inspections/)
- [Red-on-line occupational risk assessments, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.red-on-line.com/gb/solutions/occupational-risk-assessments/)
- [Red-on-line action plan management, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.red-on-line.com/gb/solutions/action-plan-management/)
- [Red-on-line about page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.red-on-line.com/gb/about/)
- [Red-on-line FAQ, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.red-on-line.com/gb/faq/)

## Chemical Safety (EMS)

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/chemical-safety-ems
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: ChemicalSafety, Chemical Safety Software, ChemicalSafety EMS
ChemicalSafety describes itself as a privately held C-Corp established under California law in 1991; some older listings call it Chemical Safety Software. This profile covers both its SDS subscriptions and its EMS (Environmental Management Systems) modules, which the vendor sells with separate pricing pages. It does not cover custom integration projects, SDS authoring services or other companies' products. Chemical safety is a generic phrase, so searches need the company name.

The vendor's pages describe a cloud SDS library with tiered subscriptions and an EMS suite of connected modules: GHS labels, chemical inventory, hazardous waste, environmental regulatory reporting, risk management, facility safety, employee workplace safety and radioisotope tracking. Mobile apps for iOS, Android and Windows are stated to be included. Amounts are published for the SDS plans and two EMS editions; SDS Complete and the EHS Suite are quoted.

Best-fit starting point: Life-science, manufacturing or education organisations that want chemical records, labels, waste handling and regulatory reports in one system and can start from a single module.

Check before buying: The reviewed pages name US-oriented reports such as Tier II, TRI, CERS and OSHA 300A. The pricing pages do not say which edition includes the risk, facility safety and radioisotope modules. Offline use and the API are described only in general terms; single sign-on is not described.

### Pricing

Published monthly and annual subscriptions by SDS plan or EMS edition; SDS Complete and the EHS Suite by quote. The SDS pricing page lists SDS Basic at $69 per month or $699 per year (1,000 SDS storage limit, 5 updates per month, no GHS labels), SDS Standard at $99 per month or $999 per year (2,500 SDS storage limit, 10 updates per month, GHS labels) and SDS Plus at $149 per month or $1,499 per year (5,000 SDS storage limit, 15 updates per month, GHS labels). SDS Complete, with unlimited storage, is quote-only. The EMS pricing page lists the Chemical Inventory edition at $109 per month or $1,099 per year and the Hazardous Waste edition at $169 per month or $1,849 per year; the EHS Suite is quote-only. The mobile apps are stated to be included at no additional cost. The EMS pricing page offers a 30-day free trial; the SDS pricing page does not mention one. Setup fees, taxes, contract minimums, renewal terms and the price basis (sites, users) are not shown, so confirm them in writing.

### Offline capabilities

The vendor's mobile page says the apps work even when offline. Which functions work offline, and how data syncs afterwards, is not detailed; test it where signal is weak.

Product scope: SDS management, GHS labels, chemical inventory, hazardous waste, environmental regulatory reporting, risk management, facility and employee safety, radioisotope tracking and mobile apps.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. Confirm the proposed edition, configuration and commercial terms.

Trial status: verified-free. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Edition and price scope: Map your needs to the SDS plans, the two priced editions and the quote-only EHS Suite, including which edition holds the risk, facility and radioisotope modules; get the price basis and renewal terms in writing.
  Sources: https://chemicalsafety.com/sds-pricing/, https://chemicalsafety.com/pricing/
- Jurisdiction fit: Check that the reports and labels match the countries and states you operate in, since the pages name US reports.
  Sources: https://chemicalsafety.com/environmental-compliance-software/, https://chemicalsafety.com/hse-management-software/
- Module connections: Follow one chemical from request to inventory, label, waste pickup and a report to confirm shared records.
  Sources: https://chemicalsafety.com/chemical-inventory-management-software/, https://chemicalsafety.com/hazardous-waste-management-software/, https://chemicalsafety.com/hse-management-software/
- Mobile and offline: Test scanning and entry without signal and confirm what syncs.
  Sources: https://chemicalsafety.com/ehs-mobile-applications/
- Integration and security: Ask what is standard versus project work for ERP links, whether an API and single sign-on are offered, and request the ISO 27001 certificate and scope.
  Sources: https://chemicalsafety.com/hse-management-software/, https://chemicalsafety.com/iso-27001/
- SDS service scope: The SDS page describes a sourcing team that locates current sheets and a manual indexing service for report and label data. Ask which plans include each, whether they count against the monthly update allowance, and the turnaround.
  Sources: https://chemicalsafety.com/safety-data-sheet-software/, https://chemicalsafety.com/sds-pricing/

### Capability scope

- SDS management [documented]: The SDS page describes a cloud library searchable by product, manufacturer and SDS number, uploads, legacy imports and update allowances by plan. Sources: https://chemicalsafety.com/safety-data-sheet-software/, https://chemicalsafety.com/sds-pricing/
- GHS labeling [documented]: The pages describe GHS labels in several sizes and languages, and list GHS and barcode labels in the editions. SDS Basic is shown without GHS labels. Sources: https://chemicalsafety.com/hse-management-software/, https://chemicalsafety.com/chemical-inventory-management-software/, https://chemicalsafety.com/sds-pricing/
- Chemical inventory [documented]: The page describes barcode location tracking, approvals, storage compatibility rules and warning and stop limits per location. Reconciliation appears only on the pricing page. Sources: https://chemicalsafety.com/chemical-inventory-management-software/, https://chemicalsafety.com/pricing/
- Hazardous waste [documented]: The page describes pickup requests, drum and lab pack tracking, profiles, accumulation areas, labels and manifests including e-manifest. It names RCRA, CERCLA and the EPA only. Sources: https://chemicalsafety.com/hazardous-waste-management-software/, https://chemicalsafety.com/pricing/
- Environmental regulatory reporting [conditional]: The page names Tier II, hazardous materials business plans, CERS, biennial, TRI, DHS and OSHA 300A reports, described as regularly updated and US-oriented. The pricing page lists regulatory reporting under the quote-only EHS Suite. Sources: https://chemicalsafety.com/environmental-compliance-software/, https://chemicalsafety.com/pricing/
- Risk management [conditional]: The overview lists a Risk Management module; its assessment method is not described, and the pricing pages do not place it in an edition. Sources: https://chemicalsafety.com/hse-management-software/
- Facility safety [conditional]: The overview describes a facility module for monitoring facilities and automating tasks and lists audits and inspections, which the pricing page places in the EHS Suite. Sources: https://chemicalsafety.com/hse-management-software/, https://chemicalsafety.com/pricing/
- Employee workplace safety [conditional]: The overview lists incident and accident management with corrective actions and training tracking; the pricing page places workplace safety and incidents in the EHS Suite. Sources: https://chemicalsafety.com/hse-management-software/, https://chemicalsafety.com/pricing/, https://chemicalsafety.com/environmental-compliance-software/
- Radioisotope tracking [conditional]: The overview describes radioisotope tracking with real-time decay across users and facilities. The pricing pages do not place it in an edition. Sources: https://chemicalsafety.com/hse-management-software/, https://chemicalsafety.com/pricing/
- Mobile apps and offline use [conditional]: The page describes iOS, Android and Windows apps with barcode scanning and real-time sync. Offline use is stated, but which functions work offline is not. Sources: https://chemicalsafety.com/ehs-mobile-applications/
- Integrations and API [conditional]: The pages mention API interfaces with ERP and purchasing systems and custom features and interfaces built by the vendor's teams. Standard connectors, API documentation and single sign-on are not described. Sources: https://chemicalsafety.com/hse-management-software/, https://chemicalsafety.com/chemical-inventory-management-software/, https://chemicalsafety.com/about-sfs-chemical-safety/
- Information security certification [conditional]: The vendor states its EMS is ISO 27001 certified; certification body, date and scope are not shown. Sources: https://chemicalsafety.com/iso-27001/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: chemical purchase to waste pickup and report
1. Create a purchase request, receive the container and print its GHS and barcode label.
2. Scan and move the container on the mobile app, checking approvals and limits.
3. Record the waste in a drum, request a pickup and print the manifest.
4. Generate a regulatory report for your jurisdiction.

#### Proposed demo: SDS lookup, update and label for a new product
1. Search the SDS library by product name, manufacturer and SDS number, then upload a supplier sheet that is not found.
2. Request an update for one sheet and check how it counts against the plan's monthly allowance.
3. Print a GHS label from the sheet at a size and language you choose.
4. Link the sheet to an inventory container and check the storage compatibility rules and location limits.

### Product presentations

- [EMS.GHS mobile app substance search screen](https://chemicalsafety.com/ehs-mobile-applications/): Official vendor image of the EMS.GHS app search screen on a tablet with fields for substance name, manufacturer and CAS number.

### Questions and answers

#### Does this profile cover SDS or the EMS suite?
Both. The vendor sells SDS subscriptions and EMS editions with separate pricing pages.

#### What are the published prices?
SDS plans run from $69 per month or $699 per year; the Chemical Inventory and Hazardous Waste editions are $109 and $169 per month. SDS Complete and the EHS Suite are quoted.

#### Is there a free trial?
The EMS pricing page offers a 30-day free trial; the SDS pricing page does not mention one.

#### Does it state a security certification?
The vendor states its EMS is ISO 27001 certified, without naming a certification body or date on the reviewed page.

### Demo questions

- Which modules and limits does the quote-only EHS Suite add beyond the two priced editions, and how is it priced?
- What does each published price cover in sites, users and containers, and what happens at renewal?
- Show a container from purchase request to storage, use and waste pickup, with its label.
- Which regulatory reports apply to our jurisdictions, and how are they kept current?
- Demonstrate the mobile app without signal and provide the ISO 27001 certificate and scope.

### Primary sources

- [Chemical Safety SDS subscription pricing, checked 2 October 2026](https://chemicalsafety.com/sds-pricing/)
- [Chemical Safety EMS subscription pricing, checked 2 October 2026](https://chemicalsafety.com/pricing/)
- [Chemical Safety about page, checked 2 October 2026](https://chemicalsafety.com/about-sfs-chemical-safety/)
- [Chemical Safety HSE management software overview, checked 2 October 2026](https://chemicalsafety.com/hse-management-software/)
- [Chemical Safety SDS software page, checked 2 October 2026](https://chemicalsafety.com/safety-data-sheet-software/)
- [Chemical Safety chemical inventory page, checked 2 October 2026](https://chemicalsafety.com/chemical-inventory-management-software/)
- [Chemical Safety hazardous waste page, checked 2 October 2026](https://chemicalsafety.com/hazardous-waste-management-software/)
- [Chemical Safety environmental regulatory reporting page, checked 2 October 2026](https://chemicalsafety.com/environmental-compliance-software/)
- [Chemical Safety mobile apps page, checked 2 October 2026](https://chemicalsafety.com/ehs-mobile-applications/)
- [Chemical Safety ISO 27001 page, checked 2 October 2026](https://chemicalsafety.com/iso-27001/)

## Vatix

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/vatix
Sources checked: 2026-10-12
Vatix is a London-based health and safety platform. The website names Vatix Holdings Limited; the Companies House record found for the registered office is Vatix Limited (company 11698437, active, incorporated 2018). The profile covers the platform modules and the lone worker app, Safe Pro Device and monitoring. The vendor states over 800 organisations and 45,000 users on its about page. Ownership is not stated on the reviewed pages.

Vatix's pages describe platform modules for incident reporting, audits and inspections, risk assessments, document management, and dashboards. Reports can be raised by app, web or QR code, audits capture photo evidence and raise actions, and risk assessments use configurable matrices. A separate lone worker offer provides an app, a Safe Pro Device, or both, with alarms routed to monitoring centres described as BS 8484:2022 accredited or to the customer's own contacts. Plan and device prices are published.

Best-fit starting point: UK-based organisations with several sites or staff working alone that want incident, audit, risk and document records together, with an optional lone worker alarm service.

Check before buying: Accreditation and ISO 27001 are vendor statements to be evidenced by certificates. No numeric alarm response time is given beyond audio opening within seconds. Offline working, named integrations and app prices are unclear. The scale figure is the vendor's own statement.

### Pricing

Published plans by standard user (Enterprise by quote), plus per-device lone worker pricing. The pricing page shows Essentials from £199 per month and Professional from £399 per month, each with 5 standard users included and billed annually. Extra standard users cost £19 and £29 per user per month; workforce users cost £2.50 and £3.50. Enterprise is by quote. The Safe Pro Device is £14.20 per device per month on 12 months plus a £60 upfront fee per unit, £11.40 on 36 months and £9.70 on 60 months. Fall detection is listed as included with app licences and £1 per device per month for the device, but one app-page line is ambiguous, so confirm it in writing. App orders need at least 5 users; app prices are not itemised. Prices exclude VAT and no free trial is shown.

### Offline capabilities

A mobile app for reporting, audits and actions is described. Offline use, and lone worker app behaviour with no signal, are not described on the reviewed pages; the device is described with a 4G roaming SIM.

Product scope: Incident reporting, audits and inspections, risk assessments, document management, dashboards, and the lone worker app, Safe Pro Device and alarm monitoring.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. Confirm the proposed edition, configuration and commercial terms. ISO 27001 and BS 8484:2022 are listed as the vendor's pages state them; request the certificates, their scope and the certificate holder.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Monitoring evidence: Request the BS 8484:2022 certificate and scope, the operator's legal name and written response targets, since no numeric target is given.
  Sources: https://www.vatix.com/alarm-receiving-centre, https://www.vatix.com/lone-worker-device
- App versus device: Test both where coverage is poor and ask what the app does with no signal.
  Sources: https://www.vatix.com/lone-worker-app, https://www.vatix.com/lone-worker-device
- Plan limits: Check plan limits for forms, templates, documents and dashboards against your sites and user types.
  Sources: https://www.vatix.com/pricing
- Total cost and terms: Add device contract length, the £60 upfront fee on 12-month terms, fall detection, VAT and annual billing, and get app pricing in writing.
  Sources: https://www.vatix.com/pricing
- Legal entity and records: Confirm which company contracts with you and holds the certificates, since the site names Vatix Holdings Limited and the register entry is Vatix Limited.
  Sources: https://www.vatix.com/about-us, https://find-and-update.company-information.service.gov.uk/company/11698437

### Capability scope

- Incident reporting and investigation [documented]: Reports from app, web or QR code with photos, routing by site, type or severity, an investigation timeline, configurable pipelines, tracked actions and an audit trail. A general RIDDOR support statement appears; report formats are not itemised. Sources: https://www.vatix.com/incident-reporting-software, https://www.vatix.com/pricing
- Audits and inspections [documented]: Custom templates with scoring and mandatory fields, mobile completion, photo evidence, actions raised during the audit, and PDF export. Behaviour without a signal is not described. Sources: https://www.vatix.com/audits-and-inspections, https://www.vatix.com/pricing
- Risk assessments [documented]: Configurable 3x3, 5x5 or 7x7 matrices, residual risk, review reminders, version history, acknowledgement tracking and actions linked to findings. Sources: https://www.vatix.com/risk-assessments
- Document management [documented]: Folders, version history, review reminders, read-and-understood tracking, role-based sharing including contractors, and links to events, audits and actions. An AI Document Assistant is listed from Professional. Sources: https://www.vatix.com/document-management, https://www.vatix.com/pricing
- Dashboards and reporting [conditional]: The pricing page ties dashboard counts to the plan: 2 custom on Essentials, 25 on Professional, cross-site benchmarking on Enterprise. The incident page mentions 40+ chart types. Export and scheduling were not confirmed. Sources: https://www.vatix.com/pricing, https://www.vatix.com/incident-reporting-software
- Lone worker app [documented]: SOS by call to the monitoring centre, side-key or shake activation, timed check-ins, voice notes, GPS and Wi-Fi positioning, a privacy mode outside working sessions, iOS and Android. Sources: https://www.vatix.com/lone-worker-app
- Safe Pro Device [documented]: SOS button, fall detection as a £1 per device per month option, two-way audio, GPS and Wi-Fi positioning, a 4G roaming SIM across four UK networks, up to 7 days of battery. Sources: https://www.vatix.com/lone-worker-device
- Alarm monitoring and escalation [conditional]: The vendor's pages describe two UK monitoring centres open 24/7, BS 8484:2022 and other listed standards, direct police control room access and a customer-set escalation path. The pages call them the vendor's own; no numeric response time or operator company is given, and the app can alert nominated contacts instead. Sources: https://www.vatix.com/alarm-receiving-centre, https://www.vatix.com/lone-worker-app, https://www.vatix.com/lone-worker-device
- API, SSO and integrations [conditional]: API access from Professional; SSO, SCIM, advanced API, custom integrations and data residency options on Enterprise. Named integrations are not described. Sources: https://www.vatix.com/pricing
- Offline use [unverified]: Offline completion of reports and audits, and lone worker app behaviour without signal, were not found on the reviewed pages.

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: lone worker alarm to audit action
1. Trigger a test SOS from the app and from the Safe Pro Device and watch the escalation path.
2. Miss a timed check-in on purpose and confirm who is alerted and when.
3. Complete an audit on a phone with poor signal, add a photo and raise an action.
4. Link the action to a risk assessment and a document, then review the dashboard.

#### Proposed demo: risk assessment review and document acknowledgement
1. Build a risk assessment on a 5x5 matrix and show the residual risk after controls.
2. Raise a follow-up action from a finding and assign an owner.
3. Link a controlled document, set a review date and send it for read-and-understood acknowledgement.
4. Share it with a contractor user and check who has acknowledged which version.
5. Show the review reminder and the version history.

### Product presentations

- [Incident report form on phone and tablet](https://www.vatix.com/incident-reporting-software): Official vendor image of the Vatix incident report form on a phone and a tablet; the entries are sample data.
- [Risk assessment rating matrix](https://www.vatix.com/risk-assessments): Official vendor image of a Vatix risk assessment with a five by five risk rating matrix and a list of existing controls; sample data.

### Questions and answers

#### Does Vatix lone worker use a device, an app, or both?
The pages describe both: an app for iOS and Android and the Safe Pro Device, which can be used separately or together.

#### Who monitors the alarms?
The pages describe two UK-based 24/7 monitoring centres, described as BS 8484:2022 accredited, and an option for the app to alert your own nominated contacts. The pages call them the vendor's own without naming an operator; confirm it and the certificate.

#### How much does Vatix cost?
The pricing page shows plans from £199 per month (Essentials) and £399 per month (Professional), with 5 standard users included and billed annually, and Safe Pro Device prices from £9.70 to £14.20 per device per month by contract length. Prices exclude VAT.

#### Is there a free trial?
No free trial is shown on the pricing page. Trial or demo terms are not stated, so ask the vendor.

### Demo questions

- Show certificates for BS 8484:2022 and ISO 27001, naming the holder and the centres covered.
- Who operates the two monitoring centres, and what alarm response times are contracted?
- Can audits and incident reports be completed with no signal, and what syncs afterwards?
- Is fall detection included for app licences, with the £1 charge for devices only?
- Do Essentials limits (5 forms, 20 templates, 50 documents) fit our sites?

### Primary sources

- [Vatix about us, checked 12 October 2026](https://www.vatix.com/about-us)
- [Vatix pricing, checked 12 October 2026](https://www.vatix.com/pricing)
- [Vatix incident reporting, checked 12 October 2026](https://www.vatix.com/incident-reporting-software)
- [Vatix audits and inspections, checked 12 October 2026](https://www.vatix.com/audits-and-inspections)
- [Vatix risk assessments, checked 12 October 2026](https://www.vatix.com/risk-assessments)
- [Vatix document management, checked 12 October 2026](https://www.vatix.com/document-management)
- [Vatix lone worker app, checked 12 October 2026](https://www.vatix.com/lone-worker-app)
- [Vatix lone worker device, checked 12 October 2026](https://www.vatix.com/lone-worker-device)
- [Vatix alarm receiving centre, checked 12 October 2026](https://www.vatix.com/alarm-receiving-centre)
- [Companies House record for Vatix Limited, checked 12 October 2026](https://find-and-update.company-information.service.gov.uk/company/11698437)

## Q-Hub

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/q-hub
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Q-Hub is a cloud quality, health, safety and environment platform from Intelligent Quality Ltd, a private limited company registered in Caldicot, Wales (company number 12439410, incorporated 3 February 2020, per Companies House). This profile covers the Q-Hub platform as described on q-hub.app. No owner or investor is stated on the reviewed pages.

Q-Hub's pages describe one platform for ISO 9001, 14001 and 45001 work, with shared documents, processes and corrective actions. Named modules include document control, audit management, CAPA, mobile incident reporting, training and competence tracking, risk assessment, safety observations, a form builder and supplier management. A REST API, webhooks and single sign-on are also described. Plans are published in GBP from £85 per month, with a 30-day free trial.

Best-fit starting point: Organisations wanting quality, safety and environmental records on one cloud system covering the three ISO standards, including smaller teams.

Check before buying: The pricing page names Full and Basic users but its FAQ describes Admin and Free users, with no mapping, so allowances cannot yet be matched to your headcount. Offline inspections are not described. Single sign-on is listed for Pro and Enterprise only. Contract term and implementation cost are not itemised.

### Pricing

Published plans priced per month by number of Full and Basic users; Enterprise by quote. The pricing page checked on 2 October 2026 shows prices in GBP per month and says annual billing saves 20%. On 14 October 2026 a note under the add-user tables also says monthly prices are for reference only and billing is done on an annual basis. Starter is £85 per month and includes 1 Full user and 5 Basic users. Essentials is £245 per month and includes 3 Full users and 50 Basic users. Pro is £530 per month and includes 5 Full users and 150 Basic user accounts. Enterprise is shown as bespoke, from 10 or more Full users or 500 or more users, with no amount. The page says Q-Hub is billed in GBP. The trial banner says no contracts; VAT and the minimum term of paid plans are not stated on that page, so confirm them in writing.

### Offline capabilities

An iOS and Android app is listed in the plan features. Module pages tick a comparison row for offline inspections without explaining it, and the document control FAQ says full functionality needs a connection.

Product scope: ISO 9001, 14001 and 45001 modules for documents, audits, CAPA, incidents, risk, training, forms and suppliers, with API and single sign-on.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. Confirm the proposed edition, configuration and commercial terms.

Trial status: verified-free. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- User types and plan fit: Ask how Admin and Free users map to Full and Basic users, then count your real users against the Starter, Essentials and Pro allowances.
  Sources: https://www.q-hub.app/pricing
- Offline and mobile use: Run an audit and an incident report with no signal and check what is stored, how conflicts are handled and when records sync.
  Sources: https://www.q-hub.app/products/audit-management, https://www.q-hub.app/products/incident-reporting, https://www.q-hub.app/products/document-control
- Closed-loop corrective action: Follow one finding from audit or incident through root cause, owner, due date and effectiveness check to a report, and see where reminders and escalations fire.
  Sources: https://www.q-hub.app/products/capa-management, https://www.q-hub.app/products/audit-management
- Standards coverage: Ask which requirements of each ISO standard are met by built-in modules and which rely on forms you configure.
  Sources: https://www.q-hub.app/qhse-software
- Security evidence and integration: Request the ISO 27001 certificate and scope and the penetration test summary, and confirm API access, rate limits and single sign-on for your plan.
  Sources: https://www.q-hub.app/security, https://www.q-hub.app/api-docs

### Capability scope

- Document control and approvals [documented]: The module page describes automatic version numbering, approval workflow with comments, review reminders and role-based permissions. It states it addresses the ISO 9001 documented-information clause. Sources: https://www.q-hub.app/products/document-control, https://www.q-hub.app/qhse-software
- Audit scheduling and checklists [documented]: The module page describes a yearly audit schedule, checklists for the three ISO standards or your own, findings captured with photos from a tablet or phone, and non-conformances passed to CAPA. Sources: https://www.q-hub.app/products/audit-management, https://www.q-hub.app/qhse-software
- CAPA workflows [documented]: The module page describes logging a non-conformance with evidence, structured root cause analysis, assignment with notifications and an effectiveness verification step. Sources: https://www.q-hub.app/products/capa-management
- Incident reporting and investigation [documented]: The module page describes mobile capture with photos and GPS, investigation workflows, root cause analysis with witness statements and an audit trail. Formats for reports to authorities are not described. Sources: https://www.q-hub.app/products/incident-reporting
- Training and competence tracking [documented]: The module page describes mapping skills by role, tracking certifications with expiry dates, identifying gaps, and automatic alerts and retraining triggers. Learning content delivery is not described. Sources: https://www.q-hub.app/products/training-competence-management, https://www.q-hub.app/qhse-software
- One platform for ISO 9001, 14001 and 45001 [documented]: The overview page describes shared documents, a single corrective-action process, one audit programme and a combined dashboard across the three standards. Coverage of individual clauses is not itemised there. Sources: https://www.q-hub.app/qhse-software
- Risk assessment, safety observations and forms [conditional]: The overview page lists risk assessment, safety observations, management review and a drag-and-drop form builder as modules with one-line descriptions. Sources: https://www.q-hub.app/qhse-software
- Supplier management [conditional]: The overview page lists supplier audits and scorecards, and the audit page describes supplier-specific audit templates. Supplier onboarding and portals are not covered on the pages listed here. Sources: https://www.q-hub.app/qhse-software, https://www.q-hub.app/products/audit-management
- Mobile and offline use [conditional]: The pricing page lists an iOS and Android app and the audit page describes mobile capture of findings. Offline inspections appear only as a comparison-table row; behaviour without signal and synchronisation are not described. Sources: https://www.q-hub.app/pricing, https://www.q-hub.app/products/audit-management, https://www.q-hub.app/products/incident-reporting, https://www.q-hub.app/products/document-control
- REST API, webhooks and single sign-on [documented]: The documentation page describes bearer-token authentication, six endpoint groups, a rate limit and a request-access button. The security page names SAML 2.0 and OIDC single sign-on for the Pro and Enterprise plans. Sources: https://www.q-hub.app/api-docs, https://www.q-hub.app/security
- Security and hosting statements [conditional]: The security page states UK hosting in AWS London, encryption, daily backups, recovery targets, MFA and ISO 27001 certification available on request. These are vendor statements; request the evidence. Sources: https://www.q-hub.app/security

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: audit finding to verified corrective action
1. Schedule an internal audit with an ISO checklist and complete it on a phone, adding a photo to a finding.
2. Raise the non-conformance as a CAPA with root cause, owner and due date.
3. Log a related incident with photo evidence and check it feeds the same corrective action process.
4. Close the CAPA through the effectiveness check and review the dashboard and the controlled document that changed.

#### Proposed demo: controlled document revision and review cycle
1. Create a document with an owner and a review date, then revise it.
2. Route the revision through the approval workflow and approve it from a phone.
3. Show the version history and the audit trail of who changed what.
4. Show the review reminders sent to the owner before the review date.
5. Download a controlled copy for offline reference and show how it is marked.

### Product presentations

- [Audit Hub home dashboard](https://www.q-hub.app/products/audit-management): Official vendor image of the Audit Hub home screen: audit status counts, on-time/late charts, audit schedule and open non-conformance findings.
- [Non-conformance (NCR) dashboard](https://www.q-hub.app/products/audit-management): Official vendor image of an NCR dashboard: open and overdue counts, status over time, severity by product and root cause breakdown. Data is illustrative.

### Questions and answers

#### How much does Q-Hub cost?
The pricing page shows £85 per month for Starter, £245 for Essentials and £530 for Pro, as monthly prices, with annual billing saving 20%. A note on the page says monthly prices are for reference only and billing is done on an annual basis. Enterprise is bespoke with no amount shown.

#### Is there a free trial?
The pricing page says the free trial lasts 30 days, gives full access and needs no credit card.

#### Does Q-Hub have an API?
The documentation page describes a REST API with bearer-token authentication and webhooks. Plan inclusion is not stated. The security page lists single sign-on for Pro and Enterprise.

### Demo questions

- How do the Admin and Free users in the pricing FAQ map to Full and Basic users, and how are users counted?
- Complete an audit and an incident report on a phone with no signal and show what is saved and when it syncs.
- Show an audit finding becoming a CAPA with an owner, due date and effectiveness check, then reported on a dashboard.
- Which parts of ISO 14001 and ISO 45001 are covered by built-in modules and which need forms you configure?
- Provide the ISO 27001 certificate and scope, the penetration test summary and the confirmed billing terms, VAT and renewal rules.

### Primary sources

- [Q-Hub pricing, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.q-hub.app/pricing)
- [Q-Hub QHSE software overview, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.q-hub.app/qhse-software)
- [Q-Hub document control module, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.q-hub.app/products/document-control)
- [Q-Hub audit management module, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.q-hub.app/products/audit-management)
- [Q-Hub CAPA management module, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.q-hub.app/products/capa-management)
- [Q-Hub incident reporting module, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.q-hub.app/products/incident-reporting)
- [Q-Hub training and competence module, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.q-hub.app/products/training-competence-management)
- [Q-Hub security page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.q-hub.app/security)
- [Q-Hub API documentation, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.q-hub.app/api-docs)
- [Companies House record for Intelligent Quality Ltd, checked 2 October 2026](https://find-and-update.company-information.service.gov.uk/company/12439410)

## Capptions

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/capptions
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: Capptions Direct
Capptions B.V. is a Dutch software company; its about page says it was born in Rotterdam and began in 2015, while its terms name Capptions B.V. in Amsterdam, so confirm the contracting entity. This profile covers the EHS platform on capptions.com, its Capptions Direct app and support section, the Dutch compliance pages and the Seveso page. The support site also has a Capptions One section whose relationship to Direct is not explained. No owner or investor is stated.

The vendor's pages describe a mobile-first platform that replaces paper forms with workflows, tasks, reviews, schedules, dashboards and PDF reports, presented as full PDCA (plan, do, check, act) loops. The home page names risk assessments, observations and behaviour-based safety, and its illustrations show incident, near-miss, training and corrective-action forms. Dutch options cover RI&E, VCA and Seveso, with a marketplace of ready-made processes. Starter is free; euro prices are published for Business and extra users.

Best-fit starting point: Organisations, especially in the Netherlands, wanting configurable mobile EHS workflows and Dutch compliance options such as RI&E, VCA or Seveso.

Check before buying: The Dutch pages describe audit or inspection readiness, not approval by a regulator or certifier. The offline article and six-language list sit under Capptions One. Several features are paid add-ons with an unclear billing period; ESG reporting is not described and a credit is not defined.

### Pricing

Published annual plans: free Starter, Business per organization, Enterprise on request; extra users and add-ons are charged separately. The pricing page checked on 2 October 2026 shows annual terms only and no monthly option. Starter is free and includes 2 users and 50 credits as a one-off allowance; each additional user is EUR 252 per year. Business is EUR 9,999 per organization per year and includes 250 users and 1,000 credits per year; each additional user is EUR 130 per year. Enterprise is priced on request with unlimited users. Optional add-ons (such as AI translation, SSO and directory sync, advanced dashboards) have separate amounts, and onboarding and consultancy are priced per day; the add-on billing period is not stated clearly. The pricing page does not define a credit; the general terms state that prices exclude VAT. No trial is described; the free Starter plan is a plan rather than a trial.

### Offline capabilities

The home page states the app works offline and syncs when connected. The only detailed offline article is in the Capptions One section and says first login needs a connection; confirm for the product you buy.

Product scope: Forms, workflows, tasks, assets, dashboards and reports; incident, risk, inspection and corrective-action processes; marketplace templates; Dutch RI&E, VCA and Seveso options.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. Confirm the proposed edition, configuration and commercial terms.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Product and contract scope: The support site has separate Direct and One sections. Establish which one the pricing, offline, language and sign-on articles describe, and which legal entity contracts.
  Sources: https://support.capptions.com/category/en-capptions-direct, https://support.capptions.com/article/en-how-do-i-change-the-language-in-the-platform, https://support.capptions.com/article/en-capptions-terms-conditions
- Credits and price structure: Model your volume against the credit allowances, extra-user charges and add-ons, and ask what a credit is.
  Sources: https://www.capptions.com/pricing
- Offline and field use: Test a full inspection without signal, including login, photos and report creation after reconnection.
  Sources: https://www.capptions.com/
- Dutch compliance depth: Ask which RI&E, VCA and Seveso templates are ready-made, who updates them when rules change and what an auditor sees.
  Sources: https://www.capptions.com/arbomanagementsysteem, https://www.capptions.com/nl/vca-managementsysteem, https://www.capptions.com/seveso, https://www.capptions.com/
- Identity, security and add-ons: Check which plan includes SSO or directory sync, its price and period, and the hosting locations stated.
  Sources: https://support.capptions.com/article/security-statement, https://www.capptions.com/pricing
- Contract term and renewal: The support-site terms say fixed-term agreements are tacitly extended, with three months notice before term end; check this against the annual price.
  Sources: https://support.capptions.com/article/en-capptions-terms-conditions

### Capability scope

- Forms and workflow builder [documented]: Support articles cover building forms, conditions, repeat sections, review steps, schedules, deadlines, role responsibilities and workflow versions. Sources: https://support.capptions.com/category/en-capptions-direct, https://www.capptions.com/
- PDCA task flows [documented]: The home page says it runs full PDCA workflows and automates task flows from observation to resolution; the support articles reviewed do not use the term. Sources: https://www.capptions.com/
- Incident, risk, observation and training processes [conditional]: The home page names risk assessments, observations and behaviour-based safety; incidents, training and corrective actions appear in illustrated screens. Field-level detail is not itemised. Sources: https://www.capptions.com/
- Asset records and inspections [documented]: Support articles cover asset categories, import, scheduling and asset inspections. An advanced asset add-on is priced for more than 50 items. Sources: https://support.capptions.com/category/en-capptions-direct, https://www.capptions.com/pricing, https://support.capptions.com/article/en-what-are-assets
- Dashboards, KPIs and PDF reports [documented]: Support articles cover KPI formulas, dashboards with target and trend lines, custom PDF reports and CSV export. Advanced dashboards are a priced add-on. Sources: https://support.capptions.com/category/en-capptions-direct, https://www.capptions.com/pricing
- Marketplace of ready-made processes [documented]: The home page names a few ready-made processes, such as workplace inspection and 5S audit; support articles cover downloading, editing and upgrading bundles. Sources: https://www.capptions.com/, https://www.capptions.com/pricing, https://support.capptions.com/category/en-capptions-direct
- Dutch RI&E, VCA and occupational health management [documented]: The Dutch pages describe an RI&E, action plan and policy in one system with versions and logs, and VCA support with toolbox meetings, workplace inspections and training reminders, framed as audit readiness; no approval is claimed. Sources: https://www.capptions.com/arbomanagementsysteem, https://www.capptions.com/nl/vca-managementsysteem, https://www.capptions.com/
- Seveso safety management system [documented]: The Seveso page describes one dashboard for the five elements of a safety management system (VBS) and a vendor claim of ninety days to implement. No authority approval is claimed. Sources: https://www.capptions.com/seveso
- Offline mobile use [conditional]: The home page states offline use with sync on connection; the detailed article is in the Capptions One section. Sources: https://www.capptions.com/
- Languages and AI translation [conditional]: The site is in English and Dutch. The home page describes translating forms, and AI translation is a priced add-on. A Capptions One article lists six platform languages. Sources: https://www.capptions.com/, https://www.capptions.com/pricing, https://support.capptions.com/article/en-how-do-i-change-the-language-in-the-platform
- Access control, integrations and security [conditional]: The security statement describes MFA, optional SAML and OIDC single sign-on for enterprise customers and EU and EEA processing, on Hetzner infrastructure in Germany. Support articles describe a webhook node and directory provisioning. Sources: https://support.capptions.com/article/security-statement, https://support.capptions.com/category/en-capptions-direct, https://www.capptions.com/pricing
- ESG reporting [unverified]: The about page lists ESG reporting, but no reviewed page describes it.

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: incident report to RI&E action
1. Start an incident report template on a phone.
2. Complete it with photos, online and then without signal, and check the sync.
3. Route it through a review step and create corrective-action tasks with owners and deadlines.
4. Ask how the finding links to an RI&E or VCA record, then open the dashboard and PDF report.

#### Proposed demo: asset inspection to dashboard and report
1. Create an asset in a category, generate its QR code and schedule a recurring inspection.
2. Complete the inspection on a phone and attach a photo with face blur enabled.
3. Route the submission through a review step and create a task with an owner and deadline.
4. Build a KPI dashboard of the results with a target line.
5. Compile a custom PDF report and send it to a recipient outside the organisation.

### Product presentations

- [Workflow builder with process steps](https://www.capptions.com/arbomanagementsysteem): Official vendor image of the process (workflow) builder, showing connected steps from asset input to form, report generation and end; Dutch interface.

### Questions and answers

#### What does Capptions cost?
The pricing page shows a free Starter plan with 2 users, a Business plan at EUR 9,999 per organization per year with 250 users, and Enterprise on request. Extra users and add-ons cost more. Confirm taxes and renewal terms.

#### Which languages does Capptions support?
The website is in English and Dutch. A Capptions One support article lists Dutch, English, Italian, Spanish, German and French for the platform. Confirm for the product you buy.

#### What do RI&E, VCA and Seveso mean here?
The home page presents RI&E as a risk inventory and evaluation, and the Dutch page words a legal RI&E duty as applying from 25 employees. VCA is a contractor safety checklist scheme managed by SSVV, per the VCA page. The Seveso page lists five safety management system (VBS) elements and does not define Seveso.

#### Does Capptions hold security certifications?
The security statement says ISO/IEC 27001 certification since April 2022 and SOC 2 Type II attestation since June 2023, which concern data security, not compliance outputs.

### Demo questions

- Confirm which product the pricing page covers, how Capptions One relates to Direct, and which legal entity signs.
- Complete a form on a phone with no signal, including first login and photos, and show the sync.
- Explain what counts as a credit and what happens when the allowance is used.
- List the add-ons you would need with amounts, billing period and VAT treatment.
- Show which parts of an RI&E, VCA or Seveso template are ready-made and which you configure.

### Primary sources

- [Capptions home page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.capptions.com/)
- [Capptions pricing, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.capptions.com/pricing)
- [Capptions about page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.capptions.com/about)
- [Capptions VCA management system page (Dutch), checked 2 October 2026](https://www.capptions.com/nl/vca-managementsysteem)
- [Capptions occupational health and safety management system page (Dutch), checked 2 October 2026](https://www.capptions.com/arbomanagementsysteem)
- [Capptions Seveso Control page (Dutch), checked 2 October 2026](https://www.capptions.com/seveso)
- [Capptions support, Capptions Direct articles, checked 2 October 2026](https://support.capptions.com/category/en-capptions-direct)
- [Capptions security statement, checked 2 October 2026](https://support.capptions.com/article/security-statement)
- [Capptions support, platform language article (Capptions One), checked 2 October 2026](https://support.capptions.com/article/en-how-do-i-change-the-language-in-the-platform)
- [Capptions terms and conditions (support site), checked 2 October 2026](https://support.capptions.com/article/en-capptions-terms-conditions)
- [Capptions support, what are assets article, checked 2 October 2026](https://support.capptions.com/article/en-what-are-assets)

## Safe365

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/safe365
Sources checked: 2026-10-12
Safe365 is a New Zealand health and safety software company; its about page says it was founded in 2016 by Nathan Hight and Mark Kidd, and a 2023 Microsoft New Zealand article describes its Azure-based platform. This profile covers the maturity assessment, benchmarking and improvement platform with its Enterprise, Airport and Workforce Connect parts. It is a safety culture and maturity product, not a full operational safety management suite. The Qualify365 contractor prequalification service is not covered.

The pages describe Safe365 as a platform for assessing health and safety maturity and tracking improvement. An organisation completes a maturity assessment across 10 modules and more than 80 areas and receives a Safety Index score, a market benchmark report, an improvement roadmap with assigned actions and red, amber and green board reports. Enterprise Connect rolls site or unit profiles into one view, and an Airport Safety Culture solution was developed with Team Heathrow. Workforce Connect is a smartphone app and dashboard for employee reports, checklists, inductions and surveys.

Best-fit starting point: Organisations that want to measure health and safety maturity against a benchmark and track improvement across sites, with an app for workforce reports.

Check before buying: The pages centre on culture and maturity scoring. Depth of the reporting app and its follow-up steps is not described. The benchmark draws on organisations using the vendor's platform, with no breakdown. Maturity features begin at the Essentials plan on the USA page.

### Pricing

Regional pages differ: USD plans on the USA page; price on application on the UK and NZ pages. The USA pricing page lists four plans. Starter is $39 USD per month or $429 USD per year for up to 5 users. Essentials is $89 USD per month or $999 USD per year for up to 20 users. Performance is $229 USD per month or $2,499 USD per year for up to 50 users and 10 contractors. Professional is $399 USD per month or $3,999 USD per year for up to 100 users and 25 contractors. Maturity assessment, gap analysis and benchmarking data are listed from Essentials upward, not in Starter. Custom Plans show price on application, with unlimited users and contractors, multiple maturity profiles, APIs and an account manager. The UK and NZ pricing pages show no amount, only the price-on-application custom plan. The USA page does not say which countries its amounts apply to, so confirm plan, currency, taxes and renewal terms in writing.

### Offline capabilities

Offline use is not described on the reviewed pages. The Workforce Connect page describes a smartphone app and a browser dashboard; test reporting without signal first.

Product scope: Maturity assessment, Safety Index, benchmarking, improvement roadmap, multi-site profiles, Airport Safety Culture, and the Workforce Connect app.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. Confirm the proposed edition, configuration and commercial terms.

Trial status: request-only. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Benchmark basis: Ask which organisations, sectors and regions make up the comparison and how often it is refreshed.
  Sources: https://safe365global.com/safety-culture-maturity/, https://safe365global.com/enterprise-safety-culture/
- Assessment method: Request the question set and scoring rules for the 10 modules and test how different respondents affect the score.
  Sources: https://safe365global.com/safety-culture-maturity/
- Action follow-through: Trace a roadmap action from recommendation to owner, due date, evidence and closure.
  Sources: https://safe365global.com/enterprise-safety-culture/, https://safe365global.com/safety-culture-maturity/
- Reporting app depth: Check the app against your reporting needs, including offline use, notifications and links to roadmap actions.
  Sources: https://safe365global.com/workforce-connect/
- Plan and price: Confirm which regional pricing page applies, what each plan includes, and the cost of contractors, multiple profiles and API access.
  Sources: https://safe365global.com/pricing-usa/, https://safe365global.com/pricing-uk/, https://safe365global.com/pricing-nz/
- Security evidence: Ask for current certificates, scope and hosting details behind the statements on the vendor's pages.
  Sources: https://safe365global.com/information-security/, https://safe365global.com/about/

### Capability scope

- Safety culture maturity assessment and Safety Index [documented]: The maturity and Enterprise pages describe an assessment across 10 modules and more than 80 areas, scored against ISO 45001 and legislation references, producing a Safety Index. Scoring rules are not shown. Sources: https://safe365global.com/safety-culture-maturity/, https://safe365global.com/enterprise-safety-culture/
- Benchmark comparison [documented]: The pages describe an industry benchmarked score and a market benchmark report. The composition of the comparison data is not shown. Sources: https://safe365global.com/safety-culture-maturity/, https://safe365global.com/enterprise-safety-culture/
- Improvement roadmap and action tracking [documented]: The pages describe a prioritised roadmap, assigned responsibility, timelines and priority by module, and a live progress dashboard. Escalation rules are not described. Sources: https://safe365global.com/safety-culture-maturity/, https://safe365global.com/enterprise-safety-culture/
- AI-generated summaries and recommendations [conditional]: The pages mention AI-generated summaries and improvement pathways tailored by industry, geography, size and maturity. The model and review step are not described. Sources: https://safe365global.com/safety-culture-maturity/, https://safe365global.com/enterprise-safety-culture/
- Board-style reports and dashboards [documented]: The pages describe red, amber and green reports, a benchmark report and a live status dashboard. Export formats are not itemised. Sources: https://safe365global.com/safety-culture-maturity/, https://safe365global.com/enterprise-safety-culture/
- Multi-site profiles (Enterprise Connect) [documented]: The pages describe separate profiles per site or business unit, each owning its data, rolled into an aggregated view and an ESG scorecard. Permissions between units are not described. Sources: https://safe365global.com/safety-culture-maturity/, https://safe365global.com/enterprise-safety-culture/
- Airport Safety Culture solution [documented]: The airport page describes a maturity framework for airports and operating partners, developed with Team Heathrow, with four assessment modules, benchmarking, generated reports and task tracking. Outcomes quoted there are the vendor's own statements. Sources: https://safe365global.com/airport-safety-culture/
- Workforce Connect reports, checklists, inductions and surveys [documented]: The page describes incident and hazard reports with address, time stamp, camera and voice capture, custom checklists, induction records, surveys and a central console. Follow-up steps and notifications are not described. Sources: https://safe365global.com/workforce-connect/, https://safe365global.com/pricing-usa/
- Power BI reporting and API [conditional]: The airport page mentions Power BI reports, the Microsoft New Zealand article describes a customer using Power BI reporting, and the USA pricing page lists APIs under Custom Plans. Current availability by plan is not described. Sources: https://safe365global.com/airport-safety-culture/, https://safe365global.com/pricing-usa/, https://news.microsoft.com/en-nz/2023/05/29/health-and-safety-simplified-safe365-provides-a-360-degree-view-of-performance/
- Information security statements [conditional]: The security page states Cyber Essentials accreditation, a commitment to alignment with ISO 27001 and a policy dated 31 August 2023; the about page states ISO 9001, 14001 and 45001 accreditation. These are vendor statements; certificate scope and hosting are not described. Sources: https://safe365global.com/information-security/, https://safe365global.com/about/
- Offline use and single sign-on [unverified]: Neither offline operation nor single sign-on is described on the reviewed pages.

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: maturity assessment to improvement action
1. Complete the assessment for one site and read the Safety Index.
2. Open the benchmark report and ask for the data behind it.
3. Create roadmap actions with owners and dates, then view the dashboard.
4. Report a hazard from the app and show it on the console.
5. Add a second site profile and show the aggregated report.

#### Proposed demo: workforce checklist, induction and survey on one console
1. Build a custom checklist for a daily check and complete it in the app.
2. Record an induction for a new worker on site.
3. Issue a short survey on safety perceptions and collect two responses.
4. Open the central console and show how checklist, induction and survey data appear together.
5. Ask which of these tools the plan priced for your user count includes.

### Product presentations

- [Enterprise Connect aggregated safety index](https://safe365global.com/safety-culture-maturity/): Official vendor diagram of Safe365 Enterprise Connect, showing one organisation-wide index above four business-unit indexes with sample values.

### Questions and answers

#### What does Safe365 assess?
The pages describe an assessment across 10 modules and more than 80 health and safety areas, resulting in a Safety Index score, a benchmark report and an improvement roadmap.

#### Does Safe365 have a reporting app?
Workforce Connect is described as a smartphone app and browser dashboard for employee reports, checklists, inductions and surveys.

#### How much does Safe365 cost?
The USA pricing page shows USD plans from $39 per month for up to 5 users and Custom Plans on application. The UK and NZ pricing pages show only price on application.

#### Is there a free trial?
The USA pricing page shows Start Free Trial buttons without stating length or limits. The demo page offers a free demonstration.

### Demo questions

- Which pricing page and currency apply to our country, and which plan includes the maturity assessment, contractors and APIs?
- Show how the benchmark is built: which organisations, industries and regions are in the comparison for our sector?
- Run the assessment for two sites and show the aggregated view, the roadmap and who owns each action.
- Show how AI-generated recommendations are produced and what a user can edit.
- Report a hazard from the phone with a photo and voice note, then show the record and follow-up on the dashboard.

### Primary sources

- [Safe365 safety culture maturity page, checked 12 October 2026](https://safe365global.com/safety-culture-maturity/)
- [Safe365 Enterprise Safety Culture page, checked 12 October 2026](https://safe365global.com/enterprise-safety-culture/)
- [Safe365 Airport Safety Culture page, checked 12 October 2026](https://safe365global.com/airport-safety-culture/)
- [Safe365 Workforce Connect page, checked 12 October 2026](https://safe365global.com/workforce-connect/)
- [Safe365 USA pricing page, checked 12 October 2026](https://safe365global.com/pricing-usa/)
- [Safe365 UK pricing page, checked 12 October 2026](https://safe365global.com/pricing-uk/)
- [Safe365 NZ pricing page, checked 12 October 2026](https://safe365global.com/pricing-nz/)
- [Safe365 information security page, checked 12 October 2026](https://safe365global.com/information-security/)
- [Safe365 about page, checked 12 October 2026](https://safe365global.com/about/)
- [Microsoft New Zealand article on Safe365, checked 12 October 2026](https://news.microsoft.com/en-nz/2023/05/29/health-and-safety-simplified-safe365-provides-a-360-degree-view-of-performance/)

## isoTracker

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/isotracker
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: isoTracker QMS
isoTracker is a cloud quality management system from isoTracker Solutions Ltd, a UK private limited company whose about page says it is based in London, gives an address in Oxted, Surrey, and lists a US office in Michigan. Companies House lists it as active, incorporated in December 2002 and renamed in January 2019; the about page states a 2004 founding. The products page lists quality modules only; a separate regulations page presents isoTracker as health and safety software, naming incident management, audits and inspections, and compliance management, without naming an EHS module. This profile covers the subscription, not partner or consulting services.

isoTracker's pages describe modules for document management, audits, corrective and preventive action, non-conformance, complaints, training and risk, with version control, review reminders, electronic signatures at approval, reusable audit checklists, 5 Whys and fishbone root cause analysis, and reminders with escalation. The products page names ISO 9001 and ISO 13485, and the site menu lists further standards. Subscriptions are configured by user package, period and module, with a 60-day free trial.

Best-fit starting point: Small and mid-sized organisations that want a modular subscription QMS for documents, audits and corrective actions against ISO standards.

Check before buying: Prices appear only when page scripts run, and validation documentation costs extra. Integrations, APIs, single sign-on, languages and security certifications are not described. Only one page covers occupational safety, and the modules it names for it are not on the products page.

### Pricing

Subscription by user package, period and module, with five currencies. Rendered in a browser, the user pricing page shows 12-month (one-year) all-module packages in US dollars: $4,816.14 for 5 users, $9,336.84 for 10, $16,734.34 for 20 and $24,953.84 for 30, with 1.2 to 1.7 GB of storage, plus GBP, EUR, AUD and CAD equivalents. The page source holds zero placeholders that scripts replace, so a text-only reader sees no price. Training for non-users is an optional add-on shown at +$1,700.00 on these packages. The product page configurator offers 5 to 150 users, periods of 1 to 12 months, individual modules or all modules, and storage add-ons; Document Control alone for 5 users and 12 months displayed $1,033.30 and a $1,221.60 total including an add-on amount of $188.30. Prices include online training, upgrades, daily back-ups and email support; validation documentation costs extra and taxes are added. Concurrent-user pricing is on request. Confirm the total, storage and renewal terms in writing.

### Offline capabilities

Audit checklists can be downloaded as Excel spreadsheets, completed offline and uploaded or transferred manually. Offline use of the web application itself is not described on the reviewed pages.

Product scope: Document control, audit management, CAPA, non-conformance, complaints, training and risk modules of the isoTracker QMS.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. Confirm the proposed edition, configuration and commercial terms.

Trial status: request-only. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Total cost: Obtain a written quote for your users, period, modules and storage, plus validation documentation and taxes, in the currency you will be invoiced; displayed prices are script-generated.
  Sources: https://www.isotracker.com/product/isotracker/, https://www.isotracker.com/user-pricing-payment/
- Closed-loop quality records: Trace one finding from audit through non-conformance and CAPA to effectiveness check and signature, and check every step is recorded.
  Sources: https://www.isotracker.com/products/audit-management-software/, https://www.isotracker.com/whats-new/
- Document and training link: Approve a document revision and check what training it starts, who is assigned and how completion is evidenced.
  Sources: https://www.isotracker.com/products/document-management-software/, https://www.isotracker.com/whats-new/
- Security evidence: The security page describes measures but names no certification. Request independent evidence, hosting details and your regulatory requirements.
  Sources: https://www.isotracker.com/security-measures/
- Scope beyond quality: If you also need safety records, confirm which modules deliver them, since the products page lists quality modules only.
  Sources: https://www.isotracker.com/regulations/occupational-health-and-safety-ohs-management-system-software/, https://www.isotracker.com/products/

### Capability scope

- Document control and version history [documented]: The document page describes automated version control, approval workflow, review reminders, change requests and permission-based access with an activity record. Templates and read acknowledgement are not described there. Sources: https://www.isotracker.com/products/document-management-software/, https://www.isotracker.com/products/
- Electronic signatures [documented]: The document page describes e-signatures at approval for internal users, customers and suppliers; the development plan mentions them for CAPA and training. Compliance with specific regulations is not assessed here. Sources: https://www.isotracker.com/products/document-management-software/, https://www.isotracker.com/whats-new/
- Audit scheduling and checklists [documented]: The audit page describes once-off or recurring audits, reusable checklists, non-conformances or root causes on failed questions, CAPA tasks with deadlines, reminders and audit reports. Supplier audits are not described. Sources: https://www.isotracker.com/products/audit-management-software/
- CAPA and root cause analysis [documented]: The development plan describes a stand-alone CAPA module with 5 Whys and fishbone analysis and e-signature approval, interacting with other modules. The modules page describes root cause analysis and corrective actions. Sources: https://www.isotracker.com/whats-new/, https://www.isotracker.com/products/
- Non-conformance and complaints [documented]: The modules page describes recording non-conformances and resolving complaints with ageing reminders. The development plan adds returned-material handling and CAPA integration; containment and disposition detail is not shown. Sources: https://www.isotracker.com/products/, https://www.isotracker.com/whats-new/
- Training management [documented]: The development plan describes training attached to a document that starts when the document is approved, trainee e-signature and CAPA recording from training events. The modules page describes ensuring people have the correct skills. Sources: https://www.isotracker.com/whats-new/, https://www.isotracker.com/products/
- Risk register [documented]: The modules page describes recording and tracking risks with automated workflows and notifications; the development plan adds automatic ratings and mitigation tasks. Specific risk methods are not named. Sources: https://www.isotracker.com/products/, https://www.isotracker.com/whats-new/
- Security and backups [documented]: The security page describes encryption, a separate database per customer, daily back-ups to another location, SSL and a record of user access; the development plan lists optional two-factor login. No security certification is named. Sources: https://www.isotracker.com/security-measures/, https://www.isotracker.com/whats-new/
- Mobile and offline use [conditional]: The development plan says redesigned modules are optimised for mobile devices. Offline use is described only as Excel checklist download and upload for audits; no mobile app is described. Sources: https://www.isotracker.com/whats-new/, https://www.isotracker.com/products/audit-management-software/
- Occupational safety use [conditional]: The regulations page describes logging and resolving incidents, audit and inspection programmes with CAPA requests, and legislation compliance tracking. It names Incident Management and Compliance Management modules that the products page does not list, so confirm which modules deliver this and what they cost. Sources: https://www.isotracker.com/regulations/occupational-health-and-safety-ohs-management-system-software/, https://www.isotracker.com/products/
- Subscription configuration [documented]: The pricing page shows 12-month all-module packages with prices once scripts run; the product page configurator offers users, periods, modules and add-ons with calculated totals. Validation documentation is priced separately. Sources: https://www.isotracker.com/product/isotracker/, https://www.isotracker.com/user-pricing-payment/
- Integrations, API and single sign-on [unverified]: The reviewed pages do not describe integrations, an API or single sign-on.

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: audit finding to CAPA closure
1. Build an audit checklist and record a failed question as a non-conformance.
2. Open a CAPA, run a 5 Whys analysis and assign actions with deadlines.
3. Let a reminder escalate an overdue action, then verify effectiveness and sign off.
4. Revise a controlled document and show the training it triggers.

#### Proposed demo: customer complaint to resolution and CAPA
1. Record a customer complaint and set an ageing reminder.
2. Investigate it and link a CAPA with a root cause method such as 5 Whys.
3. Communicate the resolution and request customer feedback.
4. Confirm what the reminder does when the complaint stays open.
5. Ask which reports cover complaints and their CAPA status, and run one.

### Product presentations

- [Dashboard with to-do list, ageing and workflow chart](https://www.isotracker.com/products/audit-management-software/): Official vendor image of the isoTracker dashboard showing a to-do list, document ageing counts and a workflow status chart.

### Questions and answers

#### Which modules does isoTracker list?
The modules page lists document management, complaints, audits, training, CAPA, non-conformance and risk, and names ISO 9001 and ISO 13485.

#### How much does isoTracker cost?
Once its scripts run, the pricing page shows 12-month all-module packages from $4,816.14 for 5 users, in five currencies; the page source holds zero placeholders. Confirm modules, storage, taxes and validation costs in a written quote.

#### Is there a free trial?
The pricing page states a 60-day free trial with no credit card required.

#### Does isoTracker cover health and safety?
A regulations page describes incident logging, audits and inspections, and compliance tracking for health and safety. The products page lists quality modules only, so confirm the scope in a demo.

### Demo questions

- Provide a written quote for our users, modules, period and storage, including validation documentation, taxes and renewal terms.
- Show an audit finding raised to a CAPA, with root cause, action, effectiveness check and e-signature closure.
- Show how a document revision triggers training and who is notified of overdue tasks.
- Which integrations, API access and single sign-on options exist, and which cost extra?
- Provide security evidence, hosting location and the validation documentation scope for our standard.

### Primary sources

- [isoTracker modules and standards page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.isotracker.com/products/)
- [isoTracker user pricing page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.isotracker.com/user-pricing-payment/)
- [isoTracker product and pricing configurator, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.isotracker.com/product/isotracker/)
- [isoTracker security measures, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.isotracker.com/security-measures/)
- [isoTracker document management page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.isotracker.com/products/document-management-software/)
- [isoTracker audit management page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.isotracker.com/products/audit-management-software/)
- [isoTracker module development plan, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.isotracker.com/whats-new/)
- [isoTracker OHS management page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.isotracker.com/regulations/occupational-health-and-safety-ohs-management-system-software/)
- [isoTracker about page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.isotracker.com/about/)
- [UK Companies House record for isoTracker Solutions Ltd, checked 2 October 2026](https://find-and-update.company-information.service.gov.uk/company/04621066)

## qmsWrapper

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/qmswrapper
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: QMSWrapper
qmsWrapper is an electronic quality management system for medical device, SaMD and in-vitro diagnostic teams. The site footer says it is a division of UVA Research Corp. of Markham, Ontario, Canada, and the vendor states a figure of 500+ medtech teams. This profile covers quality management only, not EHS or occupational safety. ISO 13485, FDA 21 CFR Part 820, 21 CFR Part 11 and EU MDR are named as frameworks the workflows align with; no certificate for the software is named.

qmsWrapper's pages describe a quality system built around quality events, which are triaged by risk into nonconformance or CAPA records and linked to change, deviation, complaint and risk work. It is sold in three levels: Foundation (forms, documents, e-signatures, training), Lifecycle (CAPA, change, risk, supplier) and Vigilance (technical file, post-market surveillance, audit evidence). The technical overview also lists an audit trail per entity and an AI findings inbox with human approval.

Best-fit starting point: Small and mid-sized medical device companies replacing paper or spreadsheet records and wanting linked design, risk, CAPA and post-market records.

Check before buying: An API, single sign-on and offline use are not described on the vendor pages, and the pages give differing statements on SOC 2 and ISO 27001, so neither is claimed. Prices for Lifecycle and Vigilance are not shown. The standards wording describes alignment, not software certification.

### Pricing

Three levels; Level 1 - Foundation shown per year, Lifecycle and Vigilance priced on request. The subscription terms page, the home page and the demo page show one amount: pricing starts at €3,499 per year for Level 1 - Foundation. Lifecycle is described as priced on company size and Vigilance as priced on scope, with no amount shown for either. The home page says there are no per-seat licences and that pricing follows company size, not user count. VAT, billing terms and company-size bands are not stated; full terms are agreed at order placement, and no refunds are given once access is activated, except where the law requires. A trial is not described on the vendor pages, though a third-party listing mentions one.

### Offline capabilities

Offline use and a mobile app are not described on the reviewed pages.

Product scope: Document control, e-signatures, training, CAPA, nonconformance, change, complaints, risk, design traceability, supplier, audit and post-market records for medical device quality systems.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. Confirm the proposed edition, configuration and commercial terms.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Level and price fit: Obtain written pricing for the level that holds each module you need; only Foundation shows an amount.
  Sources: https://qmswrapper.com/subscription-terms/, https://qmswrapper.com/
- Record linkage: Test whether a complaint, deviation or audit finding creates linked CAPA, risk and training records.
  Sources: https://qmswrapper.com/capa-and-non-conformance-qms/, https://qmswrapper.com/audit-module/, https://qmswrapper.com/iso-14971-risk-management/
- Electronic signature evidence: Ask for the documents behind the Part 11 wording and check how your validation fits the vendor release documents.
  Sources: https://qmswrapper.com/document-control-and-electronic-signatures/, https://qmswrapper.com/pre-validated-saas/
- Security status: Resolve the differing statements on SOC 2 and ISO 27001 and request reports, hosting region and backup targets.
  Sources: https://qmswrapper.com/, https://qmswrapper.com/qmswrapper-technical-overview/
- Design and post-market scope: Check which design history, technical file and vigilance records sit in your level.
  Sources: https://qmswrapper.com/design-control-traceability-matrix/, https://qmswrapper.com/qmswrapper-technical-overview/
- AI controls: Review where AI suggestions appear, how approvals are recorded and how your data is handled.
  Sources: https://qmswrapper.com/capa-and-non-conformance-qms/, https://qmswrapper.com/qmswrapper-technical-overview/

### Capability scope

- Quality events, CAPA and nonconformance [documented]: The CAPA page describes events classified by risk and escalated only when justified, nonconformance as its own record, a lighter log and an eight-stage lifecycle with independent QA sign-off. Sources: https://qmswrapper.com/capa-and-non-conformance-qms/, https://qmswrapper.com/qmswrapper-technical-overview/
- Document control and electronic signatures [documented]: The pages describe versioned documents, approval chains and signatures linked to a document version, user, role and time, described as aligned with, or compliant with, 21 CFR Part 11. No certification is named. Sources: https://qmswrapper.com/document-control-and-electronic-signatures/, https://qmswrapper.com/qmswrapper-technical-overview/
- ISO 14971 risk management and hazard logs [documented]: The risk page describes hazard logs, risk evaluation, controls and residual risk linked to requirements and design elements, with events triggering re-evaluation. Sources: https://qmswrapper.com/iso-14971-risk-management/, https://qmswrapper.com/
- Design control and traceability matrix [documented]: The pages describe linked user needs, requirements, risks, inputs, outputs, validation and verification records, and a design history file and technical file structure. Sources: https://qmswrapper.com/design-control-traceability-matrix/, https://qmswrapper.com/qmswrapper-technical-overview/
- Audit management [documented]: The audit page describes planning and running internal, external and supplier audits with checklists, and converting findings into events, CAPA and actions. Sources: https://qmswrapper.com/audit-module/
- Post-market vigilance and EUDAMED records [conditional]: The technical overview lists a Vigilance Log and an EUDAMED Compliance Log, and the home page places PMS and vigilance in the Vigilance level. Detail and direct submission to a regulator are not described. Sources: https://qmswrapper.com/qmswrapper-technical-overview/, https://qmswrapper.com/
- Complaints, supplier and training records [conditional]: The home page names complaints, supplier management and training as modules, and the technical overview lists a supplier log and training. Depth is not shown, so check it in a demo. Sources: https://qmswrapper.com/, https://qmswrapper.com/qmswrapper-technical-overview/
- Configurable forms and workflows [conditional]: The home page names a Form Editor and a Process Workflow Editor, and the technical overview an approval engine. Configuration depth is not shown. Sources: https://qmswrapper.com/, https://qmswrapper.com/qmswrapper-technical-overview/
- AI assistance with human approval [documented]: The pages describe AI form assistance, knowledge search, drafting suggestions and a findings inbox, with regulated decisions and approvals left to authorised users. Sources: https://qmswrapper.com/, https://qmswrapper.com/capa-and-non-conformance-qms/, https://qmswrapper.com/qmswrapper-technical-overview/
- Validation documentation and security [conditional]: The validation page describes vendor validation documents per release, with customer validation still needed. The home page lists EU and US hosting regions. The pages give differing statements on SOC 2 and ISO 27001, so neither is claimed. Sources: https://qmswrapper.com/pre-validated-saas/, https://qmswrapper.com/, https://qmswrapper.com/qmswrapper-technical-overview/
- Integrations and API [unverified]: An API and system integrations are not described on the vendor pages; the home page mentions only MCP access for AI agents, varying by level. A third-party listing names Jira, unconfirmed by the vendor.

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: complaint to CAPA and risk update
1. Log a customer complaint and show it becoming a quality event.
2. Escalate it to CAPA and step through investigation, approval and effectiveness with e-signatures.
3. Show the linked hazard log update and any design traceability change.
4. Open the audit trail and an audit finding that references the CAPA.
5. Export the records an inspector would request.

#### Proposed demo: controlled document revision and approval
1. Create a new revision of a controlled procedure and route it through a custom approval chain.
2. Sign as approver and show what the signature record captures.
3. Open the revision history and the QR status check for the approved version.
4. Ask how the previous version is marked and how users see which revision is current.
5. Ask how the training module links to a revised document and what it records.

### Product presentations

- [Hazard log table for ISO 14971 risk management](https://qmswrapper.com/iso-14971-risk-management/): Official vendor image of the qmsWrapper Hazard Log: hazards with failure mode, initial risk level, acceptance and risk control type, filterable by project.
- [Design traceability matrix linking requirements and risks](https://qmswrapper.com/design-control-traceability-matrix/): Official vendor image of the qmsWrapper traceability matrix on a laptop, linking use cases and requirements to risk level, description and mitigation.

### Questions and answers

#### What does qmsWrapper cover?
Quality management for medical device companies: document control, CAPA, nonconformance, change, complaints, risk, design traceability, supplier, audit and post-market records. Occupational safety modules are not described.

#### How much does qmsWrapper cost?
The only amount shown is €3,499 per year for Level 1 - Foundation. The home page says there are no per-seat licences and pricing follows company size. No amount is shown for Lifecycle or Vigilance.

#### Is qmsWrapper certified to ISO 13485 or 21 CFR Part 820?
The pages name these standards as frameworks the workflows align with. They do not present the software as certified to them.

#### Does qmsWrapper hold SOC 2 or ISO 27001?
The pages give differing statements on both, so neither is claimed here. Ask the vendor for reports and their scope.

### Demo questions

- Which level contains each module we need, and what is the written price for our company size?
- Show a complaint becoming a CAPA with the risk record updated and each step in the audit trail.
- Walk through an e-signature and the records a Part 11 reviewer would request, and the validation documents you supply.
- State the status of ISO 27001 and SOC 2, provide any reports, and confirm hosting region and backup targets.
- Which systems can you exchange data with, and how are records exported if we leave?

### Primary sources

- [qmsWrapper home page, checked 2 October 2026](https://qmswrapper.com/)
- [qmsWrapper subscription terms (pricing), checked 2 October 2026](https://qmswrapper.com/subscription-terms/)
- [qmsWrapper technical overview, checked 2 October 2026](https://qmswrapper.com/qmswrapper-technical-overview/)
- [qmsWrapper CAPA and nonconformance page, checked 2 October 2026](https://qmswrapper.com/capa-and-non-conformance-qms/)
- [qmsWrapper document control and e-signatures page, checked 2 October 2026](https://qmswrapper.com/document-control-and-electronic-signatures/)
- [qmsWrapper ISO 14971 risk management page, checked 2 October 2026](https://qmswrapper.com/iso-14971-risk-management/)
- [qmsWrapper design control traceability page, checked 2 October 2026](https://qmswrapper.com/design-control-traceability-matrix/)
- [qmsWrapper audit module page, checked 2 October 2026](https://qmswrapper.com/audit-module/)
- [qmsWrapper pre-validated SaaS page, checked 2 October 2026](https://qmswrapper.com/pre-validated-saas/)
- [SourceForge qmsWrapper listing (third party), checked 2 October 2026](https://sourceforge.net/software/product/qmsWrapper/)

## Safework Suite

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/safework-suite
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: SafeWork Suite
Safework Suite is a cloud EHS management product from Safework Solutions, LLC, which lists a Baton Rouge, Louisiana, United States address. No parent company or investor is stated. Other tools in the vendor's navigation are not profiled. Government safety regulators use similar names; this profile concerns only the vendor above.

The vendor's pages describe connected safety tools: behavior-based safety cards, a hazard reporter, incident investigation, a corrective action tracker, job safety analysis, a training manager and management of change. Findings in one tool can be linked to corrective actions. The pricing page publishes an Essentials amount for four tools and quotes Premium and Enterprise on request.

Best-fit starting point: Smaller organisations that want modular safety tools linked to one action tracker; the pricing page describes Essentials as ideal for small companies..

Check before buying: Each tool is described briefly. Mobile apps, offline entry, API documentation, language coverage and statutory report forms are not detailed, and the security badges come without report details. The Essentials list omits the training manager, job safety analysis and management of change.

### Pricing

Published Essentials plan; Premium and Enterprise by quote. The pricing page checked on 2 October 2026 shows three plans. Essentials is $399 per month, billed annually, for 4 tools and 50 employees, introduced as a starting amount; the Corrective Action Tracker is required, five other tools are listed, and basic reporting is included. Premium and Enterprise show no amount and direct buyers to request a quote through a demo. Premium adds advanced reporting, a Power BI dashboard, multilingual support and change management; Enterprise adds custom reporting, HR system integration and full API access. The currency appears only as a dollar sign, and no setup fee, trial, minimum or per-user charge is stated. Confirm the currency, whether 50 employees is a minimum or a cap, and renewal terms.

### Offline capabilities

Offline use is not described on the reviewed pages. A customer quotation on the behavior-based safety page mentions a remote kiosk feature for sites where mobile devices are prohibited; behaviour without a connection is not stated. Test field entry with no signal.

Product scope: Behavior-based safety, hazard reporting, incident investigation, corrective actions, job safety analysis, training management and management of change, with plan-level reporting.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. Confirm the proposed edition, configuration and commercial terms.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Plan boundaries: Ask which tools fit Essentials, whether the employee figure is a minimum or a cap, and what moves you to a quoted plan.
  Sources: https://www.safeworksuite.com/pricing
- Linkage between tools: Link a hazard, an incident and a change request to actions and check one report shows their status.
  Sources: https://www.safeworksuite.com/corrective-preventative-action-software, https://www.safeworksuite.com/hazard-reporting-system, https://www.safeworksuite.com/incident-management, https://www.safeworksuite.com/management-of-change
- Field entry: Enter an observation and an inspection on a phone with weak signal and check what is stored.
  Sources: https://www.safeworksuite.com/inspection-ca-software, https://www.safeworksuite.com/behavior-based-safety
- Training depth: Check how expiry and completion evidence are handled; the page describes assignment and progress views.
  Sources: https://www.safeworksuite.com/lms-learning-management-system
- Security evidence: Request the reports behind the badges and the data hosting location.
  Sources: https://www.safeworksuite.com/about
- Tools without a reviewed page: The pricing page lists further tools, including Stop Work Authority, Disciplinary Action Tracker, Shared Learning and Risk Registry (Enterprise), which have no page among the sources reviewed. Ask for each to be shown before counting it.
  Sources: https://www.safeworksuite.com/pricing

### Capability scope

- Behavior-based safety observations [documented]: The page describes paperless card collection, gamification, recognition, configurable categories, card requirement tracking, a paper card scanning service, record export and a Power BI dashboard. Sources: https://www.safeworksuite.com/behavior-based-safety
- Hazard reporting [documented]: The page describes recording a hazard with its activity, risk level and near miss status, corrective actions, links to other tools and monthly hazard hunt campaigns by location. Sources: https://www.safeworksuite.com/hazard-reporting-system
- Incident investigation [documented]: The page describes recording incidents and near misses for employees, contractors and third parties, supplemental forms, reports, an exportable database and corrective action assignment. Statutory forms are not described. Sources: https://www.safeworksuite.com/incident-management
- Corrective action tracking [documented]: The pages describe completion dates and status, a workflow for action types, links from other tools and supervisor reports. The pricing page marks this tool as required. Sources: https://www.safeworksuite.com/corrective-preventative-action-software, https://www.safeworksuite.com/pricing
- Training manager (LMS) [documented]: The page describes uploading and assigning topics, curriculum per role and user, a visual matrix, and user views of completed and due items. Expiry rules are not described. Sources: https://www.safeworksuite.com/lms-learning-management-system
- Job safety analysis records [documented]: The page describes an exportable record database, labels by hazard, activity and risk level, upload of completed forms, printable templates and usage statistics. Sources: https://www.safeworksuite.com/job-safety-analysis
- Management of change [documented]: The page describes configurable approval groups, a workflow for permanent and temporary changes, task assignment and email alerts at each stage. The pricing page lists it under Premium and Enterprise only. Sources: https://www.safeworksuite.com/management-of-change, https://www.safeworksuite.com/pricing
- Inspections [documented]: The pages describe digital inspections, real-time capture of findings, checklist creation or upload, and status tracking to closure with assigned actions. The pricing page lists an Inspection Tool in Essentials. Scheduling is not described. Sources: https://www.safeworksuite.com/inspection-ca-software, https://www.safeworksuite.com/pricing
- Mobile access [conditional]: One page, on inspections and corrective actions, says the software works on any mobile device without naming tools. A native app and use without a connection are not described. Sources: https://www.safeworksuite.com/inspection-ca-software
- Reporting and dashboards [conditional]: Basic reporting is listed for Essentials, advanced reporting and a Power BI dashboard for Premium, custom reporting and dashboards for Enterprise. Report content is not itemised. Sources: https://www.safeworksuite.com/pricing, https://www.safeworksuite.com/behavior-based-safety
- HR system link and API [conditional]: The pricing page lists HR system integration and full API access under Enterprise only; supported systems and documentation are not described. Sources: https://www.safeworksuite.com/pricing
- Security attestations [conditional]: The about page displays ISO 27001 and SOC 2 badges; issuer, scope, dates and reports are not stated. Sources: https://www.safeworksuite.com/about

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: hazard to corrective action to reporting
1. Submit a hazard report with a risk level and a corrective action from a phone.
2. Record an incident and link it to a second corrective action.
3. Raise a change request and route it through an approval group.
4. Assign a role-based training item and view the due list.
5. Open the reporting view available on the proposed plan and export the records.

#### Proposed demo: inspection findings and job safety analysis records
1. Upload an existing checklist, run a digital inspection and capture a finding.
2. Assign a corrective action with a completion date and follow it to closure.
3. Upload a completed job safety analysis form and label it by hazard type, work activity and risk level.
4. Open the job safety analysis usage statistics and the corrective action pattern reports, and check which patterns they show.

### Product presentations

- [Injury/illness lagging indicators dashboard](https://www.safeworksuite.com/incident-management): Official vendor image of an incident dashboard: incident counts, injury types by division, incident categories, TRIR and EMR trends. Figures are example data.

### Questions and answers

#### How much does Safework Suite cost?
Essentials is shown from $399 per month, billed annually, for 4 tools and 50 employees; Premium and Enterprise are quoted after a demo request. Confirm currency and renewal terms.

#### Does Safework Suite offer a free trial?
No trial is described on the pricing or demo booking pages; a demo is offered.

#### Which tools does the entry plan include?
The page invites four or more tools: the Corrective Action Tracker is required, with a choice among Hazard Reporter, Stop Work Authority, Incident Investigation, Inspection Tool and Behavior Based Safety.

#### Does Safework Suite have an API?
The pricing page lists full API access under Enterprise. API documentation is not described.

#### Does Safework Suite work offline?
Offline use is not described; test entry without signal during a demo.

### Demo questions

- Which tools does the Essentials amount cover, and what does adding another tool or employee cost?
- Is 50 employees a minimum or a cap, and what happens at renewal or when headcount changes?
- Enter a hazard report on a phone with no signal and show what is saved.
- Link a hazard, an incident and a change request to actions and show one report.
- Which security attestations apply, and can you share the reports and the hosting location?

### Primary sources

- [Safework Suite pricing, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.safeworksuite.com/pricing)
- [Safework Solutions about page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.safeworksuite.com/about)
- [Safework Suite behavior-based safety, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.safeworksuite.com/behavior-based-safety)
- [Safework Suite hazard reporting, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.safeworksuite.com/hazard-reporting-system)
- [Safework Suite incident management, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.safeworksuite.com/incident-management)
- [Safework Suite training manager (LMS), checked 2 October 2026](https://www.safeworksuite.com/lms-learning-management-system)
- [Safework Suite job safety analysis, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.safeworksuite.com/job-safety-analysis)
- [Safework Suite corrective action software, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.safeworksuite.com/corrective-preventative-action-software)
- [Safework Suite management of change, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.safeworksuite.com/management-of-change)
- [Safework Suite inspection and corrective action software, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.safeworksuite.com/inspection-ca-software)

## ZenQMS

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/zenqms
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
ZenQMS is an electronic quality management system sold by ZenQMS, LLC for GxP-regulated life sciences organisations. This profile covers the platform and its listed package features and add-ons (ZenSign, SCORM, training content). It is not an EHS or safety system. No parent company or investor is stated on the reviewed pages.

ZenQMS's pages describe a cloud eQMS with modules for documents, training, issues and CAPA, change control, audits with supplier qualification, and quality insights. The vendor states that it is validated for 21 CFR Part 11 and Annex 11 and describes configurable workflows with audit trails. Pricing is by three packages without published amounts, each including all modules and a range of user licences. External e-signatures (ZenSign) and a SCORM player are listed within the packages, and pre-built training content is marked as an add-on.

Best-fit starting point: Life sciences organisations such as biopharma, CROs, CDMOs and laboratories wanting a configurable eQMS with Part 11 e-signatures.

Check before buying: Workplace safety, environmental and ESG functions are not described. No price, trial or offline mode is described. AI, API and integration claims need checking against the edition you would buy. A partner's announcement dated 22 July 2026 describes a new partnership.

### Pricing

Three packages (Calm, Clarity, Mastery) by proposal; no per-seat charge stated. The pricing page, checked on 2 October 2026, describes three packages named Calm, Clarity and Mastery, aimed at first-time QMS adopters, multi-tool consolidation and multi-site commercial operations. No amount is shown on the reviewed pages and pricing is not publicly available; the page offers a demo booking and a cost-comparison calculator. It says each package includes every module and a range of user licences without per-seat charges. The pricing page marks pre-built GxP and regulatory training content as an add-on and shows no amount for it. Confirm licence counts, add-on charges, renewal terms and implementation fees in writing.

### Offline capabilities

Not described. The product is described as a cloud service; offline use is not described on the reviewed pages.

Product scope: Quality management for life sciences: document control, training, issues and CAPA, change control, audits and supplier qualification, and quality reporting.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. Confirm the proposed edition, configuration and commercial terms.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Package and licence fit: Ask which package applies to your user count and sites, the licence range, and the price of each add-on, since no amounts are shown.
  Sources: https://www.zenqms.com/pricing, https://www.zenqms.com/product/prebuilt-foundation
- Closed-loop quality records: Run one deviation through investigation, change control, training and e-signature, and check how each record links and appears in the audit trail.
  Sources: https://www.zenqms.com/product/workflows, https://www.zenqms.com/product/documents, https://www.zenqms.com/product/training
- Validation burden: Review the validation documents and release notes, ask how often releases occur, and decide what your team must execute per release.
  Sources: https://www.zenqms.com/pricing, https://www.sware.com/announcement-sware-partners-with-zenqms
- Integration reality: Separate connectors available today from those marked as coming soon, and test SSO and API read access against your own systems.
  Sources: https://www.zenqms.com/product/integrations
- Reporting needs and add-ons: Check which dashboards and exports you need and whether your package includes them.
  Sources: https://www.zenqms.com/product/data-insights, https://www.zenqms.com/product/prebuilt-foundation
- Security evidence: Request the ISO certificates and the SOC 2 report with its scope, rather than relying on the page statements.
  Sources: https://www.zenqms.com/product

### Capability scope

- Document management and e-signatures [documented]: The pages describe versions, approval workflows from draft to retirement, an automatic audit trail, access controls, search and links to CAPAs and change controls, with e-signatures described as Part 11 compliant. Document template libraries are not described on these pages; the pricing page lists pre-built SOPs and categories. Sources: https://www.zenqms.com/product/documents, https://www.zenqms.com/product, https://www.zenqms.com/pricing
- Training management [documented]: The pages describe role-based automatic assignment, reminders for new and overdue items, reports by person, course or group, and retraining triggered by a major document revision. SCORM file support is listed in all three packages; pre-built GxP and regulatory training content is marked as an add-on. Sources: https://www.zenqms.com/product/training, https://www.zenqms.com/product/prebuilt-foundation, https://www.zenqms.com/pricing
- Issues and CAPA [documented]: The pages describe configurable workflows for CAPAs, deviations and other event types, follow-up tasks and email notifications. Effectiveness checks are named as a connected workflow item but are not itemised on the reviewed pages. Sources: https://www.zenqms.com/product/workflows, https://www.zenqms.com/product
- Change control [documented]: The pages describe change control as a configurable workflow type with follow-up tasks and searchable, exportable audit trails. Impact-assessment forms are not itemised. Sources: https://www.zenqms.com/product/workflows, https://www.zenqms.com/product
- Audits and supplier qualification [documented]: The pricing page lists comprehensive audit and supplier management with audit scheduling, and the workflows page names supplier audits and recurring supplier reviews. Approved-supplier tracking, observation monitoring and trend reporting are not described on the reviewed pages. A dedicated external supplier portal is not described. Sources: https://www.zenqms.com/pricing, https://www.zenqms.com/product/workflows
- Quality insights and reporting [conditional]: The insights page describes pre-set dashboards spanning the quality modules, a custom dashboard builder, threshold alerts and scheduled exports; on the pricing page custom dashboard creation, scheduled exports and data alerts are shown for Clarity and Mastery but not Calm. Confirm which parts your package includes. Sources: https://www.zenqms.com/product/data-insights, https://www.zenqms.com/pricing, https://www.zenqms.com/product
- Integrations, SSO and API [conditional]: The integrations page names Okta, Entra ID, Active Directory and Salesforce, a no-code integration designer and a public API with read access to several record types. LIMS, ERP and operations-system connectors are marked as coming soon. Sources: https://www.zenqms.com/product/integrations
- Validation support [conditional]: The pricing page describes ZenQMS as validated; validation documents, audit checklists, UAT templates and a GAMP 5 approach are not described on the reviewed pages. A partner's announcement dated 22 July 2026 says customers can use Sware's Res_Q platform for validation, including release impact assessments. Customer-side execution effort is not quantified. Sources: https://www.zenqms.com/pricing, https://www.sware.com/announcement-sware-partners-with-zenqms
- Security and hosting statements [conditional]: The overview page states SOC 2, ISO 27001, ISO 9001, GDPR, HIPAA and 21 CFR Part 11 / Annex 11, and the site footer links ISO 9001:2015 and ISO 27001:2022 certificate documents; the pages mention cloud storage. A dedicated trust page and SOC 2 report details are not on the reviewed pages. These are vendor statements; request the certificates and report scope. Sources: https://www.zenqms.com/product
- Offline use and mobile [unverified]: Not described on the reviewed pages beyond a cloud service.

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: deviation to change control and training
1. Raise a deviation, assign an investigator and record the root cause.
2. Open a linked change control that revises a controlled document.
3. Approve the revision with e-signatures and review the retraining it triggers.
4. Open the audit trail and a dashboard view, then export it.

#### Proposed demo: supplier qualification and audit follow-up
1. Add a supplier to the approved list and complete a configurable Qsheet for it.
2. Place an audit on the audit calendar and record an observation.
3. Ask whether an issue or CAPA can be raised from the observation, and show its follow-up tasks.
4. Track the observation to closure and show the related trend in a dashboard.
5. Ask which of these views need an add-on such as Insights Pro.

### Product presentations

- [Documents dashboard with pipeline chart](https://www.zenqms.com/product): Official vendor image of the Documents dashboard with a document pipeline bar chart and a table of selected SOPs; sample data.
- [Training dashboard with status and pipeline](https://www.zenqms.com/product): Official vendor image of the Training dashboard with a compliance status donut and a training pipeline bar chart; sample data.

### Questions and answers

#### Which industries does ZenQMS address?
Its pages describe an eQMS for GxP-regulated life sciences organisations such as biopharma, CROs, CDMOs and laboratories. Wider EHS functions are not described.

#### How is ZenQMS priced?
The pricing page describes three packages (Calm, Clarity, Mastery) that include all modules and a range of user licences without per-seat charges. No amount is shown on the reviewed pages.

#### Which security standards does the vendor state?
The overview page states SOC 2, ISO 27001, ISO 9001, GDPR, HIPAA and 21 CFR Part 11 / Annex 11, and the site footer names ISO 9001:2015 and ISO 27001:2022 certificates. Request the documents to confirm scope.

#### Does ZenQMS integrate with other systems?
The integrations page names SSO with Okta, Entra ID and Active Directory, Salesforce, a no-code designer and a public API with read access; some connectors are marked coming soon.

### Demo questions

- Which package fits our user count, sites and add-ons, and what are the licence range, add-on charges and renewal terms?
- Show a deviation raised, investigated, linked to a change control and closed with e-signatures, then the audit trail for it.
- Which validation documents do we receive, how often are they updated, and what must we still execute?
- Which integrations are live today (SSO, Salesforce, API read access) and which are coming soon?
- Show the AI-powered search, how its use is logged, and where our data is processed.

### Primary sources

- [ZenQMS pricing, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.zenqms.com/pricing)
- [ZenQMS software overview, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.zenqms.com/product)
- [ZenQMS document management, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.zenqms.com/product/documents)
- [ZenQMS issue and change control management, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.zenqms.com/product/workflows)
- [ZenQMS training management, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.zenqms.com/product/training)
- [ZenQMS quality insights, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.zenqms.com/product/data-insights)
- [ZenQMS integrations, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.zenqms.com/product/integrations)
- [ZenQMS add-on features, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.zenqms.com/product/prebuilt-foundation)
- [Sware partnership announcement (partner, 22 July 2026), checked 2 October 2026](https://www.sware.com/announcement-sware-partners-with-zenqms)

## 3E Protect

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/3e-protect
Sources checked: 2026-10-12
3E Protect is the SDS and chemical management product of 3E, which describes itself as an AI-driven software and data company. A 3E press release of 9 July 2026 mentions the company's "2022 separation from Verisk" and says nothing further about ownership. The New Mountain Capital portfolio page for 3E shows the status "Current Private Equity Flagship Control" and the investment date March 2022. The reviewed 3E pages do not name an owner; no conclusion is drawn beyond those two statements. The vendor states more than 5,000 customers. This profile covers only 3E Protect; other 3E offerings, including Insight, Exchange, Generate, ERC+, AI agents and separate services such as emergency response and managed data collection, are not assessed.

The vendor's product page describes 3E Protect as a platform that supplies safety data sheets from a library the vendor puts at more than 20 million documents, indexes them into structured data, and holds a chemical inventory per location. Users can screen the inventory against regulatory lists, receive notifications when sheets or rules change, and ask questions through a built-in AI assistant. Access is described through web, mobile and barcode scanning, a REST API and partner integrations. The same page says per-user fees, document caps and overage charges do not apply.

Best-fit starting point: Organisations with many sites and suppliers that want an externally maintained SDS library, inventory and regulatory screening in one place, possibly feeding an ERP or EHS system.

Check before buying: Pricing is not published, and add-on amounts are not shown. The emergency hotline is listed on the product page but also presented as a separate service, so confirm what your subscription includes. Offline use, reporting formats and integration depth are not described. AI answers should be checked against source documents.

### Pricing

Subscription; the reviewed pages publish no price. No amount is shown on the reviewed pages, and pricing is not publicly available. The product page says per-user fees, document caps and overage charges do not apply, and lists add-ons for transportation and waste classification, container tracking, regulatory reporting and integration solutions. The demo page offers a consultation request and describes no trial. Ask how the subscription is sized, which add-ons you need, and the renewal terms, and confirm them in writing.

### Offline capabilities

Access through web, mobile and barcode scanning is described. Offline use is not described on the reviewed pages; test the mobile workflow in a location without signal before relying on it.

Product scope: SDS library and indexation, chemical inventory, hazard and regulatory screening, change alerts, SDS hosting, API and integrations, and the built-in Portfolio Assistant.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. Confirm the proposed edition, configuration and commercial terms.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Product scope: Several 3E offerings are presented as separate products or services. List which of them your use case needs and confirm which are included in the quoted subscription.
  Sources: https://www.3eco.com/products/3e-protect/, https://www.3eco.com/3e-solutions/chemical-workplace-safety/emergency-response/
- Guarantee terms: The vendor states three commitments on sheet processing and accuracy. Ask for the written terms, error reporting and remedy. The article describes a payment of $50, or a charity gift, for each error a customer confirms; ask whether any other remedy applies.
  Sources: https://www.3eco.com/article/3e-error-free-guarantee-sds-management/
- Sheet coverage: Test a sample of your own products to see how many sheets are already held and how long missing ones take to arrive.
  Sources: https://www.3eco.com/3e-solutions/chemical-workplace-safety/sds-data-obtainment/
- Integration depth: Ask which fields and directions each named integration supports and whether any needs a paid add-on.
  Sources: https://www.3eco.com/3e-solutions/product-stewardship/partners-integrations/, https://www.3eco.com/article/3e-ai-sds-loader-sap-award/
- Price and add-ons: No amount is shown. Request a quote itemising sites, volumes, add-ons, services and renewal terms.
  Sources: https://www.3eco.com/products/3e-protect/

### Capability scope

- SDS library and indexation [documented]: The product page describes a library of more than 20 million sheets and structured extraction of sheet data. The guarantee article refers to defined data fields normalised to the vendor's standards; the field list is not shown. Sources: https://www.3eco.com/products/3e-protect/, https://www.3eco.com/article/3e-error-free-guarantee-sds-management/
- Supplier SDS retrieval [documented]: The obtainment page describes ongoing collection of revisions from suppliers and a stated verification interval of at most 18 months. Matching rates for a given product list are not stated. Sources: https://www.3eco.com/3e-solutions/chemical-workplace-safety/sds-data-obtainment/
- Chemical inventory by location [documented]: The pages describe capturing quantities and container types per location, inventory reporting, and unlimited users and facilities. Report formats are not itemised. Sources: https://www.3eco.com/3e-solutions/chemical-workplace-safety/chemical-inventory-management/, https://www.3eco.com/products/3e-protect/
- Hazard and regulatory screening [documented]: The product page describes screening an inventory against regulatory and custom lists to find substances of concern, and showing hazard classifications and protective equipment needs. The page's list counts are not consistent, so ask which lists apply to you. Sources: https://www.3eco.com/products/3e-protect/
- Chemical approval workflows [documented]: The product page describes configurable approval workflows that route requests to reviewers such as EHS, procurement and industrial hygiene before a product is used on site. Rule configuration and notifications are not described. Sources: https://www.3eco.com/products/3e-protect/
- Change notifications [documented]: The product page describes automatic notifications when new sheet revisions, altered classifications or regulatory updates affect inventory products. Recipients and frequency are not described. Sources: https://www.3eco.com/products/3e-protect/
- Portfolio Assistant [documented]: Described as conversational AI built into the product, pairing inventory and sheet data with vendor-curated regulatory content, with source citations and an audit trail. Answer accuracy is not tested here. Sources: https://www.3eco.com/products/3e-protect/
- Emergency hotline [conditional]: The product page states that a 24/7/365 live helpline for chemical incidents, poison control and dangerous goods transport is included in the subscription. The emergency response page presents a similar service on its own and does not mention the subscription. Confirm in writing whether it is included for your sites. Sources: https://www.3eco.com/products/3e-protect/, https://www.3eco.com/3e-solutions/chemical-workplace-safety/emergency-response/
- API and integrations [documented]: The product page describes a REST API and names ERP, EHS and inventory systems. A partner page describes 3E content generally, not only this product. An article describes content supplied to ServiceNow, and another a supplier SDS loader for SAP that pulls data from the product but belongs to 3E ERC+, which is not assessed. Integration depth is not described. Sources: https://www.3eco.com/products/3e-protect/, https://www.3eco.com/3e-solutions/product-stewardship/partners-integrations/, https://www.3eco.com/article/3e-partnership-servicenow-chemical-management-solution/, https://www.3eco.com/article/3e-ai-sds-loader-sap-award/
- Mobile and barcode access [conditional]: The product page mentions access via web, mobile and barcode scanning in one sentence. App platforms and scanning workflows are not described. Sources: https://www.3eco.com/products/3e-protect/
- SAML single sign-on [conditional]: The product page states SAML single sign-on is supported for enterprise customers, so it depends on the edition or contract. Sources: https://www.3eco.com/products/3e-protect/
- SDS hosting portal and archive [documented]: The product page describes a public SDS portal in the customer's branding, launched from its own website, and an archive with full revision history. Whether hosting is an add-on is not stated. Sources: https://www.3eco.com/products/3e-protect/
- Offline use [unverified]: Offline operation of the mobile access is not described on the reviewed pages.

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: product list to screened inventory and alert
1. Upload a sample product list and review matched and missing sheets.
2. Record inventory for two locations by container type.
3. Screen the inventory against the lists that apply to you.
4. Trigger or review a change notification and its recipients.
5. Ask the Portfolio Assistant a question and open its sources.

#### Proposed demo: new chemical request to reviewer decision
1. Submit a request to bring a new chemical product onto a site.
2. Show the configured route through EHS, procurement and industrial hygiene reviewers.
3. Open the safety data sheet and indexed hazard classification for the requested product.
4. Screen the product against a named regulatory list during the review.
5. Ask what record of each decision is kept and who can see it.

### Product presentations

- [3E Protect Portfolio Assistant demonstration video](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BFZeDIU_spM): Vendor-published demonstration on 3E's own YouTube channel in which the Portfolio Assistant works through a sample regulatory-change question; it is not an independent test, and the scope shown may differ from your quote.

### Questions and answers

#### Does 3E Protect cover every 3E product?
No. The pages present it separately from other 3E products and from services such as emergency response and managed data collection.

#### How is 3E Protect priced?
No amount is shown on the reviewed pages. The product page states that per-user fees, document caps and overage charges do not apply, and it lists add-on capabilities.

#### What does the vendor's guarantee cover?
The vendor states commitments on indexing submitted sheets within two business days, adding public supplier sheets within 12 months and extracting defined data fields correctly. Read the terms and remedy in writing.

#### Is a free trial described?
No trial is described on the reviewed pages. The demo page offers a consultation request.

### Demo questions

- Which add-ons would our scope need, and how is the subscription sized and renewed?
- Load our product list and show how many sheets are matched, how many are requested from suppliers and the timing.
- Show an inventory screened against our named lists and the alert received when a sheet changes.
- Is the emergency hotline included in the subscription for our sites, and which languages are supported?
- Walk through the API or integration we would use and what data fields it returns.

### Primary sources

- [3E Protect product page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.3eco.com/products/3e-protect/)
- [3E chemical inventory management page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.3eco.com/3e-solutions/chemical-workplace-safety/chemical-inventory-management/)
- [3E SDS data obtainment page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.3eco.com/3e-solutions/chemical-workplace-safety/sds-data-obtainment/)
- [3E emergency response page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.3eco.com/3e-solutions/chemical-workplace-safety/emergency-response/)
- [3E partner integrations page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.3eco.com/3e-solutions/product-stewardship/partners-integrations/)
- [3E Error-Free Guarantee article, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.3eco.com/article/3e-error-free-guarantee-sds-management/)
- [3E and ServiceNow partnership article, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.3eco.com/article/3e-partnership-servicenow-chemical-management-solution/)
- [3E Supplier SDS Loader article, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.3eco.com/article/3e-ai-sds-loader-sap-award/)
- [3E press release on the Yordas Group acquisition, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.3eco.com/article/3e-acquires-regulatory-content-services-firm-yordas-group/)
- [New Mountain Capital portfolio entry for 3E, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.newmountaincapital.com/portfolio/verisk-3e/)
- [3E trust center](https://trust.3eco.com/)
- [3E Protect Portfolio Assistant demonstration video on the vendor's YouTube channel, checked 12 October 2026](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BFZeDIU_spM)
- [3E official YouTube channel, linked from the 3E Protect product page, checked 12 October 2026](https://www.youtube.com/@Channel3E)

## Safeti

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/safeti
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Safeti is quantitative risk analysis software from DNV. It is an engineering consequence and risk-modelling tool for process plants, not a QHSE management system with workflows, records or registers. This profile covers Safeti and the add-ons its pages list. Phast sold on its own, which has its own page and price, Safeti Offshore and DNV's other software are out of scope.

DNV's pages describe Safeti as software that models consequences and risk in one interface, calculating risk from user-provided leak frequencies, ignition, weather, population and vulnerability data. Standard outputs include individual risk contours, FN curves and potential loss of life; typical uses named include fire and explosion risk assessment, occupied buildings risk assessment and risk-based design. Add-ons extend explosion, mixture and solid-explosion modelling. The vendor states that more than 1,000 organizations use it.

Best-fit starting point: Process safety engineers and consultants who must produce numerical risk results for major hazard sites, occupied buildings or facility layouts.

Check before buying: Results depend on inputs the analyst supplies, and use calls for trained specialists. Links to business systems and mobile use are not described; hosted access is limited to the FAQ's pre-installed virtual machine. Some explosion outputs need an add-on, and CFD import needs version 9.1 or later.

### Pricing

Published monthly starting rates for an Individual or a Network licence; subscription and perpetual options also offered. The Safeti page shows an Individual licence from EUR 16,513 per month, for unshared use, and a Network licence from EUR 19,428 per month, for simultaneous users. The Extended Explosions add-on page says it needs a valid Safeti or Phast version and prices the add-on itself from EUR 3,303 per month on its Safeti plan, for one user, with access from 30 days to 1 year; that is the add-on price and not a Safeti licence rate. The Safeti page says lease and subscription options run from 1 day to 3 years, the FAQ page says 1 month to 3 years, and both mention perpetual licences, bought through the Veracity marketplace or a sales manager. The Veracity store page showing the plans loads through a script and was not read; the reviewed pages state no taxes, no minimum term for the monthly rates and no effect of term length on them.

### Offline capabilities

Desktop software for 64-bit Windows with a licence file held on one PC, a USB dongle or a network server. Whether a standalone licence needs an internet connection is not described on the reviewed pages.

Product scope: Safeti QRA software with its Extended Explosions, Multi-Component and Solid Explosions add-ons; licence types, training and support as the pages describe them.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. Confirm the proposed edition, configuration and commercial terms.

Trial status: request-only. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Inputs and competence: Results come from data the analyst supplies. Check who will build and review studies and whether the courses fit.
  Sources: https://www.dnv.com/services/safeti/, https://www.dnv.com/software/training-phast-safeti/
- Add-ons and version: List the outputs you need, such as exceedance curves, mixtures or CFD import, and confirm the add-on and version each needs.
  Sources: https://www.dnv.com/services/safeti/, https://www.dnv.com/software/services/plant/facility-siting-occupied-buildings-risk-assessments/, https://www.dnv.com/services/phast-safeti-extended-explosions-add-on/
- Licence type and price basis: Compare licence types and subscription or perpetual options, ask how the monthly rate applies to your term, and check hardware and virtual machine limits against your IT environment.
  Sources: https://www.dnv.com/services/safeti/, https://www.dnv.com/software/services/plant/phast-safeti-FAQ/
- Regulatory acceptance: Ask for evidence that your regulators accept Safeti results and for the validation document the FAQ says is available on request.
  Sources: https://www.dnv.com/software/services/plant/regulatory-compliance/, https://www.dnv.com/software/services/plant/phast-safeti-FAQ/

### Capability scope

- Consequence and risk modelling in one tool [documented]: The Safeti page describes modelling consequences and risks in one interface, with risk calculated from user-provided leak frequencies, ignition, weather, population and vulnerability data. Sources: https://www.dnv.com/services/safeti/, https://www.dnv.com/software/services/plant/quantitative-risk-analysis/, https://www.dnv.com/software/services/plant/phast-safeti-FAQ/
- Individual and societal risk results [documented]: The Safeti page says LSIR contours, FN curves and PLL are standard, with risk ranking points at any map location and sensitivity studies. The FAQ says the focus is fatality risk. Sources: https://www.dnv.com/services/safeti/, https://www.dnv.com/software/services/plant/phast-safeti-FAQ/
- Occupied buildings risk assessment [conditional]: A dedicated page describes TNO multi-energy and Baker-Strehlow-Tang explosion methods and API 752 and 753 guidance; it marks multiple building types, frequency contours and exceedance curves as needing the explosions add-on. Sources: https://www.dnv.com/software/services/plant/facility-siting-occupied-buildings-risk-assessments/, https://www.dnv.com/services/safeti/
- Loss of containment effects modelling [documented]: The FAQ describes discharge, dispersion, flammable and toxic effects, fires, explosions and BLEVE, shared with Phast; multi-component two-phase releases need the Multi-Component extension. Sources: https://www.dnv.com/software/services/plant/phast-safeti-FAQ/
- Extended Explosions add-on [conditional]: A separately priced add-on that needs a valid Safeti or Phast version; it adds three-dimensional vapour cloud explosion modelling, combined effect contours and building vulnerability categories. Sources: https://www.dnv.com/services/phast-safeti-extended-explosions-add-on/, https://www.dnv.com/services/safeti/
- Multi-Component and Solid Explosions add-ons [conditional]: The Safeti page lists a Multi-Component add-on for complex mixtures and a Solid Explosions add-on; their prices are not shown on the reviewed pages. Sources: https://www.dnv.com/services/safeti/, https://www.dnv.com/software/services/plant/phast-safeti-FAQ/
- CFD results import [conditional]: Safeti version 9.1 or later can import asc files from the Phast CFD add-ons or other tools into the risk analysis. Sources: https://www.dnv.com/services/safeti/
- GIS import and export [documented]: The FAQ says GIS shape files can be imported and risk contours exported as shapefiles; Excel import and export is also mentioned. Sources: https://www.dnv.com/software/services/plant/phast-safeti-FAQ/
- Licensing and deployment [documented]: The FAQ lists standalone, dongle and network licences and hardware guidance by study size. It offers a pre-installed virtual machine yet lists Citrix, Hyper-V, VirtualBox and VMware virtualisation tools as unsupported; confirm what applies. Sources: https://www.dnv.com/software/services/plant/phast-safeti-FAQ/, https://www.dnv.com/services/safeti/
- Training, webinars and support [documented]: The training page lists dated Safeti courses to December 2026, delivered online. The webinars page lists recorded Phast and Safeti webinars. The FAQ cites global technical support and release notes. Sources: https://www.dnv.com/services/safeti/, https://www.dnv.com/software/training-phast-safeti/, https://www.dnv.com/software/video-webinar/webinars-consequence-analysis-qra/, https://www.dnv.com/software/services/plant/phast-safeti-FAQ/
- Regulatory recognition [conditional]: The FAQ states that regulators in several countries accept the software, that Safeti NL is the official software of the Dutch RIVM and that the US PHMSA has approved Phast version 8.4; the compliance page says only that authorities recognise it globally. These are vendor statements; confirm acceptance for your jurisdiction. Sources: https://www.dnv.com/software/services/plant/regulatory-compliance/, https://www.dnv.com/software/services/plant/phast-safeti-FAQ/
- Exchange with business systems [unverified]: Beyond GIS and Excel files, links to other software or an API are not described.

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: facility risk study to occupied building result
1. Set up a sample facility with leak frequencies, weather and population data.
2. Run the study and review individual risk contours, the FN curve and risk ranking points.
3. Add an occupied building and show the explosion outputs, noting which need an add-on.
4. Change one mitigation measure and compare the risk results before and after.
5. Export contours as a shapefile and open them in a GIS.

#### Proposed demo: loss of containment scenario to effects and validation
1. Define a release scenario for one of our flammable substances and one toxic substance.
2. Run the consequence modelling and show the discharge, dispersion, fire and explosion effects.
3. Repeat with a multi-component two-phase release and note whether the Multi-Component add-on is needed.
4. Import a CFD results file from our own tool and note the version it requires.
5. Request the verification and validation document for flammable and toxic releases and ask what it covers.

### Product presentations

- [Safeti workspace with risk grid and risk contour map](https://www.dnv.com/services/safeti/): Official vendor image of the DNV Safeti desktop application showing a risk ranking grid and individual risk contours on a map.
- [Risk results table and FN curve plot](https://www.dnv.com/services/safeti/): Official vendor image of Safeti results: a category PLL table and an FN curve plot of frequency against number of fatalities.

### Questions and answers

#### What does Safeti do?
The pages describe quantitative risk analysis: it models consequences and risk for loss of containment scenarios and produces individual and societal risk results.

#### Is Safeti the same as Phast?
No. The FAQ describes Phast as consequence modelling software and Safeti as consequence and risk modelling software. The QRA page says Safeti incorporates Phast, and Phast has its own page and price.

#### How much does Safeti cost?
The Safeti page shows an Individual licence from EUR 16,513 per month and a Network licence from EUR 19,428 per month. The Extended Explosions add-on page prices the add-on separately, from EUR 3,303 per month on its Safeti plan for one user. Taxes and term effects are not stated.

#### Is there a trial?
The contact form offers an option to ask for access to a trial version. Terms and cost are not stated on the reviewed pages.

### Demo questions

- Which licence type and term do we need, and how does the monthly rate change between a 1 month term and a multi-year term?
- Run one of our own facility layouts and show the risk contours and FN curve, including the inputs we must supply.
- Which of our required explosion outputs need an add-on, and what does it cost for our licence type?
- Which version do we receive, and what do support and upgrades cover during the licence?
- Which regulators in our jurisdiction accept Safeti results, and what validation documents can DNV supply?

### Primary sources

- [DNV Safeti software page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.dnv.com/services/safeti/)
- [DNV quantitative risk analysis (QRA) page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.dnv.com/software/services/plant/quantitative-risk-analysis/)
- [DNV Phast and Safeti FAQ, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.dnv.com/software/services/plant/phast-safeti-FAQ/)
- [DNV facility siting and occupied buildings risk assessment page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.dnv.com/software/services/plant/facility-siting-occupied-buildings-risk-assessments/)
- [DNV Phast and Safeti regulatory compliance page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.dnv.com/software/services/plant/regulatory-compliance/)
- [DNV Extended Explosions add-on page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.dnv.com/services/phast-safeti-extended-explosions-add-on/)
- [DNV consequence and QRA webinars page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.dnv.com/software/video-webinar/webinars-consequence-analysis-qra/)
- [DNV Phast and Safeti training dates page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.dnv.com/software/training-phast-safeti/)
- [DNV Phast software page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.dnv.com/services/phast/)
- [DNV about page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.dnv.com/about/)

## SciSure Health & Safety (EHS)

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/scishield
Sources checked: 2026-10-12
Also known as: SciShield, BioRAFT
The vendor's pages now sell this laboratory safety product as the Health & Safety (EHS) module of SciSure, and the hosting page uses the label SciSure Health & Safety (EHS). A June 2026 vendor blog author bio traces BioRAFT, then SciShield, then SciSure, and a December 2024 vendor post calls SciSure Health & Safety "formerly SciShield". The old scishield.com address redirects to scisure.com. The vendor says SciSure came from a merger of eLabNext and SciShield; the reviewed pages give conflicting dates, so none is stated here. This profile covers the EHS module only; other SciSure products are not covered. The directory id stays scishield.

The vendor's pages describe a Health & Safety (EHS) module for research laboratories with a chemical inventory linked to safety data sheets, inspections and audits with corrective actions, role-based training assignments, hazardous waste tracking, protocol and biosafety approval workflows, incident reporting and radioisotope records. Tier II, fire code and maximum allowable quantity reports are described. Hosting is stated as Private Cloud only, and no price is shown.

Best-fit starting point: University, institute and biotech laboratory safety teams that need chemical, waste, training, inspection and biosafety approval records managed together.

Check before buying: The EHS module is sold inside the wider SciSure platform, and the hosting page states it runs on Private Cloud only. No amount is shown and no free trial is described for it. Contractor control, work authorisation and general site safety beyond laboratories are not described. An independent university page still uses the former names.

### Pricing

Quote or sales contact; the reviewed pages show no amount. No amount is shown on the reviewed pages for the Health & Safety (EHS) module: the module page offers a demo account and a specialist contact, and the demo page shows no pricing or trial length. The hosting page refers to a monthly hosting plan for Private Cloud without an amount. Ask for a written quote that names the modules, the hosting option, users or laboratories, implementation and renewal terms.

### Offline capabilities

Reporting incidents and near misses from any device is stated on the module page. Offline use is not described on the reviewed pages; test the workflow with a weak connection before relying on it.

Product scope: Laboratory EHS: chemical inventory and SDS, inspections, training, hazardous waste, biosafety approvals, incidents, radioisotope records and regulatory reports.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. Confirm the proposed edition, configuration and commercial terms.

Trial status: request-only. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Naming and contract scope: Confirm the contract names the EHS module explicitly, since the product has carried three names and the platform bundles other products.
  Sources: https://www.scisure.com/blog/chemical-profiles-the-secret-to-safer-smarter-labs, https://www.scisure.com/blog/chemical-hazards-prevention-scishield
- Hosting requirement: The hosting page limits EHS to Private Cloud. Ask about set-up time, cost, data location and update cycles.
  Sources: https://www.scisure.com/hosting
- Regulatory report fit: Test the named report types with your own inventory and check the formats your authorities require.
  Sources: https://www.scisure.com/health-safety-ehs, https://www.scisure.com/uses/regulatory-reporting
- Biosafety approval workflow: Run one real protocol through submission, review, amendment and renewal with your committee.
  Sources: https://www.scisure.com/uses/biosafety-management
- Price and trial terms: No amount is shown and no EHS trial is described; the demo page offers a demo workspace with sample data, so request that and a written quote.
  Sources: https://www.scisure.com/get-a-demo-account

### Capability scope

- Chemical inventory and SDS [documented]: The module and use-case pages describe a container-level inventory with location tracking, SDS access and hazard classification, barcode or RFID scanning and automated SDS matching, which the blog describes as available where enabled. The blog describes ChemTracker building chemical profiles from a verified property database. Sources: https://www.scisure.com/health-safety-ehs, https://www.scisure.com/uses/chemical-inventory-sds, https://www.scisure.com/blog/chemical-profiles-the-secret-to-safer-smarter-labs
- Regulatory chemical reports [documented]: Tier II, fire code and maximum allowable quantity reports are described. The reporting page says not every local variation is covered, so check your jurisdiction's formats. Sources: https://www.scisure.com/health-safety-ehs, https://www.scisure.com/uses/regulatory-reporting
- Inspections and audits [documented]: Configurable inspection templates and schedules, tracking of findings and corrective actions, and audit reports are described. Checklist content is not itemised. Sources: https://www.scisure.com/health-safety-ehs
- Training management [documented]: Assignments by role, hazard or protocol, certification expiry tracking and audit-ready records are described, with SCORM package support. Content licensing terms are not stated. Sources: https://www.scisure.com/health-safety-ehs, https://www.scisure.com/uses/training-lms
- Hazardous waste tracking [documented]: Waste tracking across laboratories and facilities with regulatory documentation is described. Pickup scheduling and carrier handling are not detailed. Sources: https://www.scisure.com/health-safety-ehs
- Protocol and biosafety approvals [documented]: Protocol submission, review and approval workflows, committee review, configurable project forms, a biomaterials library and renewal reminders are described. Approvals beyond biosafety are not. Sources: https://www.scisure.com/health-safety-ehs, https://www.scisure.com/uses/biosafety-management
- Incident and near-miss reporting [documented]: The module page describes guided reporting with configurable workflows, plus root-cause and corrective-action tracking, and states reporting from any device. Sources: https://www.scisure.com/health-safety-ehs
- Radioisotope records [documented]: A radioisotope section describes inventory, usage tracking and compliance documentation; no further detail is given. Sources: https://www.scisure.com/health-safety-ehs
- Lab door signage [documented]: Automatically generated door signage reflecting current laboratory hazards is described; printing and display options are not. Sources: https://www.scisure.com/health-safety-ehs
- Access control and third-party connections [conditional]: The module page lists role-based access down to specific records and connections to existing LMS and occupational health systems. Its FAQ mentions Marketplace add-ons, API connections and an SDK in general terms and says availability and licensing depend on the integration. Which apply to the EHS module on Private Cloud is not confirmed. Sources: https://www.scisure.com/health-safety-ehs
- Hosting options [documented]: The hosting page states that EHS capabilities are "only available on Private Cloud hosting" and marks Cloud and On-Premises "Not Available". It describes Private Cloud as an AWS environment with a regional choice, a monthly hosting plan and quarterly updates, and shows no amount. Sources: https://www.scisure.com/hosting
- Security certifications for this module [unverified]: A general compliance statement on the hosting page does not say which products it covers, so no certification is assigned.

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: laboratory chemical to approved protocol
1. Add a chemical container, match its SDS and review the hazard data.
2. Generate a regulatory report for your jurisdiction.
3. Assign training from a protocol and show expiry reporting.
4. Submit a biosafety protocol and take it through committee approval.
5. Report an incident from a phone and follow the corrective action to closure.

#### Proposed demo: laboratory inspection finding to waste, isotope and signage records
1. Complete a scheduled inspection template for one laboratory and record a finding.
2. Follow the corrective action for that finding through to closure.
3. Record a hazardous waste item for the same laboratory and open its tracking record.
4. Show the radioisotope inventory and usage record for that laboratory.
5. Add a hazard to the laboratory and show how the generated door sign changes.

### Product presentations

- [Biosafety project approval record](https://www.scisure.com/health-safety-ehs): Official vendor image of a SciSure biosafety project record with approval tabs, cropped from a vendor illustration; the entries are sample data.
- [Chemical record with SDS link](https://www.scisure.com/health-safety-ehs): Official vendor image of a SciSure chemical record showing CAS number, storage group, hazard codes and an SDS link, cropped from a vendor illustration; sample data.

### Questions and answers

#### Is SciShield the same product as SciSure's Health & Safety module?
A June 2026 vendor blog author bio describes BioRAFT evolving into SciShield and SciSure, and a December 2024 vendor post labels SciSure Health & Safety as formerly SciShield. It is sold today as SciSure Health & Safety (EHS).

#### What does this profile not cover?
Other SciSure products are not covered. The module page lists EHS capabilities only.

#### Is a price published?
The reviewed pages show no amount. The module offers a demo account and a specialist contact.

#### Where can the EHS module be hosted?
The hosting page states that EHS capabilities are "only available on Private Cloud hosting", and its comparison table marks Cloud and On-Premises "Not Available" and Private Cloud "Required".

### Demo questions

- Confirm in writing which modules, hosting option and user or laboratory counts the quote covers.
- Show a chemical container being added, its SDS matched and a Tier II style report produced for our jurisdiction.
- Walk a protocol from submission to committee approval, including renewals and amendments.
- Show how training follows a lab member's role, hazards and protocols, and how expiries are reported.
- Explain how our records would be migrated and what Private Cloud hosting involves.

### Primary sources

- [SciSure Health & Safety (EHS) module page, checked 12 October 2026](https://www.scisure.com/health-safety-ehs)
- [SciSure hosting options, checked 12 October 2026](https://www.scisure.com/hosting)
- [SciSure chemical inventory and SDS use case, checked 12 October 2026](https://www.scisure.com/uses/chemical-inventory-sds)
- [SciSure biosafety management use case, checked 12 October 2026](https://www.scisure.com/uses/biosafety-management)
- [SciSure training management use case, checked 12 October 2026](https://www.scisure.com/uses/training-lms)
- [SciSure regulatory reporting use case, checked 12 October 2026](https://www.scisure.com/uses/regulatory-reporting)
- [SciSure blog post of 10 December 2024 (formerly SciShield), checked 12 October 2026](https://www.scisure.com/blog/chemical-hazards-prevention-scishield)
- [SciSure blog post of 12 June 2026 on chemical profiles (BioRAFT, SciShield, SciSure), checked 12 October 2026](https://www.scisure.com/blog/chemical-profiles-the-secret-to-safer-smarter-labs)
- [San Diego State University EHS page on BioRAFT/SciShield (independent institution page), checked 12 October 2026](https://ehs.sdsu.edu/resources/bioraft-scishield)
- [SciSure demo account page, checked 12 October 2026](https://www.scisure.com/get-a-demo-account)
- [SciSure trust center](https://trust.scisure.com/)

## SafetyLine Lone Worker

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/safetyline
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: SafetyLine
SafetyLine Lone Worker is a cloud lone worker monitoring service from Tsunami Solutions Ltd, Vancouver, Canada, named as operator on the vendor footer and as seller in the App Store listing. This profile covers that service and its apps only.

The pages describe a cloud service in which lone workers check in on timers by app, web or phone, and a missed check-in, panic, shake, fall or no-motion event alerts the monitors the customer has set up. Monitors receive phone, text and email alerts, acknowledge them and record their response. GPS locations, messages and reports sit in a web portal, and Garmin and Globalstar satellite devices cover areas without cellular signal. The FAQ states a starting price of $15 per user per month, with no currency named.

Best-fit starting point: Organisations with mobile or remote staff and their own supervisors or safety staff to act on alerts, wanting automated check-ins on phones, landlines or satellite devices.

Check before buying: Alerts go to monitors chosen by the customer; a vendor-staffed monitoring centre for the app is not described, and satellite SOS is described as reaching a 24/7 coordination centre. Geofencing is not described and the FAQ price names no currency.

### Pricing

Per user per month starting price stated on the FAQ page; no plan amounts on the pricing page; custom pricing for enterprise deployments. The FAQ page states a starting price of $15 per user per month, with onboarding, training and ongoing support included and custom pricing for enterprise deployments. It names no currency. The pricing page shows no plan amounts; its packages link leads to a page with no package content, and it mentions discounts for non-profit, government and Bell Mobility users. The How We Work page says minimum user requirements may vary by plan. The free-trial page offers a 30-day trial with no commitment, arranged by contacting the vendor. Confirm currency, minimum users, plan contents and renewal in writing.

### Offline capabilities

Check-ins from landlines, payphones, Wi-Fi or a satellite device are described, and the FAQ says a lapsed timer still raises an emergency signal without a connection. App behaviour with no signal is not detailed.

Product scope: Lone worker check-in monitoring, alerting, location, voice and web access, and satellite device support, within the SafetyLine Lone Worker service.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. Confirm the proposed edition, configuration and commercial terms.

Trial status: request-only. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Who responds to alerts: Plan named monitors, backups and out-of-hours cover, since response sits with the customer, and ask what happens if no one acknowledges.
  Sources: https://safetylineloneworker.com/how-we-work, https://safetyline.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/221779048-Quick-Start-Guide-for-Monitors
- Coverage gaps: Test a missed check-in and a panic alert in poor coverage, by landline and by satellite device, and ask who pays for hardware and airtime.
  Sources: https://safetylineloneworker.com/frequently-asked-questions, https://safetylineloneworker.com/satellite-devices-for-lone-workers
- Location and privacy: Review when tracking starts and stops, who sees location history and how staff are told.
  Sources: https://safetylineloneworker.com/frequently-asked-questions, https://safetylineloneworker.com/benefits
- Price and terms: Resolve currency, user minimums, plan contents and trial terms, since the pages give different levels of detail.
  Sources: https://safetylineloneworker.com/frequently-asked-questions, https://safetylineloneworker.com/pricing, https://safetylineloneworker.com/lone-worker-app-free-trial

### Capability scope

- Check-in timers and missed check-in alerts [documented]: Customer-set intervals, shorter for hazardous work, with reminders and an alarm when a worker does not respond. Default intervals are not stated. Sources: https://safetylineloneworker.com/how-we-work, https://safetylineloneworker.com/benefits, https://safetylineloneworker.com/
- Phone, voice and web check-in [documented]: A voice app calls after a missed check-in and answering resets the timer; workers can also dial in from basic phones, landlines or satellite phones, or use the web app. Sources: https://safetylineloneworker.com/how-we-work, https://safetylineloneworker.com/lone-worker-safety-devices, https://safetylineloneworker.com/frequently-asked-questions
- Escalation and alert routing [documented]: Escalation can go to supervisors, safety staff or in-house monitoring teams; the help centre describes alerts by monitor priority until one acknowledges. Steps and timings are not stated. Sources: https://safetylineloneworker.com/how-we-work, https://safetyline.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/221779048-Quick-Start-Guide-for-Monitors
- Monitoring by customer-designated monitors [documented]: Monitors receive phone, text or email alerts, acknowledge by phone or web and document their response. The FAQ presents automation as an alternative to a call centre. Sources: https://safetyline.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/221779048-Quick-Start-Guide-for-Monitors, https://safetylineloneworker.com/how-we-work, https://safetylineloneworker.com/frequently-asked-questions, https://safetylineloneworker.com/lone-worker-safety-devices
- Panic, shake, fall and no-motion alerts [documented]: An in-app panic button, a Bluetooth button, shake for emergency, fall detection and a no-motion alert using device sensors. Sensitivity settings are not described. Sources: https://safetylineloneworker.com/how-we-work, https://safetylineloneworker.com/benefits, https://safetylineloneworker.com/frequently-asked-questions
- GPS location and breadcrumbs [documented]: GPS maps and location history; on some devices breadcrumbs are sent when the worker moves or at regular intervals. The pages say tracking applies only while a worker is checked in. Sources: https://safetylineloneworker.com/benefits, https://safetylineloneworker.com/how-we-work, https://safetylineloneworker.com/frequently-asked-questions
- Geofencing [unverified]: Not described on the reviewed pages; ask for a demonstration if it matters.
- Apps and devices [documented]: Apps for iOS, Android and Windows, a web app, and use with phones, tablets, desktops and landlines. The App Store listing says an active subscription is required and lists iOS 17.0 or later. Sources: https://safetylineloneworker.com/lone-worker-safety-devices, https://safetylineloneworker.com/, https://apps.apple.com/ca/app/safetyline/id483249071
- Satellite device support [conditional]: Garmin inReach and Globalstar SPOT devices with check-ins, panic and two-way messaging; the page says some features vary by device and subscription. SOS reaches a 24/7 coordination centre; its relation to the customer's monitors is not described. Sources: https://safetylineloneworker.com/satellite-devices-for-lone-workers, https://safetylineloneworker.com/lone-worker-safety-devices
- Integrations [conditional]: The pages name Sonim, Globalstar, Garmin, Microsoft 365 and Power BI; how each connects, and any API, are not described. Sources: https://safetylineloneworker.com/benefits, https://safetylineloneworker.com/lone-worker-safety-devices, https://safetylineloneworker.com/
- Reporting and administration [documented]: Reports on events, locations and messages, plus groups, users and ordered monitor actions. Export formats are not described. Sources: https://safetylineloneworker.com/benefits, https://safetylineloneworker.com/how-we-work, https://safetyline.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/221779048-Quick-Start-Guide-for-Monitors
- Security attestation [conditional]: The benefits page states SOC 2 Type II compliance; the report was not reviewed. Sources: https://safetylineloneworker.com/benefits

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: missed check-in to resolved alert
1. Create a worker, a group and two monitors with different priorities, and set a short check-in interval.
2. Let a check-in lapse and follow the reminder, the monitor alerts and the order of escalation.
3. Acknowledge as a monitor by phone and by web, record the response steps and resolve the event.
4. Trigger a panic alert and a fall alert and review the location history and messages.
5. Run a custom report on events, locations and messages and check which export options exist.

#### Proposed demo: check-in without smartphone coverage
1. Set up a worker who checks in by landline using the toll-free number and confirm the timer resets.
2. Let a timer lapse while out of range and see the emergency signal and monitor alerts.
3. Pair a satellite device, send a two-way message, ask whether check-ins are possible from the device, and note which features depend on device and subscription.
4. Review the location history for the shift.
5. Ask who answers an SOS from the device and how that links to your monitors.

### Product presentations

- [Mobile app check-in screen](https://apps.apple.com/ca/app/safetyline/id483249071): Official vendor App Store image of the SafetyLine app check-in screen: safety-feature status bar, map, check-in timer, check-in and emergency slider.
- [Mobile app emergency screen](https://apps.apple.com/ca/app/safetyline/id483249071): Official vendor App Store image of the SafetyLine app emergency screen showing a recording countdown, text option and Done button.

### Questions and answers

#### Who monitors the workers?
The pages say the customer configures escalation to supervisors, safety officers or internal monitoring teams. A vendor-staffed monitoring centre for the app is not described.

#### Does it support geofencing?
Geofencing is not described on the reviewed pages, which describe GPS location, breadcrumbs and location history.

#### Can it be used without cellular coverage?
The pages describe landline, payphone and Wi-Fi check-ins and Garmin inReach and Globalstar SPOT support. Satellite SOS is described as reaching a 24/7 emergency response coordination centre.

#### How much does it cost?
The FAQ page gives a starting price of $15 per user per month without naming a currency; the pricing page shows no plan amounts.

### Demo questions

- Confirm the price per user per month, its currency, the minimum number of users and what each plan includes.
- Show a missed check-in end to end: who is called, in what order, and how acknowledgement and response are recorded.
- State who answers an alert out of hours in your set-up, and whether vendor or partner monitoring is available.
- Explain how Microsoft 365 and Power BI connect, and whether an API, single sign-on or data export is available.
- Ask whether alerts can depend on a work area, and how satellite device cost, airtime and SOS handling work.

### Primary sources

- [SafetyLine Lone Worker home page, checked 2 October 2026](https://safetylineloneworker.com/)
- [SafetyLine how it works page, checked 2 October 2026](https://safetylineloneworker.com/how-we-work)
- [SafetyLine devices and solutions page, checked 2 October 2026](https://safetylineloneworker.com/lone-worker-safety-devices)
- [SafetyLine benefits and features page, checked 2 October 2026](https://safetylineloneworker.com/benefits)
- [SafetyLine satellite devices page, checked 2 October 2026](https://safetylineloneworker.com/satellite-devices-for-lone-workers)
- [SafetyLine frequently asked questions, checked 2 October 2026](https://safetylineloneworker.com/frequently-asked-questions)
- [SafetyLine pricing page, checked 2 October 2026](https://safetylineloneworker.com/pricing)
- [SafetyLine free trial page, checked 2 October 2026](https://safetylineloneworker.com/lone-worker-app-free-trial)
- [SafetyLine help centre guide for monitors, checked 2 October 2026](https://safetyline.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/221779048-Quick-Start-Guide-for-Monitors)
- [SafetyLine App Store listing (seller Tsunami Solutions Ltd), checked 2 October 2026](https://apps.apple.com/ca/app/safetyline/id483249071)

## EHS Hero

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/ehs-hero
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
EHS Hero is the EHS software and regulatory-content platform of BLR, which its pages describe as a division of Simplify Compliance LLC in Brentwood, Tennessee. A release dated 25 February 2021 (Training Industry copy) states that Simplify Compliance, then a Leeds Equity Partners portfolio company, acquired BasicSafe, a web-based EHS workflow system, and describes EHS Hero as an existing platform. That is the 2021 statement; current ownership was not checked. BasicSafe is not an alias, although the vendor's EHS pages link the EHS Hero management tool to a basicsafe.blr.com address. This profile covers the EHS Hero management tools and their regulatory content, not HR Hero or the separately sold TrainingToday courses. The vendor states that EHS Hero received a Top Product of the Year recognition from the Environment+Energy Leader awards, in a release dated 10 April 2025.

The pages describe EHS Hero as a set of connected tools for incident and near-miss reporting, audits and inspections, hazard communication and safety data sheets, job hazard analysis, regulatory permit records and corrective and preventive actions. They also describe regulatory updates, a plan builder and instructor-led training materials from BLR's in-house EHS experts. An Advanced Analytics layer adds dashboards and AI-assisted questions across incident, audit, action and training data.

Best-fit starting point: US-focused organisations with several sites that want incident, audit, chemical, job hazard and action records tied to OSHA and EPA guidance from one vendor.

Check before buying: The pages describe US regulatory content (OSHA, EPA, DOT); coverage for other countries is not described. The permit tool is described as a record keeper for regulatory permits and renewals; other approval processes are not described. Offline use, integrations with other business systems, single sign-on and security attestations are not described.

### Pricing

Not published; trial available on request. Pricing is not publicly available on the reviewed pages, and no subscription amount, unit or billing period is shown. The trial page offers a free trial through a trial request on the page, with no duration or terms stated. Ask for a written quote covering modules, sites, users and renewal terms.

### Offline capabilities

Mobile-responsive access is described for audits and inspections. Offline use is not described on the reviewed pages; test it where signal is weak.

Product scope: EHS Hero management tools: incidents, audits and inspections, HazCom and SDS, job hazard analysis, regulatory permit records, CAPA, regulatory content and Advanced Analytics.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. Confirm the proposed edition, configuration and commercial terms.

Trial status: request-only. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Module scope and price: Obtain a written quote naming each module, site and user count, and ask whether Advanced Analytics and training content are included.
  Sources: https://blr.com/solutions/ehs-management/ehs-hero-product-trial/, https://blr.com/solutions/ehs-management/advanced-analytics/
- Record completeness: Check that incident, audit and job hazard records capture the fields your programme needs, and that OSHA outputs are reviewed before use.
  Sources: https://blr.com/solutions/ehs-management/incident-reporting-and-investigation/, https://blr.com/solutions/ehs-management/job-hazard-analysis/
- Findings to action: Trace an audit finding and an incident through to a CAPA task, owner, reminder and closure evidence.
  Sources: https://blr.com/solutions/ehs-management/audits-and-inspections/, https://blr.com/solutions/ehs-management/corrective-action-preventive-action/
- Chemical library upkeep: Confirm how SDS updates arrive, who reviews them and how labels are checked against source data.
  Sources: https://blr.com/solutions/ehs-management/hazcom-and-sds-management/
- Permit register scope: Confirm that the register covers the regulatory permits you hold, the conditions you must track and the renewal alerts you need.
  Sources: https://blr.com/solutions/ehs-management/permit-management/
- Ownership and continuity: Ask about current ownership, the product roadmap and how the former BasicSafe applications relate to the EHS Hero management tool.
  Sources: https://trainingindustry.com/press-release/compliance/simplify-compliance-a-portfolio-company-of-leeds-equity-partners-strengthens-safety-market-presence-with-the-acquisition-of-basicsafe-a-leading-ehs-management-software/

### Capability scope

- Incident and near-miss reporting and investigation [documented]: The page describes logging several event types (injury, illness, near miss, hazard, property damage), a causal analysis questionnaire, pre-built investigation methods and automatic OSHA 300 and 301 forms. It says the team still decides recordability. Sources: https://blr.com/solutions/ehs-management/incident-reporting-and-investigation/
- Audits and inspections [documented]: The page describes recurring audits, customisable checklists and data fields, photos, notes and attachments, email notifications and approval through the CAPA tool. Sources: https://blr.com/solutions/ehs-management/audits-and-inspections/
- HazCom and SDS management [documented]: The page describes a searchable SDS library with filters including product name, manufacturer and CAS number, chemical inventory across facilities, label and SDS generation, manufacturer update notices and links to job hazard analyses and training. Sources: https://blr.com/solutions/ehs-management/hazcom-and-sds-management/
- Job hazard analysis [documented]: The page describes job steps with hazards, PPE, SDSs, policies and procedures, hazard control tracking, employee certification and sign-off, sharing across locations and revision of earlier analyses. Sources: https://blr.com/solutions/ehs-management/job-hazard-analysis/
- Regulatory permit register and renewals [documented]: The page describes uploading or building construction, operating and environmental permit records, viewing permit conditions, keeping history, tracking expiry dates, assigning owners and sending renewal alerts. It covers regulatory permit record keeping. Sources: https://blr.com/solutions/ehs-management/permit-management/
- Corrective and preventive actions [documented]: The page describes individual, group and mass task assignment, deadlines, reminders, priorities, tags, filters and action history, with links from incident and audit findings. Sources: https://blr.com/solutions/ehs-management/corrective-action-preventive-action/, https://blr.com/solutions/ehs-management/audits-and-inspections/
- Regulatory updates, plan builder and training materials [conditional]: The trial page lists federal and state regulatory updates, customised EHS plans, regulation comparison and instructor-led training materials. What each subscription includes is not stated, nor how training completion is tracked. Sources: https://blr.com/solutions/ehs-management/ehs-hero-product-trial/
- Mobile access [conditional]: The audits page says audit and inspection work can be done on a mobile device or a computer. Other modules, and behaviour without a signal, are not described. Sources: https://blr.com/solutions/ehs-management/audits-and-inspections/
- Advanced Analytics [conditional]: The page describes interactive dashboards and an AI question tool over incident, audit, CAPA and training data. It says available analysis depends on the management tools used; licensing is not stated. Sources: https://blr.com/solutions/ehs-management/advanced-analytics/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: incident to corrective action
1. Report a near miss and show the investigation questions.
2. Create the OSHA 300 and 301 output for a recordable case and show the review step.
3. Run an audit with photos and send a finding to a CAPA task with an owner and due date.
4. Open an SDS linked to a job hazard analysis and show the dashboard view.

#### Proposed demo: permit record to renewal
1. Upload an existing permit document and build a second permit record.
2. Show the permit conditions and the permit history.
3. Assign an owner and a renewal timeline, then show the alert and task that result.
4. Link the permit file to another module and show where it appears.

### Product presentations

- [Incident dashboard with rates and charts](https://blr.com/solutions/ehs-management/incident-reporting-and-investigation/): Official vendor image of the incident dashboard on a desktop monitor, with hours worked, incident counts, charts and TRIR, DART and LTR rates; sample data.
- [Analytics liveboard with incident KPIs](https://blr.com/solutions/ehs-management/advanced-analytics/): Official vendor image of the Advanced Analytics corporate snapshot, with incident, audit and rate tiles and a monthly incident chart; demo data.

### Questions and answers

#### Which EHS processes do the pages describe?
Incident reporting, audits and inspections, HazCom and SDS management, job hazard analysis, regulatory permit records and CAPA, with regulatory content and training materials.

#### Does EHS Hero publish a price?
No amount is shown on the reviewed pages. The trial page offers a free trial through a trial request on the page, with no terms stated.

#### Who owns EHS Hero?
The vendor pages describe BLR as a division of Simplify Compliance LLC. A 25 February 2021 release describes Simplify Compliance as a Leeds Equity Partners portfolio company; that is the 2021 statement and current ownership was not checked.

#### Does it generate OSHA forms?
The incident page says OSHA 300 and 301 forms are created from entered data, and the team stays responsible for recordability decisions.

#### Is offline use described?
No. Mobile-responsive access is described for audits only; offline behaviour is not described.

### Demo questions

- Which modules, sites and users does the quote cover, and is Advanced Analytics included or priced separately?
- Raise an incident on the device your staff will use, then show the OSHA 300 and 301 output and the person who must confirm recordability.
- Run an audit on a tablet with poor signal and show what is saved, then trace a finding into a CAPA task.
- Load our SDSs, show update notices when a manufacturer revises one, and link an SDS to a job hazard analysis.
- Which regulatory content and training materials are included, and who keeps them current for our states?

### Primary sources

- [EHS Hero incident reporting and investigation page, checked 2 October 2026](https://blr.com/solutions/ehs-management/incident-reporting-and-investigation/)
- [EHS Hero audits and inspections page, checked 2 October 2026](https://blr.com/solutions/ehs-management/audits-and-inspections/)
- [EHS Hero HazCom and SDS management page, checked 2 October 2026](https://blr.com/solutions/ehs-management/hazcom-and-sds-management/)
- [EHS Hero job hazard analysis page, checked 2 October 2026](https://blr.com/solutions/ehs-management/job-hazard-analysis/)
- [EHS Hero permit management page, checked 2 October 2026](https://blr.com/solutions/ehs-management/permit-management/)
- [EHS Hero CAPA page, checked 2 October 2026](https://blr.com/solutions/ehs-management/corrective-action-preventive-action/)
- [EHS Hero product trial page, checked 2 October 2026](https://blr.com/solutions/ehs-management/ehs-hero-product-trial/)
- [EHS Hero Advanced Analytics page, checked 2 October 2026](https://blr.com/solutions/ehs-management/advanced-analytics/)
- [BLR announcement of an E+E Leader award for EHS Hero, checked 2 October 2026](https://blr.com/resources/ehs-hero-by-blr-earns-top-product-of-the-year-award-from-ee-leader/)
- [Training Industry release on Simplify Compliance and BasicSafe, checked 2 October 2026](https://trainingindustry.com/press-release/compliance/simplify-compliance-a-portfolio-company-of-leeds-equity-partners-strengthens-safety-market-presence-with-the-acquisition-of-basicsafe-a-leading-ehs-management-software/)

## Sodales

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/sodales-solutions
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Sodales is sold by Sodales Solutions Inc., whose site lists offices in Toronto, Leesburg (Virginia) and Pune and describes a single platform for health, safety, employee relations and labour relations. This profile covers only its health, safety and environment modules, each documented on a dedicated page. Its employee relations, labour relations, disability, accommodation, leave and assistance-programme case modules are HR matters and out of scope here.

Sodales' pages describe health and safety modules for incident management, proactive risk management, environmental safety, committee management, occupational health records and workplace violence prevention. The incident module covers offline reporting, root cause frameworks, corrective actions and automatic regulatory forms. The risk module lists hazard assessments, a risk register, job safety analysis, inspections and observations, and names a pre-job permit-to-work system in one sentence. The platform is built on SAP technology and integrates with several HR systems.

Best-fit starting point: Enterprise employers in regulated industries, often SAP users, wanting safety incidents, inspections and occupational health records tied to HR system employee data.

Check before buying: The safety modules are one part of a broader health, safety and labour-relations platform, so check which modules are priced and delivered separately. Several risk topics are named in a single sentence rather than described, and no amounts, trial or security attestations appear on the reviewed pages.

### Pricing

Annual subscription based on employee count plus a one-time setup fee; no amount published. A vendor FAQ says pricing depends on employee count rather than users, combining a yearly subscription charge with a single setup charge, and that a total-workforce arrangement can cover contingent workers. No amounts are published on the reviewed pages and no trial or free plan is described. Ask for a written quote showing modules, regions, integrations and renewal terms.

### Offline capabilities

The incident page and a vendor FAQ describe an offline mobile app that syncs entries when a connection returns; the FAQ places it on the SAP App Store. Test a full incident and an inspection offline before relying on it.

Product scope: Incident, risk, environmental, committee, occupational health and workplace violence modules.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. Confirm the proposed edition, configuration and commercial terms.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Module scope and price: Ask which safety and environment modules the quote covers; the vendor says modules can be deployed separately and pricing follows employee count.
  Sources: https://sodalessolutions.com/platform/health-safety/environmental-safety/
- Permit-to-work depth: Run a real permit through creation, approval and closure; the pages give the capability one sentence.
  Sources: https://sodalessolutions.com/platform/health-safety/proactive-risk-management/
- Offline field use: Test incident and inspection entry without a signal and check what syncs, and in what order.
  Sources: https://sodalessolutions.com/platform/health-safety/ehs-incident-reporting-software/, https://sodalessolutions.com/platform/health-safety/environmental-safety/
- Regional regulatory coverage: Check that the forms and committee features you need exist for your jurisdictions; the pages emphasise North American requirements.
  Sources: https://sodalessolutions.com/platform/health-safety/ehs-incident-reporting-software/, https://sodalessolutions.com/platform/health-safety/joint-health-safety-committee-management/
- HR system fit: Confirm how employee data flows from your HR system and which integration scenarios the quote includes.
  Sources: https://sodalessolutions.com/partners/sodales-for-sap/, https://sodalessolutions.com/platform/health-safety/ehs-incident-reporting-software/
- AI controls: Ask how accepted or rejected AI-suggested root causes are recorded and how incident data is used to produce them.
  Sources: https://sodalessolutions.com/platform/health-safety/ai/

### Capability scope

- Incident reporting with offline capture [documented]: The incident page describes reporting of near-misses, injuries, vehicle collisions and fires or explosions, including without a connection, with automatic sync afterwards. Field layouts and photo or location capture are not itemised. Sources: https://sodalessolutions.com/platform/health-safety/ehs-incident-reporting-software/, https://sodalessolutions.com/platform/health-safety/environmental-safety/
- Root cause analysis and corrective actions [documented]: The incident page describes 5 Whys and Ishikawa frameworks in the investigation workflow, and corrective actions assigned from the same record with owners; an incident closes only after actions are done. Other analysis methods are not described. Sources: https://sodalessolutions.com/platform/health-safety/ehs-incident-reporting-software/
- Regulatory incident forms [documented]: The incident page says OSHA 300, 300A and 301, WSIB, WCB and CNESST forms are generated from incident data already held. Other jurisdictions and how forms reach regulators are not itemised. Sources: https://sodalessolutions.com/platform/health-safety/ehs-incident-reporting-software/
- Hazard assessment, risk register and job safety analysis [documented]: The risk page describes hazard assessments, a dynamic risk register and task-based job safety analyses; further topic areas are named in the same text but listed rather than described. Sources: https://sodalessolutions.com/platform/health-safety/proactive-risk-management/
- Pre-job permit-to-work [conditional]: The risk page states a pre-job permit-to-work system for high-risk activities, with permit tracking and lockout workflows named. Permit types, approval steps and isolation handling are not described; confirm depth in a demo. Sources: https://sodalessolutions.com/platform/health-safety/proactive-risk-management/
- Inspections, audits and safety observations [documented]: The risk page describes site inspections, observations, toolbox talks, job site audits, tracking of safety meetings and pre-job meetings, with configurable checklists, plus compliance training assigned through learning-system integration. Sources: https://sodalessolutions.com/platform/health-safety/proactive-risk-management/
- Environmental inspections and incident reporting [documented]: The environmental page describes site evaluations, erosion and sediment inspections, sample collections, checklists for fuel, oil, waste and wildlife management, reports of environmental releases and chemical spills, and non-conformance records. Monitoring and measurement records are listed in one line; reporting to authorities is not described. Sources: https://sodalessolutions.com/platform/health-safety/environmental-safety/
- Joint committee management [documented]: The committee page describes meeting minutes, corrective actions from meetings, monthly inspections planned across a year, workplace hazard prevention plans and a register of locations with committees. JHSC and WHPP terminology may not match every jurisdiction. Sources: https://sodalessolutions.com/platform/health-safety/joint-health-safety-committee-management/
- Occupational health records and screening [documented]: The medical services page describes scheduling and results for audiograms, respiratory fit testing and drug and alcohol testing, confidential medical records with role-based access and audit trails, and employee login to view results. Sources: https://sodalessolutions.com/platform/health-safety/ohs-medical-services/
- Workplace violence incident prevention [documented]: The page describes classifying violence incidents by type, location, parties and severity, dashboards of patterns and high-risk areas, and report generation for WCB, OSHA, HSE and SafeWork, naming Bill C-65 and California SB 553. Sources: https://sodalessolutions.com/platform/health-safety/workplace-violence-prevention/
- SAP and HR system integration [documented]: The SAP page describes integration with SuccessFactors and S/4HANA, including its EHS module, a two-way API sync, and the vendor states it is an SAP endorsed, premium-certified app. The incident page names Workday, Dayforce, Oracle and UKG. Mapping depth is not itemised. Sources: https://sodalessolutions.com/partners/sodales-for-sap/, https://sodalessolutions.com/platform/health-safety/ehs-incident-reporting-software/
- AI incident summaries and root cause suggestions [conditional]: The AI page describes generated incident case summaries and suggested root causes drawn from incident descriptions and historical data, which users can accept or reject. The page says the service is hosted in SAP data centres; accuracy, how decisions are logged and how incident data is used are not described. Sources: https://sodalessolutions.com/platform/health-safety/ai/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: incident to corrective action and form
1. Report a near-miss and an injury from a phone with the connection off, then reconnect.
2. Investigate with a root cause framework and assign corrective actions.
3. Close the incident and generate the regulatory form for your jurisdiction.
4. Raise a pre-job permit and an environmental inspection finding and follow each to closure.

#### Proposed demo: occupational health screening programme
1. Schedule an audiogram and a respiratory fit test for a group of employees and record the results.
2. Add a follow-up note to a confidential medical record, then open it with a role that lacks medical access.
3. Open the audit trail entries for that record.
4. Sign in as an employee and check which results can be viewed.

### Product presentations

- [Incident dashboard with report list and charts](https://sodalessolutions.com/platform/health-safety/ehs-incident-reporting-software/): Official vendor image of the Sodales incident dashboard: report list on the left and incident count charts by type and probability. Likely demo data.
- [Report Incident screen with incident type list](https://sodalessolutions.com/platform/health-safety/ehs-incident-reporting-software/): Official vendor image of the Sodales Report Incident portal with an incident type drop-down (near miss, injury, vehicle, property damage, fire, environment).

### Questions and answers

#### What is in scope for this profile?
Only the health, safety and environment modules. The vendor's employee relations, labour relations and HR case modules are not covered.

#### Does Sodales work offline?
The incident page and a vendor FAQ describe an offline mobile app that syncs when a connection returns. Other modules are not itemised.

#### How is Sodales priced?
A vendor FAQ says pricing follows employee count: an annual subscription plus a one-time setup fee. No amounts are published on the reviewed pages.

#### Does it integrate with SAP?
The SAP page describes integration with SuccessFactors and S/4HANA; the incident page names Workday, Dayforce, Oracle and UKG.

### Demo questions

- Which safety and environment modules are in the quote, and which are separate?
- Walk through a permit-to-work request from creation to closure, showing approval roles.
- Record an incident offline on a phone, then show the sync, investigation and regulatory form.
- Show environmental inspection and non-conformance records for a site and how findings close.
- Which security certifications, hosting regions and implementation timeline apply to our configuration?

### Primary sources

- [Sodales home page, checked 2 October 2026](https://sodalessolutions.com/)
- [Sodales incident management page, checked 2 October 2026](https://sodalessolutions.com/platform/health-safety/ehs-incident-reporting-software/)
- [Sodales proactive risk management page, checked 2 October 2026](https://sodalessolutions.com/platform/health-safety/proactive-risk-management/)
- [Sodales environmental safety page and FAQ, checked 2 October 2026](https://sodalessolutions.com/platform/health-safety/environmental-safety/)
- [Sodales committee management page, checked 2 October 2026](https://sodalessolutions.com/platform/health-safety/joint-health-safety-committee-management/)
- [Sodales occupational health medical services page, checked 2 October 2026](https://sodalessolutions.com/platform/health-safety/ohs-medical-services/)
- [Sodales workplace violence prevention page, checked 2 October 2026](https://sodalessolutions.com/platform/health-safety/workplace-violence-prevention/)
- [Sodales for SAP page, checked 2 October 2026](https://sodalessolutions.com/partners/sodales-for-sap/)
- [Sodales health and safety AI page, checked 2 October 2026](https://sodalessolutions.com/platform/health-safety/ai/)

## SMS360

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/sms360
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
SMS360 is the EHS software of Safety Management Systems, Inc., whose about page dates its start to 2015 (a vendor statement). Fleet360 is its fleet and DOT audit software, sold under the same company alongside consulting services. This profile covers the software modules only, not the consulting services or the SafeConnect menu item. Ownership and investors are not stated on the reviewed pages. The name should not be confused with text-message (SMS) services.

SMS360's pages describe one platform covering incidents, audits and inspections, regulatory compliance, risk assessment, work permits, lockout/tagout, safety observations, training, chemical safety data sheets, claims, management of change, actions, a document library and reporting. A separate Fleet360 set of modules covers driver qualification files, vehicle maintenance and inspection records, a vehicle accident register and DOT compliance audits. The pages say mobile and offline use, ten built-in languages and single sign-on are available, and that pricing is by quote with unlimited users.

Best-fit starting point: Organisations, especially US-regulated transport, logistics, manufacturing and construction operations, that want incident, inspection and compliance records together with fleet and driver files, and prefer a quote that does not charge per user.

Check before buying: The pages give module overviews, not configuration detail. No amount is shown for any plan, so cost cannot be compared before a quote. Integrations, an API, security attestations and hosting details are not described. Compliance references are mainly to US rules (OSHA, DOT, FMCSA, EPA); coverage of other jurisdictions is not described.

### Pricing

Quote-based subscription; unlimited users stated; tiers by employee count and storage. The vendor's quote page shows no amount for any plan. It says pricing is built around the industry, number of sites and modules needed, with unlimited users, no per-seat fees and no long-term contract, and other pages refer to simple tiers based on employee count. The company page mentions tiered storage pricing. A third-party listing shows a starting figure that does not appear on the vendor's pages, so it is not used here. Confirm what each tier includes, storage limits, implementation or services charges and renewal terms in writing.

### Offline capabilities

The vendor's pages state that audits, inspections and other records can be captured offline on desktop, tablet or mobile and synchronise when a connection returns. Conflict handling and the amount of data available offline are not described.

Product scope: SMS360 EHS modules and Fleet360 modules as listed on the vendor's software pages; Fleet360 consulting services are outside this profile.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. Confirm the proposed edition, configuration and commercial terms.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Module depth: Test the modules you will rely on with your own forms, since the pages describe each module only at overview level.
  Sources: https://www.sms360.com/safety-management-software, https://www.sms360.com/safety-management-software/safety-incident-management
- Offline behaviour: Capture an inspection and an incident with no signal, then sync, and check what is stored and how conflicts are handled.
  Sources: https://www.sms360.com/, https://www.sms360.com/safety-management-software
- Quote and storage tiers: Ask what the tier covers by employee count and storage, what services are charged separately and how renewals are handled.
  Sources: https://www.sms360.com/request-a-quote, https://www.sms360.com/about
- Permit and lockout linkage: Check how a permit, a lockout/tagout record and a risk assessment connect for one job.
  Sources: https://www.sms360.com/safety-management-software/work-permits, https://www.sms360.com/safety-management-software/lockout-tagout-software
- Fleet scope: Confirm what Fleet360 records and what stays outside the pages, such as live vehicle data feeds, and whether it suits non-US fleets.
  Sources: https://www.sms360.com/fleet-management-software, https://www.sms360.com/fleet-management-software/dot-compliance
- Security and integration: Request SSO details, any API, hosting information and security reports, none of which the reviewed pages detail.
  Sources: https://www.sms360.com/

### Capability scope

- Incident capture, investigation and corrective actions [documented]: The incident page describes logging from any device with photos, location and custom fields, structured investigation with root causes, actions assigned inside the record, routed approvals and a trail. Sources: https://www.sms360.com/safety-management-software/safety-incident-management, https://www.sms360.com/safety-management-software
- Audits and inspections [documented]: The modules page describes customisable checklists per department, site or equipment, offline use and corrective actions raised from findings. Sources: https://www.sms360.com/safety-management-software, https://www.sms360.com/
- Risk assessment [documented]: The modules page describes customisable risk models, ranking by severity and likelihood and visual risk reports for committees. Sources: https://www.sms360.com/safety-management-software
- Work permits [documented]: The work permits page describes permit creation, routed approvals, recorded hazards and checklists, status tracking of active, pending and expired permits, and assignment to staff or contractors with training validation. Sources: https://www.sms360.com/safety-management-software/work-permits
- Lockout/tagout [documented]: The lockout/tagout page describes procedures per piece of equipment, designated authorised personnel, confirmation of isolation points with photos, pre-work forms and closure records. Sources: https://www.sms360.com/safety-management-software/lockout-tagout-software
- Compliance, training, observations and safety data sheets [conditional]: The modules page gives one-line summaries of permit and notice-of-violation tracking with reminders, training sessions with attendance and reminders, behaviour observations with follow-up, and SDS storage with search. Test depth beyond these summaries. Sources: https://www.sms360.com/safety-management-software
- Actions, management of change, claims and document library [conditional]: The modules page gives one-line summaries of action tracking by risk and due date, change requests with reviewers and approvals, claim tracking and a shared document hub with access permissions. Test depth beyond these summaries. Sources: https://www.sms360.com/safety-management-software
- Analytics and reporting [conditional]: The modules page describes OSHA, KPI and incident reports, causal analysis tools and scheduled report sharing. Test the reports you need. Sources: https://www.sms360.com/safety-management-software
- Fleet360 driver, vehicle and accident records [documented]: The fleet page describes driver qualification files with expiry alerts, vehicle inspection and maintenance records including DVIR logs, and an accident register with preventability analysis. It is a separate set of modules from the EHS modules. Sources: https://www.sms360.com/fleet-management-software
- DOT compliance audit [documented]: The DOT page describes recording compliance reviews with auditors and safety scores, FMCSA factor categories, violation tracking, uploads and corrective actions. Other regimes are not described. Sources: https://www.sms360.com/fleet-management-software/dot-compliance, https://www.sms360.com/fleet-management-software
- Mobile, offline, languages and single sign-on [documented]: The homepage describes offline capture with automatic sync, a mobile-first design, ten built-in languages and single sign-on through an existing identity provider. Supported protocols and offline limits are not stated. Sources: https://www.sms360.com/
- Integrations, API and security attestations [unverified]: No integration list, API description or security certification was found on the reviewed pages. Ask for these in writing.

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: incident to permit and fleet record
1. Log an incident offline from a phone with photos, then sync it.
2. Run the investigation, assign corrective actions and close the record.
3. Create a work permit and a lockout/tagout record for a related task and check whether a risk assessment can be tied to the same job.
4. Open a driver file and a DOT audit in Fleet360 and export a report.
5. Review the audit trail and the quote terms for the modules used.

#### Proposed demo: offline inspection to action and change request
1. Complete a customised inspection checklist offline on a tablet, then sync it.
2. Raise corrective actions from the findings and prioritise them by risk level and due date.
3. Rank the related hazard by severity and likelihood in a risk assessment.
4. Submit a change request for the fix, assign reviewers and record the risk or cost impact.
5. Generate an OSHA or KPI report and schedule it to be shared.

### Product presentations

- [Incident list and incident entry form](https://www.sms360.com/safety-management-software/safety-incident-management): Official vendor image of the SMS360 incident list on a laptop and an incident entry form on a tablet, shown in a demo site.
- [Work permit list and safety dashboard](https://www.sms360.com/safety-management-software/work-permits): Official vendor image of the SMS360 work permits list on a laptop and a safety dashboard with incident counts on a tablet, shown in a demo site.

### Questions and answers

#### What does SMS360 cover?
The vendor's pages describe EHS modules for incidents, inspections, compliance, risk, permits, lockout/tagout, training, safety data sheets and reporting, plus Fleet360 modules for driver and vehicle records and DOT audits.

#### How is SMS360 priced?
Pricing is by quote. The pages say it depends on industry, sites, modules and employee count, with unlimited users and no long-term contract. No amount is shown.

#### Does it work offline?
The homepage and modules page say records can be captured offline and synchronise when a connection returns. Limits are not described.

#### Is SMS360 the same as a text-message service?
No. It is an EHS software product from Safety Management Systems, Inc.

### Demo questions

- Show an incident from mobile capture, offline, through investigation, corrective actions and closure, and what the audit trail records.
- Which modules and storage tier are in the quote for our employee count, and what changes the price at renewal?
- Show whether a work permit, a lockout/tagout procedure and a risk assessment can be tied to the same job.
- Which integrations, API access, SSO protocols and security reports are available, and under which tier?
- Show Fleet360 driver qualification expiry alerts and a DOT audit report using our own data, and say which non-US regulations the platform supports.

### Primary sources

- [SMS360 homepage, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.sms360.com/)
- [SMS360 about page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.sms360.com/about)
- [SMS360 request a quote page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.sms360.com/request-a-quote)
- [SMS360 safety management software modules, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.sms360.com/safety-management-software)
- [SMS360 incident management page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.sms360.com/safety-management-software/safety-incident-management)
- [SMS360 work permits page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.sms360.com/safety-management-software/work-permits)
- [SMS360 lockout tagout page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.sms360.com/safety-management-software/lockout-tagout-software)
- [Fleet360 fleet management software page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.sms360.com/fleet-management-software)
- [Fleet360 DOT compliance page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.sms360.com/fleet-management-software/dot-compliance)
- [SMS360 Capterra listing (third party), checked 2 October 2026](https://www.capterra.com/p/10013226/SMS360/)
- [SMS360 Fleet Services page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.sms360.com/fleet-services)

## SoftExpert

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/softexpert
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: SoftExpert Suite, SoftExpert EHSM, SoftExpert QMS
SoftExpert is a Brazilian business management software vendor; its news page says it emerged in 1995 in southern Brazil. It also sells other suites, such as BPM, GRC and asset management. This profile covers only the quality management suite (QMS) and the environment, health and safety suite (EHSM), with the audit, incident, risk, requirement, document and training functions described for them. BPM and the other suites are out of scope. No owner or investor is stated on the reviewed pages.

The pages describe SoftExpert QMS as a quality suite joining controlled documents, audits, nonconformities with root cause analysis, risks and indicators around the PDCA cycle and ISO 9001. SoftExpert EHSM is described as covering hazard and environmental impact assessment, ISO 14001 and 45001 audits, mobile incident reporting, licence records, scheduled safety training and a legal requirement library, with several Brazilian terms and norms.

Best-fit starting point: Organisations that want one platform for quality and EHS records, including those working under Brazilian norms, and that already use or plan to adopt the wider SoftExpert Suite.

Check before buying: The EHS functions are described mainly on one product page that names Brazilian norms; other jurisdictions are not described. EHSM has no amount on the reviewed pages. Interface languages, hosting regions and offline use beyond incident reporting and audits are not described.

### Pricing

Self-service monthly per-user plans (Start, Standard, Premium) for a chosen need; Enterprise on request. The English pricing page shows no amount in its default view: plan cards appear only after a visitor chooses one of 14 needs, with the user count starting at one. At one user it shows, per month, Quality at $45.00 (Start), $50.00 (Standard) and $65.00 (Premium); Meet Standards at $45.00, $55.00 and $60.00; Risks at $30.00, $45.00 and $60.00. The figure scales with users entered, and the three plans carry limits of 10, 20 and 50 users. Enterprise shows Upon request. The English page shows amounts with a dollar sign and names no currency code; the Brazilian Portuguese page was not read. These plans are packaged self-service bundles, not Environment, Health and Safety modules; the EHSM suite has no amount on the reviewed pages. The Activities and Suppliers Start plans show $20.00. A third-party listing says to contact the vendor for pricing, so confirm currency, taxes and bundle contents.

### Offline capabilities

The EHSM page says incident reports can be sent from a mobile app online or offline, and the Audit module page says audits can be performed on mobile devices online or off-line; other functions are not described.

Product scope: SoftExpert QMS and EHSM, with the audit, incident, risk, requirement, document and training functions described for them; BPM and the other suites are excluded.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. Confirm the proposed edition, configuration and commercial terms. ISO 27001:2022 is stated by the vendor on its information security policy page only; request the certificate and its scope.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- EHS depth against your programme: The EHSM page is brief. Map your hazard, incident, audit, training and legal processes to its functions and ask which are standard.
  Sources: https://www.softexpert.com/en/products/environment-health-and-safety-ehsm/
- Jurisdiction and legal content: Terms such as PERI, LAIA, NR and CONAMA are Brazilian. Ask who maintains the library for your countries.
  Sources: https://www.softexpert.com/en/products/environment-health-and-safety-ehsm/, https://www.softexpert.com/en/module/requirement/
- Quality and EHS integration: Check whether nonconformities, corrective actions, audits and documents share one record across QMS and EHSM.
  Sources: https://www.softexpert.com/en/products/enterprise-quality-management-qms/, https://www.softexpert.com/en/products/environment-health-and-safety-ehsm/
- Plans, price and security: Confirm which bundle or edition holds the functions you need, the currency and taxes, and the scope of the ISO 27001:2022 certificate.
  Sources: https://www.softexpert.com/en/pricing/, https://www.softexpert.com/en/information-security-policy/, https://www.capterra.com/p/91596/SoftExpert-BPM/

### Capability scope

- Incident and near-miss reporting [documented]: The EHSM page describes reporting near-misses and incidents from a mobile app with photo, video and location, guided root cause analysis and automatic injury-rate indicators. The Incident module page describes standardised deviation logs. Sources: https://www.softexpert.com/en/products/environment-health-and-safety-ehsm/, https://www.softexpert.com/en/module/incident/
- Hazard and environmental impact assessment [documented]: The EHSM page describes identifying hazards and environmental impacts with criticality matrices and heat maps, using the Brazilian PERI and LAIA models. Other analysis methods are not described. Sources: https://www.softexpert.com/en/products/environment-health-and-safety-ehsm/
- Audits and checklists [documented]: The EHSM page describes ISO 14001 and 45001 audit plans with prebuilt OSHA and NR checklists. The QMS and Audit pages describe audit planning, schedules and reports, with ISO 9001 named for quality. Sources: https://www.softexpert.com/en/products/environment-health-and-safety-ehsm/, https://www.softexpert.com/en/products/enterprise-quality-management-qms/, https://www.softexpert.com/en/module/audit/
- Legal and regulatory requirements [documented]: The Requirement module page describes centralising and monitoring legal requirements. The EHSM page describes a library with change alerts; its examples are ISO, OSHA and Brazilian norms. Sources: https://www.softexpert.com/en/module/requirement/, https://www.softexpert.com/en/products/environment-health-and-safety-ehsm/
- Document control and licence records [documented]: The QMS page describes version control, access management, approval workflows and read confirmations. The EHSM page describes programme documents and environmental permits with signatures and expiry alerts. Sources: https://www.softexpert.com/en/products/enterprise-quality-management-qms/, https://www.softexpert.com/en/products/environment-health-and-safety-ehsm/
- Training and competency matrix [documented]: The EHSM page describes a competency matrix that schedules statutory safety training, electronic attendance, digital certificates and refresher alerts. Sources: https://www.softexpert.com/en/products/environment-health-and-safety-ehsm/
- Nonconformities, root cause and corrective actions [documented]: The QMS page describes recording nonconformities, analysing causes with Ishikawa, FTA and 5 Whys, and implementing corrective and preventive actions. The EHSM page mentions effectiveness verification within its incident workflow. The pricing page's feature tables mention CAPA templates. Sources: https://www.softexpert.com/en/products/enterprise-quality-management-qms/, https://www.softexpert.com/en/products/environment-health-and-safety-ehsm/, https://www.softexpert.com/en/pricing/
- Risk register and controls [documented]: The Risk module page describes assessing risks and controls on one platform. The pricing page's Risks bundle lists an impact and probability matrix and a risk library. Sources: https://www.softexpert.com/en/module/risk/, https://www.softexpert.com/en/pricing/
- Mobile and offline use [conditional]: The EHSM page says incident reports can be sent online or offline from a mobile app, and the Audit module page says audits can be performed on mobile devices online or off-line; a third-party listing names Android and iPhone/iPad. Other offline functions are not described. Sources: https://www.softexpert.com/en/products/environment-health-and-safety-ehsm/, https://www.softexpert.com/en/module/audit/, https://www.capterra.com/p/91596/SoftExpert-BPM/
- ESG-style indicators and exports [conditional]: The EHSM page lists an emissions inventory, GRI indicators and PDF, XLS or API exports. ESG management is a separate suite outside this profile. Sources: https://www.softexpert.com/en/products/environment-health-and-safety-ehsm/
- Published self-service plans [documented]: After a need is chosen, the pricing page shows Start, Standard, Premium and Enterprise plans with monthly amounts by user and user limits. EHS is not a need offered. Sources: https://www.softexpert.com/en/pricing/
- Regional legal content and interface languages [unverified]: The site is offered in several languages, but the product's interface languages and legal libraries beyond the Brazilian examples were not confirmed.

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: incident to corrective action and audit
1. Report a near-miss from the mobile app with a photo, online and offline.
2. Run the root cause analysis and open the corrective action plan.
3. Link the finding to a hazard or impact assessment.
4. Plan an audit from a checklist and record a nonconformity.
5. Export the indicators and evidence for a certification audit.

#### Proposed demo: regulatory change to assigned task, licence and training
1. Show the requirements library for the countries where you operate and who maintains it.
2. Show a regulatory change alert and the task it assigns to a responsible person.
3. Open an environmental permit record and show its signatures and expiry alert.
4. Show the competency matrix scheduling a statutory training with attendance and a refresher alert.
5. Produce a report of permit and training status for a regulator or certification body.

### Product presentations

- [EHS portal with incident management dashboard](https://www.softexpert.com/en/products/environment-health-and-safety-ehsm/): Official vendor image of the SoftExpert EHS portal Incident management tab: incident charts, analysis by responsible and report-an-incident shortcuts.
- [Audit working paper with requirement conformity scores](https://www.softexpert.com/en/products/environment-health-and-safety-ehsm/): Official vendor image of a SoftExpert audit working paper scoring ISO management system requirements for conformity, with a finding panel on the right.

### Questions and answers

#### Which SoftExpert products does this profile cover?
Only the quality (QMS) and environment, health and safety (EHSM) offerings and their related functions. BPM and the other suites are out of scope.

#### Does SoftExpert publish prices?
No amount appears until a need is chosen; the English page then shows monthly dollar-sign amounts for Quality, Meet Standards and Risks bundles, scaling with users, and Enterprise on request. EHSM has no amount on the reviewed pages.

#### Which security standard does the vendor state?
Its information security policy page states ISO 27001:2022 certification; the scope is not detailed there.

### Demo questions

- Which QMS and EHSM functions belong to each plan or edition, and is EHSM sold outside the self-service bundles?
- Report an incident from a phone with no signal, follow it to a corrective action, then show what syncs later.
- Show the legal requirement library for our countries and who maintains it.
- Show a hazard assessment, the audit checklists we would use and an evidence export for a certification auditor.
- Confirm currency, taxes, renewal terms, hosting region and the scope of the ISO 27001:2022 certificate.

### Primary sources

- [SoftExpert EHSM product page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.softexpert.com/en/products/environment-health-and-safety-ehsm/)
- [SoftExpert QMS product page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.softexpert.com/en/products/enterprise-quality-management-qms/)
- [SoftExpert plans and pricing page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.softexpert.com/en/pricing/)
- [SoftExpert Incident module page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.softexpert.com/en/module/incident/)
- [SoftExpert Audit module page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.softexpert.com/en/module/audit/)
- [SoftExpert Risk module page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.softexpert.com/en/module/risk/)
- [SoftExpert Requirement module page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.softexpert.com/en/module/requirement/)
- [SoftExpert information security policy page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.softexpert.com/en/information-security-policy/)
- [SoftExpert news page on its 30th anniversary, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.softexpert.com/en/news/soft-expert-celebrates-30-years-with-a-rebranding-to-solidify-its-leadership-in-digital-transformation/)
- [Capterra listing for SoftExpert Suite (independent), checked 2 October 2026](https://www.capterra.com/p/91596/SoftExpert-BPM/)

## MRI OnLocation

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/whosonlocation
Sources checked: 2026-10-12
Also known as: WhosOnLocation
MRI OnLocation is the name MRI Software's pages use today for the product sold as WhosOnLocation; page titles read "Formerly WhosOnLocation" and "Was WhosOnLocation". MRI Software announced the acquisition of the New Zealand company on 4 March 2021; the release gives no terms. This profile covers the people presence applications only, not the separate Footfall Analytics module on the OnLocation Suite page.

The vendor's pages describe a cloud service recording who is on site, with kiosk or smartphone sign-in for visitors, contractors and employees, host arrival alerts, contractor inductions with expiry tracking, and an evacuation tool for roll calls by zone. They also describe SOS and panic alerts, overdue alerts for lone workers, and integrations with access control, directories and an API.

Best-fit starting point: Organisations with one or several sites needing visitor and contractor control, an emergency on-site list and lone worker alerts in one subscription.

Check before buying: The pages describe presence, induction and evacuation, not other safety management functions. Offline use is not described. The visitor and pricing pages show different entry prices, and the security page cites the 2013 ISO 27001 edition, so ask for the current certificate.

### Pricing

Published per-location plans (Small, Medium, Large) with monthly or annual billing; Custom plan on application. The pricing page lists Small, Medium and Large plans, each for one location, in six currencies, with a Custom plan on application for campuses and multi-occupier sites. In USD, Small is USD 60 per month or USD 634 per year, Medium is USD 170 per month or USD 1,780 per year and Large is USD 304 per month or USD 3,180 per year. Annual billing saves up to 15% and each location needs its own subscription. Plans cap yearly sign-ins (Small allows 3,000 for visitors and contractors and 30,000 for employees) and include an SMS allowance (500 a year on Small); extra SMS cost USD 0.05 each. OnScan, a photo-ID scanning add-on, is USD 15 per user per month. The page says there is no setup fee; paid managed setup is offered. Conflict: the visitor page says prices start from USD 55 per location per month, which does not match the USD 60 Small price here; confirm which applies. The free-trial page offers 14 days with full feature access and no credit card.

### Offline capabilities

Kiosks are described on iPad and Windows tablets, and a mobile app for employees and contractors. Offline use is not described on the reviewed pages; test sign-in and the evacuation list with the network down.

Product scope: Visitor, contractor and employee sign-in, inductions, emergency roll call and lone worker alerts; excludes the Footfall Analytics module.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. Confirm the proposed edition, configuration and commercial terms.

Trial status: verified-free. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Plan fit and usage limits: Check each location against the sign-in and SMS caps; the pricing page says exceeding them moves the plan up with back-charging, so confirm how that applies.
  Sources: https://www.mrisoftware.com/products/onlocation/pricing/
- Entry price: Resolve the difference between the visitor page and the pricing page, and list add-on and integration charges.
  Sources: https://www.mrisoftware.com/products/onlocation/pricing/, https://www.mrisoftware.com/solutions/visitor-management-system/, https://www.mrisoftware.com/products/onlocation/faqs/
- Evacuation realism: Test the roll call with mixed groups, including people who leave without signing out.
  Sources: https://www.mrisoftware.com/solutions/emergency-management-software/
- Contractor control: Confirm how expired insurance or certificates block access at each entrance and who is alerted.
  Sources: https://www.mrisoftware.com/solutions/contractor-management-software/
- Security evidence: Request the current ISO 27001 certificate and hosting region, as the pages cite the 2013 edition.
  Sources: https://www.mrisoftware.com/products/onlocation/security/, https://www.mrisoftware.com/products/onlocation/faqs/
- Data retention and deletion: The FAQ says data is kept for the lifetime of the licence, while the security page describes automatic deletion or anonymisation of visitor data; ask how they interact and what happens at termination.
  Sources: https://www.mrisoftware.com/products/onlocation/faqs/, https://www.mrisoftware.com/products/onlocation/security/

### Capability scope

- Visitor sign-in, pre-registration and badges [documented]: The visitor page describes pre-registration, tablet or desktop kiosk sign-in, QR sign-in from a phone browser, multi-language screens and printed badges; the FAQs name iPad and Windows tablets. Sources: https://www.mrisoftware.com/solutions/visitor-management-system/, https://www.mrisoftware.com/products/onlocation/faqs/
- Host arrival notifications [documented]: Hosts are alerted by push, SMS or email on arrival. SMS use is counted against a plan allowance. Sources: https://www.mrisoftware.com/solutions/visitor-management-system/, https://www.mrisoftware.com/products/onlocation/pricing/
- Screening, watchlist and red flag alerts [documented]: The page describes custom screening workflows, document capture at sign-in, a watchlist, and alerts when conditions are not met. Sources: https://www.mrisoftware.com/solutions/visitor-management-system/
- Contractor profiles, inductions and eLearning [documented]: Contractor profiles, induction courses with images, videos and scored questions, waivers and hazard acknowledgement are described, with remote or kiosk completion. Sources: https://www.mrisoftware.com/solutions/contractor-management-software/
- Certificate and insurance expiry control [documented]: The page describes stored certificates and insurance records, renewal reminders and automatic denial of access when insurance has expired or is missing. Sources: https://www.mrisoftware.com/solutions/contractor-management-software/
- Evacuation roll call and zone tracking [documented]: Manual roll calls, automated roll calls, SMS safety checks, cleared-zone tracking on a mobile device and post-emergency reports are described on the emergency and contractor pages. Sources: https://www.mrisoftware.com/solutions/emergency-management-software/, https://www.mrisoftware.com/solutions/contractor-management-software/
- SOS, panic alarm and crisis notifications [documented]: Employees and contractors can send SOS alerts with GPS location from a mobile device, receptionists can trigger a panic alarm, and crisis messages go by email, SMS or push. Sources: https://www.mrisoftware.com/solutions/emergency-management-software/
- Lone worker overdue alerts [documented]: Contractors can log an expected duration in the app, and alerts are sent when a job is overdue; the emergency page also mentions anyone working alone or at risk. Sources: https://www.mrisoftware.com/solutions/emergency-management-software/, https://www.mrisoftware.com/solutions/contractor-management-software/
- Integrations and API [documented]: The integrations page names Brivo, Deputy, Alcolizer, SyncPortal, calendar invites, webhooks with Zapier, directory single sign-on and a REST API. Some integrations carry fees. Sources: https://www.mrisoftware.com/products/onlocation/integrations/, https://www.mrisoftware.com/products/onlocation/faqs/
- Security and privacy controls [documented]: The security page describes AWS hosting in the US, Europe and Asia/Pacific, SSO, role-based access, encryption in transit and at rest, and GDPR settings including deletion of visitor data. It states ISO 27001:2013 certification. Sources: https://www.mrisoftware.com/products/onlocation/security/, https://www.mrisoftware.com/products/onlocation/faqs/
- Reports and post-event summaries [conditional]: Real-time on-site and lone-worker reports and post-emergency reports are described; report formats, exports and retention settings are not itemised. Sources: https://www.mrisoftware.com/solutions/visitor-management-system/, https://www.mrisoftware.com/solutions/emergency-management-software/
- Offline operation [unverified]: No page describes use without a network connection.

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: contractor arrival to evacuation roll call
1. Create a contractor with an induction and an insurance record, and one with an expired record.
2. Sign both in at a kiosk and show the access result and alerts.
3. Sign in a visitor with pre-registration and check the host notification.
4. Start an evacuation, clear zones and send the SMS safety check.
5. Open the post-emergency report and the on-site list.

#### Proposed demo: visitor pre-registration to data deletion
1. Pre-register a visitor with a required document upload and a screening workflow that includes a safety video.
2. Add a person to the watchlist, sign them in at the kiosk and show the red flag alert and who receives it.
3. Sign in a second visitor by QR code from a phone browser and show the badge and host notification.
4. Run the real-time on-site report.
5. Show the automatic deletion or anonymisation of visitor data after a set period, and what remains.

### Product presentations

- [Mobile sign-in screen with SOS button](https://www.mrisoftware.com/solutions/visitor-management-system/): Official vendor illustration of the OnLocation mobile sign-in screen with an SOS button, cropped to the phone; the screen text is sample content.
- [SOS alert and safety check message](https://www.mrisoftware.com/solutions/contractor-management-software/): Official vendor illustration of an SOS alert and a message asking staff to reply SAFE, cropped from a composite with a sign-in manager screen; sample data.

### Questions and answers

#### Is WhosOnLocation the same product as MRI OnLocation?
Vendor page titles read "Formerly WhosOnLocation" and "Was WhosOnLocation", and a 4 March 2021 MRI Software release announced the acquisition.

#### Does it handle evacuation roll calls?
The emergency page describes manual and automated roll calls, SMS safety checks and tracking of cleared zones.

#### Is pricing published?
Yes. The pricing page shows per-location plans with monthly and annual amounts, plus a Custom plan on application. A visitor page quotes USD 55 per location per month, so confirm it.

#### Is there a free trial?
The free-trial page offers 14 days with full feature access and no credit card.

### Demo questions

- Confirm the entry price, plan limits and add-on charges for each location.
- Run an evacuation drill and show the zone list, SMS replies and report.
- Show a contractor with an expired insurance record trying to sign in, and who is alerted.
- Sign in on a kiosk with the network disconnected and show what the roll call list contains.
- Provide the current ISO 27001 certificate, hosting region and visitor record retention settings.

### Primary sources

- [MRI OnLocation Suite page, checked 12 October 2026](https://www.mrisoftware.com/products/onlocation-suite/)
- [MRI OnLocation visitor management page, checked 12 October 2026](https://www.mrisoftware.com/solutions/visitor-management-system/)
- [MRI OnLocation contractor management page, checked 12 October 2026](https://www.mrisoftware.com/solutions/contractor-management-software/)
- [MRI OnLocation emergency management page (title: Was WhosOnLocation), checked 12 October 2026](https://www.mrisoftware.com/solutions/emergency-management-software/)
- [MRI OnLocation pricing, checked 12 October 2026](https://www.mrisoftware.com/products/onlocation/pricing/)
- [MRI OnLocation FAQs (title: Formerly WhosOnLocation), checked 12 October 2026](https://www.mrisoftware.com/products/onlocation/faqs/)
- [MRI OnLocation security, checked 12 October 2026](https://www.mrisoftware.com/products/onlocation/security/)
- [MRI OnLocation integrations, checked 12 October 2026](https://www.mrisoftware.com/products/onlocation/integrations/)
- [MRI OnLocation free trial page, checked 12 October 2026](https://www.mrisoftware.com/products/onlocation/free-trial/)
- [MRI Software press release on acquiring WhosOnLocation, 4 March 2021, checked 12 October 2026](https://www.mrisoftware.com/news/mri-software-acquires-whosonlocation-adding-global-workplace-safety-and-security-offering/)

## Easy to Inspect

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/easytoinspect
Sources checked: 2026-10-12
Also known as: EasyToInspect
Easy to Inspect is the trading name used by SCT Adviesdiensten B.V., which the vendor's about page places in Zaltbommel, the Netherlands, with chamber of commerce number 27171370. An OpenCorporates listing, a secondary copy of the register, shows that entity as active and lists easytoinspect among its trading names. This profile covers the inspection app, web platform and optional API features, not the entity's other trading names.

The pages describe an inspection system in which users build or adapt checklists, complete them in an Android or iOS app or a web app, and receive a PDF report by email after upload. Findings can generate actions that are assigned, verified and monitored from a dashboard, and results can be analysed by checklist, inspector and cause. The interface is offered in four languages and pricing is published by number of inspecting users.

Best-fit starting point: Organisations with roughly one to twenty inspectors that want configurable checklists for hygiene, quality, safety or internal audits, with offline mobile use and action follow-up.

Check before buying: Subscription steps stop at 20 users, and the pages describe no integrations beyond optional APIs, Excel export and a Power BI format. Two pages give different counts of example checklists, and the standards they cover are not itemised. The app change log's latest entry is dated January 2024, so ask about the current release cadence.

### Pricing

Published one-year subscription by number of inspecting users, with separately priced optional features; amounts exclude VAT. The home page pricing section, checked on 2 October 2026, shows a 1 year subscription, excluding VAT, by number of inspecting users: 1 user costs €145.00 per year, 5 users cost €465.00 per year, 10 users cost €895.00 per year, 15 users cost €1,300.00 per year and 20 users cost €1,725.00 per year. A Monthly view shows €12.08, €38.75, €74.58, €108.33 and €143.75 per month for the same steps; it appears to be the annual price divided by twelve, so confirm the invoicing interval. The subscription includes the Android and iOS app, the web platform and action-only users. Optional features are priced on top: Relational API €480.00 per year, Result API €805.00 per year, Advanced email €275.00 per year and a Power BI report format at €775 one-time. Start-up help begins at €79 per checklist after a free first checklist. A 30 day free trial without a credit card is described. Sizes above 20 users are not shown, so ask for a quote.

### Offline capabilities

The vendor's features page states the Android and iOS app also works offline, with a connection needed to download a questionnaire and to upload results. The web app is described for online inspections.

Product scope: Checklist creation, mobile and web inspections, PDF and Excel reporting, action management, analysis and optional API features.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. Confirm the proposed edition, configuration and commercial terms.

Trial status: verified-free. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Offline reliability: Run an inspection with photos and a signature without signal, upload it and confirm what the web platform receives.
  Sources: https://www.easytoinspect.com/en/inspectionapp/features_check
- Checklist fit: Check the example library against your checklists and ask for the current number of examples.
  Sources: https://www.easytoinspect.com/en/inspectionapp/features_check, https://www.easytoinspect.com/en/inspectionapp/features_create
- Action follow-up: Trace one finding through assignment, evidence, verification and the dashboard.
  Sources: https://www.easytoinspect.com/en/inspectionapp/features_actions
- Price and extras: Cost your inspector count with any APIs, email and Power BI extras, and confirm billing interval and steps above 20 users.
  Sources: https://www.easytoinspect.com/en, https://www.easytoinspect.com/en/inspectionapp/features_general
- Data and exit: Ask about export options and retention at the end of the term.
  Sources: https://www.easytoinspect.com/en/inspectionapp/privacy, https://www.easytoinspect.com/en/inspectionapp/features_general

### Capability scope

- Checklist builder [documented]: The creation page describes custom checklists, copying examples, sections, mandatory questions, filters, cause codes and trying a checklist before publishing. Sources: https://www.easytoinspect.com/en/inspectionapp/features_create
- Offline mobile inspections [documented]: The inspection page states the app also works offline, with a connection needed to download questionnaires and upload results. Sources: https://www.easytoinspect.com/en/inspectionapp/features_check
- Web inspections [documented]: The inspection page describes a web app for filling in questionnaires online. Sources: https://www.easytoinspect.com/en/inspectionapp/features_check, https://www.easytoinspect.com/en
- Photos, geolocation and signatures [documented]: Pages describe several photos per question, findings text, geolocation on phone or tablet and signatures. Sources: https://www.easytoinspect.com/en/inspectionapp/features_check, https://www.easytoinspect.com/en/inspectionapp/features_create
- PDF reports and Excel export [documented]: A configurable PDF report is emailed after upload and results can be exported to Excel. Automatic distribution to other addresses is an additional-cost option. Sources: https://www.easytoinspect.com/en/inspectionapp/features_report, https://www.easytoinspect.com/en
- Action management [documented]: Actions are assigned, executed with photo evidence, verified and monitored, with a history log per nonconformity. Automatic assignment is an additional-cost option. Sources: https://www.easytoinspect.com/en/inspectionapp/features_actions, https://www.easytoinspect.com/en/inspectionapp/features_create
- Analysis and dashboard [documented]: The reporting page describes progress analysis, analysis by checklist, section, question and cause, and a comparison between inspectors. Sources: https://www.easytoinspect.com/en/inspectionapp/features_report
- Scheduling and reminders [documented]: An inspection frequency per checklist drives email reminders and an iCal calendar link; other scheduling options are not described. Sources: https://www.easytoinspect.com/en/inspectionapp/features_check
- API and Power BI [conditional]: A Relational API, a Result API and a Power BI format are described, each priced separately; other integrations are not described. Sources: https://www.easytoinspect.com/en/inspectionapp/features_report, https://www.easytoinspect.com/en
- Roles, groups and data location [documented]: Roles, groups and a European data centre that the vendor states is ISO 27001 certified are described; data is deleted 90 days after the subscription ends. Sources: https://www.easytoinspect.com/en/inspectionapp/features_general, https://www.easytoinspect.com/en/inspectionapp/privacy
- Example checklist library [conditional]: A library of examples is described, but two pages give different counts and the standards covered are not itemised. Sources: https://www.easytoinspect.com/en/inspectionapp/features_check, https://www.easytoinspect.com/en/inspectionapp/features_create, https://www.easytoinspect.com/en

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: checklist to verified action
1. Copy an example checklist, add a mandatory question and publish it to one user.
2. Complete the inspection offline in the app with a photo and a signature, then upload it.
3. Review the emailed PDF report and the action created from a Not OK finding.
4. Assign and complete the action with photo evidence, then record the effectiveness check.
5. Open the dashboard analysis and export the results to Excel.

#### Proposed demo: inspection schedule to inspector comparison and data export
1. Set an inspection frequency on one checklist and show the email reminder and calendar link.
2. Create a user role and a group, then show what an action-only user can view and edit.
3. Open the progress analysis and check whether inspectors meet the set frequencies.
4. Show the analysis by cause and the comparison between inspectors.
5. Ask for a demonstration of the Result API or Power BI format, with a written price.

### Product presentations

- [Checklist with several question types](https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.easytoinspect.appv3): Vendor-uploaded Google Play screenshot of the Easy to Inspect app showing a workplace inspection checklist with tick, cross, score, multiple-choice, date and yes/no answers; the content is sample data.
- [Photos attached to a checklist question](https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.easytoinspect.appv3): Vendor-uploaded Google Play screenshot of the Easy to Inspect app showing a question with an answer, a comment and two attached site photos; the content is sample data.

### Questions and answers

#### Does Easy to Inspect work offline?
The features page states the Android and iOS app works offline, with a connection needed to download questionnaires and upload results.

#### How much does Easy to Inspect cost?
The home page shows a 1 year subscription excluding VAT from €145.00 per year for 1 user to €1,725.00 per year for 20 users, with optional extras priced separately. Confirm invoicing terms.

#### Is there a free trial?
The pages describe a 30 day free trial without a credit card, usable with four other colleagues, optional modules excluded.

#### Which languages are supported?
The pages state English, German, French and Dutch for the app interfaces, and the home page says the system can be used in four languages; checklists can use Latin-alphabet languages.

### Demo questions

- Confirm how the monthly figures relate to invoicing and what applies above 20 users.
- Complete a checklist with photos and a signature with no signal, then upload it and show the report.
- Show how a Not OK answer creates an action and how verification is recorded.
- Show which example checklists match your standards and how a copy is edited.
- Explain what the APIs and Power BI format expose, and what you can export when the subscription ends.

### Primary sources

- [Easy to Inspect home page with pricing section, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.easytoinspect.com/en)
- [Easy to Inspect general features and subscription terms, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.easytoinspect.com/en/inspectionapp/features_general)
- [Easy to Inspect inspection features, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.easytoinspect.com/en/inspectionapp/features_check)
- [Easy to Inspect checklist creation features, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.easytoinspect.com/en/inspectionapp/features_create)
- [Easy to Inspect action management features, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.easytoinspect.com/en/inspectionapp/features_actions)
- [Easy to Inspect reporting and analysis features, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.easytoinspect.com/en/inspectionapp/features_report)
- [Easy to Inspect about page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.easytoinspect.com/en/inspectionapp/about)
- [Easy to Inspect privacy statement, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.easytoinspect.com/en/inspectionapp/privacy)
- [Easy to Inspect support site app change log, checked 2 October 2026](https://support.easytoinspect.com/app-changes/)
- [OpenCorporates listing for SCT Adviesdiensten B.V., checked 2 October 2026](https://opencorporates.com/companies/nl/27171370)
- [Easy to Inspect app listing on Google Play (publisher SCT Adviesdiensten B.V., linked from the vendor site), checked 12 October 2026](https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.easytoinspect.appv3)

## FirstPriority

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/firstpriority
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Also known as: First Priority, FirstPriority Mobile
FirstPriority is enterprise risk and incident management software sold by Risk Management Technologies (RMT), whose site is branded RMT Global, in West Perth, Western Australia. The company's pages state more than 30 years of experience but do not describe its ownership or history in more detail; the terms page names Risk Management Technologies Pty Ltd as the website owner. This profile covers FirstPriority only. RMT's other products, ChemAlert (chemical management) and Critical Insight (cyber threat intelligence), are separate offerings and are not covered.

RMT's pages describe FirstPriority as enterprise risk management software for organisations where serious incidents are unacceptable. It covers incident reporting and investigation, action tracking, configurable forms and workflow, reporting dashboards called ActionBoards, and a mobile app for iOS and Android used to report incidents and carry out audits and inspections on site. A Dual Assurance feature is described, with weak and failed controls able to be identified and linked to risk registers and bowties. Each implementation is described as customised, and two vendor case studies describe deployments.

Best-fit starting point: Large or high-consequence organisations that want a customised, enterprise-wide incident and risk system with critical control monitoring and field reporting, and are prepared to scope it through a tender or proposal.

Check before buying: Pricing, a trial and independent security certifications are not described on the reviewed pages, and integrations appear only in maintenance notices. Offline behaviour is stated only on the app store listing. Feature descriptions are short, so confirm the depth of risk register, bowtie and audit functions in a demonstration.

### Pricing

Not published; implementation is scoped through an enquiry and a tender or structured proposal. No amount is shown on the reviewed pages, and no pricing page, plan list, free plan or trial is described. The product page sets out an enquiry, a tender or structured proposal, then a customised set-up; the other reviewed page offers a demonstration request. Obtain a written quotation covering licence, hosting, implementation, support, upgrades and renewal.

### Offline capabilities

The Google Play listing says the app reports incidents and hazards with or without connectivity; the product page is silent. Confirm which audit and inspection functions work without a signal and how records synchronise.

Product scope: FirstPriority incident and risk management, action tracking, forms and workflow, critical control assurance, reporting and the FirstPriority mobile app. ChemAlert and Critical Insight are not covered.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. Confirm the proposed edition, configuration and commercial terms.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Critical control assurance: Ask for a live example of monitoring a control, recording a weakness and following the link to the risk register and bowtie, and check who maintains those records.
  Sources: https://www.rmtglobal.com/first-priority/risk-management-software
- Field use without signal: Test audits and inspections on a device with no connection, not just incident reports, and check synchronisation.
  Sources: https://www.rmtglobal.com/first-priority/risk-management-software, https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=au.com.rmt.firstpriority
- Customisation and delivery: The pages describe bespoke implementation through a tender or proposal. Clarify scope, timeline, who owns configuration and the cost of later changes.
  Sources: https://www.rmtglobal.com/first-priority/risk-management-software
- Security assurance: The security page describes controls but states no certification and names no products. Request independent reports covering the service that hosts FirstPriority.
  Sources: https://www.rmtglobal.com/legal/security, https://www.rmtglobal.com/impact-stories/first-priority-migration-for-global-food-producer
- Price and integrations: No amount is shown. Integration detail appears only in maintenance notices naming a Gateway web service and data warehouse API. Obtain written terms and an integration list before comparing options.
  Sources: https://www.rmtglobal.com/first-priority/risk-management-software, https://www.rmtglobal.com/first-priority/book-a-demo, https://www.rmtglobal.com/scheduled-maintenance

### Capability scope

- Incident reporting and investigation [documented]: The product page describes reporting, investigation and analysis of incidents with measures of governance and compliance. The dairy case study describes consistent incident reporting across worksites. Investigation methods are not itemised. Sources: https://www.rmtglobal.com/first-priority/risk-management-software, https://www.rmtglobal.com/impact-stories/first-priority-migration-for-global-food-producer
- Action management [documented]: The product page describes escalating action items, assigning them to users and tracking them to completion; a traceability section describes email notifications and a messenger. Sources: https://www.rmtglobal.com/first-priority/risk-management-software
- Configurable forms and workflow [documented]: The product page describes highly configurable forms and workflow that can support processes such as auditing of controls and rehabilitation management. Form-builder detail is not shown. Sources: https://www.rmtglobal.com/first-priority/risk-management-software
- Mobile audits, inspections and incident reporting [documented]: The product page and the Google Play listing describe a mobile app, available for iOS and Android per the page, used to report incidents and conduct audits and inspections on site. The listing shows an update dated 13 August 2026. Sources: https://www.rmtglobal.com/first-priority/risk-management-software, https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=au.com.rmt.firstpriority
- Offline use of the mobile app [conditional]: Only the Google Play listing mentions connectivity: incidents and hazards can be reported with or without it. Whether audits and inspections work without a signal is unclear. The product page is silent. Sources: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=au.com.rmt.firstpriority
- Dual Assurance critical control monitoring [documented]: The product page describes Dual Assurance as validating control measures before a significant incident, with weak and failed controls able to be identified and linked to risk registers and bowties. No further detail is shown. Sources: https://www.rmtglobal.com/first-priority/risk-management-software
- Strategic risk alignment and indicators [documented]: The product page describes a structured approach tied to organisational priorities and stated risk appetite, using leading and lagging indicators to refine critical control management plans. The indicator library is not shown. Sources: https://www.rmtglobal.com/first-priority/risk-management-software
- Reporting and ActionBoards [documented]: The product page describes one-click charts and graphs, multi-dimensional ActionBoards that can be customised, and views of trends, causes and control failures. Export formats are not described. Sources: https://www.rmtglobal.com/first-priority/risk-management-software
- Access controls and accountability [documented]: The product page describes secure logins and granular access by individual, team, role or department, useful for sensitive investigations, plus notifications for critical actions. The Google Play update note says Microsoft Entra OAuth sign-on was added for the mobile app and needs changes to the web application. Sources: https://www.rmtglobal.com/first-priority/risk-management-software, https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=au.com.rmt.firstpriority
- Hosted service security [conditional]: The security page describes RMT's SaaS in colocated NEXTDC facilities, encryption in transit and at rest, isolated client databases and a separate disaster recovery site. It does not name products; the dairy case study describes FirstPriority running there after a 2021 migration. Sources: https://www.rmtglobal.com/legal/security, https://www.rmtglobal.com/impact-stories/first-priority-migration-for-global-food-producer
- Deployment options [conditional]: Case-study text: a self-hosted FirstPriority implemented in 2011 and moved to RMT's SaaS in 2021; a 2014 implementation on the Defence Protected Network. Both pages' year field shows 2022. Options for new customers are not stated. Sources: https://www.rmtglobal.com/impact-stories/first-priority-implementation-for-department-of-defence, https://www.rmtglobal.com/impact-stories/first-priority-migration-for-global-food-producer
- Integrations, Gateway web service and data warehouse API [conditional]: The product page gives no integration detail. RMT maintenance notices name a FirstPriority Gateway web service, a data warehouse API and Report Builder, and warn that third-party applications using them may be affected. Their scope, documentation and licensing are not described. Sources: https://www.rmtglobal.com/scheduled-maintenance

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: control failure to action and mobile audit
1. Record a weak control and follow its link to the risk register and any bowtie.
2. Raise an action from that finding, assign it, escalate it and track it to completion.
3. Complete an inspection and an incident report on the mobile app with no signal.
4. Synchronise, then show the ActionBoard and an access-restricted investigation.

#### Proposed demo: ActionBoard reporting to data access review
1. Open a multi-dimensional ActionBoard and customise one chart on it.
2. Show trend and cause views and a one-click chart.
3. Ask how Report Builder reports are scheduled and delivered.
4. Ask to see the documentation for the Gateway web service and data warehouse API, and whether a test environment exists.
5. Confirm in writing which of these are included in the quoted licence.

### Product presentations

- [Aviation events dashboard with incidents and actions](https://www.rmtglobal.com/first-priority/risk-management-software): Official vendor image of a FirstPriority dashboard: incidents over time, corrective actions and contributing factors in an aviation example (illustrative).

### Questions and answers

#### What does FirstPriority cover?
The pages describe incident reporting and investigation, action management, configurable forms and workflow, control assurance, analytics and a mobile app. ChemAlert and Critical Insight are separate RMT products.

#### Does the mobile app work offline?
The Google Play listing says incidents and hazards can be reported with or without connectivity. The product page is silent, so test audits and inspections without signal.

#### How much does FirstPriority cost?
No amount is shown on the reviewed pages. The product page describes an enquiry, tender or structured proposal and customised set-up.

#### Who uses FirstPriority?
RMT's case studies describe an Australian defence department (implemented 2014 in the text) and a global food producer (2011 in the text). Both pages' year field shows 2022 without explanation. These are vendor-published accounts.

### Demo questions

- Show a control being monitored, a failure being recorded and how it links through to the risk register and any bowtie.
- Run an audit and an incident report on the mobile app with no signal and show what saves and when it synchronises.
- Provide a written price covering licences, hosting, implementation, support and upgrades, and renewal terms.
- Which integrations and data import or export options exist, and are any API or identity sign-on options included?
- Which independent security assurance reports can you provide for the hosted service that runs FirstPriority?

### Primary sources

- [RMT FirstPriority product page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.rmtglobal.com/first-priority/risk-management-software)
- [RMT FirstPriority book a demo page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.rmtglobal.com/first-priority/book-a-demo)
- [RMT Global about page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.rmtglobal.com/about)
- [RMT security page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.rmtglobal.com/legal/security)
- [RMT case study: FirstPriority at the Department of Defence, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.rmtglobal.com/impact-stories/first-priority-implementation-for-department-of-defence)
- [RMT case study: FirstPriority migration for a global food producer, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.rmtglobal.com/impact-stories/first-priority-migration-for-global-food-producer)
- [FirstPriority Mobile on Google Play, checked 2 October 2026](https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=au.com.rmt.firstpriority)
- [RMT scheduled maintenance notices, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.rmtglobal.com/scheduled-maintenance)
- [RMT website terms, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.rmtglobal.com/legal/terms)

## Safety Evolution

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/safety-evolution
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
Safety Evolution is a safety management software vendor. A SourceForge listing gives Canada as its headquarters and 2016 as the founding year; the vendor pages reviewed state no headquarters, street address or ownership. The site also links to training courses and safety services, which this profile does not cover.

Safety Evolution describes a single platform for field-based companies that replaces paper with a mobile app and a manager dashboard. The module pages describe a form builder with a template library, incident and near-miss reporting with an investigation tool, a learning management system with a training matrix, onboarding checklists and equipment inspections linked to work orders. Incident and asset data feed Power BI dashboards. Pricing is by quotation, and a free trial is offered.

Best-fit starting point: Field-based companies, which the pages describe as contractors and teams in construction and other industrial sectors, that want forms, training records, incident follow-up and equipment inspections in one system.

Check before buying: No amounts are published and the trial length differs between pages: the home, mobile app and trial pages state 30 days (the trial and mobile app pages say a card is required), while five module pages (forms, incident, learning, asset, onboarding) still say 60 days. Security certifications, hosting and an open API are not described.

### Pricing

Custom quotation based on active workers; no amounts published on the reviewed pages. The get-a-quote page shows no amount and lists no plan names. It says pricing is custom-built around the operation, that customers pay only for active workers using the system, and that operations with 100 or more active users are automatically given a lower per-user rate. Its FAQ adds that some clients need setup or form configuration outlined in the quote, and that annual and monthly options are quoted. A free trial is described separately. Confirm the billing basis, minimums, fees, currency and renewal terms in writing.

### Offline capabilities

The mobile app page says forms can be completed offline in low-service areas and sync automatically when a connection returns. Conflict handling is not described.

Product scope: Mobile safety forms, incident and near-miss investigation, learning management and training matrix, onboarding checklists, asset inspections and work orders, and analytics.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. Confirm the proposed edition, configuration and commercial terms.

Trial status: verified-free. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Trial and commercial terms: Resolve the 30-day and 60-day trial statements, the card requirement and the per-active-worker billing basis before committing.
  Sources: https://www.safetyevolution.com/trial-offer, https://www.safetyevolution.com/get-a-quote, https://www.safetyevolution.com/digital-safety-forms
- Offline behaviour in the field: Test form completion, photos and signatures with no signal, and check what syncs and in what order.
  Sources: https://www.safetyevolution.com/mobile-safety-app, https://www.safetyevolution.com/reduce-equipment-downtime-with-asset-management
- Closed-loop corrective actions: Check that a form or inspection finding becomes an assigned, dated action or work order and that closure is evidenced.
  Sources: https://www.safetyevolution.com/digital-safety-forms, https://www.safetyevolution.com/reduce-equipment-downtime-with-asset-management, https://www.safetyevolution.com/mobile-safety-app
- Data, security and integrations: Request security documentation, hosting details and the scope of the named connections, and whether any data is submitted to contractor portals directly.
  Sources: https://www.safetyevolution.com/trial-offer, https://www.safetyevolution.com/incident-reporting-investigations-system

### Capability scope

- Mobile forms with offline use [documented]: The mobile app page describes completing forms, inspections and incident reports on a phone or tablet, offline completion with automatic sync, attached media, and signatures with date and time stamps. Platform availability is not stated. Sources: https://www.safetyevolution.com/mobile-safety-app, https://www.safetyevolution.com/
- Form builder and template library [documented]: The forms page describes more than 20 form elements, repeatable sections, inspection and risk assessment elements and a library of 100 or more pre-built forms. Conditional logic is not described. Sources: https://www.safetyevolution.com/digital-safety-forms
- Corrective actions and work orders [documented]: The pages describe corrective actions triggered from forms, assigned to owners with due dates, and work orders created from reported deficiencies. Sources: https://www.safetyevolution.com/digital-safety-forms, https://www.safetyevolution.com/mobile-safety-app, https://www.safetyevolution.com/reduce-equipment-downtime-with-asset-management
- Incident reporting and investigation [documented]: The incident page describes reporting of incidents and near misses with guided questions, notification to managers, assignment of investigations, a root cause factor checklist and action items. Regulator submission formats are not described. Sources: https://www.safetyevolution.com/incident-reporting-investigations-system
- Learning management and training matrix [documented]: The LMS page describes an online course library, assignment and progress tracking, generated certificates that update the training matrix, and notifications 30 days before and on the day of expiry. Sources: https://www.safetyevolution.com/learning-management-system
- Onboarding and orientation tracking [documented]: The onboarding page describes custom onboarding checklists and orientations that are assigned, tracked and stored, with certificates showing manager and employee signatures. Sources: https://www.safetyevolution.com/custom-employee-onboarding-orientation
- Asset inspections and preventative maintenance [documented]: The asset page describes asset records, equipment inspections, scheduled preventative maintenance and work orders linked to the asset. Sources: https://www.safetyevolution.com/reduce-equipment-downtime-with-asset-management
- Power BI analytics [documented]: The incident and asset pages state that incident, investigation and maintenance data feed Microsoft Power BI dashboards. Sources: https://www.safetyevolution.com/incident-reporting-investigations-system, https://www.safetyevolution.com/reduce-equipment-downtime-with-asset-management
- SE-AI assistant [conditional]: The home and trial pages describe SE-AI, labelled a new feature, as answering questions and helping with reports using the customer's safety data; the trial page lists a preview among the bonus items. Its example conversations are labelled a mockup. Paid-plan inclusion and how it works are not described. Sources: https://www.safetyevolution.com/, https://www.safetyevolution.com/trial-offer
- Procore, Avetta and ISNetworld connections [conditional]: The trial page lists Procore, Avetta, ISNetworld, plus 'and more', as systems to connect in its SE-AI section, illustrated by a mockup. The incident page says contractor KPIs are kept ready for submission to portals that include ISNetworld and Avetta. How any connection works, its data flow and cost are not described. Sources: https://www.safetyevolution.com/trial-offer, https://www.safetyevolution.com/incident-reporting-investigations-system
- Security certifications, hosting and open API [unverified]: Not described on the reviewed pages.

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: field inspection to closed corrective action
1. Build or edit a form from the template library and issue it to a worker on a phone.
2. Complete it offline with a photo and signature, then reconnect and confirm the sync.
3. Show the corrective action or work order created and assign an owner and due date.
4. Raise a near miss, assign an investigation and record root cause factors.
5. Open the manager dashboard and training matrix to show the resulting records.

#### Proposed demo: new worker onboarding to training matrix and expiry
1. Invite a new worker, confirm the orientation courses are assigned automatically and ask how the onboarding checklist is issued.
2. Assign a course from the library and follow the progress states from enrolled to certified.
3. Complete it and check the certificate updates the worker profile and training matrix, with both signatures.
4. Show when the 30-day and day-of-expiry notices go to the worker and admin.
5. Open the training matrix and ask how overdue or expiring training is shown.

### Product presentations

- [Form designer (admin view) and mobile form (worker view)](https://www.safetyevolution.com/digital-safety-forms): Official vendor image of the form builder on a laptop and the same inspection form on a phone for workers.

### Questions and answers

#### Does Safety Evolution publish its prices?
No amount appears on the reviewed pages; the quote page says pricing is custom-built, based on active workers, with reduced per-user pricing from 100 active users.

#### Is there a free trial?
Yes. The home, mobile app and trial pages state 30 days; the trial page says a card is required and no charge applies during the trial. Five module pages still say 60 days.

#### Does the mobile app work offline?
The mobile app page says forms can be completed offline and sync automatically when service returns. Platform support and conflict handling are not described.

### Demo questions

- Which trial length applies, given pages state 30 and 60 days, and what happens to data afterwards?
- How is an active worker counted for billing, and what are the minimums and fees?
- Complete a form offline on a phone, then show the sync and any conflicts.
- Trace one deficiency from an equipment inspection to a work order, its owner, due date and closure record.
- Show where data is hosted, role permissions, and how to export it if you leave.

### Primary sources

- [Safety Evolution home page, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.safetyevolution.com/)
- [Safety Evolution mobile safety app, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.safetyevolution.com/mobile-safety-app)
- [Safety Evolution digital safety forms, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.safetyevolution.com/digital-safety-forms)
- [Safety Evolution incident reporting and investigations, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.safetyevolution.com/incident-reporting-investigations-system)
- [Safety Evolution learning management system, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.safetyevolution.com/learning-management-system)
- [Safety Evolution asset management, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.safetyevolution.com/reduce-equipment-downtime-with-asset-management)
- [Safety Evolution onboarding and orientation, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.safetyevolution.com/custom-employee-onboarding-orientation)
- [Safety Evolution get a quote, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.safetyevolution.com/get-a-quote)
- [Safety Evolution free trial offer, checked 2 October 2026](https://www.safetyevolution.com/trial-offer)
- [SourceForge listing for Safety Evolution, checked 2 October 2026](https://sourceforge.net/software/product/Safety-Evolution/)

## ComplyWorks

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/complyworks
Sources checked: 2026-10-14
ComplyWorks is presented on the Veriforce Canada site as one of its products. A press release dated 27 July 2026 is headlined as Veriforce Canada being the parent company of SafeContractor Canada and ComplyWorks; its text calls Veriforce Canada the overarching Canadian brand and part of the broader Veriforce Group. The heritage page lists "2025: ComplyWorks joins the story" and, for April 2026, Veriforce Canada becoming the official Canadian legal entity. No acquisition date, seller or terms are given. This profile covers only the Canadian ComplyWorks pages. It does not cover Veriforce group offerings elsewhere, SafeContractor Canada, SafeLearning or SafeEmployee, which the pages list as separate products.

The Veriforce Canada pages describe ComplyWorks as one product for hiring clients to set compliance requirements, track contractor and workforce status, and monitor work at site or project level. Named areas include contractor prequalification, contractor evaluation, orientations and training distribution, incident and corrective action tracking, bulletins with acknowledgements, document alerts and structured exemptions. The pages say requirements can be adapted by province, and the vendor states it supports businesses from small to enterprise. No price is shown.

Best-fit starting point: Hiring clients in Canada that manage contractors, suppliers and workers across several sites and want requirements, hours, orientations and follow-up actions in one product.

Check before buying: The pages are marketing descriptions; screens, data fields, scoring rules and report formats are not shown. How contractor evaluation is scored, integrations, an API, a mobile app and security attestations are not described. The shared site also presents sister products, so confirm which features belong to ComplyWorks in your contract.

### Pricing

Quote-based; a demo request is the route to commercial terms. Pricing is not publicly available on the reviewed pages. The ComplyWorks product pages and the Veriforce Canada newsroom show no subscription amount, plan names or trial terms; the pages point to a demo request. Ask which parties pay, since hiring clients and contractors may be charged differently, and confirm any set-up, support and renewal terms in writing.

### Offline capabilities

Offline use and a mobile app are not described on the reviewed pages; ask for a field test if workers sign in on site.

Product scope: Contractor, supplier and workforce compliance management for hiring clients in Canada: requirements, prequalification, worksite monitoring, evaluation, orientations, incident follow-up and communications.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. Confirm the proposed edition, configuration and commercial terms.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Product scope within the Veriforce Canada portfolio: The site presents four products. Ask for a written list of what the ComplyWorks contract includes and whether any capability sits in a sister product.
  Sources: https://veriforce.ca/veriforce-newsroom/veriforce-canada-expands-its-impact-as-the-parent-company-of-safecontractor-canada-and-complyworks, https://veriforce.ca/products/safecontractor
- Requirement design: Build one real requirement set across company, worker and site levels and check how provincial or client-specific rules are configured.
  Sources: https://veriforce.ca/products/complyworks/contractor-and-workforce-compliance-management
- Worker and contractor experience: Test registration, document upload, orientation and sign-off as a contractor, since the pages describe obligations tied to site access.
  Sources: https://veriforce.ca/products/complyworks/contractor-and-workforce-compliance-management, https://new.complyworks.com/auth/login
- Follow-up actions and evidence: Check how incidents, exemptions and corrective actions are recorded, approved and reported for an audit.
  Sources: https://veriforce.ca/products/complyworks/contractor-and-workforce-compliance-management
- Commercial and data terms: No price is shown. Confirm who pays, the term, support hours, data location and exit options in writing.
  Sources: https://veriforce.ca/products/complyworks, https://veriforce.ca/veriforce-newsroom

### Capability scope

- Contractor prequalification and requirement definition [documented]: The pages describe setting criteria such as documentation, policy acknowledgements, orientations, training, insurance and regulatory obligations, and prequalification of contractors. Questionnaires, scoring and approval rules are not itemised. Sources: https://veriforce.ca/products/complyworks/contractor-and-workforce-compliance-management, https://veriforce.ca/veriforce-newsroom/viva-homes-by-atco-selects-complyworks-to-strengthen-contractor-management
- Worksite and project-level monitoring [documented]: The pages describe managing compliance where the work is done, with requirements adjusted by site, project or region and a view of status across teams and locations. Sources: https://veriforce.ca/products/complyworks/contractor-and-workforce-compliance-management, https://veriforce.ca/products/complyworks
- Workforce and contractor hours tracking [documented]: The pages describe monitoring contractor hours, participation and eligibility against requirements. How hours are captured on site is not described. Sources: https://veriforce.ca/products/complyworks/contractor-and-workforce-compliance-management
- Contractor and supplier evaluation [documented]: The pages describe assessing contractor and supplier performance, past compliance and risk with structured criteria. Scoring and review criteria are not itemised. Sources: https://veriforce.ca/products/complyworks/contractor-and-workforce-compliance-management
- Orientations, onboarding and training distribution [documented]: The pages describe onboarding content, site orientations and training sign-offs before arrival. A course library is not described; SafeLearning is a separate product. Sources: https://veriforce.ca/products/complyworks/contractor-and-workforce-compliance-management, https://veriforce.ca/products/complyworks
- Incident, near-miss and corrective action tracking [documented]: The pages describe tracking incidents, near misses, tasks and corrective measures tied to a site or project. Investigation methods and workflow steps are not itemised. Sources: https://veriforce.ca/products/complyworks/contractor-and-workforce-compliance-management, https://veriforce.ca/products/complyworks
- Bulletins and acknowledgements [documented]: The pages describe sending notices and bulletins and tracking who received, viewed, acknowledged or completed them. Sources: https://veriforce.ca/products/complyworks/contractor-and-workforce-compliance-management
- Document storage and expiry alerts [documented]: The pages describe secure record access and automated notifications for expiring documents or overdue actions. Retention rules are not described. Sources: https://veriforce.ca/products/complyworks/contractor-and-workforce-compliance-management
- Structured exemptions [documented]: The pages describe managing time-bound exceptions with the reason, mitigation steps and approvals recorded. Sources: https://veriforce.ca/products/complyworks/contractor-and-workforce-compliance-management
- Reporting and trends [documented]: The pages describe reports and advanced reporting to review compliance data and trends. Report formats and exports are not itemised. Sources: https://veriforce.ca/products/complyworks/contractor-and-workforce-compliance-management, https://veriforce.ca/products/complyworks
- Single sign-on [conditional]: The product FAQ says single sign-on can be supported. Whether it is standard or depends on the contract is not stated. Sources: https://veriforce.ca/products/complyworks/contractor-and-workforce-compliance-management
- Mobile access, API and integrations [unverified]: Not described on the reviewed ComplyWorks pages.

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: contractor requirements to site follow-up
1. Define a requirement set for one site with documents, orientation and insurance criteria.
2. Onboard a contractor and a worker and let them complete the requirements.
3. Show hours tracking, an expiring document alert and a granted exemption.
4. Record an incident and a corrective action and review it in a report.

#### Proposed demo: contractor evaluation and bulletin acknowledgement
1. Show an evaluation of one contractor against structured criteria, including compliance history.
2. Send a bulletin to contractors working at a single site.
3. Show who has received, viewed and acknowledged it.
4. Ask whether a report can list open acknowledgements by contractor.

### Product presentations

- [Contractor compliance table with predictive risk column](https://veriforce.ca/products/complyworks/contractor-and-workforce-compliance-management): Official vendor image of a ComplyWorks contractor list showing overall status, a predictive risk rating and OSHA and EMR verification status per company.

### Questions and answers

#### Who owns ComplyWorks?
The vendor's pages describe ComplyWorks as a Veriforce Canada product. A 27 July 2026 press release is headlined as Veriforce Canada being its parent company, and the heritage page lists ComplyWorks joining in 2025. No acquisition date or terms are given.

#### Is ComplyWorks the same as SafeContractor Canada?
No. The Veriforce Canada site lists them as separate products. This profile covers ComplyWorks only.

#### Does ComplyWorks support single sign-on?
The product FAQ says it can support single sign-on through existing enterprise systems. Protocols and set-up are not described.

#### How is ComplyWorks priced?
No amount is shown on the reviewed pages. The route described is a demo request.

#### Which languages and support does the vendor state?
The vendor states that the product is available in 25+ languages with 24/7 operational support, and lists dedicated operational support teams. These are vendor statements; confirm what applies to your contract.

### Demo questions

- Which modules, user types and sites are in the quoted ComplyWorks scope, and which belong to sister products?
- Show a requirement set for one site and one contractor, and how a gap appears for the worker and for the hiring client.
- Show how contractor hours are captured and what a worker must do on arrival, including without signal.
- Walk through an incident, a near miss and a corrective action from entry to closure, with who is notified.
- State who pays (client, contractor or both), the contract term, data location, single sign-on set-up and export options.

### Primary sources

- [Veriforce Canada ComplyWorks product page, checked 2 October 2026](https://veriforce.ca/products/complyworks)
- [Veriforce Canada ComplyWorks contractor and workforce compliance management page, checked 2 October 2026](https://veriforce.ca/products/complyworks/contractor-and-workforce-compliance-management)
- [Veriforce Canada heritage page, checked 2 October 2026](https://veriforce.ca/about/heritage)
- [Veriforce Canada press release on ComplyWorks and SafeContractor Canada, 27 July 2026, checked 2 October 2026](https://veriforce.ca/veriforce-newsroom/veriforce-canada-expands-its-impact-as-the-parent-company-of-safecontractor-canada-and-complyworks)
- [Veriforce Canada press release on a ComplyWorks customer, 10 March 2026, checked 2 October 2026](https://veriforce.ca/veriforce-newsroom/viva-homes-by-atco-selects-complyworks-to-strengthen-contractor-management)
- [Veriforce Canada SafeContractor product page (scope boundary), checked 2 October 2026](https://veriforce.ca/products/safecontractor)
- [ComplyWorks product login page, checked 2 October 2026](https://new.complyworks.com/auth/login)
- [Veriforce Canada newsroom, checked 2 October 2026](https://veriforce.ca/veriforce-newsroom)

## eAuditor Audits & Inspections

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/eauditor
Sources checked: 2026-10-10
Also known as: eAuditor
The vendor terms (effective 1 January 2026) name Lyons Information Systems, itself a Sequoia Systems, Inc. subsidiary, as operator; the App Store listing shows Sequoia Systems, Inc. as seller. Plans differ by seat type (Full, Lite, Guest) and template limits; seat types apply only on Premium and Enterprise, and the Free plan is separate from the Premium trial.

eAuditor is a cloud and mobile platform for inspections, issue capture and corrective actions. Teams turn paper or spreadsheet checklists into templates, run inspections on a phone or tablet including without a connection, attach photos and signatures, assign follow-up actions, schedule recurring work and review reports and dashboards.

Best-fit starting point: Field teams in manufacturing, construction, retail, facilities, hospitality and healthcare that want digital checklists, mobile inspections and action follow-up, with a free entry tier and per-seat paid plans..

Check before buying: The pricing page shows two sets of figures (Premium $12.99 under the Monthly toggle and $9.99 under the Yearly toggle; Lite from $6 and from $5), and the terms and App Store listing word the Free plan and trial differently. Confirm live prices, limits and refund terms in writing; the terms say fees are non-refundable and subscriptions renew automatically. No SOC 2 or ISO 27001 statement was found on the reviewed pages, which does not show that none exists.

### Pricing

Per-seat subscription with free plan. Free plan $0 for up to 10 seats with 5 active templates, unlimited inspections, 3 years of history, analytics, training, tasks and issue reporting. Premium shows $12.99 per seat/month under the Monthly toggle and $9.99 under the Yearly (24% discount) toggle, assigned from the page markup because the amounts have no period label; it has a 30-day free trial button, unlimited seats and templates, advanced analytics and training, permissions, integrations and advanced security, and only the Monthly-toggle block names SSO and SCIM. Lite seats are added to a paid plan and show from $6 (Monthly toggle) or from $5 (Yearly toggle) per seat/month, both captioned 'when billed annually', with 12 inspections a year and view-only analytics. A seat table also shows $5 for a limited seat and $12.99 for an unlimited-access seat labelled 'Lite seat'. Enterprise is custom-priced per seat or per site. No currency is named. The terms say subscriptions renew automatically and fees are non-refundable unless the agreement states otherwise.

### When the price fits

In our editorial judgment, eAuditor may suit teams that want offline mobile inspections, action follow-up and a free entry tier, provided the live prices, trial and refund terms and security documentation are confirmed in writing. It is less suitable if five active templates on the Free plan must cover a whole checklist library, or if the team needs a stated security certification, a named data region or fixed published pricing without further checks.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-10 [verified]: Free plan limits, both Premium and Lite figure sets, the 30-day trial button and custom Enterprise pricing were read on the vendor pricing page. Which figure belongs to which billing period comes from the page's toggle markup, the currency is not named, and the terms and App Store listing word the Free plan and trial differently.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://eauditor.app/pricing/
- https://eauditor.app/terms-conditions/
- https://apps.apple.com/us/app/eauditor-audits-inspections/id1558915087

### Offline mobile capture documented; conflict handling not described

The vendor blog and inspection page describe completing inspections without a connection, with progress kept on the device and synced after reconnection, and the App Store listing states offline capability. Conflict handling, device storage limits and offline behavior of photos, signatures and dictation are not described.

Product scope: Free plan: up to 10 seats, 5 active templates, unlimited inspections, 3 years of history. Premium adds unlimited seats and templates, advanced analytics and training, permissions, integrations, advanced security and unlimited history. Seat types apply only on Premium and Enterprise. Enterprise is quoted per seat or per site.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. Confirm the proposed edition, configuration and commercial terms. The vendor pricing page, terms and App Store listing word the Free plan and trial differently; each is recorded as shown on 10 October 2026.

Trial status: verified-free. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Pricing clarity: The pricing page shows $12.99 and $9.99 for Premium and from $6 and from $5 for Lite in its two toggle states, with no currency. Confirm the figure for your billing period, the annual discount and Lite limits in writing.
  Sources: https://eauditor.app/pricing/
- Offline evidence: Offline capture with sync after reconnection is described on the vendor blog and inspection page and in the App Store listing. Test your own inspection length, photos, signatures and dictation without a connection, and ask how conflicting edits are resolved.
  Sources: https://eauditor.app/2026/09/28/offline-audit-tool-2/, https://eauditor.app/inspections/, https://apps.apple.com/us/app/eauditor-audits-inspections/id1558915087
- Security assurance: The terms state AWS hosting, TLS 1.2/1.3 in transit, AES-256 or equivalent at rest and role-based access, and the integrations page describes SSO with Azure AD or Okta. No SOC 2 or ISO 27001 statement or data-region choice was found; request security documentation and audit reports.
  Sources: https://eauditor.app/terms-conditions/, https://eauditor.app/integrations/
- Contract terms: The terms require a paid subscription unless agreed otherwise, renew automatically and make fees non-refundable, while the pricing page offers a Free plan and a 30-day trial and the App Store listing mentions 14 days. The governing-law clause still shows an unfilled '[Insert State]' placeholder. Settle these in the order form.
  Sources: https://eauditor.app/terms-conditions/, https://eauditor.app/pricing/, https://apps.apple.com/us/app/eauditor-audits-inspections/id1558915087
- AI output control: The terms say AI-generated content may require human review and that compliance decisions stay with the customer. Review generated checklists and analysis before use, and confirm language coverage: five languages on the checklist page, ten in the home-page FAQ.
  Sources: https://eauditor.app/terms-conditions/, https://eauditor.app/ai-generated-checklists/, https://eauditor.app/

### Capability scope

- Digital checklist builder [documented]: Drag-and-drop template builder with answer-based show/hide logic; paper or spreadsheet checklists can be converted. The Free plan allows five active templates; Premium lists unlimited. Sources: https://eauditor.app/, https://eauditor.app/pricing/
- Offline mobile inspections [documented]: Inspections can continue without a connection, with progress kept on the device and synced after reconnection. Conflict handling, storage limits and offline photos, signatures and dictation are not described. Sources: https://eauditor.app/2026/09/28/offline-audit-tool-2/, https://eauditor.app/inspections/, https://apps.apple.com/us/app/eauditor-audits-inspections/id1558915087
- Corrective action tracking [documented]: Issues found during an inspection can be assigned with deadlines and progress tracking, and closed with photos or notes as proof. A follow-up ticket can be raised from a configured answer; recipients are not fully specified. Sources: https://eauditor.app/solutions/, https://eauditor.app/automated-inspection-notifications/
- Reports and branding [conditional]: Reports are generated after an inspection and can be shared. The plan table shows PDF and web reports on Free and PDF, Word, Excel and web on Premium, with custom branded reports apparently Premium only; the table is hard to read, so confirm. Sources: https://eauditor.app/, https://eauditor.app/pricing/, https://eauditor.app/inspections/
- Analytics dashboards [documented]: Mobile and desktop data feed dashboards on productivity and compliance trends. Free lists analytics, Premium advanced analytics; the home page shows Pareto and Power BI examples. Sources: https://eauditor.app/, https://eauditor.app/pricing/
- Single sign-on [conditional]: SSO with identity providers such as Azure AD or Okta is described on the integrations page. The pricing page lists advanced security under Premium and names SSO and SCIM in only one toggle state; SCIM is absent from the integrations page. Sources: https://eauditor.app/pricing/, https://eauditor.app/integrations/
- Integrations and API [conditional]: Power BI, Tableau, report sync to SharePoint, Google Drive, Dropbox or OneDrive, Outlook and Google Calendar scheduling, Zapier, Power Automate and a REST API are listed. Pricing places integrations under Premium; SAP is named without detail. Sources: https://eauditor.app/integrations/, https://eauditor.app/pricing/, https://eauditor.app/
- Seat types and permissions [documented]: Full, Lite and Guest seats differ in inspection limits (12 a year for Lite on annual plans, 3 lifetime for Guest), training and administration, and apply only on Premium and Enterprise. The seat table also lists sensors, lone-worker and document rows without further description. Sources: https://eauditor.app/docs/what-are-seat-types-in-eauditor/
- Recurring scheduling and overdue tracking [documented]: The task dashboard page describes assigning inspections to people, daily to annual recurring schedules, due dates, status and highlighted overdue items. Reminders and a calendar view are not described there. Sources: https://eauditor.app/eauditor-task-management-dashboard-schedule-assign-track/
- Issue and observation reporting [documented]: Anyone can log observations, hazards or near misses from the app or a QR code, and the right people are notified; Free lists tasks and issue reporting. Formal incident investigation is not described. Sources: https://eauditor.app/, https://eauditor.app/pricing/
- AI checklist generation [documented]: A draft checklist can be generated from an industry, question count and language, then edited and published; the plan table has an AI template builder row whose plan placement is unclear. The terms say AI output may need human review. Sources: https://eauditor.app/ai-generated-checklists/, https://eauditor.app/, https://eauditor.app/pricing/, https://eauditor.app/terms-conditions/
- AI report analysis [conditional]: An Analyze with AI option turns report responses into weighted scores, bar graphs, suggestions and summaries. The vendor says it is in the web version now and mobile later; plan placement, accuracy and data handling are not described. Sources: https://eauditor.app/ai-report-analysis-smart-visual-insights/
- Inspection scoring [documented]: Pass/fail, yes/no, numeric and weighted scoring are described, with an example of pass, conditional pass and fail thresholds. Weight values and formulas are not given, so test the rules you need. Sources: https://eauditor.app/inspection-scoring/, https://eauditor.app/inspections/
- Asset register and maintenance [documented]: Assets can be added manually or imported from Excel or CSV, tagged with barcodes or QR codes, linked to inspection forms, assigned to people or sites and given maintenance schedules and a time-stamped history. Lite and Guest seats see them read-only. Sources: https://eauditor.app/asset-inspection/, https://eauditor.app/docs/what-are-seat-types-in-eauditor/
- Training [conditional]: Free lists training and Premium advanced training; the plan table adds an AI course builder, in-person training and performance tracking, and apparently Premium-only course translation, recurring courses and a training matrix. Content depth is not documented. Sources: https://eauditor.app/pricing/
- Template library and conversion [documented]: The vendor cites more than 10,000 library templates and a service where its staff convert uploaded PDF, Word or Excel checklists. The home-page sample list has duplicate and test-style titles, and the conversion page gives no price or turnaround. Sources: https://eauditor.app/, https://eauditor.app/template-upload/
- Field evidence capture [documented]: Annotated photos and video, e-signatures, QR or barcode scanning and dictated comments are described; the dictation page says multiple languages work without listing them. Nothing reviewed addresses legal signature standards or evidence integrity. Sources: https://eauditor.app/inspections/, https://eauditor.app/voice-to-text-dictation-turn-voice-into-text-with-eauditor19722-2/
- Hosting, encryption and data terms [documented]: The terms state AWS hosting, Azure-based sign-in where enabled, TLS 1.2/1.3 in transit, AES-256 or equivalent at rest and role-based access, and say that after termination customers may request an export before stored data may be deleted. No region choice or audit report is mentioned. Sources: https://eauditor.app/terms-conditions/

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Proposed demo: offline site inspection to corrective action
1. Build or select a checklist template with show/hide logic.
2. Complete the inspection on mobile without connectivity, capturing photos and a signature.
3. Reconnect and confirm records sync to the dashboard.
4. Convert flagged issues into assigned corrective actions with due dates.
5. Generate the report in the format and branding the proposed plan allows and share it.

#### Proposed demo: AI-drafted checklist to scored inspection
1. Generate a draft checklist in the language we will use, then edit it and add scoring and one show/hide rule.
2. Complete it on a mobile device with an annotated photo, a signature and a dictated comment.
3. Review the score and report, and run AI report analysis in the web app.
4. Compare the suggested actions with a reviewer's own judgement.

#### Proposed demo: recurring inspection with overdue follow-up
1. Schedule a recurring inspection for two assignees with due dates.
2. Leave one occurrence overdue and check the dashboard highlight and any reminders.
3. Fail an item and follow the action to a Guest or Lite seat user, noting what that seat can see and how many inspections it allows.
4. Send the results to our BI tool or cloud storage through the proposed integration.

### Product presentations

- [AI template creation form](https://eauditor.app/ai-generated-checklists/): Official vendor image of the eAuditor AI template form with industry, sub-category, question-count and language fields; the orange boxes are the vendor's own annotations.
- [Task list with status filters and overdue count](https://eauditor.app/eauditor-task-management-dashboard-schedule-assign-track/): Official vendor image of the eAuditor task list with status filters, open and overdue counters and task cards with due dates; cropped to remove the account menu, and the entries look like sample data.

### Questions and answers

#### Is there a free version of eAuditor?
The pricing page lists a Free plan at $0 per seat for up to 10 seats, with 5 active templates, unlimited inspections, analytics, training, task and issue reporting and 3 years of history. The vendor terms say access needs a paid subscription unless agreed in writing, so confirm the Free plan in the contract.

#### Does eAuditor work without an internet connection?
According to the vendor, yes. Its blog, inspection page and App Store listing say inspections can be completed without a connection and sync after reconnection. Conflict handling and device storage limits are not described.

#### How much does the paid plan cost?
The pricing page shows Premium at $12.99 per seat/month under the Monthly toggle and $9.99 under the Yearly (24% discount) toggle, with a 30-day free-trial button; the App Store listing mentions 14 days. Lite seats show from $6 or from $5. Enterprise is custom-priced and no currency is named, so confirm in a quote.

#### Does eAuditor support SSO?
The integrations page describes SSO with identity providers such as Azure AD or Okta. The pricing page lists advanced security under Premium and names SSO and SCIM in only one toggle state, and SCIM is absent from the integrations page, so ask for written confirmation for your plan.

#### Does eAuditor state a security certification?
No SOC 2 or ISO 27001 statement was found on the reviewed pages, which does not show that none exists. The terms state AWS hosting, TLS 1.2/1.3 in transit and AES-256 or equivalent at rest; ask for audit reports.

#### Which languages does the AI checklist generator support?
The AI checklist page lists five (English, French, Spanish, Portuguese, Hindi). The home-page FAQ lists ten, adding Mandarin, Arabic, Bengali, Russian and Indonesian, and the App Store listing shows English for the app. Confirm in a trial.

#### Can inspections be scheduled?
The task dashboard page describes recurring daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly and annual schedules with ownership, status, due dates and highlighted overdue items. It does not describe reminders or a calendar view; the integrations page mentions Outlook or Google Calendar scheduling with reminders.

### Research updates

- 2026-10-10: Initial researched profile created from vendor pages after directory submission review.
- 2026-10-10: Re-read every cited vendor page: corrected the Premium and Lite price states, SSO and SCIM, trial and operator wording, and added scheduling, AI, asset, training, template, evidence and hosting capabilities.

### Demo questions

- Complete an inspection offline with photos, a signature and a dictated note, then reconnect and show how records and timestamps sync.
- Show live Premium and Lite prices for each billing option, the currency, and what Lite and Guest seats can and cannot do.
- Demonstrate SSO with our identity provider and confirm whether SCIM is part of our plan.
- Provide written security documentation: hosting region, encryption, backups and any audit reports or certifications.
- Generate an AI checklist and an AI report analysis in our working language and explain how inspection data is handled.
- Confirm Free plan, trial and refund terms in the contract, given the differences between pricing page, terms and App Store listing.

### Primary sources

- [Pricing tiers, seat types and trial](https://eauditor.app/pricing/)
- [Platform overview and checklist builder](https://eauditor.app/)
- [Offline inspection capability](https://eauditor.app/2026/09/28/offline-audit-tool-2/)
- [Integrations catalog](https://eauditor.app/integrations/)
- [Seat type definitions](https://eauditor.app/docs/what-are-seat-types-in-eauditor/)
- [Solutions by industry](https://eauditor.app/solutions/)
- [Terms and conditions: operator, hosting and security](https://eauditor.app/terms-conditions/)
- [Inspection features: scanning, signatures and offline](https://eauditor.app/inspections/)
- [Asset register and inspection](https://eauditor.app/asset-inspection/)
- [AI-generated checklists](https://eauditor.app/ai-generated-checklists/)
- [AI report analysis](https://eauditor.app/ai-report-analysis-smart-visual-insights/)
- [Task dashboard and recurring inspections](https://eauditor.app/eauditor-task-management-dashboard-schedule-assign-track/)
- [Inspection scoring methods](https://eauditor.app/inspection-scoring/)
- [Automated follow-up tickets](https://eauditor.app/automated-inspection-notifications/)
- [Template upload service](https://eauditor.app/template-upload/)
- [Voice-to-text dictation](https://eauditor.app/voice-to-text-dictation-turn-voice-into-text-with-eauditor19722-2/)
- [Apple App Store listing](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/eauditor-audits-inspections/id1558915087)
- [Contact and booking calendar](https://eauditor.app/contact-us/)

## Accupoint

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/accupoint
Sources checked: 2026-10-10
Also known as: Accupoint Software
Accupoint Software is the brand of Accupoint Software Development, LLC, which says it has served energy operators since 2007. The vendor describes one QHSE core with Quality, Safety & Risk and Environmental hubs, a mobile offering (MPX, also called the Mobile Hub) and a field service module. Some pages use other solution names (SAM, SafeOp, InterLink, UpStream), and a sample screen shows differently named in-app hubs. On vendor pages API means the American Petroleum Institute's specifications, not a software interface.

Accupoint is a cloud QHSE platform from Accupoint Software Development, LLC. One core covers audits, corrective actions, controlled documents, risk, training and KPI dashboards, and standards bundles are grouped into Quality, Safety & Risk and Environmental hubs. The vendor lists API Spec Q1, Q2 and 6A/6D/6DSS, ISO 9001, 29001, 14001, 45001 and 31000, and OSHA PSM.

Best-fit starting point: Oil and gas equipment makers and service suppliers, and other regulated industrial operators, that want API Spec records next to ISO or OSHA PSM programs and may add standards over time..

Check before buying: Prices, trial terms, customer counts and named integrations are not published on the pages reviewed, and the pricing page asks for a form. Single sign-on and a public software API are not stated. Testimonials carry only a first name and initial, and the client-reported outcome percentages have no stated method.

### Pricing

Per user, by selected hubs and standards; custom quote. The pricing page ties cost to the number of users and the hubs and standards chosen, and mentions volume and term discounts reflected in a custom quote that follows a short form. It shows no rates, currency, minimum users or contract terms. The API Q2 page adds that billing can be quarterly, bi-annual or annual. Onboarding is described as either in-house configuration with support or full-service implementation, outlined in the proposal. Whether the quote itself is free, and what each onboarding route costs, are not stated.

### When the price fits

In our editorial judgment, Accupoint suits regulated industrial operators that want API Spec Q1, Q2 or 6A/6D/6DSS records beside ISO and OSHA PSM programs in one system, with room to add bundles later. Quote-only pricing and unstated trial, API and sign-on details leave the evaluation work with the buyer.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-10 [verified]: The pricing page ties price to user count and the selected hubs and standards, mentions volume and term discounts and a quote form, and shows no rates, currency, minimums or trial. The API Q2 page states billing periods of quarterly, bi-annual or annual.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://www.accupointsoftware.com/asd-pricing
- https://www.accupointsoftware.com/api-q2-solution

### Offline via MPX apps and field service module

The MPX mobile apps are described as working online or offline depending on the functionality built, and the field service module is described as syncing automatically after reconnection. Offline use of the core web hubs, sync rules and conflict handling were not established.

Product scope: One QHSE core with six shared modules and a wider module catalogue. The Quality hub holds five standards configurations: API Spec Q1, API Spec Q2, API 6A with 6D and 6DSS, ISO 9001 and ISO 29001. Safety & Risk holds ISO 45001, OSHA PSM and ISO 31000 bundles, and Environmental holds ISO 14001. MPX mobile apps and a field service module are listed separately.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review, not hands-on testing or customer testimony. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. Confirm the proposed edition, configuration and commercial terms.

Trial status: unverified. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Pricing transparency: No rate card or currency is published. Cost depends on user count and the hubs and standards chosen, with discounts mentioned. Ask for an itemised quote per bundle that lists onboarding, training and migration separately.
  Sources: https://www.accupointsoftware.com/asd-pricing, https://www.accupointsoftware.com/support-services
- Integration and identity evidence: Vendor FAQs make general statements about ERP, accounting, CRM and HRM links without naming connectors, and no API reference or single sign-on description was found. Ask for the connector list, API documentation and identity-provider support in writing.
  Sources: https://www.accupointsoftware.com/api-q1-solution, https://www.accupointsoftware.com/mpx-mobile
- Offline evidence: Offline use is stated for MPX apps and the field service module, not for the core web hubs. Confirm which workflows need offline use and how reconnection and conflicts are handled.
  Sources: https://www.accupointsoftware.com/mpx-mobile, https://www.accupointsoftware.com/field-service-software
- Bundle and hub scope: Pages group standards into three hubs, a sample screen shows other hub names, and some pages use separate solution names. Ask for a written list of the modules and bundles in the quote and which are configured by services.
  Sources: https://www.accupointsoftware.com/compliance-software-modules, https://www.accupointsoftware.com/api-q2-solution
- Hosting and security evidence: The security page covers database instances, backups and data centres, but not the provider, encryption at rest, certifications, single sign-on or multi-factor options. Request security documentation before relying on it.
  Sources: https://www.accupointsoftware.com/data-security

### Capability scope

- Audit management [documented]: Internal and certification audit programs are planned, run and closed with traceability. The same audit and CAPA workflows serve all three hubs, and a use-case page adds digital checklists and multi-site scheduling. Sources: https://www.accupointsoftware.com, https://www.accupointsoftware.com/audit-and-training-automation
- Document control [documented]: Documents carry version history, approval workflows and an audit trail, and the Quality hub lists document control as part of every solution. Sources: https://www.accupointsoftware.com, https://www.accupointsoftware.com/quality-hub
- CAPA management [documented]: One corrective-action engine is stated to serve the Quality, Safety & Risk and Environmental hubs, with root cause analysis, owners and tracking to closure. Sources: https://www.accupointsoftware.com, https://www.accupointsoftware.com/environmental-hub
- Risk register [documented]: Risk items use configurable likelihood and consequence scales and roll up to a site-level view on the dashboard. The vendor calls this consistent with ISO 31000 and states no certification. Sources: https://www.accupointsoftware.com/safety-hub
- Incident management [documented]: Incidents, hazards and risks are stored as one linked record, so reporting an incident can raise a related risk item, according to the vendor. Sources: https://www.accupointsoftware.com/safety-hub
- Environmental aspects and legal register [documented]: ISO 14001 aspects are scored on configurable criteria and linked to obligations, objectives with owners and dates, and operational controls with monitoring data. Each site rolls up to an organisation-wide view. Sources: https://www.accupointsoftware.com/environmental-hub
- Offline mobile capture (MPX) [conditional]: MPX builds custom mobile apps. The vendor says they work online or offline depending on the functionality required and can send data to the Accupoint instance. Sync rules and offline limits are not described. Sources: https://www.accupointsoftware.com/mpx-mobile
- Supplier management [documented]: Defines supplier qualification criteria, tracks supplier certifications and expiry dates, runs supplier audits through the standard audit workflow, assigns CAPAs and shows high-risk suppliers on dashboards. Sources: https://www.accupointsoftware.com/supplier-management
- Training and competency records [documented]: Certifications and renewal reminders are tracked, and a use-case page says audit findings can assign targeted training and follow its completion. Sources: https://www.accupointsoftware.com, https://www.accupointsoftware.com/audit-and-training-automation
- KPI and trend dashboards [documented]: Dashboards span quality, safety and environmental data, with findings still open, late actions, and closure rates split by site, by auditor or by standard as named examples. The vendor images use sample values. Sources: https://www.accupointsoftware.com, https://www.accupointsoftware.com/audit-and-training-automation
- Process safety bundle (OSHA PSM) [documented]: The bundle is described as covering hazard analysis for processes, integrity tracking of equipment and management of change. The PSM page adds operating procedures, pre-startup reviews, contractor oversight, emergency planning and compliance audits. Fit to a facility's own duties is for the buyer to judge. Sources: https://www.accupointsoftware.com/safety-hub, https://www.accupointsoftware.com/psm-solution
- Bills of material and work orders [documented]: For API 6A, 6D and 6DSS equipment makers, bills of material keep revision control and each work order is created from the latest revision. Inspections link to the work order, and serialized parts trace back to both. Sources: https://www.accupointsoftware.com/api-6a-solution
- In-process inspection and nonconformance hold [conditional]: A use-case page describes inspection points in the production sequence, control charts, and automatic holds on out-of-tolerance material routed into CAPA. It does not say which hub or bundle includes these functions. Sources: https://www.accupointsoftware.com/process-quality-management
- Certification gap assessment [conditional]: A use-case page describes internal audits mapped to certification requirements, readiness views by clause and site, and findings that open CAPAs. How deeply each standard is mapped is not shown. Sources: https://www.accupointsoftware.com/certification-readiness
- Field service management [conditional]: A separate module covers work orders, scheduling and dispatch, document storage and compliance checklists. The vendor says technicians can work offline and data syncs on reconnection, and that it was developed with a partner. How it is packaged with the QHSE core is not stated. Sources: https://www.accupointsoftware.com/field-service-software
- Implementation, migration and training services [documented]: Listed services include implementation and migration support, platform customization, system integration, remote and refresher training, and round-the-clock support. Response times and service terms are not stated. Sources: https://www.accupointsoftware.com/support-services
- Per-client database instances and backups [documented]: The security page says each client runs on an individual database instance rather than a multi-tenant model, with nightly offsite backups, a private cloud network and data in several geographic data centres. Provider, encryption at rest, certifications, single sign-on and multi-factor options are not stated. Sources: https://www.accupointsoftware.com/data-security
- Integrations with ERP, CRM and other systems [unverified]: Vendor FAQs say Accupoint links to ERP, accounting, CRM and HRM systems, and MPX to back-end databases, but no named connectors, API reference or setup documentation were found.

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Adding a standard without migration
1. Start with one standard, for example API Spec Q1 in the Quality hub.
2. Activate a second bundle, for example ISO 45001 in the Safety & Risk hub, and note what changes in the quote.
3. Check that incident, risk and CAPA records are shared across both without re-entry, as the vendor states.

#### Proposed demo: audit finding to training and corrective action
1. Run a checklist audit against one standard and record a nonconformance.
2. Raise a CAPA with root cause, owner and due date and follow it to closure.
3. Assign the training the finding calls for and see its completion against the finding.
4. Open the dashboard for open findings and overdue actions by site.

### Product presentations

- [Service management module with hub navigation](https://www.accupointsoftware.com/api-q2-solution): Official vendor image from the API Q2 page, cropped to the module: a project list and service task list beside a menu of People, Document, Equipment, Process, Compliance, Monitoring, EH&S, Event, Dashboard and Admin hubs. Entries look like sample data, and the hub names differ from the three-hub marketing structure.
- [Quality performance score dashboard](https://www.accupointsoftware.com/quality-hub): Official vendor illustration from the Quality Hub page: a quality performance score with document control, CAPA closure, training currency and open nonconformity figures for a sample site. The values are illustrative.

### Questions and answers

#### Can we begin with a single standard and expand later?
The vendor states that every deployment runs on one core and that more standards can be activated later, without data migration, extra logins or re-entering data. Confirm in the quote how adding a bundle changes the price.

#### Is there a free trial?
No free trial or free plan is stated on the pages reviewed. The routes shown are a 30-minute demo, a platform tour page and a quote form. Whether the tour needs a form was not established.

#### Does Accupoint work offline in the field?
The MPX apps and the field service module are described as working offline, with the latter syncing on reconnection. Offline use of the core web hubs was not established.

#### Does Accupoint support OSHA PSM as well as ISO standards?
The Safety & Risk hub lists a Process Safety bundle covering hazard analysis for processes, integrity tracking of equipment and management of change, and a PSM page lists further elements. Whether it satisfies a given facility's 29 CFR 1910.119 duties needs a demo and the buyer's own review.

#### Who operates Accupoint?
The pages name Accupoint Software Development, LLC and say the company has served energy operators since 2007. No parent company, ownership or headcount is stated on the pages reviewed.

#### Where is the data hosted?
The security page describes cloud deployments in a private network, an individual database instance per client, nightly offsite backups and data kept in several geographic data centres. The provider, regions and encryption at rest are not stated.

### Research updates

- 2026-10-10: Initial researched profile created from vendor pages after directory submission review. Claims were rechecked against the pages the same day, capabilities widened, and media and a demo link added.

### Demo questions

- Show incident, risk and CAPA records shared between the Quality and Safety & Risk hubs without duplicate entry.
- Provide the per-user price for our hubs and standards, plus onboarding, migration and training, in writing.
- Demonstrate an MPX offline capture session, its sync into the core system and how conflicts are handled.
- List the supported integrations, API documentation and single sign-on options.
- State the hosting provider, regions, encryption at rest and any security certifications.

### Primary sources

- [Platform and hub structure](https://www.accupointsoftware.com)
- [Quality Hub and API specifications](https://www.accupointsoftware.com/quality-hub)
- [Safety & Risk Hub (ISO 45001, ISO 31000, OSHA PSM)](https://www.accupointsoftware.com/safety-hub)
- [Environmental Hub (ISO 14001)](https://www.accupointsoftware.com/environmental-hub)
- [Pricing approach](https://www.accupointsoftware.com/asd-pricing)
- [MPX mobile apps](https://www.accupointsoftware.com/mpx-mobile)
- [Data security architecture](https://www.accupointsoftware.com/data-security)
- [Supplier management module](https://www.accupointsoftware.com/supplier-management)
- [Module catalogue](https://www.accupointsoftware.com/compliance-software-modules)
- [API 6A, 6D and 6DSS solution](https://www.accupointsoftware.com/api-6a-solution)
- [API Q1 solution](https://www.accupointsoftware.com/api-q1-solution)
- [API Q2 solution](https://www.accupointsoftware.com/api-q2-solution)
- [OSHA PSM solution](https://www.accupointsoftware.com/psm-solution)
- [Audit and training automation](https://www.accupointsoftware.com/audit-and-training-automation)
- [Certification readiness](https://www.accupointsoftware.com/certification-readiness)
- [Process quality management](https://www.accupointsoftware.com/process-quality-management)
- [Field service management](https://www.accupointsoftware.com/field-service-software)
- [Support services](https://www.accupointsoftware.com/support-services)
- [About Accupoint](https://www.accupointsoftware.com/about-us)
- [Platform tour](https://www.accupointsoftware.com/take-a-tour)
- [Demo request](https://www.accupointsoftware.com/accupoint-demo-request)

## 300log

Canonical URL: https://qhsetech.com/software/300log
Sources checked: 2026-10-10
300log is a web workspace for U.S. OSHA injury and illness recordkeeping under 29 CFR 1904. Its pages do not name a legal entity, owner or address; the footer reads only "300log", and contact is by email or an in-app link. The vendor says it has no affiliation with, and no endorsement from, either OSHA or the Department of Labor, and that training records, inspections and chemical inventories are outside its scope. Its terms leave certification, posting and accuracy of the entered records with the employer.

300log maintains the OSHA 300 log, the 301 reports and the 300A summary for each establishment, and it can file the 300A with OSHA's Injury Tracking Application through the employer's own API token, or export an ITA-format CSV for manual upload. Four free calculators and checkers need no account. The vendor presents it as a narrow tool for 29 CFR 1904 only.

Best-fit starting point: U.S. employers covered by 29 CFR 1904 recordkeeping obligations, including safety managers running several sites and HR or operations leads who own recordkeeping as a secondary duty..

Check before buying: Scope is recordkeeping and filing for the U.S. only; investigation, root-cause and corrective-action workflows are not described. Pages disagree on offline use. The Free Edition covers one establishment with no recordable cases. Hosting location, security certifications and single sign-on are not stated.

### Pricing

Flat annual subscription with free edition. Free Edition $0: a single establishment with zero cases, 300A and 300 log to print, no card. Starter $40/year: 1 establishment, 1 ITA submission a year, unlimited incident logs, automatic 300A filing, posting reminders. Business $140/year: up to 10 establishments, 10 submissions, unlimited users. Enterprise $240/year: unlimited establishments, 100 submissions, advanced notifications. The 301 reports are listed from Starter upward. Billing is one yearly payment in US dollars that renews until cancelled, with Paddle named as merchant of record adding tax. Refunds can be requested within 30 days of payment and each request is reviewed, so one is not guaranteed.

### When the price fits

In our editorial judgment, 300log may suit U.S. employers that want OSHA 300, 301 and 300A recordkeeping and ITA filing in one narrow tool at published flat annual prices. It does not replace incident investigation, inspections or corrective-action systems, and filing volume is capped per plan.
Editorial assessment of fit conditions, not measured ROI.

### Targeted pricing and scope recheck

2026-10-10 [verified]: The Free Edition and the $40, $140 and $240 yearly plans, with establishment and submission limits, were read on the pricing page twice. Billing through Paddle and a refund request window of 30 days with case-by-case review appear on the pricing and refund pages.
Scope is limited to the selected sources, not every profile claim.
- https://300log.com/pricing
- https://300log.com/refunds

### Connection stated for loading and saving; offline use unclear

Offline use is unclear. The home page says a connection is needed to load and save records, while the install page says the installed app keeps working without a signal without saying which functions work or how changes sync. Test on a device with no signal before relying on it.

Product scope: Free Edition: a single establishment with zero cases, preparing and printing the 300A and 300 log. Starter $40/year: 1 establishment, 1 ITA submission. Business $140/year: up to 10 establishments, 10 submissions, unlimited users. Enterprise $240/year: unlimited establishments, 100 submissions, unlimited users, advanced notifications. Prices are in US dollars.

Review scope: Vendor documentation review of the public site, re-read on 10 October 2026; not hands-on testing or customer testimony. The home page carries customer quotes that could not be verified and were not used. No independently verified rating or certification is assigned. Confirm the plan, filing volume and terms before buying.

Trial status: verified-free. A product tour or requested trial does not establish free product access.

### Evaluation dimensions

- Scope fit: The vendor limits the product to injury and illness recordkeeping under 29 CFR 1904 and lists training records, inspections and chemical inventories as not built for. Investigation or corrective-action workflows are not described, so teams needing them require a separate system.
  Sources: https://300log.com/about, https://300log.com/compare
- Employer responsibility: The terms make the employer solely responsible for the accuracy and timeliness of entered data and keep certification, posting and reporting duties with it. Scheduled submission is best effort, and OSHA acceptance is not guaranteed.
  Sources: https://300log.com/terms, https://300log.com/pricing
- Data handling: The ITA token is stored encrypted with its last four characters shown, and the vendor says OSHA never receives employee names or addresses, physician details or treatment facility data. The privacy policy lists processors for sign-in, email, payments, analytics and scanning, with no hosting country. No security certification or single sign-on is stated.
  Sources: https://300log.com/pricing, https://300log.com/about, https://300log.com/privacy
- Connectivity: The pages conflict on offline use and give no detail on offline functions or sync. Sites with weak coverage should test the installed app first.
  Sources: https://300log.com/, https://300log.com/install, https://300log.com/pricing

### Capability scope

- OSHA 300 log [documented]: One line per recordable case with outcome columns G to J, days-away and restricted counts and the injury or illness type, kept per establishment and year with case numbers and day counts. Sources: https://300log.com/, https://300log.com/pricing
- OSHA 301 incident report [conditional]: A guided wizard tied to the log line by case number, positioned by the vendor for completion within seven calendar days. The pricing page lists the 301 reports from Starter upward, not in the Free Edition. Sources: https://300log.com/, https://300log.com/pricing
- 300A annual summary [documented]: Totals come from the log, with hours worked and average employees confirmed by the user and a field recording the executive certification. The vendor says an executive still certifies the 300A. Sources: https://300log.com/, https://300log.com/pricing
- ITA electronic submission [conditional]: Automatic filing through OSHA's API uses the employer's own ITA token and is authorized per establishment and completed year. It sends the 300A, and the 300 and 301 case data where OSHA requires it. Paid plans cap the submissions per year. Sources: https://300log.com/, https://300log.com/pricing
- Filing deadline reminders [conditional]: Paid plans send emails around the February 1 posting, the March 2 submission and the April 30 take-down date. A free calendar page offers a downloadable .ics file with a reminder a week before each fixed date. Sources: https://300log.com/, https://300log.com/pricing, https://300log.com/tools/osha-filing-deadlines
- Multi-establishment management [conditional]: A separate log and 300A per site, each carrying its own address, NAICS code and hours, up to the establishment limit of the plan. Sources: https://300log.com/, https://300log.com/pricing
- Privacy-case handling [documented]: A case flagged as a privacy concern prints "Privacy Case" where the employee name would appear on the 300 log, which the vendor links to 29 CFR 1904.29(b)(6). Sources: https://300log.com/, https://300log.com/pricing
- ITA CSV export and PDF packets [documented]: PDFs of the 300, 300A and each 301, log CSVs and CSVs in the ITA upload format can be downloaded, and a full year can be exported as a packet for the five-year retention period. The CSV stays available whether or not automatic filing is on. Sources: https://300log.com/, https://300log.com/pricing
- Authorization snapshot and filing status [documented]: On authorization the same validations as for the PDF packet run and a snapshot of the 300A is locked; a later change to the records is flagged for re-authorization. Delivery is retried automatically, up to five attempts, OSHA's submission ID is shown and emailed, and a correction is a resubmission with a stated reason. The terms disclaim any guarantee that OSHA accepts a filing. Sources: https://300log.com/, https://300log.com/pricing, https://300log.com/terms
- Scan a report [conditional]: An optional function prefills a case from a photographed or uploaded paper report, with every field reviewed by the user. The privacy policy says the file is read on the device and only extracted text goes to an AI provider, which the vendor says it does not keep. Free Edition availability is not stated. Sources: https://300log.com/pricing, https://300log.com/privacy
- Users and administrators [conditional]: Teammates can be added as users or administrators who edit, review and export. Business and Enterprise include unlimited users; the user count for Starter is not stated, and finer permissions or an audit trail are not described. Sources: https://300log.com/, https://300log.com/pricing
- Free recordkeeping tools [documented]: Four browser tools need no account: a recordability checker, a TRIR and DART calculator that compares with BLS private-industry averages, an ITA coverage checker using headcount and NAICS code, and a deadlines calendar. The vendor calls them guidance, not legal advice. Sources: https://300log.com/tools, https://300log.com/tools/osha-recordability-checker, https://300log.com/tools/trir-dart-calculator, https://300log.com/tools/ita-coverage-checker, https://300log.com/tools/osha-filing-deadlines
- English and Spanish forms [documented]: The official forms and CSV headers can be produced in English or Spanish. The language of the workspace interface is not stated. Sources: https://300log.com/
- Installable web app [conditional]: The workspace can be added to a phone home screen or desktop from Chrome, Edge or Safari and opens full screen. Records are saved to the account; offline behaviour is described inconsistently. Sources: https://300log.com/, https://300log.com/install, https://300log.com/pricing

### Suggested demo workflows (not tested)

#### Recordable case to ITA filing
1. Log the recordable case on the 300 log for the establishment.
2. Complete the guided 301 report within 7 calendar days.
3. Review the 300A totals, confirm hours worked and average employees, and have an executive certify it.
4. Authorize the filing; 300log submits through OSHA's API with your token, or you download the ITA CSV and upload it yourself.
5. Check OSHA's submission ID and track the posting and take-down dates on the filing calendar.

#### Year-end close and 300A posting
1. Use the free ITA coverage checker with each establishment's peak headcount and NAICS code to see which forms it submits.
2. Confirm hours worked and average employees for each establishment, then review the 300A totals against the log.
3. Have an executive certify the 300A, print it and post it from February 1 through April 30.
4. Export the year as a packet and keep it for the five years after the year ends.

### Product presentations

- [Vendor social card with a simplified 300 log](https://300log.com/pricing): Official 300log sharing image with the app icon, the product wordmark and a simplified card of a 300 log with three entries and a total. It is a marketing graphic with sample values, not a capture of the live application.

### Questions and answers

#### How does the Free Edition work?
After signing in with Google or email you begin on the Free Edition: a single establishment with no injuries or illnesses, where you can prepare and print the 300A and 300 log. No card is needed. Logging cases, 301 reports, extra establishments and filing need a paid plan.

#### Does 300log file with OSHA for me?
Yes, once you paste the token from your own ITA account and approve each establishment and year in turn. You can also download an ITA CSV and upload it yourself. The employer keeps the duty to maintain accurate records and to have the 300A certified.

#### Where are records stored?
In your 300log account, open only to you and the users you invite. The privacy policy places the database on servers operated for 300log without naming a country. The vendor says OSHA receives nothing before you authorize a filing, and the ITA token is stored encrypted.

#### What happens to records if I cancel?
Cancelling stops the next renewal and keeps access to the end of the paid period. Records stay in the account and a backup can be downloaded at any time. The privacy policy says filing and workspace records are kept until deletion is requested.

### Research updates

- 2026-10-10: Initial researched profile created from vendor pages after directory submission review.
- 2026-10-10: Rechecked against the vendor's pricing, about, privacy, terms, refund, install and free tool pages; corrected scope, offline, refund and security wording and added capabilities for exports, filing safeguards, report scan, users, free tools, Spanish forms and the installable app.

### Demo questions

- Show a full cycle: log a case, finish the 301, review the 300A and file it through the ITA API with our own token.
- Confirm how privacy cases appear on the 300 log and on the files we export, and who in our workspace can see the name.
- Run the installed app with no signal and show what can be read, entered and saved, and what happens when the connection returns.
- Explain how a scanned report is processed, which provider receives the text, and how we can switch the scan off.
- State where records are hosted, who operates the service, and how long filing and workspace records are kept after cancellation.

### Primary sources

- [Home page: forms, ITA filing, reminders, app and tools](https://300log.com/)
- [Pricing, plan limits, billing and filing steps](https://300log.com/pricing)
- [About: scope, independence and data flow](https://300log.com/about)
- [Privacy policy: data, providers and retention](https://300log.com/privacy)
- [Terms of service: employer responsibility and availability](https://300log.com/terms)
- [Refund policy](https://300log.com/refunds)
- [Comparison page: scope statement](https://300log.com/compare)
- [Free tools index](https://300log.com/tools)
- [Free tool: filing deadlines calendar](https://300log.com/tools/osha-filing-deadlines)
- [Free tool: TRIR and DART calculator](https://300log.com/tools/trir-dart-calculator)
- [Free tool: recordability checker](https://300log.com/tools/osha-recordability-checker)
- [Free tool: ITA coverage checker](https://300log.com/tools/ita-coverage-checker)
- [Install instructions](https://300log.com/install)
- [Guide: how the workspace organizes records](https://300log.com/blog/osha300-recordkeeping-workflow)

## Reusing these notes

Link to the canonical profile and retain source dates, limitations and partnership disclosures. Do not convert these fit descriptions into numeric rankings or prices.
The public rankings files retain historical editorial lists and are labelled historical-unverified. They are not current evidence-backed recommendations.